Skip to main content

Full text of "Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales"

See other formats 


'HE 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF    THE 


LiNNEnri  Society 


OF 


New    South    Wales 


I'OR     I'HK    VKAR 

1916 

Vol.    XLI. 


jL 


"ft.^****-   ■^^\ 


WITH    FIFTY-NINE    PLATES. 


SYDNEY: 
PRINTKD    ANIJ    PUBLISHED    FOR    THK    SOCIETY 

BY 

\V.    A.    PEPPERDAV    1-    CO.,    119a    Pin"    STREET 


SOLD    i;V    THE    SOCIETY 

I9i(;-i7. 


/^  <?  7P  ^r 


\V.     A.     I'Kl'l'KUDAV    AND    CO., 

CKNKKAl.    rUlNTERS, 
119:1    I'ITT    STREET,    SVnNKY. 


CONTENTS  OF  PROCEEDINGS,  1916. 

PART  I.     (No.  161  j. 

(!,..■., I, il  I  ',ih  J, nil,  T.nc). 


PAti  KS 

Presidential  Adihcs.s  (U'live-icd  at  the  Fuily-Hist  Annual  Meeting', 

Mardi -imh,  IHHi,  hy  Alkx.  <i.  HAMii/roN      1-3.T 

Studies  in  Australian  Nturoptera.  No.  ii.  !)cs(  ii|)ti(jns  ot  niw 
f4eni'ra  and  Species  of  the  Families  0-'fmt//ii/".  M i/rni<lio)i- 
fklfp,  and  Axca/a/ihiila:  My  R.  J.  Tillyakd,  M.A.,  IJ.Sc, 
F.L.S.,  F.E.S.,  Linnean  Macleay  Fellow  of  the  .Society  in 
Zoologj^      (Plates  i.-vi..  and  three  Text-H^mnes)  41-7(1 

A    Revision    of    the    S/rafioini/id"  [Ihi-TEHA]    of   Australia.       By 

Arthur  White     ..,        ...         J  Hie 

Oocyxtix  and  Ertmo.^jthirraiAu^A^].  Ry  <i.  1.  Pj^-VVIWIK.  Science 
Researcli* Scholar  of  the  University  of  Sydney.  (Plates  vii.- 
ix.,  and  twenty-eight  Text-figures)        Id/ -147 

The  Chemical  Investigation  of  some  Poisonous  Plants  in  the  X.O. 
SolatMceiv.  Part  ii.  Xiroliinin  sunnolriis,  and  the  Idciititica- 
tion  of  its  Alkaloid.  By  Jamks  M.  Petkik.  D.Sc.  F.l.C. 
Linnean  Macleay  Fellow  of  the  Society  in  Hiochemistry       ...     14,S-l."il 

The  Instability  of  Leaf- Morphology  in   its  lelation  to  Taxonomic 

Botany.     Ry  A.  A.  Hamilton l.VJ-17'.t 

On  Bnichychilon  popiil III o-iiii  ri/iiliii-^  F.v.M.  :  the  Crimson-llnwer- 

ed  Kurrajong.      Ry  J.  H.  Mai  dkn ,  F.  R. S. .  F.  L.  S I  S<  •-  i  S4 

On  a  Eucalypt  Hybrid  (E.   ralophylln  -<  PJ.  ji<-ij'oli<i).      By  •).  H. 

Maiden,  F.R.S.,  F.L.S is.vis'.t 

Hon.  Treasurer's  Financial  Statement.  Balance  Sheet,  etc.      ...        .'U-M!! 

Elections  and  Announcements         ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  1'",   1!M( 

Notes  and  Exhibits Kll   |(»fi.  HKt-liVi 


27799 


V.  CONTENTS. 

PART  II.     (No.  162). 
(Issued  loth  Septemliir,  lOItiJ.  fa(;ks 

('(//•«/;/>/((' [CoJiEoi'TKKA]  from  the  Upper  ^Villiam.s  River,  N.S.W. 

By  Thumas  G.  Sloane 1 96-208 

Descriptions  of  a  new  Genus,  and  three  new  (Species  of  Australian 
Teiiehrlonidii'  [Coleopteka]  fi'om  Harrington  Tops,  N.S.W. 
%H.  J.  Carter,  B.A.,  F.E.S.     (With  three  Text-figs.)    ...    209-214 

A  Mew  Scale-Insect  [CocciD^]  affecting  Sugar-Cane  in  New 
(luinea.  By  the  late  Dr.  A.  Rutherford  :  with  a  Note  by 
K.  Jarvis 215-216 

Studies  in  Australian  Nenropfera.  No.  iii.  The  Wing-Venation 
of  the  Chryxopldii.  By  R.  J.  Tili.yard,  M.A..  B..Sc..  F.L.S., 
F.E.S.,  Linnean  Macleay  Fellow  of  the  Society  in  Zoology. 
(Plates  X.,  X.///.X,  xi.;  and  eight  Text-figs.)       221-248 

A  Tliird  Contribution  to  a  Knowledge  of  the  Lepidopterous  Fauna 
of  El)or  Scrub,  N.S.W.  By  A.  Jkfferis  Turner,  M.D., 
F.E.S 249-260 

i'drologicul  Notes.  No.  ii.  The  Relations  between  some  \V^estern 
Austialian  (ilneissicand  (hanitic  Rocks.  I5y  M.  Aurousseau, 
B.Sc.  261-266 

Studies  in  Australian  Neuroptera.  No.  iv.  The  Families  Itholudif, 
Heme  roll!  idn',  Si.'<i/rld(e,  liefothldn ,  and  the  new  Family  Tri- 
choniatidie  :  with  a  Discussion  of  their  Characters  and  Re- 
lationships, and  Descriptions  of  new  and  little-known  Genera 
and  Species.  I>y  H.  J.  Tillvard,  ]\I.A.,  IJ.Sc,  F.L.S., 
F.E.S.,  Linnean  Macleay  Fellow  of  tlie  Society  in  Z(X)I(>g\-. 
(Plates  xii.-xix..  and  ten  Text-figs.)       269-332 

Studies  in  Australian  Mkrolepkloptera.     IJy  A.  -Iekfekis  Turner, 

M.D.,  F.E.S 333-376 

Some   Cryptogamic   Notes,   frdin    the    IJotauic   (hardens,   Sydney. 

By  the  Rev.  W.  Walter  Watts.     (Plate  xx.")         377-386 

Further  Observations  on  the  P]mergence  of  Dragonfly-Larvae  from 
the  Egg,  with  special  Reference  to  the  Problem  of  Respira- 
tion. By  R.  J.  Tilly ARi).  M.A.,  B.Sc.,  F.L.S.,  F.E.S., 
Linnean  Macleay  Fellow  of  the  Society  in  Zoology.  (Five 
Text-figs.) 388-416 

Elections  and  Announcements         ...  ...      217,267,387 

Notes  and  Exhibits 193-195,217-220,267-268 


*  Plate  XX.  was  issued  Mith  Part  iii. 


CONTENTS.  V. 

PART  II.  (Contiimed).  pages 

Cunectioii  in  Dr.  Turner's  Paper  (p.'2.")4). 
(Jiiiil  iiiiiiie  and  description  of  Capua  crypstrytlira,  n.sp.,  and  substitute 

Capua  leucostacta. 

CdpiKi  Ic.ncoMacta  ^Nleyr.,  I'roe.  Linn.  Soc.  N.  S.  Wales,  1910,  p."20"2. 
One   9   example.      Alsu  fioiii  N.S.\V'.  :  Lawson. — Vic.  :  Beaconsfield. 
Page  241:),  line  8 — -for  six,  read  seven. — line  !l,   for  12,  read  11. — line  22, 
I'or  7.  riidl  <). 


PART  III.     (No.  163). 

( Issued  0th  December,  HUd).  pa(;es 

Notes   from  the   Botanic  Gardens,    Sydney:    Parthenogenesis  in 

Aquatic  Phanerogams.     By  A.  H.  S.  Lucas,  M.A.,  B.iSc.    ...    417-421 

Pve\ision  of  the  Ainycterides.     Part  v.  Mo/och/iis  and  Cnhirorrliyii- 

rlms.     By  EU.STACE  W.  Fkikjcson,  M.B.,  Ch.M 422-4.52 

A  Revision  of  the  Genera  with  Mieroscleres  included,  in-  ])ro- 
visioiuilly  included,  in  the  Family  AxineUidd':  with  Descrip- 
tions of  some  Australian  Species  [Porifeka].  Part  i.  By 
K.  F.  Kallmann,  B.Sc.  ,  Linnean  Maoleay  Fellow  of  tlie 
Society  in  Zoology.  (Plates  xxi.-xxx.,  figs.  1-2;  also  xxxix., 
tigs.(;-7;  and  Text-figs.  1-9)  4.53-491 

A  Revision  of  tlie  (ienera  with  Microscleres  included,  uv  ]no- 
visionally  included,  in  tlic  Family  A.r'nii'llid<r:  with  Descrip- 
tions of  some  Australian  Species  [Pokifeka].  Part  ii.  My 
K.  F.  Kallmann,  B.Sc,  Linnean  Macleay  Felhjw  of  the 
Society  in  Zoology.  (Plates  xxix.,  fig.4;  xxx.-xxxii.;  xxxiii., 
tigs.  1  -.'):  xxxiv.-xxxvii. ;  xxxviii.,  figs.  1-4;  and  Text-figs.  Id-  Ki)    49.")-.j.")2 

'i'iic  Gamcto|)liyte  of  I'silol iini  :  Preliminary  Notes.  l!y  Tiio>l\.s 
W'niTioj.EooL,  Medallist  of  the  Royal  Society  of  New  South 
Wales,  1899.      (Plate  xlv.)  .■).5.3-.iH8 

Contril)uti(jns  to  a  Knowledge  of  Australian   ('ii/ieidd' 1])ii'TKHa]. 

No.  iii.      By  Frank  K.  Tavlok,  F.E.S.  .")tj4-.j74 

Descriptions  of  some  new  Species  of  Australian,   Tasmauian,  and 

New  Zealand  Mo.sses.  vi.     By  Dk.  V.  K.  Bkotherus  ...    r)7o-,")9() 

New    Australian    Species    of    C(trahkl<r    belonging    to    the    Tril)e 

.SV'«r////(/ [Coleopteka].      By  Thomas  G.  Sloan e       5y7-t)30 

Elections  and  Am louncements         ...  ...  ...  ...  ...494,631 

Notes  and  Exhibits 492-493,494,632 


VI.  CONTENTS. 

PART  IV.     (No.  164). 

( Issiiid  .'ill,  Ajiril,  lur, ). 


I'AliKS 


A  Revision  of  the  Oeiieia  with  Microweleics  iuchided,  or  pfo- 
vi.sionally  included  in  the  Family  Axinellida-  with  De.scrip- 
tions  of  some  Australian  Species  [I'okikkka].  I'art  iii.  l>y 
E.  F.  Haij.mann,  B.Sc,  Limiean  Macleay  Fellow  of  llic 
Society  in  Zooloj;}-.  (Plates  xxix.,  ti<j;s.o,  ,1,  (i;  xxxiii.,  Hji.(i: 
xx.xviii.,  figs.o-9;  xxxix.,  figs.l  5;  xl.,  tiyM.1-4;  xli-xliv.;  and 
Text-%s.  17-20)      (i34-(i7o 

An   Etiloiescence   (jn   some   New    Zealand    Kelps.       liy  A.    H.    S. 

Lucas,  M.A.,  B.Sc.  (i7<)-(j7!J 

Studies  on   Australian   Mollusca.       Part   xiii.       IJy  C.   HEni.KV, 

F.L.S.     (Plates  xlvi. -Hi.) (i,S(»-71U 

Descriptions  of  new  Species  of  Australian  ( 'ok'<jptera.      I'ait  xii. 

By  A.  M.  Lea,  F.K.S 7'20-74.j 

Australian  Talianidtt  [Diptera].    No.  ii.     15y  Fr.\.nk  H.  Tavi.ok, 

F.E.S 74(5-7W 

Some  Notes  tni  the  Bionomics  of  llie  BuH'alo-Fly  [Li/peroKia  exi</ii(i 
de  Meijere].  V>y  (jekaj.u  F.  Hill,  F.E.S.,  (iovernmcnt 
Entomologist,  Northern  Territory  of  Austi'alia.     (Plate  liii.)    7(>S-7(JS 

Description  ai  Aphanlophrynt,  a  new  Batrachian  (jJenus  from  New 
(iuinca:  with  Comparative  Notes  on  the  Pectoral  Muscula- 
ture.    By  Dene  B.  Fry.     (Plates  liv.-lv.)      77tl-7N.'i 

The  Change  (jf  Composition  of  Alveolar  Air  after  the  St(jp|)agc  of 
Normal  Breathing.  By  H.  S.  Haecko  Warheaw,  D.Sc, 
Linnean  Macleay  Fellow  of  the  Society  in  Physiology.  [With 
two  Text-ligures] 7.S(i-S14 

The  Chemical  Investigation  of  some  I'ois(Hious  Plants  in  the  N.O. 
So/anaceo'.  Part  iii.  The  Occurrence  of  Nor-Hyosoyaminc 
in  Solaudra  lonyi flora.  By  James  M.  Petrie,  D.Sc,  F.I.C, 
Linnean  Macleay  Fellow  of  the  J^ociety  in  Biochemistry       ...    81.')-822 

Australian  Freshwater  PhytoplanUton  [Prolocofcoidcji}.  By  (i.  I. 
Pj.aykaik,  Science  Research  Scholar  of  the  University  of 
Sydney.     (Plates  Ivi.-lix.)  ,S23-8r)2 

Records  of  Australian  Fungi.  No.  i.  1>3' J.  Burton  C'lelano, 
M.D.,  and  Edwin  Cheel,  Botanical  Assistant,  Botanic 
Gardens,  Sydney 8,53-870 


CONTENTS. 


VU. 


PART  IV.  (Continned). 

Fuitlier  Researches  upon  the  Problems  of  tlie  Radial  and  Zygop- 
terid  Sectors  in  the  Wings  of  Odonata,  and  upon  the  Forma- 
tion of  Bridges.  By  R.  J.  Tillyard,  M.A.,  B.Sc,  F.L.S., 
F.E.S.,  Linnean  Macleay  Fellow  of  the  Society  in  Zoology 
(With  six  Text-figures) 

Announcements 

Donations  and  P^xchanges,  1915-16 

Notes  and  Exhibits    ...  ...  ...  

Title-page 

Contents 

Corrigenda 

List  of  new  (Teneric  Names... 

List  of  Plates 

Index    ... 


P.\(iES 


.    871-887 

im 

.    888-905 

.  633,  769 

1. 

iii. 

vii. 

viii. 

viii. 

.  .^.-xxxii. 

CORRIGENDA. 

Page  17.  line '23 — for  Tcrinna  rapeii^e,  read  Tcconxt  capcnK/.'i. 

Page '249,  line  8 — -J'or  six,  rfcul  seven. — line   '.).  for  12,  rratl   11. — line  22, 

for  7,  reacl  6. 
Page  "254,  lines  26-36 — omit  name  and  description  of  Caprn  rri/pAf-rythrn, 

n.sp.,  and  substitute 

Caita  leucostacta. 

Capua /e.Hco/itactaMeyi: ,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.  S.  Wales,  191(1,  p. 202. 

One  y  example.     Also  from  N.S.W  :  Law.son. — Vic.  :  Beaconstield. 
Page  267,  line  2 — for  Miss  M.  Hinder,  nitd  Miss  K.  M.  Hinder. 
Page  275,  line  14— ;/b/-  Stenop.ikli.a,  n.sji.,  read  Stenobtei.la,  ii.g. 
Page  498,  line  22 — for  Trago-va,  i-ead  Aii/eftn. 
Page  546,  line  2 — for  palmate,  read  veins  of  a  palmate. 
Page  551,  lines  7  and  10 — for  Fig.  3,  rearl  Fig.  4,  and  rice   rerMi. 
Page  598,  line  22 — for  Ameiican  species,  read  American  genus. 
Page  633,  line  9 — for  (A'.  Lamarkiaua,  read  (E.  lAtinarrkianu. 
Page  637,  line  25 — for  /fa/irnemia  (s.str. ),  read  Paratiinea  (g. n.). 
Page  658,  line  25 — for  //.  inaaaaliA,  I'ead  //.  coralloidesi. 


Vlll. 


CONTENTS 


LIST  OF    NEW   GENERIC  NAMES    PROPOSED 
THIS   V0LUI\1E(1916). 


Allantclla  [Poriferal     ... 
Ajjliautophrynf  [ l^atrachia] 
Atrihafiia  [Lepiflnptera] 
Axidrafima  [Porifera]  ... 
Bej'nardia  [Alga^] 
Brachyleon  [Neuvopteia | 
I'opriodes  [Lepicloptera] 
Cryptoherii*  [Diptera)    ... 
Deiimo.i-j/n  [Porifeiva]     ... 
Dragmacidon  [Porifera] 
Dragmatella  [Porifei'a] 
J)ra(/ma.ria  [I'orifera]  ... 
Drepnnarra  \  Neuroptera] 
Drepunoin'nia  [Neiii'optera] 
EchiiHi.fin  [Poi'ifera]    ... 
Elaphroinijiii  [Diptera] 
EUttAOina  [  1  )i ptera j 
Eiipori-wiii>^  [Neuroptera] 
(Icranopiis  [Diptera]     ... 
Hoplomorplia  [Lepidoptera] 
Ldonttnld  [Porifei'al 


r.\(iE 
.  67.-) 


Lrpidozanrhi  [Lepidopteia] 
Lijel liana  [  Lepicloptera] 
Oj)h)odeAmn  [Diptera]  ... 
().rt/lii(//a  I  Ntnii'opteia] 
Pa/iinniere-<<  [Lepidoptera] 
Parafit/ifa  [Porifera]   ... 
/'rnfo/ypa  [Lepidoptera] 
R/iahdof*i{/mt(  [  Porifera] 
Iih(tjilin.i)ji(  I  I'orifera]  ... 
Rliymeara  [( 'oleoptera] 
S/oaiiea,  [Coleo])tera]     ... 
SpcriDOpltorclla  \  Nonropteia] 
Sti  iiohlclla  [Neuroptera  | 
St(  iiohoii  [Neuroptera  |... 
Stroiiiiyhtnniia  [I'orifera  | 
To.ctiiuia  [Porifera] 
Trirhoina  [Neurftptera] 
Xaiif /inherits  [Diptera]  ... 
Xiintlioleon  [Neuroptera] 

•^73   ;    .V^/o;/?//«r-('f.v  [Lepido]itera  I 

67.') 


34S 
1)87 

S47 

.IS 

T^ 
040 
f)39 
(i4() 
.143 
•29;? 
.•{02 
.H.S 
749 

m 

84 


IN 

r.V( i  K 
2.j2 

ss 
;?<».-) 
338 
07.-) 
2.1I 
.->2(» 
fUl 
()97 
2t>9 
:!I7 
.V2ti 

(io 
(i4.S 
(!7.S 
32.1 

7.1 

t;i 
2.1t) 


LIST    OF    PLATES. 

PR0CEEDIN(4.S,  191(5. 
Plates  i.-vi. — Australian  Neuroptera. 
Plates  vii.-ix. — Oocy-iti.'i  and  Ere)nospli'er/i. 
I'lates  X.,  X.  hi.%  xi. — The  ^Ving-venatio^  of  the  Chrysojildn-. 
Plates  xii.-xix. — Australian  Neuroptera. 
Plate  XX. — Athyrium  humile,  sp.n. ;  EUmlen..<i  lunnilis.  sjj.u. 
Plates  xxi.-xliv. — Australian  Axinellid  Spoiii,'es. 
Plate  xlv. — The  (ianietophyte  [6  9)  of  I'silofiini  tritjiietrinii. 
Plates  xlvi.-lii. — Australian  Mollusca. 
Plate  liii.— Head  of   ealf,    showing   eai'ly   stage   of  lesion   caused    liy   the 

■Buflfalo-fly. 
Plate  liv — Aphantophryne  jiaiisa,  g.  et  sp.n. 
Plate  Iv. — Pectoral  Musculature  of  Kalonia,  Aphantophryne.  and  Limno- 

dynaMes. 
Plates  Ivi.-lix.— Australian  Freshwater  I'hytoplankton  (Protaroccnidne). 


PROCEEDIT^GS 

OF    THE 


LINNEAN     SOCIPZTY^,-^ 


OF 


NEW    SOUTH    ^V\^ALES. 


WEDNESDAY,  MARCH  29th.   1916. 

The  Forty-first  Anniial  General   Meeting,   and  the   Or(Uiiar|^^l 
Monthly  Meeting,  were  held  in  the  Linnean  Hall,  Ithaca  Road, 
Elizabeth  Bay,  on  Wednesday  evening,  March  29th,  1916. 

ANNUAL  GENERAL  MEETING. 

Mr.  A.  G.  Hamilton,  President,  in  the  Chair. 
The  Minutes  of  the  preceding  Annual  General  Meeting  (March 
31st,  1915)  were  read  and  confirmed. 

The  President  delivered  the  Annual  Address. 


PRESIDENTIAL  ADDRESS. 
Bacon's  familiar  essay  on  "Adversity"  concludes  with  this  in- 
contestable aphorism  :  "For  pi'osperity  doth  best  discover  vice; 
but  adversity  doth  best  discover  virtue."  Twenty  months  ago, 
a  lengthy  period  of  unprecedented,  mateinal  world-prosperity, 
largely  due  to  Man's  increased  control  of  Nature,  suddenly  ended 
in  discovering  the  calamitous  condition  of  things  which  still  con- 
fronts the  world — Civilisation  attacked  from  within,  divided 
against  itself,  the  solidarity  of  mankind  rent  in  twain,  Inter- 
nationalism bankrupt.  The  case  has  been  clearly  and  simply 
stated  in  a  recent  article  by  Emeritus  Professor  G.  T.  Ladd,  of 
Yale  University,  in  these  words — "To-day,  the  German  mind  is 
at  wide  variance,  is  at  desperate  odds,  with  the  human  mind.  It 
appears  as  either  superhuman  or  below  the  human.  It  is 
not  in  accord  with  the  standards  supplied  by  the  great  majority  of 


^  PRESIDENTS    ADDRESS. 

civilised  and  conspicuously  thought-directed  mankind."*  Hei'e 
is  outlined  the  situation  to  be  saved.  If  Civilisation  is  to  continue 
and  progress,  it  is  unthinkable  that  it  cannot  be  saved.  What, 
except  adversity,  can  be  expected  to  discover  the  virtue  required 
to  save  it?  The  ruinous  expenditure  in  lives  and  treasure  is 
impoverishing  all  the  belligerent  nations  in  varying  degrees.  The 
tide  of  adversity  is  steadily  rising  for  all  concerned  in  the  war, 
though  the  full  effect  may  not  be  fully  realised  until  the  heat  of 
warfare  has  subsided.  The  possible  failure  of  ambitious  schemes, 
on  one  side,  may  enhance  the  general  effect. 

It  might  be  expected,  perhaps,  that  the  recruiting-officer  would 
be  likel}'  to  look  askance  at  most  of  the  members  of  a  Scientific 
Society.  Nevertheless,  ten  of  our  limited  number  have  responded 
to  the  call  to  arms.  Some  of  them  ai'e  "Anzacs";  others  are  on  the 
way  to  destinations  unknown  to  us;  two  have  returned,  one  of 
them  temporarily,  while  several  are  in  training.  It  is  befitting 
that  we  should  have  them  in  mind  at  this,  our  annual  gathering. 
They  are  entitled  to  our  warmest  regard  and  good  wishes,  and  to 
anything  that  we  can  do  to  show  our  appreciation  of  their  readi- 
ness to  serve  the  nation,  and  to  strive  for  the  triumph  of  the 
great  issues  at  stake.  Therefore,  as  a  tribute  of  respect  to  them, 
I  will  ask  Members  to  rise  in  their  places  while  I  read  the  list  of 
names;  and  when  I  have  concluded,  to  join  with  me  in  saying 
"All  honour  to  our  Soldier-Members!" 

AuROUSSEAU,  Marcel,  B.Sc,  University  of  West  Australia. 

Bretnall,  Reginald  Wheeler,  Australian  Museum. 

Carne,  Walter  Mervyn,  Botanical  Gardens,  Sydney. 

David,  Professor  T.  W.  Edgeworth,  C.M.G.,  D.Sc,  F.R.S., 
University  of  Sydney. 

Ferguson,  Eustace  W.,  M.B.,  Ch.M.,  Department  of  Public 
Health. 

Fry,  Dene  B.,  University  student. 

Goldfinch,  Gilbert  M.,  served  at  Gallipoli. 

Henry,  Max,  M.R.C.V.S.,  on  service  abroad. 

*  "The  Human  Mind  versiis  the  German  Mind."  Hibbert  Journal, 
Januarj',  1916. 


PRESIDENTS    ADDRESS.  3 

Laseron,  Carl  F.,  Technological  Museum,  Sydne}':  wounded 
at  Gallipoli. 

Stokes,  Edward  S.,  M.B.,  Ch.M.,  returned  after  service  abi'oad: 
now  P.M.O. 

Sir  Douglas  Mawson  is  on  the  eve  of  leaving  for  England  to 
enter  upon  military  service.  Dr.  R.  Broom,  a  Corresponding 
Member,  has  joined  the  Army  Medical  Service;  but  whether  in 
South  Africa  or  in  Europe  is  not  known  to  us. 

If,  as  individuals,  we  are  in  need  of  further  provocation  to 
seriousness,  we  may  surely  find  it  in  the  departure  of  Professor 
David  for  the  front  with  the  Mining  Battalion.  We  may  well 
be  impressed  by  his  earnestness  and  self-sacrificing  action  in  a 
great  crisis;  and  be  led  to  appreciate  the  example  which  he  has 
set.  » 

It  was  something  more  than  a  mere  formality  that,  at  a  Special 
General  Meeting  held  on  30th  June,  1915,  on  the  motion  of  the 
Hon.  Treasurer,  it  was  heartily  and  unanimously  resolved  "That 
the  Annual  Subscriptions  of  all  Ordinary  Members  of  the  Society 
serving  with  the  Australian  Expeditionary  Forces  be  remitted 
during  their  term  of  service." 

Considering  the  unfavourable  and  depressing  conditions  en- 
tailed by  the  continuance  of  the  war,  the  Society's  progress 
during  the  past  year  may  be  regarded  as  satisfactory. 

The  full  effect  of  the  war  on  our  exchange-relations  with 
European  Scientific  Societies  and  Institutions  is  now  realisable. 
For  the  Session  1914-15,  the  total  number  of  donations  and 
exchanges  received  amounts  to  1028  additions  to  the  library,  as 
compared  with  1166  for  1913-14  (five  months  of  which  were  war- 
months),  and  1285  for  1912-13,  before  the  war.  The  significance 
of  the  shortage  is,  that  our  communications  with  ovei'  forty 
Societies,  from  which,  under  normal  conditions,  we  hear  at  least 
once  during  the  year,  have  been  completely  suspended.  In  some 
cases,  we  have  received  official  notification  that,  in  consequence 
of  the  disturbance  of  mails  or  other  means  of  transmission,  it  has 
been  deemed  advisable  to  keep  back  despatches  for  the  present. 

The  fortieth  volume  of  the  Proceedings  for  1915  (896  pp.,  and 


4  PRESIDENTS    ADDRESS. 

59  plates)  has  been  completed  in  good  time,  and  distributed,  as 
far  as  circumstances  permit.  It  contains  thirty-six  papers,  on  a 
wide  range  of  subjects,  read  at  the  Meetings  during  the  Session. 
The  recent  decision  of  the  Postal  authorities  that  the  annual 
volumes  of  the  .Society's  Proceedings  are  not  to  be  regarded  as 
"books"  within  the  meaning  of  the  Postal  regulations,  and  can- 
not be  sent  at  book-rates  per  book -post,  but  are  to  be  treated  as 
''Printed  Matter,"  and  charged  on  a  higher  , scale,  on  the  tech- 
nical ground  that  one  Part  of  each  volume^  contains  a  balance- 
sheet  and  report,  means  a  substantial  increase  in  postage  on  our 
publications  for  Societies,  Institutions,  and  individuals  within 
the  Commonwealth,  which  cannot  be  delivered  by  messenger. 
The  decision  applies  also  to  the  publications  of  Australian  Scien- 
tific Societies  and  Institutions  generally,  to  University  Calendars, 
and  to  the  Annual  Reports  of  Government  Depai'tments.  Two 
examples  will  show  that  the  cost  is  almost  or  quite  quadrupled. 
The  postage  on  single  copies  of  the  four  Parts  of  last  year's  Pro- 
ceedings, as  "Printed  Matter,"  was  Is.  3d. [one  Partat4id.,  three 
Parts  at  3|d.  each].  Per  Book-post,  the  amount  would  have 
been  4^d. [one  Part  at  l|d.,  three  Parts  at  Id.  each].  We  have 
recently  received  the  last  Calendar  of  the  University  of  Mel- 
bourne, as  Printed  Matter  charged  8d.,  whereas  at  book-rates 
the  postage  would  have  been  2d.  The  Annual  Reports  of  mer- 
cantile Companies  or  Institutions  are  not  volumes  of  800-900 
pages,  with  from  40-90  Plates  illustrating  objects  of  scientific 
interest  only;  so  that  the  increase  in  cost  falls  most  heavily  on 
Scientific  and  Educational  organisations.  Considering  that  the 
balance-sheets  and  reports  of  Scientific  Societies,  like  those  of 
Educational,  Charitable,  and  Government  Institutions,  are  not 
recoi-ds  of  profits  made,  and  dividends  payable:  and  often,  as  in 
our  case,  are  largely  concerned  with  the  administration  of  trust- 
funds,  this  increase  in  the  cost  of  sending  scientific  publications 
by  mail — much  higher  than  is  charged  on  exactly  similar  publi- 
cations containing  balance-sheets,  etc.,  which  come  to  us  per 
book-post  at  book-rates  from  other  distant  countries — seems 
rather  like  a  tax  on  the  diffusion  of  knowledge  of  scientific  and 


PRESIDENTS    ADDRESS.  O 

educational  value,  and,  as  sucli,  is  objectionable.  Two  deputa- 
tions of  representatives  of  Scientific  Societies  and  Institutions  at 
different  times  since  the  new  decision  came  into  force,  have 
waited  on  the  Minister  of  the  Department,  but  without  result. 
In  response  to  a  request,  Mr.  J.  E.  West,  Member  for  West 
Sydney  in  the  House  of  Representatives,  most  kindly  and  cour- 
teously took  some  trouble  to  understand  the  Council's  views  on 
the  subject,  and  was  good  enough  to  lay  them  before  the  Postal 
authorities.  As  matters  stand  at  present,  a  new  Postal  Bill  is 
in  contemplation,  which  will  provide  for  increases  in  certain 
rates,  including  book-postage;  but  as  it  is  to  be  a  measure  for 
providing  for  a  decreased  revenue  in  war-time,  we  shall  have 
to  make  the  best  of  it.  Nevertheless,  we  want  to  see  the  defini- 
tion of  "books"  revised.  Under  existing  circumstances,  it  does 
not  seem  to  be  a  trivial  protest  to  make,  that  while  works  of 
fiction,  for  example,  can  be  sent  by  book-post,  the  publications  of 
Australian  Scientific  Societies  cannot,  on  what  are  really  merely 
technical  grounds. 

Five  Ordinary  Members  were  elected  during  the  year,  two 
resignations  were  received,  and  we  have  lost,  by  death,  one  Oi'din- 
ary  Member,  and  two  of  our  senior  Corresponding  Members. 

Mr.  William  Allan,  of  Wingham,  was  born  at  Cheltenham, 
England,  in  1820;  and  had  resided  on  the  Manning  River  unin- 
terruptedly since  1S51.  He  was  elected  to  Membership  on  Feb- 
ruary 24th,  1886.  Mr.  Allan,  throughout  his  long  life,  evinced 
a  keen  interest  in  Natural  History,  especially  in  Ornithology  and 
Entomology;  and  it  was  largely  through  his  unceasing  efforts 
that  the  "Wingham  Brush"  was  reserved  for  the  preservation  of 
the  native  flora  and  fauna.  In  his  younger  days,  he  came  to 
know  John  Gould,  and  was  in  the  habit  of  visiting  him  in 
London.  He  was  very  highly  esteemed  in  the  Manning  River 
district,  in  which  he  had  resided  so  long,  for  his  kindly  disposi- 
tion, and  for  his  readiness  at  all  times  to  take  a  prominent  share 
in  promoting  the  interests  of  the  district  and  the  welfare  of  its 
inhabitants.  Mr.  Allan  passed  away  on  April  2.'5th,  1915,  in 
his  95th  year. 


president's  address. 


Charles  W.  De  Vis,  M.A.,  Curator  of  the  Queensland  Museum 
for  a  number  of  years,  died  in  Brisbane  in  April,  1915.  Mr.  De 
Vis,  though  somewhat  later  in  the  field  than  his  colleague,  in  his 
official  capacity,  tried  to  do  for  the  Queensland  fauna,  what  Mr. 
Bailey  did  for  the  floi-a,  but  under  more  unmanageable  and  diffi- 
cult conditions;  for  the  zoological  species  far  outnumber  the 
botanical  species,  and  the  zoologist  has  no  comprehensive,  self- 
contained  monograph  like  the  Flora  Australiensis  to  serve  as  a 
basis  for  his  work.  Both  were  pioneers  in  a  local  effort  to  pro- 
vide, study,  and  record  collections,  illustrative  of  the  fauna  and 
flora  of  the  same  State  and  for  State  purposes;  and  they  both 
encountered  the  usual  preliminary  difficulties,  when  such  enter- 
prises are  in  the  early  stages  of  development.  Almost  all  Mr. 
De  Vis'  numerous  papers  on  the  vertebrates,  fossil  or  recent,  of 
Queensland  and  New  Guinea,  are  to  be  found  in  the  Proceedings 
of  this  Society  (forty,  contributed  during  the  years  1882-95),  in 
the  Proceedings  of  the  Royal  Society  of  Queensland,  in  the 
Annual  Reports  on  British  New  Guinea,  1889-97,  published  in 
Brisbane,  or  in  the  Annals  of  the  Queensland  Museum(  1892-1 91 1). 
By  the  aid  of  the  "List  of  Contributors  t(j  the  first  Series  of  the 
Society's  Proceedings"  [21  titles  listed;  19  others  in  Proceedings, 
1886-1895];  of  Dr.  Shirley's  "International  Catalogue  of  Scien- 
tific Literature:  Queensland  Volume"{1889)  [18  titles  under 
Palaeontology;  49  under  Zoology];  and  of  the  recently  published 
"Index  to  Vols,  i.-xxv.  of  the  Proceedings  of  the  Royal  Society 
of  Queensland" (191 4),  his  numerous  papers  can  be  readily  found. 
For  reasons  mentioned,  circumstances  did  not  permit  of  his 
issuing  collected  results,  as  his  botanical  colleague  was  able  to  do. 
Mr.  De  Vis  was  elected  a  Corresponding  Member  of  the  Society 
in  July,  1882.  He  had  retired  from  active  work  for  some  years 
before  his  decease,  on  account  of  advancing  age.  It  is  remark- 
able that  Queensland  should  lose  the  two  veterans,  whos«  work 
was  carried  on  concurrently  for  so  many  years,  not  only  in  the 
same  year,  but  within  so  short  a  time  as  a  few  weeks  of  each 
other.  From  the  absence  of  biographical  details,  this  notice  is 
necessarily  short. 


PRESIDENTS    ADDRESS.  / 

Frederick    Manson    Bailey,     C.M.G.,     Colonial     Botanist    of 
Queensland,  the  Society's  senior  Corresponding  Member,  elected 
on  ■26th  November,  1877,  whose  long  and  active  life  came  to  an 
end    on    ■25th    June,    1915,    was    widely  known    and    esteemed 
throughout  Australia  for  "his  benevolence  and  simple-mindedness, 
as  well  as  for  his  zeal  as  a  botanist.     He  came  from  England  to 
South  Australia  with  his  family,  in  1839,  a  boy  of  twelve.     Later 
on  he  spent  some  time  at  the  goldfields  in  Victoria;  then  returned 
to  Adelaide  for  a  time;  in  1853,  migrated  to  New  Zealand,  where 
he  remained  for  some  years;  and  finally,  he   came  back  to  Aus- 
tralia in    1861,    and    settled   in  Queensland.      For   a    time,   he 
engaged  in  private  business  in  Brisbane.      In  1875,  he  accepted 
the  position  of  botanist  to  a   Board  appointed  to  deal  with  the 
diseases  of  plants  and  animals;  this  was  his  first  official  connec- 
tion with   Australian  botany.     Later   on,  he  took  charge  of  the 
botanical  section  of  the  Queensland  Museum,  until,  in   1881,  he 
was  promoted  to  the  position  of  Colonial  Botanist.      He  was  then 
able  to  devote  himself  in  earnest  to  systematic  collecting,  and  to 
the  study  and  revision,  from  personal  knowledge,  of  the  Queens- 
land flora.     Tnis  he  carried  out  exhaustively  during  the  rest  of 
his   life,  so  that,  as  his   last  illness  was  very  brief,  he  died   in 
harness,  in  his  89th  year.      Queensland  had  attained  the  status 
of  a  separate  Colony  in  1859,  only  about  two  years  before  Mr. 
Bailey  arrived,  and  its  total  population  was  about  30,000.     Hence 
he  was  practically  an  eyewitness  of  its  evolution,  and  his  botanical 
work   developed  with   its  expansion.       The  flora  soon  attracted 
his   attention,  but  scientific  enterprises   in  Queensland  were  in 
their  infancy;  and,  until  the  Flora  Australiensis  (1863-78)  was 
completed,  his   progress   in  doing  effective  work  was   somewhat 
retarded.      His  first  contribution  to  a  knowledge  of  the  Queens- 
land flora  was   a  modest,   private  venture,  entitled   "Handbook 
to   the  Ferns   of   Queensland:  with   xxii.    Plates   illustrative   of 
Genera,"  published  in  1874.      As  this  made  its  appearance  before 
the  last  volume  of  the  Flora  Australiensis  was  ready,  it  was  re- 
published in  a  rearranged  and  extended  form,  in  1881,  following 
the  classification  of   Bentham,    under  a  new  name,    "The  Fern 


8  president's  address. 

World  of  Australia."  In  the  meantime,  during  the  years  1877- 
81,  eight  papers,  one  of  them  "On  the  Flora  of  .Stradbroke 
Island,"  appeared  in  the  Proceedings  of  this  Society  [Vols,  ii.-vi.]; 
in  addition  to  two  written  in  collaboration  with  the  late  Rev.  J. 
E.  Tenison- Woods,  one  of  them  entitled  "A  Census  of  the  Flora 
of  Brisbane";  the  other  "On  some  of  the  Fungi  of  New  South 
Wales  and  C^ueensland"[Vols.  iv.-v.].  His  first  official  publica- 
tion seems  to  have  been  a  booklet  entitled  "Inquiry  for  Seeds  of 
Grasses  and  other  Fodder-Plants;  with  a  List  of  the  Grasses  of 
Queensland" [12mo.,  Brisbane,  1877].  In  this,  he  gave  some 
particulars  respecting  the  Board  a23pointed  by  Parliament  to 
inquire  into  diseases  of  live  stock  and  plants;  and  signed  him- 
self, at  the  end,  "Botanist  to  the  Board."  Mr.  Bailey  distributed 
liis  numerous  publications  liberally,  and  they  are  well  known. 
With  the  aid  of  the  "List  of  Contributors"  to  the  first  ten  Volumes 
of  our  Proceedings [10  entries];  Dr.  Shirley's  Queensland  Biblio- 
graphy [54  entries  up  to  1899];  and  the  recently  issued  Index  to 
Vols,  i.-xxv.  of  the  Proceedings  of  the  Royal  Society  of  Queensland, 
there  is  no  difficulty  in  following  up  his  work.  After  1899,  his 
most  important  productions  were  The  Queensland  Flora,  in  six 
Parts(1899-1902);  The  Weeds  and  Suspected  Poison  Plants  of 
Queensland(l  906);  and  The  Comprehensive  [illustrated]  Catalogue 
of  Queensland  Plants,  both  Indigenous  and  Naturalised  (191 2). 
These  three  are,  in  reality,  the  collected  and  summarised  results 
of  all  his  work,  though,  up  to  the  last,  he  continued  his  series  of 
"Contributions  to  the  Flora  of  Queensland,"  appearing  in  the 
Queensland  Agricultural  Journal,  giving  the  results  of  any  sup- 
plementary information  available. 

It  is  difficult  to  estimate  the  total  number  of  the  additions  to 
the  Queensland  flora  which  Mr.  Bailey  was  enabled  to  make, 
from  the  way  in  which  he  tabulated  his  results.  Thus,  in  his 
Second  Census (1889),  Baron  von  Mueller  gives  the  following 
numbers: — Vasculares:  Australia,  1,409  genera,  8,839  species: 
Queensland,  3,753  species(42'5  per  cent.).  Mr.  Bailey,  in  the 
Comprehensive  Catalogue,  includes  the  vascular  with  the  other 
Cryptogams,  and  gives  his  results  thus — Phanerogams  of  Queens- 


president's  address. 


land,  1,222  genera,  4,259  species  with  437  varieties;  naturalised 
species,  307.  Cryptogams,  818  genera,  3,606  species  with  283 
varieties.  From  this  it  will  be  seen,  that  the  species  of  Phanei'o- 
gams  alone  outnumber  the  species  of  Vasculares  given  in  the 
Baron's  table  by  more  than  500 — a  very  substantial  increase. 

In  his  Presidential  Address  to  the  Royal  Society  of  Queens- 
land in  July,  1891,  entitled  "Concise  History  of  Australian 
Botany,"  Mr.  Bailey  gave  an  account  of  his  early  travels  in  search 
of  Queensland  plants,  as  well  as  of  the  collectors,  who,  from  time 
to  time,  sent  him  material.  He  also  makes  some  interesting 
references  to  his  father,  John  Bailey,  Colonial  Botanist  of  South 
Australia,  from  whom  he  inherited  his  botanical  tastes;  and  he 
explains  how  it  was  that,  from  the  comparative  poverty  of  the 
native  flora  of  the  Adelaide  district,  his  father's  energy  naturally 
found  more  scope  in  horticulture  than  in  botany,  though  he  did 
not  altogether  neglect  the  native  plants. 

The  "Handbook  of  Ferns,"  Mr.  Bailey's  earliest  jjublication, 
was  published  in  1874.  His  last  effort  was  the  latest  of  the 
series  entitled  "Contributions  to  the  Flora  of  Queensland,"  con- 
tained in  Part  4  of  Vol.  iii.,  N.S.  of  the  Queensland  Agricultural 
Journal  for  April,  1915;  so  that  his  published  work  covers  a 
period  of  more  than  forty  years;  but  this  embodies  the  results  of 
fifty-four  years'  experience  under  conditions  that  were  slowly 
altering.  He  enlisted  the  co-operation  of  specialists  in  some  of 
the  groups  of  Cryptogams,  so  that  he  was  able  to  catalogue  and 
furnish  descriptions,  and  in  many  cases  illustrations,  of  all  the 
known  Queensland  plants,  in  an  accessible  fox-m  convenient  for 
reference.  By  unwavering  zeal,  and  unflagging  industry,  he 
completed  the  task  he  set  himself,  and  he  did  it  well.  His 
memory  deserves  to  be  held  in  kindly  remembrance,  not  only  in 
Queensland,  but  by  all  who  are  interested  in  the  progress  of 
Australian  botany.  We  have  heard  with  satisfaction,  that  Mr. 
J.  F.  Bailey,  who  for  a  long  time  assisted  his  father,  has  been 
appointed  to  succeed  him. 

The  decease  of  Mr.  J.  R.  Garland,  in  February,  1915,  some 
time  after  the  arrangements  for  the  elections  to  fill  vacancies  in 


10  president's  address. 

the  Council  for  the  Session,  1915-16  had  been  made,  brought 
about  an  extraoidinary  vacancy,  which  was  subsequently  filled 
by  the  appointment  of  Mr.  A.  F.  Basset  Hull,  who,  in  accord- 
ance with  the  provisions  of  Rule  xv.,  governing  such  appoint- 
ments, retires  at  this  Meeting,  but  is  eligible  for  re-election. 
From  the  foundation  of  the  Society  continuously  np  to  the  time 
of  Mr.  Garland's  death,  the  Council  had  always  included  in  its 
number  one,  and,  for  a  great  part  of  the  period,  two  members  of 
the  legal  profession  interested  in  Science,  who  were  most  helpful 
in  truidinsr  the  deliberations  of  the  Council  in  matters  submitted 
by,  or  to  be  referred  to,  the  Society's  Solicitors,  or  on  obscure 
points  which  presented  themselves  unexpectedly,  in  connection 
with  the  administration  of  trusts.  The  appointment  of  Mr.  Hull 
has  restored  the  succession  of  such  helpful  members  of  Council. 

As  abstracts  of  the  papers  read  during  the  year  have  been 
communicated  to  Members,  and  the  papers  themselves  have  been 
published,  it  is  not  necessary  to  refer  to  them  in  detail  in  offering  a 
record  of  the  Society's  research-staff  for  the  past  year,  as  follows : — 

Dr.  R.  Greig-Smith,  Macleay  Bacteriologist  to  the  Society, 
continued  his  investigation  of  problems  involved  in  the  study  of 
Soil-Fertility,  and  Nos.  xiii.,  and  xiv.,  of  his  series  of  papers  on 
this  subject  were  read  during  the  year,  and  will  be  found  in  the 
last  Part  of  the  Proceedings.  The  first  of  these  treats  of  the 
toxicity  of  soils;  the  second,  of  the  stimulative  action  of  chloro- 
form retained  by  the  soil.  In  addition,  a  third  paper,  in  Parti., 
is  descriptive  of  a  new  levangum-forming  bacterium,  which  has 
been  isolated  and  studied. 

Dr.  J.  M.  Petrie,  Linnean  Macleay  Fellow  in  Biochemistry, 
completed  two  papers,  (me  on  the  identification  of  the  alkaloid  of 
Native  Tobacco,  which  will  be  read  at  the  second  Meeting  of  the 
coming  Session;  and  the  other,  the  third  part  of  his  study  of 
hydrocyanic  acid  in  plants.  Other  problems  in  hand  are  the 
statement  of  the  results  of  the  analyses  of  the  inorganic  con- 
stituents of  plants;  the  photographic  effects  of  the  latex  of 
Euphorbia  pepliis;  the  chemistry  of  the  native  Duboisias;  and 
the  alkaloids  of  Solandra  Icevin. 


president's  address.  11 

Mr.  E.  F.  Hallniann,  Linnean  Macleay  Fellow  in  Zoology,  in 
continuation  of  his  study  of  the  Monaxonid  Sponges,  almost  com- 
pleted the  examination  of  the  Axinellidce.  A  preliminary  study 
of  the  Sponges  brought  back  by  the  Australasian  Antarctic  Ex- 
pedition received  attention. 

Mr.  W.  N.  Benson,  Linnean  Macleay  Fellow  in  Geology,  con- 
tinued his  work  on  the  geology  and  petrology  of  the  Great  Ser- 
pentine-Belt; and  two  papers.  Parts  iv.,  and  v.,  of  the  series, 
dealing  with  the  dolerites,  spilites,  and  keratophyres  of  the 
Nundle  district;  and  with  the  geology  of  the  Tamworth  district, 
were  read  during  the  year;  and  have  appeared  in  Parts  i.  and  iii. 
of  the  Proceedings  for  the  year.  The  preparation  of  No.  vi., 
treating  of  the  intermediate  region  between  the  Nundle  and 
Tamworth  districts,  and  also  a  preliminary  study  of  the  Cuira- 
bubula  and  Werris  Creek  areas  were  taken  in  hand,  and  some 
progress  attained;  but  were  subsequently  suspended  for  special 
reasons.  In  August  last,  as  a  concession  allowed  during  war- 
time, the  Council  granted  Mr.  Benson  three  months'  leave  of 
absence,  afterwards  extended  up  to  the  end  of  his  term  of  ap- 
pointment, in  order  to  relieve  Professor  David  of  some  of  his 
University  work,  at  first  for  national  organisation  at  home,  and 
later  for  military  service  abroad.  The  Council  felt  that  the 
Society  should  cheerfully  accept  a  share  of  the  inconvenience  and 
of  the  results  of  the  disturbance  of  normal  conditions  arising  in 
connection  with  the  war.  Mr.  Benson  will  retire  from  his  Fel- 
lowship at  the  end  of  his  term,  in  order  to  continue  the  work 
which  he  has  undertaken,  during  Professor  David's  absence. 
During  his  two  years'  coimection  with  the  Society  as  Fellow, 
Mr.  Benson  has  carried  out  his  work  with  both  ability  and  zeal, 
and  has  amply  justified  his  appointment.  Throughout  his  work, 
he  has  had  the  great  advantage  of  being  in  close  touch  with 
Professor  David,  whose  experience  and  advice  have  always  been 
freely  available,  both  in  the  field,  as  well  as  in  the  laboratory. 
He  has  well  advanced  the  subject  he  took  in  hand;  and  we  hope 
that,  when  circumstances  permit,  he  may  be  able  to  continue  and 


12  president's  address. 

complete  the  important  and  promising  work,  whicli  he  has  so  well 
begun. 

Mr.  R.  J.  Tillyard,  Linnean  Macleay  Fellow  in  Zoology,  has 
completed  liis  first  year's  work.  Four  papers  have  been  sub- 
mitted, two  of  which,  on  the  rectal  gills  in  the  larvae  of  Ani- 
sopterid  Dragonflies,  and  the  first  of  a  series  devoted  to  the  study 
of  Australian  Neuroptera,  were  read  during  the  year;  and  will 
be  found  in  Parts  ii.,  and  iii.,  of  the  Proceedings  for  the  year. 
The  second  and  third  of  the  series  will  be  communicated  at  the 
first  and  third  Meetings  of  the  new  Session. 

For  the  third  time,  in  October,  1915,  the  Council  was  able  to 
offer  four  Fellowships,  the  full  number.  Five  applications  were 
received;  and  I  have  now  the  pleasure  of  making  the  first  public 
announcement  of  the  Council's  reappointment  of  Dr.  J.  M.  Petrie, 
Mr.  E.  F.  Kallmann,  and  Mr.  R.  J.  Tillyard  to  Linnean  Macleay 
Fellowships  in  Biochemistry  and  Zoology;  and  of  the  appoint- 
ment of  Mr.  H.  8.  Halcro  Wardlaw,  B.Sc,  to  a  Linnean  Macleay 
Fellowship  in  Physiology,  for  one  year  from  1st  proximo;  and, 
on  behalf  of  the  Society,  of  wishing  for  them  favourable  oppor- 
tunities for  carrying  out  their  important  work,  with  a  very  satis- 
factoiy  measure  of  success. 

In  joining  the  Society's  research-staff,  Mr.  Wardlaw  does  so 
with  an  excellent  record,  both  as  a  student  and  as  a  Research 
Scholar  of  the  University  of  Sydney.  On  graduating,  in  1913, 
he  obtained  First  Class  Honours  in  Chemistry  and  Physiology, 
and  was  awarded  the  University  Medal  for  Physiology.  In  the 
same  year,  he  was  appointed  to  a  Science  Research  Scholarship, 
which  he  has  held  for  two  years,  during  which  period  a  series  of 
investigations  were  completed,  the  results  of  which  are  embodied 
in  five  papers,  of  which  f(jur  have  been  communicated  to  the 
Royal  Society  of  New  South  Wales;  and  one,  on  "The  Temper- 
ature of  Echidna,"  is  to  be  found  in  our  Proceedings  for  last 
year.  A  sixth  paper  is  ready,  and  will  be  published  in  London. 
Mr.  Wardlaw,  as  a  Linnean  Macleay  Fellow,  will  continue  and 
extend  his  work  on  the  physiology  of  the  secretion  of  milk  and 
on  problems  which  arise  in  connection  therewith.      As  this  is  the 


president's  address.  13 

first  time  a  physiologist  has  been  appointed  to  a  Fellowship,  we 
look  forward  with  pleasurable  expectation  to  a  more  prominent 
place  of  this  branch  of  science  in  the  Society's  Proceedings  than 
has  hithei'to  been  possible. 

The  names  of  one  Society  and  two  Institutions — the  National 
Academy  of  Sciences  at  Washington,  the  Zoological  Museum  at 
Tring,  England,  and  the  Instituto  Oswaldo  Cruz  at  Rio  de 
Janeiro — have  been  added  to  the  Society's  Exchange-list  during 
the  year.  The  addition  of  their  valuable  publications  to  the 
library  is  very  welcome. 

Thi-ee  portraits  of  workers  identified  in  some  way  with  the 
fauna  or  flora  of  Australia  were  presented  during  the  year,  and 
are  now  on  view — one  of  Professor  Herdman  of  Liverpool  Uni- 
versity, the  gift  of  Mr.  C.  Hedley;  the  second  of  the  late  Rev. 
Dr.  WooUs,  well  known  to,  and  highly  venerated  by,  the  older 
botanical  members  of  the  Society,  for  some  years  a  contributor  to 
our  Proceedings,  for  which  the  Society  is  indebted  to  the  Trustees 
of  the  Australian  Museum;  and  the  third,  of  the  late  Alexander 
Walker  Scott,  formerly  of  Ash  Island,  author  of  "Australian 
Lepidoptera,"  and  an  active  member  of  the  Entomological  Society 
of  New  South  Wales,  a  donation  from  the  Secretary.  It  is  very 
gratifying  to  have  the  Society's  collection  of  portraits  added  to 
in  this  interesting  and  very  welcome  manner. 

Dr.  E.  Mjoberg,  of  Stockholm,  has  been  good  enough  to  send 
to  the  Society  reprints  of  eleven  papers  published  in  the  Hand- 
hnger[Bd.  lii.,  191.3-15]  or  in  the  Arkiv  for  Zoologi[Bd.  ix.,1915] 
of  the  Royal  Swedish  Academy — a  first  instalment  of  a  series 
entitled  "Results  of  Dr.  E.  Mjoberg's  Swedish  Scientific  Expedi- 
tions to  Australia,  1910-13."  Six  authors  have  co-operated  in 
the  production  of  these  papers,  which  deal  with  the  Mammals, 
Reptiles,  Batrachia,  certain  groups  of  Hymenoptera  [Fam.  Ste- 
2)hanklie,  Ichneumonidce,  Braconido',  and  Formicidfe^,  and  some 
Mesozoic  plants.  A  number  of  species  are  described  as  new,  and 
many  notes  on  geographical  distribution  and  on  other  matters 
are  given.  When  completed,  the  series  promises  to  be  a  very 
important  contribution  to  a  knowledge  of  the  fauna  of  the  out- 
lying parts  of  Australia  in  which  the  collecting  was  done. 


14  president's  address. 

I  am  sure  that  I  shall  voice  the  sentiments  of  this  Meeting  in 
offering  to  two  of  our  Members,  who  have  given  of  their  best  at 
Gallipoli,  sincere  sympatliy  in  their  bereav^ement. 

We  have  heard,  with  pleasure,  during  the  year,  of  the  appoint- 
ments of  two  of  our  Members,  both  Members  of  the  Council,  also, 
to  important  positions  in  the  Department  of  Mines — Mr.  Cambage 
to  succeed  Mr.  Pittman  as  Under  Secretary;  and  Mr.  J.  E.  Carne 
to  the  position  of  Government  Geologist.  On  behalf  of  the 
Society,  I  would  like  to  offer  them  our  hearty  congratulations  on 
their  promotion,  and  our  best  wishes  for  success  in  their  new 
undertajvings. 

To  Mr.  J.  H.  Maiden,  also,  I  would  offer  our  cordial  felicita- 
tions on  his  election  to  the  Royal  Society  of  London. 

A  noteworthy  feature  of  late  years  has  been  the  foundation  of 
large  numbers  of  Societies  all  over  the  world,  having  for  their 
object  the  protection  and  preservation  of  the  Flora  and  Fauna, 
of  natural  beauty-spots,  and  places  or  buildings  with  historical 
associations. 

In  England,  the  Selborne  Society  is  doing  valuable  work  in 
fostering  the  tendency  towards  caring  for  plants  and  animals. 
America  has  its  Audubon  and  other  Societies,  and,  in  Australia, 
there  are  the  Wild  Life  Protection  Society,  the  Gould  League  of 
Bird-lovers,  and  the  Austi'alian  Forest  League. 

The  only  way  in  which  effective  protection  can  be  brought 
about  is  by  educating  the  people,  and  leading  them  to  see  that  it 
is  necessary;  and  it  is  this  method  which  is  adopted  by  all  these 
Societies.  It  is  recognised  by  most  of  vis  that,  to  be  lasting, 
such  education  should  begin  as  early  as  possible;  and,  for  this 
reason,  the  Gould  League  of  Bird-lovers  seeks  to  enroll  the  school- 
children. In  this  respect,  the  League  has  received  the  greatest 
encouragement  and  assistance  from  the  Educational  authorities. 
In  our  own  State  and  in  Victoria,  that  assistance  has  been  par- 
ticularly generous,  and  the  results  are  very  encouraging.  In 
many  country  schools,  the  wild  birds  come  no  longer  under  that 
name,   for  they  are   almost   domesticated;   they   come  and  feed 


president's  address.  15 

among  the  children  at  their  lunches,  and  show  little  fear  of  those 
who,  a  few  years  ago,  would  have  been  their  natural  enemies. 

A  significant  sign  of  the  improvement  in  the  public  point  of 
view  in  this  matter,  is  the  frequent  discussions  in  the  press,  both 
daily  and  weekly,  of  the  value  or  harmfulness  of  birds.  We  find 
nowadays,  a  great  many  people  who  will  even  say  a  good  word 
for  the  once  universally  detested  Crow.  It  is  recognised  that, 
black  though  he  may  be,  he  is  by  no  means  so  black  as  he  is 
painted.  And  it  is  beginning  to  be  generally  understood  that, 
as  Mr.  W.  W.  Froggatt  pointed  out  many  years  ago,  a  bird  may  be 
very  destructive  in  one  locality,  and  extremely  useful  in  another. 
In  the  matter  of  official  protection  of  birds,  we  are  veiy  far 
behindhand.  The  Act  gives  a  long  list  of  protected  birds,  under 
the  scientific  names.  The  police,  who  are  charged  with  the  ad- 
ministration of  the  Act,  have  not  the  necessary  knowledge  of  the 
birds.  The  remedy  would  be  an  Act  which  listed  the  birds 
which  might  be  shot,  a  suggestion  which  we  also  owe  to  Mr. 
Froggatt. 

One  method  of  encouraging  the  birds — the  provision  of  nest- 
ing-boxes— does  not  meet  with  a  great  deal  of  success.  Our 
native  birds  do  not  take  to  these.  In  both  England  and  America, 
the  providing  of  such  boxes  is  much  resorted  to.  There  are 
many  firms  which  make  a  specialty  of  manufacturing  them,  and 
the  birds  respond  by  using  them  freely.  But  here,  we  find  that, 
as  a  rule,  the  only  tenants  are  the  sparrow  and  the  starling.  It 
may  be  that  Australia's  being  so  recently  settled,  the  birds  have 
not  reached  that  stage  of  sophistication  which  would  lead  them 
to  see  the  advantages  of  such  shelter. 

All  this  is  a  matter  for  congratulation  to  such  Societies  as 
ours.  The  plants  and  animals  offer  numberless,  unsolved  prob- 
lems to  the  biologist,  and  their  pi-eservation  is,  therefore,  a 
matter  of  grave  concern.  And,  in  Australia,  it  is  of  very  great 
importance  on  account  of  the  unique  characters  of  the  fauna  and 
flora.  We  are  oflfered  numbers  of  biological  problems  for  in- 
vestigation, which  from  the  nature  of  our  fauna  and  flora,  are  of 
compelling  interest.     Yet  it  is  a  lamentable  fact  that  not  very 


16  president's  address. 

much  has  been  done  by  x\ustralian  naturalists  towards  the  solu- 
tion of  these  problems.  This  is  all  the  more  regrettable,  because, 
as  a  consequence  of  the  rapid  spi-ead  of  settlement,  and  the  in- 
creasing recjuirements  of  civilisation,  many  of  our  plants  and 
animals  are  fast  moving  towards  the  limbo  of  lost  thini-s  where 
they  will  meet  with  the  Dodo,  and  the  Great  Auk.  The  spread 
of  the  cities  and  the  operations  of  land-vendors  are  rapidly  de- 
stroying our  highly  specialised,  local  flora;  and,  with  the  plants, 
the  animals  also  disappear.  And  with  them  will  disappear  the 
opportunity  for  research  into  their  bionomics.  In  the  vicinity 
of  all  our  towns,  the  flora  is  becoming  a  cosmopolitan  one,  and 
the  Australian  element  forms  but  a  small  portion  of  it.  It 
behoves  us,  then,  before  it  is  too  late,  to  get  to  work  on  the 
bionomics  of  our  native  plants  and  animals. 

A  very  important  problem  among  these  is  the  pollination  of 
Australian  flowers  by  birds.  Looking  into  this  question,  on  the 
suggestion  of  Mr.  J.  J.  Fletcher,  I  was  surprised  to  discover  how 
little  definite  information  on  the  subject  of  bird-pollination  was 
to  be  found.  The  fact  that  a  given  species  of  bird  visits  a  flower, 
is  often  taken  as  evidence  that  the  flower  is  pollinated  by  that 
bii'd,  but  as  to  the  method  by  which  it  is  done,  no  record  is  made. 
Schiuiper(3)  quotes  Belts'  description  of  the  pollination  of  Marc- 
gravia,  and  goes  on:  "Since  Belt's  classical  description,  and  the 
unfortunately  very  short  communications  of  F.  Miiller,  the  know- 
ledge of  humming-bird  flowers  has  not  made  any  considerable 
progress,  for  the  surmises  of  several  botanists  formed  far  away 
from  the  home  of  humming-birds  cannot  be  considered  as  such. 
The  share  taken  by  humming-birds  in  causing  the  peculiarities  of 
many  American  flowers,  can  be  ascertained  only  by  careful  and 
critical  investigations  on  the  spot."  These  remarks  apply  equally 
well  to  pollination  by  birds  in  Austi'alia. 

One  of  the  first  questions  arising  is,  Are  bird-pollinated  flowers 
specially  adapted  in  any  way?  Certainly  many  of  them  do  pre- 
sent special  features.  Hermann  Muller(2)  says  that  ornithophil- 
ous  flowers  present  several  types.  Many  of  them  possess  large, 
brilliantly  coloured  flowers,  very  frequently  scarlet,   pouched  in 


president's  address.  17 

form,  upright  in  position,  and  secreting  a  great  abundance  of 
honey.  But  Kerner(5)  says  that  laterally  directed  flowers  are 
visited  solely  by  hovering  visitors  such  as  the  owlet-  and  hawk- 
moths  and  humming-birds,  which  require  no  platform,  and,  there- 
fore, none  is  provided.  And  he  speaks  of  the  absence  of  plates, 
ridges,  fringes,  pegs,  or  knobs  in  bird-pollinated  flowers.  From 
personal  observation,  I  should  think  that  a  large  number  of  them 
have  pendent  flowers,  as  in  the  Fuchsia  and  Abutilon.  It  is 
certain,  too,  that  honey-eating  birds  will  visit  any  type  of  flower 
that  contains  much  nectar.  Moseley(6)  speculates  whether  the 
humming-birds  of  Juan  Fernandez  may  not  be  the  agents  of 
pollination  in  the  strawberi'ies,  cherries,  peaches,  and  apples.  It 
is  certain  that  honey-eating  birds  will  visit  any  flower,  no  matter 
what  type,  that  contains  much  honey.  Beal  records  the  pollina- 
tion of  cherries  and  catmint,  and  red  clo\'cr  is  recorded  by  another 
observer. 

Still,  there  is  no  doubt  but  that  the  majority  of  bird-pollinated 
flowers  are  more  or  less  tubular,  are  brilliant  in  colour,  and  con- 
tain much  honey.  Further  investigation  will  result  in  other 
types  being  recognised,  but  the  above  is  no  doubt  the  commonest. 
It  is  remarkable  how  soon  birds  recognise  suitable  introduced 
plants.  Our  Australian  honey-eaters  regularly  visit  Hibiscus, 
Abutilon,  Tecoma  capense,  and  other  species,  Bignonia  venusta, 
B.  radicans,  Pentstemon,  Gladiolus,  Honeysuckle,  Cotyledon, 
Echeveria,  and  Agave,  all  eminently  adapted  to  bird-visitors. 

One  fact  that  must  not  be  lost  sight  of  is,  that  flowers  specially 
adapted  for  pollination  by  birds,  are  equally  adapted  for  visits 
from  hawk-moths,  and  other  moths  with  long  probosces.  Bates(4) 
relates  how  he,  several  times,  shot  a  moth  instead  of  a  bird,  and 
says  that  the  manner  of  flight  and  poise  before  a  flower  are  pre- 
cisely like  those  actions  in  a  humming-bird.  Only  after  some 
days  was  he  able  to  distinguish  the  bird  from  the  moth.  He 
records,  also,  that  the  natives,  and  many  of  the  educated  whites, 
believed  the  moth  was  a  bird.  The  daylight  and  crepuscular 
hawk-moths  do  frequent  the  same  flowers,  and  are  as  successful 
in  pollinating  them,  as  the  birds.      I  have  observed  that  Clero- 


18  president's  address. 

dendron  tomentosum  is  visited  by  the  Spinebill  in  the  daytime, 
and  by  hawk-moths  in  the  evening  and  at  night.  But  while  the 
day-flying  moths  visit  the  same  flowers  as  the  birds,  the  night- 
flying  moths  would  not  visit  the  red  flowers,  for  even  by  strong 
moonlight,  the  red  colour  would  be  invisible.  The  close  resem- 
blance of  the  moth  and  the  bird  is  a  very  interesting  example  of 
how  similar  environment  brings  about  analogous  structure,  and 
similar  habits  in  very  different  organisms.  A  more  curious 
instance  of  this  is  the  fact  recorded  in  Knuth(8),  that  a  bat,  in 
Trinidad,  pollinates  the  flowers  of  a  tree,  behaving  so  like  a 
moth  that  it  was  mistaken  for  one.  It  has  a  brush-like  tongue 
like  a  humming-bird. 

The  profession  of  pollinator  seems,  in  the  main,  to  be  confined 
to  a  few  families  of  birds.  In  America,  the  humming-birds 
(Trochilidce)  and  sugar-birds  (Ccerehidce.)  are  chiefly  concerned. 
In  Hawaii,  the  Drepauididce  (36  spp.  in  17  genera)  and  Melipha- 
gidoi  (5  spp.  in  2  genca-a)  are  the  agents.  In  Australia,  we 
have  Meliphagidce  {1 2  spp.  in  23  genera),  and  7  species  of  brush- 
tongued  Lorikeets.  Africa  has  its  iinnhiixh  (Ciunyridce)  and 
F\ower-Y>eckers( Dicceidff ).  In  New  Zealand,  are  the  Meliphagid(e 
and  a  few  parrots. 

But  there  is  no  doubt  that  other  birds,  at  times,  pollinate 
flowers.  Whether  they  visit  the  flowers  in  search  of  insects,  or 
nectar,  is  not  quite  apparent.  Moseley(6)  gives  an  account  of 
Artamus  lencopyg talis  being  shot,  and  found  to  have  the  bases 
of  their  bills  clogged  with  pollen,  which,  he  thinks,  they  got  in 
searching  flowers  for  insects.  But  Mr.  Musson,  in  a  letter  to 
Mr.  Fletcher,  i-ecords  that  numbers  of  Arfamus  personatus,  and 
A.  superciliosus  visited  the  flowers  of  a  Beefwood  (Grevillea 
robusta)  and  fed  on  the  nectar.  When  some  starlings  visited 
the  tree,  the  wood-swallows  left,  and  the  starlings  began  to  feed 
on  the  nectar  in  just  the  same  way.  I  have  also  been  informed 
by  several  observers  that  sparrows  probe  the  flowers  of  the  Coral- 
tree  (Eri/thrina)  in  the  same  way  that  the  honey-eaters  do.  It 
is  probable  that  closer  inquiry  into  the  habits  of  our  birds  will 
result  in  the  discovery  that  many  of  them,  while  not  professional 


president's  address.  19 

pollinatoi's,  yet  do  a  good  deal  of  that  work  as  amateui-s.  Mr. 
North  informs  me  that  Black  Cockatoos  visit  the  heads  of  Bank- 
sia-flowers  in  search  of  honey,  and,  no  doubt,  often  pollinate 
some  of  the  flowers  in  doing  so. 

All  the  special  pollinating  birds  have  some  peculiarities  of 
structure,  which  fit  them  for  the  special  work  they  have  to  do. 
The  huiuming-birds  are  capable  of  poising  on  the  wing  before  the 
flowers  they  frequent,  their  beaks  are  either  long  or  short,  slender, 
curved,  and,  in  some  cases,  at  least,  specially  adapted  to  pollen- 
carrying.  In  a  paper  by  J.  L.  Hancock(7),  he  describes  and 
figures  the  beak  of  a  humming-bird,  showing  what  he  calls  a 
"pollen  repository" — a  groove  in  the  ventral  surface  of  the  bill, 
and  gi'ooves  at  the  angle  of  the  mouth,  from  the  nostril  on  the 
upper  side.  He  also  describes  feathers  about  the  head  apparently 
adapted  for  holding  pollen.  These  have  barbules  with  barbicels. 
The  pollen-grains  are  held  between  two  barbules,  or  the  barbs 
spread  apart,  and  hold  pollen  like  a  pair  of  forceps. 

In  a  paper  by  Robert  Ridgway(9),  he  describes  the  tongue  of 
the  hunnning-bird  as  follows:  "The  tongue  of  this  species  (and 
doubtless  others  have  a  similar  conformation)  presents,  when 
recent,  the  appearance  of  two  tubes  laid  side  by  side,  united  for 
lialf  their  length,  but  separate  for  the  remainder.  Their  sub- 
stance is  transparent  in  the  same  degree  as  a  good  quill,  which 
they  much  resemble.  Each  tube  is  formed  by  a  lamina  rolled 
up,  yet  not  so  as  to  bring  the  edges  into  actual  contact,  for  there 
is  a  longitudinal  fissure  in  the  outer  side  running  up  considerably 
higher  than  the  junction  of  the  tubes;  into  this  fissure,  the  point 
of  a  pin  may  be  inserted  and  moved  up  and  down.  Near  the 
tip,  the  outer  edge  of  each  lamina  ceases  to  be  convolute,  but  is 
spread  out,  and  split  at  the  margin  into  irregular  fimbria-  which 
point  backward  like  the  vane  of  a  feather.  These  are  not  barbs, 
however,  but  simply  soft  and  flexible  points,  such  as  might  be 
produced  by  snipping  diagonally  the  edges  of  a  strip  of  paper. 
I  conjecture  that  the  nectar  of  flowers  is  pumped  up  the  tubes, 
and  that  minute  insects  are  caught,  when  in  the  flowers,  in  these 
spoon-like  tips,  their  mimite  limbs  being  perhaps  entangled  in 


20  president's  address. 

the  fimbrije,  when  the  tongue  is  i*etracted  into  the  beak,  and  the 
insects  swallowed  by  the  ordinary  process,  as  doubtless  those  are 
which  are  captured  by  the  beak  when  in  iiight." 

Prof.  Beal(ll)  gives  the  results  of  the  investigations  of  some 
students  into  bird-pollination  by  humming-biixls.  They  visit 
flowers  for  at  least  two  objects,  for  insects  and  for  nectar. 
Pollen-grains  have  been  found  on  the  bills  and  on  the  heads  of 
the  birds.  They  were  seen  to  frequent  pelargoniums,  fuchsias, 
trumpet-creeper,  phloxes,  verbenas,  catmint,  milkweed,  tropoeo- 
lums,  honeysuckles,  lilacs,  morning-glories,  cherries,  and  wild 
balsam. 

In  the  latter,  the  anthers  form  a  covering  to  the  pistil.  Tf 
the  flowers  are  covered  up,  no  seed  is  produced.  Humming-birds 
visited  all  the  open  flowei's.  Every  time  one  plunged  his  beak 
in,  the  head,  a  little  above  the  beak,  became  dusted  with  pollen. 
Where  the  anthers  were  removed,  the  birds  left  pollen  on  the 
stigma.  All  the  flowers  in  one  cluster  were  visited  twice  in  15 
minutes.  Impaticns  fidva  is  cross-fertilised  mainly,  if  not 
entirely,  by  humming-birds. 

Trelease,  in  a  note  supplementary  to  Prof.  Beal'slU),  says  the 
Ruby-throat  is  often  seen  to  get  nectar  from  both  glands  at  the 
base  of  the  cotton  flowers.  It  was  constantly  seen  at  the 
flowers  of  Oenothera  smuata,  very  often  about  those  of  the  may- 
pop  {Passlflora  incarnata),  the  white-flowered  buckeye  (Aescidus 
parviflora),  the  wild  and  cultivated  morning-glories,  yellow  day- 
lily,  white  oleander,  several  sorts  of  pelargonium,  lemon,  fuchsia, 
larkspur,  malaviscus,  zinnia,  sage-bush,  osier-willow.  One  was 
seen  at  the  flowers  of  gourd,  and  several  times  at  flowers  of 
Lobelia  eardinalis,  where  they  usually  acted  as  the  one  spoken  of 
in  American  Naturalist,  1S79,  p.  431.  Flowers  of  Erythrina 
herhacea  were  often  visited,  and  they  appear  to  be  adapted  for 
fertilisation  by  them  like  the  Palosabre  in  Belt.  According  to 
Gould,  to  number  all  the  flowers  visited  by  them  would  be 
equivalent  to  repeating  the  names  of  half  the  plants  of  North 
America.  The  same  author  also  gives  an  account(ll)  of  the 
fertilisation  of  Salvia  sphndeuft.     One  of  the  flowers  visited  had 


t'RESIDENX's    ADDRESS.  2l 

the  stigma  closed.      The  lever  of   the  connective  was  nearly  an 
inch  long. 

In  "The  Fauna  Hawaiiensis"(10),  Perkins  gives  a  long  account 
of  the  pollination  of  endemic  flowers  by  native  birds  belonging  to 
the  Families  Drepanidid(e  and  Meliphayidc.  The  former  contains 
thirty-five  species  in  seventeen  genera,  and  the  latter  five  species 
in  two  very  distinct  genera.  The  birds  of  the  first  family  vary 
from  entirely  honey-eating  to  entirely  insect-eating,  and  the 
Meliphagid(H  appear  to  be  entirely  honey-eating.  All  the  Dre- 
paiiididoi  have  the  tubular  tongue,  which  shows  descent  from  a 
common  ancestor;  and  the  author  considers  that  that  ancestor 
was  a  honey-eater,  but  that,  as  insects  became  more  common,  the 
characters  of  some  of  the  birds  gradually  altered.  He  states 
that  nectar  is  absolutely  necessary  to  the  existence  of  five  of  the 
genera,  and  that  these  can  be  kept  alive  on  nectai-  ami  sugar- 
cane juice.  The  nectar-feeding  birds  ai-e  characterised  by  a 
slender  beak,  as  well  as  the  tubular  tongue.  "All,  or  practically 
all,  the  plants  visited  by  these  liirds  for  food  had  bell-shaped  or 
tubular  blossoms,  in  which  nectar  was  more  or  less  hard  to  reach. 
Of  these  tubular-rtowered  plants,  there  are  several  predominant 
genera,  some  of  which  are  themselves  restricted  to  the  islands, 
and  belong  to  various  families,  comprising  hosts  of  peculiar 
species.  Most  striking  of  all  are  the  arborescent  Lobeliacete, 
not  closely  related  to  forms  found  in  other  countries.  The  mul- 
tiplicity of  these  plants,  and  their  isolation  from  foreign  forms 
bears  a  striking  i^esemblance  to  that  of  the  Drepanid  birds  them- 
selves, indicating  likewise  an  extremely  ancient  occupation  of 
the  island."  This  seems  to  me  to  show  that  the  flowers  (Jjobe- 
liacea)  anfl  the  birds  developed  in  dejjendence  upon  each  other, 
and  the  author  holds  the  same  view,  for  he  says: — "How  easily 

the  extraordinary  lengthening  of  the  bill may  have  taken 

place,  side  by  side  with  the  increasing  length  of  the  tubular 
flowers,  is  apparent  from  tht;  fact  that,  even  now,  in  some  of  the 
bii'ds,  tlierc  is  iiuHvidual  \ai"iation  in  this  respect.  ...  A  series 
of  observatiims  made  on  one  of  the  most  superb  of  the  Lobelias 
showed  that  it  could  only  be  fertilised  by  these  highly  specialised 


22  president's  address. 

birds."  It  is  much  to  be  regretted  that  \Mr.  Perkins  does  not 
give  full  particulars  of  these  observations.  Just  as  in  many 
other  cases,  we  have  no  information  beyond  the  fact  that  the 
birds  visit  the  flowers. 

A  note  of  interest  is  to  be  found  in  the  method  cniplo3'ed  by 
the  hunters  in  the  old  days  for  taking  Drepanis  pacifica — the 
Mamo — the  bird  from  which  the  yellow  feathers  used  in  the 
ancient  feather-work  was  procured.  The  hunter  covered  himself 
with  the  branches  and  leaves  of  a  tubular-flowered  plant,  and 
held,  between  finger  and  thumb,  one  of  the  flowers.  AVhen  tlie 
bird  inserted  its  bill,  he  closed  his  finger  and  thumb  together, 
and  thus  captured  it.  The  birds  and  flowei's  of  Hawaii  offer  a 
unique  opportunity  to  a  field-naturalist  to  enrich  our  knowledge 
of  bird-pollination. 

Scott  Elliott  has  published  two  papers  on  bird-pollination  in 
South  Africa(12).  He  mentions  Protea  incompta,  P.  mellifera,  P. 
lepidocarjxi,  P.  longifolia,  P.  grmidifioi-a,  P.  cordata,  P.  SGolyvius, 
Leucospertnum  conocarpiis,  and  L.  nutans  as  being  fertilised  by 
the  birds  Promerops  cafer  and  Nectarinia  chalyhea. 

Bertha  Stoneman,  in  her  bright  little  book  on  South  African 
plants  and  their  ways,  mentions  the  pollination  of  Gladiolus  and 
Loranthus  by  the  Nectarinia?.  But  no  details  as  to  method  are 
given. 

A  good  deal  of  observational  work  has  been  done  in  New- 
Zealand  on  pollination  by  birds.  l)arwin(14)  quotes  Potts  (Trans. 
N.Z.  Inst.)  as  follows:  "In  New  Zealand,  many  specimens  of  the 
Anthoi'nis  me/anura  had  their  heads  coloured  with  pollen  from 
the  flowers  of  an  endemic  species  of  Fuchsia."  Wallace  gives  a 
list  of  Australian  and  New  Zealand  flowers  pollinated  by  birds(l5), 
and  says,  "The  great  extent  to  which  insect  and  bird  agency  is 
necessary  to  flowers  is  well  shown  by  the  case  of  New  Zealand. 
The  entire  counti-y  is  comparatively  poor  in  species  of  insects, 
especially  in  bees  and  butterflies,  which  are  the  chief  flowei*- 
fertilisers;  yet,  according  to  the  researches  of  local  botanists,  no 
less  than  one-fourth  of  all  the  flowering  plants  are  incapable  of 
self-fertilisation,  and,  therefore,  wholly  dependent  on  insect  and 
bird  agency  for  the  continuance  of  the  species.  ' 


PRESIDENT  S    ADDRESS. 


2^ 


Thonison(l6)  gives  a  good  account  of  the  pollination  of  the 
Glory-pea  {Clianfhus  punicpus).  The  birds  concerned  are  the 
Tui,  and  the  Korimako.  The  calyx  of  the  flower  contains  a 
large  drop  of  honey.  Birds,  in  inserting  their  beaks,  push  back 
the  carina,  and  this  retains  its  hold  of  the  style  for  a  consider- 
able time,  till  the  pressure  becomes  too  great,  when  the  latter  is 
jerked  forward  by  its  own  elasticity,  and  throws  out  the  accumu- 
lated pollen  on  the  intruder's  head.  Of  Fuchsia  excorticata,  F. 
Colensoi,  and  F.  procumbent,  he  says  that  each  species  is  dimor- 
phic. The  larger  forms  are  green  and  purple,  with  exserted 
anthers.  Both  forms  are  scentless,  but  contain  much  honey. 
They  appear  to  be  fertilised  by  Tuis  and  honey-birds.  The 
flowers  are  pendulous,  affording  no  resting-place  for  insects, 
and  have  so  large  a  quantity  of  honey  that  any  insects,  except 
long-tongued  forms,  would  be  drowned.  Kirk(17)  says  F. 
excorticata  and  anothei'  species  which  he  does  not  name,  are 
trimorphic,  and  that,  in  the  latter  species  under  cultivation, 
the  mid-  and  short-styled  forms  ai'e  certainly  self-fertilised. 
But  in  F.  excoi'ticata,  "the  entire  work  of  fertilisation  is  effected 
by  two  forms  only;  the  long-styled  can  exercise  no  influence  on 
the  fertilisation  of  other  flowers;  it  is  a  female  flower,  and,  there- 
fore, must  receive  pollen  from  the  mid-  or  short-styled  form,  or 
from  both.  It  is,  therefore,  remarkable,  that  long-styled  flowers 
produce  fruit  in  greater  profusion  than  the  mid-  or  short-styled. 
In  the  absence  of  experiments,  it  would  be  rash  to  assert  that 
the  short-  and  mid-styled  forms  are  incapable  of  fertilisation,  but 
there  can  be  no  doubt  that  the  application  of  pollen  of  either 
form  to  the  stigma  of  thfe  other  would  result  in  the  formation  of 
lai'ge  numbers  of  seeds The  short-styled  form  may  occa- 
sionally be  self-fertilised,  as  detached  pollen  falling  from  its 
stamens  may  come  in  contact  with  the  sides  of  its  stigma.  Birds 
are  the  usual  agents  for  the  transfer  of  pollen  from  one  plant  to 
another.  It  is  interesting  to  watch  them  poising  on  the  wing 
and  dexterously  inserting  their  beaks  into  the  slender  tube  of 
the  flower."  Thomson  also  enumerates,  as  bird -pollinated,  the 
following — Sophora    tetraptera,    chiefly    visited     by    honey-birds 


2.4:  president's  address. 

(another  visitor  will  be  mentioned  later);  Metrosidcros  lucida, 
probably  fertilised  by  Tuis  and  honey-birds,  which,  in  great 
numbers,  frequent  them;  J/,  hy per ici folia,  sometimes  visited  by 
birds;  LoranthuH  cohnsol,  scarlet  tlowers,  no  scent  or  honey,  but 
this  is  probably  developed  at  some  period  of  growth,  and  it  then 
attracts  Tuis  and  honey-birds;  Phcn-miuin  tenax  is  chiefly  ferti- 
lised by  birds.  Insects  may  visit  the  flowers,  but  they  depend 
upon  Tuis  and  honey-birds.  Kakas  and  parakeets  also  aid 
sometimes. 

Petrie(18)  gives  an  account  of  the  pollination  of  Vitex  lucens. 
"There  is  no  doubt  pollination  is  effected  exclusively  by  small 
birds.  These  constantly  visit  the  flowers,  hanging  on  the  rigid 
leaf-stalk  or  flower-stalks,  and  insert  their  bills  into  the  corolla- 
tube  to  suck  the  nectar.  In  sucking  the  sweet  juice,  the  Tui 
may  be  seen  grasping  the  flower  in  one  foot  and  turning  it  i-ound 
into  a  more  convenient  position.  In  passing  from  flower  to 
flower,  the  birds  cannot  avoid  bringing  pollen  from  young  flowers 
to  older  ones."  In  an  earlier  volume(18),  he  refers  to  the  pollina- 
tion of  Rhahdothamnus  Solandri  as  being  effected  by  birds,  and 
notes  that  the  flowers  are  orange  striped  with  red. 

Kirk(17)  quotes  a  description  of  Colenso's  of  the  pollination  of 
Suplwra  tetraptera  by  the  New  Zealand  parrot  {Nestur  nieridiuu- 
alis)  as  follows: — "Close  to  the  village,  and  even  within  its  fence, 
were  several  large  Kowhai  trees;  these  were  covered  with  their 

golden  flowers,  and  mostly  witliout  leaves The  parrots 

flocked  screaming  to  the  Sophora  blossoms.  It  was  a  strange 
sight  to  see  them;  how  deftly  they  managed  to  go  (^)ut  to  the  end 
of  a  long,  lithe  branch,  preferring  to  walk  parrot-fashion,  and 
there  swing  backwards  and  forwards,  lick  out  the  honey  with 
their  big  tongues  without  liijurliuj  the  yoittuj  fruit.  ...  I  found 
that  all  the  fvilly  expanded  flowers  had  had  the  upper  parts  of 
calyces  and  the  uppermost  petal  (vexillum)  torn  out;  this  the 
pari'ots  had  done  to  get  at  the  honey.  As  the  flowers  are  pro 
duced  in  lai'ge,  thick  bunches,  some  are  necessarily  twisted  or 
turned  upside  down;  still  it  is  always  that  peculiai'  petal  and 
that  part  of  the  calyx  (though  often   in   such  cases  underneath) 


PRESIDENTS    ADDRESS.  25 

which  have  been  torn  away.  Through  this,  no  injury  was  done 
to  the  young  enclosed  fruit,  which  would,  in  all  probability,  have 
been  the  case  if  any  of  the  other  j^etals  had  l)een  bitten  off." 

Laing  and  Blackwell(19)  refer  to  a  number  of  plants  already 
mentioned,  and  add  Knlghtia  excelna  as  much  visited  by  Tuis  and 
bell  birds. 

North's  "Catalogue  of  the  Nests  and  Eggs  of  Australian  and 
Tasmanian  Birds"  gives  a  total  of  67  species  of  honey-eaters  and 
brush-tongued  lories,  but  the  author  informs  me  that  live  species 
have  been  added  to  the  honey-eaters  since  that  section  of  his  cata- 
logue was  completed.  Add  to  these  tlie  Black  Cockatoo,  already 
referred  to  as  visiting  Banksia-heads,  and  we  have  74  species,  in 
26  genera  (though  Matthews  puts  the  Honey-eaters  in  42  genera), 
all  iiower-frequenting  in  tlieir  habits.  Both  the  Honey-eaters  and 
the  Lorikeets  have  their  tongues  markedly  adapted  to  their  nectar- 
feeding  habits. 

Von  Mueller's  "Second  Census  of  Australian  I'lants"  contains 
8,581  species  of  Howering  plants — a  number  which  is  now  some- 
what too  small;  but  the  records  of  new  species  are  so  scattered, 
that  I  have  not  attempted  to  arri\e  at  the  correct  total.  I  have 
gone  through  the  Census,  and  tind  that  there  are,  at  least.  649 
species  adapted  to  bird-pollination.  This  is  no  doubt  under  the 
real  number;  many  of  tlie  plants  are  unknown  to  me;  and  I  have 
also  omitted  the  Styplielias,  most  of  wliich  are  ornithophilous, 
because  von  iMueller  has  lumped  several  genera,  such  as  Leuco- 
pogon,  not  oi-nithophilous,  in  tliat  genus.  But  evi  'n  so,  this  shows 
that  about  7*4^  of  oar  flowering  plants  are  ornithophilous.  Of  the 
649  species  mentioned,  :i8."),  or  a  uood  deal  more  than  half,  are 
Proteads,  wliich  are  peculiarly  adapted  for  biid-visitors. 

Taking  a  smaller  area,  1  am  tolerably  familiar  with  the  plants 
and  birds  of  the  Mudgee  district.  In  that  district,  there  are  401 
flowering  plants,  and  of  tliese  oii  are  ornithophilous,  14  being 
Proteads.  Thus  13"2//of  the  flowering  plants  are  adapted  to 
l)irds.  There  are  194  species  of  birds,  of  wliich  23  are  honey- 
feeders  (13*3%),  a  rather  curious  coincidence.      It  can   be  seen, 


26  president's  address. 

then,  that  tlie  birds  and  flowers  whicli  are  dependent  on  each  otlier 
form  a  large  percentage  of  the  avifauna  and  the  tiora. 

We  hardly  expect  to  find  references  to  bird-pollination  in 
Gould's  "Birds  of  Australia."  But  we  do  iind  numerous  allusions 
to  the  nectar-feeding  habits  of  the  honey-eaters;  and  he  also  re- 
peatedly states  that  they  eat  pollen,  giving  instances  of  pollen 
being  found  in  their  stomachs. 

The  earliest  reference,  which  I  can  tind,  to  the  pollination  of 
Australian  Howers  by  birds,  is  in  an  article  on  Eucalyptus  by  Dr. 
WooUs(l).  Speaking  of  hybridisation  in  E.  tereticornis,  he 
says,  "With  regard  to  hybridisation  in  this  genus,  the  flowers  of 
which  are  probably  fertilised  before  the  operculum  is  cast  off,  Dr. 
Mueller  does  not  think  that  it  is  impossible,  but  that  all  ordinary 
chances  are  against  it.  'Still,'  he  continues,  'as  Mr.  W.  S.  Macleay 
remarked,  parrots  and  other  birds  occasionally  bite  off  the  flower- 
buds,  and  may  accidentally  uncover  a  stigma,  and  remove  the 
anthers;  and,  again,  insects  may  then  flnish  oft'  their  work,  and 
carry  pollen  across  from  another  species." 

A  correspondent,  Mr.  S.  T.  Turner,  in  a  letter,  mentions  that, 
at  the  time  of  writing,  parrots  were  very  busy  biting  off'  the  oper- 
cula  of  Eucalypt-buds. 

I  do  not  thilik  that  there  is  any  foundation  for  the  opinion  that 
Eucalypt-flowers  are  fertilised  in  the  bud.  They  are  conspicuous 
flowers  when  open,  scented,  and  contain  a  large  amount  of  nectar, 
all  of  whicli  would  point  to  pollination  by  insects  or  birds. 

I  ha\e  not  been  al)le  to  trace  any  further  allusion  to  bird-polli- 
nation in  Australia  until  1895,  when  a  couple  of  short  notes  by 
myself  were  read  at  a  Meeting  of  the  Australasian  Association  for 
the  Advancement  of  Science(20).  These  recorded  the  visits  of 
Acanthorhynchus,  and  a  species  of  Ptilotis  to  Erythrina  indica, 
and  of  Acantliorhynchus  to  Telopea.  In  neither  was  the  jDrocess 
described,  but  it  was  in  a  later  paper(21).  In  Erythrina,  the 
flowers  are  curved  towards  the  left,  and  the  bird  sits  on  the  riglit- 
hand-side,  and  inserts  its  beak  into  the  other  side.  The  pressure 
forces  the  stamens  and  style  out,  so  that  they  brush  on  the  side  of 
the  bird's  neck,  leaving  a  deposit  of  pollen.     Sliould  tlie  bird  then 


PRESIDENT'S    ADDRESS.  27 

visit  a  flower  in  which  the  stigma  is  receptive,  some  pulleii  would 
uudoiibtedly  reach  it.  I  captured  a  bird  while  feeding,  and  found 
a  considerable  smear  of  pollen  'on  the  neck.  As  a  rule,  birds 
feeding  on  nectar  allow  a  much  closer  approach,  and  it  seems  also 
as  if  they  lost  some  of  their  fear  of  man ;  for  when  I  held  a  blos- 
som to  the  bird  in  my  hand,  it  inserted  its  bill,  and  fed  on  the 
nectar.  1  have  seen  a  note  on  honey-eating  birds  stating  that  they 
may  become  intoxicated  with  the  honey,  and  even  drop  to  the 
ground  at  times,  but,  unfortunately,  I  omitted  to  record  the  refer- 
ence. There  is  no  doubt,  however,  that  some  flowers  produce  nec- 
tar which  is  more  or  less  intoxicating.  That  of  Banksia  ericifolia 
is  so,  and  is  apt  to  produce,  a  severe  headache  in  some  people. 
Although  the  birds  were  most  assiduous  in  their  attentions  to  the 
trees  I  hail  under  observation,  no  fruits  were  produced.  I  care- 
fully pollinated  a  large  number  of  flowers,  and  found  that  the 
fruit  developed  till  it  was  four  inches  in  length,  and  as  thick  as  a 
knitting  needle,  but  at  this  stage  it  invariably  dropped  oft'.  Her- 
mann Muller(2)  says  that  Darwin  states,  on  the  autliority  of 
MacArthur's  Observations  tliat,  in  New  South  Wales,  Erythrina 
does  not  produce  good  fruit  unless  the  flowers  are  shaken.  But  the 
late  Mr.  G.  H.  Cox  told  me  that  it  bore  seed  freely  at  Mulgoa.  And 
I  have  been  told  that  it  seeds  plentifully  on  the  Northern  Rivers 
and  in  Queensland. 

The  Note  on  Teloj^ea  states :  "The  flowers  produce  very  large 
quantities  of  nectar  at  certain  stages,  so  that  if  a  head  is  shaken,  a 
shoAver  of  drops  is  thrown  ott'.  They  are  nuich  visited  by  Acan- 
thorhynchus  and  other  honey-eating  birds,  j^et  they  rarely  produce 
fruits;  but  when  a  plant  does,  it  usually  develops  a  large  num- 
ber. In  one  instance,  I  observed  a  head  wliich  was  nuich  damaged 
by  some  larvae,  and  this  head  afterwardjs  developed  several 
capsules."  Later  I  was  able  to  watch  one  of  these  birds  at  a  head, 
which  was  in  the  nectar-bearing  stage.  1  could  not  get  close 
enough  to  see  just  where  the  pollen  was  deposited  on  the  bird,  but 
I  marked  the  plant,  and  afterwards  found  eleven  capsules  on  it. 

Ho]tze{22)  gives  tlie  following  account  of  the  pollination  of 
Grevillea  chrysodendron: — "The  showy  flowers  of  this  species  are 


28  president's  address. 

closely  packed  into  the  form  of  a  brush,  aud  abound  iu  nectar. 
Before  maturity,  the  long  pistil  is  curved,  so  that  the  stigmatic 
pomt  is  inserted  between  the  anijiiers  at  its  foot.  At  maturity,  the 
pistil  becomes  erect,  bearing  on  its  head  the  pollen  deposited  there 
by  the  anthers.  The  tree  is  visited  by  a  small  bird  for  the  nectar 
in  the  flowers,  and  the  pollen  is  taken  from  tree  to  tree  on  its 
breast  and  head,  which  come  into  contact  with  the  stigma  in  prob- 
ing for  the  nectar.  Cross-fertilisation,  therefore,  is  facilitated,  aud 
the  existence  of  the  provision  for  the  pollen  being  deposited  natur- 
ally on  each  stigma  would  lead  one  to  expect  that,  in  the  ancestral 
form,  this  was  to  insure  fertilisation  should  the  floAver  not  receive 
pollen  from  elsewhere.  However,  in  the  species  under  notice,  the 
flowers  appear  to  be  incapable  of  fertilisation  with  their  own  pol- 
len," The  writer  makes  the  common  mistake  of  supposing  that 
the  whole  of  the  disc  on  the  end  of  the  style  is  stigmatic,  but  this 
is  not  so.  The  stigma  is  a  minute,  nipple-like  point  in  the  centre, 
and  in  no  species  of  Protead  have  1  ever  seen  pollen  on  this. 

Dr.  Shirley,  in  the  same  volunie{23),  has  a  paper  on  "Pecu- 
liarities of  the  Flowers  of  the  Order  Proteacese,'"  in  wliich  he 
says,  speaking  of  Grevillea :  "The  lowest  have  styles  with  a  true 
stigmatic  surface.  The  central  ones  have  immature  styles  coated 
with  pollen.  The  apical  ones  are  still  hooked  in  the  perianths,  and, 
where  the  style-end  is  adherent  to  the  petals,  are  clothed  round  the 
line  of  attachment  with  a  copious  supply  of  honey.  Parrots  and 
honey-eaters  frequent  the  plants  at  this  and  earlier  stages,  clinging 
below  the  flowers,  and  reaching  to  the  apex  of  the  inflorescence 
where  most  honey  lies.  In  doing  so,  they  brush  the  pollen  from 
the  central  flowers  on  their  feathers,  and,  visiting  the  next  branch, 
attach  the  grains  to  the  lower  stigmas  of  the  next  inflorescence, 
thus  fertilising  them."  He  also  notes  the  small  proportion  of  fruits 
that  are  sometimes  found :  "That  this  apparatus  often  fails  is  seen 
in  the  few  perfect  fruits  on  Hakea  and  Macadamia  bushes  which 
have  borne  masses  of  blossoms,  and  by  there  being  seldom  a  dozen 
fruits  on  a  Banksia-cone,  which  carried  a  thousand  perfect 
flowers." 

With  the  assistance  of  some  students,  I  investigated  a  bush  of 


president's  address.  29 

Banksia  erictfolia.  We  found  that  the  average  number  of  flowers 
on  a  head  was  900.  Then,  takinu'  :ill  tlie  heads  more  than  one  year 
old,  we  fonnd  that  only  001  per  t-ent.  of  tlie  flowers  had  developed 
fruits.  Usually  one  finds  a  large  number  of  old  cones  without  a 
single  fruit,  and  then  one  with  from  twelve,  up  to  twenty.  In  one 
instance,  we  found  forty  fruits  on  a  single  head.  I  attribute  this 
to  the  fact  that,  wlien  tlie  birds  find  a  liead  with  plenty  of  nectar, 
they  worlc  over  it  again  and  again.  In  West  Australia,  I  noticed 
that  the  Banksias  al)out  Perth  bore  comparatively  few  fruits,  while 
those  round  about  Albany  fruited  very  freely.  This  arises,  I 
tliink,  from  the  fact  that  the  honey-eaters  are  much  more  plentiful 
at  the  latter  place,  and  perhaps  also  from  the  presence  of  Tarsipes, 
which  is  still  found  in  that  neighbourhood. 

Mr.  Musson  and  Mr.  Carne  have  been  good  enough  to  supply  me 
with  some  interesting  observations  on  bird-pollination,  but,  unfor- 
tunately, I  ha\e  mislaid  their  very  accurate  series  of  notes  on  tlie 
pollination  of  Grerillea  rohnsta,  illustrated  Avitli  photographs. 
The  notes  showed  that  the  flowers,  at  different  stages,  took  up 
different  j^ositions.  and  that  these  changes  were  related  to  the 
habits  of  the  birds  in  visiting  the  blossoms.  I  hope  Messrs.  Musson 
and  Cai-ne  have  copies  of  these  notes,  as  they  certainly  should  be 
]iublished,  and  would  form  a  notable  addition  to  our  knowledge 
of  bird-pollination  in  Australia.  In  one  of  Mr.  Musson's  notes,  he 
says  the  Silver-eyes  come  to  the  underside  of  the  horizontal  spike 
of  flowers  by  swinging  the  l)ody  round  to  get  at  the  nectar.  He 
also  mentions  tlie  bees,  and  a  motli,  apparently  a  species  of 
AgTostis,  frequenting  the  flowers.  Another  interesting  observation 
was  made  at  Lindfield.  An  Acacia,  probably  .1.  suaveolens,  Avas  in- 
fested with  numbers  of  the  Berry-scale  {Lecaninm  haccatum),  and 
these  excreted  large  drops  of  honeydew.  Two  individuals  of  the 
tufted  honey-eater,  FtUntis  (niricfnnis,  were  seen  feeding  on  the 
drops  of  sweet  fluid.  None  of  the  scales  were  damaged ;  the  birds 
were  undoubtedly  after  the  honeydew.  This  is  an  interesting 
observation,  as  it  shows  that  the  Meliphagidae  will  go  to  any  sweet 
fluid  they  detect.  It  is  tolerably  certain,  therefore,  that  they  will 
visit  nectar-bearing  flowers  whicli  tliey  cannot  pollinate. 


30  president's  address. 

While  on  tlie  subject  of  the  Proteads,  I  may  mention  that,  as 
long  ago  as  1882,  Trelease(24)  made  out,  from  the  examination 
of  plants  growing'  in  the  Botanic  Garden  in  Cambridge,  Mass.,  the 
structure  and  mode  of  pollination  of  Hakea  nodosa,  and  of  Gre- 
villea  Thelemanniana.  He  notes  that  both  flowers  are  incapable  of 
self-pollination,  and  that  the  Hakea  is  probably  pollinated  by 
birds  or  insects,  and  the  Grevillea  l)y  birds.  He  also  refers  to 
Kerner's  guess  as  to  Dryandra  being  pollinated  by  kangaroos. 

Mr.  0.  Sargent  has  published  a  paper,  "Biological  Notes  on 
Acacia  cefastrifolia{25).  This  plant  (which  Bentham  considers  a 
varietv  of  A.  mi/rtifolia),  when  the  racemes  open,  secretes  from 
the  gland  on  the  phyllode  at  the  base  of  the  raceme,  a  drop  of 
nectar,  and  continues  to  do  so  all  tlirough  the  time  of  flowering. 
The  Silver-eyes  feed  upon  this.  -'Careful  examination  of  a  flower- 
ing-branch shows  it  to  be  well  adapted  for  bird-pollination.  No 
hindrance  is  offered  to  the  bird,  as  the  saucer  of  nectar  stands  open 
beside  the  inflorescence;  yet  in  sipping  the  sweet  fluid  the  bird  is 
sure  to  l)rush  against  the  fluffy  blossoms,  and  have  its  featliers 
dusted  with  pollen.  The  next  flower  brushed  against  will  receive 
some  of  this  pollen  on  its  stigmas." 

Mr.  Sargent  has  also  been  good  enough  to  send  me  a  copy  of  liis 
MS.  of  a  paper  entitled,  "Fragments  of  Westralian  Plant- 
Biology,"  which  has  been  accepted  for  publication  by  a  Botanical 
Journal.  The  first  part  of  this  paper  is  concerned  with  ornitho- 
phylly.  He  thinks  it  probable  that  the  flowers  suited  for  birds 
have  been  evolved  from  entomophilous  flowers.  The  Honey-eaters 
are  aggressive  feeders;  if  the  nectar  is  not  easy  to  get  at,  they  rip 
the  flower  open.  In  that  way,  the  flowers  which  were  best  suited 
to  birds  may  have  persisted,  and  developed,  while  the  others  retro- 
graded. He  sets  forth  certain  types  of  flowers  as  being  suited  for 
bird-pollination,  beginning  with  simple  open  flowers  like  those  of 
Nuytsia;  the  flowers  are  open,  and  grow  in  masses;  and  birds  feed- 
ing on  them,  as  they  do,  cannot  fail  to  pollinate  the  stigmas. 
Another  flower  of  this  type  is  Xanthorrhcea  Preissii,  and  he  has 
frequently  seen  small  birds  drinking  the  nectar.  My  son  has  seen 
the  New  Holland  Honey-eater  feeding  on  X.  haStilis,  following  the 


president's  address.  31 

spiral  of  flowers  round  the  spike.  But  as  Mr.  Sargent  remarks, 
many  insects  also  visit  these.  Indeed  they  are  of  a  type  visite<l 
by  all  sorts  of  insects. 

The  next  type  is  Loranthus  linophyllus,  a  tubular  flower.  It  is 
visited  by  Zosterops  Gouldi.  Next  comes  Acacia,  already  referred 
to,  and  then  Eucalyptus.  Mr.  Sargent  estimates  that  E.  macrn- 
carpa  has  1,400  stamens,  and  these  form  a  band,  one  inch  wide, 
and  oj  inches  in  circumference.  The  stigma  is  less  than  1  mm.  in 
diameter,  so  that  the  pollen-bearing  surface  w&s  3,000  times  the 
area  of  the  pollen -receiving  surface.  In  the  case  of  this  species, 
he  has  not  seen  birds  pollinating  it,  but  has  observed  E.  redunca 
and  £J.  caJophylla  being  visited  by  Zoslerops  Gouldi,  and  species 
of  Glyciphila.  From  my  knowledge  of  Eucalypt  flower-structure. 
I  should  be  more  inclined  to  look  upon  tlie  hrush-tongued  lories  as, 
to  use  JMr.   Sargent's  phrase,  the  "offlcial"  i:>ollinators. 

In  Beauforlia  sparsa,  he  sees  another  type,  more  specialised  for 
birds;  and  he  lias  observed  that  the  anthers  rub  against  cheeks, 
foreheads,  and  throats.  This  type  reaches  furtlier  specialisation  in 
Calothaynniis  sang'tvineus.  In  this,  the  anthers  are  arranged  in 
bundles,  so  placed  that  they  press  against  the  heads  of  the  birds 
(Glyciphila  and  Zosterops)  visiting  it.  Other  flowers  mentioned 
as  ornithophilous  are  AstroJoma  diiiaricnta  and  Bhincoa  cdiiescens. 
Anigozanthos  humilis  and  A.  Manglesii,  he  has  not  personally 
seen  visited  by  birds,  but  his  brothers  have  seen  thi?m  at  the 
former,  and  some  friends  have  seen  small  birds  at  the  latter.  I 
may  say  that  I  have  repeatedly  seen  Acanthorhynchus  feeding 
on  A.  Manglesii  in  the  King's  Park  in  Peith,  and  I  noted  their 
black  heads  covered  with  yellow  pollen. 

Mr.  Sargent  names  three  of  the  Papilionacese  as  ornithophilous 
—  Tenipletouin  retusa,  Crotalaria  Ctiwidnghtimii,  and  Clianthns 
Dampieri. 

His  last  type  embraces  the  Proteaceae,  and  he  mentions  Ade- 
nanthos  cuneata,  Baiiksi't  attenuatn^  B.  MeAiziesii,  Dryandra 
fioribunda,  and  D.  carduacea. 

Miss  Brewster  lately  read  a  paper(26)  before  this  Society  on 
bird-pollination  in   Darwinia  fascicular  Is.       The   paper   is  now 


32  president's  address. 

available  to  Members,  so  I  need  not  quote  from  it.  Miss  Brewster 
has  done  an  excellent  piece  of  work,  and  left  little,  if  anything, 
for  others  to  glean,  except  to  extend  her  observations  to  the 
other  species  of  the  genus. 

A  little  book  by  Mr.  C.  Miidd(27)  contains  a  good  deal  about 
pollination,  some  of  it  very  extraordinary,  too  extraordinary  to  he 
taken  seriously — as  for  example  the  pollination  of  Dryaiidra  !)>■ 
kangaroos,  said  to  have  been  observed  on  the  Bine  Mountains;  and 
of  an  orchid  by  frogs. 

In  a  paper  by  E.  W.  Berry(28),  on  "  The  Affinities  and  Dis- 
tribution of  the  Lower  Eocene  Flora  of  South-Eastern  North 
America,  he  gives  a  list  of  plants,  among  which  are  six  Proteads 
in  four  genera-  Palaeodendron,  Proteoides,  Knightopliyllum,  and 
f^anksia.  He  also  mentions  Banksia  and  Drvandra  as  l)ein£r 
found  in  abundance  in  the  European  Tertiary,  and  that  the 
family  enjoyed  a  nu)re  or  less  cosmopolitan  range  in  the  Early 
Tertiary.  The  ani;estors  of  the  family,  he  thinks,  probably 
entered  the  Australian  Region  during  the  Upper  Cretaceous, 
before  the  country  had  become  entirely  separated  from  Asia, 
becoming  adapted  to  the  peculiar  soils  and  climate  of  Australia: 
while  the  stock  in  the  Northern  Hemisphere  appears  to  have 
been  unable  to  stand  the  climatic  changes,  and  thus  became 
extinct.  Von  Ettingsliausen,  in  his  Memoir,  republished  by  the 
Department  of  Mines,  Sydney(29),  described  a  number  of  Pro- 
teads from  the  Tertiary  of  Australia.  Incidentally,  I  would  like 
to  place  upon  record  my  feeling  that  it  is  unsafe  to  identify  plants 
from  mere  impressions  of  their  leaves.  The  more  plants  I  know, 
the  more  I  find  that  leaves  very  similar  occur  in  plants  belonging 
to  widely  separated  families,  while,  on  the  other  hand,  plants 
belonging  to  the  same  family,  or  even  the  same  genus,  may  have 
leaves  so  utterly  dissimilar,  that  T  should  hesitate,  without  having 
seen  flowers  or  fruits,  to  tliink  thev  were  allied.  The  differincr 
types  of  leaf  in  Banksia  and  Hakea  are  examples  of  this.  But 
Mr.  Deane  expressed  similar  opinions  frcmi  this  Chair  long  ago, 
in  mucli  more  convincing  terms. 

The  point  I  wished   to  draw  attention    to   is   this  :  that  the 
majority  of  recent   Proteads  are   bird-pollinated,   and  specially 


president's  address.  33 

adapted  to  that.  Now  were  these  old  Proteads  (and  notwith- 
standing what  I  have  said  above,  I  believe  that  there  were 
archaic  Proteads)  bird-pollinated,  and  if  so,  what  were  the  birds 
concerned?  If  an  inflorescence  of  a  fossil  Banksia  is  known,  it 
might  be  easy  to  say  whether  it  was  likely  to  have  been  so 
pollinated.  And,  in  that  case,  I  should  like  to  ask  the  palieon- 
tologists  whether  there  ai-e  any  Tertiary  birds  known,  which 
would  be  likely  to  have  been  the  ancestors  of  any  of  the  three 
great  groups  of  pollinators—  Humming-birds,  Sun-birds,  and  the 
Honey-eaters  of  Australia? 

I  have  said  enough  to  show  that  the  bird-pollination  of  Aus- 
tralian flowers  is  a  large  and  interesting  problem  awaiting  solu- 
tion in  detail.  Some  of  the  questions  that  need  answering  are 
the  following.  Are  the  colours  of  the  flowers  adapted  to  attract 
birds?  It  is  generally  taken  for  granted  that  bird-pollinated 
flowers  are  of  brilliant  colours,  mostly  reds.  But  closer  acquaint- 
ance with  the  habits  of  the  birds  leads  one  to  think  that  the 
brilliant  colours  may  not  be  necessary  to  attract  them.  Our 
honey-eaters  seem  to  visit  any  flower  that  ofters  them  a  plenti- 
tude  of  honey.  Again,  are  the  tubular  flowers  specially  adapted 
to  birds  with  long  bills  like  the  Meliphagidae?  Here,  T  think 
the  answer  will  incline  towards  the  afiirmative,  but  nevertheless 
the  fact  that  they  go  to  shallow  flowers,  like  Eucalyptus  and 
Xanthorrhcea,  seems  to  point  to  the  same  conclusion—  that  the 
shapes  of  flowers  do  not  matter  greatly,  if  there  is  abundance  of 
nectar.  Are  there  any  other  factors  that  are  significant— scent, 
for  example  ?  These  questions  can  only  be  finally  settled  by  long- 
continued  observation  of  the  birds  and  the  flowers  they  frequent. 

The  next  point  (or  perhaps  it  should  be  the  first)  to  be  settled 
is  the  actual  method  of  pollination.  Knuth(8)  says:  —  "It  must 
be  the  aim  of  research  in  pollination  to  make  out  the  adaptation 
of  all  flowers  and  their  pollinators,  and  this  can  only  be  ap- 
proached if  such  investigations  are  systematically  carried  out, 
and  in  as  many  small  and  clearly  demarcated  areas  as  possible." 
Now  the  points  regarding  adaptation  wJiich  have  to  be  observed 
are  many.  The  shape  and  colour  of  the  corolla,  the  presence 
and  amount  of  nectar,  the  scent,  the  length  and  position  of  the 
stamens  and   style,  at   various   stages  of  anthesis,  the  time  of 

3 


34  president's  address. 


maturation  of  anthers  and  stigma,  and  the  relation  of  these 
stages  to  the  changes  of  position  in  those  organs.  And,  in  the 
case  of  the  birds,  the  presence  of  grooves  on  the  beak  as  pollen- 
receptacles,  the  presence  of  modified  feathers  for  the  purpose  of 
retaining  pollen-grains,  the  position  the  bird  takes  on  approach- 
ing the  flower,  and  on  what  part  of  the  body  it  receives  and 
carries  pollen;  all  these  points  must  be  made  out  before  it  can 
be  said  that  we  know  how  a  flower  is  pollinated  by  birds. 

To  succeed  in  such  an  inquiry,  the  observer  must  have  un- 
limited time  and  patience.  He  may  have  to  sit  motionless  for  a 
long  period  near  the  plant  being  investigated,  till  the  birds  gain 
confidence  and  approach  the  flowers;  he  must  have  keen  sight 
and  a  good  pair  of  field-glasses.  He  needs  to  camp  out  in  a 
selected  spot,  and  to  be  abroad  at  dawn,  when  the  birds  are 
beginning  to  feed;  and,  in  addition,  since  the  most  precise  in- 
formation is  necessaiy  with  regard  to  the  bird's  size,  shape  of 
head  and  beak,  and  their  relation  to  the  parts  of  the  flower,  and 
can  only  be  seen  in  the  bird  in  the  hand,  which  is  proverbially 
worth  two  in  the  bush,  he  must,  repugnant  as  it  may  be  to  a 
bird-lover,  be  prepared  to  sacrifice  the  lives  of  some  of  the 
pollinators  to  settle  these  questions  accurately.  Jt  is  a  big  piece 
of  work,  but  it  is  worth  the  trouble;  and  a  few  earnest  investi- 
gators with  suflicient  time  at  their  disposal  would  soon  produce 
results  which  would  be  of  far  greater  value  than  the  vague  state- 
ments to  be  found  in  most  of  the  papers  on  bird-pollination.  It 
is  not  that  the  interest  and  importance  of  the  subject  are  un- 
recognised, but  that  favourable  conditions  for  carrying  out  the 
necessary  investigations  have  been  wanting. 

BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

(l).WooLLS,  Dr.  W. — A  Contribution  to  the  Flora  of  Australia. 

(2).  Mueller,  H. — The  Fertilisation  of  Flowers,  pp.  15,  215. 

(3).SCHIMPER,  A.  F.  W. — Plant  Geography,  p.  120. 

(4).  Bates,  H.  W. — The  Naturalist  on  the  River  Amazons,  p. 97. 

(5).Kerner — The  Natural  History  of  Plants,  p.  225. 

(6).MosELEY,  H.  N. — Notes  by  a  Naturalist  on  the  "Challenger,"  pp.305, 

469,  605. 
(7). Hancock — American  Naturalist,  xxviii.,  p.679. 
(8).Knuth,  p. — Handbook  of  Flower  Pollination,   i.,  p.73. 
(9).Rii)()WAY — "The  Humming  Birds,"  in  Smithsonian  Report,  1890, 
(10). Perkins — -Fauna  Hawaiiensis,   i.,  p.368  et  seq. 


(11 

(12 
(13 
(14 
(15 
(16 
(17 
(18 
(19 
(20 
(21 
(22 
(23 
(24 
(25 
(26 
(27 
(28 
(29 


president's  address.  35 

.Beal,  W.  J.— American  Naturalist,  xiv.,p.  12;  pp. 362-3(33;  xv.,p.26o. 

.Scott,  Elliot— Ann.  Bot.,  1890-91. 

.Stoneman,  Bertha — South  African  Plants  and  their  Ways. 

.Darwin,  C. — Cross  and  .Self  Fertilisation  of  Plants,  p. 371. 

.Wallace,  A.  R. — Darwinism,  p. 321. 

.Thomson,  G.  M. — Trans.  N.Z.  Inst.,  xiii.,  p.258. 

.Kirk,  T. — Forest  Flora  of  New  Zealand,  pp.54,  302. 

.Petrie — Trans.  N.Z.  Inst.,  xxxv.,  xxxvii.,  p.409. 

.Lainc;  and  Blackwell — Plants  of  New  Zealand. 

.Hamilton,  A.  G. — Report  Aust.  Asscn.  Adv.  Sci.,  vii. 

, Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.  S.  Wales,  xxxiii. 

.HoLTZE,  N. — Report  Aust.  Asscn.  Adv.  Sci.,  vii.,  p. 566. 
.Shirley,  J. — Report  Aust.  Asscn.  Adv.  Sci.,  vii.,  p. 569. 
.Trelease,  W. — Proc.  Bost.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  xxi.,  p.416. 
.Sargent,  0.— Proc.  Nat.  Hist.  Soc.  W.A.,  1907. 
.Brewster,  A.  A. — Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.  S.  Wales,  xl. 
.MuDD,  C. — Whys  and  Ways  of  the  Bush. 
.Berry,  E.  W. — Proc.  Amer.  Phil.  Soc,  liii. 

.Von    Ettingshausen,    C. — Contributions   to   the    Tertiary  Flora   of 
Australia. 


Mr.  J.  H.  Campbell,  Hon.  Treasurer,  presented  the  balance 
sheet  for  the  year  1915,  duly  signed  by  the  Auditor,  Mr.  F.  H. 
Rayment,  F.C.P.A.,  Incorporated  Accountant;  and  he  moved 
that  it  be  received  and  adopted,  which  was  carried  unanimously. 
Abstract:  General  Account,  Balance  from  1914,  £531  13s.  4d.; 
income,  £1,164  8s.  8d.;  expenditure,  £912  8s.  lOd.;  transfer  to 
Bookbinding  account,  £5  5s.  Od.;  balance  to  1916,  £778  8s.  2d. 
Bacteriology  Account,  Income,  £527  17s.  6d.;  expenditure, 
£535  7s.  2d.;  debit  balance  to  1916,  £25  19s.  9d.  Linnean 
Macleay  Fellowships  Account,  Income,  £2,027  15s.  3d.;  ex- 
penditure, £1,598  17s.  Od.  (nicluding  £97  2s.  Od.  for  publication 
of  Fellows'  contributions  to  the  Proceedings) ;  transfer  to  Capital 
account,  £428  18s.  3d. 

No  valid  nominations  of  other  Candidates  having  been  received, 
the  President  declared  the  following  elections  for  the  Current 
Session  to  be  duly  made: — President:  Mr.  A.  G.  Hamilton. 
Members  of  Council  (to  fill  six  vacancies): — Messrs.  R.  H. 
Cambage,  F.L.8.,  J.  H.  Campbell,  H.  G.  Chapman,  M.D.,  B.Sc, 
J.  B.  Cleland,  M.l).,  T.  Storie  Dixson,  M.B.,  Ch.M.,  and  A.  F. 
Basset  Hull.     Auditor:  Mr.  F.  H.  Rayment,  F.C.P.A. 

On  the  motion  of  Dr.  S.  J.  Johnston,  a  very  cordial  vote  of 
thanks  to  the  President,  was  carried  by  acclamation. 


36 


ir 


^i 

Oi 

3 

0) 

tJ 

&^ 

^ 

2; 
o 

o 

p 

O 

D 

<1 

■p 
CQ 

J 

CO 

=y« 

<1 

+3 

+-» 

-p 

o 

0) 

CQ 

m 

0) 

a 

«^ 

pq 

J55 

V 

$: 
j: 


o 

o 

= 

o 

O 

in 

Ov    ' 

IN 

■TJ 

o 

o  o  o 

O 

o 

rH 

rH 

rH 

sa 

' 

o 

o  o  o 

o 

•^ 

o 

W  1 

o 

o  o  o 

o 

CO 

OJ 

>a 

to 

O   O   «D 

l> 

CO 

lO 

«5 

<y 

T-i 

^   CO 

rH 

o 

^ 

OQ 

>. 

!25 

ClQ 

«H 

«M 

o 

aj 

o 

X 

03 

!/ 

! 

6 

o 

a 

*5l 

be 

03 

IS) 

be 

|C 

cS 

•  1-1 

'c 

CO    S 

pq 

02 

■a 

;  i§ 

1 — 1 

+5 

4 

•  • 

G  u 

4^ 

> 

03 

c 

4J 

War  Loa 
N.S.W.  T 
Loans  on 

'S 

4. 

£ 

1-^ 

B 
> 

4 

'Z 

a; 

to  ^ 

o 

C 

c 

c 

cS 

a 

!  h— 1 

O 

nS 

o      o 

O  c 

C\ 

! 

M 

M 

o       o 

o       o 
o      o 

o  «: 

) 

rH 

tj 

I- 

;£  : 

Crt 

r— ( 

'^§ 

7- 

m 

c 

!i 

a 

a 

t? 

^ 

S- 

Eh 

M 

be 

4 

a 

>'E 

•      Q 

F 

n 

■    3 

t: 

4 

t-H 

Hi 

'a 

c 

4 

41 

4 
4 

+■ 

.    4>  ^ 

4 

1— 

c 

< 

■*-♦- 
p 

< 

U 

Sum 
0,  le 

b 

< 

•  iH 

6     ■=> 

'C 

il 

5  ;h  o 
;:  5  =« 

4 

+- 

c 

^ 

fH 

c 

c 

7 

3 

3 

c 

C 

; 

H 

p: 

►^ 

II 

u 

4) 

03 

0) 


Ed 

CQ 

< 
o 

W 

1-5 


'73 
4) 
U 

T3 
O 

U 

03      O 

3  ^ 

v>    'O 


tS  6  S 
2  P^  S 


o 
o 


rt 


H 

^ 

;h 

H 

cs 

;g 

? 

w 

.o 

■«i 

41 

4J     Ph 


c3 


;» 


25 


37 


at 


to 


a 

a 

o 
o 
o 

Q 

■p 
to 

CO 

-d 
d 
« 

ei 
O 

>> 

O 
O 

o 

o 
o 


-a  -^i 

c 

c 

Ci 

»-l 

c 

o 

tH 

CO  CO                                »0   1/5   Oi                 00   O 

w 

r-(                                r-l                                rH 

iH                                  O   »0   tH                   r-l   to 

«o 

««  CO                             CO          o                O  t-( 

05 

Irt                                  ^           C.                   r-t 

r-T 

'O           o  c  o 

.     .    1  m     .     . 

=« 

o  o    . 

(M 

01                  50   !£>  C>1 

c^*^  • 

1-1  tH 

=«  o    . 

T-l  ^  CO 

°o  ■ 

Crt            w  th 

I-l 

«^    * 

o,-^ 

:  0    "^ 

\ 

•  S  2  *< 

< 

Oi 

«  fcc-c 

o 

^  1 

tap 

.2 

nee  from 
;criptions- 
1  r.  . .   . . 

7 

a 

<                -J    «    ,•/■    aj  CC 

0; 
-*- 
O 

Mm                 lil^o!}         M 

>5    -                          -    ::    • 

pq    -                    '   '   • 

T^   O                  ^                  7> 

05   O   5M 

c 

r-i 

01  Ol                  r-l                 t> 

O   O  OC 

?! 

uo               O               i-l 

•^  to  oc 

^ 

ert  o            «n            CO 

to        t^ 

o> 

-*<                CO 

t- 

'T3       o  in 

O  Oi 

o       c       c  o  «o 

-f  rt  c 

• 

crt 

1—1 

to       »n  o 

OS  t- 

c       0-5       c  «n  i^ 

■*  O  C 

tH 

i-l 

iH                         iH   r-l 

iH   OO 

CO  t- 

1—1          ?>.          r-»   rH   eo 

***    iH   « 

««       «>  t- 

(M 

07                                          ,H 

(M 

'       • 

:  a  :  :  : 

■     EC 

S   «! 

.    o     • 

.  o 

•  cc    •  o    • 

c3  (In  -^ 

iL,            01 

:      ^  C  T, 

aj    »I   fi 

7^ 

0. 

c 

c 

6 
<  >- 

■CCr- 

^^s 

e   01  u  ?   >^'~^+- 

.  i        ..5  w-t-  5  ce  oj  2 

2i  ^ 

1- 

••:  r  -5     ? 

rt  a  ^     - 

T3  ^ 

cs^s       ^c       c       ^      »5       ~*^ 

0;  c3  .■;: 

O    Oj 

03^^          ^-1          p.,          P,          <,          <r^ 

HMh: 

pqW 

0--                  r.-                   -                   -                   -                   »- 

•s             » 

^       ^ 

jH              '              '      "                            .             >             .- 

II 

ss 


T3 

o  a> 

to 

o  o 

=rt 

o  w 

05 

CO 


CO 
H 

02 
OQ 


o    • 

m 

^  CO 

^^ 


S^^ 


s« 


o 

o 


o  o 


o  o 


o  o 
o  o 

to  05 


CO 

M 

H 

M 
M 


(In     ; 

rQ      CO         • 

'zi  ^    ■ 
vs   • 

•^  o    . 

"S  ^^   • 

O)  ^ 

&=« 
4>      '     • 

,0  >J  • 
C3  Q 
di  O 

+J  —  ys 


3 

o 

01    CO 

o  o 
->-  o 

0; 


U    li 


0  01 

05 

0  05 

05 

i-( 

iH 

0  10 

>o 

0  a 

CQ 

05 

O) 

CO 

co" 

r-l 

tH 

=« 

«rt 

io 


<v 


a; 


ca! 


rt 


-i  ::  o  ;h 


o 

'OD 

C 


a 

'5 

c 
g 
o 


10 

0> 


« 

a 

o 

o 
o 

Q 

+s 
CQ 

iH 

CO 

-d 
o 

•d 

fl 
o 

u 
ci 
o 

a: 
& 
o 
o 
o 

o 
o 


'O  N 

«!   •* 


CO   Oi 


CO 


t3 

CO 


o 

o 


00 


O  CO 


.  .    O 
U 

tc  •    Oh 

C 

(D  .  m 

0  -^^ 

-2  ..S2 

01 


o 


"5  cM 

^_   .r-|     a) 

a    P   0) 


OQ 


o 

u 
o 


OS 


o 

a 


^t-iOOI-Ct-i050000 

»JOOOOt001t'-C5o>^0 

0DO;DOr-la0r-IOO'-l=0 
^   i-t  Tfi   rH  lO 


i 


CO 


o 
C 

CO 


o 


y;   ;, 


O 


C3    a;   CC    _ 
CC  ^  ?-(  n^   ^ 


i2  J5 


w 

.2  be 

a  s  <^ 

J3  .fi  f^ 

cC  G  CO 
i£  '*  S 

cS   c3  ^ 

as  c 


a 
o 
•42 
i^i 
o 
ft 
o 

ft 


o 


39 


-^ 

o  o 

o 

i> 

■f) 

o  o 

o 

•■*l 

O  '.-5 

n  1-. 

T-!   l- 

(7> 

or.: 


CO 
H 

m 

CO 


o 


CJD 

0)    CX) 
'E    O 


i2    IS    r^     £ 


^     ^ 


O 
5 

m 


X  <•   ^  -r-^ 


■f. 

CI 


o 
o 


o 

CO 
CO 


to 

ci' 


01 


2i  fo 


.rt   o 


."   O 


00  w 


0^  '■T 


-—    C3 


■Ji 

s  ^ 

O    i> 


'oc 


C3  "   O   a: 

o>:  cs  i  i  = 
t;  i^  -^  z-^  •/. 
S,        — 


t>  O 

t- 

M  fO 

tH 

to 

O  O 
O  O 

o 

00 

0* 

c 


t:  M 

M 

2J 

T— 1 
l- 

O 

« 

id 

«-i 

0) 

M 

-^J 

*S 

s 

»4 

0) 

a 

,Q 

X 

a 

9 

r" 

d> 

a 

Q 

o 

•p 

CO 

a; 

l-t 

^1 

CO 

•0 

o 

-a 

d) 

• 

^ 

'U  o  c 

c 

fO 

CO 

a 

« 

C«   C   (M 

ir 

00 

o 

t»» 

r- 

iH 

7— i 

^ 

O  l- 

T— 

00 

t- 

woo 

CI 

M 

LO 

-t 

O 

iH 

N 

t3 

OJ      . 

ert 

o 

fe       ■ 

. 

o 

< 

m 

^."^ 

-*^ 

o 

c 

^  re 

o 

o 

iz; 

c 

+- 

M 

+- 

^^ 

^  ot 

(U 

i  p 

^ 

'H 

r 

"  0- 

5  5 

c 

r- 

tc 

•fH-e 

^ 

'  ?^ 

a 

T    O 

4- 

re  -1- 

*^ 

c 

, 

s  c 

;; 

^ 

a« 

X  -^ 

■<f 

<; 

a 

o    . 

■    : 

re 

0) 


C 
o 


W 


o 


o 

Fh 

>- 

u 

K 

r— 

W 

re 

c 

r^ 

- 

o 

1^ 

OJ 

fQ 

re 

K 

00 

n 

t 

r-i 

a 

1^ 

C 

;^ 

E 

^ 

re 

-t: 

y. 

^ 

K 

-^ 

40 


ORDINARY  MONTHLY  MEETING. 

March  29th,  1916. 

Mr.  A.  G.  Hamilton,  President,  in  the  Chair. 

The  Donations  and  Exchanges  received  since  the  previous 
Monthly  Meeting  (24th  November,  1915),  amounting  to  28  Vols., 
231  Parts  or  Nos.,  40  Bulletins,  9  Reports,  and  25  Pamphlets, 
received  from  89  Societies,  etc.,  and  four  private  donors,  were 
laid  upon  the  table. 


41 


STUDIE8  IN  AUSTRALIAN  NEUROPTERA. 

No.  ii.    Descriptions    of   new    Genera    and    .Species    of  the 
Families  Osmylid.h,  MvmtELEONTiD.i-:,  and  Ascalapiiida:. 

By  R.  J.  TiLLYARD,  M.A.,  B.Sc,  F.L.S.,  F.E.S.,  Linnean 
Macleay  Fellow  of  the  Society  in  Zoolooy. 

(Plates  i.-vi.,  and  three  Text-figs.) 

The  material  on  which  this  paper  is  based  is  mainly  drawn 
from  my  own  collection,  but  has  been  gathered  together  by  the 
kindness  and  energy  of  many  correspondents  rather  than  by 
myself.  These  larger  Neuroptera  are  not  generally  to  be  taken  in 
".ny  numbers,  as  are  the  Odonata;  and  the  gathering  together  of 
the  material  necessary  for  their  study  must  be  spread  over  a 
large  number  of  years  and  carried  on  by  a  number  of  collectors. 
Particularly  must  this  be  so  when,  as  in  the  case  of  the  Myrrae- 
leontidoi,  the  majority  of  species  are  not  to  be  found  in  the  well- 
watered  coastal  regions,  but  are  confined  to  the  more  arid  regions 
of  the  interior.  Thus  it  would  seem  that  Broken  Hill,  N.S.W., 
with  a  rainfall  of  less  than  ten  inches,  is  particularly  rich  in 
these  insects,  and  the  largest  number  of  new  species  must  be 
credited  to  the  energy  of  Mr.  O.  B.  Lower,  F.E.S.,  my  valued 
correspondent  in  this  locality.  Almost  equally  rich  is  the  dry, 
sandy  region  of  Western  Australia,  and  even  the  coastal  portion 
of  that  State  po.ssesses  a  large  number  of  fine  species.  From 
Mr.  W.  B.  Alexander,  F.E.S.,  Keeper  of  Biology  in  the  W.A. 
Museum,  Perth,  I  have  received,  for  study,  a  small  collection  of 
Neuroptera  containing  some  fine  species;  the  types  of  the  new- 
species  of  this  collection  are  in  the  West  Australian  Museum, 
and  the  descriptions  are  included  in  this  paper.  Other  small 
collections  of  Neuroptera  have  been  sent  to  me  by  Mr.  G.  F. 
Berthoud,  of  Waroona,  W.A.,  Mr.  G.  A.  Waterhouse,  B.E  ,  B.Sc, 


42  STUDIES    IN    AUSTRALIAN    NEUROPTERA,  ii., 

F.E  S.,  of  Sydney,  Mr.  E.  Allen,  of  Emerald,  Q.,  Dr.  A.  J.  Turner, 
F.E.S.,  of  Sherwood,  Brisbane,  Q.,  and  Mr.  Rowland  E.  Turner, 
of  London, (from  Yallingup,  W.A.).  To  all  of  these,  I  offer  my 
sincere  thanks  for  the  valuable  specimens  received,  without 
which  my  collection  would  still  be  a  very  poor  one  indeed. 

Id  this  paper,  eighteen  species  are  proposed  as  new.  One  of 
these  belongs  to  the  family  Osmylidoi,  one  to  the  Ascalaphidce, 
and  the  remaining  seventeen  to  the  Myrmeleonlid'e.  This  latter 
family  offers  considerable  difficulty  to  the  Australian  systematist, 
chieHy  because  of  the  paucity  of  literature,  the  inaccessibility  of 
the  types  of  the  species  already  described  (mostly  by  Walker, 
Gerstaecker,  and  Banks),  and  also  partly  because  of  the  close 
resemblance  between  many  of  the  forms.  I  desire,  therefore,  to 
express  my  thanks  to  my  friend,  Mr.  Esben  Petersen,  of  SilUe- 
borg,  Denmark,  for  giving  me  his  valuable  opinion  on  a  number 
of  the  forms  described  in  this  paper,  and  also  for  his  excellent 
generic  table,  recently  published  in  these  Proceedings  (1915, 
Vol.  xl.,  Part  1,  pp.56-57),  which  I  found  of  the  greatest  help, 
particularly  in  assigning  positions  to  a  number  of  new  genera. 

Four  genera  are  proposed  as  new.  No  attempt  has  been  made 
to  break  up  the  complex  genera  Glenoleon,  FonnicaUou,  or  Acan- 
thaclisis,  though  Alloformicaleoii  Esb.-Pet.,  has  been  accepted  as 
a  valid  genus.  A  new  division  of  the  subfamily  Dendroleontince 
into  three  tribes  has  been  proposed,  based  on  venational  and 
phylogenetic  considerations. 

The  following  is  a  list  of  the  genera  and  species  dealt  with  in 
this  paper : — 

Family  OSMYLID^. 

EuPORiSMUS,  n.g.     (Type,  E.  albatrox,  n.sp.) 

1.  Etiporisrmis  albatrox,  n.sp. 

Family  MYRMELEONTID^. 

Subfamily  DENDROLEONTIN.E. 
Tribe  ProtopIectPini,  trib.nov. 

2.  Protoplectron  longitudinale,  n.sp. 

3.  Protoplectron  ereniitx^  n.sp. 


BY    R.    J.    TILLYAKD.  43 

Tribe  UendPOleontini,  tiih.nov. 

4.  Peridystus  aureo/afus,  n.sp. 

5.  Dendroleoa  lambda^  n.sp. 

6.  Dendroleon  dwuiyaui,  n.sp. 

7.  Gleiioleoii  bertnoii'li,  n.sp. 

8.  Glenoleoii  aurora,  n.sp. 

9.  Glenoleoii  roseipewiis,  n.sp. 

Tribe  Distoleontini,   trib.nov. 

10.  Gi/mnocueniia  macnlata,  n.sp. 

Brachyleon,  n.g.     [Type,  B.  darnnni  (Banks)]. 

11.  Brachyleon  darwini  (Banks). 

Stevoleon,  n.g.     (Type,  S.  fieldi,  n.sp.). 

12.  Stenoleo7i  fleldi,  n.sp. 

Xantholeon,  n.g.     (Type,  X.  helmsi,  n.sp.). 

13.  Xantholeon  hehnsi,  n.sp. 

14.  Allofo7'micaleon  hyalitius,  n.sp. 

15.  Alio  for  micaleon.  walerhousei,  n.sp. 

16.  Distoleon  nigrosignatus,  n.sp. 

Subfamily  MYRMELEONTIN.E. 

17.  Myrmeleon  loweri,  n.sp. 

18.  Acanthaclisis  peterseni,  n.sp. 

.     Family  ASCALAPHID^. 
Subfamily  PROTASCALAPHIN.E. 

19.  Stilbopteryx  dromedaria,  n.sp. 

Family  OSMYLID^. 

EupoRisMUS,   n.g. 

Allied  to  Porismus,  from  which  it  differs  as  follows  :  wings 
longer,  narrower  in  proportion,  with  the  tips  not  broadly  rounded 
but  somewhat  pointed,  slightly  falcate.  Colour-pattern  black 
and  white.  Rs  close  to  and  parallel  with  R  (in  Porismus,  Rs 
diverges  from  R  for  about  two-fifths  of  the  wing-length,  and  then 
converges  towards  it  apically).  Branches  of  Rs  very  numerous^ 
closely  arranged,  almost  straight,  and  nearly  parallel  (in  Porismus 


44  STUDIES    IN    AUSTRALIAN    NEUROPTKRA,  ii. 


they  are  fewer,  wider  apart,  and  less  regular).  Towards  apex 
of  wing,  a  set  of  cross-veins  forms  a  distinct,  curved  line  running 
across  the  wing  from  M  to  pterostigma,  separating  off  an  internal 
"disc"  from  a  distinct  apical  portion,  which  carries  only  closely 
parallel,  longitudinal  veins  (cf.  Psi/chopsis);  in  Porismns,  this 
line  is  absent.  Four  anal  veins  present,  as  in  Porismus.  hut  2A 
and  3A  stand  further  from  the  posterior  border,  and  the  cross- 
veins  arising  from  them  are  longer  and  more  numerous  than  in 
Porismus. 

Genotype,  Euporisnius  albatrox,  u  sp. 

This  genus  may  be  placed  as  intermediate  between  Porismns 
and  Oedosmylas;  for,  while  it  resembles  the  former  in  the  strong 
branching  of  Ou,  and  in  the  dense  wing-pigmentation,  it  ap- 
proaches the  latter  in  the  shape  of  the  wings,  and  in  the  pos- 
session of  the  apical  line  of  cross-veins. 

It  is  interesting  to  note  that  a  fossil  insect-wing,  closely  re- 
sembling the  hind- wing  of  F.  albatro.c,  has  recently  been  dis- 
covered in  sandstone-rock  at  Goodna,  near  Ipswich,  Q  This 
rock  is  supposed  to  have  come  from  a  Tertiary  deposit  (? Eocene) 
overlying  the  Trias-Jura  rocks  of  the  Ipswich  Coal- Measures. 

I.EUPORISMUS    ALBATROX,  n.Sp.       (PI    i.,  fig.l). 

Total  length  16'5,  abdomen  9'5,  forewing  30,  hindwing  "iSmra. 

Head  very  small,  25  mm.  wide;  e^yes  dark  olive-brown;  the 
three  ocelli  large,  black,  the  median  one  very  distinctly  double; 
epicranium  black,  antennce  11  mm.,  slender,  black,  basal  joint 
twice  as  long  and  thick  as  the  second;  lahnim  and  moiUhparts 
shiny  brown. 

Thorax  :  prothorax  Iwmm.,  elongate,  slender,  orange-brown. 
Pterothorax  orange  brown,  marked  with  black  in  the  sutures, 
especially  along  the  middle  line;  wing-bases  blackish.  Legs 
black,  fore-  and  middle-legs  short,  hind-legs  long. 

Abdomen  short,  of  medium  width,  dark  grey  above,  marked 
with  numerous,  orange-brown  spots;  underside  orange-brown, 
especially  at  apex. 

Wings:  venation  very  close  and  abundant.  Costal  border  of 
forewing    strongly  arched    near   base;    costal   space   wide   near 


BY    R.    J.    TILLYARD.  46 

base,  gradually  tapering  towards  pterostigraa.  All  four  wings 
strongly  curved  towards  tips,  which  end  in  a  slight  point; 
the  posterior  margin  being  very  slightly  hollowed  out  towards 
the  tip,  the  wings  have  a  slightly  falcate  appearance. 
Colouration :  forewing  richly  mottled  with  black  and  white, 
the  former  colour  due  to  pigment,  the  latter  to  a  very  close 
arrangement  of  numerous,  parallel,  white  veins.  Costal 
space  irregularly  blotched  with  black  patches,  separated  by 
hyaline  spaces  crossed  by  white  veins.  In  the  pterostigmatic 
region,  and  extending  nearly  to  tip  of  wing,  is  a  large,  subtri- 
angular,  white  patch,  the  curved  wing-border  forming  its  base, 
while  its  apex  is  directed  pusteriad  and  forms  an  angle  a  little 
greater  than  a  right-angle.  On  this  patch,  two  small  black  spots 
interrupt  the  white  wing-border.  The  rest  of  the  wing  is  very 
irregularly  and  heavily  marked  with  black.  Hindwing  nearly 
all  hyaline  in  its  basal  half;  then  follows  a  large,  irregular,  black 
blotch  right  across  the  wing  before  the  level  of  the  pterostigma, 
but  somewhat  interrupted  between  M  and  Cu  distally;  beyond 
this,  covering  the  pterostigma  and  all  the  apical  part  of  the  wing 
except  the  extreme  tip,  is  a  whitish  patch,  larger  and  more 
irregular  than  the  corresponding  patch  in  the  forewing.  [In 
the  dead  insect,  the  black  wing-pigment  fades  gradually  to  a 
dark,  semi-transparent  brownish,  as  in  Poristmis  strigatus\. 

Hah. — Head  of  Condamine  lliver,  near  Killarney,  Q.  Very 
rare.  Mr.  E.  J.  Dumigan  captured,  in  January,  1914,  four 
specimens  sitting  on  the  large  rocks  of  the  river-bed. 

Type  in  Coll.  Tillyard.  (E.  J.  Dumigan;  January  8th,  1914). 
Of  the  remaining  three,  one  has  been  placed  in  Mr.  Esben 
Petersen's  collection,  another  in  that  of  Mr  Nathan  Banks,  and 
the  third  remains  in  my  collection. 

Family  MYHMELEONTIDiE. 

Subfamily  DENDROLEONTIN.E. 

This  sul)fainily  was  formed  by  N.  Banks  to  include  all  those 
genera  in  which  there  is  only  a  single  cross-vein  in  the  radial 
space  of  die  hindwing,  before  the  origin  of  the  radial  sector.     As 


46  STUDIES    m    AUSTRALIAN    KEUROPTERA,  ii., 

this  character  is  based  essentially  on  the  archaic  position  of  Rs, 
viz.,  originating  from  R  close  to  the  wing-base,  it  seems  to  me  an 
excellent  character  for  tlie  main  subdivision  of  the  family,  and 
marks  off  the  large  complex  of  forms  included  in  the  Deiidroleon- 
tiiKH  (to  which  the  great  majority  of  our  Australian  species 
belong)  as  definitely  more  archaic  than  the  My rmeleontince,  in 
which  the  radial  sector  of  the  hindwing  has  progressed  much 
further  along  R. 

In  subdividing  the  mass  of  forms  in  the  Dendrn/eontinrc,  it 
seems  to  me  that  too  much  stress  has  been  laid  on  the  presence 
or  absence  of  tibial  spines.  In  the  dichotomous  tallies  so  far 
published  by  Banks  and  Petersen,  this  character  is  used  for 
effecting  the  main  dichotomy,  and  only  later  are  venational 
characters  brought  into  play.  Now,  I  would  urge  an  alteration 
of  this  procedure  for  two  reasons;  firstly,  because  it  seems  pro- 
bable that  some  forms,  at  least,  that  lack  spurs  (if  not  all)  did 
originally  possess  them,*  and  are  really  closely  related  to  those 
forms  (e.g.,  Glenoleon)  which  possess  very  short  spurs,  hut  which, 
on  the  present  method  of  dichotomy,  are  driven  right  to  the 
other  end  of  the  table;  and  secondly,  because  the  wing-venation, 
particularly  of  the  forewing,  offers  us  more  important  and  better 
understood  characters,  and  a  far  better  chance  of  making  natural 
divisions.  I  would  propose  that,  in  no  ca.se,  sh(juld  the  absence, 
or  (if  present)  the  size  of  the  spurs  be  used  for  divisions  greater 
than  of  generic  value,  since  we  cannot  ignore  the  strong  pro- 
bability of  convergent  reductions  of  these  organs  in  widely 
separated  groups. 

Turning,  then,  to  the  venation  of  the  forewing,  we  can  select, 
without  hesitation,  as  a  natural  group,  those  peculiar  genera  in 
which  Cuj  runs  parallel  with  Cuj  -I-  h\.,  for  a  considerable  distance. 
This  is  clearly  an  archaic  character,  carried  over  without  change 
from  Nyniphid-sLUcestors.  These  genera  form  a  distinct  tribe, 
which  I  propose  to  name  I'rotoplectrini.    This  tribe  is  represented 

*  The  presence  of  these  spurs  almost  universally  in  the  Neuroptera, 
Triflioptera.  Lepidoptera.  and  Meeopteia  is  a  fact  that  cannot  lie  ignored 
in  our  attempts  at  classification. 


BY    R.    J.    TILLYARD.  i  f 

in  Australia  by  the  two  genera,  Protoplectron  and  Pseudo/ormica- 
leon,  two  genera  which  may  be  compared  respectively  with 
Acanthadisis  and  Myrmeleon  in  the  subfamily  Myrmeleontinm. 
The  African  genus  Creagis  would  also  appear  to  belong  to  this 
ancient  group. 

It  appears  that  the  position  of  the  cubital  fork  has  remained 
fixed,  throughout  the  evolutionary  development  of  the  subfamily, 
at  a  point  about  one  fourth  of  the  wing-length  from  the  base. 
This  is,  therefore,  a  satisfactory  Jixed  level  from  which  we  can 
observe  the  evolution  of  the  radial  sector  in  the  forewing.  This, 
as  might  be  expected,  has  followed  the  same  lines  as  in  the  hind- 
wing,  i.e.,  gradual  removal  of  its  point  of  origin  on  R,  from  a 
point  close  to  the  base  of  the  wing  to  a  position  further  and 
further  distad.  Thus,  just  as  the  DendroJeontAnn'  are,  as  a  whole, 
more  archaic  than  the  Myrmeleont'm(t>,  on  account  of  the  position 
of  the  origin  of  Rs  in  the  hindiving,  so  we  may  now  select,  from 
amongst  the  Dendrohontince  themselves,  those  more  archaic 
genera  in  which  the  same  holds  good  for  the  forenjing.  This 
tribe,  to  which  I  give  the  name  Dendroleontini,  includes,  then, 
all  genera  in  which  Cu.,  does  not  run  parallel  with  Cu,  -f  M.,  and 
having  the  origin  of  Rs  in  the  forewing  before  the  level  of  the 
cubital  fork.  This  tribe  contains  a  large  number  of  genera,  of 
which  the  Australian  representatives  are  Dendroleov,  Ghnoleon, 
Froggattisca  (an  asthenic  offshoot  of  Glenoleon),  Peridystus,  and 
Chrysohon. 

Finally,  we  may  group  together  those  genera  in  which  the 
origin  of  Rs,  in  the  forewing,  has  become  shifted  to  a  level  either 
exactly  above,  or  distad  from,  that  of  the  cubital  fork,  as  the 
tribe  Disfoleontini.  The  connecting-link  with  the  Dendroleon- 
tini  is  not  wanting,  since  the  genus  Gymnocnemia  has  the  origin 
of  Rs  exactly  above  the  cubital  fork.  But  as,  in  other  respects, 
this  genus  appears  to  belong  rather  to  the  Disfoleontini  than  the 
Dendroleontini,  it  seems  advisable  to  include  it  here  rather  than 
to  separate  it  out  as  an  intermediate  tribe.  The  Dendroleontini^ 
then,  also  contain  a  large  number  of  genera,  of  which  the  Aus- 
tralian representatives  are  Gymnocnemia,  Jh-achyleon,  n.g.,>Steno- 
lean,  n.g.,   Xantholeou,   n.g.,    Macronemnrus,   Formlcaleon,   Alio- 


48 


STUDIES    IN    AUSTRALIAN    NEUROPTERA,  11., 


formicaleon,  and  Distoleon.     The  phylogeny  of  these  three  tribes 
may  be  exhibited  thus  : — 


Myrnieleontinje 


2^ l/niph  id -like 
Ancestor. 


Piotoplectrini 


Dendroleontini 


a 
o 

C 


Uistoleontini    J  Q 

In  this  diagram,  I  have  not  attempted  to  show  the  ramifica- 
tions of  the  subfamily  MyrmeleoutiiuH,  whose  headquarters  lie 
quite  outside  Australia. 

Tribe  Ppotopleetplnl. 

In  forewing,  Cu    runs  parallel  with  Cu,  +  M„  for  some  distance. 
Genus   P  r  o  t  o  p  l  e  c  t  r  o  n  Gerst. 
2.  Pkotoplectron  longitudinale,  n.sp.     (PI.  ii.,  fig. 5). 

Total  length  30,  abdomen  23'5,  forewing  41oxl05  wide, 
hind  wing  39  5  x  9  mm   wide. 

Head:  epicranium  blackish,  with  two,  small,  brown  spots  on 
occipital  ridge  near  eyes;  eyes  black,  touched  with  grey  above; 
antenufP  9  mm.,  greyish-brown,  ringed  with  black;  face  and 
mouth-parts  pale,  shiny  orange-brown. 

Thorax:  prothorax  short,  3'5  x  2*5  mm.,  downy,  grey,  with 
two,  longitudinal,  dorsal,  blackish  stripes.  Frothorax  grey, 
downy,  with  darker  markings,  a  small  but  distinct,  white  spot 
close  to  base  of  each  forewing;  underside  with  soft,  pale  grey 
hairs.  Le<js  rather  short,  stout;  femora  brown,  with  black  stripes, 
and  long,  soft,  grey  hairs,  also  a  few,  stifler,  black  hairs;  tibiae 
similarly  marked,  with  several,  large,  stiff,  black  hairs;  first  joint 
of  tarsi  very  long,  2nd-4th  short,  5th  long,  all  blackish,  claws 
brown;  tibial  spines  long,  reaching  to  end  of  first  tarsal  joint. 


-  BY    R.    J.    TILLYAKD.  49 

A  b  d  oin  e  n  fairly  stout,  uniformly  shiny  dark  grey,  with  pale 
grey,  downy  hairs. 

Wings:  neuration  grey-brown,  So  speckled.  In  forewing, 
along  11  up  to  pterostigma  is  a  series  of  very  narrow,  blackish 
markings  encroaching  slightly  into  sul>costal  space:  pterostigma 
l)lackish,  covering  7-8  veinlets,  all  but  three  of  them  forked  dis- 
tallv.  Along  Cuj  +  M^  runs  a  thick,  somewhat  sinuous,  longi- 
tudinal, black  band,  continued  distally  across  M,  to  tip  of  wing. 
Hind  wing  without  markings,  pterostigma  weakly  indicated  by  a 
brownish  patch. 

Hab. —Western  Australia;  also  Broken  Hill,  N.S.W.  (O. 
Lower). 

Type  in  Coll.  West  Australian  Museum.  Label  "  H.  22," 
indicating  that  it  was  collected  by  Mr.  G.  H.  Hardy,  now  of  the 
Tasmanian  Museum,  Hobart.     No  date  or  locality-label. 

The  Broken  Hill  specimen  was  unfortunately  badly  damaged 
in  the  post;  only  a  small  piece  of  the  thorax,  and  the  two  wings 
of  tiie  right  side,  hanging  by  a  thread,  remain. 

This  rare  species  superficially  resembles  the  commoner  Dislo- 
leoii  nigrosu/natns,  irom  which,  however,  it  can  be  distinguished 
at  sight  bv  the  fact  that  the  lonoitudinal,  black  mark  is  single 
and  continuous,  whereas,  in  Z>.  niyrosignatus,  it  is  bi'oken  into 
two.  parts.  The  venations  of  the  two  species  are,  of  course,  quite 
distinct.  It  is  somewhat  remarkable  that  there  should  be,  in  a 
small  collection  of  Western  Australian  forms,  representatives  of 
three  genera  {Protoplectron,  Distoleoti,  Glenoleon)  having  this 
unique  development  of  a  longitudinal,  black  line  in  the  forewing, 
while,  in  a  fourth  {Duadroleon),  there  is  also  a  considerable 
development  of  black  pigment. 

3.  Photoplectrox  eremi^,  n.sp.     (PI.  ii..  fig. 4). 

Total  length  19,  abdomen  13,  forewing  24*5,  hiudwing  23mm. 

Head:  epicranium  grey,  with  black  markings  behind  and  a 
touch  of  brown  in  front;  eyes  dark  grey;  antennve  6mm.,  grejush; 
face  orange-brown,  mouth-parts  blackish. 

Thorax  grey-brown  with  blackish  markings;  on  prothorax, 
two,  parallel,  longitudinal,  blackish  bands.  Leys  greyish,  very 
short  and  thick,  hairy. 


50  STUDIES    IN    AUSTRALIAN    NEUflOPTERA,  ii., 

Abdomen  grey-black,  smooth  above,  sides  with  numerous, 
fine,  grey  hairs;  a  fine,  transverse,  brown  line  at  apex  of  seg- 
ments 4-8. 

Wings  rather  narrow  and  pointed.  Venation  of  forewing 
speckled  black  and  white,  likewise  Sc  in  hindwing,  rest  of  vena- 
tion of  that  wing  blackish.  In  forewing,  the  pterostigma  has  a 
strongly-marked,  black,  proximal  patch:  in  hindwing,  only  a 
very  slight  touch  of  black  along  R.  Hindwing  hyaline,  forewing 
much  marked  with  small,  blackish  spots  and  patches,  especially 
along  R,  Cuj  -f  Mo  and  the  branch  of  Rs  next  but  one  above  M^: 
many  cross-veins  and  dichotomous  forkings  also  touched  with 
black. 

//a6.  — Broken  Hill,  N.S.W.  A  single  specimen  taken  by  Mr. 
O.  Lower;  November  11th,  1902. 

Type  in  Coll.  Tillyard.     Unique. 

Closely  allied  to  Pr.  venustnm  Gerst.,  from  which  it  can  be 
at  once  distinguished  by  its  shorter  wings,  shorter  and  stouter 
abdomen,  and  by  the  lack  of  the  strikingly  beautiful  effect  of  the 
pattern  of  the  forewing,  from  which  Gerstaecker's  species  re- 
ceived its  name  Pr.  erem'u^'iH  possibly  a  dwarfed,  inland  species 
geminate  with  P.  venustnm,  \Vhich  appears  to  be  confined  to  the 
coastal  strip  and  eastern  river- valleys. 

Tribe  Dendpoleontinl. 
In  forewing,  Cu.,  bends  sharply  away  from  Cu,  -|-  Mj.     Ks  arises 
at  a  level  proximal  to  that  of  the  cubital  fork. 

Genus  Periclystus  Gerst. 
4.  Periclystus  aureolatus,  n.sp.     (PI.  ii.,  fig. 3). 

Total  length  about  19  (tip  of  abdomen  bent  under),  forewing 
26'5  by  7"5  wide,  hindwing  24'5  x  5nnn. 

Head  orange-brown,  except  for  a  black  area  between  the 
eyes,  isolating  two  orange  spots,  one  at  base  of  each  antenna;  eyes 
black,  shining;  antenna',  short,  3  mm.,  brownish  at  base,  shading 
to  I'eddish  at  tips. 

Thorax  orange-brown  above,  with  black  marks  in  the 
suture,  and  touches  of    black  near    the   wing-bases:    underside 


BY    R.    J.    TILLYARD.  51 

shining  black,  with  small,  but  conspicuous,  orange-brown  spots. 
Legs  :  fore  and  middle  moderate,  hind  very  long,  black,  spotted 
with  orange  as  follows  base  and  apex  of  femora,  base  of  tibife 
and  a  small  spot  about  Imm.distad  from  it;  basal  joint  of  tarsus 
orange,  second  brownish,  third  blackish,  fourth  brownish,  fifth 
orange-brown,  blackish  distally,  claws  brownish;  tibial  spurs  as 
long  as  first  two  tarsal  joints. 

Abdomen  (somewhat  shrivelled  and  bent)  fairly  slender, 
banded  transversely  with  alternate  orange  and  black,  the  black 
predominating  distally,  the  orange  being  reduced  to  small  spots; 
tip  broadly  truncate,  orange,  with  short,  black,  hairy  appendages. 

Wings:  posterior  border  of  forewing  twice  angulated,  onqe 
near  middle  of  wing,  very  obtusely  [middle  posterior  anyle)  and 
once  more  distally  (angle  of  the  falcate  border);  the  part  of  the 
border  between  this  angle  and  the  apex  (falcate  border)  is  very 
slio-htly  hollowed  out,  so  that  the  wing  is  slightly  falcate.  In 
the  hind  wing,  there  is  only  one  posterior  angle,  the  border 
between  it  and  the  apex  being  irregularly  waved. 

Costa  pale  brownish,  all  other  veins  whitish.  Forewing 
beautifully  marked  with  numerous,  irregular  spots,  some  .serai- 
transparent  orange,  some  dark  brown  or  black,  and  others  dark 
brown  with  golden  centres;  base  slightly  saffroned  for  about 
3  mm.  These  spots  are  arranged  as  follows—  along  8c  and  R, 
nine  spots,  three,  small,  basal  ones,  then  a  larger,  blackish,  sub- 
rectangular  one  6  ram.  from  base;  3  mm.  further  on,  a  similar  but 
slightly  smaller  spot;  2  mm.  further  on,  a  slightly  larger  spot, 
dark  brown  with  orange-gold  centre;  2-5  mm.  further  on,  a 
similar  but  narrower  spot;  a  similar  but  more  rounded  spot  sur- 
rounding the  radial  brace;  between  these  two  last,  a  small  rect- 
angular spot  with  golden  centre.  All  these  spots  just  touch  8c 
from  below,  but  they  lie,  on  the  whole,  well  below  R.  Ptero- 
stigma  marked  by  an  opaque,  whitish,  oval  area  surrounding  a 
small  dark  brown  spot,  also  a  somewhat  concentric,  blackish  spot 
between  this  and  the  last  of  tlie  I'ow  of  radial  spots.  Between 
R  and  Rs  near  apex,  there  are  two,  small,  dark,  squarish  spots, 
with  orange-gold  centres.  Along  Cuj  +  M.,,  touching  M,  from 
below,  are  four,  orange-gold  spots  touched  posteriorly  with  brown, 


52 


STUDIES    IK    AUSTRALIAN    NEUROPTERA,  ii., 


followed  by  a  dark  brown  spot,  above  which,  slightly  proxiraad, 
lies  a  small,  brown  spot.  In  the  cubital  space,  there  are  four, 
elongated,  narrow,  blackish  spots.  At  the  apex  of  the  wing,  is 
a  large,  irregular,  transparent,  orange  blotch:  a  smaller  blotch 
runs  in  from  the  wing-border  between  this  and  the  pterostigma, 
and  below  it  is  a  small,  squarish,  brown  spot  with  a  pale  orange 
centre-point.  From  the  apex  towards  the  angle  of  the  falcate 
border,  lie  four,  transparent,  orange  blotches,  with  three, 
irregularly  placed,  brownish  spots  lying  proximad  to  them. 
Along  posterior  margin  of  wing,  a  large,  irregular,  trapezoidal, 
orange  blotch  occupies  the  middle,  posterior  angle,  and  is  touched 
above  by  black;  half-way  between  this  and  the  wing-base,  is  a 
smaller,  oval  spot  of  the  same  colour. 

The  hind  wing  shows  very  few  markings,  all  distally  placed, 
and  of  a  uniform  brown,  except  for  three,  minute  spots  along 
Sc  +  R.  A  large,  reniform  spot  overlies  R  and  Rs  at  level  of  the 
angle  of  the  falcate  border,  which  itself  is  filled  with  a  larger 
and  more  irregular  blotch.  Pterostigma  whitish,  opaque,  with 
two,  small  spots  near  it.  A  rounded  spot  at  apex,  and  two, 
elongated  marks  on  the  falcate  border  complete  the  markings. 

Hah. — Cunderdin,  W.A.  A  unique  specimen,  apparently  a 
male,  but  the  abdomen  is  somewhat  shrivelled. 

Type  in  Coll.  West  Australian  Museum,  Perth.  Museum 
label  No. 6972;  no  date. 

This  very  beautiful  insect  is  at  once  distinguished  from  the 
other  two  spt^cies  of  the  genus  by  its  small  size,  and  by  the 
beautiful  and  bizarre  effect  of  its  colouration,  which  suggests  a 
stained-glass  window  in  old  gold.  It  appears  to  be  more  closely 
related  to  P.  laceratus  Gerst.,  than  to  the  better  known  /*. 
circidter  Walker,  owing  to  a  closer  similarity  in  the  scheme  of 
wing-markings.  From  both  these  species,  it  differs  in  having 
the  forewing  much  less  falcate. 

(ilenus  D  K  N  I)  R  o  L  E  o  N    Brauer. 
5.  Dexdrolron  lambda,  n.sp.     (Pl.iii.,  fig.7). 
Total  length  (ab<lomen  broken  off")  about  'JO  mm.,  forewing  21, 
hind  wing  19  "5  mm. 


BY    R.    J.    TILLYARD.  53 

Head  small,  fpicrajiium gvey-hrown,  with  a  pale  line  in  front 
between  the  eyes;  eyes  black;  (mtf.nnfe  T)  min.,  brownish,  ending 
in  a  large,  black,  siibtriangular  knob:  la/n-iim  and  Diouth-parts 
ricli  brown. 

Thorax  greyisli-brown.  fjf'ijs  with  l)lackish  femora,  tibiae 
brown  tipped  witli  black,  tarsi  Ijrown;  tibial  spins  curved,  reach- 
ing to  middle  of  second  tarsal  joint. 

Abdomen  [broken  oft' at  3rd  segment]  appears  to  have  been 
dull  grey  with  fulvous  blotches. 

Wings:  venation  dark  brown.  Forewings  with  beautiful 
black  or  dark  Ijrown  markings  as  follows  -  an  elongated  basal 
patch  along  costal  space,  crossing  He  and  R  and  reaching  Mj  dis- 
tally;  across  wing,  obliquely  near  middle,  there  runs  an  irregular 
mark  resembling  the  Greek  A  (lambda),  but  with  its  apex  some 
what  blurred  and  swollen;  on  the  pterostigmatic  area  is  a  large, 
elongated,  triangular  blotcli,  followed  <listal]y  by  a  slender,  longi- 
tudinal mark  for  about  2  mm.;  fi-om  posterior  border,  below 
pterostigma,  there  runs  obliquely  upwards  towards  the  tip, 
aci"OSS  the  ends  of  M.,  and  M,,  a  dark  l)and,  bent  in  the  middle, 
about  4  mm.  long.  Small  spots  and  specks  shade  the  bases  of 
many  of  the  cross-veins.  Hind  wings  with  irregular  blotchings 
between  Sc  and  R  in  basal  half;  about  two-thirds  of  the  way 
along  the  wing,  an  irregular  patch  covers  both  8c  and  R,  while 
a  small  patch  lies  on  the  pterostigma;  on  the  posterior  margin, 
just  below  the  end  of  Cuj  +  M.,,  lies  a  fainter,  smoky  patch. 

Hab. — Harvey,  W.A.     January,  1912.      Unique. 

Type  in  Coll.  West  Australian  Museum.     Museum  No.6601. 

This  very  beautiful  little  insect  is  very  distinct  from  all  others 
of  the  genus,  and  is  easily  recognised  by  its  small  size,  and  the 
peculiar  "  lambda-mark  "'  on  the  forewings. 

6.  Df;ndroleon  dumigani,  n.sp.     (Pl.iii.,  fig.6). 

Total  length  21,  abdomen  15,  forewing  28-5,  hind  wing  27omm. 

Head:  eyes  grey-brown;  epicranium  black,  a  transverse,  grey- 
brown  band  above  antennae;  these  latter  6  mm.,  brown,  with 
paler  rings;    tips    elongate-oval,    flat,   concave   above,    black;    a 


54  STUDIES    IN    AUSTRALIAN    NEUHOPTERA,  11., 

brown     spot    below    base    of    each;    face    and    mouth-parts    dull 
testaceous 

T  h  o  r  a  x  :  prothorax  long  and  narrow,  slightly  wider  behind, 
dull  brown  with  paler,  longitudinal  markings.  Pterothorax 
broader,  similarly  coloured  and  marked;  underside  pale  testa- 
ceous. Leys  very  long  and  slender;  forelegs  black,  basal  and 
apical  fourths  of  tibia  testaceous;*  middle  and  hindlegs  testa- 
ceous, the  femora  strongly  tipped  with  black,  the  tibi«  slightly 
so;  tarsal  joints  mostly  black. 

Abdomen  slender,  dull  grey-brown;  1  and  base  of  2  testa- 
ceous, 3-8  with  a  basal,  testaceous  mark  projecting  apically  into 
a  sharp  point. 

Wings:  venation  brown,  Sc  and  R  speckled  with  whitish. 
Forewiny  with  a  narrow,  black  mark  on  pterostigma,  several 
blackish  specks  along  posterior  margin,  and  veinlets  towards 
apex  mostly  clouded  with  brown.  Hindiviny  with  a  diffuse 
patch  of  dark  brown  just  above  posterior  margin,  two-thirds  of 
the  distance  along  the  wing  from  base,  a  touch  of  browti  proxiraad 
to  pterostigma,  and  another  distad  from  and  just  below  it. 
Veinlets  of  pterostiyma  in  both  wings  whitish.  In  forewing, 
only  three  cross-veins  in  radial  space,  the  third  being  whitish. 
Origin  of  lis  about  two  cells'  width  proximad  from  level  of 
cubital  fork:  the  oblique  vein  placed  far  beyond  the  fork  (3-4 
cells  distant). 

//a6.— Linville,  Q.  (Brisbane  River  Valley).     A  single  speci- 
men, apparently  a  male,  taken  on  February  22ndj  1915,  by  Mr. 
E.  J.  Dumigan,  to  whom  I  dedicate  the  species 
Type  in  Coll.  Tillyard. 

Easily  distinguished  from  D.  lonyipennis  Esb.-Pet.,(New  South 
Wales),  by  its  larger,  broader,  and  less  pointed  wings,  less  marked 
with  black  or  brown.  In  D.  lonyipennis,  also,  the  difference  in 
level  between  the  origin  of  Rs  and  the  cubital  fork  is  greater. 


*  I  have  used  this  word  throughout  as  indicating  a  dull,  pale  yellowish- 
brown,  I.e.,  earthenware-colour  (Lat.  te><taceu><}.  It  has  sometimes  been 
used  to  indicate  a  dull  brick -red,  i.e..,  tile-colour.  The  Latin  word  admits 
of  both  meanings. 


BY    R.    J.    TILLYARD.  55 

Genus    H  l  k  n  o  L  K  o  n  Banks. 
7.  Glknoleon  berthoudi,  n.sp.     (PI.  iii.,  fig  8). 

Total  length  21,  abdomen  13,  forewing  29'5,  hindwing  26  mm. 

Head:  ei/es  blackish;  occipuf  brownisti,  with  three,  black 
spots,  and  an  irregular,  transverse,  black  line  above;  from  the 
middle  of  this,  a  short,  median  line  runs  up  on  to  the  occipital 
ridge,  and  is  Hanked  on  either  side  bv  a  transverse,  black  bar; 
rest  of  epicranium  shiny  black;  ntUennce  6  mm.;  face  straw- 
coloured,  mouth-parts  pale,  spotted  with  brown. 

T  h  o  r  a  X  :  prolhorax  fairly  wide,  dull  grey-black  with  l)rown- 
ish  markings.  P^i^ro/Ao^-ax  greyish-black,  with  numerous,  brownish 
markings;  in  particular,  a  fine,  mid-longitudinal  line,  a  pair  of 
curved  bands  on  mesonotum,  and  a  pair  of  oblique  stripes  on 
metanotum.  Legs:  fore-  and  middle-legs  with  dull  brown 
femoi-a  tipped  with  black,  til)ije  brown,  with  three,  black  patches, 
tarsi  blackish;  hindlegs  with  brown  femur,  pale  brownish  tibia 
just  tipped  with  black,  tarsus  pale  at  base,  brown  beyond.      * 

Abdomen  greyish-black,  with  numerous,  small,  brown 
markings  on  segments  3-8. 

Wings  rather  long  and  pointed,  venation  brownish.  Ptero- 
stigma  blackish  in  forewing,  covering  only  4-5  veinlets,  but  the 
black  is  continued  obliquely  inwards  on  to  Rs;  in  hindwing,  the 
pterostigma  is  small,  opaque,  and  whitish,  covering  3-4  veinlets, 
and  touched  with  black  proximally.  In  forewing,  Sc  and  R, 
and  the  space  between,  are  speckled  with  black;  in  the  median 
space,  from  base  almost  to  tip,  there  runs  a  conspicuous,  black, 
longitudinal  streak,  which  turns  upwards  at  about  two-thirds  of 
its  length  to  run  obliquely  parallel  to,  and  beneath,  the  black, 
pterostigraatic  patch,  and  ending  3  mm.  from  tip;  the  bent  por- 
tion of  the  streak  is  brownish.  On  posterior  border  of  forewing 
are  two,  small,  oblique  patches;  one  at  about  one-third  fi'om  the 
base  slants  upwards  and  outwards,  blackish;  the  other,  more 
distally  placed,  is  pale  brown,  and  runs  upwards  and  inwards; 
around  these,  and  also  near  apex,  are  many  brown  specks  on 
cross-veins.  In  hindwing,  a  large,  round,  dark  brown  blotch 
occupies  the   region  of   M,  and   M.,  at  about  two-thirds  of  the 


56  STUDIES    IN    AUSTRALIAN    NEUROPTRRA,  ii., 

wing-length  from  base;  there  is  also  a  small,  black  mark  on  the 
radial  brace. 

ffab.—  Wavooua,,  W.A.  Taken  by  Mr.  G.  F.  Berthoud,  to 
whom  T  dedicate  the  species,  on    February  23rd,  1911.     Unique. 

Type  in  Coll.  Tillyard. 

8.  Glenoleon  aurora,  n.sp.     (PI.  i v.,  fig. 9). 

(J.  Total  length  19,  abdomen  lO'O,  forewing  24,  hindwing 
21-5  mm. 

Head  :  fii/es  olive-grey;  epicraniiim  reddiHU-hvown,  with  three, 
small,  black  spots  on  occiput;  in  front,  a  transverse  band  of 
shining  black,  passing  between  the  eyes  and  enclosing  ba.ses  of 
aiitennje;  these  latter  4*5  mm.,  brownish,  tipped  with  bWickish; 
face  and  mouth-parts  yellowish-brown. 

T  h  o  rax  dull  reddish-brown,  marked  with  dark  grey.  Leys: 
femora  orange-brown  tipped  with  dark  grey,  tibia?  and  tarsi 
greyish-brown. 

•Abdomen  alternately  banded,  very  irregularly,  with  orange- 
brown  and  dark  grey;  on  the  orange-brown  portion  of  3-6  are 
some  blackish  spots  or  lines. 

Wings  with  a  delicate,  pinkish  sheen  on  the  nearly  hyaline 
membrane;  venation  of  forewing  blackish  along  costa,  speckled 
pink  and  black  on  Sc,  R,  and  Rs,  the  rest  brownish  specked 
with  black.  In  hindwing,  costa  paler  and  veins  less  speckled. 
Pterostiyma  in  both  wings  distinct,  about  1-5  mm.,  mostly  pink, 
but  touched  proxiraally  with  brown.  Hindwing  with  a  small, 
brown  blotch  at  distal  end  of  Mj  and  Cuj. 

9.  Differs  from  ^  in  having  less  black  on  epicranium,  the  wings 
less  speckled,  somewhat  pinker,  and  without  the  brown  blotch 
on  the  hindwing.  Wings  considerably  wider,  less  pointed,  and 
altogether  larger  than  in  ^. 

Hah.  -Broken  Hill,  N.S.W.  .Several  specimens  taken  by  Mr. 
O.  Lower,  in  1900  and  1902. 

Types,  (^9,  in  Coll.  Tillyard;((J,  December  4th,  1900;  $,  No- 
vember 10th,  1902;  Broken  Hill;  O.  Lower). 

This  species  and  the  succeeding  one  are  very  distinct  from  all 
other  species  of  the  genus  by  the  beautiful,  pink  sheen  of  the 


BY    R.    J.    TILLYAKD.  57 

wings,  and  by  their  peculiar  facies,  which  comes  closest  to  that 
of  G.  anmdicornls  Esb.-Pet.  The  sexual  dimorphism,  which  is 
more  or  less  noticeable  in  all  species  of  this  genus,  is,  in  G. 
aurora  (and  probably  also  in  G.  roseipennis)  extremely  marked. 

9.  Glenoleon  roseipennis,  n.sp. 

5.  Unique.  Closely  allied  to  the  preceding,  but  differing  from 
it  by  its  much  greater  size,  duller  colouration,  very  large  head, 
and  roseate  pterostigma. 

Total  length  19,  abdomen  10,  forewing  33,  hindwing  30  mm. 

Head  very  large,  3-6  mm.  wide,  dull  greyish-brown 

Thorax  greyish,  touched  with  brown  on  sides  and  on  notum. 

Abdomen  with  alternating,  fairly  regular  bands  of  orange- 
brown  and  blackish,  [much  faded]. 

Wings  much  as  in  G.  aurora,  more  rounded  at  tips,  costa 
brownish.  Sc,  Pt,  and  Rs  very  little  speckled  with  black;  the 
wing-membrane  lightly  washed  with  rose-pink  in  places.  Ptero- 
stiyma  of  forewing  1-8  mm.,  rich  orange-pink,  surrounded  by 
rose-pink,  which  extends  to  tip  of  wing;  of  hindwing,  1-3  mm., 
orange-pink,  with  less  rose-pink  beneath  it,  and  very  little 
towards  wing-tip.      No  brown  blotch  on  hindwing. 

Hab.  —  Winton,  Q.  A  unique  $,  taken  by  Mr.  R.  L.  Higgins, 
in  1912. 

Type  in  Coll.  Tillyard. 

Tribe  Distoleontlni. 
In  forewing,  Cu,  bends  sharply  away  from  Cuj  -f  M.,      Rs  arises 
at  a  level  distal  from  that  of  the  cubital  fork  (in  Gymnocnemia, 
exactly  above  it). 

Genus  Gymnocnemia  Schneider. 
10.  Gymnocnemia  maculata,  n.sp.     (PI.  iv.,  fig.  11). 
Total  length  16-5,  abdomen  10,  forewing  23,  hindwing  195  mm. 
Head:    eyes  olive-grey;    epicranium   dull    yellowish-brown, 
with  a  fine  iZ-'mark  in  black  on  the  occiput;  two,  black,  trans- 
verse lines   run,  one  on   either   side  of  the  top  of  this  mark  in 
front;  a  black,  shiny  patch  between  bases  of  antennae,  which  are 
5  mm.  long,  dark  brown,  with  blackish  tips;  face  yellowish-brown, 
shiny;  mandibles  and  maxillary  palps  blackish. 

5 


58  STUDIES    IN    AUSTRALIAN    NEUROPTERA,  ii., 

T  li  o  1'  a  X  :  prothorax  yellowish-brown,  with  a  broad  ,  longi- 
tudinal, median,  dorsal,  grey-brown  stripe,  divided  down  the 
middle  by  a  fine,  pale  line.  Pterothorax  pale  straw-colour,  with 
a  similar,  median,  dorsal  stripe,  and  a  greyish-hlack  mark  on 
each  side  just  above  the  wing-bases.  Legs  dull  brown;  femora 
with  a  blackish,  apical  spot,  tibiae  with  three,  black  spots,  tarsi 
partly  blackish. 

Abdomen  rather  short,  grey-black  with  dull,  brownish 
markings,  in  the  form  of  an  irregular  patch  covering  most  of 
each  segment,  on  either  side  of  the  median  line,  and  isolating  a 
median,  longitudinal  band  of  greyish-black,  which  is  divided,  as 
in  the  thorax,  by  a  fine,  pale,  median,  longitudinal  line:  sutures 
o^revish-black. 

W  in  gs  mostly  hyaline,  well-pointed;  venation  brownish.  R, 
Rs,  and  Cui-1-M.j  speckled  with  black.  Pterostigma  strongly 
marked  as  a  pale  brown  area  bordered  proximally  with  black; 
total  length  about  2  mm.,  covering  some  seven  veinlets,  some  of 
these  l)eing  branched  In  forewing,  the  origin  of  Rs  and  of 
some  of  the  cross-veins  from  R  to  Rs  strongly  blackened:  a  short, 
oblique,  dark  brown  mark  runs  upwards  from  near  end  of  M, 
(below  level  of  pterostigma)  through  five  cells,  ending  just 
beneath  the  Banksian  line,  which  is  well-marked;  a  somewhat 
similar  mark  overlies  the  ends  of  Cu,  and  A,  on  the  posterior 
border.  In  the  hindwing,  there  is  an  irregular,  dark  brown 
blotch  below  R  and  Rs,  just  before  pterostigma,  a  smaller 
blotch  at  distal  end  of  hypostigmatic  space,  and  a  rather  large, 
irregular  splash  of  dark  brown  above  the  posterior  border,  at 
the  level  of  the  radial  brace. 

Hab.—Bvoken  Hill,  N.S.W.  Four  specimens  taken  by  Mr.  O. 
Lower  (undated). 

Type  in  Coll.  Til]\'ard. 

Genus  Brachyleon,  n.g. 

In  forewing,  Rs  arises  about  one  cell  distad  from  level  of 
cubital  fork;  the  oblique  vein  lies  directly  under  origin  of  Rs. 
No  Banksian  line  present.  Mj  and  Cuj+Moin  forewing  unite 
before  the  wing-margin.     In  forewing,  lA  is  a  straight  line  to 


BY    R.    J.    TILLYARD.  59 

wing-border.  Tn  hind  wing,  there  is  no  distinct  Cu._,:  Cu,  is 
straight,  not  arched  concavely  to  posterior  border.  Five  cross- 
veins  before  origin  of  Fls  in  forewing.  Hindwing  narrower,  and 
slightly  longer  than  forewing,  very  pointed. 

Legs  short;  tarsus  with  first  joint  moderately  long,  2nd-4tli 
verv  short,  fifth  long;  spurs  present,  nearly  as  long  as  first  two 
joints  of  tarsus. 

Abdomen  short. 

Genotype,  Brachyleon  darwini  (Banks). 

This  genus  may  be  placed  next  to  Gymnocnemia  on  account  of 
the  position  of  the  origin  of  Rs  in  forewing,  but  differs  strongly 
from  it  in  possessing  spurs,  and  in  lacking  the  Banksian  line.  It 
differs  from  Macronemurus  Costa,  in  its  short  abdomen,  and 
short  legs,  with  long,  stiff  hairs. 

11.  Bkachyleon  darwini  Banks.     (PI.  iv.,  fig.lO). 

Macronemurus  darwini  Banks,  Pi-oc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila- 
delphia, 1914,  p.619  (issued  1915). 

Head  dark  brown  above;  two,  pale  spots  on  occiput  near 
eyes,  which  are  very  dark  brown;  antennce  fulvous  at  base  [the 
rest  missing];  face  brownish,  shading  to  fulvous  on  labrum  : 
mouth-parts  fulvous. 

Thorax:  prothorax  pale  brown,  with  two,  broad,  longi- 
tudinal stripes  of   darker   brown.     Pterothorax  and    leys   shiny 

brown. 

Abdomen  short,  slender,  rich  brown  without  any  markings. 

Wings  venation  brown;  in  forewings,  Sc,  Rs,  M,  and  Cu 
speckled.  Costal  cross-veins  very  numerous,  especially  in  fore- 
wing. Pterostigmain  forewing  clouded  with  brown,  in  hind  wing 
clear.  Apical  cross- veins  in  all  wings  marked  with  brown  specks. 
In  all  wings,  an  irregular,  brown  streak  runs  obliquely  up  from 
near  the  end  of  Mj  to  near  apex;  this  streak  is  longer  and  more 
diffuse  in  hindwing  than  in  forewing.  In  hindwing,  Cu,  i.sdark, 
M  pale.     Only  five  branches  of  Rs  before  radial  brace. 

f{ab.  —  Darwin,  N.T  One  specimen,  taken  on  x\pril  6tli,  1913, 
by  Mr.  G.  F.  Hill,  Government  Entomologist. 

Type  in  Coll.  Banks, 


60  STUDIES    IN    AUSTRALIAN    NEUROPTEKA,  ii., 

Genus  S  T  E  N  o  L  E  o  N,  n.g. 

Wings  excessively  narrow,  pointed;  in  forewing,  lis  arises  well 
beyond  brace  of  cubital  fork,  and  is  somewhat  bent  at  the  origin 
of  its  first  descending  branch;  5-6  cross-veins  in  radial  space  in 
forewing;  oblique  vein  lying  about  under  level  of  origin  of  Rs. 
No  Banksian  line  present.  Costal  space  very  narrow  in  fore- 
wing, but  widened  near  base  in  hind  wing  by  the  upward  arching 
of  C. 

Legs  moderately  long;  first  and  fifth  tarsal  joints  about  equal; 
2nd- 1th  very  short;  spurs  present,  short,  about  as  long  as  first 
tarsal  joint.      Abdomen  slender,  rather  sliort. 

Genotype,  St.  fieldi,  n.sp. 

This  genus,  which  appears  to  have  no  near  allies  except,  perhaps, 
the  African  .Vemoleon,  is  a  highly  reduced  off'shoot  from  the  main 
Distoleontine  stock,  easily  distinguished  from  all  other  Australian 
genera  known  to  me  by  the  combination  of  characters  given 
above. 

12.Stenoleon  fikldi,  n.sp.     (PI.  v.,  fig.13). 

Total  length  19-5,  abdomen  13'5,  forewing  20*5  by  4  wide, 
hind  wing  19  by  3  mm.  wide. 

fi  e  a  d  :  epicranium  dull  brownish;  antennce  evidently  long 
[tips  lost],  dark  brown,  strongly  marked  with  pale  rings;  bases 
of  antennse,  whole  of  face,  and  mouth-parts  testaceous. 

T  li  o  r  a  X  :  prothorax  subcylindrical,  the  anterior  third  marked 
off  by  a  transverse  groove;  grey-brown,  with  a  paler,  median, 
longitudinal  line,  and  two,  parallel,  lateral  bands.  Pterothorax 
grey-brown  with  paler  markings;  underside  grey.  Legs :  coxae, 
trochanters,  and  bases  of  femora  pale  testaceous;  femora  blackish, 
tibise  brown,  with  a  black  spot  one-third  from  base  and  another 
at  apex;  tax'si  with  first  joint  pale  brown,  2-4  dark,  5  pale,  with 
black  apical  third. 

Abdomen  narrow,  cylindrical,  dull  grey,  with  transverse, 
ochreous  lines  on  apices  of  segments  3-8. 

Wings:  venation  mostly  whitish,  costa  grey  in  both  wings, 
also  Cu  in  hindwing.  Sc  speckled.  A  conspicuous,  dark  spot 
proximal  to  pterostigma  in  both  wings.     Forewing  much  spotted 


BY    R.    J.    TILLYARD.  6l 

with  brown,  as  follows — on  two  or  three  of  the  cross-veins  in 
the  cubital  space,  also  at  the  origin  of  Rs,  on  the  third  and  fifth 
cross-veins  beyond  it,  and  on  the  radial  brace;  on  the  4:th-6th 
cross-veins  in  median  space,  and  on  the  first  four  cross-veins  in 
the  cubital  space.  A  larger  blotch  above  the  posterior  margin 
just  before  half-way,  crossing  Cua  and  running  up  to  M^;  near 
apex,  several,  small,  cloudy  patches.  In  hindwing,  a  cloudy 
patch  over  ends  of  M  and  Cuj,  extending  as  a  faint  smokiness 
almost  to  apex. 

Hab. — Tennant's  (Jreek,  Central  Australia.  Taken  in  Novem- 
ber, 1 906,  by  Mr.  J.  F.  Field,  to  whom  I  dedicate  the  species. 

Type  in  Coll.  Tillyard.     Unique. 

A  very  distinct  and  peculiar  little  species. 

Genus  Xanthol  eon,   n.g. 

Insect  of  very  slender  build.  In  forewing,  Rs  arises  about 
two  cells'  width  distad  from  level  of  cubital  fork,  and  is  rather 
irregular  in  form;  ol)lique  vein  close  to  the  fork  (within  one 
cell's  distance).  No  Banksian  line  present.  The  cells  below 
Cui -f- M.,  in  forewing,  and  below  Cuj  in  hindwing,  are  very 
regularly  arranged,  and  separated  into  oblique  rows  by  numerous, 
parallel  sectors  descending  from  the  main  vein.  Hindwing 
slightly  longer  than  forewing  Antennje  long  and  slender,  with 
weak,  elongated  club.  Legs  of  median  length,  slender;  tarsi 
with  tirst  joint  a  little  longer  than  fifth,  2nd-4th  very  short; 
spurs  present,  longer  than  first  tarsal  joint      Abdomen  slender. 

Genotype,  X  helmsi,  n.sp. 

A  very  distinct  and  clearl}^  marked  off  genus,  whose  affinities 
appear  to  be  somewhat  doubtful      In  the  delicacy  of  its  structure 
it  appears  to  hold  about  the  same  relationship  to  Distuleoii  that 
Froyyattisca  does  to  Glenoleon. 

IS.Xantholkon  helmsi,  n.sp.     (PI.  v.,  fig. 12). 

Total  length  24-5,  alxlomen  17"5,  forewing  29,  hindwing  30mm. 
Head    pale  yellowish   all   (jver,    except  for   the  black  eyes. 
Antennae  yellowish,  slender,  7  mm.  long. 


62  STUDIES    IN    AUSTRALIAN    NEUROPTERA,  ii  , 

Thorax  pale  yellowish;  leys  straw-colour  with  a  dark  patch 
at  apex  of  femur,  anotlier  near  base  of  tibia,  a  third  at  apex  of 
same;  tarsal  joints  brownish  apically,  claws  dark. 

Abdomen  rather  short,  slender;  1  yellowish,  2  pale  brown, 
3  yellowish  at  base,  shading  to  dull  brown;  the  rest  dull  brownish 
touched  with  pale  brown  on  apices  of  7-9. 

Wings  with  very  pale,  straw-coloured  venation,  abundantly 
speckled  with  brownish,  especially  along  R,  M,  and  Cu.  Fteru- 
st'igma  large  in  all  four  wings,  2  mm.,  pale  straw-coloured,  cover- 
ing about  8  cruss-veins,  and  touched  with  brown  at  the  inner 
angle.  Four  cross-veins  in  radial  space  of  forewing;  5-6  descend- 
ing branches  of  Ks  before  radial  brace. 

Hah. — Sydney,  N.S.W.  Two  specimens,  collected  in  October, 
1909,  by  the  late  Mr.  Helms,  to  whom  I  dedicate  the  species. 

Type  in  Coll.  Tillyard;  cotype  in  Coll.  Petersen. 

This  delicate  and  almost  ghost-like  species  is  quite  distinct 
from  anv  other  M ynaeleoidd  known  to  me. 

Genus   A  L  L  O  F  O  R  M  I  C  A  L  E  o  N    Esb.-Pet. 

Di tiers  from  Formicaieon  Brauer.  by  the  absence  of  the  Bank- 
sian  line. 

14    Al.I.OFORMlCALEON    HYALINUS,   n.sp.       (PI.  vi.,   fig.  16). 

Total  length  22,  abdomen  16,  forewing  25*5,  hindwing  24mm. 

Head  dark  grey  above,  a  pale,  transverse  line  across  occiput; 
atdeume.  long,  6"5  mm.,  slender,  black,  strongly  clubbed;  face 
blackish,  orbits  ed'^ed  with  pale  cream,  genre  and  labium  yellowish. 

Thorax:  prothorax  short,  dull  greyish  above,  yellowish 
beneath.  Plerothorax  dull  greyish-brown  above,  mottled  with 
paler  grey;  underside  grey,  with  some  yellow  markings.  Leys 
greyish;  hind  femora  very  pale  at  bases,  touched  with  black  in 
middle  and  at  apex;  hind  tibife  pale,  with  a  touch  of  black  at 
apex. 

Abdomen  slender,  subcylindrical,  uniform  grey-black;  ap- 
pendages touched  with  straw-colour. 

Wings:  venafAon  blacki.sh,  Sc  speckled  in  both  wings:  wings 
quite  hyaline  except  for  a  slight  touch  of  black  basally  on  ptero- 


BV    1{.    J.    TILLYAKD.  63 

stigma  of  forewing;  the  veinlets  of  the  pterostignia  whitish.  In 
forewiiig,  only  five  branches  of  lis  before  radial  brace.  Oblique 
veins  very  clearly  marked,  very  close  to  cubital  fork  (less  than 
one  cell's  length  distant).  In  forewing,  lA  black,  forming  a 
straight  line  to  wing-border.  Ci'oss- veins  in  cubital  space  of 
forewing  fairly  numerous  and  close. 

//^t6.  — Stradbroke  Island,  Q.  Two  specimens,  bred  in  Novem- 
ber, 1915,  from  large  larvje,  which  do  not  form  pits,  but  hide  in 
loose  soil  at  the  bases  of  trees. 

Tvpe  in  Coll.  Tillyard  (bred  November,  1915). 

This  species  superficially  resembles  Mynne/eon  luiiseriatus 
Gerst.,  in  colour  and  facies,  but  has  narrower  and  less  pointed 
wings.  Its  nearest  ally  is  AUqformicaleou  australis  Esb.-Pet., 
(Sydney),  from  which  it  can  be  at  once  distinguished  l)y  its 
smaller  size,  shorter  wings,  the  hindwing  not  being  as  long  as 
the  fore,  and  by  the  completely  different,  and  much  darker 
colour-scheme. 

15.  Alloformicaleon  waterhousei,  n.sp.     (PI.  v.,  fig.  14). 

Total  length  19-5,  abdomen  13,  forewing  25,  hindwing  24mm. 

Closely  allied  to  the  preceding  species,  but  distinguished  as 
follows.  On  all  four  wings,  a  black  mark  on  the  stigma,  and  a 
smaller  mark  at  same  level  on  Mi(this  mark  is  a  mere  speck  in 
hindwing);  in  forewing,  a  larger,  oblique,  black  streak  arises 
from  just  before  middle  of  posterior  border,  and  runs  up  across 
Cu„  to  bend  parallel  to  Cuj  +  Mo  at  one  cell's  distance  below  it. 
In  forewing,  lA  speckled,  not  quite  a  straight  line;  cross-veins 
in  the  cubital  space  of  forewing  very  few  and  wide  apart;  also 
Cui  4-  Mo  arches  up  more  strongly  than  in  A.  hyalinus.  Antennce 
bordered  by  a  pale  line  in  front  of  bases;  face  pale  straw-colour. 
Hind  femora  black,  except  for  the  very  pale  bases.  Abdomen 
somewhat  stouter  than  in  A.  hyaUnus,  similarly  coloured,  but 
with  pale,  transverse  lines  across  apices  of  segments  2-S. 

//at. —Woodford,  Blue  .Mountains,  N.8.W.(2,000feet).  Three 
specimens  taken  in  February,  1909.  by  Mr.  G.  A.  Waterhouse, 
to  whom  I  dedicate  the  species.  A  single  specimen,  somewhat 
more  heavily  marked  on  wings,  bred  from  a  larva  indistinguish- 


64 


STUDIES    IN    AUSTRALIAN    NEUROPTKEA,  ii., 


able  from  that  of    A.  hyalinus,  on  November  5th,    1915,   from 
Stradbroke  Island,  Q. 

Type  in  Coll.  Tillyard  (Woodford;  G.  A.  Waterhouse;  Febru- 
ary 12th,  1909) 

Genus   Distoleon   Banks. 

16.  DiSTOLEON    NIGROSIGNATUS,  n.Sp.       (PI.  vi.,   fi".  1  7  ). 

Total  length,  ^  25,  9  26;  forewing,  ^  30,  9  32;  hindwing,  ^  29, 
932  mm 

Head  dark  grey  above,  with  a  small,  oval,  brownish  spot  on 
occiput  near  each  eye;  a  black  band  just  in  front  of,  and  between, 
bases  of  anteimre,  which  are  8  mm.  long,  grey  ringed  with  black 
bases  slightly  brownish;  /ace  pale  bi'ownish. 

Thorax  downy,  greyish,  a  touch  of  brown  at  wing-bases. 
Legs  rather  short,  hairy,  coxae  of  forelegs  brownish;  femora  grey, 
tibiae  and  tarsi  pale  brownish  with  blackish  markings. 

Abdomen  uniformly  dull  greyish. 

Wings  very  long  and  narrow;  veins  mostly  greyish;  So 
speckled  with  black,  Rs  and  Cu  also  blackish.  Pterostigma  in 
forewing  greyish-white,  with  a  black,  basal  patch  covering  about 
nine  veinlets,  five  of  which  are  forked:  in  hindwing,  pterostigma 
is  only  a  slight  darkening  on  5-6  veinlets.  Forewing  marked 
with  long,  black  stripes  as  follows— a  straight  stripe  runnin" 
parallel  to,  and  below  Rs  distally,  slightly  waved  as  it  crosses 
each  branch  of  Rs;  a  long  and  slightly  curved  stripe  along  the 
main  stem  of  Cu  to  the  fork,  where  it  is  thickened,  and  thence 
along  Cui-f  M2,  gradually  tapering  to  a  fine  streak,  and  finally 
bending  slightly  up  to  cross  Mj,  and  to  run  wavily  for  3  mm.  up 
across  two  branches  of  Us;  also  a  short,  curved  stripe  placed 
concavely  to  the  posterior  border,  about  midwav  along  the  winff, 
arising  from  the  end  of  Cu.,  and  arching  up  towards  the  middle 
of  Cu,  -t-  Mo.  In  hindwing,  only  a  slight,  double  smudge  of 
brown  placed  distally  on  JVl  and  (Juj  and  also  on  two  branches  of 
Rs  above  them;  also  a  touch  or  two  of  black  near  apex.  All 
the  above  marks  are  very  complete  and  definite  in  9,  but,  in  ^, 
they  are  narrower,  paler,  and  more  or  less  reduced. 

[{<ih. — Perth,  W. .\.,  and  suburbs.  Several  specimens,  taken 
by  Mr.  W.  B.  Alexander,  Keeper  of  Biology  in  W.A.  Museum, 


BY    R.    J.    TILLYARD.  65 

in  February-March,  1913.  A  single  9  fi'om  Broken  Hill,  taken 
by  Mr.  O.  Lower  (undated). 

Types:  ^  in  Coll.  Tillyard  (Cottesloe,  W.A.,  February  18th, 
1913:  W.  IJ.  Alexander;  Museum  No.6726);  9  in  Coll.  W.  A. 
Museum  (Subiaco,  W.A.;  IVIarch  12th,  1913;  W.  B.  Alexander; 
Museum  No. 6898). 

The  Broken  Hill  9  differs  from  the  Western  Australian  speci- 
mens in  having  a  row  of  black  spots  along  the  posterior  margin 
of  the  forewing,  at  the  ends  of  the  cross-veins  descending  from 
lA. 

This  very  distinct  and  handsome  species  appears  to  be  quite 
common  around  Perth.  Its  superficial  resemblance  to  Proto- 
plectroib  loiKjitudinale,  n  sp.,  has  been  already  noted. 

Subfamily  MYRMELEONTIN.E. 

Genus  M  Y  R  M  E  L  E  0  N  Linn. 
17.  Myrmeleon  loweri,  n.sp.     (PI.  vi.,  fig. 15). 

Total  length  29,  abdomen  21,  forewing  29,  hindwing  26  mm. 

Head  3  mm.  wide;  ei/es  pale  grey;  epicranium  grey,  a  small, 
yellowish  patch  just  in  front  of  anteniiic,  which  are  4  mm.  long, 
with  tips  in  the  form  of  a  fiattened  club;  face  chiefiy  dark  grey, 
geiioi  and  Inhrurn  dull  orange-yellow,  labium  yellowish. 

Thorax  pale  powdery-gre}',  anterior  lobe  and  base  of  pro- 
thorax  lemon-yellow,  as  are  also  the  wing-bases  and  the  latero- 
posterior  edges  of  the  mesonotum;  sutures  of  pterothorax  dark. 
Legs  short,  dull  orange,  a  patch  of  black  distally  on  femora,  a 
greyish  tinge  on  tibia:':  tibial  spurs,  distal  spines  of  the  tarsal 
joints,  and  claws  black. 

A  b  d  o  m  e  n  fairly  long  and  slender,  powdery-grey;  two,  small, 
yellow  spots  at  base  of  1;  suture  between  1  and  2  blackish,  a 
trace  of  two,  fine,  yellow  spots  apically  on  3,  the  same  spots 
larger  and  more  distinct  on  5-7  and  on  sides  of  8;  9  touched  with 
yellow,  blunt,  hairy  at  tip. 

Wings  witli  pale  yeWow  renafion;  bases  strongh' yellowish; 
about  34  costal  ci'oss-veins  before  pterostigma  in  both  wings. 
Fterostignia,  in  forewing,  distinct,  pale  brownish,  covering  7-8 
veinlets,    some  of    which   are   branched;    in    hindwing,    fainter, 


66  STUDIES    IN    AUSTRALIAN    NEUROPTERA,  ii., 

covering  only  the  lower  portions  of  four  veinlets.  Before  origin 
of  Rs,  in  radial  space,  seven  cross-veins  in  fore,  five  in  hindwing. 
In  both  wings,  five  branches  of  Rs  before  radial  brace. 

//rt6.— Broken  Hill,  N.S.W.,  collected  by  Mr.  O.  Lower,  to 
whom  I  dedicate  the  species.  Jiourke,  N.S.W.,  collected  by  the 
late  Mr.  Helms.     Fairly  common 

Type  in  Coll.  Tillyard  (Broken  Hill,  undated,  O.  Lower). 

A  very  distinct  and  striking  species. 

Genus  A  c  a  n  t  h  a  c  L  i  s  i  s  Ramb. 

18.  ACANTHACLISIS    PETERSEN!,  n.sp.       (PI.  i.,   fig. 2). 

Total  length  45,  abdomen  31,  forewing  66'5,  hindwing  62'5nim. 

Head:  eyes  brown;  occiput  greyish  black;  mttennce.  10  mm, 
black,  very  slightly  clubbed;  epicraninm  and  face  dark  grey, 
Iiairy;  labrum  and  mouth-parts  rich  brown,  labium  fulvous. 

T  bora  X  :  prothorax  short,  tapering  towards  head,  grey-black 
above,  brown  on  sides.  Fterothorax  brownish,  with  grey  shading, 
and  long,  soft,  grey  hairs;  underside  covered  with  thick,  pale 
grey  hairs.  Legs  short;  femora  brown:  those  of  forelegs  very 
hairy;  tibife  brown,  those  of  fore  and  middle-legs  touched  with 
black  on  ba.sal  half:  tarsi  very  short,  1-4  blackish,  5  pale,  with 
deep  apex  and  claws. 

Abdomen  cylindrical,  with  close-set,  small,  black  hairs,  1-2 
and  apex  with  longer  hairs;  colour  black,  with  irregular,  brown 
patcties  on  either  side  of  middle  line  on  segment  3  (very  slight) 
and  segments  4-7. 

VV  i  II  gs  wide,  fairly  well  jjointed;  i^enatioti,  in  general.  Ijrown, 
C,  8c,  and  R  tinged  with  orange;  Cu, -|- M.^  in  forewing  strongly 
marked  with  black  A  pale  ochreous  area  on  pferostiyma  of  all 
four  wings.  Forewings  strongly  speckled  all  over,  due  to  all  the 
veins  being  irregularly  marked  with  black.  Jn  radial  space, 
before  origin  of  Rs,  eight  cross-veins  in  fore,  six  in  hindwing. 
In  forewing,  Cu.^  diverges  very  strongly  from  Cui-f-Mo;  the 
oblique  vein  is  black,  3-4  cells'  length  distad  from  the  cubital 
fork.  Cubital  space  in  forewing  wide,  triangular,  with  four, 
single  cells,  then  two  together,  then  three  at  widest  part,  and, 
finally,  three  single  cells  at  distal  end. 


BY    R.    J.    TILLTARD.  67 

Hah.  -(/ooktown,  North  Queensland.  Taken  by  myself,  Jan- 
uary, 1908. 

Type  in  Coll.  Tillyard.      Unique. 

This  ma<j;nificent  insect  is  clearly  very  closely  allied  to  A. 
fidva  Esb.-Pet.,  from  which  it  differs  by  its  smaller  size  iA.fidva, 
forewing  72  mm.,  total  length  oa  mm.)  and  darker  colouration, 
as  well  as  by  having  four  cross-veins  in  the  radial  space.  Tn 
A.  /idva,  the  antennte  are  pale  yellowish-brown,  the  head,  pro- 
thorax,  and  mesothorax  yellowish-red.  The  legs  in  A.  J'ulva 
have  the  tibiae  differently  marked;  the  abdomen  is  brown,  with 
paler  apex;  the  apices  of  the  segments  darkened. 

The  differences  separating  A.  peferseni  from  A.  fulva  appear 
to  be  of  the  same  order  as  those  separating  A  fundafus  from 
A.  sublet idens.  In  both  cases,  we  appear  to  be  dealing  with  a 
pair  of  geminate  species,  but,  in  the  case  of  A.  peterseni  and 
fidva,  as  the  type  of  each  is  a  unique  specimen,  we  cannot  yet 
say  what  the  cunstanf  differences  between  them  ma}?  be. 

Family  A8CALAPH1D^. 

■Subfamily  PROTASCALAVHIN.E. 

Genus  S  T  I  L  B  o  p  T  E  R  Y  .\   Newman. 

19.  Stilbopteryx  dromedaria,  n.sp.     (Text-figs.  1-3). 

(J.  Total  length  61,  abdomen  47,  forewing  48  by  9  wide,  hind- 
wing  44  by  8  mm.  wide. 

Head:  epicranium  black,  with  thick,  black  hair:  aidennce. 
black,  tvithout  yellowish  rings,  tips  strongly  knobbed,  black; 
ei/es  hro\vT\,  frons  black,  clypeus  a,nd  labrum  bright  golden-yellow, 
fjencn.  and  lahium  brown. 

Thorax  blackish  above,  with  thick,  soft,  dark  grey  hairs; 
sides  and  underside  thickly  clothed  with  long,  greyish-white 
hairs.  Leys  completely  shining-black,  except  claws,  which  are 
dark  reddish. 

Abdomen  ver\'  long  (Text-fig.,  I,  A)  black;  1-2  short;  3  very 
long,  much  swollen  dorsally,  with  a  convex  hump  carrying  short 
hairs,  and  witli  a  pair  of  large,  rounded,  latero-basal,  golden- 
yellow  spots,  slightly  overlapping  on  to  2,  also  a  pair  of  small. 


68 


STUDIES    IN    AUSTRALIAN    NEUROPTERA,  11., 


apico-ventral  spots  of  same  colour,  subtriangular;  4  long,  swollen 
dorsally  into  a  median  tubei'cle,  slightly  bitid,  and  clothed  with 
stiif,  short  hairs  ;  a  pair  of  large,  round, 
latero-basal,  golden-j^ellow  spots  slightly 
overlapping  on  to  3,  the  small,  apico-ventral 
spots  present,  larger  than  in  3;  5  long,  taper- 
ing towards  apex,  marked  as  in  4;  6  narrow- 
cylindrical,  with  latero-basal  spots  present, 
but  smaller,  and  half  operlapping  on  to  5; 
the  small  apico-ventral  spots  absent;  a  pair 
of  small,  semi-oval,  golden-yellow  spots  later- 
ally at  apex  of  6;  7-8  narrow,  long,  cylin- 
drical, resembling  6,  but  without  basal  spots: 
9  very  short,  blackish;  appendages  black  at  A 
bases,  golden  apically,  inferior  shovel-shaped, 
hairy,  as  in  Text-fig.  2,  A. 

Wings  with  black  venation  except  basal 
two-thirds  of  C,  bases  of  anal  veins,  and 
many  cross-veins,  which  are  pale  straw- 
colour.      In  forewing,  a  black,   longitudinal  Text-fig.  1." 

band  runs  from  base  to  pterostigma, 
enclosing  Sc  and  R;  the  costal  cross- 
veins  towards  pterostigma  also  outlined 
in  black.  Pterostiyma  with  a  straw 
spot  covering  five  veinlets,  and  bor- 
dered basal ly  with  black;  apex  of  wing 
beyond  pterostigma  strongly  black- 
ened, the  basal  border  of  this  black 
patch  oblique,  nearly  a  straiglit  line. 
In  hind  wing,  the  pattern  is  similar, 
but  the  longitudinal,  black  band  fills 
the  whole  costal  and  subcostal  spaces. 

5. Total  length  45,  abdomen  30,  fore- 
wing  50  by  10-5  wide,  hindwing  46  by 
Tt'xt-fig.2.''  8-5  nnn.  wide. 

Differs  from  ^  by  the  broader  wings;  the  antenna?  black,  with 


For  legends  of  Text-figs.  1-3,  see  p.  69. 


BY    K.    J.    TILLYAHD. 


69 


fine,  vellow  rings;  the  abdomen  much  shorter,  more  cylindriral, 
without  anv  humps,  the  latero-basal  spots  less  rounded,  ratlier 
subtriangular,  the  apico-ventral  spots  distinct,  larger  than  in  ^; 
the  apex  as  in  Text-fig.3,A.  Prothorax  of  ^  h'^s  a  narrow, 
raised,  transverse  ridge,  bright  yellow. 

Hah. — Waroona,  W.A.  A  number  of  specimens  taken  by 
Mr.  G.  F.  Berthoud,  in  January- February,  1913-1915.  Also  a 
single,  fine  9  taken  at  Yallingup,  W.A.,  by  Mr.  R.  E.  Turner, 
on  January  7th,  1914. 

Types,  (J9,  in  ('oil.  Tillyard  (Waroona,  W.A.;  G.  F.  Berthoud; 
(J,  January  6th,  1914:   9,  February  24th,  1914). 

This   fine   species  differs   from    S    costa/is    Newman  (Eastern 

Australia)  in  the  following  points.  In 
the  (J  of  S.  costalis,  the  wings  are  broader, 
and  the  black,  longitudinal  streak  does 
not  include  the  costal  space,  but  only 
touches  the  bases  of  the  costal  cross-veins. 
Also,  in  all  four  wings  of  <S.  costalis,  the 
basal  border  of  the  apical,  black  patch  is 
irregular.  The  antennae  of  S.  costalis  are 
longer,  and  ringed  with  yellow;  the  head, 
thorax,  and  segments  3-4  of  abdomen 
much  less  hairy,  the  abdomen  much 
shorter,  stouter,  and  with  only  a  single 
hump,  placed  dorsally  on  4.  The  golden 
spots  of  the  abdomen  in  S.  costalis  are 
confined  to  segments  5-7  laterally,  4-6 
ventrally;  the  only,  large,  round  spot  is 
placed  basally  on  segment  5.  This  pattern 
is  shown  in  Text-tig.  1,  B.  The  appendages  of  6".  costalis  ^  are 
black,  and  less  complicated  than  those  of  S.  dromedaria  {cf. 
Text-fig. 2,  A  and  B). 

The  females  of  the  two  species  are  less  easy  to  separate,  but 
S.  dromedaria  9  naay  be  distinguished  by  the  shorter  antennae, 
the  black  costal  space  of  the  hiridwing,  the  straighter,  inner 
edge  of  the  black,  apical  patch,  and  by  the  different  form  of  the 
apex  of  the  abdomen  (cf.  Text-fig. 2,  A  and  B). 


B. 


Texttiti.S. 


70  STUDIES    IV    AUSTRALIAN    NEUROPTERA,  ii. 

Text-fig.  1. — Latei-al  view  of  colour- pattern  of  abdomen   in  StUhopteryx. 

A.  jS".  dromedaria,  n.sp.,  6  .     B.  S.  costalii<  Newman,  c5  ;  (  x  1"5). 
Text-fig.2. — Lateral  view  of  anal  appendages  in  males  of  StUhopteryx  (much 

enlarged).     A.  S.  dromedaria.  n.sp.,  S  .     B.  .S'.   cosfah's  Newman,  6  ; 

(x6). 

Text-fig.3. — Lateral  view  of  end  of  abdomen  in  female  of  St i/bopttryx {much 
enlarged).  A.  *S'.  dromedaria,  n..sp.  .9.  B.  S.  costal  is  Newman,  9; 
.(  X  6). 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATES  L-VL 

Plate  i. 

Fig.  1. — Eiiporismns  albatrox,  g.et  sp.n. ;  (  x  M). 
Fig.'i. — Acaiit/iac/isiM  Petersen  I,  n.sp.;  (  x  I'.S). 

Plate  ii. 
Fig..S. — Ferielystiii  aureolatus,  n.sp. ;(  x  3). 
Fig.4. — Proloplertroii  erernia',  n.sp. ;(  x '2"5). 
Fig..'). — Protop/ectroii  longitndiiialt,  n..sp. ;  (  ■;  I'T). 

Plate  iii. 
Fig. 6. — Deiidroleoii  dmnigani,  n.sp.;  (  x  2'5). 
Fig. 7. — JJendroleon  l<imbda,  n.sp.,  (  x  3). 
Fig.S. — Olenoleon  bertlioudi,  n.sp.;  (  x  2'5). 

Plate  iv. 
Fig.9. — Glenoleon  aurora,  n.sp. ;(  x2'7). 
Fig.  10. — Brarhyleon  Darwiiii  (Banks);  (  x  2*5). 
Fig.  11. — tiymiiocnemia  macniata,  n.sp. ;(  x  2'8). 

Plate  V. 
Fig.  12. — Kantholeoii  helinsi,  g.et  sp.n. ;  (  x  2"S). 
Fig.  13. — Stenoleonjieldi,  g.et  sp.n.;  (  x2"8). 
Fig.  14. — AlloformicaJeon  waterhmisei,  n.sp.;  (  x  3'3). 

Plate  vi. 
Fig.  \o.—Myrmeleou  loirerl,  n.sp. ;  (  x  2".5). 
Fig.  16. — A/foJbrmicatto)i  hyalinw.  n.sp.;  (  x  2'o). 
Fig.  17. — Distoleon  iiiyrosignatKS,  n.sp.;  (  x  2 ■."»). 

N.B. — The  figures  are  made  from  the  type-specimens,  but,  where  the 
setting  of  the  specimen  has  been  irregular,  the  wings  have  been  oiientated 
so  as  to  conform  to  a  single  plan,  and  the  abdomen  straightened  out  where 
necessarj'. 


71 


A  REVISION  OF  THE  STRATIOMYID.E  OF 
AUSTRALIA. 

By  Arthur  White. 

( CommnnJcnti'd  III/  Dr.  Kiisfacc  W.  Fftyusnn.  ) 

(Seven  Text-tigures.)  • 

The  Stratiomyidce  form  one  of  the  larger  families  of  the  Diptera, 
containing  about  one  thousand  species  from  all  parts  of  the  world. 
They  are  conspicuous  flies,  many  of  them  possessing  splendid 
metallic  colouring,  but,  so  far  as  the  Australian  species  are  con- 
cerned, they  have  been  little  studied.  Most  of  those  named  up 
to  the  present  time  were  described  by  Macquart  (Dipteres  Ex- 
otiques,  1838-55);  and  Walker  (List  of  Diptera  in  the  British 
Museum,  1848-55;  and  Insecta  Saundersiana,  Diptera,  1850). 
One  species  was  described  by  Erichson  (Archiv  f.  Naturgesch., 
1842),  one  by  Bigot  (Ann.  Soc.  Ent.  de  France,  1876),  and, 
finally,  some  Tasmanian  species  by  myself  (Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  Tas- 
mania, 1914). 

The  present  paper  lists  30  species,  belonging  to  18  genera,  all 
the  species,  with  one  doubtful  exception,  and  lli  of  the  genera 
being  peculiar  to  Australia.  Most  of  the  species  are  uncommon, 
and  many  more  probably  await  discovery,  particularly  in  the 
northern  parts  of  the  Continent. 

In  the  preparation  of  the  present  paper,  I  have  received  great 
assistance  from  Mr.  C.  French,  Junr.,  Government  Entomologist 
of  Victoria;  Mr.  W.  W.  Froggatt,  Govei*nment  Entomologist  of 
New  South  Wales;  Dr.  E.  W.  Ferguson,  of  the  Government 
Bureau  of  Microbiology,  Sydney;  Mr.  A.  M.  Lea,  of  the  Adelaide 
Museum;  and  Mr.  F.  P.  Spry,  of  the  National  Museum,  Mel- 
bourne, to  all  of  whom  I  wish  to  tender  my  most  cordial  thanks. 

The  Australian -i>7?'a<io»i2/ic?<e  are  divisible  into  six  Subfamilies, 
which  are  distinguished  as  shown  in  the  following  Table. 


72  REVISION    OF    THE    STRATIOMYID.E    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

T(djlt  of  tilt  AnstraJian  >S-iil)J'ain'tlies  of  Sfrafionit/idn-. 
l.Abdi)men    with    seven,    visible   segments;    scutellai-   spines,   if 
present,  four  ov  mute  in  mxnil)cr;   winj^s  with  either  tluee 

or  four,  posterior  veins BEKiNi*;. 

Abdomen  with  only  five  or  six,  visible  segments 2. 

2.  Wings  with  four,  posterior  veins  or  traces  of  them     3. 

Wings  witii  only  three,  posterior  veins 6. 

8.Tlie  four,  posterior  veins  all  arise  from  the  discal  cell    4. 

The  fourth,  pcjsterior  vein  is  separated  from  tlie  discal  cell,  and 

arises  from  the  second,  basal  cell    5. 

4. Metallic  species;  scutellar  spines,  if  present,  four  oi'  more  in 

number  AntissiNj^. 

Non-metallic  species;  scutellar  spines  two  in  number Clitellarin.!-:. 

5.  Antennfe  with  or  without  a  short  style,  never  with  an  arista 

Stratiom  YIN^,. 

Antennas  with  a  long,  thread-like  arista Sargin^-. 

6.  Antennae  with  a  long,  thread-like  arista Pachygastrin^:. 

In  dividing  the  genei'a  of  Stratiomyidcc  into  their  respective 
subfamilies,  some  doubt  may  occasionally  occur  relative  to  the 
position  of  the  posterior  veins,  because,  in  a  few  genera,  the 
fourth  posterior  vein  seems  to  arise  from  the  exact  junction  of 
the  discal  cell  and  the  second  basal  cell,  and  so  might  be  con- 
sidered to  arise  from  either.  In  such  cases,  the  relationship 
seems  to  be  nearest  to  the  Clitellarince,  and  such  genera  are 
usually  considered  as  belonging  to  that  subfamily,  whilst  onlj' 
those  in  which  the  fourth  posterior  vein  is  distinctly  separated 
from  the  discal  cell,  are  placed  in  the  Stratiomyin(e  or  Saryince. 

Subfamily  BERIN.'E. 

The  species  belonging  to  this  subfamily  are  readily  recognised 

by   their   narrow  abdomen,    with   seven,   visible  segments;    the 

scutellar  spines,  if  present,  are  never  less  than  four  in  number. 

The  lierinte  occur  all  over  Europe,  North  and   South  America, 

Australia  and  New  Zealand.     In  all,  about  a  dozen  genera  have 

been  described.      In   .Australia,  five  genera  aie  known  to  occur. 

Talilc  of  Ihf  AnMralian  Genera  of  Berime. 
l.Scutellum  without  spines 2. 

Scutellum  with  spines 3. 

2.  Wings  with  three,  posterior  veins  Cryptoberis,  gen.nov. 

Wings  with  four,  posterior  veins    METOroxiA  ilacq. 


BY    ARTHUR    WHITE.  73 

3.  AnteiuKL'  thrice  the  length  of  the  head Xanthobkris,  gen.nov. 

Antennse  about  the  same  lengtli  as  the  head 4. 

4.  Eyes  hairy;  thorax  metallic;  wings  not  banded Actina  Meig. 

Eyes  bare;  thorax  not  metallic;  wings  banded. ..Neoexaireta  Ost.-Sack. 

Of  the  above  genera,  Metoponia  is  unknown  to  me;  Kertesz 
places  the  species  named  by  Macquart,  Xenomorpha  australis,  in 
this  genus:  if  this  is  correct,  its  position  should  be  that  given 
above. 

1.  C  R  Y  p  T  o  B  K  R  I  s,  gen.nov.     (Fig.l). 

Non-metallic  flies;  scutellum  without  spines;  eyes  bare,  joined 
in  the  male;  antennae  a  little  longer  than  the  head,  third  joint 
annulated,  but  without  any  style  or  arista;  discal  cell  of  wings 
almost  pentagonal,  with  three,  issuing  veinlets;  cubital  vein 
f(}rked. 


Fig.  1 — Wing  of  Cryptoheris  hebescens. 

Head  short  and  not  produced.  Eyes  bare,  joined  in  the  male. 
Antennae  set  close  together,  situated  towards  the  lower  part  of 
the  head  in  profile,  a  little  longer  than  the  head;  first  joint  about 
twice  the  length  of  the  second,  the  third  slightly  swollen  and 
annulated,  nearly  twice  the  length  of  the  first  two  joints  together. 
Thorax  with  small  shoulder-tubercles;  scutellum  without  spines. 
Abdomen  long  and  slender,  with  seven,  visible  segments.  The 
thorax,  scutellum,  and  abdomen  covered  with  short,  depressed 
pubescence.  Legs  simple,  slender.  Wings  without  any  distinct 
stigma;  costal  margin  minutely  bristly,  cubital  vein  forked; 
discal  cell  almost  pentagonal,  with  three,  issuing  veinlets  (pos- 
terior veins);  anal  cell  closed  at  some  distance  above  the  wing- 
margin. 

This  genus  seems  to  be  most  nearly  allied  to  the  North  Amer- 
ican  genus   Chiromyza,  from  which  it  is  distinguished  by  tha 


74  REVISION    OF    THK    STHATIOMYID^    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

forked,  cubital  vein.  It  also  agrees  with  the  European  and 
North  American  genus  AUognosta  in  having  the  scutellum  un- 
armedj  and  in  possessing  only  three,  posterior  veins,  but  differs 
from  that  genus  in  the  very  different  form  of  the  discal  cell. 
Fi'om  the  Australian  genus  Metoponia,  it  is  distinguished  by 
possessing  three,  instead  of  four,  posterior  veins. 

Cryptoberis  hebescens,  sp.nov.     (Fig.l). 

Antennae,  thorax,  scutellum,  and  abdomen  dark  brown;  legs 
entirely  yellow;  wings  tinged  with  brown.     Length,  (J,  7 '5  mm. 

Hab. — New  South  Wales  (Sydney). 

Male. — Face  brown,  receding.  Eyes  bare,  joined  for  a  long 
distance,  the  front  being  reduced  to  a  very  small  patch  at  the 
vertex,  and  a  small,  frontal  triangle  directly  adjoining  the 
antennae.  Antennae  a  little  longer  than  the  head,  first  joint 
about  twice  the  length  of  second,  the  third  swollen  and  annu- 
lated,  and  nearly  twice  the  length  of  the  first  two  joints  together. 
Thorax,  scutellum,  and  abdomen  dark  brown,  the  whole  covered 
with  short,  white,  depressed  pubescence;  sides  of  abdomen  with 
a  little  longer,  white  pubescence;  genitalia  prominent,  yellow- 
brown.  Legs  with  femora  and  tibiae  clear  yellow;  tarsi  yellow, 
a  little  browned  towards  the  tips.     Wings  tinged  with  brown. 

This  species  is  known  only  from  a  single  specimen,  which  was 
taken  by  Dr.  Ferguson  at  Sydney,  on  November  12,  1914;  it 
occurred  settled  on  the  wall  of  a  building. 

2.  Metoponia  Macq. 

Non-metallic  flies;  scutellum  without  spines  Antennae  in- 
serted towards  base  of  head;  first  joint  a  little  elongated,  second 
short,  third  annulated  with  eight  divisions.  Wings  with  four, 
posterior  veins,  all  arising  from  the  discal  cell,  first,  second,  and 
fourth  complete,  third  incomplete;  cubital  vein  forked. 

This  genus  is  unknown  to  me,  the  above  characters  being 
taken  from  Macquart's  description  of  the  genus,  and  from  his 
figure  and  description  of  Xenomorpha  australis,  which  Kertesz, 
in  his  Catalogue,  ascribes  to  this  genus. 


BY    ARTHUR    WHITE.  75 

Table  of  the  Australian  Species  of  Metoponia. 

1 .  Thorax  and  abdomen  black ;  legs  black rubriceps  Macq. 

2.  Thorax  and  abdomen  testaceous ;  legs  red australis  Macq. 

Metoponia  rubricrps  Macq. 

Described  by  Macquart  as  having  the  head  red,  thorax  dull 
black;  abdomen  shining  black;  legs  black.     Length,  J,  6  mm. 
Hab.  —  "  Tasmania." 

Metoponia  australis  Macq. 

Syn.,  Xenomorpha  australis  Macq. 

Described  by  Macquart  as  having  the  thorax  and  abdomen 
testaceous,  the  former,  in  the  male,  with  a  curved,  black  stripe 
on  each  side;  antennae  and  legs  red;  posterior  tibise  bowed  in 
the  male.     Length,  ^(^,  7-8  mm. 

.ffa6.  — "Australia." 

3.  Xanthoberis,  gen.nov.     (Fig. 2). 

Antennae  thrice  the  length  of  the  head,  first  two  joints  short, 
and  of  almost  equal  length,  third  about  four  times  the  length  of 
the  first  and  second  together,  consisting  of  four  segments  of 
almost  equal  length,  and  a  shorter  style;  scutellum  with  four, 
marginal  spines;  abdomen  long  and  slender,  with  the  posterior 
femora  slightly  swollen;  neuration  of  wings  as  in  Neoexaireta. 


Fig.  2. — Head  of  Xanthoberis  siliacea,  ?  . 
Head  short,  and  not  produced.  Eyes(9)  bare  and  separated. 
Antennae  set  close  together,  and  situated  about  the  middle  of 
the  head  in  profile,  about  thrice  the  length  of  the  head,  first  two 
joints  short,  and  of  almost  equal  length,  third  about  four  times 
the  length  of  the  first  and  second  together,  consisting  of  four 


7()  HKVISION    OF    THK    STRATIOMYID^.    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

segments  aud  a  style,  the  first  segment  being  the  longest,  and 
distinctly  longer  than  the  first  two  antennal  joints  together,  the 
second,  third,  and  fourth  segments  of  nearly  equal  length,  the 
style  about  one-half  the  length  of  either  of  these  segments. 
Thorax  narrow;  scutellum  with  four,  slender,  marginal  spines. 
Abdomen  long  and  unusually  slender.  T-egs  lonsf  and  slender, 
posterior  femora  slightly  swollen.  Wings  with  the  venation  of 
Neoexaireta  spinigera:  cubital  vein  forked  and  much  curved: 
discal  cell  with  four,  issuing  veinlets,  first,  second,  and  fourth 
complete,  third  incomplete;  anal  cell  closed  blunth'  at  some 
distance  above  the  wing-margin. 

This  genus  is  proposed  for  a  New  South  Wales  species,  repre- 
sented by  a  single  specimen  in  the  collection  of  the  Adelaide 
Museum.  'I'he  form  of  the  antennae  distinguishes  it  from  any 
other  irenus  of  the  Berhue. 


o^ 


Xanthoberis  siliacea,  sp.nov.     (Fig. 2). 

Front  black;  antennae  brown,  with  the  base  yellow;  thorax, 
.scutellum,  and  scutellar  spines  light  yellow-brown;  abdomen 
light  yellow-brown,  with  apex  black;  legs  yellow:  wings  hyaline, 
with  a  dark  brown  stigma.      Length,  ^i  9  mm. 

Hah. — New  South  Wales  (Dorrigo). 

Female. — Face  and  portion  of  front  adjoining  base  of  antennte 
covered  with  silvery  hairs.  Front  black.  Proboscis  oiange. 
Antennae  brown  above,  except  the  short,  first  and  second  joints, 
and  a  portion  of  first  segment  of  third  joint,  which  are  yellow: 
beneath,  the  antennae  are  yellow  for  nearly  two-thirds  of  their 
length,  the  remainder  light  brown,  with  the  style  black.  Thorax 
and  scutellum  light  yellow-brown,  with  an  orange  tinge:  scutellar 
spines  yellow.  Abdomen  with  first  five  segments  light  yellow- 
brown,  sixth,  seventh,  and  genitalia  brownish-black.  Legs  with 
anterior  and  middle  pairs  entirely  yellow;  posterior  femora 
bright  yellow-brown,  with  base  pale  yellow;  posterior  tibiae 
yellow-brown;  posterior  tarsi  yellow.  Wings  hyaline,  with  a 
dark  brown  stigma. 

This  species  is  known  from  only  a  single  specimen,  labelled 
"  Dorrigo,  N.  S.  Wales,"  in  the  Adelaide  Museum.     It   may  be 


by'arthuk  white.  77 

recognised  without  difficulty  by  its  slender  shape,  four-spined 
scutellum,  long  antennje,  and  uniform,  ligiit  yellow-brown 
colouration. 

4.  A  c  T  I  N  A  Meig. 

Slender  tlies,  with  a  metallic-green  thorax,  six-spined  scutellum, 
and  orange  or  brown  abdomen;  eyes  hairy  ((J)  or  sparsely  hairy 
(9),  separated  in  both  sexes;  discal  cell  with  four,  issuing 
veinlets,  first,  second,  and  fourth  complete,  third  incomplete; 
tibiae  in  the  male  considerably  inflated. 

This  genus  occurs  in  Europe,  North  America,  and  Australia. 
In  Australia,  two  species  are  known. 

Tah/e  of  Australian  Specie-s  of  Actina. 
l.ScutcUar  spines  long,  partlj"^  or  altogether  yellow;  abdomen,  in 

female,  bright  orange-brown,  with  black  segmentations 

inciaurcdi-s  Macq. 

2.Scutellar   spines   short,    entirely    metallie-green;    abdomen,    in 

female,  uniform  blackish-broMii coMatu  White. 

Actina  incisuralis  Macq. 

Syn.,  Beris  incisuralis  Macq.;  Beris  Jilipalpis  Macq. 

Thorax  emerald-green((J),  or  bronze-green(5);  abdomen  brown 
((J),  or  bright  orange-brown(2),  with  black  segmentations;  scu- 
tellar  spines  yellow,  with  the  base  dark  metallic-green;  posterior 
femora  black((J),  or  orange,  with  the  apical  third  or  half  black 
(5);  wings  with  a  conspicuous,  black  stigma.    Length,  (J  7,  96mm. 

Hab.  —  New  South  Wales,  Victoria,  Tasmania,  Queensland. 

This  is  one  of  the  commonest  and  most  widely  distributed  of 
the  Australian  Stratiomyidcf .  It  usually  occurs  settled  on  low 
vegetation,  but  may  sometimes  be  found  on  windows.  It  is 
subject  to  some  variation,  both  as  regards  size,  and  colouring  of 
the  abdomen  and  legs. 


'»'- 


Actina  costata  White. 

Thorax  emerald-green,  and  abdomen  blackish-brown  in  both 
sexes;  .scutellar  spines  short,  entirely  dark  metallic-green;  liind 
femora  black,  with  an  orange  band  towards  the  apex  (J"),  or 
entirely  yellow(5);    wings    with   the   costal    margin   mucli   inure 


78  REVISION    OF    THE    STRATI05IYID.E    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

sinuated  than  in  A.  incisuralis,  and  with  a  smaller  stigma. 
Length,  (J  6,  9  4*5  mm. 

Hab. — Tasmania. 

This  species  frequents  pools  in  the  beds  of  mountain-streams; 
it  seems  to  occur  very  sparingly. 

5.NE0EXAIRETA  Ost.-Sack. 
{Exaireta  Schin.) 
Slender  flies,   with  thorax  non-metallic;  eyes  bare,  separated 
in  both  sexes;  scutellum  with  four  spines;  wings  banded. 
This  genus  contains  only  one  Australian  representative. 

Neoexaireta  spinigera  Walk. 

Syn.,  Beris  Servillei  Macq. 

Thorax  black;  scutellar  spines  brown,  with  the  base  black; 
abdomen  purple;  posterior  femora  black,  with  the  base  white; 
wings  with  basal  half  hyaline,  apical  half  dark  brown,  with  a 
hyaline  spot  on  the  costal  margin  towards  the  tips.  Length, 
10  mm. 

Hab.  —New  South  Wales,  Victoria,  and  Queensland. 

This  is  a  common  species.  It  may  be  easily  recognised  by  its 
banded  wings. 

Subfamily  ANTISSIN.E. 
This  subfamily  is  nearly  allied  to  the  Berince,  but  is  distin- 
guished by  possessing  only  five  or  six,  instead  of  seven,  visible, 
abdominal  segments;  the  abdomen  is  always  short  and  broad, 
and  of  bright  metallic  colouring;  the  wings  have  frequently  the 
basal  half  of  the  costal  margin  inflated;  the  scutellar  spines,  if 
present,  are  four  or  more  in  number. 

Four  Australian  genera  are  at  present  known. 

Tahh  of  the  Australian  Genera  of  Antissina'. 

1 .  Abdomen  very  broad ;  metallic  blue  in  colour 2. 

Abdomen  not  very  broad;  not  metallic  blue  in  colour  3. 

2.  Scutellum  with  spines:  costa  of  wings  in  male  greatly  inflated. 

LECOGASTEK  White. 

Scutellum  without  spines anacanthella  Macq. 

3.  Scutellum  with  rudimentary  spines 4. 

4.  Antennse  much  shorter  than  head antissa  Walk. 

Antennffi  about  twice  the  length  of  head antissella  White. 


BY    ARTHUR    WHITE.  79 

6.  Lecogaster  White.     (Fig. 3). 

When  this  genus  was  proposed,  only  the  male  was  known; 
specimens  of  the  females  of  two  species  are  now,  however,  to 
hand.  The  eyes  of  the  male  are  densely  hairy,  widely  separated 
at  vertex,  but  almost  joined  at  base  of  antennae;  of  the  female, 
only  sparsely  pubescent,  and  well  separated  throughout.  An- 
tennae about  the  same  length  as  the  head,  third  joint  annulated, 
and  provided  with  a  blunt,  in-turned  style.  Scutellum  with, 
normally,  six  spines,  but  two  of  these  may  be  difficult  to  dis- 
tinguish. Abdomen  short,  but  extremely  broad.  Wings  with 
the  basal  half  of  the  costal  margin  greatly  inflated  in  the  male, 
to  a  less  extent  in  the  female;  cubital  vein  witli  a  long  fork; 
discal  cell  with  four,  issuing  veinlets,  the  first,  second,  and  fourth 
complete,  the  third  incomplete. 

The  species  belonging  to  this  genus  may  be  easily  recognised 
by  their  extremely   broad,   metallic-blue  abdomen,   and   spined 
scutellum.     Two  species  are  at  present  known. 
Table  of  the  Species  of  Lecogaster. 

1 .  Wings  hyaline ;  thorax  blue ;  sciitelluni  flat can-idea  White. 

2.  Wings  with  a  black  spot  on  the  middle  of  the  costal  margin; 

thorax  black;  scutellum  much  upraised cyanea,  sp.nov. 

Lecogaster  CiERULEA  White. 

Thorax,  scutellum,  and  abdomen  bright  metallic-blue;  scu- 
tellum not  upraised;  antennae  and  legs  black;  wings  hyaline. 
Length,  ^,  8  mm. 

/fa6.— Victoria  and  Tasmania. 

This  species,  though  of  somewhat  wide  distribution,  seems  to 
occur  very  sparingly.  There  are  two  specimens  in  the  collection 
of  the  Melbourne  Museum. 

Lecogaster  ctanea,  sp.nov.     (Fig.3). 

Thorax  black;  abdomen  bright  metallic-blue;  scutellum  much 
upraised;  femora  and  tibiae  black,  with  the  knees  and  tarsi  white; 
wings  with  a  black  spot  occupying  the  apex  of  the  first  basal 
cell  and  reaching  to  the  costal  region.      Length,  5,  7  mm. 

Hah. — New  South  Wales  (Milson  Island). 

Female.  ^¥a,<ie  black,  bearing  white  pubescence.  Front  black. 
Eyes  with  sparse  but  fairly  long,  white  pubescence,  rather  more 


80 


REVISION    OP    THE    STRATIOMYID^    OF    AUTTRALIA, 


widely  separated  at  vertex  than  at  base  of  the  antennie.  Antennae 
brown,  with  apex  black,  first  joint 
slightly  longer  than  second,  third 
twice  the  length  of  first  and  second 
together,  annulated,  and  gradually 
tapering,  the  apex  with  a  blunt, 
in-turned  style.  Thorax  black, 
with  two  stripes  of  white  pubes- 
cence in  front,  the  whole  dorsum  Fig.  3. 
bearing  sparse,  white  pubescence,  ^'^'''  ''^  Lecoga^ter  cyanm. 
scutellum  black,  much  upraised,  with  six,  black,  rather  short, 
marginal  spines,  the  whole  fringed  with  white  pubescence. 
Abdomen  bright  metallic-blue,  with  violet  or  green  reflections, 
second  and  fourth  segments  bearing  a  white,  pubescent,  diagonal 
stripe  on  each  side  Legs  with  femora  and  tibije  black,  the 
knees  white;  tarsi  white,  with  the  extreme  apex  black.  Wings 
hyaline,  with  a  black  spot  occupying  the  apex  of  the  first  basal 
cell,  and  reaching  to  the  costal  margin;  discal  cell  with  four, 
issuing  veinlets,  first,  second,  and  fourth  reaching  the  wing- 
margin,  third  only  about  one-third  the  distance  to  the,  margin. 

This  species  bears  a  general  resemblance  to  L.  aendea,  but 
may  be  easily  distinguished  by  the  spotted  wings,  the  upraised 
scutellum,  the  black  instead  of  blue  thorax,  and  the  white  instead 
of  black  tarsi. 

This  interesting  species  is  known  from  two  specimens  (females), 
which  were  taken  by  Dr.  Ferguson  at  Milson  Island,  Hawkes- 
bury  River,  on  October  31st,  1914. 

7.  Anacanthella,   Macq. 

This  genus  was  proposed  by  Macquart  for  a  South  Australian 
species. 

Scutellum  without  spines;  abdomen  'short  and  broad,  with  five, 
visible  segments;  eyes  of  the  male  with  short  pubescence. 

Anacanthella  splendens  Macq. 
Thorax  golden-green;  abdomen    shining,  dark    blue;  antennae 
black;  legs  fulvous,  with  tarsi  black.      Length,  ^,  5  mm. 
Hab. — South  Australia  (Adelaide). 


BY    ARTHUR    WHITE.  81 

This  species  is  unknown  to  rae;  it  is  not  represented  in  the 
collection  of  the  Adelaide  Museum. 

8.  A  N  T  I  ss  A  Walk. 
This  genus  was  proposed  by  Walker  for  a  West  Australian 
species.  It  is  characterised  as  having  the  antennte  much  shorter 
than  the  head,  Hagellum  conical,  with  a  short,  thick  style;  thorax 
short,  broad;  scutellum  with  four,  very  small  spines;  abdomen 
round,  much  broader,  Ijut  not  longer,  than  the  thorax. 

Antissa  cuprea  Walk. 

Described  as  having  the  thorax  and  abdomen  bright  copper- 
colour,  thickly  clothed  with  short,  hoary  hairs;  antenna'  and 
legs  black;  wings  brown,  darkest  on  costal  margin.  Length, 
6  mm. 

Hab. — Western  Australia. 

y.ANTISSELLA    White. 

Antennie  nearly  twice  the  length  of  head;  eyes  joined  and 
hairy  in  the  male,  widely  separated,  and  practically  bare  in 
female;  scutellum  unarmed  or  with  rudimentary  spines;  wings 
with  costal  margin  inflated  in  the  male,  barely  inflated  in  the 
female. 

This  genus  comes  nearest  to  Antissa,  but  is  distinguished  by 
having  the  antennte  nearly  twice  the  length  of,  instead  of  much 
shorter  than,  the  head.  It  was  proposed  by  me  for  Macquart's 
species,  Beris  parvideiUata,  which  belongs  to  the  Antissiiixc,  and 
not  to  the  JJeriiuf. 

Antissella  parvidentata  Macq. 

Syn.,  Beris  jxirvidentata  Macq. 

Thorax  greenish-gold,  and  abdomen  deep  violet((J};  or  thorax 
emerald-green,  and  abdomen  ruddy  bronze,  with  red,  blue,  and 
green  reflections(9);  legs  yellow.      Length,  ^<^,  7"5  mm. 

Hab. —  New  South  Wales,  Victoria,  and  Tasmania. 

This  species  is  widely  distributed,  and  is  moi-e  usually  met 
with  than  any  other  species  of  the  Aviissi/nf,  but  it  can  hardly 
be  described  as  common:  the  female  is  more  often  found  than 
the  male. 


82 


REVISION    OP   THE    STRATIOMYIDiE    OF    AUSTRALIA, 


Subfamily  CLITELLARIN^. 

The  wings  in  this  subfamily  possess  four,  posterior  veins,  which 
all  arise  from  the  discal  cell,  although  the  fourth  may  issue  only 
from  its  extreme  corner;  the  scutellum,  in  all  known  Australian 
species,  possesses  two  spines. 

Four,  very  distinct  genera  are  known  to  occur  in  Australia, 
three  of  which  are  now  described  for  the  first  time.  Of  the 
latter,  Ophiodesma  is  fairly  typical  of  the  subfamily;  Elissoma 
seems  to  show  affinities  with  the  6tratiomyin(K,  and  Geranopus 
with  the  Saryince.  On  the  other  hand,  the  two  last-named 
genera,  both  by  their  venation  and  the  form  of  the  legs,  seem 
to  be  related  to  one  another. 

TahU  of  the  Australian  Genera  of  CliteUarhw. 
1. Thorax  with  a  stout  spine  on  each  side;  antennas  with  a  long, 

densely  fringed  style  '  Negritomyia  Bij^ot. 

Sides  of  thorax  without  spines;  antenntt  without  a  fringed  style       2. 

2.  Antennas  with  an  arista.     First  joint  of  posterior  tarsi  longer 

than  posterior  tibiae  Geranopus,  g.n. 

Antennas  without  arista 3. 

3.  Antennas  very  long  and  slender,  about  five  times  the  length  of 

head Elissoma,  g.n. 

Antennas  not  slender,  about  twice  the  length  of  head.  Ophiodesma,  g.n. 

10.  N  E  G  K  I  T  o  M  Y  I  A   Bigot.     (Fig.4). 

Thorax  with  a  stout  spine  on  each  side;  anteniije  terminated 
by  a  very  long,  densely-fringed  style. 

Face  barely  projecting,  but 
descending  well  below  the 
eyes.  Eyes  hairy  in  Ijoth 
sexes,    joined    in    the    male,  ^^g^^^^^,  ->..- 

widely   separated    in    female.  i^,- 

Antenna?  situated  a  little  be- 
low the  middle  of  head  in  pro- 
file, about  twice  the  length  of  .^'^■*:     „.       .     , 

,     ,.     .   .    .    ^  ^     •       ,1  Head  of  Neqritomyia  albitarsu,  6  . 

the  head:  farst  joint  twice  the 

length  of  second,  which  is  closely  approximated  to  the  third: 
third  consisting  of  a  bare,  cylindrical,  basal  portion,  and  a  very 
long,    densely  fringed  style,  which   is  slightly  longer   than   the 


BY    ARTHUR    WHITE.  83 

basal  portion,  the  total  length,  including  the  style,  being  about 
thrice  the  length  of  the  first  and  second  joints  together.  Thoi'ax 
with  a  stout  spine  on  each  side,  just  before  the  base  of  the  wings; 
scutellum  with  two  spines.  Abdomen  longer  than,  and  about 
equal  in  breadth  to,  the  thoi'ax.  Legs  rather  long.  Wings  with 
the  four,  posterior  veins  complete,  all  arising  from  the  discal  cell. 

This  remarkable  genus  agrees  with  Ephippium  in  having  a 
stout  spine  on  each  side  of  the  thorax,  but  is  distinguished  from 
that  genus  by  the  very  different  antennae.  The  form  of  the  style 
bears  some  resemblance  to  that  of  Hermetia,  but  Negritomyia  is 
distinguished  from  that  genus  by  its  thoracic  spines. 

Negritomyia  albitarsis  Bigot.     (Fig. 4). 

Syn.,  Ephippium  albitarsis  Bigot. 

Face,  thorax,  scutellum,  and  abdomen  black,  scutellar  spines 
light  yellow-brown,  with  base  black;  tarsi  yellow;  wings  brownish, 
with  a  dark  cloud  towards  the  tip.     Length,  (J,  11  mm. 

Hab. — Queensland  (Mackay). 

Male. — Face  black,  with  silvery- white  hairs  at  sides.  Front, 
owing  to  the  joined  eyes,  reduced  to  a  small,  frontal  triangle  and 
an  ocellar  tubercle,  which  are  black,  the  former  with  silvery- 
white  hairs  above;  vertex  with  long,  black  hairs.  Eyes  covered 
with  dense,  but  short,  white  pubescence.  Antennae  brownish- 
black,  of  the  form  described  under  the  generic  characters. 
Thorax  black,  with  silvery-white  pubescence,  the  spines  at  sides 
black  and  shining;  scutellum  black,  bordered  with  white  pubes- 
cence, and  a  few,  long,  black  hairs,  and  bearing  two,  long,  stout, 
diverging,  marginal  spines,  which  are  yellow-brown  with  the  base 
black,  and  which  bear  long,  white  and  black  hairs.  Abdomen 
black,  with  white  pubescence.  Legs  with  femora  and  tibiae 
black,  the  knees  brown;  tarsi  yellow,  brownish  towards  the  tips. 
Wings  brownish,  the  veins  surrounding  the  anal  cell  strongly 
suffused  with  dark  brown,  and  with  a  dark  brown  cloud  occupy- 
ing the  greater  part  of  the  wing-tips. 

The  above  description  is  taken  from  a  specimen  kindly  sent 
to  me  bv  Mr.  Froggatt. 


^--cnm        I 


84  REVISION    OF    THE    STRATIOMYID.E    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

II.Geranopus,  gen.nov.     (Figs. 5  and  6). 

Antenni«  with  third  joint  consisting  of  four,  closely  united 
segments,  produced  terminally  into  a  long,  thickened  arista;  eyes 
bare  in  both  sexes,  joined  in  the  male,  widely  separated  in  the 
female;  scutellum  with  two  spines;  abdomen  slightly  broader 
than  the  thorax,  with  a  constricted  base;  legs  remarkably  long, 
the  first  joint  of  posterior  tarsi  longer  than  the  posterior  tibiie, 
wings  with  the  four,  posterior  veins  arising  from  the  discal  cell, 
and  reaching  to  the  wing-margin,  or  almost  so. 

Head  larger  in  male  than  ^-^-^^ 
in     female,    wider    than     the 
front  part  of  the  thorax,  and 
excavated  behind;  face  round- 
ed.    Eyes  bare  in  both  sexes,                        

joined    in     the    male,    widely  \,^^  / 

separated  in  female.   Antenna^  ^*^>mrJlv 

rather  lunger  than  the  head,  Fig.o. 

r;     ,    •    •    ,    .      •        .1      1         ,1       p      Head  of  iiermiopUH  pm-purutiiii,  9  ■ 
first  joint  twice  the  length  or  i^     j     j^  >  ^ 

second,  third  twice  the  length  of  first  and  second  together,  com- 
posed of  four,  closely  united  segments,  the  fourth  pointed,  and 
produced  terminally  into  a  slightly  thickened  arista,  which  is 
about  the  same  lengtli  as  the  rest  of  the  antenna*.  Thorax  long 
and  almost  parallel-sided,  the  scutellum  with  two  spines.  Ab- 
domen slightly  broader  than  thorax,  the  base  constricted.  Legs 
remarkably  long,  first  joint  of  posterior  tarsi  longer  than  the 
hind  tibiae.  Wings  with  the  costal  vein  extended  considerably 
beyond  the  tip  of  the  cubital;  cuWital  vein  forked;  discal  cell 
with  four,  issuing  veinlets,  although  the  fourth  may  sometimes 
issue  only  from  the  extreme  corner;  they  are  complete,  and  reach 
the  wing-margin  or  almost  so;  anal  cell  closed  at  some  distance 
from  the  wing-margin. 

This  genus  bears  some  resemblance  to  the  Saryinca,  but  is 
separated  from  that  sul)family  on  account  of  all  the  four,  pos- 
terior veins  arising  from  the  discal  cell,  and  because  the  arista 
is  thickened,  and  not  thread-like.  The  genus  of  the  Clitel/arina', 
to  whicli  it  seems  to  bear  most  I'esemblance,  is  the  Mexican  and 
Cuban  genus    Chrysochlora,   but  it    is   distinguished   from    that 


BY    ARTHUH    WHITE.  85 

genus  bv  the  scutelluin  being  armed,  and  bv  the  third,  antennal 
joint  consisting  of  four,  instead  of  six  segments. 

Geranopus  may  be  easily  distinguished  from  all  the  other  Aus- 
tralian genera  by  the  extremely  long,  posterior  tarsi,  the  first 
joint  of  which  is  longer  than  the  whole  of  the  posterior  tibia>,  in 
conjuTiction  with  the  antennal  arista. 

This  genus  is  proposed  for  a  species  which,  up  to  the  present, 
has  been  taken  only  in  Victoria. 

Geranopus  purpuratus,  sp.nov.     (Figs. 5  and  6). 

Front,  thorax,  and  scutellum  black;  scutellar  spines,  and 
margin  of  scutellum,  between  the  spines,  light  brown;  abdomen 
dark  purple;  femora  black;  tibia?  and  first  joint  of  tarsi  white, 
with  apices  black;  remaining  tarsal  joints  black:  wings  light 
brown,  witlx  base  and  apex  clear.     Length,  ^,  11;  5,  10-11  mm. 

Hab. — -Victoria. 


Fig.  6. — Wing  of  Geranopus  purpuratus. 

Male.  -  Face  and  front  black,  the  latter,  owing  to  the  joined 
eyes,  being  reduced  to  a  small,  triangular  strip  adjoining  the 
vertex.  Eyes  bare,  and,  unlike  the  female,  without  any  posterior 
rim.  Thorax  black,  shining,  minutely  punctate,  with  fairly 
long,  whitish  pubescence  at  sides;  scutellum  black,  with  the  two 
spines,  and  margin  between  the  spines,  light  brown.  Abdomen 
dark  purple,  minutely  punctate,  with  white  pubescence  on  sides. 
Legs  with  femora  black;  tibife  and  first  joint  of  tarsi  white,  with 
apices  black;  remaining  tarsal  joints  black.  Wings  light  brown, 
with  base  and  apex  clear.     Halteres  pale  yellow. 

Female  resembles  the  male,  but  the  head  is  much  smaller,  the 
eyes  widely  separated,  front  broad  and  wrinkled  longitudinally. 


86 

Specimens  of  the  larva  have  been  found  under  a  log  at  Fern 
Tree  Gully,  by  Mr.  F.  P.  Spry,  who  succeeded  in  breeding  a 
specimen.  The  pupa-case  resembles  that  of  Pachygaster  very 
closely.  The  empty  case  consists  of  ten  segments,  the  head,  and 
apparently  first  segment,  being  missing;  it  is  flat,  black,  and 
bears  yellow  bristles,  second  and  third  segments  each  with  six 
dorsal  bristles,  fourth  to  ninth  each  with  four  dorsal  bristles, 
tenth  and  eleventh  each  with  two  dorsal  bristles;  in  addition, 
each  segment  bears  a  pair  of  lateral  bristles  on  each  side,  and 
the  last  segment  also  a  pair  of  unusually  long,  converging 
bristles. 

G.  purpiiratus  is,  at  present,  known  to  occur  only  in  Victoria, 
where  several  specimens  have  been  obtained.  One  of  these  wall 
be  found  in  the  collection  of  the  Melbourne  Museum. 

12.  Elissoma,  gen.nov. 

Slender,  brightly  coloured,  but  not  metallic  flies.  Antennae 
extremely  long  and  slender,  about  five  times  the  length  of  head; 
scutellum  with  two  spines;  abdomen  twice  as  long  as  broad, 
narrow  at  the  base,  and  broadening  posteriorly,  with  a  rounded 
apex;  legs  long  and  slender;  wings  large,  cubital  vein  forked, 
fourth,  posterior  vein  arising  from  the  junction  of  the  discal  cell 
and  second,  basal  cell. 

Head  slightly  broader  than  the  front  of  the  thorax.  Antennse 
extremely  long  and  slender,  about  five  times  the  length  of  the 
head,  first  two  joints  short,  first  about  twice  the  length  of  second, 
third  about  four  and  one-half  times  the  length  of  first  and  second 
together;  the  three  joints  are  of  almost  equal  breadth,  but  the 
short,  second  joint  is  slightly  the  broadest;  the  third  joint  in  its 
basal  portion,  for  a  length  slightly  exceeding  the  first  and  second 
joints  together,  is  apparently  without  annulations,  then  come 
four  or  five,  obscure,  closely  approximated  annulations,  after 
which  the  remainder  of  the  third  joint,  amounting  to  about 
two-thirds  of  its  complete  length,  is  without  annulations.  Eyes 
bare,  touching,  in  the  male,  at  a  point  a  short  way  above  the 
antennse.  Vertex  with  an  elevated,  scutellar  tubercle.  Head 
connected  with  the  thorax  by  a  distinct  neck.     Thorax  almost 


BY    ARTHUR    WHITE.  87 

bare,  narrower  in  front  than  at  the  base  of  the  wings,  and  bear- 
ing distinct  shoulder-tubercles.  Scutellum  with  two  spines. 
Abdomen  nearlv  bare,  about  twice  as  long  as  broad,  narrow  at 
the  base  and  broadening  posteriorly,  with  a  rounded  apex.  Legs 
long  and  slender,  with  the  tarsi  greatly  lengthened.  Wings 
large,  veins  distinct  and  not  crowded  anteriorly;  cubital  vein 
forked;  four,  posterior  veins  present,  the  fourth  arising  from  the 
junction  of  the  discal  cell  and  the  second  basal  cell. 

This  genus  is  proposed  for  a  very  remarkable,  Victorian  species, 
which  apparently  mimicks  one  of  the  Hymenoptera.  It  may  be 
easily  distinguished  by  the  extremely  long  antennae,  variegated 
colouring,  and  greatly  lengthened  tarsi.  It  seems  to  come  nearest 
to  the  Mexican  genus  Compeprosopa  in  the  subfamily  Stratio- 
myince;  it  bears  no  resemblance  to  any  other  Australian  genus, 
although,  in  the  venation  and  formation  of  the  legs,  it  seems  to 
show  certain  affinities  to  Geranopus. 

Elissoma  lauta,  sp.nov. 

Eyes  carmine-red;  back  of  head  and  front  of  thorax  orange; 
dorsum  of  thorax  black,  with  two,  lengthened,  triangular,  white 
spots  adjoining  the  scutellum;  scutellum  white,  with  two,  small, 
white  spines;  abdomen  with  the  first  three  segments  and  the 
outer  margins  of  the  remaining  segments  pale  yellow,  fourth  seg- 
ment black,  with  a  pale  yellow  hind-margin,  fifth  and  sixth 
black;  femora  black;  anterior  and  middle  tibife  and  tarsi  yellow; 
posterior  tibije  and  tarsi  black;  wings  brown.     Length,  (J,  11  mm. 

Hah.— Y\ctov\&  (Fern  Tree  Gully). 

Male. — Face  orange,  receding.  Eyes  carmine-red,  bare,  occu- 
pying the  greater  part  of  the  head,  joined  at  a  short  distance 
above  the  base  of  the  antennae.  Antennae  as  described  under 
the  generic  characters,  first  joint  black,  second  orange,  third 
black.  Front  orange,  ocellar  tubercle  black.  Back  of  head, 
neck,  and  front  of  thorax,  including  the  shoulder-tubercles, 
orange;  dorsum  of  thorax  black,  with  two,  lengthened,  triangular, 
white  spots,  their  bases  resting  against  the  scutellum,  and  their 
length  about  equal  to  that  of  the  scutellum;  scutellum  white, 
with  two,  very  small,   white  spines.      Abdomen   bare,  the  first 


88  REVISION    OP    THE    STRATIOMYIDiE    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

three  segments,  and  outer  margins  of  the  remaining  segments, 
shining,  pale  yellow;  fourth  segment  black,  with  a  pale  yellow 
hind-margin:  fifth  and  sixtli  black;  genitalia  black:  first  three, 
abdominal  segments  with  a  few,  yellow  hairs  at  sides,  f-egs  with 
all  femora  black,  anterior  and  middle  tibife  and  tarsi  pale  yellow, 
posterior  tibise  and  tarsi  black.  Wings  brown,  the  venation 
closely  resembling  that  of  (y'eranopns  piwpuratus  (See  Fig.6). 
Halteres  purplish-white. 

This  interesting  species  may  be  easily  recognised  by  its  very 
variegated  colouring,  in  conjunction  with  the  extremely  long 
antennpe.  Two  specimens  are,  at  present,  known.  One  of  these 
is  in  the  collection  of  the  Melbourne  Museum;  the  other  was 
taken  by  Mr.  F.  P.  Spry,  at  Fern  Tree  Gully,  in  December, 
1913.  In  Mr.  Spry's  opinion,  this  species  mimicks  one  of  the 
£raconid(e. 

13.  O  p  H  I  o  D  E  s  M  A,  gen.nov.     (Fig.7). 

Antennse  almost  twice  the  length  of  head,  first  two  segments 
short,  the  first  being  twice  the  length  of  second,  third  about  six 
times  the  length  of  first  and  second  together,  composed  of  eight, 
closely  united  segments;  scutellum  with  two,  small  spines;  ab- 
domen rounded,  distinctly  longer  than  broad;  wings  with  four, 
postei'ior  veins,  which  all  issue  from  the  discal  cell;  cubital  vein 
forked. 


Fig.7. — Head  of  Ophiodesma  Jlainpalpis,  ?. 

Head  rounded  in  front.  Eyes  in  female  (the  only  sex  known) 
bare  and  separated,  but  not  very  widely.  Antennse  situated 
about  the  middle  of  the  head  in  profile,  almost  twice  the  length 


BY    ARTHUR    WHITE.  89 

of  head,  first  joint  twice  the  lengtli  of  second,  which  is  excep- 
tionally short,  third  Hagelliforrn,  about  six  times  the  length  of 
first  and  second  together,  composed  of  eight,  closely  united  seg- 
ments, the  last  narrowed,  and  rather  styliform  in  appearance. 
Thorax  narrower  anteriorly  than  posteriorly,  with  small  shoulder- 
tubercles;  scutellum  with  two,  small  spines.  Abdomen  distinctly 
longer  than  broad,  rounded  posteriorly.  Wings  with  four,  pos- 
terior veins,  which  all  arise  from  the  discai  cell;  cubital  vein 
forked,  and  running  directly  from  the  discai  cell  to  the  costal 
margin,  the  anterior  cross-vein  being  apparently  wanting. 

This  genus  is  proposed  for  the  species  described  by  Macquart 
under  the  name  of  Odontornyiafiavipalpis.  It  somewhat  resem- 
bles Odontomyia  in  general  appearance,  but,  as  shown  by  the 
venation,  it  belongs  to  the  Clitellm-iiue,  and  not  to  the  Stratio- 
niyiiKe.  It  is  further  distinguished  from  Odontomyia  by  the 
antennae,  which  have  the  third  joint  composed  of  eight,  instead 
of  five,or  six,  segments.  It  does  not  seem  to  resemble  any  of 
the  described  genera  of  the  Clitellarincf. 

Ophiodksma  flavipalpis  Macq.     (Fig. 7). 

Syn.,  Odontomyia  flainpalpis  Macq. 

Face,  front,  and  antennas  black,  front  with  a  protuberance 
midway  between  vertex  and  antennae.  Thorax  and  scutellum 
deep  black,  with  very  short,  scattered,  depressed,  yellowish 
pubescence;  scutellar  spines  small,  brown.  Abdomen  blue-black, 
minutely  punctate.  Legs  with  femora  and  tibiae  black,  tarsi 
white,  with  tips  darkened.  Wings  hyaline,  with  anterior  veins 
and  stigma  dark  brown.     Length,  5,  5-6  mm. 

Hah. — New  South  Wales  and  Victoria. 

This  species  is  easily  recognised  by  its  general,  black  coloura- 
tion, with  white  tarsi.  It  seems  to  occur  fairly  commonly  both 
in  New  South  Wales  and  Victoria. 

Subfamily  STRATIOM  YIN.^. 

In  this  subfamily,  four,  posterior  veins  are  present,  the  first, 
second,  and  third  arising  from  the  discai  cell,  the  fourth  dis- 
tinctly separated  from  it,  and  arising  from  the  second,  basal  cell. 

7 


90  REVISION    OF    THE    STRATIOMYID.E    OP    AUSTRALIA, 

The  antennae  are  either  with  or  without  a  style,  but  never  with 
an  arista. 

The  Slratiomyince  are  represented  in  Australia  by  the  im- 
portant genus  Odontomyia,  which  is  of  world-wide  distribution. 

14.  Odontomyia  Meig. 

(ExochostomaM.aiCC[.;  Opseogymiius  O. -Costa,;  Psellidotus  ^ond.; 
EulaHa  Kert.) 

Eyes  either  bare  or  hairy,  practically  touching  in  male,  widely 
separated  in  female.  Antennae  with  the  two,  basal  joints  almost 
equally  long,  or,  at  the  utmost,  with  the  first  joint  twice  the 
length  of  second;  third  joint  with  from  four  to  six,  closely  united 
segments,  of  which  the  last  two  may  form  a  terminal  style. 
Scutellum  with  two  spines.  Abdomen  almost  quadrate  in  male, 
ovate  in  female.  Wings  with  the  anterior  veins  much  crowded; 
cubital  vein  either  forked  or  simple;  four,  posterior  veins  present, 
the  first  to  third  arising  from  the  discal  cell,  the  fourth  from  the 
second  basal  cell,  but  two  of  those  from  the  discal  cell  are  fre- 
quently abortive,  and,  as  a  rule,  none  reach  the  wing-margin. 

Sixteen  species  have,  so  far,  been  described  from  Australia, 
but  several  of  these  cannot  be  considered  as  really  distinct.  0. 
Jlavipalpis  Macq.,  I  have  placed  in  a  new  genus^  Ophiodesma,  in 
the  subfamily  CliteUarince.  Of  the  remaining  species,  0.  slylata 
Macq.,  and  0.  ialemus  Walk.,  are  identical  with  0.  amyris  Walk., 
and  0.  hunteri  King.  0.  ritfifacies  Macq.,  and  0.  carinata  Macq., 
are  also  apparently  merely  varieties  of  the  same  species.  0.  annu- 
lipes  Macq.,  cannot  be  satisfactorily  distinguished  from  0.  sw6- 
dentata  Macq.,  and,  until  further  evidence  is  obtainable,  can  be 
considered  only  as  a  variety  of  that  species.  0.  regis-georgii 
Macq.,  was  described  from  a  specimen  without  a  head,  and, 
therefore,  does  not  admit  of  identification;  it  should  be  deleted. 
The  same  applies  to  0.  picea  Walk.,  the  type,  in  the  British 
Museum,  being  in  too  bad  condition  for  identification.  0.  stricta 
Erichs.,  cannot  probably  be  identified  from  the  description,  and 
the  locality  of  the  type  is  unknown.  The  only  other  species  that 
calls  for  mention  is  Stratiomys  badhis  Walk.;  this  is  probably  an 
Odontomyia,  but  I  have  been  unable  to  trace  it. 


BY    ARTHUR    WHITE,  91 

TrOih'  of  the  Australian  Specie.'^  of  Odontomyia. 

1 .  Abdomen  entiielj'  black 2. 

Abdomen  black,  witii  green  or  yellow  side-margins 3. 

Abdomen  black,  witli  three  pairs  of  green  or  yellow  side-spots.        5. 

2.  Legs  entirely  black  scutellata  Macq. 

3.  Femora  black;  tibiie  yellow,  with  a  black  ring marginella  Macq. 

Femora  and  tibiie  yellow i. 

4.  Face  fulvous;    scutellum  with  a  yellow  margin;    cubital  vein 

forked amyris  Walk. 

Face  black  (  6  )  or  yellow,  with  a  black  keel  (  ?  ),  scutellum  with 

a  yellow  margin suhdentafa  Macq. 

Face  and  scutellum  entirely  black,  cubital  vein  not  forked 

opertanea,  sp.nov. 

5.  Abdomen  with  three  pairs  of  small,  widely  separated  side-spots; 

antennas  with  a  long,  thin  style carinifacies  Macq. 

Abdomen  with  three  pairs  of  side-spots,  first  and  second  pairs 
large,  and  usually  confluent;  antennas  with  a  very  short, 
thick  style lateremaculata  Macq. 

In  using  the  above  table,  it  should  be  borne  in  mind  that  the 
face  is  only  that  part  of  the  head  below  the  antennae;  the  part 
above  the  antenna?  is  the  Jro7it. 

The  species  0.  subdentata  Macq.,  and  0.  marginella  Macq., 
are  unknown  to  me,  and,  for  the  particulars  given,  I  depend  on 
Macquart's  descriptions. 

Odontomyia  scutellata  Macq. 

Thorax  and  abdomen  black;  scutellum  brown,  scutellar  spines 
long,  brown,  with  tips  black;  legs,  including  the  tarsi,  entirely 
black.     Length,  ^,  12  mm.;  5,  10  mm. 

Hab.  — Tasmania. 

This  is  a  scarce  species.  The  male  is  remarkable  for  the  fact 
that,  in  life,  the  eyes  are  a  brilliant  blue,  which  gives  the  insect 
a  most  splendid  appearance. 

Odontomyia  amyris  Walk. 

Syn.,  Odontomyia  ialemus  Walk.;  0.  stylata  Macq.;  0.  ruji- 
facies  Macq.;  0.  carinata  Macq.;  0.  hnnUri  King. 

Face  entirely  fulvous  in  both  sexes.  Front(5)  fulvous  below, 
black  above  (in  ^,  owing  to  the  joined  eyes,  the  front  is  reduced 


92  RKViaiON    OF    THK    STRATIOMYID^    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

to  a  very  small,  black  patch  at  the  vertex).  Thorax,  in  life, 
brilliant  green,  in  dried  specimens,  black;  scutellum  black,  with 
outer  margin  yellow,  and  with  two,  yellow  spines  Abdomen 
black  with  green  or  yellow  side- margins,  whicli  vary  greatly  in 
size  and  shape.  Legs  entirely  yellow,  or,  at  the  most,  with  the 
hind  tarsi  a  little  darkened.  Wings  with  the  cubital  vein 
forked.     Length,  (J9,  9-11  mm. 

Hub.  Queensland,  New  South  Wales,  Victoria,  Tasmania, 
South  Australia,  and  Western  Australia. 

This  is,  by  far,  the  commonest,  Australian  species  of  Odonto- 
tnyia,  and  is  very  widely  distributed.  Much  variation  is  shown 
in  the  extent  of  the  green  or  yellow,  abdominal  side-margins, 
which  mav  be  narrow  and  almost  straight,  or  broad  and  con- 
siderably bowed  in  the  middle.  The  type  of  0.  amyris,  in  the 
British  Museum,  is  a  small  variety,  with  narrow  side-margins; 
that  of  0.  ialemus  has  the  side-margins  broad  and  bowed  in  the 
middle,  but  b(->th  belong  to  the  same  species.  0.  hunteri  was 
apparently  described  from  a  rather  rare  variety,  in  which  the 
green  side-margins  are  reduced  to  large,  basal  spots.  There  is 
also  considerable  variation  in  the  colouring  of  the  front  in  the 
female;  this  has,  normally,  the  upper  tw^o-thirds  black,  the  lower 
third  fulvous,  but  the  fulvous  portion  may  be  reduced  to  a  couple 
of  spots  directly  above  the  antennae;  whilst,  on  the  other  hand, 
a  variety  from  South  Australia,  which  may  represent  a  distingt 
species,  has  only  the  upper  half  black,  and  the  lower  half  pale 
yellow.  In  any  case,  however,  0.  amyris  may  be  distinguished 
by  the  entirely  fulvous  or  yellow  face,  and  the  entirely  yellow 
legs. 

Odontomyia  subdp:ntata  Maccj. 

Face  black((J)  or  yellow  with  a  black  keel(2);  thorax  black; 

scutellum  black,  with  a  yellow  margin  and  two  very  small  spines; 

abdomen  black,  with  yellow  side-margins;  legs  entirely  3'ellow. 

Length,  (^^5  ^  mm. 

This  species  was  described  by  Macquart  from  "Australia." 
0.    anniilipen    Macq.,    according    to     Macquart's    description, 

differs   from    0.  snhdentata  only  in    the  colouring  of  the  tibia'. 


BY  authuh  whitk.  93 

which  have  a  black  riiig,iiistea(i  of  beiiiii;  entirely  yellow.  The 
distinction  is  an  unsatisfactoiy  one,  and  it  cannot  be  considered 
as  distinct  until  more  evidence  is  fcjrthconiing. 

Odontomvia   mahginella  Macq. 

Face,  front,  and  antennte  black;  abdomen  black,  with  narrow, 
green  side-margins;  femora  lilack;  tibia'  yellow,  with  a  black 
ring.     Length,  5  mm. 

llab.  —  "  Tasmania." 

This  species,  which  is  unknown  to  me,  should  be  distinguislied, 
without  difficulty,  by  its  black  femora. 

Odontomyia  opertanea,  sp.nov. 

Face  in  female  entireh'  black;  antennte,  front,  thorax,  and 
scutellum  entirely  black;  scutellum  with  two,  very  short,  brown 
spines;  abdomen  black,  with  narrow,  yellow  side-margins;  legs 
entirely  yellow;  wings  with  the  cubital  vein  not  forked.  Length, 
^,  9  mm. 

Ildb. — Victoria  (Healesville). 

Female. — Face  projecting  forwards,  entirely  black.  Front 
shining  black,  with  a  median  furrow.  Antennie  about  the  length 
of  the  head,  black,  first  two  joints  of  almost  equal  length,  third 
nearly  twice  the  length  of  first  and  second  together,  and  ter- 
minated by  a  very  short,  blunt  style.  Thorax  entirely  black, 
beneath  as  well  as  above;  scutellum  entirely  black,  with  two, 
very  small,  brown  spines.  Abdomen  black,  with  narrow,  yellow 
side-margins;  lower  surface  bright  yellow.  Legs  entirely  bright 
yellow.  Wings  with  the  cubital  vein  short,  and  not  forked; 
anterior  veins  suffused  with  brown. 

This  is  the  only  known,  Australian  species  of  Odontomyia  which 
has  the  cubital  vein  unforked;  it  is  also  distinguished  from  all 
the  other,  yellow-legged  species  by  the  wholly  black  scutellum, 
and  by  the  black  face  of  the  female. 

0.  opertanea  is  known  from  only  a  single  species,  which  was 
taken  at  Healesville,  Victoria,  by  Mr.  J.  Fiench,  Junr.,  on  -No 
vember  7th,  1909. 


94  REVISION    OF    THE    STRATIOMYIDiE    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

Odontomyia  carinifacies  Macq. 

Abdomen  black,  Avith  three  pairs  of  small,  yellow,  separated 
side-spots;  antennae  with  a  long,  thin  style:  face,  in  female, 
black,  with  a  narrow,  fulvous  margin.  (The  male  appears  to  be 
unknown).      Length,  <^,  8  mm. 

Hab. — Victoria  and  Tasmania. 

This  species  seems  to  be  generally  scarce. 

Odontomyia  lateremaculata  Macq. 

Abdomen  black,  with  three  pairs  of  green  or  yellow  side-spots, 
the  first  and  second  pairs  large,  and  usually  confluent;  antennae 
with  a  short,  blunt  style;  face,  in  male,  black,  in  female  fulvous. 
Length,  (J,  12  mm.;  ^,  9  mm. 

Hab. —  Victoria  and  Tasmania. 

This  species  is  more  often  met  with  than  0.  carinifacies,  but 
can  hardly  be  described  as  common. 

Siibfamily  SARGIN^. 

In  this  subfamily,  four,  posterior  veins  are  present,  the  fourth 
being  separated  from  the  discal  cell,  and  arising  from  the  second, 
basal  cell,  as  in  the  Stratiomyince.  It  is  distinguished  from  the 
Stratiomyince  by  the  long,  thread-like,  antennal  arista. 

Only  two  genera  are,  at  present,  known  to  occur  in  Australia; 
one  of  these,  Sargus,  a  genus  of  almost  world-wide  distribution, 
is  now  recorded  for  the  first  time  from  the  Australian  region. 

Table  of  the  Australian  Genera  of  Sarghuv. 

1.  Sen tellum  without  spines;  bright,  metallic  species Sargus  Fabr. 

2.  Scutellum  with  spines;  black  species Acanthasargus  White. 

1 5.  S  A  r  G  u  s  Fabr. 

{Ghrysonolus  Lw.;  Chrysochrvma  Willist.;  Chrysonotomyia 
Hunter;  Geosargus  Bezzi.) 

Antennae  with  a  long  arista,  eyes  bare,  separated  in  both 
sexes;  scutellum  without  spines;  abdomen  long  and  slender; 
wings  large,  fourth,  posterior  vein  distinctly  separated  from  the 
discal  cell,  and  arising  from  the  second,  basal  cell;  colouring  of 
thorax  and  abdomen  metallic. 


BY    ARTHUR    WHITE.  95 

This  genus  is  very  widely  distributed  throughout  the  Palse- 
arctic  Region,  Ceylon,  the  East  Indies,  North,  Central,  and 
South  America,  and  the  West  Indies,  but  it  has  not  previously 
been  recorded  from  Australia.  Those  species  in  which  the  ocelli 
are  equidistant,  have  been  placed  in  a  separate  genus  (Chryso- 
iiohis,  Chrysochroma,  or  Chrysonotomyia),  but  it  is  doubtful  if 
the  distinction  is  more  than  a  specific  one.  The  name  Geosanjns 
has  been  proposed  in  lieu  of  Saryus,  on  account  of  a  fancied 
preoccupation. 

Sargus  meridionalis,  sp.nov. 

Thorax  metallic  green;  abdomen  metallic  golden-brown;  legs 
yellow  ;  wings  with  costal  half  brown,  remainder  hyaline. 
Length,  (^,  8  mm. 

Hab.—l^ew  South  Wales  (Milson  Island). 

Male. — Eyes  bare,  almost  joined  on  the  middle  of  the  front; 
anterior  ocellus  widely  separated  from  the  two,  posterior  ocelli, 
which  are  close  together.  Face  shining  brown.  Front  coppery- 
green,  very  narrow,  posteriorly  constricted  in  the  middle  by  the 
approximated  eyes.  Thorax  bright  metallic-green,  with  brownish 
pubescence.  Abdomen  metallic-brown,  with  a  golden  tint,  and 
bearing  a  little,  similarly  coloured  pubescence.  Legs  entirely 
yellow.  Wings  with  the  costal  half  tinged  with  brown,  re- 
mainder hyaline;  stigma  brown;  the  four,  posterior  veins  are 
practically  complete,  though  a  little  indistinct  as  they  reach  the 
wing-margin. 

This  striking  species  is,  at  present,  known  only  from  a  single 
specimen,  which  was  taken  by  Dr.  Ferguson,  at  Milson  Island, 
on  January  30th,  1915. 

16.  Acanthasargus  White. 

Black  or  purple-black  flies,  with  a  two-spined  scutellum. 

When  this  genus  was  proposed,  only  the  female  was  known; 
since  then,  however,  .sevex'al  specimens  of  the  male  have  been 
taken  by  Mr.  Hardy  and  myself.  The  eyes  are  bare  in  both 
sexes,  joined  in  the  male,  widely  separated  in  the  female. 
Antennae  with  the  first  two  joints  of  almost  equal  length,  third 


96  REVISION    OF    THE    STKATlOMYID.E    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

about  the  same  lengtli  as  first  and  second  together,  thickened, 
annulated,  and  provided  with  a  long,  thread-like  arista.  Scu- 
tellum  with  two  spines.  Abdomen  about  the  length  of  head 
and  thorax  together,  constricted  at  base,  and  widening  gradually 
towards  apex.  Legs  short  and  slender.  Wings  with  the  discal 
cell  small,  four,  posterior  veins  all  incomplete  and  indistinct, 
fourth  arising  from  the  second,  basal  cell. 

Of  this  genus,  only  one  species  has  been  described,  but  a 
second  species,  distinguished  by  the  yellow,  scutellar  spines,  is 
represented  by  a  single  specimen,  in  the  collection  of  the  Mel- 
bourne Museum. 

ACANTHASARGUS    PALUSTRIS  White. 

Thorax  and  scutellum  dull  black,  the  latter  with  two,  long, 
black,  marginal  spines;  abdomen  purple-black;  legs  yellow,  the 
posterior  tibiae  frequently  with  a  dark  ring;  tarsi  yellow  or 
brownish;  wings  tinged  with  brown,  and  with  a  brown  stigma, 
which  is  distinct  in  the  male,  indistinct  in  the  female.  Lentrth, 
(J$,  6  mm. 

Uab. — Tasmania. 

This  species  frequents  rock-pools  in  the  beds  of  mountain- 
streams.  It  occurred  not  uncommonly  in  the  early  summer  of 
1914,  but  is  usually  scarce.  Specimens  will  be  found  in  the 
collection  of  the  Melbourne  Museum. 

Subfamily  PACHYGASTRIN.E. 

In  this  subfamily,  the  wings  possess  only  three,  posterior 
veins,  which  all  arise  from  the  discal  cell;  the  antennse  bear  a 
long,  thread-like  arista.  The  Australian  species  are  small,  black 
dies,  with  a  short,  ovate  abdomen. 

Table  of  tht  Aiixtraliaii,  Genera  of  Pac/ipya.sf)-inti'. 

1 .  Scutellum  rounded PACHYOASTiiK  Mei^'. 

2.  Seutellum  piodueed  liaekwardn  in  a  spine-like  prolongation 

LONCHEGASTEK  White. 

IT.Pachygaster  Meig. 

Eyes  bare,  touching  in  the  male,  widely  separated  in  the 
female;  antennae  short,   third  joint   orbicular,   with  four,  slight 


BY    AHTHUK    WHITK.  97 

annulations,  and  a  long,  subtermiiial  arista:  scutelluni  rounded 
behind,  without  any  sign  of  spines;  abdomen  very  short,  broader 
than  long,  and  ovate. 

This  genus  is  widely  distributed  through  North  America, 
Europe,  Asia,  and  New  Guinea.  No  .species  has,  so  far,  been 
described  from  Australia,  but  there  is  a  specimen  belonging  to 
this  genus  in  the  collection  of  the  Melbourne  Museum. 


t3^ 


18.  L  O  N  C  H  E  G  A  S  T  E  K    White. 

This  genus  resembles  Pachyyaster,  but  is  distinguished  by  the 
form  of  the  scutellum,  which  rises  from  the  thorax  at  an  angle 
of  about  45°,  and  is  produced  backwards  centrally,  in  a  thin, 
spine-like  prolongation,  this  spine  being  about  the  same  length 
as  the  rest  of  the  scutellum. 

Only  one  species  is  known. 

LONCHEUASTER    ARMATA    White. 

Thorax  and  scutellum  dull  black;  abdomen  blue-black;  lees 
pale  yellow;  wings  hyaline,  with  anterior  veins  light  brown, 
posterior  veins  very  faint.     Length,  ^<^,  3  mm. 

Hab. — Tasmania. 

Of  this  species,  four  specimens  are  known,  all  of  which  occurred 
on  the  Avindows  of  my  house  at  Mangalore,  Tasmania,  during  the 
summer  of  1911-12.  One  of  these  specimens  is  now  in  the  col- 
lection of  the  Melbourne  Museum. 

Species  of  doubtful  position. 

The  three  following  species,  Beris  quinquecella,  Beris  nitidi- 
thorax,  and  Berts  Jusciventris,  all  described  by  Macquart  from 
Tasmania,  are  unknown  to  me;  they  may  belong  either  to  the 
Beriiice  or  to  the  Antissittcf.. 

Addendum. 

Mr.  F.  P.  Spry  has  been  good  enough  to  send  me  two  speci- 
mens of  the  undescribed  species  of  Acanthasargus  referred  to 
previously  (antea,  p. 96),  so  that  I  am  now  able  to  describe  it. 

Lj    L I B  R  a  R 


98  REVISION    OF    THE    STRATlOMYIDiE    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

ACANTHASARGUS    GRACILIS,  Sp  nOV. 

Face  yellow  above,  black  below;  front  and  thorax  black;  scu- 
tellum  black,  with  the  two  spines  and  margin  between  the  spines 
yellow;  abdomen  purple-black,  legs  yellow;  wings  with  a  brownish 
cloud  across  the  discal  cell.     Length,  ^,  6'5mm. 

Hab, — Victoria  (Gippsland). 

Female.  —Head  less  produced  than  in  A.  palustris,  with  ^ 
yellow  rim  behind  the  eyes.  Face  with  the  upper  part  imme- 
diately adjoining  the  antennfe  yellow,  the  remainder  black. 
Antennse  black.  Front  black.  Thorax  deep  black,  minutely 
punctate;  scutellum  black,  with  the  two  spines,  and  margin  be- 
tween the  spines,  yellow.  Abdomen  purple-black,  broader  than 
in  A.  palustris,  with  a  little,  white  pubescence  at  sides.  Legs 
yellow,  the  tarsi  a  little  brownish  towards  the  tips.  Wings  with 
the  four,  posterior  veins  somewhat  indistinct,  but  nearly  reaching 
the  wing-margin;  stigma  brown,  and  a  slight  brownish  cloud 
covering  the  region  of  the  discal  cell. 

This  species  bears  a  close  resemblance  to  A.  pahimti'is,  but  may 
be  distinguished  without  difficulty  by  the  yellow,  instead  of 
black,  scutellar  spines.     It  seems  to  be  generally  scarce. 

Systematic  List  of  the  Stratiomyidoi  of  Atistralia. 
STRATIOMYID.^. 

B  E  R  I  N  iE. 

Cryptoberis,  gen.nov. 

hebescens,  sp.nov.     ...  ...     New  South  Wales. 

Metoponia  Macq. 

rubriceps  Macq.       ...  ...     Tasmania. 

australis  Macq.        ...  ...      "Australia." 

Xanthoberis,  gen.nov. 

siliacea,  sp.nov.        ...  ...      New  South  Wales. 

AcTiNA  Meig. 

incisuralis   Macq.,  (filipalpis  New  South  Wales,  Victoria, 

Macq.)  Tasmania,  Queensland. 

costata  White           ...          ...  Tasmania. 


BY    ARTHUR    WHITE. 


99 


Neoexaireta  Ost.-Sack. 

spinigera     Walk.,     {servUlei 
Macq.) 


New  South  Wales,   Victoria, 
Queensland. 


A  N  T  I  s  s  I  N  ^. 


Lecogaster  White. 

ccerulea  White 

cyanea,  sp.nov. 
Anacanthella  Macq. 

spleiidens  Macq. 
Antissa  Walk. 

cuprea  Walk. 
Antissklla  White. 

parvidentata  Macq. 

C  L  I  T  E  L  L  A 

Negritomtia  Bigot. 

albitarsis  Bigot. 
Geranopus,  gen.nov. 

purpuratus,  sp.nov. 
Elissoma,  gen.nov. 

lauta,  sp.nov. 
Ophiodesma,  gen.nov. 

ftavipalpis  Macq.     ... 

S  TR  A  T  I  O  M 

Odontomyia  Meig.,  {Exochostoma 
Macq.;  Opseogymnus  O. -Costa; 
PseUidotus  Rond.;  Etdalia 
Kert.). 

scutellata  Macq. 
amyris       Walk.,       {ia/emus 
Walk.,  slylata  Macq.,  rii^- 
facies      Macq.,       caririata 
Macq.,  hunteri  King. ) 
subdeidata  Macq.     ... 
opertanea,  sp.nov.    ... 
marginella  Macq.    ... 


Tasmania. 

New  South  Wales. 

South  Australia. 

Western  Australia. 

New  South  Wales,  Victoria, 
Tasmania. 

R  I  N  iE. 

Queensland. 

Victoria. 

Victoria. 

New  South  Wales,  Victoria. 
Y  I  N  ^. 


Tasmania. 

Queensld,  New  South  Wales, 
Victoria,  South  Australia, 
Tasmania,  Western  Aus 
tralia. 

"Australia." 

Victoria. 

Tasmania. 


100  REVISION    OF    THE    STRATlOMYIDiE    OF    AUSTRALIA. 

Odontomyia,  contd. 

carinifacies  Macq.  ...  ...      Victoria,  Tasmania. 

latereniacuJ ata  Macq.  ...      Victoria,  Tasmania. 

S  A  RG  I  N  iE. 

Sargus  Fabr.,  {Chrysonot.us  L\v.; 
Chi-ysochfoma  VVillist.;  Chryso- 
iiotomyia   Hunter  ;     Geosargus 
Bezzi. ) 

meridionalis,  sp  nov.  . . .      New  South  Wales. 

Acanthasargus  White. 

palustris  White       ...  ...      Tasmania. 

gracilis,  sp.n.  ...  ...      Victoria. 

PACHYGASTRINiE. 

Pachygaster  Meig. 

sp.     ...  ...  ...  ...      Victoria. 

LONCHEGASTER    White. 

armata  White  ...  ...     Tasmania. 

Species  dubi.e  aut  incert.*;  sedis. 
Odontomyia  Meig. 

aimulipes  Macq.      ...  ...  Tasmania. 

Bkris  Latr. 

quinquecella  Macq ...  Tasmania. 

nitidithorax  ^\.&i^<\ ...  Tasmania. 

fusciveiitris  Macq.  ...  ...  Tasmania. 

Species  expurgat^e. 

Odontomyia  Meig. 

regis-geurgii  Maccj ...  "Australia." 

joicea  Walk....  ...  ...  "Australia." 

stricta  Erichs.  ...  ...  "Australia." 

Stratyomys  Geoff r. 

6ac?ms  Walk.  ...  ...  "Australia." 


101 


ORDINARY  MONTHLY  MEETING. 

April  26th,  1916. 

Mr.  C.  Hedley,  F.L.8.,  Vice-President,  in  the  Chair. 

Mr.  Alfred  L.  Bennett,  The  Oaks,  near  Camden  ;  Miss 
Margaret  Deer,  B.A.,  B.8c.,  Cremorne,  Sj^dney;  Mr.  William 
Welch,  F.R.Ct.S.,  Mosman,  Sydney;  aiid  Mr.  Cyril  T.  White, 
Brisbane,  were  elected  Oixlinar}^  Members  of  the  Society. 

The  Chairman  announced  that  tlie  Council  had  elected  Messrs. 
A.  H.  S.  Lucas,  M.A.,  B.Sc,  C.  Hedley,  F.L.S.,  W.  W.  Froggatt, 
F.L.S.,  and  W.  S.  Dun  to  be  Vice-Presidents;  and  Mr.  J.  H. 
Campbell,  [Royal  Mint,  Macquarie  Street]  to  be  Hon.  Trea- 
surer, for  the  current  Session. 

The  Donations  and  Exchanges  received  since  the  previous 
Monthly  Meeting  (29th  March,  1916),  amounting  to  3  Vols.,  96 
Parts  or  Nos.,  19  Bulletins,  4  Reports,  and  9  Pamphlets,  re- 
ceived fi*om  37  Societies,  etc.,  were  laid  upon  the  table. 

notes  and  exhibits. 

Mr.  Fred  Turner  exhibited  specimens  of,  and  offered  observa- 
tions on,  the  following  plants: — (\)  Sideroxylon  arnhemicum 
Benth.  et  Hook.,  Syn.  Achras  arnhemica  F.v. M.  The  specimens 
were  gathered  in  Northern  Queensland  by  Mr.  A  H.  Cooper, 
who  forwarded  them  to  the  Honorable  Dr.  J.  M.  Creed,  M.L.C., 
with  a  request  that  he  should  hand  them  to  Mr.  Turner  for  accu- 
rate botanical  determination.  Mr.  Cooper  says  that  the  foliage 
of  this  tree  has  proved  valuable  feed  for  cattle  and  horses  during 
the  recent  disastrous  drought  in  the  northern  State.  In  fairly 
open  country,  this  species  of  Sideroxylon  grows  into  a  very  beauti- 
ful and  umbrageous  tree,  and  for  its  highly  ornamental  appearance 


102  NOTES    AND    EXHIBITS. 

alone  is  well  worth  extensively  planting  for  shade  about  home- 
steads in  the  warmer  parts  of  Australia  —  (2)  Loranthus  longi- 
florus  Desr.  This  parasitic  plant  was  growing  on  a  lemon-tree 
at  Lindfield,  and  was  forwarded  by  Mr.  Warwick  Lloyd  to  the 
exhibitor  for  identification  and  report.  Mr.  Turner  had  not 
hitherto  known  this  species  of  Loranthus  to  grow  on  any  exotic 
tree  or  plant.  In  Mr.  Fred  Turner's  paper  "  On  Exotic  Trees 
and  Shrubs  affected  by  Australian  Loranths  and  Viscums " 
(the  Society's  Proceedings,  1895),  only  three  species  of  the  in- 
digenous Loranthacece  were  recorded  as  growing  on  exotic  vegeta- 
tion, viz.,  L.  celastroides  Sieb.,  L  pendulus  Sieb.,  and  Viscum 
articulatum  Burm.,  the  first  two  being  much  more  common  than 
the  last. — (3)  Polygonum  orientale  Linn.,  var.  pilosu77i  Meissn., 
Syn.  P.  pilosum  Roxb.  The  specimen  was  forwarded  by  Mr.  K. 
M.  'N'iall,  Buckunguy  Station,  Nyngan  district,  to  the  exhibitor 
for  its  botanical  name.  Mr.  Turner  has  never  hitherto  known 
this  species  to  occur  west  of  the  Blue  Mountains,  N.S.W.  Mr. 
Niall  says  that  "  it  grows  four  or  five  feet  high,  and  that  certain 
horses  eat  it  greedily,  whilst  others  will  not  look  at  it."  This 
species  is  recorded  in  Turner's  "  Botanical  Survey  of  North-East 
New  South  Wales." 

Mr.  T.  Whitelegge  exhibited  a  series  of  mounted  slides  illus- 
trating the  sexual  generation  of  Psilotum  triquetr^im.  The  spores 
were  grown  on  the  living  rhizomes  of  Davallia  pyxidata,  in  a 
small  Wardian  case.  The  spores  of  Psilotum,  although  isosporous, 
are  strictly  dioecious.  The  male  gametophyte  consists  of  about 
eight  cells.  These  are  unequal  in  size,  with  clear,  thin  walls, 
enclosing  very  many  extremely  minute  antherozooids.  The  cells 
are  distinct,  being  only  slightly  adherent  to  each  other,  easily 
detached,  and  often  float  free  when  placed  in  water.  The  larger 
cells  are  equal  to  the  diameter  of  the  spore,  the  smaller  to  that 
of  the  nucleus.  Spores  destined  to  produce  the  female  gameto- 
phyte contain  an  indefinite  number  of  small  cells.  A  single 
dome-shaped  body  emerges  from  the  centre  of  the  spore,  and  is 
about  equal  to  its  diameter.  The  structure  consists  of  many 
irregular  cells,  apparently  held  together  by  gum;  some  project  on 


NOTES    AND    EXHIBITS.  103 

the  sides  either  near  the  summit  or  base;  the  latter,  at  its  junc- 
tion with  tlie  spore,  exhibits  a  well  defined  ring  of  brown  cells, 
encircling  an  opening  leading  from  the  interior  of  the  spore  into 
the  hollow  part  of  the  dome.  The  projecting  cells  may  represent 
the  tips  of  the  archegonia.  Sections  will  be  required  to  settle 
the  question.  Failing  to  secure  ripe  spores  of  Tmesipteris,  old 
synangia  were  dissected.  Traces  of  both  male  and  female  gameto- 
phytes  were  found,  proving  that  the  spores  often  germinate  in 
the  capsules.  After  this  discovery,  further  examinations  of  the 
old  synangia  of  Psilotum  were  made.  Many  contained  self- 
germinated  spores,  and  afforded  a  better  supply  of  material  for 
study  than  by  cultivation. 

Mr.  Bassett  Hull  exhibited  a  mounted  specimen  of  the  Flutter- 
ing Petrel  [Cinathisma  cyaneoleuca)  recently  discovered  by  him 
near  Ulladulla,  N.S.W.,  and  described  as  new  ("Emu,"  Vol.  xv., 
p.205,  1916). 

Mr.  North,  by  the  permission  of  the  Curator  of  the  Australian 
Museum,  exhibited  a  skin  of  the  White  Nutmeg,  or  Torres 
Strait  Pigeon,  {Myristicivora  spilorrhoa)  from  Port  Denison, 
Queensland,  its  hitherto  known  southern  limit.  Also  a  wing 
of  a  bird,  forwarded  to  the  Curator  of  the  Australian  Museum, 
for  identification,  by  Mr.  Ralph  C.  Blacket,  of  the  Forestry 
Department,  South  Grafton,  Clarence  River,  with  a  letter 
under  date  26th  March,  1916,  from  which  the  following  extract 
is  made: — "I  did  not  myself  see  the  whole  bird,  but  the  wing 
sent  belonged  to  one  of  four  birds  seen  at  Urunga  (at  the 
mouth  of  the  Bellingen  River)  all  in  one  small  tree.  Two  were 
shot,  and  one  was  eaten  as  a  pigeon,  but  no  one  seems  to  have 
noticed  this  bird  in  the  district  before."  Mr.  North  stated  that, 
so  far  as  he  was  aware,  it  was  the  first  record  of  Myristicivora 
spilorrhoa  G.  B.  Gray,  being  obtained  in  New  South  Wales. 

Dr.  J.  B.  Cleland  exhibited  a  young  plant  of  Hakea  leucoptera, 
grown  in  Sydney,  from  seeds  obtained  at  Overland  Coi'ner,  Mur- 
ray River,  S.A.  The  leaves  of  the  adult  shrub  ai*e  terete, 
pungent-pointed,   and  slightly  hirsute.      The  cotyledons  of  the 


104  NOTKS    AND    KXHIBITS. 

seedling  resemble  those  of  other  Hakeas,  being  broad  and  rather 
wedge-shaped,  about  |  in.  long  by  {\  in.  broad.       The  first  leaves 
to    appear    are    broad   Uuear-lanceolate,    about    l^in.    long.       A 
number  of   these  appeared,    representing   a  growth  of   about  2 
inches,  when  they  became  narrower,   and  were   then  succeeded 
by  terete  leaves,  like  those  of  the  adult  1)ut  more  slendei\     Ocoa- 
sionally  later,  some  of  these  became  furcate,  a  condition  tJiat  was 
not  noted  on  the  adult  shrub,  though  it  might  have  been  present 
occasionally.      Still  later,  a  second  batch  of  lanceolate  to  linear- 
lanceolate  leaves  were  developed,  succeeded  again  by  terete  ones. 
After  struggling  for  about  20  months  against  the  adverse  con- 
ditions of  a  Sydney  soil,  the  seedling  suddenly  wilted  and  died. 
Other  seeds  were  planted  on  November  9th,  1916,  and  one  came 
up  on   November   24th.      This  has  likewise  developed  at    first 
narrow-lanceolate  leaves,   to  be  succeeded   later  by  terete  ones. 
So  far,  a  second  crop  of  flattened  leaves  has  not  developed,  but, 
as  their  occurrence  is  probably  partly  dependent  upon  conditions 
of  moisture,  it  may  perliaps  be  expected  later.      In  the  Sydney 
district,  there  are   four   common  terete-leaved  Hakeas,   none  of 
which,  in  the  seedling-stage,  show  any  flattening  of   the  initial 
leaves    following  the   broad    cotyledons.       It   was,    therefore,    a 
matter  of  considerable  surprise  to  find  that  the  seedling-leaves  of 
a  terete-leaved  Hakea  from  the  dry  interior  differed  from  those 
of  similar-leaved  Hakeas  of   the    East  Coast  in  being  flattened. 
This  occurrence  would  suggest  a  closer  relationship  of  H.  leucop- 
tera  to  the  broad-leaved  Hakeas  than  to  the  terete-leaved  Sydney 
species. 

Dr.  J.  B.  Cleland  and  Mr.  E.  Cheel  exhibited  specimens  of 
the  larger  fungi  collected  by  the  former,  at  the  beginning  of 
April,  between  Byron  Bay  and  Tweed  Heads,  in  northern  New 
South  Wales.  Late,  heavy,  monsoonal  rain  fell  during  the  early 
part  of  the  trip,  causing  a  number  of  species  of  Lepiotes  to 
flourish.  Lepiota  do/icf  atda,  which  has  appeared  in  the  Sydney 
district  for  the  last  two  years,  was  abundant  throughout  the  area 
visited,  viz.,  Byron  Bay  to  Murwillumbah,  and  thence  to  Tweed 
Heads,  and  for  some  distance  north  into  Queensland.     The  caps 


NOTES    AND    EXHIBITS.  105 

of  some  of  the  plants  must  have  been  as  large  as  tea-plates,  and 
stood  out  like  white  sauceFs,  or,  in  places,  like  isolated  masses  of 
snow  on  the  hillsides.  L.  suhclypeolaria  was  met  with  for  the 
first  time.  The  figure  given  in  Grevillea  (xix.,  PI.  180,  fig.  A)  is 
a  good  representation,  by  which  it  can  be  easily  recognised.  The 
plants  grew  abundantly  in  fields  in  groups,  from  Byron  Bay  to 
Tweed  Heads.  The  stems  are  rather  shoi't,  the  cap  slightly 
striate,  the  whole  plant  soft  to  the  touch  and,  a  featvu'e  not 
mentioned  in  the  original  description,  the  flesh  turns  reddisli 
when  cut.  The  delicate,  filmy  L.  licmophora  was  found  in  brush 
at  Murwilhnnbah;  also  L.felina,  or  a  .species  close  to  it,  on  the 
roots  of  a  fern  in  a  shade-house.  The  Lepiote  figured  as  pro- 
bably a  dark  form  of  L.  crisfata  (Agric.  Gaz.  of  N.  S.  Wales,  Feb. 
1916,  PI.  iii.,  f.-t)  was  also  met  with,  growing  amongst  grass;  its 
spores  were  7  to  9  x  4"2/x  in  size.  The  finding  of  tliis  form  at 
two  such  sundered  districts  as  Sydney  and  Murwillumbah  shows 
its  constancy,  and  suggests  that  it  is  not  a  form  of  L.  cristata, 
but  a  distinct  species.  Two  other  Lepiotes,  at  present  unidenti- 
fied, were  also  met  with,  viz.,  a  delicate  white  one  flecked  with 
brown  scales,  and  a  golden  one  with  an  elongated  cap.  The 
typical,  white-capped  mushroom,  Psalliota  campestris,  was  seen  at 
Byron  Bay  and  Murwillumbah;  at  the  latter  place  also  P.  sp. 
(gills  remaining  j^allid,  and  not  tui^ning  rich  pink).  The  follow- 
ing were  also  noted: — Coprinus  micaceus  (Byron  Bay,  Mur- 
willumbah), Coins  hiruditiosus  (Byron  Bay),  Panceolus  ovatus 
(Byron  Bay),  Schiziqyhyllum  commune  (Murwillumbah),  and 
Cantharcllns  foliolum  (Murwillumbah). — They  also  exhibited 
specimens  of  a  Psalliota  common  in  the  Sydney  district,  with  a 
remarkably  strong  smell  resembling  that  of  iodoform,  and  which 
they  have  provisionally  called  P.  iodoform,is. 

Mr.  E.  Cheel  reported  that,  since  recording  the  various  forms 
of  Hardenbergia  (Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.W.,  Vol.  xL,  1915,  p.722), 
specimens  of  H.  monophylla  Benth.,  var.  alba,  a  trailing  variety 
with  pure  white  flowers,  had  been  found  in  the  Jamieson  Valley 
by  Mr.  A.  L.  Bennett,  this  being  a  third  locality,  widely  separated 
from  the  two  previously  known.      He  also  exhibited  a  cux'ious 


106  NOTES    AND    EXHIBITS. 

abnormal  form  of  Polysaccum  pisocarphini  va,v.  crassipes  from 
Gladesville,  having  five  distinct  peridia  consolidated  on  a  foot- 
stalk, somewhat  resembling  a  deformed  hand. 

Dr.  H.  G.  Chapman  communicated  a  note  on  the  condition  of 
a  living  specimen  of  a  frog  (Hyla  aurea),  received  at  the  Physio- 
logical Laboratory  of  the  University  of  Sydney,  which  appeared 
to  be  distended  with  fluid.  The  limbs  were  globular,  with  con- 
strictions at  the  joints.  The  abdomen  was  swollen,  and  the 
flanks  bulged  outwai'ds.  A  marked  swelling  was  present  beneath 
the  lower  jaw.  The  frog  weighed  131  grms.  On  puncturing 
the  skin  and  abdomen,  the  fluid  escaped,  and  was  collected. 
After  draining  for  some  minutes,  the  frog  weighed  51  grms. 
Twenty-four  hours  afterwards,  it  weighed  41  grms.  The  fluid 
clotted  in  a  few  minutes  after  its  removal  from  the  frog.  Its 
freezing-point  was  0'488°C.  The  fluid  was  lying  in  the  s»ib- 
cutaneous  lymph-spaces,  and  in  the  peritoneal  cavity. 


107 


OOCYSTIS   AND    EREMOSPH.ERA.    ' 

Bv  G.  I.  Playfair,  Science  Research  Scholar  of  the  Uni- 
versity OF  Sydney. 

(Plates  vii.-ix.,  and  28  Text-figs.) 

During  the  past  eight  years,  1907-1915,  a  considerable  niunber 
of  gatherings  of  freshwater  algfe,  from  Sydney  and  suburbs,  and 
from  the  neighbourhood  of  Lismore,  on  the  Richmond,  have 
accumulated  in  my  hands.  In  going  through  these  samples  on 
various  occasions,  I  noted  the  presence  of  forms  of  Oocystis  and 
Eremosphcera  in  such  numbers  and  variety,  that  it  seemed  to  me 
worth  while  to  give  a  particular  account  of  the  two  genera,  as 
found  in  this  country.  To  this  end,  I  have  made  a  thorough 
examination  of  my  gatherings,  to  the  number  of  256,  in  52  of 
which  forms  of  Oocystis  and  Eremosphcera  occur  more  or  less 
plentifully.  It  is  somewhat  unfortunate  that  I  had  to  work  from 
preserved  material,  as,  for  this  reason,  the  disposition  of  the  cell- 
contents  could  not,  in  many  cases,  be  recorded  with  certainty. 
This,  however,  may  be  discounted  by  the  fact,  that  the  chloro- 
plasts  are  of  the  same  character  in  almost  all  forms  of  Oocystis 
and  Eremosphcera,  and,  for  the  rest,  I  had  the  advantage  of  a 
fair  number  of  notes  and  figures  made  from  the  same  material 
when  it  was  just  freshly  gathered. 

Samples. — The  localities  from  which  each  form  is  reported  are 
mentioned  in  the  notes  on  the  various  species;  the  following  list 
gives  all  the  samples  referred  to  in  this  paper,  classified  accord- 
ing to  the  habitat  from  which  they  were  derived.  The  numbers 
refer  to  gatherings  preserved  in  formalin,  in  the  National  Her- 
barium, Sydney. 

Nos.49,  56,  59,  67,  79,  104,  105,  107,  118,  119,  124,  135,  138, 
139,   140,   148,   149,    159,   163,   164,   171,   174,  185,   240,  from 


108  OOCYSTIS    AND    EREMOSPH^RA, 

swampy  grass-lands,  periodically  dry,  where  rainwater  collects; 
23,  45,  57,  60,  70,  74,  84,  SS,  91,  92,  95,  106,  1  U,  128,  146,  from 
pond-edges  and  weeds  in  pools;  112  from  weeds  in  creek-pools; 
4,  13,  58,  93,  from  Sphagnum-bog.  Plankton:  63,  65,  100,  filter- 
sci'eens,  Sydney  Water-supply;  136,  from  several  gallons  of  lake- 
water  passed  through  filter-papers;  272,  273,  274,  281,  from 
weed-beds  in  river. 

When  we  consider,  in  the  light  of  this  classification,  the  habitats 
from  which  the  various  species  and  forms  have  been  obtained,  a 
very  interesting  and  instructive  fact  becomes  apparent.  Certain 
species  and  their  forms  are  found  here  almost  exclusively  in  pools 
(or  river),  while  others  are  just  as  strongly  devoted  to  swamps. 
Thus,  all  the  species  in  my  notes,  from  0.  Ndgelii  to  0.  suhhex- 
af/oiia,  viz. : — 0.  Nagelii,  0.  Nov(t  Semlue,  0.  siibmarina,  0.  n'assa, 
0.  lacustris,  0.  jyarva,  0.  nodulosa,  0.  solitaria,  0.  rotula,  0.  snb- 
sphcm'ica,  0.  apiculata,  and  0.  suhhexagona,  with  almost  all  their 
forms,  are  pond-,  river-,  and  plankton-types;  whilst  0.  Nordstedt- 
iana,  0.  Choda/A,  0.  aitstraliensis,  0.  jmndrcriformis,  and  0.  oiialis, 
along  with  all  forms  of  Eremosphri^ra,*  are  swamp-dwellers.  The 
constant  association  of  this  group  of  Oocysfis-iorms  with  Ere/mo- 
sjihrcra  is  noteworthy,  as  there  are  good  reasons  for-  believing 
them  to  be  closely  connected  biologically. 

Of  Emyiospho'ra  viridis  in  the  Biitish  Isles,  G.  S.  West,  Brit. 
Frw.  Alga?,  p.229,  remarks  that  it  is  found  "more  especially  in 
Sphagnum-bogs."  This,  however,  is  not  the  case  here.  Out  of 
seven  gatherings  from  the  only  piece  of  Sphagnum-bog  that  I 
know,  the  type  alone  is  present  in  three,  and  var.  ovalis  by  itself 
in  two  others,  in  all  cases  very  sjiarsely  distributed  indeed. 

Scope. — The  object  of  this  paper  is  threefold: — (l)to  give  an 
account  of  all  forms  of  Oocystis  and  Eremo»phcera  met  with  in 
New  South  Wales;  (2)  to  direct  attention  to  the  polymorphism 
of  Eremosphcera,  and  to  its  connection  with  Oocystis;  (3)  to  supply 
the  original  descriptions  and  figures,  as  far  as  possible,  of  all 
published  species  and  forms  of  the  two  genera. 

*  Out  of  46  records  of  Er-emospho'ra,  only  5  are  out  of  pools,  and,  even 
in  these  eases,  its  cells  are  very  little  in  evidence. 


BY    G.    I.    PLAVFAIR.  109 

1.  Synopsis  of  Australimi  fypes. 

The  various  species  and  variations  found  locally  are  fully  dis- 
cussed in  the  body  of  the  paper;  hence  it  is  not  necessary  for  me 
to  do  more  here  than  add  a  brief  summary.  Representatives  of 
17  species  have  been  observed,  but,  in  two  cases,  0.  crai-sa  Wittr., 
and  0.  nodulosa  W.  West,  the  types  themselves  have  not  been 
noted.  Tlie  total  number  of  local  forms,  therefoi'e,  amounts  to 
15  specific  types,  14  variations,  and  3  forms — 32  in  all.  Of 
these,  19  (including  nom.  nov.)  are  here  described  as  new,  viz., 
6  species,  11  variations,  and  2  forms. 

Species. — These  new  species  are  established  principally  on  the 
basis  of  the  shape  of  the  vegetative  cell,  or  autospore,  and,  in 
this,  they  are  in  line  with  all  those  published  hitherto.  1  do 
not,  however,  consider  any  of  the  species  of  Oocystis  to  be  biologi- 
cally distinct,  but  merely  polymorphic  forms  of  one  organism. 
It  may  be  argued  that  the  various  types  always  retain  their 
specific  characteristics.  They  do,  and  they  do  not.  It  is  true  that 
any  specified  form  gathered  from  many  different  localities  in  a 
country,  or  even  from  many  different  parts  of  the  world,  always 
exhibits  the  same  shape,  peculiai-ities,  and  range  of  dimensions. 
But,  on  the  other  hand,  the  same  form,  when  closely  observed  in 
any  given  locality,  will  l>e  found  to  be  by  no  means  as  fixed  and 
unalterable  as  it  seemed.  It  may  be  noted  mixed  with  variations 
of  the  same  type,  and  even  with  forms  of  a  different  type,  yet 
obviously  connected  with  it.  A  goofl  illustration  of  this  is  found 
in  0.  apiculata  West.  This  species  in  its  size,  shape,  and  apiculus 
(found  in  no  other  type)  possesses  a  group  of  characteristics  which 
make  it  very  distinct.  It  has  also  what,  as  far  as  my  observa- 
tion goes,  is  not  found  in  any  other  species,  viz.,  a  broad,  mucous 
lining  to  the  membrane,  such  as  may  l)e  observed  on  a  larger 
scale  in  forms  of  Eremosphcfiva.  Specimens  of  the  type  are  plenti- 
ful in  sample  No.  88,  but  mixed  with  them  are  others  moi-e  slender 
and  more  elliptic,  and  also  another  type  without  an  apiculus, 
and  approximating  in  shape  to  0.  laciistris.  Nevertheless,  this 
var.  simplicior  has  the  same  nuicous  lining  characteristic  of  the 
type,  and  its  dimensions  connect  it  with  the  smaller  forms  of  the 


110  OOCYSTIS    AND    EREMOSPH.ERA, 

latter.  Similarly,  if  Chodat's  figures  of  0.  lacustris  be  consulted 
(Etudes  de  biologie  lacustre,  in  Bull,  de  I'herbier  Boissier,  T.  v., 
Pl.lO),  apiculate  (not  merely  acuminate)  forms  may  be  noted, 
approximating  to  0.  ajricidata  (cf.  Text-figs. 5,  13).  A  form, 
then,  may  be  characteristic  of  one  "species,"  and  yet  biologically 
connected  with  another. 

0.  hexago7ta  mihi,  has  also  this  mucous  lining,  and  is  biologi- 
cally a  variant  of  0.  apiculaia,  the  connecting  link  being  0. 
apiddata  var.  obesa;  it  is  often  very  difiicult  to  say  exactly  to 
which  of  them  a  specimen  belongs.  0.  hexoffona,  however,  is  of 
so  distinct  a  shape,  and  so  widespread,  that  it  has  seemed  best 
to  make  it  a  new  type. 

0.  c7-assa,  0.  lacustris,  and  0.  ^jarva  seem  to  me  to  form  but 
one  species;  they  are  only  very  slightly  different,  and  are  all 
plankton-forms.  0.  australieiisis  mihi  shows  the  same  shape, 
repeating  itself,  but  in  a  swamp-form. 

Again,  0.  ovalis,  though  its  chloroplasts  are  of  a  type  found  in 
no  other  species,  yet  reproduces,  on  a  large  scale,  the  same  set  of 
forms  as  are  found  in  0.  Nagelii  {elliptica  West). 

And  further,  the  figui'es  in  Bull,  de  I'herbier  Boissier  (on  0. 
Iacust7'is),  and  in  Wille's  study  of  0.  siibniarina,  show  that,  in 
both  these  species,  the  smaller,  reduced  forms  are  0.  Novce  Semlice 
pure  and  simple. 

The  nearest  approach  to  a  fixed  type  is,  perhaps,  0.  solitaria 
Witti'.,  of  which  only  a  f.  niajvr  and  var.  maxima  have  been 
noted,  these  being  merely  a  reproduction  of  the  type,  with  greater 
dimensions.  Yet  even  so,  0.  apiculata  has  a  form  (var.  majvr 
mihi)  which  counterfeits  0.  solitaria  very  closely.*  Indeed,  one 
might  say  that  we  keep  our  types  distinct  by  arranging  inter- 
mediate forms  as  variations. 

Just  as  reduction-forms  are  produced  in  the  Desmidiacece 
by  rapidly  repeated  subdivision,  so  also,  in  the  Antosporacea', 
they  are  brought   about  by  the   rapidly  repeated   formation  of 

*  O.  solitaria  var.  notabile  West,  .also  approximates  very  closelj^  in  out- 
line to  0.  apiculata.  c 


BY    G.    I.    PLATPAIR. 


Ill 


autospores.     There  is  no  need  for  the  cell  to  be  mature  or  even 
free,  and  the  customary  inflation  very  often  does  not  take  place. 

Mother-cells. — It  is  to  be  deplored  that  comparatively  little 
attention  is  given  in  descriptions  to  the  exact  shape  of  the  vege- 
tative cell  and  of  the  apex,  and  so  much  to  the  details  of  the 
mother-cell  and  the  number  of  autospores.  With  regard  to  the 
latter,  it  appears  to  me  quite  certain  that  any  species  may  have 
either  1,  2,  4,  8,  or  16  autospores  according  to  circumstances. 
As  for  the  mother-cell,  I  think 
that  its  shape  should  not  be 
considered  at  all  in  the  descrip- 
tion or  identification  of  an 
Oocystis.  It  is  generally  pro- 
duced by  greater  or  less  infla- 
tion of  the  vegetative  cell,  and 
the  direction  in  which  this 
takes  place  is  not  necessarily 
always  the  same.  No  doubt 
the  resultant  shape  depends 
largely  on  the  equality  or  inequality  of  the  membrane,  cf. 
Eichler,  Materyaly  do  flory  wodorostow  okolic  Miedzyrzeca, 
1894,  T.  ii.,  i.b,(fi,g.  nostr.l)  where  a  mother-cell  of  Eremosphrera 
is  shown  with  (S  small  but  typical  autospores.  The  original  cell 
had  an  incrassate  membrane,  and  the  inflation  has  obviously 
blown  out  one  side  of  the  cell.  It  should  be  noted  in  passing 
also  that,  whatever  it  was,  the  original  cell  was  not  a  typical 
Eremospha>ra\  towards  the  right-hand  side,  the  relics  of  a  slight 
papilla  or  apiculus  can  be  distinctly  seen. 

Again,  the  apex  of  the  vegetative  cell  is  often  incrassate 
within,  or  there  is  an  incrassate  band  round  the  extreme  tip; 
and  when  inflation  takes  place,  this  incrassation  may  be  tough 
enough  to  permit  the  apex  to  remain  as  a  small  papilla.  This 
would  explain  why  the  apical  tubercle  is  so  much  more  common 
in  the  mother-cells  than  in  the  vegetative  cells  or  autospores. 

Further,  the  mother-cell  of  any  given  species  is  not  the  same 
shape  as  the  vegetative  cell,  nor  has  each  species  a  mother-cell  of 


Text-fig.  1. 

E.  r'iridis  De  Bary;  mother-cell, 

(  X  150);  after  Eichler. 


112  OOCTSTIS   AND    EREMOSPH.ERA, 

characteristic  form  or  size.  Indeed,  as  a  general  rule,  there  may 
be  said  to  be  only  three  types — the  globose  or  subglobose,  the 
oval  or  oblong,  and  the  tuberculate.  It  is  the  free  vegetative 
cell,  rather  than  the  mother-cell  or  autospore,  that  is  distinctive 
of  the  type. 

Chloroplasts. — In  the  following  notes,  many  variations  will  be 
found,  which  are  established  on  differences  in  the  chloroplasts. 
These  should  not  be  looked  upon  as  distinct  varieties,  but  as 
forms  brought  about  by  development.  There  seems  to  be  no 
doubt  that  the  small,  discoid  chloroplasts  are  produced  from  the 
simple,  parietal  lamina  by  a  process  of  division  into  2,  4,  8,  16, 
etc.  While  it  is  true  that  the  two  forms  of  chloroplast,  the 
discoid  and  the  laminar,  are  rarely  found  in  the  same  species, 
this  is  because  they  ai'e  the  products  of  different  environments, 
the  former  being  characteristic  of  swamp-forms,  and  the  latter  of 
plankton-  or  pond-life.  It  is  probable  that  both  are  found  in 
0.  Ncigelii,  which  seems  to  occupy  an  intermediate  position. 

2.  Polymorphism  of  EremospJuera. 

This  was  first  demonstrated  by  Chodat,  in  Bot.  Zeitung,  liii., 
l895(Ueber  die  Entwickelung  der  Eretnospfucra  viridis  De  By.), 
where  a  numbei-  of  polymorphic  forms  and  reduction-forms, 
Glceocysf/is-,  Falmella-,  and  C entrosphcer a-iMndiiiomi  are  repro- 
duced.* The  most  distinctive  of  the  polymorphic  forms,  I.e., 
T.  v.,  f.  10,  will  be  found  described  and  figured  in  my  notes  on  the 
species. 

Physiological. — The  Palmella-  and  Centrosphfera-st'AteH,  I  have 
not  yet  met  with,  nor  even  the  Glwocystis-iorma  till  just  lately. 
These  last  were  present,  however,  in  a  gathering  from  Woy  Woy 
kindly  sent  to  me  by  Mr.  A.  H.  S.  Lucas.  Some  of  them  will 
be  found  in  Text-fig.  2.  They  measure  from  80-100/*  long,  the 
breadth  being  somewhat  less.     The  envelopes,  of  which  there  may 

*  This  important  contribution  is  a  study  in  itself;  there  are  too  many 
points  brought  forward  for  me  to  do  more  than  touch  upon  one  lieie  and 
there;  (jut  of  a  large  number  of  interesting  figures  also,  I  can  only  repro- 
duce one  or  two  in  suppcjit  or  illustration  of  my  own  observations. 


BY    G.    I.    PLAYFAIR. 


113 


be  from  5  to  10  or  so,  are  obviously  membranous,  some  thinner, 
some  stouter,  the  spaces  between  them  being  probably  filled  with 
the  mucilaginous  substance  generally  found  in  the  mother-cells  of 
EremosphcEva  and  Oocyst  is.  This  Gluiocystis-iMnditwn  seems  to 
be  brought  about  by  the  repeated  formation  of  a  single  autospore, 
with  the  resulting  accumulation  of  mothercell-membranes.  The 
innermost  cell  is  (diam.  40-60 /^)  the  usual  size  for  the  smallest 
forms  of  Eremospha'.ra,  while  the  whole,  if  spherical,  would  be 
about  the  dimensions  of  a  normal  cell. 


Text-fig. 2. — Ghtocystis-iovma  of  E.  riridi'<,{  x  335). 

Morphological. — But  besides  this  physiological  polymorphism, 
EremosphcKva  can  boast  also  a  polymorphistn  of  outward  configu- 
ration. Four  other  forms  beside  the  type  are  wide-spread  here, 
one  of  which,  var.  ovalis,  is  almost  as  common  in  oui-  waters  as 
the  type  itself.  1 1  would  be  impossible  to  overlook  these  varieties 
even  in  quite  a  cursory  examination  of  uiy  gatherings.  Nor  can 
there  be  any  mistake  about  their  connection  with  Eremosjjhmra; 
as  autospores,  var.  avails  and  var.  acuminata,  at  any  rate,  have 
the  same  kind  of  mother-cell  as  the  type  (the  other  two  I  have 
not  observed  as  autospores),  the  range  of  dimensions  is  markedly 
identical,  and  though  they  may  not  be  found  always  in  the  same 
gathering,  a  majority  of  these  forms  has  been  noted  from  all  the 
principal  habitats  for  Ereniosph(Hra.  Thus,  including  the  type  in 
every  case,  at  Auburn  A  and  B*  all  5  are  found;  at  Potts  Hill* 
4;  at  Canley  Vale*  and  Rookwood  3  each.  Also  4  out  of  5  are 
found  in  company  at  Lismore*,  in  an  entirely  dift'erent  part  of 
the  country. 

*  All  in  the  same  gathering  too. 


114 


OOCTSTIS    AND    EREMOSPH^RA, 


Cwtnection  with  Oocyst  is. — In  Eremosjyhffra,  as  in  Oocystis,  the 
cell  generally  becomes  greatly  distended  in  the  production  of 
autospores;  sometimes,  however,  this  inflation  does  not,  or  can- 
not, take  place.  Under  these  circumstances  (and  perhaps  under 
ordinary  conditions  also)  especially  in  small  cells,  J^7-emosphrpra 
will  give  rise  to  Ooc^s^is-autospores.  Chodat,  Lc,  has  already 
figured  such  cases,*  (see  fig.  196,  under  0.  rotula),  and,  in  Text- 
fig.  3,  I  reproduce  two  that  have  come  under  my  own  notice.     In 


Text-fig. 3. — Eremospluvra  mother-cells  with  Ooi-yf!ti»  autospoies; 
(a)(_)ocy.-<tix  anxtralitmi-f  mihi(  x  665);  {b)  0.  Chodat  I  mihi  (  x  500). 

Text-fig. 36,  the  autospores  are  0.  Chodati  mihi;  in  Text-fig. 3«,  0. 
australiensis  mihi.  The  spherical  mother-cells  were  easily  recog- 
nisable as  Eremosphoira  by  the  thick  mucous  lining  of  the  cell- 
wall,  and,  in  the  case  of  fig.3«,  vegetative  cells  of  Eremosphcera 
viridis  of  the  same  diameter (46 /x)  were  present  in  quantity;  the 
autospores  are  types  of  Oocystis  commonly  found  here  as  free 
vegetative  cells.  Fui-ther,  0.  oval  is  sometimes  produces  Erenw- 
sphfPJ^a-autospoves,  cf.  PI.  vii.,  f.20,  size  of  specimen,  long.  67,  lat. 
40/x. 

All  my  observations,  then,  tend  to  show  that  Eremos2)h(era 
viridis  is  an  Oocystis,  and  should  be  included  in  that  genus;  the 
constitution  of  the  cell  is  the  .same,  the  chloroplasts  are  the  same, 
its  polymorphic  forms  exhibit  just  as  marked  polarity  as  any 
species  of  Oocystis;  and,  upon  occasions,  it  gives  rise  to  Oocystis- 


*  In  T.  v.,  f.9,  the  autospores  are  O.  Chodati  mihi,  but  with  radiating 
chloroplasts;  in  figs.  19,  21,  the  lower  mother-cell  is  0.  rotula  mihi;  the 
autospores  of  the  upper  are  suspiciously  like  O.  Nagelii  (elliptica). 


BY    G.    I.    PLAYFAIR. 


116 


Text-fig.  4. 


autospores,      In  my  opinion,  it  is,  biologically,  the  mature  form 

of  the  genus  Oocystis,  the  varieties  of  which  are  really  forms  of 

one  true  species,  in  a  greater  or  less  degree  of  reduction. 

Mevibrane. — In  the  typical,  spherical   forms,  the  membrane  is 

generally  stout  (  x  1-2//.)  but  simple,  and  sometimes  it  is  the  same 

also  in  the   other  forms.       Generally,    however,    the  latter  have 

this  membrane  lined  with  a  thick,  mucous 

structure  (  x  4/i.    or  so),    which    is  usually 

longitudinally  corrugated  into  rather  broad 

gores.     More  rarely,  the  mucous  lining  is 

also    marked    by  two  or  three    horizontal 

corrugations  just  below  the  polar  cap.      In 

one  specimen  that  I  noted,  the  mucus  was 

thinner,  and  sulcate  in  such  fine  wavy  lines 

as   to   pre.sent   the   appearance  of   watered  „     ....       .^,     ,.  .,  , 
^  ^^  A.  rirtdis,  with  digitate 

silk.       Var.  nodosa   often  has  the  mucous     diloroplasts  (  x  370). 

lining  covered  with  shallow  depressions,  so 

that  the  membrane  appears  to  be  very  coarsely  scrobiculate. 

Chlorojjlasfn. — The   chloroplasts  are   usually   minute,   parietal 
discs  (  X  4-6//.),  but  not,  as  far  as  my  recollection  goes,  in  lines, 

or  adhering  to  one  another  (c/!  G.  8. 
West,  Brit.  Frw.  AlgiB,  p.229).  Nor  have 
I  come  across  any  cells  with  radiating, 
laminar  chloroplasts  as  figured  by  Chodat, 
Bot.  Zeit.,  liii.,  T.  v.,  f.6,  7.  Sometimes, 
however,  the  chloroplasts  are  minutely 
fusiform  or  digitate  (Text-fig. 4)  as  in 
Oocyst  is  oval  is,  and,  when  this  is  the  case, 
tliey  have  a  tendency  to  lie  along  the 
strands  of  protoplasm  by  which  the  nucleus 
is  suspended.  Occasionally,  the  ends  of 
these  protoplasmic  strands  foi'ui  a  kind 
of  cellular  network  on  the  sui'face  of  the  cell-wall  (Text-fig. 5),  and, 
to  this  network,  the  chloroplasts  adhere. 

After  I'evivification  of  a  previously  dried  habitat,  cells  of  IJre- 
mosphcera  are  often  found  in   which    the  chlorophyll   has   been 


Text-fig.  5. — E.  mridix, 
with  chloroplasts  edg- 
ing a  pseudocellnlar 
structure,!  x330). 


116 


OOCYSTIS    ANIJ    EREMOSRH.ERA, 


wholly  or  partially  converted  into  a  mass  of  yellowish-red  globules 
closely  surrounding  the'  nucleus.  On  the  cell  resuming  its  normal 
existence,  these  are  gradually  transformed  again  into  chloroplasts. 
I  have  observed  the  occurrence  of  this  reddish  substance  in 
Oocystis  ovcdis  also,  and  in  a  swamp-form  of  0.  lacustris  (see 
notes  under  these  species).  The  last  remnants  of  it  may  be  noted 
as  a  faint,  red  tinge   surrounding  the  central  body. 

HypnoHpores. — In  sample  No.  149, 
among  quantities  of  Ereviosphn'ra- 
cells  of  various  shapes,  I  noted  the 
formation  which  is  reproduced  in  Text 
fig.  6.  There  was  an  outer  cell(  x  110/a) 
whose  cell-wall  differed  not  at  all  from 
that  present  in  typical  forms  of  Ere- 
nt.osph(cra,  and  within,  a  smaller  cell 
(  X  90/^-)  with  two  membranes,  the 
outer  thin  and  smooth,  the  inner  to 
all  appearance  thick  (  x  5 /a)  and  cer- 
tainly coarsely  scrobiculate.  I  am  of 
opinion,  however,  that  the  incrassate  character  of  the  inner  mem- 
brane was  an  optical  illusion.  All  the  membranes  were  hyaline. 
The  contents  were  shrunken,  and  details  could  not  be  discerned. 
The  inner  sphere,  at  any  rate,  was  tilled  with  a  thick,  mucila- 
ginous substance,  as,  under  pressure,  the  contents  exuded.  T  am 
tentatively  putting  this  down  as  a  hypnospore. 


Text-fig.  t). — Hypnospuie   of 
E.  riridix,(  x  335). 


'.^.F  ravioli  sly  published  types. 

Of  previously  described  species,  such  a  large  percentage  has 
been  observed  locally,  that  it  was  thought  worth  while  to  include, 
within  the  scope  of  this  paper,  remarks  on  all  f(jrms  published  to 
date.  Since  De  Toni's  8ylloge  Algarum,  Vol.  i.,  Chlurojjhycea', 
was  brought  out  in  1<S<^9,  a  large  number  of  species  of  greater  or 
less  validity  has  gradually  accumulated.  These  are  scattered 
through  the  pages  of  various  scientific  periodicals,  and  the  papers 
in  which  they  are  embodied  are  often  very  ditticult  to  obtain.  Of 
the   latter,  the  most  important  is  W.  West's,  New  British  Frw. 


BY    G.    I.    PLAYFAIR.  117 

Algj\^,  J.R.M.S.,  1894,  with  notes  on  14  forms  of  Oocystis  (S 
species,  including  3  new).  De  Toni's  .Sylloge  mentions  only  9 
species  (all  published  at  that  time)  of  which  two  appertain  to 
another  genus.  In  the  present  paper,  31  published  species*  of 
Oocystis  are  discussed.  Of  these,  two  {0.  geminata  Nag.,  and  O. 
brunnea  Turn.)  have  been  practically  set  aside,  one(C'.  maviut Hi- 
lda Turn.)  is  considered  xevy  doubtful,  three  {0.  sptujera  Arch., 
0.  cilia/ a  Lag.,  and  0.  Echidna.  BohVm)  have  long  ago  been 
relegated  to  Lagerheimia  (including  ChodateUa),  foui-  are  reduced 
to  variations,  seven  ranked  as  synonyms,  leaving  us  with  fourteen 
fairly  valid  types.  Tn  addition  to  these,  six  new  species  are  pro- 
posed. Every  described  vai'iation  or  foi-in  has  been  included  in 
my  notes,  with  many  others  that  seem  to  be  new.  Together,  they 
amount  to  twenty-five,  nineteen  variations,  six  forms.  In  nearly 
every  case,  the  original  description  and  figure  have  been  added. 

With  regard  to  Eremosphcera  viridis,  I  consider  it  to  be  a 
species  of  Oocystis,  but  I  have  not  altered  the  nomenclature. 
Several  new  forms  are  described  and  figured. 

Genus  Oocystis  Nageli. 

"Oocystis  ....  genus  Nagelianum  ineditum"  .  .  .  .,  A.  Braun, 
Alg.  unicell.  (1855),t  p.94,  footnote.  ^yn.,  Oocystella  Lemm., 
Zeitschr.  f.  Fischerie  u.  d.  Hilfsw.,  190-3. 

Oocystis  N^gelii  A.  Br.     (PI.  vii.,  f.1-6). 

"Species  nova  minime  rara,   cellulis  oblongis  viridibus,   nunc 
solitariis,  nunc  binis,  quaternis  avit  octonis  cellula  mati'icali  mem 
bi'anacea  forma  simplici  inclusis."     A.  Bi-aun,  I.e. 

Cell,  veg.,  17x10,  18x8,  18x10,  19x9,  19x10,  20x8, 
20x9,  20  X  10,20  X  11,21  x  12,  22  x  11,  24  x  ll,24x  12,24  x  14, 
25  X  14/x. 

Guildford  (60,  88,  114,  146);  Sydney  Water  (67);  Botany  Bay 
(91);  Auburn  (57);  Duck  Creek,  Clyde  (74). 

*  Including  Cyfindroci/fitis  oralis  Turn.,  Hydrocytinm  macroi^pornm  Turn., 
Oocystella  natans  Lemm.,  and  0.  spec.  Schm.  These  .31  are  all  tliat  I 
know  of  up  to  date. 

fBy  printer's  error,  1845  in  G.  S.  West,  Brit.  Frw.  Algce,  p.227. 


118 


OOCYSTIS    AND    ERKMOSPHiERA, 


Syn.,  0.  elliptica  W.  West,  Alg.  Eng.  Lake  Distr.,  1892,  p.24, 
f.56;  and  f.  minor  W.  West,  I.e.,  and  New  Brit.  Frw.  Alg.,  1894, 
p.U,  f.26;  W.  &  G.  S.  West,  Frw.  Alg.  Madagascar,  1895,  p.82, 
P1.5,  f.l3,  14.  0.  rupestris  Kirchner,  Alg.  von  Wiirttemberg, 
1880,  p.l69,  T.  ii.,  f.2.  0.  pelagica  Lemm.,  Ber.  z.  Kenntn.  d. 
Planktonalg.,  xiv.,  1901,  p.95,  T.  iv.,  f.7;  also  Nord.  Plankt., 
xxi.,  p.  17,  f.56. 

It  is  always  unsatisfactoiy  to  have  to  pass  over  a  well-defined 
specific  name  for  one  which  is  obscure,  but  I  feel  bound  to  agree 
with  Chodat,  Alg.  vertes,  p.  189,  that  0.  elliptica  W.  West,  is 
identical  with  0.  Ndgelii  A.Br,  The  one  character  given  by  the 
latter  in  his  description,  ^'ceflulis  oblonr/is,"  is  fortunately  decisive. 
It  indicates  a  form  longer  than  broad,  with  broadly  rounded,  or 


Text-fig.  7.  Text-fig.  8. 

Oocystifi  elliptica  W.  West,  Oocy.MiH  rupestris  Kirchner; 

(  X  520);  after  West.  after  Kirchner. 

rounded  subtruncate,  ends  and  very  slightly  arcuate  sides. 
West's  description  of   0.  elliptica,  I.e.,  agrees  perfectly  with  this, 

^'cellulis  ohlonyo-ellipticis, apicibus  rotundatis  et  non  in- 

crassatis."  0.  rupestris  Kirchn.,  has  been  placed  by  Hansgirg  as 
a  variety,  and  by  other  authors  as  a  synonym,  of  0.  solitaria 
Wittrock.  The  latter,  however,  is  narrowly  elliptic,  with  ends 
acutely  rounded  and  inwardly  incrassate,  whereas  Kii'chner,  I.e., 
says  of  0.  rupestris,  ''Zellen  oblong,"  and  though  his  Fig.2«  is 
somewhat  irregular,  it  is  certainly  intended  to  have  broadly 
rounded  ends  and  slightly  arcuate  sides.  The  other  figures 
merely  serve  to  show  the  character  of  the  mother-cell  and  the 
disposition  of  the  autospores. 

The  only  other  oblong  form  that  I  know  of,  is  (fide  W.  West, 
New  Brit.  Frw.  Alg.,  PI.  ii.,  f.28)  0.  yiyas  Archer,  which  is  out 


BY    G.    I.    PLAYFAIE, 


119 


of  the  question,  as  it  is  one  of  the  largest  forms  of  Oooystis,  while 
it  is  pretty  certain  (though  Braun  gives  no  note  of  the  dimen- 
sions) that  0.  JVdgelii  is  one  of  the  small  plankton-forms.     This 
is    sufficiently    indicated    by    the 
habitat:    ^^ Occur rit    intra    massam 
crustaceam  viridem,  Ahjis  variis  con- 
flatam,  quca  truncos  jnneos  natatitc't 
ohdncit,''''   and  the  algfe  which  are 
mentioned    as     accompanying     it, 
while  not  distinctly  plankton-forms, 
are  mostly  such   as   are  commonly 
found  in  a  free-swimming  condition. 
Moreover,   0.  yiyas  cannot  be  de- 
scribed as  ^^ species  minime  7'ara" ;  it  is  exceedingly  rare. 

The  only  figure  definitely  given  as  0.  Ndijelii  is  by  Kirchner, 
Mikroskopische  Welt  des  Siisswassers,  T.  ii.,  f.52,  reproduced  by 
Chodat,  Alg.  vertes,  p.  189,  fig.  104 A  (Text-fig.  106).     This  agrees 


Text-fig.  9. 

0.  pelagica  Lemm. ,  (  x  7oO) ; 

after  Lemmermann. 


Text-fig.  10. —(rf)0.  eUiptka  f.  mino)-  W.  West,(x520);  after  West,  (b) 
O.  NcigeUi  A.  Br.,  after  Kirchner.  {c)  Hydrocytimn  macroftporum 
Turner,  (  X  375);  after  Turner. 

perfectly  with  the  foregoing  conclusions.  Cf.  PL  vii.,  f.6,  which 
shows  a  mother-cell  from  a  pond  at  Guildford,  long.  38,  lat.  23, 
autospores  20  x  10/x,  almost  a  facsimile  of  Kirchner's  specimen. 
PI.  vii.,  f.5,  is  an  8-celled  family  from  the  Sydney  Water-supply, 
long.  60,  lat.  48,  autospores  20  x  8 ft,  agreeing  very  well  with 
West's  forms  {0.  elliptica,  I.e.)  save  that  the  autospores  are  more 
distinctly  in  pairs.  In  samples  88  and  91,  free,  vegetative  cells 
are  abundant  (PI.  vii.,  f.1-3). 

With  regard  to  size,  West,  I.e.,  (for  0.  elliptica  and  f.  minor) 
gives  long.  15-17,  18-21,  24-25/>i,  lat.  71-8,  8-10,  11-lli/x.      My 


120  OOCYSTIS    AND    EREMOSPHiERA, 

records  nearly  cover  the  same  ground,  viz.,  17-25  x  8-14/Jt.  Kirch- 
ner  (for  0.  rupestris)  extends  West's  figures  a  little  both  ways, 
long.  1.3-27,  lat.  6-12/i,.  In  all  cases,  it  will  be  noted  that  the 
length  is  just  about  twice  the  breadth;  in  the  14  Australian 
specimens  whose  dimensions  are  given  above,  the  axial  ratio 
varies  from  l'7-2"5:l-0,  the  average  being  nearly  2:1. 

Eichler,  Flory  Wodor.  ok.  Miedzyrzeca,  1892,  T.  x.,  £.25,  has 
figured  what  he  identifies  as  0.  JVagdii,  cell.  long.  30-44,  lat.  17- 
25 /x,  but  is  probably  J\'ephrocytiuni  Agardhiannm  var.  majui^ 
Nag.,  Gatt.  Einz.  Alg.,  T.  iii.,  c,  fig.i,  k,  p,(  =  X  Ndgelii  Grun.,  = 
N.  ohesum  W.  West).  The  cells  are  too  broad  for  0.  Ndyplii, 
and  one  also  is  distinctly  reniform.  If  considered  an  Oocystis,  it 
would  fall  better  undei'  my  0.  Chodati,  infra. 

I  include  three  forms  in  the  type,  which  are  generally  found 
intermingled,  viz.,  (l)eniptic-oblong  with  broadly  rounded  ends, 
the  sides  and  ends  meeting  in  one  even  curve,  (2)oblong  with 
subtruncately  rounded  ends,  (3) cylindrical:  ridpVl.  vii.,  f.  1,  2,  3, 
i-espectively. 

Var.  Africana  (G.  S.  West)  mihi.      (Text-fig.  1 2c). 

"Var.  minima;  autosporis  4  vel  8,  dense  compactis;  chromato- 
phoris  multe-lobatis  parietalibus  singulis  vel  binis."  G.  S. 
West,  I.e. 

Syn.,  0.  elliptica  var.  Africana  G.  S.  West,  Frw.  Algie,  Ann. 
South  Afr.  Mus.,  Vol.  ix.,  1912,  p.76,  f.l4,  17.  I  have  not  yet 
noted  this  form,  which  G.  S.  West  has  described  from  Angola. 
It  differs  from  the  type  only  in  having  a  lobed,  or  fragmented, 
chloroplast.  The  corresponding  form  of  0.  Novce  Spmlice,  how- 
ever, is  described  here  under  that  species.  G.  S.  West  gives 
long.  cell.  8-1 3/x;  lat.  cell.  4"5-7/x. 

Var.  macrospora  (Turner)  mihi.      (Text-fig.  1  Of). 

Cellulse  oblongje  vel  oblongo-elliptica?,  quam  f.  typica  circa 
duplo  majores. 

Syn.,  Hydrocytiuni  macrospo7'iim  Turner,  Alg.  E.  Ind.,  1892, 
p.  154,  T.  XX.,  f.32;  0.  sphaivica  Turn.,  ibid.,  p.  155,  no  figure. 
This  cannot,  of  course,  be  a  species  of  Hydrocytium  (Characium), 
as  that  propagates  by  zoospores,  not  autospores.     Turner's  dimen- 


BY    G.    I.    PLAYFAIR.  121 

sions  are:  Cell,  inatric.  long.  50-65,  lat.  39-52,  autosp.  long.  39, 
lat.  19/x.  The  autospores,  however,  are  wrongly  delineated.  As 
drawn,  they  work  out  at  61  x  19  instead  of  39  x  19.  Turner 
says:  '^spcyi'is  ....  loitge  ovaUhns,'^  bnt 
his  drawing  them  cylindrical  makes  it 
certain  that  tliey  were  really  oblong. 
The  ratio  of  length  to  breadth  also  (at 
39  X  19)  is  just  2:1,  as  in  O.  NacieJll. 
W.  ct  G.  S.  West,  Frw.  Alg.  Madagascai;  Text-fit/  1 1 

p.82,  identify  this  form  (but  doubtfully)    Oocysfis  elUpfk-a  i.  mivor 
with    O.   eUijJtica  West  {=  O.   Ndyelii).    W.   We.st,  (  x  520) ;    after 
The  shape  of  the  mother-cell  is  of  no  im-   ^^'-  &  <^-  S.  West, 
portance,  cf.  W.  cfe  G.  S.  West,  /.o.,P1.5,f.  13-14  (Text-fig.  nostr  11). 
Nordstedt's  Sandwich  Island  specimens  of  O.  JVdgelii  should 
probably  be  placed  under  this  variation.     He  gives  long.  30-32, 
lat.    14-15//,   Alg.  aq.   dulc.   Sandvich.,  p.8.      I  have  not   come 
across  this  form  in  my  gatherings  yet. 

Var.  OBESA,  n.var.      (PL  vii.,  f.7). 
Prte  longitudine  crassior.     Cell.  long.  20-25,  lat.  13-16/i. 
Guildford  (146). 

Var.  CURTA,  n.var.      (PI.  vii.,  f.8). 

Late-ovalis  vel  brevissime  oblonga.      Cell.  long.  17.  lat.  13/x. 

Guildford  (146)  cum  priori  rarius. 

Syn.,  O.  Ndgelii  in  Lemm.,  Plankt.  Schwed.  Gewass.,  p.  107, 
where  he  remarks  :  "  Zellen  breit-oblong,  15-17  : 1 1-13/x."  Both 
forms  quite  common  in  No.  146,  from  a  pond  at  Guildford;  the 
one  is  evidently  a  reduced  form  of  the  other.  The  ratio  of  length 
to  breadth  in  var.  obesa  is  from  1  "4  to  1  "7 : 1  '0  as  compared  with 
2:1  in  the  type.  In  var.  curta,  it  is  1  -3  to  1  0.  Chloroplasts 
not  noted,  the  contents  deranged. 

OocYSTis  NoViE  SEMLiiE  Wille.     (PI.  vii.,  f.9,  10). 
"O.  cellulis  homogeneis('?)  singulis  1.  in  familias  e  4-8  cellulis 
formatas  consociatis,  familiis  nonnunquam  in  massa  gelatinosa  2-4 
consociatis;  membrana  crassa,   non  tuberculo  apicali  instructa." 
Wille,  I.e.  /v   - 


LIBRARY 


I  00 


OOCYSTIS    AND    EREM0SPH.?:RA, 


Cell,  inuti-ic-.  x  20,  40  x  2;"),  12  x  1);  autosp.  (i  x  :'),  7  x  4,  7  x  f), 
8  X  1,  SJ.  X  ')},,  S  X  ()//.. 

Parraniatta  Park  (1  :)(;)•,   Aviltunr,  Lisniorc,  nvci',(272,  27:>). 

('/.  Willc,  Fcrsk.  fra  Novaja  Semlja,  1N7'J,  p/JIn  T.  xii.,  f.:'.. 
Syn.,  6>.  N^iiifelii  ft  Xor(r  Semljm  (Wille)  Chodat,  Alg.  vertes, 
p.  189;  O.  Xf'itjf'Hivar.  mi7Wi^i*-6'/?>ia  Bernard,  Prott)cocc.  et  Desm., 
1908,  p.  172,  f.;^55,  356.  I  cannot  consider  this  a  variety  of  O. 
Xaijclir.  no  doubt  there  is  a  very  close  biological  connection,  but, 
typically,  tliey  are  entirely  different  shapes,  the  latter  being 
oblong  or  oblong-elliptical  with  broadly  I'ounded  ends,  while  O. 
Nov(K  Semlio'  is  elliptical  with  acutely  rounded  ends.  No  shape, 
curiously  enough,  is  mentioned  in  the  description,  but  the  figure, 
I.e.,  is  distinct. 


Text-fig.  12. —(a)  Oocy.<^t!>i  Xonv  Sem/i<i>  Wille,  (  x  400);  after  Wille.  (/>)  0. 
Xont-  Sem/i(i'  var.  ma.rima  W.  West,  (  x  520) ;  after  West.  {c)  O. 
e//!j>tira  var.  Africana  (4.  S.  West,(  x  1000);  after  (J.  S.  West. 

Also  the  ratio  of  length  to  breadth  is  different;  in  Australian 
specimens  of  O.  X'ovcf,  Semlio',  it  varies  from  1  '4  to  1  7 : 1  "0  as 
against  2:1  in  O.  Xdgplii.  Moreover,  the  latter  tends  to  be 
cylindrical,  while  the  larger  sizes  of  the  former  are  oval,  but  still 
retaining  a  tendency  to  be  pointed  at  the  ends,  cf.  var.  maxima 
W.  West,  and  var.  ausfralica  mihi  (infra). 

O.  X''iyehi  var.  minutissima  Bernard  (cells  5-7  x  4  fi)  is  a  size 
of  this  species  too  close  to  the  type  to  be  separated  from  it; 
indeed,  even  f.  major  Wille,  might  well  be  included.  Wille's 
original  record  for  the  type  is  8  x  5/x.  The  chloroplast  is  a 
single,  very  thin,  parietal  lamina. 

Forma  ma.ior  Wille.      (PI.  vii.,  f.l  1,  1 2). 
Cell,  niatric.  diam.  20,  24,  40;  long.  24,  lat.  14;  autosp.  10  x  6, 
10x7,  12x6,  12x7,  12  x  S/i. 


BY    G.    I.    PLAYFAIR.  123 

Potts  Hill  (138);  Pan-amatta  Park  (136),  cum  f.  typica. 

Wille,  /.(•.,  p. 27,  T.  xii.,  t'.4,  ffives  diineiisioiis  1  I  x  (I/;,;  W.  West, 
for  British  spt^cimens,  loiii;-.  ll'l  1'2-r),  lat.  T-T'D/t;  W.  iV:  (J.  S. 
West,  WelwitselTs  Afric  Fi'w.  Al,-.,  i«.l'3S,  record  Ki  x  Di-iO//  for 
African  ones.  The  ratio  of  length  to  breadth,  as  shown  In-  these 
records,  agrees  very  well  with  that  given  above  for  Australian 
specimens.  The  f.  major  figured  by  W.  West,  New  Brit.  Frw. 
Alga^,  PL  ii.,  f.24,  does  not  agree  in  outline  with  Wille's  type, 
hut  belongs  to  O.  Nmjelii. 
Forma. 

Cellul*  chloroplastidibus  medio  in  transversuin  divisis. 

Cell,  matric.  spher.  x  20;  autosp.  10x7/^. 

Parramatta  Park  (1 30),  cmn  f.  tvpica. 

Var.  MAXIMA  W\  West.      (Text-lig.l  2/>). 

"A^ar.  cellulis  2-3-plo  major  (|uam  forma  typiea."    W.  West,/.r. 

Cell,  matric.  34  x  30;  autosp.  18  x  12//. 

Botany. 

(y.  W.  West,  New  Brit.  Frw.  Alg.,  p.  13,  f.25,  1894,  where  he 
gives  long.  19-23,  lat.  1 2-1;") /i  as  dimensions  of  the  cells.  W.  it 
G.  S.  West,  AN'elwitsch's  Afr.  Alg.,  p. 238,  record  33  x  23  for 
African  specimens.  Dift'ers  from  the  succeeding  fcuiu  onlv  in  its 
undivided  chloroplasts  and  larger  size. 

Var.  AUSTRALICA,  n.var.      (PI.  vii.,  f.  13-17). 

Cellulie  ellipticje  vel  ovales,  plei-umque  ad  apices  modice  atten- 
uat:e;  chloroplastidibus  singulis  parietalibus  lobatis,  vel  chloro- 
plastidibus plus  minusve  distinctis  2-4,  interdum  2:)yrenoides 
singulos  ferentibus. 

Cell,  matric.  diam.  30-40;  autosp.  vel  cell.  veg.  13  x  10,  14  x  11, 
16  xll,  16  X  12,  20  X  14/7.. 

Parramatta  Park  (13());  Lismore,  rivei", (273,  274);  cum  formal 
typiea. 

Corresponds  to  var.  Africana  G.  S.  West,  in  O.  Naydii.  The 
chloroplast  is  lobed  or  fragmented  (the  intermediate  stage  of 
development  between  a  simple  lamina  and  parietal  lozenges),  or 
sometimes  there  are  2-4  chloroplasts  more  or  less  distinctly  visi- 


124 


OOCYSTIS    AND    EREMOSPHiERA, 


ble,  occasionally  with  a  pyrenoid  apiece.  This  form  is  very  close 
to  O.  crassa  Wittrock,  as  figured  by  Osteiifeld,  Proc.  R.  8oc. 
Edin.,  1904-5,  p.  1113,  PI.  i.,  f.<^,  q.v.  Var.  ausfralica  and  var. 
maximd,  which  are  practically  one,  differ  somewhat  in  shape 
from  the  type,  being  more  oval  (broader  in  comparison  with  the 
length)  and  with  less  pointed  ends. 

OocYSTis  CRASSA  Wittrock.     (Text-fig.  1 3ffl). 

In  Wittrock  at  Nordstedt,  Alg.  dulc.  exsicc.  No.355;  Bot. 
Notiser,  ISSO,  p.  11 7.  C/.  G.  S.  West,  Brit.  Frw.  Alga^,  p. 227, 
f.97C,D. 


Text-fig.  13. — (a)Ooci/8tis  crassa  Wittrock, (  x485);  after  C4.  S.  West. 
(6)  Var.  Osten/eldii  mihi;  after  Ostenfeld. 

Syn.,  O.  Marssonii  Lemm.,  Bot.  Centralblatt,  1898,  p.  151; 
Ploner  Forsch.,  7,  1894,  p.  24,  T.  i.,  f.  15-1 9.  I  have  not  met  with 
any  form  that  I  could  identify  with  O.  crassa.  It  is  referred  to 
by  G.  S.  West  as  a  distinctly  plankton-species.  In  W.  &  G.  S. 
West,  Frw.  Alg.  N.  Ireland,  p.  6 8,  the  dimensions  are  given  as 
long.  18-3-24,  lat.  13-15-5/i..  Chodat,  I.e.,  p.l90,  records  long. 
14-23,  lat.  10-18/x  for  Swiss  specimens.  The  ratio  of  length  to 
breadth  in  this  species  seems  to  be  1"3  to  1'4:1"0. 

Var.  OsTENFELDii,  nom.nov.     (PL  vii.,  f.l8,  19). 

Cellulse  lateribus  sequaliter  arcuatis,  in  medio  baud  subangu- 
latis;  apicibus  acuminatis  baud  incrassatis.  Chloroplastides  2-4, 
interdum  pyrenoidibus  singulis  instructte. 

Cell.  long.  16,  lat.  11/x. 

Lismore,  river  (274,  281). 


BY    G.    I.    PLAYPAIR. 


125 


Ostenfeld  and  Wescnberg-Lund,  Plankt.  u£  two  Icelandic 
lakes,  Prof.  R.  Soc.  Edin.,  xxv.,  1906,  p.lll3,  PI.  i.,  f.8.  Syn., 
O.  ^acMs^ris  Ostenfeld,  /.f.,  p. 235  (sec.  auvfor.  ipsnm).  Ostenfeld 
remarks:  "The  species  ....  has  one  pyrenoid  in  each  chloroplast; 
the  chloroplasts  are  two  or  four  in  each  cell,  often  tetrahedrally 
arranged;  the  cells  are  four  (rarely  two)  in  a  globular  mucilage; 
their  shape  is  ellipsoid  or  ovate  with  subacute  apices;  length  22- 
2(5 /*,  breadth  lG-20/tt."  I  noted,  in  river-gatherings,  mother-cells 
of  this  form  in  company  with  others  of  0.  Novce  Semliiti  var.  ans- 
tralica  mihi.  It  is  probably  intermediate  between  the  latter 
and  O.  crassa.  Var.  Ostenfeldii  differs  from  the  type  in  being 
more  regularly  elliptical,  not  so  rhomboid,  with  sides  regularly 
arched,  not  bent  in  the  middle,  the  apices  not  incrassate.  It  has 
fewer  chlox'oplasts  also. 

OocYSTis  LACUSTRis  Chodat.     (PL  vii.,  f.20). 

"Cellulis  binis  vel  quaternis  in  familiis  consociatis,  membrana 
gelatinosa  crassa,  utroque  fine  cellulie  leviter  incrassata,  late  f usi- 
formibus  utroque  acutis,  chlo- 
rophoro  laminam  formante  sa^pe 
dimidiato,  pyrenoide  munito  vel 
carente.  Contentus  ssepe  oleo- 
sus."     Chodat,  I.e. 

Cell,  matric.  24  x  22, 30  x  22, 
autosp.  9x.5,  14x9,  18x8, 
18X9/X. 

Dunedin,  N.Z.,  Northern 
Reservoir. 

Chodat,  Etudes  de  biologie 
lacustre.  Bull,  de  I'herb.  Boissier,  1897,  p.296,  Pl.lO,  f.1-7,  13; 
Alg.  vertes,  p.  190,  f.l05.  The  authoi-,  by  a  strange  oversight, 
has  given  no  dimensions  in  either  publication.  W.  &  G.  S.  West, 
Plankton  of  some  Irish  Lakes,  p.  107,  record  long,  colon.  43-60, 
long.  cell.  14-22,  lat.  cell.  8-15;  and  G.  8.  West,  Third  Tangan- 
yika Exp.,  p.  141,  long,  colon.  39-54,  long.  cell.  12-20,  lat.  cell. 
7-13//.;  both  agree  very  well  with  Australian  specimens,  except 
that  the  colonies   are   larger.       The    type    has    either  a  single, 


Text-fig.  14. 
(a)  0.  lacvxtris  Chod. ;  after  Chodat. 
{h)  OocyMella  natanx  Lemni.,(  x  7oO); 
after  Lenniiermanii. 


126  OOCYSTIS    AND    EliEMOSPHiERA, 

laminar  chloroplast,  or  one  in  each  half  of  the  cell;  pyrenoids  are 
often  present. 

Var.  NATANS  (Lemm.)  mihi.      (PI.  vii.,  f.i'l). 
Cell.  veg.  long.  1 6,  lat.  1 1  /'.. 
Auburn. 

Syn.,  OocysteUa  natans  Lemm.,  Zeitschr.  f.  Fischerei,  11)03; 
Plankt.  8chwed.  Gewass.,  p.  156,  T.  i.,  f.ll,  12.  A  form  of  O. 
lacustris  with  a  lobed  or  fragmented  chloroplast.  No  size  is 
given  by  the  author  in  the  latter  publication,  but  his  fig.  12 
works  out  at  19  X  12//.. 

Var.  PALUDEXSis,  n.var.      (PI.  vii.,  f.22-24). 
Formse  typicye  consimilis,   chloroplastidibus  autem  fractis,   in 
laminis  minutis  radiantibus  vel  in  massis  digitatis  ordinatis. 
Cell,  matric.  long.  1 1 0,  lat.  Sf) ;  autosp.  1 7  x  1 2,  20  x  1 2,  22  x  1  1  //.. 
Canley  Vale  (128);  Guildford  (U6). 

These  forms  were  found  in  small  pools  fed  by  surface-water. 
They  differ  from  the  type  and  var.  nntmis  only  in  the  character 
of  the  •  chloroplasts.  In  PI.  vii.,  f.23,  the  original  chloroplasts 
seem  to  have  broken  u})  into  small,  radiating  laminie,  while  in  PI. 
vii.,  f.24,  the  chloroplasts  are  small,  digitate  masses,  as  in  O. 
ovalis,  pointing  away  from  the  centre,  and  towards  the  pole  in 
each  half.  A  pyrenoid(])  is  present  in  the  centre  of  each  half, 
sometimes  pale  green,  sometimes  pale  brick-red  in  colour.  Com- 
paie  remarks  under  O.  oralis,  infra. 

OocvsTis  PARVA  W.  tt  G.  S.  West.     (PI.  vii.,  f.25,  26). 

"().  miimta cellulis  plerumque 

oblique  ellipsoideis,  1^-lf-plo  longioribus 
quam  latioribus,  apicibus  subacutis  et  non 
incrassatis;  membrana  firma.  Contentum 
chlorophyllosum  cellularum  in  massis  pari- 
etalibus  2-3."     W.  &  G.  S.  West,  Lc. 

Cell,  matric.  spher.  diam.  12,  18,  24,  4-8 ; 
O.  pJmW^&!i  S.       oval.  30  X  22,54  x  42:autosp.  10  x  8,12  x  8/., 
We.st,(  X  .-)2<)):  after  Sydney  Water  (63,  65);  Guildford  (84). 

(;.  S.  West.  Qj-_  ^^Y.  &  G.   S.  West,   Notes  on  Fresh- 

water Algie,  i.,  Journ.  Bot.,  1898,  p.335;  G.  .S.  West,  Alga-Hora 


BY    G.    I.    PLAYPAIR.  127 

of  Cambridgeshire,  Juuru.  Bot,  1.S09,  Pl.oOl,  f.U-17.  Dimen- 
sions given  are  long.  cell.  6-12,  lat.  cell.  4-7.;  long.  teg.  13-5-29, 
lat.  10'5-l(S/x.  O.  jmrva  might  very  well  be  arranged  as  a  varia- 
tion of  O.  lacustris. 

OocYSTis  NODULOSA  W.  West.     (Text-fig.  16). 

"O.  mediocris;  cellulis  solitariis  vel  in  familiis  e  2  cellulis 
formatis  consociatis,  cellulis  oblongo-ellipticLs,  1^-plo  longioribus 
quam  latioribus,  apicibus  late-rotundatis  et  nodulis  incrassatis." 
W.  West.,  I.e. 

Cf.  West,  New  Brit.  Frw.  Alg.,  p.l5,  PI.  ii.,  f.:U,  189-1.  Syn., 
0.  crassa  y  nodnlosa  Chodat,  Alg.  vertes,  p.  190.  I  have  not 
found  the  type. 

Yai'.  AUSTRALis,  n.var.      (PI.  vii.,  f.27,  28). 

Forma  paullo  magis  oblonga;  membrana  ad  polos  introrsum 
tantum  incrassata. 

Cell.  veg.  21  X  12,  2:^  x  13,  25  x  15, 
26  X  Ujj.. 

Botany  Bay (91);  Auburn (57). 

This  is  a  very  rare  foi-m;  a  few  spe- 
cimens were  noted  in  No.  91  among 
quantities  of  free  cells  of  O.  Ndgelii. 
Our  specimens  differ  somewhat  from  Text-fig.  16. 

the  type;  they  area  little  more  oblong,    ^""y''''  "«*''«•*«  W.  We.st, 

,    ,  ,        .  .         .  .     f  (X  520);  after  West. 

and  the  polar  mcrasvsation  is  entirely 

on  the  inner  side  of   the   membrane.     West  gives  long.  25-26, 

lat.  16-17/x  as  the  dimensions  of  the  type. 

OocYSTis  SOLITARIA  Wittrock.      (PI.  vii.,  f.29). 

Cell.  veg.  18  X  11,  18x  12,  20  x  10,  21  x  11,  21  x  12,  22  x  1 1, 
22  X  13,  23  X  1.5,  24X15/X. 

Guildford  (146);  Auburn  (57);  Duck  Creek,  Clyde  (71). 

In  Wittrock  et  Nordstedt,  Alg.  iu[.  dulc.  cxsicc,  No.241,  IS79: 
Bot.  Notiser,  1S79,  p. 24;  G.  S.  West,  P.i'it.  Frw.  Algu>,  p.  227, 
f.97A,  B.  Very  rare  in  this  country,  though  "undoubtedly  tli<' 
commonest  species"  (G.  S.  West,  /.<•.)  in   Bi'itain.     The  Hguic  in 


128 


OOCYSTIS    AND    EREMOSPHiERA, 


British  Frw.  Alg?e  is  narrowly  elliptic,  with  acutely  rounded 
ends,  the  membrane  at  the  poles  being  incrassate  on  the  inner 
side  only.  The  chloroplasts  are  discoid.  From  all  accounts,  the 
ratio  of  length  to  breadth  varies  from  1"5  to  2*1 :  1*0,  with  which 
our  specimens  agree;   1  "74: 1*00  average  of  9. 


Text-fig.  17.— («)  O.  -so/lfarki  Wittrock,(  x  48.5);  after  G.  S.  West.  (h) 
Forma  major  Wille,(  x520);  after  W.  West.  {<:)  Var.  maxima  Go- 
mont, (  X  30()) ;  ((/)  apex  (  x  580);  after  (ionioiit.  {e)Vsii:  notabileW. 
West,(  X  520),  after  West. 


Forma  ma.tor  Wille.     (Text-fig.  176). 

Ferskvandsalg.  fra  Novaja  Semblia,  1('^79,  p.26.  A  larger 
form,  the  same  shape  as  the  type.  Wille  gives  40  x  22/x  as  the 
dimensions,  and  exactly  the  same  size  is  recorded  by  W.  &  G.  S. 
West,  Welwitsch's  Afr.  Alg.,  p. 238,  for  African  specimens.  I 
have  not  noted  this  form  yet. 

Var.  MAXIMA  Gomont.      (Text-fig.  17c,  rf). 

"Celluhe  ambitu  elliptica?,  solitariaj,  vel  2-4  in  familias  con- 
sociata^,  50  ad  6  5 /a  longfe,  26  ad  40/x  crassse,  membrana  tenui,  ad 
polos  incrassata."     Gomont,  I.e. 

Flore  algolog,  de  la  Haute- Auvergne,  Bull,  de  la  8oc.  botan.  de 
France,  tom.43,  1896,  p..386,  PI.  x.,  f.  13.  From  the  text-figure, 
it  will  be  seen  that  this  form  is  the  same  shape  as  the  type  in 
Brit.  Frw.  Alga?.  Borge,  Siissw.  Ohlor.  v.  Feuerland  u.  Isla 
Uesolacion,  p. 23,  records  ven:  maxima  at  long.  47-51,  lat.  26-29/*. 


BT    G.    I.    PLAYFAIR.  129 

The  ratio  of  length  to  breadth  varies  from  1'6  to  19  ill),  as  far 
as  can  be  determined  from  the  figures  given,  lying  evenly,  there- 
fore, within  the  generally  observed  limits  for  the  species.  I  have 
not  come  across  this  form. 

Var.  NOTABILE  W.  West.      (Text-fig.  17^). 

"Cellulis  lateribus  subrectis  et  incrassatis;  membrana  irregu- 
lariter  punctata.     Long.  29/x,  lat.  16-5/x."     W.  West. 

Journ.  R.  Micr.  8oc.,  1894,  p.  15,  PI.  ii.,  f.29.  I  have  not  met 
with  this  form. 

OocYSTis  SUBMARINA  Lagerh.      (PL  vii.,  f.30). 

Lagerheim,  Bot.  Notiser,  1886,  p.45,  f.l;  W^ittr.  it  Nordst., 
Alg.  aq.  dulc.  exsicc.  No.  7 26;  Wille,  Zur  Entwickl.  d.  Gatt. 
Oocystis,  Deutsch.  Bot.  Gesells.,  1908,  T.  xv.,  the  last  being  a 
thorough  investigation  of  this  species,  with  a  large  number  of 
excellent  figures.  Lemmermann,  Nord.  Plankt.,  xxi,,  p.l5,  f.54, 
55  (after  Lagerheim). 

Cell.  veg.  24  x  8,  25  x  12,  28  x  10//. 

Sydney  Water-Supply  (100). 

The  cells  vary  from  elliptic  to  linear-elliptic,  with  acutely 
rounded  ends.  The  chloroplast  is  a  laminar,  parietal  band,  very 
narrow  for  the  length  of  the  cell  (often  one  in  each  half  of  the 
cell).  Wille,  I.e.,  pp.813,  820,  gives  two,  long  lists  of  sizes  (in 
eMenso)  which  may  be  summarised  as  long.  7-20,  lat.  3^-9//,  the 
ratio  of  length  to  breadth  being  Iw  to 
2-1  :rO  (averages  of  9  and  10  records  re- 
spectively). It  will  be  seen  that,  in  this 
respect,  O.  submaj-ma  begins  where  O. 
Xovce  SeniHfn  leaves  off.  G.  S.  West 
reports  it  from  the  Yan  Yean  Reservoir,  Text-tig.  is. 

Melbourne  (Journ.   Linn.   Soc,  Bot.,  Vol.     ^^-  ^^'^'"narinaJ^gevh., 

^_,      ,     ,  -v.T  ".tr     1    .      »- 1   o  after  Lagerheim. 

xxxix.,   p.75)  at    long.23-25,    lat.    7|-8/x.  ^ 

The  axial  ratio  is  nu)re  than  3:1  in  the  Victorian  specimens,  and 
in  some  of  ours,  indeed,  the  linear-elliptic  form  should  be  con- 
sidered typical,  the  shorter  and  broader  cells  being  practically 
identical  with  O.  Nov<i'.   Semlue.     In  spite   of  its  name,   it  is  a 


130 


OOCYSTIS    AND    EREMOSPHiERA, 


Text-fig.  19. 

(n)0.  rotitla  mihi.       [h)  E.  riridi.- 


fre.sli- water   species,  but   was  first  noted  in   sqmewhat   brackish 
ditches  in  Sweden. 

OocYSTis  ROTULA,  noni.n()\ .      (PL  vii.,  f.31). 
Cellulye  parvie,  ovales,  ubique  rotundat^e;  apicibus  late-rotund- 
atis  baud  incrassatis.      Chloroplastides  (sectione  opticali  a  is;e)  in 
laminis  niinutis  radiantibus  5-6  ordinatai. 

Cell.  veg.  14  X  11 /x. 
Guildford  (146). 
Chodat,  Bot.  Zeit.,  1<S'J5,  T.  v., 
f.y,  21,  13  (the  two,  lower,  right- 
hand  examples).  A  rare  form;  I 
have  only  once  observed  it.  Cho- 
dat, I.e.,  fig. 9,  shows  autospores  of 
this  form  produced  by  an  unin- 
fiated  mother-cell  of  Ereniosphcura 
with  0.  rofii/a  autospores;  viridis,  an  indication  that  the 
after  Chodat.  various   Oocyst is-iormH  are  merely 

reduction-states    of    Eremosphm-a.        I    have    figured    the    same 
phenomenon  in  the  case  of   O.  Chodati  and  O.  aus/raliensis. 

OocYSTi.s  SUBSPH.ERICA,  n.sp.      (PI.  vii.,  f.32,  33). 

Cellulft?  subglobosrt^,  ubique  rotundata',  papilla  nulla  nee  in- 
crassatione.  Chloroplastides  imlviniformes  vel  in  laminis 
radiantibus  ordinata'. 

Cell.  veg.  14x12,  IS  x  16,  24  x.  20,  25  x  21,  50  x  46/y-. 

Guildford  (146);  Parramatta  Park  (136);  Lismore  (240). 

A  form  so  broadly  oval  as  to  be  nearly  globose.  There  is  no 
point  or  papilla  or  incrassation,  that  I  can  see,  to  mark  the 
apices.  The  chloroplasts  are  of  the  usual  discoid  shape,  or  ha\(' 
the  appearance  of  small,  radiating  lamina^.  The  axial  ratio  \  aries 
from  about  1-1  to  1-2: 1-0,  the  cells  being  generally  about  one- 
fifth  longer  than  bnjad. 

OocvsTis  APicuL.VTA  W.  West.      (Pl.viii.,  f.l,  2). 
"().    in    familias  e   2-4  cellulis  formatis  consociatis,    oblongis, 
diametro   dujilo   longius,    subapiculatis   et    incrassatis  ad   unum- 
quemque  polum."      W.  West,  I.e. 


BY    G.    I.    PLAYFAIR. 


131 


Cell.  vcg.  16  X  7,  17  X  8,  18  x  7,  IS  x  .^  IS  x  13,  2U  x  10,  20  x  11, 
22  X  11,  22  X  12//. 

Duck  Creek,  Clyde  (74);  Guildford  (88);  Botany  Bay  (91); 
North  Botany  (92). 

Cf.  W.  AVest,  Notes  on  Scotch  Frw.  Alg.,  in  Journ.  Bot.,  Apr., 
1893,  p.  99,  P1.3;5;3,  f.7,  8.  8yn.,  O.  gkeocystiformis  Borge, 
Siissw.  Clilor.  von  Feuerland  u.  Isla  Desolacion,  p. 2.3,  T.  ii.,  f.l. 
This  species  is  ublong-elliptic  with  obtusely  rounded  ends,  or 
narrowly  elliptic  with  ends  more  acutely  rounded,  a  minute  and 
very  often  indistinctly  outlined 
apiculus  at  each  pole.  In  most  of 
the  empty  cells  that  I  have  ob- 
served, there  is  a  vagueness  about 
the  outlines  due  to  the  membrane 
being  furnished  with  a  relatively 
broad,  inner,  mucous  lining.  It  is 
characteristic  of  all  forms  of  this 
species.  West  gives  for  dimen- 
sions: long.  cell.  11-15/x,  lat.  cell. 
5-6 /A.  Borge,  for  O.  (jlwocystiformis,  which  seems  to  me  to  be 
the  same  species,  records  long.  cell.  circ.  9//.,  crass.  4-5  "5//.  Our 
forms  are  larger,  but  I  have  noted  the  species  once  at  12  x  5/x, 

Var.  SPLENDiDA,  n.var.     (PI.  viii.,  f.2;)). 

Cellulse  longe  ovales,  quam  forma  typica  circa  duplo  majores. 
Chloroplastides  disciformes. 

Cell.  long.  .37,  lat.  20-2 1/x. 

Lismore(240). 

In  outline  very  like  O.  solitaria,  for  which  I,  at  first,  misto(jk 
it.  There  is,  however,  no  internal,  apical  incrassation,  and  the 
cells  are  apiculate.  It  is  about  twice  as  large  as  the  type,  and 
more  elongated  than  \'ar.  ubesa.  The  chloroplasts  are  disciform, 
and  arranged  as  in  O.  solitttria. 

Yar.  ASVMMiCTKiCA  (W.  West)  miiii.      (Text-tig. 2 la). 
Cell.  veg.  12x5,  14x6  /a. 
Botany  (92),  cum  forma  typica. 


Text-fig.  20. 

O.  [iJiiorijMiformis  Borge, (  x  7-40); 
after  Borge. 


132  OOCTSTIS    AND    EREMOSPHJERA, 

Syn.,  O.  asymmetrical^ .  West,  New  Brit.  Frw.  Alga^,  in  J.  R. 
M.  Soc,  1894,  p.l4,  PI.  ii.,  f.27;  O.  crassa  fS  asymnietrica  Chodat, 
Alg.  vertes,  p.  190.  This  is  a  form  of  O.  apiculata  in  which  tlie 
cells  are  unequally  developed,  the  long  axis  through  the  apicula- 
tions  being  slightly  to  one  side  of  the  midline.  West  gives  long, 
cell.  15-8/x,  lat.  cell.  7-8 -6 /x. 

Var.  OBESA,  n.var.      (PI.  viii.,  f.;5). 

Celluhe  ovales,  quani  forma  typica  modice  majores  et  aliquanto 
latiores,  utroque  polo  apiculo  humillimo  instruct??. 

Cell.  veg.  18x11,  19x12,  21  x  13,  22  x  13,  23x15,  24x16, 
34x25,  35x25//. 

Guildford  (60,  146);  Botany  (95). 

Somewhat  larger  than  the  type,  and  considerably  broader,  oval. 
The  axial  ratio  varies  from  1*4  to  1"6: 1*0. 

Var.  siMPLiciOR,  n.var.      (PL  viii.,  f.4-6). 

Cellular  elliptico-lanceolatfv',  lateribus  anjualiter  arcuatis  ad 
apices  convergentibus,  apicibus  acuminatis  baud  inciassatis  nee 
apiculatis. 

Cell.  veg.  11  X  7,  14x7,  14  x  8,  15x7,  15x8,  15  x  10,  16  x  10, 
18xll/x. 

Guildford  (23,  88);  Auburn  (57);  Botany  Bay  (91). 

A  simpler  form  of  the  type,  generally  found  in  company  with 
it.     The  apiculus  is  replaced  by  a  pointed  apex. 

OocvsTis  SUBHEXAGONA,  n.sp.      (PI.  viii.,  f.7). 

Celluhe  parvje  subhexagonje;  lateribus  in  medio  parallelis,  ad 
apices  convergentibus;  apicibus  acuminatis  baud  incrassatis. 

Cell.  veg.  12x7,  16x10,  17x9,  17x10,  20x12,  20x14, 
21  X  13,  22  X  1.3,  25  x  14,  25  x  15,  26x  15,  26  x  17,  34  x  24/z. 

Guildford  (45,  60,  70,  146);  Auburn  (49,  57,  149);  .Sydney 
Water  (65);  Duck  Creek,  Clyde  (74);  Botany  Bay  (91). 

Chloroplasts  discoid.  This  form  is  very  closely  connected  with 
O.  apiculata,  being  probably  intermediate  between  var.  ohesa 
and  O.  anstralieusis  mihi.  Its  axial  ratio  agrees  with  that  of 
the  former,  varying,  as  it  does,  from  1"4  to  1'8:1*0;  average  of 


BY    G.    I.    PLAYFAIR.  133 

1 2  specimens,  1  •(> :  1  •().  Tt  lias  the  iutei'iial,  mucous  lining  com- 
mon to  forms  of  O.  apicidata,  but  tlie  shape  is  of  a  different 
type,  and  the  apex,  though  pointed,  is  not  apiculate.  I  have, 
tlierefore,  kept  it  separate. 

OocYSTis  NoRDSTEDTiANA  (De  Toni)  mihi.      (PI.  ix.,  f.l3). 

"Celhilse  (binje  aut  quaternte)  ellipticje  vel  fere  circulari-ellip- 
ticae,  membrana  in  utroque  fine  tuberculo  insti'ucta  (ut  in  omnibus 
speciebus  hujus  generis  plus  minus  evidenter ])."     Nordstedt,  I.e. 

Cell.  veg.  long.  28,  lat.  18/^. 

Lismore(185). 


Text-fig.'21.— (a)0.  a.ii/mmefrica  W.  West,(x520);  after  W.  West. 
(h)0.  spec,  Schni.,(  X  600);  after  8chmiclle.  (c)  0.  rotunda 
Sehm. ;  after  8chmidle. 

Syn.,  O.  Ndgelii  forma,  Nordstedt,  Frw.  Alg.  N.Z.,  1888,  p.21; 
O.  Noyelii  forma  Nordstedtiana  De  Toni,  Sylloge  Alg.  i.,  1889, 
p.664:;  O  spec,  Schmidle,  Alg.  aus  dem  Nyassasee,  1902,  p.79, 
T.  iii.,  f.5.  In  the  first  place,  it  seems  to  me  impossible  to  place 
Nordstedt's  specimens  under  O.  Ndgelii.  The  latter  is  an  oblong 
type  verging  on  the  cylindrical,  while  these  are  described  as 
ranging  from  elliptical  to  almost  circular-elliptic.  There  is  also 
the  question  of  the  apical  tubercle.  From  his  remarks  in  paren- 
thesis, .^upra,  Nordstedt  seems  to  have  considered  its  presence  as 
of  little  importance.  Nevertheless  (apart  from  mother-cells;  the 
only  published  type  with  an  apical  papilla  is  Schmidle's  unnamed 
species  from  Lake  Nyassa.  And,  in  my  experience,  the  apical 
papilla  is  exceedingly  uncommon;  out  of  170  specimens  of  Oocystis 
measured  for  these  notes,  only  two  showed  a  papilla;  and,  of 
those  that   showed   a  slight  apiculation,  all,  without   exception, 


134  OOCYSTIK    AKD    ER  EMOSPHiERA, 

appei'tainecl  to  O.  apiculata  West,  of  which  species  the  apicuhxs 
is  characteristic.  Nor  is  the  papilla  more  cominoii  in  Ercmo- 
sphosra  viridis {which,  from  my  j^oint  of  view,  is  an  Oocystis).  Out 
of  70  specimens  measured,  it  occurred  in  no  more  than  two.  The 
only  forms  in  which  the  tubercle  seems  to  be  indifferently  present 
or  absent  are  O.  panduriformis  West,  and  Erem.  viridis  v. 
doliformis  mihi.  1  have  never  noted  either  tubercle  or  apiculus 
in  any  form  which  is  generally  non-tuberculate  or  non-apiculate. 

Var.  ROTUNDA  (Schm.)  mihi.      (Text-fig. 2 Ic). 

Cell,  rotundfe,  10-lI/x  latse,  utroque  polo  tuberculatpe." 
Schmidle,  I.e. 

Schmidle,  Beitr.  z.  Alpinen  Algenfi.,  p.8,  T.14,  f.7a,  ^  1895. 
I  have  not  noted  the  occurrence  here  of  this  form,  which  seems 
to  me  to  be  a  more  globose  variation  of  O.  Nordstedtiana.  Nord- 
stedt's  smallest  size  is  16  x  10/>i. 

Oocystis  Chodati,  nom.nov.     (PI.  viii.,  f.8-11). 

Cellulse  ovales  vel  ovali-oblonga?,  ubique  sequaliter  rotundatse; 
lateribus  arcuatis,  apicibus  late-rotundatis  nee  apiculatis,  nee 
incrassatis.     Chloroplastides  pulviniformes. 

Cell,  matric.  sphfer.  diam.  3.3-40,  oval.  long.  30-47,  lat.  25-40; 
cell.  veg.  vel  autosp.  16x  12,  18x  12,  20x  12,  24  x  10,  24  xl8, 
28  X  22,  30  X  20,  34  x  25,  40  x  30/x. 

Auburn  (49,  56,  135);  Guildfoi-d  (60,  124,  146);  Fairfield(l  12). 

Syn.,  0.  solitaria,  pro  parte,  in  Chodat,  Alg.  vertes,  p.  189, 
f.l04F,  autospores.  This  species  is  regularly  oval  or  oval-oblong, 
rounded  everywhere.  It  differs  from  0.  solitaria  especiall}-  in 
the  broadly  rounded  ends  without  papilla  or  internal  incrassation. 
Also,  the  cells  being  broader,  the  axial  ratio  is  smaller.  The 
latter  varies,  in  the  examples  given  above,  from  1'3  to  1'6:1"0, 
the  average  being  1  "4 : 1  '0.  In  0.  solitaria,  the  ratio  is  greater, 
the  cells  being  proportionately  longer  and  more  pointed.  Some 
of  the  smaller  sizes  of  0.  Chodati  come  very  near  to  0.  Ndyelii; 
the  cells,  however,  are  broader  in  proportion  and  more  oval. 
This  form  is  generally  found  on  swampy  ground,  especially  the 
larger  sizes. 


BY    G.    I.     PLAYFAIR. 


135 


OOC'YSTIS    AUSTKALIEXSI^,   11. Sp.       (PI.  viii.,   f.12,1.")). 

Celluke  late  elliptico-laneeolatai;  lateribus  sequaliter  arcuatis 
usque  ad  polos  seiisini  sensiuKjue  convergentibus;  apiculis  acu- 
niiiiatis  liaucl  incrassatis.      Chloroplastides  pulvinifonnes. 

Cell,  matric.  sphser.  diani.  4(i,  lanceol.  45  x. "^8;  cell.  veg.  vel 
autosp.  20  X  1 2,  20  X  1 4,  2 1  X  1  :\  2:'.  x  1 7,  24  x  1 4,  24  x  1 5,  27  x  1 8, 
:'.0  X  17,  :W  x  20,  :^0  x21/7.. 

Auburn  (49,  57,  104,  105,  1:^5,  139);  Collector;  Lismore  (185). 

Cy.  Chodat,  /.r.,  p.  189,  f.  104G,  H,  for  somewhat  similar  but 
irregular  forms.  This  species  is  another  of  our  swamp-forms. 
The  cells  are  the  shape  of  0.  lacustris  Chod.,  but  have  discoid 
chloroplasts,  and  a  different  habitat,  0.  lacnstris  being  a  plank- 
ton-form. In  optical  section,  there  are  nearly  always  five  chloro- 
plasts each  side,  and  one  at  each  end.  The  dimensions  are 
much  the  same  as  in  0.  Chodati;  in  both  also  the  axial  ratio  is 
approximately  3:2.  As  autospores,  they  are  generally  found  in 
thin-walled,  oval  or  lanceolate  mother-cells,  but  I  have  noted  them 
produced  by  undoubted,  uninflated  specimens  of  Eremosphd'va 
viridis,  easily  recognised  by  the  irregular,  mucilaginous,  inner  cell- 
wall.  See  text-figure  3  in  the  introduction,  and  compare  Chodat, 
Bot.  Zeit.,  1895,  PI.  v.,  f.9. 

OOCYSTIS    PANDURIFORMIS  W.   West. 

"O.  magna;  cellulis  solitariis  vel  in  famil- 
iis  e  4-8  cellulis  formatis  consociatis,  cellu- 
lis 2-2^-plo-longioribus  quam  latioribus, 
ovatis,  lateribus  leviter  concavis,  apicibus 
incrassatis  et  subacutis."     W.  West,  I.e. 

Cell.  veg.  long.  82,  lat.  max.  30 /x. 

Rookwood  (107). 

W.  West,  New  Brit.  Frw.  Alg.,  J.R.M. 
8oc.,  1894,  p.l5,  PI.  ii.,  f.33-35.  A  rare 
form,  of  which  I  have  seen  only  one  speci- 
men; the  shape,  however,  is  too  charac- 
teristic to  be  mistaken.  West's  dimen- 
sions are  50-6 1^  long,  by  23-25^  broad.  A  forma  ma/ar  West,  is 
distinguished  by  him  in  the  same  place,  size:  "long.  cell.  77 [j.;  lat. 


(PL  viii.,  f.l4). 


Text-fig.  22. 
0.  2)andurifonni><  W. 
West,(  xfyiO);  after 
W.  We.st. 


136  OOCYSTIS    AND    EREMOSPH^RA, 

medio  29/t;  lat.  max.  32'5/x."  Considering  the  variation  in 
dimensions,  which  is  general  in  these  forms,  this  might  very  well 
be  included  in  the  type  along  with  that  given  above.  Chodat 
considers  that  this  species  is  biologically  a  form  of  Eremosphcera 
viridis,  and  with  this  I  entirely  agree.  It  is,  however,  a  character 
which  0.  pand'urifotinis  shares  with  all  the  other  "species"  of 
Oocyst  is. 

A  var.  pachyderma  West,  I.e.,  p-16,  PI.  ii.,  f.36,  is  also  re- 
corded, differing  only  in  the  very  thick  cell-wall  ("membrana 
cellularum  2 •5-2 "8 /x  ci*assa,"  West. 

OocYSTis  ovALis  (Turner)  W.  k  G.  S.  West.     (PI.  viii.,  f.l5,  16). 

"Mediocris,  2-2i-plo  longiorquam  lata;  cellulis  ovalibus,  lateri- 
bus  ventricosis,  apicibus  rotundatis.  Membrana  crassa,  glabra." 
Turner,  Ix. 

Cell.  veg.  50  x  26,  62  x  32/x. 
Rookwood(107). 

Syn.,  Cylindrocysfis  ovalis  Turner,  Frw.  Alg.  E.  Ind.,  1892, 
p.  16,  T.  i.,  f.5  (fig.  sinistr.).  About  this  form,  W.  6:  G.  S.  West, 
.Some  recently  published  Desmidiete,  Journ.  Bot.,  1895,  No. 387, 
p. 6 6,  remark:  "From  the  perfectly  elliptical  form  and  smooth, 
thick  membrane,  this  appears  to  us  to  be  a 
species  of  Oocystis."  Their  opinion  is  con- 
firmed by  my  finding  it  here  in  the  form  of 
autospores,  PI.  viii.,  f.17.  It  is  not  surprising, 
however,  that  Turner  should  have  considered 
Text  fiff  *>.3  ^^  ^  Cyfindrocystis,  as  the  generally  prevailing 

Cylindro€yxtii<  ora/i.s  character  of  the  chloroplasts  is  unlike  that  of 
Turner;  after  any   other   species  of    Oocystis,   and,    in  some 

Turner.  specimens,    the  contents  are  disposed   almost 

exactly  as  in  that  genus,  PI.  viii.,  f.l5.  The  chloroplasts  are 
minute,  fusiform  or  digitate  masses,  disposed  longitudinally,  and 
radiating  somewhat  from  the  nucleus  to  the  apices.  The  same 
type  of  chloroplast  is  found  also  in  Eremosphcera  occasionally. 
Turner's  specimens  were  smaller  than  ours;  he  gives  long.  40-42, 
lat.  17-20/x. 


BY    G.    I.    PLAYFAIR.  137 

Var.  SUBTRUNCATA,  n.vai'.     (PI.  viii.,  f.17-19). 

Celluke  oblongae  interdum  pjene  cylindraceaj,  lateribus  minus 
arcuatis,  apicibus  subtruncato-rotundatis. 

Cell,  matric.  elliptic.  80  x  40;  cell.  veg.  vel  autosp.  50  x  20, 
50  X  26,  54  X  24,  60  x  32,  61  x  32,  62  x  26,  62  x  32,  70  x  32/x. 

Rookwood  (107);  Lismore  ( 240). 

Cylindrocystis  oralis  Turn.,  I.e.,  T.  i.,  f.5  (fig.  dextr.).  Turner 
gives  two  different  forms  for  his  Ci/l.  ovalis,  the  right-hand  one 
one  of  which  can  hardly  be  described  as  oval.  I  have  sepaiated 
this  form,  therefore,  as  var.  snbtruncafa.  It  is  more  common 
than  the  type,  and  is  distinctly  oblong,  verging  sometimes  on 
subcylindrical,  with  subtruncately  rounded  ends.  In  specimens 
found  with  the  type  in  sample  No.  107,  the  chloi'oplasts  were 
digitate,  but  I  have  noted  others  at  Lismore  with  chloroplasts  of 
the  usual  discoid  character. 
Forma. 

Apicibus  late-rotundatis  nee  subtruncatis. 

Cell.  veg.  70  x  32/x. 

Auburn  (140). 

Var.  CYLiNDRACEA,  n.vax\     (PI.  viii.,  f. 20-22). 

Cellulae  plus  minusve  distincte  cylindracese;  lateribus  levissime 
arcuatis  subparallelis;  apicibus  late-rotundatis  vel  subtruncatis. 

Cell  veg.  vel  autosp.  52  x  28,  66  x  28,  67  x  40,  86  x  32//. 

Rookwood  (107). 

In  this  foi'm,  the  sides  are  nearly  parallel,  and  only  slightly 
arched.  Slender  specimens  are  quite  cylindrical,  the  broader 
more  oblong.  I  have  noted  that,  in  this  variation,  it  may,  per- 
haps, occur  also  in  the  other  forms,  the  cell  is  provided  with 
what  appear  to  be  two,  large,  pale  reddish-brown  pyrenoids,  one 
in  either  half  of  the  cell.  In  this  condition,  the  cell  simulates  a 
CyHndrocystis  very  closely  indeed.  The  same  occurs  in  0. 
lacustris  var.  2^'^^^densis  mihi,  in  which  form  this  presumed 
pyrenoid  is  sometimes  pale  brown  and  sometimes  pale  green.  I 
am  inclined  to  believe,  however,  that  these  bodies  are  not  pyre- 
noids, but  nuclei  with  a  layer  of  chlorophyll  or  oil-drops  surround- 
ing them.      Pyrenoids,  when  they  occur,  are  found,  one  in  each 

10 


138 


OOCYSTIS    AND    EREMOSPHiERA, 


chloroplast,  not  occupying  the  centre  of  the  semicell.  Moreover, 
the  chloroplasts  in  such  cells  radiate  from  this  central  body  to 
the  ends  and  to  the  centre.  Again,  this  form  of  cell  always 
develops  a  pair  of  spherical  autospores;  we  may  take  it,  therefore, 
I  think,  that  such  are  temporarily  binucleated,  prior  to  forma- 
tion of  autospores.  We  have  here  also  a  case  of  an  Ooci/.-tfifi 
giving  rise  to  the  smaller  sizes  of  Eremosphcera;  cf.  PI.  viii.,  f.20, 
and  Chodat,  Bot.  Zeit.  1895.,  T.  v.,  f.8. 

Species  unknown  to  me. 

OoCYSTIS    GEMINATA  Nag. 

"Familiis  e  cellulis  geminis  formatis,  cellulis  ovoideis,  nonnun- 
quam  singulis  intra  cellulse  matricalis  membranam  vesiculo  ampli- 
atam."     De  Toni,  I.e. 

In  Rabenhorst,  Fl.  Eur.  Algarum,  iii.,  p.53  (1868);  De  Toni, 
Sylloge  Alg.,  i.,  p. 664.  Syn.,  Oocystis  minor  {micrococca)  Itzig. 
0.  geminata,  in  my  opinion,  is  a  nomevt  delendum.  Without 
figure  or  dimensions,  the  expression  "cellulis  ovoideis^'  applies 
equally  well  to  any  number  of  forms.  Every  species,  also,  is 
capable  of  developing  two  autospores  to  the  family. 

Oocystis  gigas  Archer. 

"Familiis  (cellulis  initialibus)  late 
ellipticis,  subinde  quasi  globosis,  amplis, 
60-70  X  50-60 /x,  plerumque  cellulas  2 
includentibus."     De  Toni,  I.e. 

"O.  magna;  cellulis  solitariis  vel  in 
familiis  e  2  cellulis  formatis  consociatis; 
cellulis  late  ellipticis,  1  j-plo  longioribus 
quam  latioribus,  apicibus  latissime  ro- 
tundatis  et  non-incrassatis;  contentum 
chlorophyllosum  cellularum  granulosum 
Isete  viride."     W.  West,  I.e. 

Cf.  Archer,  in  Quart.  Journ.  Micr. 
Sci.,  1877,  p.  105  (no  fig.),  De  Toni, 
Sylloge  i.,  1889,  p.665.  W.  West,  New  Brit.  Frw.  Alg.,  1894,  p.  14; 
the  last-named  gives  long.  cell.40-50-5/x,  lat.  cell.32-5-40/x;  diam. 
fam.  1  cell.  67  x  52/i. 


Text-fig.  24. 

O.  gigas  i.  minor  W.  West, 

(x520);  after  W.  West. 


BY    G.    I.    PLAYPAIR. 


139 


Forma  minor  W.  West.     (Text-fig.24). 

"  F.  cellulis  minoribus,  If-plo  longioribus  qiiam  latioribus, 
singula  vel  in  familiis  e  4  ceUulis  compositis."  West,  I.e.,  p.  14, 
Pl.ii.,  i.2S. 

The  author  records  the  dimensions  as  Fam.  4  cell.  7Gx63/j.; 
long.  cell.  36-2-40,  lat.  cell.  26-28-5/-1. 

Var.  INCRASSATA  W.  West. 
(Text-fig. 25). 

"Var.  membraua  cellularum  in- 
crassata  et  apicibus  incrassatis  et 
subprotuberantibus."  W.  West,  I.e., 
p.l4,  Pl.ii.,  f.37. 

The  dimensions  given  are,   long. 

cell.  56 fi,  lat.  cell.   39 /x.      Quite  a 

different  shape  from  that  figured  as 

the  type;  it  would  be  better  placed  ^       ^    ,. 

""^  ^  Text-fig.  2o. 

as  a   variation  of   0.   nodulosa  W.  q  gi,j^g  ^^r.  incrassata  W.  West, 

West,  I.e.,  PI.  ii.,  f  .31 .  (  x  520);  after  W.  West. 

OocYSTis  PUSiLLA  Hansgirg. 

Mentioned  by  W.  ifc  G.  S.  West,  in  Notes  on  Frw.  Alg.,  Journ. 
Bot.,  1899,  p. 335,  where  it  is  compared  with  O.  jmrva  W.  &  G. 
S.  West.     I  do  not  know  in  what  publication  it  is  described. 

OocY'STisC?)  BRUNNBA  Turn.      (Text-fig. 26a). 

"  Cell  with  pale  brown  mucous  contents,  of  an  oblong  form, 
contained  in  a  proper  membrane,  having  two  orbicular  cells 
placed  in  the  direction  of  its  long  axis,  which  nearly  fill  up  the 
entire  length,  and  are  pressed  closely  together  at  the  centre. 
These  cells  appear  filled  with  perfectly  clear  colourless  fluid  or 
mucus,  and  have  at  their  inner  mai-gins  each  a  reddish-brown 
granular  nucleus.  Outer  cell-membrane  punctated.  Long.  3S, 
lat.  27 /x."     Turner,  I.e.  (Wallich  MS.  No. 348). 

Cy.  Turner,  Alg.  E.  Ind.,  1892,  p. 156,  T.  xxi.,  f.7.  Both 
figure  and  description  are  taken  from  Wallich's  manuscript.     The 


140 


OOCVSTIS    AND    EREMOSPH^RA, 


note  of  interrogation  in  the  name  is  Turner's,  and,  indeed,  from 
the  description  ("pale  brown  mucous  contents,"  &c.),  it  is  ex- 
tremely unlikely  that  the  specimen  figured  was  an  Oocystis,  or 
any  other  species  of  freshwater  algie.  The  name  may  well  be  set 
aside. 


cu 


Text-fig.'26.— (a)  t>.(?)  hnmnea  Turner, (  x  (iOO) ;  after  Turner.  (/')  C».(?) 
wia?)«H?7/ato  Turn., (  X  1500);  after  Turner,  (c)  Hyalotheca  hians,  a 
form, (  X  550),  original. 

OocYSTis(?)  MAMMiLLATA  Turn.     (Text-fig.266). 

"O.  sub-circularis,  paullo  longior  quam  lata,  apicibus  paullo 
depressis,  apice  in  centro  rutundata  vel  distincte  mamniillata; 
divisio  verticalis;  a  vertice  visa  perfecte  circularis.  Long.  18, 
lat.  15-2 fi"     Turner,  I.e. 

Cf.  Turner,  Frw.  Alg.  E.  Ind.,  1892,  p.l55,  T.  xxi.,  f.U.  The 
(juery  again  is  Turner's.  This  form  might  have  been  accepted 
without  question  as  a  genuine  Oocystis  but  for  the  vertical  line 
from  pole  to  pole.  Such  a  thing,  I  have  never  noted  in  any 
specimen  of  Oocystis  whatever.*  In  empty  cells  of  Ere7nosph(fra, 
it  is  true,  faint  lines,  2-4  or  so  in  number,  may  often  be  seen 
radiating  out  from  the  poles,  but  even  these  do  not  stretch  dis- 
tinctly fi'om  pole  to  pole.  I  figure  here  a  form  of  Hyalotheca 
hians  Nord.,  with  prosilient  suture,  which,  both  in  size  and 
appearance,  comes  very  close  to  Turner's  specimen.  The  dimen- 
sions of  the  cells  are  21x31/i,  suture  37 /x.  Solitary  cells  of 
Hyal.  hians  are  not  at  all  uncommon  in  my  gatherings. 


*  On  this  point,  however,  the  figures  of  (''.)Glaucocyi<tis  cingulafa  Bohlin, 
Alg.  Regnellschen  Exp.,  T.  i.,  f.  11-13,  are  worthy  of  consideration. 


BY   G.    1.    PLAYFAIR.  141 

OocYSTis  sociALis  Osteufeld. 

Cells  4-8  in  a  family,  elliptical,  15-20/x  long  and  8-1 2 //  broad, 
with  two  chloroplasts. 

Cf.  Ostenfeld,  Phytopl.  fiu  det  Kasp.  Hav.,  (Medd.  fra  den 
naturh.  Foren.  Kopenhagen,  1901)  p.  138,  f.  10.  I  have  not  seen 
this  memoir,  and  the  details  I  give  ai-e  from  Lemmermann,  Nord. 
Plankt.,  xxi.,  p.  16. 

Synonyyns. 

0.  rupestris  Kirchner=0.  JVdgelii  A.  Braun. — "  Zellen  ob- 
long, ungefahr  doppelt  so  lang  als  dick,  meist  einzeln,  da  die 
Mutterzellhaut  sehr  friih  zerrissen  wird."     Kirchner,  I.e. 

0.  setigera  Archer  =  Lagerheimia  spec. — Quart.  Journ.  Micr. 
8ci.,  1877,  p.  194,  M.  C.  Cooke,  Brit.  Frw.  Algte,  p. 27,  remarks: 
"We  are  unable  to  give  any  description  of  this  species,  which,  so 
far  as  we  ai-e  aware,  bears  only  a  manuscript  name." 

0.  ciliata  Lagerheim  =  Lagerheimia  ciliata  (Lag.)  Chodat. — Cf. 
Lagerheim,  Pedi.  Protococc.o.  Palmell.,(K.Vet.-Akad.Forh.,  1882, 
No.2)p.76,T.iii.,f.33-37.      Syn.,  Chodatella  c-i^ia/!«(Lag.).  Lemm.* 

0.  ciliata  (3  amphitricha  Lag.  =  Lagerheimia  ciliata  var.  amphi- 
tricha.  Cf.  Lagerheim,  Bidr.  t.  Sveriges  Algflora,  (K.  Vet.-Akad. 
Forh.,  1883,  No.2)  p.61,  T.  i.,  f.25,  26. 

0.  ciliata  var.  radians  W.  &  G.  S.  West  =  Lagerheimia  ciliata 
var.  amphitricha  Lag.  Cf.  W.  it  G.  S.  West,  New  and  Inter- 
esting Frw.  Algs-,  J.R.M.8.,  1896,  p.l61,  PI.  iii.,  f.l5. 

0.  Echidna  Bohlin  =  Lagerheimia  Echidna  (Bohlin).  Cf. 
Bohlin,  Zur  Morph.  u.  Biol,  einzell.  Alg.,  p.518.  Syn.,  Chodatella 
Echidna  (Bohlin)  Chodat,  Alg.  vertes,  p.  192. 

0.  Ndgelii,  forma,  Nord.  =  0.  Nordstedtiana  (De  Toni)  mihi. 

0.  Ndgelii  f.  Nordstedtiana  Le  Toni  =  0.  Nordstedtiana  (De 
Toni)  mihi. 

0.  rotunda  Schmidle=0.  Nordstedtiana  var.  rotunda  (8chm.) 
mihi. 

*  In  Plankton  of  the  Sydney  Water-Supply,  the.se  Proceedings,  1912, 
Vol.  xxxvii.,  Part  3,  I  have  shown  that  Lagerheimia  and  Chodatella  are 
one.  There  is  no  generic  diiference  in  the  set;e,  which  are  interchangeable 
in  the  same  form. 


142  OOCYSTIS    AND    EREMOSPHiERA, 

0  elliptica  W.  West,  incl.  f.  minor  AVest,  =  0.  Ndgelii  A.Br. 
— "O.  cellulis  in  familias  e  4-8  cellulis  formantes  consociatis, 
cellulis  oblongo-ellipticis,  2^-plo  longius  quam  latius,  apicibus 
rotundatis  et  non-incrassatis."  W.  West,  Alg.  Eng.  Lake  Distr., 
p.24. 

0.  sphcerica  Turner,  =  0.  Ndgelii  var.  macrospora  (Turn. )  mihi. 
— "Cellulie  hyalinfe  globoste,  interne  familias  2-8  cellularum  ellip- 
ticarum  includentes.  Cellulte  juveniles  forma  irregulariter  sub- 
sphsericae.  Diam.  outer  cell  65;  inner  cell  long.  32,  lat.  1.3/a." 
Turner,  Frw.  Alg.  E.  Ind.,  1892,  p.  155,  no  fig.  A  spherical 
mother-cell,  with  elliptical  autospores  32  x  13/x  in  dimensions. 
The  latter  ai-e  almost  certainly  identical  with  the  autospores  of 
Hydrocytium  macrosporum  Turner,  ibid.,  p.  154,  T.  xx.,  f.32, 
[  =  0.  Ndgelii  var.  macrospora  (Turn.)  mihi]  which  measure 
39  X  13/x.  The  difference  in  outline  of  the  mother-cell  is  of  no 
consequence. 

Hydrocytium  macrosporum.  Turn.  =  0.  Ndgelii  v.  tnacrospora 
(Turn.) mihi. — "H.  dimensione  irregularis:  cellula  ovata,  apicibus 
acuminata  (fere  ut  in  H.  acuminatum.  Braun)  sed  tubo  parvo  \e\ 
foramine  apicali  instructa;  sporis  2-4  magnis  longe  ovalibus  in- 
cludentibus."     Turner,  I.e.,  p.  154,  T.  xx.,  f.32. 

Cylindrocystis  ovalis  Turner  =  pro  parte  0.  oralis  (Turn.)  W. 
&  G.  8.  West;  pro  parte  0.  ovalis  v.  subtrmicata  mihi. — "C. 
mediocris,  2-2|--plo  longior  quam  lata;  cellulis  ovalibus,  lateribus 
venti'icosis,  apicibus  rotundatis.  Membrana  crassa,  glabra." 
Turner,  I.e.,  p.  16,  T.  i.,  f.5. 

0.  asymmetrica  W.  West  =  0.  apicidata  var.  asymmet7-ica 
(West)  mihi. — "O  parva;  cellulis  semper  solitariis,  asymmetrice 
oblongo-ellipticis,  2|-plo  longioribus  quam  latioribus,  dorso  valde 
convexis,  ventre  leviter  convexis;  apicibus  incrassatis  et  acumin- 
atis;  contentum  cellularum  viride  granulatum."  W.  West,  New 
Brit.  Frw.  Alg.,  p.  14,  15,  PI.  ii.,  f.27. 

0.  Marssonii  Lemm.  =  0.  crassa  Wittrock. — >SVc.  W.  A:  (J.  S. 
West,  Frw.  Alg.  N.  Ireland,  p. 68;  and  Chodat,  Alg.  vertes,  p.  190. 

0.  gigds  var.  Borgei  Lemm.  =  (9.  Ndgelii  v.  liorgei  (Lemm.) 
i^^ilii. — "Zellen  langlich  cyUndrisch,   8-14:3-5/x,"  Lemmermann, 


BY    G.    I.    PLAYPAIR  143 

Plankt.  Schwed.  Gewass.,  p.  107;  in  O.  Borge,  Bot.  Notiser,  1900, 
T.  i.,  f.3.  It  is  impossible  to  iiiidei'stand  why  this  form  has  been 
placed  under  0.  gigoK,  which  is  a  very  large  form,  and  broadly 
oval  or  oblong.  Tlie  cylindrical  is  one  of  the  regular  type-forms 
of  0.  Ndgdii,  and  Lemmermann  himself,  Lc,  classifies  it  with 
that  species.      I  have  not  seen  the  figure. 

0.  pelayica  Lemni.  =  0.  Nagdii  K.^v. — "Zellen  zu  4-8  von  der 
weiten,  gallertartigen  Mutterzellhaut  umschlossen,  elliptisch,  mit 
zahlreichen  wandstandigen  Chromatophoren,  ohne  Pyrenoide,  1 2/i. 
lang  und  7/i,  breit,  Hiille  66:77/>i."  Lemmermann,  Nord.  Plankt., 
xxi.,  p.  16,  f.56.  The  author  himself  classes  this  with  0.  Niigelii; 
and  the  very  large  mother-cell,  on  whicli  he  relies,  is  of  no  value 
as  a  specific  characteristic. 

0.  sjiec,  Schmidle  =  0.  Nordstedtiana  (De  Toni)  mihi. — "Zellen 
stets  einzeln,  beiderseits  mit  je  einem  Tuberkel,  breit  elliptisch, 
40/x  lang,  32  breit."     8chmidle,  Alg.  aus  d.  Nyassasee,  p.79. 

0.  Ndgelii  ft  Novcp.  Setnlice  =  0.  Novce  SemlUe  Wille. 

0.  ci'assa  y  nodulosa  (West)  Chodat  =  0.  twdulosa  W.  West. 

Oocystella  nalans  Lemm.  =  0.  lacustris  var. naia7is(Lemm.)mihi. 

0.  gloeocystiformis  Borge  =0.  apiculata  W.  West. — "Cellulae 
ellipsoidese  in  utroque  fine  tuberculo  parvo  instructse,  2-mult£e  in 
familias  tegumento  generali  crasso  ut  in  Gloeocystide  involutas 
congests;  contentus  guttulas  2  oleosas  fovens.''  Borge,  Siissw. 
Clilor.  V.  Feuerland,  p. 25,  T.  ii.,  f.l. 

0.  Niigelii  v.  m'uiutissiuia  Bernard  =  0.  JVovce  Semlice  Wille. 

0.  elliptica  var.  Africana  G.  8.  West  =  (9.  Ndgelii  v.  Africana 
(G.  S.  West)  mihi. 

Genus  Eremosph;era  De  Bary. 
Syn.,  Chlorosphcera  Henfrey,  1859,  spc.  G.  8.  West,  Brit.  Frw. 
Algse,  p.229. 

Eremosph^.ra  viridis  De  Bary.     (PI.  ix.,  f.l,  2). 

Cell,  matric.  diam.  104,  118,  230,  250,  280,  285,  290,  306,  330/x. 
Cell.  veg.  vel  autosp.  diam.  42,  44,  46,  48,  50,  60,  65,  70,  74,  76, 
78,  80,  86,  90,  94,  95,  100,  105,  110,  133/^.  Membr.  crass.  1-4 /x. 
Corp.  centr.  diam.  ca.  16ju. 


144 


OOCYSTIS    AND    EREMOSPHiERA, 


S-a^ 


jtf 


9^mo'^ 


VuJ 


Auburn  (57,  59,  67,  118,  119,  135,  140,  148,  149);  Rookwood 
(107,  171);  Potts  Hill  (138);  Guildford  (70,  124);  Canley  Vale 
(128);  Lismore  (240);  Coogee  (4,  13,  24). 

Cf.   Be  Bary,   Conjugatse,    1858,   pp.55,  56,  T.  viii.,  f.26,  27; 

Chodat,     Entwickelung     der     Eremo- 
*^Cj^^  sphcBva    viridis,    Bot.   Zeit.,  liii.,  T.  v.; 

Eichler,  Matery.  do  flory  Miedzyrzeca, 
1894,  T.  ii.,  f.5;  G.  S.  West,  Brit.  Frw. 
Algffi,  p. 229,  f.99. 

De  Bary's  figures  work  out  at  diam. 
82-84/x.  Eichler,  I.e.,  p.  123,  gives  40/x, 
if  I  read  aright  his  note  ("w  kazdej  do 
40 /x  srednicy"),  but  his  figure  shows 
diam.  65 /x.  G.  S.  West  furnishes  55- 
200/x,  and  Chodat  25-200/x.  I  have 
never  observed  any  vegetative  speci- 
men or  auto&pore  smaller  than  diam. 
42/x.  The  much  greater  size  of  the 
mother-cells,  compared  with  that  oi 
even  the  largest  vegetative  cell,  shows 
Text-fig.  27.  that    the    formation    of   autospores  is 

E.  riridi.^  Be  By.     (a)  x  300,  generally  accompanied  by  inflation  of 
(/;)  X  ;390;  after  De  Bary.       *  •    •      i        i, 

the  ongmal  cell. 

Var.  ACUMINATA,  n.var.     (PI.  ix.,  f.3-6). 

Cellulse  liberie  subglobosse  vel  ellipticje,  ad  polos  plus  minusve 
acuminatte,  interdum  apicibus  papilla  humillima  instructis. 

Cell.  veg.  63  x  57,  70  x64,  70 x  67,  72  x  64,  74  x  70,  78x67, 
80x65,  80x74,  80x75,  82x74,  82x76,  95x87,  100x90, 
106  X  95,  120  X  114/x.      Membr.  crass.  1-4/x. 

Auburn  (67,  106,  140,  148,  149,  159);  Potts  Hill  (138);  Rook- 
wood (163);  Lismore  (240). 

This  variety  is  not  uncommon  wherever  the  type  is  found. 
With  the  two  following,  it  shows  distinctly  the  polarity  of  Etp- 
mosphcera,  which  is  very  little  noticeable  in  spherical  specimens. 
Every  degree  of  inflation  can  be  observed,  connecting  this  form 
with  the  type,  but  the  apices  are  more  or  less  acuminate  in  all. 


BY    G.    I.    PLAYFAIK.  145 

The  membrane  is  often  somewhat  incrassate  at  the  poles,  and 
occasionally,  but  very  rarely,  a  slight  papilla  is  present.  Axial 
ratio  varies  from  1'05  to  1'23: 1-00,  the  average  of  twelve  records 
being  M  to  1-0. 

Var.  ovALis,  n.var.     (PI.  ix.,  f.7,  8). 

Cellulse  late-ovales;  apicibus  late-rotundatis  nee  acuminatis; 
membrana  interdum  utroque  polo  introrsum  incrassata.  Chloro- 
plastides  ut  in  forma  typica. 

Cell.  veg.  54x48,80x66,  80x70,  80x74,  84x70,84x74, 
85x75,  90x82,  92x82,  94x88,  96x86,  98x86,  98x88, 
100x86,  100x88,  104x94,  110x93,  110x100,  110x104, 
120  X  110/M.     Membr.  crass.  1^-6/x. 

Coogee(58,  93);  Auburn  (67,  119,  140,  148,  149,  164);  Rook- 
wood  (107);  Canley  Vale  (128);  Potts  Hill  (138);  Guildford(146). 

Almost  as  common  here  as  the  type,  in  company  with  which 
it  is  generally  found.  The  apices  in  this  form  are  rounded  off, 
not  acuminate  as  in  var.  acuminata.  Occasionally,  they  are 
flattened  somewhat,  showing  a  tendency  to  pass  over  into  var. 
doliformis.  The  inner  mucous  layer  of  the  membrane,  when 
present,  is  nearly  always  longitudinally  corrugate.  The  ratio  of 
the  axes  varies  from  about  Tl  to  1*2: TO,  the  average  of  the 
twenty  specimens  given  above  being  l*12:r00.  Quite  plentiful 
in  some  gatherings,  e.g.,  Nos.67  and  107. 

Var.  DOLIFORMIS,  n.var.     (PI.  ix.,  f.9,  10). 

Cellulse  liberse  oblongse,  doliformes;  lateribus  plus  minusve 
arcuatis;  apicibus  truncatis  interdum  papilla  instructis;  angulis 
obtuse-rotundatis.     Cellulas  matrices  non  vidi. 

Cell.  veg.  86x72,  88x70;  114  x  100  ap.  30;  120x  97  ap.  30; 
120  X  105,  142  X  118/x. 

Auburn  (118,  140,  174);  Fairfield  (79);  Canley  Vale  (128); 
Lismore  (240). 

Rarer  than  the  preceding  forms,  it  nevertheless  generally 
turns  up  in  any  habitat  where  the  type  is  found.  Chloroplasts 
are  of  the  usual  irregular  lozenge-shape.  Sometimes  thei'e  is  a 
slight  apical  incrassation  on  the  inner  side  of  the  membrane, 
and,  more  rarely,  a  tubercle  outside. 

a 


146 


OOCYSTIS    AND    KREMOSPHiERA, 


Var,  NODOSA,  n.var.     (PI.  ix.,  f.ll,  12). 
Cellulse  sphfericae,  membrana  utroque  polointrorsum  incrassata. 
Cell.  diam.  40,  42,  50,  52,  56;  membr.  crass.  2-3/x. 
Potts  Hill  (138);  Auburn  (140,  148,  149);  Lismore  (240). 

Var.  Chodati,  noin.nov.     (Text-fig.  28). 
Cellulse  late-ellipticai,  ovales;  lateribus  arcuatis;  apicibus  late- 
rotundatis,    utroque   polo  interdum   introrsuni 
incrassatis.     Chloroplastides  in  laminis  radian- 
tibus  ordinatae. 

Gf.  Chodat,  Bot.  Zeit.,  1895,  T.  v.,  f.lO;  no 
dimensions  given,  nor  magnification.      I  have 
not  met  with   this  form,   which   is   somewhat 
like  var.  ovalis  but  more  elliptic,  not  so  sub- 
globose.      The  chloroplasts  also  are  diffei'ent, 
E.  virklis  var.  Cho-  ^^^"S  small,    radiating   laminae,  instead  of  the 
dati  mihi;  after  usual  parietal  discs.     The  large,  central  body 
Chodat.  indicates  that  it  is  a  form  of  EremospJuera. 


EXPLANATION   OF  PLATES   VII. -IX. 

Plate  vii. 

Figs.  1-4. — Oocystis  NiigeVii  A.Br.,  three  form.s  of  the  type;  (1-3),  x  1000; 

(4),  X  1330. 
Figs. 5.  6.  ,,  ,,        mother-cells;  (5),  X  r)00;  (6),  X  665. 

Fig.7.  ,,  .,        var.  obesa,  n.var.,{  x  1330). 

Fig. 8.  ,,  ,,        var.  c?t»Va,  n.var., (  X  1.3.30). 

Figs.9,  10.— 0.  Xovct  Semi  ice  Wille;  (9),  mother-cell,  (  x  665);  (10),  one  of 

the  autospores,(  x  1330). 
Figs.  11,  12.       „  „        f.  majw  Wille;  (11),  mother-cell,(x500);  (12), 

an  autospore,(  x  1330). 
Figs.  13-17.        ,,  ,,        var.    australica,   n.var.,    (13-15),   from   Parra- 

matta;  (13,  14),  x  665;  (15),  x  1000;  (16, 17), 

from  Lismore,  (  x  1330). 
Figs.  18,  19. — 0.  vrassayar.  Osten/e/dii,  nom.nov.,  (18),  mother-cell,(  x  665); 

(19),  one  of  the  autospores,(  x  1000). 
Fig.20. — O.  laniMri^  Chodat,  with  two  generations  of  aiitospores, (  x  1000). 
Fig.21.  ,,  var.  natans  (Lemm.)  mihi,(  x  1000). 

Figs. 22,  23.      ,,  var.  paludensis,  n.var. ;  (22),  mother-cell, (  x  330);  (23), 

one  of  the  autospores,(  x  1330). 
Fig. 24.  ,,  the  same,  with  diiferent  chloroplasts, (  x  1000). 

Figs.25,  26.— O.  parva  W.  &  G.  S.  West,(  x  1000). 


BY    G.    1.    PLAYFAIR.  147 

Figs.27,  28.— 0.  uoduhsa  var.  audrafli<,  n.var.;  (27),  x  1830;  (28),  x  900. 

Fig.29.— 0.  soHfaria  Wittrock,(  x  1330). 

Fig.30.— 0.  gtihmarina  Lagerh.,(  x  1330). 

Fig.31.— 0.  romfa,  n.sp.;  (»),  nucleus,(  x  1000). 

Figs.32,  33.— O.  mhtiphf erica,  n.sp.;  (u),  nucleus;  (32),  x  665;  (33),  x  1000. 

Plate  viii. 
Figs.l,  2.—0cystis  apkulala  W.  West,(  x  1330). 
Fig.3.  ,,  ,,  var.  o6esa,  n.var., ( X  1330). 

Figs. 4-6.  ,,  ,,  var.  si'mp/tCTor,  n.var., (  X  1330). 

Fig. 7.  ,,       mtJ)hexago7ia,  n.sii.,(x  \-iW). 

Figs.8-10.         ,,       Ghodatl,    noni.nov. ;    (8,  9),   free,    vegetative   cells,    (8) 

X  1330,  (9)  x665;  (10),  mother-cell, (  x  1000). 
Fig.  11. — Eremosphoera  viridis  with  autospores  of  0.  Chodati(  x  .500). 
Figs.  12,   13. — 0.  amtraliemis,   n.sp.;   (12)  mother-cell,  (  x  800);   (13),  free, 

vegetative  cell,(  x  1000). 
Fig.  14. — O.  pandurij'ovmh  W.  West,(  x  500). 
Figs.  15,  16. — 0.   ovalis  Turner;  (15),  with  digitate  chloroplasts,  (  x  665); 

(16)  with  discoid  chloroplasts,  (  x  500). 
Fig.s.  17-19. — 0.   ocali'<  var.   mhtruncata,   n.var.;  (17)  mother-cell  (  x  665); 

(18,  19)  free,  vegetative  cells,(  x  665). 
Figs. 20-22. — 0.  oralis  wax.  cylindracea,  n.var.;  (20)  as  mother-cell  to  two 

autospores  of  E.  viridis,(  x  570);  (21,  22)  x  665;  (o)  red  oil-globules. 
Fig. 23. — 0.  apicidata  var.  splendida,  n.var.;  (  x  900). 

Plate  ix. 

Figs.l,  2. — Eremovphiera  riridis  De  Eary;  mother-cells  with  small-sized 
autospores  (diam.  60/x);  (1)  much  inflated  (  x  135),  (2)  very  little  in- 
flated, the  membrane  closely  swathed  round  the  four  autospores 
(  X  335);  8-celled  specimens  in  the  same  condition  were  also  noted. 

Figs. 3-6. — E.  riridis  var.  acuminata,  n.var.;  (3,5)  free,  vegetative  cells 
(  X  360),  (4)  mother-cell  (  x  135),  (6)  one  of  the  autospores  (  x  400). 

Figs.7-8. — E.  riridis  vnv.  oralis,  n.var.;  (7)  x  335,  (8)  showing  longitudinal 
and  horizontal  sulcte  (indicated  by  dotted  lines)  in  the  inner  mem- 
brane (  X  500). 

Figs. 9,  10.— £J.  riridis  var.  doliformis,  n.var.;  (9)  x  270,  (10) with  apical 
papilla  (  X  380). 

Figs. II,  12.— ii".  riridi'<  var.  nodosa,  n.var.;  (12)  showing  inner  membrane 
pitted  with  shallow  scrobicuhi;  interiorly,  (  x  665). 

Fig.  13. — Oocystis  Nordstedtiana;  n.sp.,  (  x  665). 


148 


THE  CHEMICAL  INVESTIGATION  OF  SOME  POISON- 
OUS PLANTS  IN  THE  N.O.  SOLANACE^. 

Part  ii.  Xicotiana  suaveolens,  and  the  Identification 

OF  its  Alkaloid. 

By  James  M.  Petrie,  D.Sc,  F.I.C,  Linnean  Macleay  Fellow 

of  the  Society  in  Biochemistry. 
(From  the  Physiological  Laboratory  of  the  University  of  Sydney.) 

Nicotiana  suaveolens  Lelim.,  the  "  native  tobacco  "  of  Austra- 
lia, and  tlie  only  endemic  species,  is  plentiful  in  the  interior  of 
this  State.  It  grows  about  three  feet  high,  and  is  often  a 
troublesome  weed  in  the  stock  country.  It  is  a  drought-resistant 
plant,  and  spreads  over  large  tracts  of  land  in  the  dry  seasons. 
Hence  it  is  that,  when  grass  and  other  fodder  plants  are  withered 
or  overrun  by  this  weed,  it  is  often  the  only  green  plant  left 
available  to  starving  animals.  It  is  then  readily  eaten  by  stock, 
and,  according  to  the  reports  of  the  owners  and  Inspectors,  the 
results  are  variable.  Though  in  many  cases  no  apparent  harm 
has  followed,  there  is  still  a  consensus  of  opinion  among  stock- 
men, that  many  of  their  losses  must  be  attributed  to  this  plant. 

The  only  record  of  tests  having  been  made  on  this  species,  is  a 
paper  by  Dr.  Bancroft  (Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  Queens.,  iv.,  1887,  p. 9), 
in  which  he  states  that  the  physiological  effect  of  the  extracts  on 
animals  resembled  that  of  extracts  of  true  tobacco  and  of  pituri. 

The  following  is  the  account  of  a  chemical  investigation  of 
this  plant,  which  was  undertaken  to  decide  definitely  the  nature 
of  its  active  principle,  and  also  to  determine  whether  this  con- 
stituent is  present  in  quantity  sufficient  to  cause  death. 

Extraction  of  active  principle:—  For  this  purpose,  plants  were 
collected  in  the  midsummers  of  1911,  1912,  and  1913,  chiefly 
from  the  dry  North-West.  Through  Chief  Inspector  Symons,  of 
the  Stock  Department,  a  sample  was  received  from  Narrabri. 
This,  on  its  arrival,  contained  37  par  cent,  of  moisture,  and  con- 
sisted of  leaves,  stalks,  and  roots.  The  whole  sample  was  ex- 
tracted with   alcohol,  and   the  solvent  afterwards   removed   by 


BY    J.    M.    PETRIE.  149 

distillation  under  diminished  pressure.  The  extract  gave  all  the 
general  alkaloid  reactions,  and  smelt  strongly  of  tobacco.  The 
alkaloid  was  completely  removed  from  this  extract  by  petroleum 
spirit  (b.p.  under  45°C)  after  making  alkaline  with  sodium 
hydroxide.  From  this  coloured  solution,  the  alkaloid  was  care- 
fully purified  without  loss,  by  shaking  it  into  water  and  petro- 
leum spirit  successively,  many  times,  and  finally  obtained  as  a 
colourless,  aqueous  solution.  This  solution  was  slightly  alkaline 
and  possessed  the  odour  of  nicotine.  It  was  then  titrated  with 
tenth-normal  acid  and  alkali,  and  gave  an  equivalent  of  2  c.c.  of 
acid  neutralised  by  the  alkaloid.  If  this  quantity  be  calculated 
as  nicotine,  it  represents  0-0324  gm.,  and  is  0'124  per  cent,  of 
the  plant  (dried  at  100°). 

A  second  sample,  from  the  Castlereagh  River,  in  the  Coonam- 
ble  district,  was  obtained  from  Mr.  Breakwell,  of  the  Department 
of  Agriculture.  This  sample  had  been  spread  out  to  dry  in  the 
air  to  avoid  mould  in  transit,  and  when  received  it  contained 
only  9  per  cent,  of  moisture.  The  whole  of  the  material,  con- 
sisting of  leaves  and  stalks,  in  this  case  was  subjected  to  dis 
tillation  in  a  current  of  steam,  the  powdered  plant  being  first 
mixed  with  0*5  per  cent,  sodium  hydroxide  in  solution,  and  a 
large  excess  of  milk  of  lime.  The  whole  of  the  alkaloid  passed 
into  the  distillate;  and  the  residue  in  the  still  being  free  from 
alkaloid,  showed  that  no  non-volatile  alkaloid  existed  in  the 
plant.  The  voluminous  distillate  contained  much  ammonia, 
which  is  derived  from  the  cleavage  of  amido  compounds,  and  this 
free  ammonia  was  eliminated  by  passing  a  current  of  air  through 
the  solution  for  many  hours.  The  alkaloid  was  next  converted 
into  oxalate,  and  the  fiuid  concentrated  at  a  low  temperature  to 
about  300  c.c.  From  this  solution  ether  removed  the  alkaloid, 
and  the  ether  extract  was  cai'efully  purified  and  dried.  The  ether 
was  then  slowly  removed,  and  the  residue  dried  to  constant 
weight;  0'07  gm.  was  obtained,  which  represented  O'Oll  per 
cent,  of  the  plant-material  dried  at  100°C. 

Another  quantity  was  collected  for  me,  near  Picton,  about  50 
miles  from  Sydnes',  by  Mr.  E.  Cheel,  of  tlie  National  Herbarium. 
This  consisted  of  fresh,  green  leaves  and  stalks,  with  72  per  cent. 


150 


SOME    POISONOUS    PLANTS    IN    N.O.    SOLANACEiE,  11., 


of  moisture.  The  whole  was  distilled  as  before,  in  a  current  of 
steam,  until  the  alkaloid  was  completely  volatilised.  The  alka- 
loid was  isolated  and  purified  as  in  the  last  case,  neutralised 
with  excess  of  tenth-normal  oxalic  acid,  and  the  excess  deter- 
mined by  titration,  using  cochineal  indicator.  The  result  in 
this  case  gave  0*01 78 gm.  of  alkaloid,  or  0015  per  cent,  of  the 
plant  (dried  at  100°). 

If  we  regard  the  above  sample  containing  7'2  per  cent,  of  water 
as  a  fair  average  specimen  of  fresh  material,  we  can  express  these 
results  also  in  terms  of  the  green  plant,  and  thereby  form  a  better 
idea  of  the  amount  of  alkaloid  in  the  original  plant  as  eaten  by 
stock.     The  results  may  then  be  stated  :  — 

Amount  of  Alkaloid  expressed  as  Nicotine. 


(1) 

(2) 
(3) 

0-035%  of  fresh  plant. 
0-003%  of  fresh  plant. 
0-004%  of  fresh  plant. 

0-124%  of  plant  dried  at  100°C. 
0-011%  of  plant  dried  at  KKfC. 
0-015%  of  plant  dried  at  lOO'C. 

Examination  of  the  Alkaloid, — The  aqueous  solution  is  alkaline 
to  litmus,  and  possesses  a  burning  taste,  and  the  characteristic 
tobacco  odour.  The  pale  yellow  substance,  when  exposed  to  the 
air,  oxidises,  and  turns  dark  brown;  it  then  possesses  the  nause- 
ating odour  of  nicotine. 

Of  the  salts  of  nicotine,  the  most  characteristic,  and  the  one 
best  adapted  for  the  identification  of  the  alkaloid,  is  the  picrate. 
Accordingly,  the  picrate  was  prepared  from  the  aqueous  solution 
by  the  addition  of  excess  of  picric  acid.  The  dense  yellow  pre- 
cipitate, amorphous  at  first,  gradually  assumed,  on  standing,  the 
characteristic,  thin,  yellow,  needle-shaped  crystals.  At  the  same 
time,  pure  nicotine  picrate  was  prepared  under  similar  conditions, 
and  the  crystals  compared.  Under  the  microscope,  they  were  pre- 
cisely alike.  The  crystals  were  washed  conipletely  with  distilled 
water,  and  recrystallised  three  times  from  water, then  finally  dried 
at  iOO°C.     The  melting-points  were  then  determined  together: — 

Picrate  of  N.  sua veolens  alkaloid    — ni.p.  218°C.  (corrected). 

Picrate  of  pure  nicotine 218 

The  two  mixed  together 218 

The  melting-point  of  nicotine  picrate  has  been  determined  by 
Pinner  and  Wolffenstein  as  218°C.(Ber.24,  1891,  66). 


BY    J.    M.    PETRI  E.  151 

The  alkaloid  of  Nicotiana  suaveolens  is  therefore  nicotine. 

For  the  purpose  of  comparison,  pure  nicotine  tartrate  (B.W.) 
was  decomposed,  and  the  nicotine  distilled  from  it  in  a  current 
of  purified  hydrogen  gas.  It  was  collected  and  at  once  sealed 
up  in  the  receivers.  From  this  colourless  liquid,  the  nicotine 
picrate  was  prepared. 

Toxicity  of  the  plant : — Nicotine  is  probably  the  most  violent 
poison  known.  Wynter  Blyth  gives  the  lethal  dose  for  a  human 
adult  as  about  6  mgs.  In  Abderhalden's  "  Biochemisches  Hand- 
lexikon,"  it  is  stated  that  5  mgs.  sufl&ce  to  kill  a  medium-sized 
dog  in  three  minutes.  It  is  evident  from  these  data,  taking 
even  the  lowest  value  of  nicotine  in  the  above  results,  that  there 
is  enough  contained  in  one  half  pound  of  the  green  plant,  to 
poison  an  ordinary  sized  sheep. 

lleferences  to  the  plant  as  a  stock  poison  :  -  Of  the  80  or  more 
species  of  Nicotiana,  only  a  few  are  known  to  contain  nicotine. 
Nicotiana  suaveolens  being  limited  to  the  Australian  continent, 
the  recjords  of  fatalities  are  all  local.  But  it  is  referred  to,  also, 
by  European  authorities,  such  as  DragendorfF  in  "Die  Heilpflan- 
zen,"(1898)  as  a  poisonous  plant;  by  Greshoff  in  his  "  Mono- 
graphia  de  plantis  venenatis "  as  poisonous  for  cattle;  and  by 
Pammel  ("Poisonous  Plants,"  1911)  as  poisonous  to  stock.  It 
is  described  by  F.  M.  Bailey,  as  a  stock  poison  in  Queensland, 
and  by  Professor  Ewart  as  a  feebly  poisonous  plant  in  Victoria. 
Mr.  J.  H.  Maiden  states  that  it  is  very  deadly  to  all  stock,  and 
refers  to  many  instances  of  poisoning  of  cattle,  sheep,  pigs,  and 
rabbits.  In  his  "Plants  reputed  poisonous  to  Stock,"  Mr. 
Maiden  describes  a  sudden  fatality,  in  1891,  of  300  healthy 
cattle,  travelling  on  the  great  stock  route  through  Milparinka. 

Summary. — The  results  of  this  paper  prove  that  A'icotiana 
suaveolens  contains  the  extremely  poisonous  alkaloid  nicotine, 
and  that  the  nicotine  is  present  in  sufficient  quantity  to  poison 
stock. 

I  express  my  thanks  to  Professor  Sir  Thomas  Anderson  Stuart, 
in  whose  laboi'atory  the  work  was  done. 


152 


THE   INSTABILITY   OF  LEAF-MORPHOLOGY  IN    ITS 
RELATION  TO  TAXONOMIC  BOTANY. 

By  a.  a.  Hamilton. 

In  the  ordinary  routine-work  of  the  Sydney  National  Her- 
barium, parcels  of  specimens  are  received  from  horticultural,  agri- 
cultural, arboricultural,  pastoral,  and  dairying  districts  accom- 
panied by  requests  for  information  from  the  consignors.  Farmers, 
Stock-Inspectors,  Shire  Clerks  (administering  the  "Noxious 
Weeds  Act"),  Foresters,  Secretaries  of  Agricultural  Bureaux, 
School-Teachers,  and  other  correspondents  who  do  not  profess  any 
knowledge  of  systematic  botany.  As  a  consequence,  the  speci- 
mens forwarded,  in  many  cases,  are  examples  in  leaf  only;  and  the 
difficulty  in  determining  such  specimens,  arising  from  the  absence 
of  the  definite  characters  exhibited  by  the  flowers  and  fruits, 
especially  in  the  case  of  economic  plants  or  those  suspected  of 
poisoning  stock,  to  which  considerable  responsibility  attaches, 
attracted  the  attention  of  the  writer  to  the  extensive  range  of 
leaf-variation  found  within  the  limits  of  a  species,  and  a  corres- 
ponding similarity  in  the  leaves  of  distantly  related  plants. 
While  engaged  collecting  a  series  of  specimens  to  illustrate  the 
ecology  and  xerophily  of  the  strand-flora  of  Lady  Robinson's 
Beach,  a  change  in  the  leaves  of  Senecio  Unttus  Forst.,  from 
flaccid,  thin,  and  entire,  at  a  distance  from  the  beach,  to  crass, 
firm,  succulent,  and  pinnatisect  as  the  beach  was  approached 
(13;  1913,  p. 396),  together  with  examples  of  Clematis  ylycinoides 
DC,  exhibiting  a  gradual  reduction  of  the  normal  trifoliate  leaf, 
to  a  simple  one,  occurring  on  an  individual  plant,  {loc,  cit.) 
accentuated  the  impression  already  created.  Attention  was 
directed  to  the  subject  in  the  field,  and  collections  made,  demon- 
strating, for  the  greater  part,  the  variation  of  leaves  within  a 
species,  and  exhiV)ited  from  time  to  time  at  the  Meetings  of  this 
Society.  A  series  of  examples,  chiefly  Australian,  most  of  them 
familiar   to  local  workers   and   readily  available,   together  with 


BV    A.    A.    HAMILTON.  153 

references  from  the  works  of  Australian  botanists,  illustrating 
the  leaf-characters  affected,  is  now  submitted,  and,  in  certain 
cases,  evidence  is  offered  as  to  the  conditions  operating  in  the 
production  of  leaf-variation.  For  exotic  examples  and  more 
detailed  causation,  see  Schimper(23)  and  Warming(25)  The 
factors  affecting  leaf-morphology,  examples  of  which  are  given, 
may  be  briefly  summarised. 

Edaphic.  — 'J'he  preference  shown  by  certain  plant-associations 
of  our  indigenous  flora  for  a  particular  soil-formation  has  been 
demonstrated  by  local  botanists  and  geologists  (though  further 
data  on  this  interesting  subject  are  desirable),  and  this  influence 
is  largely  contributory  to  leaf -variation:  the  growth  on  a  rich 
basaltic  soil,  compared  with  that  inhabiting  a  poor  sandstone 
formation,  needs  no  comment,  so  obvious  is  the  effect  on  the  size 
and  shape  of  the  leaves  in  plants  capable  of  adaption  to  both 
situations. 

Climatic. — The  degree  of  heat  or  cold  encountered  largely 
regulates  the  size,  pilosity,  texture,  and  glaucousness  of  leaves. 
The  occurrence  of  similar  forms  of  leaf  in  some  species  of  alpine 
and  desert  plants,  due  to  the  climatic  conditions  obtaining  in 
such  regions,  is  noted  in  all  ecological  text-books;  and  plants 
approaching  these  inhospitable  regions  from  stations  in  which 
the  conditions  are  more  temperate,  exhibit  variation,  which,  in 
some  instances,  may  be  traced  by  well  marked  gradations. 

Exposure  v.  Shelter. — The  adaptable,  dry  ridge,  or  elevated 
plateau  habitue,  alters  its  foliar  characters  in  cojiformity  with 
the  conditions  obtaining  in  the  valley,  or  sheltered  slope,  when 
changing  its  habitat.  The  close  association  of  plants  (growing 
in  exposed  situations)  for  mutual  protection  and  shelter,  modifies 
the  size  of  the  leaf. 

Elevation. — The  measure  of  elevation  is  seen  to  affect  leaves 
in  size,  pilosity,  and  texture.  Examples  of  hairiness  in  alpine 
plants  growing  under  xerophytic  conditions,  and  glabrous  forms 
growing  as  hygrophytes  are  givendS;  p  34). 

Phenological. — Irregularity  of  rainfall  is  the  principal  agent  in 
phenological  leaf -change;  a  sudden,  copious  rain  after  a  prolonged 
period  of  drought,  accelerates  the  production  of  foliage  which 

12 


154  THE    INSTABILITY    OF    LEAF-MOKPHOLOGY, 

cannot  be  maintained,  when  the  supply  of  water  is  exhausted, 
the  leafage,  as  a  consequence,  becoming  attenuated.  Hetero- 
phylly,  and  dimorphism,  may  (in  part)  be  attributed  to  this  cause. 

llydrophyUy. — The  degree  of  permanence  of  the  watei'-supply 
(river,  creek,  lagoon,  waterhole,  &c. )  necessitates  elasticity  in  the 
leaf-characters  of  the  individuals,  or  associations  of  plants  fre- 
quenting these  stations. 

Instability  of  foothold.  -  One  of  the  devices  adapted  as  a  pro- 
tection against  uprooting,  by  plants  growing  in  the  shallow 
pockets  of  soil  in  alpine  situations,  and  exposed  to  fierce  storm- 
blasts,  is  the  resetted  form  of  basal  leaf  (16;  p. 3 3).  This  char- 
acter is  simulated  by  several  swamp-dwellers,  notably  members 
of  the  Orders  Goodeniacese  and  Droseracese,  as  a  supporting 
agency  in  maintaining  an  upright  position,  and  to  counteract  the 
laxity  of  the  soil-conditions  obtaining  in  a  bog.  An  instance  of 
a  plant  {Goodenia  dimor-pha  Maiden  &.  Betche)  which  had  been 
prostrated  by  a  storm,  growing  an  extra,  basal  rosette  on  a  branch 
which  touched  the  ground,  and  rooting  it  to  secure  an  anchorage, 
was  given  (13;  1914,  p. 470).  The  muddy,  insecure  environment 
of  the  saline  estuary  has  imposed  on  its  plant-guests  the  task  of 
making  provision  for  repelling  tidal  invasion;  and  similarity  of 
leaf-characters  has  been  brought  about,  througli  the  use  of  the 
same  protective  devices,  by  Zoysia  pungens  Willd.,  and  Sporo- 
bolus  virgirdcus  Humb.  <k  Kunth,  the  convolute  leaves  of  these 
estuarine  grasses  offering  a  minimum  of  resistance  to  the  ebb  and 
flow  of  the  tide.  The  insecurity  of  the  shifting  sand-dune  is,  in 
some  measure,  responsible  for  similarity  in  the  foliage  of  the 
carpet-forming  species,  Mesembryanthemiivi  edule  Linn.,  and  M. 
cequilaterale  Haw.,  though,  in  this,  as  in  the  previous  examples, 
more  potent  factors  than  those  indicated  have  also  been  engaged 
in  moulding  the  leaf-characters  of  these  plants. 

Drainage.  —  Stagnant  water  lying  at  the  roots  of  plants  in 
clayey  soils,  clay-pans,  and  shallow  rock-basins,  appreciably 
alters  the  facies  of  the  foliage.  In  hilly  sandstone-country, 
sudden  dessication,  owing  to  rapid  drainage  after  a  copious 
rainfall,  compels  the  dweller  in  such  regions  to  modify  the  size 
and  texture  of  its  leaves. 


BY    A.    A.    HAMILTON.  155 

Halophily. — Succulence  is  the  predominating  character  noted 
in  species  growing  in  saline  situations,  which  affects  their  leaf- 
morphology;  and  it  has  been  demonstrated  that  the  leaves  of 
certain  species  are  increased  in  size  and  thickness  by  their  prox- 
imity to  tidal  waters.  Cliaracters  evolved  by  the  necessity  for 
provision  against  the  absorption  of  an  undue  quantity  of  sodium 
chloride  have,  in  the  case  of  many  beach  and  estuarine  plants, 
induced  a  degree  of  similarity  in  the  leaves  of  plant-associations 
adopting  a  common  device,  and  variation  in  groups  dependent 
upon  differing  contrivances  to  obviate  this  danger. 

Humous  acidity. — The  swamp-dwelling  fraternity  of  plants 
supplies  instances  of  similarity  of  foliage  arising  from  the  com- 
munal use  of  xerophytic  devices  tending  to  decrease  the  absorp- 
tion of  the  swamp-water,  which  contains  the  elusive,  deleterious 
compounds,  known  as  humous  acids. 

Insolation  v.  Shade. — Among  plant-associations  growing  in 
open  sandstone-country  incapable  of  carrying  an  arboreal  vegeta- 
tion, a  similarity  in  foliage  is  displayed  by  species  belonging  to 
differing  families,  due  to  the  common  necessity  for  a  reduced 
leaf-surface,  with  accompanying  characters,  calculated  to  mini- 
mise the  injurious  action  of  unbroken  sunlight.  The  shade,  and 
luxuriant  food-supply  afforded  by  the  conditions  obtaining  in 
the  "  Brush"  forest,  have  permitted  an  increase  in  the  size  and 
flacciditv  of  the  leaves  of  its  inhabitants,  which  has  resulted  in 
many  resemblances  in  leaf-characters,  in  plants  widely  separated 
in  relationship. 

Juvenility  v.  Adolescence. — The  variation  attributable  to  the 
transition  from  juvenile  to  adult  growth  affects  pilosity,  viscidity, 
armature,  marginal  division,  and  axial  altenation;  the  division 
of  the  young  leaves  (pinnate)  in  the  genus  Acacia,  as  opposed 
to  the  phyllodic  character  of  the  adult  foliage,  and  the  opposite 
or  alternate  arrangement  of  the  juvenile  or  mature  leaves  of  the 
genus  Eucalyptus,  is  common  knowledge.  Characters,  arising 
from  protective  devices  adopted  by  the  young  leaves,  are  dis- 
carded when  no  longer  necessary.  Scabridities,  and  asperities 
become  more  conspicuous  as  the  leaves  age,  owing  to  shrinkage 
in  their  texture.  The  foliage  of  young  plants  is  frequently 
larger  than  that  of  older  growths. 


156 


THK    INSTABILITY    OF    LEAF-MORPHOLOGY, 


Transpiration. — -The  preventive  measures  adopted  by  plants 
against  excessive  transpiration  are  responsible  for  similarity,  or 
variability  in  leaf-characters,  according  to  the  resultant  effects 
of  uniformity  or  opposition,  arising  from  the  methods  used  to 
regulate  the  loss  of  moisture. 

Adaptahility. — The  plant  possessing  the  ability  to  exist  in  a 
varied  habitat  must,  of  necessity,  be  capable  of  modifying  its 
leaf-structure  to  conform  with  the  changes  in  the  environmental 
conditions,  the  phrase  "common  and  variable"  being  exception- 
ally applicable  to  adaptable  species. 

Teratological. — The  meristematic  attack  of  microscopic  insects 
probably  plays  a  more  important  part  in  the  moulding  of  leaf- 
characters  than  has  been  generally  recognised.  Leaf-twisting, 
and  axial  disarrangement  of  the  alternation  of  whorls,  may  be 
set  up  by  insect-attack  or  mechanical  injury. 

Most  of  the  above  factors  are  capable  of  demonstration,  but 
there  remain,  the  uncertain  effect  of  heredity,  and  the  still  less 
known  equation  "Mutation,"  to  exercise  a  disturbing  influence 
on  leaf-characterisation.  The  changes  brought  about  by  natural 
hybridisation,  and  cross-fertilisation,  though  still  largely  a  matter 
for  conjecture,  cannot  be  disregarded  in  a  consideration  of  the 
morphology  of  leaves. 

Examples. 

RANUNCULACEiE. 

The  marginal  toothing,  the  leaf-character  separating  Clematis 
aristata  R.Br.,  from  C.  glycinoides  DC,  is  inconstant;  and  vari- 
ation in  the  leaflets  of  the  latter  has  already  been  noted.  The 
foliage  of  Ranunculus  pi ebeius  R.Br.,  and  that  of  E.  hii't^is  Bks. 
and  Sol.,  are  difficult  to  separate,  hairiness,  the  character  chiefly 
relied  upon,  being  subject  to  age,  and  environmental  conditions; 
the  dissection  of  the  leaves  varies  on  the  individual  plant. 

DiLLENIACEiE. 

The  xerophytic  leaves  of  several  Hibbertias  are  so  similar  as 
to  be  of  little  value  to  the  systematist;  those  of  H.  linearis  R.Br., 
and  H.  obtusifolia  DC,  approach  each  other,  and  are  finally 
inseparable. 


BY    A.    A.    HAMILTO^f.  157 

CRUCIFER.E. 

The  flaccid  leaves,  ranging  fiora  simple  to  lyrate,  and  pinna- 
tifid,  of  many  Cruciferous  plants,  are  generically  similar,  and 
frequently  indistinguishable. 

VlOLARIE^. 

Leaf-divergence  in  lonidinm  filifoi'me  F.v  M.,  due  to  environ- 
mental conditions,  was  noted,  and  specimens  from  the  Blue 
Mountains  exhibited  before  this  Society  (12;  p. 392)  showing, 
under  hygrophvtic  conditions,  a  flaccid,  elongated  leaf  '2\  inches 
long;  while,  on  examples  from  an  elevated,  dry  ridge,  the  longest 
leaf  found  measured  barely  |  inch. 

PoRTULACEiE. 

Mr.  A.  H.  S.  Lucas  brought  living  plants  of  Claytonia  ans- 
tralasica  Hk.,  from  Mt.  Kosciusko  to  Sydney,  and  found  that 
the  new  shoots  became  perfectly  glabrous,  the  glaucousness  of 
the  plant  also  disappearing,  with  the  vestiture,  under  cultivation 
in  a  warmer  climate(16;  P-22). 

RuTACEjE. 

Exceptional  heterophylly  in  Zieria  involucrata  R.Br.,  was 
demonstrated  in  a  series  of  specimens  from  Valley  Heights,  ex- 
hibited before  this  Society(12;  p.393).  Mr.  J.  Stirling,  F  L.S., 
(24;  p.  1052)  remarks  of  Zieria  Smithii  Andr.,  var.  macrophylla, 
"  in  specimens  of  this  arborescent  form,  procured  at  different 
altitudes  and  situations  as  regards  humidity,  dryness,  &c.,  differ- 
ences in  the  leaves  represented  by  thickness,  and  (in  the  sub- 
alpine  vars. )  in  having  a  dense,  stellate  tomentum  on  the  under- 
side." Again,  under  Hoi-onia  anemoiiifolia,  A.  Cunn.,(/.c*.,  p.  1054) 
"  the  division  of  the  leaves  into  pinnse  in  some  forms,  and  the 
pubescence  of  others,  are  not  constant  characters."  Mr.  Stirling 
also  refers  to  leaf-variation  in  other  Rutaceous  plants,  arising 
from  differences  in  soil,  climate,  and  elevation.  The  Blue 
Mountain  representative  of  B.  polj/ffalifolia  Sm.,  var.  robusta 
Benth.,  is  a  xerophytic  form  of  />.  anemonifoUa  A.  Cunn.,  the 
leaflets  in  the  latter  showing  a  gradual  change  as  the  plants 
attain  a  more   luxuriant  station(13;  1914,  p. 648).     The  hetero- 


158 


THE    INSTABILITY    OF    LEAF-MOHPHOLOGY, 


phyllous  leaves  of  B.  ledifolia  Gay,  a  species  well  known  to  local 
botanists  for  its  leaf-variation,  are  described(4;  Vol.  i.,  p. 314)  as 
simple,  trifoliate,  or  rarely  5-,  or  even  7-foliate.  Specimens  from 
French's  Forest  (Coil.  E.  A.  Holden;  8ept.,  1906),  exhibited 
before  this  Society  by  Mr.  J.  H.  Maiden,  F.L.S.,  on  behalf  of 
Mr.  T.  Steel,  F.L.S.,  with  reference  to  a  case  of  assumed  hybrid- 
ism, B.  Jloribunday.  Z>.  serrulata  Sm., (These  Proceedings,  1906, 
p. 566)  showed  an  interchange  of  leaf-characters  between  these 
two  species,  which  was  accentuated  by  further  variation,  in 
another  example  from  Deewhy,(T.  D.  Mutch;  August,  1915) 
exhibited  for  Mr.  Maiden(13;  1915,  p. 41 9). 

A  series  of  specimens  of  Erlostemon  hispidulus  Sieb.,  from 
Springwood,  illustrating  leaf- variation  in  size,  shape,  margin,  and 
length  of  petiole,  was  exhibited(13;  1915,  p. 415)  taken  from 
bushes  growing  under  apparently  similar,  environmental  condi- 
tions; and  an  additional  series  is  here  noted,  from  plants  of  E. 
salicifoliusHm.,  also  growing  under  similar  conditions,  on  a  sandy 
flat  at  Woy  Woy(A.  A.  Hamilton;  June,  1915),  ranging  from 
broad  lanceolate,  2x  |  inch,  to  narrow  linear,  2x  |^  inch,  and 
from  i  to  3  inches  long.  Specimens  of  Phebaliiim  squaraidosum 
Vent.,  in  the  National  Herbarium,  show  a  considerable  range  of 
variation  in  the  dimensions  of  the  leaves  of  this  widely  dis- 
tributed species,  in  several  instances  obviously  due  to  environ- 
ment; the  scurfy  scales  vary  in  colour  from  red  to  black,  the 
margins  are  from  barely  recurved  to  almost  revolute,  and  the 
apices  are  from  acuminate  to  broadly  obtuse,  truncate,  or 
emarginate. 

MELIACE.E. 

Mr.  Bentham's  description  of  Flindersia  maculosa  F.v.M.,(Fl. 
Aust.  i.,  p.389)  is  elastic. 

SAPINDACEiE. 

The  botanical  description  given  by  Mr.  Maiden  of  Atalaya 
hemiglauca  F  v.M.,(19;  ii.,  p.  122,  PI. 60)  shows  that  the  leaves  of 
this  species  may  be  simple  or  pinnate,  from  2-8  inches  long,  the 
petiole  terete  or  winged,  or  the  leaflets  decurrent  on  the  petiole, 
forming  a  large  2-  or  3-lobed  leaf,  such  a  leaf  being  depicted  as  a 


BY    A.    A.    HAMILTON.  159 

detail,  in  the  carefully  executed  plate  by  Miss  M.  Flockton, 
illustrating  this  species.  A  series  of  leaves  of  Dodonoia  tri- 
quetra  Wendl.,  showing  a  considerable  range  of  variation  within 
this  species,  was  exhibited  before  this  Society(13;  1915,  p. 628). 

LEGUMINOSiE. 

In  this  Order,  the  genus  Acacia  has  presented  many  problems 
in  leaf-variation  to  the  systematist,  the  exceptionally  wide  range 
of  habitat  of  many  species  of  the  genus  necessitating  consider- 
able alterations  in  the  structure  of  the  foliage,  to  meet  the  re- 
quirements of  the  varied  environmental  conditions  encountered 
within  the  sphere  of  their  acr.ivities.  An  example  of  this 
elasticity  is  found  in  the  alteration  of  the  texture  of  its  phyllodes, 
by  A.  suaveole7is  Willd.,  during  its  passage  from  the  lower  to  the 
liigher  elevations  on  the  Blue  Mountains(12;  1915,  p. 389)  In  a 
footnote  to  his  description  of  A  rustelli/era,  Bentham,  (*;  ii  , 
p. 368)  who  has  reduced  A.  subbinervia  Meissn.,  to  a  synonym  of 
his  species,  writes— "The  second  nerve  of  the  phyllodia,  from 
whence  Meissner  derived  his  name,  very  seldom  occurs,  and  was 
therefore  in  some  measure  exceptional  in  the  specimen  described 
by  him."  Discussing  the  .4.  (fec?<.n*e?is  Willd.,  group  of  "Wattles," 
Mr.  J.  H.  Maiden(19;  iii.,  p  40)  draws  attention  to  the  following 
points  : — The  pinnules  of  all  vary  more  or  less  in  each  variety  in 

length,  breadth,  and  insertion A  decurrence  of  leaf-stalks 

is  common  to  all The  indumentum  is  variable The 

number  of  glands  varies  in  each  variety  in  the  same  tree. 
Further  remarks  by  the  author  accentuate  the  wide  range  of 
variation  within  this  group.  Under /I  immila  Maiden  tt  Baker, 
(20;  p. 87)  is  the  following  note  by  Messrs.  Maiden  &,  Betche  :  — 
"Since  publication  of  this  species,  many  additional  localities 
have  been  discovered and  the  additional  material  necessi- 
tates some  modification  of  the  description.  The  phyllodia  are 
described  as  G  lines  long  and  1  line  broad;  it  should  read  instead, 
phyllodia  from  i  to  nearly  H  inches  long,  1  line  broad  in  the 
short-leaved  forms,  considerably  narrower  in  the  long-leaved 
specimens."  Mr.  R.  H.  Cambage,  F.L.S.,15)  illustrates  some  of 
the  difficulties  in  discriminating  between  several  members  of  this 


160  THE    INSTABILITY    OF    LEAF-MORPHOLOGY, 

genus  on  foliar  characters,  with  special  leference  to  venation 
and  texture.  In  (S;  1900,  p. 595)  he  applies  the  test  of  brittle- 
iiess  to  the  phyllodes  as  a  differentiating  character  between  two 
closely  allied  species,  incidentally  mentioning  that  this  test 
is  of  no  value  in  dried  specimens.  In  a  later  paper,(5;  1900, 
Mr.  Cambage  returns  to  this  subject,  and  notes  (p.7l9)  that 
the  species  A.  homalophylla  A.  Cunn.,  "Yarran,"  whose 
foliage  was,  by  its  clean  break,  separated  from  A.  Cambayei 
R.  T.  Baker,  "  Gidgea,"  shares  this  character  with  A.  pendula 
A.  Cunn.,  "Myall,"  similarity  in  phyllodic  texture  between 
them  being  also  noted.  In  his  description  of  A.  drfformis, 
the  author,  Mr.  R.  T.  Baker,  F.L.S.,  (3;  1897,  p.  154)  con- 
siders it  necessary  to  explain,  at  some  length,  the  differences 
in  foliar  characters  between  his  species  and  A.  penniiiervis 
Sieb.,  to  avoid  confusion  between  them,  referring  also  to 
the  variability  in  foliage  found  in  the  latter  species  and  its 
vars.  Examples  of  the  pinnate-leaved  A.  discolor  Willd.  (13- 
1915,  p. 209)  collected  from  a  series  of  plants  growing  in  company 
on  the  slope  of  a  hill  at  Cook's  River,  emphasised  the  irregularity 
of  the  number  of  pinnae,  relied  upon  by  Bentham  (4;  ii.,  p. 318)  to 
differentiate  two  groups,  the  range  of  the  size  of  tlie  leaflets  as 
given  in  the  description  of  this  species  {I.e.,  p. 4 14)  also  display- 
ing insufficient  elasticity.  A.  implexa  Benth.,  (13;  1915,  p.415) 
furnished  evidence,  by  means  of  a  series  of  phyllodes  taken  from 
a  small  colony  of  some  half-dozen  plants,  evidently  with  a  com- 
mon parentage,  growing  on  a  sandstone-hill  at  Glenbrook,  of 
morphological,  foliar  divergence  within  this  species,  more  pro- 
nounced than  that  differentiating  it  from  A.  Maideni  F.v.M. 
the  texture,  and  venation  of  the  foliage  of  these  two  species 
showing  similarity.  Dimorphic  foliage,  the  result,  in  some 
instances,  of  seasonal  growth,  is  not  infrequent  in  this  genus. 
Examples  showing  the  lower  phyllodes  larger  than  the  upper 
ones,  others  again  with  the  larger  phyllodes  uppermost,  and  a 
specimen  with  two,  opposing  branches  on  a  single  stem  wliose 
phyllodes  showed  a  considerable  divergence,  wei'e  noted  (13;  1914, 
p. 6 48).  Variation  was  also  noted  in  the  phyllodia  of  A.  elon'gata 
Sieb., (13;  1914,  p. 397)  and  those  of  A.  suaveoleiis  Willd.,  of  which 


BY    A.    A.    HAMILTON.  161 

measurements   were   given  (13;    1914,   p.471);    examples    of    this 
species  were  also  exhibited   to  illustrate  leaf-twisting  (13;  1  915, 
p.418)      The   phyllodia  of  the    A.falcata  VVilld.,  A.  pe'iminervis 
Sieb.,  and  A.  pycnantha  Benth.,  group  are   not  easily  separated 
on  the  characters  of  shape,  size,  texture,  and  venation,  each  of 
these  species   liaviug  a   fairly   wide   range  of   these  characters 
within  itself.     Specimens  of    A.  binervata  DC,  in  the  National 
Herbarium,  collected  at  Stanwell   Park,   by  Mr.  J.  H.  Maiden, 
have  the  following    field-note   by  the   collector — "Twigs  from  a 
young    tree,     phyllodes    very    wide,    and    tripleveined."       Mr. 
Maiden's  leaves  are  from  3  to  above  4  inches  long,  and  from  1  i 
to  2  inches  broad.     A  further  series  of  this  species  collected  in 
the  same  locality  by  the  writer  (August,  1915),  from  an  old  tree, 
are  narrow  and  normally  two-veined,  ranging  in  size  from  2  x  ^ 
to  6  X  f  inch,  and  in  shape  from  straight  to  falcate,  with  a  long, 
acuminate  apex.      The  description  of  Acacia-seedlings  given  by 
Mr.   R.    H.   Cambage(7;  p. 97)  discloses   variation  in  shape,  size, 
number  of  leaflets,  degree  of  pilosity,  colour,  venation,  length 
and  dilation  of  petiole,  and  distance  of  internodes,  in  the  seed- 
ling-plants.    In  a  concluding  note,  Mr.  Cambage  says  (p.ll8)  — 
"  In  all  the  above  descriptions  the  measurements  quoted  of  the 
various  parts  of  the  seedlings  are   either  the  average  lengths  or 
the  extremes  so  far  met  with,  but  in  some  cases  the  variation  is 
so  considerable  that  it  seems  likely  further  investigation  may 
show  that   the  greatest   extremes   of    length   have  not  yet  been 
recorded." 

The  spiny  leaves  of  Daviesia  acicularis  Sm.,  1).  idicina  8m., 
and  D  genist'ifolia  A.Cunn.,  are  progressively  merged,  and  those 
of  D.  latifolvi  R.Br.,  and  D.  corymbosa  Sm.,  are,  in  many  in- 
stances, inseparable.  Of  the  latter,  Mr.  Maiden  (15;  p.8),  notes 
the  commingling  of  glaucous  and  non-glaucous  forms;  and  a  series 
of  leaves  of  this  species  illustrating  variation  was  noted  by  the 
writer  (13;  1914,  p.254).  Local  botanical  collectors  have,  pro- 
bably witiiout  exception,  noticed  the  variability  in  the  foliage  of 
Dillmyniaerlcifolia  Sm.,  and  the  similarity  in  the  leaves  of  other 
species  within  the  genus.  Mr.  R.  H.  Cambage  (5;  1900,  p.GOO) 
records  some  very  marked  features  in  the  foliage  of  Cassia  eremo- 


162  THE    INSTABILITY    OP    LEAF-MORPHOLOGY, 

phila  A.  Cunn.,  showing  gradations  from  flat  to  cylindrical, 
under  varying  climatic  conditions.  The  influence  of  xerophytic 
or  hygrophytic  conditions  on  leaf- variation  was  illustrated  by  a 
series  of  examples,  e.xhibited  before  this  8ociety(13;  1915,  p.418), 
of  Bossicea  heterophylla  Vent.,  (a  species  whose  foliar  instability 
is  intimated  by  its  specific  name)  in  which  the  transition  from  a 
degree  of  aphylly,  in  the  elevated,  dry- ridge  xerophyte,  and 
harsh,  diminutive  foliage  of  its  fellow  of  the  dry  claypan,  to  the 
broad,  soft  leaves  of  plants  of  this  species  living  under  hygro- 
phytic conditions,  was  demonstrated;  in  these  latter  examples, 
to  which  under  normal  conditions  a  regular  supply  of  water  is 
assured,  the  flattened  stems,  and  the  persistence  of  the  narrow, 
linear  leaves  in  company  with  the  broader  ones  (heterophylly), 
disclose  a  provision  for  a  return,  when  necessary,  to  xerophytic 
conditions,  as  it  was  noted  that  the  broad  leaves  exhibit  extreme 
sensitiveness  to  drought-conditions,  and  respond  by  becoming 
deciduous.  A  series  of  specimens  of  Platylohium  formosum  8ra., 
exhibited  before  this  Society  (13;  1915,  p. 4 15)  showed  alterations 
in  the  size  of  leaf  brought  about  by  xerophytic  versus  hvf'ro- 
phytic  conditions.  It  is  noted  tliat  several  genera  of  Western 
Australian  Leguminosai  are  exceptionally  liable  to  marginal  leaf- 
variation. 

« 

Saxifrages. 

The  alternation  of  seasons  favourable  or  deterrent  to  plant- 
growth,  has  caused  considerable  leaf-variation  in  Ceratopetalum 
gihitimiferum  Sm.  In  some  examples  from  Cowan  (Cull.  A.  A. 
Hamilton;  May,  1915),  the  larger  leaves  are  found  on  the  tips 
of  the  branches;  in  others,  the  smaller  leaves  are  so  placed,  and 
there  is  a  third  stage  showing  a  branch  on  which  the  leaves  are 
all  small,  and  closely  packed. 

Droseuaces. 

The  leaves  of  Drosera  peltnta  Sm.,  and  D.  anriculata  Backh., 
are  identical,  and  those  of  some  of  the  rosetted  forms  are  barely 
separable. 


BY    A.    A.    HAMILTON.  163 

HALORAGE.E. 

Variation  in  the  emerjced  and  submer2;ed  leaves  occurs  in  the 
genus  Myriophylhim.  In  both  Haloragis  ceratuphi/Jla  Endl., 
and  //.  heterophylla  Brongn  ,  leaf-division  occurs,  varying  from 
almost  entire,  to  coarsely-toothed,  and  pinnatifid;  and  both  are 
irregular  in  the  alternation  of  their  leaves. 

MTRTACEiE. 

In  the  N.O.  Myrtaceie,  the  genus  Eucalyptus  provides  many 
instances  of  leaf- variation.  The  attention  concentrated  on  the 
genus  by  leading  .\ustralian  botanists,  who  have  specialised  in 
this  syl vatic  group,  has  resulted  in  a  searching  investigation  of 
their  structure,  from  the  cotyledon  to  the  mature  tree,  and  has 
incidentally  disclosed  many  examples  of  the  difficulty  of  dis- 
criminating between  some  of  its  members  on  leaf-characterisa- 
tion. Bentham(4;  iii ,  p.l86)  says:— "The  old  division  of  the 
genus  according  to  the  opposite  or  alternate  leaves  is  now  found 
to  be  quite  fallacious,"  and,  loc.  cit.,  "  The  extraordinary  differ- 
ences in  the  foliage  of  many  species  at  different  periods  of  their 
growth  add  much  to  the  oi'dinary  difficulties  arising  from  the 
gradual  transition  of  varieties,  races  or  species,  one  into  the 
other."  Again, (p.  187)  "  It  appeared  quite  useless  in  any  manner 
to  describe  these  sapling  leaves  in  the  several  species  where 
they  have  been  observed,  for  they  present  at  once  the  greatest 
similarity  in  the  corresponding  leaves  of  different  species,  and 
the  greatest  dissimilarity  in  the  different  leaves  of  the  same 
species  or  specimens."  J^aron  von  Mueller(22)  notes  several 
instances,  in  his  specific  descriptions,  of  members  of  this  genus 
exemplifying  the  instability  of  leaf-morpholog}'  as  a  termino- 
logical factor.  In  his  preface  to  (18),  the  author,  considering 
V^ariation  in  the  Genus(p.6),  offers  some  generalisations  on  the 
modification  of  leaf-characters,  and,  in  the  already  published 
portion  of  this  comprehensive  work,  has  cited  numerous  in- 
stances of  similarity  of  leaves  in  opposing,  and  variation  within 
the  compass  of  species,  accompanied  l)y  plates  showing  difliering 
forms  of  leaves.  Modification  of  leaf-characters  in  £J.  coricea  A. 
Cunn.,  referable  to  elevation  (16;  p. 35)  are  noted  by  the  author, 


164  THE    INSTABILITY    OF    LEAF-MORPHOLOGY, 

who  writes,  "The  case  of  E.  coriacea  is  a  notable  instance  of  the 
decreasing  size,  increased  succulence,  and  glaucousness  of  the 
leaves,  as  the  higher  elevations  ai'e  reached."  Mr.  Maiden  also 
writes  at  some  length  on  the  question  of  the  specific  rank  of  E. 
pulverulenta  Sims,  on  the  validity  of  which  species  some  doubt 
had  been  expressed  by  previous  writers,  chiefly  in  respect  of  the 
variabiHty  of  leaf -characters  (These  Proceedings,  1901,  p. 547). 
In  (20a),  Mr.  J.  H.  Maiden,  referring  to  "  A  species  in  the 
making,"  — akin  to  K.  vielaiiophloia  F.v.M.,(p.233),  says: — "We 
have  been  of  course  aware  for  many  years  how  variable  is  the 
foliage  of  E.  melauophloia,   lanceolate-leaved   forms    being  well 

known.      Particulars  may  be  found  in  (18;  Part  12,  p.71) 

Owing  to  changes  of  environment,  it  is  very  often  the  case  that 
we  have  breaks,  and  in  the  present  case  we  may  have  a  break 
from  E  melauophloia  in  the  direction  of  narrower,  more  petio- 
late  leaves,  with  other  minor  differences."  In  (20b),  Mr.  Maiden, 
under  E.  Risdoni  Hook.  f.,(p.28)  says  :  — "  Perusal  of  p. 175,  and 
of  Plate  32  of  my  work  (18)  vvill  show  that  I  had  already  con- 
firmed Bentham's  observation  by  noting  'lanceolate  leaves  are 
common  on  the  tops  of  branches  of  E.  /^isdoid,'  and  Mr.  Deane 
and  T  compared  them  with  a  similar  phenomenon  in  E.  pidvern- 
lenta  (cinerea).'  In  a  paper  (20d,  MS.),  (extracts  from  which  I 
have,  by  the  courtesy  of  the  author,  been  permitted  to  quote) 
Mr.  Maiden,  under  Homoplasy,  writes  : — "  In  Eucalyptus,  so 
often  do  organs  (particularly  leaves)  simulate  each  other,  that  it 
is  usually  necessary  to  demand  specimens  exhibiting  a  full  suite 
of  organs,  in  order  that  species  may  be  determined"';  and  he  gives 
the  following  quotation  from  Daydon  Jackson's  "Life  of  Ben- 
tham"  (p.217),  "On  27th  April,  1870,  Mr.  Wilson  Saunders 
airaiii  contributed  to  the  Linnean  Society,  a  set  of  mimetic 
plants,  as  the  President  phrased  it,  "a  very  interesting  exhibi- 
tion of  pairs  of  plants  with  almost  identical  foliage  from  very 
different  natural  orders  ....  very  much  alike  when  in  leaf  only, 
so  as  in  many  cases  to  be  quite  indistinguishable,  eighteen  pairs 
of  them"  (p. 220;.  A  further  reference  is  given  (loe.  cit.)  to 
"  Nature,"  iv.,  p. 11.  In  a  Chapter  on  Provisional  Species,  the 
author,  when  considering  Mature  Leaves  (Eucalyptus)  says  : — 


BY    A.    A.    HAMILTON.  165 

"There  is  infinite  variation  here."  In  a  reference  to  "Hybrid- 
ism in  the  Genus,"  the  author  (loc.  cit.)  refers  to  a  personal  ex- 
perience in  a  Eucalyptus-plantation  in  Algeria,  where  interme- 
diate forms  of  planted  species,  displaying  pronounced,  morpho- 
logical characters,  were  obtained  from  spontaneous  seedling  trees. 
Variation  of  leaf-characters  within,  and  resemblance  without  a 
species,  is  recorded  by  Messrs.  Baker  and  Smith  (2).  E.  dextro- 
pinea  R.  T.  Baker,  is  noted(p.38)  to  have  leaves  almost  identical 
with  those  of  E.  Uevoplnea  (of  this  work),  and  resembling  also 
those  of  E.  ohiiqua  L'Her.;  and(p.41)  E.  Icevopinea  "  sucker-leaves 

alternate  or  rarely  opposite mature  leaves  varying  in  size 

and  shape,  petiole  varying  from  ^  inch  to  1  inch  long."  Mr.  R. 
H.  Cambage  has  devoted  a  considerable  portion  of  his  Presi- 
dential Address  (6)  to  an  exhaustive  summary  of  the  morpho- 
logical characters  of  the  leaves  of  Eucalypts,  showing  extensive 
variation  brought  about  by  the  necessity  for  modifications  of 
structure,  position,  and  other  characters,  to  enable  them  to  meet 
the  varying  requirements  occasioned  by  the  conditions  of  soil, 
climate,  and  other  ecological  and  xerophytic  factors,  affecting 
the  functional  organisms  of  the  members  of  this  difficult  genus,  in 
their  varied  habitats.  This  writer  has  also  drawn  attention  to 
similarity  in  the  texture  of  the  leaves  of  E.  stricta  and  E.  viridis 
(5  ;  1900,  p  602),  and  {I.e.  p. 203)  great  similarity  in  the  leaves  of 
E.  dumosa  and  E.  oleosa  Further  references  bearing  on  this 
subject  will  be  found  in  a  series  of  botanical  papers  by  Mr.  Cam- 
bage (5).  The  question  of  hybridism  in  Eucalypts  has  been  exhaust- 
ively treated  in  (18)  and  other  publications  by  Mr.  Maiden,  and 
other  specialists  in  the  genus;  and  the  evidence  adduced  contains 
examples  of  similarity  in  the  leaves  of  apparently  distinct  species 
brought  about  (presumably)  by  this  agency.  The  similarity  in 
foliage  resultant  from  xerophytic  conditions  in  the  small-leaved 
group  of  the  Myrtacete,  is  well  exemplified  in  the  allied  genera, 
Micromyrtus  and  Bmckea,  the  diminutive,  triquetrous,  more  or  less 
decussate  leaves  of  M.  microphylla  Benth.,  being,  with  difficulty, 
separated  from  those  of  B.  brevi/olia  DC.  Succulence,  due  to  a 
halophilous  environment,  has  enlarged  the  leaves  ef  Bceckea 
crenulata  R.Br.,  when  growing  on  the  coast  or  saline  estuary,  to 


166  THE    INSTABILITY    OF    LEAF-MORPHOLOGY, 

such  an  extent  that  the  leaves  of  plants  of  this  species,  growing 
in  a  habitat  unaffected  l^y  salinity,  show  as  much  variation 
relatively  to  the  succulent  form,  as  that  obtaining  between  the 
leaves  of  two  distinct  species  of  this  genus,  e.g.,  B.  Gunniana 
Schau.,  and  B  diosmifolia  Rudge. 

The  growth  which  oppeared  on  some  bushes  of  the  latter  at 
Valley  Heights,  after  a  fire  bad  run  tbrougii  theui,  presented  a 
marked  difference  from  that  obtaining  in  the  foliage  of  the  un- 
scathed plants.  B.  deasifolia  8m.,  exhibits  a  foliar  difference  in 
examples  growing  in  a  sheltered  position  at  Valley  Heights,  and 
those  growing  at  Newnes  Junction  (3500  feet)  exposed  to  the 
bleak  "  Westerlies"  (13:  1914,  p.254).  The  leaves  of  the  xero- 
phytic,  coastal  swamp-form  of  Darwinia  taxifolia  A.  Cunn.,  are 
inferior  in  luxuriance  to  those  of  the  same  species  growing  on 
the  poor  but  well  drained  sandstone-hills  at  Cowan. 

An  example  of  leaf-variation  within  a  species,  is  given  in  Anyo- 
phora  melanoxylon  R.  T.  Baker.  In  his  description  of  this 
species,  the  author  writes:  —  "The  rare  shape  of  some  of  the 
leaves  (the  lanceolate  form)  connect  it  with  A.  inter-media,  whilst 
the  rounded,  auricular  base  of  the  predominant  shaped  leaf  gives 
it  some  aftinity  to  A.  subvehitina"  (These  Proceedings,  1900, 
p. 85).  A  series  of  leaves  of  A.  cordifolia  Cav.,  showing  varia- 
tion within  this  species  was  noted  (13:  1915,  p. 487).  Specimens 
showing  leaf- variation  in  the  suckers  of  a  form  of  A.  intermedia 
DC,  taken  from  a  series  of  young  trees  (over  which  a  fire  had 
passed),  growing  on  the  Wianamatta  Shale,  near  Clyde  Rail- 
way-Station, are  here  noted.  Example  1  :  two,  lower  whorls  of 
sucker-leaves  ternate,  the  remainder  gradually  passing  into  the 
adult  stage,  and  all  opposite.  Example  2  :  two,  upper  whorls  of 
adult  leaves  ternate,  with  a  pair  of  opposite,  adult  leaves  imme- 
diately below,  merging  into  the  sucker-leaves,  which  are  all,  from 
these  downwards,  alternate.  Example  3  :  juvenile  and  adult 
leaves,  all  opposite.  Example  4  :  lower  whorl  of  sucker-leaves, 
ternate,  those  above  opposite.  Example  5  :  three,  lower  whorls 
ternate,  and  one  pair  above,  opposite  (all  juvenile).  Example  6  : 
all  sucker-leaves  ternate.  An  exceptional  range  in  size,  shape 
(basal  and  apical),  length  of  petiole,  etc.,  is  shown  in  both  the 


BY    A.    A.    HAMILTON.  167 

juvenile  and  adult  foliage.  On  example  1,  a  pair  of  leaves  are 
seen  coherent  by  their  margins;  the  fusion  exists  along  the 
greater  part  of  their  length,  and  they  are,  together,  little  broader 
than  an  individual  normal  leaf;  the  well-developed  midrib  of 
each  leaf,  and  the  deeply  notched  apex,  disclose  the  unity. 

In  the  hvgrophytic  group  of  this  family,  the  leaf-characters 
show  similarity  as  a  result  of  the  conditions  of  shade,  shelter, 
moisture,  and  rich  soil,  found  in  the  Brush  Forest.  The  pendu- 
lous leaf,  with  its  long,  acuminate,  dripping  point,  a  device  to 
throw  off  superfluous  water,  which,  by  remaining  too  long  on  the 
leaf,  would  interfere  with  transpiration  (23;  pi  7)  is  found  in  the 
«'  Brush-Myrtles  "  of  the  allied  genera,  Myrtus  and  Eugenia,  and 
the  more  distantly  related  Syncarpia  leptopetala  F.v.M.  The 
similarity  in  the  case  of  the  "Myrtles''  is  enhanced  by  the  glossy 
coating  of  the  leaves,  another  factor  engaged  in  expediting  the 
exit  of  surplus  moisture  {loo.  cit.).  The  inconstancy  of  the  op- 
posite versus  alternate  arrangement  of  the  leaves  in  the  genus 
Melaleuca,  used  by  lientham  in  his  key  to  the  species  (4;  iii., 
pp.  125, 126),  as  a  differentiating  sectional  character,  is  a  not 
infrequent  source  of  difficulty  to  the  systematist;  and  leaf-twist- 
ing, in  certain  members  of  the  genus,  is  not  an  invariably  reli- 
able character. 

FiCOIDEiE. 

Similarity  in  the  effect  produced  by  the  xerophytie  conditions 
obtaining  on  the  beach,  is  exemplified  in  the  case  of  the  heavy, 
triangular,  succulent  leaves  of  Mesernbryanthemum  cequilaterale 
Haw.,  and  those  of  the  introduced  M.  edule  L.,  a  resemblance 
doubtless  responsible  for  the  deferred  detection  of  the  latter 
species,  until  quite  recently  ( 13;  1913,  p.396).  Both  plants  are 
of  the  carpet-forming  type,  their  heavy,  succulent  leaves  emi- 
nently fitting  them  for  existence  on  the  shifting  sand-dune. 

TJmbellifer.e. 

Examples  of  some  forms  of  Siebera  Billardieri  Benth.,  from 
Leura  (A.  A.  Hamilton;  January,  1915)  with  leaves  from 
rotundate  and  \  inch  to  ^  inch  long,  to  nari'ow  lanceolate  and 


168  THE    INSTABILITY    OF    LKAF-MOKPHOLOGY, 

2^  inches  long,  witli  intermediate  examples  showing  an  extensive 
range  of  variation  in  form  and  size,  are  now  exhibited.  Speci- 
mens of  Xan^Aosia /^i^os-a  Rudge,  (Cook's  River;  A.  A.  Hamilton; 
April,  1915)  show  variation  in  the  leaves  from  ^  inch  to  1| 
inches  in  length,  and  from  2  lines  to  |  inch  in  width;  thev  are 
almost  sessile,  or  on  petioles  up  to  |  inch  long,  and  have  a 
tomencum  ranging  from  pale  grey  to  dull  brown.  Two  specimens 
of  the  well  known  Actiiiotu.s  Helkmthi  Labill.,  are  exhibited, 
to  illustrate  the  effects,  on  the  foliage,  of  bad  drainage. 

COMPOSITiE. 

The  leaves  of  Brachycome  diversifolia  Fisch.,  ife  Mey.,  and 
those  of  B.  stricta  DC,  both  range  from  simple  to  pinnatifid, 
many  examples  of  these  species  being  inseparable  on  the  foliar 
characters.  The  radical  and  cauline  leaves  of  most  of  the  Brachy- 
comes,  and  many  other  herbaceous  composites,  are  differently 
shaped.  The  minute,  clustered  leaves  of  Olearia  Jiorihunda 
Benth.,  and  0.  lepidophyUa  Benth.,  sliow  similarity;  while  their 
ubiquitous  congener,  0.  ramulosa  Benth.,  has  numerous  forms. 
Of  the  latter,  Bentham  (4;  iii.,  p. 477)  says,  "There  are  two 
principal  forms,  which  are  often  distinguished  as  species,  but 
only  differ  in  the  shape  of  the  leaves."  Specimens  of  0.  myrsin- 
oides  F.V.M.,  were  exhibited  before  this  Society  (13;  1914,  p. 159) 
showing  leaf- variation  due  to  environment,  in  dimensions,  tex- 
ture, and  length  of  petiole;  and  it  is  now  noted  that  the  toraen- 
tum  varies  within  this  species,  from  dull  red  to  silvery-white. 
Leaf-variation  resultant  from  seasonal  growth,  was  illustrated 
in  a  series  of  specimens  of  Cassinia  aculeata  R.Br., (13;  1915, 
p. 209);  and  three  forms  of  C.  longifolia  R.Br.,  from  Blue 
Mountain  localities,  showing  leaf-variation,  were  exhibited  (13; 
1915,  p. 722).  A  change  in  the  xerophytic,  protective  character 
from  hairiness  to  viscidity,  adopted  by  an  old  bush  of  Helichry- 
sara  semipapposum  DC,  was  noted  (13;  1915,  p. 289),  young 
plants  in  its  vicinity,  evidently  its  progeny,  retaining  the  pilose 
character.  Mr.  J.  H.  Maiden  (15;  p.  18)  notes  three  forms  of  Heli- 
chrysum  rosmarhiifolium  Less.,  var.  thyi'soideiim,  at  different 
elevations  on  Mt.  Kosciusko,  the  leaves  vai'ying  in  size,  thick- 


BY    A.    A.    HAMILTON.  169 

ness,  and  density  of  wool;  and  presents  (16;  p.34),  under  Piloism, 
instances  in  Compositse,  and  other  families,  of  an  increased 
vestiture  assumed  by  plants  on  the  higher  elevations,  growing 
under  xerophytic  conditions.  Plants  of  Helipterum  incanum 
DC..,  growing  in  the  Hartley  Valley,  near  the  banks  of  the  Lett, 
show  alterations  in  the  leaves  from  short  and  broad,  to  narrow- 
linear,  yellow,  white,  and  variegated  flowers  being  found  among 
this  series.  Examples  of  this  species  in  the  National  Herbarium, 
from  Mt.  Kosciusko  (Coll.  J.  H.  Maiden),  have  basal,  obovate- 
spathulate  leaves,  i  inch  long;  and  there  are  examples  from 
various  localities  with  elongated,  thread-like  leaves  reaching  4  • 
inches  in  length.  The  adaptability  of  the  weedy  Helichrysum 
apiculatum  DC,  has  given  rise  to  a  large  series  of  forms,  only 
equalled,  perhaps,  by  the  ubiquitous  "  Cudweed,"  Gnaphalium 
iaponicum  Thunb. 

GoODENIACEiE. 

Specimens  of  Scaet^ola  suai^eolens  R.Br.,  and  S.  microcarpa 
Cav.,  were  noted  (13;  1914,  p.397),  exemplifying  an  insuflicient 
range  of  herbarium-material,  or  field-experience,  necessary  for  a 
reliable  description,  one  of  the  characters  depended  upon  to 
separate  these  two  species  (size  of  leaf)  being  shown  to  be  inac- 
curately applied.  A  difference  in  size  and  texture  is  here  noted, 
characterising  the  leaves  of  old  and  young  plants  of  Goodenia 
ovata  Sm.,  from  Stan  well  Park  (A.  A.  Hamilton;  August,  1915). 
G.  heterophyUa  Sm.,  and  G.  hederacea  Sm.,  can,  with  difficulty, 
be  separated  on  the  leaf-characters. 

EPACRIDEiE. 

The  sheathing-leaves  of  Sprengelia  ponceletia  F.v.M.,  are 
similar  to  those  of  the  short-leaved  forms  of  S.  incarnata  Sm., 
the  latter  showing  a  considerable  range  in  length  of  leaf.  The 
genus  Leucopogon  has  several  species  which  cannot  be  separated 
on  leaf-characters.  Acrotriche  divaricata  R.Br.,  and  .4.  aggregata 
R.Br.,  are  inconstant  in  the  leaf-characters  separating  them, 
viz.,  hirsuteness,  and  shade  of  colour  on  the  underside  of  the 
leaves  (4;  iv.,  p.226).     Of  Epacris  crassifolia  R.Br.,   it  is  noted 

13 


170  THE    INSTABILITY    OP    LEAF-MORPHOLOGY, 

{i;  iv.,  p. 237)  that  specimens  from  Port  Jackson  (near  the  sea) 
have  large  leaves,  and  others  (summit  of  the  Blue  Mountains) 
have  smaller  leaves.  The  latter  statement  must  be  qualified  by 
due  regard  for  environmental  conditions,  as  examples  from  the 
higher  elevations  on  the  Blue  Mountains,  growing  under  different 
conditions,  also  have  large  leaves,  which  approach  in  size  and 
shape  those  of  E.  obtusifolia  Sm.(13,  1915,  p. 721).  Similar 
environmental  conditions  were  noted  (13;  1914,  p. 544)  in  the 
case  of  E.  reclinata  A.  Cunn.,  and  a  transition  in  the  foliase 
from  flaccid  and  pilose  to  rigid  and  glabrous,  was  observed. 

MYRSINACEiE. 

Irregular,  marginal  toothing  occurs  in  Myrsine  variabilis 
R.Br.;  the  presence  of  teeth  on  the  young  growth,  and  their 
absence  on  the  leaves  of  adult  branches,  have  frequently  been 
noted. 

'     OLEACEiE. 

The  leaves  of  J^otelcea  ovata  R.Br.,  and  those  of  N.  hngifolia 
Vent.,  approach  each  other,  and  are  finally  merged;  leaves  of  the 
latter,  exhibiting  extensive  variation,  were  noted(l3;  1914,p.326). 
In  a  footnote  to  N.  longifolia,  Bentham  (i;  iv.,  p.299)  says,  "The 
northern  and  southern  specimens  belong  almost  entirely  to  the 
glabrous  form,  the  pubescent  one  is  chiefly  about  Port  Jackson, 
and  in  the  Blue  Mountains,  to  New  England,  some  of  C.  Stuart's 
specimens  from  the  latter  station  being  densely  and  softly 
pubescent  all  over."  Venation,  the  leaf-character  chiefly  relied 
upon  by  Bentham  (4;  iv.,  p. 300)  to  separate  N.  microcarpa  R.Br., 
N.  lignstrina  Vent.,  and  iV.  linearis  Benth.,  is  variable  in  each 
of  these  species,  occasionally  on  the  same  specimen;  and  all 
three  are  beset  with  more  or  less  conspicuous  dots,  a  character 
ascribed  by  Bentham  to  N.  punctata  R.Br.,  onl};-  {l..c.). 

CONVOLVULACEiE. 

Specimens  of  Ipomiea  Pes-Caprce  Roth.,  (Stanwell  Park;  Aug., 
1915;  A.  A.  Hamilton)  showing  variation  in  the  length  of  the 
petiole  of  the  leaves,  in  an  individual  plant,  ranging  from  1  inch 
to  4  inches,  is  here  noted. 


BY    A.    A.    HAMILTON.  171 

SOLANE^. 

Under  the  genus  Solatium,  Bentham  (4;  iv.,  p. 443)  says  : — 
"  The  distinction  and  determination  of   the  numerous  species  of 

this  genus is  attended  with  peculiar  difficulties,  the  chief 

characters  being  derived  from  the  very  variable  ones,  of  foliage, 
armature,  and  indumentum  "  Examples  of  the  small,  red-fruited, 
S.  stelligerum  Sm.,  are  not  infrequently  found  with  some  leaves 
armed  with  spines,  and  others  without  any,  on  the  same  plant. 
S.  vescum  F.v.M.,  and  S.  aviculare  Forst.,  are  inseparable  on 
leaf-characters,  both  having  simple,  and  variously  divided  leaves, 
occasionally  on  the  same  branch,  each  species  exhibiting  within 
itself  a  degree  of  foliar  variability,  equal  to  that  existing  between 
the  two  species. 

BiGNONIACEiE. 

Specimens  of  Tecorna  austndis  R.Br.,  were  noted  (13;  1914, 
p. 39 7)  showing  variation  in  the  size,  and  number  of  leaflets,  and 
marginal  division. 

MyOPORINEjE. 

Spencer  le  M.  Moore  (21;  p. 258)  writes  :  —  "Pholidia  gibhifulia 

F.V.M.,  is  a  very  singular  plant The  chief  peculiarity 

resides  in  the  leaves,  which  are  much  reduced,  appressed  to  the 
stem,  and  curiously  tuberculated.  Had  the  specimens  described 
by  me  in  this  memoir  as  P.  homophistica,  not  been  in  flower 
when  they  were  gathered,  I  should  have  concluded  without 
hesitation  that  they  must  be  referred  to  Mueller's  species,  for  in 
habit,  as  in  leaf,  the  two  seem  absolute  counterparts." 

IjABIATEiE. 

Bentham,  in  his  key  to  the  genus  Prostanthera,  {i;  v.,  p. 92) 
says  of  P.  denticulata  R.Br.,  "Leaves  from  \  inch  and  ovate  to 
1  inch  and  linear,  entire,  sometimes  echinate.  Plant  pubescent 
or  nearly  glabrous."  P.  incisa  R.Br.,  and  P.  Sieberi  Benth., 
approach  each  other  in  leaf-characters,  the  latter  merging  into 
P.  violacea  R.Br. 

PROTKACEiE. 

This  largely  xerophilous  Order  is  probably  (among  phanero- 
gams) the  worst  offender  against  regularity  in  its  leaf-system. 


172  THE    INSTABILITY    OF    LEAP-MORPHOLOGY, 

Of  heterophylly  within  a  species,  and  homoplasy  in  opposing 
species,  and  the  gradual  metamorphosis  of  the  leaves  of  one  species 
into  those  of  another,  this  well  named  Order  provides  numerous 
examples.  Members  present  at  the  Meeting  of  this  Society  in 
July,  1910,  will  recollect  the  remarkable  series  of  examples 
illustrating  interchangeable  leaf-characters  between  three  Gre- 
villeas,  viz.,  G.  Gaudichaudii  R.Br.,  G  acanthifolia  A.  Cunn.,  and 
G  lauri/olia  Sieb.,  exhibited  by  Mr.  J.  J.  Fletcher,  which  he 
presented  as  evidence  of  reciprocal  hybridism  within  these  species 
(These  Proceedings,  1910,  p.433).  The  leaves  of  Grevillea 
linearh  R.Br.,  and  those  of  G.  sericea  R.Br.,  overlap,  and,  in 
.some  of  the  narrower  forms,  are  not  easily  separated;  the  foliar 
characters  dividing  G.  sphacelata  R.Br.,  and  G.  phylicoides  R.Br., 
are  not  strong.  In  all  four  of  these  Grevilleas,  the  tomentum — 
one  of  the  characters  relied  on  by  Bentham  (4;  v.,  p. 464)  to 
separate  the  two  latter  -is  subject  to  considerable  interchange- 
able variation,  both  in  colour  (silvery  to  ferrugineous),  and 
tiocculence,  as  opposed  to  appression.  A  series  of  examples  of 
G.  oleoides  Sieb.,  are  here  noted,  showing  variation  from  narrow- 
linear,  with  revolute  margins,  to  broad  lanceolate,  the  margins 
but  slightly  recurved,  and  ranging  from  3  x  /g  to  3  x  f  inch 
(Heathcote;   October,  1915;  A.  A.  Hamilton). 

Spencer  Moore  (21;  p.259)  says,  "some  Proteacea;,  Grevilleas 
and  Ilakeas  especially,  can  scarcely  be  distinguished  from  Acacias 
when  not  in  Hower  or  fruit.''  The  terete-leaved  Hakeas,  which 
exhibit,  within  the  limits  of  a  species  (13;  1915,  p. 289,  //.  puyioni- 
formis  Cav.),  as  great  a  variation  as  is  found  in  opposing  species, 
are  gradually  altered  via  the  dimorphic-leaved  H.  microcarpa 
R.Br.,  into  the  flat-leaved  section  of  which  the  variable  H. 
dactyloides  {iZ;  1914,  p. 88)  is  a  representative.  The  leaf-varia- 
tion in  H.  daclyloides  has  been  noted  by  Mr.  J.  H.  Maiden  (19; 
v.,  p.l47,  PI. 179),  and  several  forms  of  leaf  are  depicted  in  the 
admirable  plate  by  Miss  M.  Flockton,  illustrating  this  species. 
A  xerophytic  condition  inducing  similarity  in  the  leaves  of 
certain  members  of  a  species,  and  causing  variation  between 
them  and  their  congeners  of  the  same  species,  which  are  not 
subjected  to  similar  treatment,  is  exemplified  in  Isopogon  atie- 


BY    A.    A.    HAMILTON.  173 

moni/olius  R.Br.,  (13;  1915,  p. 118),  and  Hakea  puyioni/'ormis 
Cav.,  (I.e.,  p. 289)  the  latter  species  being  also  used  to  illustrate 
ecological,  varietal  effects  (/.c). 

The  leaves  of  Petrophila  pulchella  R.Br.,  P.  pednncidata  R.Br. 
and    P.   sessUis   8ieb.,   are   difficult  to   separate,    and    similarity 
exists  between  the  leaves  of  all  three,  and  Isupocjon,  anethij'olius 
R.Br. (13;  1915,  p. 4 19). 

The  genus  Persoonia  provides  a  foliar  range  from  the  acicular 
leaves  of  P.  piuifolia  R.Br.,  to  those  of  the  exceptionally  large, 
broad,  flat  leaves  of  P.  salicino,  Pers.  The  latter  species  offers  a 
wide  range  of  leaf- variation  (13;  1914,  p. 648,  as  opposed  to  the 
similarity  existing  in  the  foliage  of  P.  'media  R.Br.,  and  P. 
curiiifolia  A.  Cunn,  the  length  and  venation  of  the  leaves,  (char- 
acters used  to  separate  the  two  latter,  4;  v.,  pp. 391-392)  showing 
inconstancy. 

The  Banksias  exhibit  a  transformation  in  leaves  from  B. 
ericifolia  L.,  to  B.  spinulosa  Sm.,  and  B.  maryinata  Ca,v . ,  leaving 
the  systematist  occasionally  in  doubt  as  to  which  species  he 
should  refer  contiguous  examples,  the  marginal  toothing,  and 
size  of  the  leaves  showing  many  irregularities.  A  series  of 
leaves  of  B.  marginata  is  figured  on  the  plate  illustrating  that 
species  (10;  ii.,  p-12)  showing  a  number  of  form.s,  with  a  con- 
siderable range  of  variation.  Similarity,  on  the  other  hand, 
between  the  leaves  of  B.  serrata  L.,  and  those  of  ^.  ceynula  R.Br., 
is  very  pronounced. 

Examples  of  Conospermum  taxifolium  Sm.,  and  C.  ericifolium 
Sm.,(13;  1914,  p. 325)  demonstrated  the  difficulty  of  separating 
these  two  species  on  leaf-characters.  The  two  species  of  Syni- 
jjhyonema  (endemic  in  New  South  Wales)  are  separated  chiefly 
on  the  foliage,  which  is  largely  influenced  by  environment,  the 
swamp-form  of  S.  montmium  R.Br.,  on  the  Blue  Mountains,  fre- 
quently pi'oducing  leaves  the  counterpart  of  those  of  the  swamp- 
dwelling,  coastal  Ki.  paludos^im  R.Br.  Attention  is  drawn  to 
the  similarity  between  the  leaves  of  certain  .species  of  the  Order 
ProteaceiB,  and  others  of  the  Sapindacese  (9;  1900,  p. 586)  by  Mr. 
H.  Deane;  and  the  writer  has  shown  examples  of  variation 
within  a  species  in  Lomatia  silaifolia  R.Br.,  (13;  1914,  p.l59). 


174  THE    INSTABILITY    OF    LEAF-MORPHOLOGY, 

L.  ImigifoUa  R.  Br.,(?.c.;l  915,  p.487),  Telojyea  speciosissima  R.Br., 
(I.e.;  1908,  p. 286,  and  l.c  ,1914,  p. 325),  and  Xyloynehtm  pyriforme 
Sm.,(^.f.,  1915,  p. 289)  [the  latter  also  illustrating  the  well  known 
diversity  in  marginal  toothing,  between  the  juvenile  and  mature 
foliage],  from  time  to  time,  at  the  Meetings  of  this  Society.  As 
is  the  case  with  the  Urder  Leguminosse,  many  genera  of  Western 
Australian  Proteaceae  are  exceptionally  liable  to  variation  in 
marginal  leaf-division,  and  dimorphism. 

THYMELEiE. 

Many  specimens  of  Pimelea  are  uncertain  in  the  alternation  of 
the  leaves,  and  the  venation  is  also  variable.  P.  liiiifulia  Sra., 
an  exceptionally  adaptable  species,  and  consequently  wideh'  dis- 
tributed, has  altered  its  foliar  characters  to  meet  the  exigencies 
of  its  varied  environment.  One  of  its  forms  is  inseparable  from 
P.  glauca  R.Br.,  on  leaf-characters. 

CASUARINEiE. 

Examples  of  Gasuaritia  ylauca  8ieb.,  were  exhibited  ( 13;  1915, 
p. 288)  to  illustrate  the  dislocation  of  the  symmetry  of  the  whorls 
of  teetll  (leaves),  caused  by  larval  attack 

CONIFERiE. 

Leaf-twisting,  due  to  mechanical  injury,  was  demonstrated  in 
specimens  of  Podocarpu^  spiiitdosd  R.Br,  exhibited  before  this 
Society  (13;  1915,  p. 418).  This  character  (leaf -twisting)  is  occa- 
sionally used  to  separate  closely  allied  species,  e.g.,  Conospermum 
taxifolium  Sm.,  v.  C.  ericij'olmm  Sm.,  and  Xyris  comi^Ianata 
R.Br.,  v.  X.  yracUis  R.Br.  In  both  cases  cited,  the  character 
is  interchangeable. 

ORCHIDEiE. 

The  cylindrical  leaves  of  Dendrobium  teretifolium  R.Br.,  (ex- 
amples of  which  from  Tuggerah  Lakes,  April,  1914;  Coll.  A.  A. 
Hamilton,  are  exhibited)  range  from  H  to  18  inches  long,  and 
are  so  similar  to  those  of  D.  striolahim  Reichb.,  that  the  smaller 
plants  of  each  species  appear  identical  when  not  in  flower. 

Similarity  in  the  leafage  is  found  in  the  members  of  the 
opposing  Orders,  Iridete,  and  Amaryllidese,  in  respect  of  sca- 
bridity,  texture,  and   marginal  toothing,  the   two  former  char- 


BY    A.    A.    HAMILTON.  175 

acters  varying  considerably  with  the  degree  of  moisture  avail- 
able. The  succulent,  cylindrical  leaves  of  many  Liliaceous 
plants  are  almost  identical,  and  are  equally  like  the  leaves  of 
some  terrestrial  orchids.  Triglochin  procera  R.Br.,  when  grow- 
ing in  mid-stream,  and  subject  to  a  strong  current,  has  flat  leaves, 
which  are  permanently  bent,  and  lie  on  the  surface  of  the  water, 
while  the  leaves  of  plants  growing  near  the  bank,  or  in  the  still 
watei-s  of  a  lagoon,  are  upright  and  almost  terete.  In  the  Orders 
Juncacese,  Restiacese,  and  Cyperacese,  the  leaves  of  many  species 
are  so  similar,  that  they  afford  very  little  assistance  to  the  taxo- 
nomist.  The  rigid,  convolute,  pungent-pointed  leaves  of  Zoysia 
fungensWiWd.,  are  very  similar  to  those  of  Sporoholus  virginiciis 
Kunth,  when  these  plants  are  growing  associated  in  a  saline 
estuary,  both  having  adopted  the  same  xerophytic,  protective 
agency  against  the  natural  forces  operating  against  them,  in 
their  exposed  habitat.  Schedonorus  littoralis  Beauv.,  has  rigid, 
pungent-pointed  leaves,  simulating  those  of  a  J  uncus. 

Conclusion. 

A  consideration  of  the  varied  influences  brought  to  bear  on 
the  modification  of  the  morphology  of  leaves,  as  demonstrated 
by  the  foregoing  examples  (which  might  be  indefinitely  multi- 
plied), discloses,  it  is  submitted,  suilicient  evidence  to  warrant 
the  assertion  that  the  foliar  characters  in  herbarium-specimens 
should  be  cautiously  advanced  in  the  determination  of  a  species. 
It  has  been  shown  that  a  specimen  taken  from  an  individual 
shrub  may  differ  as  much  in  its  leaf-character  from  other  ex- 
amples taken  from  the  same  plant,  or  from  a  neighbouring  shrub 
of  the  same  species,  as  it  would  from  one  taken  from  a  distinct 
species.  The  examples  cited  in  this  paper  (p.  157)  referring  to  the 
inaccurate  description  of  the  position  of  the  simple  and  trifoliate 
leaves  in  Zieria  involucrata,  and  the  relative  size  of  the  leaves, 
in  Scosvola  suaveolens  and  ^S'.  microcarpa,{pAQ9)  are  instances 
which  show  the  necessity  for  extensive  field-work,  and  the  ex- 
amination of  a  large  quantity  of  botanical  material  in  respect  of 
leaf-characters,  before  describing  a  species,  or  proposing  a  new 
variety,  the  elasticity  of  the  plant  frequently  showing  disregard 


176  THE    INSTABILITY    OP    LEAF-MORPHOLOGY 


for  the  rigidity  of  the  description.  In  following  a  botanical  de- 
scription with  herbarium-material,  frequently  limited  in  quantity, 
and  from  few,  and  often  obscure  localities,  the  variations  in 
foliage  brought  about  by  local  conditions  must,  in  the  absence 
of  such  information,  be  lai'gely  speculative.  Nor  does  the  pos- 
session of  a  type-specimen  entirely  remove  the  difficulty,  unless 
the  environmental  conditions  under  whieh  the  type  existed  are 
available.  The  most  valuable  assistant  to  the  taxonomic  botanist 
is  personal  observation  of  his  flora  in  situ,  but  as  this  is  fre- 
quently impracticable,  the  carefully  compiled  field-notes  of  com- 
petent observers,  with  a  knowledge  of  the  factors  liable  to  affect 
the  morphology  of  leaves,  are  extremely  helpful.  In  this  direc- 
tion, the  value  of  the  numerous  references  embodied  in  the 
writings  of  local  botanists  (who  are,  without  exception,  field- 
botanists)  to  the  influences  at  work  on  the  alteration,  in  our 
native  vegetation,  of  the  characters  relied  upon  by  the  systemat- 
ist,  cannot  be  overstated.  The  following  expressions  of  opinion 
may  be  quoted.  Bentham  (4;  iii.,  p. 186),  in  his  remarks  on  the 
genus  Eucalyptus,  says  :  "  but  to  the  botanist  who  is  unable  to 
compare  them  in  a  living  state,  the  due  limitation  and  classifica- 
tion of  their  species  presents  almost  insupei'able  obstacles."  In 
his  Presidential  Address  to  this  Society  (8;  1915,  p. 649),  Mr. 
Henry  Deane  refers  to  the  determination  of  plants  from  leaves, 
and  quotes  a  Presidential  Address  to  the  Linnean  Societ)^  in 
1870,  by  Bentham,  who  points  out  the  unreliability  of  determina- 
tions made  on  leaves  only,  and  mentions  that  De  Candolle  had 
been  in  error  as  to  Natural  Orders  of  species  of  which  he  pos- 
sessed leaves  alone.  Later  (9;  1900,  p. 581)  Mr.  Deane  stigma- 
tises as  ridiculous  the  case  of  a  botanist  who  would  attempt  a 
classification  and  description  of  a  hitherto  unexplored  flora  on  a 
collection  of  leaves,  and  notes  (p. 588),  that  Ettingshausen  points 
out  in  his  paper  the  impossibility  of  carrying  out  any  system  of 
classification  on  leaf-characters,  offering  examples  of  similarity 
in  widely  separated,  and  heterogeny  in  more  closely  allied  plants. 
Mr.  Deane  in  his  paper(9),  also  tabulated  a  number  of  species, 
and  supplied  figures  of  leaves,  instituting  comparisons  as  to  their 
similarity  in  opposing,  and  variation  in  allied  plants,  with  special 


.BY    A.    A.     HAMILTON.  177 

1-eference  to  venation.  In  a  paper  published  in  the  Botanical 
Gazette,  University  of  Chicago  Press  (Vol.59,  1915,  p. 484)  on 
"Tiie  Origin  and  Distribution  of  the  Faniilv  Mvrtacese,"  Mr. 
Edward  M.  Berry,  referring  to  a  paper  on  tliis  subject  by  Mr.  E. 
C  Andrews,  published  in  these  Pi-oceedings  (1913,  p. 529),  says 
(p. 486),  "for  althougli  in  accordance  with  paleo-botanical  usage 
I  have  identified  numerous  forms  of  Eucalyptus  in  the  N. 
American  Upper  Cretaceous,  I  have  long  thought  that  these 
leaves  represented  ancestial  forms  of  Eugenia  or  Myrica.  but 
have  hesitated  suggesting  any  change  based  merely  on  personal 
opinion,  and  also  from  a  consideration  that  such  change  in 
nomenclature  is  undesirable  at  the  present  time  from  the  stand- 
point of  stratigraphic  paleobotany."  Mr.  J.  H.  Maiden(17;  pl"7) 
says :  — "  Except  in  the  case  of  very  characterrstic  material 
botanists  who  deal  with  the  existing  flora  usually  ask  to  be 
excused  from  determining  a  plant  on  a  leaf  only."  In  (20c, 
p. 326),  the  author  says: — "Other  characters  of  Eucalyptus 
leaves  we  require  to  know  more  about,  are  their  size,  texture, 
and  prominence  of  venation.  They  ai-e  minor  characters,  and 
some  species  present  much  variation  in  this  respect":  and  in  (18; 
Part  viii.,  p. 247)  Mr.  Maiden  says: — "  I  attach  great  importance 

to  studying  the  trees  in  the  field In  these  researches  I  maj' 

be  pardoned  for  saying  that  I  have  travelled  moi'e  or  less  in 
every  State  of  the  Commonwealth,  covering  thousands  of  miles 
on  foot  in  pursuit  of  this  study  alone,  in  contradistinction  to 
mere  herbarium  work."  Mr.  E.  C.  Andrews(l),  discussing  "The 
Age  of  Dicotyledons,"  gives  (p. 360)  examples  of  the  difficulty  of 
determining  the  correct  botanical  classification  of  existing  plants 
on  leaf -characters,  showing  differences  of  opinion  among  our 
greatest  .systematists,  as  to  the  family  in  which  certain  trifoliate- 
leaved  plants  should  be  placed.  Sir  J.  I).  Hooker  (14;  p.  13), 
says:— "The  result  of  my  observations  is  that  differences  of 
habit,  colour,  hairiness,  and  outline  of  leaves  ....  are  generally 
fallacious  as  specific  marks,  being  attributable  to  external  causes 
and  easily  obliterated  under  cultivation." 

Specimens  of  the  examples  cited  in  this  paper  will   be  incor- 
porated in  the  National  Herbarium. 

14 


178  THE    INSTABILITY    OF    LEAF-MORPHOLOGY, 

Since  the  foregoing  was  written,  my  attention  has  been  drawn 
by  Mr.  Maiden  to  a  reference  on  this  subject  in  "A  Text-Book 
of  Botany,"  by  Professors  Coulter,  Barnes,  and  Cowles,  members 
of  the  Botanical  Staff  of  the  University  of  Chicago  (1910-1911). 
In  Vol.  ii.  of  this  work,  which  treats  of  Ecology,  a  chapter  is 
devoted  to  "  Variation  in  Leaf-Forms,"  (p. 589)  in  which  the 
authors  note  the  value  of  the  determination  of  the  causes  under- 
lying leaf-forms,  in  relation  to  specific  distinctions,  and  {Joe  cit.) 
offer  an  hypothesis  founded  on  species  with  an  ancestral  plas- 
ticity and  fixed  descendants,  or  possibly  (pp. 590-591)  that  some 
forms  have  always  been  rigid  and  others  always  plastic.  "Form 
Variation  in  Amphibious  Plants"  is  discussed  (p. 593),  and  ex- 
amples given,  showing  the  wide  range  of  variation  obtaining  in 
the  structure"  of  the  aerial  and  water-leaves  of  this  aquatic  group. 
Juvenile  and  adult  leaves  are  considered  (pp. 596-597)  in  relation 
to  ancestry,  and  the  phenomenon  of  rejuvenescence,  the  latter 
being  regarded  as  an  indication  of  a  sudden  shock  which  causes 
the  plant  to  return  to  a  youthful  stage.  [An  example  of  rejuven- 
escence in  Acacia  florihxmda  Willd.,  attributable  to  mechanical 
injury,  is  given  by  the  writer(13;  1914,  p.  159),  and  a  further  ex- 
ample in  A.melanoxylon  R.Br.,  in  which  the  cause  of  the  change 
is  not  apparent  (13;  1914,  p.254)j. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

I.Andrews,  E.  C. — "Development  and  Distribution  of  the  Natural 
Order  Legiiminosfe.  Journ.  Proe.  Roy.  See.  N.  S.  Wales,  xlviii., 
p.  333,  1914. 

2.  Baker,  R.  T.,  &  Smith,  H.  G. — Research  on  the  Genus  Eucalyptus, 

1902. 

3.  Baker,  R.  T. — Description  of  Acacia  diformis.     These  Proceedings, 

1897,  p.  154. 

4.  Bentham,  G. — Flora  Australiensis,  1886. 

5.  Cambaoe,  R.  H. — Series  of  Papers  on  the  Geographical  Distribution  of 

the  Plants  of  N.  S.  Wales.     These  Proceedings,  1900-1913. 

P). "  Development  and  Distribution  of  the  Genus  Eu- 
calyptus."    Presidential  Address,  Roy.  Soc.  N.  S.  Wales,  1913. 

7. "Acacia  Seedlings."      Part  i.      Journ.    Proe.    Roy. 


Soc.  N.  S.  Wales,  xlix.,  p.81,  1915. 


BY    A.    A.    HAMILTON.  179 

S.  Deaxe,  H. — Presidential  Address,   Linn.    Soc.   N.   S.   Wales.      Tliese 
Proceedings,  1895,  p.649. 

9. "Observations  on   the  Tertiary  Flora  of  Australia  with 

special  reference  to  Ettingshausen's  Theory  of  the  Tertiary  Cos- 
mopolitan rh)ra."     Part  ii.     These  Proceedings,  19U0,  p.581. 
1(».  EwART,  A.  J. — Plants  indigenous  to  Victoria.     Vol.  ii.,  p.  12,  191(». 

11.  Fletcher,  J.  J. — Hybridism  in  (4revilleas.     These  Proceedings,  1910, 

p.  433. 

12.  Hamilton,  A.  A. — "Topographical  and  Ecological  Notes  on  tlie  Flora 

of  the  Blue  Mountains."     These  Proceedings,  191.),  p.3Sfi. 
13. Miscellaneous  Notes.  These  Proceedings,  1913-1915 

14.  Hooker,  Sir  J.  1). — Introductory  Essay  to  the  Flora  of  New  Zealanil. 

18.j3,  p.  13. 

15.  jNIaidkx,  J.  H. — "  A  Contribution  towards  a  Flora  of  Mount  Kosci- 

usko.""    Agi'icultural  Gazette  of  N.  H.  Wales,  July,  1898. 
10. "A  Second  Contriliution  towards  a  Flora  of  Mount 

Kosciusko."     Op.  at.,  October,  1899. 
17. Australian  Vegetation.     Federal  Handbook  on  Aus- 
tralia.    British  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science,  p.  163, 

1914. 
18. A  Critical  Revision  of  the  Genus  Eucalyptus.      19U3- 

1915. 

19. Forest  Flora  of  N.  S.  Wales.     1904-1915. 

20. Wattles  and  Wattle  Barks.     Third  Edition.      1900. 

20a. "Notes  on    Eucalyptus    (with   descriptions    of    new 

species)."      No.2.      Journ.  Proc.    Roy.    Soc.  N.    S.    Wales,    xlvii., 

p.217,  1913. 
20b. "  Notes  on  some  Tasmanian  Eucalypts."     Papers  and 

Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  Tasmania,  1914,  p.20. 
20c. "Is  Eucalyptus  variable?"'     Journ.  Proc.   Roy.  Soc. 

N.  S.  Wales,  xxxvi.,  p.  315,  1902. 
20d. The    "   Species   Concept,"    with    special    reference  to 

Eucalyptus,  (MS.)  read  at  the  Sydney  Meeting  of  the  Brit.  Assn. 

for  the  Advancement  of  Science.      1914. 

21.  Moore,  Spencer  le  M. — "  Flora  of  the  Interior  of  Western  Australia.'" 

Journ.  Linn.  Soc,  Botany,  xxxiv.,  p.  171,  1898-1900. 

22.  Mueller,  Baron  F.  von. — Eucalyptographia.     1884-1897. 

23.  Schimper,   A.   F.  W.— Plant  Geography  upon  a  Physiological  Basis. 

1903. 

24.  Stirlin(!,  J.—"  Notes  on  the  Rutacere  of  the  Australian  Alps.""    These 

Proceedings,  1886,  p.  1052. 

25.  Warming,  Euu.—Oecology  of  Plants.      19(19. 


180 


ON  BRACHYCHITON  POPULNEO-ACERIFOLIUS  F.v.M. 
(The  Crimson-flowered  Kurra.tong). 

By  J.  H.  Maiden,  F.R.S.,  F.L.8. 

Allow  me  to  invite  your  attention  to  a  paper  by  the  late 
Baron  von  Mueller,  "  Notes  on  Hybridism  in  the  genus  Brachy- 
chiton,"  in  these  Proceedings,  ix.,  379,  1884. 

I  was  present  at  the  presentation  of  the  paper,  which  was  read 
by  the  late  Dr.  J.  C.  Cox,  who  had  drawn  Mueller's  attention  to 
the  Mulgoa  tree  described.  It  was,  and  is  growing  at  "  Fern 
Hill,"  his  birthplace;  and  I  remember  asking  him  what  was  the 
history  of  the  tree,  but  he  did  not  know  it  for  certain,  although 
Mueller  says  it  "arose"  in  his  brother's  garden  ("Fern  Hill"). 

When  I  took  charge  of  the  Botanic  Gardens,  my  attention  was 
drawn  to  a  smaller  but  similar  tree  then  in  the  Garden  Palace 
Grounds,  but  the  history  of  that  tree  was  also  uncertain.  Some 
years  since,  I  visited  the  Mulgoa  tree,  and  have  a  complete  suite 
of  specimens.  By  means  of  the  newspapers,  I  got  into  touch 
with  owners  of  similar  or  closely  allied  trees  in  various  parts  of 
the  State. 

Although  Mueller  did  not  publish  a  strictly  formal  descrip- 
tion, he  admitted,  and  I  think  rightly,  as  a  matter  of  con- 
venience, the  species  Bvachychiton  populneo-acerifoluis  F.v.M., 
formally  into  the  New  South  Wales  flora  (Second  Census,  1889). 

The  type  (Mulgoa)  tree  was,  in  1908,  about  40  feet  high,  and 
3  feet  in  diameter  at  a  foot  from  the  ground.  Its  spread  of 
brandies  is  fully  40  feet.  The  leaves  are  strictly  simple;  no  ap- 
pearance of  lobes  could  be  detected.  The  only  Bvachychiton  in 
the  vicinity  is  B.  aceri/olius;  there  is  some  B.  populneus  in  the 
district,  though  not  at  Fern  Hill. 

The  rhachises  in  B.  populneo-acerifolius  are  greenish-yellow  to 
creamy- white;  and  wholly  scarlet,  except  in  an  occasional  streak 
or  strip,  in  B.  aceri/oliiis. 


BY    J.    H.    MAlDESf.  IHI 

The  panicles  are  simple  in  />'.  popidneo-acerifoUus,  mach 
branched  in  B.  acerifolius. 

The  riower-buds  of  />'.  poptdneo-acerifolius  are,  when  unex- 
panded,  long-pointed,  tiowers  4-6  lobed,  the  lobes  recurved.  Jn 
/).  acerifolius,  the  shape  of  the  buds  is  more  turbinate  and,  when 
unexpanded,  nearly  Hat-topped,  giving  the  bud  the  aspect  of  a 
peai*,  but,  in  rare  cases,  the  bud  is  somewhat  pointed. 

The  flowers  appear  to  be  much  more  numerous  than  in  7>. 
Sicerfolius.  "The  colour  of  the  calyces  holds  the  middle  between 
that  of  the  respective  organ  of  the  parent-plants;  it  is  pale 
yellowish  outside,  much  as  in  B.  populnemn,  but  inside  crimson 
and  not  sprinkled  as  in  B.  acerifolium "  (Original  descrip- 
tion). This  requires  some  correction.  The  flower  of  B.  popul- 
neo-aceri/olius  is  usually  self  rose-pink  and  not  pale  yellowish, 
although  some  flowers  may  be  a  little  pale  yellowish  outside;  but 
inside,  sprinkled  rose-pink,  giving  the  general  impression  of 
greyish-rose,  except  at  the  base  of  the  throat  where  it  is  greenish- 
vellow.  The  outside  is  Salmon  Old  Rose  No. 143,  shade  1,  and 
inside  Madder  Carmine,  No.241,  shade  4,  of  Rep.  de  Couleurs,  to 
speak  with  precision. 

The  flower  of  B.  acerifolius  is  not  "sprinkled";  it  is  quite  a 
self  scarlet.  It  is  No.85  (shades  1  and  2)  or  scarlet,  of  Rep.  de 
Couleurs. 

(2).  The  tree  which  many  knew  as  the  Garden  Palace  one,  is 
strictly  typical  B.  popiilneo-acerij'oliiis;  it  was  removed  in  con- 
sequence of  the  widening  of  Macquarie  Street  to  Bed  No.  9, 
Middle  Garden,  in  1912,  where  it  is  now  about  18  ft.  high,  2  ft. 
in  girth  3  ft.  from  the  ground,  and  it  flowers  every  year,  usually 
in  November-December,  but  sometimes  January.  Its  origin  is 
unknown. 

(3).  There  are  some  typical  trees  of  B.  populneo-aceri/olius  in 
o-ardens  at  Parramatta.  of  considerable  age.  I  first  receiveu 
specimens  from  JVlr.  Fred.  Williams. 

(4).  Mr.  J.  A.  T.  Kochfort,  Inspector  of  Stock,  Jerilderie,  .sent 
me  some  specimens  from  a  tree  growing  at  the  Public  School, 
which  are  quite  typical  of  B.  popiiliieo-acerifolius.  Mr.  llochfort 
sent  pods,  which  are  rather  larger  than  those  of  JJ.  populneus, 
and  smaller  than  the  pods  of  B.  acerifolius. 


182  ON    BRACHYCHITON    POPULNEO-ACEKIFOLIUS, 

All  the  following  trees  are  also  of  the  crirason-flowered  strain, 
and  are  usually  described  as  Howering  freely  in  November  or 
December.     It  is  only  known  from  New  South  Wales  at  present. 

(5).  At  Wentworth,  in  a  public  street,  there  is  a  tree,  perhaps 
25  feet  high,  and  there  is  no  other  like  it  in  the  town.  I  have 
received  specimens  at  different  times  from  the  Mayor,  Mr.  R.  J. 
P.  Long,  the  Head  Teacher  (whose  name  I  have  lost),  His  Honor 
Judge  Bevan,  Sergeant  J.  Mc.  A.  Clark,  and  Miss  Louise  Buck- 
ridge,  of  the  Public  School.  They  vary  from  typical  B.  populneo- 
acerifolius  to  with  slightly  lobed  leaves. 

Some  years  ago  it  was  believed  that  this  tree  came  from  the 
Botanic  Gardens  at  Melbourne,  but  INTr.  (Juilfoyle,  to  whom  I 
spoke  on  the  subject,  had  no  recollection  of  the  matter. 

Judge  Bevan  says  there  is  a  similar  tree  in  the  Public  Garden, 
North  Adelaide. 

(6).  Mr.  Joseph  Stevens,  Manly,  sends  a  specimen  with  leaves 
of  the  B.  acerifoliiis  type. 

(7).  Mr.  Edward  Bowman,  Skellatar,  Muswellbrook,  sent 
specimens  which  grew  in  the  mountains  about  12  miles  due  east 
of  Muswellbrook,  between  Ravensworth  and  Muswellbrook 
Some  replanted  by  him  about  1903  at  Skellatar.  Known  as 
"  Mountain  Kurrajong.'"  Scrub  since  totally  destroyed.  These 
plants  (only  two  survived)  are  natural  hybrids.  Grew  amongst 
Cedar,  Nettle-trees,  »fec.  Very  close  to  B.  acerifolius  as  far  as 
leaves  are  concerned. 

(8).  Mr.  Thomas  H.  H.  Goodwin,  "Ruvigne,"  Gunnedah,  sends 
twigs  from  a  tree  growing  in  Gunnedah,  but  slightly  lobed,  but 
obviously  showing  affinity  to  B.  acerifolms  in  the  leaves  Fruits 
freely. 

Mr.  James  Muffett,  Ulamambri,  Coonabarabran,  sends  twigs 
with  leaves  pointed  and  lobed;  crimson  flowers;  ordinary  light 
Howers  (pojndnens )  were  growing  on  the  same  tree 

Of  all  these  trees,  those  of  Mr.  Edward  Bowman  are  the  only 
ones  of  which  we  are  certain  we  know  the  origin,  and  that  the 
origin,  at  least  in  those  cases,  is  sp<mtaneous. 

The  forms  (hybrids)  I  have  seen,  vary  almost  between  the  two 
extremes  of  the  reputed  parents,  so  far  as  foliage  is  concerned. 


BY    J.    H.    MAIDEN'.  183 

The  type  has  a  simple  leaf,  without  lobing,  but  we  have,  in 
various  trees,  examples  of  leaf-outline  approaching  that  of  B. 
acerifolius  and  some  of  the  "diverse"  shapes  of  B.  diver sifol ins, 
while  the  texture  is  intermediate  between  the  thickish  B.  aceri- 
folius and  the  thinner  B.  populneus,  and  the  shade  of  green  is 
intermediate  also.  The  venation  of  the  leaves  of  the  hybrid  is 
intermediate. 

Itis  obvious  that  we  have  a  recent  and  not  well-established 
species;  in  naming  plants,  I,  of  course,  keep  as  close  to  the  type 
as  possible  for  B.  po/nifneo-aceri/olins,  but  include  all  crimsun- 
flowering  forms  in  it,  with  a  herbarium-note  when  they  much 
appi-oach  one  parent  or  the  other. 

The  instability  of  some  forms  of  Brachychiton  is  referred  to  in 
a  brief  paper  by  the  late  Mr.  Betche  and  myself,  entitled  "Notes 
on  Stercidia  {Brachychiton)  lurida  and  discolor,''^  these  Proceed- 
ings, xxiii.,  159,  1898. 

His  Honor  Judge  Bevan,  speaking  of  the  Wentworth  tree, 
says  :  —"The  seed  that  has  been  taken  from  it,  has  always  pro- 
duced the  white-dowered  variety  [the  common  Kurrajong,  B. 
diversi/olius,  J.H.M.]  ....  it  stands  close  to  Ivurrajong  trees  of 
the  white-flowered  variety." 

Sercreant  J.  Mc.  A.  Clark  makes  a  similar  statement.  Here 
is  an  experiment,  on  Mendelian  lines,  to  be  followed  up,  but  the 
difficulty  of  the  length  of  time  one  has  to  wait  for  the  flowers 
of  the  progeny  is  a  factor,  when  one  considers  the  few  years  a 
man  usually  occupies  an  oflicial  post.  Sowings  have  twice  mys- 
teriously disappeared  already — distributed,  or  planted  out  by  a 
zealous  gardener. 

The  evidence  is  not  conclusive  that  the  species  B.  populneo- 
acerifolius  originated  at  Mulgoa.  It  may  have  so  originated, 
but  it  would  not  account  for  a  precisely  similar  form,  as  old  or 
older,  at  Parramatta,  and  the  other  trees,  typical  B.  popn/neo- 
aceri/olius,  or  inclining  to  one  or  other  reputed  parent,  which 
are  to  be  found  in  different  parts  of  New  South  Wales. 

The  Botanic  Gardens,  Sydney,  which  celebrates  its  centenary 
this  year,  continued  the  work  of  the  "Governor's  Garden"  or 
"  Government  Garden  "   in  the  propagation  and  distribution  of 


184  ON    BRACHYCHirON    POPULNEO-ACERIFOLIUS. 

trees.  Brachychitons  have  been  distributed  for  many  years, 
perhaps  over  a  century.  We  obtain  the  seeds  from  various  sources, 
from  private  donation,  and  from  our  own  collectors.  Seed  received 
as  B.  acerifolius  or  B.  popidneus  would  be  sown  under  that  name, 
and  nothing  would  be  easier,  in  a  large  nursery  stock,  than  to  pass 
over  a  few  hybrids  (obtained  we  do  not  know  whence,  as  the 
seeds  of  the  same  reputed  species  are  not  kept  separate  unless 
there  is  reason  for  so  doing),  especially  as  the  plants  are  young, 
and  the  fact  that  a  hybrid  has  been  received  would,  by  most 
people,  only  be  noticed  when  it  displayed  its  flowers.  It  is  in 
the  highest  degree  unlikely  that  the  Mulgoa  and  Parramatta 
trees  were  not  received  from  the  Botanic  Gardens,  and  the  same 
remarks  apply  to  the  trees  scattered  through  the  State.  Neither 
B.  acerifolius  nor  B.  pojndneus  occurs  naturally  in  the  Mulgoa 
garden;  I  believe  that  any  trees  of  these  species  in  the  neigh- 
bourhood were  introduced  (probably  from  the  Botanic  Gardens), 
as  I  believe  the  hybrid  was. 


185 


OX  A  EUCALYPT  HYBRID  {E.  CALOPHYLLA  x  E. 

FICI FOLIA). 

By  J.  H.  Maiden,  F.R.8.,  F.L.S. 

Everyone  who  knows  Sydney  aiid  Melbourne,  and  who  pays 
attention  to  horticultural  matters,  must  have  noticed  the  great 
development,  during  the  last  few  years,  of  the  cultivation  of 
what  the  ordinary  citizen  calls  "  Flowering-Cilums."  By  this  he 
means  with  flowers  comparatively  large  in  size  and  other  than 
white  in  colour.  Some  people,  a  little  more  definite,  simply  call 
them  Red-flowering,  and  many,  >Scar]et-  or  Crimson-flowering 
indiscriminately,  using  the  terms  scarlet  and  crimson  as  if  they 
were  interchangeable,  just  as  they  are  said  to  be  both  "red."  As 
one  to  whom  flowers  of  various  kinds  are  often  sent  I  find  that, 
as  often  as  not,  when  a  man  writes  "scarlet,"  he  means  "  crim- 
son," and  vice  versa.  In  the  case  of  trees  like  Eucalypts  and 
Kurrajongs,  which  include  both  scarlet  and  crimson  flowers,  the 
confusion  may  be  inconvenient. 

Colo^ir  of  Jloivers  (fiJaments). 

The  colour  of  the  filaments  of  E.Jicifolia  F.v.M.,  is  not  given 
in  Mueller's  original  description,  but  is  stated  to  be  "crimson" 
in  "  Eucalyptographia,"  in  the  first  half  of  the  formal  descrip- 
tion, but  in  the  second  half  it  is  described  as  "  beautifully 
cinnabar-red,  occasionally  varying  to  a  lighter  colouration,  but 
never  very  pale."  Further  down,  in  contrasting  E .Jicifolia  with 
E.  calophylla,  he  says,  "the  filaments  {oi  E.  Jici/olia)  are  of  a 
splendid  crimson."  This  may  be  carelessness,  but  it  probably 
arises  from  a  not  very  clear  knowledge  of  English  terms  for  the 
colours  concerned. 

I  have  received  from  Dr.  G.  P.  U.  Prior,  Mental  Hospital, 
Rydalmere,  near  Sydney,  flowers  which  are  true  E.  ficifolia. 
They  are  bright  scarlet  in  colour  or,  in  the  language  of  Plate  No. 
79  of  Rep.  de  Couleurs,  bright  fiery-red  or  russet-orange. 


186  ON    A    EUCALTPT    HYBRID, 

The  filaments  do  not  contrast  with  the  whitish  anthers  for 
the  pollen-masses  are  scarlet  too. 

The  calvx-tubes  are  suffused  with  scarlet,  and  so  the  whole 
inflorescence  is  of  a  uniform  tone  of  colour. 

Dr.  Prior's  No. 2  is  a  shrub  at  present:  it  is  the  E.  fici/olia 
alba  of  nurserymen:  it  has  white  filaments,  with  a  suspicion  of 
colour  at  the  base,  arising  from  the  coloured  rim.  Calyx-tube 
green.     A  little  colour  on  the  operculum. 

In  E.  cahphylla  R.Br.,  the  filaments  are  white  or  creamy,  and 
I  saw  the  trees  in  flower  over  large  areas  in  their  native  habitats. 
Mr.  W.  V.  Ftzgerald  states  that  the  filaments  are  "  rarely 
pink  "  ;  this  indicates  a  tendency. 

The  muddle  that  Mueller  got  into  as  regards  the  filaments  of 
E.^ficifolia  is  continued  by  the  nurserymen.  Largi  numbers  of 
plants  are  sold;  indeed,  the  demand  exceeds  the  supply.  I  need 
scarcely  observe  that  precision  is  desirable,  and  sometimes  neces- 
sary, in  speaking  of  the  colours  of  flowers;  the  following  is  a 
useful  work  of  reference.  "  Repertoire  de  Couleurs  (quoted  as 
Rep.  de  Couleurs)  public  par  la  Societe  Francaise  des  Chrysan- 
themistes,"  ifcc.  (Rennes  and  Paris,  1905).  Two  portfolios  of 
plates  and  a  handbook.  i 

In  Vilniorin's  (Paris)  Catologue  of  Plants,  the  colour  of  the 
flowers  of  E  ficifolia  is  given  as  "rouge  carmin,"  which  is  not  a 
colour  admitted,  as  such,  into  Rep.  de  Couleurs.  The  firm  is 
evidently  following  the  late  M.  Naudin,  a  great  French  authority 
on  the  genus,  wiio,  Mem.  Eucal.,  i.,  555,  says  -  "i/.  ficifolia  qui 
les  a  d'un  rouge  carmin  tres  brillant,  au  moins  dans  une  de  ses 
varietes." 

In  examining  the  catalogues  of  good  Australian  firms,  I  find 
the  following  given  under  E.  ficifolia. 

1.  "  Red-flowering  Gum,"  20  feet.  This  colour  may  mean  any. 
thing. 

2.  Scarlet,  15  feet;  "Scarlet-flowering  Gum"  15  feet.  Scarlet 
is  cori'ect. 

3.  Crimson,  20  feet;  Crimson-flowered  Gum,  20  feet;  "  Bright 
Crimson  ""  15-20  feet.     This  may  or  may  not  be  a  confusion  with 


BY    J.    H.    MAIDEN.  187 

.scarlet,  as  begun  by  Mueller:  I  shall  have  something  to  say 
al)Out  a  Crimson-riowering  Gum  presently. 

Then  one  firm  has  :— 

6.  "Scarlet  flowering  Gum,  15  feet,  literally  a  blaze  of  beauti- 
ful ricli  crimson  shade." 

In  examining  the  catologues  of  Australian  nurserymen,  I 
cannot  find  one  which  describes  the  colour  of  E  calophylla  cor- 
rectly.     It  should  be  white.     One  firm  calls  it   "rich  pink." 

Several  firms,  however,  have  E  calophylla  rosea  in  their  lists, 
either  without  comment,  or  "  Bright  pink,  30  feet,"  or  "Similar 
to  E.Jici/olia  but  rosy  pink  flowers." 

I  think  this  view  of  the  case  is  correct;  the  rose-  or  crimson- 
flowering  forms,  which  are  large-growing  (getting  size  from  their 
calophylla  parent,  and  their  colour  more  or  less  from  their  Jici- 
J'olia  parent).  The  habit  of  these  trees  reminds  me  more  strongly 
of  E.  calophylla  than  of  E.  Jici/olia,  and,  as  to  colour,  we  have 
them  of  all  shades  of  the  faintest  blush-pink  (almost  white)  to 
deep  crimson. 

The  flowers  of  E .  Jici/olia  aiiid  E.  calophylla  ai'e  honey-smelling, 
the  perfume  heavy  and  oppressive  in  a  room.  They  flower 
mostly  in  December  and  January,  and  the  climatic  conditions 
in  Sydney,  during  the  last  season,  have  induced  an  exceptionally 
fine  display  of  bloom. 

I  have  received  from  Dr.  Prior,  flowers,  fruits,  and  seeds  of 
what  I  call  No.l.  The  flowers  are  Tyrian  Hose  in  colour;  see 
Plate  No.  155  of  Rep.  de  Couleurs.  There  is  a  short,  white 
attachment  to  the  anther,  which  is  creamy-white  in  colour,  with 
a  line  of  Tyrian  rose  running  round  the  back,  and  this  colour  is 
sometimes  blurred.  When  old,  the  anther-cells  inside  take  a 
pinkish  shade.     The  pollen  is  creamy-white. 

In  Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  Qsld.,  x.,  17  (1893),  the  late  F.  M.  Bailey 
described  "  what  is  probably  an  accidental  sport  "  in  the  Mel- 
bourne Botanic  Gardens,  with  flowers  of  a  "deep   rose"  as  E. 

/cifolia  var.  Gnilfoylei "It  proved  to  be  only  a  form  of 

E.ficifolia  differing  from  the  normal  plant  in  its  smaller  foliage, 
more  compact  inflorescence,  different  colour  of  flowers,  witli 
prominent  umbo  to  the  operculum  and  slight  difference  of  seed- 


188  ON    A    EUCALYPT    HYBRID, 

wing.  I  have  received  specimens  of  this  form  both  from  the 
late  Mr.  Guilfoyle  and  from  Mr.  J.  Cronin.  The  yellow  anthers 
contrast  well  with  the  filaments.  The'calvx-tubes  are  urceolate 
and  apple-green,  and  both  on  account  of  the  contrast  of  filaments 
with  anthers  and  calyx-tubes,  the  effect  in  the  mass  is  most 
charming. 

The  Rydalmere  tree  is  40  feet  high,  and  flourishing.  In 
every  respect  that  I  can  see,  it  is  identical  with  E.jicifolia  var 
Gidlfoylei  and  E.  calophylla  var.  rosea  Hort.,  and  T  am  inclined 
to  think  that  the  more  reasonable  view  is  to  look  upon  it  as  a 
form  of  E.  calophylhi.  The  habit  and  size  of  the  hybrid  incline 
to  those  of  E.  calophylhi^  while  the  pink  or  purple  tinge  (in  con- 
tradistinction to  the  scarlet  of  E .  fici. folia),  naturally  occurs  in 
E.  calophylla. 

Size  and  habit. 

E.  calophylla  is  a  huge  tree,  with  gnarled  trunk  and  scrambling, 
umbrageous  branches,  the  counterpart  of  the  Apple  {Angophora 
intermedia),  of  Eastern  Australia.  The  size  is  given  as  up  to 
150  feet,  with  a  stem-diameter  of  10  feet  ("  Eucalyptographia  ") 
and  I  am  certain  this  is  not  exaggerated. 

E.  ficifolia,  on  the  other  hand,  is  a  small  tree;  I  think  it 
rarely  exceeds  thirty  feet  in  height,  and  it  is  usually  erect,  and 
not  scrambling'. 

The  hybrid  may  be  fairly  stated  as  intermediate  in  size. 

Seeds. 

Those  of  E.  calophylla  are  large,  ovate,  black,  flat,  and  with  a 
raised  angle  on  one  face,  the  edges  acute  but  scarcely  winced, 
the  hilum  large  on  the  inner  face. 

Those  of  E.jicifolia  are  of  a  pale  colour,  testa  expanded  at  one 
end,  or  round  one  side  into  a  broad,  variously-shaped  vving(B.ri., 
iii.,  256).  The  hilum  is  towards  the  end  of  the  seed,  and 
furthest  from  the  wins^. 

The  seeds  of  the  E.  calophylla  x  E.  ficifolia  hybrid  are  flatter 
than  those  of  E.  ficifolia,  and  also  paler  in  colour.  As  compared 
with  those  of  E.  ticifolia,  thev  are  a  little  darker  and  less  winded, 
but  the  hilum   is  more  remote  from  the  wing      In  other  words, 


BY    .1.    H.    MAIDEN.  189 

they  are  intermediate  between  the  two  species.  Most  of  the 
seeds  are,  however,  sterile,  and  these  are  pale  reddish-brown  in 
colour,  shining,  and  mostly  boomerang-shaped. 

Tiie  sterile  seeds  of  E  calophylla  are  similar  in  shape,  perhaps 
a  little  darker  in  colour. 

It  seems  to  me  that,  in  this  rose-crimson  series,  we  have  in- 
controvertible evidence  of  hybridisation,  the  two  most  obvious 
factors  being  colour  and  size;  and  T,  therefore,  add  E.  calophylla 
and  E.  fici/olia  to  the  very  long  list  of  pairs  of  species  of  which 
the  evidence  that  they  hybridise  appears  to  be  sufficiently  clear. 

I  have  touched  on  the  general  question  of  hybridisation  in 
the  genus  in  Report  Aust  Assoc.  Adv.  Science,  1904,  p.'297,  in 
the  Proceedings  of  this  Society,  xxx.,  p. 492  (1905),  and  on  many 
other  occasions. 


190 


ORDINARY   MONTHLY  MEETING. 

May  31st,  1916. 

Mi\  A.  G.  Hamilton,  President,  in  the  Chair. 

Miss  Vera  Irwin  Smith,  B.8c.,  Woolwich,  Pavraniatta  River, 
was  elected  an  Ordinary  Member  of  the  Society. 

The  President  aTinounced  that,  in  consequence  of  the  limita 
tions  of  paper-supply,  and  the  increased  cost  of  what  is  available, 
due  to  war-conditions,  it  had  become  necessary  to  consider  the 
question  of  economising  space  in  the  matter  of  printing.  Follow- 
ing the  example  of  British  Journals,  &c.,  therefore,  the  Council 
appeals  to  Members  wiio  propose  to  offer  Papers  to  the  Society, 
to  condense  them,  and  to  limit  them  as  far  as  possible  to  the 
description  of  new  results.  [Vidp  "Nature,"  March  23rd,  1916, 
p.85;  British  Medical  Journal,  Api'il  1st,  1916,  p.496;and  recent 
Nos.  of  the  Abstract  of  Proceedings  of  the  Zoological  Society  of 
London]. 

The  Donations  and  Exchanges  received  since  the  previous 
Monthly  Meeting  (26th  April,  1916),  amounting  to  9  Vols.,  57 
Parts  or  Nos.,  11  Bulletins,  1  Report,  and  14  Pamphlets,  re- 
ceived from  40  Societies,  etc.,  and  three  private  donors,  were  laid 
upon  the  table. 

NOTES    AND    EXHIBITS. 

Mr.  Fred  Turner  exhibited  specimens  of,  and  offered  observa- 
tions on: — (X)  Polygonum  orientaJp  JAww.,  var.  pUosum  Meissn., 
Syn.  P.  pilosnm  Pvoxb.,  collected  by  Mr.  K.  M.  Niall,  Buckiin- 
guy  Station,  Nyngan  district,  on  the  Macquarie  Marshes,  Mac- 
quarie  River,  N.S.W.,  which  is  another  westeni  locality  for  this 
interesting  species. — (2)  Leptospermnin  scoparinm  Forst.,  a  form 
with  bright  pink  flowers,  collected  at  Midtlle  Harbour  b}'  Miss  A. 
Gowland,  who  described  the  shrub  as  being  "  like  a  peach  tree  in 
full  bloom,  and  a  most  attractive  sight." — (3)  Phytolacca  octandra 


NOTES    AND    KXHIBITS.  191 

Linn.  An  abnormal  growth,  characteristic  of  the  plant  from 
which  it  was  gathered,  which  was  growing  amongst  a  number  of 
normally  developed  ones  at  Chatswood. 

Mr.  Froggatt  showed  entomological  specimens,  including  (1) 
Examples  of  Chalcis,  n.sp.,  a  new  parasite  upon  the  maggots  of 
the  Sheep  Blowflies.  A  description  and  figures  of  this  handsome 
little  Chalcid  are  being  prepared  for  publication. — (2)  Larvae  of 
one  of  the  large  click-beetles,  Petrolobu.s  f'ortnumi  Hope,  (Fam. 
Elatcrido').  These  ai^e  very  curious,  obese,  white  grubs,  with  a 
small  head  and  thoi^ax,  a  large,  rounded  abdomen,  with  the 
terminal  segment  ending  in  a  trident-shaped  appendage,  the 
whole  larva  covered  with  reddish  hairs.  They  ai'e  very  active, 
live  in  dead  wood,  and  form  a  stiff',  papery-like  cell  when  ready 
to  pupate.  Specimens  received  from  Mr.  Geo.  Turner,  school- 
teacher, Bourke. — (3)  A  new  species  of  Mealy  Bug,  Pahfococcus, 
sp.,  {Coccid(c)  received  from  Miss  M.  Dymock,  Hughenden,  North 
Queensland.  The  members  of  this  genus  ai*e  closely  allied  to  the 
Icerya-group,  but  differ  in  forming  no  ovisac,  and  in  giving  birth 
to  living  larvaj. — (4)  A  series  of  galls  and  female  coccids  of 
Apiomorpha  Jfpfcheri  Fuller,  from  near  Hay,  N.S.W.,  upon  the 
Box-gum,  Eucalyptus  bicolor,  showing  the  I'emai'kable  structure  of 
the  upper  half  of  the  gall  in  the  bark  and  the  lower  half  in  the 
wood. 

Mr.  W.  S.  Dun  exhibited  a  piece  of  stalactite  from  the  Ettrema 
Cave  showing,  in  a  cavity,  portion  of  a  Myriapod  calcified. 

Dr.  J.  B.  Cleland  exhibited  some  webbing  of  gossamer  spiders, 
kindly  forwarded  by  Mr.  W.  C.  Grasby,  of  Perth,  together  with 
newspaper  extracts  detailing  the  extent  of  the  fall  of  this  inter- 
estinii'  material  in  that  State.  The  material  and  extracts  were 
submitted  to  Mr.  W.  J.  Rainbow,  of  the  Australian  Museum, 
who  identified  the  webbing  as  that  of  gossamer  spiders,  and  has 
summarised  the  data  connected  with  the  fall  as  follows  : — The 
gossamer-silk  fell  during  the  month  of  October,  1915,  at  the 
following  localities.  October  5th :  Capel  River,  Bedfordale, 
Gingering    (near    York),    Pinjara,    Lower    Kalgan     River,    and 


192  NOTES    AND    EXHIBITS. 

Takenup  (via  Albany),  Mt.  Barker  to  Toolbinup  (Salt  River), 
Porongorups  (King  River),  and  an  area  between  Boyup  Brook 
and  Bunbury.  October  6th-7th:  Carrolup  (via  Katanning). 
October  10th:  Lowdun,  Preston  Valley.  October  25tli :  Dwell- 
ingup.  October  29th:  Tenterden,  Preston  Valley.  Other  local- 
ities, for  which  no  specific  date  was  given,  were  Serpentine  and 
Kirrup.  In  some  areas,  it  is  stated,  the  ground  looked  as  though 
covered  with  a  light  fall  of  snow.  It  is  not  possible  to  say  what 
species  was  responsible  for  this  so-called  "phenomenon,"  as  the 
web  contained  only  fragments  of  the  tiny  aeronauts.  No  official 
records  are  known  from  Australia  of  such  "falls,"  but  such 
incidents  are  not  unknown  in  other  parts  of  the  world,  in  support 
of  which  thei-e  are  the  writings  of  Darwin,  Blackwall,  McCook, 
and  White  ("Natural  History  of  Selborne"). 

Mr.  R.  H.  Cambage  exhibited  a  Cowrie  shell  {Cyprcpa  vitelhis 
Linne),  from  Murramarang,  about  16  miles  south  of  Ulladulla. 
This  species  is  common  in  tropical  waters,  and  occvirs  on  the 
New  South  Wales  coast,  rare  at  Port  Jackson,  which  is  its  pre- 
vious southernmost  recorded  limit. 

Mr.  Maiden  showed  specimens  of  the  hybrid  Crimson-flowered 
Kiu'rajong  {Binchychiton  populnpo-acerifolhis  F.v.M.);  and  of  a 
hybrid  Eucalypt  (JE.  calophi/lla  x  F.  Jicifolia)  to  illusti'ate  two 
papers  read  at  last  Meeting. 

Mr.  E.  Cheel  exhibited  an  interesting  series  of  seeds  of  "French 
Bean"  {Fhaaeolus  vulgaris)  showing  considerable  variation  in  the 
colour  of  the  seed-coats,  without  any  artificial  aid  in  the  pollina- 
tion, thus  supplementing  the  notes  published  in  these  Proceed- 
ings, 1914,  xxxix.,  pp.160-161.  The  results  are  briefly  as  follows. 
"Black  Wax"  (Yates),  a  dwarf  plant  having  purplish  flowei's, 
waxy-yellow  pods,  and  black  seeds.  Seeds  of  this  were  sown;  all, 
with  the  exception  of  one,  produced  plants  similar  to  the  parent- 
stock.  The  one  exception  was  a  tall  semitrailer,  having  purplish 
flowers,  green  pods,  and  rather  smaller  seeds  with  splashes  of  dark 
and  light  brown  markings  mingled  with  a  purplish-black  back- 
ground.    This  has  been  provisionally  named   "Mutant."     Seeds 

[Printed  off.  12th  June,  1916.] 


P.U.S.Hb.W.    191S. 


R.J.T.dd. 


1.  Euporismus  albalrox,  s-ot  sp.n.  2.  .-i™/,//»«7m«  p,ters,m,  n.sp. 


P.L.s.N.s.w.   mis. 


RJ.  Tdfl 

3.  PerUlystus  aureolatus,  n.sp.  4.   Protopkctror,   eremu,;  n.sp.  T,.   Protoplevtron  longitudinalc ,   n.sp. 


P.L.S.N.S.W.    1916. 


(i.   Dvndioleon  dumiyani,   n.sp.  7.   Dendrolcon   lambda,   u  sp.  8.   GIrnolron   b,rlh.„idi,   iLsp. 


P.L.S.N  S  W.    1918. 


R.J.  Tdel 

9.    Glenolcoii  aurora,   n.sp.  10.    Brachyleon  Darwini    (Banks).  11.    Gymnocnemia   marulala,   ii.sp. 


P.L.^.N  S.W.    19TS. 


12.  Xaallioleon  helmsi,  g.et  sp.n.  13.  Ulenolcon  ficldi.  g.et  sp.n. 


14.   Altiifiiriiilt<il((iii    iciilirlniiisei,  ii.ti\>. 


P.L.S.N.S.W.    1916. 


,«a^ 


R  J  T.del. 

15.   Myrmrlcon    loireri,   n.sp.         HV   MU'l<>rmicahui„    lij/ulinii.'i.   M.sp.         17.   I>isl„h„„   ),/</r«,,s/-/;i<,/»6,   ilsj. 


P.L.S.N.S.W.   1916. 


Species  of  Oucystis. 


p. L.S.N. 'J. W.    1916. 


Species  of  OocysHs. 


p. L.S.N    i.W.    IBIB. 


Forms  of   Eunnosphcera   vindis. 


NOTES    AND    EXHIBITS.  193 

of  "Mutant"  were  sown,  which  produced  plants  with  the  follow- 
ing characters: — (1)  "Mutant"  Fj :  plants  semitrailers,  flowers 
purplish,  seeds  similar  to  "Mutant."  (2)  "Black"  F, :  plants 
semitrailers,  flowers  purplish,  seeds  black  similar  to  those  of 
"Black  Wax."  (3)"Light  Brown"  F, :  plants  mostly  dwarf,  pods 
green,  seeds  light  brown.  (4)  "Dark  Brown"  Fj :  plant  dwarf, 
flowers  pale  purple,  pods  green,  seed  dark  brown.  Only  one  plant 
of  this,  with  one  pod  and  one  seed,  was  raised.  (5)  "White"  Fj : 
plants  mostly  semitrailers,  with  green  pods;  but  four  plants  were 
dwai-f,  with  waxy-yellow  pods,  flowers  white,  seed  white.  Among 
the  seeds  of  "Light  Brown"  Fi(N'o.3),  a  few  were  noticed  with 
pale  bi'own  or  stone-coloured  markings;  these  were  separated  and 
labelled  "Mottled"  F2(No. 6).  Six  of  these  were  sown,  all  of  which 
pi'oduced  dwarf  plants,  but  five  of  them  had  green  pods  (not  yet 
ripe),  and  one  had  greenish-yellow  pods,  and  light  stone-coloured 
seeds,  more  or  less  spotted  or  splashed  with  purplish-black  colour. 

Mr.  A.  A.  Hamilton  exhibited  the  following  specimens  from 
the  National  Herbarium — Beta  vulgaris  1j.,  White  (Spinach)  Beet, 
Cult.,  (Pennant  Hills;  T.  Steel;  Mai^ch,  1916)  showing  prolifica- 
tion   of  the   inflox'escence,  accompanied  by  spiral  torsion.     The 
primary  branches  of  the  inflorescence  have  been  subjected  to  an 
axial  strain,  owing  to  extra-floral  branching,  and  consequent  re- 
duction of  the  internodal  interstices,  which  has,  in  some  instances, 
resulted  in  a  considerable  degree  of  curvature  of  their  extremities. 
On  several  of  the  branches,  the  outer  branchlets  are  recurved  and 
folded  back  over  the  rhachis,  giving  the  branch  the  appearance 
of  having  all  the  branchlets  on  one  side. — Grevillea  sericea  R.Br., 
var.   diffusa  Benth.,  (Gosford;  A.  A.  Hamilton;  January,  1916) 
showing  an  interchangeable,  foliar  tomentum,  silvery  v.  brown,  a 
not  uncommon  occurrence  in  the  N.O.  Proteacefe.      Var.  diffusa 
is  the  common  form  of   G.  sericea  found  on  the  Blue  Mountains. 
It  was  recognised  by  R.  Brown  (Prod.  Fl.  Nov.  HoU.  Suppt.  Prot. 
Nov.,  p.  17)  as  a  species  under  G.  diffusa  Sieb.,  and  later  also  by 
Meissner  (DC.  Prod.  Syst.  Veg.,  14,  355).      Sieber,  whose  n.36  is 
quoted  as  the  type,  was  one  of  the  earlier  collectors  on  the  Blue 
Mountains.       In  a  footnote  to  his  var.   diffusa,   Bentham   (Fl, 


15 


'i  A  R 


194  NOTES    AND    EXHIBITS. 

Austr.,  v.,  470)  says:  "This  seems  to  ine  scarcely  to  form  a 
distinct  variety."  Having  examined,  in  slfu,  a  series  of  examples 
f)f  this  form,  on  the  Blue  Mountains,  over  a  range  extending 
from  Glenbrook  to  lieyond  Eskbank,  T  am  of  the  opinion  that 
varietal  rank  is  an  adequate  distinction  for  this  form  of  (r.  spricea. 
— Anthoccrci-t  Eadesii  F.v.M.,  (Douglas  Park;  A.  A.  Hamilton; 
December,  1915),  an  example  showing  the  typical,  hoary  tomen- 
tum  on  the  young  shoots,  which  disappears  with  maturity.  The 
above  liabitat  adds  another  specific  locality  for  a  plant  which  is 
not  frequent  in  New  South  Wales. — Kunzea  capitata  Reichb., 
(Medio w  Bath;  A.  A.  Hamilton;  November,  1914),  a  small-leaved 
form  connecting  K.  capitata  with  A',  parvijiora  Schau. — Hakea 
dacttiloidpx  Cav.,  (Leura;  A.  A.  Hamilton;  November,  1915),  a 
pink-riowered  form  growing  both  in  swamps  and  on  diy  hills  (in 
full  tlower).  The  ordinary  form  had  only  reached  the  stage  in 
which  the  buds  remain  enclosed  in  the  Horal  bracts. 

Mr.  Tillyard  exhibited  two  rai-e  and  curious  ant-lions,  {a)  the 
full-grown  larva  of  Acanthac/isis  J'atidatus  Walker,  taken  on 
Strad broke  Island,  Queensland,  in  September,  1915  (about  an 
inch  in  length);  and  (6)  the  larva  of  Glenoleon  pulchellus  Ramb., 
taken  neai-  Hornsby,  in  April  last.  Neither  of  these  larvae  makes 
a  pit-fall.  They  rely  for  the  capture  of  prey  on  their  ability  to 
move  quickly  beneath  tlie  surface  of  loose  earth  or  sand.  They 
also  possess  jaws  having  a  much  longer  reach  than  those  of  pit- 
forming  ant-lions.  Both  these  larvte  are  new  to  science,  and  the 
GJpnolpon  is  an  entirely  new  type,  which  may  be  representative 
of  the  tribe  Dmidroleontini. — He  showed  also  a  new,  bright  red, 
strongly-scented,  winter-ilowering  Spencer  Sweetpea,  one  of  the 
products  of  the  Fj  generation  of  a  Mendelian  crossing  between 
the  well-known  Yarrawa  Spencer  (pale  rose-pink,  winter-flowering) 
and  Sun-proof  Crimson  (bright  red,  summer-flowering,  grandiflora 
type).  The  original  crossing  was  made  between  the  last  flowei's 
of  Yarrawa  (5  parent)  and  the  first  flowers  of  the  Crimson  (^ 
parent)  in  September,  1913.  The  F^  generation  was  obtained 
by  self-pollination  of  the  F,  hybrids,  all  of  which  resembled 
Yarrawa  in  every  respect, 


NOTES    AND    EXHIBITS.  195 

By  sanction  of  the  Curator  of  the  Austrahan  Museum,  Mr. 
North  exhibited  the  skins  of  the  following  Austrahan  Finches: — 
Stayanopleura  guttata  Shaw,  and  another  variety  of  the  same 
species,  for  which  the  name  S.  xanthopi/gia  would  be  fittingly 
appropriate,  were  it  not  known  that  the  late  Mr.  J.  A.  Thorpe 
shot  this  bird  out  of  a  flock  of  about  twenty,  normally  plumaged 
individuals,  on  the  24th  May,  1888,  at  Como,  George's  River, 
N.S.W.  This  specimen  has  the  rump  and  upper  tail-coverts 
bright  chrome  or  golden-yellow,  instead  of  rich  crimson. — Bathilda 
rubricanda  Gould,  from  Rockhampton  and  Port  Denison,  Q.,  and 
B.  clarescens  Hartert,  from  Derby,  and  the  junction  of  the  Fitz- 
roy  and  Margaret  Rivers,  N.W.  Australia. — Also  specimens  of 
PoephiJa  gouldue  Gould,  and  P.  mirahilis  Des  Murs,  from 
Northern  Queensland;  and  the  rare  form,  P.  armitiana  Ramsay, 
from  the  Gulf  District  and  Northern  Territoiy.  The  latter 
species,  presented  to  the  Trustees  of  the  Australian  Museum,  in 
September,  1906,  by  Mr.  Percy  Peir,  Avas  received  by  the  donor 
fi^om  Port  Darwin,  when  in  the  young  stage,  having  the  usual 
light-coloured  head  of  the  young  P.  gouldue.  and  P.  mir-abilis. 
During  the  eighteen  months  Mr.  Peir  had  this  bird  in  his  pos- 
session, it  moulted,  assuming,  much  to  his  surprise,  the  chrome- 
yellow  fore-part  of  the  head  of  P.  armitiana.  Although  the  red 
and  the  yellow-headed  foi'ms  have  had  full  specific  appellations 
bestowed  on  them,  we  now  know,  since  we  have  gained  a  know- 
ledge of  their  habits,  that  both  are  merely  varieties  of  the  black- 
headed  species,  P.  gouldioi. 


196 


CAR  Alii DJ:   from   the    upper  WILLIAMS    RIVER, 

N.  S.  WALE8. 

[colkoptera.] 
By  Thomas  G.  8loank. 

At  the  end  of  the  year  1915,  I  was  one  of  a  party  of  natural- 
ists organised  by  Mr.  W.  J.  Enright,  of  West  Maitland,  to 
examine  tlie  part  of  the  Mount  Royal  Range  known  as  The 
Barrington  Tops;  this  is  the  plateau,  5000  feet  above  sea-level, 
from  which  the  Barrington,  Williams,  AUyn,  Paterson,  and  other 
rivers  rise.  Our  route  was  north-west  from  the  town  of  Dungog 
along  the  Williams  River;  after  tlie  lev(^l  of  3500  feet  was 
reached,  the  track  was  along  the  top  of  the  narrow  ridge  dividing 
the  valleys  of  the  Williams  and  Allyn  l\i\iTs,  till  (beyond  the 
source  of  the  Williams)  we  reached  Bariington  Tops,  about  37 
miles  from  Dungog.  The  geological  formation  of  this  pai^t  of 
the  Dungog  District  is  Pei-mo-Carboniferous,  the  Barrington  Tops 
being  basalt-capped. 

Our  camp  was  at  Mr.  William  Edwards'  house  on  the  southern 
source  of  the  Barrington  River,  eastward  of  some  open,  swampy 
land  known  as  "the  plain.''  Collecting  was  done  for  three  days 
on  the  plateau,  and  also  on  the  route-marches  there  and  back,  at 
six  localities,  which  are  indicated  on  the  accompanying  map  by 
numbers;  the  figures  in  brackets,  following  the  names  of  species 
in  the  list  which  is  given  below,  are  those  of  the  numbered  local- 
ities to  show  where  specimens  of  each  species  were  found. 

The  position  and  description  of  these  localities  are  as  under : — 

(1)  Fagus*-brush,  about  four  miles  from  our  camp  along  the 
track  to  Stewart's  Brook;  5000  feet. 

(2)  Fagus-brush,  about  two  miles  southward  fi'om  our  camp; 
5000  feet. 


*  Fagus  Moorei  F.v.M.,  is  the  predominant  tree  in  the  brushes  at  4100 
feet  and  upwards;  but  I  did  not  notice  it  in  the  brushes  below  3500  feet. 


BY    T.    (i.    SLOANE. 


'J  7 


(3)  Fagus-brush  along  the  Williams  River;  ,4500  feet. 

(4)  Eucalyptus*  forest  round  the  plain;   4S00  feet. 

(5)  Brushes  along  the  Williams  Iviver  below  3500  feet. 

(6)  Mr.  J.  Humbles  farm  on  tlie  Williams  River,  '20  mil(\s  fiom 


Dungog;  GOO  feet. 


Scct/c  of  'ntia     I      f     'i 

List  of  Carahidrf  found,  numbering  forty-six  species — includ- 
ing nine  species  and  two  varieties  described  as  ne\\ . 

Pamborns  alternans  Latr.,(o);  P.  pradlerl  Chaud.,(l,  2,  3,  5); 
Mystropomns  subcostatus  Chaud.,(6):  Eiiryhjchnns  dyschirioides 
Cast. ,(2);  E.  cylindricus,  n.sp.,(l,  2,  3,  4);  Meonis  semistriatus, 
n  sp.,(3);  M.  minor,  n.sp.,(l,  2);  Mecyclothorax  amhiguns  Erichs., 
(4):  Aniblytelus  curtiis  Fabr.,(4);  A.  minulus  Mac].;  Dystricho- 
ihorax  sloanei  Blkb.;  D.  riftipennis  SI., (4);  Trichosternus  vigorsl 
Gory,  (f));  T.  cyaneus  Chaud.,  (2);  T.(])  australicus,  n.sp.,(2); 
Ceratoferonia  reyalis  Ca,fii.,(b)\  Notonomus  atignstibasis  ii\.,{l,  2, 
3,  5);  N.  johnstoni  81. ,(5);  A',  trmiratus,  n.sp  ,(1,  2,  3):   .V.  Iirdleyi, 


*"  Eticalyptuii  coriacea  A.  Cunri.,  was  the  most  plentiful  tree  about  oui' 
camp;  all  the  bark-carabs  taken  on  the  plateau  were  found  on  this  tree. 


198       CARABID^    FROM    THE    UPPER    WILLIAMS    RIVER,  N.S.W., 

n.sp.,(l,  2,  3);  N.  mistra/.is  Cast.,(l,  4);  N.  amabilis  Cast., (5);  N. 
frontevirens  n.sp.,(l,  2,  3);  Prosopogmus  chalybeipenoiis  Chaud., 
(1,2,3,5);  Tachys  curticoUis  SI.,  (6);  Lacordairia  cychroides 
Cast. ,(3);  Siagouyx  blackburni,  n.sp.,  (1,  2,  3),  Gimthapltamis 
pulcher  Dej.,(6);  Ga.  melanarius  Dej.,(6);  Diaphoromerus  ed- 
wardsi  Cast.,  vax.virescens,  n.var.,(4);  Hypharpnx  australis  Dej., 
(6);  Lecanomerus  major  Blkb.,  (1,  2,  3);  Xanthophcea  grandis 
Chaud., (4);  X.  fftrrii,gineaC\\&nd.,;  Trigoiiothops  paclfica  Erichs., 
(4);  >arothrocrepis  corticalis  Fabi'.,  var.  injuscata,  n.var,(4); 
S.  suavis  Blkb.,  (4);  Celcenephes  parallelus  Schmidt-Goeb.  (6); 
Philophlceus  obtusus  Chaud. ,(0);  Ph.  luculentus  Newm.,(6);  Ago- 
noch'la  ruficollis  SI., (4);  A.  g uttata{^. )  Cha,nd.,{&);  A.  madeayi 
SI. ,(4);  A.  fenestrata  ^\kh.,(i);  A.  plag lata,  n.sp.  ii);  Silj^ho- 
morpha  oralis  Cast. ,(6):  ^.  discoidalis  Cast., (4). 

No  definite  conclusions  can  be  drawn  from  the  small  number 
of  Carabidae  which  can  be  collected  in  any  district  during  one 
short  visit;  at  most,  a  fair  idea  of  the  species  to  be  found  at  one 
period  of  the  year  can  be  gained.  Fifteen  species  are  definitely 
recorded  as  having  been  found  below  the  level  of  4,000  feet;  and 
to  these  may  be  added  three,  widely  distributed  species  which 
are  without  exact  locality,  but  whicli  undoubtedly  do  inhabit  the 
lower  ground;  these  eighteen  species  are  all  known  species,  which 
are  found  in  various  parts  of  the  coastal  districts  of  New  South 
Wales  between  Sydney  and  the  Clraence  River.  Twenty-eight 
species  were  collected  above  the  altitude  of  4,100  feet;  these  are 
of  far  more  interest  than  those  from  the  lower  country,  no  less 
than  eight  of  them  l)eing  undescribed  species.  One  of  these,  Tri- 
chosfernns{l)  ansfralirxs  SI.,  is  a  remarkable  and  interesting 
species,  evidently  an  ancient  type,  which  is  more  allied  to  New 
Zealand  than  to  existing  Australian  species.  Another  is  Agono- 
chila  rujicollis  SI.,  hitherto  only  known  to  inhabit  the  forests 
of  South-Western  Australia,  but  which  is  closely  allied  to  a 
Tasmanian  species,  and  to  A.  binotata  White,  of  New  Zealand: 
the  other  species  are  members  of  typical  genera  of  Eastern  Aus- 
tralia. Altogether,  the  Carabidw  of  the  Barrington  Tops  show  a 
general  affinity  to  those  of  eastern  New  South  Wales,  with  some 
indications  of  a  connection  with  the  south. 


BY    T.    G.    SLOANE.  l99 

EURYLTCHNUS    TYLINDRICUS,  n.sp. 

Elongate-oval,  subcylindrical ;  liead  stout,  one  supraorbital  seta 
on  each  side;  prothorax  cordate;  elytra  o\-al,  lightly  S-striate. 
Black. 

Head  convex  (3-7  mm.  across  eyes);  \ertex  transversely  im- 
pressed; frontal  impressions  strong,  cur\'ed,  diverging  backwards; 
eyes  round,  prominent.  Prothorax  broader  than  long  (4"6  x  5 
mm.),  widest  before  middle,  wider  at  apex  (4  mm.)  than  base 
(3  mm.);  sides  rounded;  anterior  angles  wide,  rounded;  basal 
angles  rounded:  lateral  border  thick,  merging  with  surface  of 
prothorax  at  basal  angles;  a  short,  deep,  foveiform,  basal  im- 
pression connected  with  posterior  extremity  of  lateral  channel  on 
each  side;  one,  setigerous,  marginal  puncture  on  each  sifle  at 
about  one-half  the  length  of  prothoiax;  median  line  not  strongly 
impressed.  El3'tra  convex  ( lO'S  X  .5  8  nnn.)  ;  strife  shallow, 
simple,  distinct  on  disc,  faint  on  sides;  interstices  depressed. 
Apex  of  abdomen  with  one  seta  on  each  side  in  both  sexes. 
Prosternum  bordered  along  anterioi-  margin.  Anterior  tarsi 
similar  in  l)i»tli  sexes;  outer  angle  of  two  basal  joints  })r(jmiuent. 
Length  17-"_M),  breadth  5'4-(i  nun. 

Rah. — Mount  Tloyal  Range,  N.8.W.  Common  under  logs  in 
the  Fagus-brushes,  from  4,500  to  5,000  feel. 

A  distinct  species  allied  to  R.  rpciHlarh  SI.,  but  narrower 
(especially  prothorax)  and  more  cylindrical;  prothorax  smallei-, 
narrower  at  apex,  less  ampliate  at  widest  part,  anterior  angles 
less  distant  from  head  and  less  marked;  elytra  far  more  lightly 
striate. 

Meonis  semi.striatus,  n.sp. 

Elongate-oval,  convex,      i^lack. 

Head  ordinary  (2-7  nun.  across  eyes).  Prothorax  truncate- 
cordate  (4  X  3-S  unn.),  of  nearly  equal  width  at  apex  (2-75  mm.) 
and  base(2-Smm.):  sides  lightly  rounfled,  lightly  sinuate  to  base; 
base  truncate,  sloping  forward  to  basal  angles,  these  sharply 
marked.  Elytra  oval  (8-5  x 5-1  mm.),  lightly  3-striate  on  disc; 
sides  and  ai)ical  declivity  lajvigate;  humeral  angles  marked,  sub- 
dentate.      Length  L5-5,  breadth  5-1  nun. 


200       CARABIDi®    FROM    THE    UPPER    WILLIAMS    RIVER,   N.S.W., 

Hah. — Mount  Royal  Range,  N.S.W.  Five  specimens  were 
found  under  logs  in  the  Fagus-brush  along  the  Williams  River,  at 
4,500  feet. 

A  distinct  species,  diifering  from  all  the  species  hitherto  de- 
scribed by  having  only  the  three  inner  strife  on  each  elytron 
present;  these  stripe  ai-e  only  marked  before  the  apical  declivity, 
which  is  lajvigate,  as  is  also  the  lateral  part  of  each  elytron  out- 
side the  third  interstice;  in  these  respects,  it  agrees  with  the  small 
species,  M.  nunw  described  below. 

Meonis  minor,  n.sp. 

Elongate-oval,  convex.     Black. 

Head  ordinary  (TT  mm.  across  eyes).  Prothorax  truncate- 
cordate,  about  as  long  as  broad  (2-4  x  2-5  mm.),  of  equal  width 
at  apex  and  base  (1-8  mm.);  sides  lightly  rounded,  strongly  sinu- 
ate to  base;  base  truncate;  basal  angles  sharply  marked.  Elytra 
oval  (4-7  X  3  mm.),  lightly  3-striate  on  disc;  sides  and  apical  de- 
clivity laivigate;  humeral  angles  marked,  subdentate.  Length 
8 "5-9,  breadth  3  mm. 

Hah. — Mount  Royal  Range,  N.S.W.  Three  specimens  in 
brushes  at  the  source  of  the  Barrington  River,  5,000  feet. 

Allied  to  M.  semistriafus  SI.,  but  the  great  diiference  in  size 
(which  is  constant  in  the  five  specimens  of  J/,  semistriatus,  and 
the  three  specimens  of  Jf.  minor,  which  I  have  seen),  constrains 
me  to  regard  it  as  a  distinct  species.  In  the  case  of  M.  an<ivsti' 
Gollis  SI.,  of  which  I  found  examples  of  two  distinct  sizes  at 
Dorrigo,  specimens  of  the  different  sizes  occurred  together;  but 
with  JA  semistriatus  and  M.  minor,  the  specimens  were  found 
several  miles  apart,  at  different  altitudes,  and  on  different  water- 
sheds; further  collecting  to  ascertain  the  range  and  variation  in 
size  of  these  two  species  is  necessary  before  a  definite  opinion  can 
be  given  on  the  position  to  be  assigned  to  M.  mhior;  that  is, 
whether,  or  not,  it  is  merely  a  variety  of  M.  semistriatiis.  Com- 
paring M.  minor  with  the  smaller  form  of  M.  angusticollis,  it  is 
noticed  that  the  prothorax  is  shorter,  wider,  less  strongly  rounded 
on  sides,  basal  sinuosity  shorter,  elytra  less  rounded  on  sides,  less 


BY    T.    {;.    SLOANE.  201 

strongly  sti'iate,  fourth  stria  not  marked,  apical   declivity  non 
striate. 

Table  of  species  of  the  genus  Me,oms. 
1(6)  Elytra  with  fourth  and  fifth  strict  well  developed  on  apical  declivity. 

2(3)  Elytra  5-striate  on  disc M.  ni<jer  Cast. 

3(2)  Elytra  4-striate  on  disc. 

4(5)  Strije  of  elytra  deeply  impressed,   prothorax  strongly  rounded 

on  sides M.  conrexus  SI. 

5(4)  Strife  of  elytra  lightly  impressed,  prothorax  lightly  rounded  on 

sides M.  angusticollis  SI. 

6(  1 )  Elytra  with  apical  declivity  and  sides  beyond  fourth  interstice 

Inevigate. 
7(8)  Elytra  deeply  4-striate,  prothorax  with  sides  strongly  rounded 

and  strongly  sinuate  posteriorly M.  amplicollis  SI. 

8(7)  Elytra  lightly  3-striate,    prothorax   with  sides  lightl5'  rounded 

and  lightly  sinuate  posterioi-lj'. 

9(  10)  Size  large  ( 15  '5  mm. ) M.  semisfriaius  SI. 

10(9)  Size  small  (9  mm.) M.  minor  SI. 

xVote.— No  specimen  of  J/,  ater  Cast.,  is  available  to  me  at 
present.  It  is  said  by  Castelnau  to  differ  from  J/,  idger  Cast., 
by  having  four  strife  on  the  elytra,  not  five  as  in  M.  7iic/er.  It 
is  allied  to  M.  anyusticollis  SL,  from  Dorrigo,  N.8.W.,  which 
requires  comparison  with  it;  specimens  of  M.  n.i</er  are  in  the 
Howitt  Collection  at  the  National  Museum,  Melbourne,  ticketed 
"  Brisbane.  " 

TRICHpSTERNUS(?)    AUSTRALICUS,  U.sp. 

Elongate;  head  large,  mentum  with  sinus  parallel  on  sides, 
median  tooth  bifid;  palpi  elongate,  slender;  antennse  slender, 
setaceous;  prothorax  subcordate,  lateral  mai'gins  wide,  basal 
angles  obtuse,  posterior  marginal  seta  a  little  before  base;  elytra 
oval,  strongly  striate,  interstices  lightly  convex,  3,  5,  and  7 
seriate-punctate,  basal  border  a  little  raised  at  humeral  angles, 
lateral  mai'gins  wide;  prosternum  glabrous  between  coxte;  met- 
episterna  short;  legs  long,  light  ;  posterior-  trochanters  long, 
narrow,  depressed  on  posterior  side;  anterior  tarsi  in  ^  with 
three  basal  joints  dilatate  and  biseriately  squamose  beneath. 
Nitid,  occiput  and  disc  of  pronotum  dark  copper  ;  front  and 
sides  of  pronotum  brassy;  elytra  dark  copper  with  bright  cupreous 


202       CARAB1D.E    FROM    THE     UPPER    WILLIAMS    RIVER,  N.S.W., 

margin;    under  surface  piceous;    trochanters,   tarsi,   and  mouth 
parts  reddish-piceous. 

Head  a  httle  nairowed  behind  eyes  (-l:-25  mm.  across  eyes); 
front  widely  biimpressed.  Prothorax  broader  than  long  (4-5  x  5-3 
mm.),  widest  before  middle,  wider  at  apex  (4-15  mm.)  than  base 
(."3 -6  mm.):  sides  lightly  rounded  at  anterior  marginal  puncture, 
obliquely  narrowed  to  base  (subsinuate  before  base  from  some 
points  of  view);  apex  lightly  emarginate;  anterior  angles  obtuse, 
hardly  advanced;  base  lightly  emarginate  above  peduncle;  lateral 
border  strongly  reHexed  on  basal  half,  particularly  towards  basal 
angles;  lateral  basal  impressions  wide.  Elytra  mucli  wider  than 
]jrothorax  (11  x  7  mm.);  sides  strongly  rounded  to  peduncle;  stri;r 
a  little  crenulate;  striole  at  base  of  first  interstice  short;  inter- 
stices 1-8  equal,  ninth  depressed,  third  3-  or  4-punctate,  fifth  and 
seventh  2-punctate  on  basal  half.  Prosternuin,  mesosternum,  and 
metasternmn  glabrous.  Ambulatorial  sette  of  ventral  segments 
present;  apex  of  abdomen  iniisetose  on  each  side,  a  slight  notch 
in  middle.      Length  20 '5,  breadth  7  mm. 

llab. — Mount  Tvoyal  Range,  N.S.W.  One  specimen  ($)  was 
foinid  by  me  on  the  steep  escarpment  at  the  source  of  the  AUyn 
river,  400  feet  from  the  sunnnit,  under  a  log  on  the  stony  bank 
of  a  rivulet,  in  a  very  damp  situation. 

This  species  is  an  isolated  one  in  the  Australian  fauna,  and  is 
not  truly  congeneric  with  the  other  Australian  species  which 
have  been  referred  to  the  genus  Trlchostfrmis.  It  has  not  the 
interstices  of  the  elytra  costate,  as  have  all  our  other  species.  It 
is  more  allied  to  New  Zealand  species,  for  which  the  late 
Tschitscherine  proposed  (though  without  diagnosing  it)  a  new 
genus,  JVesopterosHchiis,  with  Trichostemus  gtie'rini  Chaud.,  for 
the  type.*  I  do  not  ls:no\\  T.  </nerini  in  nature,  noi-  have  1 
siifiicient  knowledge  of  the  species  of  New  Zealand  to  say  defin- 
itely that  T.  ausfralicas  is  actually  congeneric  with  them;  but  1 
cannot  think  it  will  i-emain  in  the  same  genus  witli  the  costate 
Australian  species  of  Trichoi^terutts,  when  the  classification  of 
the  Fterodichiui  is  revised. 

*  CV.  Hor.  Sue.  Eiit,  Ross.,  xxxv.,   lltO'i,  i...v21.  nutt. 


BY    T.    G.    SLOANE.  203 

NOTONOMUS    TRUNCATUS,   n.Sp, 

Elliptical-oval,  convex;  prothorax  rounded  on  sides,  angles  not 
marked,  posterior  marginal  seta  before  basal  angle,  not  on  border; 
elytra  oval,  fully  striate,  interstices  depressed,  third  3-punctate, 
eighth  and  ninth  subeipial  on  basal  half,  basal  border  not  raised 
above  lateral  border  at  humeral  angles,  apex  truncate;  hind  tarsi 
elongate,  narrow.      Black. 

Head  convex  (3 '5  mm.  across  eyes).  Prothorax  broader  than 
long  (4  X  i'b  mm.),  convex,  a  little  naiTOwer  at  base  (3  mm.)  than 
apex  (3*5  mm.),  hevigate;  sides  rounded;  anterior  angles  close  to 
head;  basal  angles  obtuse;  lateral  marginal  channel  not  defined 
near  base;  lateral  basal  impressions  short,  wide;  lateral  border 
narrow.  Elytra  oval  (10  x  5"8  mm.) ;  lateral  apical  sinuosities 
well  developed;  strife  decided,  less  strongly  impressed  in  9  than 
in  (J;  interstices  depressed  on  disc,  eighth  depressed,  rather 
nari-ow,  hardly  as  wide  as  ninth  on  basal  half,  tenth  moderately 
developed,  extending  forward  from  apical  sinuosity  for  one-third 
the  distance  to  base  of  elytra.  Tntercoxal  declivity  of  prosternum 
wide,  rounded;  of  mesosternum,  concave.  Four  posterior  tarsi 
without  spinules  beneath  costa  of  external  side  of  basal  joint. 
Lensth  lfi-lH'5mm.,  breadth  5-3-6'4mm. 

Hah. — Mount  Royal  Range,  N.S.W.  Plentiful  under  logs  in 
the  Fagus-brushes,  at  the  sources  of  the  Williams  ;iiid  Harrington 
Rivers,  4,500  to  5,000  feet. 

Allied  to  N^.  Johnston i  SI.,  and  a  memljer  of  thv '.rrisiprHius- 
gvouj)',  but  sharply  differentiated  from  all  the  other  species  of  the 
genus  Notoiiomus  by  the  truncate  elytra,  which  have  the  apex 
truncate  opposite  the  foui-,  inner  stria'  of  each  elytron,  so  as  to 
expose  the  apex  of  the  abdomen. 

JNOTOXO.MUS    llEDLEYl,   H.Sp. 

Elliptical-oval,  subdepressed;  prothorax  rounded  on  sides,  basal 
angles  rounded  off,  posterior  marginal  seta  on  bordei-  at  base; 
elytra  oval,  strongly  and  fully  striate,  third  interstice  3-punctate, 
eighth  and  ninth  rather  narrow,  subequal,  basal  border  raised 
above  lateral  border  at  humeral  angles.      Black. 


204       CARABID^    FROM    THE    UPPKR    -WILLIAMS    RIVER,  N.S.W., 

Head  ordinary  (2 "5  mm.  across  eyes).  Prothorax  broader  than 
long  (3 "25  X  3-7  mm.),  a  little  wider  at  apex  (2*8  mm.)  than  base 
(2'6mm.);  sides  lightly  rounded,  roundly  angustate  to  base; 
border  extending  round  basal  angles  (which  are  indicated  by  the 
presence  of  the  posterior  setigerous  puncture  on  the  liorder)  to 
lateral  basal  impressions,  these  short  and  wide.  Elytra  truncate- 
oval  (8  X  4*5  mm.);  lateral  apical  sinuosities  wide,  weakly  de- 
veloped; tenth  interstice  moderately  developed  near  apex.  luter- 
coxal  declivity  of  prosternum  tiat,  of  mesosternum  a  little  con- 
cave. First  joint  of  four  posterior  tarsi  without  spinules  beneath 
costa  of  outer  side.      Length  12-5-1 4*8,  breadth  4'2-5mm. 

^«6.— Mount  Royal  Range,  N.8.W. 

Not  uncommon  under  logs  in  the  Fagus-brushes,  at  the  sources 
of  the  Williams  and  Barrington  Rivers;  4,500  to  5,000  feet.  I 
have  dedicated  it  to  Mr.  C.  Hedley,  conchologist,  in  whose  com- 
pany I  found  it. 

I  place  it  next  S.  niarginatns  Cast.,  and  N.  Jergusoni  SI.  It 
has  the  facies  of  X.  marr/inatnt<,  var.  si/dnei/ensis  SI.,  but  differs 
conspicuously  by  its  lilack  colour;  prothorax  with  basal  angles 
far  less  marked;  elytra  with  third  interstice  ;3-punctate,  lateral 
apical  sinuosities  less  strongly  developed;  intercoxal  declivity  of 
prosternum  flat.  It  resembles  X.  Jergusoni  by  colour,  and  the 
obtuseness  of  the  basal  angles  of  the  pi'othoi-ax,  l)ut  differs  by  all 
the  other  cliaracters  given  above  as  differentiating  it  from  X. 
7)iarginnhi8,  var.  syrjnpifpiisis  in  facies,  it  is  uuich  less  robust 
than  N.  fprgiii^oni.  ' 

NOTONOMUS    PROXTEVIRENS,   n.sp. 

Elliptical-oval,  convex:  prothorax  subcordate,  rounded  on  sides, 
nari-ower  Mcross  base  (3-.")  mm.)  than  apex  (I  mm.),  posterior 
marginal  seta  on  border  at  basal  angle;  elytra  o\al,  strongly 
striate,  interstices  convex,  third  1  or  5-punctate,  basal  border 
not  dentate  at  humeral  angles.  Head  bright  green  on  upi»er 
surface;  pronotum  nitid,  bronze-copper;  elytra  bronzy,  ninth  in- 
terstice and  marginal  channel  brighter  (greenish  or  cupreous); 
undersurface  and  legs  black;  antennse  with  basal  joints  black. 


BY    T.    G.    SLOANE.  205 

Head  convex  (3-05  mm.  across  eyes);  eyes  convex.  Prothorax 
broadei-  than  long  (4  x  5  mm.);  sides  strongly  rounded,  roundly 
angustate  to  base;  border  wide,  reflexed;  lateral  basal  impres- 
sions short,  wide.  Elytra  oval  (11  x  6"5  mm.),  convex;  lateral 
apical  sinviosities  wide,  feeble;  strife  subcrenulate;  eighth  and 
ninth  interstices  short,  well  developed  towards  apex.  Intercoxal 
declivity  of  prosternum  flat,  of  mesosternum  lightly  concave. 
Four  posterior  tarsi  costate  on  external  side  without  spinules 
beneath  costte.     Length  19-23,  breadth  (5 '25-7 '4  mm. 

Hub. — Mount  Royal  llange,  N.8.W.  Not  uncommon  undei- 
logs  in  the  Fagus-brushes,  at  tlie  sources  of  the  Williams  and 
Barrington  Rivers,  4,500  to  5,000  feet.  Seven  specimens  have 
been  examined. 

Belongs  to  the  aiist ralis-gro\\\:i.  Tt  is  allieil  to,  and  resembles 
K.  colossus  81.,  but  differs  by  form  more  convex;  prothorax 
smaller,  narrower  across  base,  more  strongly  rounded  on  sides 
(pai'ticularly  towards  base),  anterior  angles  more  rounded  and 
neai'er  to  head;  elytra  more  in-al,  border  narrowei-;  posterior 
femora  less  swollen  in  middle;  upper  surface  of  head  bright  green, 
prothorax  cupreous,  elytra  coppery-bronze,  antennae  black  (not 
reddish). 

SlAGONYX    BLACKBURNI,   n.Sp. 

Slcuiouyx  anyustata  Blackb.,  (not  Lacordairia  angustata  Cast.), 
Trans.  Roy.  8oc.  S.  Aust.,  1901,  p.llG. 

Elliptical-oval,  depressed;  labrum  bisinuate;  prothorax  very 
little  broader  than  long  (2-8  x  3  mm.).     Black. 

Prothorax  narrow,  strongly  narrowed  to  base,  widest  before 
middle;  apex  and  base  of  equal  width  (2mm.),  apex  lightly 
emarginate,  narrowly  bordered;  anterior  angles  rounded;  base 
emarginate,  i-ounded  at  basal  angles ;  lateral  margins  wide. 
Elytra  much  wider  than  prothorax,  oval  (9  x  5-5  mm.),  strongly 
striate;  a  short,  distinct  sti'iole  at  base  of  first  interstice;  third 
interstice  bipunctate  near  second  stria.  Length  12 -5- 15 -6, 
breadth  4-5-6  mm. 

Hah. N.S.W.;   Fagus-brushes  at  the  sources  of  the  Williams 


206        CARABIDiE    FROM    THE    UPPER    WILLIAMS    RIVER,  N.S.W., 

and   Barrinoton  Kivers,  Kiama,  Biirrawang. — Victoria:  Wood's 
Point,  Marysville,  Warburton,  Yanagon,  Ballarat,  Princetown. 

This  is  the  species  which  Blackburn  regarded  as  Lacordairia 
august  at  a  Cast.,  but,  with  this  opinion,  I  cannot  agree.  I  regard 
L.  ani/ti statu  as  a  true  La<;o7'dairia,  in  all  probabihty  conspecific 
with  L.  cychroides  Cast.,  which  I  have  from  Raleigh,  Comboyne, 
Williams  Biver,  and  Gosford,  N.8.  VV.  L.  hlaekhurni  is  common 
in  collections;  it  is  over  thirty  years  ago  since  I  first  found  it  in 
the  Otway  forest,  but  it  has  nevei'  been  described.  Tn  the  pro- 
portions of  the  prothorax,  it  varies  considerably:  a  specimen 
from  [viama,  in  my  collection,  has  the  dimensions  of  the  pro- 
thorax  as  follows — 3'5  X  3-6,  apex  2*5,  base  2*7  mm.  Jt  diti'ers 
from  S.  amplipennis  MacL,  (which  extends  as  far  south  as  Dorrigo) 
b}'  labrum  not  rather  deeply  emarginate,  but  bisinuate  (middle 
more  pi'ominent  than  anterior  angles),  prothorax  more  elongate 
and  narrower,  elytra  less  deeply  striate,  etc. 

DiAPHOROMERiis  EDWARDSi  Cast.,  var.  VIRESCKN8,  n.var. 

Oval,  convex;  prothorax  transverse,  much  wider  at  base  than 
apex,  basal  angles  obtuse;  elytra  truncate-oval,  striate,  interstices 
depressed,  second  with  an  elongate  stride  at  base,  third  unipunc- 
tate  at  beginning  of  apical  declivity,  humeral  angles  subdentate. 
Nitid,  minutely  shagreened;  upper  surface  rather  bright  green; 
undersurface  virescent;  labmnn,  legs,  antennae  after  second  joint, 
and  palpi  (excepting  their  apices)  black;  first  joint  of  antenna? 
reddish-testaceons.     Length  7'7-8*5,  breadth  3-2-3-5  mm. 

Ilab. — N.S.W. :  sources  of  Barrington  River  (Sloane),  Ebor 
(Tillyard). 

A  single  specimen  (9)  occurred  to  me  in  open  country  near  Mr. 
Edwai'ds'  house  (5,000  feet).  Mr.  Tillyard  had  formerly  found 
it  at  Ebor.  It  seems  a  variety  of  D.  edwardsi  Cast.,  which  is 
said  by  Chaudoir  to  be  shining  olive-bronze;  by  Castelnau,  "dark 
seneous-green,  with  a  bluish  tinge." 

Sarothrocrepis  corticalis  Fabr.,  var.  inpuscata,  n.var. 

Differs  from  <S'.  corticalis  Fabr.,  by  pattern  of  elytra;  the  black 
apical  patch   extends  foi-ward  along   interstices  6-8  to  the  base, 


BY    T.    G.    SLOANE.  207 

and  near  the  base  overspreads  intei-stiees  2-5,  with  tlie  result  that 
a  (lull  testaceous,  sutural  space  on  the  basal  half  of  the  elytra  is 
enclosed:  at  its  widest  part,  this  basal  plaga  extends  outwards  ti> 
the  fifth  or  sixth  interstice  on  each  elytron,  is  divided  posteriorly 
l)V  a  toi-ward  pi-olongation  of  the  ante-apical  black  area,  and 
extends  along  the  first  interstice  to  the  base.  Tlie  dark  basal 
part  of  tlie  elytra  is  infuscate,  not  nearly  as  black  as  the  ante- 
apical  patch.  The  abdomen  is  slightly  more  setulose  than  in  »S'. 
cortu'dlis,  but  less  so  than  in  »S'.  sptiilosa  SI.  As  in  S.  corticalia, 
the  hitei'stices  are  non-setulose,  but  have  minute  punctures  along 
the  coui'se  of  the  fifth  as  in  8.  cvrtiralis  (these  piuictures  being- 
most  noticeable  towards  the  apex).  Ijength  9-10-3,  breatlth  4f) 
f)  lum. 

//rt6.   -Mount  Royal  Kange,  N.S.W. 

Common  under  loose  bark  on  the  trunks  of  Kitcali/jjfiis  cui-iarfd, 
at  5,000  feet. 

I  have  specimens  of  tliis  variety  from  >Sydnev,  \'ictoria,  and 
Tasmania. 

Agonochila    plai^ata,  n.sp. 

Depressed:  elytra  wide  in  propoi'tion  to  prothorax;  head  finely 
shagreened,  sparsely  punctulate:  prothorax  transverse,  apex  lightly 
emarginate,  base  strongly  bisinuate,  posterior  angles  marked,  but 
obtuse,  one  or  two  marginal  set;e  mi  anteinor  half;  elytra  broad, 
densely  and  rather  coarsely  punctate,  striae  and  interstices  indis- 
tinct, third  interstice  3-punctate.  Legs,  antennae,  mouth-parts, 
lateral  margins  of  prothorax,  a  wide  posthumeral  plaga  on  each 
elytron,  and  undersurface  testaceous  (sides  of  abdomen  fuscous); 
head  and  disc  of  prothorax  usually  brownish;  elytra  brownish 
with  a  variable  pattern — usually  a  wide,  testaceous,  posthumeral 
plaga  on  each  elytron  and  an  indefinite  apical  patch;  sometimes 
the  posthumeral  plaga?  join  the  apical  patch  by  a  narrow,  ill- 
defined  extension  along  the  fourth  interstice. 

Head  stout  (1-3  mm.  across  eyes),  minutely  shagreened,  and 
sparse  1}'  piuictate  under  a  lens;  eyes  prominent.  Prothorax  wide 
(1-2x2  mm.),  widest  before  middle,  a  little  narrower  at  apex 
(1-4  mm.)  than  base  (1 -5  mm.),    finely  setulose-punctate  under  a 


208       CARABIDiE    FROM    THE    UPPER    WILLIAMS    RIVER,   N.S.W. 

lens;  disc  rather  convex;  margins  wide,  depressed ;  sides  I'ounded 
anterioi"ly,  narrowed  and  subsinuate  posterioi'ly;  apex  lightly 
emarginate,  anterior  angles  rounded  ;  base  shortly  lobed  in 
middle,  basal  angles  obtuse,  median  line  strongly  impressed. 
Elytra  broad  (4  x  3  mm.),  widest  about  posterior  third,  a  little 
narrowed  to  base,  rounded  on  sides;  humeral  angles  widely 
rounded.     Length  7-7-5,  lireadth  3-3-5  nun. 

Hab. — Mount    Royal    Range,  N.kS.W.       Common   under  loose 
hark  on  trunks  of  K.  coriacea,  at  5,000  feet. 

This  is  one  of  the  largest  species  which  has  been  attributed  to 
the  genus  Ayonochila.  Tts  distinguishing  characters  are  its  broad 
elytra,  with  a  wide,  posthumeral,  testaceous  plaga  on  each  elytx'on. 
The  pattern  of  the  elytra  varies  a  good  deal : — taking  the  ground- 
colour as  pitchy-brown,  there  is  usually  a  wide,  testaceous,  post- 
humeral  plaga  on  each  elytron,  and  an  apical,  duller-coloured 
pat<"h  (more  or  less  common  to  both  elj-tra);  sometimes  the  post- 
humeral  and  apical  markings  are  wiflely  separated  by  the  brown 
ground-pattern;  sometimes  the  plagae  extend  backwards  and  join 
the  apical  mark,  so  that  the  brown  parts  of  the  elytra  become 
arranged  in  three,  irregular  stripes,  viz.,  a  sutural  stripe  and  one 
near  each  side,  these  stripes  being  wide  and  near  together  about 
the  apical  third  of  the  elytra.  Compared  with  A.  corticalis 
Erichs.,  A.  playiata  is  larger  and  differently  marked;  prothorax 
with  sides  more  strongly  narrowed  to  base,  elyti"a  more  strongly 
punctate.  It  is  lemarkable  to  find,  in  this  species,  the  prothorax 
with  either  one  or  two,  anterior,  marginal  seta^  on  each  side; 
where  there  are  two  setse,  these  are  wide  apart,  the  posterior  one 
situated  as  usual,  the  anterior  one  a  little  less  than  half-way 
between  it  and  the  anterior  angle.  Twenty-six  specimens  have 
been  examined;  of  these,  seventeen  had  one  seta,  and  nine  two 
sette.     Specimens  of  both  sexes  occurred  with  one  and  two  setae. 


209  (uj;  LIBRARY 


r)K8CRIPTTON8  OF  A  NEW  GENU8  AND  THREE  NEW 
SPECIES  OF  AUSTRALIAN  TENEBRIONID.E  FROM 
BARRINGTON  TOPS,  NEW  SOI^IH  WALES. 

By  H.  J.  Carter,   B.A.,  F.E.S. 

A  week's  visit  at  Christmas,  1915,  to  a  region  new  to  the 
collector,  and  Httle  known  to  the  tourist — Barrington  Tops — 
revealed  a  mountain-district  of  above  5,000  feet  altitude,  that 
combines  many  of  the  characters  of  Kosciusko  and  Dorrigo. 
Situated  some  thirty-seven  miles  north-west  of  Dungog,  this 
highland  should  prove  an  interesting  field  to  the  naturalist.  Of 
volcanic  origin,  the  I'ich  soil  possesses  a  magnificent  forest,  in 
parts  approaching  jungle,  the  higher  slopes  containing  a  rich 
brush,  mainly  composed  of  the  beautiful  Fagus  Moure  i.  While 
the  general  collecting  was  a  little  meagre,  due  to  the  long  pre- 
ceding dry  weather,  the  results  were  specially  rich  in  Carabidfe, 
while  three  new  species  of  TenebrionidtB  were  taken,  including 
one  which  requires  a  new  genus  for  its  reception. 

Sloanea,  n.gen.  Tenebrioninarum. 

Wide,  depressed,  with  the  facies  of  Cryptodus.  Labrum 
emarginate  and  ciliate;  mentum  cordate,  last  joint  of  all  palpi 
securiform;  mandibles  grooved,  forked  at  apex.  Eyes  small  and 
transverse.  Antennte  with  the  last  four  joints  flattened  and  suc- 
cessively wider,  the  three  penultimate  joints  transverse,  last 
joint  subcircular.  Prosternum  convex,  its  process  arched  down- 
wards at  apex,  and  received  into  a  triangular  receptacle  of  the 
mesosternum;  mesosternum  short,  body  apterous;  elytra  costate, 
widely  rounded  behind,  epipleura^  wide  and  horizontal;  precoxse 
globose,  middle  coxse  rounded.  Legs  short  and  stout;  tibise 
much  enlarged  at  apex,  fore-  and  midtibite  serrated  externally. 
In  the  3",  the  tibial,  especially  the  foretibise,  strongly  bent  inward 

Itj 


210 


AUSTRALIAN    TKNPIBRIONIDiE, 


at  apex.  Tarsi  tomentose,  the  claw-joint  nearly  as  long  as  the 
rest  combined,  the  first-  longer  than  the  second,  intercoxal  pro- 
cess wide,  rounded  in  front  and  carinate  at  margins. 

A  genus  not  very  near  any  existing  Australian  genus  of  the 
Tenehiionidfe.  The  head  and  thorax  are  somewhat  as  in  Asphn/n.-i 
Pasc,  but  with  a  very  different  structure  of  leg,  and  elytra! 
sculpture. 

Sloanka  costata,  n.sp. 
Ovate,  depressed,  glabrous,  opaque  brownish-black  above,  nitid 
beneath;  palpi,  tarsi,  and  apical  joints  of  antenna'  reddish,  the 
tarsi  clothed  with  red  tomentmn. 

//i^«c^trapeziform,  densely  and  finely  punctate,  the  sides  slightly 
raised  behind  and  arcuate;  epistoma  convex,  straight  in  front 
and   limited   1)eliind  by  a  straight,  obscure  depression;  antennse 

with  basal  joints  nitid  and  bead-like, 
third  joint  slightU'  longer  tlum  fourth, 
the  last  four  opacjue  and  hairy.  Pro- 
tJiorax  6"5  x  7  nmi.,  widest  in  front  of 
middle,  trisinuate  at  apex,  the  middle 
with  a  wide  triangular  insertion,  an- 
terior angles  widely  rounded  and  feebly 
produced,  sides  slightly  rounded  on  an- 
terior half,  sinuately  narrowed  behind, 
posterior  angles  acute,  a  little  deflexed 
and  produced,  base  bisinuate;  foliate 
margins  concave  within,  extreme  bor- 
der narrowly  raised,  contiruied  on 
apex,  widened  at  the  posterior  angles, 
obsolete  at  base,  surface  finely  and 
closely  punctate  on  disc,  the  punctures 
subobsolete  in  the  middle,  coarser  on  sides  and  base,  the  foliate 
margins  and  regions  near  posterior  angles  coarsely  rugose,  a  fine 
medial  line  sometimes  traceable.  Scutellum  forming  a  strongly 
transverse,  smooth  ridge.  Elytra  wider  than  prothorax  at  base 
and  not  quite  twice  as  long;  shoulders  prominent,  squarely  rounded 
and  formed  by  the  reflexed  epipleural  fold,  sides  feebly  widened 


Text-fig.  1. 
iS'.  costata,  n.sp. 


BY    H.    .1.    CARTER.  211 

behind,  apex  widely  rounded:  each  elytron  with  seven,  shiniiii,', 
very  slightly  crenulate  costye,  the  first  (sutural),  third,  fifth,  and 
seventh  wider  than  the  others,  terminating  before  the  ajjex,  the 
second,  fourth,  and  sixth  narrow  er  and  terminating  considerably  in 
front  of  these,  the  first,  third,  and  seventh  only  extending  to  base, 
the  sutural  costse  bifurcating  some  distance  behind  the  scutellum 
to  meet  the  third  costse,  but  also  narrowly  extending  in  a  straight 
line  to  the  middle  of  the  scutellum;  on  the  wide  interval  between 
the  seventh  costfe  and  the  margin  a  further,  short,  ill-defined 
ridge;  all  intervals  opaque  and  rugo.se-punctate.  Underside 
glabrous,  submentum  and  prostei'num  coarsely,  abdomen  more 
finely  but  densely  punctate.  Femora  stout,  finely  punctate, 
tibiie  rugose.  In  the  J",  the  fore- tibite  bent  at  right  angles 
inwards  near  apex,  with  a  triangular  external  emargination,  all 
tibiae  sulcate  externally,  and  with  two  short  spines  at  apex. 
Tibije  of  9  nearly  straight.     Dimensions:  (J,  17  x  8;  $,20  x  9mm. 

Hah. — Barrington  Tops,  37  miles  north-west  of  Dungog;  alti- 
tude, 1,000-5,000  feet. 

Seven  specimens  of  this  interesting  insect  taken  by  Messrs. 
Sloanc,  Musgrave,  and  myself  in  the  beautiful  beech-forests  (^rf'/".s- 
Moorei)  that  clothe  the  basalt  mountain.  In  occurred  in  com- 
pany with  PamJwrus  p7-adierl  Chaud.,  and  Lissapterns  pelorides 
Westw.,  in  or  inider  the  rotten  logs  of  the  Fagus;  and  seems  to 
be  peculiar  to  this  district.  I  know  nothing  very  near  it,  and 
place  it  with  some  diffidence  in  this  subfamily.  I  have  much 
pleasure  in  giving  the  generic  name  in  honour  of  my  friend  and 
fre(i[uent  companion  on  entomological  quests,  who  found  the  first 
specimen.     Type  in  the  author's  Coll. 

CAEiDIOTHORAX    INTERSTITIAUS,   n.sp. 

Elongate-ovate  ;  head  and  thorax  subopaipie  bronze-black; 
elytra  dark  bronze,  underside  and  legs  nitid-l)lack,  tarsi  and  apex 
of  tibi*  with  short,  red  hairs. 

Head  wide,  sm(X)th;  epistoma  rounded  in  front,  its  suture 
straight,  the  usual  frontal  impression  well  marked;  widened  and 
raised  in  front  of  eyes,  antennae  very  stout,  joints  pear-shaped, 


212 


AUSTRALIAN    TETfEBRIONlDvE, 


8-10  gradually  wider  and  rounded,  eleventh  ovate,  acumina.te. 
Prothorax  5x7  mm.,  cordate  and  flat,  widest  at  middle;  apex 
semicircularly  emarginate,  anterior  angles  strongly  produced  and 
rounded  ;  sides  well  rounded,  strongly  narrowed  behind  and 
sinuate  before  the  dentate  postei'ior  angles,  these  deflexed  and 
outwardly  directed,  base  arcuate;  foliate  margins  wide  and  a  little 
upturned,  with  a  wide,  shallow,  sepai-ating  sulcus  on  anterior  half, 
extreme  border  narrow  and  reflexed  throughout;  disc  smooth,  with 

four  small  fovej^e,  two  on  each  side  of  the 
thin,  well  defined,  medial  channel;  some- 
times with  other  irregular  impressions. 
SGutellum  triangular,  smooth.  Elytra 
considerably  wider  than  prothorax  at 
base,  and  nearly  thrice  as  long,  shoulders 
rather  squarely  rounded,  the  epipleural 
fold  well  raised  in  this  region,  extreme 
margin  sharply  raised,  with  an  irregular 
row  of  large  punctures  within  this; 
sulcate,  each  elytron  with  nine  sub- 
costate  intervals,  continuous  to  and 
sharply  ridged  on  apex,  the  sixth  interval 
always  broken  near  the  middle,  eithei' 
flattened,  with  a  few  large  punctures,  or 
with  a  chain  of  irregular  ocellate  pits 
formed,  the  seventh  and  eighth  intervals 
narrower  than  the  rest.  Prosteruum 
transversel37^  wrinkled,  abdomen  and  femora  quite  smooth,  tibite 
strongly  punctate  near  apex,  legs  without  sexual  differentiation. 
Dimensions:  19-21  x  6 '5-8  mm. 

//rt&.__Barrington  Tops,  N.S.W.  (Messrs.  T.  0.  Sloane,  Mus- 
grave,  and  the  author). 

A  species  occurring  very  commonly  in  this  region  above  the 
4,000  feet  level.  I  have  30  specimens  before  me,  all  of  which 
have  the  peculiar  elytral  sculpture  noted  above,  e.g.,  strongly 
sulcate,  with  the  sixth  interval  broken.  The  species  forms  a 
link  between  some   of  the  more  nitid  species,  like  C.  cerijjennis 


Text-fig.  2. 
C.  intetstitialis,  n.sp. 


BY    H.    J.    CARTER. 


213 


Blackb.,  and  the  subopaque  species  like  C.  Haagl  Bates,  with  the 
prothorax  similar  to  the  latter,  and  the  elytra  more  like  the 
former;  but  it  is  very  distinct  from  any  described  species,  and  is 
one  of  the  largest  in  the  genus.     Types  in  the  author's  Coll. 

Cardiothorax  asperatus,  n.sp. 

Elongate-ovate,  brownish-black,  opaque. 

Head  and  thorax  densely  rugosely  shagreened;  labrum  pro- 
minent, epistoma  incurved  in  the  middle,  oblique  on  sides;  suture 
straight  ;  frontal  impression  obscure  (only  indicated  by  basal 
ridge);  antennae  with  joint  3  nearly  as  long  as  4-5  combined,  3-7 
subconic,  8-10  oval,  11  very  large,  ovoid.  Prothorao- b  ■x.^vam.., 
scutiform,  widest  in  front  of  middle,  bisinuate  at  apex,  anterior 
angles  moderately  produced  and  rather  sharply  rounded,  sides 
slightly  rounded  anteriorly,  then  widely 
sinuately  narrowed  behind,  posterior  angles 
acutely  dentate  and  pointing  obliquely  out- 
wai'd,  base  truncate,  much  narrower  than 
apex,  disc  with  two,  wide,  shallow  depres- 
sions and  a  depi'essed  middle  line,  the  sculp- 
ture somewhat  reticulate  rugose,  coarsely  so 
at  sides  and  base.  Scutelhun  triangular. 
Elytra  ovate,  wider  than  prothorax  at  base 
and  twice  as  long,  shoulders  rounded,  epi- 
pleural  fold  reflexed  in  this  region  and  form- 
ing a  sharply  defined  border  throughout; 
punctate-striate,  five  alternate  intervals  (in- 
cluding the  sutural)  finely  costate,  the  edge 
of  costse  very  finely  ci-enulate  or  subnodulose,  the  latter  structure 
evident  in  the  two  sutural  costse,  the  second,  fourth,  sixth,  and 
eighth  intervals  also  slightly  raised,  more  divstinctly  so  on  apical 
half,  the  interspaces  filled  with  rather  large,  close,  transverse 
punctures;  submentum  and  prosterna  very  coarsely  punctate,  the 
latter  bearing  scattei-ed  sets;,  abdomen  finely  and  sparsely  granu- 
lose  and  opaque,  legs  with  shoi't,  dense  hairs,  tibia?  scarcely 
enlarged  at  apex,  with  short  terminal  spines.  Dimensions:  14-18 
X  5-6  "5  mm. 


Text-fig.  3. 
C.  asptratxiif,  u.sp. 


214  AUSTRALIAN    TENEBRIONIDiE. 

Hah. — Barrington  Tops,  N.S.W.  (Messrs.  Sloane,  Musgrave, 
and  the  author). 

Sixteen  specimens  taken  by  the  above,  belong  to  the  sub- 
squamose  group,  C.  egerius  Pasc,  C.  mimus  Cax't.,  C.  nndidatus 
Cart.  In  form,  it  is  nearest  the  last  of  these  (from  an  adjacent 
region),  but  it  is  at  once  separated  from  it  by  the  coarsely  rugose 
pi-othorax  and  punctate  elytra.  In  the  latter  character,  it  is 
near  C.  mimus  Cart.,  which  differs  widely  in  size,  form,  and  pro- 
thoracic  structure.     Types  in  the  author's  Coll. 

Meneristes  proximtis  Cart. — In  these  Proceedings  for  1914 
(p.75),  I  described  this  as  a  possible  variety  of  J/,  tibialis  Cart. 
With  a  number  of  fresh  specimens  from  Barrington  Tops  before 
me,  I  am  convinced  that  this  is  a  good  species,  clearly  separated 
from  M.  tibialis  by  the  nitid,  impunctate  prothorax  and  elytrnl 
intervals  besides  the  distinctions  noted  in  the  description. 


215 


A    NEW    SCALE-INSECT  AFFECTING  SUGAR-CANE 

IN  NEW  GUINEA. 

By  the  latk  Dr.  A.  Rutherford:  with  a  Note  by  Edmund 

Jarvis,  Entomologist. 

(Communicated  I >j/  W.    \V.  Froyyatt,  F.L.S.) 

AULACASPIS    MAJOR,   U.Sp. 

Female  scale  thin,  greyish-white,  soniewliat  uniform,  large 
(longer  diameter  ."j-.'i'^.^  mm).  Exii\'i:v  pale  yellow,  the  first  pro- 
jecting, the  second  snbmarginal. 

Adult  female  broadest  in  tlie  cephalo-thoraci<;  region.  CephaUc 
end  broadly  rounded,  sometimes  with  a  slight  median  notch. 
Pygidiuin  hyaline  wdth  several  strands  of  chitin  running  cephalad 
from  the  apical  margin. 

Antenna  :  a  small  tubercle  of  ii-regular  shape,  and  beai'ing  a 
stovit,  curved  seta. 

All  stigmata  with  parastigmatic  pores  in  a  compact  group. 
Three  pairs  of  prominent,  hyaline  lobes.  Median  lobes  not  sunk, 
slightly  expanded  distally,  apex  broadly  rounded,  about  one- 
quarter  of  their  own  wddth  apart.  A  prominent  chitinous  area 
of  the  pygidiinn  between  the  lobes. 

Second  lobes  duplex,  the  mesal  half  expanded  distally,  broadly 
rounded  at  apex;  lateral  half  with  the  mesal  side  straight,  the 
lateral  side  oblique. 

Third  lobes  of  mucli  the  same  shape,  and  quite  as  broad  as  the 
second.  Laterad  of  the  third  group  of  plates  are  several  broad, 
serrated  projections  associated  w4th  marginal  gland-pores. 

Plates:  none  between  median  lubes;  thei'eafter  in  the  usual 
positions  1,  1-2,  1-2,  2,  6-10.  The  penultimate  segment  bears 
7-11,  and  the  antepenultimate  5-8  similar  plates.  All  plates  stout, 
tapering,  a  few  slightly  pectinate  at  apex. 


216  A    NEW    SCALE-INSECT    AFFECTING    SUGAR-CANE. 

A  seta  on  the  base  of  the  median  lobes  latei'ally,  one  between 
the  halves  of  the  2nd  and  of  the  3rd  lobes,  and  one  mesad  of 
each  of  the  fourth  and  fifth  groups  of  plates. 

Dorsal  jtores  in  three  longitudinal  rows,  the  row  immediately 
laterad  of  the  level  of  the  circumgenital  pores  of  some  7-9  pores, 
and  not  reaching  to  the  margin  of  the  pygidium.  A  few,  small, 
ventral  pores.  Anus  cii'cidar,  situated  at  the  level  of  the  caudo- 
lateral  groups  of  circumgenital  pores. 

Circmngenital  pores  in  5  compact  groups.  Pores  numerous; 
approximately  33  (49  and  52)  (42  and  45). 

Hab. — New  Guinea;  on  stems  of  Sugai'-cane. 

The  specific  name  has  reference  to  the  size  of  the  female  scale. 

Xofe  by  E.  Jarvis. — Whilst  inspecting  sugai'-cane  procured 
from  New  Guinea,  [  noticed  several  sticks  infested  with  a  scale- 
insect,  and  forwai'ded  specimens  of  them  to  the  Botanic  Gardens, 
Ceylon,  foi-  determination.  The  coccid  was  examined  by  the 
late  Dr.  A.  Rutherford,  who  referred  it  to,  the  genus  Aulacasjns, 
and,  believing  it  to  be  a  new  species,  named  it  A.  major.  In  a 
letter  enclosing  the  description  given  above,  Dr.  Rutherford  said : 
— "I  think  there  can  be  no  doubt  that  the  insect  falls  in  the  genus 
Aulacasjns.  It  does  not  agree  with  any  species  known  to  me. 
Perhaps  it  might  be  described  under  the  genus  Chionasjns,  though 
it  would  not  fall  into  that  genus  as  at  present  understood, 
Froggatt,  in  his  review  of  the  Australian  Coccidje  (Agric.  Gazette 
N.  8.  Wales)  refers  to  two  species  only  of  Aulacasjns,  viz.,  A. 
pentayona  Tai'g.,  and  A.  rosece  Bouche.  Yours  is  neither  of  these. 
Quite  possibly  it  is  a  new  species.  I  append  a  technical  descrip- 
tion, which  you  are  quite  at  liberty  to  publish." 


217 


ORDINARY  MONTHLY  MEETING. 

June  28th,   191fi. 

Mr.  C.  Hedley,   F.L.S.,  Vice-President,  in  the  Chair. 

The  Donations  and  Exchanges  received  since  the  previous 
Monthly  Meeting  (31st  May,  1916),  amounting  to  15  Vols.,  112 
Parts  or  Nos.,  61  P>ulletins,  2  Reports,  and  8  Pamphlets,  re- 
ceived from  47  Societies,  etc.,  and  one  private  donoi',  were  laid 
upon  the  table. 

NOTES    AND    EXHIBITS. 

Mr.  T.  Steel  exhibited  the  femur  of  an  ox  showing  natural 
knitting  of  a  very  severe  sliding  fracture,  the  reunited  bone 
being  much  shortened  and  thickened  by  deposit  of  fresh  bone. 

Mr.  Fred  Turner  exhibited  the  following  indigenous  grasses, 
being  portion  of  a  remarkably  fine  collection  made  on  Kilmorey 
Station,  Maranoa  district,  Queensland,  by  Mr.  J.  B.  Thomson, 
who  forwarded  them  to  Messrs.  Anderson  &.  Company,  Seedsmen 
and  Plant  Merchants,  Sydney,  with  a  request  that  they  should 
be  sent  to  Mr.  Turner  for  accurate  botanical  determiuation, 
and  for  reliable  information  as  to  their  economic  importance: 
Andropogon  erianthoides  F.v.M.  ;  A.  intermedius  R.Br.  ;  A. 
sericeus  R  Br.  ;  Anthistiria  ciliata  Linn.  ;  Chloris  divaricata 
R.Br.  ;  Eriochloa  pu7ictata  Hamilt.  ;  Panicum  decompositum 
R.Br.  ;  P.  divaricatissirmim  R.Br.  ;  P.  flavidum  Retz.  ;  P. 
leucophceum  H.B.  et  K.  ;  P.  trachyrhachis  Benth.  ;  Pappo]>ho- 
rum  nigricans  R.Br.  ;  Perotis  vara  R.Br.  ;  Setaria  glauca 
Beau  v.;  Triraphis  mollis  R.Br.  Owing  to  the  prolonged  and 
disastrous  drought  in  the  northern  State,  the  country  where 
the  grasses  had  been  collected  was  absolutely  destitute  of  pasture- 
herbage  for  months  until  the  bountiful  rainfall  of  December 
last.  Since  the  beginning  of  this  year,  the  country  has  made 
wonderful  recovery,  and  grasses  and  herbage  are  now  abundant, 
giving  a  verdant  appearance  to  innnense  tracts  of  country.     The 

17 


218  NOTES    AND    EXHIBITS. 

grasses  exhibited  were  an  excellent  illustration  of  the  remark- 
able recuperative  properties  of  the  herbage  composing  Austra- 
lian pastures.  No  other  vegetation,  of  an  equal  eeonomic  value, 
in  the  world  could  have  recovered  in  a  shorter  space  of  time 
than  those  indigenous  grasses.  Mr.  Turner  also  showed  18 
photographs,  taken  last  month  by  Mr.  Thomson  on  different 
parts  of  Kilmorey  Station,  showing  the  luxuriant  grasses  and 
forage  pUuits  now  growing  there, 

Mr.  A.  A.  Hamilton  exhibited  specimens  from  the  National 
Herbarium,  and  contributed  notes  thereon,  comprising  a  series 
of  examples  of  the  fruits  of  Angopliora  cordifolia  Cav.,  Killara 
(A.  A.  Hamilton;  December,  1915),  showing  divergence  in  shape 
and  size,  apical  and  basal,  together  with  variation  in  the  degree 
of  pilosity  and  calycal  ribbing.  The  capsules  range  from  quad- 
rangular to  orbicular  at  the  apex,  and  from  broadly  turbinate  to 
attenuate  at  the  base,  the  vestiture  of  the  fruit-calyces  varying 
from  smootii  to  hispid,  or  rough  and  bristly.  The  rim  of  the 
capsule  is  seen,  in  some  examples,  to  be  more  or  less  deeply  sunk; 
in  another  group  it  is  parallel  to  the  border  of  the  calyx-tube; 
while  a  further  series  shows  a  broad,  conspicuous  rim,  recurved 
and  folded  outwards,  overlapping  the  sides  of  the  calyx-tube. 
The  primary  ribs  of  the  fruit-calyx  are  4  or  5  in  number,  in 
conformity  with  the  angularity  or  degree  of  rotundity  of  the 
fruit,  and  they  exhibit  a  marked  variation  in  the  measure  of 
prominence  attained.  A  range  of  dimension  from  1-2  cm.  in 
diameter  occurs  at  the  apex  of  the  fruit,  with  a  similar  variation 
in  length  from  apex  to  base.  The  pedicels  vary  in  length  from 
l-3i  cm.;  they  are  stout,  slender,  terete,  angular,  or  more  or  less 
dilated.  The  series  was  gathered  from  a  clump  of  apparently 
healthy  plants  growing  in  a  sheltered  position  on  a  rocky  (sand- 
stone) hill-side,  under  normal  conditions  (as  far  as  could  be 
ascertained). — Lambertia  formosa  Sm.,  Leura  (A.  A.  Hamilton; 
November,  1915),  showing  variation  in  the  fruit-appendages. 
The  follicles  vary  from  1-lA  cm.  in  length,  with  a  similar  range 
in  breadth;  the  horn  on  the  dorsal  margin  varies  from  broadly 
obtuse  and  3  mm.  long,  to  narrow-linear  and  2  cm.  long,  straight 
or  curved;  that  on  the  upper  angle  of  the  valve  is  from  barely 


NOTES    AND    KXHIBITS.  219 

produced  to  5  mm.  long.  Both  young  and  old  fruits  were  ex- 
hibited for  comparison.— /S'^efte^'a  Stephensoni  Benth.,  La  Perouse 
(A.  A.  Hamilton;  January,  1916),  showing  aphylly  due  to 
environment.  The  specimens  exhibited  were  taken  from  a  shrub 
about  1  m.  high,  which  had  shed  its  leaves  to  within  some 
15  cm.  of  the  tips  of  the  flowering  branches.  The  shrub  was 
growing  on  flat,  rocky  country,  subject  to  direct  insolation,  and 
it  also  suffei'ed  from  the  effects  of  bad  drainase. 

Mr.  E.  Cheel  exhibited  fresh  flowering  specimens,  together 
with  coloured  drawings  of  Callisiemon,  raised  from  seed  received 
from  a  European  firm  of  seedsmen,  under  the  name  of  C.  lanceo- 
latus  var.  lilacina.  From  the  same  batch  of  seedlings,  the  plants 
show  two  distinct  shades  of  colour,  (a)  Filaments  deep  carmine- 
violet  to  reddish-violet  or  pure  mauve,  anthers  light  reddish- 
brown.  (6)  Filaments  reddish-purple,  anthers  a  shade  darker 
than  the  filaments.  The  general  habit  of  the  plants,  and  the 
shading  of  the  colours  seem  to  indicate  that  they  are  intermediate 
forms  between  C.  rngulostis  DC,  (C  coccineus  F.v.M.)  and  C. 
lanceolatus  DC,  both  of  which  are  frequently  cultivated  in 
Europe,  the  former  having  prawn-reddish  filaments,  and  yellowish 
anthers,  and  the  latter  reddish-purple  filaments  and  anthers.  C . 
rtigulosus  is  common  in  the  interior  of  this  State,  and  South 
Australia,  but  rare  in  the  Sydney  district  [vide  Proc.  Linn.  Soc. 
N.S.  Wales  1903,  xxviii.,  p.884);  and  C.  lanceolatus  is  very  com- 
mon along  the  coastal  districts  of  this  State.  He  showed  also  a 
branch  from  another  plant  of  the  same  batch  of  seedlings,  having 
solitary  flowers  in  the  axils  of  the  leaves,  an  extreme  departure 
from  the  normal,  dense,  cylindrical  spike  usually  seen  in  this 
genus. 

Mr.  North,  with  the  sanction  of  the  Curator  of  the  Australian 
Museum,  exhibited  four  specimens  of  the  Regent  Bower-bird 
(Sericulus  melinus),  showing  the  various  stages  of  the  young 
male,  from  youth  to  maturity.  The  young  male,  as  is  so  fre- 
quently the  case  in  birds,  closely  resembles  the  adult  female. 
One  received  in  the  flesh  from  the  Council  of  the  Royal  Zoologi- 
cal Society  of  New  South  Wales  on  the  30th  May,  1916,  which 
the    Director,    Mr.  A.  S.   Le  Souef    reported  as  received  from 


220  NOTES    AND    EXHIBITS. 

Brisbane  in  October,  1913,  among  others,  had  lived  in  the  aviary 
ever  since — a  period  of  two  years  and  seven  months,  or  there- 
abouts—precise date  not  given.  This  specimen  exhibits  the  first 
indications  of  its  approach  towards  maturity,  having  the  feathers 
of  the  nape  and  hind-neck  distinctly  shaded  with  yellow  on  tlie 
apical  portions,  and  around  the  tip  with  black;  a  few  feathers  on 
the  centre  of  the  throat  also  being  black.  A  further  advance 
towards  maturity  is  shown  in  a  specimen  presented  by  Mr.  J.  T. 
Cockerell,  and  procured  by  him  at  Lismore,  Richmond  River, 
N.S.W.,  on  the  2nd  August,  1899,  which  has  the  general 
plumage  black;  the  base  of  the  forehead,  a  patch  of  feathers  on 
the  hind-neck,  some  on  the  centre  of  the  nape,  and  the  central 
portion  of  the  secondaries  and  innermost  primaries  orange-yellow, 
the  patch  of  feathers  on  the  hind-neck  having  blackish  tips.  The 
only  trace  of  the  plumage  of  the  adult  female  is  exhibited  in  the 
feathers  of  the  centre  of  the  breast,  the  abdomen  and  the  under 
wing,  and  under  tail-coverts.  A  still  closer  approach  to  the 
fully  adult  plumage,  in  the  amount  of  orange-yellow  on  the  top 
of  the  head,  centre  of  nape  and  hind-neck,  is  seen  in  a  third  speci- 
men, collected  by  Mr.  Robert  Grant  in  November-,  1895,  in  the 
Bellingen  district,  further  indications  of  the  adult  female  also 
being  exhibited  in  the  lesser  and  median  upper  wing-coverts,  and 
the;  feathers  of  the  lower  back  and  rump.  The  fourth  specimen, 
a  fine,  old,  fully  adult  male,  with  its  rich  and  strikingly  con- 
trasted velvety-black  and  orange-yellow  plumage,  was  procured 
by  Mr.  J.  Beveridge  on  the  Richmond  River,  and  was  received 
from  him  in  December,  1886.  It  will  be  noted  that  the  fulh' 
adult,  male  plumage  of  the  Regent  Bower-bird  is  fir^t  assumed, 
not  by  a  moult,  but  by  a  gradual  change  in  the  colour  of  the 
feathers. 

The  Secretary  called  attention  to  a  very  interesting  portrait 
of  tile  late  Sir  Richard  Owen,  for  many  years  an  Honorary 
Member  of  the  Society,  kindly  presented  by  Mr.  C.  Hedley,  on 
behalf  of  Mr.  G.  F.  Bennett,  of  Brisbane,  whose  father,  the  late 
Dr.  George  Bennett,  of  Sydney,  received  the  original  portrait 
from  his  friend.  Sir  Hichard,  many  years  ago. 


221 


.STUDIES  IN  AUSTRALIAN  NEUHOPTEHA. 

Nu.;3.  The  Wing-venation  of  the  Chrysopidj^,. 

By  R.  J.  TiLLYARD,  M.A.,  B.Sc,  F.L.S.,  F.E.8,  Linnean 
Macleay  Felloav  of  the  Society  in  Zoology. 

[Plates  X.,  x.  />/.s  (Transpai-ency),  xi.;  and  eight  Text-figures.] 

Next  to  the  Mi/rmfi/r<iiUid(e,  whose  wing- venation  1  have  dealt 
with  in  No.l  of  this  series  of  Studies,*  the  most  striking  and 
dominant  group  of  Planipennia  is  undoubtedly  the  family  Chry- 
sopidri'.  The  ty})e-genus  (Jhri/Hopd  is  represented  by  a  large 
number  <»f  species  throughout  all  parts  of  the  world,  which  are 
known  to  Engli.sh-.speaking  naturalists  as  "Green  Lacewings," 
"Golden  Eyes,"  or  "Stink-tiies" — the  last  name  on  account  of 
the  abominable  odour  which  a  number  of  the  species  give  out. 
These  nmnerous  species  are  all  \'ery  closely  related,  and  are  often 
only  U)  be  distinguished  by  small  but  constant  differences  in  the 
wing-venation.  Thus,  on  the  one  hand,  the  genus  Chri/mp(t  has 
all  the  marks  of  l)eing  a  fairly  recent,  highly  si)ecialised,  and 
dominant  genus  (and  hence  on("  In  which  specialisations  in  the 
wing-venation  might  reasonably  be  looked  for);  while,  on  the 
other  hand,  the  very  importance  of  the  venation  in  the  study  of 
the  genus  demands  that  slipshod  and  haphazard  ideas  of  the 
wing-structure  ought  to  cease,  and  give  place  to  a  .system  based 
on  sound  homologies. 

Those  workers  who  have  been  busy  during  the  last  ten  years 
or  so,  adding  lunuerous  species  of  (Jhrjixopidtf  to  the  list,  all 
appear  to  have  been  content  to  regard  the  wing-venation  in  this 
family  as  easy  of  interpretation  along  typical  Neuropterous  lines, 
l.i\,  they  recognised,  without  any  nuestioning,  a  radial  sector  with 
a  number  of  branches,  two  series   of   gradate  veins,  a  straight 

*  These  Proceedings,  1915,  xl.,  Part  4,  pp.734-752. 


222  STUDIES    IN    AUSTRALIAN    NEUROPTERA,  iii., 

unbranched  media,  a  forked  cubitus,  and  two  or  three  short  anal 
veins.  Right  througli  the  family  there  is  so  little  variation, 
except  in  minor  details,  that  the  limits  of  these  veins,  having 
been  assigned  without  any  sufficient  reason  to  one  species,  soon 
became  applied  equally  readily  to  all.  From  one  point  oi  view, 
it  may  be  argued  that  it  did  not  matter  that  the  determinations 
of  the  venation  wei-e  wrong,  since  they  were  all  conawfently  wrong, 
and  so  the  numerous  descriptions  of  new  species  all  conform  to  a 
single  plan,  and  are  easy  to  follow. 

Why  is  it  necessary  to  disturb  them]  The  answer  is  a  very 
obvious  one.  It  is  not  only  that  false  homologies  are  not  to  be 
tolerated  by  anyone  with  the  true  scientific  spirit,  but  also  that 
they  .actually  seldom  work  well  in  practice.  It  is  only  by 
pure  chance  that  some  genus  of  Chrysopid(P  has  not  turned  up 
which  would  not  have  fitted  in  with  the  accepted  venational  plan, 
and  would  thus  have  started  a  series  of  evasions  and  explanations, 
on  whose  heels  confusion  might  have  followed  fast.  More  than 
that,  again,  we  can  never  hope  to  understand  the  phylogeny  of 
such  a  group  as  the  Chrysopidfp,  unless  we  really  understand  its 
wing-structure,  and  its  relationship  to  the  general  venational 
plan  in  the  Neuroptei'a  Planipennia. 

The  present  paper  was  undertaken  in  the  strong  belief  that 
the  accepted  venational  scheme  for  the  Chrysojndw  was  wrong  in 
certain  particulars.  I  was  not  prepared  to  admit  (after  my  ex- 
perience in  the  Myrmeleontidoi)  that  the  media,  in  the  forewing 
at  any  rate,  was  an  unbranched  vein.  I  could  not  find  any 
satisfactory  explanation  of  the  persistence  of  the  peculiar 
"divisory  veinlet"  in  the  forewing  (Text-fig. 4,  dv),  since  it  is 
obviously  not  in  a  position  of  maximum  effect  as  a  support  to  any 
main  vein.  It  seemed  to  me  that  this  veinlet  must  be  some 
remnant  of  the  lost  lower  branch  of  the  media,  and  its  absence 
in  the  hindwing  further  strengthened  this  belief.  Finally,  I 
realised  that  the  connection  between  the  venational  plans  of  the 
Chrysopidce  and  Apochrysid(v  was  still  entirely  missing,  and  that 
we  could  never  hope  to  offer  any  adequate  phylogeny  of  the 
Chrysopidoe  until   this  was  cleared  up.      Such  beliefs  and   sus- 


BY    R.    J.    TiLLYARb.  223 

picions  as  these  determined  me  to  undertake  a  study  of  the 
puj)al  wing-ti-acheation  at  the  earUest  fa\  ourable  moment.  The 
chance  occurred  chn-ing  my  recent  visit  to  South  Queensland. 
Chrysopido'  were  quite  connnon,  and  it  was  easy  to  obtain,  not 
only  larvie  from  citrus  trees  and  various  conifers,  but  also  eggs 
in  great  al)undance  from  mature  females  confined  in  i)ill-l)()xes. 
On  my  return  to  Sydney  at  the  end  of  October  last,  T  brought 
with  me  a  number  of  eggs  and  larv;e.  T  also  arranged  with 
various  correspondents  to  keep  up  the  supply  by  post.  In  this 
connection,  I  desire  to  thank  Miss  C  Jensen,  of  Caboolture, 
Queensland,  and  Mr.  Luke  Gallard,  of  Epping,  near  Sydney,  for 
maintaining  a  plentiful  supply  of  larv;e  throughout  an  excep- 
tionally dry  period  of  the  year,  during  which  the  scarcity  of 
aphides  made  the  rearing  of  these  little  creatures  a  very  difficult 
matter. 

Most  of  the  Australian  species  of  Chrysopidcf  are  not  named. 
I  had  four  species  to  work  on,  three  belonging  to  the  geiuis 
(Jhri/Sdpa,  and  one  to  Xofhochri/.s(i.  This  last  was  of  lai'ge  size, 
and  promised  fine  results.  Unfortunately,  of  all  the  ])upie  ob- 
tained (mostly  from  Mr.  Oallard),  not  a  single  one  was  suitable 
for  the  work.  About  sixty  per  cent,  of  them  were  ichneumoned; 
the  remainder  were  far  too  ath  anced  towards  the  imaginal  instar 
to  be  of  any  value.  The  next  most  promising  was  a  moderately 
large  species  of  (Jhrysopa,  not  unconunon  both  in  Brisbane  and 
Sydney,  which  T  shall  designate  (Jhrysopn  \,  for  the  purposes  i>f 
this  paper.  Two  broods  of  this  species  were  reared  from  eggs 
laid  in  Brisbane.  But  owing  to  the  extreme  drought,  I  failed 
to  find  enough  aphis  to  keep  them  ali\e,  and  only  three  pupatetl. 
From  one  of  these,  the  photomicrograph  in  Plate  xi.,  fig. -5,  was 
obtained. 

An  exceedingly  small  species,  (Jhrysopn  B,  pupated  in  numbers. 
But  the  cocoons  were  so  small  (diameter  1'4  nun.),  and  the  pupje 
so  delicate,  that  onlv  moderate  results  were  obtained  with  them. 
These  results  helped  materially  in  the  successful  solution  of  the 
problem  in  hand,  but  none  of  the  j^hotographs  taken  were  good 
enough  to  publish. 


224  STUDIES    IN    AUSTRALIAN    VEUROPTERA,  iii., 

Finally,  I  had  a  large  suppl}'  of  larv?e  and  pup?e  of  a  connnon 
species  whose  larva  is  found  in  all  citrus-orchards  around  Sydney, 
as  well  as  on  rose-bushes.  The  cocoons  were  smaller  than  I  could 
have  wished,  and  the  pupa?  delicate  enough  to  give  me  much 
trouble  and  many  failures  before  good  results  could  be  obtained. 
But  I  was  able  to  breed  a  number  out,  so  as  to  obtain  an  imaginal 
venation-scheme  exactly  corresponding  with  the  pupal  wing-tra- 
cheation  studied;  this  was,  indeed,  an  c-ssential  condition  for  a 
successful  result.  This  species  proved  to  be  one  which  had  pre- 
viously been  determined  for  me  by  Mr.  Esben  Petersen  as  C. 
sujnata  Walker.  It  turned  out,  therefore,  very  fortunately,  that 
I  am  able,  after  the  comparative  failure  of  the  work  done  on  the 
unnamed  species,  to  offer  a  result  based  in  almost  every  detail  of 
completeness  upon  the  venation  of  a  single,  common,  named 
species. 

Methods  of  Study. 
The  problem  was  first  attacked  along  the  exact  lines  already 
laid  down  for  the  study  of  the  tracheation  of  the  pupal  wing  in 
the  Mynneleuntidie..  First  of  all,  the  exact  date  of  the  spinning- 
up  of  each  larva  was  recorded,  and  the  cocoons  arranged  accord- 
ing to  date.  Here,  at  the  very  start,  an  attempt  to  use  the 
knowledge  gained  in  the  case  of  the  Myrm.elmntid(t'  led  to  disaster. 
It  will  be  recalled  that  the  Ant-lion  larva  does  not  j^upate  at 
once  after  spinning  its  cocoon,  but  remains  tpiiescent  within  it 
for  seven  or  eight  days.  I  thei'efore  kept  a  number  of  cocoons 
of  the  large  Nothochrysa  for  several  days,  examining  them  care- 
fully in  a  strong  light  each  day.  After  four  or  fi\-e  days  (by 
which  time  the  cocoons  must  have  been  seven  or  eight  days  old, 
since  they  had  spun  up  before  Mr.  Gallard  jjosted  them  to  me), 
the  contents  began  to  darken  in  colour.  The  larva  Ijeing  covered 
with  a  white  powdery  bloom,  I  concluded  that  pupation  liad 
taken  place.  This  was,  alas,  not  the  case;  the  darkening  was 
due,  not  to  the  pupation  of  the  larva,  but  to  the  pujjation  of 
half-a-dozen  or  more  ichneumon-grubs  within  it.  Thus  several 
valuable  days  were  lost;  so  that,  when  at  last  a  cocoon  was  opened 
which  revealed  a  Chrysopid  pupa,  it  was  much  too  far  advanced 


BT    R.    J.    TlLLYAlil).  225 

towards  the  imaginal  stage  to   Ije  of   any  use.      In  this  way  the 
most  promising  cocoons  (i.e.,  the  largest)  were  all  wasted. 

By  this  time  both  Chri/iiopa  A  and  Chrysopa  B  were  spinning 
up,  so  I  turned  my  attention  to  the  larger  of  the  two  (A).  Here 
an  additional  difficulty  presented  itself  in  the  smallness  and 
greater  delicacy  of  the  cocoon,  and  the  activity  of  the  pupa 
Avithin  it.  The  cocoon  could  not  be  cut  open  with  fine  scissors, 
owing  to  the  fact  that  the  pupa  would  keep  wriggling  round  so 
as  to  face  the  cut,  and  thus  sooner  or  later  the  delicate  wing- 
cases  became  damaged,  either  by  pressure  or  by  the  lower  point 
of  the  scissors.  I  next  tried  to  open  a  cocoon  by  means  of  a  fine 
sharp  needle,  and  was  delighted  to  find  that  this  could  be  done 
without  damaging  the  wings  of  the  pupa,  if  certain  rules  were 
adhered  to.  Firstly,  owing  to  the  method  of 
spinning  the  cocoon,  it  appeared  that  the  silken 
envelope  does  not  tear  unevenly  in  all  directions, 
but  can  be  made  to  split  exactly  along  any  parallel 
of  latitude  (taking  the  ends  of  the  Icmgest  axis  as 
the  poles)  if  the  point  of  the  needle  is  exerted  in 
that  direction.      Secondly,  if   the  point  selected  to     ,„ 

,  .   1         .1  ifXt-fig.  1." 

start  on  is  at  about  the  level  of  the  lid  of  the  cocoon 
when  opened  by  the  pupa  itself  naturally,  the  split  comes  \  er\' 
readily,  and  the  point  of  the  needle  is  not  likely  to  touch  the 
wings  of  the  Avrigglesome  pujia.  This  position  is  about  the  same 
as  that  selected  when  "topping"  a  boiled  egg  at  breakfast,  and 
is  shown  in  Text-fig.  1 . 

Having  solved  the  problem  of  how  to  open  the  cocoon  without 
damaging  the  pupal  wings,  the  next  difficulty  wa;^  to  extract  the 
})upa,  which,  as  soon  as  the  lid  of  the  cocoon  was  lifted,  became 
very  actiAe,  and  kept  wriggling  round  from  sifle  to  side,  so  as 
always  to  face  the  point  of  the  needle.  I  found  the  best  plan 
was  to  continue  the  cut  until  the  lid  could  be  either  taken  com- 
pletely off,  or  turned  over  backwards,  so  as  to  expose  the  head  of 
the  pupa.     If   now  the  pupa,  as   it  generally  did,  resolutely  re- 

*  Cocoon  of  L'hr>/-^opa  xiijiuifa  Walk.,  cofiectlj-  opened:  (   -  (i). 


rp- 


226  STUDIBS    IN    AUSTRALIAN    NEUROPTERA,  lii., 

fused  to  leave  the  cocoon,  T  took  a  pair  of  fine  forceps,  seized  it 
uickly  just  below  each  projecting  eye,  anil  so  lifted  it  out  bodily. 
This  (operation  may  flatten  one  or  both  eyes,  but  it  will  not 
damage  the  wings. 

Piipje  of  Chrysopa  A  wei-e  extracted  fi'oin  cocoons  seven  or 
eight  days  old.  The  wings  were  pale  whitish,  and  appeared  at 
the  first  glance  to  be  in  every  way  suited  for  my  purpose.  But, 
under  a  lens,  it  was  seen  that  the  imaginal  wings  were,  in  nearly 
all  cases,  strongly  rucked  or  crumpled  within  the  wing-sheath,  so 
that  the  tracheation  could  not  be  properly  followed  out.  Hence 
the  whole  of  this  batch  of  valuable  larvje  and  pupi«  had  to  be 
sacrificed,  in  order  to  discover,  firstly,  how  long  the  larva  re- 
mained in  the  cocoon  before  pupating,  and  secondly,  how  long  it 
was  before  rucking  of  the  imaginal  wing  in  the  pupal  wing-sheath 
began  to  occur.  In  the  course  of  these  trials,  I  was  fortunate  in 
obtaining  a  photograph  of  the  hind  wing  of  a  pupa  of  this  species 
which  T  determined  as  being  nearly  three  days  old  (the  cocoon 
was  over  six  days  old,  and  the  average  duration  of  larval  life, 
bef(jre  pupation  occurred,  had  been  determined  as  three  and  a 
half  days  in  the  case  of  this  species).  In  this  photograph  the 
rucking  had  just  begun  (Plate  xi.,  fig. 3),  and  this  condition 
helped  to'  elucidate  a  knotty  question  of  venation,  as  I  have  ex- 
plained below  on  p.  240. 

By  this  time  I  had  hopes  that  my  ditticulties  were  at  an  end, 
as  I  now  had  left  over  only  material  of  the  two  smallest  species, 
ijhrijsupa  B  and  C .  sujnata.  The  larva;  of  Chrymjm  B  fed  up  at 
a  great  rate,  and  spun  up  well  ahead  of  those  of  C.  xignatjt^ 
althovigh  most  of  the  eggs  of  both  species  hatched  at  about  the 
same  time.  The  weather  was  very  hot  and  dry,  and  this  may 
have  been  orte  cause  of  their  activity.  One  larva  actually  spini 
its  cocoon  on  the  ei(/hfh  day  after  hatching  from  the  egg,  and 
emerged  as  an  imago  six  days  later!  I  found  the  cocoons  and 
pupie  of  Chrysopa  B  most  difficult  tf»  handle,  since  they  were  so 
small  and  delicate.  However,  one  was  extracted  just  after  the 
act  of  pupation  (the  larval  skin  being  even  not  fully  cast  oft"). 
This  was  killed  by  being  dropped   into  a  tube  of  water,  in  which 


BY    R.    J.    TILLYARD.  227 

a  drop  of  chloroform  had  been  shaken  up,  and  A\a,s  then  placed 
on  a  slide  on  its  side,  so  that  its  \yings  could  be  examined. 

A  further  crop  of    new  ditHculties   now    arose.      The  hiudwing 
could  not  be  examined   because   the  forewing  co\'ered   it  almost 
completely,  Iving  obliquely  across    it;  while  the  forewing   ii\   its 
turn  was  partly  covered  by  the  large  spiral  coil  of  the  immensely 
long  antenna,  which  was  pressed  down  Hat  upon  it.  (see  Text-fig. 
2).      Moreover,  both  antenna  and  wings  were  sticky,  and  could 
not  be  persuaded  to  separate,  except  by  in-    ni   _^-"^^^ 
serting  the  point  of  a  needle  between  them —         \fir\  \      a 
a  proceeding  which  seemed  bound  to  cause      ®     L^   XX. 
some  dislocation  of  the  delicate  tracheal  plan.         j/V\   \\ 
After  this  separation  had  been  effected,  the        ^    //^  ^'j  ] 
long  antenna  was  cut  off  close  to  the  base,        N^Y^^y-n     '^^ 
and  removed.      The  two  wings   were  then         y    ^^Q^-  ■..a.c 
dissected  away  with  fine  scissors,  and  floated  z<\     \  7 

off  on  to  a  glass  slide.      They  were  then  ex-      ^<^l  \  \y 
amined  under  a  low  power,  when  it  was  seen 
that   considerable  displacement  of  the  tra-  "'"' 

cheation  had  taken  place.  Enough  of  the  main  plan,  however, 
could  be  made  out  to  show  how  remarkably  specialised  it  was, 
and  how  important  it  would  be  to  obtain  an  absolutely  perfect 
record  of  it. 

By  this  time  I  was  reduced  to  a  single  source  of  suitply.  viz. 
Chrysopa  Huinafn.  Fortunately  my  own  larvie  were  supplemented 
by  two  batches  of  larv?e  received  frtjm  Mr.  Gallard,  so  that,  in 
all,  I  still  had  some  two  dozen  larvie  available.  These  began  to 
spin  up  about  the  middle  of  Noxember,  and  had  all  completed 
their  cocoons  within  a  few  days  of  one  another.  After  waiting 
three  days,  1  opened  two  cocoons,  and  found  that  they  still  I'oii 
tained  larvte.  These  cocoons  were  closed  up  again,  the  lids  being 
held  in  place  by  cotton-wool.  The  following  day,  one  of  the 
larvje  pupated.      This  pupa  was  taken   when  less  than  one  day 


"Pupa  of  Chrysopa  siijnata  Walk.,  after  extraction  from  cocoon;  (  x  9). 
a,  antenna:  ac,  its  spiral  coil  adhering  to  the  forewing;  e,  eye;  Fir,  fore- 
wing;   //('•,  hinilwing;  in,  pupal  niandihle.s. 


228  STUDIES    IN    AUSTRALIAN    KEUROPTERA,  iii., 

old,  and  was  treated  as  explained  for  the  pupa  of  Chrysopa  B 
above.  The  dissection  was  carried  out  with  the  greatest  care. 
But  though  tliere  was  scarcely  any  displacement  of  the  trachea- 
tion,  it  was  found  that  a  certain  amount  of  blood-plasma,  and 
some  fatty  tissue,  had  found  their  way  into  the  bases  of  the  wings, 
rendering  them  too  opaque  for  observation. 

Further  pupte  were  now  taken,  all  about  one  day  old,  since  it 
appeared  that  only  on  the  first  day  or  two  were  the  wings  free 
fi-om  rucking  within  the  wing-sheath.  The  wings  were  carefully 
dissected  off,  but  in  no  case  could  T  obtain  a  satisfactory  result. 
The  wing-sheaths  were  so  delicate  that  the  use  of  a  cover-slip 
completely  upset  the  tracheation;  also  it  seemed  quite  hopeless 
to  use  the  scissors  without  causing  some  alteration  in  the  positions 
of  the  main  tracheal  stems. 

I  now  tried  the  following  plan,  which  1  am  glad  to  say  proved 
entirely  successful,  and  enabled  me  to  obtain  the  results  shown 
in  this  paper.  Having  determined  that  the  tracheation  must  be 
studied  without  the  use  of  any  dissecting  methods,  I  took  a  pupa 
of  (J.  sufnata  about  one  day  old,  and  killed  it  in  the  usual  manner. 
I  then  took  two  glass  slides,  and  moistened  them  so  as  to  make 
them  cling  firmly  together.  The  upper  slide  was  selected  so  as 
to  be  as  near  as  possible  of  a  thickness  e<(ual  to  the  height  of  the 
[)iipal  thorax  up  to  the  wing-base.  This  slide  was  then  slipped 
back  along  the  lower  one,  so  as  to  leave  nearly  an  inch  of  the 
latter  exposed.  T  then  took  hold  of  the  pupa  by  the  legs  with  a 
fine  forceps,  cut  off  and  removed  the  right  anteinia,  and  carefully 
.Separated  the  two  wings  on  the  right  side,  with  the  point  of  a 
fine  needle.  (The  mark  made  by  the  needle  can  be  seen  as  an 
obli([ue  depression  ruiuiing  in  from  near  the  middle  of  the  pos- 
terior border  of  the  hinflwing  in  Plate  xi.,  fig.  1).  The  i)Upa  was 
tlien  i)laced  carefully  down,  dorsum  upwards,  on  the  free  portion 
of  tlic  lowei-  slide,  the  right  pair  of  wings  being  raised  up  so  as 
to  })roject  at  right  angles  to  the  body-axis,  supported  upon  the 
upper  slide.  The  pupa  and  its  wings  were  kept  thoroughly  wet 
with  water  during  this  operation.  Finally,  the  body  of  the  pupa 
was  gently  pressed  until   it   came  to  lie  close  up  to  and  parallel 


BY    R.    J.    TILLYARD. 


229 


with  the  free  edge  of  the  upper  slide,  no  tlmt  the  whole  ni  tlio 
two  wings  lay  flatly  out  over  this  slide  (Text-fig. 3).  No  cover- 
slip  was  used.  (This  same  operation  was  afterwards  performed 
on  other  pupa?,  with  the  addition  of  a  cover-slip  let  down  gently 
upon  tlie  wings;  but  tliis  was  found  to  cause  displacement  of 
some  of  the  trachea?).  The  wings  were  then  photographed  by 
njeansc^  Keichert's  photo-micrographic  apparatus,  and  the  results 

obtained  which  are  shown 
in  Plate  xi.,  figs. 1-2.  Tm- 
Miediately  afterwai'ds,  the  camera- 
lucida  drawing  of  the  traclieation, 
shown  in  Text-fig.5,  was  obtained 
from  this  same  pupa.  Thus  at  last 
success  was  obtained.  T  may  add 
that  photographs  and  th*a  wings 
were  made  from  several  other  pujja' 
of  C.  Hiynata,  and  that  all  of  theses 
agi^eed  practically  in  ever}-  single 
detailf  ^^'ith  tlie  one  figured.  Thus 
the  results  do  not  rest  upon  a  single 
observation,  but  ai-e  hasefl  up(ni  a 


Toxt-fig.3." 
considerable  mass  of  evidence 


Critical  Htndij  of  the  Wiiuf-Ycnation  of  Chrysopa  signata  Walker. 

We  can  now  pass  to  the  study  of  the  traclieation  of  the  pupal 
wing,  with  a  view  to  elucidating  the  venation  of  the  imaginal 
wing.  This  latter  is  shown  in  Textfig.4  (p.230),  with  the  usually 
accepted  nomenclatui'e  of  the  veins,  according  to  the  Comstock- 
Needham  notation.  This  nomenclatiu-e  has  been  employed  b}- 
Banks,  Petersen,  Navas,  and  other  systematists  for  the  past  ten 
years  or  moi-e.      As  far  as  I  can  gather,  nobody  has  yet  doubted 

*  Diagram  to  show  method  of  studying  the  pvipal  wings  of  Chrysopa; 
(  x8)  :  «.  coil  of  left  antenna;  a  ,  cut  end  of  right  antenna;  Fir,  forewing; 
Hw,  hindwing:  L,  lower  glass  slide;  m,  pupal  mandibles;  l\  upper  glass 
slide. 

tin  some  specimens,  there  may  be  a  small  fork  at  tlie  extreme  tip  uf  Rs 
or  Sj. 


230 


STUDIES    IN    AUSTRALIAN    NEUKOPTERA,  ill., 


its  general  accuracy.  Petersen,  liowever,  has  recently  stated  to 
me  (in  litt.)  his  conviction  that  the  venation  of  the  Chrysojndcf 
is  "the  most  abnormal  of  all  the  families" — a  statement  which 
certainl}'  implies  a  strong  suspicion  that  this  venation  is  not  quite 
as  simple  as  the  accepted  scheme  would  make  it  appear  to  he. 


Text-fig.4. — Wings  of  C/t /•//■■^o^xt  su/nnta  Walk.;  imagi),  (  x  9),  with  the 
generally  accepted  notation:  cui-cii^,  the  three  "cubital  cells'"  of 
Banks;  dr,  "divisoiy  veinlet"  of  Bank.s;  </,  inner,  and  //'  outer 
series  of  gi'adate  veins;  jit,  pterostignia.  Other  letters  as  usual  in 
the  Comstock-Needhani  notation. 

The  most  striking  feature  of  the  Chrysopid  wing,  if  we  accept 
the  usual  notation  (Text-fig.4)  is  the  fact  that  it  is  divided  longi- 
tudinally b}'  a  remarkably  strong,  straight,  median  vein  (M), 
terminating  on  the  posterior  border,  below  the  le\el  of  the  ptero- 
stigma,  some  distance  before  the  apex.  In  the  hindwing,  this 
vein  leaves  the  radius  (R)  close  to  the  base,  and  runs  absolutely 
straight  through  the  wing.  In  the  forewing,  however,  it  shows 
a  slight  kink  not  far  f  i-om  its  origin,  at  a  point  where  an  oblique 
cross-vein  descends  ti^  Cn.     The  curved  portion  of  the  vein  M 


BY    R.    J.    TILLYARD.  231 

hereabouts  is  supported  underneath  liy  a  small  vein  placed 
concavely  to  it,  arisinfi;  from  the  cross-vein,  and  curvinj^-  up 
to  join  tlie  media  itself  at  or  near  the  foot  of  the  first 
cross-vein  descendin*;-  from  the  radial  sector  (Rs).  This  small 
concave  vein  has  been  termed  the  divisori/  vpiuJet  (dv)  by  Banks, 
as  it  is  supposed  to  divide  the  complete  "third  cubital  cell'^c//,) 
into  two  unequal  parts.  The  exact  shape  and  position  of  this 
divisory  veinlet  have  been  used  by  Banks  with  considerable 
success  in  diagnosing  the  diftei'ences  between  numerous  closelj" 
related  species.  The  two  undivided  cells  lying  between  M  and 
Cu  proximad  to  the  "kink"  are  teraied  by  Banks  the  first  and 
aecond  ciibital  celh  respectively  {cii-^,  cuo).  As  it  is  usual,  in  the 
Comstock-Needham  terminolog)^,  to  name  the  basal  spaces  after 
the  main  veiias  bounding  them  above,  and  not  below,  it  would 
have  been  moi-e  consistent  to  have  termed  these  thi'ee  cells  the 
"median  cells,"  reserving  the  term  "cubital  cells"  for  those  in 
the  row  below  them. 

The  gradate  reins  {y,  y')  are  very  constant  in  position  in  the 
Chrysopidce,  forming  two  series  of  cross- veins  rising,  as  it  were,  in 
a  series  of  steps  from  the  media  upwards  through  the  parallel 
branches  of  the  radial  sector.  Often,  as  in  the  species  under 
discussion,  the  inner  series  of  gradate  veins  {y)  is  one  less  in 
number  than  the  outer  series  ((/');  sometimes  the  inner  series  is 
much  reduced  in  number. 

The  form  of  the  pterostiyma  {pf)  varies  greatly  in  the  different 
species,  and  is  never  of  more  than  specific  value.  In  C.  slynata, 
there  is  a  distinct  greenish  pterostigma  on  both  wings.  That  of 
the  forewing  is  confined  between  C  and  Sc,  and  svipported 
beneath  by  six  cross-veins  between  Sc  and  R.  In  the  hindwing 
it  is  denser,  and  is  continued  into  the  space  between  Sc  and  R. 
The  cross-veins  in  this  space  are,  however,  present,  though  not 
easy  to  see. 

The  result  of  a  study  of  the  pupal  wing-tracheation  (Text-fig. 
5)  shows  us  that  the  accepted  interpretation  of  the  imaginal 
venation  is  quite  incorrect  as  regards  the  media  and  cubitus  of 
both  wings,  and  also  as  regards  the  origin  of  the  radial  sector  in 


232 


STUDIES    IN    AUSTRALIAN    NEUROPTERA,  iii., 


the  hindwing.  'I'he  supposed  media  and  cubitus  prove  to  be  two 
excessively  complex  veins  peculiar  to  the  Chrysopidc^.  The 
original  media  and  cubitus  of  this  extraordinary  wing-venation 
have  become  reduced  and  contorted,  so  that  their  courses  could 
not  even  he  guessed  at  without  reference  to  the  pupal  trachea- 
tion.     The  two  new  complex  veins  do   indeed  more  or  less  fill 


Text-fig.5. — Tracheation  of  wings  of  pupa  of  C.  siffnata  Walk.,(  x  54).  For 
lettering,  see  Explanation  of  Plate  x.  (Camera-lucida  drawing  from 
freshly-killed  pupa). 

the  places  usually  occupied  by  the  media  and  cubitus  in  un- 
specialised  Neuropterous  wings.  Therefore,  as  it  is  quite  impos- 
sible to  give  to  these  veins  the  complex  names  that  would  indi- 
cate their  true  nature,  I  propose  to  name  them  at  once  the 
pseudo-media  and  the  pseudo-cuhitus  respectively,  in  order  to 
facilitate  discussion,  and  to  distinguish  them  clearly  from  the 
true  media  and  cubitus.  I  suggest  also  the  notation  M'  for  the 
pseudo-media,  and  Cu'  for  the  pseudo-cubitus,  as  shown  in 
Plate  X. 

In  order  to  trace  the  courses  of  the  true  media  and  cubitus, 
and  to  understand  how  the  pseudo-media  and  pseudo-cubitus 
have  supplanted  them  in  the  Chrysopid  wing,  let  us  turn  now 
to  the  study  of  the  pupal  tracheation,  as  shown  in  Text-fig.5  and 


BY    R.    J.    TILLYAUD.  233 

in  Plate  xi.,  figs. 1-2.  As  a  further  aid  to  this  study,  I  have 
given  tlie  correct  interpretation  of  the  imaginal  wing- venation 
in  Plate  x.,  overlaid  in  red,  on  transparent  paper,  by  a  diagram- 
matic representation  of  the  pupal  tracheation,  to  show  the  part 
played  by  each  trachea  in  the  formation  of  the  veins.  We  shall 
divide  our  study  up  into  three  parts,  viz.,  (1)  the  radial  sector 
and  its  branches,  (2)  the  true  media,  and  (3)  the  true  cubitus. 
Having  traced  these  out,  we  can  then  visualise  the  extraordinary 
structure  of  the  pseudo-media  and  pseudo-cubitus. 

(1)  The  Riidial  Sector  (Rs)  and  its  Branches. — The  radial  sector 
(Rs)  arises  from  R,  in  the  forewing,  at  a  considerable  distance 
from  the  wing-base,  at  a  points  called  the  radial  fork  {rf).  Pupal 
tracheation  and  imaginal  venation  agree  on  this  point.  In  the 
hind  wing,  however,  the  supposed  origin  of  Rs  in  the  imaginal 
venation  (the  point  x)  is  seen  by  reference  to  the  pupal  trachea- 
tion to  be  a  false  origin,  and  really  represents  the  origin  of  the 
first  cross-vein  between  R  and  Rs.  The  true  origin  lies  mucli 
closer  to  the  base,  at  the  point  marked  rj\  which  has  up  till  now 
been  taken  as  the  origin  of  M. 

In  both  wings,  if  we  look  at  the  tracheation,  Rs  gives  off  ten 
posterior  branches.  These  J  have  named  Sj,  &?2  •  •  •  S}o  ^or  con- 
venience of  reference  (instead  of  the  more  cumbrous  Rs^^,  Rs^, 
etc.),  Sj  being  the  most  distally  placed.  Turning  to  the  imaginal 
venation,  we  see  that  only  six  branches  of  Rs  are  visible,  viz.. 
Si  to  Sg.  What  has  happened  to  the  other  four,  viz.,  S>.  to  Sjq'? 
The  answer  is  supplied  by  a  glance  at  Text-fig.5,  followed  by  a 
reference  to  the  ti-ansparency  overlying  Plate  x.  These  four 
branches  are,  in  fact,  bent  in  their  middle  portions  so  as  to  ruii 
lonyitudinally,  and  thus  give  rise  to  a  continuous  Banksian 
Li7ie,  homologous  with  that  already  shown  to  exist  in  a  number 
of  Myrmeleontid  genera.*  For  this  reason,  I  propose  to  call 
these  four  branches  the  four  Banksian  sectors,  Bj  to  B^.     Thus 

*  See  No.  1  of  the.se  Studie.s,  in  these  Proceedings,  1915,  pp.  734-752, 
Vol.  xl. ,  Part  4.  Navas  has  termed  this  line  in  Myrmeleontidce  the  "linea 
plicata,"  a  singularly  inappropriate  term,  it  seems  to  me,  for  a  formation 
which,  though  of  composite  origin,  is  in  its  highest  expression  an  absolutely 
straight  line  without  any  folding  in  its  composition. 

18  yf^ 


LIBRARY 


234  STUDIES    IN    AUSTRALIAN    NEUROPTERA,  iii., 

Bi  =  S-,  Bn^Sg,  B,  =  89,  and  B4— -Sk,.     It  will   be  seen  at  once 
that  the  Banksian   Line  formed  by  the  middle  longitudinal  por- 
tion  of  these  four  sectors  is  the  distal  portioti  of  the  pseiidu 
media. 

The  importance  of  these  four  Banksian  sectors  does  not,  how- 
ever, end  here.  Three  of  them,  viz.,  B.,  to  B4,  after  dropping 
below  the  level  of  the  pseudo-media,  again  become  bent  longi- 
tudinally to  form  a  second  Banksian  Line.  This  is  clearlv  seen 
to  1)6  the  distal  portion  of  the  pseiido-cubit^is. 

(2)  The  true  Media  (M).  —In  the  tracheation,  the  stem  of  M  is 
distinct  from  R;  in  the  venation,  the  two  are  fused  basally  for  a 
short  distance.  The  true  media  then  divei-ges  slightly  from  R, 
and  runs  to  a  point  called  the  median  fork  (mf),  lying  imme 
diately  below  the  radial  fork  in  the  hindwing,  but  a  little 
proximad  to  it  in  the  forewing.  From  here  onwards,  the  course 
of  M  in  the  venation  is  so  disguised  that  it  is  necessary  to  turn 
to  the  tracheation  for  elucidation.  Then  we  see  at  once  that  M 
has  two  branches,  Mj  and  M.,,  arising  at  7uf — a  fact  which  could 
never  have  been  proved  from  the  imaginal  venation  alone.  The 
problem  is  also  complicated  by  the  very  different  behaviour  of 
these  two  branches  in  fore  and  hindwing  respectively;  so  that  it 
will  be  necessary  to  trace  them  out  in  each  wing  separately. 

In  the  forewing,  Mj  on  leaving  m/ arches  slightly  upward,  but 
does  not  come  into  contact  with  Rs,  from  which  it  remains 
separated  by  a  full  cell's  width.  It  then  runs  longitudinally 
towards  the  down-curving  portion  of  B4,  and  passes  close  under 
the  sector  for  a  short  distance,  before  it  (MJ  turns  downwards 
in  a  second  bend.  It  then  turns  to  run  longitudinally  again  for 
a  second  short  distance,  and  again  approaches  and  runs  alongside 
B4  Finally,  it  breaks  up  into  two  small  branches  descending 
to  the  wing-border.  Thus  we  see  that  M,  performs  the  part  of 
another  Banksian  sector,  and  helps  in  turn  to  form  both  the 
pseudo-media  and  the  pseudo-cubitus. 

The  lower  branch,  Mo,  on  leaving  m/,  runs  concavely  to  Mj, 
and  then  approaches  it  again,  so  as  to  isolate  between  Mj  and 
itself  a  small  oval  area,  which  can  be  recognised  at  once  in  the 
imaginal  venation   as   the   cell  lying  just  above   the   "divisory 


BY    H.    J.    TILLY-ARD.  235 

veinlet"— the  latter,  of  course,  being  a  portion  of  M^  itself. 
After  running  close  below  Mj  for  a  short  distance,  M„  drops 
down  to  the  level  of  the  pseudo-cubitus,  and  plays  a  part,  in 
helping  to  form  that  vein,  exactly  similar  to  the  part  played  by 
Ml.  Finally,  it  branches  into  two,  and  drops  to  the  wing- 
border. 

It  will  be  seen  that,  owing  to  the  fact  that  M,  and  Mg  in  the 
forewing  twice  recede  from  and  approach  towards  one  another, 
two  curved  areas  are  isolated  off  between  them.  In  the  imaginal 
venation,  owing  to  the  fusion  of  Mj  with  Mg  for  about  half  a 
cell's-length  along  the  pseudo-media,  these  two  cells  are  widely 
separated.  The  first  is  the  small  cell  above  the  "divisory 
veinlet  "  ;  the  second  is  the  large  hexagonal  cell  lying  next  distad 
from  the  so-called  third  cubital-cell  of  Banks  (cti^  in  Text- fig. 4). 
These  two  cells  being  enclosed  by  both  branches  of  the  true 
media,  I  propose  to  name  them  the  Jii'st  and  second  intra-median 
cells  respectively,  with  the  notation  im^,  im,,  so  as  to  distinguish 
them  clearly  from  the  three  median  cells,  ni^,  m^,  and  m^,  which 
are  of  course  the  "cubital-cells"  of  Banks.  As  regards  the 
term  "divisory  veinlet,"  this  is  obviously  a  most  misleading  and 
inaccurate  term,  since  it  is,  firstly,  not  a  veinlet  at  all,  but  a 
portion  of  the  main  vein  Mg,  and,  secondly,  it  does  not  divide 
anything,  since  the  true  third  median  cell  ("thii'd  cubital"  of 
Banks)  lies  entirely  outside  it.  I  propose,  therefore,  to  term 
this  small  portion  of  M„  the  median  loop,  with  the  notation  m.1. 
It  should  not  be  lost  sight  of,  also,  that  the  upper  part  of  the 
cross- vein  from  which  rtil  appears  to  arise  is  also  a  portion  of  Mo, 
and  is  therefore  analogous  with  the  upper  part  of  the  well-known 
formation  in  the  Dragonfly  wing,  called  the  arculus.  It  is  not 
homologous  with  it,  however,  since  in  the  Dragonfly  wing  it  is 
the  main  stem  of  M  which  drops  from  R  to  form  the  arculus, 
whereas  in  the  present  case  it  is  Mj  dropping  from  M  at  mf. 
Th§  term  rnedvin  arculus  (ma)  is  suggested  as  a  suitable  name 
for  this  formation. 

In  the  hindwing,  the  behaviour  of  the  true  media  is  different. 
The  main  stem  M  is  very  short,  so   that  the  median   fork  mf 
comes  directly  under  the  radial  fork  rj\  not  far  from  the  base  of 


236  STUDIES    IN    AUSTRALIAN    NRUROPTEKA,  iii., 

the  wing.  Thus  Mj,  on  arching  up  from  mf^  conies  at  once  close 
up  under  Rs.  There  follows  an  extraordinary  adaptation  on  the 
part  of  this  latter  trachea  and  its  most  proximal  branch  1^4. 
By  means  of  an  upward  curving  of  Rs  below  a?,  and  a  bending 
of  B4  convexly  to  Mj,  the  triangular  area  between  the  thiee 
trachefe  Rs,  Mj,  and  B4  is  reduced  to  a  minimum.  This  area  is 
represented  in  the  imaginal  venation  by  the  minute  triangle  /. 
Several  consequences  arise  at  once  from  this,  which  can  l)e  best 
noticed  by  comparing  the  venation  of  the  hindwing  with  tliat  of 
the  forewing.  Firstly,  the  portion  of  B4  descending  from  Rs  is 
almost  completely  obliterated.  Consequently,  the  place  of  B4  in 
bounding  the  cell  marked  h  is  taken  by  the  obliquely  ascending 
portion  of  Rs,  which  meets  the  cross- vein  below  x.  As  a  further 
consequence  of  this  arrangement,  the  cross-vein  from  x  appears 
to  be  the  real  basal  part  of  Rs,  and  x  appears  to  be  the  radial 
fork.  It  is,  indeed,  no  slur  on  tlie  intelligence  of  all  those  who 
have  hitherto  worked  on  this  family,  that  they  assumed  this  to 
be  so  without  any  doubt;  for  who  could  possibly  have  supposed 
otherwise,  unless  he  had  the  pupal  tracheation  before  him  as 
convincing  proof  %  A  second  consequence  to  be  noted  is  that 
the  true  basal  portion  of  Rs,  being  fused  with  Mj  for  almost  its 
whole  length,  takes  on  the  appearance  of  being  actually  the  stem 
of  the  media;  and  this  appearance  is  even  more  definite  when  we 
note  how  closelv  the  true  stem  of  the  media  in  the  forewing 
resembles  this.  Thirdly,  M,  itself,  being  fused  with  Rs  for  such 
a  great  part  of  its  length,  becomes  quite  lost  in  the  imaginal 
venation,  except  indeed  for  the  small  vein  ascending  from  mf  to 
Rs,  which  is,  of  course,  its  extreme  basal  portion.  Fourthly,  the 
true  main  stem  of  the  media  in  the  hindwing  (as  will  be  more 
fully  seen  below)  comes  into  line  with  the  pseudo-cubitus,  and 
forms  the  basal  portion  of  that  extraordinarily  complex  \  ein. 

The  course  of  M,  in  the  hindwing,  after  it  leaves  B4,  is  similar 
to  that  in  the  forewing,  and  need  not  be  further  discussed.  M., 
however,  from  its  origin  at  mt\  follows  a  considerably  simpler 
course  than  it  does  in  the  forewing.  There  is  no  median  arculus, 
and  no  median  loop.  Indeed,  M.j  simply  runs  parallel  to  and 
below  Mj  for  a  considerable  distance,  finally  meeting  Mj  where  it 


BY    R.    J.    TILLTAkt).  237 

drops  upon  the  pseudo-cubitus,  and  dividing  to  send"  two  branches 
to  the  wing-bordei'.  Thus,  instead  of  two  isolated  separate  cells 
being  enclosed  between  Mj  and  Mn,  as  in  the  forewing,  only  one 
elongated  cell  lies  between  them.  In  the  imaginal  venation, 
this  long  cell  is  divided  across  the  middle  by  a  cross-vein.  The 
two  portions  may  be  called  the  frst  and  second  intra-mediau 
cells,  with  the  notation  im-^  and  im„,  as  in  the  forewing.  It  will 
be  noticed  that  Mo  in  the  hindwing  forms  about  twice  as  large  a 
portion  of  the  pseudo-cubitus  as  it  does  in  the  forewing. 

(3)  The  true  Cubitus  (Cu).— The  course  of  this  trachea,  and  of 
the  resulting  veins  in  the  imaginal  wing,  is  so  different  in  fore 
and  hindwings  that  these  must  be  dealt  with  separately.  In 
the  forewing,  trachea  Cu  bends  sharply  up  towards  M,  quite 
close  to  the  base.  It  then  runs  almost  straight  to  the  cubital 
fork,  cw/;  which  lies  at  a  level  half  way  between  the  base  and 
mf.  From  cuj\  Cuj  runs  almost  straight  on  until  it  meets  M„ 
dropping  on  to  the  pseudo-cubitus;  it  then  gives  ofi"  two  descend- 
ing branches,  and  finally  drops  to  the  wing-border.  In  the 
venation,  the  basal  approach  towards  M  becomes  a  fusion,  the 
bend  being  excessive.  Then  follows  a  nearly  straight  portion, 
which  expands  laterally  so  as  to  appear  almost  like  two  veins 
running  side  by  side  for  some  distance  from  cw/"  (shown  in  Plate 
X.,  by  a  thickening  of  Cuj).  I  do  not  know  the  reason  for  this, 
and  have  not  been  able  to  detect  any  thing  but  the  single  trachea 
Cu,  in  this  region  of  the  pupal  wing.  The  rest  of  the  vein  Cu, 
forms  a  portion  of  the  pseudo-cubitus,  together  witli  the  three 
transverse  veins  descending  to  the  wing-border.  Cuo  diverges 
slightly  from  Cu,,  and  runs  in  a  gentle  curve  to  the  wing-border, 
ending  up  just  before  the  most  proximal  branch  of  Cu,.  In  the 
venation,  two  cross-veins  connect  it  with  Cu,,  and  a  short, 
strong  cross- vein  descends  from  it  on  to  lA,  just  distad  iromcuj'. 

In  the  hindwing,  Cu  is  not  fused  basally  with  M.  The  main 
stem  of  Cu  is  shortened,  so  that  cu/  comes  to  lie  very  close  to 
the  base,  at  a  level  proximad  to  that  of  m/!  From  cuf,  Cu,  runs 
straight  on  until  it  gives  off  its  most  proximal  branch,  when  it 
performs  the  extraordinary  evolution  of  arching  up  to  meet  M.^, 
and  so  reaches  the  level  of  the  pseudo-cubitus,  of  which  it  now 


238  STUDIES    IN    AUSTRALIAN    NEUROPTKRA,  iii., 

forms  apart.  I  have  called  the  point  where  the  arching  begins 
the  second  cubital  fork  (cuf).  It  is  clear  that  we  have  in  the 
hind  wing  a  more  specialised  condition  of  Cuj  than  is  shown  in 
the  forewing,  and  that  it  is  correlated  with  what  we  may  call 
the  shifting  of  the  levels  of  the  basal  portions  of  Ks  and  M 
downwards  in  this  wing.  In  other  words,  the  distal  portion  of 
Cuj  still  plays  its  part  in  helping  to  form  the  pseudo-cubitus, 
even  though  the  basal  part  of  that  vein  is  no  longer  formed  from 
Cu  (as  in  the  forewing),  but  from  M.  Finally,  Cu„  in  the  hind- 
wing  is  a  simple  vein  leaving  Cu  at  cuf,  and  connected  with  lA 
basally  by  a  cross-vein.  Its  actual  appearance  is  rather  as  if  it 
belonged  to  lA  than  to  Cu. 

Just  as  intra-median  cells  are  formed  between  the  two  branches 
of  M,  so  intra-cnhital  cells  are  formed  between  Cuj  and  C\x„. 
There  are  three  of  these  in  the  forewing,  viz.,  icrti,  icu^,  icu^, 
owing  to  the  development  of  two  cross-veins.  In  the  hind- 
wing,  there  is  only  one  narrow  undivided  cell,  icu.  The  cubital 
cell  (cu)  is  simple,  and  lies  between  the  main  stems  of  Cu  and  1  A. 

Having  completed  our  study  of  the  radial  sector,  the  true 
media,  and  the  true  cubitus,  we  are  now  in  a  position  to  analyse 
the  complex  veins  which  I  have  called  the  pseudo-media  and 
pseudo-cubitus  respectively.  These  may  be  tiaced  out  with  the 
aid  of  Plate  x.,  and  the  overlying  transparency. 

7'^e  Pseudo-media  (M'). — ^In  the  forewing,  this  vein  arises  from 
R  near  the  base.  Up  to  7nf,  it  is  formed  by  M;  beyond  mf,  it  is 
formed  by  Mj  above  im^,  then  by  Mj  and  M,  united  for  half  a 
cell's  length,  then  by  Mj,  B^,  B3,  B2,  and  B,  overlapping  each 
other  in  turn,  and  finally  by  Bj  alone.  This  last  vein  forks  just 
before  reaching  the  wing-border.  In  the  hindwing,  the  pseudo- 
media  likewise  arises  from  R  close  to  the  base,  but  it  is  formed 
first  of  all  by  Rs  for  a  short  distance,  then  by  Rs  and  M,  united, 
then  by  B^  and  M,  united,  then  by  B4,  Bg,  Bo,  and  Bj  overlapping 
each  other  in  turn,  and  finally  by  Bj  alone,  with  a  distal  forking 
as  in  the  forewing. 

The  cells  formed  above  the  pseudo-media  between  the  descend- 
ing Manksian  sectors  are  four  in  number  in  the  forewing,  three 
in  the  hind  (omitting  the  minute  triangle  t,  which  is  the  remnant 


BY    R.    J.    tlLLYARi).  230 

of  the  fourth).  These  may  be  termed  the  upper  series  of  Banksian 
cells  (6).  The  cells  formed  below  the  pseudo-media  between  these 
same  sectors  are  four  in  number  in  each  wing,  and  may  be  called 
the  lomer  series  of  Banksian  cells  (b').  They  lie  distad  from  im„. 
The  Pseudo-cuhitus  (Cu').  -  In  the  forewing,  this  vein  is  formed 
basaJly  by  the  main  stem  of  Cu  up  to  cuf.  It  is  then  continued 
by  Cui,  Mo,  Ml,  B4,  Bj,,  and  Bo  overlapping  each  other  in  turn, 
and  finally  ends  on  Bj  alone,  with  a  small  distal  forking.  In  the 
hindwing,  the  pseudo-cubitus  arises  from  R,  proximad  to  the 
origin  of  M'.  It  is  formed  basal ly  by  the  main  stem  of  M  as  far 
as  mf,  then  by  M2  alone,  then  by  M.,  and  Cuj  fused  for  two  cells' 
length,  then  by  M„  alone  again  for  a  cell's  length,  then  by  M2, 
Ml,  B4,  B3,  and  Bo  overlapping  each  other  in  turn,  and  finally 
by  B„  alone,  with  a  distal  forking  as  in  the  forewing.  The  cells 
between  it  and  the  posterior  wing-border  may  be  termed  the 
posterior  series  of  cells  (p). 

We  are  now  able  to  realise  how  exceedingly  complex  these 
two  apparently  simple  longitudinal  veins  really  are,  and  how 
impossible  it  would  be,  by  any  protracted  studies  in  the  com- 
parative venation  of  the  imagines  of  the  family  and  its  allies, 
to  arrive  at  the  solution  which  was  all  the  time  ready  to  our 
hands,  for  anyone  who  cared  to  take  the  trouble  to  obtain  the 
pupae  in  the  right  stage.  That  solution  shows  us,  indeed,  that 
the  wing-venation  of  the  Chrysopidte  is  not  only,  as  Petersen 
suspected,  "  the  most  abnormal  of  all  the  families,"  but  that  it  is 
indeed  one  of  the  most  abnormal  and  highly  specialised  vena- 
tions to  be  found  within  the  Insecta.  Judged  from  this  stand- 
point, the  (Jhrysopidcp  stand  far  and  away  above  all  other  Neu- 
roptera  in  the  effect  and  extent  of  their  wing-specialisation. 

One  point  remains  to  be  mentioned  in  connection  with  the 
complex  veins  M'  and  Cu'.  If  we  compare  Text-fig.5  and  Plate 
xi ,  figs.  1-2,  with  the  transparency  overlying  Plate  x.,  we  see 
that,  in  order  to  achieve  the  imaginal  result,  the  overlappiny  of 
the  Banksian  sectors,  one  upon  another,  needs  to  be  much  greater 
than  it  is  in  the  pupal  wing.  In  fact,  as  seen  in  Text-fig.5,  these 
do  not  overlap  at  all,  but  barely  meet.  How  can  we  explain 
thisi     The  answer  is  that  the  overlapping  is  not  present  in  the 


240  STUDIES    IN    AUSTRALIAN    NEUROPlERA.  iii. 


freshly  formed  pupal  wing,  but  is  formed  during  the  subsequent 
rucking  of  the  wing,  which  begins  on  the  second  or  third  day  of 
pupal  life.  In  Plate  xi.,  fig. 3,  I  photographed  the  hindwing  of 
a  pupa  of  Chryso'pa  A,  nearly  three  days  old.  Here  tlie  trans- 
verse rucking  is  plainly  to  be  seen  beginning,  and  the  overlapping 
is  already  very  considerable.  In  a  pupa  four  or  five  days  old,  the 
rucks  are  so  great  that  a  photograph  is  useless.  However,  the 
final  amount  of  overlapping  is  easily  determined  by  working  back 
from  Rs  at  the  apex  of  the  wing,  and  counting  the  number  of 
distal  forks  {df).  Thus  in  both  wings  of  C .  ^^gnata  there  ai'e  no 
forks  on  Sj  to  84;  Sg  and  Sg  are  forked;  Bj,  Bo,  and  IJg  are  simi- 
larly forked;  B4  has  a  branch  as  well  as  a  small  fork:  Mj  and 
M2  each  send  two  veins  to  the  border,  and  Cuj  three.  Counting 
backwards,  therefore,  these  can  all  be  correctly  placed.  As  the 
positions  of  Bj  to  B4  on  Rs  are  known  also,  it  follows  that  the 
amount  of  overlapping  of,  say,  B3  on  B4,  in  order  to  carry  each 
of  tliese  veins  from  its  original  level  on  Rs  to  its  final  level  on 
the  posterior  wing-border,  must  be  as  shown  in  the  transparency. 
The  result  might  also  have  been  deduced,  with  very  little  doubt, 
from  a  study  of  Plate  xi.,  Hg.3,  alone. 

The  Forviation  of  the  PterosfAgyna.  —This  peculiar,  thickened, 
green  patch  on  the  wing  is  not  present  in  all  species.  Its  forma- 
tion is  rather  striking.  Instead  of  running  along  under  the 
pterostigma  to  form  its  base,  as  we  might  expect,  8c  only 
penetrates  a  very  short  way  from  the  pi'oximal  end  of  tlie  patch. 
Beyond  that,  a  series  of  small  tracheas  arises  from  R,  and  their 
ends  bend  over  so  as  to  continue  roughly  the  line  which  we 
should  have  expected  Sc  to  follow.  This  accounts  for  the  pre- 
sence of  the  cross-veins  between  Sc  and  R  in  the  imaginal  vena- 
tion. It  also  probably  explains  why  the  pterostigma  descends  to 
R  in  the  hindwing,  since  there  is  no  continuous  trachea  8c  inter- 
posed between  R  and  the  costal  margin. 

The  Anal  Veins. — ^In  the  pupal  tracheation  there  are  three 
distinct  anal  veins  arising  somewhat  in  a  bunch  below  Cu.  In 
the  forewing,  lAis  branched;  likewise  2A,  but  the  proximal 
branch  descends  upon  3 A,  and  appears  as  a  cross-vein  in  the 
imaginal  venation;  3 A  is  unbranched,  but  undergoes  a  double 


BY    R.    J.    TILLY AHL).  241 

curvature  which  brings  it  into  contact  with  the  wing-border 
between  the  base  and  the  anal  angle.  In  the  hindwing,  the 
anal  veins  are  smaller,  and  quite  inconspicuous;  lA  and  2A  are 
simple;  3A  is  short,  but  sends  a  small  branch  to  the  wing- 
border  above  the  anal  angle.  In  both  wings,  lA  is  connected 
with  ("Uo  by  a  cross- vein  close  to  its  origin;  in  the  forewing,  in 
addition,  a  short  cross-vein  connects  lA  with  2 A. 

It  seems  probable  that  very  satisfactory,  constant,  specific 
characters  could,  in  many  cases,  be  obtained  from  comparative 
studies  of  the  anal  veins  in  closely  allied  species.  I5ut  the 
differences  in  the  regions  of  Rs,  M',  and  Cu'  are  so  numerous  and 
striking  that  they  should  always  be  given  preference  over  the 
differences  in  the  anal  region.  The  following  appear  to  be  the 
venational  differences  on  which  sound  species  of  Chrysopa  may 
be  based. 

(1)  General  shape  of  wing  (breadth,  acuteness  or  roundness  of 
apex,  etc.). 

(2)  Form  of  the  costa  and  costal  area,  especially  in  forewing, 
where  the  costa  is  often  arched  upwards,  as  seen  in  C.  sirpiata. 
Number  of  costal  cross- veins. 

(3)  Presence  or  absence  of  pterostigma;  if  present,  its  extent 
and  density;  also  the  number  and  position  of  the  hypostiymatic 
cross-veins  between  Sc  and  R. 

(4)  Number  of  free  sectors  {e.g.,  Sj  to  Sg  in  C.  signata)  and  of 
fused  or  Banksian  sectors  (e.g.,  B,  to  B4  in  C.  signata)  given  oft' 
bv  Rs.  Dependent  upon  this  would  be  also  the  number  of  cells 
between  11  and  Rs,  and  the  number  of  upper  Banksian  cells  (6). 

(5)  Number  of  gradate  veins  in  both  inner  and  outer  series. 

(6)  Form  of  the  median  "loop  and  arculus;  position  of  distal 
end  of  ml  upon  M',  in  relation  with  the  foot  of  the  cross-vein 
depending  from  Rs. 

(7)  Number  of  closed  cells  beyond  arculus,  in  space  between 
M'  and  Cu'  in  forewing;  number  of  same  beyond  mf  in  hindwing. 

(8)  Number  of  distal  forks  (rf/');  number  of  simple  posterior 
cells  ip)  before  the  first  (most  proximalj  distal  forl<. 

(9)  Differences  in  the  comparative  lengths  and  widths  of  the 
three  median  cells  {m^,  m^,  Wg)  in  the  forewing.  Amount  of 
separation  of  im^  from  ini._,. 


242  STUDIES    IN    AUSTRALIAN    NEUROPTERA,  iii., 

(10)  Differences  in  the  form  of  the  three  intra-cubital  cells 
(icitj,  ic?t.,,  iciCg)  in  the  forewing. 

(11)  Differences  in  the  anal  region:  in  particular,  the  curvature 
of  3A,  and  its  relationship  with  the  wing-boider. 

It  is  possible  that  a  careful  study  of  these  points  might  reveal 
a  satisfactory  method  of  subdividing  the  genus.  No  characters 
which  are  correlated  merely  with  size  (e.g.,  greater  or  less  num- 
ber of  branches  from  Rs)  can  legitimately  be  used  in  this  con- 
nection, since  species  of  different  sizes  are  often  most  closely 
related. 

Phytogeny  of  the  Chrysopidcp,. 

The  results  obtained  in  this  paper  appear  to  me  to  be  suffi- 
ciently striking  and  suggestive  to  enable  us  to  understand  the 
phylogeny  of  the  Chrysopidce  along  fairly  broad  lines,  if  not  in 
every  minute  detail.  We  are  still  unable  to  make  the  full  com- 
parisons between  the  scheme  of  venation  in  Chrysopa  aiid  that 
of  allied  groups,  because  we  have  not  yet  obtained  the  scheme  of 
the  pupal  tracheation  in  those  groups.  For  example,  it  would 
be  very  instructive  to  compare  theChrysopid  venation  with  that 
of  the  Apochjysidfe.  But  the  pnpal  tracheation  of  the  latter  is 
not  known,  and  indeed  is  never  likely  to  be  discovered,  since  no 
larva  of  this  family  has  yet  been  found.  All  we  can  do  is  to 
compare  the  imaginal  venations,  using  them  with  the  greatest 
care,  and  applying  stringent  tests  to  our  conclusions.  The  same 
holds  good  if  we  desire  to  compare  the  venation  of  Chrysopa 
itself  with  that  of  other  genera  of  Chrysopidce.  The  nearer 
the  relationship,  the  closer  will  be  the  comparison:  but  we  have 
to  remember  that,  so  far,  no  other  genus  except  Chrysojm  has 
had  its  scheme  of  tracheation  worked  out,  so  that  this  final  court 
of  appeal  is  denied  to  us. 

It  seems  safe  to  lay  down  the  following  rule  to  enable  us  to 
distinguish  at  sight  a  true  media  from  a  pseudo-media,  in  what- 
ever wing  it  might  occur:  —  The  apparent  median  vein,  is  a  true 
viedia  if  the  branches  of  Rs  nearest  the  base  of  the  wiiiy  do  not 
descend  directly  on  to  it,  but  run  long iludu tally  above  and  more 
or  less  parallel  to  it.     If,  hotvever,  one  or  more  of  these  branches 


BY    U.    J.    TlLLYARD. 


243 


descend  upon  the  apparent  meiHan  vein,  then  that  vein  must  be 
considered  to  he  a  pseudo-media. 

The  same  test  cannot,  of  course,  be  applied  to  the  pseudo- 
cubitus,  the  only  sure  arbiter  in  this  case  being  the  pupal  tra- 
cheation.  It  seems,  however,  inherently  probable  that  the  two 
formations  -  pseudo-media  and  pseudo-cubitus— must  go  together: 
since,  if  the  true  media  is  displaced  and  reduced  sufficiently  to 
allow  of  the  formation  of  a  pseudo-media,  it  seems  almost  essen- 
tial that  the  true  cubitus  must  suffer  displacement  and  reduction 
as  well. 


Text-fig.6. — Forewing  and  basal  portion  of  hindwing  of  an   Apochiysid, 
OUgochry)<a  r/rarilis  Esb. -Pet. ,(  x -li)   for  comparison  with  that  of 
ChrysojM.     The  median  fork  (mf)  and  the  limits  of  Mi  and  Mj  in 
the  forewing  cannot  be  clearly  determined. 
Applying  the  above  rule  to  the  wing  of  an  Apochrysid  (Text- 
fig.6),  we  see  at  once  that  the  apparent  media  must  be  a  pseudo- 
media.      Judged,  therefore,   on   this    very   important   point,  the 
Apochrysidcc.  are   true   allies   of   the    Chrysopidce,   and    the    two 
groups  might  perhaps   be   regarded   as  subfamilies   within    the 
single  family  Chri/sojjidrp.     The  ApochrysidcH  are  in  many  wavs 
so  highly  specialised,  that  they  cannot  be   regarded  as  standing 
anywhere   near  the  direct  line   of  descent  of    the   Chrysopidcr. 
They  stand  in  the  same  relationship^  with  the  Chrysopido'  that 
the  genus  Psychopsis  does  to  the  rest  of  tlie  Osmylidoi.    There  is, 
in  fact,  a  very  obvious  convergence  of  venational  pattern  between 
the  Apochrysidfe  and  Psychopsis.      In   both,  the  wing  is  broad, 


244  STUDIES    IN    AUSTRALIAN    NEUROPTKRA,  iii., 

with  a  central  "disc"  and  a  broad  rim  all  round  it;  in  both,  So, 
K  and  Rs  unite  before  the  tip  of  the  wing,  and  the  disc  is  closed 
distally  by  a  gradate  series  of  cross-veins.  All  these  characters 
are  almost  certainly  the  result  of  convergence.  The  only  archaic 
character  common  to  the  two  groups  is  the  basal ly-placed  origin 
of  Rs  in  both  wings.  It  seems  to  me  that  the  Apochnjsidoi  lie 
far  off  the  main  line  of  descent  of  the  Chrysopidoi,  and  that  it  is 
useless  to  attempt  to  derive  the  latter  from  Apochrysid-like 
ancestors. 

The  stages  by  which  the  original  plan  of  a  true  media  and 
cubitus,  with  branches  of  Rs  running  above  them,  and  all  more 
or  less  parallel  (the  archaic  Osmylid  pattern),  gave  place  to  the 
Chrysopid  pattern,  are  quite  easily  conceived,  when  it  is  remem- 
bered that  the  pseudo-media  and  pseudo-cubitus  are,  in  reality, 
for  all  except  the  most  basal  portions  of  their  lengths,  true 
Banksian  lines.  It  will  not  be  necessary  to  repeat  the  diagrams 
given  in  No.l  of  this  series  of  Studies  {I.e.,  p. 748,  Text  fig. 10), 
in  which  the  formation  of  a  Banksian  Line  in  Myrmthontidcc 
was  contrasted  with  the  formation  of  a  Gradate  Series  in  Chry- 
sopid(P,  and  both  were  developed  from  the  archaic  Osmylid  forma- 
tion. It  is  only  necessary  to  understand  that  what  we  have 
discovered  in  this  paper  is  the  fact  that  only  the  distal  branches 
of  Rs,  in  Chrysopa,  develop  gradate  cross-veins,  whereas  the 
proximal  branches  of  Rs  develop  Banksian  Lines  (M' and  (Ju') 
and  thus  behave  in  the  same  manner  as  tlie  distal  branches  of 
Rs  in  the  Myrmeleontidm.  A  combination,  then,  of  the  two 
series  of  diagrams,  for  the  two  portions  of  tlie  Chrysopid  wing, 
will  bring  about  the  required  result.  In  this  connection,  we 
might  also  study  with  profit  the  irregular  series  of  cross-veins 
between  Rs  and  M'  in  Oliyochrysa.  We  must  also,  of  course, 
allow  that,  from  the  very  beginning,  the  true  media  and  cubitus 
became  encroached  upon  by  the  branches  of  Rs,  until  they  finally 
underwent  sucli  reduction  and  displacement  as  we  now  see  in 
Chrysopa. 

We  may  postulate,  then,  for  the  Chryso2nd(e,  an  ancesti-al 
wing-form  (Text-fig.7)  in  which  the  radial  sector  arose  close  to 
the  base  in  both  wings,  and  ran  evenly  parallel  to  and  under  the 


r.Y    R.    J.    TILLYAKD. 


lib 


radius.  Sc,  R,  and  Rs  did  not  unite  before  the  tip  of  the  wing. 
The  branches  of  Rs  were  numerous,  and  tended  to  run  down- 
wards obliquely  across  the  wing,  rather  than  to  turn  and  run 
parallel  to  and  beneath  Rs.  M  was  two-branched,  as  was  also 
Cu.  Both  were  moderately  short,  and  tended  to  curve  down- 
wards to  the  posterior  border  of  the  wing,  so  as  to  run  parallel 
with  the  more  proximal  branches  of  lis.  Three  anal  s'eins  were 
present,  all  short.  The  cross-veins  between  the  branches  of  Rs 
tended  to  become  arranged  in  series,  with  elimination  of  those 
that  were  unsuitably  placed.  Text-fig.7  shows  a  hypothetical 
ancestral  Chrysopid  wing  conceived  on  these  lines. 

Sc       ?  T^s 


^,0  ^7  ^'  ^^ 


Text-fig.7. — Hj-^pothetical  ancestral  wing-fonn  of  tlie  Chrysopidcp. 
Paloeontology  here  comes  in,  and  affords  us  valuable  proof 
that  our  theory  of  Chrysopid  descent  has  a  solid  basis  of  fact. 
Text-fig.8  shows  the  wing  of  }fesochrysopa  zitteli  Meunier,  from 
the  Lithographic  Chalk  of  Bavaria  (Upper  Jurassic).  This  wing 
was  originally  described  by  Meunier  as  a  Termite  (genus  Hagenio- 
termes),  hut  was  i-e-studied  and  figured  by  Handlirsch  ("Die 
Fossilen  Insekten,"  p.612,  and  Plate  xlviii.,  fig.  14).  This  author 
proposed  the  generic  name  Mesochrysopa  for  it,  and  placed  it  as 
the  unique  representative  of  a  new  family,  Jlesochrysopidte.  His 
comment  on  the  character  of  this  family  is  very  instructive,  if 
read  in  the  light  of  our  new  knowledge  of  Chrysopid  venation. 
He  says  :^"  Diese  Gruppe  bildet  zweifellos  ein  Bindeglied 
zwischen  den  Prohemerobiden  und  Chrysopiden.  JViiterstei'en 
hat  sie  den  noch  ungebrochenen  Radius  gemein,"  (here  he  un- 
doubtedly intended  to  say  "  Radial  sector"  for  "Radius");  "  mit 
letzteren  die  Bildung  des  Cubitus  und  der  Analadern,  sowie  die 


246 


STUDIES    IN    AUSTRALIAN    NEUROPTERA,  iii., 


stufenformigen  Queradern  zwischen  den  Aesten  des  Sector.  Die 
Medialis  ist  noch  urspriinglicher  als  bei  den  Chrysopiden,  bei 
welchen  sie  in  fast  gerader  Richtung  iiber  die  Fliigelmitte  hinaus 
fortgesetzt  und  von  einer  langeren  Reihe  viereckiger  Zellen 
begleitet  ist."  It  seems  clear,  therefore,  that  Handlirsch,  if  he 
had  known  the  true  structure  of  the  media  in  Chrysopa,  would 
have  placed  this  form  considerably  closer  to  the  Chrysopidce  than 
he  did. 


Text-fig.8. — Wing  of  Mesochrysopa  zitteli  Meunier,(  x  2).  Lithographic 
chalk,  Bavaria.  Upper  Jurassic.  (Adapted  from  Handlirsch). 
In  Text-fig.8,  I  have  copied  Handlirsch's  figure  of  this  inter- 
esting fossil,  and  have  added  to  it  my  own  interpretation  of  the 
venation.  Also,  as  the  wing  was  figui-ed  with  the  apex  to  the 
left,  I  have  reversed  it,  to  facilitate  comparison  with  my  other 
figures.  There  are  evidently  twelve  branches  descending  from 
Rs;  these  are  labelled  Sj  to  Sj.^.  The  limits  of  M,  Cu,  and  the 
three  anal  veins  are  clear  enough  proximally  (though  the  ex- 
treme base  of  the  wing  is  lost),  but  the  actual  distal  endings  are 
slightly  in  doubt.  What  is  cleai-,  however,  is  that  both  M  and 
Cu  are  two-branched,  and  of  just  about  the  shape  and  size  pos- 
tulated in  our  hypothetical  Chrysopid  ancestor.  Further,  the 
more  proximally  placed  cross-veins  between  the  branches  of  Rs 
have  begun  to  arrange  themselves  into  two  continuous  series, 
upon  which  I  have  placed  the  labels  M'  and  Cu'  respectively, 
since  I  consider  them  to  represent  the  primitive  formation  of 
pseudo  media  -H  inner  gradate  series  for  the  upper  set,  and  pseudo- 
cubitus  +  outer  gradate  series  for  the  lower  set  respectively. 
They  are  still  very  irregular,  and   one   cross-vein   appears  to  be 


BY    R.    J.    TILLVARD.  247 

missing  between  Mj  and  S^^.  But  such  a  cross-vein  may  well 
have  been  present,  though  not  visible  in  the  fossil.  If  so,  then 
Ml  was  already  linked  up  and  in  line  with  M';  if  not,  a  very 
slight  bulging  of  Sj,  downwards  would  give  the  necessary  con- 
nection. Cui  is  already  linked  up  with  Cu',  though,  it  must  be 
confessed,  very  irregularly  But  it  is  just  from  such  irregular 
and  unstable  forms  as  this  that  the  most  beautiful  and  perfect 
venational  specialisations  often  spring. 

The  condition  of  JVli  and  M.,  in  this  fossil  is  very  interesting, 
and  leads  me  to  suggest  that  the  wing  was  a  forewing.  For 
there  is  already  a  weak  median  arculus  present  between  Mj  and 
Gui  (at  the  point  where  Mj  leaves  Mj).  Moreover,  M,  is  pecu- 
liarly curved,  so  that,  of  the  three  elongated  cells  marked  ofi"  by 
cross-veins  between  it  and  Mj,  the  middle  is  already  the  narrow- 
est. If,  therefore,  at  the  time  when  M'  definitely  functioned 
with  Ml,  a  further  strengthening  were  needed,  it  would  only  be 
necessary  for  the  middle  cell  to  close  completely  up,  and  we 
should  have  the  exact  formation  found  in  the  forewing  of 
Chrysopa. 

The  other  obvious  points  in  which  Mesochrysopa  diiTers  from 
Chrysopa  are  just  such  as  we  might  expect  in  an  older  and  more 
generalised  type  of  wing.  The  distal  veinlets  in  the  costal  space 
are  forked,  so  are  the  endings  of  R,  Rs,  and  all  its  branches. 
Below  Cu',  the  branches  of  Rs  descend  a  considerable  distance 
before  they  reach  the  wing-border,  and  are  separated  by 
two  irregularly-placed  rows  of  cross-veins.  These  cross- veins 
must  have  all  disappeared,  and  the  distance  between  Cu'  and  the 
border  must  have  become  considerably  lessened,  before  this  por- 
tion of  the  wing  could  take  on  the  true  Chrysopid  facies.  As 
for  the  distal  forks,  quite  a  considerable  number  of  them  remain 
in  Chrysopa  {df  in  Plate  x.),  but  they  have  disappeared  in  the 
pterostigmatic  region,  and  from  the  ends  of  several  of  the  most 
proximal  and  most  distal  of  the  branches  of  Rs,  leaving  only 
the  middle  branches  forked.  We  must  note  also  that,  in  Meso- 
chrysopa, Rs  is  still  "ungebrochenen."  The  weakly  zig-zag  course 
of  this  vein  in  Chrysopa  is  a  well-known  form  of  specialisation, 
of  frequent  occurrence—  for  instance,  in  the   veins  of  Agrionid 


248  STUDIES    IN    AUSTRALIAN    NEUROPTKRA,  iii. 

Draofonflies.  Alternation  of  straight  and  weaklv  zie-zaffced 
longitudinal  veins  is  a  very  advantageous  and  specialised  arrange 
ment,  and  is  developed  to  perfection  in  Chrysojya,  where  R  is 
straight,  Rs  zig-zagged,  M'  straight  and  Cu'  zig-zagged. 

We  may  conclude,  then,  that  Mesochrysopa  stood  very  near, 
if  not  actualh'  upon,  the  line  of  descent  of  our  recent  Chryso- 
pidrc..  As  this  is  an  Upper  Jurassic  form,  the  rise  of  the  true 
Chrysopidfe  probably  began  in  the  Cretaceous.  About  this  time, 
or  perhaps  in  the  Eocene,  our  present  Aphides  became  developed 
(man)'  species  are  known  from  the  Lower  Oligocene).  As  the 
Chrysopid  larvte  feed  upon  Aphides  and  similar  insects,  the 
evolution  of  the  two  groups  must  have  proceeded  step  by  step 
together,  until  the  present  intimate  association  became  fuUv 
established. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATES  X.,  X.  his.  XI. 
Plates  x.-x.  Iiis  (Tran.spareney). 
Tlie  iniaginal  venation  of  Ckrysopa  fiignata  Walker,  is  shown,  much 
enlai'ged.  in  black,  on  Plate  x.  Superimposed  upon  it,  in  red,  on  the 
transparencj',  is  a  diagrannuatic  scheme  of  the  pupal  tiaclieation,  to 
enable  the  reader  to  trace  the  intricate  formation  of  the  pseudo-media  and 
pseudo-cubitus. 

lA,  2A,  3A,  the  three  anal  veins — B1-B4,  the  four  Banksian  sectors 
(  —  87-8,0) — /*,  upper,  and  h' ,  lower  Banksian  cells— C,  costa — Cu,  cubitus 
— Cuj,  its  upper,  Cu,,  its  lower  branch — Cu',  pseudo-cubitus — cu,  cubital 
cell — fuf,  cubital  fork — cuf\  second  cubital  fork — df,  distal  forks — (j, 
inner,  //',  outer  series  of  gradate  veins — leu,  intra-cubital  cell  of  hindwing 
icux-icu-i,  the  three  intra-cubital  cells  of  forewing — ///i],  iin_,  first  and 
second  intra-median  cells — M,  media — M,,  its  upper,  M.,,  its  lower  branch 
— M',  pseudo-media — m^-m^,  median  cells — ma,  median  arculus — mf, 
median  fork — ml,  median  loop  ( =  "divisory  veinlef  of  Banks) — p,  pos- 
terior cells — pt,  pterostigma — R,  radius — rf,  radial  fork — Rs,  radial  sector 
— 8^-81 0,  its  branches — Sc,  subcosta — w.f,  subcostal  cross-vein — t,  minute 
triangle  (  —  remnant  of  first  upper  Banksian  cell  in  hindwing) — x,  false 
origin  of  Rs  in  hindwing. 

Plate  xi.  (Photomicrographs). 
Fig.  1. — Tracheation  of  pupal  wings  of  ChryAopa  xijnata  Walker,  (  x  40). 

Pupa  one  day  old. 
Fig. 2. — Forewing  and  a  small  portion  of  hindwing  of  same,  (  x  66). 
Fig.3. — Hindwing  of  pupa  of  Chrympa  A,  (  x  27)  to  show  rucking  of  the 

wing.      Pupa  nearly  three  days  old. 


249 


A    THIRD    CONTRIBUTION    TO    A    KNOWLEDGE    OF 
THE  LEPIDOPTEROUS  FAUNA  OF  EBOR  SCRUB, 

N.S.W. 

By  a.  Jefferis  Turner,  M.D.,  F.E.S. 

I  paid  four  visits  to  this  scrub  this  year,  the  dates  being  Jan- 
uary 3rd,  5th,  7th,  and  11th,  and  made  128  captures  belonging 
to  40  species.  Of  these,  2 '2  species  have  been  already  recorded 
by  me.  Of  the  remaining  18,  there  are  six  species  which  have 
been  recorded  from  other  localities,  and  12  are  here  described  as 
new.  I  describe  also  a  very  interesting  Geometrid  captured  in 
1914,  but  overlooked  in  my  previous  papers;  it  constitutes  a  new 
and  primitive  genus  of  the  Acidaliancr. 

This  further  material  confirms  without  modifying  my  previous 
conclusions.  We  are  here  dealing  with  a  small  but  highly 
peculiar  fauna,  which  has  distinct  relationship  to  that  of  Mount 
Tambourine  in  Queensland,  and,  to  a  less  extent,  to  that  of 
Victoria.  The  number  of  recognised  species  (excluding  those 
undetermined)  amounts  to  69,  and,  of  these,  only  24  are 
known  from  other  localities.  Of  the  (Ecophorivice,  in  which  the 
fauna  is  particularly  rich,  there  are  26  species,  of  which  21  are 
not  known  to  occur  elsewhere;  of  the  Tortricidce,  the  corres- 
ponding numbers  are  13  and  7;  of  the  Geometridoi,  10  and  4. 

Fam.  ARCTIAD^. 

Thallarcha  erotis  Turn.      One  $  rather   rubbed.     Expansion 
1  6  mm. 

Fam.  GEOMETRID^. 

Subfam.   Larentian^. 
Eulype  leiicophragma  Meyr.      One  ,J,  two  9- 
Diploctena  panttea  Turn.     One  ^,  two  $,  all  in  poor  condition. 

19 


250  LRPIDOPTERA    OF    EBOR    SCRUB,    N.S.W.,  iii., 

8ubf  am .  G  e  o  m  r  t  r  i  n  ^ . 
Prasinocyma  lychnopasto.  Turn.     Three  (J;  in  two  of  these,  6 
is  stalked  shortly  with  7;  and,  in  two,  11  anastomoses  first  with 
12,  and  then  with  10. 

Subfani.   B  o  a  r  m  i  a  n  ^. 

PhilolocJima  celcvnochroa  Turn.  One  (J,  two  5,  showing  no 
variation  in  the  neu ration. 

Planolocha  taUoptis  Meyr.  Three  ^.  This  species  and  the 
preceding  were  beaten  out  of  the  dead  fronds  of  treeferns. 

Fam.  PYRALID^. 

Aboetheta  pteridonoma  Turn.      Thirteen  ^,  three  9. 

Fam.  TORTRICID^. 

Capua  paraloxa  Meyr.     One  Q. 
Capita  hedyma  Turn.      Two  ^. 
Cnephasia  thiopasta  Turn.     Two  9. 

Fam.  TINEID^. 

Subfam.  OCcophorin^. 

Dasycerca  apvcrypha  Turn.      Three  ^. 

Ocystola  symhleta  Turn.      Three  ^. 

Coesyra  baihrophcea  Turn.  Six  9.  Apparently  the  ^  should 
be  sought  for  earlier  in  the  season. 

desyra  syneches  Turn.      Three  ^. 

Protomacha  leucophara  Turn.  Four  (J,  one  5.  Antennal 
ciliations  oi  ^  \. 

Philobota  alypa  Turn.     One  ^       Antennal  ciliations  6. 

Philobota  isomora  Turn.      One  ^,  one  Q. 

Eutorna  eurygramma  Meyr.     One  ^. 

Subfam.  Amphitherin^. 
Enchoptila  idiopis  Turn.  Thirteen  ^,  six  J.  This  species 
was  plentiful,  and  readily  obtained  by  beating  the  dead  fronds 
of  the  treeferns.  The  eyes  are  not  divided  as  in  Amphithera, 
but  are  strongly  indented  on  their  posterior  edge  by  a  median 
process,  which  reaches  about  |  across.     The.  (J,  i"  addition  to  a 


BY    A.    JEFFERIS    TURNER.  251 

large,  abdominal  tuft,  has  a   pair  of  hair-tufts  from  the  under- 
surface  of  the  penultimate  segment. 

Subfam.   T  I  N  E  I  N  iE . 
Narycia  ( Xysmatodoma)  polystona  Turn.     Two  ^;  fore  wings 
darker  than  in  ^i  being  more  generally  sufiFused  with  fuscous,  but 
pale  sub-basal  dorsal  blotch  well  marked;  antennal  ciliations  1. 

Fam.  LYMANTRIAD^. 

PORTHESIA    EUTHYSANA. 

Porthesia  euthysana  Turn.,  Trans.  R.  Soc.S.  Aust.,  1902,  p.l75. 

Four  (J  examples.  I  took  also  a  $  at  rest  on  a  rock  in  the 
gorge  beneath  Ebor  Falls.  The  species  was  previously  known 
only  from  Mount  Tambourine,  Queensland.  The  Ebor  males 
have  the  yellowish  dorsal  fringe  on  forewing.'-  less  marked,  and 
the  blackish  colour  on  the  dorsum  of  abdomen  restricted  to  the 
basal  segments. 

Fam.  GEOMETRID^. 
Subfam.   Acidalian^. 

EOIS    HALMiEA. 

Acidalia  halmcea  Meyr.,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.  S.  Wales,  1887, 
p.846. 

I  took  five  (J  examples  of  this  variable  species  in  the  Scrub. 
A  widely  distributed  species,  occurring  also  in  Queensland  : 
Nambour,  Brisbane,  Mt.  Tambourine,  Toowoomba. — K.S.W.  : 
Sydney,   Bulli,  Kiama. —  Yic:  Gisborne.— Tasm.:  George's  Bay. 

Gen.  Prototypa,  n.g. 

TrpwTOTi'TTOs,  primitive. 

Face    smooth.      Tongue   well-developed.       Palpi    moderately 

long,  projecting  well  beyond  frons,  shortly  rough-haired,  porrect; 

terminal  joint  minute.     Antennae  of  ^  dentate,  ciliated.     Thorax 

not  hairy  beneath.     Posterior  tibise  of  ^  slender,  with  two  pairs 

of  spurs.     Forewings  with   2  from  4,   5   from  above  middle,    6 

separate,  7,  8,  9  stalked  from   before  end  of  cell,  10  arising  from 

cell  and  anastomosing  with   1 1  and  9   to  form  a  double  areole. 

Hindwings  with   3   and   4  widely  separate  at  origin,  5  well-de- 


252         LEPIDOPTERA  OF  EBOR  SCRUB,  N.S.W.,  iii., 

veloped,  from  middle  of  cell,  6  and  7  separate,  8  not  connected 
with  cell,  but  closely  approximated  from  near  base  to  middle. 

Certainly  a  primitive  genus  in  this  subfamily,  probably  the 
most  primitive  known.  The  neuration  of  the  forcwings  and  the 
structure  of  the  male  posterior  tibia?  agree  with  Rhodostrophia 
Hb.,  which,  however,  has  6  and  7  of  hindwings  stalked.  Auta- 
nepsia  Turn.,  agrees  in  antennal  structure,  but  has  also  6  and  7  of 
hindwings  stalked,  and  has  lost  the  middle  spurs  of  the  posterior 
tibife  in  the  ^.  Independently  of  these  differences,  the  structure 
of  8  of  hindwings  is  more  similar  to  that  of  the  ii onoctenianct 
and  Boarmimue  than  of  other  Acidaliance;  but  the  neuration  of 
the  forewings  clearly  shows  that  the  genus  belongs  to  the  latter 
group. 

Prototvpa  dryina,  e.sp. 
^pvivo<i,  of  tlie  woods. 

$.  25  mm.  Head  whitish,  face  pale  ochreous.  Palpi  1^;  pale 
ochreous,  towards  base  whitish.  Antennae  whitish;  in  $  dentate, 
ciliations  1.  Thorax  and  abdomen  whitish.  Legs  whitish: 
anterior  pair  fuscous-whitish.  Forewings  triangular,  costa  nearly 
straight,  apex  pointed,  termen  bowed,  oblique,  whitish;  a  slender, 
pale  fuscous  line  from  f  dorsum  towards,  but  not  reaching,  costa 
a  little  before  apex;  a  pale  fuscous  terminal  line;  cilia  whitish. 
Hindwings  with  termen  gently  rounded,  whitish;  a  pale  fuscous 
terminal  line;  cilia  whitish. 

One  specimen,  taken  on  January  7th,  1914.  This  species  was 
overlooked  in  my  previous  papers  on  the  scrub-fauna. 

Subfam.  B  o  a  r  m  i  a  n  J5 . 
Gen.  Lyelliana,  n.g. 
Frons  smooth  or  with  a  triangular,  anterior  tuft  of  scales. 
Tongue  well-developed.  Palpi  rather  long,  porrect,  shortly 
rough-haired;  terminal  joint  short,  concealed.  Antennse  of  $ 
bipectinate,  apex  simple.  Thorax  not  crested;  hairy  beneath. 
Femora  smooth-scaled  or  slightly  hair}'.  Posterior  tibiae  of  ^ 
not  dilated.  Forewings  oblong,  base  of  costa  very  strongly 
arched;  in  ^  with  a  well-marked  fovea;  10  long-stalked  with  7, 
8,  9,  11  from  cell  free  or  connected  with  12.  Hindwings  broader 
than  forewings;  neuration  normal. 


BY    A.    JEPFERlS    TURNER.  ^53 

Characterised  b}'  the  peculiar  shape  of  forewings,  broader 
liiud wings,  and  the  long-stalking  of  vein  10.  I  dedicate  thei 
genus  to  Mr.  Geo.  Lyell,  who  has  given  me  so  much  generous 
help.  In|  addition  to  the  following,  I  have  two  undescribed 
species,  one  from  Ait.  Tambourine,  Queensland,  and  one  from 
Victoria. 

Lyelliana  ph.eochlora,  n.sp. 
<f)aioxX(i)iio'i,  du.sky  green. 

(J^.  42 -16  mm.  Head  fuscous,  crown  pale  green,  face  witli 
anterior  tuft.  Palpi  2^;  fuscous  mixed  with  ocineous-whitish. 
Antennse  fuscous-grey;  pectinations  in  ^  4,  apical  j'.,  simple. 
Thorax  pale  green  mixed  with  fuscous.  Abdomen  ochreous- 
whitish.  Legs  fuscous,  tibiae  and  tarsi  annulated  with  ochreous- 
whitish;  posterior  pair  wholly  ochreous-whitish.  Forewings 
oblong,  costa  very  strongly  arched  at  base,  thence  nearly  straight, 
apex  rectangular,  termen  strongly  bowed,  slightly  oblique;  pale 
green  marked  and  strigulated  with  dark  fuscous  and  partly 
suffused  with  fuscous;  basal  arch  of  costa  edged  with  long  scales; 
an  incomplete  sub-basal  line  from  costa;  a  dentate  line  from  ^ 
costa  to  ^  dorsum,  angled  in  disc;  a  dentate  line  from  costa 
before  middle  to  mid-dorsum;  a  circular,  pale-centred,  discal  spot 
beyond  middle;  a  line  from  |  costa  to  ^  dorsum  sharply  and 
finely  dentate;  a  dentate  subterminal  line;  a  terminal  series  of 
blackish  dots;  cilia  grey.  Hind  wings  with  termen  rounded, 
wavy  towards  apex;  grey-whitish,  towards  termen  pale  fuscous; 
an  indistinct,  fuscous,  subterminal  line:  a  blackish  terminal  line, 
sometimes  obsolete;  cilia  grey-whitish.     Underside  pale  fuscous. 

Two  examples,  one  of  each  sex,  beaten  from  undergrowth,  and 
taken  on  the  wing. 

Fam.  TORTKICID^. 
iStiljfam.  T  o  r  t  h  i  c  i  x  x.. 

ISOCHORISTA    HELOTA. 

Isochorista  helola  Meyr.,  Proc.  liinn.  Soc.  N.  S.  Wales,  1910, 
p.  168. 

One  (J  example.  Also  from  N.S.W.:  BuUi.  —  Vic:  Healesville. 
— Tasm.:  Deioraine. 


254         LEPIDOPTERA  OF  EBOR  SCRUB,  N.S.W.,  iii., 

Capua  sp. 
One  example,  apparently  of  the  species  noted  in  these  Pro- 
ceedings, 1915,  p  189. 

Capua  euzoxa,  n.sp, 
ei'^irji'os",  well  girdled. 

(^.10-1 2  mm.  Head  and  palpi  pale  hrown.  Antennse  pale 
brown  annulated  with  blackish;  cilia  in  (J  1.  Thorax  pale 
brown,  with  a  prominent,  posterior,  dark  fuscous  crest.  Abdo- 
men fuscous  gradually  darkening  to  apex,  extreme  base  pale 
brown.  Legs  fuscous;  tarsi  annulated  with  ochreous- whitish: 
posterior  pair,  except  tarsi,  ochreous-whitish.  Forewings  moder- 
ate, somewhat  dilated  posteriorly,  costa  rather  strongly  arched, 
apex  rounded,  termen  nearly  straight,  oblique;  without  costal 
fold  in  J";  pale  brown;  a  dark  fuscous  line  from  J  costa  to  ^ 
dorsum,  rather  acutely  angled  on  fold,  outlining  basal  patch, 
which  is  scarcely  darker  than  groundcolour;  a  well  marked, 
nearly  transverse,  dark  fuscous,  median  fascia,  its  anterior  edge 
well-defined,  sinuate,  its  posterior  edge  suffused;  two  dark  fus- 
cous, costal  dots  follow  this,  and  then  a  triangular,  costal,  sub- 
apical  spot;  a  slender,  fuscous,  terminal  line;  cilia  pale  brownish 
barred  with  fuscous,     flind wings  and  cilia  fuscous  grey. 

Distinguishable  by  tlie  dark,  transverse,  median  fascia.  One 
^  example.  I  also  took  two  examples  under  a  waterfall,  six 
miles  from  the  Scrub.  Also  from  Queensland  :  Killarnev,  in 
November.     In  all,  five  examples,  all  ^. 

Capua  crypserythra,  n.sp. 

Kpv\pepx>dpos,  with  hidden  red. 
^.17  mm.  [Head  and  thorax  rubbed.  Palpi  broken].  An- 
tenniB  whitish,  upper  surface  finely  barred  with  dark  fuscous. 
[Thorax  rubbedj.  Abdomen  pale  grey.  Legs  ochreous-whitish; 
anterior  tibioe  and  all  tarsi  annulated  with  fuscous.  Forewings 
broad,  posteriorly  dilated,  costa  strongly  arched,  apex  rectangular, 
termen  slightly  sinuate,  rounded  towards  tornus;  dark  grey  ob- 
scurely reticulated  with  reddish-orange;  costa  finely  strigulated 
with  dark  fuscous;  a  semilunar,  whitish  blotch  on  dorsum,  not 
extending  to  base  or  tornus,  on  this  the  reddish-orange  reticula- 


BY    A.    .tEFFERtS    TURNEK.  ^55 

tions  are  conspicuous;  cilia  fuscous,  with  an  obscure,  median, 
reddish  line,  apices  whitish.  Hindwings  with  termen  strongly 
sinuate:  grey-whitish  obscurely  strigulated  with  grey;  cilia  grey- 
whitish. 

One  example. 

Subf am.   C  o  s  M  o  p  x  K  K  y  g  i  N  ^ . 

,MlCROCOLONA    CELiENGSPILA,   n.sp. 
K€A,an'oo"7riAos,  dark-spotted- 

^2-  9-10  ™"^  Head  pale  fuscous  Palpi  whitish;  second 
joint  dark  fuscous  anteriorly  exeept  at  apex;  terminal  joint  with 
basal,  median,  and  apical  dark  fuscous  rings.  Antennae  fuscous. 
Thorax  dark  fuscous,  with  a  posterior  whitish  spot.  Abdomen 
dark  fuscous.  Legs  fuscous,  inferior  surface  and  tarsal  annula- 
tions  whitish.  Forewings  narrow;  whitish  suffused  with  grey, 
especially  towards  costa,  and  with  scanty,  dark  fuscous  irrora- 
tion;  a  blackish  discal  dot  narrowly  ringed  with  whitish  at  |,  a 
second  preceding  first  on  fold,  a  third  similar  to  first  in  disc  at 
^:  a  blackish,  apical  dot  surrounded  with  whitish;  cilia  dark 
grey.     Hindwings  narrowly  lanceolate;  grey;  cilia  grey. 

Three  examples,  two  ^  in  good  condition,  and  a  wasted  $. 

H0PL0PHANES(?)  LITHOCOLLETA,  n.Sp. 
XidoKoXXifTos,  inlaid  with  precious  stones. 
^.  9  mm.  Head  and  palpi  ochreous-whitish.  Antennae  grey; 
basal  joint  ochreous-whitish.  Thorax  whitish-ochreous.  Abdo- 
men grey.  Legs  ochreous-whitish  ;  anterior  tibiae  and  tarsi 
fuscous  anteriorly;  posterior  tibiae  grey  on  upper  surface.  Fore- 
wings  rather  broadly  lanceolate;  ochreous,  suffused  with  whitish 
towards  base  and  before  apex;  a  lustrous,  opaline,  median  streak 
from  base  to  .^,  edged  with  fuscous;  a  similar  and  nearly  parallel 
streak  from  costa  near  base  extending  an  equal  distance;  a  short, 
transverse,  opaline  mark  on  midcosta;  an  opaline  spot  on  dorsum 
before  tornus,  and  another  on  tornus,  the  former  thickly  edged 
with  blackish;  a  transverse,  dark  fuscous  line  from  beneath  | 
costa  extending  |  across  disc;  a  large,  apical,  fuscous  spot;  cilia 
fuscous,  on  costa,  beneath  apex,  and  on  tornus  whitish-ochreous. 
Hindwings  lanceolate,  acute;  grey;  cilia  grey. 


256  LEPIDOPTERA    OF    EBOR   SCRUB,    N.S.W.,  iii., 

I  doubt  whether  this  is  a  true  Hoplophanes,  but  think  it  best 
included  in  this  genus  provisionally.  One  example,  taken  flying 
in  the  sunshine. 

Subfani.  Xyloryctin^. 

Gen.  Xylomimetes,  n.gen. 
^vAo/xtjLiT/TT/s,  an  imitator  of  wood. 

Palpi  moderately  long,  ascending,  recurved;  second  joint  long, 
reaching  base  of  antennje,  thickened  with  closely  appressed 
scales,  rather  strongly  expanded  at  apex;  terminal  joint  about  | 
second,  more  slender,  smooth,  acute.  Antennse  of  ^  slightly 
serrate,  shortly  ciliated.  Thorax  not  crested.  Forewings  with 
tufts  of  raised  scales  in  disc  on  upper  surface;  2  from  |,  7  absent, 
8  and  9  short-stalked,  or  closely  approximated  at  base  and  for 
some  distance.  Hind  wings  with  3  and  4  connate,  5  weakly 
developed,  6  and  7  connate.  Anterior  tibia?  expanded  with  dense 
hair-scales. 

Type  Pilustibes  Irachyptera  Turn.,  (Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  S.  Aust., 
1900,  p. 6).  A  very  distinct  genus,  most  nearly  allied  to  Filostibes 
Meyr. 

Xylomimetes  scholastis,  n.sp. 
o-\oA(/.crTis,  .sluggish. 
(J.  40  mm.  Head  white,  base  of  sidetufts  and  face  brownish. 
Palpi  brownish,  terminal  joint  and  apex  of  .second  joint  white. 
Antennse  brown-whitish;  ciliations  in  ^  |.  "Thorax  whitish, 
posteriorly  brownish-tinged.  Abdomen  whitish;  second  segment 
and  bases  of  succeeding  segments  on  dorsum  ferruginous  irrorated 
with  whitish.  Legs  brown- whitish;  posterior  pair  whitish. 
Forewings  oblong,  somewhat  dilated  posteriorly,  costa  moder- 
ately arched  near  base  and  apex,  in  middle  nearly  straight,  apex 
rounded,  termen  slightly  oblique,  rounded  beneath;  four,  strong 
tufts  of  raised  scales,  one  at  base  of  dorsum,  one  on  fold  about 
middle,  and  one  at  each  posterior  angle  of  cell;  pale  whitish- 
brown;  a  broad,  suffused,  white,  costal  streak,  narrow  at  base, 
and  not  reaching  apex;  a  fine,  blackish,  longitudinal  streak  from 
^  to  middle  along  upper  edge  of  cell;  two  or  three,  fine,  short, 
similar  streaks   on    veins  beyond    middle;    cilia   pale  brownish 


BY    A.    .TEFFRRIS    TURKER.'  f2P)7 

barred  with  whitish.  Hind  wings  considerably  Iji'oader  than 
forewings;  ochreous-whitish;  cilia  ochreous-whitisli. 

Closely  allied  to  A',  trachyptera.  which  is  also  a  scrub-species. 

One  example,  beaten  from  undeigrowth.  It  fell  to  the  ground 
and  remained  motionless,  exactly  resembling  a  fragment  of  dead 
wood. 

Subfam.   Q^coPHORiN.i:. 

EULACHNA    XAXTHOSPILA,   n.sp. 
^avdou-TTiXos.,  jellow-ypotted. 

(J.  9  12  mm.  Head  blackish,  lower  edge  of  face  ochreous. 
Palpi  ochreous;  terminal  joint  dark  fuscous.  Antennfe  blackisli; 
ciliations  in  (J  1-i.  Thorax  and  abdomen  blackish.  Legs  black- 
ish; coxse  and  femora  ochreous;  tibiae  and  tarsi  annulated  with 
ochreous.  Forewings  narrow,  posteriorly  somewhat  dilated, 
costa  slightly  arched,  apex  round-pointed,  terraen  very  obliquely 
rounded;  blackish;  markings  ochreous-yellow,  a  narrow,  oblique, 
sub-basal  fascia  from  base  of  costa  gradually  expanding  towards 
dorsum;  a  costal  spot  just  beyond  I,  and  another  just  beyond  g; 
a  larger  spot  on  |  dorsum,  with  an  acute  apex  reaching  mid-disc; 
cilia  blackish.  Hind  wings  ovate-lanceolate;  dark  fuscous;  cilia 
dark  fuscous. 

Two  (J  examples. 

OCYSTOLA    OXYTONA,   n.sp. 
d^'iToi'os,  sharp. 

(J.  lJ-14mm.  Head  and  thorax  yellow.  Palpi  ochreous, 
terminal  joint  and  a  broad  subapical  ring  on  second  joint  dark 
fuscous.  Antennae  pale  yellow  annulated  with  blackish;  cilia- 
tions  in  (J  6.  Abdomen  grey.  Legs  grey;  anterior  coxae,  middle, 
and  posterior  femora  ochreous-wliitish;  anterior  tarsi  annulated 
with  ochreous-whitish.  Forewings  narrow,  costa  gently  arched, 
apex  acute,  termen  very  obliquely  rounded;  yellow;  a  broad, 
fuscous,  terminal  band;  a  transverse,  dark  fuscous,  discal  mark 
at  §,  confluent  with  terminal  band;  cilia  yellow,  on  tornus  fus- 
cous.    Hindwings  ovate-lanceolate;  dark  grey;  cilia  dark  grey. 

Two  (J  examples. 


258         LEPIDOPTERA  OF  EBOK  SCRUB,  X.S.AV.,  iii., 

CfESYRA   BASILICA  Meyr. 

Ctesyra  basilica  Meyr.,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.  S.  Wales,  1884 
p.770. 

One  9  example  in  poor  condition,  probably  referable  to  tliis 
species. 

Also  from  N.S.W.  :  Sydney,  Kiama.— Vic.  :  Melbourne. — 
Tasm.:   Hobart. — S.A.:  Wallaroo. 

Philobota  anarkecta  Meyr. 

Philohota  anarrecta  Meyr.,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.  Wales.  1888, 
p.l620. 

Antennal  ciliations  of  ^  6.  Two  examples,  one  of  each  sex. 
Also  from  N.S.W.:  Mt.  Kosciusko(4,000  ft.).-  Vic:  Melbourne, 
(jisborne. 

EULECHRIA    EMBOLOGRAMMA,  n.Sp. 
€/Lt^oAoy/3a/x//,os,  wedge-marked. 

(J.  12-14  ram.  Head  vvhitisli-ochreous.  Palpi  dark  fuscous; 
terminal  joint  and  apex  of  second  joint  wliitish-ochreous.  An- 
tennie  fuscous,  ciliations  of  J"  1.  Thorax  wliitish-ochreous; 
patagiadark  fuscous.  Abdomen  grey,  apices  of  segments  whitish, 
tuft  whitish-ochreous.  Legs  fuscous;  posterior  pair  wliitish- 
ochreous.  Forewings  moderate,  not  dilated,  costa  rather  strongly 
arched,  apex  rounded,  terraen  obliquely  rounded;  whitish-och- 
reous; markings  blackish-fuscous;  a  broad,  wedge-shaped,  basal 
fascia,  produced  on  costa  to  f;  a  triangular  spot  on  costa  beyond 
middle;  an  oblique  streak  from  tornus  towards  but  not  reaching 
costal  spot;  a  triangular,  costal  spot  before  apex  giving  rise  to  a 
subterrainal  series  of  dots,  which  reaches  tornus;  several  terminal 
dots;  cilia  whitish-ochreous  with  a  few  fuscous  scales,  on  costa 
before  apex  fuscous.  Hindwings  grey-whitish;  cilia  ochreous- 
whitish. 

Two  ^  examples. 

EuLECHRIA    STRAMENTARIA,   n.Sp. 

Stramentarius,  straw-coloured. 

9.18  mm.     Head   whitish-ochreous.      Palpi  whitish-ochreous; 

external    surface  of  second  joint  dark   fuscous  except  at  apex. 

Antennae  grey.     Thorax  whitish-ochreous.     Abdomen  ochreous- 

whitish,  bases  of  segments  ochreous-brown.     Legs  fuscous;  pos- 


BY    A.    JEFFERIS    TURNER.  259 

terior  pair  whitish-ochreous.  Forewings  moderate,  not  dilated, 
costa  gently  arched,  apex  rounded,  ternien  obliquely  rounded; 
whitish-ochreous;  markings  blackish-fuscous,  a  large  spot  on  base 
of  costa;  a  spot  on  costa  at  j  giving  off  a  fine  oblique  line  to 
near  base  of  dorsum,  a  spot  on  midcosta;  a  minute  discal  dot  at 
I,  a  second  beneath  it  on  fold,  and  a  larger  transverse  mark  at 
I;  a  spot  on  ;]  costa  giving  off  a  curved,  subterminal  line  to 
tornus;  this  is  preceded  and  followed  by  more  or  less  fuscous 
suffusion;  some  indistinct  terminal  dots;  cilia  whitish-ochreous, 
with  indications  of  a  median  fuscous  line.  Hindwings  grey; 
cilia  whitish-ochreous. 
Two  9  examples. 

EULECHRIA    EXIGUA,  n.sp. 
Kviguus,  little. 

(J.  10-11  mm.  Head  and  thorax  grey-whitish.  Palpi  grey- 
whitish  ;  external  surface  of  second  joint  fuscous.  Antennae 
dark  fuscous;  ciliations  in  ^  3.  Abdomen  ferruginous-ochreous, 
apices  of  segments  and  tuft  grey-whitish.  Legs  fuscous,  tarsi 
with  whitish  annulations ;  posterior  pair,  except  tarsi,  grey- 
whitish.  Forewings  narrow,  costa  gently  arched,  apex  round- 
pointed,  termen  very  obliquely  rounded;  grey-whitish;  base  of 
costa  dark  fuscous;  some  dark  fuscous  irroration  toward  dorsum 
and  termen,  and  a  dark  fuscous  discal  dot  at  |;  cilia  grey-whitish, 
with  a  few  fuscous  scales.  Hindwings  narrow-ovate;  pale  grey; 
cilia  pale  grey. 

Three  J"  examples. 

Barea  pasteodes 

Compsotropha  pasteodes  Turn.,  Proc.  Linn.  boc.  N.  S.  Wales, 
1914,  p.559. 

Nine  ^  examples,  mostly  in  very  good  condition,  in  addition 
to  the  pair  originally  taken.  This  is  a  true  Barea  (Phlceojoola), 
in  spite  of  vein  7  of  forewings  running  beneath  apex.  It  comes 
near  B.  nympldca  Turn. 

Subfam.  L  y  o  N  e  t  i  a  N  .E. 
Bedellia  somnulentella. 

Beddlia  somnulentella  Zel.,  Tsis,  1847,  p. 894;  Meyr.,  Proc. 
Linn.  Soc.  N.  8.  Wales,  1880,  p.  170. 


260         LEPIDOPTERA  OF  EBOR  SCRUB,  X.S.W.,  ill. 

One  example.  Also  from  Q.:  Duariiiga,  Brisbane,  Coolangatta, 
Warwick.  — N.S.W.:  Murwillumbali,  Glen  Innes,  Sydney,  Bulli, 
Batliurst. — Vic:  Warragul.  -Tasm.:  Hobart.— S. A.:  Pt.  Lincoln. 
—  W.A.:  Geraldton.  Also  from  New  Zealand,  Europe,  and 
North  America.  This  insignificant  species  is  one  of  the  most 
generally  distributed. 

Subfam.  T  i  n  e  i  N  ^.. 
Narycia  nemorivaga,  n.sp. 

Nemori raijn'<,  wandering  in  tiie  woods, 
9.15  mm.  Head  white.  Palpi  very  short:  fuscous.  Antennae 
fuscous;  basal  joint  white.  Thorax  dark  fuscous.  Abdomen 
grey;  tuft  whitish-ochreous.  Legs  fuscous:  tarsi  annulated  with 
whitish-ochreous,  posterior  pair  wholly  whitish-ochreous.  Fore- 
wings  elongate-oval,  not  dilated,  costa  rather  strongly  arched, 
apex  round-pointed,  termeii  very  obliquely  rounded;  7  absent; 
white,  on  costa  ochreous-tinged;  markings  dark  fuscous;  a  narrow, 
basal  fascia  slightly  prolonged  on  costa;  a  broad,  slightly  oblique 
fascia  from  \  costa  to  mid-dorsum,  edges  slightly  irregular  but 
approximately  straight  and  parallel;  a  triangular,  subapical 
fascia,  very  broad  on  costa  where  it  is  interrupted  by  a  white 
dot  before  middle,  narrowing  to  tornus;  a  triangular,  apical 
blotch  containing  a  subapical,  white  dot  on  costa;  cilia  fuscous, 
twice  interrupted  by  ochreous-whitish  on  costa,  on  lower  half  of 
termen  and  tornus  ochreous-whitisli.  Hindwings  and  cilia  grey. 
One  9  example. 


261 


PETROLOGICAL  NOTES. 

No.  ii.    The    Relations  between   some   Western   Australian 

Gneissic  and  Granitic  Hocks. 

By  M.  Aurousseau,  B.Sc. 

The  following  notes  are  the  results  of  three  visits  to  Roelands 
and  one  to  Albany.  As  I  may  not  be  able  to  resume  the  work, 
it  is  given  here  as  it  stands.  Detailed  mapping  was  begun  at 
Roelands,  but  was  not  carried  far  enough  to  be  of  value.  Prac- 
tically no  laboratory-work  was  done,  therefore  all  rock-names 
must  be  interpreted  as  field-names  only. 

The  Geology  op  the  Roelands  District. 

Roelands,  11 3|  miles  from  Fremantle,  on  the  South- West 
Railway,  stands  at  the  foot  of  the  Darling  Range  (fault-scarp), 
east  of  Bunbury.  The  surrounding  country  was  examined  by  a 
number  of  traverses  between  the  Collie  and  Brunswick  Rivers, 
as  far  east  as  Shenton  Elbow  on  the  former,  and  Olive  Hill 
Siding  on  the  latter.     The  formations  met  with  are,  in  order  of 


increasing  age- 


Alluvials. 
Laterite. 
Conglomerate. 
Basic  dykes. 
Pegmatites. 
Gneiss. 

Porphyritic  granodiorite. 
The  Alluvials  occur  all  along  the  foot  of  the  range,  and  in  the 
Brunswick  River  Valley,  where  they  are  stratified. 

Laterite  is  sparingly  distributed  as  a  capping  on  the  highest 
hills,  about  two  miles  east  of  the  foot  of  the  range. 

An  outcrop  of  Conglomerate,  to  be  correlated  tentatively  with 
the  Donnybrook  Series,  occui's  as  a  low  hill  between  tlie  railway 
and  the  foot  of   the  range,    but   separated  from  the  range  by 


262  PETROLOGICAL    NOTES,  ii., 

alluvials,  about  a  mile  north  of  Roelands.  The  matrix  is  a  fine- 
grained, reddish-brown  grit,  and  contains  well  rounded  pebbles 
and  boulders  of  pegmatite,  aplite,  light  quartzite,  dark  sandstone, 
and  decomposed,  basic,  igneous  rocks,  from  |"  to  2'  in  diameter. 

The  granodiorite,  gneiss,  basic  dykes,  and  pegmatites  form  all 
the  high  land  east  of  the  railway,  except  where  capped  by  laterite. 
They  are  intimately  associated  in  the  field. 

The  basic  dykes  intrude  the  acid  rocks,  forming  a  plexus,  with 
only  occasional  approaches  to  parallelism.  They  show  no  distinct 
trend,  and  vary  in  width  from  mere  veins  to  50  feet  and  more. 
They  are  coarsely  holocrystalline,  variable  in  grainsize  and 
basicity,  and  appear  in  most  cases  to  be  amphibolitic.  They  are 
often  gneissic,  sometimes  passing  from  a  granitoid  texture  in 
the  middle,  through  a  gneissic  or  schistose  phase,  to  biotite- 
schist  on  the  edges.  They  are  generally  associated  with  gneiss, 
rather  than  granodiorite. 

The  Granodiorite-Porphyry  forms  a  number  of  sporadic  out- 
crops, some  of  which  are  of  large  dimensions,  and  are  fairly  free 
from  basic  dykes.  It  is  well  developed  just  north  of  the  Collie 
River,  half-way  between  Shenton  Elbow  and  the  railway,  also 
around  Olive  Hill  Siding,  and  between  Brunswick  Junction  and 
the  Roelands  quarry.  It  is  a  coarse,  granitic  rock,  with  very 
numerous  felspar-phenocrysts,  up  to  2"  long,  distributed  entirely 
without  arrangement  in  the  most  characteristic  outcrops,  where 
it  weathers  into  small,  rough  tors.  In  the  neighboui'hood  of  the 
gneiss,  it  is  rudely  fluidal. 

The  Gneiss  is  most  varied  in  character,  and  outcrops  as  irregu- 
larly as  the  granodiorite,  but  shows  no  definite  boundarv-rela- 
tions  to  it.  It  is  very  well  exposed  along  the  Collie  Tramway. 
There  is  not  the  slightest  evidence  that  the  granodiorite  intruded 
it.  All  varieties,  from  fine,  even-grained  gneiss  to  coarse  augen- 
gneiss  occur,  some  of  the  latter  bearing  a  suspicious  resemblance 
to  the  fluidal  modification  of  the  granodiorite.  The  foliation 
follows  no  constant  direction;  on  the  other  hand,  it  is  best 
developed  in  the  neighbourhood  of  basic  dykes,  and  runs  parallel 
to  them.  The  more  intense  the  foliation  in  the  basic  dykes,  the 
more  perfect  are  the  neighbouring  gneisses.     In  places,  it  is  much 


BY    M.    AUROUSSEAU.  2ff3 

contorted;  it  is  then  often  associated  with  pegmatites,  and  may 
be  intruded  lit  par-lit  by  amphibolite.  The  contortion  is  well 
shown  in  some  cliffs  on  tlie  north  side  of  the  Brunswick  River 
Valley,  near  post  1997  on  the  Narrogin  railway.  A  zone  of  con- 
tortion seems  to  run  S.W.  through  this  point,  as  it  is  met  in 
several  places  south  of  the  river  too. 

l^he  Pegmatites  are  widely  distributed,  but  are  not  abundant. 
In  the  hills  south-east  of  Olive  Hill  Siding,  they  are  associated 
with  masses  of  a  green,  actinolitic  mineral,  and  an  earlier,  talcose 
mineral,  both  as  yet  undetermined,  the  latter  probably  being  a 
pseudomorph.  These  minerals  also  occur  in  the  pegmatite-out- 
crops on  the  south  side  of  the  small  valley  beyond  Flaherty 
Brook,  S.E.  of  Roelands  quarry. 

The  relations  between  the  granodiorite,  gneiss,  and  basic 
dykes,  were  most  clearly  shown  in  the  Roelands  quarry.  Numer- 
ous dykes  were  exposed,  some  of  which  wei'e  foliated.  In  many 
places,  in  the  main  quarry,  the  granodiorite  Was  seen  to  pass,  in 
the  direction  of  a  basic  dyke,  by  imperceptible  gradations,  into 
a  fine-grained  gneiss  bordering  the  dyke,  its  foliations  running 
parallel  to  the  dyke,  which  was  also  slightly  foliated,  the  edges 
being  biotite-schist.  Undoubtedly  the  gneiss  is  derived  locally 
from  the  granodiorite,  and  its  formation  is  connected  with  the 
basic  dykes.  At  the  south  end  of  the  quarry,  a  section  was  ex- 
posed showing  three  parallel  dykes;  between  the  first  and  second 
from  the  east,  the  granodiorite  was  unaltered,  but  between  the 
second  and  third  was  a  highly  contorted  gneiss,  with  a  few 
felspar- phenocrysts. 

The  change  from  porphyritic  granodiorite  to  fine-grained  gneiss 
is  very  definitely  shown  by  the  felspar-phenocrysts,  in  the  follow- 
ing; arbitrary  stages  in  the  transition  : — 

1.  Unaltered,  porphyritic  granodiorite;  phenocrysts  not 
oriented. 

2.  Phenocrysts  fluidally  oriented. 

3.  Phenocrysts  fiuidally  oriented,  and  crushed  peripherally. 

4.  Phenocrysts  fluidally  oriented,  elongated  and  distorted. 

5.  Phenocrysts  dragged  out,  and  crushed  into  long  streaks  of 
granular  felspar. 


264  PETROLOGICAL    NOTES,  ii., 

6.  Fine-grained  gneiss,  without  phenocrysts. 

Perfect  series  of  specimens  can  be  collected  in  the  quai'ry. 

The  above  facts  lead  me  to  advance  the  following  hypothesis. 
The  gneisses  of  the  Roelands  District  were  produced  from  the 
porphvritic  granodiorite  by  uneven  shearing  processes,  which 
accompanied  the  injection  of  basic  dykes,  under  intense  pressure. 
Earth-movement  was  prolonged  after  the  intrusion  of  the  dykes. 

The  pegmatites  appear  to  belong  not  to  the  granodiorite,  but 
to  some  neighbouring  intrusive,  perhaps  the  Collie  granite,  an 
entirely.different  rock. 

Physiogi'aphy. — The  Darling  Fault-Scarp  has  a  more  dissected 
and  mature  aspect  in  the  Roelands  District  than  near  Perth. 
This  is  also  expressed  by  the  scarcity  of  laterite,  and  its  retire- 
ment from  the  edge  of  the  range.  This  greater  maturity  is  pro- 
bably due  to  the  heavier  rainfall  of  the  South-West. 

There  is  a  marked  contrast  between  the  valley  of  the  Collie 
River  west  of  Shenton  Elbow,  and  that  of  the  Brunswick.  The 
latter  is  more  mature,  meandering,  and  well  filled  with  alluvial; 
whereas,  though  the  two  are  only  three  to  five  miles  apart,  the 
former,  though  the  larger,  is  a  straight,  V-shaped  trench,  with 
more  tributary  gullies  on  the  south  than  on  the  north.  This 
sugforests  that  the  Collie  follows  a  fault  from  Shenton  Elbow  to 
the  west,  where  it  takes  a  sudden  turn  from  its  former  course. 

The  material  from  the  Roelands  quarry  is  being  used  for  the 
breakwater  at  Jiunbury,  the  quarry  having  been  recently  re- 
opened. The  quarry-face  has  now  a  very  difiierent  appearance 
from  what  it  had  when  I  saw  it  last. 

The  Crystalline  Rocks  of  Albany. 

Previous  observers  have  recorded  only  granites  and  basic 
dykes  from  the  old  crystalline  complex  of  Albany.  A  number 
of  different  rocks  occur  there,  however,  and  their  relations  are 
clearly  shown  in  many  fine  exposures.  The  following  types  have 
been  distinguished,  and  are  arranged  in  order  of  increasing  age — 

Basic  dykes  (two  series). 

Pegmatites  (two  series). 

Aplite. 


BY    M.    AUROUSSEAU.  265' 

Miciogranite. 
Porphyritic  granodiorite. 
Gneiss. 

They  comprise,  in  all,  a  fundamental  gneiss,  and  igneous  rocks 
belonging  to  at  least  two,  perhaps  to  three  periods  of  activity. 

The  gneiss  and  granodiorite  are  very  much  alike  in  appearance, 
especially  when  weathered,  which  is  probably  the  cause  of  their 
not  having  been  separated  before.  Their  boundary,  likewise, 
appears  to  be  a  very  complicated  and  irregular  one. 

The  Gneiss  is  variable,  but  generally  coarse,  and  porphyritic 
with  felspar.  It  forms  part  of  the  mass  of  Mt.  Clarence,  and 
Mt.  Adelaide.  At  the  south  end  of  Middleton  Beach,  the  folia 
strike  at  272°  prismatic,  a  trend  which  is  maintained  elsewhere. 
Between  Mts.  Clarence  and  Adelaide  is  a  contorted  zone,  where 
it  becomes  garnetiferous,  finer  in  grain,  more  irregular  in  com- 
position, and  contains  dark  schlieren.  This  zone  is  well  exposed 
at  the  timber-yai'd  between  the  deepwater-  and  town-jetties. 
Further  south,  near  the  entrance-beacon,  a  junction  with  grano- 
diorite is  exposed. 

The  Porphyritic  Granodiorite  forms  the  bulk  of  Mt.  Melville, 
and  part  of  Mt.  Clarence,  and  occurs  also  as  dykes  in  the  gneiss. 
It  is  remarkably  like  the  Roelands  rock,  but  its  large  felspar- 
phenocrysts  are  generally  fluidally  arranged  along  different 
directions.  It  weathers  into  large,  characteristic  tors,  which 
are  a  feature  in  the  scenery  of  the  district.  Two  very  fresh 
dykes,  exactly  like  the  main  rock,  cut  the  gneiss  on  the  coast, 
about  one-quarter  of  a  mile  south  of  the  south  end  of  Middleton 
Beach.  They  are  each  a  foot  wide,  and  ultimately  run  together. 
They  are  cut  and  faulted  by  a  small  vein  of  microgranite. 

The  Alicrog rani te  occurs  as  dykes  and  veins  in  the  granodiorite 
and  gneiss.  It  is  well  exposed  on  the  bare  Hanks  of  Mt.  Melville, 
and  one  large  dyke  runs  from  the  summit  of  Mt.  Clarence  down 
through  the  reservoir.  It  sometimes  contains  large  felspar- 
xenocrvsts.  At  a  quarry  on  a  bend  of  the  Middleton  Road,  it 
is  closely  associated  with  a  coarse,  epidotic  biotite-pegmatite, 
and  is  elsewhere  bordered  by  pegmatite. 

•2U 


268 


PETROLOGICAL    NOTES,  11. 


The  Pegmatites  occur  in  two  series  of  veins  and  dykes,  one  set 
■closely  associated  with  microgranite,  the  other  cutting  it.  The 
older  can  be  seen  occurring  as  irregular  blebs,  in  a  microgranite- 
dyke  near  the  deepwater-jetty,  where  it  also  forms  a  border  to 
the  dyke  at  intervals.  The  younger  occurs  intersecting  micro- 
granite  in  the  railway-cutting  south  of  the  town-jetty.  Both 
sets  are  exposed  on  the  shore,  north  of  the  deepwater-jetty,  where 
a  N.W.-S.E.  series  cuts  and  faults  a  N.E.-S.W.  set. 

Aplite  occurs  only  rarely,  and  its  age  is  doubtful.  It  is  older 
than  the  pegmatites,  as  the  old  one  cuts  it  at  the  deepwater- 
jetty,  but  its  relation  to  the  microgranite  has  not  been  observed. 
It  has  intruded  the  gneiss,  both  transgressively  and  concordantly, 
on  the  coast,  where  the  contorted  zone  appears,  between  Mts. 
Clarence  and  Adelaide. 

Darwin  recorded  two  series  of  basic  dykes  on  the  south  side  of 
the  harbour.  They  cannot  be  distinguished  on  the  north,  as 
only  a  few  dykes  and  veins  occur.  One  dyke,  near  the  deep- 
water-jetty, can  be  traced  some  distance  seawards;  it  cuts  gneiss, 
microgranite,  and  pegmatite,  and  is  crammed  with  corroded 
xenoliths  of  acid  rocks  and  xenocrysts  of  felspar.  The  smaller 
fragments  are  often  associated  with  patches  of  sulphides.  Some 
basic  veins  are  to  be  seen  in  the  railway-cutting,  and  on  the 
shore,  near  the  baths.  They  are  marginally  chilled,  and  cut 
microgranite  and  pegmatite.  A  slide  of  the  junction  of  one  of 
these  veins  with  the  gneiss,  shows  the  cataclastic  structure  of 
the  gneiss  very  well,  while  the  basic  rock  is  exactly  like  the 
so-callt^d  andesites  of  the  goldfields. 

The  microgranite,  aplite,  and  pegmatites  seem  to  be  related, 
but  there  is  nothing  to  show  whether  they  are  directly  connected 
with  the  granodiorite  or  not. 

There  are  numerous  examples  of  miniature  faulting  in  the 
district. 

For  Roelands  District,  see  N0.II6A  of  40  chain  Maps,  Lands 
Survey  Department,  West  Australia. 


267 


ORDINARY   MONTHLY  MEETING. 

July  26th,   1916. 

Mr.  A.  G.  Hamilton,  President,  in  the  Chair. 

Miss  M.  Hinder,  B.Sc,  Mosman;  Miss  E.  M.  Hindmarsh, 
B.Sc,  Sydney;  Miss  E.  C.  Pinkerton,  B.Sc,  Ashfield;  Miss  M. 
RosEBY,  B.A.,  Neutral  Bay;  and  Mr.  C.  E.  Tilley,  B.Sc,  Syd- 
ney, were  elected  Members  of  the  Society. 

The  President  announced — That  the  Council  had  decided  to 
suspend  the  publication  of  the  Abstract  of  Proceedings  while  the 
prevailing  conditions  of  shortage  and  increased  cost  of  paper 
continue.  Also  that  Members  were  requested  to  curtail  the 
notices  of  their  exhibits,  and  to  omit  details  not  directly  bearing 
on  the  scientific  significance  of  the  objects  exhibited. 

The  Donations  and  Exchanges  received  since  the  previj^us 
Monthly  Meeting  (28th  June,  1916),  amounting  to  5  Vols.,  70 
Parts  or  Nos.,  7  Bulletins,  3  Reports,  and  21  Pamphlets,  re- 
ceived from  43  Societies,  etc.,  and  three  private  donors,  were  laid 
upon  the  table 

NOTES    AND    EXHIBITS. 

Mr.  E.  Cheel  exhibited,  on  behalf  of  Mr.  Hugh  Dixson,  fresh 
flowering-specimens  of  Kennedya  nigricans  Lindl.,  and  K. 
Stirlingii  Lindl.,  two  West  Australian  species  in  cultivation  at 
"Abergeldie/'  Summer  Hill.  Mr.  Dixson  reports  that  both 
species  are  in  a  healthy  condition;  but  although  K.  nigricans  is 
an  old  plant,  it  does  not  mature  its  seed;  while  A'.  Stirlingii 
seeds  freely. 

Mr.  A.  A.  Hamilton  showed  a  series  of  the  fruits  of  Tribulus 
■terestris   Linn.,    ("Caltrops")    [ZYGOPHYLLEiE]   exhibiting    much 


268  NOTES    AND    EXHIBITS. 

variability  in  shape,  and  in  the  length  of  their  spiny  appendages; 
also  an  example  of  Notelcea  ovata  R.Br.,[N.O.  Jasmine^e]  exhibit- 
ing polyphylly,  apparently  due  rather  to  multiplication,  than  to 
division  of  one  or  more  ordinary  leaves. 

Mr.  A.  G.  Hamilton  exhibited  five  specimens  of  "Vegetable 
Caterpillars,"  Cordyceps  Gumiii,  collected  near  Albury,  by  the 
District  Forest  Ranger.  The  catei'pillais  concerned  probably 
belong  to  the  Hejnaliikf.  They  burrow  in  the  soil,  and  line  the 
tubes  with  web.  One  of  the  specimens  is  surrounded  by  the 
silken  tube.  The  type  of  the  species  showed  no  stipes  to  the 
fructification;  but  it  is  more  usual  to  find  a  stipes  varying  in 
thickness.     The  specimens  shown  included  both  forms. 


269 


STUDIES  IN  AUSTRALIAN  NEUROPTERA. 

No.  iv.    The    Families    Ituonida:,    IIrmkrobud.e,   Si  yhid^, 

•  Berothid^e,  and  the  new  Family   Trichomatid.e;  with 

A  Discussion  of  their  Characters  and   Relationships, 

AND  Descriptions  of  new  and  little-known  Genera  and 

Species. 

By  R.  J.  TiLLYARD,  M.A.,  B.Sc,  F.L.S.,  F.E.S.,  Linnean 
Maclbay  Fellow  of  the  Society  in  Zoology. 

(Plates  xii.-xix.,  and  ten  Text-figs.) 

Introduction. 

In  No. 2  of  this  series  of  Studies,*  I  dealt  with  the  families 
Osmylidft',  3fyrmeleotttidce,  and  Ascalaphidce.  There  remained 
over  for  study  a  large  number  of  tlie  smaller  and  more  generalised 
Neuroptera,  usually  included  more  or  less  loosely  in  the  family 
HemerohiidcB.  The  working-out  of  this  material,  contained 
chiefly  in  my  own  collection,  but  augmented  by  the  loan  of 
specimens  from  the  Queensland  Museum,  Brisbane,  and  from 
Mr.  Froggatt's  collection,  has  proved  a  difficult  and  protracted 
task.  It  would  not,  indeed,  have  been  difficult  to  ofier  merely 
descriptions  of  new  species,  for  the  great  majority  of  the  species 
studied  were  new  to  science.  The  problem  lay  rather  in  attempt- 
ing to  form  a  conception  of  the  true  positions  occupied  by  the 
smaller  "  Lacewings"  within  the  Order  Neuroptera.  I  was  faced, 
at  the  start,  with  the  fact  that  the  family  Hemerohiidoi  had  never 
been  clearly  defined  from  the  very  outset;  that,  as  limb  after  limb 
had  been  chopped  off  from  the  old  Hemerobiid  tree  (which 
originally  embraced  the  whole  of  the  Order  Neuroptera,  as  we 
now  accept  it),  the  old  hollow  stump  had  become  more  and  more 
the  receptacle  for  any  remnants  which  would  not  fit  cleai-ly  into 

*  These  Proceedings,  1916,  xli.,  pp.41-70, 

31 


270  STUDIES    IN    AUSTRALIAN    NEUROPTERA,  IV., 

any  of  the  numerous  well-defined  families  cut  off  from  it.  I 
found,  everywhere,  that  there  seemed  to  exist  no  scientific  con- 
ception of  what  the  family  Henierohiid(e  meant;  no  attempt  has 
been  made  to  study  its  venation  thoroughly;  and  the  authors, 
who  used  the  family,  either  offered  short,  non-committal  defini- 
tions, which  utterly  ignored  the  fundamental  characters  of  wing- 
venation  [see,  for  instance,  Sharp(13),  p.465],  or  merely  used* 
the  name  as  a  headline  under  which  various  genera  might  be 
placed,  without  troubling  themselves  why  or  wherefore.  It  was> 
therefore,  of  the  utmost  importance  to  carry  out  a  thorough  in- 
vestigation of  the  venation  of  the  genus  Hemerohius  and  its  true 
allies,  and  to  discover  a  clear  and  comprehensive  definition  for 
the  family  Hemerubiidfe,  which  should  not  only  embrace  all  the 
members  of  one  natural  group,  but  should  also  exclude  the 
extraneous  material  that  had,  for  so  long  a  time,  been  allowed  to 
drift  in  and  out  of  the  family,  with  no  apparent  reason,  other 
than  neglect  of  the  fundamental  principles  of  classification. 

The  results  of  a  close  study  of  all  the  forms  available  to  me 
were  originally  collected  together  with  a  view  to  publication  as 
an  extended  introduction  to  this  paper.  I  found,  however,  that 
it  would  be  necessary  to  refer  back  continually  to  the  general 
discussion,  when  I  came  to  deal  with  the  separate  families.  In 
order,  then,  to  save  much  repetition,  I  have  decided  to  give  the 
main  arguments  under  each  separate  family,  where  they  will  now 
be  found.  Those  who  desire  to  trace  the  fate  of  the  family 
Hemerobiidce,  its  gradual  narrowing  down,  and  my  own  attempt 
to  give  it  definite  form  and  function,  as  a  unit  embracing  only 
genera  having  true  phyletic  relationship  with  the  type-genus 
Hemerohius,  will  find  their  information  under  this  particular 
family,  on  pp. 282-293.  Similarly,  the  vagaries  suffered  by  Ithone 
and  Sisyra  will  be  found  under  Ithonidre  (pp.274-279)  and 
Sisyridcei^^.312-3U),  together  with  analyses  of  the  types  of  wing- 
venation  found  in  these  families.  In  dealing  with  Spermoj^hor- 
ella,  gen.nov.,  I  had  to  choose  between  forming  a  new  family 
for  it,  or  including  it  within  the  Holarctic  Berothidce.  I  chose  the 
latter,  for  the  reasons  given  on  pp.  3 15-3 16.  No  apology  is  needed 
for  the  formation  of  the  new  family  Trichomatido'  (pp.324-32f)), 


bV    R.    i.    TILLYAKD.  271 

since  the  two  new  genera  forming  it  difier  most  strikingly  from 
all  known  Neuroptera. 

The  forms  studied  included  also  the  beautiful  genus  Psi/chopsis, 
usually  placed  in  the  Hemerobiidce,  but  already  recognised  by  N. 
Banks  and  Handlirsch  as  entitled  to  at  least  subfamily  rank. 
The  discovery  of  the  complete  life-history  of  one  species  of  this 
genus,  and  the  opportunity  of  examining  the  habits  of  the  living 
larvae,  pupje,  and  imagines,  has  so  sti'engthened  the  conviction 
(which  I  had  already  gained  from  a  study  of  the  venation),  that 
this  group  has  nothing  whatever  to  do  with  the  Hemerobiidce, 
that  I  have  cut  it  out  of  this  paper,  preferring  to  deal  with  it  as 
a  separate  family,  PsycJiopsidce,  in  a  monograph  to  follow  later. 

The  only  true  allies  of  the  Hemerobiidce,  as  restricted  by  me, 
are  the  Ithonidce  and  Dilaridce,  the  latter  not  found  in  Australia. 
These  three  families  might  well  be  placed  together  as  constituting 
the  Sub-Order  Hemerobioptera,  constituting  the  only  remains 
of  a  single  phyletic  line  of  descent,  defined  by  the  exceedingly 
ancient  character  of  the  possession  of  more  than  one  radial 
sector  in  the  forewing.  This  character,  though  it  may  have 
occurred  more  frequently  in  the  past,  in  groups  now  extinct  (as, 
for  example,  in  the  Protodonata),  appears  to  be  quite  lost  in 
other  recent  Insecta,  a  reduction  to  a  single  radial  sector  being 
the  almost  universal  rule.  Its  persistence  in  the  Hemerobioptei'a 
is  correlated  with  the  retention  of  an  ancient  wing  form  and 
venational  scheme.  Narrowing  or  lengthening  of  the  wing 
would  require  the  elimination  of  the  extra  sectors;  but  the 
Hemerobioptera  on  the  whole,  though  undergoing,  through  the 
course  of  ages,  extreme  reduction  in  size,  have  retained  a  very 
uniform  and  unspecialised  venational  pattern. 

Distinguished  from  these  by  the  possession  of  a  single  radial 
sector  in  the  forewing,  the  whole  of  the  rest  of  the  Order  Neu- 
roptera stand  out  as  an  Osmyloid  stock,  and  might  fittingly  form 
a  Sub-Order  Osmyloptera.  These  insects,  though  probably  not 
in  the  main  aquatic  in  their  life-histories,  have  been  continually 
throwing  off  aquatic  or  semi-aquatic  remnants,  while  the  great 
mass  of  forms  progressed  rapidly  onwards  along  the  more  suc- 
cessful  lines  ofFei'ed   by  the  rapacious,   terrestrial,  carnivorous. 


272  STUDIES    IN    AUSTRALIAN    NEUROPTKRA,  IV., 

larval  habit.  Thus  we  have,  as  semi-aquatic  offshoots,  the 
Liassic  and  Jurassic  Proheynerobiidce,  the  recent  Osmylidce.  ( some 
semi-aquatic,  some  terrestrial),  and  the  highly-reduced  Suyridce, 
whose  larvae  dwell  in  freshwater  sponges.  From  the  first  of 
these,  our  Australian  Psycliopsidce  undoubtedly  arose,  by  a 
unique  specialisation  of  the  wing-venation,  and  by  the  adoption 
of  a  larval  habit  closely  resembling  that  of  the  Raphidians  in 
the  Northern  Hemisphere.  From  the  Osmylidce,  a  small,  terres- 
trial side-branch,  the  Nymphidce,  favoured  by  an  exceptionally 
fortunate  larval  development,  started  out  on  the  upward  patVi 
which  led  to  the  great  dominant  groups  of  the  Myrmeleontidce 
and  Ascalaphidce.  A  small  side-branch  of  the  Prohemer-obiidce, 
the  Jurassic  Mesochrysopidce,  probably  gave  rise  to  the  modern 
Apoclirysidce  and  Chrysopidce.  The  highly-reduced  remnant  of 
the  main  stem,  after  throwing  off  the  aquatic  Sisyridce,  reached 
the  extreme  limits  of  reduction  in  the  Coniopterygidce.  The 
positions  of  the  Nemopteridce  and  Mantispidce  are  uncertain,  but 
the  former  are  probably  allied  to  the  Nymjjhidce,  the  latter  to  the 
Chrysopidce. 

We  see,  then,  that  of  the  five  families  dealt  with  in  this  paper, 
only  two  are  of  the  true  Hemerobioid  stock,  while  the  other  three 
possess  Osmyloid  affinities.  The  resemblance  between  Hemero- 
biidce  and  Sisyridce  is  purely  due  to  convergent  reduction,  both 
these  families  being  specialised  in  comparison  with  the  other 
three,  though  generalised  enough  when  contrasted  with  the  more 
dominant  groups,  such  as  the  Clirysopidce.  Of  the  three  most 
ancient  families,  the  Ithonidce  appear  to  possess  traces  of  Sialoid 
affinities,  while  the  Bervth^dce  and  Trichomatidai  must  not  only 
stand  very  close  to  the  base  of  the  Neuropteroid  stem,  but  may 
even  lie  not  far  off  from  the  more  specialised  line  which  led  to 
the  Micropterygidce  in  the  Lepidoptera.  Lepidopterists  cannot, 
indeed,  afford  to  ignore  the  growing  importance  of  the  Neurop- 
tera  in  helping  them  to  a  true  view  of  the  phylogeny  of  their 
Order.  In  this  connection,  the  scales  on  the  wings  of  Berothidce, 
the  fringe  of  long  hairs  in  this  family  and  in  the  TnchovicUidce, 
the  very  obvious  resemblance  between  the  venation  of  the 
Mici  opteryy'dct  and  the  most  highly  reduced  Neuroptera  {Coniop- 


feV    R.    J.    TlLLYARb.  273 

tenjijidoi),  and  the  persistence  of  a  coupling  apparatus  for  the 
wings,  homologous  with  that  of  the  Frenate  Lepidoptera,  in  all 
but  the  most  reduced  forms  of  these  archaic  families,  ought  to 
be  sufficient  to  attract  their  attention  from  the  more  humdrum 
duties  of  classifying  and  describing  an  immense  mass  of  new 
forms. 

The  following  is  a  list  of  the  families,  genera,  and  species  dealt 
with  in  this  paper  :  — 

Family  ITHONIJ)^;  fam.nov. 
Genus  Ithone  Newman.      (Type,  I.fusca  iSewm.). 
\ .  lihone  fusca  Newman. 

2.  Ithoiie  fuliia,  n.sp. 

Family  HEMEROBTTDyE  (a  mc  restricta). 
Genus  Drepanepteryx  Burm.     (Type,  D.  phalcandides  Linn.). 

[Z).  phalcendides  Linn.] 
Genus  Drepanacra,  n.g.    (Type,  D)-epane/>teryxhuviUis  McLach). 

3.  Drepanacra  Ji-amilis  McLach. 

4.  Drepanacra  instabilis  McLach. 

5.  Drepanacra  hiitooda  Newman. 

6.  Drepanacra  hardy i,  n.sp. 

7.  Drepanacra  froggatti,  n.sp. 

Genus  Drepanomina,  n.g.     (Type,  D.  gibbosa,  n.sp.). 

8.  Drepanomina  gibbosa,  n.sp. 

Genus  Megalomina  Banks.      (Type,  M.  acutninata  Banks). 

9.  Megalomina  acuminata  Banks. 

Genus  Oxybiella,  n.g.     (Type,  0.  bridwelli,  n.sp.). 

10.  Oxybiella  bridwelli,  n  sp. 

Genus  Psychobiella  Banks.      (Type,  Ps.  sordnia  Hanks). 

11.  Psychobiella  J'usca,  n.HTp. 

Genus  Mickomus  Rambur.     (Type,  M.  variegatus  Fabr.). 

12.  Microm,us  tasmanue  Walker, 

Genus  Notiobiei.la  Banks.     (Type,  N.  unita  Banks). 

13.  N otiobiella  viridis,  n.sp. 

14.  Notiobiella  multifurcata,  n.sp. 


274  STUDIES    IN    AUSTRALIAN    NEUROPTERA,  iv., 

Genus   Carobius  Banks.     (Type,  C.  pulchellus  Banks). 

15.  Carohiiis  subfasciatus,  n.sp. 

Family  SISYRID^. 
Genus  Sisyka  Burin.     (Type,  S.fuscata  Fabr.). 

16.  Sisyra  turneri,  n.sp. 

J  7.  Sisyra  rujlstignia,  n.sp. 

Family  BEROTHIl)^. 
Genus  Spermophorej^la,  n.g.     (Type,  Sp.  disseminata,  n.sp.). 

18.  Spermophorella  disseminata,  n.sp.  (also  egg  and  larva). 

19.  SpermojjJiorella  maculatisshna,  n.sp. 

Family  TRICHOMATID^,  fam.nov. 
Genus  Trichoma,  n.g.     (Type,  T.  yracilipennis,  n.sp.). 

20.  Trichoma  gracilipeniie,  n.sp. 

Genus  Stenobiklla,  n.sp.     (Type,  St.  hirsutissima,  n.sp.). 

21.  Stenohielln  hirsutissima,  n.sp. 

22.  Stenobiella  gaUardi,  n.sp. 

A  list  of  all  publications  referred  to  during  the  writing  of  this 
paper  is  placed  at  the  end  in  the  form  of  a  Bibliography.  Re- 
ferences to  this  are  printed  in  thick  type. 

I  desire  to  thank  Dr.  A.  J.  Turner,  F.E.S.,  of  Sherwood,  Bris- 
bane, Mr.  G.  Hardy,  F.E.8.,  of  the  Tasraanian  Museum,  Hobart, 
Mr.  O.  Lower,  F.E.S.,  of  Broken  Hill,  and  Air.  J.  C.  Bridwell, 
of  Honolulu,  for  rare  specimens  dealt  with  in  this  paper,  and 
received  from  them  either  by  gift  or  by  exchange;  also  Dr.  R. 
Hamlyn-Harris,  Director  of  the  Queensland  Museum,  Brisbane, 
and  Mr.  W.  W.  Froggatt,  F.L.S.,  F.E.S.,  New  South  Wales 
Government  Entomologist,  for  the  loan  of  material  for  study. 

Family  ITHONIDvE,  fam.no\'.     (Plate  xii.) 

Rather  large  insects,  expanse  45-50  mm.,  with  stout  body, 
broad,  short,  sessile  prothorax,  and  small  head  closely  united 
with  it;  antennoi  of  moderate  length  and  stoutness,  tapering, 
very  finely  pectinate,  with  numerous  close-set  cylindrical 
joints;  ocelli  absent.       Wings  smooth,    membranous,  semitrans 


BY    R.    .T.    TILLYARD. 


275 


parent,  the  hairs  on  the  veins  very  minute;  surface  of  forewing 
not  a  plane,  Sc  being  sunk  in  a  deep  furrow,  and  R  raised  up  on 
a  high  ridge  above  it;  M  lying  in  a  deep  furrow,  and  Cuj  raised 
on  a  high  ridge,  which  is  partly  continued  by  Mo.  The  same 
ridges  and  furrows  on  the  hindwing,  but  the  ridge  of  Cu, 
straighter,  and  not  continued  by  Mg.  Sc  and  R  not  fused  dis- 
tally.  Three  radial  sectors  in  forewing,  two  arising  close  to 
base,  unbranched,  a  third  arising  a  little  distad  from  these, 
running  parallel  to  and  under  R,  and  giving  off  numerous 
branches.  In  hindwing,  only  one  radial  sector,  with  numerous 
branches.  M  branching  into  two  at  a  level  about  one-third  of 
the  wing-length  in  both  wings  Cu  branching  into  two  close  up 
to  base  in  both  wings.  Numerous  irregularly  placed  cross-veins 
present.  Costal  area  of  forewing  slightly  enlarged,  a  recurrent 
veinlet  present,  the  other  crossveins  seldom  forked.  A  coupling 
apparatus  well  developed,  but  without  a  specialised  frenulum  on 
the  jugal  process.  A  well-developed  false  origin  to  Rs  in  the 
hindwing. 

I  propose  this  new  family  for  the  reception  of  the  very  isolated 
and  peculiar,  archaic,  Australian  genus  Itlione,  whose  relation- 
ships have  long  been  a  puzzle  to  entomologists.  Two  of  the  most 
striking  characteristics  of  this  genus  are  (1)  its  resemblance, 
when  alive,  both  in  general  appearance  and  behaviour,  to  a 
Hepialid  moth,  the  mode  of  flight  (especially  when  attracted  to 
a  light),  the  resting  position,  and  the  form  of  the  head  and  body 
all  contributing  to  heighten  this  similarity;  and  (2)  its  un- 
deniable similarity  to  the  SiaUdce,  the  family  in  which  Walker 
placed  it.  As  the  life-history  is  quite  unknown,  we  cannot  even 
guess  what  the  larva  may  be  like;  but,  as  will  be  seen  below,  I 
have  collected  evidence  tending  to  show  that  it  may  be  aquatic 
or  semi-aquatic.  The  strong  ridging  of  the  wings  along  R  and 
Cu  is  most  certainly  a  Sialoid  character;  and  it  must  be  confessed 
that  the  term  Planipennia  is  quite  unsuited  to  the  Order  which 
contains  this  genus.  But  a  study  of  the  venation  will  convince 
us  that  Ithone  belongs  to  the  Neuroptera,  s.str.,  and  not  to  the 
Megaloptera  {Sialidce),  since  the  arrangement  of  all  the  main 
veins  and   their  branches  is   typically  Neuropterous,     I  should 


276  STUDIES    IN    AUSTRALIAN    NEUROPTERA,  iv., 

like,  however,  to  point  out  that,  in  my  opinion,  Ithone  stands 
not  very  far  from  the  point  at  which  the  Megaloptera  may  be 
supposed  to  have  diverged  from  tlie  main  Neuropteroid  stem, 
and  that  it  is  quite  possible  that  the  larva  may  be  of  a  general- 
ised type,  and  not  possessing  the  sucking  mandibles  of  the  true 
Neuroptera.  Tf  this  be  so,  we  must  perhaps  consider  the  separa- 
tion of  the  Order  Megaloptera  from  the  true  Neuroptera  to  be 
unwarranted. 

The  character  which  seems  to  me  to  be  of  the  greatest  import- 
ance in  this  family  is  the  peculiar  generalised  condition  of  the 
radius  and  its  branches  in  the  forewing.  Naming  the  three 
radial  sectors  Rg,  B3,  and  R4,  respectively,  from  the  most  distal 
backwards  towards  the  base,  there  can  be  little  doubt  that  it  is 
Rj,  with  its  course  laid  parallel  to  and  beneath  Rj  (the  main 
stem  of  the  radius),  and  with  its  numerous  subparallel  branches, 
which  is  the  true  homologue  of  the  single  lis,  found  in  all  Neu- 
roptera  except  the  HeTnerohiidce,  DiJaridce,  and  lihowdcu.  The 
two  sectors,  R3  and  R4,  arising  closer  to  the  base  of  R,  are 
strongly  suggestive  of  an  archaic  formation,  which  we  know 
occurred  in  the  forewing  of  the  great  Protodonate  Meganeura 
(Upper  Carboniferous),  and  which  was  once  probably  of  frequent 
occurrence  in  archaic  unreduced  types  with  dense  venation. 
Not  a  trace  of  these  two  sectors  exists  in  recent  Odonata,  in 
which  the  specialisation  of  the  wing-venation  appears  to  have 
set  in  earlier,  and  to  have  been  of  a  far  more  drastic  character, 
than  we  find  in  the  Neuroptera.  In  the  Odonata,  the  wing  is 
essentially  utilitarian,  the  last  word  in  the  development  of  a 
magnificent  flying  type.  Tn  the  Neuroptera,  on  the  other  hand, 
the  wing  is,  if  I  may  say  so,  purely  artistic,  a  beautiful  expres- 
sion of  the  development  of  a  symmetrical  plan,  which  conserAcs 
almost  all  the  archaic  features  of  the  insect-wing,  and,  as  a 
result,  is  of  little  value  for  strong  flight.  How  the  two  sectors, 
R3  and  R4,  have  been  eliminated  in  the  newer  forms,  we  are  not 
in  a  position  to  determine.  Either  they  have  been  simply  sup- 
pressed during  progressive  simplification  of  the  venation,  or  they 
have  passed  distad  on  to  the  base  of  Rg.  where  they  would  take 
on  the  character  of  branches  of  the  radial  sector.     In  either  case, 


BY    R.    J.    TILLYARD.  277 

it  is  clear  that  Comstock  and  Needhain's  proposition(3),  unsup- 
ported, as  far  as  I  can  see,  by  any  evidence,  cannot  be  accepted. 
This  proposition  was  to  the  effect  that  additional  sectors  of  R 
had  been  added,  one  after  another,  from  the  distal  end,  and  had 
thus  progressed  gradually  basad.     Now  the  whole  study  of  Neu- 
ropterous  venation  emphasises  the  fact  that   the  tendency   of 
branches  of  R  (and  of  M  and  Cu  likewise)  is  to  move  progressively 
distad,  as  we  pass  fi'om  the  older  to  the  newer  forms.     Again,  if 
Comstock  and  Needham  were  correct,  the  old  original  Es,  with 
its  many  branches,  would   have   to  be   the  most  basally  placed, 
whereas    it  is   actually   the  most  distally  placed    in    all    three 
families  where  more  than  one  sector  exists.     Thirdly,  Comstock 
and  Needham's  proposition  would   necessitate  a  recognition  of 
the  smallest  simplified   Hemerobiida',  with   only  two  sectors,  as 
archaic   types,   from    which,  by   progressive  elaboration   of   the 
venation,  the  forms  with  many  sectors  (such  as  Drepanepteryx, ' 
Megalomus)  have  been  built  up;  whereas  it  must  be  obvious,  to 
the  most  superficial  student  of  the  Order,  that  the  very  opposite 
is  the  case.      The  only  argument  in  favour  of   Comstock  and 
Needham's  proposition  is  the  fact  that  fossil  Neuroptera,  so  far 
as  they  are  known,  all  have  a  single  Rs  in  the  forewing.     But 
the  only  fossils  known,  other  than  those  of  Tertiary  age,  are  a 
a  small  group  of  forms  from  the  Upper  Lias  and  Upper  Jurassic 
(the  Prohemerohiidce  of   Handlirsch,  together  with  one  or  two 
other  forms)    which    are    clearly    allied     to   our   Osmylidce  and 
Psychopsidcf,  and  show  already,  in  the  Lias,  a  degree  of  special- 
isation which  places   them  very  far  from  the  beginning  of  the 
Neuropteroid  stock.     Nobody  would  claim,  I  suppose,  that  such 
an  admittedly  archaic  group  as  the  Neuroptera  arose  in  the  Lias, 
or  even  in  the  Trias.     It  must  have  been   already  in  existence 
alongside  the  Carboniferous  Protodonata,  these  latter  being,  in 
fact,  a  very  vigorous  side-branch  of  the  main  stem,  specialising  in 
the  assumption  of  an  aquatic  larval  life-history.    Why,  then,  have 
we  so  small  a  recoi'd  of  fossil  Neuroptera  ?   The  answer  is  obvious, 
viz ,  that  they  have  all   along    been   essentially   a  non-aquatic 
group,  with   a  preference  for  dry  climates.     We  cannot  hope, 
then,  to  find  their  record  written  completely  in  freshwater  beds, 

22 


278  STUDIES    IN    AUSTRALIAN    NEUROPTERA,  iv., 

nor  can  we  ever  expect  that  the  ancestry  of  any  part  of  them  is 
preserved  for  us  in  fossils,  except  that  of  the  semi-aquatic 
Osmylidce  and  their  nearest  allies.  As  for  the  Hemerobiida', 
essentially  a  forest-dwelling  group,  we  should  expect  to  find  them 
in  Baltic  amber  (where  several  species  do  occur),  but  to  look  for 
their  ancestors  in  freshwater  or  estuarine  deposits,  such  as  those 
at  Solenhofen,  is  unreasonable,  since  they  were  neither  aquatic, 
semi-aquatic,  nor  strong-Hying,  as  far  as  we  are  able  to  judge. 

I  conclude,  therefore,  that  the  Ithonidce  are  an  exceedingly 
archaic  I'emnant  of  the  old  Neuropteroid  stock,  from  which,  later 
on,  the  Dilaridce  (with  only  two  sectors)  branched  oiF,  and  whose 
main  stem  is  represented  to-day  in  the  more  highly  reduced 
Hemerobiidce.  Apart  from  these  three  families,  all  the  rest  of 
the  Neuroptera,  with  their  single  radial  sector,  must  1)6  con- 
sidered as  a  more  recent  and  highly  specialised  stock,  of  which 
the  Osmylidce  and  their  near  allies  stand  closest  to  the  ancestral 
form,  and  from  which  the  Myrineleontida',  A  seal  aphid  ce,  Chryso- 
pidce,  and  Maittispidce  arose,  as  the  most  vigorous  and  dominant 
offshoots. 

The  nearest  relatives  of  the  Ithonido'  are  undoubtedly  the 
Dilaridce  (not  found  in  Australia),  which  may  be  distinguished 
by  their  smaller  size,  slenderer  build,  the  strongly  pectinate 
antennee  of  the  male,  the  presence  of  a  lai'ge  ovipositor  in  the 
female;  and,  in  the  venation,  the  lack  of  strong  ridging  of  R  and 
Cuj,  the  possession  of  only  two  radial  sectors  in  the  forewing, 
and  the  presence  of  fewer  unspecialised  crossveins. 

Genus  Ithone  Newman.     (Plate  xii.). 

Newman,  Ent.  Mag.,  v.,  1838,  p.l81. 

Characters  as  given  above  for  the  family,  with  the  following 
additions  : — No  setse  or  fine  hairs  on  any  of  the  crossveins 
except  the  costals.  Foreteys  placed  close  under  the  head,  with 
the  coxae  much  enlarged  and  close  together  (Plate  xii.,  tig.2). 
Tibice  of  all  legs  with  a  pair  of  short  spurs.  Tarsi  five-jointed, 
the  basal  joint  very  long,  a  large  bilobed  empodiiom  between  tlie 
claws.     Anal  appendages  of  male  strongly  forcipate. 

Genotype,   Ithone  /nsca  Newman. 


BY    R.    J.    TILLYARD.  27'J 

The  two  known  species  of   the  genus   may  be  separated    as 
follows  : — 

Larger  and  darker  species,  expanse  50  mm.  or  more,  colouration  fus- 
cous; antennw  about  half  as  long  as  forewing;  appendages  of 
male  enormous I.  fiisca  Newman. 

Smaller,  less  robust  and  paler  species,  expanse  45  nmi. ,  colouration 
dull  fulvous;  antenna?  two-thirds  as  long  as  forewing;  ap- 
pendages of  male  of  moderate  size /.  fu/ra,  n.  sp. 

1.  Ithone  pusca  Newman.     (Plate  xii.,  tigs. 7-9). 

Newman,  loc.  cii.,  p.  181. 

This  species  appears  to  be  well  known,  and  represented  in  a 
number  of  collections,  but  I  have  not  seen  any  good  description 
or  figure  of  it  published.  Newman's  description  of  it  is  very 
short,  but  quite  to  the  point : — "  Fusca,  setosa,  subtus  dilutior 
et  paullo  flavescens,  alae  fuscescentes,  venae  longitudinales  setis 
tecta?,  transversfe  nisi  supracostales  nudse.''  The  general  appear- 
ance is  much  like  that  of  I./ulva,  n.sp.,  as  figured  in  Plate  xii., 
fig.  1,  but  the  whole  body  is  stouter,  hairier,  and  darker,  the 
antennje  shorter,  thicker,  and  darker  in  colour,  the  wings 
broader  and  much  darker.  The  appendages  of  the  male  are  very 
remarkable,  being  in  the  form  of  an  immense  pair  of  forceps  of 
very  peculiar  shape;  the  dorsal,  profile,  and  posterior  views  are 
shown  in  Plate  xii.,  figs. 7,  8,  and  9  respectively. 

}Jab. — Sydney  District,  N.S.W.,  where  it  appears  to  be  at 
present  very  rare.  I  ha\e  a  male  and  female  taken  at  light  in 
my  house  at  Hornsby,  but  they  are  the  only  specimens  that  I 
have  seen  in  the  course  of  many  years  collecting.  I  also  have 
some  torn  pieces  of  the  wings  of  a  specimen  sent  from  Tasmania, 
but  almost  completely  destroyed  in  the  post,  which  probably 
belong  to  this  species.  It  has  also  been  recorded  from  Western 
Australia,  but  I  do  not  know  whether  this  is  really  the  same 
species. 

2.  Ithone  fulva,  n.sp.     (Plate  xii.,  figs. 1-6). 

^.  Total  length  17,  abdomen  11-5,  forewing  21,  hindwing  18-5, 
expanse  45  mm. 

Head  :  eyes  button-like,  shining  black,  wide  apart;  antenna' 
14  mm.,  filiform,  tapering,  dull  fulvous;  epicranium  brown, 
clypeus  brownish,  yac^  and  mouth-parts  dull  fulvous. 


280 


STUDIES    IN    AUSTRALIAN    NEUROPTERA,  iv., 


Thorax  brown  above,  with  short,  blackish  hairs,  dull 
fulvous  beneath;  prothorax  massive,  wider  than  head.  Legs  dull 
fulvous,  densely  clothed  with  short,  dark  brown  hairs;  tibial 
spines  straight,  black,  blunt,  very  short  compared  with  first 
tarsal  joint  (Plate  xii,  fig. 3),  the  latter  nearly  as  long  as  the 
other  four  joints  put  together.  Between  the  claws  is  a  large 
empodium  or  jmlvillus  (Text-fig.  1),  formed  of  a  single  projecting 
piece,  cylindrical  basally,  bilobed  distally,  but  on  the  dorsal  side 
only;  below  the  lobes  is  seen  a  somewhat  irregular  black  mass, 
which  appears  to  be  the  dried,  gummy  exudation  from  the  lumen 
of  the  organ.  There  can  be  little  doubt  that  the  pulvillus  is 
essentially  an  adhesive  disc,  which,  with  the  aid  of  a  sticky 
secretion,  enables  this  heavy-bodied  insect  to  walk  safely  on 
slippery  surfaces,  and  to  rest  for  long  periods  on  the  outside  of 


foliage. 


«■        §  b.  c. 

Text-fig.l. — Tarsal  claws  and  empodium  of   It  hone  Jul  m,    n.sp.,(x30): 
a,  dorsal  view;  b,  ventral  view;  c,  nearly  profile  view. 

Abdomen  subcylindrieal,  tapering  slightly  towards  apex; 
in  profile,  segments  3-7  somewhat  swollen.  Colour  dull  fulvous. 
Appendages:  superior  strong,  forcipate,  2mm.  long,  pale  brownish, 
with  short  hairs;  inferior  OS  mm.  wide,  rounded,  dark  brown, 
hairy  (Plate  xii.,  figs. 4-6). 

Wings  pale  semi-transparent  testaceous,  with  a  tinge  of 
mauve  towards  costal  border.  In  Plate  xii.,  fig.l,  the  radius 
and  subcosta  appear  to  be  fused,  but  actually  R  stands  on  a 
high  ridge,  with  Sc  sunk  far  beneath  it,  so  that  the  two  come 
into  line  when  viewed  from  above.  (In  /.  fusca,  R  and  Sc  are 
separately  visible,  owing  to  the  greater  breadth  of  the  wing). 

The  peculiar  flattened  head,  sessile  upon  the  large  prothorax, 
the  crossed  mandibles,  short  maxillaiy  and  labial  palpi,  and  the 


BY    R.    J.    TTLLYARD.  281 

enlarged,  contiguous  procoxfE,  are  all  shown  in  position,  viewed 
from  in  front,  in  Plate  xii.,  fig. 2. 

Type  in  Coll.  Tillyard.  {^,  Stradbroke  Island,  September 
20th,  1915). 

//a6.— Stradbroke  Island,  S.  Queensland.  Two  males  taken 
on  September  20th,  1915;  one  beaten  out  of  a  cypress-tree, 
another  found  resting  on  reeds  in  a  swamp. 

The  following  note  on  this  species  may  help  to  throw  some 
light  on  the  question  of  whether  Ithone  is  an  aquatic  genus  or 
not.  The  town  of  Dunwich,  on  Stradbroke  Island,  is  supjjlied 
with  water  from  two  large  tanks,  set  high  up  on  the  side  of  a 
hill.  Water  is  pumped  from  a  perennial  stream  near  the  coast, 
about  two  miles  distant,  by  means  of  a  pipe-line,  which  discharges 
into  tank  A.  Tank  B  is  connected  by  a  base-pipe,  so  that  its 
level  rises  with  that  of  A,  but  it  receives  no  water  direct  from 
the  pipe.  When  returning  with  Mr.  H.  Hacker,  of  the  Queens- 
land Museum,  on  September  21st,  1915,  on  our  way  to  Dunwich 
to  catch  the  steamer  for  Brisbane,  we  took  the  track  up  the  hill 
to  the  Tanks.  As  the  day  was  very  hot,  on  arriving  at  the 
Tanks  we  stopped  for  a  rest,  and  Mr.  Hacker  climbed  the  ladder 
placed  between  the  tanks,  in  order  to  drink  the  cool  water  dis- 
charging into  tank  A.  On  looking  into  tank  B,  he  noticed  a 
large  number  of  Ithone  lying  dead  on  the  surface  of  the  water, 
and  called  my  attention  to  them.  I  ascended  the  ladder,  but 
found  that  the  depth  of  water  in  the  tanks  was  so  low  (owing  to 
the  prolonged  drought)  that  it  was  quite  impossible  to  reach  any 
of  the  Ithone  with  ray  net;  also,  they  were  all  very  much  spoilt, 
and  not  worth  securing  as  specimens.  I  noted,  however,  that 
they  were  of  both  sexes,  and  all  appeared  to  be  of  a  pale  colour, 
as  if  newly  emerged,  while,  in  some  cases,  the  wings  were  badly 
crumpled.  In  tank  A,  where  the  water  was  disturbed  by  the 
jet  from  the  pipe,  I  did  not  notice  any  Ithone  at  all. 

Now  the  question  is,  did  all  these  Ithone  fall  into  this  tank 
and  get  drowned,  while  flying  at  night-time,  either  by  pure  acci- 
dent, or  perhaps  because  they  are  attracted  by  water  ?  Or  did 
their  larvse  actually  live  in  the  still  waters  of  tank  B,  and  the 
imagines  fail  to  escape  on  emerging,  owing  to  the  lack  of  reed- 


282  STUDIES    IN    AUSTRALIAN    NEUROPTERA,  iv., 

stems  or  other  supports  on  which  they  could  hang  while  their 
wings  were  drying  1 

As  the  pumps  do  not  work  at  night,  when  these  insects  fly,  I 
think  that,  if  the  former  supposition  were  correct,  both  tanks 
should  have  contained  numbers  of  this  insect.  But,  of  course, 
the  strong  jet  of  water  in  tank  A  may  have  drowned  any  insects 
that  fell  into  it,  and  rendered  them  invisible.  The  abundance 
of  Ithone  in  tank  B  (I  counted  over  thirty),  their  evident  imma- 
turity, and  the  presence  of  both  sexes,  suggests  the  strong  pro- 
bability that  the  insect  is  aquatic  in  its  larval  stages. 

Family  HEMEROBIID^  (a  me  restricta). 

Original! V,  the  family  Hemerobiidca  was  formed  to  include  all 
those  insects  which  had  a  complete  metamorphosis,  a  larva  with 
suctorial  mouth-parts,  and  an  imago  with  densely-veined  wings 
and  mandibulate  mouth-parts.  That  is  to  say,  the  insects  in- 
cluded in  this  family  comprised  just  exactly  those  which  now 
form  the  well-defined  and  almost  universally  admitted  Order 
Neuroptera  Planipennia  Unfortunately,  the  old,  unscientific 
and  out-of-date  treatment  of  the  Order  continues  to  be  used  in 
many  general  works  on  Insects,  as,  for  example,  Sharp's  "Insects'' 
in  the  Cambridge  Natural  History,  1901(13),  and  Froggatt's 
"Australian  Insects,"  1907(5).  The  initial  step  forward  was  the 
recognition  of  the  fact  that  the  old  Order  Neuroptera  was  a 
composite  grouping.  This  fact  was  fully  accepted  by  both 
Brauer  (1885)  and  Packard  (1886),  both  of  whom  restricted  the 
Order  Neuroptera  to  the  two  families  Hemerohiida'  and  Sialidce. 
The  term  Neuroptera  Planipennia  was  originally  used  to  include 
three  families,  viz.,  the  two  just  mentioned,  and  the  Panorpidce. 
With  the  elevation  of  this  last  family  into  a  separate  Order 
(Mecaptera  or  Panorpatte),  and  the  Sialidce  into  a  further  Order 
Megaloptera,the  Neuroptera  Planipennia  (or,  simply,  Neuroptera) 
was  left  with  only  those  insects  which  went  to  form  the  old  family 
Ilemerobiidcti.  The  seven  subfamilies  {Myrmeleontides,  Ascala- 
phides,  Nemopterides,  Mantispides,  Hemerobiides,Chrysopides,  and 
Coniopterygides),  into  which  Hagen  (1866)  originally  divided  the 
family  Ilemerobiidce,  were  then  elevated  to  the  rank  of  separate 


BY    R.    J.    TILLTARD. 


283 


families.  Six  of  these  families  are  extremely  well  defined,  and 
form  natural  groups  well  marked  oil"  from  one  another.  The 
seventh,  the  old  Hemerohiides  of  Hagen,  was  mei'ely  a  common 
receptacle  for  all   the  archaic  remnants  of  the  Order.     It  was 


-i^A- 


Text-fig.  2. — Venation  of  Micromus  tasmanue  Walker,  (Hemerobiida'). 
Notation  as  usual;  in  addition,  cua,  cubito-anal  furrow;  cii/,  cubital 
fork;  cuj",  secondary  ditto;  ,/,  jugal  lobe  and  process;  mf,  median 
fork;  rf,  radial  fork;  rni,  radio-median  furrow;  c,  false  origin  of 
Rs  in  hindwing. 

originally  subdivided  into  four  tribes,  viz.,  the  Dilarina, 
Nymphina,  Osmylhui,  and  Hemerobiiiia.  The  first  three  of 
these  are  now  generally  recognised  as  good  families.  Even  with 
the  removal  of  these,  and  the  elevation  of  the  fourth  tribe, 
Hemerobiiiia,  to  the  rank  of  a  family,  I  am  still  unable  to  find 
any  general   agreement  as   to  what  constitutes  a  Hemerobiid  ! 


284  STUDIES    IN    AUSTRALIAN    NEUROPTERA,  iv., 

Thus,  N.  Banks,  in  1909,  dealing  with  our  Australian  Hemero- 
biid(e{i),  included  both  Sisyra  and  Psychojjsis  in  that  family. 
But  the  same  author,  in  1913(2),  in  a  more  general  paper,  includes, 
in  the  Hemerobiidce,  four  separate  subfamilies,  viz.,  Dilarince., 
Psychopsince,  Osmylince,  and  Hemerohiince,,  without  offering  any 
diagnosis  of  characters  common  to  the  four.  It  would,  indeed, 
be  difficult  to  indicate  any.  Sisyra  is  here  put  into  Osmylincf, 
to  which  it  more  properly  belongs,  but  the  same  subfamily  is 
made  to  include  the  whole  of  the  Nymphidce,  Myiodactyhis,  Poly- 
stcechotes,  and  the  exceedingly  archaic  and  isolated  Ithone  1  On 
the  other  hand,  Handlirsch,  in  1908(6),  recognised  the  Sisyridcf, 
Polystoechof.idce,  Dilaridce,  Nytnphidce,  and  OsmylidcB  as  separate 
families,  retaining,  in  the  Hemerohiidce,  only  thi'ee  subfamilies, 
viz.,  Berothince,  Psychopsince,  and  Hemerobiince. 

There  can  be  little  doubt  that  Handlirsch  has  most  nearly 
achieved  the  task  of  cleansing  the  Augean  stable,  though  he  is 
certainly  wrong  in  including  Berotha  with  the  Hemerobiidce, 
since  it  is  more  closely  allied  to  the  Osmylidce,  as  Banks  supposed. 
I  have  already  given  my  reasons  for  separating  out  the  Psychojy- 
sincE  as  a  very  distinct,  archaic  family.  What,  then,  are  the 
characters  by  which  the  family  Hemerobiidce,  when  reduced  to 
its  correct  limits,  may  be  known  ?  Nowhere  have  I  been  able 
to  find  any  satisfactory  diagnosis—  chiefly  because,  as  we  have 
already  seen,  the  family  has  always  been  so  cumbered  with  ex- 
traneous elements  that  a  diagnosis  was  impossible. 

I  think  that  the  family  Hemerobiidce  may  be  very  clearly  defined 
by  the  combination  of  the  following  characters  (Text-figs. 2-4) : — 

(1).  I'he  presence  of  more  than  one  radial  sector  in  the  foretving. 
This  character  appears  to  me  to  be  of  the  utmost  importance, 
since  it  separates  out  the  Hem,erobiidce  at  once  from  all  the  rest 
oj"  the  Order,  except  the  Ithonidce  and  Dilaridce. 

(2).  The  absence  of  unsj^ecicdised  cross-veins.  In  the  Hemero- 
biidce, the  few  cross-veins  left  are  all  put  to  some  important  use, 
either  by  forming  gradate  series  (cf.  Chrysopidce)  or,  in  single 
cases,  as  special  supports  or  junctions  for  longitudinal  veins. 
Unspecialised  cross-veins  are  present  in  the  Ithonidce  and 
Dilaridce. 


BY    R.    J.    TILLYARD. 


285 


(3).  The  presence  of  at  least  one  false  or  secondary  origin  for  the 
radial  sector  in  the  hindwiiiy  (Text-fig. 2).  At  least  one  false 
origin  (a?)  is  present  in  all  Hemerobiidce  known  to  me,  as  well  as 
in  all  Chrysopidce.  Owing  to  the  true  origin  of  Rs  being  placed 
too  close  to  the  base  of  the  wing  to  afford  the  necessary  support 
to  the  vein,  the  cross-vein  placed  next  distad  from  it,  between 
R  and  Rs,  becomes  strengthened  and  oblique,  while  the  portion 
of  Rs  lying  basad  to  it  becomes  weakened  and  often  bent,  and, 
in   many  cases,  fuses  basallv  with   M.     The  result  can  be  seen 


Text-f5ff.3. — Venation  of  Hemerohius  humnli  Linn. 


very  clearly  in  Text-fig.4.  The  false  origin  a;  (originally  a  simple 
cross-vein)  appears  to  be  the  real  origin  of  Rs,  while  tlie  small 
portion  of  Rs,  lying  just  basad  to  x,  takes  on  the  form  of  a  cross- 
vein.  In  Drepanepteryx  (Plate  xiii.),  a  second  cross-vein  follows 
suit,  and  we  have  two  false  origins,  x  and  x!.  In  Megalomina 
(Text-fig. 8),  we  see  an  intermediate  condition,  the  second  cross- 
vein  being  only  partly  specialised,  though  the  first  has  become 
greatly  lengthened.  In  Hemerohius  (Text-fig.3),  two  false 
origins  are  present,  but  are  very  short,  owing  to  the  close 
approximation  of  Rs  to  R  basallv. 

23 


286 


STUDIES    IN    AUSTRALIAN    NEUROPTERA,  iv. 


A  single  false  origin  is  always  present  in  Chrysopidce,  Ithonidce, 
and  SisyridcB. 

(4)  The  presence,  in  all  except  very  reduced  forms,  of  a  coupling 
apparatus  at  the  base  of  the  wings.  The  coupling  apparatus 
(Text-fig.2,  j:  also  Plates  xiii.-xiv,  jl,  jp,  fr)  consists  of  two 
parts :  — 

(a)  On  the  forewing,  a  convex,  pro- 
jecting, oval  lobe,  the  juyal  lobe  (jl), 
occupying  the  extreme  base  of  the  pos- 
terior margin. 

(b)  On  the  hindwing,  a  concave,  pro- 
jecting, and  somewhat  angular  process, 
the  jiigal  process  (jp).  The  upturned 
edge  of  this  process  is  fringed  with  fine 
setas,  while  its  apex,  or  angle,  carries 
one  or  more  very  strong  and  stiff 
bristles  of  a  larger  size,  constituting  a 
true  frenulum  ffr  J  directed  outwards. 

During  flight,  the  two  wings  on  one 
side  are  coupled  together  by  the  pro- 
jecting jugal  process  with  its  frenulum  of  bristles,  which  passes 
beneath  the  base  of  the  forewing,  so  as  to  project  upwards  into 
the  concavity  of  the  jugal  lobe. 

These  structures  have  frequently  been  remarked  upon  in 
Drepanepteryx,  where  they  are,  indeed,  very  conspicuous,  and 
have  been  well  figured  by  Sharp  (13;  p. 468).  McLachlan  also 
described  them  as  present  in  Megalomus,  though  less  conspicuous. 
It  seems  extraordinary,  therefore,  that  nobody  should  have 
noticed  their  presence  in  other  genera  of  this  family.  I  have 
examined  the  Palsearctic  genera  £o7'iomyia,  Hemerobius,  Micro 
mus,  and  Sympherobius,  and  I  find  the  coupling  apparatus  quite 

*  Diagrams  to  show  phylogenetic  development  of  false  origins  of  Rs  in 
hindwing  :  a,  archaic  stage,  crossveins  unspecialised  (e.g.,  Spermo2^horeUa, 
PI.  xvii.);  />,  intermediate  stage,  first  crossvein  becoming  ol)lique,  Rs 
hitched  on  to  M;  c,  false  origin  completed  at  x,  second  crossvein  becoming 
oblique  (e.g.,  Megalomina,  Text-fig.8);  d,  two  false  origins  completed  at 
X  and  x'  (e.g.,  Drepanepteryx,  PI.  xiii.). 


feY    R.    J.    TILLTARb.  287 

conspicuous  in  all  of  them.  Tt  is  also  present  in  all  Australian 
genera:  though,  in  extremely  small  and  reduced  forms  like 
Carobius  and  Notiobiella  (Plate  xvi.),  the  jugal  process  is  either 
absent  or  only  represented  by  a  frenulum. 

That  the  apparatus  is  of  very  archaic  origin  is  shown,  not  only 
by  its  being  most  highly  developed  in  the  oldest  and  most 
densely-veined  forms  of  Hemerobiida',  but  also  because  it  is  pre- 
sent and  well  formed  in  Ithone,  which  stands  very  close  to  the 
ancestral  stem  of  those  in.sects. 

(5).  The  absence  of  any  distal  fusion  betiveeii  So  and  R.  This  is 
the  character  relied  upon  by  N.  Banks.  Unfortunately,  in  some 
of  the  most  reduced  genera  (e.g.,  Carobius),  Sc  and  R  are  so  close 
as  to  be  practically  fused  throughout  their  length.  Also,  in  the 
Chrysopid(e,  there  is  no  fusion  between  Sc  and  R  distally.  How- 
ever, from  a  phvlogenetic  point  of  view,  the  character  is  import- 
ant, since  it  shows  us  a  point  in  which  the  Osmylido'  and 
Fsychopsidre  have  undoubtedly  progressed  beyond  the  Hemero- 
biidce.  In  the  Chrysopida',  Sc  runs  into  the  pterostigma  well 
above  R,  and  ends  weakly  there.  This  appears  to  be  most 
certainly  a  specialisation  from  an  original  Hemerobiid-like  con- 
dition of  Sc  and  R.  Lastly,  in  Ithone,  there  is  the  same  condi- 
tion of  Sc  as  in  the  Hemerobiidce.,  but  Sc  is  deeply  sunk  under 
the  high  ridge  of  R. 

(6)  The  archaic,  unspecialised  form  of  Rs.  This  character  is 
shared  with  most  other  families  of  Neuroptera,  but  serves  to 
enable  us  to  distinguish  the  Hemerobiidoi  from  the  Chrysopidce, 
in  which  Rs  is  zigzagged. 

(7).  The  retention  of  the  archaic  branchings  of  the  veins  as  they 
approach  the  ivincj-horder.  In  the  Hemerobiidce,  these  branchings 
are  present,  and  usually  numerous,  for  all  veins  from  the  ptero- 
stigma outwards  to  the  apex,  and  round  along  the  posterior 
border  to  the  base.  In  the  costal  space  of  the  hindwing,  from 
base  to  pterostigma,  the  cross-veins  are  regular  and  unbranched. 
In  the  forewing,  however,  these  same  cross-veins  are  elongated 
and  usually  branched.  Only  in  those  genera,  in  which  the  costal 
space  of  the  forewing  is  not  enlarged,  do  we  find  any  consider- 
able number  of  these  veins  unbranched. 


288 


STUDIES    IN    AUSTRALIAN    NEUROPTERA,  iv., 


Phylogenetically  (if  we  may  take  the  venation  of  the  Mesozoic 
fossils  as  a  true  guide),  there  can  be  little  doubt  that  the  most 
archaic  condition  is  that  in  which  the  costal  space  is  not  undulv 
enlarged,  and  the  costal  cross-veins  either  slightly,  or  not  at  all, 
branched,  while  the  veins  approaching  all  the  rest  of  the  wing- 
border  are  freel\^  branched.  Thus  the  costal  space  of  the  hind- 
wing  retains  the  archaic  form,  while  the  great  enlargement  of 
the  same  space  in  the  forewing,  seen  in  such  genera  as  Drepunep- 
teri/x,  together  with  the  formation  of  the  rectirrent  costal  veinlet 
(Plate  xiii.,  Cr)  must  be  regarded  as  specialisations  correlated 
with  increase  in  wing-breadth. 

(8).  The  fusion  of  M  with  R  hasally  in  the  forewiny,  and  the 
fusion  of  M  in  the  hindtving  with  the.  weakly  formed^  original^ 
basal  portion  of  Es.  These  are  distinct  specialisations  in  the 
venation,  which,  though  found  in  the  Chrysopjidce  and  Dilaridoi 
also,  offer  a  definite  distinction  from  the  Ithonidce  and  Osmylidce, 
where  M  is  fused  with  R  in  both  wings. 

(9).  'The  unspecialised  form  of  the  antennae.  These  are  formed 
of  very  numerous,  small  joints,  the  basal  joint  being  usually 
slightly  enlarged.  The  antenna;  may  be  described  as  slender, 
moniliform,  and  very  finely  pectinate.  In  length,  they  vary  from 
a  little  less  than  half  the  wing-length  {Drepanepteryx),  to  about 
the  full  length  of  the  wing  (Oxybiella).  They  most  closel}' 
resemble  the  antennae  of  Osmylidce  (probably  the  most  archaic 
form  of  these  organs),  but  these  latter  have  the  separate  joints 
longer  and  thinner  by  comparison.  The  antemise  also  serve  to 
distinguish  the  Hemerobiidoi  from  the  Psychopsido',  in  which 
these  organs  are  exceedingly  short;  from  the  Chrysopidce,  in 
which  they  are  exceedingly  long;  and  from  the  Nymp)hida',  in 
which  they  are  disiinctl}'  thickened. 

(10).  Position  of  rest:  the  wings  completely  hiding  the  body, 
and  placed  almost  vertically  to  the  resting-plane,  with  the  costal 
margins  downwards,  the  posterior  margins  meeting  in  a  high 
ridge  above  the  body;  the  head  bent  downwards,  and  often  partly 
hidden  by  the  projecting  costse  of  the  forewings. 

This  resting-position  is  very  like  that  of  the  Osmylidoi,  and 
C oiiiopterygidd',  in  both  of  which,  however,  the  head  shows  much 


BY    K.    .T.    TILLYARD.  289 

more  freely  in  front  of  tlie  wings,  while  the  approximation  of 
the  two  pairs  of  wings  towards  the  mid-vertical  plane  is  not  so 
great.  The  Psychopsi(/a'  rest  quite  dilierently,  with  the  wings 
forming  a  very  fiat  roof  over  the  body,  the  angle  between  each 
forewing  and  the  restiug-plane  being  very  small.  The  resting 
position  of  Ithone  resembles  that  of  a  Hepialid  moth. 

Having  thus  indicated  the  principal  characters  of  this  (as  it 
seems  to  me)  exceedingly  clearly  defined  family,  we  may  summa- 
I'ise  them  in  the  following  short  definition.  Small,  short-bodied 
insects  with  short  jyrothur ax.  Antennoi  (yf  t)ioderate  length,  mon- 
ili/orm,  finely  pectinate.  Ocelli  absent.  Wings  held  almost 
vertically  in  repose,  ivith  custid  ■margins  downwards,  completely 
hiding  the  body.  Generalised  form  of  Rs(not  zig-zagged),  and 
numerous  branchings  of  the  veins  at  the  margins  of  the  wings.  Sc 
and  Ji  not  fused  distally.  M  fused  basally  vnth  E  in  forewing, 
ivilh  v)eak  base  of  Rs  in  hindivvng  At  least  two  radial  sectors  in 
forewing;  only  one  in  hindicing,  bid  this  one  strengthened  by  the 
development  of  at  least  one  false  origin,  formed  from  a  cross  vein 
placed  distad  from  the  true  origiti..  Absence  oj  all  unspecialised 
cross-veins;  tlie  feio  that  are  present  forming  either  gradate  series 
or  special  braces  between  the  main  veins.  A  coupling  apparatus, 
in  the  form  of  juyal  lobe  and  process,  nearly  always  present  at 
base  of  icings. 

The  Hemerobiidcc,  then,  are  distinguished  from  the  other 
families  with  which  they  are  likely  to  be  confused,  as  follows 
(the  characters  are  numbered  as  above;:— 

From  all  except  the  Ithonido'  and  Dilaridif,  by  (1):  from  the 
Ithonidcs  and  DilaridcB  by  (2).      In  particular 

From  the  Psychopsida-  by  (1),  (3j,  (4),  (5),  (9),  and  (10). 

From  the  Osmylidce  by  (1),  (2),  (3),  (4),  (5),  (8;,  and  (9),  as  well 
as  by  the  peculiar,  elongated  and  upcurved  mandibles  of  the 
Osmylid  larvae. 

From  the  Chrysopidw  by  (I),  (4),  (6),  (7),  (9;,  and  (10). 

From  the  Sisyridct  by  (1),  (5),  and  the  important  dilierences 
in  larval  form  and  life-history. 

From  the  Berothidce  by  (1),  (3),  (4),  and  (5),  and  the  absence 
of  any  scales  on  the  wings  of  the  female. 


290 


STUDIES    IN    AUSTRALIAN    NEUROPIERA,  iv., 


The  genera,  Rapisma  Siud  Oliarces,  induded  in  the  H einerohiidce 
by  N.  Banks(2),  must  be  removed  from  that  family  as  defined 
above,  on  account  of  the  presence  of  only  one  radial  sector,  and 
numerous,  unspecialised  cross-veins.  I  think  that  a  new  family 
will  be  required  for  these  two  genera.  They  ai^e  not  found  in 
Austialia. 

I  have  not  attempted  to  divide  the  Uemerobiidfe  into  sub- 
families, because  it  seems  to  me  that  a  single  phyletic  line  of 
descent  is  clearly  indicated,  with  all  the  intermediate  stages  still 
present,  from  the  comparatively  large,  densely-veined,  and  most 
generalised  form  {Drejmnejjteryx)  right  down  to  the  smallest 
forms  (Sympher'obius,  Notiohidla,  etc.)  in  which  the  venation  is 
comparatively  simple,  and  in  which  all  the  signs  of  a  liigh 
specialisation  by  reduction  are  evident.  Thus,  if  we  attempt  to 
separate  Drepanp,pteryx  and  its  allies  oif  on  a  very  important 
venational  character  (as  I  had  hoped  to  do),  viz.,  the  presence 
of  the  original  Cuj  in  the  hindwing,  we  shall  make  an  unnatural 
grouping:  for  a  new  genus  ( Drepanomina)  has  just  come  to  light, 
which  is  most  certainly  a  close  ally  of  Drepanepteryx,  but  lacks 
this  important  vein.  Nor  does  the  falcate  form  of  wing  justify 
us  in  elevating  this  same  group  into  a  subfamily,  since,  in  other 
respects,  Drepanoniina,  Megalomus,  and  Megalomiita  are  very 
closely  allied.  Again,  while  we  can  pass  in  a  descending  scale 
(by  reduction)  from  Drepanepteryx  to  Drepanacra,  thence  to 
Drejyauoinina,  and  thence  directly  to  the  pointed-winged  forms 
Megalomina  and  Oxybiella,  the  connection  with  the  smaller, 
round-winged  forms  is  supplied  by  Micromns,  which  is  clearly  a 
specialisation  from  Megalomina  (loss  of  recuirent  costal  vein  by 
narrowing  of  costa),  and  in  a  somewhat  different  direction  by 
Psychobiella  (fusion  of  the  two  basal  radial  sectors  of  forewing 
into  one).  Thus  we  arrive,  at  last,  at  a  form  with  only  three 
radial  sectors  in  the  forewing.  The  final  reduction  to  two  radial 
sectors  is  actually  accomplished,  in  the  Paltearctic  region,  within 
the  range  of  the  type-genus  Hemerobms  itself;  while,  in  Aus- 
tralia, the  line  of  reduction  passes  on  from  Psychobiella  to  Motio- 
biella,  with  Carobius  as  a  side-branch. 

In  the  actual   practice  of  determining  genera  of  HemerobiidcH 


BY    R.    J.    TILLYARD.  291 

from  tables  or  keys  based  upon  venation,  it  seems  to  me  that 
much  confusion  would  be  avoided  (especially  for  those  whose 
knowledge  of  the  group  is  not  extensive)  if  two  points  were 
carefully  borne  in  mind.  Firstly,  it  is  necessary  to  be  able  to 
pick  up  the  median  vein  at  a  glance.  But,  owing  to  the  basal 
fusion  of  this  vein  with  R  or  Rs,  how  can  we  recognise  it  with 
certainty,  except  by  recourse  to  the  pupal  tracheation  1  This 
can  always  be  done  by  looking  for  the  radio-median  Jurrow 
(Text-fig. 2,  rm),  a  deep  groove  which  separates  the  last  (most 
basal)  branch  of  R  in  the  forewing,  or  Rs  in  the  hindwing,  from 
M.  This  furrow  runs  just  anteriorly  to  M,  and,  in  certain  lights, 
it  shows  up  as  a  white,  shining  line,  even  more  conspicuous  than 
the  veins  themselves.  The  median  vein  also  is  always  two- 
branched  in  Bemerobiidce,  the  fork  being  called  the  median  fork 
(Text-fig. 2,  mf).  In  the  Plates,  rm  is  represented  as  a  dotted 
line.  A  similar,  very  distinct  furrow  separates  Cu  from  A,  and 
is  designated  the  cubito-anal  furrow  (Text-fig.2,  cm«).  Occa- 
sionally, as  in  Z)/(Sprt«eji;<ert/.r  (Plate  xii.,  fig.  1),  a  third  furrow, 
the  medio-cuhital,  separates  M  from  Cu,  but  usually  this  is 
absent. 

Secondly,  it  must  be  remembered  that  the  cubitus  of  the 
hindwing  in  Hemerobiidce  is  a  highly  specialised  vein.  In  most 
genera,  it  forms  a  high  ridge,  and  is  much  stronger  and  thicker 
than  any  vein  near  it.  Now  the  sharp  forking  of  this  ridge, 
which  can  often  be  seen  at  a  level  distad  from  that  of  mf,  is  tiot 
the  primary  fork  (cuf)  dividing  Cu  into  Cuj  and  Cu.,,  but  the 
secondary  fork  (cuf)  dividing  Cuj  into  Cuj^  and  Cun,.*  This 
can  be  seen  at  once  by  referring  to  Drepanepteryx  or  Drepanacra 
(Plate  xiii.),  where  c?t/'may  be  seen  very  close  to  the  base  of  the 
wing,  with  Cu,  as  a  weak  vein  running  parallel  and  close  up  to 
Cuj.  How  Cug  has  been  lost,  can  be  clearly  seen  in  Drepano 
mina  (Plate  xiv.,  fig.  18),  where  the  cubito-anal  furrow  is  double, 

*  The  re-semblance  of  this  secondary  fork  to  the  cubital  fork  in  Myrme- 
leontidw  has  led  me  to  re-examine  the  structure  of  the  cubitus  in  this  latter 
family.  As  a  result,  I  have  discovered,  in  the  Dendroieontiiue  and  Acan- 
thaclis'is,  the  remnant  of  the  true  Cu.,  near  the  base  of  the  forewing.  It 
follows  that  the  branch  hitherto  called  Cuj  is  in  reality  Cujb  for  the  fore- 
wing, and  probably  for  the  hindwing  also. 


292 


the  anterior   portion  representing   the  just-vanished    vein,   the 
posterior  the  true  furrow. 

If  these  points  be  kept  in  inind,  there  should  be  no  difficulty 
in  determining  all  the  Australian  genera  from  the  key  here 
offered.  As  most  of  the  Australian  forms  are  exceedingly  rare 
in  collections,  I  have  figured  every  known  genus,  in  the  hope 
that  our  Lepidopterists  and  Coleopterists,  even  if  they  cannot 
be  expected  to  master  the  intricate  venation  of  the  wings,  may 
recognise  their  captures  from  the  figures,  and  save  them  for  the 
advancement  of  the  study  of  this  interesting  family,  of  which 
Australia  may  yet  be  proved  to  possess  a  large  number  of 
representatives. 

Key  to  the  Australian  Genera  of  the  Family  Hemerohiidce."' 
Forewing  distinctly  falcate  at  tip,  the  margin  of  the  wing 
V)eing  distinctly  excavated  posteriorly  to  the  apex  {Drepan- 

epferyx-group) 1 . 

Forewing  either  rounded  or  pointed  at  apex,  but  not  falcate. 

( Hemfrobiu.s-growp ) 2. 

'Costal  area  of  forewing  broad  at  base,  narrowing  graduallj' 
and  regulai'ly  towards  ptei'ostigma.  Ou^  present  in  hind- 
wing -i. 

1 .  -(  Costal  area  of  forewing  narrow  at  base,  then  swelling  out  into 
a  kind  of  hump,  and  finally  becoming  very  narrow  again 
towards  pterostigma.  C\i„  absent  in  hindwing,  its  position 
occupied  by  a  furrow Dnjjanoinina,  n.g.(Typei).  ijibhosa,  n.sp.). 

rForewing  distinctly  pointed  at  apex 4. 

I  Forewing  rounded  at  apex 5. 

'Forewing  with  numerous  (ten  or  more)  radial  sectors,  and 
with  M^  and  M„  both  branched  again  close  to  mf.  Hind- 
wing  with  Cu,  not  united  to  Cuib  distally.     Three  complete 

gradate  series  in  forewing,  two  in  hindwing , 

Drepanepteryx  Burm. ,  (Palajarctic).  (Type  D.  phalteno'idei^  L. ). 

'A.  J  Forewing  with  fewer  (four  to  six)  radial  sectors,  and  with  no 
secondary  branchings  of  M,  and  Mj.  Hindwing  with  Cuo 
and  Cuib  united  distally.  Only  two  complete  gradate  series 
ill  forewing;  hindwing  with  outer  gradate  series  complete, 

i liner  series  represented  by  a  few  cross-veins 

Drepanacra,  n.g.  (Type  J).  A?6???/fe  McLach. ). 

*  The  Pahcarctie  genus  Drtpantpttryx  is  included,  in  order  to  show  the 
differences  between  it  and  the  Australian  species,  which  have  hitherto 
been  included  in  it. 


ti.  i 


RY    R.    J.    TILLYARD.  293 

^Forewing  broadly  lanceolate,  with  three  gradate  series 

Mega/omina. (Type  M.  acuminata  Banks). 

Forewing  narrowly  lanceolate,  with  only  two  gradate  series, 

of  which  the  outer  is  irregular  and  incomplete 

Oxyhiella,  n.g.(Type  O.  hrklireJ/l,  n.sp. ). 

(Three  to  six  radial  sectors  in  forewing 6. 

I^Only  two  radial  sectors  in  forewing 7. 

'Forewing  with  only  three  radial  sectors,  one  aiising  near 
base,  and  two  close  together  near  middle  of  wing;  recur- 
rent costal  veinlet  present 

Pftychohklla  Banks.  (Type  Ps.  mnlida  Banks). 

Forewing  with  from  four  to  six  radial  sectors;  recurrent  costal 

veinlet  absent Micromm  Ranib.     (Type  M.  rarkgatun  Fabr. ). 

'No  distal  gradate  series  in  either  wing 

NotiohieUa  Banks.  (Type  N.  unita  Banks). 

A  long,  distal  gradate  series  pi-esent  in  forewing,  a  short  one 

in  hindwing Carohim  Banks.     (Type  C.  puh-he/lus  Banks). 

Genus  Drrpanepteryx  Burni.     (Plate  xiii.,  fig.l). 

1  propose  to  restrict  this  genus  to  the  PaUvarctic  species  with 
the  characters  given  above  in  the  table.  Genotype,  D.  pha- 
henoides  L. 

Genus  Drepanacra,  n.g.     (Plates  xiii.-xiv.,  figs.  12-1 7). 

This  genus  is  proposed  for  the  reception  of  all  but  one  of  the 
Australian  and  New  Zealand  species,  hitherto  placed  in  Dre- 
pancptpryx.  Characters  as  given  above  in  the  table.  Geno- 
type, D.  hiwiilis  McLach. 

Three  species  of  this  genus  have  so  far  been  described,  viz.,  D. 
binocnla  Newman  (1838),  from  "New  Holland,"  D.  instabilis 
McLachlan(1863),  from  New  Zealand,  and  D.  humilis  McLachlan 
(1863),  from  Australia  and  New  Zealand.  McLachlan  gave 
excellent  descriptions  and  figures  of  both  his  species.  Newman's 
description  of  B.  hinocula  is  very  brief,  and  gives  no  details  of 
the  shape  or  venation  of  the  wings.  The  date  of  Newman's 
specimen  makes  it  fairly  certain  that  it  came  from  New  South 
South  Wales,  and  probably  from  neai-  Sydney.  I  have  seen  a 
large  number  of  specimens  of  the  genus  from  different  parts  of 
Australia,  chiefly  from  the  neighbourhood  of  Sydney,  and  I  have 
never  seen  any  form  that  possessed  the  conspicuous,  round  spot, 
encircled  by  a  pale  ring,  near  the  posterior  angle  of  each  fore- 

24 


294  STUDIES    IN    AUSTRALIAN    NEUROPTERA,  iv., 

wing,  which  can  be  seen  in  Newman's  type.  All  the  species 
are,  however,  so  exceedingly  variable  in  ground-colour  and  mark- 
ings, that  it  seems  almost  certain  that  Newman's  type  was  an 
extraordinary  variation,  which  may  not  turn  up  again  for  a  very 
long  time.  As  D.  humilis  McLach.,  is,  at  the  same  time,  the 
commonest  and  the  least  variable  species,  it  seems  wise  to  fix 
this  species  as  the  type  of  the  new  genus  Drepanacra. 

In  this  genus,  variability  is  not  confined  to  the  colouration, 
but  extends  also,  within  certain  limits,  to  the  venation  of  the 
wings,  while  the  limits  of  size  for  any  given  species  are  also  con- 
siderable. The  task  of  working  out  the  material  which  has 
passed  through  my  hands  has  been  a  very  laborious  one;  though, 
indeed,  it  would  prove  delightful  enough  to  the  confirmed 
"splitter,"  who  could  describe  new  species  to  his  heart's  content, 
on  the  extraordinary  variations  of  colour-scheme.  A  peculiar 
difficulty  is  met  with  in  this  and  many  other  Hemerobiid  genera, 
viz.,  that,  after  death,  the  body,  inconspicuous  enough  even  in 
life,  shrivels  up  so  completely  that  it  is  quite  useless  for  specific 
diagnosis.  As  for  the  colour  of  the  antennje,  this  varies  with 
age,  being  palest  in  freshly  emerged  specimens.  We  must 
have  recourse,  then,  almost  entirely  to  the  wings  for  our  specific 
characters.  Even  here,  we  must  proceed  with  great  caution,  and 
define  our  species  so  as  to  take  account  of  the  extremes  of  vena- 
tional  variation. 

Two  characters  that  are  of  the  greatest  importance  generally 
in  the  Hemerohiidce,  and  that  have  been  used  for  de- 
fining species  in  Drepanacra  by  McLachlan,  are  found 
to  be  variable  when  any  large  number  of  specimens  is 
examined.  These  are  (1)  the  number  of  cross- veins 
in  the  gradate  series,  (2)  the  number  of  radial  sectors 
in  the  foi'ewing.  In  order  to  explain  the  reason  for 
^^  '  ^'  '  the  variability  in  these  characters,  reference  should 
be  made  to  Text-figs.  5  and  6.      As  regards  the  outer  gradate 

*  Diagrams  to  show  inconstancy  of  number  of  erossveins  in  the  outer 
gradate  series  of  Drepaneptery.v  :  a,  usual  condition;  h,  approach  of  a  fork 
to  gradate  series;  c,  interpolation  of  an  extra  erossvein  in  the  gradate 
series, 


^ 


St    R.    .J.    TILLtARll.  295 

series  (Text-fig.5),  we  see  that  a  distal  forking  of  one  of  the 
sectors  may  become  interposed  between  two  of  the  gradate  \eins, 
and  thus  allow  of  the  occasional  introduction  of  an  extra  cross- 
vein.  I  propose,  therefore,  to  lay  down  two  rules  for  numbering 
these  cross- veins: — (a)  only  to  count  cross-veins  from  the  most 
anterior  branch  of  Cu,  upwards;  (2)  to  give,  as  the  normal  num- 
bei",  the  number  counted  in  specimens  in  which  no  extra  cross- vein 
is  interposed  in  the  manner  shown  in  Text-fig.5,  c. 

Secondly,  as  regards  the  number  of  i-adial  sectors  in  the  fore- 
wing.  In  all  specimens  of  Drepanacra  which  I  have  examined, 
the  most  distal  branch  of  R,  viz.,  Rj,  gives  off  one  or  more 
posterior  branches,  while  the  most  basal  branch  gives  off  one  or 
more  anterior  branches.  The  branching  of  the  former  is  nearly 
constant,  there  being  only  fwo  posterior  branches  (small  forkings 
distad  from  the  outer  gradate  series  are  not  taken  into  account). 
But,  for  the  most  basal  branch,  we  find  two  conditions  almost 
equally  prevalent.  Either  this  bi-anch  gives  off  only  a  single, 
anterior  branch,  and  is  followed  distally  along  R  by  a  fixed 
number  of  simple  sectors;  or  else  it  gives  off  two  anterior  branches, 
and  is  followed  by  one  less  than  this  fixed  number  of  simple 
sectoi's.  The  explanation  of  this  is,  that  what  is  really  the 
second  sector  from  the  base  frequently  be- 
comes detached  from  R,  and  fuses  on  to  the 
most  basal  sector,  giving  it  an  extra  branch 
anteriorly.  This  is  shown  in  Text-fig.  6.  A 
single  specimen  sometimes  has  the  condi- 
tion a  on  one  side,  and  the  condition  b  iext-ng.  . 
on  the  other.  To  deal  with  this  Aariability,  I  propose  the  follow- 
ing plan.  An  imaginary  line,  drawn  approximately  parallel  to 
and  just  inside  the  outer  gradate  series,  will  cut  all  the  radial 
sectors  and  their  main  branches.  If  we  denote  a  single  sector 
by  the  figure  1,  a  sector  with  one  branch  by  2,  and  so  on,  and 
reckon    from    the  distal  (anterior)    end  of    our   imaginaiy  line 

*  Variation  in  condition  of  branches  of  radius  in  forewing  of  Drepanep- 
ttryx  :  a,  archaic  condition;  h,  the  second  bianch  from  the  base  becomes 
hitched  on  to  the  most  basal  branch. 


256  STUDIES    IN    AUStRALlAK    XEt'ROPTERA,  iv., 

downwards  to  Mj,  we  obtain  what  I  shall  call  the  radial  formula, 
which  may  be  equated  to  the  total  number  of  branches  passed. 
Thus  for  D.  hninilis,  as  figured  in  Plate  xiii.,  fig.  2,  we  have 

Radial  formula,  3  4-1  +  1  +  1  +  2  =  8  (the  count  stopping  short 
at  the  vein  lying  above  the  radio-median  furrow,  shown  as  a 
dotted  line).  An  equally  common,  radial  formula  for  this  species 
is  3  +  1  +  1+3  =  8,  representing  the  case  shown  in  Text-fig. 6,  h. 

One  of  the  most  remarkable  structures  to  be  seen  in  the  wing 
of  Drepanepteryx  phalceno'ides  is  the  peculiar  transparent  patch, 
at  about  the  middle  of  the  posterior  border  of  the  forewing, 
resembling  a  split  or  tear  in  the  wing.  Such  a  structure  I  pro- 
pose to  call  a  fenestella  (Lat.  =  a  little  opening).  It  occurs  in  a 
slightly  less  conspicuous  form  in  some  species  of  Drepanacra.  Its 
effect  is  to  give  the  insect,  when  at  rest,  the  appearance  of  a 
dead  leaf,  with  a  small  tear  in  it.  It  is  clearly  a  development 
correlated  with  the  falcate  type  of  wing,  for  the  eft'ect  of  a  dead 
leaf  is  obtained  primarily  by  this  latter  formation,  and  there  is 
no  record  of  a  fenestella  occurring  in  any  but  a  falcate  wing. 
This  is  a  nice  little  problem  in  protecti\e  resemblance,  which  has 
long  puzzled  entomologists. 

If  we  examine  a  fenestella  (Plate  xiii.,  figs.  11,  13),  we  shall 
see  that  the  apparent  interruption  of  the  veins  is  a  very  simple 
deception  brought  about  by  the  absence  of  pigment.  The  veins 
are  all  present,  and  are  all  easily  seen  under  a  moderate  power 
of  the  lens,  the  actual  condition  being  such  as  I  have  shown  in 
my  di'awings,  and  not  as  figured  by  Sharp  (13;  p.4()S).  The 
"split"  efl'ect  is  obtained  (1)  by  the  complete  absence  of  pigment 
on  the  wing-uiembrane  within  the  fenestella  itself,  and  (2)  by  a 
certain  amount  of  increase  of  the  pigment  surrounding  it.  To 
understand  how  the  fenestella  arose,  we  must  first  of  all  realise 
that  it  is  foi-med  around  a  small  series  of  cross-veins  which  have 
been  brought  into  line;  they  are,  in  fact,  a  posterior  extension 
of  the  outer  gradate  series,  originally,  no  doubt,  arranged  in  step- 
form,  but  later  on  combined  to  form  a  single  line  running  trans- 
versely in  from  tlie  wing-border.  Now  we  have  many  cases  of 
the  enclosui-e  of  gradate  cross-veins  in  small  pigmentless  areas, 


BY    R.    J.    TILLYARD.  297 

in  an  otherwise  pigmented  wing.  For  instance,  in  Psychopsis 
UUdyei,  the  whole  of  the  outer  gradate  series  runs  through  a 
deeply  pigmented  brown  mark  on  the 
wing;  but  each  separate  cross- vein  is 
enclosed  in  a  tiny  clear  area  of  the 
kind  shown  in  Text  fig. 7,  a.  If  we 
admit  that  the  fusion  of  our  cross- 
veins,  in  the  case  of  Drepanepteryx\ 
took  place  originally  as  a  specialisa- 
tion for  mechanical  advantage,  and  that,  at  the  same  time,  these 
cross-veins  happened  to  be  enclosed  in  small,  clear  areas  as  they 
are  in  Psychopsis  illidgei,  we  get  at  once  a  weak  fenestella  of  the 
form  seen  in  D.  hii.tnilis.  A  slight  extension  of  this  gives  us  the 
well-formed  fenestella  of  D.  phalcendides.  Thus  it  would  seem 
that  the  formation  of  this  peculiar  structure  may  well  be  due  to 
the  accumulation  of  small,  advantageous  variations  to  the  benefit 
of  the  species,  and  that  it  is  really  an  excellent  illusti-ation  of  the 
action  of  "natural  selection"  in  the  strict.  Darwinian  sense. 

In  Drepanacra,  the  forewing  is  considerably  less  falcate  than 
it  is  in  Drepaneptery.):.  It  is  interesting,  therefore,  to  find  in 
this  genus  the  development  of  still  another  structure  of  the  same 
nature  as  the  fenestella,  \iz.,  a  set  of  one  or  more,  white  (unpig- 
mented)  lunides  along  the  falcate  border  of  the  wing.  One  of 
these  lunules  is  shown  in  Plate  xiii.,  fig.  14,  enlarged,  Avhile  the 
set  of  three,  usually  present  in  D.  humilis,  is  shown  in  fig.  12  of 
the  same  Plate.  These  structures  not  only  serve  to  increase  the 
appareiit  falcafioit  of  the  wing,  but,  when  well  developed,  they 
sugge-st  a  series  of  small  "bites"  or  " tears"'  out  of  the  edge  of 
the  dead  leaf,  which  the  wing  so  closely  repi-esents  in  repose,  and 
thus  contribute,  presumably,  to  the  innnunity  from  attack  enjoyed 
by  these  archaic  insects. 

As  regards  the,  frenulum  of  Drepmmrra  (Plate  xi\-.,  fig.  19),  it 
is  of  a  more  specialised  form  than  that  figured  by  Sharp(13;  p.  168) 
for  Drepaneptery. If.     I  find,  in  the  males  of  D.  humilis,  that  the 

"'  Diagrams  to  .show  the  evolution  of  a  fenestella  :  a,  gradate  crossvein.s 
in  small,  clear  areas;  b,  alignment  of  .same;  c,  fenestella  completed. 


298 


STUDIES    IN    AUSTRALIAN    NECROPTKRA,  iv., 


frenulum  consists  of  a  single,  strong  bristle,  usually  blackish; 
while,  in  the  females,  there  are  two,  somewhat  shorter  and  paler 
biistles,  one  longer  than  the  other.  In  D.  insfabilis,  it  is  pro- 
bable that  the  same  condition  holds,  but  I  have  seen  only  three 
females  of  this  species.  Thus  it  would  seem  that  the  form  of  the 
frenulum  is  of  no  help  in  specific  diagnosis,  but  that  it  enables 
us  to  distinguish  the  sexes,  when,  as  is  usually  the  case,  the 
abdomen  is  too  shrivelled  for  that  purpose.  The  average  expanse 
of  the  females  is  about  1  mm.  greater  than  that  of  the  males,  for 
any  given  species. 

The  following  key  will  separate  the  five  known  species: — 
''Forewing  with  a  conspicuous,  nearly  round,  dark  spot,  en- 
circled by  a  pale  ring,  situated  near  the  posterior  angle. 

Expanse  l.^mm D.  h'uwcida  (Newman). 

Forewing  with  no  such  spot 1. 

ASmall  species,  expanse  15-16  mm.,  without  any  definite  fenes- 

I      tella,  radial  formula  3  +  1  -f  1  +  2  =  7,  rarely  4+1  +  1+2  =  8.        2. 
Larger  species,  expanse  16-22 mm.,  fenestella  present;  radial 

I      formula  totalling  8  or  9 3. 

'Tip  of  forewing  barely  falcate;    deep    mottled   giey-brown 

colouration  on  forcwings D.  hanlyi,  n.  sp. 

Tip   of    forewing   distinctly    falcate ;    forcwings   pale,    with 
irregular,  1  )rowi lish  markings D.  Jrogijntti,  n.  sj). 

/'Ground-colour  of  forewing  uniform  ochreous  or  medium 
brown,  without  numerous  irregidar  markings,  and  with 
little  or  no  sign  of  numerous,  oV)lique  fascia-  extending  in- 
wards from  costa.  Forewing  slightly  falcate,  with  moder- 
ately rounded  tip.  Usually  three  luniUes.  Radial  formula 
nearly  always  totalling  8.     Hindwing  \\'\(\\  5-6  branches  of 

Rs.     Expanse  16-18  nnn D.  humilis  (Isiiiheach.). 

Forevvdng  much  more  irregularly  marked,  Avith  numerous, 
distinct,  oblique  fascise  extending  inwards  from  costa;  very 
distinctly  falcate,  with  pointed  tip.  Radial  formula  total- 
ling 8  or  9.  Hindwing  with  6-7  branches  of  Rs.  Expanse 
1 9-22  mm D.  inAabilis  (McLach. ). 

3.  Drepanacka  humilis  McLachlan.      (Plate  xiii.,  figs.  12-14). 
McLachlan,  Journ.  Ent.,  Nov.  1863,  pp.1 11-116. 
The  venation  figured  in  Plate  xiii.,  fig.  12,  is  that  of  a  female, 
expanse  1 8  mm.     The  following  seem  to  be  the  most  important 


3. 


BY    R.    J.    TILLYARD.  299 

characters.  Radial  formula  usually  either  3  +  1  +  1  +  1  +  2  =  8 
(as  in  figure)  or  3+1  +  1  +  3  =  8  (as  in  specimen  figured  by 
Esben-Petersen,  These  Proceedings,  1914,  xxxix.,  PI.  Ixxiv.,  fig. 
8);  very  rarely  2+1  +  1  +  1  +  1+2  =  8.  Ilindwini/  with  5-6 
branches  of  Rs,  usually  5,  the  two  false  origins  of  Rs  well-formed 
but  short;  very  little  cloudiness  on  hind  wing,  usually  only  along 
costa  and  proximal  part  of  posterior  mai-gin  to  Cujb,  and  a  cloud 
on  Cuib  itself.  Fenestella  usually  fairly  distinct,  sometimes  not 
very  clear.  Lunules  distinct,  three  in  number,  veiy  rarely  four. 
Number  of  gradate  cross-veins  above  Cuj,  in  forewing,  9-10  in 
inner,  11-13  in  outer  series;  in  hindwing,  4  in  inner,  10-11  in 
outer. 

As  regards  Australian  specimens,  it  may  be  given  as  a  general 
rule  that  the  most  northern  forms  are  the  smallest  and  palest, 
the  most  southern  forms  the  largest  and  darkest.  McLachlan's 
type,  from  Moreton  Bay,  is  smaller  than  any  specimen  I  have 
examined.  The  specimen  from  Melbourne,  examined  by  Mr. 
Petersen,  and  determined  as  conspecific  with  McLachlan's  type, 
has  an  expanse  of  quite  18  mm.;  while  the  expanse  of  the  type- 
specimen  is  given  as  "7  lines,"  i.e.,  just  over  14  mm.,  which  is 
considerably  smaller  than  any  specimen  of  Drepanacra  known  to 
me.  I  think,  however,  that  the  printed  measurement  is  an  error, 
since  the  body-length  is  given  as  "3  lines,"  and  the  very  care- 
fully drawn  figure  shows  the  expanse  to  be  quite  thrice  the  body- 
length. 

The  following  varieties,  or  forms,  may  be  distinguished. 

a. — The  type-form;  ground-colour  of  forewings  greyish-ochrenus, 
subhyaline,  with  a  few,  scattered,  black  dots;  hindwing  with 
ochreous  pterostigma. 

This  form  is  typical  of  S.  Queensland  and  Ne\v  South  Wales; 
Victorian  specimens  are,  on  the  whole,  slightly  darker  and  more 
distinctly  marked,  usually  with  a  distinct  row  of  black  spots 
along  the  inner  gradate  series.  One  Victorian  specimen  in  Mi-. 
Froggatt's  collection  has  the  forewings  a  rich  brown,  the  hind- 
wing shaded  with  brown. 


300  STUDIES    IN    AUSTRALIAN    NEUROPTERA,  iv., 

Localities. — Brisbane  district,  S.  Queensland;  Sydney  district, 
N.S.W.,  common  (including  two  specimens  bred  from  lai'vpe  found 
in  rolled-up  leaves  of  Eucalyptus  saplings,  feeding  upon  the  com- 
mon Sugar-lerp,  Psylla  eAtcalyjiti,  at  Hornsby);  National  Park, 
N.S  W.,  fairly  common;  Melbourne,  Victoria;  Mt.  Wellington, 
Tasmania. 

h. — Var.  fasmanica;  ground-colour  of  foiewings  rich  russet- 
brown;  hindwing  with  reddish  ptei^ostigma.  The  usual  form 
taken  in  Tasmania;  Hobart;  Maria  Island. 

c. — Var.  longifi(,dinalis\  a  dark,  longitudinal  streak  runs  from 
base  to  apex  of  forewing. 

National  Park,  one  specimen,  November  20th,  1915;  Maria 
Island,  Tasmania,  one  specimen,  December  31st,  1915,  taken  b}^ 
Mr.  G.  H.  Hardy.  I'his  latter  has  the  ground-colour  of  var.  b. 
The  National  Park  specimen  has  a  radial  formula, 

•2-f-l  +  l+H-l+2  =  8. 

4.  Drepanacra  instabilis  McLachlan.     (Plate  xiv.,  fig.  15). 

McLachlan,  Journ.  Ent.,  Nov.  1863,  pp.  111-6. 

The  venation  figured  is  that  of  a  female,  expanse  21  mm. 

Badial  formula  3  4-  1  -f  1  +  1  -I-  3  =  9,  or  4  +  1  +  1+3  =  9,  or 
3+1  +  1+4  =  9.  Very  rarely,  3  +  1+1  +  1  +  2  =  8.  Hindwing 
with  6-7  branches  of  l^s,  usually  fi;  the  two  false  origins  of  Rs 
are  longer  than  in  D.  hnmilis;  cloudiness  usually  much  more 
marked  than  in  D.  hnmilis.  Fenestella  usually  quite  distinct, 
and  placed  more  perpendicularly  to  the  wing-margin  than  in  B. 
hnmilis.  Lnnnles  very  distinct,  usually  four,  rarely  three  or  five. 
JVnmber  of  gradate  cross-veins  above  Cu,,  in  forewing,  10-11  in 
inner,  12-14  in  outer  series;  in  hindwing,  4-5  in  inner,  10-12  in 
outer. 

Differs  from  D.  humilis  in  its  larger  size,  stouter  thorax,  more 
falcate  wing-tips,  slightly  denser  venation,  and  generally  much 
more  varied  colouration. 

McLachlan's  type  was  described  from  New  Zealand;  his  figure 
shows  a  beautifully  variegated  form.     The  three  specimens  which 


BY    R.    J.    TILLYARD.  301 

I  have  seen,  and  which  T  refer  to  this  species,  are  of  very  differ- 
ent appearance  from  one  another,  as  follows  : — 

a. — A  beautifully  variegated  specimen  from  Brisbane,  not 
unlike  the  type  in  markings. 

h. — Var.  piillidn.  An  almost  colourless,  transparent  specimen 
from  Hobart,  Tasmania,  taken  by  Mr.  C.  Cole,  December  Kith, 
1915,  and  forwarded  by  Mr.  G.  H.  Hardy.  The  lunules  and 
fenestella  are  deeply  bordered  ^\  ith  blackish.  There  is  also  a  black 
patch  near  the  base  of  the  hindmargin  of  the  foi-ewing,  and  s(^me 
dark  specks  along  Sc  4  li.  Iladial  formula  is  :')  +  1  +  1  +  .3  =-  S  on 
one  side,  3  +  1  +  1  4-  1  +  -  =  -"^  on  the  other. 

c. — Yar.  rubrinervU.  A  richly  marked  specimen  from  IVIaria 
Island,  Tasmania,  taken  by  Mr.  Q.  H.  Hardy,  April  3rd,  1915. 
Ground-colour  of  forewing  rich  brown,  with  a  patch  of  russet  on 
costa;  many  of  the  veins  crimson;  numerous  darker  irrorations 
all  over  the  wing,  and  several  oblique  fascia-  extending  into  the 
wing  from  the  costa;  hindwing  clouded  all  round  the  margin  and 
along  Cuib. 

5.  Drepanacra  binocula  Newman. 

Ent.  Mag.,  v.,  1838,  p.400.      See  also  McLachlan,  loc  cif. 

The  expanse  is  given  as  "'6  unc"  =  about  15  mm.  As  I  have 
already  stated  above,  I  think  that  this  type  will  prove  to  be  an 
exceptional  variety  of  one  of  our  commoner  species,  in  which  case 
the  name  now  in  use  must  sink  as  a  synonym  of  binocula  Newm. 
I  know  of  no  specimens  of  Drejicmacra  with  a  conspicuous  eye- 
spot  on  the  wings.  The  type  is  in  the  British  Museum,  so  that 
it  may  be  possible  to  get  a  detailed  description  of  the  form  and 
venation  of  the  wings  later  on. 

6.  Drepanacra  hardyi,  n.sp.     (Plate  xiv.,  fig.  16). 

A  single  specimen  taken  by  Mr.  C.  Cole  at  Hobart,  Tasmania, 
on  December  18th,  1915,  and  forwarded  by  Mr.  G.  H.  Hardy,  is 
so  distinct  from  all  other  specimens  seen  by  me,  that  I  have  no 
hesitation  in  naming  it  as  new  to  science.      Expanse  15-5  nun. 

Radinl  formnla  3  -F  1  +  1  -h  2  =  7  on  left  side,  4  -^  1  4-  1  -f  2  =  8 
on  right   side.       Foreiviny   broad,    scai'cely  falcate,    deep    grey, 


25 


302  STUDIES    IN    AUSTRALIAN    NEUROPTERA,  iv. 


spotted  and  marked  all  over  with  darker  grey-bi'own,  hindwiiiff 
much  clouded.  Cross-veins  of  the  outer  o-i>adate  series  in  both 
wings  sti'ongl}'  marked  with  black.  Hindiriny  with  six  branches 
to  Rs.  FenestpJla  absent.  Litnvhs  of  forewing  coalesced  intf)  a 
single,  long  lunule.  Xamher  of  iiradate  crost^-vpins  abo^■e  Cu,,  in 
foi'ewing,  9  in  inner,  11  in  outer  series;  in  hindwing,  '^  in  inner, 
10  in  outer  series. 

T  y  p  e  in  Coll.  Tillyard.      Unique. 

Easily  distinguished  by  its  small  size,  broad  and  scarcely 
falcate  forewings,  dark  grey-brown  colouration,  absence  of 
fenestella,  and  fusion  of  lunules. 

7.  Drepanacra  froggatti,  n.sp.      (Plate  xiv.,  fig.  17). 

A  small  specimen,  expanse  If) -5  mm.,  in  Mr.  Froggatt's  col- 
lection. Resembles  D.  hardyi  in  size  and  venation,  and  in  the 
absence  of  fenestella;  differs  from  it  in  possessing  a  much  more 
falcate  forewing,  and  a  totally  different  colouration,  this  latter 
being  variegated  as  in  the  type-form  of  D.  instabiUfi  McLach., 
but  duller.  rrround-colour  of  forewing  pale  greyish-ochreous, 
semi-hyaline ;  an  ii-regular,  dull  brownish  cloud  behind  the 
lunules,  which  are  separate,  four  in  number,  but  not  very  dis- 
tinct; a  slight  brown  cloud  around  the  median  fork,  and  five  or 
six,  faint,  oblique,  brown  fasciie  running  into  the  wing  from  the 
costa.  About  five  of  the  cross-veins  of  the  outer  gradate  series, 
situated  behind  the  lunule,  marked  wath  black.  Hindwing 
marked  with  greyish-brown  on  pterostigma,  along  base  of  hind- 
margin,  along  whole  of  outer  gradate  series,  and  on  Cu,,,. 

Type  in  Coll.  Froggatt.  Unique.  Not  labelled,  but  Mr. 
Froggatt  tells  me  that  it  was  taken  in  Victoria.  It  resembles  a 
very  dwarfed  D.  instahilis. 


Genus  Drepanomina,  n.g.     (Plate  xiv.,  fig.  18). 

Characters  as  given  above  in  the  table. 

A  very  distinct  genus,  easily  recognised  by  the  costal  hump 
on  the  forewings,  the  extreme  falcation  of  both  fore-  and  hind- 
wings,  and  the  absence  of  Cuo  in  the  hindwing. 


BV    R.    J.    TILLYARD.  303 

Genotype,  D.  (lihhosn,  n.sp. 

Apart  t'l'om  tlie  })eculiar  shape  of  the  wings,  the  venation 
shows  this  genus  to  be  closely  allied  to  Megalunilua  Banks,  with 
which  it  agrees  in  the  number  and  form  of  the  gradate  veins, 
there  being  three  in  the  forewing  and  two  in  the  hindwing, 
though  the  middle  series  of  the  forewing  and  the  inner  of  the 
hindwing  are  more  complete  than  in  Mcgcdomina. 

8.  Drepanomina  gikbosa,  n.sp.      (Plate  xiv.,  fig. IS). 

TafdJ  h'nijfh  7  mm.,  J'(»r/rini/  10  mm.,  expanse  21  "5  mm. 

Head  brown,  heavily  marked  with  shining  black  on  epi- 
cranium  and  face;  eyes  dark  brown;  antenncH  pale  brow  n  at  base, 
the  rest  ochreous,  annulated  with  dark  brown.  T  h  o  r  a  x  :  pra- 
thorax  blackish,  with  a  rich  orange-brown  median  patch  on 
notum;  rest  of  thorax  blackish,  with  a  paler  brown  border 
posteriorly  on  metathorax.  A  b  d  o  m  e  n  (shrunken)  brownish; 
markings  indistinct.  W  i  n  g  s  :  forewiiuis  with  all  veins  alter- 
nately speckled  with  dull  whitish  and  dark  brown,  the  general 
eftect  being  a  medium  brown  colour  all  over  the  wing;  posterior 
margin  fi'om  apex  nearly  to  base  marked  with  dark  brown  in 
regular  patches,  isolating  paler  areas  suggestive  of  the  lunules  of 
Drepanacra\  a  darker  brown  cloud  runs  obliquely  aci'oss  the  Aving 
not  far  from  the  falcate  border,  and  is  widest  on  the  posterior 
margin,  and  tapering  almost  to  a  point  towards  the  costa,  not 
far  from  the  apex;  a  number  of  short,  dark,  oblique  streaks  on 
R,  and  just  proximally  to  the  brown  cloud.  Hindivlngs  with 
venation  around  the  margins,  and  in  distal  half  of  wing,  dull 
brown;  in  basal  half  of  wing,  whitish;  pterostigma  pale  straw- 
colour.      No  fenestella. 

Radial  formula  2-f-l-fl+l+l=6.  Hindwing  with  tiAe 
branches  to  lis;  only  one  false  origin,  but  that  very  strongly 
developed,  Rs  being  strongly  looped  concavely  to  R,  and  strongly 
bent  at  origin  (jf  its  most  basal  branch. 

Type  in  Coll.  Froggatt.  Unique.  Not  labelled;  but  Mr. 
Froitiratt  informs  me  that  it  was  taken  in  V^ictoria. 


304 


STUDIES    IK    AUSTRALIAN    NEUROPTERA,  IV  , 


Genus  Megalomina  Banks.      (Text-fig.  8). 

Bankfs,  Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Washington,  xi.,  1909,  p. 78. 

Wings  rather  broad,  hmceolate.  Forewiug  with  four  radial 
sectors,  all  simple  except  the  most  distal  one,  which  lias  two 
posterior  branches;  three  series  of  gradate  cross- veins;  costal 
space  nai-row  at  extreme  base,  and  then  broadening  considerably; 
recurrent  costal  veinlet  present,  but  not  conspicuously  branched. 
HindnHug  with  no  true  Cuj;  Cuj  strongly  formed,  sharply 
branched  at  cuj":  Rs  Avith  one  false  origin,  Aery  oblique  and 
elongated,  and  a  second  cross-vein  slightly  oblique;  between  the 
two,  Ks  is  curved  concavely  to  R,  and  gives  off  sca  eral  branches; 
five  branches  to  Rs  altogether;  two  gradate  series. 

Genotype,  M.  acuminata  Banks. 


Text-tig.S. — Wiiijis  uf  Mc'jKfoiiiiiia  acuminatn  Banks. 

9.  ]Me(;al0xM1NA  acuminata  Banks.     (Text-fig. 8). 

Banks(  1;  p.78).    Esben  Peter.sen(ll;  p.642,  and  PI.  lxxi\ .,  fig.9). 

This  species  appears  to  be  very  I'are.  Banks'  type  came  from 
Bundaberg,  (^).  A  second  specimen  is  in  Mr.  Froggatt's  collec- 
tion (loc.  Queensland),  and  is  the  one  figured  by  Petersen.  The 
specimen,  whose  venation  is  figured  in  Text-fig.  8,  was  taken  by 
me  at   One-Tree  Hill,    Brisbane,  on   September  23rd,  1915,  by 


BT   «.    J.    TILLYARD.  306 

sweeping   the   lower  branches  of  a  Hoop-Pine  {Arancaria  Cmi- 
)t,inf/haniil)  with  a  large  net. 

Tliis  is  the  only  species  of  the  genus. 

Genus  OxYBiELLA,  n.g.      (Plate  xv.,  fig. 20). 

Antenme,  nearly  as  long  as  forewing.  Witu/s  narrow  lanceolate, 
\ery  sharply  pointed.  Foreivlng  with  four  radial  sectors,  all 
simple  except  the  most  distal;  inner  gradate  series  present,  and 
arranged  close  under,  and  nearly  parallel  to  R:  outer  series  not 
regularly  formed;  no  middle  series;  costal  space  very  narrow  at 
base,  then  somewhat  broadened;  recurrent  costal  veinlet  present, 
but  very  weakly  formed.  llitidwhiij  with  no  true  Cu,;  Cu,,j 
rathei'  weak  and  curved;  a  single  rather  long  and  oblique  false 
origin  to  Rs;  Rs  with  four  branches;  jugal  process  very  pro 
minent.      Hind  fihuH  broadened,  blade-like. 

Genotype,  0.  bridwelli,  n.sp. 

This  genus  is  most  closely  allied  to  Megalomiita,  from  which  it 
differs  by  the  narrower  and  more  pointed  wings,  and  the  absence 
of  the  middle  gradate  series  in  the  forewing. 

lU.  OXYBIELLA  BRIDWELLl,  n.sp.  (Plate  XV.,  fig. 20). 
Tdffd  Ifiuith  4 "8,  anlfumti  b'f>,  J'orfiviny  8,  expanse  17 '5  mm.  ' 
Head  pale  brownish;  eijes  black;  anteitnai  long  and  slender, 
basal  joint  swollen,  pale  yellowish-brown,  rest  brownish  with 
darker  annulations.  T  h  o  r  a  x  :  profhorax  large,  divided  into 
three  by  two  fine  transverse  furrows,  brownish.  Pterofhorax 
broad,  brownish.  Legs :  femora  brown,  tibise  testaceous,  just 
touched  with  rose-pink,  tarsi  testaceous  with  black  claws.  A  h- 
domen  dark  brown,  apex  rounded;  no  visible  appendages. 
Wings  :  /ureicing  semi-transparent  bi'own,  with  a  clear  whitish 
streak  running  longitudinally  through  distal  three-fifths  of  wing 
to  tip,  a  less  distinct  and  more  irregular  white  streak  belo^-  it 
in  region  between  M,  and  Cu,;  also  a  subtriangular  whitish  area 
between  Cu.j  and  lA.  All  these  white  areas  bordered  irregularly 
with  black  blotches;  a  number  of  smaller  black  spots  along  R. 
Venation  of  forewing  brownish,  except  branches  of  R  and  M, 
which  are  rose-coloured.  Hindwiiu)  hyaline,  shaded  with  brown 
lightly  on  costa,  pterostigma,  and  hindmargin. 


306  STUDIES    IK    AUSTRALIAN    IfHUIlOPTERA,  iv., 

T  y  p  e  in  Coll.  Tillyard.      Unique. 

This  very  striking  insect  was  taken  by  Mr.  J.  C.  Bridwell,  of 
Honolulu,  on  .September  1 2th,  1915,  Avhile  collecting  with  nie  at 
Kedron  Brook,  Brisbane.  It  was  beaten  out  of  a  small  wattle- 
tree  whose  foliage  was  completely  covered,  and  almost  destroyed, 
by  a  small  species  of  Psyllid. 

Genus  PsYCHOBI^:LLA  Banks.      (Plate  x v.,  fig. 21). 
Banks  (1;  p.  7  9). 

Atifrinui'  quite  two-thirds  as  long  as  forewings.  U'itufs  ^ell 
rounded  at  tips.  Forewing  with  three  radial  sectors,  two  arising 
close  together  near  middle  of  R,  and  the  third  close  to  the  base, 
just  distad  from  M;  this  last  gives  off  an  anterior  branch,  strongly 
arched  upwards:  the  middle  sector  is  simple,  the  most  distal 
sector  many-branched.  Costal  space  of  forewing  broad  near 
base,  the  recurrent  veinlet  present,  with  a  number  of  forked 
branches.  Two  gradate  series  in  both  wings,  the  outer  veiy 
long  and  running  nearly  parallel  with  the  wing-margin,  the  inner 
with  much  fewer  cross- veins.  //Indwiug  with  two  well-developed 
false  origins  to  Hs;  Cu.j  absent,  Cu,^  fairly  well  formed,  but  not 
diverging  strongly  from  Cu,^  at  en/". 
G  e  n  o  t  y  p  e,  Ps.  sordida  Banks. 

The  genus  is  a  \erv  tlistinct  one,  but  may  be  considered  as  a 
rather  specialised  derivative  from  Mcffa/omina,  in  which  the 
number  of  radial  sectors  in  the  forewing  is  reduced  from  four  to 
three,  by  the  shifting  i)f  the  origin  of  the  second  sector  from  the 
base  on  to  the  stem  of  the  most  basal  one.  This  gives,  as  a  fixed 
generic  condition,  the  arrangement  which  occurs  as  a  frequent 
variation  in  Drepaiiacra,  as  shown  in  Text-fig.  6, />. 

There  are  two  closely  allied  species,  which  may  be  distinguished 
as  follows: — 
Furewiugn   bruwii.    Mith    reddish  s(ij,'ma;    liindwiii^'s    with    throi- 

branches  tu  Rs;   middk'  tihiii'  fusit'oriti  /*••<.  iordid't  Banks. 

Forewings  fuscous,  stigma  dull  brown  ;  hindwings  with  five 
branches  to  Rs;  all  the  tibise  slightly  fusifoi'iii,  those  of  hind- 
legs  elongated  and  s(jniewhat  flattened P?.  J'nsca,  n.  sp. 


BY    R.    J.    TILLYARD.  307 

11.  PSYCHOBIKLLA    FUSCA,   11. sp.       (Plate  XV.,  fig.21). 

Total  hmith  4'7,   forewing  8"5,  fxpauHP  18  mm. 

Head  :  eyt's  dull  black:  aiitmiui'  brown  with  darker  annula- 
tions,  basal  joint  semitransparent  orange-brown,  enlarf^ed;  ep-i- 
craniit/m  hairy,  brown:  facf  yellowish-brown.  Thorax  atid 
Abdomen  dark  brown.  Lp(/s  :  forelegs  dark  brown:  the  rest 
pale  testaceous.  W  i  n  g  s  :  forennmifi  deep  seniitranspai-ent  t'lis- 
cous,  tinged  with  blackish  along  basal  half  of  hind-border;  ptero- 
stigma  dull  lirown,  with  a  fine  yellow  line  passing  through  it 
just  below  costal  margin.  il'mdirmy  hyaline,  with  brownish 
stigma. 

Type  in  Coll.  Tillyard.  A  unique  specimen,  captured  by 
me  at  One-Tree  Hill,  Brisbane,  on  September  23rd,  191.^,  while 
sweeping  the  branches  of  the  same  pine-tree  from  which  1  (jb- 
tained  Mft/a/omi/ia  acuminata. 

Genus  MicROMUS  Rambur.      (Text-fig.  2). 

Rambur,  Hist.  Nat.  N<^vroptt'res,   [Hi'I. 

irim/.s'  rounded  at  tips.  Forfu-hui  with  four  or  more  radial 
sectors,  regularly  and  evenly  spaced  off  from  one  another,  all 
simple  except  the  most  distal.  Tw(j  series  of  gradate  cross-veins 
in  both  wings.  Hlndimmj  with  only  one  false  origin  to  Rs; 
Cuo  absent,  Cuj  close  to  M,  Cu,„  weakly  formed.  Ftfroat'igma 
strongly  formed,  especially  in  hindwing. 
Genotype,   M.  iririegattis  Fabr. 

The  two  Australian  species  of  this  widely  distributed  genus 
may  be  separated  as  follows: — 

'Smaller  species,  with  only  five  radial  sectors  in  forewing 

M.  ta»mam(f  (Walker). 

Larger  species,  with  bi'oader  wings  and  six  ladial  sectors 

M.  vinacenf<  Gerst. 

12.  MiCROMUS  TASMANi^*(Walker).      (Text-fig.2). 
Walker,   "Characters  of  undescribed  Neuroptera  in  the  Col- 
lection of  W.  W.  Saunders,  Esq.",  Trans.  Ent.  Soc,  v.,  1859.= 
M.    austraJis    Froggatt,   Agricultural    Gazette    of    N.   S.  Wales, 

*  In  1852,  ^^'alkel■(14)  described  Hemerobhis  anftrali'^  from  New  Holland 


308  STUDIES    IN    AUSTRALIAN    NEUROPTERA,  iv., 

1904  (nec   J/,   aimtralis  Hagen,  1858).  =  ^1/.    froygaffl   Banks  (l; 
p.77,  1909). 

In  spite  of  the  brevity  and  futility  of  Walker's  desci'iption, 
which  ignores  ahnost  ever}'  point  of  real  importance,  there  can 
be  no  doubt  that  he  described  this  conunon  species,  for  three 
reasons.  Firstly,  it  is  the  only  Hemerobiid  known  from  Tas. 
mania  (where  it  is  quite  common),  except  species  of  the  genus 
Drepauacra.  8econdly,  the  measurements  given  by  Walker 
("length  '2-^^  lines,  wings  5-6  lines")  agree  with  the  size  of  Tas- 
manian  specimens  of  this  insect.  Thirdly,  Walker's  remark 
"veins  rather  few,  with  brown  points,"  indicates  the  speckled 
character  of  the  venation,  one  of  the  most  noticeable  character- 
istics of  the  species.  Hence  the  more  familiar  names  given  by 
Banks  and  Froggatt  must  sink  as  synonyms  of  Walker's  name 
tasmani((i. 

This  species  is  abundant,  not  only  in  Tasmania,  but  also  in 
all,  except  the  driest,  parts  of  Australia.  It  varies  greatly  in 
size,  as  well  as  in  the  amount  of  speckling  on  the  veins  of  the 
forewing,  some  specimens  being  very  pale,  others  much  darker 
and  more  variegated.  A  black  mark  covering  mf  and  Cu,  just 
below  it,  and  black  on  the  cross-veins  of  the  outer  gradate  series 
above  the  lowest  radial  sector,  appear  to  be  constantly  present 
in  the  forewing.  The  expanse  of  wing  varies  from  1 1  to  22mm., 
females  being  larger  than  males,  and  southern  specimens  gener- 
ally larger  than  northern  ones.  More  specimens  of  this  insect 
exist  in  collections  than  of  all  the  other  Australian  Hfmerobiidif 
put  together.  It  is  one  of  our  most  beneficent  insects,  the  larvae 
destroying  annually  immense  quantities  of  aphides  in  orchards 
and  gardens. 

M.  vinacens  Gerst.,  is  a  rarer  species,  confined  to  the  N. 
Queensland  coast-line. 


(p. 289);  his  description  agrees  with  this  species  fairly  well  for  size  and 
colouration,  but  his  statement  "radii  sector  primus  unifureatus,  do. 
secundus  unifureatus,  do.  tertius  trifurcatus''  does  not  agree  with  the 
venation,  unless  his  type  was  an  anomalous  specimen. 


BY    R.    .T.    TILLY ARD.  309 

Genus  Notiobiella  Banks.      (Plate  xvi.,  figs. 22,  2o). 

Banks  (1;  p..^0). 

Small  insects,  with  well  rounded  wing-tips,  forewing  much 
ongerand  wider  than  hindwing.  Forewim/  with  onl}'  two  radial 
sectors,  hoth  hranched,  and  connected  by  a  cross-vein  running 
from  the  fork  of  the  basal  one  to  near  the  base  of  the  distal  one. 
llindwiny  with  false  origin  of  Rs  strongly  formed,  very  oblique; 
Cu.,  absent.  Outer  gradate  .'^eries  completely  absent  in  both 
wings;  the  inner  series  represented  by  three  oi'  four  cross-veins 
in  forewing,  only  one  in  hindwing  (connecting  Mj  to  basal  branch 
of  lis).  Costal  space  of  forewing  moi'o  or  less  widened,  with  the 
recurrent  veinlet  present. 

G  e  n  o  t  y  p  e,  N.  nnifa  Banks. 

This  genus  is  a  highly  specialised  reduction  from  a  type  re- 
sembling Psychitbiella,  by  the  elimination  of  the  long,  outer 
gradate  series,  and  the  loss  of  one  of  the  two  radial  sectors  arising 
from  near  the  middle  of  R  in  the  forewing. 

N.  Banks  has  described  five  species,  N.  extrema,  K.  stigmatica, 
X.  II II ltd,  N.  ohliqita,  and  JV.  pvetiosa,  the  last  from  Fiji,  the 
others  from  Middle  Queensland.  None  of  these  species  is  known 
to  me.  Two  species  from  S.  Queensland  appear  to  be  very  dis- 
tinct from  any  described  by  Banks. 

1:5.  Notiobiella  viridis,  n.sp.     (Plate  xvi.,  fig. 22). 

Total  lenyth  :i,/orfiwiny  6-5,  hiudtving  3-8,  pxpaiistp  13-5  mm. 

Head  yellow  ;  pi/es  black ;  antennce  yellowish  shading  to 
brown  distally.  T  h  o  r  a  x  and  A  b  d  o  m  e  n  binght  yellow. 
Leys  testaceous.  W  i  n  g  s  hyaline,  with  pale  green  venation. 
Forewiny  with  costal  space  only  of  moderate  width,  but  all  the 
cross-veins  densely  branched  along  costa;  distal  radial  sector 
branched  only  once.  All  the  veins  approaching  the  distal  border 
of  the  wing  divide  into  two  once  only,  and  each  branch  divides 
into  minute  forkings  at  the  margin.  Some  of  the  veins  near  the 
base  are  much  thickened,  particularly  M  in  forewing;  Cuj  in 
forewing  arches  up  after  leaving  cuf. 

T  y  p  e  in  Queensland  Museum  Coll.,  Brisbane;  taken  at  Bris- 
bane on  June  26th,  1911,  by  Mr.  H.  Hacker.      Unique. 

•26 


310  STimiES    IN    AUSTRALIAN    NEUROPTERA,  iv., 

This  very  distinct  and  peculiar  species  might  well  form  the 
type  of  a  new  genxis,  since  it  differs  from  all  other  species  of 
XotiobiAla  by  its  green  venation,  very  reduced  hindwings,  and 
by  the  peculiar  thickening  of  the  veins  near  the  base  of  the  w  ing. 
I  prefer,  however,  to  leave  it  in  Xofiohiplla  until  we  know  more 
about  that  genus. 

14.  NOTIOBIKLLA   MULTIFURCATA,  n.sp.      (Plate  xvi.,  fig.23). 

Total  Ipugth  4,  antennce  "i'T,  forewiny  0"7  bv  :2"9  wide,  /linfl- 
iriiH/  4 '8  by  2'\  wide,  pxpansc  14  mm. 

Head,  thorax,  and  abdomen  dark  brown,  the  last  with  pale 
creamy  annuli  or  crescents  on  the  segments  (much  shrunken). 
Leyx  testaceous,  middle  anfl  hiiul  tibia^  strongly  fusiform. 
W  i  n  g  s  with  subhyaline,  rather  nacreous  membrane,  the  reflec- 
tions on  the  forewing  in  the  fresh  specimen  being  pink  basalh-, 
greenish  near  the  middle,  and  purplish  towards  the  tip.  Vf na- 
tion didl  Ijrownish  in  forewing,  paler  in  hindwing:  cross-\eins 
and  forks  dark  bro\\m,  except  the  vein  connecting  the  two  radial 
sectors,  which  is  black.  The  veins  approaching  the  distal  bordei- 
of  the  wing  fork  strongly  at  tiro  hveh,  so  that  the  branches  which 
fork  minutelj'  along  the  margin  are  veiy  numerous  and  close 
together.  In  the  forewing,  M  is  very  close  to  the  basal  radial 
sector,  and  is  connected  with  it  by  a  short  cross-vein  from  mf ; 
the  veins  are  not  thickened  near  the  base,  and  Cuj  is  not  arched 
upwards. 

Type  in  Coll.  Tillyard.  Unique.  Taken  by  Dr.  A.  J. 
Turner,  at  Coolangatta  (Tweed  Heads),  8.  Queensland,  on  April 
17th,  1915. 

This  species  is  closely  related  to  X.  miUa  Banks,  from  which 
it  rliffers  in  the  dark  colouration,  the  broader  and  more  closely 
veined  costal  space,  and  probal)ly  also  in  the  peculiar  and  abund- 
ant distal  forking  of  the  veins  (not  mentioned  by  Banks  in  de- 
scribing X.  itnita).  From  X.  oh/ujiia  Banks,  it  differs  in  possess- 
ing narro\\ei'  and  more  elongate  forewings,  the  less  broadened 
and  less  densely-veined  costal  space,  the  much  darker  general 
colouration,  and  larger  size  (expanse  of  X.  ob/iqua,  12  mm.). 


6T    R.    J.    TltLTARD.  3ll 

Genus  Carobius  Bankts.      (Plate  xaI.,  fi;:»s.24,  25). 

Banks  (1:  p. 78). 

Small  insects  witli  well-rounded  wing-tips.  Forrwhtg  with 
only  t^^'»  radial  sectors;  the  distal  one  arising  from  K  neai-  the 
middle  of  the  wing-length,  and  gixing  off  two  posterior  branches; 
the  basal  one  arising  from  R  at  al)out  one-third  distance  from 
the  base  of  the  wing,  simple,  but  connected  with  Mj  (and  also 
with  R  anteriorly,  in  the  specimens  examined  by  me)  l.)y  short, 
strong  cross- veins.  Iliudwittg  with  a  single  false  origin  to  Rs; 
Cu.j  absent,  Cun,  weakly  formed.  An  outer  gradate  series  present 
in  both  wings,  complete  in  forewing,  but  with  only  four  or  five 
cross-veins  in  hindwing.  No  inner  gradate  series,  but  two  cross- 
veins  connect  Cu,  with  INI  in  forewing,  and  one  lies  between 
CU(  and  Cu.,.  In  forewing,  .Sc  and  R  run  exceedingly  close 
together,  so  as  to  appear  almost  fused;  the  costal  space  is  fairly 
broad,  and  the  recurrent  veinlet  is  present. 

Genotype,  C.  pidchellus  Banks. 

Three  species  are  known,  which  may  be  separated  as  follows: 

i'FuiL'wiiigs  luuTuw,  over  twu  and  a  half  times  as  luiij;  as  bioad 
C'.  uiiyn-ifus  Banks. 

Foro\\iuj,'s  hroadur.  k'ss  than  two  and  a  half  times  as  long  iiH 

liioad b 

rExpanse  about   13mm.      Foiewinj^s  with  tluee  weakly  iiidi- 

eated  hrowiiisli  waved  faseiie C.  sah/uxrlafn",  n.sp. 

'•  "j  Exiianse   ll-I-Jmm.      Forewing.s  veiy  prettily  marked  with 

I      irre,mdaf  dark  l>r<jwn  streaks  and  patches C.  pnlrhilhi-:  Banks. 

15.  Carobius  subkasciatus,  n.sp.     (Plate  xvi.,  tig.24). 

FuriiciiKj  ()  mm.  Iliod,  f/tom.r,  and  abduntt'n  brownish  (nuich 
shrunken). 

W  i  n  g  s  :  /nnuciiKj  subhyaline,  lightly  suffused  with  brown; 
three  indistinct,  wavy,  transverse  fascise  near  middle  <>f  wing, 
the  most  distal  one  being  the  broadest.  Venation  very  pale, 
touched  with  brown  on  the  costal  cross-veins;  cross-veins  of  the 
gradate  series   mostly  dark   brown;  a   short   black   streak   on   R 


312  STUt)lES    IN    AUSTRALIAN    NtUROPTERA,  iv., 

bet-vveen  the  origin  of  the  basal  sector  and  the  connoutiug  ciuss- 
^ein.      llindivivfi  hyaline,  a  touch  of  pale  brown  on  stigma. 

Type  in  Coll.  Tillyard,  received  by  exchange  from  Queens- 
land Agricultural  Department;  label  "F.  P.  Dodd,  Toowong, 
Brisbane,  "  no  date. 

This  species  can  lie  separated  from  C.  mujustus,  not  only  by 
its  broader  wings,  but  also  by  the  position  of  the  brown  shading 
of  the  forewings,  which,  in  the  latter  species,  is  darkest  on  the 
hindmargin  and  at  the  apex;  also  the  black  streak  on  K  is  not 
present  in  C  angudvt!.  C.  pidchMnti  is  a  very  distinct  and 
clearly-marked  species,  which  could  not  be  mistaken,  although 
there  seems  to  be  a  considerable  amount  of  variation  in  the  shape 
and  extent  of  the  markings.  I  figure,  in  Plate  xvi.,  fig. 25,  a 
specimen  in  my  Collection  from  Brisbane,  whicli  evidently  belongs 
to  this  species. 

Family  SISYKID^.     (Plate  xvi.,  tigs.26,  27;  Text-fig.9). 

Small  insects  witli  a  general  resemblance  to  Ifnnerubiidfe. 
Sc  and  R  distinctly  J'vscd  distal ly.  Ovly  otw.  radial  sfclor  in 
Jhre/vinijs.  M  unbranched  in  forewings,  branched  in  hind  wings. 
Original  archaic  Cu.  present  in  both  wings,  c/(/' being  close  to 
base  of  wings.  Hindwing  with  a  single  false  origin  to  Us,  ihe 
basal  remnant  of  Rs  attached  to  INI.  A  weak  coupling-apiiaratus 
may  be  present.  Costal  space  of  forewings  not  strongly  broad- 
ened, and  not  carrying  either  a  recurrent  veinlet  or  forked  cross- 
veins.     No  unspecialised  cross-veins. 

Larva  with  peculiar  specialised  hair-like  mouth-parts;  lives  on 
freshwater  sponges. 

As  is  generally  recognised  at  present,  the  Sisyridc  owe  their 
resemblance  to  llemerobiidoi  not  to  any  close  phyletic  relation- 
ship, but  rather  to  convergence  by  i-eduction.  They  must  be 
regarded  as  a  highly  reduced  offshoot  from  the  ancient  semi- 
acjuatic  Osmylidre.  The  marks  of  Osmylid  ancestry  are  the  fusion 
of  Sc  and  R  distally,  and  the  single  radial  sector  in  the  forewing; 
while  the  peculiai-  larval   mouth-parts  could   only  conceivably  be 


BT    R.     t,    TlLLYAHD. 


315 


derived  from  the  elongated  .sucking  mouth-parts  of  the  Osmi/lidcr', 
and  In'  no  stretch  of  imagination  from  the  form  of  mouth-parts 
foiaid  in  the  Heiuerobiido'.. 

Under  the  n&me  Branchiosfoma  i^pongillm  A\'e8t\\ood,  the  lar\a 
of  Sini/rff  was,  for  long,  a  puzzle  to  entomologists,  and  indeed  to 


Tcxt-Hi;.!!. — Vuuation  of  Sisi/r<(  rii/i-'<lli/in<(,  u.sp.  :   S,-S.,,  hranchcs  of  Ks; 
.(•,  false  (jiigiii  of  Rs  in  hiiulwing. 

zoologists  in  general.  NeedhamO)  has  reared  the  larva  of  si)ecies 
of  both  the  American  genera,  Slsijra  and  C/imacia,  but  we  do 
not  yet  know  whether  they  feed  on  the  tissues  of  the  sponge,  or 
whether  they  use  the  latter  only  as  a  shelter,  from  wlhcli  to 
attack  other  small  animals.  The  same  author  has  suggested  for 
the  imagines  of  this  family  the  appropriate  name  "Spongilla- 
tlies." 


[' 


3l4  STUDIES    IN    AUStRALtAN    NEUItOtTERA,  iv. 

Genus  Sisyka  Burin.      (Text-fig. 9). 
Burm.,  Handb.  Entom.,  ii.,  Part  2,  p.'J75. 
To  the  character.s  of  the   family  we  must  add,  for  this  genus, 
the  absence  of  gradate  series  of  cross-veins,  and  the  form  of  the 
jirothorax,  which  is  not  elongated.     These  two  characters  separate 
it  from  Climacia^  which  has  not  been  found  outside  America, 
(te  no  type,  S.  fu.srrrfa  Fabr. 

Four  species  of  Si'^i/ra  occ\ir  in  Australia,  and  may  be  dis- 
tinguished as  follows: — 

Anteiiiui'  witli  basal  juiiit  cluui^atcil,  nearly  [wiw  as  Itjiig  as 

usual '^'.  pundafa  Banks, 

Au't-nna'  with  liasal  joint  uf  nminal  k'n^tli 1. 

^Antenna'  l)lack  tluou<,'huut;  foicwini^'s  varicyated  with  ])ak' 

I      and  daik  patches N.  turntrl,  n.sp. 

■    I  Antenna;  not  black  on  distal  half ,  fuirwin^'s  almost  unifoinily 

I      1  )iown -• 

rrteroslii'nia  ilaik  lirown S.  hntiinta  Banks. 

"■    ^ Pterostigaui  reddish ^.  rujisfiyma,  n.sp. 

16.  SisYKA  TUKNEUi,  ii.sp.      (Plate  xvi.,  fig.27). 

Aufciuiir  '1-lJ;  /univlmi  5"5;  expuntse  11 '5  nun. 

Head:  '//ts  and  (oitennoi  jet  black,  epicranium  shining 
brown,  rest  of  head  black.  T  h  o  r  a  x  and  A  b  d  o  m  e  n  black. 
Leys  dull  yellowish.  Aiud  appendays  in  the  form  of  a  pair  of 
strong  forceps.  AV  i  n  g  s  :  forewmy  pale  brown,  mottled  with 
darker  patclies.  Pterostigma  2  nnn.,  dark  brown.  An  oblitpie 
triangular  dark  patch  across  nnddlc  of  wing,  tapering  posteriorly; 
a  second  less  oblique  triangular  dark  patch  below  stigma,  taper- 
ing anteriorly;  smaller  i)atches  near  l)ase  and  apex;  the  interven- 
ing spaces  pale;  posterior  border  mostly  shaded.  llindtclny 
hyaline,  with  long,  dark  pterostigma. 

Type  hi  Coll.  Tillyard.  Four  specimens  taken  by  Dr.  A.  ■) . 
Turnei-,  F.E.S.,  at  Armidale,  N.S.W.,  altitude  :3,:50U  feet. 

IT.SisYHA   RUFiSTKJMA,   n.s}).      (Plate  xvi.,  tig.26). 
Aii/'inKf,  ^  2,  9  2-5:  /orr/rui'j,  ^   1-5,  $  5-5;  expanse,  ^  9-5, 
2  1 1  nnn. 


BY    R.    J.    TILLYARD.  31. '^ 

Head  rich  brown:  rifex  dark  bi-owii:  antenna'  with  basal 
joint  ricli  brown,  rest  dark  brown.  Tliorax  blackish:  A'y.s- 
testaceous.  Abdinncn  blackisli,  with  no  clearly  visible  ap- 
pendages in  ^:  end  of  abdomen  in  9  ^^ith  two  closely  appn^ssed 
pi-ocesses,  with  Hattenefl,  upturned  ends.  W  i  n  .i;;  s  :  forciv'imi 
uniformly  brown  all  over,  with  lai-i^e,  reddish  pterostigma.  Most 
of  the  cross-veins  stronj^ly  darkened.  All  the  veins  .shaded  with 
darker  brown,  except  near  base  and  apex.  Hindwiiuj  hyaline, 
with  Ion*,',  reddish-brown  pterosti,i;ina. 

Types,  (J9,  in  Coll.  Tillyard.  .V  long  series  taken  in  No- 
vember, 1915,  along  the  river-side  at  National  Park,  N.S.W..  by 
sweeping  wattle-trees  and  bushes  overhanging  the  water. 

This  species  appears  to  be  closely  allied  to  ,S'.  hrinrni'n  P.anks, 
from  Queensland,  but  is  clearly  distinguished  from  it  by  the 
much  darker  bodv-colouration  and  the  i-eddish  pterostigma.  >'. 
puDcfafn  P>anks,  also  from  Queensland,  is  distinguished  by  its 
Itl'oader  hindwings,  and  bv  the  elongated  basal  joint  of  the 
antenna\ 

Family  liEROTHTD^:.      (Plates  xvii.-xviii.,  fig.s. 28-33). 

Rather  small,  somewhat  slenderly  built  in.sects;  antenna*  short 
or  uioderate  in  length;  wings  variable  in  shape.  No  unspecialised 
cross-veins.  Sc  and  P  fused  distally.  A  single  Rs  present  in 
forewing,  with  four  to  eight,  subparallel,  and  i-egularly  arranged 
branches.  No  false  origin  to  Rs  in  hind  wing.  M  forked  in 
both  wings.  Cu  forked  in  forewing,  but  no  true  Cuo  present  in 
hindwing,  where  Cu,,,,  however,  comes  oft'  from  Cu,  not  far  from 
posterior  border  of  wing,  and  runs  close  to,  and  parallel  with  it. 
Wings  hairy,  especially  along  the  posterior  border,  which  carries 
a  fringe  of  long  hairs.  Peculiar  scales,  of  a  seed-like  form,  de- 
veloped from  modified  hairs,  present  on  some  part  of  the  wing 
(either  on  the  posterior  fringe,  or  on  some  of  the  main  veins). 
Females  with  long,  caudate  appendages. 

I  propose  to  include  in  this  family  the  two  closely  allied 
Holarctic  genera,  Jlfivotha  and  hoacfliptproii,  together  with  the 
very  remarkable,  new  Australian  genus  SpermophovfUa,  described 
below.     These  may  be  distinguished  as  follows: — 


316  STUDIES    IN    AUSTRAIJAN    NEUROPTEHA,  iv., 

'Wings  evenly  rounded  at  tips;  in  the  female,  small,  seed-like 
scales  present  on  the  main  \eins  of  tiie  liindwinjf,  over  at 
least    tlie    middle  portions  of    M,,    M„,    and    some   of   the 

hranches  of  Rs fipennoplior^lla,  n.g.(Type,  S.  dhseminat((.  n.sp). 

Foiewings  subtriangular,  with  the  outer  margin  excavated; 
no  seed-like  scales  on  the  main  veins  of  tiie  hindwing  in 
the  female,  but  flattened,  seed-like  scales  may  l)e  present 
among  tlie  hairs  of  the  posterior  fringe 1. 

j  Onlj'  four  to  five  branches  of  Rs Berotha  Walker. 

•   '    |^]<]ight  l>ranches  of  Rs Ixosx-elifitcrnn  A.  Costa. 

I  doubt  whether  Berotha  and  Imscpli])tron  are  really  generic- 
ally  distinct.  The  relationship  <^f  Spprmophovella  with  these  two 
genei'a  may  well  be  open  to  question.  They  represent  two, 
isolated  end-twigs  of  a  veiy  old  stock,  now  nearl}'  extinct,  rathei- 
than  two,  closely-related  offshoots  of  a  single  stem.  However,  I 
think  that  the  agreement  in  venational  scheme,  the  hairiness  of 
the  wings,  and,  above  all,  the  very  remarkable  development  of 
scaJps  from  some  of  the  hairs  of  the  wings,  justifies  us  in  placing 
them  together,  in  spite  of  some  very  obvious  differences  in  form 
of  body  and  shape  of  wing.  The  excavate  form  of  wing  crops  up 
continually  at  diffei-ent  places  within  the  Neuroptera,  as  also  in 
the  Lepifloptera,  and  should  not  l)e  made  a  bar  to  the  recognition 
of  closer  affinities. 

With  regard  to  the  development  of  scales,  McLachlan  was  the 
first  to  discover  them,  in  Jsosc:e/iptPi-on(6).  He  noticed  that  the 
hairs  of  the  fringe,  on  the  posterior  margin  of  the  wings,  appeared 
to  be  very  coarse  and  thick.  On  examining  them  with  a  lens, 
he  discovered  that  they  were,  in  I'eality,  somewhat  flattened 
scales,  "like  the  seeds  of  certain  Umbelliferous  plants,"  but  pro- 
bably not  striated.  McLachlan  further  remarks  that  all  the 
specimens  which  he  examined  wei'e  males,  on  account  of  their 
long,  caudate  appendages  I 

Now,  in  Spn'mophorel/a,  it  is  the  Jhna/e.<i  which  possess  long, 
caudate  appendages,  and  they  have  apparentl}'  some  use  in  con- 
nection with  the  process  of  ovipositing.  I  had  myself  taken  the 
females  to  be  males  at  fii'st,  owing  to  these  appendages,  and  was 
only  convinced   of  my  error  when   T   kept    the   insects  in  glass- 


nv  F.  .T.  Tir.i.vAHi).  317 

bottomed  pill-boxes,  and  noticed  that  those  which  laid  eg<j;s  all 
possessed  caudate  appendages.  The  eggs  are  stalked  as  iii  ('hry- 
sopido',  and  the  stalk  is  formed  much  in  the  same  mannei'.  The 
appendages  appear  to  be  of  value  in  helping  tlie  insect  to  draw 
out  the  stalk  to  its  full  length,  as  they  act  as  a  kind  of  lever  to 
the  end  of  the  abdomen.  When  not  in  use,  thty  are  folded 
under  it,  w  ith  their  tips  directed  forwards. 

Bearing  in  mind,  then,  the  foregoing  facts,  it  seems  fairly 
certain  that  McLachlan  was  examining  fhnalt's,  and  not  males, 
of  hoscelipteron,  and  that  the  development  of  the  scales  on  the 
wings  is  confined  to  the  females. 

The  scales  on  the  hindAvings  of  the  females  of  Sp^nnttjiliori'Iln 
are  interspersed  with  hairs  of  the  usual  form.  They  ai-e  small, 
black,  club-shaped,  arising  from  a  short  stalk,  and  scarcely 
flattened  at  all.  Their  insertions  in  the  cliitin  of  the  vein  do 
not  (bfler,  as  far  as  I  could  see,  from  the  ordinary  form  of  inser- 
tion of  a  hair.  (Plate  xviii.,  fig.30). 

Genus  Sprrmophorklla,*  n.g.      (Plate  xvii.,  ligs.2S,  l*9). 

Characters  as  given  in  the  table  above,  with  the  following 
ailditi«ms.  No  ocelli,  antennte  of  moderate  length  (a  little  less 
or  greater  than  half  the  length  of  the  forewing).  Coupling  ap- 
paratus of  wings  absent,  except  for  a  rudiment  of  a  jugal  pi'ocess. 
Costal  area  of  forewings  exceedingly  narrow  at  base,  then  widen- 
ing rapidly,  then  narrowing  towards  pterostigma.  Costal  cross- 
veins  branched;  no  recurrent,  basal,  costal  veinlet.  Pterostigma 
well  developed  in  all  four  wings.  P>etween  Sc  and  Pi,  only  one 
cross-vein,  continued  downwards  on  to  Cu,.  Rs  connected  to  11 
by  three  cross-veins  in  the  forewing  (one  under  the  pterostigma, 
just  beyond  the  fusion  of  Sc  with  R),  and  by  two  only  in  the 
hindwing.  Four  or  five  branches  of  Rs  in  both  wings.  M  fused 
basally  with  R,  and  with  a  cross-vein  between  it  and  R  close  to 
its  origin.  A  single  gradate  series  of  cross-veins  in  the  forewing, 
running  parallel  to  R  obliquely  through  the  middle  of  the  wing; 


*  Greek  (TTrkpjxa,  seed;  ^o/aa,  a  bearing  or  producing;  -ella,  diminutive 
•'  the  little  seed-bearer," 


*7 


318  STUniKS    IN    AUSTRALIAN    NEUROPTERA,  iv., 

in  the  hindwing,  only  the  lower  half  of  the  series  is  present,  con- 
sisting of  four  cross-veins.      Tibiic  without  spurs. 

Females  larger  and  more  darkly  coloured  than  males,  the  latter 
without  any  scales  on  the  hindwing. 
Genotype,  Sp.  disseminata,  n.sp. 

The  two  known  species  may  be  easily  distinguished  as  follows : 
Bocly-coloin-ation  pale  fawn,    marked   with  brown;  antennre  les-s 
than   half  as  loni;  as   fore^^ing;    costal    cross-veins  only  once 
forked;  forewing  clouded  irregularly  with  pale  fawn,  and  one 
darker  brown   blotch;    scales  on   hindwing  of  female  covering 

nearly  the  whole  of  the  wing >^p.  diniieimnaln,  n.sji. 

Bodj'-colouration  l)lackish  and  dark  grey;  antennie  longer  tlian 
half  the  length  of  the  forewing  ;  costal  cross-veins  much 
branched ;  forewing-  marked  all  over  with  dark,  irregular 
streaks  and  blotches;  scales  on  hindwing  of  female  confined  to 
a  small  area  along  the  middle  portions  of  j\l, .  M._>  ,  and  three 
branches  of  Rs ^p.  mandafissima,  n.  sp. 

18.  Spkrmopiiorella  disseminata,  n.sp.     (Plate  xvii.,  fig.'28). 

Totai  Jpngfh,  $  5-5,  9  6-5;  ahdomiu.  $  3,  9  3-5;  /ornrlvif,  ^  9, 
9  11-5;  exj)ansp,  ^19,  9  24  mm. 

Head:  eyes  grey,  head  and  antenn;v  pale  fawn,  a  touch  of 
brown  on  epicranium.  T  h  o  r  a  x  brownish,  with  paler  mai'kings 
on  notum;  legs  pale  fawn  or  creamy,  moflerately  long,  slender. 
Abdomen  fawn-coloured,  with  an  interrupted  brown  dorsal 
band.  Appendages  of  9  1-2  mm.,  cream}',  slender,  cylindrical, 
hairy;  there  are  also  two,  pointed,  triangular  processes,  0-3  mm. 
long,  closer  to  the  base  of  segment  9,  and  nearly  hidden  by  the 
long  appendages. (Plate  xviii.,  fig. 31).  W  i  n  g  s  with  pale,  almost 
white,  venation,  which,  in  forewing,  is  speckled  all  over  with 
brownish  dots.  Several  of  the  costal  forks  darkened,  also  cross- 
veins  at  each  end  of  the  pterostigma.  Pvunning  obliquely  up- 
ward, from  a  point  about  one-third  of  the  way  along  the  posterior 
border,  is  a  brown  mark,  which  reaches  up  to  M,,;  many  irregular 
fawn-coloured  blotches  and  streaks  also  occupy  the  middle  of  the 
wing,  especially  below  the  pterostigma.  All  these  markings  vary 
much  in  intensity,  and  are  more  conspicuous  in  the  females  than 
i]\   the  males,      Hindwings  without   mai-kings,  except   a  touch  of 


Bv   U.  .).  TiI,l,^  .\i;i).  3l9 

brovn  at  each  end  of  i)tei'o.stignia;  in  ^,  IMi  and  the  three 
branches  of  lis  above  it  are  clouded  with  black  for  a  short  dis- 
tance below  the  pterostigma;  scales  very  numerous,  black,  causing 
the  hind  wing  to  appear  smoky. 

Types,  (J9,  in  Coll.  Tillyard  (Kenthurst,  N.S.W.,  January 
•j;h-d,  191(5). 

JIab. — Rocky  sandstone-clifts  and  gullies  north  and  north-west 
of  Sydney,  Murphy's  Creek,  Kenthurst,  three  males  and  three 
females;  Long  Island,  Hawkesbury  River.      Decembei'-February. 

This  very  peculiar  insect  was  discovered  by  Mr.  Luke  Gallard, 
of  Epping,  in  1914,  at  Kenthurst.  My  specimens  were  taken 
A\hile  on  a  visit  to  the  original  locality  with  Mr.  Gallartl.  The 
insect  rests  with  the  wings  in  the  usual  Osmylid  position,  on  the 
fretted  fac.es  of  caves  and  hollows  in  the  sandstone-cliffs  and 
escarpments.  It  makes  no  attempt  to  escape,  its  colouration 
rendering  it  absolutely  invisible,  unless  one  has  previously  marked 
the  spot  where  one  of  them  alights.  In  company  with  it,  but 
less  common,  was  the  remarkable  ghost-like  Myrmeleontid,  Xait- 
fhoh'on  hi'Initti,  whose  colouration  is  very  similar.  Mr.  Gallard's 
method  of  disturliing  these  insects  was  very  ingenious,  and  I 
found  it  most  etiective.  Using  a  thick,  leafy  branch  about  a 
yard  long,  cut  from  some  tree  or  bush,  he  rustled  it  ^  igorously 
into  every  hole  and  corner  of  the  cave.  All  the  lacewings,  which 
were  touched,  \\ould  flutter  out  from  their  hiding-places,  and 
settle  a  yard  or  two  further  on,  when  theyAvere  easily  pill-boxed. 

Several  patches  of  the  stalked  eggs  were  found,  there  being 
from  thirty  to  fifty  eggs  in  a  patch,  which  closely  resembled  the 
fructification  of  a  small  patch  of  moss.  The  eggs  are  very  similar 
to  those  of  Chrysopa,  but  slightly  rounder;  both  egg  and  stalk 
are  cream-coloured.  My  three  females,  confined  in  pill-boxes,  set 
to  work  almost  at  once  to  lay  eggs,  from  twenty  to  fifty  apiece. 
The  egg  is  an  elongate  spheroid,  length  0-75  nun.,  and  breadth 
through  middle  0-3.5  mm.  (Text-fig.  10,  n).  It  is  supported  on  an 
excessively  fine  stalk,  varying  in  length  fiom  -5  to  5  nnn..  and  so 
delicate  that  it  does  not  always  support  the  egg  firmly,  but  may 
bend   with   the  weij^ht   of   it.      This  stalk   is   hollow  throughout 


320 


STUDIKS    IK    AUSTRALIAN    NEUROPTEE.V,  IV., 


except  at  the  extronc  base  and  tip.  It  is  stoutest  at  its  base, 
where  the  diameter  of  the  cross-section  is  O'Ol."}  mm.,  that  of  the 
lumen  being  0"005  inn).  It  then  tapers  rather  rapidly  until,  at 
about  one-fifth  of  the  total  length  from  the  base,  it  is  only 
U'007  mm.  wide,  with  a  lumen  of  about  O'OO.'Jmm.  It  then  con- 
tinues to  taper  more  gradually,  reaching  a  width  of  only  ()"005 
nmi.,  with  a  hniien  of  only  0*002  nun.,  close  up  to  the  egg. 

a  During  the   embryonic  period,  the  egg  becomes 

curiously  speckled,  until  it  appears  an  absui'd- 
looking  object.  This  peculiar  marking  is  due  to 
the  early  dcN  elopment  of  a  pair  of  dark  patches  of 
})igment  on  alternate  segments  of  the  embryo.  As 
the  latter  is  very  elongated,  it  becomes  curved 
round  the  egg,  so  that  a  double  band  of  five  pairs 
of  dark  spots  is  clearly  visible  (as  shown  in  Text- 
tig.  10,  b).  These  spots  appear  on  the  fourth  day, 
and  are  followed,  on  the  fifth,  by  a  pair  of  smaller 
spots,  marking  the  position  of  the  inesothorax. 
The  unpigmentetl  prothorax  and  head  lie  curved 
around  the  anterior  pole  of  the  egg,  which,  there- 
fore, appeal's  unspotted.  On  the  eighth  day, 
smaller  mid-dorsal  spots  appear  on  all  the  segments. 
The  young  larva  (Plate  xviii.,  fig.'32)  emerges 
on  the  tenth  day  after  the  egg  is  laid.  It  is  a 
long,  slender  creature,  some  2"5  mm.  in  length, 
and  exceedingly  active.  It  descends  the  egg-stalk 
at  once,  and  moves  ofi"  at  a  rapid  pace,  with  the 
loKpiiig  gait  of  a  Geometer  caterpillar,  using  its  small  legs  and 
anal  clasper  for  walking.  Unfortunately,  I  could  find  no  food 
suital)le  for  these  peculiar  larvaj;  so,  after  fixing  and  mounting  a 
numl)er  of  them,  I  let  the  rest  go  free  on  the  rocks  at  the  bottom 
of  my  garden.     The  only  food  which  suggests  itself  to  me  as  at 

■■'■  fStalked  fj^ji^s  of  Sjieriiiophortlla  diKsein'matu,  n.sp. ,  (  x  12'5)  :  a,  freslily 
laid;  /*,  five  days  old.  Piotile-view,  showing  the  five  pigment-spots  on  one 
side  of  embryo  only.  Tlie  sixth,  smaller  spot  indicates  the  position  of  the 
mesotliorax. 


I'c.vl-Ji;;.  1(1. 


RY    R.    .r.    TtLLYARt).  351 

all  likfly  is  tht-  catcrpilljirs  of  the  small  Pyralid  moths  which 
inhabit  the  caM's  and  rocks  so  almndantly.  These  caterpillars 
are  nut  known  for  certain,  but  it  is  supposed  that  they  ai-e 
nocturnal,  and  feed  upon  the  patches  of  lichen  on  the  rocks.  As 
will  be  seen  from  the  figure  in  Plate  wiii.,  fig..")2,  the  larva  of 
Sp)'nn(i/)/iori'//a  might  easily  pass  unnoticed  amongst  such  cater- 
pillars. It  is  ]irobal)le  that  its  great  activity  and  protective 
colouration  enable  it  to  discover  the  colonies,  or  hiding-places,  of 
the  Pvralid  hir\;e,  and  to  dwell  with  them  without  causing 
them  any  alarm.  I'liev  ccjuld  then  be  attacked  and  eaten  at 
leisure.  The  mouth-parts  of  the  larva^  are  very  peculiar,  adapted 
for  sucking,  but  the  mandibles  are  neither  elongated,  as  in 
Ounii/lidce,,  nor  cur\etl,  as  in  Chrysopidce  and  Unnn'obiidte. 

The  young  larva,  when  hatched,  has  the  head,  prothorax,  and 
legs  cream-coloured,  except  for  the  black  eye-spots,  ami  a  touch  of 
pale  brown  on  the  head  and  neck.  The  metathorax  and  the  e\en 
segnu'nts  of  the  abdomen,  from  the  second  to  the  eighth,  are 
dee]»l\'  shade*!  n\  ith  br(.)wii,  each  carrying  two,  very  large,  lateral 
blotches,  and  a  smaller,  central,  dorsal  patch.  The  mesothorax 
and  the  odd  segments  of  the  abdomen,  from  the  first  U)  the 
seventh,  are  cream  coloured,  with  a  small,  central,  dorsal  patch 
of  brown.  The  ninth  abdominal  segment,  carrying  the  anal 
clasper,  is  pure  cieam-coloured. 

The  figure  in  Plate  xviii.,  fig.32,  shows  the  larva  after  being 
fixed  and  mounted.  In  actual  life,  however,  when  at  rest,  it  is 
considerably  more  elongated,  and,  m  hen  tra\elling  quickly  akmg, 
it  extends  itself  to  a  great  length. 

The  mouth-parts  (Plate  x\iii..  fig. 3."])  are  rather  peculiar. 
The  matidibles  (md)  are  broad  at  the  base,  about  as  long  as  the 
head,  and  taj)ering  to  a  point,  the  inner  margin  being  strongly 
curved.  They  ai-e  strongly  grooved  beneath,  the  maxilke  fitting 
into  the  grooves.  The  nia.cUlti'  {niXt)  resemble  the  mandibles, 
but  are  less  strongly  chitinised,  narrower  at  the  base,  and  grooved 
on  tlu!  upper  surface.  iiie  comljine<i  maxilla  an<I  mandible 
form  a  sucking  tube  who.se  lumen  is  very  nearly  straight,  except 
at  the  base.      I  here  are  no  maxillary  palpi.     The  labiid  2J(d24{ip.)\-  ~^,^-^ 


L  I  B  R  A  ft 


323  STUDIES    IS    AUSTlJALtAN    XElJROPTERA,  IV., 

are  placed  dose  tugethei',  three-jointed,  and  slightly  longer  than 
the  mandibles.  The  basal  joint  is  short  and  njoderatelv  narrow, 
the  second  longer,  broader,  and  somewhat  fusifoi-ni,  the  third 
long,  very  narrow  and  seta-like  The  lal>'  nvi  (Ir)  is  merely  a 
weak,  slightly  bifid  projection  betw^een,  and  slightly  above,  the 
mandibles. 

The  head  itself  is  curiously  elongate,  the  black  eye-spots  being 
placed  lateralh'  close  up  to  the  anterior  border.  The  atitrmnr 
{ant)  are  situated  just  in  front  of  the  eye-spots,  above  the  man- 
dibles, and  closely  resemble  the  labial  palpi.  They  are,  however, 
longer,  and  four-jointed.  The  basal  joint  is  short  and  fairly 
thick;  the  second  joint  is  somewhat  bioader  and  slightly  fusiform 
as  regards  its  distal  two-thirds,  but  the  basal  third  is  narrower, 
and  the  outer  border  is  slightly  dentate  or  ridded  at  one-third 
from  the  base;  this  ridging  probably  repiesenting  the  beginning 
of  the  formation  of  a  number  of  small  segments  from  this  joint. 
The  third  joint  is  long  and  \ery  slender,  the  fourth  merely  a 
sharply-pointed,  seta-like  tern)i nation.  The  iieck  or  niicrothorax 
(nic)  is  very  conspicuous,  elongated  and  rather  narrow. 

Larval  Types  in  Coll.  Tillyard.  Three,  mounted  on  one 
slide;  hatched  on  February  Snd,  1916,  from  eggs  laid  by  tlie 
type  9?  on  January  23rd,  1916. 

I'J.  Spekmophorklla   MACULATis.siMA,  n.sp.    (Plate  xviii.,  fig. 2"Jj. 

Total  If'nijth,  (J  5"3,  9  ''  ';  abdoni'm,  (J  3,  9  3iS:  Joravimj,  ^  9'5 
9  11"5;  r.cpaiisi',  ^19-5,  2  23"5mm. 

Head  hairy,  dark  grey;  ei/fs  blackish:  antenna'  brownish, 
more  than  half  as  long  as  fuicwing.  Thorax  dark  greyish 
black,  prothorax  hairy,  metathorax  paler  on  posterior  border 
of  notum.  Z>i?^^s  slender,  hairy,  testaceous,  spotted  with  blackish 
on  femora,  tibije,  and  apices  of  tarsal  joints.  Abdomen 
blackish,  with  a  pair  uf  grey-biown  spots  placed  latero-dorsally 
on  each  segment  near  its  apex  Appfudayes  of  9  closely  resem- 
bling those  of  Sp.  disftnuinata  9  in  size  and  shape.  Colour 
testaceous.  W  i  n  g  s  :  foretviny  with  venation  speckled  alter- 
nately with  straw-colour  and  black,  the  black  spots  and  mark- 
ing's beinu   very  frequent:  many  of   the  small,    branching  veins 


HY     It.     .r.     TILr.YARI).  323 

around  tlie  wing-border  strongly  outlined  and  thickened  witli 
black.  The  whole  of  the  forewing  is  heavily  marked  with 
irregular  grevish-black  streaks,  spots,  and  blotclies,  tending  to 
form  oblique  fascia*  across  the  wing.  Ptpvostiyma  well-formed 
in  both  wings,  spotted  with  black  along  costa.  Tip  of  forewing 
more  evenly  rounded  than  that  of  Sp.  disseminafo,  and  costal 
area  of  same  wing  more  abruptly  dilated  near  the  base;  costal 
cross-veins  more  irregularly  placed,  and  much  branched.  Iliiid- 
wimj  not  speckled,  venation  testaceous  along  Sc,  R,  and  Rs,  dark 
grey  to  black  on  the  rest  of  the  wing:  in  9,  M,,  M„,  and  the 
three  liranches  of  Rs  above  them,  are  provided  with  scales  over 
a  moderate-sized  area  in  the  middle  of  the  wing. 

[Note.  -In  figuring  tlie  two  species  of  Spermopliorella,  1  have 
omitted  the  short,  bristly  hairs  whicli  are  present  on  all  the 
veins,  in  order  to  show  up  the  venation  more  clearly.) 

Types:  (J9,  in  Coll.  Tillyard  (  Mrisbane;  .September  23rd, 
1915). 

Hab.  -One-Tree  Hill,  Brisbane:  two  males  and  two  females, 
taken  on  a  hot  afternoon,  disturbed  while  resting  on  the  face  of 
a  cutting  about  half-way  along  the  road  to  the  summit.  Sep- 
tember. 

The  four  specimens  captured  were  put  separately  into  pill- 
boxes alive.  The  same  evening,  both  females  laid  a  number  of 
stalked  eggs,  from  twenty  to  thirty  apiece.  These  were  very 
similar  to  those  described  for  Sp.  disseminata,  but  the  eggs  had 
a  slight  greyish  tinge.  They  hatched  on  the  tenth  day  after 
being  laid.  During  the  embryonic  period,  the  eggs  darkened 
to  a  semiopaque  grey,  through  which  a  double  band  of  black 
markings  made  itself  visible  on  the  developing  larva.  The  young 
larva,  when  hatched,  resembled  that  of  Sp.  disseminata  in  size, 
shape,  and  actions:  but  it  was  of  quite  a  different  colour,  the 
ground-colour  being  pale  grey,  with  large  blaci<  .spots  on  alter- 
nate segments.  It  would  seem,  then,  that  this  larva  inhabits 
the  darker  rocks  which  are  so  common  around  Brisbane,  and 
probably  preys  upon  Lepidopterous  caterpillars,  which  feed  on 
the  lichens  of  the  rocks.  I  was  unable  to  obtain  suitable  food 
for  my  larvae,  and  they  all  died. 


324  STUDIES    IX    AUSTRALIAN    NEUROPTEI^A,  iv., 

Family  TKICHOM ATII)^,*  fam.nov. 
(Plate  xviii.,  tig. '34;   Plate  xix.,  fig. 3a  ) 

Small  or  moderate-sized  insects,  with  the  wliole  l)()dy,  and  the 
veins  and  margins  of  the  wings,  densely  elotlied  with  thick  hairs. 
Head  moderately  wide,  the  hasal  joint  of  the  anteiinje  much 
enlarged,  .sometimes  hypertrophied.  Wings  variable  in  shape. 
Costal  area  of  forewing  narrow:  recurrent  veinlet  at  base  either 
absent  or  rudimentary.  lu  forewing,  Sc  and  R  run  close 
together,  but  remain  (juite  .separate  thioughout  their  length: 
cross- veins  between  them  either  al).sent,  or  one  only.  Jn  the 
hind  wing,  Sc  and  R  also  remain  (juite  separate,  but  are  some- 
what further  apai't.  A  single  radial  sector  present  in  both 
wings,  with  3-5  branches.  M  fused  basally  with  K,  and  forked 
in  both  wings.  Cu  forked  in  forewing,  simple  in  hindwing 
(original  Cu.,  absent).  No  unspecialised  cross-veins  present, 
there  being  only  a  .single  (distal)  gradate  .series  in  forewing,  two 
or  three  cros.s-veins  connecting  Rs  with  R,  and  a  few  others 
placed  in  suitable  positions  for  supporting  the  main  veins:  in 
hindwing,  very  few  cross-veins,  and  no  gradate  series.  Along 
posterior  bojder  <jf  wing,  there  are  numerous,  short  branches 
from  the  main  veins:  tliis  border  also  carries  a  dense  fringe  of 
very  long  hairs,  whicli  may  even  exceed  in  lengtli  the  width  of 
the  wing  itself.  A  small  coupling  apparatu.s,  with  frenulum, 
present  at  bases  of  wings.     No  false  origin  to  Rs  in  hindwing. 

1  propose  this  family  for  the  reception  of  two  extraordinary 
in.sects  recently  captured  at  light,  one  b)'  Mr.  O.  Lower,  at 
Broken  Hill,  N.S.W.,  the  other  by  Dr.  A.  J.  Turner,  at  Rri.s- 
bane.  Though  very  different  in  appearance,  these  insects  are 
united  by  a  large  number  of  common  characters.  They  also  differ 
from  all  Neuroptera,  except  the  Chrysopiofc,  in  combining  the 
absence  of  fusion  of  Sc  and  R  with  the  presence  of  only  one  Hs 
in  the  forewing.  Their  differences  from  Chrysopidcc  are  so  great 
and  obvious  as  scarcely  to  need  commenting  upon,  since  they 
possess  none  of  the  striking  specialisations  of  that  family.  They 
difller  from  all  other  Neuroptera  in  the  immense  development  of 


*  Greek  rpi^oixa  =  a  .shock  of  hair. 


in    i;.   .1.   TiMiVAHi).  325 

hairs  upon  the  body  and  wings;  indeed,  I  know  of  few  Tricliop- 
terous  insects  even  that  have  such  a  hairy  appearance. 

Two   genera   are    repi-esented,    which    may    be  separated    as 

follows, — 

Wings  of  moderate   breadtli,  sliglitly  falcate,  the  margin  below 
the  apex  being  slightly  excavated.     Antennre  with  basal  joint 

not  unduly  enlarged 

Genus  Trichoma,  n.g.     (Type,  T.  yracifipenne,  n.sp.). 

Wings  elongate,  excessively  narrow,  fore  and  hind  margins  par- 
allel, apex  almost  in   line  with  hind   margin.     Antennas  with 

greatly  hypertrophied  basal  joint 

iienufi  Stenohie/Ia,  n.g.     (Type,  <S'<.  A/VaM/AWma,  n.sp.). 

Genus  Trichoma,  n.g.     (Plate  xix.,  fig.34). 

Characters  as  given  above  in  the  generic  key,  with  the  follow- 
ing additions.  Size  moderate  (about  1  inch  expanse),  antenna- 
nearly  as  long  as  forewing;  three  branches  to  Rs  in  forewing. 
four  in  hindwing.  In  hindwing,  Cuj  runs  parallel  to  posterior 
margin  from  just  above  the  ending  of  lA  to  the  point  where  M„ 
branches,  and  then  curves  down  to  meet  the  wing-border  just 
before  the  tornus:  from  this  part  of  Cu,,  oblique,  much-branched 
veinlets  descend  to  the  border:  Cu,  is  also  connected  with  lA, 
from  just  above  the  end  of  the  latter,  by  a  vein  running  back  to 
1 A  parallel  with  the  border.  Costal  cross-veins  in  forewing  all 
branched  before  ptei'ostigma;  the  most  basal  one  is  tending  to 
become  a  true,  recurrent  veinlet. 

Genotype,  7'.  gracilipentte,  n.sp. 

20.  Trichoma  gracilipenne,  n  sp.     (Plate  xix.,  tig.34). 

Total  length,  10:  abdomen,  6;  forewing,  12;  expanse,  25  mm. 

Head  dark  brown,  eyes  very  dark;  antenna;  with  basal  joint 
dark,  hairy,  the  rest  a  medium  brown,  barely  pectinate.  Thorax  : 
prothorax  dark  brown,  hairy,  divided  into  two  by  a  transverse, 
median  groove.  Pterothorax  dark  brown,  about  as  wide  as  head, 
moderately  hairy,  rather  shiny,  with  pale  brown  markings  along 
the  sutures  and  posterior  border.  Legs  oi  medium  length,  hairy, 
brown;  tibiae  ^fithout  spurs:  tarsi  5-jointed,  the  basal  joint 
nearly  as  long  as  the  other  four  together.  A  b  d  o  m  e  n  dark 
brown,   hairy;  appears   narrow  when   viewed   dorsal ly,  broad  in 

28 


326  stui)if;s  in  Australian  nkuroptera,  iv., 

proHle  (probably  cylindrical  and  of  moderate  breadth  in  life); 
two,  short,  subconical,  anal  appendages  present.  (Sex  indeter- 
minate). Wings  subhyaline,  clouded  with  pale  brown.  Veins 
and  hairs  mostly  brown,  but  a  ver)^  delicate  effect  of  silvery-grey 
patches  is  produced  in  forewing  by  the  areas  on  either  side  of 
the  gradate  series,  and  a  few  smaller  patches  along  M  and  the 
margins,  possessing  a  whitish  venation  with  whitish  hairs  upon 
it;  this  effect  is  heightened  by  patches  of  dark  brown  along  the 
gradate  series,  on  the  pterostigma,  and  irregularl}-  round  the 
wing-margins.  The  hairs  of  the  fringe  are  chiefly  pale  brownish 
or  brownish-grey,  but  there  are  a  number  of  conspicuous  patches 
of  dark  brown  hairs,  especially  along  the  posterioi*  margin,  in 
both  wings.  Cross-veiiis  in  forewing  :  five  in  the  gradate  series 
from  M.T  up  to  R;  three  between  R  and  Rs  (inclusive  of  the 
uppermost  one  of  the  gradate  series);  one  below  Rs  just  proximad 
from  the  gradate  series;  one  from  base  of  R,s  to  M;  one  between 
Mj  and  Mj,  and  a  second  just  below  it;  also  an  oblique  one  sup- 
porting the  wide  forking  of  Mo:  one  between  Cu,  and  Cu._,  and 
one  between  lA  and  2 A  not  far  from  base.  Cross-veins  in  hind- 
wing  :  one  between  Sc  and  R  above  middle  of  wing;  one  only, 
distad  from  this,  between  H  and  Rs,  and  two  exactly  below  this, 
one  above  and  one  below  Mj ;  an  oblique  one  supporting  the 
forking  of  M._,:  one  connecting  mf  to  Rs;  and  one  from  base  of 
M  to  Cu. 

Type  in  Coll.  Tillyard.  Unique.  Taken  at  light  by  Mr.  O. 
Lower,  at  Broken  Hill,  N.S.AV.     Undated. 

Genus  Stenobiella,  n.g.     (Plate  xix.,  fig.35). 

C/haracters  as  given  in  the  generic  key,  with  the  following 
additions.  Size  rather  small  (expanse  about  three-quarters  of 
an  inch):  antennje  about  two-thirds  the  length  of  the  forewing: 
three  branches  to  Rs  in  both  wings.  In  hindwing,  Cu,  comes 
very  close  to  posterior  margin  at  the  level  of  the  ending  of  lA, 
and  thence  onward,  for  about  one-third  of  the  wing-length,  runs 
parallel  to,  and  just  above,  the  wing-margin,  giving  off  a  number 
of  exceedingly  short,  unbranched  veinlets  to  it:  Cuj  is  connected 
with  1 A  bva  cross-vein.    Costal  cross-veins  in  forewing  branched 


n\  n.  .).    iTLiAvxRit.  327 

only  to  about  half  the  wing-leiigth  from  the  base.  O-wing  to 
the  narrowness  of  the  wing,  all  the  main  veins  tend  to  assume  a 
nearly  parallel  course:  the  hindwing  has  only  six  specialised 
cross-veins,  three  near  the  base,  and  three  just  beyonfi  the 
middle.  Fringe  of  posterioi'  margin  very  long:  in  hindwing, 
near  the  base,  its  hairs  are  longer  than  the  wing  is  wide. 
Genotype,  -SV.  hlrHutissima,  n.sp. 

21.  8TEN0BIELLA    HIKSUTISSIMA,  n  .sp.       (Plate  xix.,  fig.35). 

Total  length,  5:  abdomen,  2'b;  J'uretviny,  9:  expanse,  18 "5  mm. 

Head   blackish,   hairy,  touched   with   brown   on  epicranium: 
some  of   the  hairs  pale  gre\ish:  ei/es  dark  grey;  antentw  black, 
the  basal  joint  0*8  nan.   long,    swollen,    very  hairv.     Thorax 
hairy,  blackish,  touched  with  dark   brown:  .some  pale  grey  hairs 
on   prothorax.      Leys   short,   dull    b)-o\vnish-grey:    tibia^  without 
spurs:  tarsi  with  five    shoi-t  joints.      Abdomen     very  short, 
slender,  hairy,  blackish,  touched  with  pale  grey  apically  on  each 
segment.       Appendayea    very    minute,    conical.       (Sex     indeter- 
minate).    Wings  subhyaline,  clouded  with  dull  greyish-brown: 
forewing  with  slightly  darker  patches,  irregularly  placed  around 
the  margins  and  along  the  gradate  series:  three  indistinct  patches 
along    Rs,    and    two   lying  upon   Cu:    apex    slightly    darkened. 
Pterostiyma  slightly  darkened  in  both  wings:  fringes  uniformly 
dark  grey.      Cross-veins  in  foreiviny  :  five  in   the  gradate  series 
from  M.^  up  to  R;  another  from  R  to  Rs  a  little  proximad  to  the 
top  vein  of  the  gradate  series:  one  between   R  and  M  near  base, 
anotlier  between  M  and  Cuj  just  distad  from  ciif.  and  one  below 
it  from  Cu.j  to   lA;  two  more  placed   more  distally  between  M„ 
and  Cui,  and  one  joining  Uuj  to  the  upper  branch  of  Cu.^.     Cross- 
tieins  in  hindwing  :  three   at  about  the  same  level,  distad  from 
middle  of  wing,  one  from  R  to  Rs,  one  from  Mj  upwards  to  the 
lowest  branch  of  Rs,  and  one  from  M„  to  Cuj ;  three  more  near 
the  base,  one  from  Rs  to  M,  one,  nearer  still,  from  M  to  Cu,  and 
one,   more  distally  placed,  from   Cuj  to    lA.       Numerous,  small 
veintets  descend  upon  the  posterior  margin  in  both  wings. 

Type  in  Coll.  Tillyard.  Unique.  Taken  at  light  by  Dr.  A. 
J.  Turner,  at  liis  house  at  Shei'wood,  ncai-  J^risbane.  November 
10th,  191.^). 


3'2S  STUDIES    IX    AfSTRALtAX    VEt-ROPTERA,  IV., 

Thiseitraordinary  insect  is  clearh-  a  highly  specialised  offshoot 
from  the  more  normal  form  represented  in  Trichoma.  The  very 
narrow  and  elongated  wings,  with  long  fringes,  mark  it  off  from 
all  otiier  Neuroptera. 

Puslscripl,  added  May  1st,  1916. — tSince  tlic  completion  of  this 
paper,  I  have  received  from  ^Jr.  Luke  Gallard,  of  Epping,  N.S.  W., 
a  living  specimen  of  a  tine  new  species  of  ^tenobieUa,  Avhich  he 
captured  while  beating  bushes  and  low  trees  at  Kenthurst, 
N.S.W.  Tliis  remarkable  insect,  when  alive,  rests  with  its  wings 
forming  a  steep  roof  over  its  back,  and  projecting  far  bevond 

tlie  end  of  its  body.  When 
resting  on  a  twig,  the  antenna- 
are  directed  straight  for- 
wards,   while   the    body    and 

wings  are  held   rigidly  at  an 

angle    of    about    30°    to    the 
Text-fit;.  1 1.-  plane  of  rest.     As  the  wings 

are  a  dull  brownish  colour 
with  irregular  grey  markings  and  numerous  hairs,  the  effect  pro- 
duced is  that  of  a  broken-off'  stump  of  a  small  side-twig.  The 
principal  factor  in  the  success  of  this  disguise  is,  of  course,  the 
length  of  the  wings.  A  pencil  sketch,  which  I  made  of  the 
insect  at  rest,  is  reproduced  in  Text-Hg.ll.  I  append  a  short 
description  of  this  new  species,  which  ]  have  dedicated  to  its 
discoverer. 

Stenobiella  gallardi,  n.sp.     (Text-figs.  11-12). 

Total  feiKjth,  5'5:  abdomen,  2"8;  J'orewing,  9"3;  hindtving,  8'i 
mm.  [Measurements  of  the  dried  specimen;  the  living  insect 
was  considerabh'  larger].     8ex  indeterminate. 

Head  dark  brown,  touched  with  grey;  ei/es  dull  blackish; 
anteimce  5  mm.  long,  dark  brown,  basal  joint  0'8  mm.,  very  hairy, 
not  quite  so  much  enlarged  as  in  St.  hirsatissima.  Thorax 
and  legs  dark  brown.     Abdomen  brownish  black.     Wings 


''  Sft-ituhifJla  (jaUardi,  ii.sj). ,  at  rest  on  a  twig,  to  show  natural  position 
of  holding  wings  and  alxloinen  (drawn  in  outline  only);  (  x  3g). 


BY    R.    .t.    TlLLYARl). 


329 


dull  semi  transparent  brown,  hairy,  the  forewing  irrorated  with 
grey  in  irregular  patches,  and  with  a  few,  indistinct,  dark  brown 
spots;  a  pale  spot  on  the  costa  just  beyond  pterostignia,  and  an 
oblique,  faint,  dark  band  along  the  gradate  series.  Shape  much 
as  in  St.  hirsutisnima,  but  forewing  slightly  wider  in  comparison 
with  lenirth,  hindwinj;  narrower  at  base  and  more  broadened 
towards  tip  Fringe  of  uniforndy  dark  brown  hairs,  not  so  long 
as  in  St.  hi vsutissima  Venation  (Text-fig. 12)  broadly  as  in  St. 
hirsutissima.    Ijut    differing   in   the  following  points.       Jn    both 


Text-tig.  12. — Veualiuii  ul'  S/oiohii/lu  giil/ardi,  n.sp. ;  (  x  9). 

wings,  Sc  is  shorter;  and  hence  there  are  more  branch- veins 
running  up  to  G  from  distal  end  of  R  In  forewing,  the  cross- 
vein  from  near  the  distal  end  of  CUj  up  to  M.^  is  strongly  oblique 
(normal  in  St.  hirs^itissinia);  in  hind  wing,  there  is  an  extra 
cross-vein  placed  distally  between  Mj  and  Mg,  exactly  in  line 
with  the  one  above  it. 

//a6.  — Kenthurst,  N.S.W.  Taken  by  Mr.  Uallard  on  April 
23rd,  1916. 

Type  in  Coll.  Tillyard.      Unique. 


BIBLIOCiRAPHY. 
1,  1909.      JjANKS,  N. — "IJtmerobiido'  fioin  (ihieei island,  Australia."     Proo. 
Eut.  yof.  Washington,  xi.,  1909,  pp. 70-81.     [Si.'^i/ra  hrinuita,  n.sp., 
S.  punctata,  n.sp. ,  Mlcromu'tfrogyatt'i.  tioin.nuv.,  Jfeya/o/niiia,  n.g., 


330  .VrUDlES    tX    AUSTt^ALtAN*    VEUROPTE^.,  iv. 

M.  r/.ciiini)uUa,  u..sp.,  C'arohiu-i.  n.y.,  C.  <uirfit--<tius.  n.sp..  C.  piil- 
rfie./(ns,  n.sp.,  Psychohklla,  n.g.,  /*•■*.  sordida,  n.sp.,  XotiohlvJlu,  n.g.. 
N.  t.cttnm,  n.sp..  X.  ■•'■fiijinafica,  n.sp.,  X.  iinifa,  n.sp..  X.  oh/ii/mi, 
n.sp..  A',  pntioxa.  n.s[).(Fiji).] 

2,  I'.H.S. "Sj'nop.sesand  Desciiptiuns  of  Exotit- Neuropteia."' 

Trans.  Amor.  Ent.  Soc.  xxxix..  1913.  pp.201--24-2.  [Table  of 
1,'enei-a  of  (>siiii/Hn<i-  (pp.21  1-"JI2),  of  //f//;ip/-o/</«w  (pp.216-217).] 

3,  I<S!tS.      GoMyTucK,  J.  H.,  and  Nkeuham,  J.  (4. — "Tiie  Winijjs  of  In.sects." 

American  Naturalist,   xxxii.,    1898  (seven  Parts).     [Tracheation  of 
pupal  wing  of  Hemtrohias  figured,  and  formation  of  blanches  of 
radius  discussed]. 
■1,  1904.     Frouuatt,  W.  W.— Agricultural  Gazette  of  N.S.W.     [M icrot/ni,-< 
aiiMra/is  described  and  figured  (  =  Httntrohhi.^  ta-tmunhi-  AValker)]. 

5,  19U7. Australian  Insects.      {Microii)u>^,  p.(>4J. 

6,  1908.     Hanuliksch,  A.  —  Die  Fossilen  Insecten.     [Neuroptera,   Liassic 

pp. 473-478;  Jurassic  pp.604-tjl.');  also  Atlas  of  Plates;  Liassic.  PI. 
xl.-xli. ;  Jura.s.sic,  PI.  xlviii.]. 

7,  18<)3.      McLachl.vn,  R. — "On  some  new  .Species  of  Xeuropterous  Insects 

from  Australia  and  New  Zealand."'  Journ.  Entom.,  Nov.  IS(i3, 
pp.  11 1-1 1(5.     [Drepanepftri/.c  iri-'ilal/i/i-''.  n.sj). ,  /J.  kwmllis,  n.sp.]. 

8,  18f>4. "On  the  Existence  of  Scales  on  the  Wings  of 

the  Neuro[)terous  geims  L^oxceUpteron  Costa.""  JJnt.  Mo.  Mag., 
xxii.,  18(i4,  p.2L"). 

9,  1901.     Nekdham,  J.  O. — "Aquatic  In.sects  in  the  .\dirondacks.""     Bull. 

N.Y.  State  Museum.  No.  47.  Sept.  1901.  pp.  383-«12.  [Slsyni, 
pp.oo2-.-)87]. 

10,  1838.     Newman,  E. — "Entomological  Notes."     Eut.   Mag.,   v.,  1838; 

{It hone  /iisra.  n.g.  et  sp.  (p.  181);  Drepanepteri/.c  hinocnia,  n.sp. 
(p.400)]. 

11,  19b").     Petersen,  Esren. — "Australian  Neuioptcra."     Part  i.     Proc 

Linn.  Soc.  N.  S.  Wales,  1914,  xxxix.,  pp.(J3.'>-(j4").  [Drcpaiitp/tri/.f 
Intini/is  and  jMegK/oiniiiu  acifmhiafn  figured,  PI.  Ixxiv. ]. 

12,  1S42.     Rambl'k,   p. — "Histoire  naturelle  des  Insectes   Nevropt«res. " 

Suites  a  Buffon,  1842.      [Micromn-s,  n.g.]. 

13,  1901.     Sharp,    i). — Cambridge  Natural   History.      Vol.    v.      Insects, 

Part  i.     [Dre/iuiicpftri/A-  (p. 408)]. 

14,  18.52.     Walkek,    F. — Catalogue   of   the    Specimens   of    Neuropterous 

In.sects  in  the  Collection  of  the  British  Museum.  Vol.  ii.,p.  19."). 
[Ifhoiie  /ii.vcd,  placed  in  SiaUda-]. 

15,  bS")9. : "Chafacters  of  undesi  libed   Neuroptera  in  the 

Collection  of  W.  W.  Sauntlers,  E.'^q. ""  'I'rans.  Ent.  Soc,  v.,  I8r)9. 
[flcmcroliinx  tttsinnnin'.  n.sp.]. 


RV     \i.    .1.     I'll.LV  \HI).  331 

KXIM.AXATTOX  OF  I'LAIKS   XIT.  XIX. 
Plate  xii. 

Fig.  1. — Ithont  fill rn .  ii.sp. ;  (  x  4). 

Fig.'2. — Ithont  J'nlra,  n.sp. ;  head,  prothorax,  and  forelegs,  viewed  lioin  in 
front;  (  xH);  (aiit,  anteima?:  <•/,  olypeus;  cr^,  coxa  of  foreleg;  «,  eye; 
ep,  epieraniuni;  ;/,  gena;  l)>,  labial  palp;  //•.  labruni;  nid.  niandiljle; 
in.cp,  niaxillai'v  palp;  pr,  prothorax). 

Fig.3. — Itlione  fulra,  n.sp.;  tibial  spines;  (  ■  l.'{):  .vyy,  spines;  //.  tibia;  (■■<. 
basal  joint  of  tarsus. 

Fig.4. — Ithont  fii/ra,  n.sp.;  appendages  of  male,  dorsal  view;  (  x>S);  /,  in- 
ferior; •>•,  superior. 

Fig..j. — Ithone  fulra,  n.sp.;  appendages  of  male,  pi-ofile  view;  (  x  S);  /,  in- 
ferior; ^s  superior. 

Fig.t). — Ithone  fulra,  n.sp.;  appendages  of  male,  posterior  view;  (  x8);  /, 
inferior;  •*.  superior. 

Fig.7. — Ithone  fusca  Newman;  appendages  of  male,  dorsal  view;  (x  8); 
/.  inferioi';  ■<.  superior. 

Fig.S. — Ithone  fu-'<ca  Newman;  appendages  of  male,  profile  view;  (x  8): 
/,  inferior;  s,  superior. 

Fig. 9. — Ithone  fuAca  ^ewm&n:  appendages  of  male,  posterior  view;  (  x  8); 
/,  inferior;  >■.  superior. 

Plate  xiii. 
V\)i.\^).-- 1  >r<  iiiiiii  filiri/.v  jihi\lii'iioiil(  ■■^  (Linn.).      W'liation;  (  ■  S). 
I'"ig.  1  I,  —  Dn  jiniii pli  ri/.r  /i/iiil<fvoi<le--<  (Linn. ).      l''enestella;  (  x  "iOI. 
V\)l.\'2."  DrejKUKlcra  hu//)ili.-<  (MeTjaeli   ).       N'enation;  (    :S). 
Fig.  l.S. — I)rtjiaiiacra  IniiniH-s  (Mei^aeii.  I.      l'\-nestella;  (  x-2t)). 
Fig.  14. — Drejiaiiarra  /iiinnli'<  (McLacli. ).      Third  (ir  most  posterior  iiinule; 
(  X  20). 
Venational    notation   as   u.sual.       In   addition,    ruf    cubital   fork;    ruf. 
secondaiy  cubital  fork;  fn,  fenestella:   ,//,    jugal  lobe;  jp,   jugal  process 
with  freiuilum;  //(,  lunule;  Si-Sj,,  branches  of  Rs  in  hindwiTig;  .r.  first  false 
origin  of  Es  in  hindwing;  x',  second  ditto. 

Plate  xiv. 
Fig.  1."). — ])ri'pauacra  InstahUi-''  (McLach.).      Venation;  (  x  8|. 
Fig.  16. — iJrepanarra  hardi/i.  n.g.  et  sp.      ^'enation:  (  x  8). 
Fig.lT. — Drejtamirra  froi/i/nt/l.    n.g.  et   sp.       \'enation    of   apical   tliiril   of 

forewing;  (  x  81. 
Fig.  18. — Dre.jtotiouiinn  ijlliliosa,  n.g.  et  sp.      Venation;  (  x  6). 
Fig.  Ift.  —  Drepnuarra  /(7>«mV/-«  (jMcLach.),    6.     Coupling   apparatus   of  the 

wings  :   /■/•,  ficnuhim:   //.  jugal  lobe;   ///.  jugal  process;  (  x  .S*2). 

Plate  x\-. 

Fig.20.— 0.*7y/>/<//^/  l,riilirfilh'.  n.g.  et  .sp. ;  (  •    10). 
Fig.2L — P-^ycliobitlla  fusca,  n.sp,;  (  x  10). 


332  STUDIES    I\    AUSTRALIAN    XRUROPTERA,  iv. 

Plate  xvi. 
Fig.2'2. — Wings  of  Notiohitlln  riridi.s,  n.sp. ;  (  x  i»). 
Fig. 23. — Wings  of  NotiohieUa  muUifurcata,  n.sp.;  (  x  9). 
Fig.24. — Wings  of  CarobiuH  ■'<uhfaiiciatu-'i,  n.sp.;  (  x  9). 
Fig.2.j. — Wings  of  Caroliinn  pvlcheUnn  Banks;  (  <  9). 
Fig.20. — Wings  of  Si'^i/ra  rn/iatii/tna,  n.sp.;  (  x  9). 
Fig.27. — Wings  of  SiKyra  furiifri,  n.sp.;  (  :<  9|- 

Plate  xvii. 

Fig.  28. — Spermop/ioref/a  dlftmm'nmta,  ?  ,  n.g.  ot  sp. ;  (  x  7). 
Fig. 29. — Spermophorclhi  maciilatiiimma,  9,  n.g.  et  sp. ;  (  x  7). 

Plate  xviii. 
Fig. 30. — Sper»iop/iore.//a  (/iy-^ciiiinafa,    ?  ,  n.g.   et  sp.      Small  portion  of  a 

vein  from  hindwing.  sliowing  liairs  and  seed-like  scales;  {  x  90). 
Fig. 31. — .S'.  disfieminafo,   9  .  n.g.  et  sp.     Appendages,  profile  view;  (  x  14). 
Fig.32.— aS'.  ditfieminata.     Newly-hatched  larva;  (  x  32). 
Fig.33. — S.  f//W/«mrt/o.      Head  of  ditto;  (  x  90)  :  niif,  antenna;  /p,  labial 

palpi;  //•.   labrum;    mc,  microthorax  or  neck;   //id,  mandible;  //ij.\, 

maxilla. 
Fig. 34.  —  Tficho//ia  (jrarUvpenne.,  n.fam,,  gen.  et  sp. ;  (  x  7). 

Plate  xix. 
Fig, 35. — Stenohiella  hin^ntis-^i/na.  n.fam.,  gen.  et  sp. ;  (  x  1j). 


333 


STUDIES  IN  AUSTRALIAN  MICROLEPIDOPTERA. 
By  a.  Jkfferis  Turnrr,  M.D.,  F.E.S. 

OECOPHORINiE. 

^Ir.  E.  Meyrick,  F.R.S  ,  has  asked  me  to  describe  some  species 
of  this  group,  which  I  have  sent  to  him  under  MS  names  at 
various  times  during  the  last  twenty  years;  and  he  has  very 
kindly  assisted  me  bv  sending  me  a  tabulation  of  the  Australian 
genera  according  to  his  most  recent  revision,  not  yet  published, 
I  find  that  I  have  such  a  large  number  of  undescribed  species, 
that,  in  the  present  paper,  I  can  deal  only  with  those  belonging 
to  M  r.  Meyrick's  groups  Oecophorides  and  Eulecliriades,  leaving 
the  Phifobofides  and  Depressariades  for  a  future  occasion.  Unless 
otherwise  stated,  the  types  of  new  species  are  in  my  Collection. 

Macrobathra  rubicundella. 
Gelechia  rnbicunde/fa  Wlk.,  Cat.  Brit.  Mus.,  xxix.,  p. 649. 
Macrobathra  rosea  Turn.,  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  S.  Aust.,  1  896,  p. 33. 
Q.:  Brisbane,  in  November  and  February. 

Macrobathra   puncticulata. 
Afacrobathra  puncticulata  Turn.,  Trans.   Roy.  Soc.  S.  Aust., 
1896,  p.32. 

Q.:  Brisbane,  in  October.     The  type  is  still  unique. 

Macrobathra  chrysospila. 

Macrobathra  chrysospila  Meyr.,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.  S.  Wales, 
1885,  p.822;  M.  chrysobaphes  Turn.,  Trans.  Roy  Soc.  S.  Aust., 
1896,  p.32. 

N.Q.:  Townsville,  in  September. — Q.:  Brisbane,  in  September, 
January,  and  March. 

Macrobathra  honoratella. 
Oecophora  honorateUa  Wlk.,  Cat.  Brit.  Mus.,  xxx.,  p.  1030. 
Macrobathra  chlorosoma  Meyr.,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N,  S.  Wales, 
1885,  p.810. 

29 


334  STUDIES  IN  AUSTRALIAN   MICROLEPIDOPTERA^ 

Q.:  Duai'inga,  Caloundra,  and  Brisbane:  in  August,  September, 
December,  February-April. 

Macrobathra   bigerella. 

Gelechia  bigerella  Wlk.,  Cat.  Brit.  Mus.,  xxix.,  p. 644. 
Macrobathra  crymalea  Meyr.,   Proc.  Linn.   Soc.  N.  S.  Wales, 
188f),  p.816. 

Q.:  Brisbane,  Toowoomba. — S.A.:  Port  Lincoln. 

Macrobathra  myriophthalma. 

Macrobathra  myriophthalma  Meyr.,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.  S. 
Wales,  1885,  p.822. 

Q.:  Brisbane,  Toowoomba.— N.S.W. :  Sydney.— Vic. :  Mel- 
bourne. 

The  larva  feeds  on  various  species  of  Acacia.  Mr.  Meyriek 
records  it  from  A.  puhescens.  I  have  found  it  on  A.  deacrrens 
and  A.  complanata. 

Macrobathra  xuthocoma. 

Macrobathra  xuthocoma  Meyr.,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.  S.  Wales, 
1885,  p.813. 

Q.:  Brisbane.— N.S.W. :  Sydney.— Vic. :  Melbourne.  I  have 
found  the  larva  on  Acacia  penninervis. 

Macrobathra  callispila,  n.sp. 
KaAXirr7riAo5,  prettily  spotted. 
9.  17  ram.  Head  ochreous-grey,  back  of  crown  blackish;  face 
whitish-ochreous.  Palpi  ochreous- whitish ;  a  slight  fuscous 
suffusion  towards  apex  of  second  joint,  terminal  joint  fuscous. 
Antennae  blackish  annulated  with  wliite.  Thorax  blackish; 
patagia,  except  at  base,  whitish-ochreous.  Abdomen  ochreous- 
brown,  terminal  half  irrorated  with  dark  fuscous.  Legs  blackish, 
with  whitish-ochreous  annulations,  which  are  specially  broad  on 
the  posterior  pair.  Forewings  blackish,  with  one  fascia  and 
three  spots  whitish-ochreous;  fascia  evenly  broad,  from  \  costa 
to  \  dorsum;  a  small  spot  on  midcosta;  a  large,  triangular,  sub- 
apical,  costal  spot ;  a  large,  triangular  spot  on  tornus  ;  cilia 
blackish,  on  tornal  spot  whitish-ochreous.     Hindwings  dark  fus- 


BY  A.   JEFFERIS  TURNER.  335 

cous;  cilia  fuscous,  bases  ochreous-brown,  on  costa  before  apex 
and  on  tornus  wholly  ochreous-brown. 

N.A.:  Port  Darwin:  two  specimens,  received  from  Mr.  G.  F. 
Hill. 

Macuobathra  ex^.ta,  n.sp. 
e^atTOs,  choice. 

9.16  mm.  Head  blackish;  face  white.  Palpi  whitish;  ter- 
minal joint  dark  fuscous  on  external  surface.  Antennte  blacki.sh 
with  ochreous-whitish  annulations.  Thorax  ochreous-whitish 
with  a  posterior  blackish  spot.  Abdomen  pale  ochreous.  Legs 
fuscous,  with  ochi'eous-whitish  annulations ;  outer  surface  of 
anterior  tibiae  whitish;  posterior  pair  ochreous-whitish,  femora, 
base  of  tibiae,  and  a  broad  subapical  band  on  tibiae  fuscous. 
Forewings  blackish,  with  one  fascia  and  four  spots  ochreous- 
whitish;  fascia  evenly  broad  from  i  costa  to  \  dorsum;  a  small 
spot  on  midcosta:  a  large,  rounded  spot  on  dorsum  before  tornus, 
connected  on  dorsum  with  a  small,  tornal  spot;  a  large,  more 
whitish,  triangular  spot  on  1  costa,  its  lower  angle  tending  to 
be  connected  with  toi'nal  spot;  cilia  dark  fuscous,  apices  whitish 
between  apex  and  midtermen,  on  tornus  and  dorsum  wholly 
ochreous-whitish.  Hind  wings  dark  fuscous;  cilia  fuscous,  on 
dorsum  ochreous-whitish. 

N.Q,:  Kuranda,  near  Cairns;  in  November;  one  specimen, 
received  from  Mr.  F.  P.  Dodd. 

Macrobathra  rhvthmodes,  n.sp. 
pi)^/xwSr;9,  symmetrical. 

9.  13  mm.  Head  dark  fuscous;  face  fuscous.  Palpi  fuscous, 
inner  aspect  of  second  joint  whitish  towards  base.  Antennae 
dark  fuscous  annulated  with  whitish.  Thorax  yellow;  tegulae 
and  bases  of  patagia  dark  fuscous.  Abdomen  fuscous,  beneath 
ochreous-whitish.  Legs  fuscous,  posterior  pair  ochreous-whitish. 
Forewings  dark  fuscous;  central  area  broadly  yellow,  bounded 
by  lines  from  |  costa  to  \  dorsum,  and  from  f  costa  to  |  dorsum; 
cilia  fuscous.     Hindwings  fuscous,  cilia  fuscous. 

N.Q.:  Kuranda,  near  Cairns;  in  October;  one  specimen. 


336  STUDIES   IN"  AUSTRALIAX   IMICROLEPIDOPTERA, 

Macrobathra  allocrana,  n.sp. 
«AAoK/>ai'09,  witli  dissimilar  head. 

(J.  1  1  mm.  Head  and  thorax  pale  yellow;  face ochreous- whitish. 
Palpi  ochreous-whitish.  Anteniiii'  fuscous,  with  whitish  annula- 
tions,  towards  apex  whitish;  ciliations  in  (J  1.  Abdomen  fuscous, 
beneath  ochreous-whitish.  Legs  ochreous-whitish;  anterior  and 
middle  pairs  somewhat  infuscated.  Forewings  pale  yellow:  a 
fuscous  basal  spot  bounded  by  a  line  from  1  costa  to  }  dorsum; 
a  large,  fuscous,  apical  l)lotch  bounded  by  an  inwardly  curved 
line  from  costa  near  apex  to  dorsum  before  tornus;  cilia  fuscous. 
Hind  wings  and  cilia  grey. 

Similar  to  the  preceding,  but  with  head  and  thorax  wholly 
yellow. 

N.Q.:  Innisfail;  in  November;  one  specimen. 

BORKHAUSENIA    SPHiEROIDES. 

Oecophora  sphcerdidi's  Turn.,  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  S  Aust.,  1896, 
p.31. 

Q.:   Brisbane. 

BoRKHAUSENIA    HEMILEUCA. 

Oecophora  hemileuca  Turn.,  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  S.  Aust.,  1896, 
p.31. 

Q.:  Brisbane  I  have  not  been  able  to  re-examine  this  species, 
as  I  possess  no  example. 

BOKKIIAUSENIA    NEPHEf.ELLA. 

Crossophora  iiephelella  Turn.,  op.  cit.,  1898,  p.31 2. 

Q.:  Brisbane  and  Coolangatta;  in  August  and  September. 

BOBKHAUSENIA  THOLOPA,  n.Sp. 
^oAwTTos,  muddy. 
(J9.  14-16  mm.  Head,  thorax,  and  palpi  fuscous.  Antennae 
fuscous;  ciliations  of  ^  3.  Abdomen  fuscous;  in  ^,  apices  of 
segments  and  tuft  ochreous-whitish.  legs  fuscous;  posterior 
pair  ochreous-whitish.  Forewings  very  elongate-oval,  costa 
rather  strongly  arched,  apex  rounded,  termen  ver}^  obliquel}' 
rounded;  ochreous-whitish  densely  and  evenly  irrorated  with 
fuscous;  cilia  fuscous.     Hindwings  very  elongate-ovate:  ochreous- 


t'.Y  A.  jiotu-'Kins  tuUnkIj.  337 

wliitisli,   towards  apex   greyish-tinged,   in   9  wholly  grey;    cilia 
ochreous-whitish,  at  apex  greyish-tinged,  in  5  wliolly  grey. 
Q.:    Mount  Tambourine;  in  October:  three  specimens. 

BORKHAUSENIA  PAUKOPHYLLA,  n.Sp. 
~u.iipocfivXXoi,  small-winged. 
(^5.  10-12  mm.  Head  whitish-ochreous.  Palpi  wliitish-och- 
reous:  second  joint  witli  subapical  ring  and  basal  half  of  external 
surface  fuscous  ;  terminal  joint  with  base  and  apex  fuscous. 
Antenn{«  white,  annulated  with  fuscous ;  ciliations  in  ^  H. 
Thorax  fuscous,  posterior  and  anterior  margins  whitish-ochreous. 
Abdomen  fuscous,  tuft  whitish-ochreous.  Legs  fuscous  annu- 
lated with  ochreous-whitish;  posterior  pair  mosth'  ochreous- 
whitish.  Forewings  rather  narrowly  elongate,  not  dilated  ; 
whitish-ochreous  with  fuscous  irroration  and  markings :  an 
ochreous-yellow  line  along  basal  lialf  of  fold  ;  an  ill-defined, 
basal  patch  produced  along  costa:  a  median  discal  dot  at  I, 
preceded  by  a  second  on  fold,  a  third  in  middle  at  H;  an  ill- 
defined  squarish  blotch  on  midcosta  and  another  on  tornus;  a 
series  of  dots  on  apical  fourth  of  costa  and  on  termen:  cilia 
wjiitish-ochreous  with  fuscous  irroration,  on  apex  and  tornus 
wholly  fuscous.     Hindwings  ovate-lanceolate;  grey;    cilia    pale 

grey. 

Q.:  Burpengary,  near  Brisbane,  in  April;  Stradbroke  Island, 
in  February;  Coolangatta,  in  September;  five  specimens. 

BoRKHAUSENIA  TETRAPILEA,  n.Sp. 
Terp(/,<^(/.ios,  four  times  dusky. 
(J.  11  mm.  Head  and  palpi  ochreous.  Antenn;c  fuscous; 
ciliations  in  ^  1.  Thorax  and  abdomen  dark  fuscous.  Legs 
fuscous;  anterior  pair  dark  fuscous.  Forewings  moderate,  not 
dilated  ;  pale  ochreous-yellowisli  ;  markings  dark  fuscous  ;  a 
narrow,  basal  fascia  somewhat  produced  along  costa;  a  broad 
spot  on  dorsum  from  |  to  |,  with  rounded  outline,  extending 
nearly  to  middle  of  disc;  an  oblique  fascia,  slightly  outwardly 
curved  from  costa  beyond  middle  to  tornus;  a  large,  apical  spot; 
cilia  fuscous,  at  apex  whitish-ochreous.  Hindwings  and  cilia 
dark  grey. 


338     '  .STUDIES  IX   AUSTRALIAN    MICROLEWOOPTERA^ 

N.S.VV.:  Mt.  Kosciusko  (5000  to  0000  ft.);  in  January;  four 
specimens. 

BOKKHAUSBNIA    MACHOPTEKA,   n.8p. 
jhaKpoTTTtpoi,  Ion  J,'- winged. 

(J.  20-21  inm.  Head  whitish-ochreous  ;  face  grey.  Palpi 
fuscous:  terminal  joint  whitish.  Antennae  fuscous;  ciliations 
i^  $  i{-  Thorax  and  abdomen  fuscous.  Legs  fuscous,  tarsi  ob- 
scurely annulated  with  whitish.  Forewings  elongate,  nut  dilated, 
costa  slightly  arched,  apex  rounded,  termen  nearly  straight,  very 
strongly  oblique;  grey  densely  irrorated  with  whitish;  a  fuscous, 
discal  spot  at  \,  a  second  beneath  it  on  fold,  a  third  below  middle, 
and  a  fourth  transversely  elongate  at  |;  cilia  grey,  bases  mixed 
with  whitish.     Hindwings  and  cilia  grey. 

N.S.W.:  Mt.  Kosciusko  (4500  to  5000  feet):  in  January:  two 
specimens. 

BORKHAUSENIA    <4YPS0PLEURA,   n.sp. 
yvxpoirXiVpos,  with  chalky  costa. 

(J9.  20-23  mm.  Head  grey-whitish.  Palpi  grey;  terminal 
joint  whitish,  except  anterior  edge.  Antennae  grey-whitish  ; 
ciliations  in  $  -j'.  Thorax  and  abdomen  grey-whitish.  Legs 
grey;  posterior  pair  whitish.  Forewings  narrow-elongate;  costa 
gently  arched,  apex  round-pointed,  termen  very  obliquely  round-- 
ed;  grey  rather  densely  irrorated  with  whitish;  a  broad,  whitish, 
costal  streak  from  base  to  2,  gradually  narrowing  posteriorly;  a 
grey,  subcostal  streak  from  base  to  costa  before  apex;  costal  edge 
towards  base  grey;  a  grey  dot  in  disc  before  middle,  a  second 
before  it  on  fold,  and  a  third  in  disc  beyond  middle;  cilia  whitish 
mixed  with  grey.     Hindwings  and  cilia  grey- whitish. 

W.A.:  Cunderdin,  in  November  and  December:  three  speci- 
mens received  from  Mr.  R.  Illidcre. 


'o^ 


Gen.  P  A  L  I  M  M  E  c  E  s,  n.g. 

7raAt/x/x>/K?;s,  elongate. 

Palpi  long;  second  joint  exceeding  base  of  antennie,  with  a 

tuft  of  loose,  spreading  hairs  towards  apex  beneath:  terminal 

joint  slender.     Antenna;  with  strong,  basal  pecten;  ciliations  in 


BY  A.  .(KFl'-KKIS  TURNER.  339 

^  moderated).      Forewings  elongate,   not  dilated;    veiu   7  to 
costa.     Hind  wings  elongate-ovate. 

Readily  distinguished  by  the  tufted  palpi. 

Palimmeces  ithysticha,  n.sp. 
ldva-Ti\os,  straight-lined. 

(J9.  20-23  mm.  Head  pale  fuscous,  side-tufts  white.  Palpi 
white,  tuft  and  base  of  second  joint  pale  fuscous.  Antenn;e 
fuscous:  ciliations  in  (J  1.  Thorax  white,  tegulre  and  patagia 
pale  fuscous.  Abdomen  fuscous,  apices  of  segments  and  tuft 
whiti.sh.  Legs  fuscous;  external  surface  of  anterior  pair  white; 
posterior  pair  ochreous-whitish.  Forewings  elongate,  not  dilated; 
pale  fuscous;  a  white,  median  streak  from  base  to  apex;  more  or 
less  white  irroration  on  termen,  better  marked  in  $;  cilia  pale 
fuscous.  Hindwings  ovate-lanceolate;  grey ;  cilia  ochreous- 
whitisli. 

N.S.W.:  Glen  Innes;  in  March;  five  specimens. 

Gen.  CoPRiODES,  n.g. 
K07rpuo8y]'i,  resembling  excrement. 

Palpi  moderate;  second  joint  somewhat  dilated  with  loose 
scales  anteriorly  towards  apex;  terminal  joint  moderately  stout. 
Antennce  of  ^  with  moderately  long  ciliations.  Thorax  smooth. 
Anterior  tibiae  and  tarsi  strongly  dilated  with  scales.  Forewings 
with  a  tuft  of  scales  on  costa  at  or  befoi'e  middle;  vein  7  to  costa. 

Type,  PUoprepes  aristocratica  Meyr.  In  this  species,  the 
antennal  pecten  is  strongly  developed;  in  C.  lophojitcra,  it  is 
absent;  but  the  two  species  are  certainly  nearly  related.  Per- 
haps C.  anassa  Meyr.,  also  belongs  to  this  genus. 

COPRIODES    ARISTOCRATICA. 

Filoprepes  aristocratica  Meyr.,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.  8.  Wales, 
1888,  p.l598. 

Q.:  Brisbane,  Mt.  Tambourine,  Coolangatta.  —  N.S.W.:  Sydney. 
—  Vic:  Fernshaw. 

COPRIODES    LOPHOPTERA. 

Pi/oprepes  lophojytera  Low.,  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  S.  Aust.,  1894, 
p.96. 

Q.:  Namboui',  Brisbane,  Mt.  Tambourine,  Coolangatta. 


340  yiLDlES  IN   AL'STKALIAX   it  iCI.'OLKt'lDUPTERA^ 

Gen.  A  G  L  A  o  D  E  s . 

Aijhiodes  Turn.,  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  S.  Aust.,  1898,  p.205. 

This  genus  is  distinguislied  by  the  very  long,  second  joint  of 
the  palpi,  and  the  short,  terminal  joint,  not  more  than  \  of  the 
second. 

Aglaodes  ciiionoma. 

xiglaodcs  chionoma  Turn.,  Trans.  Roy.  8oc.  S.  Aust.,  1898, 
p.  205. 

I  have  seen  no  second  example  of  this  species. 

PiLOPREPES  GELIDELLA. 

Cryptolechia   gelidella    Wlk.,    Cat.    Brit.    Mus.,    xxix.,   p.766. 
Piloprepes  Lncasii  Turn.,  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  S.  Aust.,  1896,  p.  19. 
Antennal  ciliations  in  ^  2i. 
N.A.:  Darwin,  in  June  (G.  F.  Hill).  — Q  :  Brisbane,  in  January. 

PiLOPREPES    GLAUCASPIS. 

Pifoprepes  ylaucasjns  Turn.,  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  8.  Aust.,  1896, 
p  19. 

Antennal  ciliations  in  $  4.     The  type  is  still  unique. 
Q.:  Brisbane. 

Gen.  B  A  u  E  A . 

Barea  Wlk.,  Cat.  Brit.  Mus.  Phlmupola  Meyr.,  Proc.  Linn. 
8oc.  N.  S.  Wales,  1883,  p. 34 7. 

Barea  consign atella. 

Barea  conshjuatella  Wlk.,  Cat.  Brit.  Mus.  Phhmpola  pyrgo- 
Hota  Meyr.,  Proc.  Linn.  8oc.  N.  S.  Wales,  1888,  p.  1594  ;  P. 
mrJanospila  Turn.,  Trans,  lioy.  8oc.  S.  Aust.,  1896,  p. 17. 

Q.:  Brisbane.— N.S.W.:  Sydney.— Vic:  Melbourne,  Gisborne. 

Barea  eucapnodes. 

Phhropola  fmcapnodes  Turn.,  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  S.  Aust.,  1896, 
p. 16;  P.  euprepes  Turn.,  loc.  cit ,  p.  17:  P.  trizyya  Meyr.,  Exot. 
Microlep.,  i.,  p.  169(1914). 

This  species  varies  in  the  presence  or  absence  of  geneial  fus- 
cous irroration. 


t!Y  A.  jkffekis  turnku,  341 

N.Q.:  Herbei'ton,  from  December  to  Fcbruaiy:  Kuranda,  near 
Cairns,  in  November.— Q.:  Claynclah,  Gympie,  Dulony  near  Nam- 
bour,  Brisbane,  Stradbroke  Island,  and  Southport;  from  Decem- 
ber to  April. 

Barea  subviuidella. 
Fhluiopola  snbviriddla  Turn  ,  Trans   Hoy.  8oc.  S.  Aiist.,  1896, 
p.15. 

Q.:  Bi'isbane,  Mt.  Tambourine. 

Barea  basioramma. 
Phlwopola  basujranima  'I'urn.,  Trans.  Koy.  Soc.  S.  Aust.,  1806, 
p.16. 

Q  :  Nambour  and  Brisbane,  in  November  and  December. 

Barea  leucocephala. 

Phheujjola  leucocephala  Turn.,  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  S.  Aust.,  1896, 
p.l8. 

N.Q.:  .Stannary  Hills. —  Q.:  Brisbane;  in  October,  December, 
and  January. 

Barea  chlokeis. 
Pkhnopofa  chlure'is  Turn.,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.  S.  Wales,  1914, 
p.561. 

N.8.W.:  Ebor. 

Barea  panarcha. 
FhUcopola  pauarcha  Turn.,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.  S.  Wales,  1916, 
p.  193. 

N.S.W.:  Ebor. 

Barea  arbitra. 

Eulechria  arbitra  Meyr.,  Exot.  Microlep.,  i ,  p.l67  (1914). 
Vic:  Lome,  Gisborne. 

Barka    pvroka. 

Eulechria  pyrora  Meyr.,  Exot.  Microlep.,  i.,  p. 166  (1914;. 

^.  18-23  mm.  Head  fuscous:  face  dull  whitish-ochreous. 
Palpi  whitish-ochreous  with  some  fuscous  scales;  terminal  joint 
and  a  subapical  ring  on  second  joint  fuscous.     Antennie  fuscous; 


342  8TLTDIES  l^•    AL'.sTRALlAX   .MlCROL-Kl'lMOPTERA 


in  ^  slightly  serrulate,  ciliations  1.  Thorax  fuscous,  tips  of 
patagia  and  crest  whitish-ochreous.  Abdomen  fuscous.  Le^^s 
fuscous  aunulated  with  whitish-ochreous;  posterior  pair  most)}- 
whitisli-ochreous.  Forewings  moderate,  slightly  dilated  poste- 
riorly, costa  gently  arched,  apex  rounded,  termen  obliquely 
rounded;  blackish-fuscous  with  patchy,  whitish-ochreous  irrora- 
tion;  a  short,  blackish  streak  on  fold;  a  short,  blackish,  median 
streak  from  I  to  |  interrupted  by  two  whitish-ochreous  dots;  cilia 
fuscous.  Hindwings  ochreous-yellow:  a  dark  fuscous,  terminal 
band,  thickened  at  apex  and  tornus,  rather  narrow  between; 
cilia  dark  fuscous. 

Easily  recognised  by  the  colour  of  the  hindwings.  I  have 
redescribed  this  species,  as  Meyrick's  type  seenus  to  have  been  in 
pcjor  condition.  Mr.  Lyell  has  lent  me  his  (;o-type,  and  it  is 
identical  with  my  examples,  but  with  the  thorax  badly  rubbed. 
In  worn  examples,  there  appear  dark  streaks  on  veins  towards 
termen. 

N.S.W.:  Ebor  (4000  feet),  in  January  and  February;  eleven 
specimens,  taken  Hying  close  around  the  farmhouse  at  daybreak: 
Gosford. 

Barka   bkygchhua,  n.sp. 

^.  15mm.  Head  whitish;  face  fuscous.  Palpi  fuscous;  second 
joint  white  at  apex,  and  with  a  longitudinal,  white  stripe  on  basal 
'l  of  internal  surface;  terminal  joint  white,  with  a  dark  fuscous, 
median  band.  Antennse  greyish,  annulated  with  dark  fuscous. 
Thorax  greenish-fuscous,  with  a  square,  whitisli,  anterior  spot 
Abdomen  dull  ochreous.  Legs  whitish;  anterior  pair  fuscous, 
with  whitish  annulations.  Forewings  moderate,  not  dilated, 
costa  moderately  arched,  apex  rounded,  hindmargin  obliquely 
rounded;  whitish  irrorated  with  greenish-fuscous  scales,  which 
form  markings;  a  narrow,  basal  fascia  prolonged  along  costa  to 
I;  a  rather  large  spot  on  costa  beyond  middle,  broadening  and 
becoming  suffused  in  disc  to  form  an  obscure  fascia;  a  discal  dot 
at  ;'.,  and  a  second  before  |  are  connected  with  this  fascia:  a 
suffused  spot  on  costa  before  apex:  <;ilia  gre\'ish.  Hindwings 
and  cilia  pale  grey. 


BY  At  JRFPEGIS  TURNER.  343 

From  tlie  other  two  species  with  greenish  t'orewings,  B.  sitb- 
viridella  Turn.,  and  B.  hyludroma,  it  may  be  readily  distinguished 
by  the  basal  fascia  prolonged  along  costa. 

Q.:  Mt.  Tambourine  (1800  ft.);  two  specimens,  in  November. 

Bakka  uvlodroma,  u.sp. 

^.  18-22  mm.  Head  ochreous-whitish.  Palpi  ochreous- 
whitish:  terminal  joint  with  a  broad,  fuscous  band  below  middle. 
Antennte  ochreous-whitish  annulated  with  fuscous.  Thorax 
ochreous-whitish;  base  of  patagia  greenish-fuscous.  Abdomen 
dull  ochreous ;  apices  of  segments  whitish.  Legs  ochreous- 
whitish  ;  anterior  and  middle  tibia^  and  tarsi  fuscous  with 
whitish  annulations.  Forewings  somewhat  dilated  posteriorly, 
costa  slightly  arched,  apex  rounded,  hindmargin  slightly  oblique, 
rounded  beneath;  ochreous-whitish,  markings  suffused  greenish- 
fuscous;  a  broad  line  from  base  of  costa  along  fold  to  1;  a  small 
suffusion  on  costa  at  |,  tending  to  be  connected  with  a  large 
spot  in  disc  above  fold;  a  large  spot  on  costa  beyond  middle, 
connected  with  a  large  spot  in  disc  above  and  before  anal  angle; 
a  small  spot  on  costa  before  apex,  from  which  an  obscure  series 
of  dots  proceeds  to  anal  angle;  a  line  along  hmdniargin;  cilia 
whitish  irrorated  with  fuscous.     Hindwings  and  cilia  greyish. 

Distinguished  from  the  other  two  greenish  species  by  the  basal 
line.     It  appears  also  to  be  allied  to  B.  eacapnodes  Turn. 

Q.:  Mt.  Tambourine  (1800  feetj;  two  specimens,  in  iS'ovember 
and  December. 

Earea  nvmphica,  n.sp. 
vvji<^)iKos,  biidal. 
$.  12-16  mm.  Head  whitish.  Palpi  whitish  mixed  with  pale 
fuscous.  Antennae  whitish  annulated  with  fuscous;  ciliations  in 
(J  1.  Thorax  whitish,  bases  of  patagia  and  a  median  transverse 
bar  fuscous.  Abdomen  pale  ochreoiis-fuscous,  apices  of  segments 
and  tuft  ochreous-whitish.  Legs  whitish  with  some  fuscous 
irroration.  Forewings  not  dilated;  whitish;  markings  fuscous; 
short,  costal  and  subcostal  streaks  from  base;  a  dot  on  base  of 
dorsum,  and  two  on  costa  at  .1  and  z:  a  discal  dot  before  middle. 


.344  S'J'UDil'lS   tX   AUST11.VLIAN    .\iI(;i;Ul>El'll>Ui'TEnA^ 

a  second  preceding  it  on  fold,  and  a  third  in  disc  at  H;  more  or 
l(!ss  fuscous  suffusion  towards  apex,  terinen,  and  tornus:  cilia 
whitish  mixed  with  fuscous.  Hindwings  whitish,  towards  apex 
and  termen  grey;  cilia  Avhitish. 

N.Q.:  Kuranda  near  Cairns,  in  June,  October,  and  November. 
— Q.:  Brisbane,  in  October;  Mt.  Tambourine,  in  September,  Oc- 
tober, and  November.     Thirteen  specimens. 

Barea  anerasta,  n.sp. 
dvepu.crro'i,  unlovely. 

jj^.  17-"J0  mm.  Head  whitish-brown.  Palpi  with  apical  joint 
rather  stout;  fuscous.  Antennje  fuscous:  ciliations  in  ^  1. 
Thorax  fuscous  mixed  with  whitish-brown.  Legs  ochreous- 
whitish;  anterior  and  middle  tibite,  and  tarsi  annulated  with 
fuscous.  Forewings  not  dilated  ;  brown- whitish  with  dark 
fuscous  markings  tolerably  well-defined,  and  some  dark  fuscous 
irroration  towards  base;  a  dot  on  ba.se  of  costa,  and  another  on 
base  of  dorsum,  the  former  more  or  less  produced  along  fold;  a 
discal  dot  before  middle;  a  second  preceding  it  on  fold  and  form- 
ing the  apex  of  a  triangular  spot  on  mid-dorsum;  a  third  dot  at  H 
forming  the  apex  of  a  triangular  spot  on  §  costa;  a  subapical 
costal  spot  connected  by  an  outwardly  curved  line  of  dots  with 
tornus  ;  cilia  brown-whitish.  Hindwings  ochreous-whitish  ; 
towards  apex  pale  fuscous;  cilia  ochreous-whitish,  towards  apex 
fuscous-tinged. 

Q.:  Brisbane;  in  August  and  .September. — N.S.W.:  Kiama. 
Six  specimens. 

Bahea  eusciast.a,  n.sp. 
erirKtainoi,  well-.shadcd. 

^^.  16  18  mm.  Head  fuscous;  lower  edge  of  face  ochreous- 
whitish.  Palpi  fuscous;  apex  of  terminal  and  secontl  joints, 
inner  surface  and  a  subapical  band  of  second  joint,  ochreous- 
whitish.  Palpi  fuscous;  ciliations  in  ^  I.  Thorax  fuscous, 
apices  of  patagiu  and  crest  ochreous-whitish.  Abdomen  pale 
"■rev.  Leirs  fuscous;  annulations  of  tibia-  and  tarsi,  and  hairs  on 
posterior  tibias  ochreous-whitish.     Forewings  not  dilated,  costa 


BY  A.  JEFPERIS  TURNER.  345 

moderately  arched,  apex  rounded,  termen  obliquely  rounded: 
ochreous- whitish  irrorated  and  shaded  with  fuscous;  a  broad, 
basal,  fuscous  suffusion;  a  rather  broad,  suffused,  fuscous  fascia 
from  •?  costa  to  tornus;  a  second  fascia  from  costa  before  apex- 
narrowing  rapidly  in  disc,  and  joining  first  fascia  at  tornus: 
from  this,  several  short  streaks  run  parallel  to  veins  to  termen; 
cilia  fuscous  mixed  with  ochreous- whitish.  Hind  wings  pale  grey; 
cilia  grey-whitish. 

Q.:  Brisbane:  in  September  and  October:  three  specimens. 

Barea   psologramma,  n.sp 
^oA-oypa/i/xo?,  snot-niaiktMl. 

(5^9.  -1-34  mm.  Head  whitish.  Palpi  whitish,  with  a  few 
fuscous  scales ;  apical  joint  dark  fuscous  with  a  few  whitish 
scales.  Antenna*  with  segments  triangularly  dilated  in  apical 
half;  whitish,  witli  fuscous  annulations  :  ciliations  of  ^  \h- 
Thorax  fuscous,  apices  of  patagia  and  crest  whitish  Abdomen 
ochreous-fuscous,  apices  of  segments  and  tuft  whitish.  Legs 
dark  fuscous,  with  whitish  annulations;  posterior  pair  whitish, 
with  very  long,  dense  hairs  on  tibia\  Forewings  not  dilated: 
whitish,  with  patchy  brownish  suffusion  and  fuscous  irroration: 
a  dark  fuscous  discal  dot  at  .',,  a  second  preceding  it  on  fold,  a 
third  in  middle  of  disc,  a  fourth  obliquely  before  and  beneath 
third;  a  larger  spot  between  second  dot  and  dorsum;  an  ill- 
defined,  fuscous  spot  on  ?.  costa;  another  on  -i  costa  produced  to 
mid-disc  beyond  third  dot  and  darker  at  apex;  a  subapical,  fuscous 
spot  with  a  brownish  suffusion  between  it  and  termen;  cilia 
whitish,  with  a  broad,  interrupted,  fuscous  line.  Hindwings 
whitish  tinged  with  grey  towards  apex;  cilia  grey-whitish. 

Tas.:  Hobart,  in  January;  ten  specimens,  received  from  Mr. 
A.  M.  Lea. 

Barea  atmophora,  n.sp. 
drjtAOc^opos,  smoky. 

(J.  20-25  mm.  Head  fuscous;  face  ochreous-whitish.  Palpi 
fuscous;  second  joint  with  apex  and  a  broad,  ill-defined  ring 
beyond    middle,    ochreous-whitish.       Antenna*   fuscous;    in    ^ 


346  STUDIES   IX   AUSTRALIAN  MICROLEPinOPTERA, 

sliglitly  serrate,  ciliatiuiis  I.  Thorax  fuscous,  apices  of  patagia 
and  crest  ochreous-whitish.  Abdomen  ochreous-grey-whitisli. 
Legs  fuscous;  posterior  pair  ocbreous-wbitish;  fore  and  middle 
tibia?  and  tarsi  annulated  witb  ocbreous-wbitisb.  Fore  wings 
sHgbtly  dilated,  costa  gently  arcbed,  more  strongly  towards  base, 
apex  rounded,  terraen  obliquely  rounded;  ocbreous-wbitisb,  witli 
general  fuscous  irroration;  mai-kings  fuscous  and  dark  fuscous; 
an  oblique  fascia  from  base  of  costa,  gradually  broadening  and 
extending  on  dorsum  from  |  to  middle,  its  posterior  edge  show- 
ing a  rounded  projection  above  and  below  middle,  of  which  the 
latter  includes  the  plical  dot;  a  discal  dot  at  },,  another  at  |,  and 
another  beneath  middle  of  disc;  three  costal  spots,  first  at  \, 
second  at  middle  connected  witb  second  discal  dot,  third  before 
apex  connected  with  a  circular  blotch  above  tornus;  an  inter- 
rupted, terminal  line;  cilia  ochreous-whitish  mixed  witli  dark 
fuscous,  apical  half  grey,  apices  whitish.  Hindwings  pale  grey; 
cilia  whitish,  with  some  basal,  gre}'  scales. 

Best  distinguished  by  the  basal  fascia  of  forewings. 

Vic:  Gisboi-ne,  in  February. — Tas.:  Hobart,  in  December  and 
January.     Seven  specimens. 

Gen.  LoPHOPRPLA. 

Lophopepfa  Turn.,  Trans.  R.  Soc.  S.  Aust.,  1896,  p.  10. 
Perhaps  allied   to    y'rachypepla,  with   which  it  agrees  in  the 
tufted  forewings,  but  vein  7  runs  to  termen. 

LoPHOPRPLA    IGNIFERRLLA. 

Hypercallia  igniferelJa  Wlk.,  Brit.  Mus.  Cat.,  xxix.,  p. 670. 
Lophopepla  iyniferella  Turn.,  Trans.  R.  Soc.  S.  Aust.,  1896,  p.  10. 

Antennal  ciliations  of  (J  1. 

N.A.:  Darwin.  —  N.Q.:  Thursday  Island,  Townsville. — Q.:  Bris- 
bane, Toowoomba. 

LoPHOPRPLA    TRISRLRNA. 

Eomyslis  friselena  Low.,  Trans.  R.  Soc.  S.  Aust.,  1902,  p. 240. 
Antennal  ciliations  of  ^  11. 
N.Q.:  Townsville, 


BY  A.  JEFFERIS  TURNER.  347 

LOPHOPEPLA    ASTEROPA. 

Eomystis  asteropa    Low.,   Proc.    Linn.  Soc.  N.  8.  Wales,  1900, 
p.410. 

Antennal  ciliations  of  (J  H. 
N.Q.:  Townsville. 

TRACHYPEPr,A    POLIOCHROA. 

Linosticha  poliochroa  Turn.,  Trans.  R.Soc.S.  Aust.,  1898,  p. 208. 
Q.:  Mt.  Tambourine. 

TrACHYPEPLA    ATillSPERSA,  n.sp. 
Atrispersiis,  speckled  with  black. 

(JQ.  12-14  mm.  Head  and  thorax  white.  Palpi  white:  base 
of  second  joint,  and  a  spot  before  apex  on  external  surface,  dark 
fuscous;  terminal  joint  with  a  median,  dark  fuscous  spot  on  ex- 
ternal surface.  Antenna^  whitish.  Abdomen  whitish-ochreous. 
Legs  whitish;  anterior  pair  fuscous  anteiiorly.  Forewings  nar- 
row, costa  moderately  arched,  apex  rounded,  hindmargin  very 
obliquely  rounded:  white,  sparsely  irrorated  with  pale  fuscous 
and  black  scales;  a  black  dot  in  disc  at  H;  cilia  white  mixed  with 
pale  fuscous.      Hind  wings  and  cilia  whitish-grey. 

Q.:  Brisbane;  in  August  and  September;  three  specimens. 

Trachypepla  h^malea,  n.sp. 
at^aAeos,  bloocl-ied. 

(J^.  18-22  mm.  Head  and  thorax  reddish  irrorated  with  dark 
fuscous.  Palpi  whitish,  more  or  less  reddish-tinged  with  dark 
fuscous  irroration;  terminal  joint  mostly  dark  fuscous.  Antennai 
fuscous;  ciliations  in  ^  1^-.  Abdomen  ochi'eous-fuscous,  apices 
of  segments  and  tuft  whitish.  Legs  fuscous;  tarsi  obscurely 
annulated  with  ochreous-whitish;  posterior  pairochreous-whitish. 
Forewings  not  dilated;  pale  reddish,  with  more  or  less  general 
dark  fuscous  irroration;  an  irregular,  dark  fuscous  streak  from 
base  of  costa  along  fold,  and  thence  through  middle  of  disc  to 
apex,  sometimes  interrupted;  usually  two  or  three,  dark  fuscous 
dots  in  disc  above  median  streak;  cilia  pale  reddish,  apices 
ochreous-whitish,  with  some  fuscous  irroration.  Hindwings 
pale  grey;  cilia  whitish,  with  a  pale  grey,  sub-basal  line. 

Q.:  Eidsvold;   Brisbane,  in  August;  seven  specimens. 


348  STUDIES   IN  AUSTRALIAN   MICROLEPIDOPTERA, 

Gen.   Atribasta,  n.g. 
ttT/3/./3a(rT05,  unusual. 

Head  with  clen.se,  anterior  and  side-tufts.  Palpi  with  second 
joint  exceeding  base  of  antennae,  shortly  roughened  with  loose 
scales  towards  apex  anteriorly;  terminal  joint  short,  less  than 
half  second,  slender.  Antennfe  with  strong,  basal  pecten;  in  ^, 
moderately  ciliated.  Thorax  with  a  small,  postei'ior  crest.  Fore- 
wings  svith  7  and  8  coincident  and  running  to  apex,  2  and  3 
connate.  Hindwings  with  2  and  3  connate,  or  short-stalked. 
Atribasta  fulvifusa,  n.sp. 
Fi(/ri/itsii-'<.  suti'used  with  hrown. 

^.  23  mm.  Head  ochreous-whitish.  Palpi  ochreous- whitish; 
outer  surface  of  second  joint  brownish.  Antennje  whitish;  cilia- 
tions  in  ^  H-  Thorax  whitish,  patagia  and  a  few  scattered 
scales  fuscous  brown.  Abdomen  ochreous-whitish,  on  bases  of 
segments  mixed  with  brown.  Legs  fuscous- brown;  [posterior 
pair  broken].  Forewings  moderately  broad,  posteriorly  dilated, 
costa  rather  strongly  arched,  apex  rounded,  termen  obliquely 
rounded;  whitish,  generally'  suflPused,  except  on  central  area,  with 
pale  fuscous-brown;  discal  dots  dark  fuscous,  a  dot  in  disc  at  I, 
a  second  beneath  it  on  fold,  a  third  streak-like  beyond  and  mid- 
way  between  these,  a  fourth  above  middle,  a  fifth  before  5,  a 
sixth  below  fifth  prolonged  crescentically  towaids  third;  some 
fuscou.s  dots  on  termen;  cilia  whitish,  with  faint  brownish  suffu- 
sion.    Hindwings  and  cilia  grey-whitish. 

Of  ordinary /aciVs,  but  cui-ious  in  structure. 

Q  :  Warwick,  in  April;  one  specimen. 

Qi^NOCHROA    OCHROSOMA. 

OiJnoehroa  ochrosoma  Turn.,  Trans.  R.  Soc.  S.  Aust.,  1896,  p.  13. 
Q  ;  Brisbane. 

(Enochroa  gnophodes. 
QJnochroa  ynophodes  Turn.,  op.  cit.,  1896,  p.  14. 
(J9.  14-19  mm.       Q.:   Brisbane,  in   August  and   April;    three 
specimens. 

Placocosma  phaeina. 
Placocosma  phaeina  Turn.,  op.  cit.,  189G,  p. 14. 
Antennal  ciliations  in  ^  1^. 
Q.:  Brisbane, 


BY  A.   JEPFERIS  TURNER,  .'UO 

Gen.    P  H  Y  L  L  O  P  H  A  N  R  S . 

Phyllophaiies  Turn.,  op.  oif.,  1896,  p. "21. 

f  am  in  some  doubt  as  to  tlie  correct  location  of  this  genus. 

Phyllophanes  dysrureta. 
Phyllophanps  dyscurefa  Turn.,  op.  cit.,  1896,  p. 21 
Q. :  Brisbane.     The  type  (^)  still  remains  unique. 

"Kt.^egnoma  lathr^.a,  n.sp. 
Au^pufos,  hidflen,  secret. 

(J.  20-26mm.  Head  and  thorax  fuscou.s-brown.  Palpi  ochreous- 
whitish  irrorated  with  dark  fuscous,  especially  on  external 
surface.  Antennte  ochreous- whitish;  ciliations  in  ^  r!  Abdo- 
men whitish-ochreous  with  some  fuscous  irroration  towards  base. 
Legs  whitish-ochreous  irrorated  with  fuscous.  Forewings  some- 
what dilated  posteriorly;  pale  brownish,  with  some  fuscous  irro- 
ration: markings  fuscous;  a  dot  in  disc  at  .'.,  a  second  beneath  it 
on  fold,  and  a  third  before  |;  abroad,  inwardly  oblique  line  from 
i  costa,  suddenlv  ani^led  outwards  and  narrow,  then  angled 
again  parallel  to  termen  and  sometimes  dentate  to  dorsum  before 
tornus;  an  interrupted,  terminal  line  not  reaching  tornus;  cilia 
pale  brownish,  with  some  fuscaus  irroration.  Hind  wings  broadly 
ovate:  ochreous-whitish  greyish-tinged;  cilia  ochreous-whitish. 

Q.:  Brisbane,  in  June,  July,  and  August;  seven  specimens. 

ELi5;0N0MA  ACROPHiEA,  n.Sp. 
f(K/iO(^aiO'i,  witli  dusky  apex. 
(J5.  14-16  mm.  Head  whitish-ochreuus.  Palpi  fuscous,  in- 
ternal surface  whitish.  Antennae  fuscous;  ciliations  in  ^  5. 
Thorax  ochreous-whitish,  bases  of  patagia  fuscous.  Abdomen 
fuscous,  apices  of  segments  and  tuft  whitish.  Legs  fuscous, 
tarsi  annulated  with  ochreous-whitish;  posterior  pair  ochreous- 
whitish.  Forewings  not  dilated;  whitish;  markings  dark  fuscous; 
more  or  less  fuscous  suffusion  beneath  costa;  a  discal  dot  at  Jj,  a 
second  beneath  and  slightly  beyond  it  on  fold,  a  third  before  5, 
a  fourth  above  middle,  and  a  fifth  beneath  and  beyond  third;  a 
more  or  less  marked,  fuscous,  apical  blotch;  a  terminal  series  of 
dark  fuscous  dots;  termen  ochreous-tinged;  cilia  grey.  Hindwings 
elongate-ovate;  pale  grey;  cilia  pale  grey,  bases  ochreous-tinged. 

3U 


350  STFinKS   TX   AT^STRALTAX   MICROLEPIDOPTERA, 

Q.:  Nambour  (including  Euuiundi  and  Montviile)  in  August, 
October,  and  November:  Bunya  Mountains,  in  December:  five 
specimens. 

Gen.  E  F  I  T  ii  v  m  e  m  a, 
Eplthiimema  Turn.,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.  S.  Wales,  1914,  p.562. 

Epitiivmema   dlsparile. 
Efilhymfima  disparUe  Turn.,  op.  c.it.,  1914,  p.562. 
N.S.W.:  Ebor. 

Eulechria  pacifera. 
Eidechriapnci/<!ra  Meyr.,  Exot.  Microlep.,  i.,  p.  165  (1914). 
I  have  one  ^  example  from  Port   Darwin,  received  from  Mr. 
G.  F.  Hill.      Antennal  ciliations  in  (J  1- 

Eulechria  stigmatophoha. 
Eulechria  stiymafophora  Turn.,  Trans.  Ii.  Soc.  S.  Ausr.,  1896, 

p.ll. 

Antennal  ciliations  of  (^  2^. 

N.Q.:  Herberton.— Q.:  Nambour,  Caloundra,  Brisbane,  Strad- 
broke  Island,  Mt.  Tambourine,  Coolangatta,  Killarney.  — N.S.W.: 
Ebor. 

Eulechria  baryptera. 

Ealfichria  baryptera  Turn.,  op.  ciL,  1896,  p.ll. 

Antennal  ciliations  of  (J  1. 

Q.:  Nambour,  Caloundra,  Brisbane. 

Eulechria  euchloba. 
Eulechria  enchlora  Turn.,  op.  di.,  1896,  p.  12. 
Q.:  Brisbane.     The  type  is  still  unique. 

Eulechria  curvilinea. 
Eulechria  curvilinea  Turn.,  op.  cit.,  1896,  p.l2, 
Antennal  ciliations  oi  ^  I. 
Q.:  Brisbane,  Southport. 

Eulechria  tetraploa. 
Eulechria  tetraploa  Turn.,  op.  cit.,  1896,  p. 13, 
Antennal  ciliations  of  (J  2. 
Q.:  Brisbane.     The  type  is  still  unique. 


RY  A.   JEKFRmS  TURNER,  351 

EULECHRIA    XIPHEKES. 

PhUohota  xiphet'f's  Turn.,  op.  cit.,  1896,  p. 23. 

Anteriiial  ciliations  oi  ^  \. 

Q.:  Brisbane,  in  December;   Mt.  Tambourine,  in  November. 

EULECHRIA    SILVICOLA. 

Eulechria  silvicola  Turn,,  op.  cit.,  1898,  p. 206. 
Antennal  ciliations  in  ,J  1 . 

Q.:  Mt.  Tambourine,  in  November  and  February;  Coolangatta, 
in  November  and  May. 

Eu  LECH  IMA    CONGO  LOH. 

Eiilcchria  concolor  Turn.,  op.  cit..  1898,  p. 206. 

Antennal  ciliations  of  $  |. 

Q.:  Warwick,  Stanthorpe,  in  February  and  Marcli,  — N.S.W.: 
Bathurst.  The  last  locality  is  liased  on  a  specimen  in  Mr. 
Meyrick's  collection,  which  was  confused  with  PhUohota  mono- 
litha.  The  Bathurst  locality  for  the  latter  species  should  be 
deleted. 

Eulechria  cANDinA, 
Eitlfichria  Candida  Turn.,  op.  cit.,  1898,  p. 206. 
Antennal  ciliations  oi  ^  2- 

Q.  :  Brisbane,  Stanthorpe. —N.S.W.  :  Tabulam,  Tentertield, 
Glen  Innes,  Ben  Lomond,  Armidale, 

Eulechria  chkyseres. 
Eulechria  chryseres  Turn.,  oj).  cit.,  1898,  p. 207. 
Antennal  ciliations  oi  ^  I. 
Q,:  Brisbane.     The  type  is  still  unique. 

Eulechria  diaphanes. 
Etdpchria  diaphanes  Turn.,  op.  cit.,  1898,  p. 207. 
(J^.  14-20  mm.      Antennal  ciliations  of  (J  1^. 
Q.:  Eumundi  near  Nambour,   Mount  Tambourine,  and  Killar- 
ney,  in  November, 

Eulechria  bathroph.ea. 

Eulechria  bathrophrea  Turn.,    Proc.   Linn.  Soc.   N.   S   Wales, 
1914,  p.562. 
N.S.W.:  Ebor. 


352  STT'DTKS   IN   ATTSTRATJAX   MIOROLEPIDOPTERA, 

EULECHKIA    MODICA,   11  .sp. 
.\/ot/iriis,  niflinaiA'.  niipi'otenrliiitf. 

(J9- 12-1  4  mill.  Head  wliite.  Palpi  fuscous;  apex  of  second 
joint,  and  terminal  joint,  except  apex,  whitish.  Antennae  grey: 
ciliations  in  ^  \.  Thorax  white,  base  of  patagia  fuscous.  Ali- 
domen  grey-whitish  or  grey,  tuft  ochreous-whitisli.  Legs  fus- 
cous; posterior  pair  ochreous-whitish.  Forewings  narrow,  not 
dilated;  white,  with  scanty,  fuscous  irroration:  markings  fuscous: 
a  spot  on  base  of  costa;  a  discal  dot  at  i,  a  second  loeneath  it  on 
fold,  a  third  before  and  above  middle,  a  fourth  at  S  indistinctlv 
double,  and  suftusedly  connected  with  toriius:  a  broadly  suffused 
line  from  ^  costa,  at  first  inwardly  olilique,  then  bent  outwards, 
then  inwards  and  parallel  to,  and  near  termen  to  tornus;  some 
fuscous  irroration  along  termen  :  cilia  whitish,  with  fuscous 
irroration.     Hindwings  palegrey;  cilia  whitish,  at  apex  greyish. 

Q.:  Warwick  and  Killarney,  in  October;  five  specimens. 

ECJLECHRIA    DECOLOR,    n.sp. 
l)(color,  cliscolouifd. 

^<^.'2Z-2imm.  Head  and  thorax  whitish-grey.  Palpi  fus- 
cous anteriorly,  whitish-grey  posterioi'ly.  Antennse  whitish-grey; 
ciliations  in  (J  ^.  Abdomen  ochreous-fuscous;  apices  of  segments 
and  tuft  whitish-grey.  Legs  fuscous;  posterior  pair  whitish. 
Forewings  elongate,  costa  moderately  arched,  apex  rounded, 
hindmargin  very  obliquely  rounded:  pale  fuscous-grey,  densely 
irrorated  with  whitish  scales;  first  two  discal  dots  obsolete  (in 
my  specimens);  an  okscure,  fuscous  dot  above  middle,  and  three 
or  four  similar  dots  in  disc  lieyond  middle,  coalescing  to  form  a 
semilunar  mark,  all  these  sometimes  obsolete ;  cilia  whitish. 
Hindwings  pale  grey;  cilia  whitish-grey. 

Type  in  Coll.  Lyell. 

Vic:  Gisborne,  in  February;  three  specimens,  received  from 
Mr.  G.  Lyell. 

EULECHRIA    PSAROPHANES,   11. Sp. 
\papo(f)<un]<;,  oreyish. 
(J5.  23-24  mm.       Head    and    palpi    grey-whitish.       Antennae 
whitish;  ciliations  in  ^  },.     Thorax  whitish:  a  central  spot  and 


]5v  A.  jKKi''i;i;is  TrijxKk.  353 

bases  of  patagia  grey.  Abdomen  pale  ochreuus-bruw  ii,  apiees  of 
segments  and  tuft  ochreous-whitish.  Legs  grey-wliitisb.  Fore- 
wings  moderate,  not  dilated,  costa  moderately  arched,  apex 
round-pointed,  termen  obliquely  rounded;  grey-whitish;  some- 
times a  terminal  series  of  grey  dots:  cilia  grey-whitish.  Hind- 
wings  grey;  cilia  grey-whitish. 

Like  E.  decolor,  but  without  discal  markings.  It  may  prove 
to  be  a  local  race  of  that  species. 

Q.:  Stantliorpe,  in  February.  — N.S.W.:  Gleu  Innes,  in  Jan- 
uary.    Three  specimens. 

EULECHRIA    APHANOSPILA,    n.sp. 
d(/)aro<r— tAo>j,  ^\'itl^lmt  sjkjIs. 

(J.  20-22  mm.  Head  and  thorax  ochreous-grey-whitish.  Palpi 
ochreous-grey-whitish  ;  outer  surface  of  second  joint  fuscous- 
Antennae  ochreous-grey-whitish;  ciliations  of  ^  H.  Abdomen 
ochreous-grey;  apices  of  terminal  .segments  and  tuft  pale  ochreous. 
Legs  fuscous,  posterior  pair  pale  ochreous.  Forewings  moder- 
ately elongate,  not  dilated;  ochreous-grey-whitish  without  mark- 
ings- cilia  pale  grey.  Hindwings  grey:  cilia  whitish-ochreous, 
towards  apex  greyish-tinged. 

Allied  to  E.  coucolor,  but  without  the  brownish  colouration  of 
both  fore  and  hind-wings. 

N.S.W.:  Glen  Innes,  in  March;  eight  specimens. 

EuLECHRIA    SYNCHROA,  n.Sp. 
cri'y^poos',  ot  one  colour. 

^.17  ram.  Head  pale  ochreous;  face  fuscous.  Palpi  fuscous, 
apex  of  second  joint  whitish.  Antennae  grey;  ciliations  in  ^  h- 
Thorax  dark  brown;  teguhe  pale  ochreous.  Abdomen  brownisli, 
apices  of  segments  and  tuft  pale  ochreous.  -l-^egs  fuscous;  pos- 
terior tibite  and  tarsi  pale  ochreous.  Forewings  not  dilated, 
costa  strongly  arched,  apex  rounded,  termen  very  obliquely 
rounded;  brown;  cilia  fuscous,  bases  whitish.  Hindwings  grey; 
cilia  srev,  bases  whitish-ochreous. 

Not  unlike  E.  (■oiicofor,  \)ut  at  once  distinguished  by  the  pale 
ochreous  head. 

N.S.W.:  (lien  Innes,  in  December;  one  specimen. 


354  STtDlES  IX  AUSTRALIAN   MICROLEPIDOPTERA, 

EULECHUIA    NIPHOGRAMMA,   Il.Sp. 
yi<j)oyi>afiiwi,  snow-maiked. 

^.  18  mm.  Head  brownisli-fuscous,  side-tufis  mixed  Avitli 
white,  face  whitish.  Palpi  whitish,  external  surface  of  second 
joint  brownish-tinged,  anterior  edge  of  terminal  joint  fuscous. 
Antennie  grey,  towards  base  wliitish:  ciliations  of  (J  1.  Thorax 
brown.  Abdomen  ochreous- whitish;  bases  of  segments  on  dorsum 
dull  ferruginous.  Legs  brownish-fuscous:  post»  rior  pair  whitish- 
ochreous  Forewings  moderate,  posteriorly  somewhat  dilated, 
costa  gentlv  arched,  apex  round-pointed,  termen  obliquely 
rounded;  ochreous-brown;  a  white  costal  streak  from  base  to  ^•. 
cilia  ochreous-brown.  Hindwings  pale  grey:  cilia  whitish- 
ochreous. 

N.S.W.:  Glen  Innes,  in  March:  one  specimen. 

EULECHRIA    CIRRHOPEPLA     n.Sp. 
Ki.pi>oTr€ir\u^,  flutliecl  in  yellowisli. 

^.20-22  mm.  Head  pale  ochreous.  Palpi  ochreous-whitish, 
external  surface  fuscous  except  at  base.  Antenna?  whitish 
ochreous:  ciliations  in  ^  1.  Thorax  whitish-ochreous,  anterior 
edge  sometimes  fuscous-tinged.  Abdomen  dull  ferruginous  on 
dorsum,  apices  of  segments  whitish,  tuft  pale  ochreous.  Legs 
pale  ochreous  :  anterior  and  middle  pairs  fuscous  anteriorly. 
Forewings  rather  narrowly  oljlong,  not  dilated,  costa  gently 
arched,  more  strongly  at  base,  apex  rounded,  termen  obliquely 
rounded:  whitish-ochreous;  cilia  wliitish-ochreous.  Hindwings 
grey;  cilia  whitish-ochreous. 

The  thorax  and  abdomen  of  this  species  are  stoutly  built. 

N.A.:  Port  Darwin  in    November  and   December;  four  speci- 
mens received  from  Mr.  G.  F   Hill,  and  Mr.  F.  P.  Dodd. 

EULECHRIA  LEPTOCHORDA,  n.sp. 
XeTrTo\oi)Oos,  with  fine  lines, 
f^.  25-26  mm.  Head,  thorax,  and  palpi  grey-whitish.  An- 
tenna? whitish:  ciliations  in  ^  2.  Abdomen  whitish,  bases  of 
segments  dull  ferruginous.  Legs  grey-whitish;  anterior  pair 
fuscous  anteriorly:  posterior  pair  ochreous-whitisli.  Forewings 
elongate,    not    dilated,    costa    moderately    arched,   apex    rounds 


BY  A.   JEFFERIS  TURNER.  355 

pointed,  termen  very  obliquely  rounded;  pale  grey,  with  numerous, 
fine,  whitish  streaks  parallel  to  veins:  cilia  wliitish.  Hindwings 
and  cilia  pale  grey. 

N.Q.:  Magnetic  Island  near  Townsville,  in  July;  three  speci- 
mens. 

EULECHRIA    PLAGIOSTICHA,   n.sp. 
7r/\'/.yto<rTi^o9,  with  oblique  lines. 

9.22  mm.  Head  white.  Palpi  white,  second  joint,  except 
apex,  and  a  subapical  ring  on  terminal  joint,  fuscous.  Antenna^ 
grev.  Thorax  white,  anterior  margin  and  a  subapical  bar  dark 
fuscous.  Abdomen  grey,  paler  towards  base.  Legs  whitish; 
anterior  tibia?  and  tarsi  fuscous;  middle  pair  with  apex  of  femora, 
and  a  subapical  ring  on  tibiiv,  fuscous.  Forewings  elongate- 
oval,  costa  rather  strongly  arched,  apex  round-pointed,  termen 
very  obliquely  rounded;  white;  markings  dark  fuscous;  a  moder- 
ate, basal  fascia  slightly  produced  on  costa;  an  outwardly  oblique 
streak  from  I  dorsum  to  middle  of  disc;  a  triangular  spot  on 
costa  before  middle,  touching  dorsal  streak  before  extremity:  an 
inwardly  oblique  streak  from  |  costa;  a  second,  dorsal  streak 
from  tornus,  parallel  to  first,  slightly  posterior  to  costal  streak; 
a  subapical  spot;  a  fine,  terminal  line;  cilia  grey-whitish.  Hind- 
wings  grey,  paler  towards  base;  cilia  whitish,  towards  apex  grey. 

Q.:  Brisbane,  in  March;  one  specimen. 

EuLECHRIA  PYCN0C4RAPHA,  n.sp. 
TrvKi'oypa.(f)o^,  thickly  markeil. 
^9.  20-23  mm.  Head  white.  Palpi  fuscous;  inner  surface  of 
second  joint,  except  at  base,  and  terminal  joint,  except  apex, 
white.  Antenna;  fuscous;  ciliations  in  ^  ^.  Thorax  white, 
anterior  margin  broadly  fuscous.  Abdomen  grey  tinged  with 
ferruginous,  apices  of  segments  and  tuft  ochreous-whitish.  Legs 
fuscous;  posterior  pair  ochreous-whitish.  Forewings  elongate- 
oval,  costa  moderately  arched,  apex  rounded,  termen  very  ob- 
liquely rounded  ;  white  :  some  fuscous  irroration  on  dorsum; 
markings  fuscous,  well-defined;  a  short,  oblique  streak  from  base 
of  costa;  a  discal  spot  at  .1,  and  a  second  beneath  it  on  fold, 
these  often  confluent,  forming  a  brcjad,  transverse  bar  connected 


356  STUUlKS  lis    AUSTRALIAN    MlCltOLEPlDOPTERA, 

with  costa  Ijy  some  fuscous  irioratioii  ;  an  inwardly  oblique, 
broad  streak  from  'i  costa;  from  the  costal  end  of  this  arises  a 
straight  fascia  to  tornus:  a  longitudinally  oval  spot  below  middle 
of  disc  precedes  this  fascia;  a  sigmoid  fascia  from  costa  before 
apex  to  tornus,  thick  towards  costa,  slender  towards  tornus:  a 
tine,  interrupted,  subterminal  line;  cilia  ochreous-grey- whitish. 
Hindwings  and  cilia  grey. 

This  and  the  following  two  species  belong  to  the  rariegata- 
group.  The  oblique  streak  from  base  of  costa  is  a  good  dis- 
tinguishing point. 

N..S.W.:  Ebor,  in  January;  six  specimens. 

EULKCIIRIA    VICINA,   n.sp. 
Vicinuf,  neighbouring. 

^<^.  li0-23mm.  Head  white.  Palpi  white;  apex  of  terminal 
joint,  and  exteiuial  surface  of  second  joint,  except  at  apex,  fus- 
cous. Antennas  fuscous;  ciliations  of  ^  |.  Thorax  white, 
anterior  margin  broadly  fuscous.  Abdomen  grey,  apices  of  seg- 
ments and  tuft  ochreous-whitish.  Legs  fuscous;  tarsi  annulaled 
with  whitisli;  internal  surface  of  posterior  pair  ochreous-whitish. 
Forewings  elongate-oval,  costa  moderately  arched,  apex  rounded, 
termen  very  obliquely  rounded;  white,  with  tine,  grey  irroration; 
markings  fuscous-grey;  costal  edge  at  base  blackish;  a  fine,  sub- 
costal streak  from  base  to  \;  a  discal  tiot  at  \,  a  second  beneath 
it  on  fold,  a  third  in  middle,  a  fourth  beneath  and  beyond  third; 
a  straight  fascia  from  r!  costa  to  tornus;  a  sigmoid  fascia  from 
costa  before  apex  to  tornus,  broad  towards  costa,  narrow  towards 
tornus;  some  terminal  dots;  cilia  grey,  bases  mixed  with  white. 
Hindwings  and  cilia  grey. 

Allied  to  the  preceding,  but  with  markings  less  pronounced, 
and  with  more  general  irroration,  discal  dots  smaller  and  more 
discrete;  especially  distinguished  by  the  subcostal  streak  from 
base  (not  costal  as  in  E.  varieyala). 

N.S.W.  Ben  Lomond  and  Ebor,  in  January;  four  specimens. 

EULECHKIA    LEUCOSTEPHANA,   n.Sp. 
Aei'KorrTef^tti'os,  white-crowned. 
(J9-  2-!-24  nun.     Head  white.     Palpi  fuscous,  mixed,  especially 
orj  internal  surface,  with  whitish.     Antennae  fuscous;  ciliations 


nV   A.   ,noi-'KKK'18  TUIJNKU.  057 


ill  ^  ^.  Thorax  fuscous;  tegulte,  apices  of  patagia,  and  a  large, 
posterior  spot,  white.  Abdomen  dark  grey.  Legs  fuscous,  with 
some  whitisli  irroration;  posterior  pair  grey.  Forewings  lather 
elongate,  not  dilated,  costa  moderately  arclied,  apex  round- 
pointed,  ternien  obliijuely  rounded;  white,  with  more  or  less 
fuscous  irroration;  costal  edge  at  base  blackish;  markings  daik 
fuscous;  a  very  short,  slender,  subcostal  streak  from  base;  a 
discal  dot  at  I,  a  second  beneath  it  on  fold,  a  third,  not  always 
present,  above  middle,  and  a  foui-th  at  'r^\  a  streak  from  fourth 
dot  to  tornus;  a  broad,  inwardly  oblique  streak  from  ^  costa, 
soon  narrowing  and  angled  outwards,  and  continued  parallel  to 
termen  to  tornus;  a  submarginal  series  of  dots;  cilia  whitish, 
bases  pale  fuscous.      Hind  wings  grey:  cilia  whitish,  bases  grey. 

The  markings  are  dark  fuscous,  not  grey,  as  in  the  proceeding 
species;  and  the  subcostal  streak  much  shorter. 

N.8.W.:  Mt.  Kosciusko(5000  feet),  in  January;  five  specimens. 

EuLECHlilA    EUTIIETA,   n.sp. 
ei'^eros,  well  arranged. 

(J.  11  inm.  Head  white;  face  grey.  Palpi  white,  basal  half 
of  second  joint  fuscous.  Antennte  fuscous;  ciliations  in  ^  1. 
Thorax  dark  fuscous,  with  a  large,  posterior,  white  spot.  Ab- 
domen fuscous,  tuft  whitish.  Legs  fuscous ;  posterior  pair 
whitish.  Forewings  not  dilated,  costa  rather  strongly  arched, 
apex  round-pointed,  termen  nearly  straight,  oblique :  wliite: 
markings  dark  fuscous;  a  broad,  inwardly  oblique  fascia  from  r 
costa  to  \  dorsum,  giving  off  a  strong  process  along  fold  to  tornus; 
a  large,  triangular  spot  on  costa  at  H,  its  apex  coalescing  with  a 
broad,  terminal  fascia;  cilia  white,  on  apex  and  tornus  fuscous. 
Hindwings  grey,  near  base  whitish;  cilia  grey,  on  dorsum  whitish. 

Q.:  Brisbane,  in  March;  one  specimen. 

EULECHRIA    AXIERASTA,  n.sp. 

a^upotTTo-i,  wurthy  uf  afR-cliuii. 

^.  10-11  nun.      Head  ochreous-fuscous;    face  whitish.       Palpi 

whitish,    apex   of   terminal    joint    fuscous.       Antenns^   fuscous; 

ciliations  in  ^  1.     Thorax  ochreous-fuscous.      Abdomen  fuscous. 

Legs  ochreous-whitish;  anterior  tibiaj  and  tarsi  fuscous  annulated 


358  STUDIES  IN  AUSTRALIAN  MICROLEPIDOPTERA, 

witli  white.  Forewings  rather  narrow,  costa  rather  strongly 
arched,  apex  rounded,  termen  obliquely  rounded:  whitish:  mark- 
ings ochreous  edged  with  fuscous:  a  small  fuscous  sufl'usion  on 
base  of  dorsum:  a  sub-basal  median  spot  or  dot;  an  outwardly 
oblique  fascia  from  .^  costa  to  dorsum  beyond  middle,  and  a 
second,  rather  broader  from  §  costa  to  tornus;  an  ill-defined 
terminal  or  subterminal  fascia:  cilia  whitish,  with  a  few  fuscous 
scales,  sometimes  pinkish-tinged  on  costa.  Hindwings  and  cilia 
pale  grey. 

Q.:  Coolangatta,  in  October:  Toowoomba,  in  November;  two 
specimens. 

EULECHKIA    UIPLOCLETHKA,   n.Sp. 
SnrkoKXifdpos,  twice  barred- 

(J9.  13-14  mm.  Head  white.  Palpi  white,  basal  half  of 
second  joint  fuscous.  Antennae  fuscous:  ciiiations  of  ^  \^. 
Thorax  fuscous:  tegulw,  and  sometimes  a  posterior  spot,  white. 
Abdomen  ochreous-whitish,  dorsum,  except  apices  of  segments, 
dull  ferruginous.  Legs  ochreous-whitish;  anterior  pair  fuscous. 
Forewings  moderate,  posteriorly  somewhat  dilated,  costa  moder- 
ately arched,  apex  rounded,  termen  obliquely  rounded;  white: 
markings  fuscous;  a  narrow,  basal  fascia  sometimes  produced  on 
costa;  an  antemedian  fascia  sharply  defined  anteriorly,  suflused 
posteriorly;  a  second  fascia  from  costa  before  apex  to  tornus:  a 
narrow,  interrupted,  terminal  fascia;  cilia  whitish.  Uindwings 
and  cilia  grey-whitish. 

Cj. :  Mt.  Tambourine,  in  November:  two  specimens. 

Eulp:chria  semantica,  n.sp. 

(njitMVTiKOs,  distinct. 
^9.  14-"20mm.  Head  yellow-ochreous.  Palpi  yellow-ochreous; 
external  surface  of  second  joint,  except  apex,  dark  fuscous.  An- 
tenna} dark  fuscous;  ciiiations  in  (J  1.  Thorax  yellow-ochreous: 
teguhe  dark  fuscous.  Abdomen  ochreous;  apices  of  joints  paler. 
Legs  whitish;  anterior  pair  dark  fuscous:  middle  pair  spotted 
with  dark  fuscous.  Forewings  elongate-oval,  costa  moderateh* 
arched,  apex  round-pointed,  hindmargin  veiy  obliquely  rounded; 
yellow-ochreous;  markings  dark  fuscous;  a  narrow,  basal  fascia 


BY  A.  JEFFERIS  TURNER,  359 

prolonged  as  a  broad  streak  along  costa  to  |;  an  elongate  spot 
on  costa  beyond  middle,  and  a  small,  oblique  mark  before  apex: 
several  minute  dots  on  apex  and  termen;  cilia  yellow-ocbreous. 
Hindwings  grey;  cilia  yellow-ochreous. 

Q.:  Mt.  Tambourine,  in  November,  December,  and  January; 
seven  specimens. 

EULECHRIA    EUHYGKAMMA,  11. sp. 
f.vpvypajijt.o'i,  Ijioadly  marked. 

(^$.  18mm.  Head  paleochreous-yellow.  Palpi  fuscous;  apical 
half  of  second  joint  oclireous-wbitisli.  Antenntc  fuscous;  cilia- 
tions  in  (J  1.  Thorax  fuscous,  with  a  posterior,  ochreous  spot. 
Abdomen  fuscous;  tuft  ochreous.  Legs  ochreous;  anterior  and 
middle  tibiae  and  tarsi  fuscous,  with  whitish-ochreous  annulations. 
Forewings  moderately  broad,  not  dilated;  costa  arched  at  base, 
thence  nearly  straight;  apex  rounded,  termen  obliqUely  rounded; 
pale  ochreous-yellow;  a  broad,  transverse,  fuscous  fascia  before 
middle,  biconcave,  with  a  slight,  posterior  projection  below 
middle:  a  second,  fuscous  fascia  from  |  costa  to  tornus:  a  broad, 
fuscous  line  from  second  fascia  along  costa  and  termen  to  fascia 
again  at  tornus;  cilia  fuscous,  apices  pale  ochreous,  except  at 
tornus.  Hindwings  fuscous;  cilia  fuscous,  apices  pale  ochreous 
beneath  apex. 

N.Q.:  8tanirary  Hills:  three  specimens  received  from  Dr.  T. 
Bancroft. 

EuLECHRlA  BATHROGKAMMA,  n.Sp. 
/i'/.^poy/j(',///xo'»,  with  basal  marking. 
^5.  11-16  mm.  Head  whitish-ochreous.  Palpi  fuscous;  apex 
of  second  joint,  and  terminal  joint,  except  towards  apex,  och- 
reous-whitish.  Antennte  pale  fuscous;  ciliations  in  (J  1.  Thorax 
whitish-ochreous;  bases  of  patagia  fuscous.  Abdomen  whitish- 
ochreous,  bases  of  segments  brownish,  Forewings  not  dilated, 
costa  rather  strongly  arched,  apex  round-pointed,  termen  very 
obliquely  rounded;  whitish-ochreous;  markings  fuscous;  a  narrow, 
ba.sal  fascia,  slightly  produced  on  costa;  a  small,  costal  spot  on 
^,  sometimes  obsolete;  a  larger  spot  on  costa  beyond  middle:  a 
minute,  discal   dot   at    \,  a   second   beneatii   it   on   fold,  a  third 


360  :S'rLl)JB8  L\   ALIS'L'I{ALIAN   MlClfoLKl-inoFTEltA 


above  luiddle,  and  a  fourth  transversely  crescentic  at  |;  a  line 
from  j  costa  obliquely  inwards,  acutely  angled  outwards  beneath 
costa,  then  curved,  parallel  and  near  termen  to  tornus;  a  terminal 
series  of  dots;  cilia  whitish-ochreous,  apices  greyish.  Hindwings 
grey-whitish;  cilia  ochreous-whitish. 

Q.:  Montville,  Dulony,  and  Eumundi,  near  Nambour,  Bris- 
bane, Coolangatta,  and  Bunya  Mountains;  in  October-December, 
and  March.     This  is  a  "scrul)"-species. 

EuLECHIilA     ATMOSPILA,  n.Sp. 
aTjwcnriXos,  with  smoky  .spots. 

(J.  19  mu)^  Head,  thorax,  and  palpi  whitish-grey,  with  a  feM' 
darker  scales.  Antennje  whitish-grey;  ciliations  in  ^  Ik.  Ab- 
domen grey-whitish,  with  three  or  four,  ferruginous  bars  before 
apex.  Legs  whitish;  anterior  pair  gre}'.  Forewings  rather 
broadly  dilated,  costa  moderately  aiched,  apex  rounded,  termen 
obliquely  rounded;  whitish-grey;  markings  and  a  few  scattered 
scales  dark  fuscous;  a  dot  on  base  of  costa;  a  subcostal  dot  near 
base;  a  spot  on  base  of  dorsum;  a  dot  in  disc  at  .';,  a  second 
beneath  it  on  fold,  and  a  third  at  |;  a  subcostal  median  dot:  a 
series  of  dots  from  |  costa,  at  first  subcostal,  then  near  termen  to 
tornus;  a  rather  large,  circular  spot  above  tornus,  extending  to 
near  third  discal  dot;  cilia  whitish,  with  some  fuscous  irroration 
at  tornus.  Hindwings  broad:  whitish,  irrorated  with  pale  grey; 
cilia  whitish,  with  a  grey,  sub-basal  line  towards  tornus. 

Q.:  Killarney,  in  Koveraber:  one  specimen,  received  from  Mr. 
K.  Illidge. 

EULKCHKIA  THRENODES,  n.Sp. 
Oin]vio?i)j'i,  inounifiil- 
(J$.  17-18  mm.  Head  ochreous-whitish.  Palpi  ochreous- 
whitish,  outer  surface  of  second  joint,  and  anterior  edge  of 
terminal  joint,  fuscous.  Antennae  pale  fuscous;  ciliations  in  ^ 
1-|.  Thorax  ochreous-whitisli  more  or  less  suffused  with  pale 
fuscous.  Abdomen  ochreous-whitish,  bases  of  segments  more  oi- 
less  ochreous-fuscous.  Legs  whitish-ochreous;  anterioi'  pair  pale 
fuscous  anteriorly.  Forewings  not  dilated:  ochreous-whitish: 
costal  edge  near    base   fuscous;  sometimes  a  pale  fuscous,  discal 


r.Y  A.   .TEFFEHTS  TURNER.  ^^C)^ 

dot  at  #.  but  tliis  is  usually  obsolete:  cilia  ochreoiis-wliitisli. 
Hindwings  grev:  cilia  oclireous-wliitisli. 

Distinguishable  from  E.  corsotn  by  the  lunger,  antennal  cilia- 
tions;  from  E.  exaniviis  by  the  absence  of  a  fuscous  spot  on 
base  of  patagia;  from  E.  pallidfUa,  by  the  darker  hindwings. 

N.Q.:  Kuranda,  near  Cairns,  in  October:  Townsville,  in  8ep- 
tember  and  January.— K. 8. A\'.:  Tabulam,  in  December.  Eight 
specimens. 

EULECHRIA    CATIIARISTIS,  n.Sp. 
KaOapL(TTi<;,  spf)tloss. 

(J9.  14-20  mm.  Head  and  thorax  whitish.  Palpi  whitish, 
external  surface  of  second  joint  and  apex  of  terminal  joint  fus- 
cous. Antennae  grey-whitisli;  ciliations  in  ^  1|.  Abdomen 
whitish,  bases  of  segments  brownish-ochreous.  Legs  ochreous- 
whitish:  anterior  pair  fuscous-tinged.  Foi-ewings  moderately 
broad,  not  dilated;  whitish;  cilia  whitish.  Hindwings  grey- 
whitish  or  "rev;  cilia  whitish. 

E.  pallidella  has  more  whitish  hindwings,  and  longer,  antennal 
ciliations  (2).  E.  homochroa  has  narrower,  ochreous-tinged  fore- 
wings,  and  shorter,  antennal  ciliations  (5). 

Q.:  Eumundi  near  Nambour,  in  November  and  December; 
Brisbane,  from  November  to  April  ;  Toowoomba,  in  April ; 
Stanthorpe,  in  November;  twenty  specimens. 

EULECHRIA  HOMOCHROA,  n.sp. 
ono^poo^,  (if  one  colour. 
(J9.  12-lGmm.  Head  and  thorax  pale  ochreous.  Palpi 
pale  ochreous,  outer  surface  of  second  joint  fuscous  except  at 
apex.  Antennae  ochreous-grey-whitish:  ciliations  in  ^  f..  Ab- 
domen pale  ochreous.  Legs  fuscous:  posterior  paii-  pale  och- 
reous. Forewings  rather  narrow,  not  dilated;  uniform  pale 
ochreous;  cilia  pale  ochreous.  Hindwings  grey-whitish;  cilia 
whitish-ochreous. 

Distinguished  by  the  pale  ochreous,  narrow  forewings,  and 
short,  antennal  ciliations. 

Q.:  Brisbane,  in  February  and  March:  Southport,  in  Novem- 
ber; Stanthorpe:  six  specimens. 


362  STUDIES   IX   AUSTRALTAK   MIOROLEPIDOPTERA, 

EULECURIA    TEPHROCHKOA,  11. Sp. 
Ti<f)po\poos,  ash-coloured- 

^.  15-17  mm.  Head  ochreous-whitish.  Palpi  ochreous-whitish; 
external  surface  of  second  joint,  except  apex,  brownish-fuscous: 
terminal  joint  dark  fuscous  towards  apex  antex-iorly.  Antenna? 
grey- whitish;  ciliations  in  ^  2h.  Thorax  ochreous-whitish,  more 
or  less  suffused  anteriorly  with  l)rownisli-fuscoiis.  Abdomen 
ochreous-whitish,  bases  of  segments  on  dorsum  dull  ferruginous. 
Legs  fuscous;  posterior  pair  ochreous-whitish.  Forewings  rather 
narrow,  not  dilated,  costa  gently  arched,  apex  rounded,  termen 
very  obliquely  rounded;  ochreous-whitish,  sometimes  with  a  few 
fuscous  scales  in  disc:  a  median,  fuscous,  discal  dot  slightly 
beyond  J,  a  second  beyond  it  on  fold,  and  a  third  at  §,  but  these 
may  be  faintly  marked  or  absent:  a  series  of  fuscous  dots  close 
to  termen  more  or  less  marked:  cilia  ochreous-whitisli.  Hind- 
wings  ochreous-whitish,  faintly  greyish  towards  apex;  cilia  och- 
reous-whitish. 

Near  E.  exanimis,  which  has  the  forewings  proportionately 
broader,  and  the  antennal  ciliations  consideiably  shorter  (Hj. 

Q.:   Rosewood,  in  .September;  seven  specimens. 

EULECHRIA    GALACTINA,  n.Sp. 
yakaKTivo'i,  milk-white. 

(J9.  14-19  mm  Head  white.  Palpi  white;  second  joint  dark 
fuscous  anteriorly  except  at  base  and  apex.  Antennae  whitish: 
ciliations  in  ^  3.  Abdomen  whitish  grey;  tuft  whitish.  Legs 
whitish  ;  anterior  and  middle  pairs  dark  fuscous  anteriorly. 
Forewings  elongate,  costa  moderately  arched,  apex  rounded, 
hindraargin  obliquely  rounded:  white;  in  male,  without  mark- 
ings; in  female,  with  three,  fuscous,  discal  dots;  cilia  white. 
Hindwings  and  cilia  white. 

N.Q.:  Cairns  and  Cardwell;  abundant,  from  August  to  Oc- 
tober. 

EuLECHRIA    THETICA,  n.Sp. 
^//TiKos,  menial. 
(^91^"^^™™-     Head,   palpi,  and   thorax  fuscous.     Antennse 
fuscous,  obscurely  annulated  with  dark  fuscous;  ciliations  in  ^  3. 


BY  A.   JEFFERIR  TURNER.  36:' 

Abdomen  fuscous,  bases  of  segments  on  dorsum  ferruginous. 
Legs  fuscous;  posterior  pair  wliitisb.  Forewijigs  ratlier  broad, 
dilated  posteriorly,  costa  strongly  arched,  apex  rounded,  termen 
obliquely  rounded;  fuscous;  markings  dark  fuscous;  a  discal  dot 
at  I,  a  second  slightly  beycmd  it  on  fold,  and  a  third  at  |;  a  few, 
scattered,  dark  fuscous  scales;  a  terminal  series  of  dots;  cilia 
fuscous.  Hindwings  fuscous,  paler  towards  base;  cilia  fuscous- 
whitish. 

An  obscure  species  of  the  compete/ la-grouTp;  fortunately  the 
long,  antenna)  ciliations  furnish  a  good  point  of  distinction. 

Q.:  Killarnev,  in  November;  four  specimens. 

EULECHRIA    DELOSPILA,   n.sp. 
8't]\o(nTiko<i,  plainly  spotted. 

^2.  20  mm.  Head  grey,  irrorated  with  whitish.  Palpi  grey, 
apex  of  second  joint  whitish.  Antennae  grey;  ciliations  in  ^  1. 
Thorax  fuscous.  Abdomen  whitish,  with  lateral,  fuscous  streaks, 
dorsum,  except  apices  of  segments,  ferruginous.  Legs  fuscous, 
with  whitish  annulations;  posterior  pair  whitish.  Forewings 
moderate,  somewhat  dilated  posteriorly;  grey-whitish,  with  dark 
fuscous  irroration  and  spots;  base  of  dorsum  suffu.sed  with  fus- 
cous, a  discal  dot  at  \,  a  second  slightly  beyond  it  on  fold,  and  a 
third  in  middle;  a  line  of  spots  from  before  middle,  at  first  sub- 
costal, slightly  indented  at  apex,  then  near  and  pai'allel  to 
termen,  then  subdorsal  to  before  middle;  cilia  grey,  bases  barred 
with  dark  fu.scous.     Hindwings  and  cilia  pale  grey. 

This  species  belongs  to  the  siccella-group. 

Q.;  Stanthorpe,  in  November;  six  specimen.s,  at  rest  on  the 
granite-rocks. 

EULECHRIA  EUCRYPTA,  n.Sp. 
evKpvTrTOi,  well-concealed. 
^.  18  mm.  Head  pale  fuscous.  Palpi  fuscous,  .second  joint 
whitish  towards  apex.  Antennae  with  apices  of  joints  triangu- 
larly dilated,  fuscous;  ciliations  in  ^  L  Thorax  fuscous,  mixed 
with  whitish-ochreous.  Abdomen  grey.  Legs  fuscous;  posterior 
pair  mostly  ochreous-whitish.  Forewings  posteriorly  dilated, 
costa  moderately  arched,  apex  rounded,  termen  obliquely  rounded; 


364  STUDIES   IN   ATTSTRALIAX   ]\IICROLEPIDOPTERA, 

fuscous,  mixed  witli  whitish-oclireous;  iriarkings  dark  fuscous, 
obscure;  a  dot  at  1,  with  a  second  beneath  it  on  fold,  and  a 
third  above  and  before  middle;  a  pale  spot  beyond  middle  edged 
anteriorly  and  posteriorly  with  dark  fuscous;  a  fine,  interrupted 
line  near  and  parallel  to  termen,  and  a  similar  line  on  termen; 
cilia  pale  fuscous,  apices  ochreous-whitish.  Hind  wings  pale 
grey;  cilia  whitish-grey. 

Q.:  Adavale  (in  western  interior),  in  April  and  May;  three 
specimens. 

EULECHRIA    MELANOGRAMMA.   11. sp. 
[j.eXavoypaiJ.iio's,  insciihed  uitli  l)lack. 

(J.  14-17  mm.  Head  and  thorax  dark  fuscous  Palpi  dark 
fuscous;  apices  of  second  and  terminal  joints  whitish.  Antennae 
dark  fuscous;  ciliations  in  ^  1.  Abdomen  fuscous-whitish, 
bases  of  segments,  except  first,  ferruginous.  Legs  dark  fuscous; 
tarsi  annulated  with  whitish.  Forewings  moderate,  not  dilated: 
fuscous,  with  numerous,  dark  fuscous  streaks;  a  costal  streak  from 
base  to  middle;  a  median  streak  to  end  of  cell,  interrupted  bv 
whitish  in  cell;  submedian  and  dorsal  streaks,  with  a  short, 
whitish  streak  between  them  towards  base;  streaks  on  veins 
interrupted  by  whitish  near  extremitie.s,  and  ending  in  whitish, 
terminal  dots;  cilia  fuscous,  barred  with  whitish,  apices  grey- 
whitish.      Hind  wings  and  cilia  grey. 

Q. :  Brisbane,  in  September,  October,  and  December;  seven 
specimens. 

EULECHRIA  MESOCHRA,  n.Sp. 
lu<r(<)^po^,  pale  in  tlie  middle. 
^.  14-17  mm.  Head  blackish;  face  whitish-ochreous.  Palpi 
whitish  ochreous,  with  a  few  blackish  scales;  terminal  joint,  ex- 
cept apex,  blackish.  Antennae  blackish,  annulated  with  whitish- 
ochreous.  Thorax  whitish-ochreous;  tegula»,  bases  of  patagia, 
and  a  few  posterior  scales,  blackish.  Abdomen  pale  ochreous, 
variably  sufiused  with  fuscous.  Legs  dark  fuscous,  tibiie  and 
tarsi  annulated  with  whitish-ochreous;  posterior  pair  pale  och- 
reous, with  some  fuscous  irroration.  Forewings  narrow-elongate; 
pale  brownish-ochreous,  with  patchy,  fuscous  irroration;  mark- 


BY  A.  JRFFKRTS  TURNKR,  365 

ings  blackish;  a  dot  on  costa  near  base:  a  short,  broad  streak  on 
base  of  dorsum;  a  discal  dot  at  1,  a  second  close  beneath  it  on 
fold,  and  a  third  at  |;  an  apical  spot;  a  triangular,  tornal  spot 
connected  with  third  dot;  cilia  on  apex  blackish,  oti  termeu  pale 
ochreous,  witli  some  blackish  scales,  on  tornus  grey.  Hindwings 
grey;  base  sometimes  pale  ochreous;  cilia  grey,  towai-ds  tornus 
pale  ochreous. 

Q.:  Brisbane,  in  October,  November,  and  April;  three  speci- 
mens. 

Gen.  Callithauma. 

Callithnuma  'I\irn.,  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  S.  Aust.,  J899,  p. 15. 

Type,  C.  basilica  Turn.  This  genus  is  closely  allied  to  Tiso- 
barica,  from  which  it  differs  only  by  the  absence  (or  extreme 
shortness)  of  the  male  antennal  ciliations.  The  posterior  tibite 
are  rough-haired  above,  not  smooth-scaled,  as  stated  in  my  de- 
scription. To  this  genus  must  be  referred  HopUtica  caUianthes 
Meyr. 

Mr.  Meyrick's  division  of  the  Oecophorinse  into  those  with, 
and  those  without,  antennal  ciliations,  must  not  be  applied  too 
rigidly. 

Callithauma  basilica. 
Callithauma  basilica  Turn.,  op.  cit.,  1899,  p.  15. 
Q. :  Toowoomba,  in  September;   Killarne}',  in  October. 

Callithauma  pyrites 

HopUtica  pyrites  Turn.,  o]').  cit.,  1896,  p. 9. 

Q.:  iVIontville  near  Nambour,  in  October;  Brisbane,  in  )Sep- 
teraber;  Stradbroke  Island,  in  September;  Mt.  Tambourine,  in 
October  and  November;  Killarney,  in  October  and  November; 
not  uncommon. 

Callithauma  glycera,  n.sp. 

yXvKepos,  sweet. 

(J.  12  mm.     Head  I'eddish-orange;  face  whitish.     Palpi  whitish; 

second   joint    with   fuscous  irroration  and  apical  ring;  terminal 

joint  broadly  dark  fuscous  in  middle.     Antenna?  whitish,  sharply 

annulated  with  blackish.     Thorax  pinkish   mixed  with  whitish. 

31 


366  STUDIES   IN  AUSTRALTAKT   MTCROLEPIDOPTERA, 

Abdomen  purple-fuscous;  tuft  wliitish-ochreous.  Legs  pale  fus- 
cous, annulated  with  whitish;  posterior  pair  whitish.  Forewings 
posteriorly  dilated,  costa  slightly  arched,  strongly  so  before  apex, 
apex  rounded,  hindmargin  very  obliquely  rounded;  pink;  mark- 
ings pale  yellow,  partly  outlined  with  dark  fuscous;  a  short, 
oblique  line  from  base  of  costa;  a  narrow,  outwardly  curved 
fascia  from  costa  at  ^  to  inner  margin  at  ^;  a  narrow  fascia  from 
costa  before  middle  to  tornus,  dividing  and  reuniting  in  disc,  so 
as  to  enclose  an  island  of  ground-colour:  a  fine,  irregularly  waved 
fascia  from  costa  at  |  to  termen  above  tornus;  a  broad,  dark 
fuscous  line  along  costa  from  middle  to  |,  thence  continued  as  a 
submarginal  band  to  termen  above  tornus;  an  orange  line  on 
apex  and  upper  part  of  termen ;  cilia  orange.  Hindwings 
whitish;  cilia  whitish-ochreous,  at  apex  grey. 

Differs  in  shape  of  forewing  from  the  other  species;  the  dark, 
costal  and  submarginal  line  is  characteristic. 

Q.:  Killarney,  in  October;  one  specimen. 

Callithauma  leptodoma,  n.sp. 
AeTTToSo/xos,  slightly  built. 

(J.  8-9  mm.  Head  whitish-ochreous;  face  whitish.  Palpi 
whitish  ;  an  apical  ring  on  second  joint,  and  a  subapical  on 
terminal  joint,  dark  fuscous.  Antennae  whitish,  with  blackish 
annulations.  Thorax  whitish-ochreous.  Abdomen  whitish. 
Less  whitish;  anterior  femora  and  tibiae  fuscous;  anterior  and 
middle  tarsi  annulated  with  fuscous.  Forewings  narrow,  costa 
strongly  arched,  apex  round-pointed,  termen  obliquely  rounded; 
pale  crimson;  markings  pale  yellow,  edged  and  partly  mixed 
with  fuscous;  an  illdefined,  basal  fascia;  a  moderately  broad, 
slightly  outwardly  curved  fascia  from  ^  costa  to  -|  dorsum;  a 
broader,  irregular-edged  fascia  from  midcosta  to  before  tornus, 
enclosing  a  spot  of  ground-colour  in  middle,  and  giving  off  a 
branch  to  mid-dorsum;  a  narrower,  curved  fascia,  mostly  suffused 
with  fuscous,  from  costa  before  apex  to  termen  above  tornus;  a 
line  on  apex  and  upper  part  of  termen  edged  anteriorly  with 
fuscous;  cilia  pale  j^ellow,  towards  tornus  grey  mixed  with  pale 
crimson.     Hindwings  lanceolate;  grey-whitish;  cilia  grey- whitish. 


BY  A.  JEFFERIS  TURNER.  367 

Smaller  and  more  slender  than  C.  pyrites,  the  markings 
broader,  and  with  much  more  fuscous  irroration ;  certainly 
distinct. 

Q.:  Coolangatta,  in  September;  Ki'llarney,  in  October;  three 
specimens. 

Gen.  TisoBARicA. 

7Vso6a?"ica  Walk.,  Cat.  Brit.  Mus.,  xxix.,  p. 812. 
Hieropola  Meyr.,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.  S.  Wales,  1883,  p.363. 
A  very  natural  genus,  narrower-winged  than  Machimia  {Hop- 
litica  Meyr.),  and  with  terminal  joint  of  palpi  shorter. 

TiSOBAKICA    PYRRHELLA. 

Hoplitica pyrrhella  Turn.,  Trans.  R.  Soq.  S.  Aust.,  1896,  p. 8. 

Antennal  ciliations  of  $  2. 

Q.:   Bi'isbane,  in  September  and  March. 

TiSOBARICA    ERANNA,  n.sp. 
epavvos,  lovely. 
Hieropola  jucundella  Meyr.,  op.  cit.,  1883,  p. 364,  nee  Wlk. 
This  species  is  very  constant  in  colour  and  markings,  and  is 
certainly  different  from  the  following.      Antennal   ciliations  of 

Q.:  Brisbane  and  Toowoomba,  in  September. — N.S.W.:  New- 
castle, Sydney. 

TiSOBARICA    JUCUNDELLA. 

Tisoharica  jucundella  Wlk.,  Cat.  Brit.  Mus.,  xxix.,  p. 813;  nee 
Meyr.,  op.  cit.,  1883,  p.363. 

jj^.  12-13  mm.  Head  whitish;  second  joint  with  a  narrow, 
subapical  ring,  and  terminal  joint  with  a  broad,  median  ring, 
fuscous.  Antennae  whitish,  annulated  with  fuscous;  ciliation.s 
in  (J  1-|.  Thorax  whitish,  anteriorly  pale  purplish,  bases  of 
patagia  yellow.  Abdomen  pale  purple-fuscous;  tuft  and  under- 
side whitish.  Legs  whitish;  anterior  and  middle  pairs  annulated 
with  fuscous.  Forewings  rather  narrow,  costa  moderately  arched, 
apex  round-pointed,  termen  obliquely  rounded;  pale  purple,  with 
four  fasciae  yellow,  narrowly  edged  with  fuscous;  first  from  base 


368  STUDIES  IN  AUSTRALIAN  MICROLEPIDOPTERA 


of  costa  very  obliquely  outwards,  then  curved  downwards  to 
dorsum  at  |^;  second  rather  broad,  evenly  curved,  from  J  costa 
to  dorsum;  third  from  midcosta  to  tornus,  narrow,  interrupted 
beneath  costa,  its  edges  irregular  and  nearly  enclosing  a  spot  of 
ground-colour  on  posterior  margin;  fourth  subapical,  very  broad 
on  costa,  narrowing  to  a  point  on  termen  above  tornus;  a  yellow 
line  anteriorly  edged  with  fuscous  on  apex  and  upper  part  of 
termen;  cilia  ochreous.     Hindwings  and  cilia  ochreous-whitish. 

Distinguished  from  the  preceding  by  the  purple  colour  of  fore- 
wings;  entire,  second  fascia;  broad,  fourth  fascia;  whitish  head 
and  thorax,  and  other  points. 

Q.:  Brisbane,  in  October;  two  specimens,  apparently  attached 
to  iMelaletica.  —  N.S.W,:  Sydney  (Walker's  type). 

TiSOBARICA    LAROTYPA,  n.Sp. 
XapoTXiTTOs,  daintily  marked. 

^.  13  mm.  Head  reddish,  face  white.  Palpi  whitish;  apex 
and  a  few  scattered  scales  on  second  joint,  and  a  subapical  ring 
on  terminal  joint,  fuscous.  Antennae  whitish,  annulated  with 
fuscous;  ciliations  in  (J  1.  Thorax  red,  with  a  suffused,  whitish, 
median,  longitudinal  streak;  patagia  yellow,  bases  red.  Abdo- 
men grey-whitish.  Legs  whitish;  anterior  pair  with  some  pale 
fuscous  irroration.  Forewings  rather  narrow,  costa  moderately 
arched,  apex  round-pointed,  termen  obliquely  rounded;  pale  red, 
costal  portion  of  disc,  except  near  b^se,  broadly  suffused  with 
grey;  markings  pale  yellow;  base  of  dorsum  yellow;  a  very 
oblique  fascia  from  base  of  costa,  bent  inwards  above  dorsum  to 
dorsum  at  i;  a  second  fascia  from  i  costa  to  mid-dorsum,  dilated 
and  containing  a  spot  of  groundcolour  above  middle,  constricted 
and  nearly  interrupted  above  dorsum;  a  third  fascia  from  mid- 
costa to  tornus,  interrupted  beneath  costa,  dilated  and  contain- 
ing a  spot  of  gi'ound-colour  in  middle,  connected  by  an  oblique 
bar  from  below  middle  to  dorsal  end  of  second  fascia;  an  incom- 
plete, narrow  fascia  from  |  costa  towards,  but  not  reaching, 
termen  above  tornus;  a  yellow  line  on  apex  and  upper  part  of 
termen;  cilia  ochreous,  apices  grey.  Hindwings  whitish;  cilia 
ochreous-whitish. 


BY  A.   JEFFERIS  TURNER.  36^ 

Differs  from  T.  eranna  in  the  grey  suffusion  of  forewings, 
with  red  spot  in  second  fascia,  and  narrow,  fourth  fascia.  The 
dark  scales  on  edges  of  markings  are  very  slightly  developed. 

N.S.VV.:  Sydney(near  Middle  Head),  in  October;  one  specimen. 

TlSOBARICA    HEDANOPA,  n.Sp. 
eSavtoTTOS,  of  pleasant  appearance. 

9.  12  mm  Head  yellowish.  Palpi  yellow,  with  some  reddish 
suffusion.  Antennje  whitish,  with  blackish  annulations.  Thorax 
yellow-whitish,  with  patchy  reddish  suffusion.  Abdomen  och- 
reous-whitish.  Legs  ochreous-whitish;  anterior  tibife  reddish, 
anterior  tarsi  aunulated  with  reddish.  Forewings  narrow,  costa 
arched  near  base,  thence  nearly  straight,  apex  round-pointed, 
termen  very  obliquely  rounded;  pale  red,  with  some  patchy  grey 
suffusion  mostly  in  median  areas,  markings  yellow  edged  with 
brio-ht  red;  an  outwardly  oblique  line  from  base  of  costa  not 
reaching  dorsum;  a  rather  broad,  slightly  curved,  nearly  trans- 
verse, uninterrupted  fascia  from  \  costa  to  \  dorsum;  an  obscure 
spot  on  mid-dorsura;  a  very  narrow  fascia  from  mid  costa  to 
tornus,  dilated  and  enclosing  a  spot  of  ground-colour  above 
middle;  a  very  narrow  fascia  from  |  costa  to  termen  above 
tornus,  dilated  on  costa;  a  fine,  yellow  line  on  apex  and  upper 
part  of  termen;  cilia  ochreous-yellow,  on  tornus  reddish.  Hind- 
winjrs  whitish;  cilia  ochreous-whitish. 

Narrower-winged  than  the  other  species,  the  markings  edged 
with  red,  not  fuscous,  the  grey  suffusion  differently  placed  to 
that  in  T.  larotypa,  and  the  nearly  transverse  fascia  at  \  very 
different. 

Q.:  Mt.  Tambourine,  in  November;  one  specimen. 

Machimia  modekatella. 

Depressarm  modnratella  Wlk.,  Cat.  Brit.  Mus.,  xxix.,  p. 566. 
Hoplitica  leucerythra  Meyr.,  Proc.  Linn.Soc.  N.S.Wales,  188L', 
p.501;  H .  nifimaculella  Turn.,  Trans.  R.  Soc.  S.  Aust.,  1896,  p. 7. 

N.Q.:  Townsville. — ^Q  :  Nambour,  Brisbane,  Stradbroke  Island. 
— N.S.W.:  Glen  Innes,  Sydney,  Bathurst,  Mittagong,  Mt.  Kosci- 
usko (4000  feet).  —  Vic:  Gisborne.— Tasm.:  Launceston.— S.A.: 
Mt.  Lofty. 


370  studies  in  australian  mickolepidopteea, 

Machimia  eoxantha. 

Hoplitica  eoxantha  Turn.,  op.  cit.,  1896,  p. 7. 
Q.:  Brisbane  and   Stradbroke   Island,   iu  August;  Mt.  Tam- 
bourine and  Warwick,  in  October. 

Machimia  atripunctatella. 

Hoplitica  atripunctatella  Turn.,  op.  cit.,  1896,  p. 7. 
Q.:  Ga3nidah,   in   October;  Brisbane,  in  August  and  Septem- 
ber; Toowoomba,  in  November. 

Machimia  miltopsara. 
Hoplitica  miltopsara  Turn.,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.  S.  Wales,  1914, 
p.560. 

N.S.W.:  Ebor. 

Machimia  zelota,  n.sp. 
^rjX(OTOS,  enviable. 

^.  21  mm.  Head  whitish-ochreous.  Palpi  whitish-ochreous; 
external  surface  of  second  joint  pinkish-tinged.  Antennae  pale 
grey,  towards  base  whitish-ochreous  tinged  with  pink;  ciliations 
in  ^  1.  Thorax  leaden-grey;  anteriorly  broadly  whitish-och- 
reous; two,  reddish-ochreous,  posterior  dots.  Abdomen  pale 
ochreous.  Legs  whitish-ochreous;  anterior  pair  pinkish  ante- 
riorly, except  coxse,  which  are  whitish.  Forewings  moderately 
broad,  not  dilated,  costa  strongly  arched,  apex  rounded-rectan- 
gular, termen  slightly  oblique,  rounded  beneath;  leaden-grey;  a 
pink,  costal  streak;  extreme  costal  edge  whitish;  a  whitish-och- 
reous, basal  spot;  an  irregular,  whitish-ochreous  blotch  reticu- 
lated with  reddish-ochreous,  extending  from  near  base  of  dorsum 
as  a  broad  streak  roughly  parallel  to  costa  as  far  as  middle;  a 
dark  fuscous,  circular  spot  beneath  this  before  middle  of  disc; 
two,  dark  fuscous  spots  edged  with  whitish-ochreous  placed 
transversely  in  disc  beyond  middle;  a  whitish-ochreous,  subapical 
blotch  traversed  by  an  interrupted,  reddish-ochreous,  obliquely 
transverse  line;  cilia  pale  ochreous,  towards  termen  grey.  Hind- 
wines  and  cilia  ochi-eous. 

N.S.W.:  Glen  Innes,  in  January;  one  specimen. 


BY  A.  JEFFERIS  TURNER.  371 

Machimia  ph(ENOPIS,  n.sp. 
(^otrojTTt?,  reddish. 

9.  14-18mm.  Head  dull  reddish  mixed  with  whitish-ochreous; 
face  whitish.  Palpi  dull  reddish;  second  joint  with  base,  apex, 
and  most  of  inner  surface  whitish.  Antennae  ochreous- whitish, 
sharply  annulated  with  blackish.  Thorax  dull  reddish  mixed 
with  whitish-ochreous.  Abdomen  fuscous-grey,  beneath  pale 
ochreous.  Legs  whitish;  anterior  pair  reddish-tinged;  posterior 
pair  pale  ochreous.  Forewings  not  dilated,  costa  arched  at  base, 
then  nearly  straight,  apex  round-pointed,  termen  obliquely 
rounded;  ochreous-whitish,  mixed  with  dull  reddish;  costal  edge 
narrowly  pink;  no  defined  markings,  but  a  reddei",  apical  area 
preceded  by  an  ill-defined,  paler  fascia  from  mid-costa  to  tornus; 
cilia  whitish,  irrorated  with  reddish.  Hind  wings  ochreous-fus- 
cous;  towards  apex  fuscous;  cilia  grey. 

N.A.:  Port  Darwin.  —  Q.:  Brisbane,  in  September  and  Novem- 
ber; Mt.  Tambourine,  in  November;  Toowoomba,  in  September. 
Seven  specimens. 

Machimia  MEsoGiEA,  n.sp. 
/xtcroyatos,  inland. 

(J9-  16-18mm.  Head,  thorax,  and  palpi  ochreuus-grey-whitish. 
Antennae  grey,  towards  base  pinkish-white;  ciliations  in  ^  4. 
Abdomen  pale  ochreous.  Legs  whitish-ochreous;  anterior  pair 
pinkish-tinged.  Forewings  broadly  oval,  not  dilated,  costa 
arched  near  base,  then  straight,  apex  rounded,  termen  obliquely 
rounded;  ochreous-grey-whitish;  discal  spots  obsolete,  or  one  or 
two  spots  faintly  indicated;  costal  edge  pink;  cilia  whitish, 
apex  pinkish-tinged. 

Q.:   Adavale,  in  April;  four  specimens. 

Machimia  ochrophanes,  n.sp. 

wX/ao^avT^S,  pale. 

^9.19-23mm.  Head  ochreous-whitish.  Palpi  whitish;  second 
joint  fuscous  except  on  base,  apex,  and  internal  surface:  terminal 
joint  fuscous  anteriorly.  Antennse  in  ^  whitish,  with  fuscous 
annulations,  ciliations  |;  in  9  grey.     Thorax  ochreous-whitish 


372  STUDIES  IN  AUSTRALIAN   MICR0LEPID0PTERA_, 

or  pale  grey.  Abdomen  pale  ochreous-grey,  in  ^  gi'ey,  apices  of 
segments  ochreous- whitish.  Legs  whitish-ochreous  ;  anterior 
pair,  except  coxae,  fuscous.  Forewings  suboblong,  not  dilated, 
costa  rather  strongly  arched,  apex  rounded-rectangular,  termen 
rounded,  slightly  oblique;  ochreous-Avhitish,  in  9  sufiused  with 
grey;  discal  dots  obscure  or  nearly  obsolete;  sometimes  a  fuscous 
dot  above  middle;  a  dot  at  |;  sometimes  one  or  two  fuscous  scales 
representing  a  dot  at  I,  and  another  beyond  it  on  fold;  cilia 
ochreous-whitish.  Hind  wings  ochreous-grey-whitish,  in  ^  darker; 
cilia  ochi'eous-whitish. 

Very  similar  to  some  species  of  Eulechria;  the  absence  of 
pecten,  and  short,  antennal  ciliations  should  be  carefully  noted. 

Q.:  Warwick,  in  October. 

Machimia  micropteka,  n.sp. 
/iLKpoTTTepo'i,  small-winged. 

(J9.  12-14  mm.  Head,  thorax,  and  palpi  fuscous.  Antennae 
fuscous;  ciliations  in  ^  l^.  Abdomen  ferruginous-fuscous,  apices 
of  segments  and  tuft  ochreous-whitish.  Legs  fuscous;  posterior 
pair  and  middle  femora  ochreous-whitish;  anterior  and  middle 
tibiae  and  tarsi  annulated  with  ochreous-whitish.  Forewings 
not  dilated,  costa  arched  at  base,  thence  nearly  straight,  apex 
round-pointed,  termen  obliquely  rounded;  pale  fuscous,  sparsely 
irrorated  with  fuscous;  a  discal  dot  at  |,  a  second  beneath  it  on 
fold,  and  a  third  at  4;  cilia  pale  fuscous.  Hindwings  ochreous- 
whitish,  at  apex  tinged  with  fuscous;  cilia  whitish,  with  a  basal 
pale  fuscous  line  towards  apex. 

Q.:  Mt.  Tambourine,  in  November;  fourteen  specimens. 

Machimia  an^mica,  n.sp. 

di'aijLLKOs,  bloodless. 

(J^.  12-14  mm.  Head,  thorax,  and  palpi  ochreous-whitish, 
with  very  slight,  fuscous  irroration.  Antennae  whitish;  ciliations 
in  (J  3.  Abdomen  wliitish.  Legs  whitish;  anterior  pair  with 
slight,  fuscous  irroration.  Forewings  not  dilated,  costa  moder- 
ately arched,  apex  round-pointed,  termen  obliquely  rounded; 
ochreous-whitish,    with   very  fine,   sparse,  fuscous  irroration;  a 


CY  A.   .IKFKIj;i;iS  TURNER.  373 

fuscous,  discal  dot  at  I,  a  second  beneath  and  beyond  it  on  fold, 
and  a  third  at|;  cilia  ochreous-whitisli,  with  fine,  sparse,  fuscous 
irroration.      Hindwings  and  cilia  whitish. 

Q.  ;  Sandgate,  near  Brisbane,  in  September  and  October  ; 
Coolangatta,  in  December;  five  specimens. 

Machimia  mitosema,  n  sp. 
lxiTO(ri]ixo<i,  thread-marked- 

(J9.  17-23  mm.  Head  and  thorax  fuscous,  closely  irrorated 
with  whitish.  Palpi  dark  fuscous;  terminal  joint,  and  apical 
third  of  second  joint,  irrorated  with  whitish.  Antennse  fuscous 
mixed  with  whitish;  ciliations  in  ^  1|.  Abdomen  fuscous, 
apices  of  segments  and  tuft  whitish.  Legs  whitish,  more  or  less 
irrorated  with  fuscous;  anterior  surfaces  of  anterior  and  middle 
pairs  mostly  dark  fuscous  Forewings  not  dilated,  costa  moder- 
ately arched,  apex  round-pointed,  termen  obliquely  rounded: 
whitish,  irrorated  with  fuscous:  numerous,  longitudinal,  dark 
fuscous  streaks;  a  whitish  dot  in  disc  at  §;  cilia  fuscous,  irrorated 
with  whitish. 

Structurally,  a  true  Alachimia,  but  very  different  from  other 
species;  colour  and  pattern  evidently  a  protective  adaptation. 

Q.:  Brisbane,  in  October- April. —  N.S.W.:  Tabulam,  in  Decem- 
ber.    Eleven  specimens. 

Gen.   HoPLOMORPHA,  n.g. 

OTr\ojxop(f>0'i,  shield-shaped. 

Antennas  without  pecten,  or  with  two  or  three  fugitive  scales 
only;  in  ^  with  moderately  long  ciliations.  Paljji  rather  long; 
second  joint  exceeding  base  of  antennae,  thickened  with  appressed 
scales;  terminal  joint  hardly  shorter  than  second,  rather  stout, 
strongly  recurved.  Thorax  smooth.  Forewings  suboblong, 
moderately  broad;  7  to  apex.  Hindwings  somewhat  narrower 
than  forewings;  6  from  cell  nearly  midway  between  4  and  6,  not 
curved  and  approximated  to  4  at  base. 

Distinguished  from  Machimia  (lloplitica)  by  the  structure  of 
vein  5  of  hindwings.  A  distinct  and  natural  genus.  Type, 
Crypiolechia  abalienella  Wlk. 


374  STtJDIES  IN  AUSTRALIAN   MICROLEPIDOPTERA, 

HOPLOMORPHA    ABALIENELLA. 

Cryplolechia  ahalienella  Wlk.,  Cat.  Brit.  Mus.,  xxix.,  p. 762. 
Hoplitica  colonias  Meyr.,  Proc.  Liun.  Soc.  N.  S.  Wales,  1887, 
p.942. 

N.Q.:  Herberton. — Q.:  Brisbane. — Vic:  Bairnsdale. 

HoPLOMORPHA    PORPHYRASPIS. 

Hoplitica  porphyraspis  Turn.,  Trans.  R.  Soc.  S.  Aust.,  1896, 
p.8. 

Q.:  Brisbane,  Mt.  Tambourine. 

HoPLOMORPHA    CAiMELiEA. 

Eulechria  camelcBa  Meyr.,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.  S.  Wales,  1887, 
p.943. 

Q.:  Stanthorpe. — Vic:  Beechworth,  Gisborne. 

HoPLOMORPHA    EPICOSMA,  n.Sp. 

cTtK-ocr/xos,  adorned. 

J".  14-16  mm.  Head  fuscous.  Palpi  dark  fuscous;  internal 
surface  of  second  joint  whitish.  Antennae  dark  fuscous;  cilia- 
tions  in  (J  1.  Thorax  dark  fuscous;  posterior  third,  including 
apices  of  patagia,  whitish.  Abdomen  fuscous;  anterior  extremity 
and  tuft  whitish-ochreous.  Legs  whitish-ochreous;  anterior  pair 
dark  fuscous.  Forewings  elongate,  costa  slightly  arched,  apex 
round-pointed,  hindmargin  very  obliquely  rounded;  whitish;  base 
of  costa  dark  fuscous;  costal  edge  grey,  with  a  short,  oblique 
mark  at  |;  a  large,  dark  fuscous  blotch  on  inner  margin  from  ^ 
to  |,  attenuated  anteriorly,  reaching  to  fold,  its  upper  edge 
concave,  angulated  at  each  extremity  of  concavity;  along  its 
posterior  edge  is  a  leaden-fuscous  line,  surmounted  by  a  leaden- 
fuscous  dot  in  disc  at  |;  an  outwardly  curved,  fuscous  line  from 
costa  at  I  to  anal  angle,  its  anterior  edge  suffused  with  greenish- 
grey;  along  its  posterior  edge  is  a  narrow,  white  line  not  reach- 
ing to  anal  angle;  apical  area  purple  fuscous  irrorated  with 
leaden-fuscous  scales;  cilia  greenish-grey,  bases  purplish,  irrorated 
with  fuscous.  Hindwings  ochreous-whitish,  apical  half  fuscous; 
cilia  whitish,  at  apex  fuscous,  at  anal  angle  ochreous-whitish. 


BT  A.  JEFfERIS  TURNEK.  375 

Q.:  Mt.  Tambourine,  in  November  and  December;  two  speci- 
mens. 

HOPLOMORPHA    CAMINODES,  H.Sp. 
Ka[itvw8y)<;,  fiery,  red-hut. 

(J^.  13-15  mm.  Head  and  palpi  reddish-ochreous.  Antennae 
grey,  towards  base  reddish-ochreous;  ciliations  in  ^  2.  Thorax 
reddish-ochreous,  paler  posteriorly.  Abdomen  grey  mixed  with 
reddish-ochreous,  apices  of  segments  whitish-grey,  tuft  whitish- 
ochreous.  Legs  ochreous-whitish,  anterior  tibiae  and  tarsi,  and 
base  of  middle  tibiae,  reddish  anteriorly.  Forewings  not  dilated, 
costa  moderately  arched,  more  strongly  towards  base,  apex 
rounded,  termen  obliquely  rounded  ;  pale  reddish-ochreous, 
darker  towards  costa,  a  dark  i-eddish,  dorsal  streak,  edged  with 
whitish,  from  i  to  j,  abruptly  truncated  posteriorly;  a  fuscous 
spot,  indented  posteriorly,  before  tornus;  from  this  a  reddish- 
ochreous  suffusion  containing  two,  minute,  fuscous  dots  extends 
more  than  half  across  disc  beyond  middle,  and  is  preceded  by  a 
whitish  dot;  a  short,  outwardly  oblique,  reddish-ochreous  streak 
from  I  costa;  an  interrupted,  fuscous  line  from  beneath  ^  costa 
to  termen  above  tornus;  a  fine,  fuscous,  terminal  line;  cilia  pale 
reddish-ochreous,  on  tornus  grey.  Hindwings  dark  grey;  towards 
base  ochreous-whitish;  cilia  grey. 

In  this  species,  the  usual  dorsal  blotcJi  is  reduced  to  a  dorsal 
streak.  The  specimen  from  Killarney  is  much  brighter  red,  the 
markings  reduced,  the  dorsal  streak  ci'imson-red  and  not  white- 
edged. 

Q.:  Brisbane,  in  October;  Mount  Tambourine,  in  December 
and  January;  Southport,  in  December;  Killarney,  in  November; 
five  specimens. 

Gen.  Lepidozancla,  n.g. 
AeTTtSo^ayK'A.O's,  with  scaly  sickles  (palpi). 
Palpi  long;  second  joint  exceeding  base  of  antennae,  thickened 
with  loosely  appressed  scales  in  front,  slightly  expanded  at  apex; 
terminal  joint  about  |  second,  rather  stout,  acute.  Antennae 
without  pecten.  Thorax  smooth.  Abdomen  stout.  Forewings 
with  vein  7  to  apex.     Hindwings  normal. 


376  .STUDIES   IN   AUSTRALIAN    MICRDLEl'IDOfTERA. 

In  the  absence  of  the  ^,  the  correct  position  of  this  genus  is 
uncertain.  It  may  be  distinguished  from  Machitnia  by  the 
stouter,  second  joint  of  palpi,  which  is  roughened  with  scales 
anteriorly. 

Lkpidozancla  zatrephes,  n.sp. 
^aTpe<^7;s,  fat. 

9.  18-22  mm.  Head,  thorax,  palpi,  and  antennae  pale  grey. 
Abdomen  ochreous-grey,  apices  of  segments  grey-whitish  Legs 
pale  grey ;  posterior  pair  grey-whitish.  Forewings  narrow- 
oblong,  costa  straight  except  near  base  and  apex,  apex  rounded, 
termen  obliquely  rounded  ;  ochreous-grey-whitish  ;  a  fuscous 
discal  dot  at  1-,  and  a  second  considerably  before  it  on  fold,  both 
of  which  may  be  obsolete,  and  a  third  in  disc  beyond  middle; 
sometimes  a  few  fuscous  scales  in  a  median  line  before  and  after 
third  dot;  cilia  concolorous.      Hindwings  and  cilia  grey-whitish. 

Q.:  Brisbane,  in  Fel)ruary  and  March.  Although  this  species 
comes  commonly  to  light  at  my  residence,  I  have  never  seen  any 
but  female  examples. 


377 


SOME    CPvYPTOGAMIC   NOTES   FROM    THE   BOTANIC 

GARDENS,  SYDNEY. 

By  the  Rev.  W.  Walter  Watts. 

(Plate  XX.) 

This  paper  deals  with  Ferns  and  Mosses.  Two  new  species 
and  one  new  variety  are  described.  Notes  are  added  concerning 
other  species,  including  some  new  records.  A  new  Tribe  of  the 
Polypodiacece  is  also  proposed  and  defined. 

Ferns. 
i. 

DRYOPTERiDEiE :  a  Suggested  new  Tribe  of  the  Polypodiaceff. 

It  was  long  the  custom  to  classify  a  large  section  of  the  Poly- 
podidcecp.  on  the  basis  of  the  presence,  or  absence,  of  a  superior 
indusium.  The  species  bearing  such  indusium  were  classed  as 
the  Aspidiere  (do-Trt?,  a  shield),  while  those  lacking  such  indusium 
were  the  Polypodiect.  Under  this  classification,  the  genus 
Aspidium  covered  a  large  range  of  species  and  numerous  sub- 
genera. But  it  was  at  length  realised  that,  by  this  arrange- 
ment, ferns  that  had  many  natural  affinities,  especially  in  frond- 
formation  and  venation,  were  needlessly  and  unscientifically 
kept  apart.  Hence  the  conviction  that  the  older  classification 
attached  undue  importance  to  the  presence,  or  absence,  of  an 
indusium  -  a  conclusion  that  was  strengthened  by  the  discovery 
of  exindusiate  forms  of  indusiate  species,  and  by  the  fact  that, 
in  some  supposedly  exindusiate  species,  traces  had  been  found  of 
a  small  and  extremely  fugacious  indusium. 

In  these  circumstances,  an  old  genus  of  Adanson's,  dating 
back  to  1763,  was  revived  and  expanded,  viz.,  Dryopteris,  a 
genus,  as  the  name  implies,  consisting  of  ferns  whose  fronds 
showed   a  supposed   resemblance  to  the  oak-leaf.     I   have  not 


378  SOME    CRYPTOGAMIC    NOTES, 

access  to  Adanson's  original  description,  but,  judging  from  C 
Christensen's  "  Enumeratio,"*  his  Dryopteris  consisted  of 
aspidioid  ferns  with  free  veins  ;  i.e.,  it  was  the  equivalent  of 
Presl's  ^'■Lastrcea  "  (1836).  In  recent  times,  Dryopteris  has  been 
used  in  at  least  two,  different  senses.  On  the  one  hand,  it  has 
been  made  to  cover  all  the  oakleaf-like  ferns,  whether  indusiate 
or  exindusiate;  and,  on  the  other  hand,  it  has  been  limited  to 
the  indusiate  ferns  alone  of  this  class.  Tn  the  former  case, 
the  indusiate  species  have  received  the  subgeneric  name  Eudry- 
opteris,  while  the  exindusiate  species  have  constituted  the  sub- 
genus Phegopteris.  Where,  on  the  other  hand,  Dryoj^teris  has 
been  limited  to  the  indusiate  species,  Phegopteris  has  been  made 
a  separate  genus. 

The  wider  signification  of  Dryopteris  has  been  adopted  bj' 
Christensen  (ojo.  ci^.),  and  K.  Domin.f,  Capt.  van  Aldewerelt 
van  Rosenbergl  has  divided  all  the  Polypodiacece  into  the  "  In- 
dusiatse"  and  the  "  Exindusiatee"  ;  and  has,  therefore,  separated 
Phegopteris  from  Dryopteris,  placing  it  in  a  new  tribe,  Pheyo- 
pteridece.  Domin,  with  justice,  calls  Van  Rosenberg's  scheme  in 
question^;  but  in  following  Christensen  and  making  Phegopteris 
a  subgenus  of  Dryopteris,  Domin  is  in  danger  of  seeming  to 
support  a  classification  that  includes  exindusiate  ferns  under  the 
Aspidiece;  to  my  mind,  an  undesirable  arrangement,  and  indeed 
a  conti'adiction  in  terms. 

It  is  only  fair  to  Domin  to  state  that  he  avoids  this  situation 
by  carefully  refraining  from  any  use  of  tribal  divisions  under 
the  Polypodiacece,  a  procedure,  however,  that  is  scarcely  to  be 
followed  in  dealing  with  a  family  that  includes  the  great  bulk 
of  the  ferns  of  the  world. 

To  avoid,  (a),  the  unscientific  separation  of  Phegopteris  from 
the  vicinity  of  Dryopteris,  (b),  the  inclusion  of  exindusiate  ferns 

*  Index  Filieum,  1906,  p.  xxi. 

t  Pteridophyta. 
J  Malayan  Ferns,  1908. 
§  Van  Rosenberg  liiniself  (op.  cit.,  p. 486)  says,  in  a  note  on  Phegopteria, 
"  Its  proper  place  is  near  Dryojiteris,  from  which  it  differs  by  the  wanting 
indusiura  only."' 


BY    W.    WALTER    WATTS.  379 

among  the  Aspidiece,  and  (c),  the  growing  cumbrousness  of  the 
genus  Dryopteris,  as  defined  in  Christensen's  Index,  I  venture  to 
suggest  the  separation  of  the  supposedly  oak-leaf  ferns,  in  order 
to  make  them  a  new  tribe,  Dryopteridem. 

The  new  tribe  will  include  Dryopteris  in  what  appears  to  have 
been  Adanson's  original  sense  (  =  Lastrcea),  Nephrodium,  Phcgo- 
pteris,  Goniopteris,  andMeniscium,  all  considered  as  genera. 

I  put  forward  this  suggestion  after  much  hesitancy,  but  in 
the  belief  that  it  will  serve  the  double  purpose  of  bringing  within 
manageable  bounds  the,  at  present,  unwieldy  genus  Dryopteris, 
and  of  promoting  the  interests  of  a  more  natural  classification. 

In  accordance  with  the  requirements  of  the  Vienna  Rules,  I 
submit  a  Latin  description,  and  an  analysis,  as  follows  : — 

DRYOPTERiDEiE,  Trib.nov. 
Stipes  ad  rhizoma  non  articulatus;  frondes  foliorum  quercus 
memorantes,  venis  solutis  vel  plus  minusve  unitis;  sori  indusiati 
vel  exindusiati,  reniformes  vel  rotundati  vel  plus  minusve 
oblongi,  ad  venas  mediales  vel  terminales,  interdum  confluentes, 
indusiis,  si  exstantibus,  soris  sequiformantibus. 

1.  Dryopteris  Adans.,  1763;  Lastrcea  Presl;  Endryopteris  auctt. 
Soi'i,  for  the  most  part,  distinctly  indusiate;  veins  free. 

2.  Nephrodium  Schott,  1834;  Aspidium^  Christ;  Eunephrodium 

auctt. 
Veins  more  or  less  united,  especially  alongside  the  costa;  sori 
indusiate. 

3.  Phegopteris  (Presl)  Fee;  Euphegopteris  auctt. 
Exindusiate,  or  indusium  early  shrivelling  and  disappearing; 

veins  free.     This  includes  Leptogramma  (sori  oblong  or  linear). 

4.  Goniopteris  Presl,  1836;  Phegopteris^  auctt. 
Exindusiate,  or  indusium  early  shrivelling  or  disappearing; 

sori  never  confluent;  veins  more  or  less  as  in  Nephrodium.  This 
includes  Stegnogramma  (sori  oblong  or  linear). 

5.  Meniscium  Schreb.;  Phegopteris%  auctt.;  Dryopteris^  auctt. 
Veins  uniting  as  in  Goniopteris;  exindusiate;  soi'i  often  con- 
fluent at  the  junction  of  the  transverse  veinlets  and  "not  rarely 
running  along  the  excurrent  veinlets." 


3S0  SOME    CRA'PTOGAMIC    NOTES, 

Adopting  the  above  arrangement,  our  Australian  species  will 
stand  as  follows  :    - 

Dryopleris  decomposita  (R.Br.j  O.  Ktze. 

D.  glabella  (A.  Cunn.)  C.  Chr. 

D.  acuminata  (Lowe)  \\'atts. 

D.  tenera  (R.Br.)  0.  Chr. 

D.  velutina  (liich.)  O.  Ktze. 

D.  (ilbovillosa  Watts. 

D.  Baileyana  Domin. 

D.  lanciloba  (Bak.)  O.  Ktze. 

£).  dissecta  (Forst  )  O.  Ktze. 

Nephrodmm  yonyylodes  (Schkr.)  Suhott;  K.  unitnm  R.Br. 

iV.  pteroides  (Retz. )  Desv. 

iV^.  parasiticnm  (L. )  Desv. 

iV.  truncatum  (Poir.)  Presl. 

N.  decorum  (Dura.)  Watts. 

Fhegopter is  punctata  (Thunb.)  Mett. 

P.  setiyera  (Bl.)  Bak. 

/'.  ornata{yJ&\\.)  Fee. 

P.  queenslandica  (Dora.)  Watts;  Polt/podium  asjndioides  Bail. 

P.  tropica  (Dora.)  Watts;  P.  aspidiuides  var.  tropica  ~B-di\. 

P.  rufescens  (BL;  Mett. 

P.  wurunuran  (Dom.)  Watts. 

Goniopteris  urophylla  (Wall.)  Presl. 

G.  Danesiana  (Dom.)  VN'atts. 

G.  Hillii  (Bak.)  Watts. 

G.  pmcilopJdebia  (Hook.)  Bail. 

G.  prulifera  (Retz.)  Pr. 

Meniscium  tr'tphyU am  Sw. 

ii. 

Athyrium  humile  Watts,  sp.nov. 

(Plate  XX.,  fig^l.) 

Rhizoma  repens,    subtenue,   dense   paleaoeum,   paleis   pallide 

brunneis,   basi  lati-ovatis,  apice  breviter  vel    longe  acuminatis, 

cellulis  diplazioideis,   rhizomatulis  numerosis,  longis,   ramosissi- 

inis,  fuscis  ad  subatris,   madore  carnosis.      Stipites  approximati, 

subtlexuosi,  ad  1  dm.  longi,   basi  fusci,  incrassati  dense  paleacei, 


BY    W.    WALTER    WATTS.  381 

paleis  rhizoraaticis  conformibus,  deinde  tenues,  pallescentes,  plus 
minusve  paleacei,  paleis  tenuibus,  longe  et  flexuose  acuniinatis, 
cum  glandibus  articulatis  pallidis  intermixtis.  Frons  anguste 
ovato-lanceolata,  longe  acuminata,  falcatula,  ad  1-5  dm.  longa  et 
5  cm.  lata,  facie  antica  fusco-viridi,  postica  pallido-viridi,  baud 
nitenti,  infra  pinnata,  delude  pinnatifida,  gradatim  breviter 
lobata,  apice  subintegra;  pititiis  injimis  subsessilibus,  plus 
minusve  distantibus,  oppositis  vel  suboppositis,  obovatis,  squar- 
rosis  vel  deflexulis,  ad  2  cm.  longis  et  1  cm.  latis;  pinnis  mediis 
approximatis,  sessilibus  ad  decurrentibus,  alternantibus,  longi- 
oribus  (ad  3  cm.  longis  et  0-75  cm.  latis),  oblongo-lanceolatis, 
supra  gradatim  suberecto-patentibus,  paullulum  sursum  curva- 
tis,  lobis  apicem  versus  gradatim  abbreviatis,  in  summo  apice 
evanidis;  pinnis  et  lobis  omnibus  (superioribus  exceptis)  plus 
minusve  crenato-lobatis,  segmentis  oblongo-rotundatis,  apice 
interdum  crenulatis,  segmento  primo  acroscopico  evolutiori; 
lobis  frondis  apicem  versus  subcrenulatis  ad  integris;  rhachi 
parce  hirsuta,  in  superior!  dimidio  alata;  pinnis  et  lobis  penni- 
nervatis,  nervis  ssepe  indistinctis;  faciebus  et  rhachi  et  costis 
cum  glandibus  articulatis  pra?ditis.  Sori  breves,  in  pinnarum  et 
loborum  nervis,  juxtacostales,  stricti  vel  subarcuati;  indiisio 
membranaceo,  pallido,  margine  crenulato  vel  subcristato,  in- 
trorsum  aperienti.      Texhira  subcoriacea. 

Damp  base  of  rock  in  The  Rapids,  Ellenborough  River,  the 
Bulga,  via  Wingham:  leg.  W.  W.  Watts,  April,  1915. 

iii. 

Notes  and  Records. 

1.  Hymenophyllum   peltatum  (Poir.)  Desv.;  H.  Wilsoni  Hook.; 

JI.  unilaterale  Willd. 

This  interesting  fern  was  collected  by  Mr.  J.  L.  Boorman,  on 
Barrington  Tops,  in  January,  1916.  Mr.  Wilson  published  a 
description,  with  an  admirable  figure,  of  the  species  in  "English 
Botany,  Suppl.,t.2686"(1831 ),  as  Hymenophyllum  Wilsoni  Hook., 
(Brit.  Fl.,  i.,  446,  1830).  In  Hooker  and  Baker's  "Synopsis," 
p. 67,  it  is  made  a  variety,  "/?,  "  of  //.  tunbridgense  Sm.,  but  a 
note  is  added,  '■'H.  peltatzirn  (Poir.)  oldest  name."  Christenseni 
also  (Index)  identifies  H.  Wilsoiii  with  II.  peltatum  (Foir.)  Desv.^ 

82 


382  SOME    ORYPTOGAMIC    NOTES, 

Prod.,  333,  1827.  Assuming  this  identity,  the  name  H.  peltahhm 
must  stand.  Poiret  published  his  species,  in  1808,  as  Tricho- 
manes  peltatum.  In  1810,  Willdenow  published  it  as  Hymeno 
phyllum  unilaterale  (certainly  the  most  appropriate  name):  and 
in  1830-31,  it  was,  as  already  stated,  described  and  figured  as 
H.  Wilsoni  Hook., (specimens  collected  in  Ireland  by  Mr.  Wilson). 
It  is  interesting  to  know  that  we  have  this  fern,  as  well  as  H. 
tnnbridyense,  in  Australia.  I  have  no  hesitancy  in  separating 
the  two  species,  even  on  the  ground  of  the  unilateral  pinna?  of 
H.  peltatum,  to  say  nothing  of  its  differently-shaped  and  entire 
indusium. 

There  are  specimens  in  the  Herbarium  (Sydney)  collected  on  the 
Snowy  River  by  Mr.  W.  Bauerlen,  as  also  specimens  from  Tas- 
mania (Archer  &,  Gunn),  but  these  have,  until  now,  been  placed 
in  the  H.  tunbridgense  box.  Mr.  Boorman's  specimens  are 
ample,  quite  characteristic,  and  in  good  condition. 

2.  Hymenophyllum  rarum  R.Br. 
This   southern   species   was  collected  on   Mt.  Wilson  by  Mr. 
Boorman  and  myself,  in  May,  1915.     Not  previously  recorded 
north  of  Illawarra,  though  Mr.  Whitelegge  reports  having  found 
it  in  Blackheath  Glen. 

3.  Dryopteris  acuminata  (Lowe)  Watts;  Lastrcea  Moore. 

A  small,  dark  green,  shiny  Dryopteris,  found  here  and  there 
in  New  South  Wales,  has  hitherto  been  identified,  for  the  most 
part,  with  D.  decomposifa  (R.Br.),  from  all  forms  of  wiiich  it 
certainly  differs.  Mr.  Thos.  Whitelegge,  for  many  years,  has 
regarded  it  as  luovfe^a  Aspidium  acuminatum (¥'\\.,  vi.,  t.ll,  1857). 
Lowe's  description  is  scarcely  adequate,  but  his  accompanying 
figure  leaves  little  or  no  doubt  in  my  mind  that  Mr.  Whitelegge's 
view  is  correct.  Lowe's  species  (supposed  by  him,  apparently, 
to  have  been  Willdenow's  A.  acum.inatum,  which  is,  according  to 
Christensen,  a  syn.  of  Nephrolepis  biserrata)  was  based  on  speci- 
mens grown  at  Kew,  but  he  did  not  know  to  what  country  it 
belonged.  Many  years  ago,  Mr.  Whitelegge  sent  specimens  of 
our  Australian  fern  to  Mr.  T.  Rogers,  of  Manchester,  who  con- 
firmed its  identification  with  Lowe's  species.     Hooker  and  Baker 


BY    W.    WALTER    WATTS.  383 

(Syn.,  p. 281)  make  Lastra'a  acumhiata  Moore,  (1858)  a  syn.  of 
Aspidium  Shepherdi  Ktze.,  (Linn.,  23,  230,  1850),  which  Chris- 
tensen  (Index  FiL)  identifies  with  D.  decomposita.  Not  having 
access  to  Linniiea,  I  can  oidy  keep  Lowe's  nonienclatuie:  but  if 
A.  Sliepherdi  and  A.  acuminatum  are  identical,  then  Kuntze's 
•name  must  have  the  precedence.  Dryopteris  (jlabella  (Cunn.), 
is  an  entirely  different  plant. 

I   collected    this  fern  (Z).  acM?/ima<a)  plentifully,  in    1915,  on 
the  Bulga  Heights,  via  Wingham;  and  Mr.  Boorman  and  I  found 
ample  specimens  on  Mt.  Wilson,  in  the  same  year. 
Var.  CRISTATA,  var.nov. 

Among  the  specimens  of  Dryopteris  acuminata  found  on  Mt. 
Wilson  by  Mr.  Boorman  and  myself,  in  1915,  was  one  large 
plant  which  exhibited  a  distinctly  cristate  habit,  and  I  submit 
it  as  a  well-marked  variety,  as  follows  :■ — 

Frondis  et  pinnarum  apicibus  elongatis,  sjepe  dichotome 
ramosis,  cristatis,  ramis  erectis  vel  suberectis,  linearibus,  mar- 
ginibus  lobatis,  lobis  acute  senatis. 

4.  Platyzoma  microphyllum  R.Br. 
This  most  interesting  fern  was  descriVjed  by  Robert  Brown  in 
his  "  Prodromus  "  (1810)  under  the  generic  name  Platyzoma. 
Baron  von  Mueller,  in  1864,*  regarded  it  as  a  Gleichenia,  and 
published  it  as  G.  platyzoma.  Dr.  Christ,  in  1897,t  described 
this  fern  under  the  name  Gleichenia  microphylla  (R.Br.).  Domin 
makes  it  Gleichenia  microphylla  Christ.  The  fact  that  Brown 
published  a  Gleichenia  microphylla  in  close  proximitj'  to  his 
Platyzoma  microphyllum  makes  this  an  inconvenient  nomencla- 
ture; and  if  his  Platyzoma  is  to  be  included  in  Gleichenia,  we 
must  follow  Christensen,  who  adopts  F.  von  Mueller's  name,  G. 
platyzoma.  But  Platyzom.a  exhibits  such  unique  cliaracters, 
especially  in  the  presence  of  the  subordinate  filiform  leaves, 
which,  though  described  by  Brown  (loc.  cit.),  and  figured  by 
Guillemin,;  have  been  so  much  overlooked,  that  it  seems  to  me 
the  genus  Platyzom^a  must  stand. 

"■■  Veget.  Chat.  Isl.,  H3. 

I^Fainkr.,  p.:«<>. 

+  Icone.s  Lithoi^raphica;  (1827),  t.!8. 


384  some  cryptogamic  notes, 

Mosses. 
i. 

FissiDENS  ( AmblyolhaUla)  humilis  Dixon  et  Watts,  sp.nov. 
(Plate  XX.,  figs.2a-c?.) 

AtUoic^is,  riore  inasculo  ad  surculum  brevem  terminali;  humilis^ 
dense  caespitosus,  pallide  virens,  baud  nitidus;  caulis  3  mm.  a.d 
5nim.  usque  altus,  simplex  vel  subsimplex,  basi  radiculosus,  infra 
laxe  supra  dense  ioMosus;  folia  usque  ad  18-juga,  infima  parva, 
supra  sensiui  majora,  ligulato-lanceolata,  breviter  acuminata, 
superiora  usque  ad  1"0  mm.  longa  et  0*25  mm.  lata,  omnia  immar- 
ginata,  integra  vel  prope  apicem  indistincte  subcrenulata,  s;epe 
in  unica  triangulari  hyalina  cellula  terminata,  humida  erecto- 
patentia,  subfalcata,  sicca  appressa,  rigida,  falcatula,  superiora 
incurva,  nervo  infra  summum  apicem  evanido,  in  foliis  inferiori- 
bus  amoene  rufo,  in  superioribus  flavo,  pellucido,  subflexuoso, 
falcato;  lamina  vaginalis  lamina  apicali  longior,  in  foliis  infimis^ 
omne  fere  folium  occupans,  lamiiia  dorsalis  inferne  angustata, 
ad  basin  nervienata;  cellulis  in  lam.  vaginanti  rotundato-quadra- 
tis,  subpellucidis,  0'005-0'007  mm.  in  diam.,  in  lam.  apicali  et 
dorsali  densioribus,  minutioribus;  perichfetium  terminate;  vagi- 
nula  cylindrica,  fusca,  circa  0*26  mm.  alta:  seta  ad  3-4  mm.  usque 
alta,  basi  subito  curvata,  flavo-brunnea,  deinde  suhstricta, 
davescens;  theca  suberecta,  symmetrica,  humida  ovato-oblonga, 
sicca  ovata,  sub  ore  constricta,  fusco-viridis,  e  cellulis  exothecii 
turgidis,  laxe  hexagonis,  subrugulosa  :  operculum  §  vel  ultra 
longitudinis  thecje,  rostratum,  leniter  curvatum,  acutum  basi 
brunneum,  supra  pallidum;  peristomium  simplex,  dentes  16,  basi 
connati,  erecti  (sicca  valde  incurvi),  purpurei,  dense  papillosi, 
indistincte  trabeculati,  inlus  appendiculati,  deinde  in  cruribus 
longis  duobus,  filiformibus,  dense  papillosis  dividi;  spori  flavo- 
virides,  levissimi,  circa  0015mm.;  calyf,tra  pallida,  longa,  mitri- 
formis. 

Surculus  masculus  brevis,  3-4-juga,  foliis  latioribus,  breviori- 
bus,  lamina  vera  omne  fere  folium  occupante,  cellulis  laminafr 
apicalis  et  dorsalis  majoribus. 

On  silt,  near  the  Harbour,  Newcastle,  N.S.  W.,  leg.  Chas.  L. 
Burgess  (ex  herb.  W.  H.  Burrell). 


BY    W.    WALTER    WATTS.  385 

Comparable  with  F.  intcuerrivins  Mitt.,  but  readily  distin. 
guislied  bv  its  smaller  size,  tlie  form  of  its  leaves,  and  their 
acuter  apex,  the  smaller  and  denser  cells  of  the  lamina  apicalis, 
and  other  characters. 

ii. 
Notes  and  records. 
1 .  Lrptostomum  inclinans  R.Bi\;  L.  ^/lexipile  CM.. 

This  fine  moss,  not  hitherto  recorded  from  New  South  Wales, 
though  often  found  in  Tasmania  and  Victoria,  was  collected  by 
Mr.  Boorman  on  Harrington  Tops  in  Januar}',  1916,  in  ample 
material  in  good  condition.  Our  only  Leptostomum,  up  to  now, 
has  been  L.  erectma  li.Br.  New  South  Wales  records  of  L. 
macrocarpiim  Hedw  ,  existed  formerly  in  the  Melbourne  Herba- 
rium, but  the  specimens  proved,  upon  examination,  to  be  L. 
erecHim. 

2.  Hampeella  fallens  (Lacoste)  Fleischer. 

This  unique  little  moss  is  a  tropical  and  subti'opical  species. 
In  Australia,  it  was  first  found  by  Mr  Thomas  Wliitelegge  on 
Cambewarra  Mountain  in  1885,  and  was  regarded  bj'  Dr.  V.  F. 
Brotherus  as  a  new  genus,  Whiteleggea  (australis).  It  was  pub- 
lished, however,  in  the  first  Part  of  Brotherus'  "Some  new 
Species  of  Australian  Mo.sses,"  as  Lcpidopilnm  ansfrale,  the  de- 
scription being  based  on  specimens  collected  at  Harvey's  Creek, 
North  Queensland,  by  the  late  F.  M.  Baile3^  Mr.  Whitelegge 
found  it  again,  in  1891,  at  Lilyvale;  and  I  was  fortunate  enough 
to  find  it  at  several  places  on  the  Richmond  and  Brunswick 
Rivers,  N.S.W.,  between  1895  and  1901.  When  my  specimens 
were  sent  to  Dr.  lU-otherus,  he  remarked  on  "this  interesting 
rediscovery  of  Whiteleggea  australis,"  having  apparently,  up  to 
this  point,  ovei'looked  its  identity  with  his  Lepidopilum  australe. 
liut  in  his  "  Bryales"  (Engler's  Pflanzenfamilien),  we  have  the 
remark  (p. 963)  that  Lepidopilnm  australe  belonged  to  the  new 
genus,  Whiteleggea.  IJefore,  however,  this  great  work  was  com- 
pleted, the  distinguished  author  had  discovered  that  he  had  been 
anticipated,  and  he  desci'ibed  and  figured  this  curious  moss 
under  the    name   Hampeella  pallens  (Lac.)  Fleisch.       It   turned 

33 


386  SOME    CPYPTOGAMIC    NOTES. 

out  that  it  had  been  first  found  in  Java,  and  published,  by 
Lacoste,  in  1872,  as  Cladonmioii.  pallefis.  In  1881,  what  proved 
later  to  be  the  same  plant  was  published,  by  Dr.  Carl  Mueller, 
as  a  new  genus,  HampeeUa  {II.  Kurzii).  The  species,  therefore, 
after  a  chequered  career,  has  settled  down  under  the  name 
HampeeUa  pallens  (Lac.)  Fleisch. 

Three  years  ago,  I  collected  it  at  TuUy  Falls,  N.  Queensland, 
and  at  different  times  I  have  come  across  it  at  Wyong,  and  even 
at  Mt.  Wilson,  in  New  South  Wales.  Mr.  Boorman  has 
recently  brought  it  from  the  Dorrigo,  and  records  having  seen 
it  on  Mt.  Lindsay. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  XX. 
Fig. L — Athyrinm  hmnile  Watts,  sp.n. 
rii^.'2. — Fi^><l(hnii  Immilis  Dixon  et  Watts,  sp.n. 

o..  Plant  (nat.  size). 

Ji.,  Plant  (enlarged). 

c,  Male  sureulus. 

(/. ,  Leaves  (enlarged). 


387 


ORDINARY   MONTHLY  MEETING. 

August  30th,   1916. 

Mr.  A.  G.  Hamilton,  President,  in  the  Chair. 

Miss  M.  J.  Collins,  B.Sc,  Wahroonga,  was  elected  a  Member 
of  the  Society. 

The  Donations  and  Exchanges  received  since  the  previous 
Monthly  Meeting  (26th  July,  1916),  amounting  to  11  Vols.,  S4 
Parts  or  Nos.,  13  Bulletins,  3  Reports,  and  2  Pamphlets,  re- 
ceived from  46  Societies,  etc.,  were  laid  upon  the  table. 


388 


FURTHER    OBSERVATIONS    ON    THE    EMERGENCE 

OF  DRAGONFLY-LARY^  FROM  THE  EGG, 
With  Special   Reference  to  the   Problem    of   Respiration. 

By  R.  J.  TiLLYARD,  M.A.,  B.Sc,  F.L.S.,  F.E.S.,  Linnean 
Macleay  Felloav  op  the  Society  in  Zoology. 

(Five  Text-figs.) 

Tn  March,  1014,  I  was  fortunate  eriougli  to  observe  the  process 
of  hatching-  of  some  larv?e  of  Annx  papiiensis  Burm.,  and  was 
able  to  discover  soni(^  intei^esting  facts  with  regard  to  the  pro- 
nymphal  stage,  the  nature  of  the  pronymphal  sheath,  the  action 
of  the  peculiar  organ  which  I  have  termed  the  cephalic  heart, 
and  the  nietliod  by  which  gas  first  appears  in  the  tracheal  system 
of  the  emerging  larva.  These  observations  were  published  in  a 
condensed  form  in  a  short  papei^,*read  at  the  British  Association 
Meeting  in  Sydney,  on  August  25th,  1914.  Last  year,  when 
studying  the  problem  uf  the  physiology  of  respiration  in  these 
aquatic  larvse,  I  was  struck  with  the  importance  of  the  question 
as  to  how  the  tracheal  sy.stem  first  becomes  filled  with  gas,  and 
the  possibility  of  a  causal  connection  between  the  action  of  the 
cephalic  heart  and  the  expulsion  of  the  blood  from  the  tracheal 
tubes  of  the  emerging  larva.  In  a  recent  paper,!  I  have  shown 
the  importance  of  these  questions  as  part  of  the  larger  question 
of  the  phj^siology  of  respiration  in  aquatic  larvae,  and,  in  par- 
ticular, their  bearing  on  what  I  have  termed  the  "  Difivision 
Theory"  of  Aquatic  Respiration. 

The  opportunity  of  some  further  research  on  these  difiicult 
problems  occurred  on  March  18th  of  this  year,  when  I  obtained, 
from  the  river  at  National  Park,  a  piece  of  a  large  stem  of  the 

*  Report  of  the  British  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science.  Aus- 
tralian Meeting,  Sydney,  August,  1914,  pp. 424-425  (191o). 

These  Proceedings,  11)15,  xl..  Part  3.  pp.422-437,  Plate  xlvii. 


BY    R.    J.    TILLYARD.  389 

common  Water-lVEilfoil  {Myriopkijlhivi  sp.)  containing  more  than 
sixty  eggs  of  Anax  papuensis.  These  eggs  were  laid  in  a  regular 
spiral,  down  the  stem,  throughout  a  distance  of  about  five  inclies 
in  length,  viz.,  that  part  of  the  stem  from  about  an  inch  l)e]o\v 
water-level  downwards.  In  the  present  paper,  I  propose  to  give 
an  acc(junt  of  the  important  results  obtained  from  some  experi- 
ments carried  on  \\  ith  these  eggs,  together  with  some  further 
observations  made  upon  the  eggs  of  a  Zygopterid  dragonfly,  ob- 
tained from  the  same  locality  in  November,  1915.  These  latter 
were  not  determined  with  certainty,  but  there  is  little  doubt 
that  they  belonged  to  Austrolesf.es  leda  Selys,  a  very  common 
species  around  Sydney. 

1  desire  to  thank  Dr.  H.  G.  Chapman,  Lecturer  in  Physiology 
in  the  University  of  Sydney,  for  some  valuable  suggestions  and 
advice  in  connection  with  the  experiments  carried  out  on  the 
eggs  of  Anax. 

I  propose  to  divide  this  paper  into  five  sections,  dealing  with 
the  several  problems  which  present  tliemselves  for  solution. 
These  are  : — 

1.  The  exact  origin  of  the  first  gas  in  the  tracheic  of  the 
emerging  larva. 

2.  The  composition  of  the  gas  in  the  tracheal  system. 

3.  The  nature  and  action  of  the  cephalic  heart. 

4.  The  eliect  of  abnormal  conditions  upon  embryonic  dexelop- 
ment. 

5.  Kectal  respiration  in  newly-hatched  Zygopterid  larviv. 
Sections   1-1  represent  the  studies  carried  out  on  Anax  papu- 

i^»cS'i*'(Anisoptera);  Section  5  those  on  An ><f rol cstes  I rd(i{'/Ay^ffo\)ievA) . 

Section  1. — Tlv  Exm-t  Orujln  of  ilw  Jirsf  (riix   in   fh<-    TrarJiar  of 

the  BmeryiiKj  Larrn. 

hi  my  former  account  of  the  emergence  of  the  lar\a  of  Anax. 
jiapiiensis  from  tlie  egg,  I  pointed  out  how  difficult  it  was  to 
make  accurate  observations,  owing  to  the  rapidity  with  wliich 
the  hatching  takes  place.  The  pronymphal  stage  lasts  only  a  few 
seconds,  and  the  whole  period  of  emergence  occupies  only  half-a- 


390  EMERGEXCE  OF  DRAGONFLY-LAEV.E, 

minute  or  a  little  longer.  During  most  of  this  time,  convulsive 
struggles  on  the  part  of  the  emerging  larva  make  direct  observa- 
tions very  ditiicult.  I  was  unable  to  see  the  actual  beginning  of 
the  entry  of  the  gas  into  the  tracheal  system  of  the  larva.  In 
the  pronymph,  the  whole  tracheal  system  is  filled  with  a  pale 
yellowish  liquid,  indistinguishable  from  the  blood  in  the  general 
body-cavity  or  ha^mocnele,  except  that  it  contains  no  corpuscles. 
When,  after  a  short  but  active  struggle,  the  young  larva  is  free 
from  the  prouymphal  sheath,  gas  can  be  seen  travelling  down  the 
main  tracheal  trunks  from  the  anterior  mid-gut  region  backwards. 
I  was  able  to  watch  this  gas  gradually  occupy  the  rectal  i-egion, 
where  every  tiny  capillary  in  the  gill-basket  can  be  seen  becoming 
filled  with  gas,  in  a  very  regular  and  beautiful  manner. 

Now  we  cannot  be  content  with  the  imperfect  observation 
that  the  gas  comes  into,  the  tracheip  at  some  level  anterior  to  the 
rectum.  That  is,  indeed,  an  important  point,  since  it  removes 
the  initial  difficulty  of  understanding  how  rectal  respiration  could 
be  carried  on  by  diffusion  of  oxygen  into  the  rectal  capillaries, 
from  the  circum-ambient  water.  But  it  is  not  enough.  What 
we  need  to  find  out,  and  what  is  precisely  the  most  difficult  fact 
to  discover,  owing  to  the  rapid  nature  of  the  emei'gence,  is 
exactly  where,  when,  and  how  the  first  gas  enters  the  tracheal 
system.  The  following  method  of  solving  the  problem  suggested 
itself  to  me,  and  proved  more  successful  than  I  had  dared  to  hope. 

It  is  a  well-known  fact  that  dragontly-eggs  are  always  laid  so 
as  to  avoid  direct  contact  with  the  aii',  even  for  a  few  seconds. 
Such  contact  seems  to  be  fatal,  probably  owing  to  the  dessicating 
influence  of  air  upon  eggs  constructed  especially  for  submergence 
under  water,  or  for  existence  in  other  moist  conditions.  In  the 
case  of  pxcrphytic  eggs,  i.e.,  those  laid  outside  the  tissues  of  plants, 
a  gelatinous  envelope  protects  them  from  the  air  during  the  short 
time  that  elapses  between  their  passage  from  the  body  of  the 
female  and  their  being  dropped  into  water.  In  the  case  of 
endophytic  eggs,  i.p.,  those  laid  Inside  the  tissues  of  plants,  the 
female  bores  with  her  ovipositor  well  into  the  cambium  of  the 
plant,  and  deposits  her  eggs  in  the  moist  tissues. 


BY    R.    J.    TILLYARD.  391 

Thus  it  appears  that  considerable  moisture  is  essential  to  the 
survival  and  development  of  the  embryo.  Consecjuently,  the 
oxygen  necessary  for  the  metabolism  of  the  growing  embryo 
cannot  be  obtained  directly  from  the  air,  but  nuist  be  alisorbed 
from  the  moist  medium  surrounding  the  i^i^g.  Tt  appeared  to 
me,  therefore,  that  if  I  could  lessen  the  necessary  oxygen-supply 
in  some  manner,  I  might  succeed  in  so  weakening  the  embryo, 
that  its  emergence  from  the  egg  \vould  take  a  long  time  to 
accomplish,  instead  of  being  completed  vigorously  in  about  half- 
a-minute.  By  this  means,  it  would  be  possible  to  observe  at 
leisure  those  processes  which  could  only  be  imperfectly  noted 
under  normally  active  conditions. 

Having  brought  the  eggs  of  Anax  pnpuensis  safely  home  in 
their  piece  of  stem  of  Water-Milfoil,  I  placed  them  in  a  fairly 
large  Petri  dish,  with  plenty  of  water.  The  stem  was  then 
broken  up  inttt  small  pieces,  from  which  a  number  were  selected 
for  examination.  From  these  pieces,  Ucenty-eight  eggs  were 
extracted  without  any  damage,  and  were  cleai'ed  as  far  as  pos- 
sible from  vegetable  tissues  clinging  around  them.  Several  eggs 
were  inadvertently  damaged,  and  were  thrown  away.  Eight  eggs 
were  cut  out  from  a  hard  part  of  the  stem,  and  were  left  sur- 
rounded by  small  blocks  of  vegetable  tissue.  All  the  pieces  of 
tissue  not  containing  eggs  were  returned  to  the  Petri  dish,  which 
also  contained  twenty  eggs  in  situ  in  the  remainder  of  the 
Milfoil  stem. 

The  twenty-eight  eggs  free  of  vegetable  tissues  were  then 
placed  all  together  in  a  small  crystal  dish,  two-thirds  filled  with 
tap-watei',  and  covered  with  a  glass  slide.  The  eight  eggs 
enclosed  in  small  blocks  of  vegetable  tissue  were  similarly  placed 
in  a  second  crystal  dish.  The  Petri  dish  was  also  kept  covered. 
The  three  dishes  were  only  occasionally  uncovered  for  purposes  of 
examination.  Fresh  tap-water  was  only  added  sutiiciently  to 
make  up  for  slight  losses  by  evaporation. 

If  wi'  now  denote  the  twenty-eight  eggs  as  Series  A,  the  eight 
eggs  as  Series  B,  and  the  twenty  normall}'  placed  eggs  as  Series 
C,   we  can   easily  state  the  object  of  the  experiment.      Firstly, 


o92  EMERGENCE    OP    DRAfJONPLY-LAnViE, 

Series  A  has  nut  only  l)een  subjected  to  a  serious  limitation  of 
possible  oxygen-supply  to  be  derived  from  the  water,  but  it  has 
been  entirely  deprived  of  any  aid  in  this  direction  which  the 
plant-tissues  might  offer.  Secondly,  Series  B,  though  presumably 
partially  restricted  in  its  possible  oxygen-supply  from  the  watei-, 
has  the  advantage  of  still  being  able  to  obtain  some  gas  from  the 
surrounding  plant  tissues,  assuming  that  such  tissues  play  a  part 
in  the  oxygenation  of  the  egg.  Thus,  Series  B  becomes  a  cwiUnd 
upon  Series  A.  Thirdly,  Series  C,  placed  under  normal  con- 
ditions, plays  the  part  of  a  control  upon  both  Series  A  and  B. 

At  the  start,  I  examined  the  eggs  to  determine  to  what  stage 
of  embryonic  development  they  had  attained.  T  found  that  all, 
except  one,  had  just  completed  the  revolution  of  the  embryo. 
This  particular  one  was  in  Series  A,  and  was  kept  under  careful 
observation.  It  finally  yielded  very  remarkable  results.  As  the 
eggs  of  Ana.c  papuensis  normally  take  about  three  weeks  to 
hatch,  I  concluded  that  my  eggs  had  been  laid  on  or  about  March 
7th,  and  had  still  ten  or  more  days  to  go  before  hatching.  At^ 
first,  I  feared  that  development  had  proceeded  too  fai'  already  for 
my  experiments  to  yield  successful  results.  Fortunately,  how- 
ever, this  was  not  the  case. 

On  Man-h  'iTth,  i.e.,  nine  days  after  the  experiments  liegan, 
I  examined  a  large  number  of  the  eggs  with  special  reference  to 
pidse.  Those  in  Series  C  could  not  be  well  examined:  but,  as 
one  or  two  eggs  in  the  less  opaque  tissues  showed  embryos  with 
the  dorsal  vessel  pulsating  fairly  regularly,  I  concluded  that  all 
was  well  in  this  series,  and  turned  my  attention  to  Series  B. 
Here,  again,  most  of  the  eggs  were  not  favourably  placed  for 
observation,  and  I  was  compelled  to  reduce  the  amount  of 
vegetable  tissue  around  several  of  the  eggs  to  very  small  dimen- 
sions. I  then  found  that  the  emljryos  appeared  to  l)e  perfectly 
healthy,  with  a  pulse  of  about  70  per  minute.  Turning  next  to 
Series  A,  I  found  that,  in  many  of  the  embryos,  I  could  not 
detect  any  visible  signs  of  heart-beat.  In  a  few,  the  heart  was 
beating  very  slowly  and  intermittently — on  an  average,  not  more 
than  four  or   five  times  per    minute.       It    was  thus  clear   that 


BY    R.    .T.    TILLYARD.  393 

removal  froin  the  vegetable  tissues  had  seiiously  attectetl  llie 
emhiyonic  development  of  .Series  A.  T  at  once  introduced  a 
considerable  amount  of  fresh  tap-water  into  the  dish,  fearing 
that  otherwise  I  might  not  succeed  in  obtaining  any  larva?  at  all 
from  this  Series. 

On  March  28th,  two  lai'v;e  had  hatched  out  in  Sei'ies  C,  and 
were  normal  and  healthy.  On  March  29th,  three  more  hatched 
out  in  Series  C,  and  one  in  Series  B.  This  last  was  transferred 
to  the  Petri  dish,  where  it  lived  for  three  days.  On  March 
oOth,  two  more  larvse  hatched  from  Series  C,  two  from  Series  B, 
and  two  also  from  Series  A.  But  these  latter  were  both  dead 
when  I  found  them,  though  they  could  not  have  been  hatched 
more  than  three  hours  before  (i.«.,  the  time  of  my  previous 
examination  of  the  dish). 

It  was  now  necessaiy  to  spend  every  available  moment  watch- 
ing Series  A.  For  the  four  days,  March  31st  to  April  3r(l,  T 
spent  the  whole  of  daylight  ami  portion  also  of  the  nights  in 
watching  these  eggs,  only  desisting  for  the  shortest  possible 
intervals  for  meals  and  rest.  On  March  31st,  I  selected  in 
particular  one  embryo  with  a  very  slow  but  fairly  regular  })ulse 
of  about  20  to  the  minute,  and  watched  it  for  four  hours.  I 
then  desisted  for  half  an  hour's  rest,  and,  on  returning,  found  that 
this  egg  had  hatched,  and  the  larva  was  pi-actically  moribiuid. 
The  next  day,  I  watched  tlie  eggs  for  fourteen  hours,  selecting 
four  especially  that  showed  a  fairly  regular  pulse.  But  I  met 
with  no  luck,  as  not  a  single  egg  hatched  on  that  day. 

On  April  2nd,  I  got  up  very  early,  and  was  rewarded  by  find- 
ing one  of  the  four  eggs  above  mentioned  _/?t6'^  in  pr-ocess  of  hatch- 
in</.  I  was  just  in  time  to  see  the  pronymph  pass  out  from  the 
egg-shell.  The  cephalic  heart  was  acting  very  sluggislily;  in 
fact,  I  had  barely  time  to  locate  it  before  it  subsided.  The  pro- 
nymph failed  to  pass  completely  out  of  the  egg-shell,  and  re- 
mained with  the  last  three  oi'  four  abdominal  segments  inside  it. 
The  pulse  of  the  dorsal  vessel  was  52  pei'  minute.  The  larva 
made  repeated  attempts  to  remove  the  pronymphal  sheath,  by 
moving  its  head  up  and    down,  and   also   by  forcing  its   midgut 


394  EMERGENCE  OP  DRAGONFLY-LARV^, 

forwards.  The  (esophageal  valve  became  deeply  sunk  into  the 
midgut,  where  it  was  worked  strongly  up  and  down.  The  mid- 
gut was  gradually  forced  further  and  further  forward,  until  it 
came  to  occupy  a  considerable  part  of  the  thorax,  as  well  as  the 
first  three  or  four  abdominal  segments.  At  the  end  of  an  hour, 
the  pulse  had  dropped  to  4<S;  after  three  hours,  it  had  fallen  to 
44.  Half-an-hour  later,  it  was  down  to  40.  It  then  appeared 
that  the  pronymph  was  completely  exhausted.  I  therefore  re- 
moved it  to  a  watch-glass,  and  fixed  it  immediately  in  hot  Avater 
at  95^C. 

It  will  be  seen  that  this  pronymph  existed  for  about  three  and 
a  half  hours,  and  never  succeeded  in  bursting  open  its  sheath. 
During  all  this  time,  my  attention  was  principally  concentrated 
upon  the  tracheal  system.  As  both  egg-shell  and  pronymph 
lay  upon  their  sides,  and  as  the  struggles  of  the  latter  to  free 
itself  were  not  sutiiciently  violent  to  displace  it  from  this  favour- 
able position,  I  had  a  unique  opportunity  of  watching  for  the 
appearance  of  gas.  When  the  pronymph  first  emerged  from  the 
egg-shell,  the  whole  tracheal  system  was  clearly  filled  with  a  pale 
yellowish  Huid  (which  could  scarcely  be  anything  else  than  the 
clear  litjuid  part  of  the  blood)  without  any  corpuscles.  A  simi- 
larly coloured  licpiid  could  be  seen  passing  along  the  dorsal 
vessel,  accompanied  by  a  small  number  of  oat-shaped  corpuscles. 
The  whole  head-cavity,  and  all  the  thorax  and  abdomen,  except 
the  midgut,  also  apjaeared  to  be  full  of  the  same  coloured  liquid. 
The  midgut  showed  up  as  a  darker  cylindrical  barrel  or  plug, 
evidently  enclosing  the  remains  of  the  yolk.  The  dorsal  tracheal 
trunks  could  be  easily  made  out,  and  their  prolongations  into  the 
head  could  be  followed  as  far  as  the  eyes.  The  rectum  could  be 
distinguished,  but  no  details  of  the  tracheation  of  the  gills  could 
be  made  out.  The  \'entral  trunks  could  be  picked  up  only  with 
flifiiculty,  as  they  were  so  much  smaller  than  the  dorsals.  At  no 
time  was  I  able  to  see  the  visceral  trunks,  owing  to  the  dark 
mass  of  the  midgut  being  placed  so  close  to  them. 

For  three  hours,  I  watched  the  tracheal  system  of  this  pro- 
nymph iritlwHf  detecti'ity  (uiij  sign   of  y<(s   In  it.      A  few  minutes 


BY    R.    J.    TILLYARD. 


395 


later,  I  thought  that  tlic  dtirsal  trunks  were  beginning  to  become 
a  Httle  more  distinct.  Watching  very  intently,  1  now  perceived 
that  their  outline  was  becoming  definitely  harder,  and  that  the 
yellow  liquid  was  most  certainly  being  slowly  replaced  by  gas. 
In  ten  minvites,  the  outline  of  the  dorsal  tracheal  trunks  in  the 
meso-  and  metathorax,  and  in  the  first  four  segments  of  the 
abdomen,  had  become  so  harden'^d  up  that  it  was  quite  evident 
that  this  portion  of  the  tracheal  system  was  now  filled  with  gas. 
Turning  my  attention  to  the  ventral  trunks,  I  found  that  these 
also  were  just  in  process  of  being  filled  with  gas.  At  the  end  of 
a  quarter  of  an  hour,  the  parts  of  the  tracheal  system  filled  with 
gas  were  the  dorsal  and  ventral  trunks  between  the  two  ends  of 
the  midgut  (in  this  case,  in  segments  1-4  of  abdomen  and  '2-'\  of 
thorax),  and  the  five  branches  coiuiecting  them.  This  is  shown 
in  Text-fig.  1,  where  the  parts  filled  with  gas  are  represented  in 
black.  No  gas  could  be  seen  in  the  \'isceral  trachets,  which  re- 
mained, as  before,  practically  invisible. 


Text-fig.  1. — Anterior  portion  ot  pronynipli  uf  Auax  papntnsiv  Burm.,  Lo 
show  the  entry  of  gas  into  the  ti'acheal  system.  Lateral  view. 
Diagrammatic.  The  part  of  the  tracheal  system  into  which  the  gas 
entered  is  represented  in  black  ;  the  midgut  is  lightly  shaded; 
(  X  55) :  ah^-abi,  abdominal  segments;  ant,  antenna;  da,  dorsal  aorta; 
DT,  right  dorsal  tracheal  trunk;  di\  dorsal  vessel  or  heart;  c,  com- 
pound eye;  h,  head  of  larva;  /n\  head-vesicle;  /;«,  labial  mask; 
Pi-Ps,  legs;  .s/,  stomodseum  or  foregut;  th-^-th^,  thoracic  segments; 
VT,  right  ventral  tracheal  trunk. 

During  the  next  five  minutes,  the  gas  in  the  dorsal  tracheae 
extended  gi-adually  as  far  back  as  the  sixth  abdominal  segment, 


396  EMERGENCE  OF  DRAOONFLY-LARV.E, 

and  sliglitly  turwai-d  into  the  prothorax.  It  never  reached  the 
branchial  basket  and  the  head,  nor  did  any  get  into  the  visceral 
trunks  via  tlieir  connection  with  the  dorsals,  which,  in  this  pro- 
nymph,  lay  in  the  anterior  portion  of  segment  7.  As  no  further 
changes  took  place,  and  the  pronymph  was  evidently  utterly 
exhausted,  it  was  killed  as  described  above. 

It  seems  to  me  very  important  to  emphasise  th('  vfry  (/radual 
nitd  even  (vppearanw  of  the  gas  in  the  trachese.  No  separate 
hnhhles  of  gas  were  to  he  seen;  in  other  words,  the  gas  did  not  coiiie 
in  at  separate  points,  but  passed  slowlv  into  the  trachese  over  a 
large  area  represented  by  two  thoracic  and  four  abdominal  seg- 
ments (roughly  defined  by  the  limits  of  the  midgut).  The  pro- 
cess, as  I  watched  it,  can  only  be  compared  with  the  slotc  de- 
velopment of  a  retarded  photographic  plate.  At  first,  it  was 
impossible  to  say  whether  any  change  had  taken  place  or  not,  and 
it  was  only  after  sevei'al  minutes  that  one  could  realise  the  steady 
growth  in  distinctness  of  outline  in  the  tracheie  into  which  the 
gas  was  entering. 

By  great  good  fortune,  a  second  e^^^  hatclied  out  about  an 
hour  and  a  half  after  the  one  which  I  was  observing.  This  egg 
had  been  placed  close  alongside  tlie  latter,  as  it  appeared  to  me  to 
be  on  the  verge  oi  luitching.  I  had  forgotten  its  existence,  until, 
quite  suddenly,  the  head-capsule  of  the  emerging  pronymph  ap- 
peared in  the  field  of  \ision,  and  pushed  gently  against  the  pro- 
nympli  wliic-li  1  was  watching.  This  pronymph  was  even  weaker 
than  the  one  1  had  been  watching,  and  only  succeeded  in  getting 
about  half-way  out  of  the  egg-shell.  I  could  not  locate  the 
cephalic  heart  at  all,  and  it  must  ha\e  ceased  pulsating  before 
the  pronymi>h  came  into  my  field  of  view.  As  this  egg-shell  and 
pronym})h  were  also  lying  on  their  sides,  I  took  a  fine  needle,  and 
gently  pushed  them  so  that  they  came  to  lie  exactly  alongside 
the  one  I  was  observing.  Thus  I  had  the  midgut  regions  of  two 
pronymphs  under  observation  at  the  same  time.  The  most 
important  result  of  this  was,  that  when  the  changes  began  in 
the  tracheal  system  of  the  first  pronymph,  the  tracheal  system  of 
the  second,  remaining  filled  with  liquid,  served  as  a  most  valuable 


BY    R.    J.    TILLYARD.  397 

means  of  gauging  the  extent  of  the  change.  But  for  this,  T 
doubt  if  I  should  have  noticed  the  gradual  beginning  of  the 
change  at  all. 

The  behaviour  of  the  second  pronymph  was  not  exactly  tlie 
same  as  that  of  the  first.  After  remaining  weak  and  inert  for 
about  two  hours  (by  which  time  the  first  pronymph  had  been 
just  disposed  of),  I  found  that  it  had  become  much  more  vigorous, 
making  many  attempts  to  burst  the  pronymphal  sheath,  all  of 
which,  unfortunately,  were  failures.  A  count  of  the  pulse,  during 
tlie  most  active  of  these  attempts,  showed  70  beats  to  the  minute. 
A  few  minutes  later,  I  took  a  fine  brush,  and  coaxed  the  pi"o- 
nymph  out  from  its  egg-shell.  It  at  once  began  to  bend  up  'and 
down  vigorously,  and  made  frantic  ett'orts  to  break  its  sheath. 
Soon  after,  I  noticed  the  pulse  quicken  greatly,  and  a  count  gave 
120  beats  to  the  minute.  On  searching  for  the  cause  of  this,  I 
found  that  the  sheath  liad  l)iu'st  dorsally  over  the  sixth  abdominal 
segment,  and  that  the  hir\ul  intestine  was  pi-ojecting  through  the 
slit.  This,  of  course,  meant  a  speedy  death  to  the  larva.  This 
second  pronymph,  therefore,  lived  just  over  two  hours,  and  no 
gas  appeared  in  its  tracheal  system  during  that  period. 

Watch  was  continued  throughout  April  3i-d.  On  that  day, 
two  more  pronymphs  emerged,  both,  unfortunately,  after  dark, 
and  at  a  time  when  I  was  only  able  to  pay  occasional  visits  to 
the  microscope.  Complete] v  tired  out  with  the  four  days' 
watching,  I  \\as  in  no  mood  to  continue  the  watch  far  into  the 
night,  and  contented  mj'self  with  noting  that  the  general  course 
of  events,  in  the  cases  of  these  two,  was  \ery  similar  to  that  in 
the  first  pron3"mph.  The  tracheal  system  showed  no  signs  of  gas 
until  about  three  hours  after  hatching;  and  the  gas,  when  present, 
did  not  extend  beyond  the  limits  stated  in  the  first  case.  Both 
these  nymphs  were  found  dead  in  the  morning,  having  failed  to 
burst  their  sheaths. 

Before  describing  the  remaining  experiments  made  upon  these 
eggs,  it  would  be  best  to  give  in  tabular  form  the  full  record  of 
emergences  for  the  Series  A,  B,  and  C,  in  order  that  references 
to  the  table  may  make  these  experiments  clearer. 


398 


EMERGENCE    OF    DRAGONFLY-LARViE, 

Table  showing  hatchings  of  Eggs  of  Anax  jKipuensis, 
March  2 8th- April  11th,  1916. 


Date. 

Series  A. 

Series  B  (control 
upon  A). 

Series  C  (control 
upon  A  and  B). 

28    eggs     in    tap- 

8  eggs  in  tap-water 

20  eggs  in  original 

water         without 

with  small  pieces  of 

stem  of  Water-Mil- 

vegetable tissues. 

vegetable  tissues  hi 

foil,      with     plenty 

situ  around  them. 

of  water    in    Petri 

March— 

dish. 

Tues.    28th 

— 

— 

2L 

Wed.    29th 

— 

IL 

3L 

Thurs.  30th 

2L 

2L 

2L 

Fri.       31st 

IL 

2L 

3L 

April- 

Sat.          Ist 

— 

IL 

4L 

Sun.        2nd 

2P 

— 

3L 

Mon.       3rd 

2P 

— 

— 

Tues.      4th 

— 

2L 

Wed.      5th 

IP 

— 

IL 

Thurs.    6th 



— 



Fri.         7th 

IP* 

IL 



Sat.         8th 

IL 

— 



Sun.        9th 



IL 



Mon.     10th 

2L 

— 



Left  over  on 

April    11th 

16  dead  embryos 

nil 

nil 

Total   hatched 

6P  +  6L 

8L 

20L 

L  denotes  that  the  emerging  embryo  reached  the  full  larval 
stage,  P  that  it  did  not  succeed  in  getting  beyond  the  pronyniphal 
stage.  None  of  the  larvte  obtained  from  Series  A  lived  more 
than  two  or  three  hours.  The  pronymph  marked  *  was  from  the 
unreversed  embiyo,  and  came  out  of  the  egg-shell  backwards. 

Section  2. — The  Composition  of  the  Gas  in  the  Tracheal  System. 
The  question  next  arose — What  could  be  the  composition  of 
the  gas  which  I  had  seen  enter  the  tracheal  system  from  the 
body  of  the  pronymph?  It  seemed  to  me,  as  soon  as  I  observed 
the  phenomenon,  that  it  must  be  one  of  two  things,  viz.,  {a)  car- 
bonic acid  gas,  or  (6)  oxygen.  The  former  would  naturally 
appear  to  be  the  most  likely  solution,  since  C0„  is  the  only  gas 
formed  in  large  quantities  within  the  body  of  a  living  animal. 
On  the  other  hand,  one  naturally  recoiled  at  the  idea  that  such  a 


BY    R.    .T.    TILLYARD.  399 

gas  should  completely  fill  the  respiratory  system  of  the  larva. 
The  second  solution,  that  it  might  be  oxygen,  would  require  the 
existence  of  some  oxygenating  substance  in  the  blood,  which 
would  act  on  the  C0„  produced  by  metabolism  in  the  developing 
embryo,  and  release  oxygen  therefrom,  in  some  manner  analogous 
to  that  of  chlorophyll  in  the  leaves  of  plants.  But,  though  the 
blood  of  Odonata  is  always  of  a  yellowish  or  greenish  colour,  we 
have  it,  on  the  high  authority  of  Cuenot,*  that  the  pigments 
hcemoxanthine,  h(emochlorvne,  and  hcemojwasme,  which  are  the 
only  substances  that  might  conceivably  perform  such  a  function, 
are  quite  absent  from  the  blood  of  these  insects. 

It  seemed  necessary,  in  any  case,  to  obtain  some  definite  result 
by  experiment,  and  not  to  rely  upon  arguments  alone,  however 
conclusive  they  might  appear.      Unfortunately,   by  the  evening 
of  April  3rd,  as  the  table  already  given  will  show,  most  of  my 
eggs  had  already  hatched,  and  I  could  not  expect  to  obtain  many 
more  larvae.     I  was  forced,  therefoi-e,  to  limit  my  experiments, 
both  in  variety  and  in  the  number  of  larvre  on  which  they  could 
be  performed.     I  decided  to  employ  only  two  test-solutions,  whose 
combined  results  should  indicate,  with  considerable  certainty,  the 
composition  of  the  gas  in  the  tracheae.     These  wei*e 
{a)  a  10%  solution  of  caustic  potash. 
(6)  a  4%  solution  of  Azol.f 
As  a  stand-by,  I  also  prepared,  (r)  a  4%  solution  of  caustic  soda, 
in  case  solution  (a)  should  prove  too  strong. 

Control  Experiments :— As  a  control  upon  the  experiments,  two 
live  larvae  were  taken  from  the  Petri  dish  (Series  C),  and  killed 
by  being  placed  in  a  tube  of  water,  in  which  a  single  drop  of 
chloroform  had  been  well  shaken  up.  They  were  then  removed 
to  tap-water  in  a  crystal  dish,  and  the  times  taken  for  the  tracheal 
system  to  collapse  were  noted. 

*  Etudes  sur  le  sang  et  les  glandes  lymphatiques  dans  la  serie  animale, 
2'"'' partie.     Invertebres.     Arch.  Zool.  exper.  2""*  serie.  ix.,  1801. 

t  Azol,  the  proprietary  name  for  an  excellent,  one-solution,  photographic 
developer,  which  acts  as  a  verj'  strong  reducing  agent.  The  connect 
strength  for  use  on  plates  is  1  part  in  24  of  water,  or  roughly  4%. 


400  EMERGENCE    OF    DRAGONFLY-LARVii;, 

Result : — The  rectal  capillaries  collapsed  in  from  2-3  hours,  the 
main  tracheal  system  (whole  length  of  dorsal  trunks)  in  from  5-6 
hours. 

Experiment  1. — Two  larvse,  aged  from  one  to  two  days  old 
(strongly  pigmented),  were  placed  alive  in  10%  solution  of  KOH. 
The  solution  was  regularly  sucked  into  the  rectum  and  expelled 
again,  causing  considei'able  irritation  to  the  larvae,  both  of  which 
died  within  an  hour.  A  close  examination  showed  that  the 
rectum  became  swollen  and  somewhat  opaque.  The  rectal  capil- 
laries remained  quite  unaft'ected,  except  where  the  gill-tissues 
became  very  badly  damaged.  The  main  tracheal  system  was  not 
aifected  in  any  way. 

Conc/vsion. — No  appreciable  CO.^  present  in  tlie  tracheal 
system  of  larvae  1-2  days  old. 

Experitnent  2. — Two  larvse,  which  emerged  from  Series  C  on 
Api'il  4th,  were  taken  before  they  were  two  houi's  old,  and  placed 
alive  in  10%  solution  of  KOH.  Both  died  within  half-an-hour, 
after  having  repeatedly  sucked  the  solution  into  the  rectum  and 
expelled  it  again.  In  three-quarters  of  an  hour,  the  doi'sal 
trunks  began  to  collapse  from  the  region  of  the  rectum  forwards, 
but  the  i-ectal  capillaries  remained  unaltered.  At  one  hour,  the 
dor.sal  truidvs  were  very  badh'  collapsed.  At  two  hours,  all  the 
trachea^  in  the  abdomen  had  collapsed,  except  the  rectal  capil- 
laries, which  remained  only  partially  collapsed.  At  three  hours, 
tlie  whole  tracheal  system  had  collapsed,  including  the  parts  in 
the  head  and  thorax,  but  there  still  remained  a  number  of  the 
rectal  capillaries  only  partially  collapsed.  At  four  hours,  all  the 
capillaries  had  collapsed  {of.  Control  Experiment). 

Conehision. — The  gas  in  the  tracheal  system  of  larva?  1-2  hours 
old  is  CO  2,  except  in  the  rectal  capillaries,  which  are,  at  any 
rate,  partially  filled  with  some  gas  not  extracted  by  KOH. 

Experiment  3. — Two  larva?  were  taken  from  Series  B  and  C 
respectively,  the  latter  between  two  and  three  days  old  (sti-ongly 
pigmented),  the  former  between  six  and  twelve  hours  old  (just 
beginning  to  become  pigmented),  were  placed  alive  in  4  %  solu- 
tion of  Azol.     The  larvae  lived  for  two  or  three  hours,  and  ap- 


BY    R.    .1.    TILLYARD.  401 

pearf-d  to  suffer  little  inconvenience  oi'  irritation,  tliouyh  the 
liquid  was  repeatedly  sucked  into  the  rectum.  In  both  larva?, 
the  main  tracheal  system  remained  intact  for  fioehi'  hrntrs  (a 
very  strikin,y  lesult,  cf.  Control  Experiment).  In  the  younger 
larva,  the  rectal  capillaries  remained  absolutely  intact  at  the  end 
of  tNselve  hours  (again,  <■/.  Control  Experiment).  In  the  older 
larva,  the  rectal  capillaries  collapsed  partially  at  tlie  end  of  three 
hours. 

Conclnttiou. — The  action  of  the  Azol  is  clearly  resisted  by 
chitin,  and  hence,  no  safe  conclusions  can  be  drawn  as  to  what 
gas  was  present  in  the  main  tracheal  system.  In  the  rectal 
capillaries,  there  was  little  or  no  oxygen  present  in  the  case  of 
the  younger  larva,  but  enough  oxygen  was  present  in  the  case  of 
tlie  older  larva  to  affect  the  stability  of  these  tubes  when  it  was 
withdrawn  by  the  Azol. 

Experiment  4. — A  moribund  larva,  taken  fi'om  Series  A,  soon 
after  hatching,  was  placed  in  a  solution  of  4%  NaOH.  This 
larva  remained  inert,  without  sucking  the  solution  into  its 
rectum,  and  died  within  an  hour.  lifKiilt,  same  as  stated  for 
the  larvte  in  the  Control  Experiment. 

Conclusion. — No  guide  as  to  composition  of  gas.  Either  the 
solution  was  too  weak  to  penetrate  the  chitin,  or  else  the  fact 
that  the  larva  was  moi'ibund,  and  did  not  draw  the  solution 
into  its  rectum,  prevented  contact  between  the  solution  and  the 
most  permeable  part  of  the  animal  {i.e.,  the  thin,  chitinous  cuticle 
of  the  rectal  gills). 

Besides  the  larvae  used  in  the  above  experiments,  a  single 
larva  emerged  from  Series  B  on  April  9th,  at  a  time  when  I  was 
unable  to  make  use  of  it,  and  two  moribund  larv?e  emerged  from 
Series  A  on  April  10th,  dying  before  I  could  make  use  of  them. 
No  more  larvai  emerged,  and  no  less  than  sixteen  dead  embryos 
remained  inside  eggs  of  Series  A  until  April  20th,  when  they 
were  thrown  away. 

The  results  of  my  experiments,  few  though  tliey  were  in 
number,  appear  to  point  definitely  in  the  following  direction: — 
While  there   is  no   appreciable  quantity  of  CO.^  in  the  tracheal 

34 


402  EMERGENCE    OF    DRAGONPLY-LARV^., 

system  of  larva;  more  tlian  a  day  old  (Expt.l),  yet,  in  larvw  only 
an  hour  oi-  two  old,  the  whole  system  is  filled  with  COj,  except 
the  rectal  capillaries,  where  there  is  a  mixture  of  gases  (Expt.2). 
Also,  though  the  Azol  solution  appeared  to  be  unsuitable  for 
penetration  of  chitinous  membranes,  yet  the  fact  that  it  ex- 
tracted some  of  the  gas  from  the  rectal  capillaries  of  a  2-3  days 
old  larva,  and  failed  to  do  so  in  the  case  of  a  6-12  hours  old 
larva,  suggests  that  the  proportion  of  O  in  the  gills  of  the  former 
was  considerably  greater  than  that  in  the  gills  of  the  latter  (Expt. 
3).  We  are  thus  led,  on  all  three  counts,  to  the  definite  con- 
clusion that,  (i. )  the  original  gas  which  fills  the,  tracheal  system  of 
the  larva  chiving  the  pvocei^s  of  hatching  is  COo,  but  that,  (u.)  the 
estahlishment  <>/'  regnlav  rectal  respiration  sets  np  a  process  of 
diffusion  hetween  the  rectal  cajnllaries  and  the  water  in  the 
rectum,  ivhereby  the  COo  in  the  tracheal  system  is  gradually  with- 
drawn, and  replaced  by  air,  or  a  mixture  of  nitrogen  and  oxygen 
not  differing  much  from  the  ordhmry  composition  of  air. 

It  is  easy  to  show  that  these  results  are  in  agreement  with  the 
physiological  aspects  of  the  problem.  Firstly,  the  exertions  of 
the  larva  to  burst  open  both  the  egg  and  the  pronymphal  sheath 
involve  a  sudden  and  rapid  increase  of  metabolic  activity.  Thus, 
just  at  the  period  when  large  quantities  of  CO^  are  being 
liberated  by  the  activities  of  the  larva,  gas  replaces  the  liquid  in 
the  trachea;.  If  this  gas  be  CO.,  as  our  experiments  suggest,  we 
have  solved  at  once  the  problem  of  what  the  larva  does  with  the 
large  amount  of  CO^  liberated  by  its  new  exertions,  and  why  it 
is  that  the  gas  comes  into  the  tracheal  system  in  the  manner  it 
does.  Secondly,  if  we  grant  that  this  gas  is  CO.,,  the  gradual 
change  to  air,  or  a  mixture  of  gases  not  difiering  appreciably 
from  air,  is  not  only  to  be  expected  as  a  result  of  rectal  respira- 
tion, but  must  inevitably  take  place,  by  the  ordinary  laws  of 
diffusion.  Eor,  in  the  tracheal  system  of  the  newly-hatched 
lai'va,  the  pressure  of  COo  will  be  760  mm.,  or  atmospheric 
pressure.  But  in  the  aerated  water  of  the  rectum,  the  partial 
pressure  of  O  is  approximately  150  mm.,  that  of  N  approximately 
610  nnn.,  and  that  of  CO.  less  than  1  mm.      It  follows  that  the 


BY    R.    J.    TILLYAKD.  403 

CO  .J  in  the  trachea?  must  eventually  be  replaced  almost  completely 
by  a  mixture  of  O  and  N"  closely  resembling  air.  (As  the  larva 
must  be  continually  using  up  the  O,  it  is  not  necessary  to  assume 
that  the  total  amount  of  gas  in  the  trachepe  at  any  given  moment, 
if  analysed,  must  have  the  exact  composition  of  air).  The  rate 
at  which  the  exchange  takes  place  will  be  governed  bj'  the  mor- 
phological coiulitions  in  the  rectum.  As  the  expanse  uf  the 
rectal  chamber  is  limited,  only  a  certain  amount  of  aei'ated  water 
can  be  drawn  in  at  one  time.  Hence,  if  this  water  bathes  an}' 
given  length  of  cylindrical  tracheal  tubing,  it  is  cleai-  that,  the 
smaller  the  bore  of  the  tube,  the  quicker  will  the  exchange  of 
gases  take  place.  The  rate  of  exchange  of  gas  may  be  roughly 
taken  as  inversely  propoi'tional  to  the  area  of  the  cross-section  of 
the  tube,  i.e.,  to  the  square  of  the  diameter  of  the  tube.  Also, 
any  increase  in  the  length  of  tube  exposed  to  the  watei-  will 
facilitate  the  rate  of  exchange.  Thus  the  ideal  conditions 
for  a  rapid  e.rchatu/e  are  fidjilled  in  tlir  case  of  a  lan/e  number 
of  e.vceediuyl y  Jini'  tubes  hatnny  a  c/reat  portion  of  their  lenyth 
bathed  by  the  water.  This  is  exactly  the  morphological  condition 
developed  in  the  rectal  gills  of  Anisopterid  larva\* 

Section  3. — The  Nature  and  Action  of  the  Cephalic  Heart. 

Tn  my  previous  study  upon  the  larva  of  Anax  papuensis  {I.e.), 

T  described  the  action  of  the  peculiar  pumping-organ  of  the  head, 

and  suggested  for  it  the  name  of  the  cephalic  heart.      Owing  to 

the  rapidity  of  the  act  of  hatching,  and  the  fact  that  this  organ 


*  Note. — In  a  letter  received  from  Mr.  G.  L.  Purser,  B. A.,  of  Trinity 
College,  Cambridge,  in  which  he  di.scusses  my  papei'  on  the  Phj^siology  of 
the  Rectal  Gills,  lie  remarks  on  the  peculiar  problem  of  tlie  first  appearance 
of  gas  in  the  trachea^: — "I  don"t  see  why  the  gas  slioald  appear  just  where 
it  does.  My  idea  is  this  :  the  gas  appears  first  in  the  thickest  part  of  the 
embryo;  it  appears  just  when  the  larva  is  making  a  series  of  strong 
muscular  efforts  for  the  first  time.  Why,  therefore,  should  it  not  be  CO.,  ? 
Tiie  gas  appears  wliere  COo  will  be  most  concentrated;  it  appears  mlien  it 
is  most  concentrated."  This  letter  was  received  only  a  few  days  after  my 
expei'iments  were  completed,  and  was,  therefore,  written  some  time  before 

them.      I  desire,  therefore,  to  give  Mr.  Purser  due  credit  for  the  first  eou-      ^ -^ 

ception  of  the  idea  stated  in  liis  letter. — R.J.T.  /vNV3'  ^  A  ^ 

Lul  LI  8  R  A  F 


404  EMERGENCE  OF  DRAGONFLY-LARV^, 

is  only  in  action  fpr  about  half-a-minute,  it  is  most  difficult  to 
determine  its  exact  nature  and  position.  We  know  that  it  is 
situated  above  and  somewhat  posterior  to  the  mouth,  and  below 
the  dorsal  aorta;  that  at  first  it  is  very  small,  that  it  increases 
rapidly  in  size  and  in  the  force  of  its  pulsations;  and  then,  after 
performing  about  twenty-five  I'egular  double-beats  in  half-a- 
minute,  subsides  veiy  quickly.  In  appearance,  it  is  two-cham- 
bered, but  whether  there  are  actually  two  pulsating  chambers, 
or  a  single  one  constricted  at  some  point  by  the  tentorial 
structures  of  the  head,  I  had  not  been  able  to  determine.  With 
Balfour  Browne,*!  agree  that  this  organ  pumps  a  pale  yellowish 
liquid,  which  can  be  none  other  than  the  liquid  part  of  the  blood. 
I  did  not  observe  any  corpuscles  passing  through  the  organ. 
Balfour-Browne  states  that  the  blood  is  pumped  upwards  and 
backwards.  This  appears  to  me  also  to  be  correct  as  regards  the 
first  few  pulsations  of  the  organ;  after  that,  I  confess  that  1 
could  not  follow  a  definite  course  of  the  blood,  and  I  must  hold 
to  the  opinion  that  most  of  the  blood  pumped  into  the  anterior 
chamber  (or  auricle,  as  I  previously  termed  it)  was  again  pumped 
out  into  the  posterior  chamber  (or  ventricle),  and  served  to  cause 
the  immense  distension  of  that  chamber  which  takes  place  just 
before  the  larva  bursts  its  pronymphal  sheath.  What  the  exact 
nature  of  the  organ  is,  and  whence  and  whither  the  blood  was 
actually  pumped,  I  had  not  been  able  to  determine. 

In  entering  upon  the  experiments  already  detailed  in  Section 
1  of  this  paper,  I  had  strong  hopes  that  the  general  retardation 
of  the  process  of  hatching  might  be  accompanied  by  a  correspond- 
ing I'etardatioii  in  the  action  of  the  cephalic  heart,  and  that  thus 
T  might  be  able  to  examine  this  oi-gan  more  minutely.  It  will 
be  seen  already,  however,  that  these  hopes  were  frustrated,  since 
the  cejahalic  heart  barely  came  into  action  before  it  subsided 
again,  at  the  birth  of  the  pronymph,  and  failed  altogether  to 
come  into  action  again  during  the  whole  of  the  pronymphal 
stage,  lasting  over  three  hours.     Indeed,  it  is  very  probable  that 

""The  Life-Historj'  of  the  Agrionicl  Dragonfly."  Proc.  Zool.  Soe. 
Loudon,  UHKI,  pp.2u3-"285. 


BY    R.    .T.    TII.r.YARD  405 

tlie  failure  of  tlif  larva  to  emerge  from  the  pronymphal  sheath 
was  correlated  with  its  failure  to  bring  this  strong  iuini})ing 
apparatus  into  action,  to  aid  in  the  required  distension  of  the 
head. 

My  one  remaining  hope  of  discovering  something  about  this 
important  organ  lay  in  a  study  of  sections  of  a  pronymph.  As 
already  stated,  the  pronymph  studied  on  p. 394  was  remo\cd  in 
a  moribund  condition,  after  it  had  lived  for  three  and  a  half 
hours,  and  was  fixed  in  hot  water.  Though  it  was  almost  dead 
when  the  hot  water  was  poured  upon  it,  the  sudden  contact  with 
this  li(|uid  caused  it  to  burst  the  pronymphal  sheath,  and  flow 
c<jmpletely  out  of  it.  Thus  the  animal  that  T  had  fixed  was,  in 
a  sense,  the  true  larva,  but  irlth  the  form  af  the  proni/mph;  for 
its  eyes  and  head  did  not  expand  t(^  the  true  larval  form,  its 
labium  and  legs  remained  directed  backwards  as  in  the  embryo, 
and  its  abdomen  was  still  of  the  slender  form  seen  in  the  pro- 
nymph. This  little  animal  was  carefully  double-embedded  in 
celloidin  and  paraffin,  and  cut  into  sagittal  sections  of  7/a  thick- 
ness. One  of  these,  a  little  to  the  right  of  the  median  sagittal 
plane,  is  shown  in  Text-fig. 2. 

In  order  to  understand  this  section,  I  have  also  shown,  in 
Text-fig.  3,  a  drawing  which  T  made,  by  means  of  the  camera 
lucida,  of  the  anterior  portion  of  the  same  pronymph,  at  about 
two  hours  old.  It  must  be  remembered  that  the  cephalic  heart 
had  ceased  to  beat  almost  directly  after  the  pronymph  had 
hatched.  Thus  we  cannot  see  the  shape  and  position  of  that 
organ  in  the  drawing;  and  if  we  want  to  search  for  it  in  the 
sections,  we  must  bear  in  mind  that  it  had  either  collapsed,  or 
assumed  some  stable  form  pri(jr  to  the  period  of  fixation.  Text- 
fi<j;.3  shows  us  the  exact  course  of  the  blood-circulation  in  the 
head-region  during  the  pronymphal  stage,  and  also  the  peculiar 
position  of  the  midgut,  pushed  forward  into  the  thorax,  with  the 
oesophageal  valve  and  gizzard  sunk  deeply  into  it,  and  the  crop 
projecting  in  front  of  it,  just  below  the  end  of  the  dorsal  aorta. 

Now,  if  we  study  the  series  of  sections,  we  at  once  notice  the 
very  remarkable  fact  that,  at  the  time  of  fi.\:ation,   ///''  (infrrior 


406 


EMEiUJENCt;    Uf    DUAiiONt'LV-LARV^, 


irt<(>iili(i(ii'(il  ri'(jli>it  iff  strongly  distended  with  blood,  in  which,  hotc- 
ever,  no  corpuscles  are  visible.  A  search  througli  the  whole  series 
of  sections  hkewise  fails  to  show  the  presence  of  any  special  organ 
which  might  be  interpreted  as  the  collapsed  cephalic  heart. 
There  is  nothing  to  be  seen  except  the  usual  organs  of  the  head 
and  thorax  present  in  any  insect-larva.  If  we  combine  these 
two  facts  together,  the  conclusion  is  very  strong  that  the  cephalic 
heart  is  really  only  (t  special  temjwrary  developvient  in  the  teso- 
phmjns,  and  that,  therefore,  the  pumping  of  the  liquid  blood  must 
take  place  through  the  month. 


cla    ^^  cr   c£v 


-Vll 


\(\^- 


fg... 


]r- 


Text -fig. 2. — Nearly  median,  sagittal  section  through  pronymph  of  Anax 
jinpHnnsis  Biirni..  with  the  pronyniphal  sheath  removed.  To  show 
mass  of  blood-coaguhim,  without  corpuscles,  distending  the  reso- 
phagus  and  crop.  (  x  l(Ml) :  l>r,  brain;  cr.  crop;  da,  dorsal  aijrla; 
ffj,  frontal  ganglion;  ,7, -.7,;,  thoracic  ganglia;  ,'/z,  gizzard;  Im.  labial 
mask  (cut  off);  Ir.  labrum;  m,  mouth;  ;»//,  muscle;  >rs,  (esophagus; 
»  r,  fvsophageal  valve  (junction  of  fore-  and  midgut);  i^orf,  subicso- 
])hageal  ganglion;   'vV,  vitellophags  in  ^\all  nf  midgut. 

Let  us  now  see  how  this  conclusion  agrees  with  the  observed 
facts  of  the  hatching  of  the  egg.  Before  the  pronymph  emerges, 
there  is  a  large  '' head  vesicle"  fitting  closely  under  the  pedicel  of 
the  egg.  When  the  cephalic  heart  comes  into  action,  the  liquid 
in  this   vesicle  (which   must  obviously  be  a   space  between   the 


bY    K.    J.    TiLLYARt). 


407 


proiiymplial  sheatli  and  the  true  larval  head)  is  withdrawn,  the 
head  oi  the  larva  swells  up  greatly,  and,  by  this  means,  the 
pedicel  of  the  egg  is  pushed  aside,  and  the  pronynij)!!  emerges. 
After  a  short  period  of  time  (from  a  few  seconds  to  half-a-minute 
at  the  most  in  Anax),  the  activity  of  the  cephalic  heart  increases 
rapidly,  the  head  again  swells  up,  but  this  time  to  almost  twice 
its  previous  size,  and  the  larva  escapes  through  the  dorsal  split- 
ting of  the  pronymphal  sheath.  . 

Now  there  is  no  possil)le  connection  between  the  "head- 
vesicle"  and  the  interior  of  the  embryo,  except  via  the  lai-val 
mouth.  If  the  cephalic  heart  be  merely  t^  temporary  formation 
in  the  ((esophagus,  acting  somewhat  in  the  manner  of  a  sucking- 
pharynx,  it  would  be  able  to  exhaust  all  the  liquid  in  the  "head- 


Text-Hj^.3. — Head  and  poitiuii  ut'  thoiax  nt'  [jrunjiiiph  ut'  Ajia,i:  jjajiHeiisi,-< 
Buiiii.,  tu  nhow,  (a)  (jouise  of  hlood-corpii-scles  in  tlit-  head-rejfi(jii 
(single  arrows),  and  (h)  suggested  course  of  liquid  Ijlood  (lymph) 
drawn  into  resophagus  by  action  of  cephalic  heart  (double  arrows). 
Diagrammatic.  (  x  60)  :  aiif.  antenna;  da,  d(jrsal  aoita;  e,  eye 
(dotted  outline);  It,  larval  liead;  /ir,  liead-vesicle;  /c,  larval  cuticle; 
/ill,  labial  mask;  m,  mouth;  my,  midgut;  jji^  foreleg;  ^>?-.v,  pro- 
iiymplial sheath;  st,  stomodteum  or  foregut. 


vesicle,"  by  sucking  it  into  the  lumen  of  the  oesophagus.  Text- 
fig.3  shows,  in  a  diagrammatic  manner,  how  this  would  be  done. 
The  accumulation  of  all  this  volume  of  liquifl  in  the  anterior  part 
of  the  oesophagus,  together  with  the  extra  pressure  caused  by  the 


408  E>tERGE?fCE    OP    DRAGOKFLY-LAftV.f;, 

fio-wanl  moxenieiit  of  the  midgut,  would  he  quite  sufficient  to 
cause  the  spHttiiig  uf  the  pronyiuphal  sheath,  as  well  as  the 
lif ting-up  of  the  egg-pedicel. 

As  regards  the  twu-chambered  structure  of  the  cephalic  heart, 
a  reference  to  the  section   in  Text-fig.  2  shows  the  exact  position 
where  the  tentorium  would  cause  a  definite  constriction  in  the 
(csophajrus,  if  that  organ  were  to  distend   itself  in  anv  manner. 
The  i:>assage  through  this  tentorial  foramen,  below  the  brain(/jr) 
and   above   the   suba?sophageal  ganglion  (soy)   is   small,  and    the 
tentorial  bars  are  hard   aild   rigid.      Moreover,  the  oesophagus, 
both  at  this  point  and  throughout  its  entire  length,  is  capable  of 
very  great  expansion,  as  may  be  seen  in  any  tran.sverse  section 
of  that   organ,   both  by  reason   of   the   longitudinal  pleating  or 
infolding   of   its   epithelium,   and   the  strength  of    it;-  muscular 
tunic.       It  seems   reasonable   to  suppose  that   the   division  into 
two  chambers  is  caused  by  the  tentorial  compression.     The  notes 
and  drawings  that  I  made  for  my  previous  paper  show  the  point 
of  constriction  placed  somewhat  further  back   than  the  position 
of  the  tentorium.      I  think,  however,  that  too  much  weight  nuist 
not  be  placed   upon  this  fact,  as  it  was  manifestly  impossible  to 
make  accurate  drawings  of  all   the  different  parts  of   the  larva, 
during  the  single  half-minute  of  vigorous  struggle  for  emergence. 
If,    howevei',   future    observations    should    confirm    my    original 
drawing's,*  then   there  is  reason   to   suspect   the  existence  of  a 
special   sphincter   muscle   at  some   definite  position  on  the  (eso- 
phagus.     Such  a  structure  would   have   to   be   searched   for  in 
transverse  .sections. 

Section  i. — The  pjf'irt  of  nhnonna/  coudifivu.s  upov  I'lnhryoiiic 

development. 

We  can  now  turn  to  some  problems  of  a  moi-e  general  nature 
arising  from  the  experiments  described  in  Section  1. 

If  we  examine  the  table  of  results  given  on  p. 398,  we  see  that 
Series  B  and  C  gave  identical  results,  viz.,   in  both  cases  all  the 


*  These  will  l>e  found  in   V\^^.2A  of  my  hook,  "The  Biology  of  Dragon- 
tiles,"  shortly  to  he  ]mhlishe(l  hy  the  Camhridge  University  Press. 


BV    R.    .t.    tlLLVARt).  409 

eggs  hatched,  and  yielded  liealthy  larvse.  We  miifst  coneliide, 
therefore,  that  the  restriction  of  the  amount  of  water  allowed  to 
Series  B,  and  the  covering-over  of  the  crystal  dish  (except  on 
rare  occasions  for  a  few  nioments)  by  a  glass  slide,  to  prevent 
free  aeration  of  the  water,  liad  no  appreciable  effect  upon  the 
course  of  development. 

The  only  difference  between  Series  A  and  Series  B  was  the 
/■'')Nt)nf/  of  the  vPAjetahle  tissues  from  around  the  eggs  of  the  former 
series.  The  results,  as  we  have  seen,  were  disastrous.  Sixteen 
embryos  died,  six  reached  the  pronymphal  stage,  and  six  just 
got  as  far  as  the  larval  stage,  but  were  too  weak  to  go  on  living. 
We  can  only  conclude  that  ilv  vexjetahle  tissues  play  an  important 
jxirf  in  the  oxyyenation  of  the  embryo. 

Let  us  nt)w  consider  the  peculiar  case  of  the  pronymph  in 
Series  A,  which  emerged  on  April  7th  (marked  IP*  in  the  Table). 
.Vs  ahead V  stated,  this  was  the  only  embiyo  in  Series  A,  which, 
when  iirst  subjected  tti  the  conditions  of  the  experiment,  had  not 
undergone  the  process  of  reversion.  The  fact  that  it  was  already 
behind  the  rest  of  the  eggs  'u\  development  might  suggest  some 
inherent  weakness  in  this  particular  individual;  but  there  is  no 
i-eason  to  suppose  that  it  would  not  have  gone  on  developing 
normally,  if  left  to  itself.  That  it  was  not  parasitised  is  clear 
from  the  fact  that  it  finally  hatched  out.  Also,  since  the  eggs 
were  all  laid  together  in  a  regular  spiral,  on  the  single  piece  of 
stem,  we  have  no  reason  to  believe  that  it  was  not  one  of  the 
same  batch  of  eggs  as  all  the  rest.  The  fact  that,  in  Series  C 
under  normal  conditions,  the  eggs  continued  to  hatch  over  a 
period  of  nine  days,  shows  us  that  considerable  variations  in  the 
length  of  embryonic  existence  are  to  be  expected.  This  egg 
merely  happened  to  be  tlie  most  backward  of  the  whole  set.  The 
effect  of  the  new  conditions  upon  it  was  most  marked,  because  it 
had  developed  less  far  under  normal  conditions.  It  was,  however, 
a  very  unexpected  and  extraordinary  thing,  to  my  minfl,  that 
the  process  of  reversion,  which  should  have  normallv  followed  in 
this  case  within  a  dav  or  two,  should  Ix'  completely  pri'vented, 
and   that   the  embryo   should   go  i>n   developing,  as   it  did,   liead 


410 


EM^:Rr;ENCH:    OP    DRAGONFLY-LARV^, 


Text-tiji.4.  "■ 


doiLuiicarrh,  and  .still  coutiiiuc  to  li\e.      Yet  such  was  the  case, 

and  the  final  result,  which 
I  have  depicted  in  Text- 
fi,ijf.  4,  is  botli  ludicrous 
and  pathetic.  The  mature 
embryo  emerged  as  a  pro- 
nymph  "  tail- foremost," 
until     it     finally    became 

caught  in  the  egg-shell,  and  died  while  still  only  partially  free  I 

Section  5. — Rectal  Respiratioit  in  newly-hatched  Zygopterid  larva'. 

In  November,  1915,  a  large  number  of  eggs  of  a  counnon 
Zygopterid  dragonfly  (probably  Austrolestes  leda  Selys,  but  not 
determined  with  certainty)  were  found  in  the  tissues  of  a  reed 
at  National  Park.  These  were  kept  hi  fiitu  in  the  reed,  in  water 
in  a  Peti'i  dish.  Some  of  them  were  parasitised  by  a  small 
Hymenopterous  insect  new  to  science.  The  majority,  however, 
hatched  out  about  a  week  after  they  were  taken.  No  attempt 
was  made  to  observe  the  actual  process  of  hatching  in  this  case. 
The  principal  object  which  I  had  in  mind  was  the  examination 
of  the  caudal  gills  and  tracheal  system  of  the  young  larva-.  The 
eggs  were  examined  several  times  a  day.  Consequently,  a  num- 
ber of  freshly  hatched  specimens,  ranging  from  a  few  minutes  up 
to  two  hours  old,  and  all  of  them  perfectly  transparent,  came 
under  mv  observation. 

The  most  striking  discovery  about  these  lar\;i>  was  that,  fiuiu 
the  time  of  hatching  onward  for  half-an-hour  or  more,  rrijidar 
rectal  respiratioti  icas  carried  on  ivith  yrcat  vigour.  The  action 
is  exactly  like  that  observed  in  the  young  lar\a  of  Ana.r.  The 
rectal  cavity  is  alternately  expanded  and  contracted,  so  thai 
water  is  drawn  in  and  expelled  (juite  regularly.  No  true  fraclH-al 
gills  are  to  be  seen,  such  as  are  visible  from  the  first  in  the 
rectum  of  Ana,c;  but  there  are  two,  slightly  opaque,  longitudinal 
folds,  placed  latero-ventrally,  and  evidently  carrying  a  thickened 


"■'  Abiiunnal  hatching  of  pionymph  P"  of  Anax  papiitnsi-s  Burm.,  "  tail- 
foi-emost""  (  x3U). 


fiV    R.    .1.    TILLYARD. 


411 


ht 


DT 


epithelium,  which  })n)ject  into  the  rectiuii,  i-i.siiig  ami  falling  with 
a  somewhat  luiclulating  motion.  These  folds  are  shown  in  Text- 
fig.  5.  I  could  not  detect  any  sign  of  a  mid- 
dorsal  fold,  such  as  can  he  seen  in  older 
larvae  No  trachea?  can  he  seen  in  these 
folds. 

AVhen  the  larva  is  half-an-hour  old,  or  a 
little  older,  the  regular  movements  of  the 
rectum  cease.  Thereafter,  the  rectum  is,  for 
the  most  part,  closed.  But,  every  now  and 
again,  it  is  opened  for  a  short  period,  during 
which  the  movements  are  again  renewed. 
Larva-  were  watched  from  time  to  time  until 
they  were  one  or  two  days  old,  always  with 
this  same  result.  We  must  conclude,  there- 
fore, that  intermittent  rectal  respiration  is 
carried  on  by  young  Zygopterid  larva?  during 
the  Hrst  day  or  two  of  their  existence,  but  that  it  is  only  regular 
and  viyoroKs/or  a,  short  period  directly  after  hatchliuj. 

Calvertt  has  given  an  excellent  summary  of  the  present  state 
of  our  knowledge  of  rectal  respiration  in  Zygopterid  larvje.  His 
own  experiments  on  the  larvae  of  Calopteryx  macidata  {l.c.,pA'SS) 
are  of  more  value  than  all  the  isolated  observations  of  previous 
authors.  By  the  use  of  carmine-particles,  he  proved  that  this 
larva  expels  water  regularly  from  its  anal  aperture,  '-Vo  or  more 
times  per  minute.  He  also  made  similar  observations  on  larv;e 
of  Het(erina{l.c.,  p. 440),  and  Anjia  {I.e.,  p.442),  in  both  of  which 
he  proved   that  rhythmic  pulsations  of  the  rectum  were  carried 


Text-fiff.5.* 


*  Last  four  abdominal  segments  of  newly-hatched  larva  (jf  Avxtrolestes 
I  tela  iSelys;  (  x  100);  dorsal  view,  U>  show  the  paired,  latero- ventral,  rectal 
tolds(*;/").  DT,  dorsal  tracheal  trunk;  hf,  heart  (dotted  outline);  Icj, 
lateral  caudal  gill,  witii  single  main  trachea;  mr<j,  median,  caudal  gill, 
with  two  main  trache;e;  /;/",  rectal  folds;  7-10,  abdominal  segments. 

t  "  Studies  on  Costa  Rican  Odonata.  vii.  Internal  Organs  of  Larva,  and 
the  Respiration  and  Rectal  Traeheation  of  Zygopterous  Larva;  in  General."' 
Ent.  News,  Philadelphia,  xxvi.,  pp. 435-447,  1915. 


41 2  EMERfiENCE    6F    DRAGONFLY-LAkVyE, 

Oil.      No   observatiuu.s   appear   to    ha\  e    been    made,    up    to    the 
present,  on  newly  hatched  or  \ery  young  larvse. 

Asa  general  rule,  the  caudal  gills  of  newly-hatched  ZygopLerid 
larv;«  are  exceedingly  slender,  almost  filiform,  and  fringed  with 
long,  delicate  hairs,  few  in  number  and  irregularly  placed. 
Whatever  may  be  (»ur  o[)ini()n  on  the  efficacy  of  these  organs  at 
a  later  period,  when  they  have  taken  on  their  tinal  form,  and 
tle^  eloped  within  themselves  a  rich  tracheal  system,  nobody,  we 
suppose,  would  claim  that  they  are  very  efficient  organs  of  respira- 
tion in  the  newly-hatched  larva.  If  we  combine  this  well-known 
fact  of  the  slender  and  weak  formation  of  these  organs  with  the 
results  of  the  experiments  carried  out  in  Section  2  on  the  larva 
of  Anax  (experiments  which,  one  can  scarcely  doubt,  must  hold 
good  for  the  great  majority  of  dragoiiHy  lai'Vio),  we  see  at  once 
the  reason  for  the  vigorous  rectal  respiration  carried  on  in  tlie 
case  of  our  Zygopterid  larvic  during  the  first  half-hour  after 
hatching.  It  is  xoi  merely  aih  ordhtary  act  of  resplrallon,  bat  is 
necessary  /or  the  quick  rcplacemeibt  of  t)ie  CO^  in  the  tracheal 
system  by  air.  Once  the  tracheal  system  has  reached  the  normal 
state,  so  that  the  necessary  supply  of  oxygen  to  the  tissues  is 
assured,  rectal  respiration  will  be  governed,  in  larvtB  of  different 
kinds,  by  the  efficacy  of  the  total  of  other  respiratory  activities. 
Respiration  through  caudal  gills,  through  lateral  abdominal  gills 
when  they  occur,  and  througli  the  integument  in  such  cases  as  it 
may  occur,  all  differ  from  rectal  respiration  in  heing  practically 
coiifinaous,  carried  on  without  special  efforts  on  the  part  of  the 
lar\a.  Consequently,  if  the  caudal  gills  have  a  poor  tracheal 
sup})lv,  or  a  very  tough  integument,  or  if  the  general  integument 
of  the  larva  be  unsuitable  for  respiration  by  diffusion,  the  call  on 
the  larva  for  rectal  pulsations  must  be  heavier.  If  the  caudal 
gills  are  accidentally  lost,  we  should  expect  that  the  rate  of  rectal 
respiration  woidd  be  increased.  Similarly,  we  might  e.xpect  to 
find  a  higher  rate  of  rectal  respiration  towards  the  end  of  each 
instai-,  when  the  general  integument  tends  to  become  tough  and 
hard,  than  at  the  beginning,  when  it  is  soft  and  delicate.  Ex- 
periments along  these  lines  should  lead  to. interesting  conclusions 


BY    R.    J.    TILLYARD.  413 

as  to  the  true  respiratory  value  of  the  caudal  gills  and  general 
integument. 

It  remains  true,  in  spite  of  the  fact  that  rectal  respiration  has 
now  been  shown  to  be  carried  on  both  in  newly-hatchefl  and  in 
well-grown  Zygopterid  larvj^,  that  no  trn.r  trachi'dl  (/ills  are 
developed  in  the  rectum  of  these  larvae  The  diffusion  of  COo 
outwards  into  the  rectal  water-supply,  and  the  diffusion  of  air 
inwards,  is  undoubtedly  effected  tlirougli  the  rectal  epithelimn 
n-itlnmt  any  sjiecialisation  of  the  tracheal  supply  of  that  rpgion,  and 
the  exchange  must  be  regarded  as  being  primarily  one  between 
the  blood  of  the  larva  and  the  water  in  the  rectum,  cjuite  irres- 
pective of  the  tracheal  system,  which  is  bound  to  benefit  sooner 
or  later  by  the  change.  Where  the  Anisoptera  differ  from  the 
Zygoptera  is  in  the  fact  that  a  set  of  definitely  new  structures, 
viz.,  trachpal  ijilh,  of  great  complexity  and  efficacy,  have  been 
developed  in  the  rectum  in  such  a  manner  as  to  do  away  with 
the  need  for  an}'  other  method  of  respiration,  and  to  bring  the 
necessary  oxygen  direct  from  the  water  to  the  tracheal  system, 
by  means  of  the  thousands  of  minute  capillary  loops  which  lie  in 
the  projecting  gill-folds.  The  thickened  folds  of  rectal  epithelium 
in  Zygopterid  larvpp  are  structurally  not  homologous  with  the 
gills  of  Anisopterid  larvse,  but  rather  with  their  basal  pads,  to 
which  they  bear  a  close  morphological  resemblance,  especially  in 
the  more  archaic  types.  It  would  seem,  therefore,  highly  pro- 
bable that  the  elimination  of  CO^  may  be  one  of  the  principal 
functions  of  these  pads,  seeiilg  that,  before  special  tracheal  gills 
were  developed,  such  elimination  must  have  proceeded  outwards 
pari  passu  with  the  entry  of  air  inwards,  by  diffusion. 

In  conclusion,  we  would  suggest  that  there  is  some  definite 
correlation  between  the  general  asthenogenetic  trend  of  develop- 
ment of  the  Zygoptera  as  a  whole,  and  their  failure  to  develop 
any  single  set  of  highly  efficient  respiratory  organs  in  the  larval 
stage.  They  cannot  compete  on  equal  terms  with  the  highl}-- 
endowed  Anisopterid  larvie  in  this  respect.  Inherent  weakness 
in  the  respiratory  system  is  as  fatal  to  the  development  of  a 
strong  evolutionary  line  as  inherent  inability  to  obtain  food  easily. 


414  EMERGENCE  OF  DRAGONFLY-LARVAE, 

Only  ill  the  case  of  the  Pseitdosfiymatinrp  does  this  inability  seem 
to  have  been  removed  (not  unlikely,  it  appears,  by  bringing  the 
stigmata  themselves  int(j  play  for  breathing  air  directly);  and 
the  result  has  been,  in  this  case,  the  evolution  of  a  race  of  giants. 

Summary. 
'\.  Coiicl n.^ions  fu  hf  drairn  from  Sections  J -^  conceruirui  An'iKop- 

terid  larvce. 
A.  Tlic  (rits  in  /ht'  Tirichral  System,  and  tit p  Method  of  Ri'spiratioii 

(Sections  1  and  2). 
1.  Before  hatcliing,  the  tracheal  system  of  the  embryo  contains 
no  gas,  but  only  a  clear  pale  yellowish  liquid,  which  is  the  liquid 
portion  of  the  insect's  blood,  resembling  lymph. 

i.  During  the  short  pronymphal  stage,  this  liquid  is  replaced 
by  gas  throughout  the  legioii  coterminous  witli  the  midgut;  I.e., 
the  gas  enters  practically  simultaneously  into  the  dorsal  and 
venti'al  trunks  and  theii-  five  pairs  of  connecting  tracheje  in  that 
region.  What  happens  in  the  visceral  trunks  could  not  be 
observed. 

3.  By  a  rapid  extension,  the  gas  passes  forwards  into  the  head, 
and  backwards  into  the  posterior  abdominal  segments,  until  it 
fills  the  whole  tracheal  system,  including  all  the  capillaries  of 
the  rectal  gills. 

4.  The  gas  in  the  tracheie  is  almost  certainly  carbonic  acid  gas. 

5.  Regular  respiration  via  the  recti;m  sets  up  a  process  of 
difi'usion  between  the  capillaries  of  the  rectal  gills  and  the  cir- 
cum-ambient  water,  so  that  C'O^  passes  out  into  the  water,  and  a 
mixture  of  O  and  N,  closely  resembling  air,  passes  into  the 
capillaries,  until,  finally,  the  partial  pressures  of  all  these  gases 
become  the  same  in  the  tracheal  system  as  in  the  water  {i.e.,  N, 
610  mm.;  O,  150  mm.;  COo,  less  than  1  mm.).  The  experiments 
suggest  that  a  considerable  time  must  elapse  before  this  final 
equilibrium  is  fully  established. 

B.  The  Nature  and  Action  of  the  Cephalic  Heart  (Section  3). 
While  this  f)rgan  could  not  be  examined  actually  in  situ  and 
in  action,  the  following  suggestions  ai-e  made  concerning  it,  and 


BY    R.    J.    TILLYARD.  415 

need  to  be  tested  by  further  experiments  if  an  opportunity  offers 
itself  — 

1.  The  Cephalic  Heai't  is  probal)ly  not  a  separate  structure,  but 
simply  a  temporary  formation  in  the  (lesophagus. 

2.  It  pumps  liquid  blood  (without  corpuscles)  from  the  "head- 
vesicle,"  /.''.,  from  between  the  pronymphal  sheath  and  true 
larval  liead,  via  the  larval  mouth,  into  the  oesophagus. 

'^.  The  consequent  distension  of  the  oesophagus,  aided  b}' 
forward  pressure  of  the  midgut,  enables  the  larva,  (a)  to  lift  the 
pedicel  of  the  egg,  and  (h)  to  burst  the  pronymphal  sheatli  dor- 
sally  on  the  head, 

4.  The  apparent  two-chambered  condition  of  this  organ  is  pro- 
bably due  to  the  I'igidity  of  the  ientoi-ial  framewoi-k,  which  con- 
stricts it  while  in  operation. 

C.  (JnK'ral  (Section  4). 

1 .  Deprivation  of  oxygen  for  the  developing  embiyo  is  effect- 
ively brought  about  by  removal  of  the  vegetable  tissues  in  which 
the  egg  was  lai<l,  and  restricti<m  of  the  amount  of  water  and 
access  of  fresh  air. 

2.  Of  twenty-eight  embryos  so  deprived  of  oxygen,  sixteen  died 
without  hatching,  six  reached  the  pionymphal  stage,  and  six 
reached  the  true  larval  stage,  but  died  soon  afterwards. 

3.  Eight  embryos  in  eggs  confined  in  small  blocks  of  vegetable 
tissue,  but  otherwise  subjected  to  restriction  of  the  amount  of 
water  and  access  of  fresh  air,  in  the  same  way  as  those  in  "2,  all 
reached  the  complete  larval  stage,  and  showed  little  or  no  signs 
of  impaired  health. 

4.  The  single  embryo  which  h;id  not  undergone  revei'sion,  before 
being  subjected  to  the  treatment  described  in  1,  contiuncd  fo 
develop  ivifhout  reversiiuj,  and  finally  emerged  as  a  pronymph 
"  tail  foremost." 

ii.  Co7iclusions  to  he  draivtt.fnmi  Serftoti  o,  coiicerrbinii  Zyiiojiferld 

larxHi'. 
1.  Rectal   respiration    is   cari'ied   on    regularly  antl    \  igorously 
during  the  first  half-hour  or  so  of  larval  existence. 


410  EMERGKNCE  OF  DRAGONFLY-LARViE. 

2.  This  vigorous  respiration  is  necessary  in  order  to  effect  a 
quick  exchange  of  the  COo  in  the  tracheal  system  for  air  derived 
fi'om  the  rectal  water-supply. 

.'3.  Thereafter,  for  the  first  two  days  of  larval  existence,  rectal 
lespiration  is  intermittent  only. 

4.  This  indicates  that,  for  the  rest  of  larval  life,  rectal  respira- 
tion is  only  accessory,  and  is  regulated  by  the  sum-total  of  clH- 
ciency  of  the  other  means  of  respiration  used  by  the  larva. 

o.  No  true  rectal  ti-acheal  gills  are  developed  in  young  Zygo- 
pterid  larvie,  but  two  latero-ventr-al  folds  of  thickened  epithelium 
are  seen  to  play  a  prominent  part  in  the  rectal  movements.  No 
special  ti-acheal  development  can  be  seen  in  tliese  rectal  folds. 


[Printed  oft',  8th  Septemher.  lUlfi.J 


P.L.S.N.S.W.  1016. 


•.L.e.N.s.w.  i9ia. 


;.,  bis. 


tioii  i)f  Chri/sopa  sujnatii  Wall;. 
Tracheatioii  of  Chrysopa  (diagranimiitic) 


.gicf  ,.x    lo 

416 


KMER'iKSOE    OF    DRAOONFLV-LARV-E. 


8»«t  .W.».M.«.-I« 


f*^       K»      . 


r 


l>.  This  \  iiionm.s   respiration   is   nw-essary  in  oi'dei^tA'Clfeot  a 
5j     quick  exchange  of  the  CO,  in  the  tracheal  sys^em^i-^aTy  #fi'^l 
from  the  rectal  water-supply.  /^    V 

:\  '^^.^a^-Hftea-,  for  the  first  two  days  of  ^rval  ^x 
respiTJ'  intermittent  only.  'oj     /  \  \/ 

i.  Xlrjs  ji.tthY-atesv..that,  for  the  rest  o|^lar 
ti.\^.^i4  .mW  f^r-^Xf^,  and  is  regulafe^d/by 
^  Vf  fhte  otijer  Hieans  of  respiration  \is^ 
-,.  ^N\itme\^c\al /tracheal  gilt^ar^d^^ 

,.t,.Ai.f1-Vvl\li)ei^  V"  M:ero-venti;#l  foKJs 

•oniiiljetit  part  iJ^  ^le  \ 
opi^nto^aai  he  ^<efin  i 


sptu 


viiiBiatitm-^iiiii)   rt"\o»('»AO  k)  noWijarlOBiT 


P.L.S.N.S.W.    1916. 


^'  m  in   jr^ 
xa 


\eiiatioii   iif  Chriisdpd  xii/nalu   Walk. 


P.L.S.N.S.W.  1918. 


l-'ii.    I'lipiil   uiiig-trachcatidn  of  Cliriisupii. 


P.L.S.N.S  W     1B18. 


1-G.   Ithunc  fulra.  ils]).  7-9.   Illiuni'   fiisca  Xewiu. 


P.L.S.N.S.W.    19!6. 


^?  .A  ...R, 


iA;'..' / 


10-11.   Dicixiiifplcryx  pliuUenoidfs    (Ijiiiii.). 


12-11.   DrciKiiKK-ra  Iniiiiilix   (McLachl.). 


P.L.S.N.S.W.    191fl. 


RJ.T.dd. 


Urvpaitarca  spp. 


P.L.S.N.S.W.    19!6 


R.J.  T.dd. 


■M.   O.ci/hiclla   briilirvlli,  ii.sp.  21.   Payvhobiella  fiisra,  ii.sp. 


P.L.S.N.S   W.    1916. 


22 


23 


R.J.T.dtl 


22-23.   Nutiobiclla  spp.  24-25.   Citnihiii.'i  s|)ii.  20-27.  Slsi/ra   spii. 


P.L.S.N.S.W.  191B. 


RJ.  Tdei 


28.  SperniopJiorena  i.\sseni\nata,  ilsji. 


29.  S,  inaculatissima,  n.si). 


P.L.S.N.S.W     1919 


oO-3t).  Sjii'i-iiioj//iort'Ho  dissciiiliiuta,  a.sp. 


34.   Trichoma  firiiriVrpcinif,  u.si>. 


P.L.S.N.S.W.    1916. 


35.     Stenohiella  hirsntissima,  n.sp. 


417 


NOTES    FROM    THE    BOTANIC    GARDENS,    SYDNEY. 

PARTHENOaENKSIS    IX    AQUATIC    PHANEROGAMS. 

By  a.  H.  S.  Lucas,  M.A.,  B.Sc. 

Elatine  triandra  Schrank  [ELATiNACEiE]. 

Plants  of  Elatine  were  brought  under  my  notice  by  Mr.  J 
Bi'ooks,  who  has  charge  of  the  freshwater  aquaria  at  the  Botanic 
Gardens,  Sydney,  in  February  last.  The  plants  were  growing 
submerged  in  a  glass  tank.  They  had  grown  vigorously  for  some 
months,  with  roots  fixed  in  the  soil  at  the  bottom  of  the  tank. 
Now,  fragments  were  being  detached  freely,  with  rootlets  grow- 
ing out  into  the  water,  Mr.  Brooks  wanted  to  know  — "  Whv 
are  the  plants  breaking  up  in  this  way  1" 

Capsules  in  various  stages  of  development  were  grow  ing  on 
the  plants,  but  no  flowers  or  flower-buds  could  be  discovered. 
There  were  no  signs  of  calyx- lobes,  corolla,  stamens,  or  even 
bracts.  A  few  of  these  capsules  contained  apparently  fully  de- 
veloped, brown  seeds  presenting  the  characteristic  sculpturing. 

Thinking  that  by  modifying  the  conditions  we  might  be  able 
to  induce  normal  flowering,  I  asked  Mr.  Brooks  to  plant  some  in 
earth  in  a  flower-pot  surrounded  by  water,  and  to  expose  these 
gradually  to  full  sunlight. 

A  few  days  later,  I  discovered  the  plant  growing  in  the  Lily- 
Pond  of  the  Centennial  Park,  Sydney.  Large,  floating  frag- 
ments, up  to  9  inches  in  length,  with  abundant  roots,  bore  fruits 
similar  to  those  formed  in  the  tank.  At  one  spot,  the  floor  of 
the  pond  was  dry,  owing  to  the  prolonged  drought.  Here  the 
plant  was  growing  on  firm  mud.  The  leaves  were  very  much 
shorter,  and  the  plant  altogether  smaller,  than  in  the  submerged 
form;  but  it  bore  numerous,  small  flowers,  with  3,  broad,  green 
sepals;  3,  spreading,  red  pistils;  and  3  stamens  I  brought 
some  home,  with  the  surrounding  mud,  and  planted  them  in  an 
ordinary  flower-pot.     I  did  not  place  the  pot  in  water,  but  kept 

35 


418       NOTES  FROM  THE  BOTANIC  GARDENS,  SYDNEY, 

it  well  watered,  and  exposed  it  to  sunlight.  The  plants  spread, 
and  continued  to  flower  well  into  the  month  of  May.  Mr. 
Brooks'  plants  naturally  took  longer  to  accustom  themselves  to 
the  greater  change  of  conditions,  but,  early  in  April,  they  were 
in  full  flower.  Thus,  the  suggested  experiment  had  succeeded. 
It  was  plain  that  the  condition  necessary  to  produce  flowers  was 
exposure  of  the  growing  plant  to  air  and  sunlight. 

I  then  tried  the  converse  experiment  of  placing  some  of  the 
flowering  plants  in  soil,  at  the  bottom  of  a  glass  jar,  which  I 
filled  with  water.  They  did  not  resent  the  sudden  change,  but 
speedily  grew  out  into  the  elongated  form  with  longer  leaves, 
and  now  (in  May)  are  producing  the  capsules  of  the  submerged 
form  freely. 

The  capsules  of  the  submerged  form  closely  resemble  those  of 
the  flowers,  and,  as  no  stamens  are  present,  we  have  a  clear  case 
of  parthenogenesis. 

Glossostigma  spathulatum  Arnott  [Scrophulariace^]. 

In  another  glass  tank  in  the  Gardens,  were  growing  vigorously, 
a  number  of  plants  of  a  Glossostigma,  which,  while  spreading 
freely  in  the  water,  never  rose  to  the  surface.  The  roots  were 
fixed  in  the  soil  at  the  bottom.  These  plants  also  bore  capsules 
of  various  stages,  in  none  of  which  could  I  detect  floral  envelopes 
or  stamens.  The  plants  had  been  growing  for  years  in  the  tank, 
but  had  never  produced  flowers. 

We  experimented  with  these  in  the  same  way  as  with  Elatine. 
Mr.  Brooks  placed  his  in  a  flower-pot  in  ordinary  mould,  and 
placed  the  pot  in  a  large  saucer  filled  with  water.  In  about  a 
month,  the  plants  had  quite  accommodated  themselves  to  the 
new  habitat,  and  produced  a  number  of  tiny,  blue,  perfect 
flowers.  I  arranged  my  plant  in  a  diminutive,  artificial  pond  I 
had  made,  so  that  part  of  the  creeping  stem  was  fixed  by  the 
roots  to  soil  at  the  bottom,  and  the  other  part,  unsevered,  ex- 
tended over  a  small  bank  of  earth  at  the  side  of  the  pond.  Thus, 
part  of  the  plant  was  submerged,  and  part  exposed  to  air  and 
direct  sunlight.  It  seemed  at  home  at  once,  and  both  plants 
grew  quickly.     The  submerged  part   spread   far  and  wide  over 


BY    A.    H.    S.    LUCAS.  .  419 

the  bottom  of  the  pond,  and  formed  capsules;  and,  in  less  than 
a  fortnight,  the  terrestrial  portion  had  spread  over  the  bank 
(which  was  now  and  again  inundated,  when  the  pond  was  filled 
up)  and  formed  the  fully  developed,  blue  flowers.  The  number 
of  stamens  was  constantly  2,  and,  therefore,  our  plant  must  be 
placed  as  G .  s'pathulatwm  Arnott.  The  other  Australian  species, 
G.  Drumviondii  Benth.,  and  G.  elatinoides  Benth.,  have  4 
stamens. 

It  was  naturally  a  pleasure  to  have  thus  succeeded  in  obtaining 
the  normal  flowers.  Curiously,  perhaps  the  only  passage  in  the 
severe  pages  of  the  Flora  Australiensis  which  is  "tinged  with 
emotion,"  occurs  in  relation  with  this  plant.  Bentham  quotes  a 
remark  of  O'Shanesy,  who  gathered  this  species  at  Rockhampton, 
that  "  the  numerous  little  blue  flowers  look  like  tiny  drops  of 
dew."  (Vol.  iv.,  p.502). 

We  had  thus  succeeded  in  inducing  flowering  in  both  plants. 
In  a  submerged  state,  they  do  not  produce  a  distinct  calyx, 
petals  or  stamens,  but  freely  produce  capsules.  To  test  the 
fertility  of  the  seeds  produced  in  the  submerged  capsules  of 
Glossostiyma,  I  asked  Mr.  Brooks  to  sow  the  seeds.  He  placed 
some  in  soil  exposed  to  air,  and  dropped  some  on  to  the  soil  at 
the  bottom  of  a  tank  containing  water.  Both  sets  germinated, 
the  latter  with  extreme  freedom. 

Thus  habitual  parthenogenesis  is  seen  to  occur  in  Glossostiyma 
spalhulatum — so  long  as  the  plant  remains  entirely  submerged. 
When  the  plants  obtain  a  footing  on  mud  uncovered  with  water, 
they  will  develop  flowers  in  the  season,  and  produce  ovules 
fertilised  in  the  usual  way.  .  Incidentally,  we  may  find  a  reason- 
able answer  to  Mr.  Brooks'  original  question  in  regard  to  Elatine. 
The  submerged  plant  tends  to  break  up  into  fragments  or  sections 
in  the  season  proper  for  flowering.  These  fragments  float,  and, 
as  we  saw  in  the  pond  in  the  Centennial  Park,  under  natural 
conditions  will  have  a  chance  of  reaching  a  mooring  ground,  and 
thus  of  attaining  to  a  terrestrial  habitat  convenient  for  flowering. 

We  have  not  yet  experimented  with  the  seeds  of  Elatine,  pro- 
duced in  the  submei"ged  capsules,  but  the  mature  form  of  the 
seeds  found  makes  it  nearly  certain  that  they  are  fertile. 


420  NOTES    FROM    THE    BOTANIC    GARDKNS,    SYDNEY, 

These  two  instances  of  parthenogenesis  in  two,  submerged 
plants  of  so  widely  separated  families  seem  to  lead  up  to  the 
conception,  that  such  a  habit  is  likely  to  be  very  generally  char- 
acteristic of  plants  growing  under  similar  conditions.  At  all 
events,  I  have  obtained  considerable  evidence  in  favour  of  this 
view.  Further  investigation  is  in  progress,  and  I  hope  to  bring 
further  results  before  the  Society,  as  opportunity  occurs  for 
experimentation. 

Note  on  the  Species  of  Elatine. 

The  plant  experimented  on  is  our  common  Elatine.  The 
Southern  species,  in  which  Bentham  includes  the  Australian 
form,  has  been  labelled  E.  minima  Fisch.  &.  Meyer,  (Linnasa,  x., 
73),  E.  grat.ioloides  A.  Cunn.,  (Ann.  Nat.  Hist.,  iii.,  26,  on  New 
Zealand  forms),  E.  americana  Arnott,  by  von  Mueller,  and  E. 
am,ericana  Arnott,  var.  australiensis  by  Bentham.  E.  triandra 
of  Schrank  was  founded  in  1791;  and  E  americana  Arnott,  in 
1814. 

Bentham  says  "  The  Australian  species  is  considered  b}'  some 
as  endemic,  by  others  as  identical  with  an  American  one."  And 
aoain,  "  This  plant,  whether   a  distinct  species   or  a  variety  of 

the  N.  American  one, is  very  variable."     He  then  notes 

various  forms,  those  under  water  with  elongated  stems,  and  very 
few  with  petals.  There  is  no  doubt  that  the  external  form 
varies  at  once,  as  we  have  seen,  even  in  the  same  individual, 
when  the  conditions  change. 

Britton  and  Brown,  in  their  "Illustrated  Flora  of  the  Northern 
United  States,"  1897,  ii.,  p. 437,  give  descriptions  and  figures  of 
both  E.  americana  and  E.  triandra.  Of  E.  americana  they  state, 
"  Sepals,  petals,  stamens,  styles  2  (rarely  3  in  terrestrial  forms)"; 
and  of  E.  triandra,  "'Sepals  commonly  2;  petals,  stamens,  and 
stigmas  3."  In  our  specimens,  the  ti'imerism  of  all  the  parts  is 
conspicuous.  Thus  Bentham  writes  (I  c),  "The  N.  American 
plant  "  [i.e.,  E.  americana^  "differs  chiefly  in  the  flowers  almost 
constantly  dimerous,  which  does  not  occur  in  any  southern 
specimens  I  have  examined." 

Inasuiuch  as  the  number  of  stamens  present  in  the  flowers  is 


BY    A.    H.    S.     LUCAS.  42l 

one  of  the  chief  points  relied  on  in  the  differentiation  of  species 
of  Elatine,  the  discrepancy  in  the  numbers  seems  fatal  to  the 
inclusion  of  our  plants,  with  flowers  almost  constantly  trimerous, 
in  E.  americana,  with  flowers  almost  constantly  dimerous.  On 
the  other  hand,  there  is  much  less  reason  for  separating  the  Aus- 
tralian form  from  the  older  species,  E.  triaiidra. 

I  have  lieen  able  to  compare  our  plants  with  specimens,  in  the 
Herbarium  of  the  Botanic  Gardens,  of  E.  americana  and  E. 
triandra,  both  from  the  United  States.  The  facies  of  the  Aus- 
tralian form  agrees  well  enough  with  either  — as  do  the  dimen- 
sions of  parts  ^but  the  predominance  of  trimerism  of  parts 
brinss  it  into  much  closer  relation  with  E.  t7-iandra.  The  differ- 
ences  appear  to  be  too  small  to  justify  the  creation  of  a  new 
species,  and  1  propose,  therefore,  to  include  our  Elatine  in  E. 
triandra  Schrank. 


422 


REVISION  OF  THE  AMYCTERIDES. 
Part  v.  Mulochtus  and  Ctihicorrhynchtis. 

By  Eustace  W.  Ferciuson,  M.B.,  Ch.M. 

MoLOCHTUS  Pascoe. 

Pascoe,  Journ.  Linn.  Soc,  xii.,  1873,  p. 18. 

Type  of  genus,  M.  gagates  Pascoe. 

r^arge,  or  very  large  species.  Head  convex,  separated  from 
rostrum  by  a  transverse  impression;  supraorbital  crests  in  tbe 
form  either  of  a  raised  ridge,  or  of  two,  dentiform  tubercles. 
Rostrum  deeply  concave  above,  the  lateral  margins  strongly 
raised.  Prothorax  rotundate  or  suliquadrate,  with  two,  small 
spicules  at  anterior  and  two  at  posterior  lateral  angles,  these 
more  marked  in  the  female;  disc  closely  granulate.  Elytra 
broad,  flattened  more  or  less  on  disc,  strongly  declivous;  striate, 
the  punctures  often  transverse,  crossing  interstices  as  a  series  of 
transverse  wrinkles;  interstices  granulate  or  tuberculate.  Under- 
surface  in  the  male  concave  at  base  and  granulate,  at  least  at 
base  of  abdomen;  in  the  female,  convex,  non-granulate.  Anterior 
coxae  contiguous.  Legs  stout.  Tarsi  broad,  with  claw-joint 
flattened  above,  broad  and  parallel-sided  in  greater  part  of  its 
length. 

The  position  of  Molochliis,  in  relation  to  other  genera,  has 
been  variously  regarded  by  different  entomologists.  In  de- 
scribing the  genus,  Pascoe  referred  it  to  the  neighbourhood  of 
Talaurinus,  at  the  same  time  noting  that  the  type-species  (J/. 
gagates)  was  not  very  unlike  Cuhicorrhynchits  niaxirmis  Macl. 
Sloane  (Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  South  Aust.,  1893,  p. 232),  in  describing 
Acantholophus  granulatus,  stated  that  it  seemed  to  him  the 
affinities  of  Molochtus  were  more  to  Ctcbicorrhytichus  and  Acan- 
tholophns.  Lea  (Die  Fauna  Siidwest-Australiens,  ii.,  1909,  p. 222) 
regarded  C.  viaximus  as  certainly  congeneric  with  M.  gagates, 
and  placed  that  species  under  Cuhicorrhynchns,  thus  deleting 
the  genus  Molochtus  altogether. 


BY   E.   W.   FERGUSON.  .  423 

To  my  mind,  though  unquestionably  related  to  Cubicorrhyn- 
chus,  the  genus  Molochius,  as  exemplified  by  Jll.  gagates,  seems 
worthy  to  be  maintained  as  distinct.  Also,  I  do  not  regard  C . 
niaximus  as  congeneric  with  M.  gagates;  it  seems  to  me  unques- 
tionably congeneric  with  Ac.  granulatus  and  Ac.  Blackburni 
{  =  Ac.  simplex  Blackb.),  though  the  position  of  these  three 
species  is  open  to  question.  The  head,  in  all  the  species  of 
Molochtus,  is  very  strongly  convex,  the  intercristal  portion  being 
feebly  transversely  concave,  and  separated  from  the  rest  of  the 
head  by  a  more  or  less  distinct  impression;  the  crests  are  repre- 
sented either  by  a  feebly  elevated  ridge,  or  by  two,  small,  denti- 
form projections.  The  rostrum  does  not  differ  materially  from 
that  of  .4c. C?)  maximus,  but  is  decidedly  more  excavate  than  that 
of  Cuhicorrhynchus,  with  the  lateral  margins  more  strongly  raised. 
Theprothorax  is  quadrate  or  rotundate,  with  two,  small  denticles 
in  the  region  of  the  antero-lateral  angle,  and  two  more  near  the 
postero-lateral  angle.  In  the  male,  these,  or  some  of  them,  may 
be  obsolete,  but  they  are  always  well  marked  in  the  female, 
which  also  has  theprothorax  invariably  narrower.  The  granules 
on  the  thorax  are  always  more  or  less  flattened,  and  closely  set. 
The  elytral  sculpture  is  fairly  characteristic,  though  that  of 
.4c. C?)  maximus  is  not  unlike;  the  interstices  are  granulate,  the 
granules  being  generally  depressed,  though,  in  some  forms  of 
M.  gagates,  they  become  conical  tubercles  posteriorly  and  later- 
ally; they  are  separated  by  more  or  less  distinct,  transverse  im- 
pressions, often  extending  over  two  or  more  interstices;  the  whole 
sculpture  is  often  confused,  and  difficult  to  describe.  The 
metasternum  and  ventral  segments,  at  any  rate  the  basal  two, 
are  strongly  granulate,  a  feature  which  I  have  not  noted  in 
Cubicorrhyiiclius.  The  tarsal  structure,  howevei",  is  the  feature 
to  which  I  attach  most  importance  in  separating  the  two  genera. 
In  Molochtus,  the  fourth  or  clawjoint  is  broad,  flattened  above, 
with  subparallel  sides  throughout  the  greater  portion  of  its 
length,  and  not  narrowed  till  quite  close  to  the  base.  In  Arait- 
tholophiis  and  Cubicorrhynchus,  the  clawjoint  is  not  flattened 
above,  and  is  gradually  widened  from  base  to  near  apex. 

Two  species  of  Molochtus  have,  in  past  years,  been  described, 


424  EEVISIOK  OF  THE  AMYCTERIDES,  V., 

M.  gagates  Pasc,  {I.e.,  p. IS),  and  ^f.  tibialis  Sloane,  (Trans.  Roy. 
Soc.  S.  Aust.,  1893,  p. 229);  while  I  have  recently  named  a  third, 
M.  hercules,  (Trans.  R.  Soc.  IS.  Aust.,  xxxix.,  p. 74,  1915).  To 
this  number,  I  have  now  to  add  a  fourtli  species,  M .  rol.undicollis. 
Geographical  Distribution. — The  species  are  all  inhabitants  of 
the  western  half  of  the  continent,  stretching  from  west  of  Lake 
Eyre  in  Central  Australia  to  the  seacoast  of  Western  Australia; 
the  genus  appears  to  be  absent  from  the  south-west  corner.  The 
range  of  M.  tibialis  and  M.  hercules  appears  to  be  almost  co- 
extensive with  that  of  the  genus.  M.  gagates  is  known  princi- 
pally from  the  neighbourhood  of  Geraldton  and  the  Murchison 
River,  though  inland,  at  Cue,  its  place  is  taken  by  J/,  tibialis;  I 
have  also  a  specimen  labelled  Central  Australia.  M.  rotundi- 
collis  occurs  on  the  Ashburton  and  Gascoyne  Rivers. 

Table  of  lSpeciei<. 

l(4).vSupiaorl)ital  crests  represented  by  a  slight  ridge. 

2(3).  Anterior  tibite  not  emarginate  in  the  male M.  gagatts  Pasc. 

3(2).  Anterior  tibia;  with  a  subapical  emargination  in  the  male 

M.  tibialis  SI. 

4(1).  Supraorbital  crests  Ijidentate. 

o(6). Prothorax  subquadrate,  size  large M.  hercides  Ferg. 

6(5).Prothorax  rotundate,  size  comparatively  small. ..J/,  rotundicollis,  n.sp. 

MOLOCHTUS    GAGATES  PaSC. 

Pascoe,  Journ.  Linn.  Soc  ,  xii.,  1873,  p.l8,  PI.  ii.,  fig. 9. 

A  recent  visit  to  the  British  Museum  has  enabled  me  to 
examine  the  type,  a  female,  of  this  species,  and  to  confirm  its 
identity  with  the  species  so  named  in  Australian  collections  It 
is  closely  allied  to  J/,  tibialis  Sloane,  but  may  be  readily  distin- 
,'uished  by  the  shorter  and  stouter  legs,  the  difference  being 
more  marked  in  the  male;  this  sex  further  differs  from  the  male 
of  M.  tibialis  in  lacking  the  subapical  emargination  of  the  front 
tibiae. 

There  are,  in  my  collection,  two  forms,  which  I  regard  as 
belonging  to  this  species,  differing  in  the  elytral  sculpture,  one 
form  having  the  elytral  tubercles  distinctly  larger  than  in  the 
other,  which  is  the  typical  form. 


?3 


BY  E.   ^V.   FERGUSOK.  425 

I  have  specimens  of  the  typical  form  from  Champion  Bay  and 
Mullewa  ;  and  of  the  more  strongly  tuberculate  form  from 
Onslow,  Murchison  River,  and  Central  Australia. 

MoLOCHTUS  TIBIALIS  Sloane. 

Sloane,  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  S.  Aust.,  xvi.,  1893,  p. 229;  Lea,  ibid., 
1903,  p.  11 3. 

Tn  his  description,  Sloane  has  given  a  number  of  characters 
differentiating  M.  tibialis  from  M.  gagates  Pasc;  Lea,  however, 
has  pointed  out  that  these  differences  will  not  hold,  and,  after 
examination  of  a  number  of  specimens,  I  find  that  they  will  not, 
without  modification.  The  differences  in  the  head,  rostrum,  and 
prothorax  do  not  appear  to  be  constant;  and  I  do  not  think  that 
they  can  be  made  much  use  of  in  separating  the  species.  The 
elytral  sculpture  vaiyes  considerably;  some  of  the  specimens, 
including  the  types,  have  the  sculpture  flatter  and  more  obliterate 
than  in  others,  which  approach  closely  to  the  less  strongly 
sculptured  form  of  J/,  gagates  (see  under  that  species);  but  I 
have  never  seen  specimens  of  M.  tibialis  with  sculpture  approach- 
ing that  of  the  more  strongly  tuberculate  form  of  J/,  gagates. 
There  is,  however,  another  difference  which  will  enable  the  males 
of  the  two  species  to  be  readily  determined,  and  that  is  the  leg- 
structure.  In  il/.  tibialis,  the  tibiae  are  longer,  and  the  anterior 
tibia  has  a  subapical  emargination  or  notch  on  the  undersurface. 
The  females  of  AI.  tibialis  have  also  longer  tibiae  than  the  females 
of  3f.  gagates,  but  the  difference  is  only  really  apparent  when 
specimens  of  the  two  species  are  compared  together. 

The  specimens  of  M.  tibialis  in  my  possession  include,  in  all 
probability,  the  tj'pes;  the  female  type  is  marked  as  such,  but 
there  is  also  a  male  from  Fraser  Range  (the  type-locality)  which 
agrees  exactly  with  Sloane's  description  and  measurements, 
whereas  none  of  the  South  Australian  Museum  specimens  agree 
exectly  with  Sloane's  measurements. 

The  species  has  a  wide  range,  from  Central  Australia  to  the 
coast-board  of  Western  Australia  in  the  neighbourhood  (at  least) 
of  the  Ashburton  River. 


426  REVISION  OF  THE  AMYCTERIDES;  V., 

MOLOCHTUS    HERCULES  Fei'g. 

Trans.  R.  Soc.  S.  Aust.,  xxxix,  p. 74,  1915. 

Hah.  —  W.A.:  Kookynie,  Kalgoorlie,  Cue. —  Central  Australia: 
Hermannsburg. 

MoLOCHTUS    ROTUNDICOLLIS,   n.sp. 

J".  Size  comparatively  small;  elongate-ovate.  Black;  without 
clotliing;  setye  light  brown,  for  the  most  part  absent  from  the 
upper  surface. 

Head  separated  from  rostrum  above  by  a  deep  V-shaped  im- 
pression, becoming  indistinct  towards  the  sides;  strongly  convex, 
the  intercristal  portion  separated  from  the  I'est  of  the  head  by  a 
transverse  impression  ;  the  extreme  posterior  portion  finely 
transversely  strigulose,  elsewiiere  finely  and  irregularly  reticu- 
late, intercristal  puncto-granulate;  supraorbital  crests  composed 
of  two,  small,  dentiform  tubercles,  the  posterior  slightly  the 
larger,  conjoined  at  base.  Rostrum  widely  and  deeply  concave 
above;  the  lateral  margins  raised,  curved  inwards  and  broadened 
at  base:  convex  in  profile,  anterior  end  bluntly  acuminate,  less 
so  than  in  M.  hercules;  upper  surface  rather  coarsely  punctate. 
Prothorax  (5x6  mm.)  broad,  strongly  rounded  on  sides,  the 
anterior  lateral  denticles  hardly  traceable,  the  postero-lateral 
ones  small,  but  evident;  anterior  margin  without  ocular  lobes; 
disc  widely  depressed  in  centre,  with  a  feeble,  deeper,  median 
impression  traceable  anteriorly ;  closely  set  with  flattened 
granules,  separated  by  tine,  impressed  lines  arranged  in  a  con- 
centric manner  around  each  half  of  the  disc,  the  central  impres- 
sions on  each  side  running  transversely;  sides  granulate  above, 
the  granules  becoming  smaller  and  fewer  towards  the  coxje;  with 
impressed  lines  arranged  concentrically  with  those  on  disc. 
El3^tra(10  x  7mm.)  broad,  flattened  on  disc,  sides  rather  strongly 
rounded  at  base,  more  gradually  to  apex;  apex  not  acuminate; 
base  not  emarginate,  humeral  angles  rounded;  striae  narrow, 
punctures  small,  the  ridges  between  not  granulate;  interstices 
not  raised,  with  small,  obscure  granules  more  definite  on  declivity 
and  towards   sides.       Undersurface   feebly  concave   over  meta- 


BY   E.   W.   FERGUSON.  427 


sternum  and  base  of  abdomen,  all  the  segments  granulate,  the 
granules  largest  on  the  second  ventral  segment,  smallest  on  the 
metasternum,  on  the  fifth  interstice  coalescing  near  apex  to  form 
a  series  of  transverse  strigse.  Tibite  simple,  with  a  row  of 
granules  on  undersurface;  tarsi  and  claw-joints  as  in  the  genus. 

9.  Differs  from  the  male  in  being  more  ovate.  Head  more 
obsoletely  punctate;  rostrum  with  lateral  margins  less  widened 
at  base.  Prothorax  (4  x  5  mm.)  narrower,  not  widely  dilatate, 
less  strongly  rounded  on  sides:  disc  not  so  widely  depressed,  but 
with  a  deeper,  median,  impressed  line;  granules  less  flattened, 
with  the  concentric  impressions  less  definite;  lateral  margins 
with  denticles  more  strongly  developed.  Elytra  (11  x  7  mm.) 
rather  longer  than  in  the  male,  apex  not  acuminate,  base  with 
shoulders  rounded;  sculpture  as  in  the  male.  Undersurface 
more  convex,  basal  segments  slightly  flattened,  not  granulate, 
but  with  a  somewhat  shagreened  appearance;  apical  segment 
rather  feebly,  transversely  rugulose.  Dimettsions :  ^,  16  x  7  mm; 
9,  16x7  mm. 

f/ab. — W.A.:  Onslow,  Ashburton  River,  Carnarvon  (ex  C. 
French). 

Type  in  Coll.  Ferguson;  cotypes  in  National  Museum,  Mel- 
bourne. 

This  species  is  allied  to  J/,  hercules  Ferg.,  but  differs  in  the 
strongly  rounded  prothorax,  in  the  non-acuminate  elytra,  with 
the  basal  angles  rounded,  and  in  the  more  granulate  undersurface, 
as  well  as  in  its  smaller  size. 

A  second  male  before  me  has  the  prothorax  less  strongly 
dilatate;  the  head  is  also  more  obsoletely  punctured. 

CuBicoRRHYNCHUs  Lacordaire. 

Lacordaire,  Gen.  Coleopt.,  vi.,  p. 314. 

Size  small  to  moderate,  never  very  large.  Head  convex, 
separated  from  rostrum  by  a  transverse  impression;  supraocular 
crests  present,  simple.  Rostrum  short,  wide,  flat  or  feebly  de- 
pressed above,  the  lateral  margins  not  strongly  raised.  Scape 
long;  second  joint  of  funicle  generally  longer  than  first.     Pro- 


428  REVISION  OF  THE  AMYCTERIDES,  V., 

thorax  rounded  or  dentate  at  sides;  subapical  and  basal  trans- 
verse impressions  well  marked,  the  latter  often  hidden  from 
above;  disc  granulate.  Elytra  suboval,  basal  angles  generally 
strongly  rounded;  disc  regularly  striate-punctate ;  interstices 
granulate,  occasionally  showing  extraordinary  sexual  characters. 
Undersurface  generally  depressed  at  base  of  abdomen  in  the 
male,  convex  in  the  female.  Femora  and  tibia?  showing,  in 
many  species,  marked  sexual  characters;  tarsi  with  clawjoint  not 
flattened  as  in  Molochtus. 

The  genus  Cubicorrhy nclbus  was  described  by  Lacordaire  for  a 
group  of  species  of  which  he  knew  of  no  described  example, 
although  he  alluded  to  several  known  under  MS. -names,  as  pro- 
bably belonging  to  the  genus.  His  generic  diagnosis  leaves  it 
quite  clear,  however,  to  what  group  of  species  he  intended  the 
name  to  belong;  and  Macleay  has  rightly  claimed  the  name  for 
those  species  which  now  bear  it. 

This  genus,  and  Molochtus,  are  the  first  of  a  section  of  the 
Amycterides  which  seems,  to  me,  distinct  from  the  Psalidura- 
Talaurinus-Sclerorinus  complex;  and  which  contains  two  large 
genera,  Cubicoi-rhynrhiis  and  Acantholophus,  as  well  as  a  number 
of  smaller  ones.  I  do  not  propose  at  present  to  define  the  limits 
and  characters  of  the  different  sections  of  the  family;  as  such 
will  require  much  further  study.  I  merely  indicate  here  the 
existence  of  these  sections,  in  passing  from  one  to  another. 

The  essential  characters  of  Cubicorrhytichiis,  as  distinguishing 
it  from  its  immediate  allies,  lie,  to  my  mind,  in  the  rostral 
structure.  In  Cubicorrhyiichus,  the  rostrum  is  short  and  broad, 
and  the  upper  surface  is  at  most  feebly  concave,  the  lateral 
margins  not  being  raised;  although,  in  profile,  they  are  more  or 
or  less  convex.  The  rostrum  is  separated  from  the  head,  above, 
by  a  transverse,  linear  impression;  in  a  few  species,  this  line 
turns  backwards  along  the  inner  sides  of  the  crests.  The  pre- 
sence of  supraorbital  crests  is  constant,  although  these  vary 
somewhat  in  direction  and  development.  There  are  also  two 
small  granules  present  in  most  species,  although  in  some  they 
aie  absent;  and  they  are  present  in  a  few  species  at  present  re- 
ferred   to   Acantholophus.      The   prothorax   varies    in    different 


BY  E.   W.   FKRGUSON,  429 

species;  in  the  most  typical  examples  of  the  fjenus,  the  prothorax 
is  strongly  and  evenly  rounded  on  the  sides,  whereas  in  others 
it  is  strongly  dentate,  this  form  reaching  its  highest  develop- 
ment in  (J.  spinicoUis,  which  has  been  regarded  by  some  author- 
ities as  being  generically  distinct.  With  this,  I  do  not  agree, 
as  the  transition  between  the  various  species  of  Cubicoirhi/iichus 
is  too  gradual  to  admit  of  a  violent  separation  of  this  species; 
moreover,  in  the  females  of  the  species  with  rounder  prothorax, 
the  sides  are  distinctly  ridged  as  in  the  dentate  species.  The 
pz'esence  of  a  subapical  and  a  basal,  transverse  impression  is 
constant,  while  the  median  line  is,  as  a  rule,  impressed.  The 
elytra  are,  as  a  rule,  subovate,  with  the  humeral  angles  strongly 
rounded,  and  strongly  declivous  posteriorly.  The  disc  is  regu- 
larly striate,  the  punctures  open,  and  rather  indefinite,  never 
very  large;  the  interstices  are,  as  a  rule,  granulate,  though  the 
granules  may  be  obsolescent  on  the  disc;  they  are  situate  rather 
to  one  side  of  the  interstice,  in  some  cases  simulating  intrastrial 
granules.  Some  of  the  species,  in  addition,  present  extraordinary 
features,  in  the  development  of  spines  or  tubercles.  The  under- 
surface  is,  in  the  male,  gently  concave  over  the  metasternum 
and  basal,  ventral  segments,  whereas,  in  the  female,  the  under- 
surface  is  convex.  The  front  coxse  are,  in  a  few  species,  sepa- 
rated; in  the  others,  they  are  contiguous.  The  legs,  and  in 
particular  the  posterior  tibiae,  show  exti*aordinary  features  of 
specific  importance.  These  are  present  in  the  male  only,  and  it 
is  impossible,  in  many  cases,  to  distinguish  the  females  from 
each  other,  although  the  males  may  be  readily  identified. 

Of  the  Amycterides  described  previouslv  to  the  institution  of 
the  genus,  only  three  can  be  referred  to  it. 

C.  Bohemani  Bohem.,  (Schonh.,  Gen.  Cure,  vii.  (1),  1843)  is  a 
well  known  Western  Australian  species;  while  C.  crenicollis 
Waterh.,  (Trans.  Ent.  Soc,  1854),  and  C.  Dohrni  Waterh.,  {I.e.) 
are  also  Western  Australian  species,  and  readily  identified  from 
their  descriptions. 

The  name  C.  niorosus  has  been  in  use  for  a  species  of  Cuhi- 
corrhynchus,  but  incorrectly  so.  I  have  seen  the  type  of  Ainyc- 
terus  THorosus,  and  it  is  a  Sclerorinus;  although  the  species  which 


430  REVISION  OF  THE  AMTCTERIDES,  V., 

Boheman  and  later  entomologists  identified  as  A.morosus  Boisd., 
certainly  is  a  Cubicorrliynchus. 

Macleay  (Trans.  Ent.  Soc.  N.  S.  Wales,  1865)  added  five  new 
species  to  the  genus.  Of  these,  I  would  exclude  C.  maxim^is 
from  the  genus,  and  refer  it  provisionally  to  Acantholophns; 
while  C.  sepidioides  is  regarded  by  Lea  as  a  synonym  of  C. 
valcaratus.  The  other  species  are  distinct,  though  C.  jnceo-setosns 
should  possibly  be  regarded  as  a  variety  only  of  C.  maculalus. 
Subsequently,  Macleay  {op.  cit.,  1866)  described  three  additional 
species,  C.  aiigularis,  C.  spinicollis,  and  C  eximius.  The  first 
of  these  is  a  synonym  of  C.  Bohemani,  while  C  eximius  has  been 
referred  by  Lea  to  Acantholophns. 

Pascoe*  described  two  species,  C.  cichlodes  and  C.  steri/is. 
Sloane  has  made  the  former  of  these  the  type  of  a  new  genus, 
iVotonophes. 

Blackburn  was  the  next  entomologist  to  add  any  further 
species  to  the  genus;  the  descriptions  of  these  are  distributed 
over  a  number  of  papers.  C.  Mussonij  is  a  very  distinct  species: 
as  is  also  C.  taurus.\  C.  dUataticeps\\  is  not  a  species  of  Cnbi- 
corrhynchus,  and  I  have  already  referred  it  to  Notonophes.  C. 
tortipes%  is  a  synonym  of  C.  Hohemani  Bohem.  Hyborrhynchus 
aurigena^  is  a  species  of  Cubicorrhynchns,  and  is  closely  allied 
to  C.  spinicellis  Macl. 

.  Sloane**  described  two  species,  C.  occultus  and  C.  modeshis. 
I  have  seen  the  types  of  these,  and  they  are  distinct  species; 
unfortunately  the  type  of  C.  modeslus  is  a  female. 

Lea  has  added  three  species  to  the  genus,  besides  commenting 
on  the  types  of  a  number  of  Macleay 's  species.  C  valgus\'\  is  a 
very  curious  species,  but  may  prove  to  be  the  male  of  C.  modestus; 


*  Journ.  Linn.  Soc,  xii.,  1873. 

tProc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.  S.  Wales,  18ft-2,  p.  124. 

:r  Trans.  R.  Soo.  S.  Aust.,  1895,  p. 220. 

II  Report  Horn  Exped.,  1896,  p.293. 

§  Trans.  R.  Soc.  S.  Aust.,  1897,  p.9r3. 

Hi/.f.,  1899,  p.  89. 

■*  Trans.  R.  Soc.  S.  Aust.,  1893. 

tt  Die  Fauna  Siidwest-Australiens,  p. 221. 


BY  E.   W.   FERnUSON.  431 

C.  maculicollis*  is  closely  allied  to  C.  maculatus  Macl.;  while 
C.  globicoUisf  is  a  thoroughly  distinct  species. 

I  have  recently  described  six  new  species,  C.  strigicollis,  C. 
quadraticollis,  C.  substrigos-us,  C.  cnrvipes,  C.  aureomaculatus, 
and  C.  rectipf>s;l  C.  quadraticollis  now  proves,  however,  to  be 
synonymous  with  C.  stp.rilis  Pasc. 

In  the  present  paper,  seven  new  species  are  described,  which, 
with  the  elimination  of  synonyms  and  species  removed  to  other 
genera,  make  a  total  of  twenty-eight  species  in  the  genus. 

Geographical  Distribution.  — The  genus  is  almost  universally 
distributed  in  Australia,  but  is  unrecorded  from  Tasmania.  I 
have  never  met  with  it  in  the  Sydney  district  or  on  the  Blue 
Mountains;  it  seems  absent  from  the  entire  area  of  the  Hawkes- 
bury  Sandstone  formation.  On  the  western  slopes  and  inland 
plains,  specimens  of  one  or  more  species  of  Cubicorrhynchus  are 
plentiful,  and  are,  indeed,  very  characteristic  of  the  inland  areas. 
In  South  and  Western  Australia,  it  seems  equally  common. 
The  genus  has  not  been  recorded,  however,  from  North  Australia 
or  North  Queensland,  though  it  probably  occurs  in  the  inland 
portions,  but  not  in  the  jungle-areas.  The  dentate  forms  are 
almost  exclusively  western. 

Table  of  Specief^. 
1(8).  Anterior  coxfe  separated. 
2(5).  Anterior  femora  bent  almost  at  right  angles. 
3(4). Third  elytral  interstice  with  a  lai'ge,  backwardly  directed  spine 

at  declivitjf ;  fifth  interstice  with  a  row  of  outwardly  directed, 

spinose  tubercles C.  Dohrni  Waterh. 

4(3). Third  interstice  without  such  a  tubercle;  fifth  interstice  with  a 

ro  w  of  erect  tubercles,  extending  down  declivity 

G.  BohtmaniHohem. 

5(2). Anterior  femora  strongly,  but  more  evenly  curved. 

6(7). Size  moderately  large  ;    head  granulate  ;    posterior  tibiae  less 

strongly  bent  than  in  C.  valgus C.  occuHus  SI. 

7(6). Size  small;  head  not  granulate;  posterior  tibia?  with  lower  end 

bent  forwards,  almost  at  right  angles C.  valyus  Lea. 

8(1).  Anterior  eoxse  contiguous. 

"Deutsch.  Ent.  Zeitschr.,  1910,  p.  163. 

tMem.  See.  Ent.  Belgique,  1910,  p.84. 

:;:  Trans,  R.  Soc.  S.  Aust.,  xxxix.,  pp. 76-83,  1915. 


432  REVISION  OF  THE  AMYCTERIDES,  V., 

9('2'2).Prothorax  founded  at  the  sides. 

10(15). Prothoracic  granules  more  or  less  closelj'  set. 

11  (12).  Posterior  tibite  with  more  or  less  pronounced  sexual  characters. 

A.  With  a  strong  subapical  spine C.  caJ curat n>i  Mael. 

B.  With    a    strong    subtriangular    incrassation     about    the 

middle f  •  taurii-'<  Blackb. 

C.  Short,  almost  straight,  with  three  rows  of  large  granules, 

the  outermost  row  most  conspicuous C.  Aerraflpe-%  n.sp. 

D.  Longer,  with  a  moderateh'  strong,  antero-posterior  curva- 

ture, and  also  incurved;  granules  strong,  but  less  con- 
spicuous. 

Retfe  light  yellowish -brown /  C.  mncnlatufi  Macl. ; 

V  C  macn/icol/is  Lea. 

Setse  dark C.  piceoxeto.mf<  Mael. 

12(  11). Posterior  tibi»  in  the  male  not  markedly  differing  horn  the 

female. 
13(14). Size  moderately  small    (11mm.);    supraorbital   crests    very 

small ;  1  lase  of  elytra  not  emarginate C.  mrdidn ^,  n.  sp. 

14(13).  Size  smaller  (8  mm.);  base  of  elytra  feebly  emarginate 

C.  Il/idi/ei,  n.sp. 

15(10). Prothorax  with  granules  more  or  less  dispersed. 

10(17). Prothorax  non-strigose C.  (/lohico/li-i  Lea. 

17(16). Prothorax  strigose, 

18(21  ).Strigosity  pronounced,  the  granules  very  small. 

19(20).  Prothorax  strongly  rounded  on  the  sides C.  sfri(/icoJli^  Ferg. 

20(19).  Prothorax  less  strongly  I'ounded,  with  a  distinct  impression 

at  middle  of  lateral  margin C.  .^terili.^  Pasc. 

21(18).Strigosity  less  marked,  obscured  by  granules...  C.  .viJtstrif/ovts  Ferg. 
22(9). Lateral  margins  of  prothorax  dentate,  or  witix  at  least  a  granu- 
late ridge  in  posterior  portion. 
23(40). Supraorbital  crests  not  as  in  C.  anriculatn^. 
24(37).  Lateral  margins  strongly  dentate. 
25(30).  Dentation   in  the  form  of  two  spinose  tubercles  anteriorlj', 

and  a  granulate  ridge  in  posterior  half. 
26(29). Prothoracic  granules  small;  obscure;  seta?  small. 

27(28). Small  species;  elytra  suboval C.  f<}>!niro//l.9  Mad 

28(27). Somewhat  larger,  more  parallel-sided C.  aur'Kjtna  Blackb. 

29(26). Prothoracic  granules  notably  larger,  bearing  long  set* 

C.  setofiUf<,  n.sp. 

30(25). Lateral  margins  more  irregularly  dentate. 
31(34).  Elytral  granules  large,  nitid. 

32(33).  Posterior  tibiaa  gently,  but  distinctly,  curved 

C.  aureomacnlatm  Ferg. 


r.\  K.  w.  PKnnusoN.  433 

3;^(H'2). Posterior  tibiiv  straight C.  rectipes  Ferg. 

;U(31).Elytral  granules  more  or  less  obscured  liy  clothing. 

.S.")(3()).  I'osterior  tibia-  strongly  curved C.  ciirriptx  Ferg. 

H()(8.")).Posteiior  tibi;f  nnich  less  strongly  curved C.  (■re»iR-o///.s  Waterh. 

87(24). La teial  margins  not  strongly  dentate. 

;W(89).With  a  granulate  ridge  posteriorly,  and  two  minute  spicules 

anteriorly;  granules  on  disc  remotely  sepaiated. . . .  C.  ■•'jiarxiis,  n.sp. 
89(38). With  a  posterior,    granulate   ridge  only;    granules    on   disc 

closely  set C.  minor,  n.sp. 

40(28). Supraorbital  crests  laid  back,  with  the  inner  surface  directed 

forwards. 

41(42). (xranules  on  prothorax  distinct C.  ann'ru/n/ii.'^,  n.s\). 

42(4 1). (.granules  on   prothorax  very  small,   concealed    by  clothing, 

almost  obsolescent C.  MiiAxoni  Ulacldi. 

Notes  on  the   liable. 

The  table  has,  of  iiecessits^,  been  drawn  up  from  males  only, 
consequently  C.  mo'festus  has  been  omitted. 

C.  maculicollis  Lea,  may  be  distinct  from  C.  maculatiis  Macl., 
but  I  am  not  prepared  to  tabulate  tlie  difterences. 

CUBICORRHYNCHUS    BoHEMANI    iJohem. 

Boheman,  Schtinh.,  Gen.  Cure,  vii.,  (1),  1843,  p.83;  C.anyu- 
laris  Mac].,  Trans.  Ent.  Soc.  N.  S.  Wales,  1866,  p.331;  C.  turtipes 
lilackb..  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  S.  Aust.,  1897,  p.P6. 

(J.  Size  large.  Head  with  scattered  granules;  supraorbital 
crests  small,  little  projecting.  Prothorax  (4-u  x  5  mm.)  strongly 
rounded  on  sides;  median  line  impressed,  carinate  in  depression; 
closelv  set  with  regular,  rounded  granules.  Elytra  (9-5  x  6mm.) 
with  interstices  granulate;  on  the  third  and  fourth,  the  granules 
more  strongly  raised  and  subacute  posteriorly;  fifth  interstice 
with  a  row  of  strong  tuberculiform  granules,  largest  at  edge  of 
declivity  and  extending  halfway  down  declivity.  Anterior  coxse 
separated;  anterior  femora  with  a  narz-ow  basal  pedicle,  then 
bent  forwards  almost  at  right  angles;  anterior  and  posterior 
tibise  strongly  falciform. 

^.  More  ovate;  third  and  fifth  eiytral  interstices  with  granules 
slightly  more  conspicuous  ;  ventral  surface  convex  ;  legs  more 
feebly  curved.     Dimensions:  ^,  14x6  mm.;  5,  16x7-5  mm. 

36 


434  REVISION  OF  THE  AMYCTERIDES,  V., 

Hah.  —Western  Australia  :  King  George  Sound,  Swan  River, 
Kellerberriii,  Cue. 

The  male  of  this  well  known  species  can  be  readily  recognised 
b}'  the  projection  of  the  fifth  interstice.  The  bent  front  femora 
are  also  present  in  C.  Dohrni;  in  the  other  species,  the  anterior 
femora  are  more  evenly  and  less  strongly  curved.  C.  Dohrni 
differs,  inter  alia,  in  the  very  different  elytral  sculpture.  C. 
occultus  Sloane,  is  the  species  closest  in  general  appearance,  but 
has  the  fifth  interstice  much  less  strongly  granulate,  and  the 
anterior  femora  and  the  tibite  less  strongly  curved.  C .  valgus 
and  C.  modestus  are  considerably  smaller  species. 

The  female  is  distinguished  from  the  female  of  C.  Dohrni  by 
the  granulate  head,  and  by  the  absent  e  of  the  projections  at  the 
declivity;  from  the  female  of  C.  occnhns,  the  present  species 
differs  principally  in  its  larger  size. 

CuBicORRHYNCHUS  DoHiiNi  Waterh. 

G.  R.  Waterhouse,  Trans.  Ent.  Soc,  1854,  p.5. 

^.  Large.  Head  convex,  slightly  depressed  in  front,  with  two 
small  granules  on  forehead,  lightly  strigulose;  supraorbital  crests 
short,  very  little  prominent.  Rostrum  little  excavate  above; 
external  margins  slightly  raised.  Prothorax  (4-5  x  5-5  mm.) 
rotundate,  with  a  small  spicule  anterior  to  middle,  and  one  at 
postero-lateral  angle;  moderately  closely  set  with  small,  round, 
slightly  umbilicate,  discrete  granules;  sides  only  granulate  above. 
Elytra  (10  x  7  mm.)  suboval,  the  upper  surface  almost  fiat  from 
side  to  side,  vertically  declivous  behind;  base  not  emarginate; 
disc  with  rows  of  small  punctures,  the  stride  rather  narrow; 
interstices  broad,  with  small  granules,  third  with  slightly  more 
conspicuous  granules,  the  last  two  or  three  larger,  and  the  last 
acutely  conical;  with  a  large,  backwardly-projecting  tubercle, 
with  the  apex  upturned,  extending  over  the  first  three  inter- 
stices, and  situated  on  the  edge  of  the  declivity;  fifth  interstice 
with  a  row  of  outwardly-projecting  tubercles,  smallest  near  base, 
becoming  progressively  larger,  acutely  conical  and  extending  to 
the  edge  of  the  declivity,  thence  turning  inwards  across  fourth 
interstice;  seventh  interstice  with  a  row  of  three  spinose  tuber- 


BY   K.   W.   FERGUSON.  435 

cles  at  base,  followed  by  a  row  of  small  granules.  Prosternum 
with  an  obtuse  tubercle  in  front  of  coxse;  ventral  segments  sub- 
nitid,  with  fine  subobsolete  punctures.  Anterior  coxa?  separated; 
anterior  femora  strongly  bent;  anterior  tibia?  moderately  strongly 
falciform,  posterior  tibiae  strongly  curved  forwards  in  posterior 
third,  intermediate  tibia?  with  a  moderately  definite,  subapical 
notch. 

9.  Elytra  more  convex;  third  interstice  with  the  granules 
slightly  more  conspicuous  towards  the  declivity,  curved  inwards 
and  ending  in  a  short,  acute  spine;  fifth  interstice  with  the 
granules  somewhat  larger  and  more  conspicuous  than  on  the 
other  interstices,  and  larger  posteriorly;  seventh  with  a  row  of 
three  small  tubercles  at  shoulder;  prosternal  tubercles  smaller 
than  in  the  male;  abdomen  convex,  with  scattered  punctures; 
anterior  coxa?  separated;  anterior  tibijB  almost  straight:  inter- 
mediate tibiae  not  notched;  posterior  tibiae  less  strongly  curved 
than  in  the  male.     Dimenaions  :  $,  17x7  mm.;  9,  16x7  mm. 

Hah. — Western  Australia  :  Perth. 

I  have  given  a  full  description  of  the  male,  as,  so  far  as  I 
know,  only  the  original  description,  which  appears  to  have  been 
based  on  a  female,  has  been  published.  I  know  of  no  other 
species  with  which  this  one  can  be  compared.  The  spines,  which 
are  outwardly-projecting,  are  very  different  from  the  tuberculi- 
form  granules  on  C.  Bohemani,  and  do  not  extend  down  the 
declivity,  but  turn  inwards  across  the  base  to  the  large  tubercle 
at  the  end  of  the  thii-d  interstice.  The  fourth  interstice  thus 
bears  a  spine.  In  specimens  from  Beverley,  W.A.,  the  spines 
are  smaller  near  the  base,  and  the  spine  on  the  fourth  is  repre- 
sented by  a  small  acute  granule,  the  row  of  spines  thus  appear- 
ing interrupted.  The  tubercles  at  the  base  of  the  seventh  inter- 
stice are  also  smaller.  The  female  also  difiers  in  having  the 
apical  spine  hardly  larger  than  the  other  granules.  Possibly 
the  form  is  distinct,  but  I  regard  it  as  a  variety  only,  as  the 
species  seems  to  vary  a  good  deal  in  the  size  of  the  spines. 

A  specimen  marked  "^4.  Dohrni  Wat.  var.  B  "  was  sent  to  me 
for  examination  by  Mr.  Blair,  of  the  British  Museum.  It  was  a 
large,  obese  female,  with  the  tubercles  larger  than  usual. 


436  UEVISIOX   OF  THE  AMYCTERIDES,  V., 

CUBICORRHYNCHUS    OCCULTUS  Sloane. 

Sloane,  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  8.  Aust.,  1893,  p.232. 

Hab. — Central  Australia  :  Fraser  Range.  — W.A.:  Kalgooi-lie, 
Coolgai'die,  Ankertell. 

This  species  is  most  nearly  allied  to  C.  Buhemani,  from  which 
species  it  differs  in  its  smaller  size,  much  less  strongl}'  granulate 
fifth  interstice,  and  less  strongly  curved  anterior  femora  and 
tibiae  (these  structures,  however,  strongly  curved  compared  with 
the  majority  of  other  species). 

CUBICORRHYNCHUS    MODESTUS  Sloane. 

Sloane,  loc.  cit.,  p. 233. 

Sab. — Central  Australia  :  Barrow  Range. 

I  have  examined  the  type  of  this  species;  it  is  very  close  to 
the  female  of  C.  valgus  Lea,  hut,  until  a  male  from  the  type- 
locality  can  be  procured,  it  is  impossible  to  identify  the  two 
species  as  one. 

CuBICOKIiHYNCHUS    VALGUS  Lea. 

Lea,  Die  Fauna  Siidwest-Australiens  (Curculionida?),  p. 221. 
Hab.  —  W.A.:  Bardoc,  MuUewa,  Ankertell,  Onslow. 

CUBICORRHYNCHUS  CALCARATUS  Macleay. 

Macleay,  Trans.  Ent.  Soc.  N.  S.  Wales,  1865,  p.294.  C.  sepi- 
dioides  Macl.,  I.e.,  p.294;  Lea,  Deutsch.  Ent.  Zeitschr.,  1910, 
p.l67. 

(J.  Size  moderately  large.  Clothing  dense,  yellowish-brown; 
prothorax  vittate  towards  sides  with  white,  and  with  a  few 
white  spots  on  disc;  elytra  maculate  with  white. 

Head  convex;  forehead  longitudinally  impressed  in  the  middle, 
with  two  small  granules  above;  supraorbital  crests  prominent, 
acute.  Rostrum  shallowly  concave  above,  lateral  margin  rather 
strongly  convex  in  profile.  Prothorax  (4x5  mm.)  strongly 
rounded  on  the  sides;  subapical  impression  conspicuous,  median 
line  impressed,  with  a  fine  carina  along  middle;  set  with  small, 
discrete  granules;  sides  granulate  above.  Elytra  (9x6  mm.j 
suboval,  somewhat  flattened  on  disc ;  strife  moderately  deep; 
interstices  flattened  basally,  without  evident  granules  in  anterior 


BY   E.   W.   FERGUSON.  437 

portion;  granules  larger  and  more  conspicuous  on  the  posterior 
portions  of  the  third  and  fourth  interstices,  on  the  fourth  form- 
ing a  moderately  strong  projection  on  either  side  of  the  elytra; 
fifth,  sixth,  and  seventh  interstices  with  rows  of  smaller  but 
evident  granules,  on  the  fifth  more  conspicuous  near  shoulder. 
Undersurface  depressed  at  base;  with  small,  scattered  punctures, 
the  apical  segments  more  coarsely  punctate.  Anterior  coxk 
contij,'uous;  anterior  tibiai  moderately  strongly  curved;  posterior 
tibia;  strongly  curved  at  apex,  with  a  strong  projecting  spine  on 
undersurface,  above  apex. 

9.  More  ovate;  prothorax  feebly  dentate  at,  sides,  with  a  small 
tooth  anterior  to  subapical  constriction;  elytra  without  pro- 
minent granules  on  the  fourth  interstice;  anterior  tibiae  very 
feebly  curved,  posterior  straight,  without  spur.  Binievsionx  : 
^.  15x6  mm. 

H<tb.—  ^.A.:  Port  Lincoln,  Mt.  Lofty,  Blanchetown,  Terowie, 
Ardrossan,  Gladstone,  Moonta,  Port  Pirie. 

Mr.  I-ea  has  identified  C.  sejndioides  as  the  female  of  C 
calcaratus;  Sir  W.  Macleay,  however,  gave  the  habitat  of  C 
sepidioides  as  the  Murrumbidgee,  which  suggests  that  it  is  rather 
a  synonym  of  C.  maculatus;  personally,  I  agree  with  Mr.  Lea's 
identification,  as  the  type  is  much  more  strongly  dentate  than 
the  female  of  C.  maculatus;  probably  the  locality  given  is  wrong. 
I  think  the  name  sepidioides  should  be  dropped,  although  it  is 
unfortunate  that  the  species  was  described  before  C.  calcaratus, 
but  on  the  same  page. 

The  male  of  C.  calcaratus  may  be  readily  recognised  by  the 
spur  on  the  posterior  tibife.  The  granules  on  the  fourth  inter- 
stice give  the  insect  somewhat  the  appearance  of  a  smaller 
edition  of  C.  }joheniani,  though,  in  that  species,  the  granules  are 
lar<rest  on  the  fifth  interstice. 

A  male  from  Tarcoola  differs  from  the  usual  type,  in  having 
the  sides  of  the  prothorax  dentate  anteiior  to  the' middle,  as  in 
the  female;  the  prothorax  is  also  more  closely  granulate. 

Another  male  has  the  protlioracic  granules  almost  obliterated. 
A  third  male  has  the  posterior  tibise  less  strongly  curved,  but 
with  the  spur  distinct. 


438  EEVISIOX   OF  THE  AMYCTEEIDES,  V., 

CUBICORRHYNCHUS    TAURUS  Blackb. 

Blackburn,  Trans.  R.  Soc.  S.  Aust.,  ]89o,  p. 220. 

The  type  of  this  species  was  from  Lake  Callabonna,  in  the 
north-east  of  South  Australia,  but  the  species  has  a  wide  dis- 
tribution. I  have  seen  specimens  from  Victoria,  New  South 
Wales,  and  Queensland,  as  well  as  from  South  Australia.  The 
species,  however,  is  essentially  an  inland  one,  not  having  been 
recorded  as  far  east  as  the  inland  slopes  of  the  eastern  table- 
lands. 

There  exists  a  good  deal  of  difference  between  the  specimens 
from  the  limits  of  this  wide  range,  and,  quite  possibly,  more 
than  one  species  has  been  included  by  me  under  this  name.  All 
the  forms,  however,  possess  the  curious  hump-like  thickening  on 
the  undersurface  of  the  posterior  tibise,  which  I  regard  as  the 
essential  feature  of  the  species. 

The  Victorian  and  southern  South  Australian  specimens  have 
a  more  rounded  prothorax  than  the  northern  forms,  the  granules 
being  also  less  conspicuous  :  the  elytral  granules  are  almost 
absent  on  the  inner  and  anterior  portion  of  the  elytra.  In  the 
specimens  from  Longreach,  Queensland,  the  elytral  granules  are 
quite  distinct,  and  the  whole  insect  is  smaller.  The  New  South 
Wales  specimens  before  me  are  small,  and  agree  with  Queens- 
land examples. 

Hah. — S.A.  :  Lake  Callabonna,  Oodnadatta,  Blanchetown, 
Adelaide,  Lucindale.  —  Vic:  Lillium,  Dimboola.— N.S.W.:  Nar- 
romine,  Coolebah,  Moree. —  Q.:  Longreach,  CunnamuUa. 

CUBICORRHYNCHUS    MACULATUS  Macl. 

Macleay,  Inc.  cit.,  p. 295;  Lea,  Deutsch.  Ent.  Zeitschr.,  1910, 
p.  164;  var.  brevipes  Lea,  I.e.,  p.  165. 

^  Size  moderately  large.  Clothing  dense  ;  on  prothorax 
brownish,  with  a  few  small  whitish  spots;  elytra  mainly  clothed 
with  greyish  squames,  with  interrupted  darker  marks  along  the 
alternate  interstices;  sides  and  legs  thickly  clothed  with  white; 
setae  yellowish-brown. 


BY  E.   W.  FERGUSOK.  439 

Head  convex,  slightly  flattened  in  front,  separated  from 
rostrum  by  a  distinct,  transverse  impression;  forehead  with  two 
small  granules  above;  supraocular  crests  conspicuous,  upright, 
projecting  forwards  and  upwards.  Rostrum  short  :  upper 
surface  very  feebly  concave,  median  line  not  sulcate;  lateral 
margins  not  raised.  Prothorax  (4  x  5  mm.)  widely  rounded  on 
the  sides,  disc  feebly  convex  from  side  to  side;  subapical  con- 
striction well-marked;  median  line  distinctly  impressed,  carinate 
in  middle;  closely  set  with  rather  small,  rounded  granules:  sides 
granulate  above.  Elytra  (9x6  mm.)  suboval,  humeral  angles 
rounded;  striae  moderately  deep,  punctures  slightly  transverse; 
interstices  with  feeble  granules,  concealed  by  clothing,  on  the 
central  interstices,  with  more  distinct  granules  towards  the  sides. 
Undersurface  depressed  at  base,  coarsely  punctate,  especially  on 
second  and  fifth  interstices.  Anterior  coxse  contiguous;  anterior 
tibiffi  moderately  strongly  sinuate;  posterior  tibiae  with  an 
antero-posterior  curvature  most  marked  in  upper  portion,  and 
with  an  inward  curvature  most  marked  in  lower  portion;  the 
undersurface  of  the  posterior  tibiae  distinctly  thickened,  all  the 
tibiae  granulate  beneath. 

5.  Smaller  than  male,  with  narrower  prothorax,  vith  lateral 
margins  ridged;  undersurface  convex;  tibiae  simple.  Dimen- 
sions :  (J,  13x6  mm. 

Hah.-  New  South  AVales,  Victoria,  South  Australia. 

Type  (9)  in  Macleay  Museum. 

The  above  description  was  drawn  up  from  a  male  from  Mul- 
wala  (Riverina)  in  my  own  collection.  With  it,  I  group  the 
majority  of  New  South  Wales  specimens  in  my  collection;  but 
it  is  quite  possible  that  some  of  these  will  prove  worthy  of 
specific  rank.  The  chief  variation  lies  in  the  size  of  the  elytral 
granules,  and  in  the  degree  of  curvature  of  the  posterior  tibiae. 
The  variety  called  hrevipes  Lea,  is  included  amongst  the  number, 
also  the  species  frequently  identified  as  C.  morosus  Boisd.  Much 
more  study  and  dissection  will  be  necessary  before  the  question 
of  specific  distinctness  of  some  of  the  forms  can  be  regarded  as 
settled. 


4:40  REVISIOX   OF  THE  AilYCTERIDES,  V., 

CtiBICORRHYNCHUS    MACULICOLLIS  Lea. 

Lea,  Deutsch.  Ent.  Zeitsclir.,  1910,  p.l63. 

I  have  examined  the  type  of  this  species,  but  can  find  no 
valid  feature  to  differentiate  tlie  species  from  C.  vinciihtus. 
Lea  only  gives  differences  in  the  clothing,  which  will  not  hold 
vvlien  compared  with  unabraded  specimens  of  C.  niacrilalus.  At 
the  same  time,  I  am  unwilling  to  sink  Lea's  species  out  of  hand, 
particularly  as  T  am  not  prepared  to  say  that,  under  C.  macula- 
tns,  I  liave  not  included  more  than  one  species. 

CUBICORHHYNCHUS    PICEOSETOSUS  Macl. 

Macleay,  Inc.  cit.,  p.295. 

The  type  of  this  species  is  a  female,  and  evidently  closely  allied 
to  C.  maculattis,  dift'ering  mainly  in  the  darker  seta>.  I  have 
specimens  of  species  with  dark  setse  from  several  places  in  I»>'ew 
South  Wales,  including  Culcairn,  Mudgee,  Bangaloie,  and 
Quirindi.  These  present  certain  dift'erences,  inler  se,  and  may 
possibly  represent  more  than  one  species.  The  Qu-irindi  speci- 
mens approach  nearest  to  the  type  of  C.  picensetosns,  tlie  principal 
difl'erence  being  the  less  strongly  granulate  elytra.  ]n  C.  piceo- 
setosns,  the  lines  of  setigerous  granules  are  more  conspicuous 
than  in  any  of  the  specimens  before  me.  In  the  males  of  all  the 
forms,  the  posterior  tibiie  are  more  or  Itss  stiojigly  turvtd  much 
as  in  C.  maculatus,  and  it  is  possible  that  C.  piceosfU stis  should 
be  regarded  as  a  variety  only  of  C.  maculatus.  Until  a  male 
from  the  type-locality  (Yass)  can  be  jimcured,  I  prefer  to  treat 
C.  piceusetosus  as  a  valid  species, 

CUBICORRHYNCHUS    SERRATIPES,  H.Sp. 

^.  Size  moderate.  Ulack;  densely  clothed  with  light  brown 
squamosity;  prothorax  trivittate  with  white,  and  with  a  few 
white  spots;  elytra  albomaculate:  wliite  predominating  on  sides, 
sternal  segments,  and  legs:  setse  lifrht. 

Head  convex,  somewhat  depressed  in  front,  separated  from 
rostrum  by  a  transverse,  linear  impression;  with  a  few,  small, 
scattered  granules  :  crests  moderately  strong,  rather  obtuse. 
Rostrum   short  and    wide;    upper   surface  moderately  concave. 


BY   E.   W.   FERGUSOX.  441 

Scape  rather  slender,  moderately  strongly  incras&ate  at  apex. 
Prothorax  (3  X  4  mm.)  rotundate,  evenly  rounded  on  the  sides: 
disc  feebly  convex,  the  subapical  impression  distinct  at  sides, 
less  so  in  the  middle:  median  line  distinctly,  but  not  deeply,  im- 
pressed, with  traces  of  a  median  carina:  moderately  closely  set 
with  small,  discrete,  rounded,  nitid  granules:  sides  gianulate 
above.  Elytra  (8x5  mm.)  suboval,  humeral  angles  rounded, 
base  not  emarginate ;  disc  flattened;  stri«  little  impressed, 
punctures  small;  interstices  not  raised,  granules  small,  liardly 
traceable  in  the  middle,  larger  and  more  distinct  towards  the 
apex  and  sides.  Lateral  interstices  without  evident  granules 
[Abdomen  wanting].  Anterior  coxae  contiguous:  anterior  tibise 
almost  straight,  with  rather  coarse  granules  along  uiidersurface: 
intermediate  tibiw  straight,  granulate  beneath;  posterior  ti])i8e 
rather  short,  practically  straight,  coarsely  granulate  beneath  : 
with  a  conspicuous  row  of  nitid  granules  aldng  outer  edge  of 
undersurface.      Dimensions  :  ^,  12x5  mm. 

Hab. —  W.A.:    Kookynie  (C.  French). 

Type  in  Coll.  Ferguson. 

Although  there  is  but  a  single  specimen,  with  the  abdomen 
missing,  before  me,  I  have  described  the  species,  as  it  is  a 
thoroughly  distinct  one.  The  granules  on  the  posterioi'  tibiae 
are  larger  than  in  any  other  species  I  know;  they  appear  to  Ije 
arranged  mainly  in  three  rows,  one  in  the  centre,  one  along  tlie 
outer,  and  one  along  the  inner  edge  of  the  undersurface:  the 
outer  row  is  the  most  conspicuous,  and  can  best  be  seen  when 
viewed  from  behind. 

CUBICORKHYNCHUS    SORDIDUS,   n.Sp. 

(J.  Moderately  small.  Black;  [specimens  almost  completely 
abradedj:  seta*  yellowish-brown. 

Head  convex,  slightly  flattened  in  front:  longitudinally  and 
obliquely  strigose,  with  a  few,  small  granules;  separated  from 
rostrum  by  a  transverse  impression;  supraorbital  crests  small, 
very  little  prominent.  Rostrum  broad,  very  slightly  depressed 
in  centre;  upper  surface  with  a  few,  obsolete,  transverse  ridges; 
lateral    margins  not   raised.      Prothorax  (25  x  35  mm.)   broad. 


442  REVISION  OF  THE  AMYCTERIDES,  V., 

strongly  rounded  on  the  sides :  subapical  constriction  well 
marked,  median  line  impressed,  subcarinate  at  bottom  of  impres- 
sion; closely  set  with  small,  rounded  granules;  sides  granulate 
above.  Elytra  (6  x  4mm.)  subobovate,  strongly  rounded  at 
humeral  angles,  base  not  emarginate;  stripe  moderately  deep, 
punctures  small,  open,  indefinite,  extending  as  transverse 
wrinkles  across  interstices;  interstices  feebly  granulate,  the 
•granules  somewhat  more  distinct  towards  the  sides.  Sides  non- 
<Tranulate.  Undersurface  depressed  at  base;  ventral  segments 
coarsely  punctate.  Anterior  coxae  contiguous;  anterior  tibi?e 
rather  feebly  curved  towards  apex,  granulate  beneath;  posterior 
tibije  practically  straight,  rather  stout,  thickened  beneath,  set 
with  moderately  coarse  granules. 

9.  More  ovate;  elytra  feebly  granulate;  undersurface  strongly 
convex,  with  obsolete  punctures;  tibiae  not  thickened  beneath. 
Dimensions:  ^,  11x4  mm.;  9,  10  x  4-5  mm. 

ZTaft.— N.S.W.:  Jindabyne  (H  J.  Carter),  Bombala  (H.  V. 
Macintosh). 

This  species  is  typical  of  a  number  of  forms  from  various  parts 
of  New  Sou  til  Wales.  Some  of  these  may  be  distinct,  but  I  can 
detect  no  decided  differences  between  them.  Specimens  from 
Lockyersleigh  have  the  posterior  tibiaj  slightly  curved;  and  one 
from  Coonabarabran  has  decidedly  larger,  prothoracic  granules; 
this  specimen  is  probably  representative  of  a  distinct  species, 
but  I  have  not  sufficient  material  to  decide  this  point. 

CUBICORKHYNCHUS    STERILIS  PaSC. 

Pascoe,  Journ.  Linn.  Soc,  1873,  p.  19;  C.  quadraiicollis  Ferg., 
Trans.  R.  Soc.  S.  Aust.,  1915,  p.79. 

The  type  of  this  species,  which  1  have  recently  seen,  is  a 
female  in  good  preservation:  unfortunately,  however,  the  clothing 
obscures  the  sculpture.  The  prothorax  is  shaped  as  in  G.  quad- 
raiicollis, with  a  conspicuous  indentation  at  the  middle  of  the 
sides;  the  pronotum  is  set  with  very  small,  widely  scattered 
granules;  I  believe  the  derm  is  strigose  between  the  granules; 
unfortunately  the  clothing  is  too  dense  to  see  the  sculpture,  but 
the  arrangement  of  the  clothing  is  suggestive.     It  is  possible. 


BY  E.  W.  FERGUSOX.  443 

therefore,  that  C.  sterilis  and  C.  quadraticollis  are  not  really 
conspecific,  but  I  have  little  doubt  that  they  are  so.  T  have 
never  seen  a  specimen  of  C.  quadraticollis  from  the  type-locality 
(Melbourne)  of  C.  sterilis,  the  only  Cubicorrhynclius  I  have 
seen  from  Melbourne  being  C  ylohicollis  Lea,  which  has  quite  a 
differently  shaped  prothorax.  C.  strigicollis  Kerg.,  which  also 
occurs  in  Victoria,  is  likewise  close  to  C.  sterilis,  but  has  a  more 
rounded  prothorax. 

flab.  —  (C.  sterilis),  Vic:  Melbourne- —  (C.  quadraticollis),  S.A.: 
Nairne,  Mt.  Lofty. 

CUBICORRHYNCHUS    STRIGICOLLIS  Ferg. 

Ferguson,  Trans.  K.  Soc.  S.  Aust.,  1915,  p. 77. 
Nab. —  Victoria:  Nathalia. 

CUBICORRHYNCHUS    SUBSTRIGOSUS  Ferg. 

Ferguson,  loc.  cit.,  p. 79. 

Hnb.  —  S.A.:  Mt.  Lofty,  Coorong. 

CUBICORRHYNCHUS    GLOBICOLLIS  Lea. 

Lea,  Mem.  Soc.  Ent.  Belgique,  1910,  p.84. 

//a6.  — N.S.W.:  Albury.— Vic:  Melbourne,  Sea  Lake. 

CUBICORRHYNCHUS    IlLIDGEI,   n.Sp. 

(J.  Small;  elongate-ovate.  Black;  clothing  brownish;  setse 
long,  stout,  dark. 

Head  convex;  separated  from  rostrum  by  a  distinct,  trans- 
verse impression  ;  front  longitudinally  and  obliquely,  rather 
coarsely  strigose,  vertex  finely  and  closely  reticulo-punctate; 
with  two,  small  granules  on  the  forehead;  supraorbital  crests 
small,  noduliform.  Kostrum  short;  upper  surface  flat,  obscurely 
rugulose,  with  a  small  granule  on  each  side  of  base ;  external 
margins  not  raised,  hardly  at  all  convex  in  profile.  Scape 
moderately  robust.  Prothorax  (2  x  2-5  mm.)  comparatively  nar- 
row, rounded  on  the  sides,  widest  slightly  in  front  of  the  middle, 
basal  angles  obtuse;  subapical  and  basal  impressions  moderately 
broad,  median  line  shallowly  impressed,  set  with  small,  somewhat 
depressed,  discrete  granules,  absent  from  transverse  impressions, 


444  REVISION  OF  THE  AMYCTERIDES,  V., 

and  from  an  area  internal  to  the  lateral  margins;  sides  with  a 
few  granules  above.  Elytra  (5  x  35  mm.)  gently  rounded  on 
the  sides;  base  gently  emarginate,  humeral  angles  feebly  marked, 
not  produced;  disc  gently  convex  from  side  to  side;  seriate 
punctures  rather  large;  interstices  without  evident  granules. 
Undersurface  subnitid,  feebly  depressed  at  base;  with  rather 
distinct  punctures,  coarser  on  the  apical  segment.  Anterior 
coxte  contiguous;  tibiae  straight,  the  undersurface  feebly  sinuate, 
each  side  with  a  row  of  small  granules.  Dimensions :  ^,S  x  3"5 
mm. 

Hab. — Queensland  :   JNIt   Tambourine  (R.  Illidge). 

Described  from  a  single  male,  received  some  j'ears  ago  from 
Mr.  Illidge  of  Brisbane,  who  has  other  specimens  from  the  same 
locality  in  his  collection.  This  species  is  not  close  to  any  other 
known  to  me,  and  may  be  recognised  chiefly  by  its  small  size, 
feeble  crests,  prothoracic  granulation,  and  slightly  emarginate 
base  of  the  elytra.  The  sette  are  also  unusually  long.  The 
type  is  caked  with  an  ochreous  meal,  or  perhaps  mud,  which 
conceals  the  colour  of  the  clothing;  the  seta3  appear  light  from 
some  directions. 

CUBICORKHYNCHUS    MINOR,   n.sp. 

^.  Small,  elliptical-ovate.  Black;  densely  clothed  with  grey 
and  brown  squamosity,  the  grey  extending  as  a  broad  patch 
across  the  prothorax,  atid  clothing  the  median  impression,  on 
the  elytra  the  colours  irregularly  distributed,  the  brown  with  a 
submetallic  appearance  from  some  directions;  setae  long,  stout, 
dark. 

Head  convex:  separated  from  the  rostrum  by  a  transverse  im- 
pression, towards  the  sides  extending  back  and  outwards  along 
the  inner  sides  of  the  supraocular  crests;  crests  elongate,  directed 
backwards  and  slightly  outwards,  appearing  as  processes  of  the 
rostrum  lying  back  against  the  head.  Rostrum  short,  hardly 
concave  above,  with  two,  short,  oblique,  little  evident  ridges, 
converging  inwards  to  base  of  rostrum:  external  margins  not 
raised,  running  back  to  base  of  supraorbital  crests.  Prothorax 
(1'5  X  2  mm.)  narrow,  widest  slightly  in  front  of  the  middle;  not 


r.v  K.  w.  I'KrjrjTTsoN'.  445 

strongly  rounded  on  the  sides,  with  a  rather  feeble,  granular 
ridge  towards  the  base;  subapical  constriction  rather  feeble; 
median  impression  only  traceable  in  front  and  behind:  closely 
set  with  rather  large,  round  granules;  sides  granulate  above. 
Elytra  (5x3  ram.)  suboval,  elongate;  base  not  emarginate, 
humeral  angles  rounded;  disc  moderately  convex  from  side  to 
side;  stria?  moderately  deep,  punctures  small;  interstices  with 
small,  setigerous  granules,  more  evident  towards  the  declivity 
and  sides  ;  lateral  interstices  non-granulate.  Undersurface 
flattened,  base  feebly  concave;  punctures  obscured  by  clothing, 
apparently  small  and  sepai'ate.  Anterior  coxa-  contiguous ; 
anterior  tibiae  feebly  curved,  posterior  straight. 

^.  Somewhat  larger  ;  undersurface  very  slightly  convex. 
Dimensions :  (J,  7  x  3  mm.;  9'  ^  ^  ^'^  mm. 

Z^a6.  — Western  Australia:   Ankertell  (H.  W.  Brown). 

This  species  is  the  smallest  one  known  to  me,  and  may  readily 
be  recognised  by  the  peculiar,  supraorbital  crests,  in  conjunction 
with  the  non-dentate  sides  of  the  prothorax.  In  general  habit, 
however,  it  appears  closer  to  species  like  C.  spinicollis,  than  to 
the  maculatus-sectiou  of  the  genus. 

I  am  not  absolutely  certain  whether  I  am  right  in  considering 
the  type  a  male;  apart  from  size,  there  seems  little  diflerence  in 
the  three  specimens  before  me;  in  the  one  I  take  to  be  the  male, 
the  undersurface  is,  however,  slightly  more  flattened  than  in  the 
other  two  specimens. 

CUBICORRHYNCHUS    CRENICOLLIS    Waterh. 

G.  R.  Waterhouse,  loc.  cit.,  p. 5. 

(J.  Corapai-atively  small.  Black  ;  prothorax  trivittate  with 
grey,  elytra  maculate,  femora  with  a  rather  conspicuous,  pre- 
apical,  grey  ring,  knees  pale. 

Head  flattened  in  front,  the  transverse  impression  between 
head  and  rostrum  hardly  traceable;  longitudinally  rugosely 
granulate,  with  two  small  granules  on  the  forehead;  supraorbital 
crests  moderately  large,  acute,  upwardly  projecting.  Bostrum 
very  shallowly  depressed  above  ;  lateral  margins  not  raised. 
Scape    moderately    stout,    thickened    at    apex,    rather    strongly 


446  REVISION  OF  THE  AMYCTERIDRS^  V., 

curved  backwards.  Prothorax  (2'5  x  3-5  mm  )  very  feebly  convex 
from  side  to  side;  lateral  margins  strongly  dentate,  with  a  deep 
notch  about  middle;  median  line  deeply  impressed  in  front  and 
behind,  briefly  carinate  in  middle;  disc  set,  moderately  closely, 
with  small,  round  granules;  sides  with  a  few  granules  above  and 
in  front.  Elytra  (6x4  mm.)  gently  rounded  on  the  sides,  more 
strongly  rounded  off  to  base:  base  subtruncate,  humeral  angles 
marked  by  a  small  granule;  seriate  punctures  small,  obscure; 
interstices  set  with  small  granules,  obscured  by  the  clothing, 
more  evident  on  the  declivity  and  towards  the  sides.  Under- 
surface  gently  concave  at  base  of  abdomen;  apical  segments  with 
moderately  large  punctures.  Anterior  cox£e  contiguous;  anterior 
tibise  evidently,  though  feebly,  curved;  posterior  tibiae  feeblv 
curved,  also  feebly  curved  inwards. 

2-  More  robust  and  more  ovate;  undersurface  convex;  anterior 
tibia?  very  feebly  curved,  posterior  practically  straight.  Dimen- 
sions :  (J,  10x4  mm.;  ^,  13x5  mm. 

Hab — W.A.:  Swan  River,  Fremantle,  Dirk  Hartog  Islands. 

CUBICORRHYNCHUS    CURVIPES  Ferg. 

Ferguson,  loc.  cit.,  p. 76. 

Hab.  —  W.A.:  Geraldtown,  Perth. 

CUBICORRHYNCHUS    AUREOMACULATUS  Ferg. 

Ferguson,  loc.  cit.,  p. 80. 

Hab.  —  W.A.:  Cue,  Onslow,  Roebourne. 

CUBICORRHYNCHUS    RECTIPES  Ferg. 

Ferguson,  loc.  cit.,  p.82. 
Hab.—W.A.:  Cue. 

CUBICORRHYNCHUS    SPARSUS,  n.sp. 

^.  Small,  elongate-ovate.  Black;  clothing  dark  brown,  pro- 
thorax  with  a  basal  greyish  patch,  elytra  maculate  with  greyish. 

Head  strongly  convex,  hardly  depressed  in  front;  separated 
from  rostrum  by  a  transverse  impression;  closely  and  finely 
strigulose,  in  centre  almost  reticulate;  supraorbital  crests  small, 
but  prominent,  obtuse.  Rostrum  slightly  depressed  at  base- 
lateral   margins  not  raised.     Scape  slender  at  base,  moderately 


BY   K.   W.   PKRGUSON.  447 

strongly  incrassate  towai'ds  apex.  Prothorax  (2-5x3  mm ) 
slightly  broader  than  long;  lateral  margins  with  two,  small, 
dentiform  projections  anterior  to  middle,  and  with  a  lidge  of 
small  granules  extending  from  middle  to  base;  base  truncate, 
latero-basal  angle  well  marked;  subapical  constriction  moder- 
ately well  marked;  median  impression  distinct  only  in  basal 
portion,  bordered  on  each  side  at  base  by  two,  small  tubercles; 
disc  elsewhere  distantly  set  with  very  small  granules;  sides 
with  a  few  granules  above.  Elytra  (6x4  mm.)  obovate,  broadest 
rather  anterior  to  middle  ;  base  not  emarginate,  humeral 
angles  rounded;  disc  rather  strongly  convex  from  side  to  side; 
seriate  punctures  small,  the  striie  moderately  deep;  interstices 
set  with  small  granules,  more  distinct  towards  sides;  lateral 
.  interstices  not  granulate.  Undersurface  subnitid,  with  scattered 
punctures  at  base,  these  coarser  and  closer  together  on  the  apical 
segment.  Anterior  coxae  contiguous ;  anterior  tibiae  feebly 
curved,  intermediate  and  posterior  tibiae  practically  straight. 

9.  More  ovate;  prothorax  with  lateral,  dentiform  projections 
hardly  traceable;  elytra  broader.  Dimeiisions :  (J,  9x4  mm.- 
9,  11  X  5-5  mm. 

Hab.-  W.A.:  Darling  Ranges  (A.  M.  Lea). 

Type  in  Coll.  Ferguson. 

I  think  I  am  right  in  sexing  the  specimens  before  me;  there 
are  four,  two  small  and  two  larger;  but,  apart  from  the  larger 
size,  the  only  difference  in  the  presumed  females  is  the  broader 
elytra.  In  all,  the  undersurface  appears  to  be  feebly  convex  at 
the  base;  this  is  usually  a  female  character,  but  I  am  certain 
that  the  type  is  a  male,  as  the  abdomen  is  protruded  sufficiently 
to  enable  the  two,  apical,  dorsal  tergites  to  be  seen. 

The  species  is  readily  distinguished  from  all  the  other  de- 
scribed species  with  dentate  sides,  by  the  sparseness  and  fineness 
of  the  prothoracic  granules. 

CUBICORRHYNCHUS    SETOSUS,  n.Sp. 

(J.  Small,  elongate,  subparallel.  Clothing  dense,  brownish,  on 
elytra  indistinctly  maculate  with  greyish,  rostrum  and  legs 
clothed  with  grey;  setse  long,  light-coloured. 


448  REVISION   OF  THE  AHYCTERIDES,  V., 

Head  convex,  slightly  concave  between  the  crests,  with  two, 
small  granules  on  forehead;  supraorbital  crests  comparatively 
large,  upstanding.  Rostrum  shoi-t,  wide:  upper  surface  gently 
concave.  Scape  rather  robust.  Prothorax  ("2  x  3  mm.)  dentate 
at  sides,  with  two,  moderately  large,  conical  projections  anterior 
to  middle,  and  a  row  of  smaller,  conical  granules,  about  four  in 
number,  posterior  to  middle;  a  small,  conical  granule  also  pre- 
sent in  front  of  subapicai  constriction;  disc  with  median  line 
shallowly,  but  distinctly,  impressed,  elsewhere  closely  set  with 
rather  large,  upright  granules,  each  bearing  a  long  seta;  sides 
granulate  above.  Elytra  (7x4  mm.)  subparallel  on  the  sides; 
base  not  emarginate,  humeral  angles  rounded;  stria-  modeiately 
deeply  impressed,  punctures  small,  indistinct;  interstices  each 
with  a  single  row  of  small  granules,  more  distinct  posteriorly 
and  laterally;  sides  with  interstices  non-granulate.  Under- 
surface  gently  concave  at  base;  with  scattered,  setigerous  punc- 
tures, rather  coarser  on  the  apical  segment.  Anterior  coxae 
contiguous,  anterior  tibise  feebly  curved,  posterior  feebly  curved, 
also  veiy  feebly  curved  inwards;  all  the  tibiie  clothed  with  long, 
setose  hair,  most  noticeable  on  the  undersurface,  the  posterior 
with  a  few,  fine  granules  traceable  among  the  set*. 

^.  More  ovate ;  undersurface  more  convex,  posterior  tibise 
practically  straight.      Dimensions :  (J,  lOx  4  mm.;  5,  11  x  5  mm. 

Hab.  —  North-west  Australia,  Onslow. 

Type  in  Coll.  Ferguson. 

Closely  allied  to  C.  spintcoUis,  but  a  larger  species,  with  larger, 
almost  conical  granules  on  the  prothorax,  and  longer  sette,  par- 
ticularly on  the  prothorax. 

The  type  is  possibly  immature,  as  it  is  of  a  decidedly  reddish 
colour,  other  specimens  being  black.  The  Onslow  specimens 
differ  slightly  in  the  prothorax,  and  the  elytral  granules  are 
slightly  more  evident;  I  do  not  think,  however,  that  they  are 
distinct. 

CuBicoRRHYNCHUS  MussoNi  Blackb. 

Blackburn,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.  S.  Wales,  1892,  p.l24. 

This  species  is  very  distinct  from  all  other  described  Cubi- 
corrhynchi  with  the  exception  of  the  following,  C  uuriculatus. 


BY    E.   W.    FERGUSON.  449 

From  that  species,  it  differs  in  the  more  rounded  sides  of  the 
prothorax,  and  in  the  more  obliterate  granules,  on  both  prothorax 
and  elytra.  The  sides  of  the  prothoiax,  tliougli  appearing  evenly 
rounded  from  above,  have  the  basal  half  distinctly  ridyed,  tliis 
ridge  being  conspicuous  only  when  viewed  from  the  side.  In 
both  species,  the  supraorbital  crests  differ  considerably  frcni  the 
usual  form:  instead  of  projecting  more  or  less  forwards  from  the 
plane  of  the  head,  they  project  upwards  and  somewhat  outwards, 
the  inner  surfaces  looking  almost  directly  forwards.  I  have 
not.  however,  thought  it  necessary  to  separate  these  two  species 
generically  from  Cubicorrhynchus.  I  have  specimens  of  C. 
Mnssoni  from  Walcha  and  Muswellbrook;  these  have  been  C(jm- 
pared  with  specimens  from  the  type-locality  (Tamworth)  in  the 
Macleay  Museum.  More  recently,  I  have  had  an  opportunity 
of  inspecting  the  tvpe  in  the  l)ritish  Museum,  and  am  able  to 
confirm  the  identification. 

CUBICORKHYNCHUS  AURICULATUS,  n.sp. 

(J.  Moderately   small:    elongate-ovate.       Black;    clothed    with 
muddv-brown  squames,  feebly  emarginate  with  grey:  teta^. 

Head  convex,  separated  from  rostrum  by  a  transverse  impres- 
sion ;  forehead  with  two,  small  granules;  supraorbital  crests 
elongate,  the  apices  directed  upwards  and  outwaids,  the  inner 
surfaces  looking  forwards  as  well  as  inwards.  Rostrum  with 
upper  surface  slightly  depressed;  median  line  carinate,  two 
oblique,  almost  obsolete,  internal  ridges  traceable;  lateral  margins 
not  raised,  slightly  depressed  at  base  of  crests,  somewhat 
divergent  at  base.  Prothorax  (2'5  x  3-5  mm.)  feebly  convex  on 
disc,  with  a  marked,  subapical,  transverse  impression;  median 
line  impressed  in  basal  half;  lateral  margins  with  a  lather  dis- 
tinct notch  about  middle,  this  continued  across  disc  as  an  in- 
distinct impression,  obtusely  bidentate  in  front  of  notch,  and 
with  a  row  of  granules  behind  notch,  lunning  backwards  and 
inwards  to  latero-basal  angle,  which  is  marked  and  rectangular; 
disc  closely  set  with  large,  round  granules,  with  two,  rather 
large,  backwardly  directed  tuliercles  overhanging  the  base,  in 
the  middle;  sides  with  rather  coarse  granules  above,  becoming 

37 


450  REVISION  OF  THE  AMYCTERIDES,  V., 

finer  below  and  reaching  almost  to  coxse.  Elytra  (6  x  4-5  mm.) 
subparallel  on  sides,  shoulders  rounded  ;  base,  from  certain 
directions,  appearing  very  feebly  emarginate;  striae  shallow, 
punctures  small,  open,  rather  indefinite;  interstices  with  small 
granules,  the  third  and  fifth  slightly  more  elevated,  with  some- 
what larger  granules;  lateral  interstices  non-granulate.  Under- 
surface  somewhat  depressed  at  base;  with  large  punctures  sepa- 
rated bv  narrow  ridges,  forming  an  irregular  reticulum,  these 
punctures  most  marked  on  second  and  apical  portion  of  first 
segment,  obsolescent  on  metasternum.  Anterior  coxpe  con- 
tiguous; anterior  tibiae  feebly  curved,  posterior  feebly  incurved. 
9.  More  ovate;  undeisurface  convex,  with  fewer  and  smaller 
punctures,  not  reticulate.  Dime^isions :  ^,  10x4-5  mm.;  5, 
10x5  mm. 

Hab.—S.  Queensland:  Dalveen,  Darling  Downs,  Dalby,  Daan- 
dine,  Maryland,  Stanthorpe. —  N.S.W.:  Tenterfield. 

The  onlj'  species  known  to  me  at  all  similar  to  the  above,  is 
the  species  I  have  identified  as  C.  Mussoni  Blackb.;  from  that 
species,  the  present  one  differs  in  the  coarser,  prothoracic  gran- 
ules, and  in  the  different  ventral'punctures. 

The  head,  with  its  outwardly  and  upwardly  directed  crests, 
is  reminiscent  of  Notonophes,  but  the  structure  of  the  pi'othorax 
clearly  shows  the  aftinity  of  C.  auriculatns  to  the  Cubicorrhyn- 
chus-Acantholophus  complex.  The  basal  ti'ansverse  impression 
or  sutterinir  is  concealed  from  above,  but  can  be  seen  from  the 
side;  when  viewed  from  the  side,  the  posterior  portion  of  the 
lateral  margin  is  seen,  to  bend  downwards  to  the  latero-basal 
angle. 

It  is  possible  that  C .  auriculatus  and  C.  Mussoni  should  be 
separated  from  Cubicorrhynchus,  but  I  do  not  think  that  they 
can  be  referi'ed  to  Acantholophus. 

Cubicorrhynchus  spinicollis  Macl. 

Macleaj',  op.  cit.,  1866,  p. 332. 

^.  Small,  elongate.  Clothing  dense,  brownish:  rostrum  and 
median   line  of  prothorax,   anteriorly  and   posteriorly,   clothed 


BY   E.   W.   FERGUSON.  451 

with    white;    elytra  variegate  with  grey;    undersiuface  with  a 
broad,  white  vitta  along  each  side;  sette  short,  dark. 

Head  convex,  separated  from  rostrum  by  a  transverse  impres- 
sion in  front,  curving  backwards  along  inner  side  of  supraorbital 
crests;  forehead  with  two,  small  granules;  crests  prominent, 
directed  upwards  with  a  slight  inclination  outwards.  Rostrum 
not  excavate,  lateral  margins  not  raised,  median  line  slightly 
depressed,  base  with  feeble  indications  of  two  oblique  ridges. 
Scape  moderately  robust.  Prothorax  (2-5  x3nim.)  with  a  strong 
dentiform  tubercle  or  spine  about  middle,  a  slightly  smaller  one 
more  anteriorly,  and  a  small  spine  anterior  to  subapical  constric- 
tion; lateral  margins,  from  middle  to  base,  formed  by  a  strongly 
granulate  ridge,  sloping  inwards  to  base;  disc  with  median  line 
impressed  anteriorly  and  posteriorly,  sometimes  carinate  in 
middle  portion;  set  with  small,  upright  granules,  absent  from 
anterior  and  posterior  portions  of  the  disc,  also  with  two,  small 
tubercles  on  each  side  of  median  line  at  base;  sides  with  a  few 
granules  above.  Elytra  (5  x  3-5  mm.)  suboval,  strongly  rounded 
to  base,  humeral  angle  with  a  small  granule;  disc  striate-punc- 
tate,  punctures  small,  each  set  with  a  small  seta;  interstices  with 
small  granules  obscured  by  clothing,  more  evident  posteriorly 
and  laterally.  Undersurface  rather  feebly  concave  at  base,  set 
with  rather  small  punctures,  obscured  by  clothing.  Anterior 
cox£e  contiguous;  tibiae  feebly  curved,  almost  straight. 

^.  More  ovate;  undersurface  convex.  Dimensions:  (J,  9  x  3  5, 
^,  9x;4  mm. 

Hah. — W.A.:  King  George  Sound,  Kellerberrin. 

Closely  allied  to  C.  anrigena  and  C.  setosus,  from  the  latter  of 
which  it  may  readily  be  distinguished  by  its  smaller  size,  and 
smaller,  prothoracic  granules.  The  difi'erences  between  C  spiui- 
collis  and  C.  aurigena  are  noted  under  the  latter  species. 

Some  doubt  has  been  cast  on  the  assignment  of  this  species  to 
Cuhicorrhyiichus.  In  general  appeai'ance,  the  species  is  strongly 
suggestive  of  a  small  Acantholophus,  but  the  structure  of  the 
rostrum  is  essentially  that  of  a  Cubicorrhynchus,  and  it  is  united 
to  the  typical  forms  of  the  genus  by  intermediate  species. 


452  REVISION   OF  TTIE  AMYCTKRIDES^  V. 

CUBICORRHYNCHUS    AURIGENA    P>lacklj 

Hyhi>rrhy7ichnii  aiirigena  ]'>]ackburn.  Trans.  11.  Soc.  S.  Aust., 
1899,  p.89. 

Though  referred  by  the  author  to  J'ybori-hyiicli'ns,  this  species 
is  certainly  a  Cubicorrhynchus,  and  allied  to  C.  sjyiiiicoUis. 
From  that  species,  it  differs  in  being  somewhat  larger,  with 
more  parallel-sided  elytra.  The  internal,  oblique  ridges  on  the 
rostrum  are  more  evident,  and  the  supraorbital  crests  are  larger 
and  more  outwardly  directed.  The  prothorax  is  rather  bioader, 
with  the  lateral  spines  slightly  larger. 

My  onlv  specimen  is  a  female,  which  1  received  from  Mr.  H. 
W.  Brown;  a  secoTid  specimen  was  sent  to  the  British  Museum, 
and  determined  as  this  species  by  comparison  with  Blackburn's 
type. 

A  recent  visit  to  the  British  Museum  has  enabled  me  to  ex- 
amine the  type  of  C.  aicriyena:  it  is  probably  a  male,  l)ut  the 
abdomen  is  displaced:  it  differs  from  the  specimen  I  have  com- 
mented on  abo\e  in  having  the  supraocular  crests  smaller:  in 
other  respects,  it  agrees  well,  antl  I  think  the  two  specimens 
are  conspecitic. 

Hab. —  W.A.:  Kalgoorlie,  Cue,  Beverley. 


453 


A  REVISION  OF  THE  GENERA  WITH  MICR0SCLERE8 
TNCLUDEP,  OR  PROVISIONALLY  INCLUDED,  IN 
THE  EAISIILY  AXIXELLID.E ;  WITH  DESCRIP- 
TIONS OF  SOME  AUSTRALIAN  SPECIES.     Part  i. 

(PoiUFERA.) 

By  E.  F.   Hallmaxx,   R.Sc,   Linnean  Macleay  Fellow  of 
THE  Society  in  ZooLora'. 

(Plates  xxi.-xxix.,  figs.Ul';  also  xxxix.,  figs. 6, 7:  and  Text-figs.  1-9.) 

Genus  T  H  A  c  H  Y  c  L  A  D  u  H  Carter. 

Dffi/iiitiou. — Axinellida'(?)  typically  of  arborescent  haliit;  with 
an  axially  condensed,  reticulate  skeleton  of  spiculo-spongin  fibre. 
The  megascleres  are  diactinal  and  of  a  single  category,  varying  in 
form  horn  oxea  to  strongyla.  The  characteristic  microscleres  are 
spinispirul*,  to  which  are  usually  added  smooth  microstrongyla. 

Type-species,    7\  laiviiijnrulifer  Carter. 

Inclusive  of  those  here  added  to  it,  Trachycladus  comprises 
now  se\en  species  (together  with  several  \arieties),  all  of  ^\hicll 
are  from  the  southern  and  south-eastern  coasts  of  Australia.  Tlie 
hitherto-described  species  referable  to  the  genus  are  four,  nIz., 
T.  la-visjjirulifar  Carter  (the  type-species),  and  the  thi'ee  described 
by  Lendenfeld,  very  im})ei'fectly,  under  the  names  Spirophora 
di<ji(afa,  S.  hdcterinm^  and  Splruphui'e/ladigitata;  but,  for  reasons 
already  indicated  in  my  previous  paper,  I  reject  the  last-named, 
relegating  it  to  the  synonymy  of  7'.  diijitahis — a  redescription  of 
which  is  given  below.  The  other  two  species,  T.  lo-viiijiiridifer 
and  7'.  Ixictrrivvi,  arc  apparently  unrepresented  among  those  ex- 
amined by  me;  Init  the  latter  mav  prove  to  be  identical  with  T. 
pnsttdosus,  sp.n.  The  specimens  from  Port  Phillip  recorded  and 
briefly  described  as  examples  of  T.  hnnspindifer  by  Dendy(7) 
appear  to  me  to  represent  at  least  two  distinct  foims,  \\  Inch  T 
describe  below  as  varieties  of  T.  rfit,eponi.sn:<,  sp.n.,  and  of  T. 
dhjitatiia  respectively. 


454  REVISION   OF   THE  AXINELLID^,   i., 

Til  the  characters  whicli  it  combines,  the  genus  is  a  most 
aiiomaluus  one  ;  and  the  (juestion  of  its  relationship  affords 
scopt^  for  considerable  speculation.  The  form  of  the  spini- 
spiruhe  irresistibly  suggests  their  derivation  from  spirasters  ; 
and  this  view  of  their  origin  receives  strong  support  from  the 
fact  that  identically  similar  spicules — which  undoubtedly  are  de- 
rived from  spirasters — occur  in  Spirastrella  l^i)  sjnnispirtdifera 
(Carter)  Dendy(7),  and  Spiradrdla  (I)  dUatata  (Kieschnick) 
Thiele(39),  and  from  the  fact  that,  in  the  latter  species  (which  is 
a|)parently  unique  in  this  respect  among  the  Spirasti-ellidfe),  the 
megascleres  are  united  into  definite  fibres  by  means  of  spongin. 
Also  in  support  of  this  view,  is  the  fact  of  the  presence  of  niicro- 
strongyla.  On  the  other  hand,  in  structural  features  of  the 
skeleton,  the  genus  conforms  to  a  ty^kt  which  is  characteristic  ^^i 
genera  in  which  the  microscleres  are  sigmata  or  ai'e  such  as  are 
known  to  occur  in  association  with  sigmata.  Ti'achycladus, 
therefore,  ai)})ears  to  form  a  connecting  link  between  the  Sjjira- 
strellidie  and  the  signiatophorous  section  of  the  Monaxonida,  and 
provides  ground  for  the  view  that  these  two  groups  are  derived 
from  a  common  Monaxonid  stem.* 

As  the  several  species  agree  \'ery  closely  in  by  far  the  greater 
number  of  their  characters,  a  preliminary  general  account  of  them 
is  desirable  in  order  to  obviate  to  some  extent  the  necessity  of 
repetition  in  their  separate  descriptions. 

With  the  possible  exception  of  T.  hacterhtm — which  is  described 
by  Leiidenfeld  as  "  eiformig,  niit  schmaler  Basis  festgewachsen  " 
— all  the  species  are  of  ramose  habit,  typically  stipitate  and  more 
or  less  arborescent,  with  branches  which  are  circular  or  nearly 
so  in  cross-section  (occasionally  somewhat  compressed  in  T. 
reteporonKs),  and  never  of  considerable  stoutness;  in  T.  piiatulosus 
alone,  the  branches  generally  remain  much  abbreviated,  closely 
crowded,  and  more  or  less  coalesced  together  proximally,  thus 
sometimes  (through  excessive  reduction  and  fusion)  producing  a 

■^  In  tliis  connection,  I  may  menti(jn  that  evidence  is  not  wanting  which 
would  justify  the  hypothesis  that  sigmata  and  clieht  have  originated  from 
spirasters,  peiliaps  independently;  and  it  is  even  possible  that  the  acan- 
thoscleres  of  the  Desmacidonidic  aie  similarly  derived. 


BY  E.   P.   HALLMANK.  ,  455 

compact  solid  mass,  or  lieail,  with  di^itiform  protuberances 
(PI.  xxi.,  fig.5);  occasionally,  in  the  case  of  T.  reteporoniif<,  the 
sponge  may  remain  unbranched — consisting  simply  of  a  long  and 
slender,  undivided  stem.  According  to  the  species  (or  variety), 
the  branches  may  be  either  cylindrical,  distally  expanded  {i.e., 
more  or  less  clavate),  or  gradually  tapered.  Anastomosis  between 
the  branches  occurs  to  a  greater  or  less  extent  almost  invariably, 
except  perhaps  in  the  case  of  T.  retepurunns.  The  mode  of 
branching  is  probably  never  dichotomous,  thougli  occasionally  it 
may  appear  so;  normally  at  any  rate,  the  bi'anches  arise  laterally 
and  fidventitiously. 

The  oscula  are  of  small  size,  very  seldom  as  much  as  1  mm.  in 
diameter,  and  are  generally  sca'ttered  over  the  surface  irregularly; 
in  T.  rctt'iiornsns,  however,  they  show  a  decided  tendency  to  l)e 
arranged  in  longitudinal  series,  especially  along  the  edges  of  the 
bi-anches  when  these  are  compressed.  In  T.  piLstidosii^,  the 
oscula  are  restricted  almost  entirely  to  the  distal  pai'ts  of  the 
branches,  while  in  T.  hactrviimb  they  are  said  to  occur  arranged 
in  groups. 

The  surface  is  smooth,  or  is  provided  with  numerous  minute 
prominences  (up-pushings  of  the  dermal  layer)  produced  by  the 
extremities  of  impinging  skeletal  fil)res.  These  elevations  con- 
stitute a  marked  featui'e  of  the  surface  only  in  T.  p\tstulos7is  (and 
T.  hacteriuin  I)  in  which  they  have  the  appearance  of  small 
pimples,  and  in  T.  acabrusus  (PI.  xxi.,  fig.4;  PI.  xxviii.,  fig.6),  ir, 
which  they  take  the  form  of  minute  sharp  conuli;  in  the  remain- 
ing species,  they  are  either  imperceptible  or  produce  merely  the 
appearance  of  granulation.  In  any  case,  whether  surface-eleva- 
tions occur  or  not,  each  point  on  the  surface  at  the  extremity  of 
a  skeletal  fibre  is  the  location  of  a  small  ai'ea  over  which  the 
dei'mal  membrane  is  adherent  to  the  underlying  tissues  and  free 
from  dermal  pores,  whilst  elsewhere  it  overlies  subdermal  spaces 
and  is  perforated  by  numerous  pores.  The  pores  are  either 
scattered  singly  and  for  the  most  part  subequidistantly,  at  an 
average  distance  apart  not  much  exceeding  their  own  diameter, 
as,  for  example,  in  T.  di<jitatus  and  its  varieties  (Pis.  xxvi.,  xxviii.); 


456  REVISIOX   OF   THK  AXIXELLIIVE,   i. 


or  they  are  closely  arranged  in  subcircular,  sieve-like  groups,  as 
in  T.  reteporosns  and  T.  pustidosus  (PI.  xxvi.,  figs. 4,  5,  7,  <S;  PI. 
xxvii.,  figs. 5,  6).  In  the  latter  species,  the  surface  presents  a 
minutely  reticulate  appearance. 

Dried  specimens  are  whitish  on  the  surface,  owing  to  the 
presence  of  a  thin  dermal  crust  of  spinispiral  microsL-leres;  in 
alcohol,  the  colour  varies  in  the  different  species,  from  whitish- 
grey  to  pale  orange-yellow.  The  colour  of  li\ing  specimens — 
known  so  far  only  in  the  case  of  7'.  rrff-jtorosxt^,  in  which  it  is 
brilliant  orange,  red  or  scarlet — is  probably  always  to  some 
extent  determined  by,  or  dependent  upon,  that  of  a  symbiotic 
Myxoph3'cean  alga,  which  appears  to  be  invariably  present  in  all 
the  species,  often  in  enormous  numbers. 

The  main  skeleton,  which  is  composed  of  non-pluinosu  spiculo- 
spongin  fibres,  is  almost  exactly  similar  in  its  conformation  (except, 
presumably,  in  7'.  bacterium)  to  that  described  by  Vosmaer*  as 
typical  of  the  genus  Axinella  (s.str.).  In  the  central  region  of 
each  branch,  it  forms  an  abruptly  delimited  dense  core,  or  axial 
fune,  composed  of  ramifying  and  interuniting  l<jngitudinal  main 
fibres  additionally  connected  (more  or  less  obliquely)  by  a  greater 
or  lesser  number  of  transverse  fibres,  and  presenting  (in  longi- 
tudinal section)  a  s(jmewhat  lattice-like  arrangement  (PI.  xxvi., 
fig.  1);  and  extra-axially  it  consists  mainly  or  almost  solely  of 
very  sparsely  ramifyijig,  radial  fibres,  which  arising  as  branches 
from  the  longitudinal  fibres  (usually  at  some  distance  within  the 
axial  fune),  run  outwards  to  the  surface  at  approximately  equal 
distances  apart,  and  are  connected,  onlv  at  irregular  and  usually 
distant  intervals,  by  spongin-ensheathed  single  spicules  and  l)y 
paucispicular  fibres  of  a  single  spicule's  length  (PI.  xx\-.,  fig.  1). 
The  fibres  are  composed  chiefly  or  almost  entirely  of  spicules, 
which  are  arranged  for  the  most  part  parallelly  or  nearly  so 
(though  not,  as  a  rule,  very  compactly  nor  in  a  very  orderly 
fashion);  and  this  arrangement  is   maintained   to  the  very  ex- 

■■*  Vosniaer,  (4.  C.  J.,  "On  the  distinction  between  tlie  genera  A.vine.Ua, 
Phaktilia,  Acanfhel/a,  etc.  '  Zool.  Jahrh.  Suppl.  xv.,  1912,  p.31U,  PI.  xvi., 
ti>'.s.5,  (5. 


BY  E.  F.   HALLMAXK.  457 

treinities  of  the  (radial)  fibres,  the  terminal  spicules  of  which 
show  no  tendency  to  spread  penicillately.  The  outlines  of  the 
fibres,  as  seen  in  cross-section,  are  very  irrei;ular  (PI.  xxvi.,  fi,>;.0). 
In  the  axial  re,i,'ion  of  the  skeleton,  the  fibre-spicules  are  less 
compactly  and  less  regularly  arranged  than  in  tlie  radial  fibres, 
and  the  appearance  of  irregularity  is  much  increased  by  the 
presence  of  many  additional  spicules  lying  between  the  fibres; 
outside  the  axial  region,  interstitial  megascleres  are  exceedingly 
rare.  The  characteristic  microscleres — the  spinispirult« — are 
scattered  always  in  great  abundance  throughout  all  parts  of  the 
interior,  and  at  the  surface  occur  closely  crowded  in  a  welldetined 
layer,  which  constitutes  the  dermal  skeleton.  The  microstrongyla, 
when  present,  are  confined  to  the  extra-axial  choanosome. 

The  chief  specific  differences,  in  so  far  as  structural  features  of 
the  skeleton  are  concerned,  are  with  respect  to: — (i.)  the  dejisity 
of  the  axial  fune;  (ii.)the  ratio  between  the  diameter  of  the  fune 
and  that  of  the  whole  branch;  (iii.)  the  stoutness  of  the  skeletal 
fibres:  (iv.)  the  amount  of  spongin  entering  into  the  composition 
of  the  fibres;  [v.)  the  frequency  of  connection  between  the  radial 
fibres  by  means  of  transverse  fibres;  and  (\i.)  the  angle  of  in- 
clination oi  the  radial  fibres,  i.e.,  their  direction  relatively  to  the 
longitudinal  axis  of  the  branch.  A  further  difi'ei'ence,  ho\ve\er, 
is  presented  by  T.  pi(.'<tii/(isnf<,  in  which  the  skeleton  is  axially 
condensed  only  in  the  stalk  and  in  the  lowermost  porti(jns  of  the 
branches:  while  in  T.  bacteruim,  apparently,  an  axial  condensation 
is  not  developed.  In  order  most  readily  to  perceive,  and  also 
most  accurately  to  determine,  the  distinctive  characters  of  the 
skeleton  in  the  different  species,  it  is  necessary  to  study  the 
skeleton  freed  of  the  soft  parts. 

The  megascleres  are  slightly  curved  oxea  and  strongyla  (and 
I'are  styli),  occurring  intermingled,  and  coiniected  by  intermediate 
forms;  the  oxea,  on  the  average,  are  slightly  longer  and  stouter 
than  the  strongyla  and  not  so  nearly  of  uniform  diameter,  but 
otherwise  differ  from  them  only  in  the  character  of  their  ex- 
tremities. Both  in  regard  to  the  sha})e  and  the  size  of  the 
megascleres,  the  two  species  differing  most  widely  are  T.  scabrutsas 


458  BEVISION   OF  THE  AXINELLID^^   i., 

and  T.  reteporosus:  in  the  former,  strongyla  are  extremely  rare, 
and  the  megascleres  are  ahnost  exclusively  sharp-pointed,  fusiform 
oxea,  attaining  a  maximum  size  of  530  by  27 /z;  in  the  latter, 
strongyla  and  oxea  are  about  equally  numerous,  the  oxea  are 
mostly  more  or  less  blunt-pointed  and  but  very  slightly  fusiform, 
and  their  maxinnnn  size  usually  does  not  exceed  300  by  8/x.  In 
most  of  the  species,  a  certain  proportion  of  the  megasclei'es  (ap- 
parently those  alone  which  occur  extra-fibrally  in  the  axial  region 
of  the  skeleton)  are  found  to  attain  an  increasingly  larger  size  as 
one  proceeds  towards  the  older  portions  of  the  sponge,  with  the 
result  that,  in  the  stalk,  the  maxinnnn  size  of  the  megascleres  is 
notably  greater  than  in  the  uppermost  parts  of  the  branches;  and 
these  largest  spicules,  even  in  the  species  in  which  strongyla 
abound,  are  almost  without  exception  oxea.  The  spicules  of  the 
fibres  are  no  larger  in  the  stalk  than  elsewhere. 

The  spinispirulaj  are  mirmte,  entirely  spinulous,  for  the  most 
part  regularly  corkscrew-shaped  spicules,  rarely  of  more  than  two 
complete  turns;  in  addition,  they  comprise  a  series  of  simpler 
forms,  of  various  shapes  ranging  from  that  of  a  much  contort  §, 
through  C  «baped  forms,  to  straight  or  nearly  straight  rods  (Text- 
fig.  3).  The  proportionate  number  of  these  simpler  forms  varies  in 
the  different  species^  but  the  degree  of  variability  in  this  respect, 
as  well  as  in  other  characters  of  the  spirulaj,  is  not  sufficient  to 
be  of  diagnostic  value.  An  exception  to  this  rule,  however,  is 
possibly  afforded  by  the  spirulaj  of  T.  kevisjnridi/er,  which  have 
been  described  by  Carter  as  smooth;  but  it  is  more  probable  that 
the  spicules,  in  this  case,  were  not  examined  under  a  sufficiently 
high  power  to  render  their  spination  visible. 

The  microstrongyla  are  inconstant  in  occurrence,  and  they 
may  be  either  ninuerous  or  scarce,  or  perhaps  sometimes  entirely 
absent,  in  difi'erent  specimens  of  the  same  species;  at  any  lute, 
this  was  found  to  be  the  case  in  T.  dvjitahis  (typical  variety), 
and  T.  reteporosus  (var.  ?) — of  which  alone  a  number  of  specimens 
were  available  for  examination.  That  they  are  proper  spicules, 
however,  and  not  merely  pathological  products,  is  rendered  certain 
by  their  degree  of   uniformity  in  size   and   shape.       Occasional 


BY   E.   F.   KALLMANN.  459 

malformed  individuals  (occiirriiiif  least  rarely  in  T.  diyilatn,^)  are 
met  with  amongst  them;  and,  in  T.  pit^fuloans,  they  are  in  part 
reduced  to  spheres:  but  otherwise  they  have  the  form  of  short 
straight  rods,  rounded  at  the  extremities,  often  centrotylote, 
always  cpiite  smooth,  and  usually  relatively  stout. 

The  canal-system  (PL  xxiv.,  fig.3;  PI.  xxv.,  fig.2)  is  of  the 
a})hodal  type,  with  oval  to  spherical  Hagellated  chambers,  though 
with  extreinely  short  aphodi.  The  chambers  measure  from  25 
to  35/'.  in  diameter,  and  occur  closely  scattered  throughout  the 
entire  extra-axial  choanosome;  witliin  the  region  occupied  by  the 
axial  skeleton,  however,  they  are  absent,  except  in  the  youngest 
portions  of  the  sponge  {i.p.,  towards  the  extremities  of  the 
branches).  In  conformity  with  tlie  symmetry  of  the  skeleton, 
the  main  inhalant  canals  proceed  from  the  subdermal  spaces 
towards  the  interior  in  a  radial  direction,  parallel  to  that  of  the 
radial  skeletal  fibres,  and  are  traceable  inwards  almost  to  the 
axial  fune;  at  their  commencement,  they  are  of  such  diameter  as 
to  be  very  distinctly  visible  to  the  naked  eye,  when  a  thin  layer 
is  pared  from  the  surface  (PI.  xxvi.,  fig.2).  The  subdermal 
spaces  are  inextensive — least  so  in  T.  pustidusus.  The  ecto- 
somal  layer,  or  dermal  membrane,  varies  in  thickness  in  the 
diff"erent  species,  from  50/'.  in  T.  nirporosufi  to  (occasionally) 
140/i.  in  T.  fa^tifjatus,  and,  when  best  developed,  has  very  much 
the  appearance  of  a  thin  coi'tex;  it  is  densely  packed  with  sjiirula? 
usually  throughout,  or  nearly  throughout,  its  entire  thickness. 

In  none  of  the  species  were  ova  or  embryos  observed. 

Trachycladus  scabrosus,  sp.nov. 
(PI.  xxi.,  fig.4;  PI.  xxiii.,  fig.9;  PI.  xxviii.,  fig.6.) 
Diaipiosis. — Branches  cylindrical,  rather  slender;  of  approxi- 
mately unif(jrm  diameter  throughout  their  length,  Surface  densely 
beset  with  small,  sharp  conuli  formed  by  the  exti-emities  of  the 
radial  skeletal  fibres.  Dermal  layer  comparatively  thin;  superfici- 
ally packed  with  si)irula^.  Oscula  and  pores (').  Skeleton  with  an 
extremely  dense  axial  fune  of  diameter  exceeding  the  length  of  the 
radial  fibres.  Radial  fibres  directed  nearly  perpendicularly  to  the 
skeleton-axis,  mostly  between   120  and    170/a  in  stoutness,  com- 


460  REVISION   OF   THE  AXIXELLUVE.   i., 

posed  almost  solely  of  spicules.  Megascleres,  sharp-pointed  fusi- 
form oxea,  rarely  passiii<f  into  strongyla,  and  less  rarely  into 
styli;  maximum  size,  iXO  x  1*3 /x  in  the  branches,  occasionally  as 
much  as  530  x  2S//  in  the  stalk.      Microstrongyla  scarce. 

Loc.—Oa  Port  Jackson.      ("Thetis"  Expedition). 

External  fratiirfis. — The  species  is  known  fi-om  a  single  example 
(Pl.xxi.,  hg.4),  lOS  mm.  in  total  height,  c(»nsisting  of  an  elongated 
slender  stalk  and  irregularly  displosed  cylindrical  branches  from 
2'5  to  4  mm.  in  diameter.  The  specimen  (wliicli  is  invested  over 
portion  of  the  exterior  by  a  calcareous  bryozoan)  is  only  imper- 
fectly preserved,  having  evidently  suffered  some  amount  of  dessi- 
cation  prior  to  being  placed  in  alcohol — in  consequence  of  which 
the  dermal  layer,  while  remaining  quite  intact,  has  to  S(jme 
extent  shrunken  inwards  upon  the  underlying  skeleton.  To 
this  circumstance,  in  all  probability,  is  largely  due  the  marked 
degree  in  which  the  surface  is  rendered  conulose  by  the  outer 
ends  of  the  skeletal  fibres  (PL  xxviii.,  fig. 6):  nevertheless,  so 
coarse  and  stiff  are  these  fibres  that,  e\en  in  the  best-preserved 
specimens,  the  surface  would  almost  certainly  show  some  decided 
visible  effect  of  their  impingement  on  it,  and  at  least  would  Ije 
asperous  and  harsh  to  the  touch.  The  conuli  aze  seldom  much 
above  \  mm.  in  height,  very  close-set,  and  of  hard  feel;  they  are 
such  that  the  surface  has  much  the  appearance  of  that  of  a  fine 
rasp.  The  dermal  membrane  is  very  thin  and  \eiy  closely 
adherent,  accomyiodating  itself  exactly  to  the  sharply  contoured 
surface-inequalities  ;  presumably  it  has  undergone  considcral)le 
contraction,  since  iieither  pores  nor  oscula  are  detectible.  In 
consistency,  owing  }jartly  to  its  somewhat  dried  and  shrunken 
condition,  but  perhaps  mainly  to  its  very  dense  skeleton,  the 
specimen  is  tough  and  hard,  almost  incompressible;  the  branches 
are  stiffly  iiexible.  The  colour  is  brownish-grey  on  the  surface^ 
and  dark  brown  in  the  interior.* 

Skeleton. — The  prepared  skeleton,  as  sei'n  in  its  entirety  (PI. 
xxiii.,  fig. 9),  is  of  a  faintly  brownish,  light  grey  colour,  and  con- 
sists of  a  veiy  stout  and  solid  looking  core,  with  coarse  and  stiff, 
bristle-like,  short   radial   fibres  projecting  therefrom  on  all  sides. 


IIY   E.   F.   HALLMANN'. 


in  moderatel}'  cIdsp  array,  almost 
at  right  an,i;les;  when  (hy,  it  is  hard 
and  brittle.  The  core  occupies  never 
less  than  halt'  the  diameter  of  the 
branches,  and  the  radial  tibres 
seldom  exceed  1  nnn.  in  length. 
The  latter,  whicli  are  connected 
only  very  sparsely  b}'  paucispicular 
transverse  fibi'es  (of  a  single  spicule's 
length),  vary  in  stoutness  from  about 
110  to  190/x  or  so,  and  are  composed 
almost  solely  of  spicules, — their 
spongin  being  insufficient  in  ([uan- 
tity  to  form  an  external  sheath,  and 
becoming  discernible  only  after 
staining.  The  fibres  of  the  central 
axis,  which  also  are  but  very  scantily 
provided  with  spongin,  have  their 
spicules  less  closely  compacted  than 
the  radial  fibres,  and  form  so  dense 
a  lattice-like  reticulation  that,  ex- 
cept in  moderatel}'  thin  sections,  the 
outlines  of  individual  fibres  can 
seldom  be  distinguished,  and  open 
meshes  do  not  appear. 

Meyasclpvps. — These  are  almost 
exclusively  oxea,  slightly  and  usu- 
ally somewhat  angulately  curved, 
fusiform,  with  gradually  and  regu- 
larly tapered,  nearly  always  acutely- 
pointed  extremities;  but  strongyla 
and  scarcer  styli  also  occur — more 
especially  in  the  stalk,  where  the 
proportional  numbei'  of  the  former 
may  exceed  one  in  fifteen.      In  the 


,    ,,        ,  ...  'l\•xt-fi>^  1.  —  Trucln/cliKlus  sca- 

stalk    also,   occasional   anisoxea   are      /„.o.,„„,     :^ieaascle'ies:  a,  from 

tJie  stalk;  h,  from  the  branches. 


462  REVISION  OP  THE  AXINELLID^.^   i., 

met  with,  as  in  T.  dlyitatus  and  T.  pusfu/osiis;  and  the  mega- 
scleres  are  there  of  nutablj'  greater  size  than  elsewhere.  The 
strongyla  are  mostly  not  quite  cylindrical  in  shape,  but  slightly 
fusiform;  they  are  of  lesser  length,  on  the  average,  than  the 
oxea,  and,  in  tlie  case  of  the  shortest,  are  I'elatively  much  stouter. 
Although  sti'ongyla  are  pi'esent  in  far  greater  number  than  styli, 
spicules  iiitei-mediate  in  form  between  them  and  oxea  are  of  less 
frequent  occurrence  than  those  intermediate  between  styli  and 
oxea.  The  maximum  size  of  the  megascleres  is  not  greater  than 
480  X  23//.  in  the  bi^anches,  and  about  530  x  28/^  in  the  stalk; 
the  oxea  are  very  rarely  less  than  330/x  in  length,  and  propoi'- 
tionately  slender,  but  the  shortest  strongyla  (which  may  exceed 
20/x  in  stoutness)  fall  below  200/x. 

MlcrusclpTfix. — The  spirulaj  are  mostly  of  between  1  and  2  turns 
and  from  2  to  3/x  in  stoutness;  (J-shaped  forms  are  rather  scarce, 
and  straight  rc^ds  rai'e.  The  microstrongyla  are  very  scarce, 
seldom  centrotylote,  and  from  If)  x  3  to  20  x  5/x  in  size. 

Trachycladus  fastigatus,  sp.nov. 
(PL  xxi.,  fig.l;  PI.  xxiii.,  fig.  10.) 
Diagnosis. — Profusely  branched.  Branches  elongated  and 
tapering;  anastomosing  at  points  of  contact.  Surface  smooth 
and  glabrous.  Oscula  (?).  Dermal  layer  strongly  developed, 
dense,  opaque;  with  ck)sely  packed  spirulie  forming  a  layer  70- 
140/i.  tliick.  Inhalant  pores  dispersed  singly.  Skeleton  with  a 
rather  dense  axial  fune,  of  diameter  generally  less  than  the  length 
of  the  radial  fibres.  Radial  fibres  directed  at  an  angle  of  from 
35°  to  60°  with  the  skeleton-axis;  very  rarely  more  than  20-25/a 
in  stoutness;  their  spicules  cemented  by  a  scarcely  perceptible 
amount  of  spongin.  Extra-axial  connecting  fibres  few,  mostly 
unispicular.  Megascleres  almost  exclusively  diactinal,  mostly 
more  or  less  rounded  ofi'  at  the  ends,  very  commonly  approximat- 
ing in  form  to  strongyla,  but  nearly  always  more  or  less  (slightly) 
fusiform;  only  slighter,  if  at  all,  of  greater  dimensions  in  the 
stalk  than  elsewhere;  in  maximum  size  very  rarely  exceeding 
520  x  9/u,  and  at  most  560  x  12/u.  Microstrongyla  abundant  in 
some  parts,  scarce  in  others. 


BY   E.  F,   KALLMANN.  463 

Loc. — Great  Australian  Bight. 

External  features. — The  single  specimen  (PI.  xxi.,  fig.  1)  is  of 
luxuriantly  arborescent  habit,  and  measures  360  mm.  in  total 
height,  being  thus  the  largest  example  of  the  genus  yet  obtained; 
the  number  of  its  ultimate  branches  exceeds  one  hundred  and 
tifty.  The  branches  are  elongated  and  relativel}'  slender,  gradu- 
all}'  tapered,  distall)-  nuich  attenuated  and  flagelliform  ;  the 
stoutest  are  at  most  S  nnn.  in  diameter  at  their  base.  They  are 
richly  ami,  in  places,  intricateh'  anastomosed,  forming  thus,  as 
well  as  b}'  their  uudtitude,  a  dense  and  somewhat  tangled  mass. 
Unfortunately  the  specimen,  although  in  alcohol,  is  not  very 
perfectly  preserved,  owing  to  its  having  temporarily  become  par- 
tially dried  (through  breakage  of  the  vessel  containing  it)  \\hile 
in  course  of  transit  from  tlie  collecting  ground.  In  consequence 
of  this — mainly,  if  not  solel}' — the  branches  are  without  exception 
much  wrinkled  longitudinally,  presenting  a  shrivelled  appear- 
ance: in  life,  apparently,  their  outline  in  cross-section  was  cir- 
cular. The  dei-mal  layer,  notwithstanding,  remains  intact,  and 
exhibits  no  outward  indication  of  having  been  detrimentally 
affected :  it  has  the  form  of  a  dense  and  tough,  opaque  membrane 
or  skin,  with  an  outward  appearance  and  texture  much  resembling 
that  of  rubber;  is  composed  almost  entirely  of  closely  crowded 
spirula?  \  and  is  even  now  (after  possible  shrinkage)  usually 
between  90  and  120//,  and  occasionally  as  much  as  140/x,  in 
thickness.  Into  the  dermal  membrane  the  skeletal  fibres  do  not 
enter,  nor  do  their  extremities  ever  cause  the  surface  to  appear 
granular. 

Examined  with  the  naked  eye,  a  transverse  section  of  a  branch 
shows,  superficially,  a  sharply  delimited  dense  layer,  0*2  to  0*4  nnn. 
in  width,  the  appearance  of  which  is  extremely  suggestive  of  a 
cortex.  Under  the  microscope,  however,  the  seeming  cortex  is 
seen  to  consist  in  part  of  a  layer  belonging  to  the  choanosome, 
which  layer,  unlike  the  I'emainder  of  the  choanosome,  is  so  densely- 
packed  with  parasitic  algal  rods  as  to  assume  a  whitish-opaque 
appearance  similar  to  that  of  the  dermal  layer  itself.  But,  in  all 
probability,  this  is  not  a  constant  feature. 


464  REVISION'  OF   TITE  AXINELLID/E,   i., 

Preisumably  owing  to  their  having  become  closed — as  a  result 
of  the  contraction  undergone  by  the  specimen — oscula  are  not 
indicated;  in  life,  tliey  must,  at  any  rate,  have  been  of  very  small 
size.  The  dermal  pores,  for  the  most  part,  have  also  disappeared: 
but  traces  of  them  remain,  sufficient  to  show  that  the}'  are  dis- 
tril)ut(Hl  singly  as  in  T.  diyitatm^  and  its  ^■arieties. 

Skplpfon. — The  prepared  skeleton,  viewed  in  the  gross  (PI.  xxiii., 
fig.  10),  is  of  a  pale  creamy-white  colour,  and  shows  a  sharpl}'- 
circumscribed,  dense  core-region,  of  diameter  rare! v  less  than  one- 
third,  and  frequently  exceeding  one-half,  the  total  diameter  of 
the  branches.  The  extra-axial  skeleton  presents  somewhat  the 
appeai'ance  of  fur,  being  composed  apparently  only  of  fine  silky- 
lo(jking*  onlivardly-directrd  (i.fi.,  radial)  fibres;  under  the  micro- 
scope, however,  the  radial  fibres  are  mostly  found  to  be  connected, 
though  as  a  rule  only  at  .very  distant  and  irregular  inter\als,  by 
delicate  transverse  fibres,  often  in  the  form  merely  of  single 
spicules  unensheathed  by  spongin.  Even  the  component  spicules 
of  the  radial  fibres  are  I'arely  more  than  4-  or  5-serial,  and  the 
spongin  cementing  them,  seldom  sufficient  to  form  a  visible 
sheath,  is  usually  so  small  in  quantity  as  barely  to  be  perceptible 
even  in  stained  sections  of  the  skeleton.  The  main  fibres  of  the 
axial  skeleton,  save  in  the  stalk  and  the  basal  portions  of  the 
older  bi-anches,  are,  for  the  most  part,  almost  equally  deficient  in 
spongin,  Init  the  spicules  composing  them  are  less  compact  1}- 
arranged  than  in  the  radial  fibres,  and  are  all  mostly  somewhat 
greater  in  number:  they  form,  with  the  aid  of  numerous  connect- 
ing fibres  and  spicules,  as  well  as  by  interunion  among  themselves, 
a  close  and  rather  intricate  meshwork,  in  whicli  the  course  of 
individual  main  fibres  cannot  be  easily  traced. 

Megascleres. — The  megascleres  (which  are  approximately  the 
same — though,  on  the  average,  perhaps  not  tjuite  so  slender — in 
the  stalk  as  in  the  branches)  comprise  a  goodly  proportion  of 
sharp-pointed  oxea;  but  the  great  majority  are  intermediate  forms 
showing  every  stage  of  transition  between  oxea  and  strongyla; 
moderately  scarce  styli  also  occur.  The  more  sharply  pointed 
spicules  are  very  often  irregularly  ended,  sometimes  mucronate. 


r.Y   E.   F.   HALT.MANN. 


465 


Their  curvature,  in  proportion  to  tlieir 
lengtli,  is  sliglit,  and  often  affects  only  a 
very  limited  portion  of  the  central  region 
of  the  spicule,  the  actines  throughout 
nearly  their  whole  length  remaining 
straight:  they  are  frequently,  theiefore, 
more  correctly  to  be  described  as  sym- 
metrically bent,  than  as  curved.  Except 
in  this  respect,  and  in  their  much  greater 
length,  they  most  resemble,  on  the  whole, 
the  megascleres  of  T.  diyitatm^  var.  xtroii- 
Liyhifus  ;  the  strongyla,  however,  differ 
from  those  of  the  latter,  as^well  as  from 
those  of  the  other  two  species  in  which 
they  occur  plentifully,  in  that  they  are 
ne\er  quite  cylindrical,  but  always  taper 
slightly,  with  nearly  uniform  gradualness, 
from  the  middle  to  either  end.  Their 
diameter  is  rarely  more  than  one-fiftieth 
of  their  length,  which  ranges  from  about 
330  to  560 /x. 

Microschres. — The  spiruUv  are,  without 
exception,  of  less  than  2  complete  turns, 
and  a  very  considerable  proportion 
(amounting  to  at  least  25%)  are  of  less 
than  1  turn — i.e.,  are  more  or  less  Q- 
shaped;  they  frequently  attain  to  2 "5  or 
3 /J.  in  stoutness.  Rod-shaped  derivatives 
are  common,  but  are  very  seldom  more 
than  8 /i  in  length. 

The  mici'ostrongyla — which  in  most 
parts  of  the  sponge  are  fairly  abundant — 
are,  with  rare  exception,  centrotylote  and 


Text-fig.  2. 
rather     slender,    very    seldom     exceeding    Trachycladns  fu.itit/Kfns. 

'I-Oixin  diameter;  but  occasional  stouter       Megascleres :    a,   tiom 
"  the  stalk;  /',  tioni   tlie 

ones   without  the   dilatation    also    occur,       bianches. 


38 


466  REVISIOX   OF  THE  AXINELLin^^   i., 

which  attain  a  diameter  of  4  or  5/x;  the  length  does  not  exceed 
17/x.  Malformed  individuals,  such  as  are  of  frequent  occurrence 
in  T.  diyitatus  and  T.  pusUdusus,  are  i-arely  to  be  found. 

Trachycladus  digitatus  Lendenfeld,  et  varr. 

Gpucral  diai/nosis. — Branches  moderately  short,  cylindrical  to 
clavate,    occasionally   (abruptly)    pointed,    but   never,    so   far  as 
known,   gradually   tapered.       Surface    even,    smooth    to    faintly 
granular.      Oscula  scattered  irregularly  over  the   entire  surface, 
or  (in  the  var.  clavatus)  arranged,  or  tending  to  become  arranged, 
in    two    longitudinal    rows   on   opposite   sides   of    the  branches. 
Dermal  membrane  varying  (in  the  different  varieties)  from  50  to 
120/x  in  maximal  thickness;  with  closely  packed  spirulae  through- 
out  its    entire    thickness  (except    in   the    var.    sfronyyiatus,    in 
which  the  spirula>   are  confined  tt)  a   superficial  layer).      Dermal 
pores   dispersed   singly,    at   a  distance  apart  from   one   another 
generally    greater    than    their    own    diameter.       Skeleton    with 
moderately  dense  axial  fune  of  diameter  greater  or  less  than  the 
length  of  the  radial  fibres.      Radial  fibres  directed  at  an  angle  of 
between  30°  and  60°  degrees  to  the  axial  direction;  varying  (in 
different  varieties)  from  50  to  90 /x  in   maximal  stoutness;  with 
spongin  x'arely  sufficient  in  quantity  to  form  a  distinct  ensheath- 
ing  layer  external  to  the  spicules.     Megascleres — except  in  the 
var.  stronyylatus  (in  which  strongyla  are  the  more  numerous) — 
consisting  chiefly  or  almost  exclusively  of  sharp-pointed  oxea;  of 
considerably  greater  maximum  size  and  generally  of  more  fusi- 
form shape  in  the   stalk  of   the  sponge  than   in   the  branches; 
maximal  size  in  the  stalk  varying  (in  diffei^ent  varieties)  fi'om  not 
less  than  350  x  10/i  to  530  x  23 /x. 

Hab. — South-eastern  coast  of  Australia. 

Trachycladus  digitatus,  typical  form. 
(Pl.xxii.,  figs.l,  2;  Pl.xxiii.,  fig.l;  Pl.xxvi.,  fig.2;  Pl.xxvii.,  fig.l.) 

1887.  Sjiirophm-a  digitata;  Lendenfeld(26),  p.794. 

1888.  Spiroj)horel1a  digitata;  Lendenfeld(27),  p. 236. 
1914.  Trachycladus  digitatus;  Hallmann(13),  p. 429. 
Diaynosis. — Branches     moderately    slender    (4    to    6  mm.    in 


BY  E.   F.   KALLMANN.  467 

diameter);  approximately  of  uniform  diameter  throughout  their 
length,  or  slightly  pointed  terminally.  Oscula  scattered  irregu- 
larly. Dermal  membrane  up  to  80  or  90/*  in  thickness.  Radial 
fibres  of  greater  length  than  the  diameter  of  the  axial  fune; 
rarely  as  much  as  75/x  in  stoutness.  Megascleres  almost  ex- 
clusivel\'  more  or  less  sharp-pointed  oxea,  varying  in  maximal 
size  (in  different  specimens)  from  300  x  9  to  3S0  x  11/'  in  the 
branches,  and  from  440  x  15  to  510  x  17-5/x  in  the  branches. 

Loc. — Port  Jackson. 

Introdihctory. — The  following  description  is  based  on  four 
specimens  (all  in  the  collection  of  the  Australian  Museum),  two 
of  which  are  labelled  Spirophora  diffifafa  in  Lendenfeld's  hand- 
writing. Examination  has  also  been  made  of  a  small  piece  of  a 
Bi'itish  Museum  specimen  labelled  with  the  same  name,  and,  so 
far  as  one  can  judge  from  its  spiculation, — the  fragment  being 
insufficient  to  provide  all  the  requisite  information  as  regards 
other  characters — this  is  of  the  same  species.  The  specimens, 
nevertheless,  are  considerably  at  variance  with  Lendenfeld's  de- 
scription of  *S'.  digitata, — according  to  which  the  digitate  branches 
are  much  compressed  (4  mm.  broad  and  2  mm.  thick),  the  surface 
shows  "ein  feines  Netz  erhabener  Leisten,"  and  the  megascleres 
are  styli.  The  statement  regarding  the  megascleres  one  may 
reasonably  presume  to  be  erroneous,  inasmuch  as  st3di  are  other- 
wise unrecorded  as  occurring  in  the  genus  except  sporadically  as 
variants  of  oxea;  but  the  other  discrepancies  are  only  explicable 
on  the  assumption  either  that  the  specimens  (of  both  Museums) 
are  mislabelled,  or  that  the  species  is  wrongly  described  in  respect 
of  its  external  characters.  The  view  here  taken  is  that  the  lattei- 
explanation  is  the  true  one.*  As  regards  the  evidence  for  the 
identification  of  SpirophorfUa  digitata  with  the  present  species, 
the  I'eader  is  referred  to  a  previous  paper  (13,  p. 429). 

*  Certainly  no  implicit  reliance  can  be  placed  un  the  description;  fur  it 
is  beyond  question  that  in  "Die  Chalineen  ties  austialischen  Gebietes,"  as 
already  has  been  proven  to  be  the  case  in  the  "Catalogue  of  Sponges  in 
the  Australian  Museum,"  some  (if  not  many)  of  the  descriptions  confound 
two  species  (by  ascribing  to  the  one  the  external  features  of  the  other), 


468  REVISION   OF   THE  AXINELLID^,   i., 

The  specimens  labelled  by  Lendenfeld  are  in  a  dried  and 
shrivelled  condition,  and  look  as  if  beach-worn,  the  more  exposed 
portions  of  the  surface  being  more  or  less  denuded  of  their  dermal 
la3^er  and  appearing  as  a  consequence  (owing  to  the  projecting 
ends  of  the  skeletal  fibres)  hispid  or  slightly  shaggy.  Their 
appearance  is  thus  considerably  different  frona  that  of  the  other 
two  specimens,  which  are  in  alcohol  and  well  preserved.  As 
regards  the  latter,  it  is  to  be  noted  that  in  one  of  them,  as  in 
the  two  dried  specimens,  microstrongyla  are  present  in  great 
abundance,  whereas  in  the  other,  microstrongyla  are  exti'emely 
scarce;  but  as  both  are  exceedingly  alike  in  other  respects,  and, 
moreover,  were  collected  in  the  same  haul,  it  is  impossible  t(j 
regard  their  differences  as  other  than  due  to  individual  variation; 
and  it  was  perhaps  owing  to  Lendenfeld's  having  examined  a 
specimen  provided  with  only  rare  microstrongyla  that  no  mention 
is  made  of  such  microsclei'es  in  his  description  of  the  species. 

External  fpahires. — The  external  habit  is  sufficiently  portrayed 
in  the  figures  (PI.  xxii.,  figs.  1,  2)  illusti'ating  the  two  better-pre- 
served specimens,  the  larger  of  which  measures  125  mm.  in  height. 
The  branches  have  a  diameter  of  from  4  to  6  mm.;  and  the 
peduncle  is  of  about  the  same  stoutness.  The  surface  is  smooth, 
and  glabrous  or  nearly  so — the  utmost  effect  occasioned  bv  the 
impingement  of  the  skeletal  fibres  upon  it  being  (in  the  case  of 
the  alcoholiq  examples)  a  faintly  granular  appearance  here  and 
there;  should  the  sponge  be  removed  from  alcohol,  however,  and 
allowed  partially  to  dry,  the  surface  assumes  a  minutely  pustu- 
lated appearance,  much  resembling  (on  a  small  scale)  that  of  the 
human  tongue.  The  irregularly,  and  rather  distantly  scattered 
oscula  are  never  much  greater  than  -^  mm.  or  thereabouts  in 
diameter.      Some  of   the  main   exhalant  canals,  in  the  terminal 


and  even  the  figures  cannot  alwaj's  be  trusted.  In  proof  of  the  last  asser- 
tion, one  need  onlj'  compare,  for  example,  the  description  with  the  figure 
in  the  cases  of  tlie  following  species: — Ce7'aocha/lna  refephix  (p.lSii;  PL 
xix.,  fig.  17);  EurliulmopMs  miii'ima  (p. 816;  PI.  xviii.,  fig.3);  CJia/iuodeii- 
dron  exii/itiim  (p. 819;  PI.  xxvi.,  fig.Ho);  CJtaUnodendron  minimum  (p. 820; 
PI.  xxvi.,  fig.Tl);  and  Chalinorhaphi-<  diyitata  (p.82'2;  PI.  xxvi.,  fig.62). 


BY  E.   F.   HALLMAXX.  469 

part  of  their  course,  run  for  ;i  short  distance  close  below  the 
dermal  membrane,  and,  being  visible  through  it,  present  an  ap- 
pearance as  of  veins  radiating  to  the  oscula.  The  colour  (in 
spirit)  is  a  faintly  yellowish  pale  grey  witli  the  least  possible 
tinge  of  olive-green;  at  the  same  time,  the  sponge  has  a  slightly 
subtranslucent  appearance,  somewhat  recalling  that  of  wax.  The 
consistency  is  rather  fleshy,  moderately  soft,  yet  fairly  tough  and 
elastic;  the  branches  stand  firmly  erect. 

The  dermal  pores  are  disposed  in  the  manner  shown  in  PI. 
xxvi.,  fig.2,  and  PI.  xxvii.,  fig.l.  They  vary  from  30  to  S5//.  in 
diameter,  and  number,  on  the  average,  between  60  and  70  per 
sq.  mm. 

Skdetun. — The  skeleton,  as  seen  in  its  entirety  (PL  xxiii.,  fig.l), 
is  of  a  hght  greyish  colour,  tinted  very  faintly  with  brownish 
pale  yellow  in  the  condensed  axial  region  and  in  its  older  por- 
tions. By  reflected  light  alone,  the  axial  condensation  can  barely 
be  perceived,  being  obscured  fi'om  view  by  the  extra-axial 
skeleton  ;  but  with  the  opposite  illumination, — as  when  the 
skeleton  is  held  directly  between  the  eye  and  the  light — it  is 
seen  as  a  sharply  delimited,  apparently  solid  core,  occupying 
about  one-fourth  the  diameter  of  the  branches.  The  extra-axial 
skeleton  appears,  at  first  sight,  to  consist  solely  of  radially 
directed  fibres — 2  to  3  nnu.  in  length — which  are  inclined  to  the 
forward  direction  of  the  axis  at  an  angle  varying  from  about  30" 
in  the  distal  region  of  the  branches  to  about  45"  in  tlie  basal; 
but,  on  closer  inspection,  transverse  fibres  (very  rare  towards  the 
periphery  of  the  skeleton,  but  becoming  fairly  numerous  as  the 
axis  is  approached)  connecting  these  can  be  made  out.  The 
extra-axial  skeleton  is  rather  scanty — itt  efi'ectiveness  in  conceal- 
ing from  view  the  axial  condensation  being  due  mainly  to  the 
very  oblique  inclination  of  the  radial  fibres. 

The  radial  fibres  are  from  30  to  70/x  (rarely  more)  in  stout- 
ness, and,  speaking  generally,  consist  almost  entirely  «f  mega- 
scleres  regularly  arranged  in  close  parallelism, — the  spongin 
cementing  the  spicules  seldom  forming  a  very  well  defined 
sheath,    and    more   usually  being    so  small    in  cpiantit     as    to  be 


470  REVISION   OF   THE  AXIXELLID^,   i., 

barely  discernible  unless  stained.  The  main  fibres  of  the  axial 
skeleton  are  mostly  coarser — up  to  90  or  100//,  in  stoutness — 
and  much  more  sponginous,  and  the  spicules  composing  them  are 
less  compactly  arranged;  they  form  by  interunion  among  them- 
seh  es,  and  with  the  aid  of  lunnerous  short  connecting  fibres,  a 
dense,  lattice-like  meslnvork,  in  which  the  course  of  the  indi- 
vidual fibies  is  rather  difficult  to  trace.  The  extra-axial  con- 
necting fibies  occur  at  irregular  intervals,  and  are  either  single 
(spongin-ensheathed)  spicules  or,  more  usually,  are  composed  of 
several  (seldom  more  than  five  or  six)  disorderly-arranged  spicules 
interunited  by  spongin. 

Meyasclere)<. — The  megascleres  are  oxea  and  relatively  few 
styli,  the  number  of  the  latter  being  approximately  somewhere 
between  one-fifteenth  and  one-thirtieth  that  of  the  formei' ; 
among  them,  an  occasional  strongyle  is  also  to  be  met  with. 
They  are  almost  invariably  curved, — as  a  rule  a  little  angulately; 
are  (with  the  exception  of  the  very  stoutest)  of  uniform,  or 
nearly  unif<jrm  diameter  throughout  their  length  to  within  25 /x 
or  less  of  their  extremities;  and  usually  taper  thence,  either 
regularly  or  witli  the  intermediacy  of  one  or  two  more  or  less 
abruj)t  contractions,  to  a  sharp  or  only  slightly  njunded-off  point. 
Spicules  with  much  blunted  extremities,  however,  are,  in  some 
specimens,  Ijy  no  means  uncommon.  A  certain  proportion  of 
the  irregularly-ended  spicules  terminate  nuicronately.  Among 
the  megascleres  of  the  stalk — rarely,  if  ever,  in  other  parts  of 
the  sponge — occasional  (yet  constantly  occurring)  ones  are  met 
with  which  taper  almost  (or,  if  stylote,  quite)  from  end  to  end 
in  one  direction,  I.e.,  are  markedly  anisoactinal.  In  the  stalk, 
also,  the  n)egascleres  attain  to  a  much  greater  maxinunn  size 
than  elsewhere,  and  are  often  slightly  more  fusiform  in  shape. 
In  three  of  the  examined  specimens  (including  among  them  the 
one  with  raie  microstrongyla)  the  megascleres  are  of  appioxi- 
mately  the  same  dimensions — ranging  from  about  160  (l)ut 
rarely  below  200)  to  300 /a  in  length,  and  up  to  9/x  in  stoutness, 
in  the  branches,  and  attaining  a  maximum  size  of  440  x  15/i.  in 
the  stalk:  in  the  fourth  specimen — in  which,  also,  the  megascleres 


BY  E.  F.   HALLMAKK. 


471 


are  much  more  fi^equently  blunt-pointed — they  are  notably  lar 
180  to   370/x  long  and  (at  most)  ll/z  stout  in  the  branches, 
occasionally  attaining  to  510  x  17"5/;.  in  the  stalk. 

Microsdercs. — (i.)  The  spirula;  (Text- 
tig.  3)  are  mostly  of  less  than  2  turns, 
rarely  of  more  than  2^.  Rod-shaped 
derivatives  of  them,  of  all  lengths  be- 
tween 4  and  23/a,  and  from  2  to  3"5/a 
in  diameter  are  fairly  common — num- 
bering, say,  one  to  every  forty  or  fifty 
of  the  coiled  spicules;  the  latter  rarely 
exceed  2"5/j(  in  diameter. 


ger, 
and 


c^,^.^.- 


U 


Text-tig.  3. 


(ii.)  The  uiicrostrongyla  are  imper- 
fectly differentiated  into  two  kinds ;  ( 1 ) 
slenderer,  invariably  centrotylote  forms 
ranging  in  length  from  12  to  27 /x  and 
ill  diameter  from  less  than  \\i  up  to  3 
t)r  3"5/jt,  and  (2)  stouter,  rarely  centro- 
tylote ones,  occasionally  as  much  as 
o/x  in  diametei',  and  seldom  more  than 
20 /x  in  length.  The  former  are  present 
in  great  abundance  in  three  of  the  ex- 
amined specimens,  but  are  almost,  or 
entii-ely  absent  from  the  fourth;  the 
latter  are  scarce  in  all  four  specimens. 


Text-Hg.4.t 


'%Spirula?  and  niicrostrongyla  of  Trnchydadw^  dir/lfafii-s. 
t  Tvachyi-hidva  dinitatux.      Megascleres :  n,  fiom   the  stalk;  //,  fiuin  the 
branches. 


472  REVISIOK  OF  THE  AXIKELLID^,   i., 

Abnormal  forms  among  the  microstrongyla  (of  the  kind  shown 
in  the  Text-fig.)  are  of  more  frequent  occurrence  in  the  present, 
than  in  any  other  of  the  species  excepting  T.  pustulosus,  their 
proportionate  number  being  not  less  than  one  in  thirty. 

Trachycladus  digitatus  var.  gracilis,  var.nov. 
(PL  xxii.,  fig.3;  PI.  xxiii.,  fig.2;  PI.  xxvii.,  fig.2.) 

Didynoais. — Branches  slender  (2  to  3"5mni.  in  diameter);  of 
uniform  diameter  throughout  their  length.  Oscula  scattered 
irregularly.  Dermal  layer  with  closely  packed  spirula-  through- 
out its  entire  thickness.  Radial  fibres  of  lesser  length  than  the 
diameter  of  the  axial  fune.  Megascleres  almost  exclusively 
sharp-pointed  oxea;  stylote  modifications  much  more  frequent  in 
occurrence  than  strongylote;  maximum  size,  530  x  23/x  in  the 
stalk,  rarely  as  much  as  430  x  15//  in  the  branches. 

Loc. — Port  Jackson. 

Occurring   in   the  collection   is  a   single  specimen  (labelled  as 
from   Port  Jackson,  and  well-preserved  in  alcohol)  which,  while 
presenting  the  more  essential   features  displayed   by  the  typical 
form  of  the  species,  yet  differs   in  many  respects  so  appreciably 
from  the  above-described  specimens  that  it  seems  advisable,  pi'o- 
visionally  at  least,  to  regaid  it  as  constituting  a  separate  variety. 
The  differences  which  distinguish  it  externally  (PI.  xxii.,  fig.3) 
are  chiefly  these :  the  cylindrical,  untapered  branches  are  com- 
paratively slender,  measuring  only  from  2  to  3'5mm.  in  diameter 
(the   specimen   itself   being    115  mm.   in   total   height);  the   con- 
sistency is  very  firm,  the  branches  being  stifHy  flexible  and   but 
slightly  compressible;  and  the  colour  superficially  is  a  subtrans 
lucent  slaty-grey.      The  size  and  distribution  of  the  pores  and  of 
the  oscula  are  much   the  same  as   in   the  typical  variety,  except 
that  the  pores  are  smaller  (not  exceeding  iShp.  in  diameter),  and 
their  linear  reticulate  arrangement  (PI.  xxvii.,  fig.2)  is  more  pro- 
nounced.     As   in    the   typical    variety   also,    the    main    exhalant 
canals  leading  to  the  oscula  are  visible  through  the  dermal  mem- 
brane, presenting  an  appearance  as  of  veins;  but  they  are  here  very 
•  much  more  distinct,  and  are  traceable  for  a  much  greater  distance 


BY   E.  F.   HALLMANX. 


from  tlie  oseula.  The  dermal  mem- 
brane varies  from  5U  to  over  1 00  (rarely 
to  130/x)  ill  thickness,  and  is  closely 
packed  throughout  with  sjuruUe. 

The  distinctive  internal  features  are 
the  very  much  greater  relative  develop- 
ment of  the  axial  f  une  as  compared  with 
the  extra  axial   skeleton,   the    slightly 
stouter  and  more  spoiiginous  fibres,  and 
the  greater   dimensions  of  the   mega- 
scleres.     In  the  first-mentioned  respect, 
as  n+ay  be  seen  from  the  figure(Pl.  xxv., 
fig. 2),  the  skeleton  (which   is  of  a  pale 
brownish-grey  tint)  a})[)roaches  rather 
closely  to  that  of   T.   sr<ibrosns — inas- 
much as,  throughout  the  greater  part 
of  the  length  of  the  branches,  the  axial 
condensation    occupies    not   less    than 
three-fourths   of   their   diameter;   only 
towards  the  extremities  of  the  branches 
do  the   radial  fibres  become  distinctly 
apparent,  and  even  there  their  length 
never  much  exceeds  1mm.      The  diam- 
eter of  the  radial  fibres  varies  from  30 
to    ovei'    80 /x,    and   their    spicules  are 
always  surrounded  by  a    well-defined, 
though     usually    very    thin     layer     of 
spongin.     The  spongiii  does  not  extend 
to  the  very  extremities  of  the   fibres, 
but  terminates  quite  abruptly  a  short 
distance   therefrom,    leaving    the   ciul- 
most  spicules  free. 

In  correspondence  with  their  greater 
stoutness,  the  megascleres  (c/".  Text-figs. 
4  and  5)  are  slightly  more  fusiform  than 
in  the  typical  variety;  and  their  apices 

Text-lig.5. — Trachycladas  digi/atus  var.  gracilis.     Me^asclciL's  :  a,  horn 
the  stalk;  /',  fium  the  branches. 


474  REVISION  OF  THfE  AXINELLID^,   i., 

are  nearly  always  sharply  and  regularly  pointed.  Styli  are  of 
rather  frequent  occurrence,  their  proportionate  number  being 
approximately  one  in  ten;  anisoxea  are  met  with  in  the  stalk 
and  very  rarely  also  in  the  branches.  They  range  in  length  from 
about  280  to  420  or  430//.  (with  a  maximum  stoutness  of  14  or 
15/x)  in  the  branches,  and  up  to  5.30//-  in  length  by  23/x  in  stout- 
ness in  the  stalk. 

The  spirulie  and  their  derivatives  are  without  distinctive 
features,  either  as  regards  size  or  relative  lunnbers. 

The  microstrongyla  appear  to  be  exclusively  of  the  stouter 
kind  occurring  in  the  typical  variety,  and  never  centrotylote; 
they  are  moderately  scarce,  and  attain  a  size  of  20  by  5/i..    • 

Trachycladus  digitatus  var.  clavatus,  var.nov. 

(PL  xxii.,  fig.-l:  Pl.xxiii.,  fig.3:  PI.  xxv.,  fig.2:  PI.  xxvii.  fig.3: 

PL  xxviii.,  fig. 5;  PL  xxix.,  lig.l.) 

Diatjiiosis. — Branches  gradually  increasing  in  diameter  distally, 
thus  becoming  elongately  club-shaped  and  attaining  to  fair  stout- 
ness. Oscula  in  part  scattered  irregularly,  and  in  part  (or  some- 
times almost  without  exception)  arranged  more  or  less  distinctly 
in  two  longitiKlinal  series  on  opposite  sides  of  the  branches. 
Radial  fibres  generally  nearly  twice  the  diameter  of  the  axial 
fune.  Megascleres  chiefly  sharp-pointed  oxea,  but  intermediate 
forms  between  these  and  strongyla  are  more  or  less  frequent; 
stylote  modifications  comparatively  rare;  maximum  size  varying 
(in  different  specimens)  from  400  x  14 /a  to  480  x  17/x  in  the  stalk, 
rarely  exceeding  300  x  9 /a  in  the  branches. 

Luc.—Vovt  Phillip. 

This  variety  is  based  upon  three  specimens  markedly  distin- 
guished from  all  the  remaining  available  examples  of  the  species 
by  the  shape  of  the  branches,  which  gradually  increase  in  diam- 
eter upwards  from  their  base,  attaining  their  maximal  stoutness 
at  no  great  distance  from  their  extremities.  Two  of  the  speci- 
mens are  comprised  amongst  those  recorded  by  Dendy(7)  as  ex- 
amples of  Trachycladus  Irevisphndifrr  Carter, — being,  namely, 
the  two  (with  the  reg.  nos.  415  and  1046)  referred  to  by  him  as 
distinguished  from  the  others  by  their  more  robust  and  stouter 


BY  E.  F.   KALLMANN".  475 

branched  habit  and  the  more  evident  microspination  of  their 
spiriilse;  the  third,  which  T  select  as  the  tyije-specimen,  is  in  the 
collection  of  the  Australian  Museuni. 

External  chnracterti. — Of  the  three  specimens,  two  (wliich  are 
excellently  preserved  in  alcohol) — viz.,  the  Australian  jNluseum 
specimen  and  R.N.  1046 — are  exceedingly  alike  in  all  but  size; 
the  former  (PI.  xxii.,  fig.4)  measures  145  mm.  in  total  height,  the 
latter  100  mm.  Their  bi-anches  are,  without  exception,  circular 
or  nearly  so  in  cross-section,  attain  a  maximal  stoutness  distally 
of  from  10  to  12mm.,  and  are  seldom  more  than  5mm.  in  diameter 
at  the  base;  the  extremities  of  the  branches  are  never  in  the  least 
degree  fiointed.  The  surface  is  perfectly  even  and  glalirous, 
without  the  faintest  trace  of  granulation.  The  oscula  are  minute, 
seldom  as  much  as  0-4  mm.  in  diameter,  and  for  the  most  part 
are  scattered  irregularly ;  in  places,  howe\er,  they  exhibit  a 
tendency  towards  a  longitudinal  serial  arrangement.  Excurrent 
canals  leading  to  the  oscula  are  not  visible  th-rough  the  dermal 
membrane.  The  colour  in  alcohol,  both  superficiall}-  and  for 
some  distance  interiorly,  is  an  opatpic  [jale  creamy-white;  pro- 
ceeding towards  the  axis,  it  gradually  becomes  more  yellowish, 
owing  to  the  closer  approximation  of  the  spongin-ensheathed 
skeletal  fibres.  The  consistency,  in  the  more  expanded,  distal 
parts  of  the  branches,  is  soft  and  resilient;  the  branches  are 
flexible  and  elastic. 

The  other  specimen  (K.N.  415),  measuring  108  nn)i.  in  total 
height,  exhibits  the  following  differences  (PI.  xxix.,  fig.  1):  (i.)The 
branches  (which  vary  from  10  to  14nnn.  in  stoutness)  are  mostly 
pointed  at  the  extremities,  and  rendered  irregular  by  occasional 
swellings  and  protuberances  (incipient  secondary  branches)  ; 
(ii. )  the  oscula,  almost  without  exception,  are  arranged  along  the 
branches  in  irregular  opposite  rows,  and  the  largest  are  nearly 
1  mm.  in  diameter;  (iii.-)  the  surface  is  minutely  wrinkled,  and 
in  parts  slightly  granular;  and  (iv.)the  consistency  is  compara- 
tively firm  and  hard,  and  the  branches  are  brittle  rather  than 
flexible.  Otherwise,  however,  with  the  exception  of  the  single 
ditierence  mentioned  in  the  next  paragraph,  the  specimen  agrees 


476 


REVISION   OF   THE  AXIKELLID.i:.   1., 


ill  all  essential  respects  with  the  preceding;  and,  fuithermpre, 
the  differences  (iii.)aud  (iv.)are,  almost  undoubtedly,  due  merely 
to  tlie  fact  of  the  specimen's  having  been  allowed  to  become  par- 
tially dried  before  being  placed  in  alcohol. 

The  pores  are  notably  larger  in 
size  than  in  the  two  preceding  vari- 
eties, varying  in  diameter  from  40 
to  120/x,  and  are  more  uniformly 
distributed  (PI.  xxvii.,  fig.3).  The 
dermal  layer  is  from  40  to  90 /i  in 
thickness,  and,  in  the  case  of  the 
two  similar  specimens,  is  closely 
packed  throughout  with  spirula?. 
But  in  R.N.  415,  only  a  superficial 
layer  of  the  dermis — usually  less 
than  25 II  in  thickness — is  packed 
with  spirulye,  the  remaining  portion 
being  occupied  by  numerous  para- 
sitic algal  cells. 

The  skeleton  presents  no  appre- 
ciable point  of  difference  from  that 
of  the  typical  variety  excepting  that 
the  radial  fibres  are  generally  much 
longer — their  length,  in  the  ex- 
panded portions  of  the  branches, 
beinii'  about  twice  the  diameter  of 
the  axial  fune  (PI.  xxv.,  fig.3).  The 
fibres  attain,  at  most,  a  stoutness  of 
70  to  80/x,  but  are  usually  much 
slenderer,  and  are  always  ])ro\'ided 
with  a  distinct,  though  thin  sheath 
of  pale-coloured  spongin.  The 
skeleton,  seen  in  its  entirety,  is  pale  golden-yellowish. 

The  megascleres  of  the  stalk  are  scarcely  difi'erent  from  those  of 


Text-ti  <'.(). 


*  Trachydadus  dhiitatufi  var.  c/aratn.^. 
Ik  from  the  branches. 


Megascleres:   «,  from  the  stalk; 


r.Y   E.   F.   HALLMANF.  4-77 

the  typiciil  variety,  wliile  those  of  the  branches  are  difterent  only 
in  the  fact  that  their  extremities  are  most  frequently  more  or 
less  blunt-pointed,  and  strongylote  f^rins  are  common.  The 
branch-spicules  are  of  the  same  dimensions  in  all  three  specimens, 
I'anging  in  length  from  about  170  to  slightly  above  300//  and 
attaining  to  about  !)/i  in  stoutness:  the  stalk-spicules  have  a 
maximum  size,  in  the  type-specimen,  of  (rarely)  480  x  15/a;  in 
R.N.  1046,  of  450  X  17//.;  and  in  R.N.  415,  of  40o  x  14//.. 

The  spiruhe  are  not  distinguishable  from  those  of  the  typical 
variety.  JVLicrostrongyla  are  rather  scarce  in  R.N.  415,  and  in 
the  other  two  specimens  are  extremei}^  rare  or  absent;  apparently 
they  are  never  centrotylote,  and  are  at  most  15x."5/><.  in  size. 
Abnormal  forms  of  the  microstrongyla,  such  as  occur  in  the 
typical  variety,  were  not  observed. 

Thaciivcladus  digitatus  var.  strongvlatus,  var.nov. 
(PL  xxii.,  fig. 5;  PI.  xxiii.,  fig. 4;  i'l.xxvi.,  figs.:;,G;  PI.  x.xvii.  tig. 4.) 

Dmiiiums.  —  Branches  cylindrical,  untapered,  moderately 
slendei'.  Oscula  irregularly  scattered.  Dermal  membrane  with 
closely  packed  spiruhe  confined  to  a  superficial  layer  seldom  as 
much  as  25/ji  in  thickness.  Radial  fibres  of  lesser  length  than 
the  diameter  of  the  axial  fune.  Megascleres  chiefly  strongyla 
and  ver}' blunt-pointed  oxea, — those  in  the  branches  rarely  ex 
ceeding  290  by  7/^  in  size. 

i,oc.— Port  Phillip. 
^  This  variety  is  represented  by  a  single  incomplete  (but  ex- 
cellently preserved)  example  (PI.  xxii.,  fig. 5) — consisting  only  of 
a  pair  of  united  branches — the  appearance  (of  the  proximal  part) 
of  which  suggests  its  having  grown  from  a  small  broken-oli' piece 
of  another  specimen.  As  compared  with  the  representatives  of 
the  preceding  varieties,  the  specimen  is  distinguished  chiefly  by 
the  more  or  less  strongylote  character  of  the  majority  of  its 
megascleres — in  which  respect  it  rather  resembles  an  example  of 
T.  rfte'porosiif;:  this  statement,  however,  is  possibly  true  only  as 
regards  the  megascleres  of  the  branches,  since  a  stalk  is  lacking. 
The  branches  are  cylindrical  and  slender,  3-5  to  5mm.  in  diameter. 


478 


REVISION  OF  THE  AXINELLID.j:^   i., 


The  surface  is  minutely  granular.  The  oscula  are  scattered 
irregularly,  and  \-ary  in  diameter  from  ()-8  to  0-75  mm.  The 
colour  superficially  is  pale  brownish-grey.  The  dermal  pores  (PI. 
xxvi.,  figs.  3,  6;  PI.  xxvii.,  fig.  4)  are  for  the  most  part  scattered 
singly  and  irregularly,  as  in  the  variety  davatus,  but  here  and 
there,  especially  on  some  parts  of  the  surface,  they  exhibit  also  a 
tendency  to  become  arranged  several  together  in  incipiently  sie\e- 
like  groups;  they  range  from  40  to  1 10/x  in  diameter.     The  dermal 

membrane  is  rarely,  if  ever,  more  than  50  or 
60/v,  in  thickness;  and  the  dermal  spirula? 
are  confined  to  a  superficial  layer  which  is  at 
most  2f)jh  in  thickness. 

Examined  in  its  entirety,  the  prepared 
skeleton  (PL  xxiii.,  fig.4)  is  of  a  pale  golden- 
yellow  colour,  fine-textured,  and  of  soft  feel, 
and  of  denser  appearance  extra-axially  than 
that  of  any  other  of  the  varieties  or  species 
owing  to  the  greater  numbei'  and  closer 
arrangement  of  the  radial  and  coiuiecting 
fibres,  which  quite  conceal  the  axial  core 
from  view;  the  core  itself  is  less  dense  than 
that  of  the  other  varieties.  The  radial 
fibi-es,  \\hich  are  of  slightly  lesser  length 
than  the  diameter  of  the  core,  are  mostly 
between  30  and  50 /x — i-arely  as  much  as  60/x 
— in  stoutness,  and  are  seldom  provided  with  j. 
spongiu  suificient  in  quantity  to  form  a  dis- 
tinct ensheathing  layer. 

The  megascleres  in  the  uppermost  part  of 
the  branches  consist  almost  entirely  of 
strongyla  and  blunt-pointed  oxea  (the  former 
somewhat  the  more  numerous),  and  rarely  if  ever  exceed  300  by 
7-5/x  in  size;  the  length  of  the  shortest  spicules  is  less  than  150/x, 
and   individuals    below   200 /x  in  length  are  common.       At  the 


Text-fig. 


*]Trachydadus  diyitatns  var.  strongylatuH.     ilegascleres. 


BY  E.   F.   KALLMANN.  479 

lowermost  extremity  of  the  (iiicumplete)  specimen,  the  megascleres 
are  still  chiefly  strongyla,  but  they  comprise  also  a  quite  appre- 
ciable number  of  more  or  less  sharp-pointed  oxea,  and  range  in 
size  up  to  350  by  10/x.  The  spinispirulse  and  their  more  or  less 
rod-shaped  derivatives  (the  latter  of  which  are  rather  rare)  are 
very  seldom,  if  ever,  more  than  2/xin  stoutness.  Microstrongyla 
were  not  observed. 

Trachycladus  reteporosus,  sp.nov.  (et  vaiT.  ?). 

General  difu/nosii^. — Branches  elongated  and  tapering.  tSurface 
smooth  to  slightly  granular.  Oscula  entirely,  or  for  the  most 
part,  disposed  in  longitudinal  series.  Dermal  membi*ane  at  most 
50/x  in  thickness;  with  closely  packed  spirula^  occurring  only  in 
a  thin  superficial  layer.  Dermal  pores  arranged  wholly  or  in  part 
in  subcii'cular  sieve-like  groups;  in  an}'  case,  the  distance  separ- 
ating adjoining  pores  is  generally  very  much  less  than  tlieir  own 
diameter.  Skeleton  with  a  relatively  very  dense  axial  fune  of 
diameter  ecpial  to  or  less  than  the  radial  fibres.  Radial  fibres 
directed  at  an  angle  varying  from  (rarely  less  than)  45°  to  nearly 
90"  to  the  skeletal  axis;  never  more  than  about  50ju  in  stoutness; 
generally  with  a  well-defined,  though  thin  spongin-sheath.  Mega- 
scleres  chief!)'  strongyda  and  very  blunt-pointed  oxea,  the  forniei- 
somewhat  the  more  numerous;  only  occasionally  slightly  larger 
in  the  stalk  than  elsewhere;  varying  in  maximum  size  (in  difierent 
specimens)  from  290  x  7  to  rarely  (in  the  stalk)  330  x  10/x. 

Zoc-.— Port  PhiUip. 

The  specimens  which  I  ascribe  to  this  sjiecies  exhibit  in  certain 
respects  considerable  variability,  so  that  it  is  impossible  to  be 
certain  whether  they  are  representative  of  several  genetically 
distinct  forms  or  owe  their  diiiei'ences  merely  to  individual  vari- 
ation. A  second  difficulty  in  connection  with  the  species  arises 
from  the  fact  that,  in  certain  of  the  specimens,  the  mode  of  dis- 
position of  the  dermal  pores  approaches  somewhat  closely  to  that 
characteristic  of  T.  digitatus,  and  in  others  again,  owing  to  their 
shrunken  condition,  the  pores  are  not  discernible:  in  the  case  of 
these   specimens,   accordingly, — since    no    appreciable  difFex'ence 


480  REVISION   OF   TTIE  AXIKELLIJ)^,   i., 

exists  in  spiculation  between  the  present  species  and  T. 
diyitatus  var.  strouyylatus, — the  only  definitely  definable  ehai'- 
acter  justi£yin,(f  their  inclusion  in  the  present  species,  rather  than 
in  T.  diyitatns,  is  the  elongate  tapering  habit  of  their  branches. 
Among  the  remaining  specimens,  however,  there  is  one  which  in 
various  respects  stands  considerably  apart  from  all  the  rest,  and 
in  these  respects  also  is  by  far  the  must  divergent  fi-om  7'.  dii/ifa- 
fufi.  I  therefore  select  this  specimen  to  represent  the  typical 
form  of  the  species,  and  the  remainder  I  refer  pi'ovisionally  to  an 
undesignated  variety,  leaving  the  problem  of  their  correct  alloca- 
tion to  be  determined  in  the  future. 

T.   RETEPOROSUS,  typical  form. 
(PI.  xxi.,  fig.'2:  PI.  xxiii.,  fig.5;  PI.  xxiv.,  fig.3;  PI.  xxvi.,  figs.  1,4,7; 

PI.  xxvii.,  fig.5. 
The  single,    excellently    preserved    specimen  (PI.  xxi.,  fig. 2), — 
whicli  measui'es  340  nun.  in  total  height — consists  of  a  half-score 
of  long,  lax,  straight,   gi-adually  tapered,  main  branches  (160  to 
250  mm.  in  length),  arising  dichotomously  and  sub-dichotomously 
within  a  comparatively  short  distance  of  the  short  stalk,  and  of 
about  the   same   number   of   shorter  (10    to    120)um.  long),    but 
other\\ise    similar,    sporadically    occurring    secondary    branches. 
But  for  overlapping  and   occasional  sliglit  torsion,  the  branches 
would  be  disposed  in  a  single  plane,  and  the  habit  of  the  sponge 
tiabellate.      The   branches,  in   addition   to   tapering  distally,  are 
also  more  or  less  narrowed  proxiinally  (attaining  their  maxinuun 
stoutness  usually  at  some  considerable  distance  above  their  base), 
and,  with  the  excep'tion  of  a  few  of  the  shorter  ones,  are  gener- 
ally  more   or  less   compi'essed   in  the  plane  of   branching;    the 
stoutest  measure  at  most  12  or  13  mm.  in  the  major  diameter  of 
their  cross-section,  and    9   to    10  mm.    in    the  direction  at   right 
angles  thereto.       Anastomosis   between   the  branches   does   not 
occur.     The  oscula,  which  measure  up  to  075  mm.  in  diameter, 
are  arranged  almost  exclusively,  though  not  always  very  regu- 
larly, in  two  longitudinal  series  situated  on  opposite  sides  of  the 
branches,  or   occasionally   in    a   single   longitudinal   series.      The 
surface  is  smooth  and  even,  without  the  faintest  trace  of  granu- 


BY   E.   F.   HALLMANN. 


481 


lation;  on  close  inspection,  it  presents  a  minutely  reticulate  ap- 
pearance due  to  tlie  dermal  pores  (PI.  xxvi.,  fig.4).  The  dermal 
membrane  is  thin  and  (owing  to  the  multitude  and  close  apposi- 
tion of  the  minute  pores)  of  gauzy  appearance,—  permitting  to 
be  perceived  through  it,  more  or  less  distinctly,  the  subdermal 
pinhole-like  openings  which  are  the  entrances  of  the  incurrent 
canals.  The  consistency  is  rather  fleshy,  soft,  and  resilient,  and 
the  branches  ai-e  flexible  and  lax.  The  colour  in  alcohol  is  pale 
orange-yellow. 

'I'he  dermal  pores  are  arranged  in  closely  approximated,  oval 
to  circular  groups  or  "pore-sieves"  (PI.  xxvi.,  figs. 4,  7;  PI.  xxvii., 
fig  5)  containing  each  from  3  to  8  pores,  and  measuring  up  to 
350/i  in  diameter;  the  pores  themselves  measure  from  50  to  about 
lOOji  in  diameter.  Very  commonly,  the  boundaries  between  the 
sieves  are  scarcely  more  pionounced  or  wider  than  those  sepa- 
rating the  pores,  so  that,  in  places,  the  lines  of  demarcation 
between  the  sieves  become  obscure  and  the  pores  appear  almost 
to  be  uniformly  distributed.  Witliin  the  pore-sieves,  the  dermal 
membrane  is  extremely  thin,  and  contains  but  very  few  spirulae 
sparsely  scattered. 

Skeleton.  The  skeletal  axis  or  core  is  much  more  sliarply  de- 
fined and  delimited  tlian  in  any  other  of  the  species,  and  is 
equalled  in  density  only  liy  that  of  T.  fastiyatus;  in  comparison 
with  the  stoutness  of  the  branches,  it  is  rather  slender,  measur- 
ing in  diameter  generally  not  more  than  two-thirds  of  the  length 
of  the  radial  fibres.  The  radial  fibres  proceed  outwards  from  the 
axis  in  a  direction  inclined  to  it  at  an  angle  of  60°  and  upwards, 
and  arrive  at  the  surface  almost  perpendicularly  thereto.  Con- 
necting fibres  between  the  radial  tibres  are  extremely  few;  con- 
sequently,  in  the  prepared  or  macerated  skeleton  (PI  xxiii.  fig.5), 
the  radial  fibres  are  easily  disarranged  and  thus  usually  present 
a  somewhat  dishevelled  appearance.  The  colour  of  the  skeleton 
is  pearl-grey  except  axially,  where  it  is  brownish-grey.  The 
i-adial  fibres  are  rarely  as  much  as  oO/^t  in  stoutness,  and  are 
usually  provided  with  a  distinct  layer  of  spongin  external  to  the 
spicules.  The  connecting  fibres  consist  frequently  of  only  a 
single  spicule,  and  .seldom  of  more  than  two, 

39 


ij  L  I  s?J  R  A  K 


482 


rtEVISIOX   OF   THE  AXINELLID^,   1., 


Megascleres. — Contrary  to  what  is  the  case  in  the  other  herein- 
described  species,  'f .  fastigatns  excepted,  the  megascleres  are  but 

very  larely,  and  then  only  very  slightly, 
of  larger  size  in  the  stalk  than  in  the 
branches.  They  are  chiefly  strongyla 
and  blunt-pointed  oxea  approximating 
more  or  less  in  form  to  strongyla;  quite 
sharp-pointed  oxea  are  comparatively 
scarce.  The  strongyla  are  usually  cylin- 
drical or  nearly  so  througljout  their 
whole  length,  the  oxea  to  within  a  short 
distance  of  their  extremities.  They 
attain  a  maximum  size  of  300  by  8-5/x. 
Individuals  above  280  by  7/x  are  rare, 
and  these  for  the  most  part  are  slightly 
fusiform  oxea  with  more  or  less  sharp- 
pointed  exti'emities.  The  shortest  spicules 
are  less  than  130//.  in  length,  and  almost 
invariably  strongyla. 

Microscleres. — The  spirulse  are  usually 
of  less  than  2  complete  turns,  rarely,  if 
ever,  of  as  much  as  2|;  they  are  somewhat 
slenderer  than  those  of  other  species,  their  diameter  very  seldom 
slightly  exceeding  l"5/i.  Rod-shaped  derivatives  of  the 
spirulae,  attaining  a  maximum  size  of  about  17  by  1'7/Jt,  are 
very  scarce. 

Microstrongyla  are  apparently  absent. 

T.    RETEPOROSUS,  var.  (aut  varr.  ?). 
(PI.  xxi.,  fig.3;  PI.  xxiii.,  figs.6-8;  Pl.xxiv.,  figs.l,  2:  PI.  xxv.,  fig.l; 

PL  xxviii.,  figs. 1-4;  PI.  xxix.,  fig.2.) 

The  remaining  specimens  referable,  or  seemingly  referable,  to 

the  present  species  (but  distinguished   in  various  respects  from 

the  above-described   typical   example)  are  eleven  in  number, — 

comprising  ten  of  those  recorded  by  Dendy(7)  as  T.  Ictyispirulifer 


Text-fig.  8." 


*  Trachycladuii  reteporomis. 
the  branches. 


Megascleres:    a,  from  the  stalk;    h,  from 


BY  E.  F.   KALLMANN.  483 

Carter,  together  with  an  incomplete  specimen  occurring  in  the 
collection  of  the  Australian  Museum:  the  register-numbers  of 
the  former  are  297,  366,  426,  470  (two  spms.),  983,  984,  1000 
(two  spms.),  and  1061.  So  far  as  skeletal  features  are  concerned, 
the  specimens  exhibit  no  marked  differences  (either  among  them- 
selves or  from  the  typical  example),  except  in  certain  details  of 
their  microspiculation;  but  the  extra-axial  skeleton  is  somewhat 
less  sparse  than  in  the  type-specimen,  —  as  may  be  observed  from 
a  comparison  of  the  figures  illustrating  the  appearance  of  the 
entii'e  skeleton, — and  the  colour  of  the  skeleton  (in  the  denser 
portions  thereof)  is  not  brownish-grey,  but  varies  from  pale 
straw-yellow  to  light  golden-yellow.  The  megascleres  are,  in  all 
of  them,  of  approximately  the  same  forms  and  dimensions  as  in 
the  typical  specimen,  the  greatest  deviation  by  far  occurring  in 
in  the  case  of  R.N.  426,  in  which  the  megascleres  of  the  stalk 
attain  a  maximum  size  of  325  by  9'5/x,  while  those  of  the  branches 
rarely  exceed  290  by  7'5/x.  All  likewise  agree  with  the  type- 
specimen  in  possessing  long  and  relatively  rather  slender  branches, 
which  attain  their  maximum  stoutness  at  some  distance  above 
their  base;  and,  with  rare  exceptions,  the  branches  taper  more 
or  less  distally.  On  the  other  hand,  in  a  number  of  other  ex- 
ternal features,  and  especially  in  the  distribution  of  the  dermal 
pores,  considerable  variability  is  displayed.  Non-anastomosis 
between  the  branches  is  the  rule.  The  colour,  except  in  one 
instance,  is  some  shade  of  pale  yellowish-grey. 

Exact  resemblance  to  the  typical  specimen,  as  regards  the 
mode  of  disposition  of  the  dermal  pores,  is  shown  only  by  the 
incomplete  specimen  which  is  in  the  collection  of  the  Australian 
Museum.  In  this  specimen,  the  surface  is  somewhat  ruggedly 
uneven  (PI.  xxi.,  fig.3),  the  branches  (with  a  maximum  stoutness 
of  only  8mm.)  are  not  at  all  flattened,  and  thecolour  is  a  slightly 
salmon-pinkish  stone-grey.  Microstrongyla  are  absent.  (A 
photograph  of  the  macerated  skeleton  is  shown  in  PI.  xxiii.,fig.6). 

R.N.  1061  approaches  the  typical  specimen  in  general  habit 
(PI.  xxiv.,  fig.l),  but  the  branches  are  much  less  tapered  (occa- 
sionally of  nearly  uniform  diameter  throughout  their  length),  the 
surface  is  faintly  granular  and  somewhat  uneven,  and  the  oscula, 


484  IJKVl.SION   OF   THE  AXINELLID^^   i., 

are  almost  as  frequently  scattered  as  arranged  serially;  the  con- 
sistency, also,  is  comparatively  firm.  Tlie  branches  vary  from 
(rarely)  cylindrical  to  much  compiessed,  and  are  usually  some- 
what lenticular  in  cross-section.  The  pores  are  almost  or  quite 
as  closely  situated  and  numerous  as  in  the  typical  specimen,  but 
for  the  most  part  they  are  not  arranged  distinctly  in  gi-oups. 
The  spirula?  are  peculiar  in  the  fact  that  they  are  much  less 
closely  coiled  than  in  any  other  example  of  the  genus,  the  shape 
of  most  of  them  approaching  more  or  less  to  that  of  a  contort  §; 
more  or  less  Q-  or  (-shaped  forms  are  also  common,  but  straight 
or  nearly  straight  rods  are  extremely  rare.  Scarce  (though  bj' 
no  means  rare)  microstrongyla  are  present,  vaiying  from  9  to 
16/i  in  length  and  from  2  to  4//  in  stoutness,  and  almost  invari- 
ably centrotylote.  (A  photograph  of  the  macerated  skeleton  is 
reproduced  in  PI.  xxiii.,  fig.8). 

The  two  specimens  R.N.  1000  are  much  alike  in  general  habit, 
—  which  probabh'  accounts  for  their  being  registered  under  the 
same  number, —  and  differ  from  all  the  other  specimens,  with  the 
exception  of  R.N..  'Sii'2,  983,  and  984,  by  the  occasional  coales- 
cence of  their  branches;  the  branches  are  slender  (5  to  8  mm.  in 
diameter),  gradually  tapered,  and  not  at  all  compressed:  and  the 
surface  is  somewhat  uneven  and  slightly  granular.  Neverthe- 
less, in  one  of  the  specimens  the  pores  are  arranged  (PI.  xxviii., 
fig.2)  very  nearly  as  in  the  typical  specimen,  while  in  the  other 
they  are  distributed  singly  (PI.  xxviii.,  fig.  1 )  almost  in  the  same 
manner  as  in  7'.  digitatus.  In  both,  microstrongyla  are  exceed- 
ingly rare. 

In  R.N.  983  and  984  the  arrangement  of  the  pores  (PI.  xxviii., 
figs. 3,  4)  is  intermediate  between  that  obtaining  in  R.N.  1061 
and  that  characteristic  of  T.  diyitatus  var.  strongylatus.  The 
former  specimen  consists  solely  of  two  long  branches  (one  simple, 
the  other  with  a  partially  coalescent  secondary  branch  towards 
its  upper  extremity),  measuring  respectively  200  and  300  mm.  in 
length,  and  both  arising  almost  independently  from  a  small 
common  disc  of  attachment  without  the  intervention  of  a  stalk. 
The  branches  are  only  4  mm.  in  diameter  proximally  and  increase 
in  stoutness  upwards  very  gradually,  the  larger  one  attaining  a 


BY   E.   F.   HALLMANX.  485 

maximum  diameter  of  12  mm.  at  a  distance  of  aliout  50  mm. 
from  its  apex,  and  thence  gradually  tajiering  to  a  point,  the 
smaller  one  8  nmi.  in  greatest  stoutness  and  distally  untapered. 
The  other  specimen,  H.N.  984,  consists  only  of  a  broken-ofi'  pair 
of  fused  branches  somewhat  similar  to  those  just  described. 

R.N.  426  is  in  one  respect  unique  :  the  surface  is  finely  hispid, 
being  rendered  so  by  the  extremities  of  the  radial  skeletal  fibres, 
which  everywhere  project  J  to  1  mm.  beyond  it,  presenting  the 
appearance  of  delicate  hairs.  Furthermore,  although  the  speci- 
men appears  to  be  excellently  preserved,  the  dermal  pores  have 
entirely  disappeared,  and  even  the  oscula  are  completely  closed. 
Since  the  skeletal  fibres  are  altogether  too  slender  and  weak  to 
be  considered  capable  of  withstanding  the  bending  strain  which 
a  shrinkage  of  the  sponge  due  to  the  action  of  the  preservative 
fluid  would  exert,  the  peculiar  condition  of  the  specimen  must 
almost  certainly  be  the  result  of  contraction  while  in  the  living 
condition.  In  general  outward  habit,  as  is  evident  from  the 
figure  (PI.  xxiv.,  fig. 2),  this  specimen  rather  resembles  the  typical 
specimen.  Scarce  strongyla  are  present,  similar  to  those  of 
R.N.  1061. 

The  two  specimens  R.N.  470  consist  each  of  only  a  few  de- 
tached brandies,  which,  apart  from  being  non-hispid,  are  exactly 
similar  in  every  way  to  those  of  the  preceding  specimen.  In 
one  of  these  specimens,  no  microstrongyla  were  observed;  in  the 
other  (and  in  this  alone  of  all  the  specimens)  they  are  fairly 
abundant,  resembling  in  form  and  size  those  of  1».N.  1061.  (A 
photograph  of  the  macerated  skeleton  is  shown  in  PI.  xxiii.,  fig. 7). 

In  R.N.  297  and  366,  — both  of  which  are  in  a  dried,  much 
shrunken  condition,  and  consequently  afford  no  information 
regarding  the  pores,  —  the  spirula3  are  distinguished  by  being 
mostly  of  less  than  one  complete  turn  and  hence  more  or  less 
Q-shaped;  straight  rods  of  all  lengths  from  3  to  upwards  of  15/x 
are  also  common,  especially  the  shorter  ones.  R.N.  366  consists 
of  a  main  stem  or  branch,  about  200  mm.  in  length,  attached  by 
its  base  (which  spreads  to  form  a  thin  incrusting  disc  about 
4  mm.  in  area)  to  the  surface  of  a  shell,  and  sending  oft'  on  one 
side,  at  the  distances  of  50,  60,  and  bO  mm.  respectively  from  its 


486  REVISION   OF  THE  AXINELLID^,   1., 

base,  three  secondary  branches  which  become  coalescent  with  one 
another.  R.N.  297  is  unique  in  consisting  solely  of  a  long 
slender  unbranched  stem,  250  mm.  in  length.  In  both  speci- 
mens the  extremities  are  tapered.  Jn  neither  were  niicro- 
strongyla  observed. 

Trachycladus  pustulosus,  sp.nov. 

(Pl.xxi.,fig.5;  PI.  xxvi.,  figs.5,  8;  PI.  xxvii.  fig.6;   PI.  xxxix., 

figs.6,  7.) 

1887.  {1)Spirophora  bacterium  Lendenfeld(26),  p.795. 

Diagnosis.  — Branches  quite  short  and  distally  expanded; 
sometimes  so  abbreviated  as  to  be  little  more  than  mammifoim 
lobes.  Surface  closely  studded  with  small  pimple-like  elevations, 
and  exhibiting,  on  close  inspection,  a  minute  reticulate  pattern 
due  to  the  mode  of  arrangement  of  the  dermal  pores.  Oscula 
situated  only  on  the  more  distal  parts  of  the  branches.  Dermal 
pores  arranged  in  close-set,  subcircular,  sie\e-like  groups,  usually 
with  from  3  to  7  pores  in  each  group.  Dermal  layer  loosely 
packed  with  spirulse  usually  throughout  its  entire  thickness— 
which  varies  from  40  to  80/x.  Skeleton  in  the  upper,  more  ex- 
panded, parts  of  the  branches  not  forming  an  axial  fune.  Fibres 
stout,  and  provided  with  much  spongin.  Megascleres  in  the 
upper  parts  of  the  branches  consisting  almost  exclusively  of 
strongyla  and  oxea  in  about  equal  numbers,  and  rarely  attaining 
to  320  X  9/x  in  size;  peduncular  megascleres  chiefly  oxea  (together 
with  occasional  styli  and  only  rare  strongyla),  attaining  a 
maximum  size  of  460  x  15/x.  Microstrongyla  extremely  abund- 
ant, frequently  assuming  various  abnormal  shapes,  and  in  part 
reduced  to  spheres. 

Loc.     Port  Phillip. 

This  species, — of  which  two  well-preserved  specimens  are  at 
hand,  one  incomplete,  consisting  only  of  a  few  branches, — is 
characterised  especially  by  its  short  stunted  branches  and  very 
noticeably  pimpled  surface,  and  by  the  fact  that  the  skeleton, 
except  in  the  stalk  and  the  lowermost  part  of  the  longer  branches, 
is  only  slightly  or  not  at  all  condensed  axially  (PI.  xxxix.,  fig.6). 
Whilst   these  features  sharply  mark   it  off  from   all   the  other 


BY  E.  F.  KALLMANN.  487 

0 

known  species,  it  is  still  further  distinguished  by  having  the 
pores  arranged  in  sieve-like  groups  (PI.  xxvi.,  fig.5) — in  which 
respect  it  is  approached  only  by  T.  reteporosus  —  a.nd  by  the 
reduction  of  the  microstrongyla  in  part  to  spheres.  An  adequate 
idea  of  the  external  habit  will  be  obtained  by  reference  to  the 
figure  (PI.  xxi.,  fig.5)  of  the  single  complete  example,  which 
measures  60  mm.  in  total  height :  in  the  case  of  the  other  speci- 
men, the  branches  are  somewhat  longer,  several  of  them  attain- 
ing a  length  of  25  mm.  The  colour  in  alcohol  is  a  minutely 
mottled,  slightly  brownish  pale  grey,  and  the  consistency  is  firm, 
fairly  tough,  compressible  and  resilient. 

The  surface-pimples,  —  which  coincide  in  position  with,  and  to 
some  extent  are  the  expression  of,  the  points  of  impingement  of 
the  skeletal  fibres  upon  the  dermal  membrane, — are  fairly 
uniformly  distributed  over  the  whole  surface  at  a  distance  apart 
approximating  to  their  own  breadth,  which  on  the  average  is 
about  0-4  mm.;  they  are  rounded  or  flattened  above,  not  conule- 
like,  and  are  conspicuous  not  so  much  by  the  amount  of  their 
projection  — which  at  the  most  is  but  slight— as  by  their  whitish 
colour  and  more  opaque  appearance  compared  with  the  inter- 
vening portions  of  the  surface.  At  the  locations  of  the  small 
areas  formed  by  these  elevations,  the  dermal  membrane  is  closely 
adherent  and  non-porous;  but  between  them  it  overlies  sub- 
dermal  spaces,  and  is  so  perforated  by  numerous  small  pore- 
sieves  as  to  appear  minutely  reticulate.  The  pore-sieves  (PI. 
xxvi.,  tig. 7;  PI.  xxvii.,  fig. 6),  are  oval  to  circular  in  outline  and 
generally  between  40  and  120/a  in  distance  apart,  range  from 
less  than  100  up  to  about  200/x  in  diameter,  and  contain  each, 
according  to  their  size,  from  2  to  8  pores  of  diameter  varying 
from  20  to  60//. 

Skeleton. — Except  in  the  stalk  and  the  lower  portions  of  some 
of  the  lower  branches,  the  skeleton  exhibits  no  well-marked  axial 
condensation  or  core,  but  is  rather  of  the  dendritic  type  (PI. 
xxxix.,  fig.7)  consisting  chiefly  of  longitudinally-running  and  of 
gradually  outward-trending,  continually  branching  main  fibres, 
which  are  not  distinguishable  as  axial  and  radial  respectively; 
transverse  or  connecting  fibres  are  numerous  between  the  main 


488 


KkVLSION  of  the  AX1NELLIU.4:,   i., 


fibres  in  the  central  region  of  the  branches,  but  comparatively 
scarce  and  somewhat  irregular  in  occurrence  towards  their 
surface  The  main  fibres  attain  a  stoutness  occasionally  of 
nearly  200/x  in  the  axial  region  of  the  skeleton,  but  diminish  in 
diameter  periphei'ally  to  between  60  and  1 00/x;  they  are  composed 

of  somewhat  looselvand  irregularly 
pacUed  spicules  united  by  abundant 
spongin-cement.  The  connecting 
fibres  are  usually  less  than  50/i.  in 
stoutness  and  are  composed  almost 
entirely  of  spongin.  The  spongin 
shrinks  considerabl}'  on  drying,  so 
that  in  the  dried  skeleton  the  stout- 
ness of  the  fibres  is  much  less  than 
stated  above.  The  skeleton  seen 
in  its  entirety  (PI.  xxxix.,  fig  6,>  is 
of  a  golden-yellow  colour. 

Jlegasc/ei-es.  — The  differences  be- 
tween the  megascleres  of  the  stalk 
and  of  the  branches  are  more  mark- 
ed than  in  any  other  of  the  species 
herein  described,  the  former  con- 
sisting almost  entirely  of  sharp- 
pointed  oxea,  ranging  from  seldom 
less  than  250  up  to  460/a  in  length 
and  up  to  16/x  in  stoutness,  and 
very  similar  in  form  and  size  to 
those  of  7'.  digita/us  var.  strongy- 
latus,  while  the  latter  are  strongyla 
and  more  or  less  blunt-pointed  oxea 
—  the  strongyla  being  if  anything 
Text-fig.9. — Tmchycladufi  pnslu-  somewhat  the  more  numerous — 
/o.s7(.s.  Megascleres :  a,  from  the  ranging  in  length  from  occasionally 
.stalk;  h,  from  the  branches.         j^^^  ^j^^^    j^q^^  ^^^   ^^  ^j^^^^.    3^0  or 

330//,,  and  seldom  exceeding  8-5  or  9/x  in  stoutness.  Occasional 
stvli  are  met  with,  which  are  most  frequent  among  the  pedun- 
cular    megascleres;    among    the    latter    also   anisoxea    are    not 


uncommon. 


BY    E.    P.    KALLMANN.  489 

Microscleres.'-  The  spirulse  are  of  all  forms  between  corkscrew- 
spirals  of  a  little  more  than  2  turns  and  straight  rods,  the  latter 
faii'ly  common  and  mostly  between  12  and  25/x  in  length  and 
from  2  to  3-5//,  in  diameter.  Tlie  spirulse  are  less  closely  coiled 
than  in  any  other  of  the  species,  and  are  also  slightly  larger 
(occasionally  attaining  to  18/i,  in  length). 

I'he  microstrongyla  are  rarely  less  than  2  or  more  than  3-5//. 
in  diameter,  and  of  all  lengths  up  to  18/i,;  a  notable  proportion 
are  reduced  to  spheruhe.  They  are  mostly  not  centrotylote. 
Abnormal  forms  of  various  shapes  are  rather  common. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATES  XXL-XXLX.,  figs.  1-2;  XXXIX.,  figs.6-7. 

Plate  xxi. 

Fig.  1.  —  Trachydadus  J'usI iijni uf,  .'^p.iiuv.;  fioiii  the  (paitially  dried)  type- 
specimen;  (  X  g). 

Fig.2.  —  T.  rtteporoms,  sp.iiuv. ;  fioin  the  type-specimen;  (  x  s). 

■pig.3.  —  T.  reteporosua,  sp.nov.  (var.  ?);  from  an  incomplete  specimen  with 
slightly  rugose  surface;  (  x  i).     Of.  also  PI.  xxiv.,  figs.  1-2. 

Fig. 4.  —  T.  .-cahrosiis,  sp.nov.;  from  the  type-specimen;  (  x  g). 

Fig  5. — T.  pustitlomi.'i,  sp.nuv. ;  from  the  type-specimen;  (  x*  nearly). 

Plate  xxii. 
Figs.  1-2.  —  Tntrltycludna  digifatxs  Lendenfeld,  typical  furm;  (  x  f  approx.). 
rig.3.  —  T.  di(jitaim  var.  (jraci/is,  var.nov. ;  from  the  type-specimen;  (  x  f). 
Fig. 4.  —  T.  diijUaitus  var.  r/andtis,  var.nov.;  from   the  type-specimen;  {x^ 

nearly). 
l.'ig.5.  —  T.  d'Kjitaliis  var.    ■■^troiKjylalus,    var.nov.;    fium   the   (incomplete?') 
-     type-specimen;  (  x  {'^). 

Plate  xxiii. 
Fig.  1.  —  Tntrhycladns  d'Kjilaiiix  Lendenfeld,  typical  form;  skeleton;   (nat. 

size). 
Fig.2.  —  T.  di'jifatiis  vav.  ijracl/is,  var.nov.;  skeleton;  (nat.  size). 
Fig.3.  —  T.  diyitafu-f  yav.  claratm,  var.nov.;  skeleton;  (nat.  size). 
li'ijr.4. — T.  diyitatus  yav.  sfroiiify/alitfi,  var.nov.;  skeleton:   (nat.  size). 
Figs.o-6.  —  T.   reteporosufi,  sp.nov.;  skeleton  (of  the  type-.specimen  and  of 

the  specimen  illustrated  in  PI.  xxi.,  fig.3,  respectively);  (nat.  size). 
Figs.7-8.  —  7'.    rtttporomx,    sp.nov.,  (var.  ?);    skeleton    (of    the    specimens 

figured  in  Pl.'xxiv.,  figs.  1-2);   (nat.  size). 
Fig.9. — T.  scahrosii!^,  .sp.nov.;  skeleton:   (nat.  size), 
Fig.  10.  —  T.  J'astiyatus,  sp.nov.;  skeleton;  (nat.  .size). 


490  REVISION    OP    THE    AXINELLID^,  i., 

Plate  xxiv. 

Fi<^.  1.  —  Trachyclailuji  rtteporoftus,  sp.nov.,  (var.  ''.);  R.N.  1061;  {  x  i). 

Fig.2.  —  T.  reteporosu.s,  sp.nov.,  (var.  ?);  R.N. 42(5  (a  specimen  in  which  the 
dermal  pores  could  not  lie  seen);  (  x  i). 

Fig.3. — T.  rtfeporom.s,  sp.nov.,  typical  form;  one-half  of  a  (desilicified) 
longitudinal  median  section  of  a  branch  of  the  type-specimen,  show- 
ing the  deiinal  layer  (in  part  torn  away),  subdermal  spaces,  excur- 
rent  and  incurrent  canals,  flagellated  chambers,  and  (on  the  left) 
portion  of  the  axial  skeleton;  (  x  18). 

Plate  XXV. 

Fig.  1.  —  Trachpcladns  reteporosus,  sp.nov.,  (var.  ?);  longitudinal  median 
section  of  the  skeleton;  (  x  10). 

Fig.'i.  —  T.  di(/itat>is  Lendenfeld,  var.  claratiis,  var.nov. ;  portion  (slightly 
less  than  one-half)  of  a  transverse  section  of  a  branch,  showing  the 
arrangement  of  the  flagellated  chambers,  etc. ;  (  x  18). 

Plate  xxvi. 

Fig.  1.  —  Tfachycladw  rtttporo/^ux,  sp.nov.,  (typical  form);  longitudinal 
median  section  of  the  skeleton,  showing  the  pattern  of  the  axial 
fune;  (  x  10). 

Fig.2.  —  T.  digitatn-^  Lendenfeld,  (typical  form);  portion  of  the  surface 
(from  part  of  which  the  dermal  membrane  has  been  pared  off) 
showing  the  disposition  of  the  dermal  pores,  and  also  of  the  main 
incurrent  canals;  (  x  6). 

Fig.3. — T.  di(jit,atu><  var.  HtrongylatiiK,  var.nov.;  portion  of  the  surface, 
showing  the  arrangement  of  the  dermal  pores  and  the  character  of 
the  oscula;  (  x  fi). 

Fig.  4.  —  T.  ref eporo.in>i,  up. nov.;  portion  of  the  surface,  showing  the  arrange- 
ment of  the  dermal  pores;  (  x  6). 

Fig.o.  —  T.  pasfn/ofiii.'^,  sp.nov. ;  portion  of  the  surface,  showing  the  arrange- 
ment of  the  dermal  j^ores;  (  x  6). 

Fig. 6.  —  T.  diijitatHS  \-AV.  stron<jylatiis,  var.nov.;  portion  of  the  surface, 
showing  the  arrangement  of  the  dermal  pores;  (  x  20).  (From  a 
drawing). 

Fig.7.  —  T.  reteporoxiis,  sp.nov.,  (tj'pical  form):  portion  of  the  surface, 
showing  the  arrangement  of  the  dermal  pores;  (  x  30).  (From  a 
drawing). 

Fig.8.  —  T.  pnsfii/oxus,  sp.nov.;  portion  of  the  surface,  showing  the  arrange- 
ment of  the  dermal  pores;  (  x  30).     (From  a  drawing). 

Fig.9.  —  7'.  digitafiis  hendenteld,  var.  <jracUix,  var.nov.;  moderately  thick, 
transverse  section  of  a  branch;  (  x  18). 


BY    E.    F.    MALLMANIJ.  491 


Plate  xxvii. 


Fig.  1.  —  Trachydadm  diyitatum  Leiidenfeld,  (typical  form);  siuface-sectiun, 

showing  tlie  arrangement  of  the  dermal  pores;  (  x  40). 
Fig.2.  —  T.   diititatUK  var.   yracilis,   var.nov. ;  surface-section,   showing  the 

arrangement  of  the  dermal  pores;  (  x  40). 
Fig.3.  —  T.  diijifatiis  var.    c/aratus,  var.nov.;  surface-section,  showing  the 

arrangement  of  the  dermal  pores;  (  x  40). 
Fig. 4.  —  T.  di(ji/atii.s  \sii\  i<troii</i//atu><,  y&v. nor.;    surface-section,   showing 

the  arrangement  of  the  dermal  pores;  (  x  40). 
Fig.o. — T.  reteparosm,   sp.nov.,   (tj'pical  f(jrin);    surface-section,  showing 

the  arrangement  of  the  dermal  pores;  (  x  40). 
Fig.o.  —  T.  pHstido'fUft,  sp.nov.;  surface-section,  showing  the  arrangement 

of  the  dermal  pores;  (  x  40). 

Plate  xxviii. 

Fig.l. — Trac/ii/c/adiis  rtteporosus,  sp.nov.,  (var.  ?);  portion  of  the  surface 
(of  one  (^f  the  specimens  R.N.  1000)  showing  the  arrangement  of  the 
dermal  pores;  (  x  40). 

Fig.2. — T.  re(epo)-Ofiiis,  sp.nov.,  (var.  ?);  surface-section  (of  R.N.  1061), 
showing  the  arrangement  of  the  dermal  pores;  (  x  40). 

Figs. 3,  4.  —  T.  refeporo»u»,  sp.nov.,  (var.  '!);  surface-sections  (of  the  speci- 
mens R.N.  983,  984),  showing  the  arrangement  of  the  dermal  pores; 
(  X  40). 

Fig.o.  7'.  dl(/ifa/iis  Lendenfeld,  var.  claratu.^,  var.nov.:  rather  thin  (unde- 
silicified)  transverse  section  of  a  branch;  (  x  15). 

Fig.6. — T.  ■•<cal>ro.'<iis,  sp.nov.;  rather  thin  (desilicilied)  transverse  section 
of  a  branch;  (  x  20). 

Plate  xxix.,  figs.  1-2. 

*  Fig.l.  —  Trachydadus diijiiatus hendenield,  var.  claratus('i),  var.nov.;  speci- 
men R.N.4I0;  (xA). 
Fig.2.  —  T.  retejJorosuK,  sp.nov.,  (var.?);  thin,  transverse  section  of  a  branch 
•  (of  specimen  R.N.  1000);  (  x  15). 

Plate  xxxix,  figs. 6-7. 

Fig.6.  —  Tradii/c/adiis    pU'<tu/o.'<U'<,     sp.nov.  ;    skeleton    photographed    by 

transmitted  light;  (nat.  size). 
Fig. 7. ^7'.  pustulosiiM,  sp.nov.;  showing  pattern  of  the  skeleton  as  seen  in 

thin  longitudinal  section  (passing  through  three  branches  and  the 

upper  part  of  their  common  stem);  (  x  5). 


492 


XOTKS    AND    P:XHIBITS. 

Mr.  Fred  Turner  exliibited  a  number  of  fruits  of  Fusanus 
muminatus  R.Br.,  var.  chryaocarpus  Turner,  the  "Yellow 
Quandong,"  forwarded  to  him  by  the  Venerable  Archdeacon  P. 
E.  Haviland,  of  Cobar,  who  collected  them  from  a  tree  in  an 
isolated  locality  on  Kergunyah  Station,  about  35  miles  north-east 
of  Cobar,  IST.S.W.,  a  new  record  for  this  remarkable  tree. 

Mr.  Baker  exhibited  sections  of  the  trunk  of  the  Grey  Man- 
grove (Avicennia  ojficiitalis  Linn.),  and  explained  the  peculiar 
structure  of  the  wood  oi  this  tree.  .Sections  of  leaves  were  also 
shown. 

Mr.  E.  Cheel  exhibited  fresh  specimens  of  Azalea,  with 
"  Rhododendron  Galls,"  Emha^idinm  sp.,  probably  E.  rhodu- 
dendri  Cram.,  affecting  a  plant  cultivated  in  the  Botanic  Gardens. 
Conidia  only  were  present,  which  measured  7-12x1//;  spores 
were  not  found.  Exajnples  had  previously  been  collected  by  the 
late  Mr.  A.  Grant  in  October,  lcS98,  and  by  Mr.  J.  H.  Camfield 
in  August,  191;]. 

Mr.  A.  A.  Hamilton  exhibited,  from  the  National  Herbarium, 
examples  of  (1)  Rabiits  vtuhirranuK  Linn.,  showing  irregular,  foliar 
fission,  and  a  varicoloured  tomentum.  A  gradual  reduction  from 
a  compound  (trifoliate)  leaf  to  a  simple  one  may  be  found.  Ex- 
amples collected  at  Douglas  Park  (A.  A.  Hamilton;  December, 
1915)  range  frt)m  ti-ifoliate  to  tripartite;  and  a  series  from  Gos- 
ford  (A.  A.  Hamilton;  January,  1916),  continues  the  irregular 
dissection,  from  a  simple  but  deeply  lobed  leaf  to  one  slightly 
constricted.  The  tomentum  of  the  specimens  from  Dcniglas  Park 
is  pale  grey,  while  that  of  the  Gosford  series  is  ferruginous. — 
(2)  Sjyreni/elia  incaruata  Sm.,  from  National  Park  (A.  A.  Hamil- 
ton; December,  1915),  showing  leaf- variation.  The  leaves  ex- 
hibit a  gradual  increase   in   size  from   10  to  15  mm.  in  length 


NOTES    AND    EXHIBITS.  493 

with  a  basal  width  t)£  4-6  mm.,  tu  5  cm.  long  and  15  mm.  wide  at 
the  base. — (3)  Danvinia  taxifol'm  A.  Cinni.,  two  examples  show- 
ing variation  in  foliage  and  habit  due  to  environment.  A  .speci- 
men from  Cowan  (A.  A.  Hamilton;  May,  1915),  from  a  .sand- 
stone-hillside, has  comparatively  luxuriant  foliage,  and  is  a  much 
more  robust  plant  (3-5  feet)  than  that  from  the  Centennial  Pai-k 
(W.  Forsyth;  October,  1896),  which  grew  in  a  swampy  environ- 
ment and  has  the  crowded,  narrow  leaves  clustered  at  the  top  of 
the  otherwi.se  bare  branches,  typical  of  the  swamp-xerophyte. 

Mr.  North,  by  .sanction  of  the  Curator  of  the  Australian 
Museum,  exhibited  a  specimen  of  an  adult  male  of  the  Superb 
Fruit  Pigeon,  Ffilopus  superbus  Temm.,  received  from  Mr.  Percy 
K.  Gorrick,  of  Wickhani,  through  Mr.  Julian  Windeyer,of  New- 
castle. It  was  obtained  at  Wollomombi,  394  miles  north  of 
Sydne}'.  Mr.  Nox'th  stated  that  although  this  species  was  fairly 
common  in  the  coastal  districts  of  North-eastern  Queensland,  it 
is  extremely  rare  in  New  South  Wales,  only  three  specimen.s  in 
the  ilesh,  procured  in  this  State,  having  come  officially  under  his 
notice  during  the  last  thii'ty  years.  The  bird  was  a  beautiful 
specimen,  being  plump  and  in  fine  condition,  the  mouth  and 
crop  being  absolutely  crammed  with  the  berries  of  a  Lily-pilly. 
Two  other  specimens  of  this  pigeon,  procured  at  North  Shore,  in 
1876,  are  in  the  Museum. 

Mr.  A.  G.  Hamilton  exhibited  a  coloured  drawing  of  an 
undetermined  orchid,  now  flowering  in  the  bush-house  of  a  friend 
at  Noi'th  Sydney,  allied  to  Dendrobium  fptragonum  A.  Cuiui., 
but  with  the  thickened  portion  of  the  stem  longer  and  larger 
and  the  flowers  somewhat  differently  marked. 

Mr.  Allan  R.  McCulloch  showed  an  attractive  .series  of  lantern- 
slides  illustrative  of  the  fauna  associated  with  Australian  Man- 
groves. Mr.  R.  T.  Baker  followed  with  a  complementary  set 
illustrating  the  characteristic  botanical  features  of  the  Mangrove- 
association. 


494 


ORDINARY  MONTHLY  MEETING. 

September  27th,  1916. 

Mr.  A.  G.  Hamilton,  President,  in  the  Chair. 

The  President  offei-ed  a  very  cordial  welcome  to  Mr.  C.  F. 
Laseron,  a  Member  who  had  served  and  been  wounded  at 
Gallipoli.  He  also  made  sympathetic  reference  to  Mr.  M. 
Aurousseau,  another  Member,  recently  reported  as  having  been 
wounded  in  France. 

The  Donations  and  Exchanges  received  since  the  previous 
Monthly  Meeting  (30th  August,  1916),  amounting  to  8  Vols., 
55  Parts  or  Nos.,  4  Bulletins,  one  Report,  and  4  Pamphlets, 
received  from  38  Societies,  etc.,  and  two  private  donors,  were 
laid  upon  the  table. 

NOTES    AND    EXHIBITS. 

Mr.  J.  L.  Froggatt  showed  specimens  of  a  third,  at  present 
undescribed,  species  of  Chalcid  wasp,  parasitic  upon  the  Sheep 
maggot-fly,  from  Hay,  N.S.W. 

Mr.  W.  W.  Froggatt  exhibited  a  series  of  specimens  illus- 
trating the  life-history  of  the  Ribbed  Case-Moth  (Thxjridopteryx 
herichii),  recently  damaging  the  foliage  of  the  Sugar-Gums 
(Encalypfus  corynocalyx)  at  Yanco,  at  the  Irrigation  Area  at 
Leeton,  and  elsewhere. 

Mr.  Fred  Turner  exhibited  an  example  of  prolification  of  an 
apple  given  to  him  by  Mr.  J.  H.  Beatson,  Managing  Director, 
Messrs.  Anderson  &  Co.,  Seedsmen  and  Plant  Merchants,  Sydney, 
who  had  received  it  from  a  client  of  his  firm.  There  were  no 
true  carpels  produced  in  the  abnormal  fruit,  but  a  whorl  of 
leaves  (probably  enlarged  sepals)  were  developed  at  its  summit, 
a  very  curious  and  interesting  form  of  vegetable  teratology. 


495 


A  REVISION  OF  THE  GENERA  WITH  MICROSCLERES 
INCLUDED,  OR  PROVISIONALLY  INCLUDED,  IN 
THE  FAMILY  AXIKELLID.E ;  WITH  DESCRIP- 
TIONS  OF  SOME  AUSTRALIAN  SPECIES.     Part  ii. 

[Porifp:ra.] 

By  E.  F.  Kallmann,  B.Sc,  Linnean  Macleay  Fellow  of 
THE  Society  in  Zoology. 

(Plates  xxix.,  fig.4;  xxx.-xxxii  ;   xxxiii.,  figs. 1-5;   xxxiv.-xxxvii.: 
xxxviii.,  tigs. 1-3:  and  Text-figs.  10-1 6.) 

Genus  B  I  E  M  N  A  Gray  (sens.  lat.). 

Definition. — Axinellida?  typically  of  massive  or  encrusting 
habit,  occasionally  tending  to  become  lamellar  or  calicular, 
almost  invariably  provided  with  conuli  or  other  surface-eleva- 
tions of  less  regular  form,  or  with  digitate  processes  either  solid 
or  tubular;  or,  finally,  consisting  almost  entirely  of  tubular  pro- 
cesses. The  skeleton  varvina;,  sometimes  conformintr  more  or 
less  to  a  halichondroid  type,  but  more  frequently  consisting 
of  definite  fibres,  which  sometimes  are  arranged  reticulately. 
The  spicules  composing  the  fibres  are  sometimes  (in  the  less 
typical  species)  arranged  more  or  less  plumosely,  or  even  in  part 
echinatingly.  The  megascleres  are  typically  of  a  single  order, — 
either  styli  alone,  or  styli  together  with  oxea  of  similar  dimen- 
sions; special  dermal  megascleres  are  absent.  The  microscleres 
are  invariably  sigmata  and  trichites  (or  microxea),  the  latter 
usually  or  perhaps  always  occurring  (partly  at  least)  in  dragmata; 
and  to  these  may  be  added  commata,  microstrongyla,  or  spherulae. 

Type-species,  B.  peachi  Bowerbank. 

The  species  for  which  the  genus  Allantophora  was  proposed  by 
Whitelegge(58)  differs  in  the  combination  of  its  characters  so 
notably  from  any  species  known  previously  to  it,  and,  in  one 
important  respect  at  least,  so  considerably  also  from  any  which 


496  REVISION    OF    THE    AXINELLIDiE,  ii., 

has  since  been  described,  that  its  true  affinities  were  until 
recently(13)  unsuspected,  while  the  propriety  of  maintaining  a 
separate  genus  for  its  reception  has  not  hitherto  been  called  into 
question.  Whitelegge,  disregarding  the  evidence  afforded  by 
the  microscleres  present,  and  attaching  overmuch  importance  to 
the  echinate  arrangement  of  some  of  the  spicules  composing  the 
skeletal  fibres,  ari'ived  at  the  <;()nclusiou  that  Allanto]>ho7-a  is 
intermediate  between  Echiuodathriii  and  0])Mitaspon(/ia;  whereas 
T,  in  my  earlier  remarks  in  reference  to  the  genus(12),  expressed 
the  opinifjn  that,  provisionally  at  least,  it  should  be  placed  in 
the  Mycalinse,  and  suggested  the  possibility  of  its  relationship 
with  <'r(imhe(  =  TetrmitheUa).  Since  then,  as  I  more  recently 
have  found  occasion  to  remark(13),  a  second  species  possessing 
microstrongyla  as  microscleres  in  addition  to  sigmata  and  tricho- 
dragmata,  has  been  described  by  Hentschel(15)  under  the  name 
Tylode.ama  7nicrostrongyIa,  which  in  spiculation  accords  so  closely 
with  Alhmtophora  plicata  as  to  leave  no  room  foi'  doubting  the 
close  genetic  affinit}'  of  the  two,  yet  the  skeleton  of  which  con- 
forms, or  at  any  rate  closely  approximates,  to  a  halichondroid 
type.  Hence  it  seems  to  follow  that  the  essential  feature  to  be 
taken  into  account  in  deciding  as  to  the  proper  systematic  posi- 
tion of  these  species  is  not,  in  either  case,  the  precise  configura- 
tion of  the  skeleton,  but  rather  the  constitution  thereof  from  the 
point  of  view  of  the  spicular  elements  composing  it,  both  mega- 
scleric  and  microscleric;  and  accordingly  one  is  led  to  suspect 
the  probability  of  their  relationship  with  such  species  as  Biemna 
raegalosiyma  Heiitschel(15),  and  Biemna  chileusis  'lhiele(42),  the 
spiculation  of  wliich  is  essentially  the  same  as  theirs  except  only 
in  this  respect,  namely,  that  instead  of  microstrongyla  the  micro- 
scleres include  spherulse, — and  in  which,  furthermore,  the  skeletal 
arrangement  is  of  a  somewhat  intermediate  type.  In  support  of 
this,  there  now  comes  to  light  a  third  species  with  microstrongyla 
(and,  significantly,  with  spherulse  also),  -described  below  as 
Allantophora  victoriana, — which  forms  a  definite  and  absolute 
connecting-link  between  A.  plicata  and  SigmaxiaeUa  rioca/yp- 
toides  Dendy,  it  being  even  questionable,  indeed,  whether  both 
it   and   the  last-named    should   not    be    looked    upon    merely   as 


BY    E.    P.    KALLMANN.  497 

varieties  of  A,  plicata  :  and  Siymaxinella  ciocalyjdoides,  in  turn, 
is  found  to  provide  no  feature  definitely  justifying  its  separation 
generically  from  the  majority  at  least  of  the  species  at  present 
included  in  Biemna.  Accordingly  it  becomes  necessary  to  decide 
upon  what  grounds,  if  any,  the  genera  Tylodesma,  AUantopJiora, 
and  Sigmaxiiiella  admit  of  being  retained. 

The  distinction  between  Tylodfsma  (olim  Biemna)  and  Biemna 
(olim  Desmacella)  deemed  essential  by  Topsent(46), — to  whom 
the  separation  of  the  species  of  Ridley  and  Dendy's  group  Des- 
macellinae  into  these  two  genera  is  due, — was  with  respect  to 
the  mode  of  conformation  of  the  skeleton,  a  halichondroid  type 
of  skeleton  being  regarded  by  him  as  characteristic  of  the  former 
genus,  a  disposition  of  the  megascleres  in  definite  fibres  as  char- 
acteristic of  the  latter  :  whether  the  megascleres  were  styli  or 
tylostyli  was  looked  upon  as  of  minor  importance  The  same 
distinction  was  emphasised  by  Lundbeck(30)  in  defining  these 
genera,  though  at  the  same  time  he  attached  equal  value  to 
certain  differences  in  their  microscleric  spiculation;  other  authors, 
however, — -as  Thiele(41),  Dendy(8),  and  Hentschel(15),  —  seem 
disposed,  like  Topsent,  to  regard  it  as  fundamental.  Neverthe- 
less, a  critical  survey  of  the  species  concerned  renders  it  evident 
that  the  distinction  is  an  arbitrary  one,  and  incapable  of  being 
maintained;  in  proof  of  which  one  need  only  refer  to  the  fact 
that  in  certain  instances,  as,  for  example,  in  the  case  of  Biemna 
microxa  Hentschel(14),  and  of  the  so-called  Biemna  humilis 
Thiele(41),  the  authors  themselves  show  uncertainty  as  to  the 
genus  to  which  the  species  ought  rather  to  be  assigned.  Tf,  how- 
ever, the  species  with  tylostyli  or  subtylostyli  as  megascleres 
(typical  of  Tylodesma)  be  compared  with  those  in  which  tylo- 
stylote  megascleres  are  absent  (typical  of  Biemna),  it  is  found 
in  the  case  of  the  former  that  the  microscleres  present  frequently 
comprise  toxa  in  addition  to  sigmata,  but  never  trichites  or 
microxea,  whereas  in  the  case  of  the  latter,  with  one  highly 
questionable  exception — viz.,  Desmacella  frayilis  Kieschnick(24), 
— trichites  or  microxea  are  invariably  present,  but  never  toxa. 
Accordingly  there  is  excellent  ground  for  the  retention  of  the 
genus  Tylodesma,  but  its  definition  requires  amendment. 

40 


498  REVISION    OF    THE    AXINELLID^,  ii., 

The  three  species,  for  the  reception  of  which  Dendy(7)  proposed 
the  genus  Sigmaxinella,  agree  in  having  both  monactinal  and 
diactinal  megascleres  and,  as  microscleres,  signiata  and  tricho- 
dragmata,  but  in  a  number  of  other  important  respects  they 
differ  very  considerably;  and,  as  already  indicated,  one  at  least 
of  them  equally  admits  of  inclusion  in  AUantophora  or  in  Biemna 
as  hitherto  defined.  However,  the  first-described  of  the  three, 
S.  aiistralia?ia,  as  well  as  several  of  the  species  which  Kirk- 
patrick(20)  and  Whitelegge(60)  have  ascribed  to  SigmaxineUa, 
differ  from  all  other  known  species  possessing  similar  micro- 
scleres, firstly  in  being  of  ramose  habit,  and  secondly  in  having 
an  axially  condensed  skeleton.  Consequently,  with  an  amended 
diagnosis,  the  genus  Sig^naxinella  also  admits  of  being  retained. 

The    third   species    assigned    by   Dendy   to   SigmaxineUa — S. 
JlabeUata  — is   (among   the  species  having    sigmata   and    tricho- 
dragmata  as   microscleres)  quite  unique,   not    only  as    regards 
skeletal   structui'e,   but  also  in    the  fact  that   the  megascleres 
are  of  two  distinct   kinds,  viz.,  styli  composing  the  fibres,  and 
elongated    flexuous    strongyla    (and    tornota)    occurring    inter- 
stitially,  —  the   latter  of  which  are  strikingly  analogous  to  the 
spicules  of  similar  form  characteristic  of  many  species  oiAxinella, 
Phakellia,  Acanthella,  and  Tragosia.     Were  it  not  for  the  presence 
of  sigmata,  there  would  be  no  adequate  reason,  apart  from  the 
flexuous  character  of  the  interstitial  megascleres,  for  excluding 
the  species  from   the  genus  Z)ra^?nacit£o?i  (g.n.),   which  in  turn 
comprises  species  hitherto  assigned  to  2'hrinacophora;  whilst,  if 
both  kinds  of  microscleres  were  absent,  it  would  almost  certainlv 
have  to  be  included  in  the  genus  Phakellia  &&  defined  by  Dendy{8). 
Being  such  as  it  is,  however,  the  species  undoubtedly  deserves  a 
new  genus   for   its  accommodation,  and   for  this   I   propose  the 
name  Sigmaxia. 

The  question  whether  AUantophora  admits  of  separation  from 
Biemna  is  a  much  more  difficult  one,  and  at  present  cannot  be 
satisfactorily  decided;  for  although  there  exists  with  respect  to 
skeletal  structure  a  profound  difference  between  the  typical 
species  of  the  two  genera,  — as  is  very  obvious  from  a  comparison 
of  Topsent's  figure   of   B.  peachi{5i;  PI.  iv.,  fig. 3)    with  mine  of 


BY    E.    F.    KALLMANN.  499 

A.  victoriana  (PI.  xxxi.,  figs.l,  2), —  yet  the  descriptions  of  other 
species  seem  to  indicate  that  intermediate  (as  well  as  additional) 
types  of  skeleton  occur,  while  in  not  a  few  instances,  furthermore, 
the  requisite  information  relating  to  the  skeleton  is  lacking.  At 
the  outset,  a  satisfactory  line  of  division  between  the  two  genera 
seemed  to  me  possibly  securable  by  taking  into  account  the  fact 
that  in  most  if  not  all  of  the  indubitable  species  of  Biemna  the 
microscleres  include  commata,  but  neA'^er  microstrongyla,  whereas 
in  the  remaining  species  commata  are  absent;  but  the  service- 
ableness  of  this  as  a  means  of  distinction  appears  to  be  ruled  out 
of  court  by  the  circumstance,  recently  announced  by  Topsent(54), 
that  in  B.  peachi  commata  are  apparently  sometimes  missing.  A 
further  difficulty  is  created  by  Topsent's  discovery  {loc.  cit.)  that 
"commata"  are  present  in  his  Bievina  Jistulosa,  which  have  not 
the  form  of  curved  microstvli  but  "s'y  montrent  flexueux  avec  un 
bout  renfle  et  I'autre  un  peu  aminci,"  so  that  their  form  "rapelle 
un  peu  celle  de  sigmaspires  deroulees":  and  it  is  possible  that 
these  microscleres  are  a  connecting-link  between  the  stvliform 
commata  of  B.  peachi,  etc.,  and  the  microstrongyla  of  typical 
AUantophora-s,Y>ec\GS,.  Consequently,  since  one  is  unable  so  to 
define  the  genera  as  to  render  them  mutually  exclusive,  there  is 
no  alternative  for  the  time  being  but  to  combine  them,  and  I 
have  therefore  formulated  the  diagnosis  of  Biemna  accordingly. 
Inasmuch,  however,  as  I  am  confident  (hat  the  necessity  for  this 
is  onl\'  temporary,  and  that  a  fuller  knowledge  of  the  species 
concerned  will  furnish  occasion  for  the  rehabilitation  of  the 
genus  AUantophora,  I  have  refrained  for  the  present  from  dis- 
carding the  name  in  the  designation  of  the  species  described 
below,  to  which  it  must  necessarily  apply  if  the  genus  be  ulti- 
mately readopted. 

The  amendment  which  I  introduce  in  regard  to  the  distinction 
to  be  drawn  between  the  genera  Biemna  and  Tylodesvia  affects 
the  position  only  of  five  species,  namely,  of  Tylodesvia  micro- 
strongyla Hentschel,  and  2\  microxa  Hentschel,  which  (as  their 
spiculation  consists  of  styli,  sigmata,  trichites,  and,  in  the 
former,  also  of  microstrongyla)  must  be  included  in  Biemna;  and 
of    Biemna    hnviilis    Thiele(41),    B.   vulgaris    Topsent(4i5),   and 


500 


REVISION    OF    THE    AXINELLIDiE,  ii., 


B.truncata  Hentsche](i3),  which  (having  a  spiculation  composed, 
in  the  case  of  the  first,  of  subtylostyli,  sigmata,  and  toxa,  and 
in  the  others,  of  tylostyli  and  sigmata)  must  be  transferred  to 
Tylodesma.  In  order  to  frame  a  satisfactory  definition  of 
Biemna,  which  will  serve  effectually  to  distinguish  it  from 
Dragmacido7i  and  Rhaphoxya  (gg. nn.),  it  is  necessary  to  insist 
upon  the  presence  of  sigmata  as  an  essential  character  of  the 
genus :  for  this  reason,  if  for  no  other,  Topsent's  Desmacella 
aherrmis  (with  trichodragmata  alone  as  microsclei'es),  which 
Lundbeck  has  I'eferred  to  Biemna,  must  be  removed  therefrom: 
and  for  its  reception  I  propose  a  new  genus,  DragmateUa,  which 
I  provisionally  regard  as  occupying  a  position  between  Dragma- 
cidon  and  Rhaphoxya.  Lundbeck  is  inclined  to  refer  also 
Schmidt's  imperfectly  known  Desmacella  vayabunda  and  D. 
pnmilio  to  Biemna.  Of  these  two  species  I  have  not  seen  the 
descriptions;  but  judging  from  Schmidt's  original  diagnosis  of 
Desmacella,  quoted  by  Ridley  and  Dendy(83),  the  microscleres 
present  are  sigmata  and  (or)  toxa,  in  which  case  the  species 
cannot  in  my  estimation  be  assigned  to  Biemna,  but  belong  most 
probably  to  Tylodesma.  As  regards  Kieschnick's  Desmacella 
fragilis,  referred  to  above,  it  is  impossible,  owing  to  the  un- 
reliability of  its  description,  to  express  any  definite  opinion.  If 
it  be  true  that  its  microscleres  are  sigmata,  trichodragmata,  and 
toxa,  as  stated,  I  think  that  this  would  render  necessary  the 
erection  for  it  of  a  new  genus;  until  rediscovered,  however,  the 
species  must  be  regarded  as  incertce  sedis.  'J'he  only  other  species 
about  which  there  can  be  said  to  exist  any  occasion  for  doubt  is 
Desmacella  cavernula  Bowerbank(l),  in  which  the  microscleric 
spiculation  is  described  as  consisting  solely  of  sigmata;  but  as 
the  megascleres  are  styli  (and  not  tylostyli),  and,  furthermore, 
as  there  is  ground  to  suspect,  owing  to  the  dried  condition  of 
Bowerbank's  single  specimen,  that  the  occurrence  of  tricho- 
dragmata therein  was  overlooked,  the  probability  is  that  the 
species  is  correctly  to  be  assigned  to  Biem,na.  Nevertheless,  the 
species  is  peculiar,  regarded  as  a  member  of  this  genus,  in  the 
fact  that  the  megasclei^es  are  distinguishable  into  two  groups, 
the  one  kind  composing  the  fibres,  the  other  occurring  inter- 


BY    E.    P.    KALLMANN.  -  501 

stitially  and  also  forming  a  dermal  skeleton:  and  this  peculiarity 
may  possibly  prove  to  be  associated  with  other  distinctive 
features  of  a  character  that  would  justify  its  exclusion  from  the 
genus.  According  to  Thiele(40),  a  partial  differentiation  of  the 
megascleres  into  several  groups  is  exhibited  in  the  case  of  B. 
korenii  also,  but)  apparently  this  occurs  without  relation  to  the 
particular  position  which  the  spicules  occupy,  since  he  makes  no 
mention  of  the  fact;  and  Lundbeck(30)  further  notes  that  in 
H.  capillifera  there  are  present,  in  addition  to  the  skeletal 
spicules  proper,  smaller  styli  which  are  found  only  in  the  part 
of  the  sponge  nearest  to  the  substratum,  where  they  form  a  thin 
layer.  In  all  the  remaining  species  of  iJiemwa,  so  far  as  I  am 
aware,  the  megascleres  are  definitely  of  a  single  order  (though 
occasionally  comprising  both  monactinal  and  diactinal  forms). 

Hentschel(15)  has  recently  referred  to  Biemna  (under  the  name 
B.  aruensis)  a  species  possessing  neither  sigmata  nor  tricho- 
dragmata,  but  having  as  flesh-spicules  small  slender  curved 
tylostyli,  which  he  terms  "  kommaformige  Rhaphiden  "  and  ap- 
parently regards  as  homologous  with  the  commata  of  species 
like  B.  peachi.  Inasmuch,  however,  as  the  remaining  spicula- 
tion  consists  of  megascleres  (of  two  distinct  kinds)  in  the  form 
of  (longer)  subtylostyli  and  (very  much  shorter)  tylostyli  respect- 
ively, and  as,  furthermore,  the  sponge  is  regularly  dome-shaped 
and  prolongs  itself  upwards  into  a  tubular  process,  it  seems  to 
me  practically  certain  that  the  species  is  one  requiring  to  be 
included  in  the  family  Polymastiidse.  Unfortunately  Hentschel 
has  neglected  to  investigate  the  structure  of  the  skeleton,  and 
one  therefore  lacks  the  information  necessary  to  decide  whether 
the  species  requires  a  new  genus  for  its  reception,  or  permits  of 
inclusion  in  the  genus  Polymastia  itself.  But,  for  the  present,  I 
would  recommend  that  the  species  be  known  as  PoIymastia(l) 
ariheiisis. 

Of  species  referable  to  Biemtta  which  have  been  assigned  to 
genera  other  than  Biemna,  Desmacella,  Tylodesma,  or  Allanto- 
phora,  there  is  apparently  only  one,  viz.,  Siymaxinella  incrustans 
l\irkpatrick(20). 

A  few  fragments  of  a  sponge  have  been  recorded  from  Christ- 


502 


REVISION    OP    THE    AXINELLID^,  ii., 


mas  Island  by  Kirkpatrick(21)  as  BesmaceUa  sp.,  in  which  the 
megascleres  are  oxea,  fewer  styli,  and  rare  strongyla,  all  of 
approximately  the  same  dimensions  (viz,  180  x  7/i,  150  x  9fi,  and 
126  X  6/x  respectively),  and  the  microscleres  are  very  rare  sigmata, 
rare  toxa,  and .  rare  trichites;  but  in  which  the  skeleton  is  a 
unispicular  renieroid  meshwork,  with  triangular  and  quadran- 
gular meshes.  Obviously,  if  the  microscleres  are  really  proper 
to  it,  this  species  should  be  assigned,  provisionally  at  least,  to 
the  genus  Gellius. 

The  genus  Biemna,  as  now  defined,  accordingly  comprises  the 
following  species  : — 

i.  With  commata  -  typical  species  of  the  genus. 

/>'.  i^eachi  Bowerbank(l;  30).  English  Channel;  Scotland; 

off  Norway:  off  Iceland. 
B.  capillifera  Levinsen(28;  30).  E.  Canada;  Iceland;  Kara 

Sea. 
B.  Aami/era  Lundbeck (30).  Off  Iceland. 

/)'.  groenlandica  Fristedt(10;  30).  E.  Coast  of  Greenland. 

B.    stellifera  Fristedt(9).    (With        Sweden. 

asters?). 
B.  fistulosa  Topsent(48;  54).  Amboina. 

B.  sp.  Thiele(41).  Ternate. 

ii.  Without  commata  (so  far  as  known),  and  without  micro- 
strongyla;  but  apparently  otherwise  conforming  rather  to  the 
species  with  commata. 

B.  Iwrenii  Schmidt(35;40).  Off  Norway. 

B.  variantia  Bowerbank(l).  Bristol  Channel. 

{^.)B.  {l)caveruula  Bowerbank(l).  Shetland  Islands. 

B.  trirhaphis  Topsent(48;  41).  Amboina;  Ternate. 

{^.)B.  fords  Topsent(48).  Amboina. 

iii.  Without  commata  (so  far  as  known),  and  without  micro- 
strongyla;  but  apparently  otherwise  conforming  rather  to  the 
species  with  microstrongyla. 

B.  incrustans  Kirkpatrick(20).  Cape  Colony. 

B.  tubulata  Dendy(8).  Cevlon. 

B.  macrorhaphis  Hentschel(l6).  Antarctic  Ocean. 


BY    E.    F.    HALLMANN.  503 

B.  microxa  Hentschel(l4).  Sharks  Bay,  W.  Australia. 

B.  sp.  Hentschel(15).  Arafura  Sea. 

B.    chilensis    Thiele(42).  (With  Chili. 

spherulse). 

B.  megalosigma  Hentschel(15).  Arafura  Sea. 

(With  spherulse). 

B.    megalosigma    var.     liposphcera  Arafura  Sea. 

Hentschel(l5). 
B     (AUantophora)     ciocalyptoides     Port  Phillip,  Victoria. 

Dendy. 

iv.  With  inicrostrongyla. 

B.  {AUantophora)   plicata  White-     New  South  Wales. 

legge. 
B.  {AUantophora)  victoriana,  sp.n.      Port  Phillip,  Victoria. 
B.  {'^;AUantopho7-a)  raicrostrongyla     Arafura  Sea. 

Hentschel(15). 

Allantophoka  plicata  Whitelegge. 
(PI.  xxix.,  fig.4;  PI.  XXX.,  iigs.l,  2,  3.) 

I'^Q'l .AUantophora  plicata  Whitelegge(60),p.505,Pl.xlv.,  fig.28. 

Diagnosis.  —  Sponge  consisting  of  a  cluster  of  erect,  proliferous 
lamellae,  sometimes  interunited  more  or  less  by  anastomosis,  and 
frequently  tending  to  become  more  or  less  pointed  above  or  to 
divide  distally  into  digitate  processes.  Surface  irregular,  and 
provided  with  many  slender  tapering  conuli.  Dermal  membrane 
moderately  thick,  without  contained  megascleres,  and  without 
pores  visible  to  the  naked  eye.  Skeleton  an  irregular  reticula- 
tion, of  fairly  uniform  density  throughout,  consisting  of  ascend- 
ing multispicular  main  fibres  (mostly  between  100  and  200/a  in 
stoutness)  and  numerous  slendei'er,  for  the  most  part  pauci- 
spicular,  connecting  fibres.  Spicules  of  the  main  fibres  rather 
loosely  (and  often  somewhat  plumosely)  arranged.  Both  main 
and  connecting  fibres  provided  with  moderately  numerous,  more 
or  less  nearly  perpendicularly-directed,  echinating  spicules 
similar  in  kind  to  the  coring  spicules.  Spongin  present  only  in 
moderate  quantity.     Megascleres:  styli  and  (relatively  few)  oxea, 


504  REVISION    OF    THE    AXINELLIDiE,  U., 

ranging  from  less  than  300  to  upwards  of  500/x  (occasionally  to 
upwards  of  600/i)  in  length,  and  (in  different  specimens)  varying 
from  16  to  22/x  in  maximum  stoutness.  Microscleres:  (i.)numer- 
ous  sigmata  of  two  sizes,  respectively  11  and  21/x  in  maximum 
length;  (ii.)  trichodragmata  typically  of  two  sizes,  together  with 
scattered  trichites  of  similar  length  (viz.,  up  to  about  60/i,)  to 
those  composing  the  larger  dragmata;  and  (iii.)  numerous  micro- 
strongyla,  the  largest  measuring  20  by  8/x. 

Zoc— Off  Crookhaven  River,  N.S.W.  ("Thetis"). 
Introductory. — In  addition  to  the  single  example  originally 
described,  there  are  now  available  three  other  complete  speci- 
mens of  the  species,  and  a  fragment  of  a  fourth.  Of  these,  only 
the  last-mentioned  is  preserved  in  alcohol,  the  remainder  (with 
the  exception  of  the  type-specimen,  which  has  been  di*ied  —  pro- 
bably after  having  been  some  time  in  alcohol — without  complete 
removal  of  the  sarcode)  being  washed-out  and  otherwise  more  or 
less  damaged  beach-specimens. 

External  features. — In  all  four  specimens,  the  general  habit 
is   the  same.      The   sponge  consists   of   an   often    more  or   less 
intricate    cluster    of    erect    lamellse,    which   are   joined   each   to 
another  along  one  lateral  edge, — the  other  edge  either  remaining 
free  or  (less  frequently)  becoming  connected  by  anastomosis  Avith 
some  portion   of    another  lamella,  —  and  which  tend    most  fre- 
quently to  become  narrowed  and  more  or  less  pointed  a^ove,  or 
sometimes  to  partially  resolve  distally  into  several  pointed  digiti- 
form  processes.     The  iamellaj  vary  from   2  to   12  mm.  in  thick- 
ness:   and   the  largest  specimen   measures    130  mm.   in   height. 
Usually,  a  main  or  primary  lamella  is  to  be  distinguished,  and 
from  this  secondary  lamellse  proceed,  which  in  turn  give  rise  in 
a  similar  way  to  others  of  higher  order.     The  lamella?  are  not 
always  directed  perpendicularly  to  those  from  which  they  arise, 
but  often  more  or  less  obliquely;  and  occasionally  some  of  the 
larger  ones  may  be  vertically  curved  or  folded.     The  sponge  is 
sessile,  and  is  sometimes  attached  only  by  a  limited  portion  of 
the  base  of  the  primary  lamella;  but  more  usually  the  area  of 
attachment  is  much  more  extensive,  and  is  formed  partly  by  the 
bases  of  other  lamellse  as  well.     The  surface  is  rendered  more  or 


BY    E.    F.    KALLMANN.  505 

less  uneven  by  irregular,  longitudinally  disposed  ridges  and 
furrows,  and  by  numerous  acuminate  conuli.  The  former  in- 
equalities are  much  more  marked  in  dried  and  washed-out  speci- 
mens (PL  XXX.,  fig. 2)  than  in  the  perfect  sponge  (PI.  xxx.,  fig.l), 
since  in  the  case  of  the  latter  the  depressions  are  largeh^  filled 
up  with  fleshy  tissue  and  covered  over  by  dermal  membrane. 
In  the  washed-out  condition  of  the  sponge,  numerous  lesser 
inequalities  also  are  in  evidence,  causing  the  surface  to  present 
a  somewhat  cellular  or  roughly  pitted  appearance,  and  giving 
rise  here  and  there-  more  especially  in  the  case  of  thinner 
lamellse  to  actual  pei'forations  :  it  is  the  depiessions  producing 
this  appearance  that  are  somewhat  misleadingly  referred  to  in 
the  original  description  as  "pores."  The  conuli  are  conspicuous 
in  the  well-preserved  sponge,  but  may  be  entirely  missing  in  the 
case  of  beach-specimens  owing  to  their  fragility  and  the  ease 
with  which  they  become  broken  off  when  dry;  they  are  narrow 
at  the  base  and  thread-like  at  the  apex,  are  traversed  axially  by 
a  single  skeletal  fibre,  and  vary  in  length  from  2  to  5  mm. 
Oscula  were  not  observed. 

The  consistency  of  the  sponge  in  alcohol  is  firm,  fairly  tough, 
compressible,  and  resilient;  and  the  colour  is  yellowish-brown. 
Dry  specimens  vary  considerably  in  their  consistency  and  textural 
appearance  according  to  the  extent  to  which  the  sarcode  has 
been  removed.  When  thoroughly  washed-out,  the  sponge  is 
tough  and  elastic,  and  its  texture  (as  compared  with  that,  say, 
of  an  ordinary  washing  sponge)  is  loosely  and  coarsely  fibrous  : 
the  fibres  that  terminate  at  the  surface  run  towai'ds  it  in  an 
obliquely  ascending  direction,  and  being  free  from  one  another 
(i.e.,  unconnected  by  transverse  fibres)  for  some  distance  from 
their  extremities,  give  to  the  surface  a  slightly  shaggy  appear- 
ance (PI.  xxx.,  fig.3).  On  the  other  hand,  if  dried  without  (or 
with  only  partial)  removal  of  the  sarcode,  the  sponge  (as  in  the 
case  of  the  type-specimen)  is  inelastic  and  rather  brittle,  and  of 
a  texture  that  might  be  described  roughly  as  pumiceous  (Pl.xxx., 
fig. 2).  In  this  latter  condition  of  the  sponge,  the  interstices  of 
the  skeleton  are  frequently  tympanised  by  delic'ate  parchment- 
like membranes  (erroneously  referred  to  in  the  original  descrip- 


506  REVISION    OP    THE    AXINELLIDiE,  ii., 

tion  as  being  portions  of  the  dermal  membrane).     The  colour  of 
dry  specimens  varies  from  light  to  brownish-grey. 

The  dermal  membrane  is  very  distinct  and  fairly  tough,  and 
overlies  numerous,  usually  not  very  extensive,  subdermal  spaces; 
it  is  not  (to  the  naked  eye)  visibly  porous.  The  dermal  pores, 
over  limited  areas  of  the  surface,  are  similar  in  their  arrange- 
ment to  those  of  A.  victoriana  {cf.  Pl.xxxviii.,  figs. 1-4),  except 
that  the  circular  groups  they  form  (which,  in  rare  instances, 
attain  a  diameter  of  130  to  150/ji)  are  relatively  less  closely 
apposed:  but  generally  they  occur  only  several  together  in  much 
smaller  groups -or,  in  rare  cases,  even  singly — and  the  groups 
are  separated  by  distances  sometimes  exceeding  their  own 
diameter. 

»S'^e^e^o?i.  —  N^  hilst  in  regard  to  spiculation  no  definite  distinc- 
tion can  be  drawn  between  the  present  species  and  A.  victoriana, 
the  arrangement  of  the  skeleton  in  the  two  differs  very  con- 
siderably This  will  be  evident  from  a  comparison  of  the  figures 
of  the  skeleton  (prepared  by  treatment  with  caustic  potash)  in 
the  two  cases,  as  seen  in  section,— especially  PI.  xxix.,  fig. 4,  and 
PL  xxxi.,  fig- 1, —  the  former  of  which  is  from  a  lamella  (varying 
in  thickness  from  less  than  I  nun.  at  one  edge  to  8  mm.  at  the 
other)  of  the  present  species,  and  the  latter  from  a  thick  vertical 
slice  (from  6  to  10  mm.  in  thickness)  of  a  massive  specimen  of 
A.  victoriana.  The  chief  points  of  difference  are  two.  Firstly, 
there  is  an  entire  absence,  in  the  present  species,  of  any  observ- 
able differentiation  in  the  structure  of  the  skeleton  relative  to  a 
number  of  separate  axes,  and  the  pattern  is  accordingly  every- 
where (including  even  the  incipient  processes  into  which  the 
lamellae  sometimes  tend  to  resolve)  much  the  same;  and  secondly 
—  in  necessary  correlation  with  this—  the  main  fibres  are  never 
transversely  directed,  but  always  run  in  a  more  or  less  ascending 
direction,  with  gradual  trend  surfacewards,  branching  (not  very 
frequently)  as  they  go.  As  in  A.  victoriana,  the  connecting 
fibres  are  numerous,  and  interunite  with  one  another  to  form 
(along  with  the  main  fibres)  a  rather  small -meshed  reticulation; 
but  the  reticulation  is  here  very  irregular,  and  there  is  no  marked 
tendency  on  the  part  of  the  connecting  fibi'es  to  be  confined  (as 


BY    E.    P.    KALLMANN.  -  507 

in  A.  victoriana)  to  vertical  planes;  in  some  parts,  however, — 
more  especially  in  the  processes— a  slight  tendency  towards  such 
an  arrangement  is  occasionally  exhibited.  A  further  notable 
point  of  difference  is  the  frequency  of  occurrence,  in  the  present 
species,  of  megascleres  disposed  more  or  less  perpendicularly  to 
the  tibres, — with  their  bases  implanted  therein,  — in  the  manner 
of  echinating  spicules.  The  main  fibres  are  composed  chiefly  or 
(not  seldom)  almost  entirely  of  spicules,  an-anged  usually  in  a 
loose,  often  in  a  more  or  less  dishevelled  or  somewhat  plumose 
fashion,  and  are  usually  between  100  and  200/x  in  stoutness:  in 
the  oldest  portions  of  the  sponge,  however,  they  occasionally 
attain  a  diameter  of  from  300  to  400/^..  The  amount  of  spongin 
cementing  their  spicules  is  rather  variable,  but  is  seldom  suffi- 
cient to  form  a  well-defined  sheath;  as  seen  in  cross-section,  the 
outline  of  the  fibres  is  very  irregular.  The  connecting  fibres  are 
uniserial  to  multiserial  in  spiculation,  and  are  relatively  more 
sponginous  than  the  main  fibres.  But  very  few  megascleres  are 
scattered  between  the  fibres.  Sigmata  (of  two  sizes)  and  micro- 
strongyla  occur  in  great  abundance  throughout  all  parts  of  the 
interior,  together  with  moderately  numerous  trichodragmata  and 
singly  scattered  trichites;  the  last-mentioned,  howe\er,  are  not 
very  evident  owing  to  their  extreme  tenuity.  In  the  dermal 
membrane,  sigmata  are  again  very  abundant,  and  single  trichites 
almost  equally  so,  but  trichodragmata  and  microstrongyla  are 
extremely  rare,  and  megascleres  are  altogether  absent. 

Spicules.  — {{.)  The  megascleres  are  styli  and  relatively  few 
oxea  — the  proportionate  number  of  the  latter  variable,  ranging 
from  less  than  1  in  100  (in  the  type-specimen),  occasionally  to 
as  many  as  1  in  10.  Though  somewhat  scarce  as  echinating 
spicules,  the  oxea  occur  in  all  the  same  situations  in  the  skeleton 
as  the  styli,  and  are  undoubtedly  only  variants  of  them;  never- 
theless, transitional  forms  between  the  two  are  extremely  rare. 
The  styli  are  slightly  curved,  with  the  curvatui-e  most  pronounced 
in,  and  usually  confined  to  their  basal  moiety;  are  evenly 
rounded  at  the  base,  and  of  uniform  or  nearly  uniform  diameter 
thence  to  beyond  the  middle  of  their  length;  and  taper  gradually 
to  a  sharp  point.     The  oxea  —  apart  from  their  being  diactinal — 


508^ 


REVISION    OF    THE    AXINELLID^,  11., 


differ  from  the  styli  only  in  being  curved  symmetrically  and 
more  strongly,  and  also  somewhat  angulately.  In  different 
specimens,  the  megascleres  vary  from  520  to  670/x  in  maximum 

length  and  from  16  to  22/u. 
in  maximum  stoutness;  and 
the  shortest  spicules  in  any 
specimen  are  between  200 
and  300//,  in  length.  The 
longest  spicules  are  seldom 
much  more  than  one-half 
(very  rarely,  if  ever,  as 
much  as  two-thirds)  the 
maximum  stoutness,  the 
greatest  diameter  being  at- 
tained by  those  of  inter- 
mediate and  lesser  lengths, 
(ii.)  The  sigmata  are, 
almost  without  exception, 
more  or  less  contort,  but 
seldom  to  such  an  extent 
as  to  appear  J-shaped  when 
viewed  from  the  side.  I  hey 
are  of  two  sizes,  the  larger 
15  to  21/ji,  the  smaller  7  to 
11/x,  in  length,  and  mea- 
sure respectively  1'5  and 
about  0'75/A  in  maximum 
stoutness.  The  latter  are 
by  far  the  less  numerous, 
but  are  nevertheless  by  no 
means  scarce. 

(iii.)  The  trichites  are 
typically  of  two  sizes;  the 
longer  ones  immeasurably 
thin,  50  to  65/i.  in  length  in  some  specimens,  only  35  to  50/a  in 
others,  and  occurring  both  in  dragmata  and  scattered  singly;  the 
shorter  ones  relatively  stouter  and   slightly  fusiform   in   shape, 


Text-tig.  lU. 
Allantophora  pUcata.     a,  megascleres;  li,  c, 
larger  and  smaller  sigmata;  rl,  e,  miero- 
strongyla   from    each   of   two   different 
specimens. 


BY    E.    F.    HALLMANN.  509 

15  to  (rarely)  30/x  in  length,  and  apparently  occurring  only  in 
dragniata.  In  two  (dry)  specimens,  however,  the  shorter  trichites 
were  not  observed.  The  dragniata  fiequently  take  the  form  of 
dense  roundish  masses  of  trichites,  sometimes  exceeding  300/x 
in  breadth,  which  refract  the  light  in  such  a  way  as  to  appear 
blackish  and  opaque. 

(iv.)The  microstrongyla  are  seldom  less  than  10/x  in  length 
and  2/x  in  diameter,  but  are  usually  much  stouter,  and  have  a 
maximum  size  of  20  by  8/x.  They  are  nearly  always-  slightly 
curved  and  more  or  less  distinctly  centrotylote.  Abnormal 
forms  occur,  in  which  the  annular  swelling  is  irregular  in  shape, 
excentric  in  position,  or  several  times  repeated,  but  thev  are  not 
very  numerous  and  seldom  depart  from  the  normal  shape  to  any 
considerable  extent. 

Allantophora  victoriana,  n.sp. 
(Pl.xxx.,figs.4,5;  Pl.xxxi.,figs.l-4;  Pl.xxxii.,figs.  1-5;  Pl.xxxviii., 

figs.l-4;Pl.  xl.,figs.5,  6.) 
Diagnosis. — Sponge  erect,  either  entirely  massive  or  sub- 
dividing superiorly  into  separate  tapering  digitations.  Surface 
slightly  irregular,  and  provided  with  numerous,  fairly  uniformly 
distributed,  more  or  less  acuminate  conuli.  Dermal  membrane 
very  distinct;  without  contained  megascleies:  usually  showing 
to  the  naked  eye  a  minutely  reticulate  pattern  due  to  the  mode 
of  arrangement  of  the  dermal  pores.  Skeleton  (in  the  body  of 
the  sponge)  consisting  of  a  congeries  of  similar  components, 
each  constructed  on  the  same  plan  as  the  entire  skeleton  of  a 
single  digitation.  In  each  component,  the  main  fibres  (except- 
ing, usually,  one  or  a  few  longitudinally-directed  primary  fibres 
occupying  its  axis)  are  disposed  more  or  less  perpendicularly  to 
the  axial  direction  of  the  component,  i.e.,  in  a  radial  or  pinnate 
fashion  ;  and  these  are  joined  together  by  connecting  fibres 
which  are  almost  exclusively  confined  to  vertical  planes.  The 
main  fibres  are  relatively  very  stout  (up  to  over  300/i  in 
diameter),  and  are  composed  chiefly  of  spicules  arranged  more 
or  less  compactly  ;  the  connecting  fibres  are  slender,  mostly 
paucispicular,  and  composed  chiefly  of  spongin.     A  few  echinat- 


510  REVISION    OF    THE    AXINELLID^E,  ii., 

ingly-disposed  spicules  occur  on  the  main  fibres,  but  are  rare  or 
absent  on  the  connecting  fibres.  The  spiculation  is  almost 
identically  the  same  as  that  of  A.  plicafa,  the  chief  point  of 
difference  being  that  the  microstrongyla  are  much  more  various 
in  form  and  size,  and  frequently  pass  into  spherulse. 

Zoc. —Port  Phillip. 

Introductory. — The  species  is  represented  in  the  Australian 
Museum  by  two  half-specimens  from  Port  Phillip,  and  a  com- 
plete spe^men  (of  somewhat  different  habit)  the  locality  of  which 
is  uncertain;  in  addition,  a  third  half-specimen  is  included 
among  the  original  specimens  described,  by  Dendy,  as  Sigmaxi- 
nella  ciocalyptoides, — viz.,  the  one  referred  to  by  him  as  R.N. 338. 
The  last-mentioned,  liowever,  does  not  constitute  a  fouith  ex- 
ample of  the  species,  but  is  plainly  only  the  other  half  of  one  of 
the  Australian  Museum  specimens.  All  the  specimens  are  well 
preserved  in  alcohol. 

External  features. — The  two  Port  Phillip  examples  are  massive 
sponges,  of  erect,  somewhat  quadiangulately  prismatic  shape, 
slightly  narrowed  below  to  form  a  broad  base  of  attachment, 
and  with  a  very  rugged,  monticulate  upper  surface  (PI.  xxx., 
tigs. 4,  5) :  the  slightly  larger  is  115  mm.  in  height,  and  would 
measure,  if  complete,  about  60  or  70  mm.  in  breadth  and  in 
thickness.  The  third  specimen  (PI.  xxxi.,  fig.3),  which  is  very 
much  smaller, —  measuring  only  55  mm.  in  height,— is  similarly 
massive  in  its  lowermost  portion,  but  divides  above  into  many 
separate  (or  more  or  less  incompletely  separate)  tapering  digita- 
tions  of  various  size,  the  largest  measuring  25  mm.  in  length  and 
5  or  6  mm.  in  diameter  at  the  base.  The  difference  in  habit  in 
the  two  cases,  however,  is  probably  to  be  regarded  only  as  one 
of  degree,  since  the  rugged  character  of  the  distal  surface  of  the 
more  massive  specimens  is  such  as  might  be  due  to  incipient 
digitation. 

The  whole  surface,  including  that  of  the  processes,  is  covered 
with  conuli  formed  in  the  same  manner  as  'vi\  A.  plicata;  they 
are  sometimes  low  and  sharp,  sometimes  acuminate  or  even 
filiform,  up  to  2  or  3  mm.  in  length,  and  situated  at  an  average 
distance  apart   varying   from  one  to   several   millimetres.     The 


BY    E.    P.    KALLMANN.  511 

surface  is  rendered  uneven  by  low,  irregular  undulations  and 
indistinct,  longitudinal  furrows.  On  the  upper  surface  only  of 
the  more  massive  specimens,  between  the  nionticular  elevations, 
there  are  many  oscula-like  openings,  the  appearance  of  which 
(although  they  are  plainly  seen  to  be  the  orifices  of  main  exhalant 
canals)  suggests  that  they  have  been  caused  by  laceration  of  the 
dermal  membrane;  and  it  is  possible,  therefore,  that  in  the 
perfect  sponge  the  dermal  membrane  is  continuous  across  the 
debouchures  of  the  exhalant  canals,  thus  producing  a  condition 
of  lipostomy.  This  may  account  for  the  fact  that,  in  the  smaller, 
digitate  specimen,  oscula  were  not  observable. 

The  main  exhalant  canals  run  longitudinally  upwards  through 
the  sponge,  increasing  in  diameter  as  they  ascend;  they  attain  a 
maximum  diameter,  in  the  largest  specimen,  of  about  3  mm.,  but 
in  the  smallest  specimen,  only  of  about  1  mm.  Many  of  the 
canals,  especially  in  the  upper  part  of  their  course,  run  for  a 
considerable  distance  immediately  below  the  surface,  their  outer 
wall  consisting  of  scarcely  more  than  the  dermal  membrane 
Immediately  underlying  the  dermal  membrane,  also,  there  are, 
elsewhere,  numerous  and  fairly  extensive  incurrent  spaces. 

The  consistency  of  the  sponge  in  alcohol  is  firm,  fairly  tough, 
compressible,  and  resilient ;  and  the  colour  varies  from  pale 
cream  to  light  yellowish-brown.  The  colour  in  life,  as  recorded 
in  the  case  of  a  single  specimen  by  Dendy,  is  "cinnamon,  [with] 
the  projections  deep  chrome."  The  skeletonised  sponge  is  very 
loose-textured,  and  not  of  uniform  density  (PI.  xxxi  ,  fig.l):  the 
coarseness  of  the  fibres  is  about  the  same  as  in  A.  plicata,  but, 
in  the  present  species,  the  skeleton  is  of  considerably  smaller 
bulk  relatively  to  the  bulk  of  the  entire  sponge. 

The  dermal  membrane — owing  partly  to  the  many  spaces  im- 
mediately underlying  it,  and  partly  to  its  being  of  considerable 
thickness — is  very  distinct,  and,  except  on  the  upper  surface  of 
the  sponge  (i.e.,  in  the  region  of  the  oscula-like  openings)  pre- 
sents a  minutely  reticulate  appearance  due  to  the  mode  of 
arrangement  of  the  dermal  pores  (PI.  xxxviii.,  tigs. 1-4).  The 
reticulate  pattern  is  conspicuous,  even  to  the  naked  eye,  in  the 
two  massive  specimens,  but  requires  a  lens  for  its  detection  in 


512  REVISION    OF    THE    AXINELLID^.,  ii., 

the  case  of  the  digitate  example.  Where  the  reticulation  is 
apparent,  the  dermal  pores  are  arranged  in  closely  situated,  oval 
or  rounded  groups,  or  "pore-areas"_(P].  xl.,  figs.5,  6)  measuring 
up  to  0-5  mm.  in  diameter,  the  pores  themselves  varying  in 
diameter  from  less  than  20  to  upwards  of  80/*;  within  the  pore- 
areas,  the  dermal  membrane  is  reduced,  owing  to  the  presence 
of  the  pores,  to  a  fine,  lace  like  network.  Where  the  dermal 
membrane  is  apparently  non-reticulate,  this  is  due  to  the  fact 
that  the  pore-areas  are  much  smaller  and  much  more  widely 
separated. 

Skeleton. — The  structure  of  the  skeleton  is  such  as  would  result 
if  the  sponge  had  consisted,  in  the  first  place,  of  a  number  of 
independent,  simple  or  branched,  digitifoim  upgrowths,  each 
with  its  own  separate  skeleton,  and  if  subsequently  these  indi- 
vidual upgrowths,  by  lateral  expansion  and  coalescence,  had 
grown  together  into  a  single  mass,*  and  their  skeletons  become 
more  or  less  interunited  :  or,  in  other  words,  the  skeleton  is 
resolvable  into  similarly  constituted,  simpler  components,  the 
arrangement  of  which  conforms  to  that  of  a  system  of  ascending, 
branched  axes.  In  order  to  convey  an  idea  of  the  general  con- 
formation of  the  skeleton,  therefore,  it  will  be  sufiicient  to  de- 
scribe the  structure  and  mode  of  arrangement  of  the  skeleton  in 
a  single  such  component  (as  shown  to  best  advantage  in  a  digitate 
process  of  the  semi  massive  specimen),  and  to  explain  the  manner 
in  which  interunion  is  efiected  between  the  skeletal  fibres  of 
different  components. 

In  each  simple  digitation,  the  skeleton  consists  (PI.  xxxi.,  fig.4; 
PI.  xxxii  ,  fig.l):  (i.)  of  stout  multispicular  main  fibres  radiating 
outwards,  almost  invariably  without  branching,  from  the  axis  of 
the  process  in  a  direction  perpendicular  or  nearly  perpendicular 
thereto,  and  at  a  considerable  distance  (usually  not  less  than 
1  mm.)  apart  from  one  another;  and  (ii.)  of  very  much  slenderer 
connecting  fibres,  most  abundant  towards  the  axial  region  of  the 

■■'  Tlie  occurrence  of  pebbles  and  small  patches  of  coarse  sand  liere  and 
there  in  tlie  interior  of  all  these  specimens,  more  especiallj'  towards  theii- 
base,  lends  colour  to  the  view  that  the  massive  body  of  tiie  sponge  actuallj' 
has  been  formed  by  the  coalescence  of  originally  separate  digitations. 


BY    E.    F.    HALLMAXX.  513 

diffitation,  which  reticulate  amonjjr  themselves  to  form  a  narrow- 
meshed  network  between  the  main  fibres  {of.  PI.  xxxii.,  figs. 
3,  4,  5).  The  first-mentioned,  or  radially  directed  fibres  appear 
usually  to  arise  by  the  branching  of  one  or  a  few  axially  situated 
fibres  running  lengthwise  :  but,  in  some  instances,  no  such 
primary  main  fibres  are  observable,  the  radially-directed  fibres 
each  arising  independently.  In  addition  to  the  paucity  or 
absence  of  longitudinal  main  fibres,  the  skeleton  also  presents 
two  other  characteristic  and  distinctive  features  :  the  radial 
fibres  are  arranged  for  the  most  part  in  a  more  or  less  ortho- 
stichous  manner,  and,  almost  without  exception,  the  connecting 
fibres  between  them  occur  only  between  those  belonging  to  the 
same  orthostichies.  Hence  it  follows  that  the  connecting  fibres 
are  confined  almost  exclusively  to  vertical  (or,  as  one  might  almost 
sav,  to  meridional)  planes;  and  thus,  in  a  transverse  section 
of  a  digitation  (PI.  xxxii.,  fig.2),  the  main  fibres  appear  to  be 
without  connections.  The  pattern  of  the  reticulation  formed  by 
the  connecting  fibres  is  also  characteristic,  the  meshes  usually 
being  elongated  and  narrow,  with  their  long  axis  in  the  direction 
perpendicular  to  the  main  fibres.  The  main  fibres  vary  in  stout- 
ness from  120  to  350/a;  tlie  spicules  composing  them  are  fairly 
closely  and  regularly  packed,  seldom  slightly  plumose  in  their 
arrangement,  and  are  cemented  by  a  relatively  small  amount  of 
spongin,  seldom  sufiicient  in  quantity  to  form  a  distinct  sheath. 
The  connecting  fibres  are  peculiar  in  being  thin  and  ribbon- 
shaped,  and  are  mostly  paucispicular  and  composed  chiefly  of 
spongin.  Echinating  spicules  occur  similarly  as  in  A .  pficafa;  but 
they  are  here  very  rare  upon  the  connecting  fibres,  and  are  scarce 
even  upon  the  main  fibres.  Interstitially  scattered  megascleres 
are  relatively  very  few.  The  microscleres  have  the  same  distri- 
bution, and  are  equally  as  abundant  as  in  A.  plicata. 

In  the  massive  body  of  the  sponge,  as  already  stated,  the 
skeleton  consists  of  interunited  components  each  constructed  on 
the  same  plan  as  the  above-described  skeleton  of  a  single  digita- 
tion. The  interconnection  between  the  components  is  effected 
simply  by  the  prolongation  of  the  radial  (main)  fibres  of  one 
component,  and  their  ultimate  union  with  connecting  fibres  of 

41 


514 


REVISION    OF    THE    AXINELLID^E,  U., 


another;  as  a  rule,  the  fibres  only  of  one  of  any  two  connected 
components  are  thus  prolonged.  A  feature  not  observed  in  the 
skeleton  of  a  separate  digitation  is  provided  by  the  fact  that  the 
fibres  proceeding  surfacewards  from  some  of 
the  more  peripheral  components  (more  espe- 
cially from  such  as  are  situated  not  very  close 
to  the  surface)  run  in  a  more  or  less  upward 
direction  (instead  of  perpendicularly  out- 
wards), and  may  thus  attain  a  considerable 
length,  and  may  also  several  times  branch  (PI. 
xxxi.,  fig.2). 

Spicules. — The  spiculation  is  almost  identi- 
cally similar  to  that  of  A.  plicata,  not  only  as 
regards  the  forms,  but  also  the  sizes,  both  of 
the  megascleres  and  microscleres,—  the  only 
noteworthy  point  of  difference  in  the  case  of 
the  present  species  being  the  much  greater 
in-egularity  in  the  forms  of  the  microstrongyla 
and  the  frequency  of  occurrence  among  them 
of  spherulse.  In  all  three  specimens,  the 
mesascleres  are  of  about  the  same  dimen- 
.sions,  ranging  in  length  from  about  230  or 
240/x  (rarely,  however,  less  than  about  300/x) 
up  to  680/x,  and  having  a  maximum  stoutness 
of  16  or  17/x;  the  sigmata,  which  appear  not 
to  be  separable  into  two  groups  as  regards  size, 
vary  in  length  from  8  to  20/x,  and  up  to  1  -5fi 
in  stoutness;  the  longer  trichites  attain  a  max- 
imum length  of  70/x,  while  the  shorter  ones 
are  rarely  longer  than  30/a:  and  the  micro- 
strongyla vary  in  diameter  from  less  than  1  up 
to  5  or  6/x,  and  in  length  up  to  17  or  18/x. 

Allantophora  ciocalyptoides  Dendy,  (et  var.). 
189&.  Sigmaxinella  ciocalyptoides  Dendy(7),  p.243. 
Diagnosis.  -  Sponge  in  the  typical  form  of  the  species  incrust- 


\J 


Text-%.11. 


Allantophora  victwiana.    a,  megascleres;  b,  c,  sigmata;  d,  microstrongyla. 


BY    E.    F.    KALLMANN.  515 

ing  to  lowly-massive,  rising  above  into  short,  slender,  digitiforrn 
processes;  in  the  varietal  form  (so  far  as  known)  consisting  of  a 
compressed,  plate-like,  sessile  basal  portion  soon  completely 
dividing  above  into  a  single  series  of  long,  slender,  tapering 
digitations.  Surface  acuteh^  conulose,  the  conuli  usually  not 
ver}'  distinct  except  on  the  processes,  where  they  are  slender 
and  acuminate.  Surface  minutely  reticulate,  though  not  always 
visibly  so  to  the  naked  eye.  Skeleton  in  the  typical  form  of  the 
species  approaching  in  structure  to  that  of  A.  victoriana;  in  the 
variety  similar  to  that  of  A.  plicata.  Spiculation  differing  from 
that  of  the  foregoing  two  species  only  in  the  absence  of  micro- 
strongyla. 

Loc.  —Port  Phillip  (typical  form).     Off  Botany  Bay  (variety). 

It  is  very  probable  that  the  two  forms  which  I  associate  under 
this  species,  -  one  of  which  I  distinguish  as  a  variety,  reducta, — 
have  separately  originated  from,  and  should  be  regarded  as  no 
more  than  varieties  of,  A.  plicaia  and  A.  victoriana  respectively. 
In  the  absence  of  more  conclusive  evidence  than  is  furnished  bj' 
the  specimens  available,  however,  it  has  seemed  to  me  advisable 
to  regard  them  as  constituting  a  species  distinct. 

Allantophora  ciocalyptoides  (typical  form). 
(PI.  XXX.,  figs. 6,  7.) 
Of  this,  there  are  four  examples,  —  the  three  originally  recorded 
by  Dendy,*  and  an  additional  one  in  the  collection  of  tlie  Aus- 
tralian Museum  Two  of  these  (the  last-mentioned  and  one  of 
the  originals)  are  almost  identically  similar  (PI.  xxx.,  fig. 7),  each 
having  the  form  of  a  comparatively  thin  crust  which  spreads 
extensively  over  the  surface  of  a  flattened  water-worn  stone,  and 
from  which  arise,  short,  tapering,  digitiform  processes — in  part 
occurring  singly  at  wide  and  irregular  intervals,  and  in  part  dis- 
posed closely  in  clusters  (usually  with  some  amount  of  coales- 
cence). The  digitations  are  from  5  to  15  mm.  in  length  and 
seldom  more  than  2  or  3  mm.  in  stoutness  except  near  their  base, 
and  are  provided  with  moderately  numerous,  filosely  acuminate 

*  In  the  original  description,  four  specimens  are  referred  to;  but,  as 
alreadj-  mentioned,  one  of  them  (R.N.  388)  is  an  example  of  A.  rictoriana. 


516  REVISION    OF    THE    AXINELLIDiE,  ii., 

conuli,  1  to  2  mm.  in  length,  which  give  to  them  a  somewhat 
spinose  aspect.  The  enci-ustiug  base  of  the  sponge  attains  a 
maximum  thickness  of  about  10  mm.  centrally,  and  thins  out 
peripherally  almost  to  a  film;  its  upper  surface  is  sliglitly 
irregular  and  uneven,  and  provided  with  usually  inconspicuous 
jonuli.  The  thin  and  semitransparent  dermal  membrane  is-- 
underlaiti,  between  the  conuli,  by  extensive  subdermal  spaces, 
and  is  not  of  reticulate  appearance.  The  other  specimens  (one 
of  which  is  shown  in  PI.  xxx.,  fig.6)  are  much  less  extended 
horizontally,  and  are  relatively  more  elevated  than  the  preceding 
two,  and  might  be  described  as  intermediate  in  form  between 
them  and  the  specimen  of  A.  victoriana  illustrated  in  PI.  xxxi., 
fig.3.  Otherwise,  they  exhibit  no  noteworthy  point  of  difference, 
excepting  that  the  dermal  membrane  is,  for  the  most  part, 
minutely  reticulate.  The  colour  in  life  has  been  described  as 
"  cinnamon,  with  the  projections  deep  chrome."  The  consistency, 
especially  of  the  encrusting  specimens,  is  rather  soft  and  lacking 
in  toughness. 

The  skeleton  in  the  digitate  processes  is  similarly  constructs  d 
as  in  the  processes  of  A.  victoriana.  In  the  encrusting  base  of 
the  sponge,  it  consists,  in  the  thinnest  portions  thereof,  simply 
of  single,  vertically-running,  stout  main  fibres  connected  in  a 
somewhat  irregular  fashion  by  inter-reticulating  slender  trans- 
verse fibres;  but,  in  the  thicker  portions  of  the  base,  the  main 
fibres,  as  they  ascend,  become  irregularly  branched  and  also 
interunite  with  one  another  by  anastomosis.  On  approaching 
the  surface,  the  main  fibres  (which  vary  from  150  to  300/a  in 
stoutness)  usually  become  slightly  plumose.  The  spiculation 
differs  in  no  way,  except  in  the  complete  absence  of  microstron- 
gyla  (and  of  spherulai),  from  that  of  the  preceding  species. 

Allantophor.\  ciocalyptoides(?),  var.  reducta. 

(PI.  xxx.,  fig.8.) 

The  single  specimen  (PI.  xxx.,  fig.8)  consists  of  a  sessile  erect 

plate,  — 5  to  10  mm.  in  thickness,  110  mm.  in  length,  and  35  to 

45  mm.  in  height, — prolonged  above,  in  a  pectinate  fashion,  into 

3,  series  of   very  gradually  tapered,  almost  subuliform,  digitate 


BY    E.    F.    KALLMANN.  517 

processes  varying  in  length  from  35  to  70  mm.  The  specimen  is 
in  a  much  macerated  condition,  the  dermal  membrane  and  most 
of  the  superficial  fleshy  substance  having  disappeared,  leaving 
exposed  the  surface  of  the  skeleton.  The  texture  is  coarsely 
tibrous  and  fairly  dense,  and  the  consistency  is  flexible  and 
moderately  tough.  The  exposed  surface,  both  of  the  basal  plate 
and  of  the  processes,  is  irregularly  and  closely  furrowed  in  the 
vertical  direction.  From  the  surface,  at  distances  of  from  1  to 
2  mm.  apart,  there  project  single  bristle-like  fibres,  which  are 
most  conspicuous  on  the  processes,  where  they  frequently  attain 
a  length  of  1-5  to  2  mm.;  these  fibres  no  doubt  represent  the 
remnants  of  conuli. 

The  skeleton  is  of  the  same  structure  as  in  J.  plicata.  In  the 
processes  (in  which  it  is  but  very  slightly  condensed  axially)  it 
consists  of  numerous  more  or  less  longitudinally  running,  stout, 
multispicular  main  fibres,  frequently  branching  and  interuniting 
with  one  another,  and  connected  by  numerous,  inter-reticulating, 
slender  transverse  fibres.  The  bristle-like  fibres,  which  project 
from  the  surface,  arise  as  branches  from  longitudinal  fibres 
situated  towards  the  axis,  and  run  surfacewards  in  a  direction 
obliquely  upward  and  outward;  at  first  they  are  comparatively 
slender  and  paucispicular,  but  increase  in  stoutness  and  become 
more  densely  spicular  as  they  proceed,  finally  attaining  a  diameter 
of  between  150  and  200//..  Without  removal  of  the  sarcode,  the 
pattern  of  the  skeleton  is  rather  difticult  to  determine  owing  to 
very  faint  outlines  of  the  almost  colourless  spongin,  and  to  the 
numerous,  mostly  longitudinally-directed  megascleres  lying 
scattered  between  the  fibres. 

Tylodesma  Thiele. 

Dimjnosis.  —  Axinellida^C?)  typically  of  massive  (or  rarely  in- 
crusting)  habit,  the  outward  form  irregular  or  somewhat  com- 
pressed, occasionally  more  or  less  leaf-shaped.  Skeleton  consist- 
ing of  a  more  or  less  irregular  network  of  spicules,  or  of  fibres 
that  are  most  frequently  not  very  well-marked  and  reach  no  great 
length,  or  finally,  of  well-developed  spicular  fibres.  .Spongin 
present  only  in  i-elatively  small  amount,  or  altogether  wanting. 


518  REVISION    OF    THE    AXINELLID^,  ii., 

Megascleres   of  a   single   order  :  tylostyli,   subtylostyli,  or   tylo- 
strongyla,  occasionally  in  part   reduced  to  styli.     Microscleres: 
sigmata  and  (or;  toxa,  the  latter  sometimes  in  dragmata. 
Type-species.  —  T.  inornata  Bowerbank. 

In  proposing  the  name  I'yJodesma,  in  lieu  of  Desmacella,  for 
the  genus  wrongly  designated  Biemiia  (misspelt  Biemma)  by 
Topsent(46),  Thiele(41)  omitted  to  indicate  which  species  was  to 
be  considered  the  type  :  since,  however,  two  species  only  (other 
than  those  described  by  him  as  new)  were  enumerated  by  Topsent 
as  belonging  to  Bietnna, — viz.,  B.  inornata  Bowerbank,  and  B. 
corrugata  Bowerbank, —  it  is  one  of  those,  no  doubt,  which  should 
be  preferred,  and  I  select  the  former,  both  because  it  is  that 
which  was  named  first  in  order  by  Topsent  and  is  the  better 
known.  The  name  Tylodesyna  is  adopted  here  in  preference  to 
Des))iacella,  nut  so  much  from  conviction  of  the  correctness  of 
Thieles  contention  accepted  by  Wilson(61)  and  some  other 
authors,  but  not  by  Dendy(8) — that  the  latter  name  is  properly 
a  svnonym  of  llamacantha,  as  owing  to  the  fact  that  the  original 
species  of  Desmacella  described  by  Schmidt— viz.,  D  vayahunda 
and  D.  p«mi/!to  are  imperfectly  known,  and  may  possibly 
prove  not  to  belong  to  the  present  genus 

For  reasons  already  stated  above  in  my  remarks  on  Biemnn,  a 
slightly  amended  definition  of  Tylodenma  is  here  proposed, 
necessitating  the  removal  therefrom,  to  the  former  genus,  of 
Hentschel's  Tylodesma  niicroslroiigyld  and  T.  7nic7'ocfa,  and  the 
addition  thereto  oi  Bienina hu7nilis  Thie\e,  B.  tvitncata  Hentschel, 
and  B.  vulgaris  Topsent. 

Leaving  out  of  account  Topsent's  Biem-iia  daufzeiibergi  and 
B.  chevreuxi,  the  former  of  which  is  stated  by  Lundbeck(30)  to 
be  identical  with  T.  rosea  Fristedt,  and  the  latter  by  Topsent(53) 
himself  to  be  identical  with  T.  atinexa  Schmidt,  the  species 
which  1  regard  (provisionally)  as  belonging  to  Tylode  ma  are  as 
follows : — 

T.  inornata  Bowerbank(l);  (46);  (53).       Shetland  Is.;   Azores. 

T.  corrugata  Bowerbank(l);  (46).  British  Is.;  Azores. 

T.  annexa  Schmidt(36);  (30).  North  Atlantic;   widely 

distributed. 


BY    E.    F.     KALLMANN.  519 

T.{1)  pnmifio  Schmidt(35).  Florida. 

T.{1)  vagabunda  Schmidt(35).  Florida. 

7\i')ifu7idibnli/ormisVosmaer{56);{Z0)     Arctic  Ocean. 

7'.  rosea  Fristedt(9);  (30);  (53).  E.  Greenland;  Azores. 

T.  vulgaris  Topsent(38).  Banyuls. 

2\  yrimaldli  Topsent(44);  (46);  (53).  Azores. 

T.  humilis  Thiele(41).  Ternate. 

T.jania  Verrill(55).  Bermudas. 

T.  alba  Wilson(61).  E.  of  Galapagos  Is. 

?'.  vestibularis  Wilson(61).  E.  of  Galapagos  Is. 

T.  truncata  Hentschel(15).  Arafura  Sea. 

T.  informis  Stephens.*  W.  Coast  of  Ireland. 

Under  the  name  Desinacella  areni fibrosa,  Hentschel(14;  has 
described,  from  Western  Australia,  a  species  which  evidently 
cannot  be  referred  with  propriety  eitlier  to  7'ylodesma  or  to 
Biemna:  for  although  the  megascleres  are  styli  and  subtylostyli, 
and  the  microscleres  toxa  (of  two  .sizes,  the  longer  measuring 
303  to  340//.  in  length  and  much  resembling  rhaphides),  the  main 
skeleton  consists  of  stout  fibres  formed  chiefly  of  sand  grains, 
without  visible  spongin-cement.  The  constitution  of  the  skeleton 
and  the  rhaphide-like  character  of  the  longer  toxa  suggested  to 
me  that  the  species  might  belong  to  Dendy's  Stylotrichojyh<)ra{Q\ 
established  for  a  single  species—  *S'.  rubra  from  Port  Phillip, 
and  defined  thus  :  "  The  main  skeleton  is  a  network  of  horny 
fibre  cored  with  foreign  bodies.  In  addition  to  this,  there  are 
smooth  monactinal  megascleres  (styli)  and  hair-like  microscleres 
(rhaphides)."  Examination  of  the  type-specimens  of  S.  rubra, 
which  were  kindh'  forwarded  to  me  by  the  Curator  of  the  Mel- 
bourne National  Museum,  has  shown  that  such  really  is  the 
case  :  for  in  this  species  also,  small  toxa  are  present,  and  the 
long  rhaphide-like  megascleres  are  frequently  curved  more  or  less 
in  the  manner  of  toxa.  The  chief  points  of  difference  between 
the  two  species  are  their  somewhat  different  external  habit,  and 
the  fact  that  in  S.  rubra  the  megascleres  are  styli  only,  the 
fibres  are  provided  with  a  well-defined  spongin-sheath,  and  the 

*  Stephens,  J.  — "  Preliniinaiy  Notice  of  some  Iri.sh  Sponges."      Ann. 
Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  (8),  xvii.,  191(),  p.234. 


520  Rijvlsioisf  of  the  axinellid^,  ii., 

foreign  skeletal  elements  are  broken  spicules.  Sty  loir  ichoph  ova 
was  placed  by  Dendy  in  the  family  Haploscleridfe  (Heteror- 
rhapliidte),in  vicinity  to  Phoriospongia  Marshall,  and  (J hond7-opsis 
Carter,  but  for  reasons  which  I  intend  to  publish  in  a  subsequent 
paper,  it  appears  to  me  rather  that  these  genera  are  degraded 
Desraacidonidse,  requiring  at  present  to  be  included  in  the  sub- 
family Mycalinie. 

SiGMAXiNELLA  Dendy  (emeiid.). 

Definition.  —  Axinellidte  of  ramose  habit,  with  cylindrical  or 
compressed  branches,  and  witlioutconuli  or  otlierkind  of  surface- 
processes.  Skeleton  syminetrically  arranged,  consisting  axially 
of  a  more  or  less  condensed  or  core-like  region  formed  bv  a 
reticulation  of  spongin-ensheathed  spicule  fibres  :  extra  axial 
skeleton  consisting  of  paucispicular  main  fibres  radiating  out- 
wards to  the  surface,  sometimes  (when  of  considerable  length) 
connected  by  frequent,  typically  aspiculous,  transverse  fibies, 
but  more  usually  with  relatively  few,  or  altogether  without, 
transverse  connections.  Megascleres  typically  of  a  single  oider: 
styli,  sometimes  in  part  transformed  into  oxea  or  strongjla. 
Microscleres  :  sigmata  and  trichites  (or  microxea),  the  latter 
either  in  dragmata  or  scattered  singly. 

Type,  S.  (lustraliana  Dendy. 

As  amended,  the  genus  will  include  only  three  of  the  species 
which  have  formerly  been  assigned  to  it.  Of  the  remaining 
four,  S.  ciocalyptoidett  Dendy,  and  S.  iiicruiytaits  Kirkpatrick,  are 
transferred  to  liiemiia;  S.  Jiabellata  (Carter),  redescribed  below, 
is  made  the  type  of  a  new  genus,  Sigmaxio,  while  S.  vianimillata 
\Vhitelegge(60),  with  its  rhabdostylote  megascleres  (which  are 
found  to  show  traces  of  spination,  and  are  accompanied  by 
sigmata  only),  possesses  a  type  of  spiculation  veiy  similar  to  that 
of  Carter's  i/ic?06-io?ia  intexta,—  'A  species  referred  Avith  liesita- 
tion  by  Topsent(53)  to  his  genus  Bhahderemia,-  and  requires  for 
its  reception  a  new  genus,  to  be  included  in  the  Myxillina^,  for 
which  I  propose  the  name  lihahdostyma.  On  the  other  hand, 
two  species  are  now  added  to  the  genus,— one  new,  the  other 
long  since  described  by  Carter  under  the  name  Fhakellia  ramosa. 


BY    E.    F.     f^ALLMAXX.  521 

Sigmaxinello  accordingly  comprises   at  present   five   species,  as 
follows  :  - 

S.  ausfraliana  Dendy.  S.  arborea  Kirkpatiick(20), 

S.  ckndroides  Whitelegge.  S.  viminalis,  sp.n. 
S.  ramosa  Carter(4). 
Whether  S.  arborea  strictly  belongs  to  the  genus  as  above 
defined  is  not  quite  certain,  inasmuch  as  its  megascleres  are 
stated  by  Kirkpatrick  to  be  of  three  kinds,  (i.)  basally  attenuated 
styli,  800-1150  X  25-37/x;  (ii.)  strongyla,  700-800x25-30/^;  and 
(iii.)  "rhaphide-like"  oxea  (very  rare),  700-870x12-5//.  The 
probability  is,  however,  that  the  strongyla  are  merely  variants 
of  the  styli  and  connected  with  them  by  intermediate  forms: 
while  very  possibly  the  oxea  are  of  foreign  origin. 

SlGMAXlNELLA    AUSTRALIANA   Dendy. 

(Pl.xxxiii.,  figs. 1-3;  PI.  xxxiv.,  fig.l.) 

1896.  Sigmaxinella  australiana  Dendy(7),  p. 240. 

Diagnosis.-  Ramose,  erect,  stipitate  ;  with  cylindrical  or 
slightly  compressed,  moderately  slender,  dichotomously  dividing 
branches,  usually  of  medium  length  and  more  or  less  arborescently 
outspread,  but  occasionally  remaining  much  abbreviated  and 
partially  coherent  together  proximally.  In  outward  appearance 
much  resembling  a  Chalinine  sponge.  Surface  even;  non-hispid. 
Oscula  in  the  form  of  shallow  stelliform  depressions,  scatteied 
or  serial  along  the  branches.  Dermal  membrane  thin  and 
delicate,  aspiculous.  Skeleton  fairly  regularly  reticulate,  more 
or  less  condensed  axially;  formed  of  spicule-cored,  non-plumose 
main  fibres,  and  wholly  sponginous  connecting  fibres.  Mega- 
scleres :  subcylindrical  styli  and  oxea  and  forms  intermediate 
between,  often  irregularly  pointed,  and  rather  variable  in  size 
in  the  same  specimen;  with  a  maximal  size,  in  different  speci 
mens,  of  from  360  to  4  50//  by  7  to  17/a.  Microscleres  :  slender 
sigmata  of  two  sizes,  respectively  16  to  20// and  45  to  50/<.  in 
maximal  length;  and  trichites,  almost  exclusively  in  dragmata, 
20  to  45//  in  length. 

Xqc. — Port  Phillip;  Maroubra  Bay,  near  Port  Jackson. 

Introdxictory.—Oi  this  species,  there  have  been  examined,  for 


522  REVISION    OF    THE    AXIXELLID.E,  ii., 

the  purpose  of  the  present  description,  six  specimens,  four  of 
which,  well  preserved  in  alcohol,  are  from  the  original  locality, 
while  the  other  two  are  washed-out  beach-specimens  obtained  in 
the  vicinity  of  Port  Jackson;  examination  was  also  made  of  a 
mounted  section  of  one  of  the  type-specimens.  As  the  possibility 
of  a  mistake  regarding  the  identity  of  tlie  species  was  out  of  the 
question,  and,  moreover,  as  the  available  specimens  presented  a 
greater  range  of  variation  than  that  recorded  in  the  case  of  the 
original  specimens,  the  latter  were  not  sent  for  to  be  consulted. 
The  two  specimens  from  the  northern  locality  differ  slightly 
from  the  Port  Phillip  ones  (more  especially  in  certain  details  of 
spiculation),  but  not  sufficiently,  I  think,  to  warrant  their  being 
regarded  as  constituting  a  distinct  variety.  In  order  briefly  to 
distinguish  the  specimens,  the  former  are  referred  to  in  the 
description  as  the  P.J.  specimens,  the  latter  as  the  P.P.  or  typical 
specimens. 

External  features . — The  typical  habit  of  the  species,  so  far  at 
least  as  regards  the  shape  and  mode  of  disposition  of  the  branches, 
is  that  displayed  by  thespecimen  illustrated  in  PI.  xxxiii.,  fig.  1  — 
the  largest  and  most  profusely  branched  of  those  before  me, 
measuring  180  mm.  in  total  height —which  may  be  very  satis- 
factorily described,  in  the  precise  terms  of  the  original  descrip- 
tion, as  "consisting  of  a  bushy  bunch  of  rather  slendei',  short, 
subcylindrical  or  somewhat  compressed  branches,  sometimes 
anastomosing,  and  supported  on  a  short  stalk."  But  in  two 
respects  this  specimen  is  perhaps  exceptional  :  namely,  in  the 
great  multitude  and  closely  crowded  arrangement  of  the  branches 
(the  number  of  which  exceeds  two  hundred),  and,  secondly,  in 
possessing  oscula  which  in  comparison  with  those  of  other  speci- 
mens are  conspicuously  noticeable.  In  the  four  P.P.  specimens 
available,  the  branches  vary  from  5  to  8  mm.  in  stoutness,  and, 
except  when  somewhat  compressed,  are  usually  nearer  to  the 
latter  figure  than  the  former;  but  in  the  P.J.  specimens,  in  tlie 
case  of  which  also  the  stalk  is  comparatively  long  and  narrow, 
they  are  slenderer,  3  to  5  mm.  in  diameter,  and  much  more 
uniformly  cylindrical  (PI.  xxxiii.,  fig.3).  B)-anching  takes  .place 
chiefiy,  if  not  entirely,  by  dichotomy,  and  successive  dichotomien, 


6Y    E.    F.    KALLMANN.  523 

as  a  rule,  are  in  the  same  plane,  the  consequence  being  a  well- 
marked  tendency,  most  clearly  expressed  in  sparsely-branched 
specimens,  towards  a  tlabellate  disposition  of  the  branches; 
but  with  their  multiplication  in  number  and  consequent  dis- 
placement due  to  mutual  interference,  the  branches  gradually 
come  to  assume  a  more  or  less  regularly  arborescent  arrangement. 
The  maximum  length  attained  by  the  branches  rarely  exceeds 
80  mm.,  but  is  usually  greater  than  40  mm;  occasionally,  how- 
ever, as  in  the  single  case  of  one  of  the  P.P.  specimens  (PI.  xxxiii., 
fig.2),  they  remain  quite  short  (even  the  longest  not  exceeding 
25  mm.)  and  more  or  less  colierent  with  one  another  proximally, 
thus  forming,  or  tending  to  form,  a  cluster  or  "head"  of  (some- 
what palmately)  lobed  or  digitate  lamellaj. 

The  oscula  are  characteristic,  having  the  form  of  shallow 
stelliform  depressions,  1  to  2  mm.  in  diameter,  at  the  centre  of 
each  of  which  is  a  group  of  several  (usually  3  or  4)  minute 
exhalant  orifices;  their  stellate  shape  is  frequently  enhanced  by 
short,  shallow  grooves  radiating  from  them.  Most  frequently, 
they  are  arranged  along  the  branches  more  or  less  distinctly  in 
two  rows,  but  sometimes  only  one  such  row  is  apparent,  and 
sometimes  they  are  in  part  disposed  in  a  scattered  fashion;  their 
arrangement  appears  generally  to  be  the  moie  irregular  in  pro- 
portion as  the  branches  are  the  more  compressed.  In  most 
cases,  the  oscula  are  not  conspicuous,  and  they  are  less  evident 
in  the  desarcodised  than  in  the  perfect  condition  of  the  sponge; 
indeed,  in  the  case  of  the  two  washed-out  P  J.  specimens,  they 
were  altogether  unobservable. 

In  general  appearance  and  in  texture,  the  sponge  is  nearly 
similar  to  an  ordinary  Chaliiiine  sponge.  The  consistency  is 
fairly  tough  and  elastic;  moderately  soft,  but  not  Heshy;  com- 
pressible and  resilient.  The  colour  in  life  is  recorded  in  the 
original  description  as  brownish-red  or  orange-rufous;  in  alcohol, 
it  varies  from  pale  greyish-yellow  to  light  brown. 

The  dermal  membrane  is  extremely  thin  and  delicate,  and 
without  spicules;  it  appears  to  be  very  easily  destroyed,  since, 
even  in  the  specimens  which  otherwise  are  excellently  preserved, 
only  portions  of  it  remain.       The  dermal  pores  are  arranged  in 


524  Revision  of  the  AXiNEiiLiD^,  ii., 

small  oval  or  circulai'  groups,  averaging  about  IdO/x  in  diameter 
but  somewhat  variable  in  size,  scattered  over  the  entire  surface, 
and  containing  usually  less  than  10  pores  each.  Where  the 
dermal  membrane  has  disappeared,  the  surface  is  closely  per- 
forated with  minute  pinhole-like  apertures,  which  are  the  open- 
ings of  the  inhalant  canals  :  the  presence  of  these  is  discernible 
also  where  the  dermal  membrane  is  intact,  but,  as  a  rule,  only 
faintly  and  indistinctly. 

Skeleton.—  The  skeleton  which  remains,  after  complete  macera- 
tion of  a  specimen  by  means  of  caustic  potash,  preserves  exactly 
the  external  form  of  the  perfect  sponge;  it  is  composed  of  pale- 
coloured,  highly  sponginous  fibres,  and  is  fine-textured  and  of 
sufficient  density  to  render  it  difficult  for  one  to  perceive  from 
external  inspection  whether  a  condensed  axial  region  is  present 
or  not.  In  section,  under  the  microscope,  the  pattern  is  seen  to 
be  fairly  regularly  reticulate,  the  reticulation  being  formed  by 
longitudinal  and  obliquely  outward-trending  main  fibres  pauci- 
serially  cored  with  spicules,  and  by  numerous  short  connecting 
fibres  containing  no  spicules  (PI.  xxxiv.,  fig.l).  The  reticulation 
is  condensed  axially,  though  not  in  any  very  marked  degi-ee 
except  in  the  older,  more  basal  parts  of  the  branches,  the  con- 
densation being  the  result  merely  of  a  progressive  increase  of 
stoutness  of  the  fibres, —  most  rapid  in  connection  with  the 
axially  situated  ones,  and  scarcely  at  all  aft'ecting  those  situated 
near  the  periphery, — with  increasing  age.  Within  the  axial 
region  of  the  oldest  part  of  the  branches,  the  fibres  may  attain 
a  stoutness  of  over  100//;  but  throughout  the  greater  part  of  the 
skeleton,  they  are  comparatively  slender,  even  the  main  fibres 
seldom  exceeding  40/ji,  while  the  connecting  fibres  are  of  all 
degrees  of  lesser  stoutness  down  to  below  5/x.  Irregularity  in 
the  pattern  of  the  skeleton  is  due  to  the  fact  that  the  connecting 
fibres  rarely  pass  singly  and  directly  between  the  main  fibres  (in 
such  manner  as  to  produce  a  rectangular  or  scalarifoim  reticula- 
tion), but  to  a  greater  or  less  extent, — depending  on  the  distance 
apart  of  the  main  fibres, — interunite  among  tliemselves,  thus 
giving  rise  to  an  irregularly- meshed,  somewhat  plexiform  reticu- 
lation.     The   avei-age   width   of  the   meshes  is  less  than  100/a, 


BY    :■{•    F.    KALLMANN.  f)25 

while  the  average  distance  apart  of  the  main  fibres  is  not  less 
than  "-'OO/x.  As  the  main  fihi-es  trend  surfacewards,  -  with 
gradually  increasing  deflection  from  the  longitudinal  direction 
as  they  proceed,  they  increase  in  number,  mainly  by  branching, 
but  partly  also  (at  least  in  proximity  to  the  surface)  through  the 
formation  of  additional  ones  which  take  origin  from  connecting 
fibres;  and  they  arrive  at  the  surface  almost  at  right  angles. 
The  spicules  of  the  main  fibres  are  seldom  more  than  4-  or  5-serial 
in  their  arrangement,  very  rarely  as  many  as  9-  or  10-serial;  as 
a  rule  they  lie  fairly  closely  together,  forming  a  moderately 
compact  core.  The  most  superficially  situated  fibies  of  the 
skeleton,  including  the  outermost  of  the  connecting  fibres,  give 
support  to  relatively  numerous  outwardly-directed  spicules,  for 
the  most  part  collected,  or  tending  to  be  collected,  into  loose 
divergent  tufts  surrounding  the  extremities  of  the  main  fibres. 

In  balsam-mounted  sections  of  the  perfect  sponge  {i.e.,  with 
the  soft  tissues  intact),  the  above-described  features  of  the 
skeleton  are  to  a  very  considerable  extent  obscured  or  di.sguised. 
This  is  due  partly  to  the  very  pale  colouration  of  the  spongin, — 
in  consequence  of  which  tlie  outlines  of  the  fibres  are  usually 
almost  or  quite  indiscernible,—  and  partly  to  the  fact  that  the 
bulk  of  the  megascleres  are  located  externally  to  the  fibres. 
These  extra-fibral  megascleres  for  the  most  part  are  not  scattered 
irregularly  through  the  mesogloea,  but  are  situated  chiefiy  in 
proximity  to  the  main  fibres,  lying  in  approximate  parallelism 
therewith.  As  a  consequence,  it  is  often  diflicult.  or  even  im- 
possible, to  distinguish  between  spicules  lying  immediately 
adjacent  to  the  fibres  and  others  enclosed  within  them;  and  the 
skeleton  may  thus  appear  as  if  composed  solely  of  spicules,  for 
the  most  part  directed  parallelly  to  the  directions  of  growth  of 
the  sponge,  and  more  or  less  collected  loosely  into  ill-defined 
sti'ands.  Irregularly  scattered  megasclei'es  also  are  present,  as 
well  as  relatively  few  transversely-directed  ones,  the  latter  of 
w^ich  always  occur  singly.  Sigmata  and  trichodragmata  are 
present  in  moderate  number,  but  the  former  are  not  readily 
perceived  owing  to  their  slenderness ;  rare  singly-scattered 
trichites  also  occur. 


526 


REVISION    OF    THE    AXINELLID.E,  11., 


Spicules.  —The  megascleres  are  slightly  curved,  subcylindrical 
to  subconical  styli,  fewer  oxea,  and  scarce  strongyla,  the  three 
forms  differing  in  general  only  with  respect  to  the  character  of 
their  extremities,  and  connected  with  one  another  by  numerous 

intermediates.  They  are  often  irreau- 
larly  ended  and  more  or  less  blunt- 
pointed,  and  man)'  of  the  oxea  are 
markedly  anisoactinate.  Their  size  is 
very  variable  both  as  regards  length 
and  stoutness.  In  the  P.P.  speci- 
mens, they  range  in  length  from  120 
or  130  to  360/x  in  some  cases,  up  to 
over  400/x  (rarely  to  450/x)  in  others, 
and  vary  in  diameter,  irrespective  of 
length,  from  2  to  7  or  (rarely)  to  10//. 
In  the  P.J.  specimens,  they  are  gener- 
ally much  stouter,  attaining  a  max- 
imum diameter  of  from  15  to  17/x, 
and  range  in  length  from  about  lf)0  to 
420/i.  The  styli  are,  on  the  average, 
stouter  than  the  oxea,  and  the  stout- 
est spicules  are  mostly  those  of  inter- 
mediate and  lesser  lengths.  In  the 
case  of  the  P.P.  specimens,  the 
shortest  spicules, ^ — those  of  lesser 
length  than,  sa}',  200//,  — are  chiefly  oxea,  generally  with  abruptly, 
often  mucronately  pointed  ends;  but,  in  the  P.J.  specimens,  the 
shortest  spicules  are  nearly  always  styli. 

(ii.)  The  sigmata  are  extremely  slender,  —  invariably  less  than 
1/i.in  diameter,—  and  of  two  kinds,  the  smaller  (and  less  numer- 
ous) varying  in  length  from  9  to  16/x,  the  larger  from  25  to  45//, 
measured  from  bend  to  bend.  Both  kinds  are  mostly  more  or 
less  contort,  -  the  smaller,  however,  usually  onl}?^  slightly  so,  the 
larger  often  to  such  an  extent  as  to  appear  S-shaped;  both  kiiifls 


Text-fig.  12. 


*  Sigma.rine/fa   avMrariana.     a,   megascleres;    b.   c,   larger  and  smaller 
sigmata. 


BY    E.    P.    KALLMANN.  527 

occur  in  dragraata,  as  well   as   scattered  singly,  but  the  shorter 
dragmata  are  rare. 

(iii.)The  trichites,  both  forming  the  dragmata  and  scattered 
singly,  are  exceedingly  slender  microxea,  varying  in  length  from 
20  to  4;V. 

SiGMAXINELLA    DENDROIDES  Whitelegge. 

(Phxxxiv.,  fig.2.) 

1907.  Sigmaxinella  dendroides  Whitelegge(60),  p. 51 3,  PI.  xlvi., 
fig.42. 

Diagnosis. —  Ramose,  erect,  stipitate;  Avith  cylindrical,  tapered, 
dichotomously  dividing,  slender  branches  of  moderate  length. 
Surface  even.  Oscula  presumably  either  very  small  or  very 
shallow,  at  any  rate  not  apparent  in  the  skeletonised  specimen. 
Dermal  features  unknown.  Skeleton  consisting  (i.)  of  a  con- 
densed axial  reticulation,  the  fibres  forming  which  are  moder- 
ately rich  in  spongin,  and  (ii.)  of  fibres  radiating  therefi'om  which 
are  poor  in  spongin,  are  united  only  sparingly  by  (entirely 
sponginous)  transverse  fibres  and  by  single  spicules,  and  run 
(with  occasional  branching)  in  nearl}'  parallel  courses  to  the 
surface,  becoming  multispicular  and  somewhat  plumose  on  near- 
ing  it,  and  terminating  each  in  a  subpenicillate  tuft.  The 
spicules  of  the  radial  fibres  are  of  greater  average  length  than 
those  of  the  axial  x'eticulation.  Megascleres :  subcylindrical 
styli,  usually  tapering  gradually  to  a  sharp  or  slightly  rounded 
point  at  the  apex,  and  usually  slightly  curved,  sometimes  bent; 
frequently  tending  to  become  abruptly  blunt-pointed  at  the  base; 
occasionally  passing  into  strongyla,  very  rarely  into  oxea;  300 
to  640/x  long  by  10  to  26/x  in  diameter.  Microscleres  :  slender 
sigmata  of  two  sizes,  respectively  20  to  40/i.  in  maximal  length; 
and  scarce  trichites  (microxea),  25  to  35/>i  long,  scattered  singly. 

Loc.     South  of  Port  Hacking,  N.S.W.     ("Thetis"). 

External  features, — The  only  known  specimen— a  figure  of 
which  has  been  furnished  by  Whitelegge — is  a  stipitate  arbor- 
escent sponge,  180mm.  in  total  height,  with  moderately  elongated, 
cylindrical,  distally  tapered  branches,  4  to  6  mm.  in  diameter, 
rising  erectly   from  an   equally   slender  stem,  and   occasionally 


528  REVISION    OF    THE    AXINELLID^,  ii., 

anastornosing.  The  mode  of  branching  is  dichotomous,  and 
successive  dichotomies  are  visually  in  the  some  plane,  but  owing 
to  irregularities,  partly  resulting  through  mutual  interference, 
the  branches  come  to  be  disposed  in  various  planes :  it  is  very 
probable,  however,  that  specimens  occur  in  which  the  branching- 
is  confined  entirely  to  the  one  plane.  The  division  of  the  stem 
to  form  the  first  two  branches  takes  place  25  mm.  above  the 
base,  each  of  those  again  dichotomising  at  about  the  same  dis- 
tance above  their  origin,  and  each  of  the  resultant  four  branches 
also  at  about  the  same  distance  above  theirs;  the  subsequent 
divisions  for  the  most  part  occur  at  increasingly  longer  intervals, 
some  of  the  terminal  branches  having  an  uninterrupted  length 
of  70  mm. 

The  specimen  is  imperfect,  consisting  only  of  the  dried 
skeleton, —  in  which  condition  it  appears  to  have  been  also  when 
first  described.  Nothing  can  be  said,  therefore,  in  regard  to  the 
dermal  features;  but  evidently  the  outer  surface  was  even,  with- 
out conuli  or  elevations  of  any  kind.  Oscula  are  not  indicated. 
The  skeletonised  sponge  being  held  between  the  eye  and  the 
light,  the  skeleton  is  plainly  perceived  to  consist,  in  each  branch, 
(i.)  of  a  sharply  circumscribed  C3'lindrical  core,  of  diameter 
generally  less  than  one-fourth  and  (except  in  the  lowermost 
parts  of  the  sponge,  up  to  about  as  far  as  the  third  dichotomy) 
not  greater  than  one-half  the  diameter  of  the  branch,  and  (ii.)  of 
an  outer  region  formed  of  slender  radiating  fibres,  which  are 
inclined  to  the  longitudinal  direction  of  the  branch  at  an  angle 
varying  from  60°  to  nearly  90°,  and  present  collectively  an  ap- 
pearance somewhat  resembling  that  of  fur.  The  colour  is  a 
faintly  creamy-tinted  pale  grey  or  dirty  white,  its  paleness  being 
due  to  the  extremely  small  amount  of  spongin  entering  into  the 
composition  of  the  radial  fibres.  In  the  original  description, 
the  consistency  is  described  as  "  tough,  resilient,  and  compres- 
sible," but  this  is  not  strictly  correct :  the  axial  region  is  fairly 
tough  and  slightly  compressible  (and  the  branches  consequently 
are  flexible),  but  the  extra-axial  layer  is  soft,  and  on  compression 
remains  partially  crushed. 

Details  of  skeletal  str%icture  (PI.  xxxiv.,  fig. 2).—  Except  towards 


BY    E.    F.    IIALLMANN.  529 

the  extreme  apices  of  the  branches,  the  demarcation  between  the 
axial  region  of  the  skeleton  and  the  extra-axial,  as  seen  in  longi- 
tudinal section,  is  very  pronounced  (more  especially  if  the  spongin 
has  been  stained)  notwithstanding  there  is  no  discontinuity 
between  the  main  fibies  of  the  two  regions  (i.e.,  between  the 
longitudinal  fibres  of  the  former  and  the  "  radial  "  fibres  of  the 
latter),  such  as  might  be  inferred  from  the  terms  "primary"  and 
"secondary"  used  in  the  original  description  to  distinguish  them. 
The  contrast  is  partly  due  to  the  much  greater  density  of  the 
axial  skeleton,  and  also  partly  (i.)to  the  rapidity  with  which  the 
fibres  change  in  direction  fi'om  longitudinal  to  almost  perpen- 
dicularly transverse,  and  (ii.)  to  the  sudden  and  very  considerable 
diminution  in  the  amount  of  their  C(mstituent  spongin,—  as  they 
pass  from  the  one  region  to  the  other;  but  there  are  other  differ- 
ences also. 

In  the  axial  i-egion,  the  main  or  longitudinal  fibres,  which 
have  a  maximal  stoutness  of  80  or  90/x,  usuall}'  contain  multi- 
serial  spicules,  for  the  most  part  not  very  conipacth*  or  regularly 
arranged;  are  rather  closely  juxtaposed,  and  frequently  coalesce 
with  each  other  for  short  distances;  and  are  connected  at  close 
intervals  by  short,  aspiculous,  transverse  fibres.  Participating 
in  the  formation  of  the  axial  skeleton  also  are  many  spicules 
whose  relation  to  the  fibres  is  more  or  less  indefinite,  as  well  as 
many  transversely  and  obliquely  directed  ones  occurring  singly. 
In  the  older  portions  of  the  skeleton,  the  meshes  of  the  reticula- 
tion become  much  reduced  in  size,  often  to  the  point  of  oblitera- 
tion, through  the  continued  growth  in  stoutness  of  the  fibres. 
The  more  peripherally  situated  of  the  main  fibres  run,  not  longi- 
tudinally, but  with  a  slight,  and  gradually  increasing,  trend 
outwards;  ultimately  they  pass  into  the  extra-axial  region,  and, 
curving  surfacewards,  immediately  subdivide  each  several  times 
in  rapid  succession  to  form  the  radial  fibres. 

The  radial  fibres,  throughout  the  greater  part  of  their  length, 
are  only  two  or  three  spicules  broad;  the  spongin  cementing 
their  spicules  is  usually  so  small  in  quantity  as  scarcely  to  be 
discernible  unless  stained;  and  the  connecting  fibres  between 
them  occur  only  at  comparatively  wide  and  irregular  intervals. 

42 


530 


REVISION    OP    THE    AXIXRLLIP^.,  11., 


They  run  with  slight  divergence  (gradually  becoming  more 
nearly  parallel  to  each  other  as  they  proceed),  and  with  occa- 
sional  branching,  generally  at  a  distance  of  from  200  to  over 

300/A   apart,    to    meet    the    surface 
almost    at    right  angles.       As    the 
surface  is  approached,  their  spicules 
increase  in  number  and  become  dis- 
posed for  the  most  part  in  a  some 
what  plumose  manner,  the  fibre  un 
dergoing  a  gradual  change  in  char- 
acter culminating  in  the  formation, 
at  its  extremity,  of  a  corymbifoim, 
slightly   divergent    tuft   consisting 
frequently  of  as  many  as    10  or  12 
spicules.     Elsewhere  in  the  radial 
fibres  the  spicules  lie   mostly  with 
their    long    axis    in,    or  only   very 
slightly  inclined  to,  the  direction  of 
the    fibre ;    but    obliquely  directed 
spicules,  disposed  more  or  less  in  an 
echinating  fashion,  are  by  no  means 
uncommon.       Some    of    the    latter 
become  united   at  their  apices,  by 
means  of  spongin,   with   adjoining 
fibres,  and  thus  assist  in  the  task 
performed  by  the  connecting  fibres; 
occasionally   such  spicules  are  en- 
sheathed  with  spongin.      Tlie  con- 
necting fibres  proper,  of  which  men- 
tion   has    been    made    abv.ve,    are 
formed    entirely    of    spongin,    like 
those  of  the  axial  region;  they  are 
very  slender,  varying  in   stoutness 
from  less  than  o/i  to  at  most  20  or 
2r)/x,  and  occur  at  distances  apart  usually  exceeding,  say,  300/i; 
where  occurring  clo.sely  together,  they  generally  interunite  among 
themselves. 


Text-fig.  13. 
Siymaxinella  dendroides. 
a,  megascleres;  h,  c,  larger  and 
smallei'  signiata. 


BY    K.     F.     HALr.MANX  531 

The  megascleres  forming  the  radial  fibres  are  notably  longer, 
on  the  average,  than  those  of  the  axial  skeleton;  while  the 
longest  spicules  of  all  ai"e  found  in  the  surface-tufts.  Sigmata 
are  present  in  great  number,  and  occur  for  the  most  part 
arranged  uniserially  along  lines  which  probably  coincide  with 
the  courses  of  the  main  canals;  they  are  of  two  sizes,  the  larger 
being  much  the  more  numerous.  Short,  slender  microxea  (un- 
mentioned  in  the  original  description)  are  also  present,  but 
appear  to  be  rare;  apparently  also,  they  occur  only  singly 
scattered,  never  in  dragmata. 

Spicides. —(i.)  The  megascleres  are  almost  exclusively  styli, 
usually  of  slightly  lesser  diameter  at  the  base  than  at  some  dis- 
tance therefrom,  and  tapering  towards  the  apex;  frequently 
more  or  less  blunt-pointed  apically,  and  occasionally  passing  into 
strongyla,  those  of  the  latter  form  being  almost  invariably  of 
less  than  the  average  length;  often  abruptly  somewhat  blunt- 
pointed  at  the  basal  end,  but  very  rarely  becoming  oxea;  ranging 
in  length  from  about  300  to  640/x,  and  in  stoutness  from  rarely 
less  than  10  to  about  26/1.  The  shorter  spicules  are  generally 
straight  or  nearly  so,  the  longer  are  nearly  always  slightly 
curved,  or  sometimes  bent,  the  flexure  as  a  rule  being  mainly  in 
the  basal  moiety  of  the  spicule. 

(ii.)The  two  kinds  of  sigmata  are  scarcely  different  except 
with  respect  to  size.  The  smaller  vary  in  length  from  12  to 
(rarely)  20/x,  the  larger  from  25  to  40/u,  measured  from  bend  to 
bend;  the  maximal  stoutness  is  in  each  case  about  2)u..  Thev 
are,  without  exception,  more  or  less  contort,—  often  (especially 
in  the  case  of  the  larger  ones)  to  such  an  extent  as  to  appear 
3-shaped. 

(iii.)  The  microxea  (trichites)  are  fusiform,  25  to  35/x  in  length, 
and  at  most  l'5ju,  in  diameter. 

SiGMAXINELLA    VIMINALIS,  Sp.nOV. 

(PI.  xxxiii.,  fig. 4;  PI.  xxxv.,  figs.l,  2;  PI.  xxxvi.,  fig.l.) 
Diagnosis. — Ramose,  erect,  stipitate;  with  elongated,  slender, 
cylindrical,    tapered    branches,    disposed    irregularly.       Surface 
hispid.     Oscula,  if  present,  small   and   inconspicuous.      Dermal 


532  KEVISIOX    OF    THE    AXINELLID^.  ii., 

membrane  thin,  without  contained  megascleres.  Skeleton  witli 
a  central  axis,  in  which  the  megascleres  for  the  most  part  are  so 
disposed  as  to  produce  a  lattice-like  pattern,  and  in  which 
(except  in  the  older  portions  of  the  sponge)  spongin  is  only 
scantily  developed.  Extra  axial  skeleton  consisting  of  numerous, 
short,  pauciserial  lines  of  (relatively  very  long)  spicules,  radiat- 
ing from  the  central  axis  to  the  surface, — the  spicules  composing 
which  are  more  or  less  divergently  directed,  and  are  not  united 
by  visible  spongin.  Megascleres  :  slightly  curved  styli,  320  to 
1525//,  in  length  by  18/x  in  maximal  stoutness.  Microscleres  : 
sigmataof  two  sizes,  respectively  18/x  and  50/x  in  maximal  length, 
the  larger  ones  in  part  occurring  in  dragmata;  and  fusiform 
trichites,  22  to  iSfj.  in  length,  occurring  both  in  dragmata  and 
scattered  singly. 

Zoc  — Great  Australian  Bight  (exact  localitj'  unknown). 
External  characters. — The  single  specimen  (PI.  xxxiii.,  fig. 4)^ — 
280  mm.  in  total  height  — consists  of  about  half-a-dozen  more 
elongated  or  main  branches,  130  to  nearly  200  mm.  in  length, — 
one  of  which  is  a  direct  continuation  upwards  of  the  stalk  and 
gives  off  the  others  at  different  levels,—  and  of  a  score  or  so 
shorter  branches,  ranging  from  5  to  over  100  mm  in  length, 
which  arise  from  llie  former  at  distant  intervals,  and  nearly 
always  proceed  off  from  them  at  ver}'  wide  angles,  often  almost 
or  quite  perpendicularly.  The  mode  of  branching,  therefore,  is 
not  dichotomous  (as  it  usually  is  in  the  case  of  ramose  sponges) 
but  irregular.  The  l)ranches  are  at  most  55  mm.  in  diameter 
proximally,  and  diminish  in  stoutness  to  slightly  less  than  2-5mm. 
at  their  extremities.  Tlie  stalk  has  a  length  of  55mm.  measured 
from  its  base  to  the  origin  of  the  first  branch,  and  terminates 
below  in  a  tuft  of  branched  rootlets.  The  species  is  very  similar, 
in  general  habit,  to  Kaspailia  tenuis  Ridley  and  Dendy(^33). 

The  specimen,  although  in  alcohol,  is  not  in  a  very  good  state 
of  preservation,  the  superficial  layer  being  much  damaged  and 
the  dermal  membrane  almost  completely  destroyed  through 
maceration.  Whether  there  are  oscula  or  not,  is  accordingly 
not  evident;  but,  if  present,  they  must  be  rather  small  and  in- 
conspicuous.     The  surface  is  everywhere  hispid  with  far  project- 


bY    E     F.    HALLMANi>r.  533 

ing  spicules.  The  branches  are  tiexibleand  tough,  with  an  outer 
layer  of  softer  consistence;  this  layer  has  disappeared  from  the 
stalk,  which  is  dense  and  tough  tliroughout,  and  has  a  smooth 
and  even  surface.     The  colour  in  spirits  is  greyish-yellow. 

Skdet07i.  — The  formation  of  the  skeleton  differs  from  that  of 
.S".  dendioides,  described  above,  mainly  in  two  respects;  and 
these  differences  are  to  some  extent  consequent  upon  the  much 
greater  length  (up  to  1-5  mm.)  of  the  megascleres  in  the  present 
species,  and  upon  the  relative  narrowness  of  the  external  layer 
intervenino;  between  the  central  axis  and  the  surface.  In  the 
central  axis,  there  ai'e  not  to  be  distinguished,  as  in  S.  dendroides, 
definite  longitudinal  fibres  joined  by  transverse  ones  in  more  or 
less  ladder-like  fashion,  but  the  megascleres  are  disposed  rather 
loosely  in  ill-defined  tracts  which  cross  one  another  at  acute 
ano-les,  thus  tjivino-  rise  to  a  somewhat  lattice-like  arrangement. 
And,  secondly,  the  extra-axial  skeleton(Pl.  xxxv.,  fig. 2)  is  entirely 
without  transverse  fibres,  and  consists  simpl}'  of  numerous,  short, 
pauciserial  lines  of  spicules  running  outwards  to  the  surface  in  a 
direction  nearly  perpendicular  thereto,  —  these  spicules  being 
arranged  more  or  less  penicillately  and  united  by,  at  most,  an 
infinitesimal  amount  of  spongin,  and  the  terminal  ones  project- 
injf  far  bevond  the  surface. 

The  axial  skeleton  clianges  considerably  in  character  with  age, 
owing  to  gradual  increase  in  the  amount  of  spongin  developed  in 
connection  tlierewith,  and  presents  a  very  different  appearance 
in  the  older  and  more  basal  parts  fi'om  that  which  it  exhibits  in 
the.  uppermost  portions  of  the  branches.  In  the  latter  region, 
for  a  considerable  distance  (several  centimetres  at  least)  from 
the  extremities  of  the  branches,  the  amount  of  spongin  present 
is  so  slight  that  its  existence  is  apparent  only  in  sections  from 
which  the  fleshy  tissue  has  been  removed  by  maceration(Pl.xxxv., 
tig  1).  In  this  portion  of  the  skeleton  also,  the  spongin  appears 
difiused,  and  is  without  definite  outlines.  Proceeding  towards 
the  base  of  the  sponge,  the  spongin  gradually  becomes  more  and 
more  concentrated  upon  the  sides  of  the  lattice-like  meshwork 
formed  by  the  megascleres,  which  is  thus  converted  into  a  reticu- 
lation of  spiculo-spongin  fibre.     The  elongated,  narrow  meshes  of 


634 


REVISION    OP    THE    AXINELLIDiE,  ii., 


this  reticulation  ultimately  (in  the  stalk  of  the  sponge)  become 
reduced  in  size  slmost  to  the  point  of  obliteration. 

In  addition  to  a  gradual  increase  of  density, 
the  central  axis  also  undergoes  with  aire  a  gradual 
increase  in  diameter.  This  is  effected  by  the  con- 
tinued formation,  and  addition  to  it  externally,  of 
fresh  tracts  of  megascleres,  which  later  similarly 
become  ensheathed  in  spongin.  In  this  way,  the 
axial  skeleton  eventually  comes  to  include  within 
it  the  lines  of  spicules  which  previously  constituted 
the  extra-axial  skeleton  (PI.  xxxvi.,  fig.l).  'J'he 
extra-axial  layer,  however,  maintains  about  the 
same  width  —viz.,  about  1  to  TS  mm.— throughout 
the  whole  length  of  the  branches. 

.Sigmata  of  two  sizes  are  scattered  throughout 
all  parts,  the  smaller  in  extreme  abundance,  more 
especially  in  the  extra-axial  layer;  the  larger  ones, 
which  are  only  moderately  abundant,  occur  also 
in  dragmata.  Trichodragmata  and  singly  scat- 
tered trichites  are  also  moderately  abundant,  ex- 
cept in  the  axial  region,  where  they  are  rare. 

Meyasd,eres. — These  are  slightly  curved,  occa- 
sionally slightly  flexuous  styli,  almost  without 
exception  evenly  rounded  at  the  base,  and  of 
uniform  diameter  therefrom  to  beyond  the  middle 
of  their  length,  whence  they  taper  gradually  to  a 
sharp  point;  in  very  rare  cases  only,  the  basal  ex- 
tremity also  is  more  or  less  pointed,  and  the 
spicule  may  become  an  anisoxea.  They  range 
from  320  to  1525/x  in  length  and  up  to  18/a  in 
stoutness.  Spicules  much  below  700//  in  length 
are  relatively  scarce. 

Microscleres.  — (i.)  The  larger  sigmata  are  always 
r    L  ^  "'     more  or  less  contort,  though  rarely  to  such  a  degi-ee 
V^jsV,    >     as  to  appear  3-shaped  when  seen  from  the  side;  the 
Text-tig.  14."'     smaller  are  usually  Q-shaped  or  but  very  slightly 

*  Siijmaxmella  rimmalis.     Megascleres  and  sigmata. 


BY    E.    P.    KALLMANN.  535 

contort.  The  former  vary  in  length  from  27  to  50//,  the  latter 
from  12  to  18/*,  measured  from  bend  to  bend;  and  their  maximal 
stoutness  is  respectively  I'S/x  and  1/x. 

(ii.)The  trichites  or  microxea,  whether  in  dragmata  or  scattered 
singly,  are  all  of  the  same  kind.  They  are  slightly  fusiform, 
from  22  to  48/a  in  length,  and  from  05  to  Owo/x  in  stoutness. 

SiGMAXiA,  gen.nov. 

DeJiiiition.—AxineWidss  typically  of  erect  habit,  stipitate, 
without  conuli  or  other  kind  of  surface-processes.  Skeleton  a 
reticulation  of  spiculo-spongin  fibre;  the  main  fibres  more  or  less 
plumose,  the  connecting  fibres  typically  few.  Megascleres  of 
two  distinct  kinds,— styli  forming  the  fibres,  and  flexuous 
strongyla  occurring  interstitially.  Microscleres  :  sigmata  and 
trichites  (or  microxea),  the  latter  in  dragmata  and  scattered 
singly. 

Type,  S.Jtabellata  Carter;  the  only  species. 

SiGMAXIA    FLABELLATA   Carter. 

(PI.  xxxiii.,  fig.5;  PI.  xxxvi.,  figs. 2,  3.) 

1885.  Axinella  Jlabellala  Carter(3),  p. 361. 

1896.  Signia.xinella  flabeJlafa  Dendy(2),  p. 241. 

Diagnosis. — Sponge  composed  of  one  or  several  proliferous, 
thick  lamellie,  or  of  a  single  more  or  less  flabelliform  lamella, 
springing  from  a  short  stalk.  Surface  coarsely  granular.  Oscula 
minute,  marginal  (or  scattered  ?).  Dermal  membrane  very  thin; 
no  dermal  skeleton.  Skeleton  chiefly  formed  of  loosely  con- 
stituted, semi-plumose,  stout  main  fibres,  comparatively  poor  in 
spongin,  running  longitudinally  side  by  side  in  moderately  close 
apposition,  and  gradually  curving  towards  the  surface;  connect- 
ing fibres  few,  arranged  in-egularly,  mostly  paucispicular,  some- 
times without  contained  spicules.  Megascleres  :  styli,  curved  or 
slightly  bent,  and  gradually  sharp-pointed,  occasionally  passing 
into  oxea,  from  300  to  350/x  in  maximal  length  and  up  to  18/jt  in 
stoutness;  and  slender,  flexuous  strongyla  and  (fewer)  tornota, 
200  to  (rarely)  580/i  in  length,  and  at  most  7/x  in  diameter. 
Microscleres  :  slender  sigmata  15  to  20/ji.  long;  and  trichites  of 


536  REVlSION^    OF    THE    AXINELLID^,  ii., 

two  sizes,  respectively  about   30  to  60/a  in   maximal  length,  the 
former    occurring    only    in    dragmata,    the   latter    in    part   also 
scattered  singly. 
/>oc.  — Port  Phillip. 

The  species  is  known  now  from  six  specimens,  one  of  which 
forms  the  subject  of  the  original  description,  wliile  four  in 
addition  have  been  taken  account  of  in  the  summary  of  specific 
characters  furnished  by  Dendy.  The  present  description,  so  far 
as  it  i-elates  to  the  structure  of  the  skeleton,  is  based  almost 
entirely  upon  the  sixth,  the  identity  of  which  with  the  pieced- 
ing  has  been  established  by  comparison  of  it  with  a  mounted 
preparation  of  one  of  Dendy's  specimens. 

External  characters. — The  sponge  may  be  simply  flal)ellifoim, 
consisting  of  a  single,  erect,  stout  lamella  narrowed   below  and 
prolonged  into  a  stalk,  as,  for  example,  in  the  case  of  the  single 
immediately  accessible  specimen   (PI.  xxxiii.,  fig.5),-  in   which, 
however,  the  lamina  is  not  of  uniform  thickness,  but  is  rendered 
irregular  by  a  number  of  rounded   hummocks  and  several  low, 
compressed  ridge.s,  the  latter  evidently  of  the  nature  of  incipient 
secondary  lamellse:  this  specimen,   65  mm.   in  total  height,  lias 
an  orbicular  lamina  about  50  mm    both  in  height  and  breadth 
and  from  8  to  over  20  mm.  in   thickness,  and  a  cylindrical  stalk, 
7  mm.   in  diameter,   expanded  proximally  into  a  broad  disc  of 
attachment.     Of  somewhat  similar,  but  of  less  regular  form, — 
and    of   larger   size,   measuring  88  mm.  high    by  112    by  37  mm. 
horizontally, — was  also  the  original  example,  described  by  Cartel' 
thus:   "compressed,  expanded,  thickish,  lobate;  margin  irregular; 
stem  short,   angular,  and   thick."     But  more  usually,  it  seems, 
the  form  assumed  is  one  of  less  simplicity  owing  to  the  develop- 
ment of  additional  lamellae,  perhaps  both  pi'imary  and  secondary: 
for   the   specimens  upon   which   Dendy's  account  is   based  are 
described  as  composed  of  "proliferous  lamellae  about  a  quarter 
of  an  incli  thick,  springing  from  a  short  thick  stalk." 

Oscula,  unobserved  by  Carter,  are  stated  to  be  present  by 
Dendy,  who  describes  them  as  minute,  marginal  or  scattered;  in 
the  present  specimen  they  are  certainly  absent  from  the  lateral 
surfaces,  and  are  not  distinguishable  on  the  margin,—  but  the 


BY    E.     F.    HALLMAXK.  537 

latter  circunislance  may  be  owing  to  ilie  slightly  damaged  con- 
dition of  the  surface  there.  The  dermal  meminane  is  tJiin  and 
delicate,  and  easily  destroyed.  The  undamaged  surface  lias  a 
finely  to  coarsely  granular  appearance,  due  to  minute  pimple-like 
elevations  of  the  dermal  membrane  produced  by  the  impingement 
upon  it  of  the  outer  ends  of  the  main  skeletal  fibres;  where  the 
membrane  has  disappeared,  the  projecting  ends  of  the  fibres 
render  the  surface  slightly  shaggy.  The  texture  is  tough, 
fiVjrous,  resilient.  The  colour  in  spirit  is  pule  brownish  or 
yellowish-grey. 

The  dermal  pores  are  distributed  singh',  though  often  in 
rather  close  apposition;  they  are  variable  in  size,  "20  to  oO/x  in 
diameter. 

Three  of  the  four  specimens  recorded  by  Dendy  are  noted  by 
him  as  being  beset  with  parasitic  Authozoa.  The  present  speci- 
men is  likewise  infested,  no  doubt  with  the  same  organism  :  it 
is  a  small,  solitary  anthozoan,  only  1  to  2  mm.  in  height  and 
diameter,  occurring  almost  completely  imbedded  in  the  sponge. 

Skeleton. — The  structure  of  the  skeleton,  as  revealed  in  sec- 
tions of  the  completely  desarcodised  sponge,  in  which  nothing 
remains  but  the  spongin-cemented  elements  (or  skeletal  frame- 
work), is  ver}'  definite  and  uniform  in  character,  and  at  first 
sight,  more  especially  under  the  lowest  powers  of  the  microscope, 
appears  as  if  more  correctly  to  be  described  as  dendritic  than  as 
reticulate  (PI.  xxxvi.,  figs.2,  3).  It  consists  almost  entirely  of 
ascending,  frequently  branching,  stout  main  fibres,  running 
moderately  closely  side  by  side  in  subparallelism  (at  an  average 
distance  apart,  say,  of  from  300  to  400/yi),  gradually  curving  out 
wards,  as  they  ascend,  towards  the  surface.  Connecting  fibres, 
however,  are  by  no  means  rare,  but  for  the  most  part  they  are 
comparatively  inconspicuous.  The  main  fibres,  which  are  seldom 
less  than  100/x,  and  occasionally  surpass  200//  in  stoutness,  are 
formed  chiefiy  of  spicules,  for  the  most  part  rather  loosely  and 
confusedly  arranged,  a  variable  proportion  (generally  a  .small 
minority)  of  which  are  dispcsed  with  their  points  directed  more 
or  less  obliquely  outwards.  As  the  surface  of  the  sponge  is 
approached,  however,  the  spicules  composing  the  fibres  become 


538  REVISION    OF    THE    AXINELLIDiE,  ii., 

gradually  more  and  more  divergingly  disposed,  as  well  as  more 
loosely  compacted,  and  the  fibres  finally  assume,  in  consequence, 
a  typically  plumose  aspect.  The  spongin  cementing  the  spicules, 
— though  necessarily  fairly  considerable  in  amount  owing  to 
their  loose  arrangement, — is,  except  in  the  stalk  and  oldest  por- 
tions of  the  skeleton,  usually  of  scarcely  more  than  the  minimal 
quantity  required  to  hold  them  together,  and  seldom  or  never 
forms  a  distinct  sheath:  where  the  spicules  lie  more  widely 
apart,  it  often  becomes  reduced  to  a  mere  film  between  them, 
and  here  and  there  even  leaves  small  open  spaces  or  fenestrse. 
Running  upwards  from  the  stalk,  and  continuing  for  some  dis 
tance  into  the  body  of  the  sponge,  gradually  dissolving  as  they 
proceed,  are  a  number  of  relatively  stout  strands  of  spicules,  or 
funes,  evidently  formed  each  by  the  fusion  of  several  originally 
separate  fibres  (PI.  xxxvi.,  fig. 2).  Connection  between  the  main 
fibres,  apart  from  occasional  anastomosis  or  direct  union  between 
them  by  inosculation,  is  partly  by  means  of  relatively  few, 
obliquely-running  multispicular  fibres,  similar  in  character  to 
the  main  fibres  except  in  being  usually  of  lesser  stoutness,  and 
partly  by  means  of  connecting  fibres  proper.  The  latter  are 
mostly  very  slender,  and  usually  contain  few  spicules  or  are 
composed  of  spongin  alone;  they  occur  at  irregular  intervals, 
sometimes  singly,  sometimes  several  together,  and  in  the  latter 
case  usually  interunite  also  among  themselves 

In  sections  of  the  sponge  with  the  soft  tissues  intact,  the 
appearance  of  the  skeleton  is  somewhat  different.  The  presence 
of  spongin  is  scarcely  apparent;  the  main  fibres  have  a  much 
looser  and  more  plumose  aspect;  and  the  connecting  fibres  are 
seldom  definitely  recognisable  as  such,  owing  to  the  difficulty  of 
distinguishing  between  the  megascleres  actually  constituting 
them  and  others  that  are  merely  scattered  between  the  fibres. 
The  more  diftuse  and  plumose  appearance  of  the  main  fibres  is 
probably  due  to  the  fact  that  some  proportion  of  the  more  ex- 
teriorly situated  (and  likewise  more  obliquely  directed)  spicules 
entering  into  their  formation  are  not  attached  by  spongin,  and 
consequently  are  absent  from  the  skeleton  that  remains  after 
maceration.     In  the  more  peripheral  parts  of  the  skeleton,  the 


bY    E.    F.    HALLstANJi.  -  53d 

niejrascleres  scattered  between  the  fibres  are  relati\elv  fev,  and 
consist  of  styli  only,  similar  to  those  composing  the  fibies.  But 
at  some  distance  from  the  surface, —  usually  a  somewhat  con- 
siderable distance,  megascleres  of  a  second  kind  make  their 
appearance,-  Hexuous  strongyla  and  tornota, — which  increase 
in  number  towards  the  deeper  portions  of  the  sponge  and  eventu- 
ally become  very  abundant;  indeed,  it  is  almost  as  much  to  the 
increased  multitude  of  the  latter,  as  to  augmentation  in  tlie 
quantity  of  the  spongin,  that  the  greater  density  of  the  skeleton 
in  the  stalk  and  other  older  portions  of  the  sponge  is  due.  A 
considerable  proportion  of  the  latter  spicules  are  developed  in 
close  contiguity  to  the  fibres,  and  ultimately,  owing  to  tlie  sul)- 
sequent  formation  of  additional  spongin,  become  completely 
united  to  them.  The  presence  of  these  flexuous  megascleres, 
owinir  to  their  extreme  rarity  in,  or  total  absence  from,  those 
portions  of  the  sponge  usually  selected  for  examination,  hitherto 
has  escaped  notice. 

Through  all  parts  of  the  sponge  there  are  scattered  small 
sigmata  singly  in  moderate  abundance,  trichodragmata  of  three 
kinds,  and  single  trichites  of  similar  size  to  those  composing  the 
larger  trichodragmata.  The  trichodragmata  of  two  kinds  are  in 
the  form  of  neat  sheaves  of  extremely  slender  trichites,  and 
differ  from  each  other  onlv  in  length:  the  shorter  of  these  are 
almost  as  numerous  as  the  sigmata,  while  the  longer  are  rela- 
tively scarce.  The  dragraata  of  the  third  kind  are  composed  of 
trichites  equal  in  length  to  those  of  the  just-mentioned  longer 
dragmata,  but  stouter  and  more  fusiform,  and  occur  for  the 
most  part  in  dense  masses  of  irregular  shape  and  size,  which 
refract  the  light  in  such  a  way  as  to  appear  blackish  and  opaque, 
and  are,  therefore,  very  noticeable  although  comparatively 
scarce;  some  of  the  largest  of  these  aggregations  exceed  200/x  in 
breadth.  The  singly  scattered  trichites,  or  microxea,  are  moder- 
ately scarce  in  the  interior,  but  more  plentiful  near  the  surface. 

Megascleres.  —  (i.)The  styli  are  invariably  more  or  less  curved, 
are  usually  evenly  rounded  at  the  base  and  of  uniform  or  nearly 
uniform  diameter  therefrom  to  beyond  the  middle  of  their 
length,  and  almost  invariably  taper  throughout  the  remainder 


540 


REVISION    OP    TliE    AXINELMDiE,  11., 


of  their  length  gradually  (except  frequently  for  slight  irregu- 
larities near  the  apex)  to  a  sharp  point;  a  gradual  slight  narrow- 
ing of  the  spicule  towards  the  basal  end,  however,  is  not  uncom- 
mon. The  curvature  as  a  rule  is  restricted  to  the  basal  moiety 
of  the  spicule,  and  is  usually  well-pronounced,  but  varies  much 

both  in  form  and  degree  : 
frequently  it  is  more  or  less 
angulate,  the  spicule  ap- 
pearing slightly  bent;  and 
occasional  spicules  are  bi- 
angulate.  In  odd  cases  of 
extreme  curvature,  the 
form  of  the  spicule  makes 
some  approach  to  that  of 
a  rhabdostyle.  Variability 
exists  also  in  the  shape  of 
the  spicule  at  its  basal  ex- 
tremity, which  frequently 
shows  a  tendency  to  be- 
come abruptly  more  or  less 
sharp-pointed,  either  has- 
tately  or  mucronately  so; 
but  sometimes  the  attenu- 
ation is  more  gradual,  and 
the  form  assumed  is  that 
of  an  oxea.  The  propor- 
tion of  oxeote  forms  is 
greatest  amongst  the  slen- 
derer,  presumably  imma- 
ture spicules,  which  only 
occur  scattered  between  tlie  fibres,  and  are  relatively  few  in 
number.  The  maximal  size  of  the  spicules  in  the  case  of 
Dendy's  specimens  is  given  as  290  x  166/x;  in  the  present  speci- 
men, the  size  attained  is  350  x  15/x,  but  individuals  much  ex- 
ceeding 320/x  in  length  are  scarce;  those  composing  the  fibres 
are  seldom  less  in  stoutness  than  IO/7..  Developmental  forms  of 
all  sizes  down  to  less  than  1  40  x  l/x  are  to  be  met  with.     (In  the 


Text  fig.  15. — SI(/i)i(Lvla    Jiabe/Zala. 
a,  nie<^asclei'es  of  tiie  fibres;  //,  intei- 
stitial  niegascleres;  f,  signiata. 


BY    E.    F.    HALLMANN.  .  541 

original  description,  tlie  size  of  the  spicules  is  given  as  70  by 
2-6000ths  of  an  inch — i.e.,  296  x  8"4/t,  but  this,  I  think,  must 
be  due  either  to  an  error  of  measurement  or  to  a  misprint;. 

(ii.)  Tlie  variously  curved,  usually  more  or  less  flexuous  mega- 
scleres  are  mostly  strongyla,  but  individuals  with  sharp-pointed 
ends  are  also  numerous.  They  range  from  about  200  to  580/x  in 
length  and  from  1  "5  to  7/x  in  diameter.  The  acutely-ended 
spicules,  as  a  rule,  are  more  or  less  abruptly-pointed,  i.e.,  are 
tornota;  but  more  or  less  oxea-like  forms  are  not  rare.  Some  of 
the  shortest  among  the  latter  spicules  are  hai-dly  to  be  distin- 
guished from  the  oxea  that  derive  from  the  stylote  megascleies. 

Microscleres. — {i.)The  sigmata  are  invariably  more  or  less 
contcu't,  though  seldom  to  such  a  degree  as  to  appear  3-shaped 
when  seen  from  the  side;  they  are  15  to  20/x  in  length  measured 
from  bend  to  bend,  and  about  1/x  in  stoutness. 

(ii.)  The  trichites  are  of  two  sizes  as  regards  length,  the  shorter 
measuring  from  15  to  28/x,  the  longer  from  37  to  about  60/x.  As 
already  mentioned,  the  former  occur  onl\'  in  dragmata,  the  latter 
both  in  dragmata  and  scattered  singly. 

Cehatopsis  Thiele. 

Definition.— XyiiixeW'idm  of  erect,  lamellar  or  ramose  habit; 
t3'pically  with  an  axially  condensed  skeleton  deficient  in  spongin. 
Megascleres  either  of  two  distinct  kinds — styli  (sometimes  in 
part  secondarily  diactinal)  and  elongated  flexuous  strongyla, — 
or  the  latter  spicules  are  absent.  Microscleres:  smooth  microxea 
only,  typically  occuri'ing  most  abundantly  in  the  dermal  layer. 

Type,  C  expansa  Thiele. 

The  genus  was  instituted  by  Thiele(38)  for  four  species  from 
Japan,  differing  from  all  previously  known  Axinellidaj  by  the 
presence  of  microscleres  of  a  single  kind  in  the  form  of  smooth 
microxea,  and  further  characterised  according  to  the  generic 
diagnosis —(i.)  by  the  presence  of  smooth  stylote  megascleres 
"die  ein  festes  Axenskelett  bilden,  von  dem  nach  Peripherie 
radiare  Style  ausgehen",  (ii.)  by  the  very  small  amount  of  spongin 
present,  and  (iii.)  by  the  almost  complete  restriction  of  the 
microscleres  to   the  ectosome,  where   they  constitute   a  dermal 


542  REVISION    OF    THE    AXINELLID^,  ii., 

skeleton.  The  only  additional  information  pi'ovided  regarding 
the  skeleton  is  to  the  effect  that  the  "  feste  Axe"  is  similar  in 
character  to  that  of  the  genus  Acmdhella-.  whether  the  radially- 
directed  styli  are  collected  into  fibres  or  not,  or  in  what  respects, 
if  anv,  the  several  species  differ  in  skeletal  structure,  is  not 
stated.  Three  of  the  species,  —  viz.,  C.  expaiisa,  C.  erecta,  and 
C.  ramosa,  —  agree  in  their  described  characters  verj'  closely,  and 
are  undoubtedly  congeneric;  but  the  fourth,  C.  clavata,  is  dis- 
tinguished not  only  by  its  non  lamellar  (cauliforni)  habit  and 
conulose  surface,  but  also  by  the  fact  that  the  megascleres  are 
of  two  distinct  kinds,-  styli  composing  the  main  skeleton,  and 
relatively  few  long  flexuous  strongyla  (presumably  occurring 
interstitially).  Since  it  is  not  unlikel}'  that  C.  clavata  will  be 
found  to  differ  from  the  I'emaining  three  species  in  other  import- 
ant respects  also,  its  inclusion  in  the  present  genus  must  be 
looked  upon  as  provisional. 

More  recently  Kirkpatrick(20)  has  described  from  Cape 
Colony,  under  the  name  PhakeUia  microxephora,  a  fifth  species 
with  microxea,  which  it  seems  necessary  al.so  to  include  provision- 
ally in  the  genus  Ceratopsis.  This  species  agrees  with  C.  clavata 
in  the  possession  of  elongated  flexuous  strongyla,  but  the  accom- 
panying megascleres  are  relatively  few,  and  chiefly  oxeote,  and 
the  external  habit  of  the  sponge  is  lamellar  as  in  the  case  of  the 
typical  species  of  the  genus.  Concerning  the  structural  char- 
acters of  the  skeleton  in  this  species,  no  information  is  available. 

By  Thiele  and  Kirkpatrick,  the  oxeote  microscleres  were 
regarded  as  indicative  of  affinity  with  the  genus  lligyinsia. 
The  evidence  afforded  by  the  spiculation  of  C.  clavata  and  C. 
microxephora,  however,  much  more  strongly  justifies  the  view 
that  Ceratopsis  is  related  to  Siymaxia,  and  that  it  constitutes  a 
connecting-link  between  the  latter  and  such  genera  as  Axinella, 
PhakeUia,  and  Acanthella. 

It  is  necessary  to  refer  here  to  the  species  designated  Axinella 
frondula  by  Whitelegge(60),  the  spiculation  of  which  has  been 
described  as  consisting  of  smooth  styli  of  two  sizes  and  of 
scarce  small  oxea  110  by  3-5/x  in  size,  occurring  "chiefly  in  or 
near  the  dermal  portion  of  the  sponge", — and  which  consequently 


BY    E.    F.    KALLMANN.  543 

might  be  thought  to  be  related  to  Ceratopsis.  I  have  re-ex- 
amined this  species,  and  find  that  the  oxea  are  merely  variants 
of  the  smaller  styli  (differing  from  them  neither  in  size  nor  in 
situation),  and  that  the  latter  are  differentiated  into  two  kinds, 
one  of  which  is  distinguished  by  having  the  distal  moiety  vesti- 
gially  spined,  and  by  being  very  slighth'  stouter  and  of  more 
conical  shape  than  tiie  other.  The  species  belongs,  in  fact,  to 
the  Myxillinje,  and  requires  a  new  genus  for  its  reception,  for 
which  I  propose  the  name  Echinaxia.  The  sponge  is  thinly 
lamellar,  flabelliform;  and  the  skeleton  consists  (i.)  of  a  con- 
densed axial  region  formed  mainh'  of  an  irregular  reticulation 
of  the  smaller  smooth  styli  (which  vary  from  90  to  150//  in 
length  and  up  to  5/x  in  stoutness)  and  partly  of  fairly  numerous, 
longitudinally  directed,  singly-occurring,  long  slender  styli 
(varying  in  size  from  less  than  200  by  2/li  to  upwards  of  700  by 
12/x),  and  (ii.)  of  short,  fairly  stout,  echinated  fibres  radiating 
from  the  axial  region  towards  the  surface,  composed  both  of 
smooth  and  spined  short  styli,  and  terminating  in  a  compact 
bundle  or  tuft  of  long  stout  styli  (apparently  similar  to  the 
longer  of  those  occurring  in  the  axial  region)  the  extremities  of 
which  project  somewhat  beyond  the  surface.  I  am  inclined  to 
think  that  the  genus  Echinaxia  should  be  so  defined  as  to  include 
also  the  two  species  described  by  Thiele(38)  as  Haspailia  folium 
and  Raspailia  hirsida. 

DRAfJMAXiA,  gen.nov. 

Definition. — Axinellidfe  of  lamellar  hal)it,  typically  Habellate 
or  cup-shaped.  Skeleton  composed  of  dense  spicule-axes  x'amify- 
ing  in  the  midplane  of  the  lamina,  and  of  plumose  spicule-columns 
radiating  therefrom,  between  which  interconnection  by  means  of 
transverse  fibres  is  rare.  Megascleres:  styli  only;  either  of  a 
single  sort,  or  more  or  less  completely  differentiated  into  two 
sorts, — one  (of  shorter  length)  forming  the  fibres,  the  other 
occurring  interstitially.  Microscleres :  trichodragmata  accom- 
panied or  not  by  singly  scattered  trichites. 

Type,  D.  variabilis  Whitelegge. 

The  species  for  which  I  propose  the  genus  was  referred  by  its 


544  REVISION    OF    THE    AXINELLID.*:,  ii., 

author  to  the  genus  Spongosnrites,  under  the  erroneous  impression 
that  the  inicroscleres  present — which  are  exceptionally  slender 
trichite-sheaves,  peculiar  in  being  often  more  or  less  fusiform  in 
shape — were  microxea.  Even  had  the  microscleres  been  as 
stated,  however,  it  is  not  to  Sponyosorites  that  the  species  would 
have  required  to  be  assigned,  but  probably  to  Cerafopsis. 
Hitherto,  all  species  with  a  plumose  or  with  an  axially-condensed 
type  of  skeleton,  and  with  trichodragmata  only  as  microscleres, 
have  been  included  in  the  single  genus  Thrinacophora,  but  I  now 
propose  to  regard  them  as  representative  of  several  distinct 
genera. 

Dragmaxia  variabilis  Whitelegge. 
(PL  xxxviii.,  figs.l,  2,  3.) 

1907.  SponyosoritPS  variabUis  Whitelegge(60),  p. 5 13,  PI.  xlvi., 
fig.  45. 

Diaynosifi. — Thinly  lamellar,  varying  from  ilabelliform  to 
caliculate.  The  lamina  alternately  denser  and  less  dense  along 
lines  running  towards  the  margin,  and  thus  presenting  an  ap- 
pearance as  of  venation,  with  corresponding  faint  ridges  and 
grooves  on  the  surface.  The  surface  otherwise  even.  Dermal 
membrane  distinct,  aspiculous.  Oscula  inconspicuous.  Skeleton 
consisting  of  dense  spicule-axes  corresponding  in  position  with 
the  "veins,"  and  of  stout  plumose  fibres  running  outwards  there- 
from to  the  surface.  Spongin  rather  scanty.  Megascleres:  styli 
only,  not  quite  perfectly  differentiated  into  two  kinds  ;  those 
forming  the  fibres  are  shorter,  stouter,  and  more  curved,  attaining 
a  maximum  size  of  about  900  by  33/x;  the  others,  which  are 
relatively  few  and  occur  only  interstitially,  occasionally  surpass 
1 300  or  1 400/A  in  length  and  are  not  more  than  1 8/x  in  diameter. 
The  trichodragmata  vary  from  about  100  to  200/x  in  length  and 
up  to  5/1  in  stoutness;  singly  scattered  trichites,  similar  to  those 
forming  the  dragmata,  also  occur. 

Loc.—Ofi  Crookhaven  River,  N.S.W.      ("Thetis."). 

Externa/  features. — The  original  specimen  was  rudely  cup- 
shaped  or,  rather,  compi'essed  funnel-shaped,  with  a  few  laterally 


BY    E.    F.    KALLMANN.  545 

arising'  secondary  laniellfn?  disposod  in  vertical  planes;  and  mea- 
sured, when  complete,  approximately  130  mm.  in  height  l)v  120 
and  by  SO  nmi.  i-espectively  in  the  greatest  and  least  diameters  of 
tlie  cup-orifice,  and  from  2  mm.  (at  the  margin)  to  about  onmi.  in 
the  thickness  of  the  lamina  or  cup-wall.-  it  exists  now  in  two 
pieces,  one  of  which — figured  bv  Whitelegge — is  in  a  dried  but 
otherwise  undamaged  condition,  wliile  the  other  is  well-preserved 
in  alcohol.  According  to  the  original  description,  the  latri'al 
lamella^  occur  on  both  the  inner  and  tlie  outer  surfaces  of  tlic 
cup,  but  this  is  really  not  the  case;  they  are  confined  entii'clv  to 
the  interior  side.  J 

A  second  specimen  (also  obtained  by  the  "Thetis"  Expedition^ 
l)ut  from  an  unknown  locality)  is  now  known,  which  is  simply 
tlabelliform  without  sect)ndary  outgrowths.  This  measm-es 
90nnn.  in  height  by  only  2  to  .3  mm.  in  thickness,  and  is  in  a 
(h'ied,  completely  washed-out  condition. 

An  exceedingly  characteristic  feature, — very  clearly  e^■id':"!lt 
wlicn  the  sponge  is  examined  by  transmitted  light, — is  the 
sti'uctural  peculiarity  of  the  lamina,  whicli  is  alternately  denser 
and  less  dense  along  slightly  diverging,  ever  multiplying  lines,  or 
rather  sti'ips,  running  in  a  direction  from  stalk  to  maigin:  along 
the  denser  strips,  the  lamina  is  usually  slightly  thicker  than  it  is 
between  them,  and  the  surface  is  accordingly  marked  witli 
radiating  faint  grooves  and  slight  ridges.  With  respect  to  this 
structure,  however,  the  two  specimens  exhibit  a  very  appreciable 
dift'erence,  which  may  prove  to  be  varietally  distinctive.  In  the 
smaller  specimen,  the  strips  (of  greater  density)  are  all  directerl 
radially,  increasing  in  number  upwards  by  repeated  branching, 
and  are  all  similar  in  (character;  they  diminish  in  individual 
width  from  somewhat  less  than  2  mm.  in  proximity  to  the  stalk 
to  less  than  0'5  mm.  at  the  sponge-margin,  and  the  width  of  the 
intervening  strips  of  lesser  density  is  about  tlie  same.  In  some 
portions  of  the  type-specimen,  the  structure  is  veiy  similar  to 
this,  except  that  the  lines  of  greater  density  are  generalh'  much 
broader;  but  elsewhere  there  also  occur  a  few  relatively  very 
powerful,  dense,  nervure-like  thickenings  of  the  lamina,  ramify- 

43 


546  REVISION    OF    THE    AXINELLID.E,  ii., 

ing  through  it,  upwards  from  the  stalk,  in  the  manner  of  the 
pahnate  leaf,  and  from  these  the  lesser  lines  of  density,  in  part, 
branch  ott'  (at  small  angles  of  divergence)  in  piiniate  fashion 
(PI.  xxxvii.,  fig.3). 

As  a  result  of  maceration,  the  less  dense  portions  of  the  lamina 
largely  disappear,  and  the  sponge  becomes  abundantly  perforated 
by  rounded  holes  arranged  seriallj^  along  radiating  lines. 

The  surface  is  somewhat  uneven,  owing  to  inequalities  in  the 
thickness  of  the  lamina;  it  is  also  slightly  granular,  but  not 
hispid.  The  dermal  membrane  is  thin  and  translucent,  but  not 
very  delicate;  situated  beneath  it,  more  especially  along  the 
grooves  marking  the  less  dense  portions  of  the  lamina,  are 
numerous  small  subdermal  spaces.  Dermal  pores  occur  on  l)otli 
surfaces,  but  are  relatively  few  and  for  the  most  part  are  scattered 
singly  and  irregularly  on  the  one  surface  (viz.,  the  inner  one, 
when  the  sponge  is  cup-shaped),  verj^  numerous,  and  generally  so 
closely  arranged  as  to  produce  a  net-like  appearance  of  the  dermal 
membrane,  on  the  other.  In  most  places  where  the  pores  are 
numerous,  the  dermal  layer  appears  as  if  consisting  of  two 
incompletely  separated  membranes,  the  outer  one  of  which  is 
provided  with  many,  smaller  pores,  the  inner  with  fewer  and 
much  larger  ones.  On  the  surface  which  has  the  fewer  pores, 
there  are  also  many  circular  openings,  from  02  to  0'5  mm.  or 
slightly  more  in  diameter,  situated  only  along  the  su  if  ace-grooves 
and  principally  in  the  positions  where  the  lamina  becomes  per- 
forated when  the  sponge  is  macerated;  these  openings  appear  to 
be  oscula. 

The  consistency  of  the  sponge,  when  well-preserved  in  alcohol, 
is  firm  and  tough,  only  slightly  compressible,  and  resilient;  and 
the  colour  is  a  pale  yellowish-brown.  Dried  specimens  are  ligiit 
in  weight  and  rather  brittle,  and  of  a  pale  greyish  colour. 

Skeleton. — The  skeleton  is  resolvable  into  (i.)a  system  of  con- 
densed, multifibrous  axes  or  "funes,"  which  ramify  clendritically 
in  the  midplane  of  the  sponge-lamina,  progressively  decreasing 
in  stoutness  as  they  ascend, — and  which  form  the  midribs,  as  it 
were,  of  the  denser  strips  of  the  lamina  above  referred  to;  and 


BY    E.    P.    KALLMANN.  547 

(ii.)of  numerous,  highly  plumose,  usually  branched,  short  second- 
ary fibres,  which  proceed  off  from  the  former,  apparently  from  all 
sides  thereof,  and  run  upwards  and  gradually  outwards  to  the 
surface.     Towards  the  margin  of  the  sponge,  the  funes  dissolve 
ultimately  into  similar  plumose  fibres  (PI.  xxxvii.,  fig.3),  and  the 
skeleton  in  this  region  accordingly  is  composed  entirely  of  such 
(PI.  xxxvii.,  figs.l,  2);  these   fibres   are  composed   of  a  compact 
stout   core  (seldom   less    than    200/x  and    frequently    surpassing 
400//,  in  diameter)  of  longitudinally  disposed  spicules,  cemented 
together  b}"  a  relatively  somewhat  small  amount  of  spongin,  and 
of  rather  numerous,  usually  very  obliquely  (often  nearly  or  quite 
perpendicularly)  directed,  outwardly-projecting  or  "echinating"' 
spicules  of  similar  kind,  the  number  of  which  is  greatest  towards 
the  outer  extremities  of  the  fibres.     The  echinating  spicules  of 
immediately  adjoining  fibres  usually  intercross  with  one  another, 
and  very  often,  where  two  fibres  lie  sufficiently  close   together, 
tlie    points    of    some  of    the   spicules   of    each   of   them   become 
embedded  in  the  spongin  of  the  other;  occasionally,  one  or  a  few 
together  of  these   connecting  spicules   become  invested   with   a 
sheath  of  spongin,  and  a   connecting  fibre   is  thus  formed,  but 
such  connections  are  comparatively  rare.       Megascleres  scattered 
between  the  fibres  are  relatively  few,  and  in  part  are  much  longer 
and  slenderer  than  those  forming  the  fibres.     The  funes  are  com- 
posed  each   of  a  dense,   irregular  plexus   of  stout,   mostly  non- 
plumose  fibres  with  closely  compacted  spicules  arranged  usually 
in  a  more  or  less  disorderly  fashion,  and  cemented  by  a  relatively 
small   amount    of    spongin,    which   does    not    form    an    external 
sheath;    the   outermost-lying   spicules  of   the  fibres,   indeed,   ai-e 
usually  almost  or  quite  free  from  spongin.      Towards  the  older 
parts  of  the  sponge,  the   meshes  of   the  plexus  tend  to  become 
obliterated,  and  the  skeleton  has  the  appearance  of  consisting  of 
a  confused  mass  of   spicules.       The  formation  of  the  plexus  ap- 
pears to  be  brought  about  by  the  continued  addition  of  spicules 
to,   and   also   in    between,   the    plumose    fibres    of    the    original 
skeleton. 

Trichodragmata  are  scattered    fairly   plentifully  through    all 


548  REVISION    OP    THE    AXINELLID^,  ii., 

parts  of  the  sponge,  including  the  dermal  membrane,  hut  are 
nowhere  extremely  abundant:  witliin  the  funes  they  ai-e,  rather 
scarce.  8ingly  scattered  trichites  in  moderate  number  also 
occur,  hut  are  difficult  to  perceive  owing  to  their  extreme  tenuity. 
The  dragmata  are  unusually  slender,  and  are  often  notably  longer 
than  the  individual  trichites  composing  them. 

]\fpya)idpres. — (i.)  The  styli  composing  the  fibres  are  almost 
invariably  more  or  less  curved,  anfl  are,  without  exception, 
e\'enly  roundetl  at  the  hase  and  of  uniform  or  nearly  uniform 
diameter  therefrom  to  be3'ond  the  middle  of  theii-  length,  whence 
they  taper  gradually  to  a  sharp  point.  Their  curvature,  as  a 
rule,  is  slight  to  moderate,  and  most  frequently  is  confined  to  tlie 
basal  moiety  of  the  spicule,  hut  it  varies  in  degree  a  ery  consider- 
al)ly,  and  when  most  pronounced  is  usually  somewhat  angulate. 
Quite  commonly  in  the  case  of  the  smaller  specimen,  nnich  less 
f ret[uently  in  the  larger,  the  basal  part  of  the  shaft,  at  a  \ariable 
distance  fi'om  the  extremity,  is  more  or  less  sharply  curved  or 
l)ent  to  one  side;  occasionally  such  spicules  have  the  form  of 
rhabdostyli.  In  the  latter,  or  typical  specimen,  a  notable  pro- 
portion (numbering  between  25  and  50  per  cent,  of  the  spicules) 
exhibit  a  faint  annular  swelling  close  to  the  basal  end,  at  a  dis- 
tance therefrom  varying  from  15  to  about  SO/t, — the  distance 
usually  being  greatest,  and  the  annulation  less  distinct,  in  the 
case  of  the  longest  spicules;  in  some  of  the  shorter  spicules,  the 
annular  swelling  is  replaced  by  a  slight  basal  inflation,  the 
spicule  becoming  a  subtylostyle.  In  the  case  of  the  smaller 
specimen,  this  peculiarity  is  exceedingly  rare.  In  the  typical 
specimen,  also,  the  spicules  increase  in  stoutness  towards  the 
base  of  the  sponge,  attaining  in  proximity  to  the  stalk  a  maximum 
diameter  of  45/^.;  whereas  in  the  uppermost  regions  thereof,  and 
throughout  all  parts  of  the  other  specimen,  their  diameter  is  at 
most  33  or  34//..  Their  length  is  aI)out  the  same  in  both  speci- 
mens,— ranging  from  about  350/x  (but  seldom  less  tlian  400  or 
450/x)  to  somewhat  above  900/x. 

(ii.)  The  longer  and  slenderer  styli,  occurring  only  between  the 
fibres,  and  relatively  few,  ai-e  generally  sti'aight  or  (in  comparison 


BY    E.    F.    HALlSIANN. 


549 


Text-tig.  10. — Vraijimi.fiii  rariahi/i>'.     '(.  iiifgasult'i  t-s  ut  tlie  Hl)ies; 
/),  iiitcistitial  nicgasclercs. 


550 


REVISION    OF    THE    AXINELLIDiE,  11., 


with  their  length)  but  slightly  curved,  often  somewhat  flexuously; 
and  with  extremely  rare  exceptions  are  unprovided  with  a  sub- 
basal  annular  inflation :  otherwise,  in  shape,  they  are  similar  to 
the  preceding,  with  which  they  form  a  continuous  series.  In  the 
typical  specimen,  they  range  from  somewhat  less  than  1000  to 
upwards  of  1500/x  (rarely  to  nearly  1600/x)  in  length,  and  up  to 
IS/A  in  diameter,  spicules  between  900  and  1000/x  in  length  being 
comparatively  rare;  in  the  other  specimen,  they  are  of  equal 
stoutness,  Init  seldom  surpass  1250/x,  and  veiy  rarely  if  ever 
attain  to  more  than  1400/a  in  length,  while  individuals  between 
900  and  1000/x  long  are  comparatively  frequent. 

Mkrosderes. — The  trichites,  both  composing  the  dragmata  and 
scattered  singly,  are  very  slender,  always  less  than  0-5/x  in 
diameter,  and  vary  in  length  from  75  to  110/'.;  they  are  very 
frequently  curved  or  Hexuous.  The  dragmata  are  seldom  as 
much  as  5/x  in  diameter,  and  as  a  rule  they  are  very  compactly 
composed  and  somewhat  fusiform  in  shape;  they  are  often  much 
longer  than  the  trichites,  occasionally  attaining  a  length  of  200/a. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATES. 

Plate  xxix.,  fig.  4. 
Eig.4. — AVanlopliora   jjliaihi   AVhitelegi,'c;    .showing   the  skeleton    (photo- 
graphed by  tiansniitted  light)  of  portion  of  a  lamella  of  the  tyjx-- 
specimen,  the  lamella  varying  in  thickness  from  1-8  mm.;  (nat  size). 

Plate  XXX. 
Fig.  1. — A//(iiifojilinr<(    j//iri(/((   \Vhitelegge;    jjoilion  of   a   spiriL-speeimen; 

Fig. "2. — A.  ^/^?V'r^/r6*  Whitelegge  ;  portion  of  a  lamella  i>i  the  partially 
maeeiated,  dried  type-specimen;  (nat.  size). 

Fig..'{. — A.  plicata  Whiteleggc;  an  entire  lamella  of  a  dry,  wasiied-out 
specimen,  showing  the  texture  of  the  skeleton;  (nat.  size). 

Figs. 4,  o. — A.  rictoriaii't,  sp.nov.;  specimens  of  massive  form  (r;/'.  Pi.  xxxi., 
Hg.3);(^A). 

Fig.H. — A.  ciocdlyptoides  Dendj^ ;  a  subniassive,  digitate  .specimen,  at- 
tached to  a  stone;  (  x  x\)- 

Fig.  7. — A.  ciocalyptoide^'  Dendy  ;  a  semi -encrusting  specimen,  growing 
upon  a  stone;  (/j). 

Fig. 8. — A.  ciocaJyjdoklea,  var.  reducta,  var.nov. ;  (  x /j). 


BY    E.    F.    HALLMANN.  551 

Plate  xxxi. 

AUantophora  rictoriana,  sp.nov. 

Fij,'.  1. — Skeleton   (photographed  by  transmitted  light)  as  it  appears  in  a 

thiek  vei-tieal  slifc  of  an  entire  massive  specimen;  (nat.  size). 
Fig/2. — Skeleton  of  a  moderately  thick  vertical  slice  (jf  the  type-specimen: 

(nat.  size). 
Fig. 3. — Skeleton   (photographed  l\y   transmitted    light)    of    portion    of   a 

digitate  specimen,  extending  from  the  base  upwards  into  two  digiti- 

form  processes;  (  x  1-^). 
Fig. 4. — Digitate  specimen;  (nat.  size). 

Plate  xxxii. 

Allantophorn   ricforiaiia,  sp.nov. 

Fig.  1. — Petition  of  a  longitudinal  mesial  section  of  tlie  skeleton  of  a  digiti- 

form   process,  showing  the  axial  region,  the  radiating  main  filjres, 

and  the  connecting  fibres;  (  x  9). 
Fig. 2. — Portion   of  a   transverse   section  of  the  skeleton  of   a  digitation, 

showing  the  paucity  of  the  connecting  fibres  in  the  transverse  plane; 

(x9)    ' 
Figs. 3,  4,  5. — Portions   of   the   skeleton   (of   the   two   massive   specimens), 

showing  the  pattern  of  the  reticulatiiai  formed  by  the  connecting 

fibres. 

Plate  xxxiii.,  figs. l-o. 
Figs.  1,  2. — Sii/DKLcine/la  aii.stra/laiia  Dendj';  (  x  ^\). 
Fig.3. — S.  amtmliana  Dendy,  (?var. );  (  x^%). 
Fig. 4. — »S\  rimindlis,  s]i.nov. ;  (  x  ^"v). 

Fig.,'). — Si<ima.vin   flah(fll(ila  Carter;  (  x /■„).       [The  (tscula-like  pits  on   tlie 
surface  are  due  to  an  epizoic  Zooantharian.] 

Plate  xxxiv. 
l^'ig.  1. — Siijina.viiiclln   uiislrdliatia   l^endy;    h^ngitudinal    mesial   section    of 

the  skeleton  of  portion  of  a  branch;  (  x  18). 
Fig. 2. — S.   dendroide'i   Whitelegge  ;    longitudinal    mesial   section    of    the 

skeleton  of  portion  of  a  branch;  (  x  13). 

Plate  XXXV. 

SM/ma..vine//((  rim iiia/is,  sp. nov. 
Fig.  1. — Longitudinal  mesial  section  of  the  skeleton  of  tlic  terminal  portion 

of  a  branch;  (  x  14). 
Fig.2. — Longitudinal  mesial  section  of  a  branch;  (  x  14). 

Plate  XXX vi. 
Fior.  1. — Sii/via-vinel/a  rii)i!iialij^,  sp.nov.:  longitudinal  median  section  of  the 
skeleton  of  the  stalk;  (  x  14). 


552  REVISION    OF    THE    AXINELLID^,  ii. 

Fif,'.2. — Siifma.iia  Jfaht//afa  Carter:  (portion  of  a)  longitudinal  section  of 
the  skeleton  peipendicnlar  to  the  plane  of  the  sponge-lamina;  (  x  3). 

Fig.3. — Sii/maA'ia  Jlahdlatri  Carter;  portion  of  the  section  sliown  in  the 
preceding  figiue,  more  highlj-  magnified;  (  ^  18). 

Plate  xxxvii. 
Dra;/ma.Lua  rariahi./is  Whitelegge. 
Fig.  1. — Skeleton  as  shown  in  a  thin  section  parallel  to  and  in  the  midplane 
of  the  sponge-lamina  at  its  upper  margin;  from  a  typical  specimen; 

(   X    ].}). 

Fig. 2. — Skeleton  as  shown  in  a  tliin  longituninal  section  perpcntlicular  to 

the  sponge-lamina  at  its  upper  margin;  from  a   typical  specimen; 

(  X  1.5). 
Fig.3. — Skeleton   (of  an  entire   piece  of   the  sponge-lamina)  showing  the 

arrangement  of  the  dense  multi -fibrous  axes  or   "tunes'    and   their 

ultimate  resolution  into  single  filjres;  (  x  1^). 

Plate  xxxviii.,  tigs.  1-4. 
Figs.  1 ,  2,  3,  4. — A//an>op/iora   rirforkina,  sp.nov. ;  photograph  of  portions 
of  the  surface  of  different  specimens,  showing  the  mode  of  disposi- 
tion of  the  dermal  poves. 


553 


TJiE  (JAMETUPHYTE  OF   PSILUTUM:  PKEJ.IMINAUY 

NOTES. 

Bv    Thumas   ^A'ihti<:leg(;e,    Mkdalist   ok  thk   Koval   .SuriETv 
OF  Np^w  South  Wales,  1899. 

(Vonnniinirafcd  hji  tJv^  Rrr.    11'.    IT.    Walls.) 
(Plate  xlv.) 

These  Notes  are  an  atteini)t  to  elucidate  tlie  luysterx'  ot  the 
sexual  reproduction  of  FsUotiivi,  which  has  hitherto  ehided  all 
the  researches  of  investigatoi's. 

As  far  back  as  1899,  at  the  request  of  Dr.  J.  P.  Hill,  late  of 
Svdnev,  now  Professor  oi  Zoology  in  University  College,  London, 
I  sowed  spores  of  Fsilolinii  Iriijiii'trniu,  and  these  spores  were 
subjected,  by  Dr.  Hill  and  myself,  to  continuous  observation  for 
some  time.  The  spores  germinated,  but  as  we  failed  to  get  any 
light  upon  the  method  of  germination,  the  observatit)ns  were 
discontinued.  The  spores,  in  this  case,  were  sown  on  the  dead, 
barren  fronds  of  Platycerium  alcicorne,  and  the  aim  of  the  ex- 
periment was  to  discover  a  visible  prothallus.  This  search  for  a 
prothallus  was  evidently  the  reason  of  our  failure,  as  it  has  pro- 
bably been  the  reason  of  the  failure  of  other  investigators. 

After  a  lapse  of  15  years,  I  decided,  in  1915,  to  try  growing 
the  spores  upon  a  living  plant,  and,  for  this  purpose,  selected 
the  aei'ial  I'hizomes  of  Davallia  pyxidata  Cav.,  seeing  that  the 
two  plants  were  of  ten  found  gi'owing  in  proximity  to  one  another. 

.Spores  Were  sown  thickly,  on  prepared  rhizomes,  on  November 
L'Oth,  1915;  and  the  method  adopted  was  as  follows.  A  5"  pot 
was  filled  with  soil  to  within  an  inch  of  the  brim,  the  soil  having 
Ijeeii  sterilised  by  dry  heat,  and  by  soaking  it  in  several  changes 
of  boiling  water.  When  cool,  the  surface  was  covered  with  pieces 
of  the  rhizomes  of  D.  pyxidatd.  While  the  surface  was  fairly 
wet,  Psilotum-spores  were  dusted  o\  er  it,  after  which  a  sheet  of 


554  THE    GAMETOPHYTE    OF    PSILOTUM 


glass  was  placed  on  the  tup  of  the  pot,  the  inequalities  of  the 
lim  providing  sutlicient  ventilation  foi-  the  spores.  The  pot  was 
placed  on  the  window-sill  in  my  room,  and  exposed  to  bright 
sunlight  in  the  afternoon.  Water  was  suppliefl  by  means  of  a 
saucer  and  by  an  occasional  bath  up  to  the  soil-level,  water  on 
the  top  being,  of  course,  avoided.  It  should  be  said  that  the 
i-hizomes  used  were  soaked  in  water  for  a  day  or  two,  to  get  rid 
of  spores,  dirt,  or  insect-pests,  which  were  removed  with  a  soft 
brush.  Decayed  scales  were  also  removed,  and  only  healthy 
ones  left. 

In  this  experiment,  instead  of  waiting  for  the  appearance  of 
jnuthalli,  T  made  a  thorough  examination  of  some  (jf  the  sjDores 
as  often  as  possible,  both  day  and  night.  The  examination  was 
continued  until  nearly  all  the  spores  were  exhausted. 

On  December  20th,  atlditional  spores,  freshly  gathered,  were 
sown  on  the  same  rhizomes,  and  these  were  continuously  ex- 
amined up  to  the  end  of  the  year,  but  without  any  definite 
results. 

On  New  Year's  Day,  1916,  however,  I  was  rewarded  by  seeing 
the  male  gametophyte  attached  to  the  »pore.  There  were  at  least 
foui',  or  more,  antheridia  visible,  some  of  them  already  discharg- 
ing antherozoids,  and  others  almost  ready  to  do  so. 

This  discovery  cleared  vip  what  had  been,  to  me,  a  mystery  foi 
many  weeks.  I  had  frequently  seen,  and  increasingly  so  towards 
the  ^\\(\  of  Decembei-,  bodies  that  now  proved  to  have  been  the 
antheridia  of  Fnilotnm  discharging  antherozoids.  I  had  not 
dreamt,  at  the  time,  that  these  bodies  were  the  sperm-cells  of  a 
vascular  cryptogam;  they  seemed,  to  me,  a  phase  of  the  life- 
history  of  some  organism  ipiite  unknown  to  me:  a  surmise  all 
the  more  probable  seeing  that  every  fresh  collection  of  spores 
placed  under  the  microscope  was  associated  with  many  forms  of 
life,  including  Tnfus(jria,  Protozoa  of  various  kinds,  Tardigrades, 
Mites,  and  Worms. 

The  ditHculty  experienced  in  recognising  these  antheridia  will 
be  understood  when  it  is  stated  that  the  first  examples  seen  were 
solitary  spherical  cells  of  various   sizes,  some  of   them  equal  in 


BY    T.    WHITELEGGE.  '  555 

diameter  to  the  sniallei' diameter  of  the  spore,  and  others  of  them 
about  e«iiial  to  its  nucleus.  These  cells  were  floating  freely  in 
water,  anil  seemed  to  have  the  j^ower  of  movement.  These 
antheridial  cells  I  will  now  try  to  describe,  l^he  cell-wall  is  thin, 
transparent,  and  devoid  of  structure,  with  the  exception  oi  a 
bracket-like  mark,  which  later  becomes  a  slit,  on  some  part  of 
the  wall.  The  contents  of  the  cell  consist  of  a  large  numl)er  of 
extremely  minute  oval,  or  round,  bodies;  but  a  one-sixth  object- 
ive reveals  nothing  definite,  except  semi-transparent  dots  and, 
when  sharply  focussed,  a  thin,  dark  line.  When  one  of  tliese 
cells  is  jjlticed  in  water,  osmosis  begins,  and  finally  the  cell-wall 
is  ruptured  at  the  bracket-like  mark,  enabling  a  small  cloud  of 
active  bodies  to  escape,  and  swim  rapidly  away.  When  the 
I'upture  takes  place,  the  force  is  such  that  there  is  a  kind  of 
backward  tlirust,  which  causes  either  rotation  or  chanire  of 
position.  The  exit-slit  appears  now  to  close  again,  leaving  the 
bulk  of  these  bodies  within  the  cell,  where  they  continue  to 
swim  about,  vigoi'ously  endeavouring  to  escape.  8ome  of  them 
have  so  difficult  an  exit  that  their  efforts  often  cause  the  cell  to 
move.  It  takes  an  hour,  and  sometimes  two  hours,  for  all  these 
bodies  to  emerge  from  the  cell.  There  is  no  rest :  they  are  active 
all  the  time;  and,  after  escaping,  they  scatter  rapidly. 

After  these  bodies  had  been  identified  as  antherozoids,  search 
\\  as  made  for  some  spore  in  a  suitable  condition  to  attract  them, 
but  without  success.  Further  observation,  however,  showed  that 
the  ripe  spores,  taken  from  an  open  synangium  and  placed  in 
water,  underwent,  in  the  course  of  a  few  hours,  a  series  of 
changes,  by  way  of  cell-division,  which  revealed  the  existence  of 
two  well-marked  kinds  of  spores,  differing  from  one  another,  in 
shape  slightly,  and  greatly  in  the  density  of  their  cellular  con- 
tents: the  first  indication  that  the  spores  were  difecious.  And 
it  may  be  said  here,  though  I  shall  be  anticipating  a  later  part 
of  my  statement,  that  the  male-producing  spores  are  subreniform 
in  shape,  a  little  wider,  or  deeper,  than  the  female-bearing  spores, 
with  the  ends  more  rounded.  Moreover,  cell-division  in  the  male 
spore  is  definite,  and  in  the  female  indefinite;  in  the  male,  also, 


556  THE    GAMETOPHYTE    OF    PSILOTUM, 

the  spore-contents  assume  the  form  of  a  large  bubble-cell,  which 
fills  up  the  whole  of  the  spore. 

This  l)ubble-cell  splits  int(j  two  cells,  whifh  again  subdiAide, 
until  finally  eight,  or  more,  cells  are  formed.  The  whole  of  the 
protoplasm  appears  to  be  used  up  in  the  formation  of  these  cells, 
which  are  unequal  in  size,  free,  and  without  a  trace  of  any  other 
cellular  structure.  When  nearing  uiaturity,  some  of  these  cells 
may  be  seen  outside  the  sp(jre-case,  while  others  remain  inside, 
the  relative  inequality  in  size  l)eing  unaltered.  All  these  cells 
produce  antherozoids  in  abundance.  There  appears  to  be  a  thin 
deposit  of  gum  binding  the  spoi-e-case  and  the  cells  to  the  sub- 
stratum on  which  the  spore  grows.  These  cells  are  usually 
spherical,  easily  separated,  and  often  floating  freely  without  any 
trace  of  their  having  been  attached. 

So  far  as  concerns  the  male  gametophyte  of  Psilotum,  there- 
fore, I  may  claim  to  have  got  positive  results.  The  numerous 
specimens  I  have  had  under  observati(ni  warrant  the  conclusion 
that  there  is  one  kind  of  spore  that  produces  the  male  gameto- 
phyte; that  this  gametophyte  consists  of  a  series  of  free  anther, 
idia,  and  that  each  antheridial  cell,  irrespective  of  size,  forms 
mother-cells  and  antherozoids. 

The  seai-ch  for  the  female  gamctoph^^te  has  been  a  nuich  more 
difiicult  matter,  and  very  disappointing.  A  careful  look-out  was 
kept  for  signs  of  the  female  throughout  my  investigations,  and  1 
have  already  indicated  how  I  was  enabled  to  conclude  that  the 
spores  were  dia'citnis.  Curiously  enough,  the  females  were  pre- 
sent all  the  time,  and  quite  as  plentifully  as  the  males.  The 
size,  .shape,  and  colour  of  the  peculiar  structure,  which  ]  have 
come  to  regard  as  the  female  gametophyte,  required  at  least  a 
one-sixth  objecti\'e  to  distinguish  it  from  small,  malformed  spores 
of  the  normal  kind,  and  immature  spores  of  various  shapes  and 
sizes.  The  presence  of  three  or  four  testaceous  amoebte,  which 
resembled  the  gauietophyte  in  shape  and  colour,  two  species  of 
Arcella,  one  Assulina,  and  one  Euglypha,  added  to  the  confusion. 

Even  after  1  had  seen  the  female  iu  situ,  both  in  its  early 
stages  and  in  what   I   regard    as  the  adult  form,  it  required  pro- 


BY    T.    WHITELKGGE.  00/ 

longed  examination  to  he  certain  of  its  identity.  Tts  minuteness 
aiul  the  fact  that  it  was  often  so  deeply  stained  that  nothing  in 
the  way  of  structure  could  he  seen,  rendeiiMl  the  search  extremely 
difficult.  That  I  have  found  at  least  a  stage  of  the  female 
gametophyte,  however,  T  have  no  douht;  and  the  following  ten- 
tative flescription  of  its  structure'  is  submitted  as  being  the 
nearest  possible  without  a  resort  to  sections. 

Tlie  spore  producing  the  female  gametoph^'te  is,  as  already 
intimated,  narrower,  with  the  ends  less  rounded  than  in  the  male. 
The  spore-contents  consist  of  nuinenms  small  cells.  Usually,  one 
thick- walled  body  is  seen  as  an  outgrowth  from  the  spore,  as 
development  proceeds,  and  a  number  of  irregularly-shaped  cells 
appear,  some  of  which  project  from  the  surface:  the  appearance 
presented  l)eing  as  if  the  cells  were  imbedded  in  gum.  The 
structure,  when  complete,  is  dome-shaped,  with  at  least  two 
small  clusters  of  projecting  cells  near  the  summit  on  opposite 
sides;  these  projecting  cells  I  regard  as  possibly,  and  even  pro- 
bably, the  archegonia.  The  base  presents  structural  features 
wldch  render  the  identification  of  the  female  gametophyte  certain 
ill  all  stages.  At  the  point  of  union  with  the  spore,  there  is  a 
very  distinct  ring,  consisting  of  a  series  of  cells  which  are  in- 
variably stained  brown,  the  colour  being  much  darker  than  that 
of  the  rest  of  the  cells.  Similar  brown  cells  sometimes  project 
on  other  parts  of  the  dome,  and  produce  rhizoids. 

When  this  dome-like  structure  is  detached  from  the  spore,  it 
is  seen  to  be  hollow,  with  the  upper  part  thick-walled;  and,  in 
this  thick  wall,  the  aforesaid  projecting  cells  are  imbedded. 
Towards  the  base,  the  wall  is  thinner,  and  terminates  in  the 
ring  previously  mentioned,  which  surrounds  tlie  circular  aper- 
ture leading  into  the  interior. 

After  this  multicellular  structure  had  been  definitely  identified, 
I  felt  (juite  satisfied  that  it  represented  at  least  a  stage  in  the 
development  of  the  female  gametoplwte.  Whether  it  is  the 
young,  or  tlie  mature,  structure  is  a  cpiestion  that  is  not  likeh'  to 
be  answered  without  a  resort  to  section-cutting,  after  imbedding 
the  material  in  a  suitable  medium. 


558  THE    GAMETOPHYTE    OF    PSILOTUM, 

The  re-examination  of  all  the  material  at  my  disposal  tended 
to  support  the  opinion  that  the  dome-shaped  structure  may  be 
the  fully-formed  female  gametophyre.  During  the  re-examina- 
tion, upwards  of  100  specimens  of  this  dome-shaped  structure,  in 
all  stages  of  development,  were  carefully  studied.  The  most 
sti'iking  features  noted  were  the  uniformity  as  to  structure  and 
dimensions;  and  the  great  variabilit}'  in  tlie  colour  of  the  dome- 
shaped  structure,  according  to  age.  In  the  young  form,  it  is 
fairly  transpai-ent,  but,  M'hen  it  reaches  maturity,  it  assumes  a 
slightl}'  brownish  tint,  with  the  exception  of  the  projecting  cells, 
which  remain  clear  and  are  visible  through  the  ringed  aperture, 
with  their  bases  imbedded  in  the  wall  of  the  upper  part  of  the 
dome.  tSome  of  these  projecting  cells  appear  to  be  flask-shaped, 
but  they  are  too  much  imbedded  for  the  details  to  be  cleai-ly 
seen.      T  assume  that  these  projecting  cells  are  the  archegonia. 

When  the  dome  has  attained  a  diameter  of  0'05  mm.,  it  ceases 
to  increase  in  size,  and  gradually  becomes  darker  in  coloui', — the 
rusty-brown  colour  always  developed  in  the  unfertilised  arclie- 
gonia  of  ferns. 

On  one  of  the  slides  examined,  there  were  several  examples  of 
these  domes,  measuring  about  0*08  mm.,  and  these  were  fairly 
ti'an.sparent,  except  the  ring,  which  was  deeply  coloured,  and 
stood  out  very  distinctly.  The  hollow  of  the  dome  appeared  to 
be  filled  up;  and,  in  some  cases,  there  was  an  appearance  of 
bulging  at  the  opening, — perhaps  showing  that  fertilisation  had 
taken  place. 

The  pavement-like  character  of  the  cell-structure  (the  cells 
being  imbedded  in  gum)  allows  of  expansion,  within  certain 
limits,  to  accommodate  the  growth  of  the  embryo.  The  ring- 
may  be  regarded  as  a  ready  means  of  separation  from  the  spore, 
the  dome  being  left  as  a  protecting  cap  on  the  broad  end  of  the 
embryo,  until  further  growth  renders  it  unnecessary. 

On  the  slide  referred  to  above,  there  wei^e  several  peculiar 
bodies  which  may  be  said  to  reach  the  climax  of  the  puzzles 
connected  with  the  study  of  the  gametophyte  of  Psilotum.  The 
first  specimen  seen  was  wedge-shaped,  the  broad  end  of  the  wedge 


BY    T.    WHITELEGGE.  559 

capped  by  a  series  of  cells  resembling-  greatly  tlie  cells  on  the 
dome;  the  narrow  end  consisted  of  a  continuous  cell-sbructure 
much  like  that  of  a  prothallus,  but  smaller  than  any  I  have  ever 
seen.  There  were  other  cellular  structures  present  bearing  the 
same  kind  of  cells,  but  these  having  been  l)roken  in  the  mount- 
ing, the  cells  were  visible  only  on  the  inside.  These  bodies 
appear  to  have  been  round.  The  outer  surface  presents  a 
series  of  projecting  cells,  many  of  wliich  bear  rhizoids.  The 
material  from  which  the  sUde  was  made  was  procured  from  the 
interior  of  a  single  synangium. 

After  the  rough  draft  of  this  jtapei'  liafl  bee'n  prepared,  the 
Rev.  W.  W.  AVatts  called  my  attention  to  a  note  in  Spring's 
"Lj'copodiaceie"  (1842  and  1849),  which  is  of  great  interest  in 
the  light  of  the  researches  recorded  in  the  present  paper.  The 
following  is  jNIr.  Watts"  translation  of  Spring's  observation,  under 
Psilotum,  on  p. 268  of  his  work:  "If  tlie  spores  are  thrown  into 
water,  they  execute  very  rapid  movements  (mouvements  de  tre- 
pidation) and  speedily  envelop  themselves  in  a  kind  of  cloud. 
According  t(j  [Sir]  Robert  BiT)wn's  observations  (Prodr.,  p.  164), 
this  cloud  is  due  to  a  fine  powder,  which  escapes  from  the  spores. 
Kaulfuss  has  observed,  upon  the  middle  of  the  internal  margin 
of  the  spores,  a  black  point,  which  was  in  touch  (en  rapport) 
with  a  little  vesicule,  and  which  vanished,  at  the  same  time  as 
this  last,  in  the  water.  Although  I  have  not  had  the  good 
fortune  to  see  that  kind  of  'aile  seminal,'  I  recall  this  fact  to 
induce  botanists,  who  have  living  plants  of  Psilotum  at  their 
disposal,  to  direct  their  investigations  to  this  point."  Robert 
Brown's  description  of  the  species  of  Psilotum,  although  brief, 
gives  an  accurate  account  of  what  happens  when  antheridia 
bearing  spores  are  placed  in  water.  The  observation  recorded 
by  Kaulfuss  may  possibly  refer  to  the  deeply  stained  female 
gametophyte,  which  is  just  as  easily  detached  from  the  spore  as 
the  male. 

After  having  studied  Fxllofum,  I  turned  to  the  closely  allied 
Tnipxipteris.  A>s  I  could  not  find  spores  in  just  the  right  stage 
for  sowing,   it  struck    me   as   possible   that    suitably   developed 


560  THK    GAMETOPHYTE    OF    PSILOTUM, 

spores  miglit  be  found  in  old  synangia.  The  surmise  proved  to 
be  correct.  When  old  s\'nangia  liad  been  carefully  soaked  in 
water,  and  dissected  by  means  of  a  brush  and  needle,  spores  were 
found,  as  I  had  expected,  and  some  of  them  had  germinated 
within  the  synangium,  a  fact  that  may  be  regarded  as  an  im- 
portant .discovery,  inasmuch  as  it  offers  a  possible  field  in  which 
the  whole  life-histoiy  of  the  sexual  generation  may  be  obtained 
fi'om  the  study  of  spores  germinated  in  Nature's  own  woi'ksliop, 
and,  therefore,  almost  entirely  free  from  sucli  complications  as 
affect  the  work  of  the  culturist. 

A  careful  examination  of  old  fruits  may  be  expected  to 
furnish  e\idence  of  the  sexual  developmeiit,  and  even  provide 
some  embryos.  Possibly  this  is  one  of  the  means  bv  which  tlie 
[)lant  is  propagated.  The  examinati(m  of  a  large  number  of 
synangia  will  be  necessary  to  success.  Weather-conditions,  at 
fruiting  time,  have  an  important  bearing  on  the  question,  and 
the  dryness,  or  otherwise,  of  the  locality  inhabited  by  tlie  plant. 

After  my  examination  of  the  synangia  of  Tmesij^tpvi^,  I  came 
to  the  conclusion  that  the  sexual  reproduction,  when  known, 
will  not  differ  materi.ilh'  fi-om  that  of  Fsi/ofuDr,  and  I  express 
this  opinion  after  having  seen  both  the  male  and  the  female 
gametophytes.  Old  synangia  of  Psilofum,  accidentally  found  in 
the  rhizome-culture,  furnished  better  results  than  those  obtained 
by  cultivation.  One  example,  having  been  dissected  and  mounted, 
provided  ample  material  for  study,  both  the  male  and  the  female 
gametophytes  being  present  in  considerable  numbers,  and  in  all 
stages  of  development,  the  males  predominating  and  being  too 
numei'ous  to  count  without  special  appliances. 

In  conclusion,  believing  th.at  I  have  been  able  to  point  the 
way  to  the  solution  of  the  mysteiy  of  the  sexual  reprf)duction  of 
Psi/otuni,  I  am  desirous  of  placing  the  results  of  my  observations 
on  I'ecord,  so  that  others,  in  command  of  better  appliances  and 
opportunities,  may  be  able  to  carry  the  investigation  to  its  final 
and  successful  issue. 

My  thanks  are  flue  to  Mr.  W.  Graham,  of  the  University, 
Sydney,  for  excellent  microphotographs  of  the  male  gametophyte, 


BY    T.    WHITELEOOE.  '  561 

and  to  Mr.  Allan  R.  McCuUoch  for  the  completed  drawings  which 
illustrate  this  paper;  also  to  Mastei-  Bert  Deo,otardi  for  valuable 
aid  in  the  search  for  plants  of  Tmesipteris  and  fruiting-speciniens 
of  Psilotuni. 

Measur(Mnents  of  spores,  and  reproductive  organs  (jf  Psi/o/m)/. 

Male  spore. — Length,  0-00  to  ()-08  mm.  ;  breadth,  O-OM  to 
00^  111111.;  antheridial  cells,  O'OIS  to  0"04  mm.  Antherozoids  as 
seen  i/i  .•^ifn,  average  diametei-,  O'OO-'J  mm. 

Female  sjwre. — Length,  O-Ofi  to  0-OS  mm.  ;  breadth,  ()-027  to 
0-03  mm.  Unfertilised  gametophyte,  ()■i)'^  to  0-04  mm.  in  dia- 
meter.     Fertilised  gametophyte,  0'04  to  0*08 mm.  in  diameter. 

Additional  Xotp. — Several  months  have  elapsed  since  the  pub- 
lished notice  of  the  slides  exhilnted  at  the  Meeting  of  the  Society 
in  Ajiril  last,  and  since  the  foregoing  paper  was  completed. 
During  the  interval,  much  time  has  been  devoted  to  a  fiirther 
study  of  mounted  slides,  and  examples  preserved  in  formalin. 
The  results  have  exceeded  \n\  expectations.  Many  doubtful 
points  have  been  cleared  up,  and  some  new  phases  of  development 
observed. 

The  male  spore  produces  eight  or  more  antheridia;  as  many  as 
twelve,  in  one  instance,  have  been  seen.  When  near  maturity, 
the  antheridia  emerge  from  the  ventral  slit,  as  pear-  or  comma- 
shaped  bodies,  the  cell-wall  being  thin  and  plastic;  before  the 
antherozoids  are  mature,  the  wall  becomes  consolidated,  and  the 
cell  assumes  a  globular  form.  Tn  many  cases,  the  last  one  or  two 
cells  do  not  completely  emerge,  but  remain  deeply  imbedded  in 
the  spore.  So  far,  no  traces  of  any  cell  or  cells  have  been  found, 
which  might  be  regarded  as  a  prothallus,  either  rudimentary  or 
otherwise. 

The  female  gametophyte  emerges  from  the  ventral  slit  as  a 
small,  thick- walled  vesicle.  It  is  situated  in  the  centre  of  the 
nearly  straight  border,  and  is  drop-like  in  outline.  Structural 
details  are  difficult  to  see,  until  it  has  attained  a  diameter  of 
about  0-015  mm.       It  is  then    seen   to  be  a  multicellular  bjsdy, 

44 


L  i  J  R  A  R  Y 


562  THE    GAMETOPHYTE    OF    PSILOTUM, 

dome-like  in  shape,  and  of  a  slight  brown  tint.  Very  many 
examples  have  been  seen,  in  sitx,  in  all  stages  of  development. 
Each  female  spore  produces  one  gametophyte;  in  no  instance 
have  two  been  observed.  During  my  investigations,  upwards  of 
one  hundred  slides  have  been  mounted  in  glycerine-jelly,  and  only 
about  six  show  the  gametophyte  in  situ. 

The  evidence  that  this  dome-shaped  structure  is  the  full-grown 
prothallus,  is  now  definitely  established.  Within  the  last  fort- 
night, fex-tilised  archegonia,  and  embryos  filling  the  cavity  of  the 
dome,  have  been  found  on  many  slides;  and  one,  in  particular, 
lias  at  least  a  dozen  embryos,  some  visible  through  the  wall  of 
the  dome,  and  also  through  the  ringed  aperture  at  the  base. 
There  are  also  some  in  which  the  wall  of  the  dome  has  been 
broken  away,  and  the  outlines  and  cell-structure  can  be  seen.  In 
one  instance,  the  embryo  is  quite  free,  and  exhibits  certain  in- 
dications of  the  division  into  regions  such  as  are  exhibited  in  the 
early  stages  of  Archegoniates  generally. 

The  female  gametophyte  appears  to  reach  maturity  when  it 
lias  attained  to  a  diameter  of  about  0-035  or  0*04  mm.  On 
opposite  sides  of  the  dome,  near  the  summit,  and  in  a  line  with 
the  longer  axis  of  the  spore,  two  clusters  of  cells  ma}^  be  observed. 
These  are  transparent,  and  subtend  the  aperture  in  the  neck  of 
the  archegonia.  Each  cluster  appears  to  consist  of  four  cells, 
two  of  which  are  more  elevated  than  their  fellows.  The  rest  of 
the  archegonium  is  imbedded  in  the  wall  of  the  dome.  In  two 
instances,  archegonia  have  been  observed  only  partly  imbedded, 
more  than  half  being  visible.  If  fertihsation  takes  place,  the 
whole  structure  rapidly  increases  in  size  generally,  and  some  of 
the  brown  cells  on  the  ring  and  on  other  parts  of  the  dome 
become  enlarged,  and  often  develop  into  rhizoids.  The  inner, 
cellular  portion  of  the  dome  appears  to  be  absorbed  to  furnish 
nutrition  foi-  the  growing  embryo.  The  wall  becomes  thin,  and, 
when  fractured,  Ineaks  with  an  angular  appearance  like  broken 
glass.  As  growth  proceeds,  the  rhizoids  increase  in  size,  and  it 
seems  possible  that  they  may  be  functional  all  the  time,  either  as 
simple  cells  or  when  elongate. 


BY    T.    WHITELEGGE.  ,  '563 

EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  XLV. 

Fig.  L — Spore,  with  inatiue  antheiidiuni,  before  the  discharge  of  the 
antherozoids.  The  curved  line  on  the  surface  indicates  the  exit-slit 
by  which  escape  is  effected. 

Fig.2. — Spore,  bearing  female  gametophyte,  showing  basal  ring  of  cells, 
and  the  apical  cells  of  a  pair  of  archegonia  near  the  summit. 

Fig.S. — (lametophyte,  showing  a  fertilised  archegonium  projecting  from 
the  surface. 

Fig. 4. — (iametophj'te,   showing  contained   embryo,   and  a  numlier  of   de- 
veloping rhizoids  at  the  base. 
All  the  figures  are  greatly  enlarged,  and  more  or  less  diagrammatic. 


564 


CONTRIBUTIONS    TO    A    KNOWLEDGE   OF    AUSTRA- 
LIAN CVLICIDJL     No.  iii.- 

By  Frank  H.  Taylor,  F.E.S. 

(From  the  Australian  Institute  of  Tropical  Medicine,  Toumsville.) 

The  present  paper  contains  descriptions  of  five  new  species, 
witli  notes  on  synonymy,  and  additional  records  for  previously 
known  species. 

The  male  of  Hteyomyia  tasmaniensis  Str.,  and  the  female  of 
Danielsia  ininuta  Taylor,  are  described  for  the  first  time. 

The  new  species  are  distributed  in  the  following  genera : — 
Stegomyia  (one),  HuleGmteomyia  (one),  Culicada  (one),  Leucomyia 
(one),  and  Lopltoceratomyia  (one).  The  type-specimens  have 
been  deposited  in  the  Institute-Collection. 

Stegomyia  tasmaniensis  Strickland. 

Entomologist,  xliv.,  No.578,  p.249(1911). 

(J.  Similar  to  $;  palpi  black;  antennae  pale,  nodes  and  last  two 
segments  dark,  plumes  black;  fore-  and  mid-ungues  unequal,  the 
larger  stout,  uniserrate,  hind  equal  and  simple.     Length,  5  mm. 

Hab. — Tasmania:  Devonport  and  St.  Patrick's  River,  Spring- 
field, Bridport  (F.  M.  Littler),  New  River  Di.'-trict  (W.  H. 
Twelvetrees). 

Evidently  a  widely  distributed  species,  as  it  has  been  found  in 
scattei-ed  localities,  from  Northern  to  Southern  Tasmania.  Mi'. 
Twelvetrees  has  found  it,  in  fairly  large  numbers,  in  tlae  New 
River  District.  This  is  the  first  occasion  on  which  the  male  has 
been  found. 

Co-type  in  Coll.  F.  M.  Littler. 


*  Continued  from  these  Proceedings,  1915,  p.  184. 


bY    FhANK    H.    TAYLOR.  565 

Stegomyia    DALIENSLS,  Sp.Il, 

llead  pale-scaled.  Thorax  with  dark  hmwu  scales.  Legs 
unhanded.      Ahdonien  with  hasal  handing. 

J.  Head  entirely  covered  with  pale  scales,  with  hlack,  upright- 
forked  ones  on  the  vertex;  antenna^  dark  hrown,  basal  lobes  and 
base  of  second  segment  yellowish;  palpi  clothed  with  dark  scales; 
proboscis  black. 

Thorax  brown,  cti)thed  with  dark  brown,  narrow-cui\  ed  scales, 
and  numerous  black  bristles  over  the  wing-roots  ;  scutelhnn 
brown,  clothed  with  pale  scales;  posterior  border-bristles  black; 
pleune  yellowish,  clothed  with  pale  scales  and  a  few  dark  bristles. 

Abdomen  clothed  with  black  scales,  first  segment  with 
numerous  dark  bristles  in  addition;  segments  two  to  four  with 
pale  basal  bands,  segments  five  and  six  with  basal  lateral  pale 
spots,  seventh  and  eighth  without  bands  or  spots;  venter  with 
pale  scales. 

Legs  :  coxa'  and  trochanters  pale,  clothed  with  dark  bristles; 
femora  w  ith  l)asal  half  pale  beneath,  rest  of  the  femora,  the  tibiiv, 
and  tarsi  dark  brown;  ungues  all  equal  and  simple. 

AVings  with  the  scales  on  the  costa,  subcostal,  and  first  long 
\ein  dark  brown,  brown  on  remaining  veins;  first  fork-cell  loiiger 
and  narrower  than  the  second,  base  of  the  latter  nearer  the  base 
of  the  wine:;  stem  of  the  first  fork-cell  more  than  two-thirds  the 
lenjfth  of  the  cell,  stem  of  the  second  a  little  more  than  half  the 
length  of  its  cell;  anterior  basal  cross- vein  longer  than,  and  about 
once  and  one-half  its  length  from  the  anterior  cross-vein;  fringe 
light  brown.      Halteres  with  pale  stems  and  dark  knobs. 

Length,  4  nun.  (vix). 

//r^/y.— Northern  Territory:   Daly  River  (G.  F.  Hill). 

MiMETEOMYiA  ORNATA  Taylor. 

Stcijiniiyia  onuifa  Taylor,  Trans.  Ent.  8oc.  London,  1914,  p.  1S9. 

A  re-examination  of  the  unique  type  of  the  above  shows  that 
it  should,  properly,  be  placed  in  the  geinis  Minn'tt'ontyia,  on 
account  of  the  very  bristly  and  truncated  apex  of  the  jibdomen, 
and  other  points  of  agreement  with  the  genus. 


566  AUSTRALIAN    CULtCIDjE,  iii., 

There  is  an  error  in  tlie  description,  the  specimen  being  a 
female,  and  not  a  male. 

MlMETEOMYIA    QUASIORNATA  Taylor. 

Stecjomyia  quaaiornata  Taylor,  these  Proceedings,  1915,  p.  177, 
PI.  xxviii.,  fig.  2. 

This,  like  the  above  species,  is  placed  in  Mimeteomyia,  as  it  is 
more  closely  related  to  this  genus  than  to  Stegoniyia.  The  $ 
sign  in  the  first  line  of  tlie  description  should  be  deleted,  as  ojily 
the  9  is  known. 

MixMETEOMYiA  HiLLi  Taylor. 

Stegomyia  hilli  Taylor,  these  Proceedings,  1914,  p.456,  PI. 
XXXV.,  fig. 5. 

Mr.  Edwards  recently  suggested  tome  in  ////.,  that  this  species 
and  *S'.  qiiasioriuita  would  be  more  correctly  placed  in  the  genus 
MimeMomyia.  A  re-examination  of  the  type  proves  tliat  such  is 
the  case,  on  the  same  grounds  as  stated  under  ^f.  oruafd  Taylor. 

HULECCETEOMYIA    MILSONI,   Sp.n. 

Head  with  brown  and  white  scales.  Thorax  clothed  witli 
bronze  and  pale  scales.  Abdomen  with  white  basal  band  in  <r. 
Legs  ^\'ith  basal  banding. 

$.  Head  clothed  with  dark  brown  and  white  fiat  scales,  white 
nurrow-curved  and  black  upright-forked  ones  in  the  middle  with 
a  uai'row,  median  line  of  broad  spindle-shaped  ones  in  additi(»n: 
])alpi  black,  first  and  second  segments  and  apex  with  narrt)w 
apical  banfUng;  antenn;e  black,  basal  lobes  black,  with  small, 
broad,  white,  fiat  scales,  second  joint  similarly  clothed;  proboscis 
black. 

Thorax  with  bronze-coloured,  narrow-curved  scales,  and  pale 
ones,  more  numerous  laterally,  a  patch  of  broad  white  fiat  ones 
anterior  to  tlie  scutelhim,  the  latter  clothed  with  white  spindle- 
shaped  scales:  j)leura^  dark  brown,  densely  clothed  with  white, 
HmI  scales;  jirothoracic  lobes  similarly  clad. 

Abdomen  black,  first  segment   black,  with  a  few  white  scales 


BY    FRANK    H.    TAYLOR. 


667 


ill  the  centre,  and  iiunierou.s  yellowi.sli  l)i-istles,  the  second  to 
sixth  witli  white  basal  banding:  venter  dark  with  white  basal 
lateral  j)atclies,  penultimate  .segment  mottled  with  white  scales. 

Wings  with  vein-scales  brown;  first  fork-cell  longer  and  nar- 
rower than  the  secondj^  base  of  the  former  slightly  nearer  the 
base  of  the  wing;  stem  of  the  first  about  half,  of  the  second  about 
two-thirds  the  length  of  the  cells;  anterior  basal  cross-vein  longer 
than  and  al)()ut  half  its  length  from  the  anterior  cross-vein; 
fringe  brown. 

Legs  black,  femora  mottled  with  white  scales,  basal  half  pale 
beneath,  knee-spot  white;  first  three  tarsals  of  fore-  and  mid-legs 
with  white  basal  banding,  that  on  the  third  not  so  prominent, 
first  four  tarsals  of  the  hind-legs  with  broad  white  basal  banding; 
ungues  equal  and  uniserrate. 

Length,  5  mm. 

//«6._N.S.W.:  Milson  Island  (Dr.  Cleland). 

Co-type  in  Coll.  Cleland. 

Danielsia  minuta  Taylor. 

Bull.  Northern  Territory,  No.  i.,  p.60(1912). 

2-  Head  clothed  with  pale  fiat  scales,  with  brown  nai-row- 
cur\  ed  and  upright-forked  ones  in  the  centre;  antennje  and  palpi 
brown. 

Thorax  light  brown,  with  pale  narrow-curved  scales,  border- 
bristles  brown,  scutellum  pale  [denuded];  pleurty  brown  with 
patches  of  white  flat  scales. 

Abdomen  brown-scaled,  unhanded,  first  six  segments  \\itli 
white  basal  lateral  spots;  venter  brown. 

Wings:  costa  black,  vein-scales  brown;  first  fork-cell  longer 
and  narrower  than  the  second,  base  of  the  former  nearer  the  base 
of  the  wing,  stem  of  the  first  about  half  the  length  of  its  cell, 
stem  of  the  second  about  the  length  of  the  cell;  anterior  basal 
cross-vein  shorter  than,  and  about  thrice  its  length  from,  the 
anterior  cross-vein;  fringe  brown. 

Length,  2 '5  mm. 

i/^«6.— Northern  Territory :   Darwin  ((^  F.  Hill). 


o6S 


AUSTRALIAN    CUDICID^,  iii., 


Described  from  a  single  ^specimen.  The  tvpe  (^)  was  in  \ery 
poor  condition,  hence  the  above  detailed  description  of  the  9. 
There  are  certain  discrepancies  in  the  two  descriptions  concerning 
the  abdomen,  but  I  feel  sure  the}'  belong  to  the  same  species. 

Mr.  Hill  notes  that,  when  at  rest,  the  9  carries  the  hind  legs 
backwards  over  the  abdomen. 

CULICAUA    HYBRIDA,   Sp.n. 

Head  with  pale  and  brown  scales.  Thorax  w  ith  Ijronzc-coloured 
scales  with  golden  reflections.  Abdomen  unhanded.  Tarsi  with 
basal  banding. 

9.  Head  densely  clothed  with  pale  and  brown  narrow-cur\ed 
scales,  with  mixed  pale  and  black  upright-forked  scales;  palpi 
black,  with  a  few  white  scales  at  the  apex  of  the  second  segment, 
apex  white-scaled  ;  antenna-  brown,  verticillate  hairs  brown, 
pubescence  pale;  proboscis  black. 

Thorax  chestnut,  clothed  with  bnmze-coloured  scales  with 
golden  reflections;  scutellum  paler  than  the  thorax,  with  pale 
scales;  pleuive  i)ale  brown,  with  small  white  flat  scales. 

Abdomen  clothed  \\  ith  dusky  scales,  unhanded,  segments  four 
to  six  with  conspicuous  white  lateral  spots,  border-bristles  pale; 
venter  inottled  with  brown  and  pale  scales. 

AMngs:  costa,  sub-costal,  and  first  long  vein  with  violet-black 
scales,  remaining  vein-scales  dusky;  first  fork-cell  longer  and 
narrower  than  the  second,  their  bases  about  le\'el,  stem  of  the 
first  about  two-thirds  the  length  of  the  cell,  of  the  second  about 
as  long  as  its  cell;  antei-ior  basal  cross-vein  al)out  the  length  of, 
and  aljout  once  and  one-half  its  length  from,  the  anterior  cross 
vein;  fringe  dusky. 

Legs  black,  femora  mottled  with  })ale  scales,  knee-spots  creamv, 
first  three  tarsals  of  fore-  and  mid-legs  with  white  basal  ])anding, 
fourth  and  fifth  unl)anded,  first  four  tarsals  of  hindlegs  similarly 
l)anded,  fifth  unhanded  ;  ungues  ecjual,  uniserrate. 

Length,  4 "5  mm. 

Ilnb.—N.HAy.:   Milson  Island  (J)r.  J.  B.  Cleland). 

Type  uni([ue.      It  njay  be  distinguished  from  C.  bujjatujariji'niiis 


BY    FRANK    H.    TAYLOK.  o69 

Theol)..  1)v  till'  (Hrt'ei-ently  colourcil  thm-ax,  the  alHlomeu  witli  Imt 
three  sei^inents  ^vith  basal  lateral  spots,  the  Ijasaliy  handed  taisi, 
and  the  hind-iinuiies  being  uuiserrate. 

CULICADA    DEMANSis  Sti-ieklaiid. 

Entuiuolo-ist,  xliv.,  No.577,  p.l'Oli  (I'Jll). 

Hnb.—^.ii.W.:  Milsou  Island.— Tasni. :  Hillwcod  (F.  M. 
Littler). 

Two  specimens  received  from  I  )r.  C'lcland  differ  from  the  Tas- 
manian  specimens  in  the  InvStitute-CoUeetion  only  in  ha\  iiig  the 
stems  of  the  fork-cells  shorter. 

CuLiCADA  TASMANiENSis  Htricklaiid. 

Entomologist,  xliv.,  No. 57 6,  p.  181  (1911). 

Additional  specimens  have  been  received  from  INIr.  Littler,  and 
Mr.  W.  H.  Twelvetrees  per  Mr.  Littler.  This  seems  to  be  the 
commonest  and  most  widely  distributed  Tasmanian  species. 

H<(h. — Tasm. :  Devonport,  JSpringtield,  St.  Patrick's  River  (F. 
:NL  Littler),  New  River  District  (W.  H.  Twelvetrees). 

Leucomyia  vicina,  sp.n. 

Head  and  anterior  two-thirds  of  thoi'ax  white-scaled.  Abdo- 
men with  white  basal  banding.     Tarsi  basally  banded  white. 

^.  Head  clothed  with  white  scales;  autenn;e  pale,  nodes  black, 
})lumes  dark;  palpi  black;  penultimate  and  apical  segments  with 
a  narrow  white  basal  baud,  apical  half  of  the  apical  segment 
white,  hairs  black  except  on  apical  half  of  last  segment;  pro- 
boscis black,  a  white  band  at  the  apex  of  the  middle  third,  with 
a  small  tuft  of  hairs  beneath  at  its  base. 

Thorax  with  anterior  two-thirds  clothed  with  dense  white 
scales,  laterally  a  dense  row  of  flat  white  ones,  posterior  third  and 
scutellum  covered  with  brown  narrow-curved  scales  ;  pre-alar 
bristles  brown:  pleurit  broN\  n,  clothed  with  scattered  white  scales. 

Abdomen  black-scaled,  with  white  basal  banding,  seventh  and 
eighth  apically  banded  also,  latei-al  and  [)Osterior  border-bristles 
golden;  venter  pale-scaled. 


570  austraLiax  cultcida-:,  iii., 

Legs  black,  feiiKjra  pale  beneath,  first  to  fourth  tai'si  of  fore- 
aud  mid-legs  with  creamy  basal  banding,  all  tarsi  of  hind-legs 
with  similar  banding;  ungues  of  fore-  and  mid-legs  unequal,  the 
lai'ger  uniserrate,  hind  equal  and  simple. 

Wings:  costa  dark  brown,  vein-scales  light  brown:  first  fork- 
cell  longer  and  narrower  than  the  second,  base  of  the  former 
nearer  the  base  of  the  wing,  stem  of  the  first  about  two-thirds 
tlie  length  of  the  cell,  that  of  the  latter  about  the  length  of  its 
cell;  anterior  basal  cross-vein  longer  than,  and  about  twice  its 
length  from,  the  anterior  cross-vein. 

9.  Similar  to  ^  [head  damaged];  ungues  equal  and  simple. 
Wings  more  densely  scaled;  costa,  subcosta,  and  first  long  \ein 
black,  remaining  veins  with  dark  brown  scales;  in  other  respects 
as  in  the  ^. 

Length,  ^,  4'5;  9,  5  mm. 

^a6.— Northern  Territory:   Stapleton  (G.  F.  Hill,  No.313). 

Closely  related  to  L.  annulatn.  Taylor,  but  may  be  distinguished 
by  the  absence  of  apical  banding  on  the  pal})i  and  first  tarsals, 
the  brown-scaled  scutellum,  the  pale  venter,  and  wing-venation; 
from  L.  plpglpennis  Theob.,  by  the  thoracic  flat  scales  and  the 
wing-venation. 

CuLiCELSA  ABDOMiNALis  Taylor. 

Report  Aust.  List.  Tropical  Med.,  1911,  p.5.3  (lOL'V). 
//a6.— Northern  Territory:   Darwin  (G.  F.  Hill). 

CuLEX  siTiENS  AViedemann. 

(Jn/f'.i:  t<aibail  Taylor,  Ann.  Rep.  Commissioner  Public  Health, 
Queensland,  1912,  p.2S. 

Having  compared  the  type  of  C.  saibaii  with  a  long  series  of 
C  sitiens,  I  find  that  they  are  one  and  the  same  species,  and, 
therefore,  place  the  former  name  as  a  synonym  of  the  latter. 

CuLEX    SAGAX    SkuSC. 

Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.  8.  Wales,  (2),  iii.,  p.  1744  (188S);  Taylor, 
op.  cit.,  1914,  p.  758. 


BY    FRANK    H.    TAYLOft.  571 

A  specimen,  received  from  Or.  Cleland,  differs  SMincwhat  from 
the  type  in  having  the  thorax  chestnut,  with  a  median  black- 
narrow  stripe,  and  clothed  with  golden  scales,  the  tarsi  of  the 
hind-legs  with  basal  pale  banding:  the  stem  of  the  first  fork -cell 
about  two-thirds  the  length  of  the  cell,  and  that  of  the  second 
the  length  of  the  cell;  abdomen,  beneath,  with  basal  creamy 
banding  tt)  the  segments. 

Until  further  specimens  are  available,  it  is  thought  best  to 
retain  it  undei-  the  above  name. 

Hab.—^.H.W. :  Wollongong. 

CuLEX  SOMERSETI  Taylor. 

Ann.  Report  Commissioner  Public  Health,  Queensland,  1912, 
p.  28. 

This  species,  though  closely  related  to  C.  sitiens  Wied.,  appears 
to  be  a  good  one,  the  leg-banding  being  prominent  and  well 
defined. 

Through  an  error  in  setting  up  tlie  type,  the  abdominal  char- 
acters were  omitted.  They  are  as  follows: — Abdomeii  black,  first 
segment  black-scaled  with  numerous  yellowish  hairs,  remaining 
segments  with  white  basal  banding;  venter  pale-scaled. 

Hah. — N.  Queensland  :  Somerset  (F.  H.  Taylor). 

Banksinella  lineatopennis  Ludlow. 

Canadian  Entomologist,  xxxvii.,  p.  1 33(  1 9 1 5);  PsciuhAoicai-dina 
lin.ealis  Taylor,  Rep.  Aust.  Inst.  Trop.  Med.,  1911,  p.57(1913); 
Edwards,  Bull.  Ent.  Research,  v.,  p.274(1915). 

•Specimens  of  B.  Ihieatojii'nHis  Ludlow,  were  recently  received 
from  The  Imperial  Bureau  of  Entomology,  which  proved  to  be 
the  same  as  P.  linealis  mihi.  It  is  evidently  a  widely  distributed 
species,  as  it  extends  from  South  Africa  through  the  Philippine 
Islands  to  Australia. 

Lophoceratomyia  annulata,  sp.n. 

Head-scales  dark  and  pale  ;  palpi  longer  than  proboscis. 
Thorax  with  small,  bronze-coloured,  narrcjw-curved  scales.  Ab- 
domen dark  brown,  with  Ijasal  l)anding.     Legs  brown,  unhanded. 


572  AUSTRALIAN    CULICID^,  iii., 

(J.  Head  (lark  l)i-(i\vn,  clothed  w  itli  brown  narrow- curved  scales 
medially,  rest  of  head  with  small  flat  pale  ones:  proboscis 
l)rowii:  paljji  brown,  with  a  conspicuous  thumb-like  process  on 
each  side  at  the  base,  longer  than  proboscis  by  the  apical  third 
of  the  penultimate  and  apical  segments,  apex  of  the  first  and  the 
last  two  segments  clothed  with  brown  hairs;  antenna;  pale, 
nodes  and  last  two  segments  brown,  plumes  brown,  dense,  the 
fiat  plates  on  the  sixth  segment  long  and  black,  seventh  and 
eighth  segments  with  short  black  wavy  plates,  those  on  the  ninth 
longer,  black,  spoon-shaped  toward  the  apex,  the  pectinated  pro- 
cesses on  the  nodes  of  the  tenth  to  thirteenth  segments  con 
spicuous. 

Thorax  chestnut-bi'own,  clothed  with  small  narrow-curved, 
bronze-coloured  sceles  ;  scutellum  paler,  with  similar  narrow- 
curved  scales;  pleurse  brown,  clothed  with  bi'own  bristles. 

Abdomen  clothed  with  black  scales,  first  segment  densely 
clothed  with  l)rown  hairs,  segments  three  to  seven  with  basal 
grey-white  bands,  scales  on  eighth  segment  paler;  genitalia  light 
brown  with  numerous  brown  hairs  ;  posterior  border-bristles 
yellowish-brown;  ^"enter  brown. 

Legs  black,  unhanded,  femora  pale  beneath;  ungues  of  fore- 
legs very  uneijual,  tlie  larger  with  a  stout  tooth,  mid-  unecjual, 
the  larger  with  a  small  tooth,  in  both  the  fore-  and  mid-ungues 
the  larger  is  sickle-shaped,  the  smaller  almost  straight,  hind 
small,  e(pial  and  simple. 

AMngs:  the  costa,  subcostal,  and  first  long  veins  with  dark 
blown  scales,  remaining  vein-scales  paler;  first  fork-cell'  longer 
and  narrower  than  the  second,  base  of  the  former  slightly  nearer 
the  base  of  the  winy;  stem  of  the  first  fork -cell  about  half,  of  the 
second  fork-cell  about  two-thirds,  the  length  of  their  cells ; 
anterior  basal  cross-vein  about  as  long  as,  and  about  once  and  a 
half  its  length  from,  the  anterior  cross-vein;  second  inci-assation 
well  defined;  fringe  dusky;  halteres  with  pale  stems  and  brown 
knobs. 

9.  Similar  to  ^\  antenn;e  brown,  \erticillate  hairs  dark  brown, 
pubescence  pale;    [lalpi  witli   mixed  dark  and  pale  scales;    pro- 


BY    FRANK    H.    TAYLOR.  -  573 

boscis  dark  bi'owii  ;  abdonieii,  winys,  and  legs  similar  to  ^, 
ungues  equal  and  simple. 

Length,  ^,  3-75-4;  $,  4mm. 

Hab.—l^.  Territory:  8tapleton  and  Daly  River  (G.  F.Hill, 
Nos.309-312). 

Related  to  L.  fraudatrix  Theob.,  but  distinguished  from  it  by 
the  banded  abdomen,  ungues,  and  the  palpi  possessing  but  one 
process  on  each  side  of  their  bases.  It  differs  from  L.  Ucniata  Leic, 
by  the  length  of  the  paljii,  the  ungues,  and  the  wing-venation. 

Co-type  ((J)  in  Coll.  Hill. 

Etorleptiomyia  eleoans  Taylor. 

Divomi/ia  flegans  T'a,y\o\\  Tians.  Ent.  8oc.  Lond,  1914,  p. 703, 
Pis.  xliii.,  xHv.,  figs.  19,  18. 

There  is  a  close  similarity  between  Etorleptiomyia  Theobald, 
and  Divomt/ia  Taylor,  the  chief  difference  being  in  the  disposition 
of  the  head-scales  of  the  two  genera.  Whereas  they  are  all 
"mixed"  in  the  former,  thev  are  more  or  less  separated  into  well 
defined  areas  in  the  latter.  It  is,  perhaps,  better  that  Di.vomyia 
be  sunk  as  a  synonym  of  Etorleptiomyia,  and  the  species  regarded, 
for  the  present,  as  an  aberrant  form  of  the  genus  Etorleptiomyia, 

^DEOMYIA    VENUSTIPES  (Skuse). 

Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.  8.  Wales,  (2)  iii.,  p.  1761  (1888);  Taylor, 
op.  cit.,  1913,  PI.  XXX.,  fig.3;  ^E.  catasticta  Knab,  Ent.  News,  xx., 
p. 387  (1909). 

The  above  synonymy  is  based  on  specimens  of  ^E.  catasticta 
Knab,  recently  received  froai  The  Imperial  Bureau  of  Entomol- 
ogy, which  have  been  compared  with  specimens  of  jE.  venustipes 
(Skuse). 

The  differences  between  the  two  forms  are  so  slight,  that  they 
do  not  seem  to  me  to  be  of  sufficient  value  to  warrant  the  reten- 
tion of  the  two  names  as  distinct  species,  but  the  name  catasticta 
might  be  retained  as  a  varietal  name  for  the  form  described  by 
Knab.  The  only  distinctions  found  between  the  specimens  ex- 
amined were  the  presence  of   ochre-yellow  scales  t)n  the  base  of 


574  AUSTRALIAN    CULICID^H,  iii. 

the  wings  of  jE.  catasticta,  and  the  smaller  number  of  white  spots 
on  the  wings.  Also,  in  ^E.  vpuiistijies,  the  mesonotal  scales  are 
paler  than  in  jE.  catasticta,  but  are  still  a  distinct  ochre-yellow. 
Tn  all  other  respects,  the  two  forms  agree. 

The  possibility  of  the  above  synonymy  was  suggested  to  me 
some  time  ago  by  Mr.  F.  W.  Edwards. 

The  Institute-specimens  of  ^E.  catasticta  Knab,  come  from  Bole, 
Gold  Coast,  AV.  Africa.  Knab  described  it  from  the  Philippine 
Islands. 


575 


DESCRIPTIONS  OF  SOME  NEW  SPECIES  OF  AUS- 
TRALIAN, TASMANIAN,  AND  NEAV  ZEALAND 
MOSSES,  vi.* 

Bv  Y.   F.   P>ROTHKKrs. 

(Conimunicatfd  hij  thp  Rev.   IT.    IT.   Watts.) 

190.  Campylopus  denticuspes  Broth.,  n.sp. 

DioicKs:  gracilescens,  cje-spitosus,  cajspitibus  densiusculis,  viri- 
dibus,  iiiferne  iiigrescentibus,  vix  nitidiusculis;  caulis  ei-ectus,  ad 
3  cm.  u.sque  longus,  parce  radiculosus,  inferne  laxius,  superne 
densiuscule  foliosus,  .simplex;  folia  horride  patentia,  canaliculato- 
concav'a,  e  basi  oblonga  lanceolato-subulata,  obtusiu.scula  vel 
aeutiuscula,  marginibus  superne  subconniventibus,  subintegris, 
nervo  angusto,  basi  c.  quintam  partem  folii  latitudiuis  occupante, 
cum  apice  evaiiido,  dorso  summo  apice  spinoso-dentato,  cellulis 
stereideis  dorsalibus  et  ventralibus  instructo,  cellulis  lamiiiaribus 
anguste  I'hombeis,  valde  incrassatis,  lumine  angustissimo  flexu- 
osulo,  marginalibus  angustis,  limbum  angustissimum,  hyalinum 
efformantibus,  basilaribus  iiiternis  laxioribus,  baud  inci'assatis, 
alaribus  numerosis,  laxis,  hyalinis.      Castera  ignota. 

New  South  Wales  :  Richmond  River,  Wardell,  heath  (Watts, 
n.5260). 

Var.  lutescens  Broth.,  n.var. 

Ctespites  densi,  lutescentes,  nitidiuscuH;  caulis  vix  ultra  1cm. 
longus;  folia  nervo  tenuiore,  superne  raptim  multo  angustiora^ 
apice  vix  conspicuo,  cellulis  alaribus  paucioribus  et  pauluni 
minoribus. 

N.S.W.:  Richmond  River.,  E.  BaUina,  heath  (Watts,  n. 4758), 
and  swamp  (Watts,  n.l739). 

*  The  preceding  Parts  were  published  in  Oefversigt  af  Finska  Vet.  Soe. 
Forh.  1890-19(J0. 


576       AUSTRALIAN,    TASMANIAN,    AND    NKW    ZEALAND    MOSSES, 

•Species   cum    C.    Kirkii  Mitt.,    comparanda,   sed    foliis    dnrsd 
summo  apiee  spinoso-dentato  jam  dignoscenda. 

191.  Fissidp:ns  (Heterocau/o/t)  bryoidioides  Broth.,  n.sp. 

Diounia:  gracilis,  cjespitosus,  cajspitibus  laxis,  lutescenti-vii'i- 
dibus,  opacis;  planfa  sterilis  erecta,  c.  1  cm.  longa,  gracillima, 
simplex,  foliis  inter  se  remotis,  multijugis,  sub«qualibus,  asyin- 
metricis  ;  planla  fertilig  adscendens,  vix  ultra  5  mm.  longa, 
simplex,  densius  foliosa,  foliis  5-10  jugis,  infimis  minutis,  cteteris 
multo  majoribus,  erecto-patentibus  ;  folia  oblongo-lanceolata, 
planta?  fertilis  c.  1'2  mm.  longa  et  c.  0-2S  mm.  lata,  lamina  vera 
tantum  plus  minusve  distincte  limbata,  nervo  crassiusculo,  bre- 
viter  excedente,  lamina  vera  lamina  apicali  longior,  lamina 
dorsali  breviter  decurrente,  cellulis  rotundato-hexagonis,  superi- 
oribus  c.  0-007  mm.,  chlorophyllosis,  livvissimis;  spta  c.  1  cm.  alta, 
tenuissima,  lutea ;  fheca  subhorizontalis,  asymmetrica,  ovalis, 
sicca  deoperculata  curvatula,  sub  ore  constricta,  pallida.  Cfytera 
ignota. 

N.S.W.:   Penshurst  (Forsyth,  n.676). 

Species  habitu  Jh-yoidii,  sed  lamina  vera  tantvim  limbata. 

192.  Fissidens  {Bryoidium)  Forsythii  Broth.,  n.sp. 

DioicHs:  gracilis,  csespitosus,  cfespitibus  densis,  saturate  viri- 
dibus,  opacis;  caulis  adscendens,  usque  ad  1  cm.  longus,  infima 
basi  fusco  radiculosus,  dense  foliosus,  simplex  vel  innovando 
ramosus;  folia  multijuga,  falcata,  sicca  circinato-incurva,  infima 
minuta,  ciietera  multo  majora,  ligulata  vel  ovato-ligulata,  obtusa, 
apiculata,  sunnno  apice  obsolete  serrulata  vel  Integra,  limbata, 
limbo  angustissimo,  hyalino,  subcontinuo,  nervo  ad  basin  apiculi 
evanido,  lamina  vera  lamina  apicali  longior,  lamina  dorsalis  longe 
decurrens,  cellulis  minutissimis,  rotundato-hexagonis,  superioribus 
vix  ultra  O'OOo  mm.,  chlorophyllosis,  kevissimis;  !<fta  c.  7  mm. 
alta,  tenuis,  lutescenti-rubra  ;  theca  horizontalis,  asymmetrica, 
ovalis,  sicca  curvata,  nutans,  deoperculata  sub  ore  valde  con- 
stricta, pallida.      Cetera  ignota. 

N.S.W'.;  Gullies  near  Barber's  Creek  (Forsyth,  n.566). 


BY    V.    F.    BFfOTHKRUS.  577 

Species  F.  Dietrichue  C.  Milll.,  atiinissima,  sed  foliis  densius 
areolatis  diijnoscenda. 

193.  FissiDKNs  {Jiryoidium)  pkrangustus  Broth.,  n.sp. 

Dio'u-ns:  gvacilliinus,  ciiespitosus,  ca?spitibus  densis,  liitescenti- 
\  iridibus,  Dpaeis;  canUs  procumbeus,  1-1 '5  cm.  longus,  infima 
basi  fu8co-radiculosus,  laxiuscule  foliosus,  innovando-ramosus  vel 
simplex;  /o/jiV/  multijuga,  erecto-patentia,  stricta,  linearia,  acuta, 
c.  0-75 mm.  loiiga  et  c.  0-15 mm.  lata,  integerrima,  limbata,  limbo 
luteo,  3-seriato,  infra  apicem  folii  evanido,  nervo  crassiusculo, 
infra  apicem  folii  evanido,  lamina  vera  lamina  apicali  parum 
[ongior.  lamina  dorsali  paulum  decurrente,  cellulis  subrotundato- 
hexagonis,  superioribus  O-OOT-OOIO  mm.,  chlorophyllosis,  l.ievissi- 
mis;  .s("/a  c.  3  mm.  alta,  tenuissima,  lutea  vel  lutescenti-rubra; 
thpca  suberecta,  minuta,  subs3'mmetrica,  ovalis,  sicca  deoperculata 
sub  ore  vix  contracta;  opercnlum  ignotum;  calyptra  ignota. 

Planta  mascula  ignota. 

N.S.W. :  Manh',  near  Sydney,  the  Eyrie  (Watts,  n.6790A, 
6792). 

Species  statura  alata  sed  gracillima  foliisque  anguste  linearibus 
oculo  nudo  jam  dignoscenda. 

194.  FissiDENS  {Bryoidium)  rigidiusculus  Broth.,  n.sp. 

Dioicus:  gracilescens,  cfespitosus,  cfespitibus  densis,  rigidius- 
culis,  viridibus,  inferne  fuscescentibus,  opacis;  caulis  adscendens, 
usque  ad  2  cm.  longus,  infima  basi  fusco-radiculosus,  densiuscule 
foliosus,  simplex  vel  diclioiome  ramosus,  ramis  fastigiatis;  folia 
multijuga,  sicca  iKuiioiualla,  bumida  erecto-patentia,  stricta  vel 
homomalkda,  intima  minuta,  cjetera  multo  majora,  lanceolato 
ligulata,  breviter  acuminata,  obtusiuscula  vel  acuta,  usque  ad 
I'Smm.  longa  et  O'SS  mm.  lata,  integerrima  vel  summo  apice 
obsolete  serrulata,  limbata,  limbo  luteo,  biseriato,  continuo,  nervo 
rufescente,  continuo  vel  subcontinuo,  lamina  vera  lamina  apicali 
longior,  lamina  dorsalis  ad  basin  nervi  enata  ibidemque  angus- 
tata,  cellulis  minutissimis,  rotundato-hexagonis,  superioribus  vix 
ultra  0"005  mm.,  chlorophyllosis,  lievissimis;  xpfa  vix   o  mm.  alta, 

45 


578       AUSTRALIAN,    TASMANIAN,    AND    NEW    ZEALAND    MOSSES, 

tenuis,  rubra  :  fheca  inclinata,  minuta,  paulum  asymnietrica, 
ovalis,  pallida ;  operaidum  e  basi  conica  oblique  rostratum  ; 
operculum  ignotum. 

N.S.W.:  Moss  Vale,  Fitzroy  Falls  (Forsyth,  n.669). 

Species  pulchra,  rigiditate  nee  non  foliis  minutissime  areolatis 
dignoscenda. 

Var.  hptoclarhis  (C.  Miill.)  Broth.,  n.var. 

8yn.,  Fissidens  leptocladvs  C.  Mull.,  in  Herl).  Weymouth. 
Grracilior,  folia  minora,  nervo  tenuiore. 

Tasmania:  Mt.  Wellington,  Guy  Fawkes  Rivulet,  on  wet  rocks 
(Weymouth,  n.385),  on  face  of  rocks  (n.21o7),  and  on  damp 
bank  (n. 2281). 

195.  Fissidens  {Bryoidinm)  pr^emollis  Broth.,  n.sp. 

Robustiusculus,  ca?spitosus,  csespitibus  densis,  mollibus,  pallide 
viridibus,  opacis;  can  lis  erectus,  usque  ad  3  cm.  longus,  basi 
fusco-radiculosus,  laxe  foliosus,  dichotome  ramosus,  ramis  fasti- 
giatis;  folia  multijuga,  homomallula,  flaccida,  sicca  conti'actula  et 
flexuosula,  late  ovato-oblonga,  obtusa,  apiculata,  l'4-l"6mm. 
longa,  c.  0'57  mm.  lata,  summo  apice  minutissime  serrulata, 
limbata,  limbo  biseriato,  hyalino,  infra  sunnnum  apicem  evanido, 
nervo  pallide  viridi,  infra  summum  apicem  folii  evanido,  lamina 
vera  lamina  apicali  longior,  lamina  dorsalis  ad  basin  nervi  enata, 
basi  angustata,  cellulis  rotundato-hexagonis,  superioribus  c.  O'OIO 
mm.,  parce  chlorophyllosis,  la^vissimis.      Cpetera  ignota. 

N.S.W. :  Richmond  River,  Skinner's  Head,  cliff,  cave  (Watts, 
n.537l). 

Species  distinctissima,  mollitie  foliorumque  forma  faciliter 
dignoscenda. 

196.  Fissidens  {Bryoidium)  aristatus  Broth.,  n.sp. 

Dioicus:  gracilis,  csespitosus,  cjespitibus  plerumque  densius- 
culis,  viridibus  vel  lutescenti-viridibus,  opacis  ;  canlis  erectus, 
5-1 0mm.  longus,  infima  basi  fusco-radiculosus,  densiuscule  foliosus, 
simplex;  yb^ia  usque  ad  10  juga,  infima  minuta,  superiora  multo 
majora,  lanceolato-ligulata,  bi'eviter  acuminata,   acuta,   usque  ad 


BY    V.    F.     BROTHERtrS.  579 

I'Dmm.  loiiga,  integernma,  limbata,  limbo  viridi,  trisei'iato, 
contiuuo,  nervo  lutesceiite  vel  rut'escente,  in  aristain  brevem 
excedeiite,  laniiiia  vera  lamina  apicali  longior,  lamina  dorsalis  ad 
basin  nervi  enata,  basi  angustata,  eellulis  rotundato-hexagonis, 
superioribus  c.  O'OIO  mm.,  chlorophyllosis,  Isevissimis;  .w/«  7-10 
mm.  alta,  tenuis,  lutescenti-rubra ;  theca  inclinata,  sicca  sub- 
nutaiis,  asymmetrica,  ovalis,  sicca  deoperculata  sub  ore  con- 
stricta,  pallida;  opercuhim  e  basi  conica  breviter  rostratum. 
Calyptra  ignota. 

N.8.W.:  Mossman's  Bay,  Falls,  damp  soil  (Watts,  n.4585); 
Brunswick  River,  on  mud-covered  log,  by  creek  (Watts,  n.r):^;38); 
Neutral  Bay  near  Sydney,  damp  waterway  (Watts,  n.8080); 
Manly,  the  Eyrie,  Upper  Terrace,  damp  places  in  gutter  (Watts, 
n.6790). 

Species  F.  Incurvo  Stark  attinis. 

197.  FissiDENS  {Bryoidium}  sordidevikkns  Broth.,  n.sp. 

Autoicus :  gracilis,  csespitosus,  ciespitibus  laxiusculis,  sordide 
et  saturate  viridibus,  opacis;  ccmlis  erectus,  c.  5  mm.  longus^ 
inlima  basi  fusco-i'adiculosus,  inferne  remote  dein  densiuscule 
foliosus,  simplex;  yb^-ia  7-10  juga,  erecto-patentia,  stricta,  infima 
minuta,  superiora  multo  majora,  oblongo-lanceolata,  breviter 
acuminata,  acuta,  usque  ad  I'l  mm.  longa,  integerrima,  limbata, 
limbo  lutescente,  biseriato,  continuo  vel  subcontinuo,  nervo 
lutescente,  infra  summum  apicem  folii  evanido,  lamina  vera 
lamina  apicali  longior,  lamina  dorsalis  ad  basin  nervi  enata 
ibidemque  angustata,  cellulis  rotundato-hexagonis,  superioribus 
c.  0007mm.,  chlorophyllosis,  Isevissimis:  seta  2mm.  vel  pauluni 
ultra  alta,  tenuis,  inferne  rubra,  superne  lutescens;  theca  uicUnsita, 
minuta,  paulum  asymmetrica,  ovalis,  pallida.      Cjetera  ignota. 

N.S.W.:  Cambewarra( Forsyth,  n.lHO). 

Species  F.  hryoidi  Hedw.,  aftinis,  sed  foliis  breviter  acuminatis, 
acutis,  luteolimbatis,  nervo  infra  apicem  folii  evanido  nee  nun 
.seta  brevi  et  theca  minuta  dignoscenda. 

198.  Leucobkvl'm  Wattsii  liroth.,  n.sp. 
Dioicnm:    robustiusculum,     csespitosiim,    cjespitibus    densis, 
rigidis,   humilibus,  glauco-viridibus,    opacis;  rcmlix   procumbens. 


580       AUSTRALIAN,    TASMANIAN,    AND    NKW    izEALAND    MOSSES, 

dense  rainosus,  ramis  erectis,  5miJi.  vel  pauluni  ultra,  rarius 
usque  ad  1  cm.  longis,  densissime  foliosis.  obtusis;  folia  eiecto- 
pateiilia,  sicca  arete  inibricata,  e  basi  ovali  sensim  breviter  laii- 
ceolata,  acuta,  fusco-uiucroiiata,  c.  3-5 mm.  loiiga  et  0-85-0-95mm. 
lata,  marginibus  superne  couniventibus  vel  subconniventibiis, 
integris,  uervo  dorso  Itevi,  leucocystis  medianis  o-+  stratosis, 
cellulis  laminalibus  basilaribus  usque  ad  12  seriatis,  superne 
lirabum  sensim  angustiorem  eftbrmantibus.     Ca?tera  ignota. 

N.S.W.:  Richmond  River,  Rous  Falls,  on  rocks(Watts,n.4856): 
Brooklet,  on  retaining  wall  (u.4802):  head  uf  'J'even  (n.2891); 
East  Ballina(n.2261);  and  head  of  Wilson's  Creek  (n. 2097). 

Species  caule  brevi  foliisque  siccis  arete  imbricatis,  dorso  Isevi- 
bus  jam  dignoscenda. 

199.  Leucobryum  ballinense  Broth.,  n.sp. 

Dioicnm  :  gracile,  csespitusum,  caispitibus  deusis,  moUibus, 
humilibus,  albescenti-viridibus,  opacis:  caulis  erectus,  vix  ultra 
5  mm.  longus,  basi  fusco-radiculosus,  ramosus  vel  simplex:  yb/ict 
erecto-patentia,  sicca  imbricata,  e  basi  oblonga  sensim  lanceolato- 
subulata,  mucronata,  c.  2  mm.  longa  et  c.  0  35  mm.  lata,  margini- 
bus superne  subconniventibus,  integris,  nervo  dorso  valde  scabro, 
leucocj^stis  bistratosis,  cellulis  laminalibus  basilaribus  pauci- 
seriatis,  limbum  angustum,  superne  sensim  angustiorem  eftbr- 
mantibus.    Ctetera  ignota. 

N.S.W.  :  Richmond  River,  E.  Ballina,  heath,  on  sapling 
(Watts,  n.2159,  mixed  with  L.  hradiyphtjUum  Hamp.,  4107). 

Species  L.  hrachyphyllo  Hamp.,affinis,  sed  foliorum  forma  jam 
dignoscenda. 

200.  ToRTELLA  Nov^  Valesl*:  Uroth.,  n.sp. 

Autoica  :  robustiuscula,  ctespitosa,  ctespitibus  densiusculis, 
mollibus,  sordide  viridibus;  caulis  erectus,  usque  ad  1cm.  longus, 
inferne  fusco-radiculosus,  dense  foliosus,  dichotome  ramosus: 
J'oUa  erecto-patentia,  carinato-concava,  sicca  circinato  incurva,  e 
basi  oblonga  linearia,  obtusa,  mutica  sen  mucronata,  c.  3  mm. 
longa  et  superne  usque  ad  0-5  mm.  lata,  marginibus  erectis, 
integris,    nervo    crassiusculo,    supei-ne    angustiore,    cum     apice 


BY    V.    F.    BHOTHERUS.  58 1 

evanido  vel  in  mucronem  brevissimum  excedente,  cellulis  minu- 
tissirnis,  rotuiidato-quadratis,  chloropliyllosis  et  dense  verrucosis, 
basilaribus  elougatis,  angustis,  teneris,  hyalinis,  limbo  liyaliiio 
brevi  tantuiii  spatio  ultra  basin  productu:  sedt  c.  1  cm.  alta, 
tenuis,  lutescenti-rubra  :  theca  erecta,  parum  asymnietrica, 
anguste  subcylindracea,  spepe  curvatula,  tetate  palJide  fuscidula. 
Caetera  ignota. 

N.S.W.:  Sydney,  Greenwich  (Watts,  n.l797). 

Species  T.  Knightii  (Vlitt.)  Broth.,  affinis,  sed  foliorum  forma 
dignoscenda. 

201 .  Trichostomum  aristatulum  l3roth.,  n.sp. 

Diuicum:  robustiusculum,  ctespitosum,  ciwspitibus  deiisiusculis, 
sordide  lutescenti-viridibus;  c«w/is  erectus,  usque  ad  Icni.  longus, 
inferue  fusco-radiculosus,  dense  foliosus,  dichotome  ramosus: 
folia  erecto-patentia,  carinato-concava,  sicca  circinato-inciirva,  e 
basi  ovali  linearia,  breviter  acuminata,  aristata,  c.  3  mm.  longa, 
superne  usque  ad  O'-l  mm.  lata,  marginibus  erectis,  integris, 
nervo  crassiusculo,  superne  angustiore,  in  aristam  lutescentem 
excedente,  cellulis  minutissimis,  quadratis,  chloruphyllusis,  dense 
verrucosis,  basilaiibus  ublongo-hexagonis,  hvalinis.  Csu'tera 
ignota. 

N.S.W.:  liichmond  River,  Ballina,  Alstonville( Watts,  n.J918). 

Species  7'  brachydontio  Bruch  valde  affinis,  sed  nervo  longius 
excedente,  cellulis  basilaribus  brevioribus  dignoscenda. 

■J02.  Barbuda  {Helicupoyou.)  glaucui.a  r.iotli.,  n.sp. 

Dioica  :  gracilis,  ctespitosa,  csespitibus  laxis,  glaucescentibus, 
tetate  fuscescentibus;  caulis  erectus,  vix  ultra  1  cm.  longus, 
laxiuscule  foliosus,  parce  radiculosus,  simplex:  folia  patula  vel 
subrecurva,  carinato-concava,  sicca  crispatula,  e  basi  semivagi- 
nante,  vix  latiore  ligulata,  obtusiuscula  vel  obtusa,  mucronata, 
usque  ad  2  ram.  longa  et  0'35  mm.  lata,  marginibus  plus  minusve 
alte  anguste  recurvis,  integris,  nervo  crassiusculo,  rufescente,  i!i 
mucronem  fuscidulum  excurrente,  dorso  papilloso,  cellulis  min- 
utis,  subquadratis,  <iense  verrucosis,  obscuris,  basilaribus  bi't- 
viter  rectangularibus,  teneris,  pellucidis.     Ctetera  ignola. 


582       AUSTRALIAN,     TASMANIA^,    AND    NkAV    ZEALAND    MOSSfeS, 

Victoria:  Heyiiigton  Road,  near  Melbourne,  in  drain  (Watts, 
n.J58).— N.8.W.:  Nowra,  Falls,  on  ground  (Watts,  n.62G6). 

203.  PoTTiA  (Eiipottia)  SUBPHYSCOMITKIOIDES  Broth.,  n.sp. 

Auioica:  tenella,  ctespitosa,  csespitibus  deusiusculis  vel  laxis, 
sordide  vel  saturate  viridibus;  caddis  erectus,  vix  ultra  5  mm. 
longus,  basi  fusco-radiculosus,  dense  foliosus,  simplex; /(>/i«erecto- 
patentia,  carinato-concava,  inferiora  niinuta,  superiora  niulto 
majora,  spathulata,  obtusiuscula  vel  late  acuta,  usque  ad  1  9 mm. 
longa,  superne  usque  ad  0'65  mm.  lata,  mai-ginibus  erectis,  in- 
tegris,  nervo  crassiusculo,  plerumque  in  aristam  brevem,  strictam 
excedente,  cellulis  superioribus  rotundato-hexagonis,  0  015-0020 
mm.,  marginem  versus  minoribus,  quadiatis,  basilaribiis  laxe  et 
breviter  rectangularibus,  omnibus  Ijevissimis;  seta  c.  3  mm.  alta, 
tenuis,  rubra;  theca  erecta,  obovata,  brevicollis,  fusca,  deoper- 
culata  parum  dilatata:  miinilus  longe  persistens;  peristomnim  0; 
sport  0*025-0030  mm.,  ochracei,  papillosi  ;  operculxim  oblique 
rostratum. 

Vic.  :  Melbourne,  8t.  Kilda  Roail,  on  t'tjotpath  in  garden 
"Avoiihurst"  ( VV'atts,  n.l53);  Heyington,  on  ground  (Watts, 
n.181,  216). — Tasmania:  Port  Esperance,  on  ground  (Hodway). 

Species  /''.  physcomilrioidi  C.  Miill.,  ex  Argentina,  valdeaffinis. 

204.  ToRTULA  (Syntrichia)  kvanescens  Brotb  ,  n.sp. 

Dioica :  robustiuscula,  ctespitosa,  ctespitibus  densiusculis, 
mollibus,  glauco-viridibus,  setate  fuscescentibus:  caulis  ei'ectus, 
vix  ultra  I  cm.  longus,  inferne  fusco-radiculosus,  densiuscule 
foliosus,  simplex;  folia  flacoida,  faciliter  decidua,  erecto-patentia, 
carinato-concava,  spatbulata,  in  acumen  breve,  lanceolatuni  con- 
tracta,  superiora  c.  4  mm.  longa,  superne  usque  ad  13  mm.  lata, 
marginibus  erectis,  iiitegris,  nervo  rufe.scente,  sat  longe  infra 
apicem  folii  evanido,  dorso  k\jvi,  cellulis  laxis,  rotundato-hexago- 
nis, leptodermibus,  Isevissimis,  chlorophyllosis,  0030-0-040  mm., 
marginem  versus  minoribus,  basin  versus  quadratis,  dein  bre- 
viter rectangularibus,  byalinis,  ad  marginem  brevioribus.  Ca?- 
tera  ignota. 

N.8.W.:  Green  Gully,  near  Young,  on  ground(  Watts,  n.6914). 


i;y   v.    k.    nno'i'irKiiUS.  583 

Species  valde  peculiaris,  foliis  Haccidis,  faciliter  deciduis, 
iiervo  sat  louge  infra  apiceni  folii  evanido  cellulisque  laxis 
facilliine  dignoscenda. 

•J05.  Tayloria  iDissodov)  Maidenii  Broth.,  n.sp. 

Autoica:  gracilescens,  caespitosa,  cjvspitibus  laxiusculis,  pallide 
yiridibus,  a?tate  lutescenti-fuscescentibus,  nitidiusculis;  canUs 
erectus  vel  adscendens,  vix  ultra  1  cm.  lougus,  basi  fusco-tomeii- 
tosus,  dein  midus,  superne  laxe  foliosus,  simplex  vel  furcatus: 
folia  difticiliter  emollita,  carinato-concaviuscula,  e  basi  erecta, 
breviter  spathulata  patula  vel  subhorizontalia,  inferiora  breviter, 
comatia  elongate  oblonga,  breviter  acuminata,  plerumque  apicu- 
lata,  usque  ad  1-1-2  mm.  lata,  marginibus  erectis,  integris,  nervo 
sat  tenui,  infra  apicem  folii  evanido,  cellulis  laxis,  superioribus 
ovali-hexagonis,  dein  sensim  longioribus,  basilaribus  oblongo- 
hexagonis,  marginalibus  angustioribus,  limbum  indistinctum. 
uniseriatum  efformantibus;  se^a  7-10  mm.  alta,  tenuis,  strictius- 
cula,  straminea,  fetate  fuscescenti-rubra,  Isevissima;  theca  erecta, 
cum  bypophysi  sporangio  breviore  ejusdemque  latitudinis  ob- 
longa, c.  2  mm.  longa,  sicca  baud  mutata,  castanea,  cellulis  spo- 
rangii  incrassatis,  irregularibus,  oblongo-  vel  ovali-hexagonis,  ad 
orificium  in  seriebus  pluribus  transversis,  eisdem  hypophysis 
rotundato-hexagonis,  leptodermibus,  stomatibus  numerosis,  sub 
immersis;  peristomium  0;  S2)07'i  0'025-0  030  mm.,  fusci,  punctu- 
lati:  opercuhim  minutum,  cupulatum  ;  calyptra  mitrseformis, 
lutea,  summo  apice  fuscidula,  longirostris,  in  laciniis  5  brevibus 
divisa,  laevissima. 

N.S.W.  :  Mt.  Kosciusko,  Merritt's  Camp  (Maiden  et  Forsyth, 
n.l84). 

Species  distinctissima,  thecse  forma  peristomioque  deficiente 
facillime  dignoscenda. 

206.  FuNAHiA  (Entosthodon)  perpusilla  Broth.,  n.sp. 

Pusilla,  gregarie  crescens,  fuscescenti-viridis;  catilis  brevissi- 
mus,  basi  fusco-radiculosus,  superne  dense  foliosus,  simplex;  folia 
erecto-patentia,  sicca  vix  mutata,  concaviuscula,  e  basi  ovata 
lanceolato-subulata,    usque   ad    1-5  mm.    lunga   et   0-5  mm.   lata. 


o84        AUSTRALIAN,     TASMANIAN,    AND    NKW    ZEALAND    MOSSES, 

inargiuibus  erectis,  integris,  elimbata,  nervo  rufescente,  infra 
apicem  folii  evanido,  cellulis  laxis,  oblongo-hexagonis,  basilaribus 
lectaugularibus  ;  seta  3-4  mm.,  strictiuscula,  lutescenti-nibra; 
theca  erecta,  minuta,  cum  collo  sporangio  lequilongo  pyriformis, 
lutescenti-fuscidula.  Isevis  :  annnlns  0;  jjei-istomium  0;  spori 
002o-0030  mm.,  ferniginei,  papillosi  ;  operculum  com^exum  ; 
calyptra  vesiculoso-cucullata,  integi-a. 

Victoria  :  Railwaj^  Station,  Heyington,  on  ground  (Watts, 
n.lP6,  201,  202a,  205). 

Species  minutie  omnium  partium,  foliis  elimbatis,  integris  nee 
won  peristomio  nullo  jam  dignoscenda. 

207.  FuNARiA  {Evtosthodon)  bullata  Broth.,  n.sp. 

Tenella,  gregarie  crescens,  pallide  viridis;  caulis  erectus,  vix 
ultra  1  mm.  longus,  infima  basi  fusco-radiculosus,  superne  dense 
foliosus,  simplex;  folia  erecta,  sicca  vix  mutata,  cochlearifornii- 
concava,  e  basi  breviter  et  late  spathulata  obovata,  fusco- 
mucronata  vel  apiculata,  c.  I'Smra.  longa  et  usque  ad  I'lmm. 
lata,  marginibus  erectis,  integris,  elimbata,  nervo  rufescente, 
longe  infra  apicem  folii  evanido,  cellulis  laxis,  superioribus 
rotundato-liexagonis,  marginem  versus  minoribus,  basilaribus 
elongate  rectangularibus;  seta  5-7  mm.,  strictiuscula,  lutescenti- 
rubra;  theca  erecta  cum  collo  sporangio  sequilongo  turgide  pyri- 
formis, fuscidula,  laevis;  annulus  0:  peristomium  simplex,  infi'a 
orificium  oriundum;  exostomii  dentes  erecti,  lanceolati,  rubri, 
longitudinaliter  striati,  papillosi:  spori  0  030  mm.,  ferruginei, 
papillosi  ;  opercidum  subplanum,  rubromarginatum ;  valyptra 
vesiculoso-cucullata,  Integra. 

Vic:  Railway  Station,  Heyington,  on  ground  (Watts,  n.l98, 
208). 

Species  F.  gracili  (Hook.  fil.  et  Wils.)  Broth.,  affinis,  sed  foliis 
cochleariformi-concavis  oculo  nudo  jam  dignoscenda. 

208.  Mielichhoferia  { Etimielichhoferia)  Foksythii  Broth.,  n.sp. 

Paroica  :  gracilis,  csespitosa,  csespitibus  densis,  fusco-tomento- 
sis,  Isete  viridibus,  opacis;  caulis  erectus,  vix  ultra  1  cm.  longus, 
tiliformis,    inferne    remote,   superne  dense    foliosus,    innovando 


BY    V.    P.    BROTHERUS.  585 

raraosus;  folia  inferiora  minuta,  erecto-patentia,  superiora  multo 
raajora,  erectiora,  carinato-concava,  ovato-lanceolata,  acuta, 
marginibus  erectis  vel  inferno  anguste  recurvis,  superne  seiru- 
latis,  iiervo  infra  apicem  folii  evanido,  cellulis  anguste  linearibus, 
infiinis  laxioribus;  hractere  perichfetii  foliis  niulto  minores,  erectae, 
cseteruni  eisdem  similes;  seta  c.  I'D  cm.  alta,  tenuissima,  ilexuo- 
sula,  lutescenti-rubra ;  theca  erecta,  regularis,  oblonga,  collo 
sporangiara  breviore,  leptodeimis,  pallide  fusca;  annulus  latus, 
I'evolubilis;  perisioTniiim  simplex,  internum:  memh^una  basilaris 
exserta,  hyalina,  Isevis;  p7'ocess2is  filiformes,  c  0010mm.  lati, 
appendiculati,  sordide  lutei,  minutissime  papillosi;  spori  0-015- 
001 7  mm.,  lieves;  operculum  ignotum. 

N.S.W.  :  Tallewong  Creek  (Forsyth,  n  641). 

209.  MiELlCHHOFEKiA  (Jlielichhojeriopsis)   turgkns  Broth  ,  n.sp. 

Paroica :  robustiuscula,  cjespitosa,  cpespitibus  densis,  fusco- 
tomentosis,  pallide  viridibus,  nitidis;  caulia  erectus,  usque  ad 
1 -5  cm.  longus,  filiformis,  accrescenti-foliosus  itaque  clavatus, 
innovando  ramosus;  /b/ia  inferiora  inter  se  remotiuscula,  erecto- 
patentia,  superiora  sensim  majora,  densiora  et  erectiora,  imbri- 
cata,  ovato-lanceolata,  acuta,  marginibus  fere  ad  apicem  late 
revolutis,  apice  serrulatis,  nervo  infra  apicem  folii  evanido,  cellu- 
lis linearibus,  basilaribus  laxioribus,  oblongo-hexagonis,  inno- 
vationum  latioribus,  brevius  acuminatis,  marginibus  anguste 
revolutis;  b  actem  perichcetii  foliis  multo  minores,  erectse,  anguste 
acuminata?,  marginibus  erectis,  subintegris;  sporogonia  1-3  ex 
eodem  perichsetio;  seta  c.  5  mm.  alta,  tenuis,  sicca  ilexuosula, 
lutea;  theca  erecta  vel  inclinata,  regularis,  oblonga,  collo  sporan- 
gium subsequante,  leptodermis,  pallida;  annulus  latus,  revolu- 
bilis;  perts<omi?tm duplex;  exostomii  deiites  Ismceolati,  c.  0*20mm. 
longi  et  c.  0'05  mm.  lati,  dense  lamellati,  pallidi,  dorso  basi 
transverse  dein  oblique  superne  longitudinaliter  striolati,  angus- 
tissime  limbati,  sublseves  vel  papillosi;  eudostomium  hyalinum, 
Isevissimum,  membrana  basilaris  altiuscula,  processus  dentium 
longitudinis,  carinati,  baud  perforati,  cilia  brevissima,  singula 
vel  nulla;  spot'i  0015-0'017  mm.,  ochracei,  minute  papillosi; 
operculuiin  minutum,  conicum,  acutum,  rubellum, 
46 


586       AUSTRALIAN,    TASMANIAN,    AND    NEW    ZEALAND    MOSSES, 

N.S.W.:  Koorawatha,  on  ground  among  rocks  (Watts,  n.7219, 
typus);  The  Gap  near  Young  (Watts,  n. 77  19,  forma);  Memagong 
near  Young,  under  rocks  (Watts,  n.7902,  forma);  Mt.  Coghlan, 
near  Cootamundra (Watts,  n.7867,  7890,  forma). 

Species  pulchra,  peristomii  structura  ab  omnibus  congeneribus 
diverse. 

210.  Plagiobryum  NoViE  SeklandIjE  Broth.,  n.sp. 

Dioicum :  tenellum,  gregarie  crescens,  rubescenti-argenteum, 
nitidiusciilum  ;  caidis  brevissimus,  basi  radiculis  numerosis, 
longis,  fuscis  instructus,  dense  foliosus,  innovationibus  phiribus, 
brevibus,  julaceis;  folia  caulina  erecto-patentia,  ovato-  vel  ob- 
longo-lanceolata,  plerumque  obtusa,  marginibus  erectis,  integris, 
elimbata,  nervo  tenui,  rubro,  infra  apicem  folii  evanido,  cellulis 
laxis,  teneris,  liexagono-rhomboideis,  basilaribus  oblongo-hexa- 
gonis  vel  rectangularibus,  innovationum  imbricata,  cochleari- 
formi-concava,  late  ovata,  obtusissima  vel  subrotunda,  margini- 
bus erectis,  integris,  cellulis  laxioribus;  )>eta  1  cm.  vel  paulum 
ultra,  e  basi  geniculata  erecta,  pallide  rubra;  theca  nutans,  cum 
coUo  sporangio  longiore  clavato-pyriformis,  asymmetrica,  micro- 
stoma, cum  collo  c.  6  mm.  longa  et  c.  r75  mm.  crassa,  lutescens, 
ore  aurantiaco;  annuJus  0075  mm.  latus;  peristomium  duplex, 
paulum  infra  orificium  oriundum;  exostomii  denies  lanoeolati,  c. 
0-28  mm.  longi  et  c.  0075  mm.  lati,  ad  medium  aurantiaci,  dein 
liyalini,  laeves;  endostomium  aurantiacuni,  Iseve,  processus  denti- 
bus  longiores,  lanceolato-subulati,  angustissime  rimosi,  cilia  0; 
spori  0'030-0"045  mm.,  f  usci,  papillosi ,  operenlum  minutum, 
aurantiacum,  conicum,  obtusum. 
New  Zealand  :  Broken  River. 

Species  PI.  Zierii  (Dicks.)  Lindb.,  valde  affinis,  sed  foliorum 
forma  dignoscenda. 

211.  Bryum  {Pseudotriquetra)  subventricosum  Broth.,  n  sp. 

Dioicum :  robustiusculum,  csespitosum,  csespitibus  densis, 
rigidis,  fusco-tomentosis,  lutescenti-viridibus,  opacis  ;  caulis 
erectus,  cum  innovationibus  usque  ad  5  cm.  longus,  dense  foli- 
osus, innovationibus  erectis,  elongatis,  sequaliter  foliosis;  folia 
erecto-patentia,  sicca  adpressa,  carinato-concava,  caulina  ovato- 


BY    V.    F.    BROTH ERUS.  587 

vel  oblongo-lanceolata,  late  acuta,  mucronata,  niarginibus  usque 
ad  apicem  late  revolutis,  integris,  nervo  crasso,  fuscesceiite,  in 
mucronem  l)revissiraum  excedente,  cellulis  ovali-hexagonis, 
basilaribus  breviter  rectangularibus,  intiniis  rubris,  marginalibus 
angustis,  limbum  pluriseriatum,  luteum  efformantibus,  innova" 
tionum  eisdem  caulinis  siniiiia,  sed  minora,  plerumque  obtusi- 
uscula;  seta  usque  ad  3*5  cm  alta,  fusca;  theca  nutans  vel  fcub- 
pendula,  obovata,  collo  sporangio  subsequante,  sicca  deoperculata 
sub  ore  baud  constricta,  pa<-hydermis,  fusco-lutescens;  autinlus 
01 5  mm.  latus  ;  peristomium  duplex,  paulum  infra  orificium 
oriunduin;  exostomii  denies  lanceolato-subulati,  c.O  66  mm.  longi 
et  c  OlUmm.  lati,  fusco-lutei,  minutissime  papillosi,  apice  hyalini 
et  distinctius  papillosi,  dense  lamellati;  etidt  stominm  flavescens, 
sublteve,  membrana  basilaris  ad  medium  dentium  producta,  pro- 
cessus late  fenestrati,  cilia  terna,  bene  evoluta,  appendiculata; 
spori  immaturi;  opercuhim  convexum,  acute  apiculatum,  nitidi- 
usculum. 

N.S.W.:  distr.  Tumbarumba  (Forsytb,  n.725). 

212.  Bryum  [Pseudotriquetra)  austtjo-affine  Broth.,  n.sp. 

Synoicum :  robustiusculum,  c^spitosum,  csespitibus  densis, 
fusco-tomentosis,  fuscescenti-viridibus,  opacis;  c«w/is  erectus,  cum 
innovationibus  usque  ad  4  cm.  longus,  dense  foliosus,  innova- 
tionibus  erectis,  usque  ad  1cm.  longis,  dense  et  sequaliter  foliosis; 
fulia  erecto-patentia,  sicca  adpressa,  carinato-concava,  caulina 
oblongo-lanceolata,  breviter  acuminata,  longe  aristata,  niargini- 
bus recurvis,  integris,  nervo  basi  crassiusculo,  rubro,  dein  sensim 
tenuiore,  in  aristam  longam,  plerumque  reflexulam,  rufescentem, 
integram  vel  minutissime  serrulatam  excedente,  cellulis  oblongo- 
hexagonis,  basilaribus  majoribus,  infimis  rubris,  marginalibus 
elongatis,  angustis,  limbum  lutescentem,  pluriseriatum  effor- 
mantibus, innovationum  eisdem  caulinis  similia,  sed  minora, 
marginibus  angustius  recurvis,  nervo  brevius  excedente;  seta 
usque  ad  4  cm.,  flexuosula,  fusco-rubra:  theca  nutans,  e  collo 
sporangio  breviore  oblongo-ovalis,  cum  collo  usque  ad  4  mm. 
longa  et  1-5  mm.  crassa,  sicca  deoperculata  sub  ore  plus  minusve 
contracta,  pachydermis,   fusca;  annuUis  U'OlSmm.  latus;   peri- 


588       AUSTRALIAN,    TASMANIAN,    AND    NEW    ZKALAND    MOSSKS, 

stomium  duplex,  pauluni  infra  orificium  oriundum;  exosfomii 
denies  lineari-lanceolati,  subulato-acuminati,  c.  0*5  mm.  longi  et 
c.  0'085  mm.  lati,  sordide  lutei,  minutissime  papillosi.  apice 
hyalini,  distinctius  papillosi,  dense  lamellati  ;  eudostomium 
sordide  luteum,  minute  papillosum,  membrana  basilaris  ad 
medium  dentiuin  producta,  processus  late  fenestrati,  cilia  tenia, 
bene  evoluta,  longe  appendiculata;  spori  O'015-O  017  mm.,  lute- 
scenti-virides,  Iseves;  operculum  convexum,  acute  apiculatum, 
nitidiusculum. 

N.S.W.  :    Yarrangobilly    Caves    (Forsytb,     n.  1012,     1014); 
Kiandi-a(Forsytb,  n.lOlO,  1011). 

213.  I^FJYUM  {Ccespitibryum)  laxirete  Brotb.,  n.sp. 

Dioicuin  :  i-obustiu.sculum,  csespitosum,  cajspitibus  densis, 
pallida  vel  lutescenti-viridibus,  nitidiusculis;  coulis  erectus,  cum 
innovationibus  vix  ultra  1  cm.  longus,  fusco-tomentosus,  dense 
foliosus,  innovationibus  brevibus  vel  longioribus,  erectis,  superne 
dense  foliosis;  folia  erecto-patentia,  carinato-concava,  sicca  im- 
bricata,  caulina  late  oblongo  lanceolata,  longe  aristata,  margini- 
bus  revolutis,  integris,  limbata,  nervo  crassiusculo,  superne  multo 
tenuiore,  in  aristam  elongatam,  tenuem,  lajvem  excedente, 
cellulis  lax  is,  teneris,  ovali-  vel  oblongo-bexagonis,  mai-ginalibus 
angustis,  limbum  pluriseriatum,  lutescentem  efformantibus,  basi- 
laribus  majoribus,  infimis  rubris,  innovationura  eisdeni  caulinis 
similia ;  seta  2-3'5  ram.  alta,  strictiuscula,  fuscescenti-rubra; 
theca  pendula,  e  collo  sporangio  breviore  oblonga,  cum  collo  c. 
4  mm.  longa  et  c.  TS  mm.  crassa,  sicca  deoperculata  sub  ore 
paruin  constricta,  pachydermis,  pallide  fusca;  anmdus  0-10  mm. 
latus;  peristoviiiim  duplex,  infra  orificium  oriundum;  exostomii 
denies  lineari-lanceolati,  subulato-acuminati,  c.  O'oomm.  longi  et 
c.  0"12mm.  lati,  lutei,  minute  papillosi,  apice  bj'alini,  distinctius 
papillosi,  anguste  limbati,  densissime  lamellati,  fundo  rubro; 
endostomuiin  sordide  flavescens,  papillosum,  membrana  basilaris 
ad  medium  dentium  producta,  processus  dentibus  breviores, 
lanceolati,  late  fenestrati,  cilia  terna,  bene  evoluta,  longe  appen- 
diculata; spori  O'OlOmm.,  lutei,  Iseves;  operculum  hemispheericum; 
acute  apiculatum,  nitidiusculum. 


BY    V.    F,    BROTHERUS.  589 

N.S.W.:  Emu  Plains  (Forsytli,  n.l019).  Warrumbungle 
Ranges  (Forsytli,  ii.l022);  Jenolan  Caves  (  Blakely,  n. 970);  Hill 
Top(Maiden,  n.406);  gullies  near  Barber's  Creek  (Forsyth,  n.409). 

Species  Br.  ccespiticiu  L.,  affinis,  sed  foliis  laxius  areolatis  jam 
dignoscenda. 

214.  Bryum  {Argyrobrynm)  calodictyon  Broth.,  n.sp. 

Dloicum:  tenellum,  csespitosum,  csespitibus  parvis,  densis, 
lutescentibus,  nitidis;  caulis  erectus,  vix  ultra  5  mm.  longus, 
inferne  dense  fusco -radiculosus,  dense  et  julaceo  foliosus,  inno- 
vationibus  brevissirais,  erectis;  folia  imbricata,  concava,  ovata, 
breviter  acuminata,  acuta,  marginibus  erectis,  integris,  nerve  sat 
tenui,  infra  summum  apicem  folii  evanido,  cellulis  anguste  line- 
aribus,  basilaribus  laxioribus,  alaribus  numerosis,  rectangulari- 
bus  vel  subquadratis.     Csetera  ignota. 

N.S.W.  :  Green  Gully,  near  Young  (Watts,  n.7206),  and  damp 
bank,  back  of  Cemetery,  Young  (n. 7244). 

Species  ex  affinitate  Br.  chrysel  Mitt.,  sed  foliis  breviter 
acuminatis,  nervo  ante  apicem  folii  evanido,  cellulis  augustiori- 
bus  longe  diversa. 

215.  Bkyum  (Erythrocarpa)  luteolimbatom  Broth.,  n.sp. 

Dioicum :  tenellum,  cpespitosum,  csespitibus  densis,  lutescenti- 
viridibus,  nitidis;  caulis  vix  ultra  5  mm.  longus,  basi  fusco- 
radiculosus,  dense  foliosus,  innovationibus  paucis,  erectis,  brevi- 
bus;  folia  sicca  imbricata,  humida  erecto-patentia,  carinato-con- 
cava,  marginibus  erectis  vel  recurvis,  apice  minutissime  serru- 
latis,  limbata,  nervo  tenuiusculo,  subcontinuo,  cellulis  oblongo- 
liexagonis,  teneris,  basin  versus  sensim  longioribus,  basilaribus 
rectangularibus,  marginalibus  elongatis,  angustis,  limbum  luteum, 
triseriatum  efformantibus;  sela  vix  ultra  15  mm.  alta,  tenuis, 
rubra;  theca  nutans,  cum  collo  sporangio  subpequante  clavato- 
pyriformis,  c.  2  mm.  longa,  leptodermis,  fuscidula  ;  annulus 
latus,  revolubilis;  pet'istojniuni  duplex,  infra  orificum  oriundum: 
exostomii  c^en^eslineari-lanceolati,  subulato-acuminati,  lutei,  apice 
hyalini,  papillosi,  limbati,  dense  lamellati;  endoslomium  sordide 
tlavidulum,  papillosum,  membrana  basilaris  ad  medium  dentium 


590       AUSTRALIAN,    TASMANIAN,    AND    NEW    ZEALAND    MOSSES, 

producta,  processus  anguste  lanceolati,  anguste  perforati,  cilia  ?; 
spori  0-015-0018mm.,  fusciduli,  Iseves;  operculum  alte  convexum, 
muticum. 

New  Zealand  :    Auckland  (Petrie,  in  Herb.  Naylor  Beckett). 

Species  Br.  chrysotiearoni  C  Miill.,  habitu  similis,  sed  folii 
structura  jam  longe  diversa. 

216.  Bryum  (Apalodictyon)  filarium  Broth.,  n.sp. 

Dioicum :  gracillimum,  c?espitosuin,  ca^spitibus  compactis, 
superne  Isete  viridibus,  setate  fuscescentibus,  inferne  fusco-rubris; 
cauJis  fragilis,  erect  us,  usque  ad  2-5cm.  longus,  fusco-tomentosus, 
dense  foHosus,  simplex  vel  innovando  ramosus;  foha  erecto- 
patentia,  sicca  arete  adpressa,  carinato-concava,  oblongo-lancto- 
lata,  breviter  acuminata,  acuta,  usque  ad  1  mm.  longa  et  0'38mm. 
lata,  marginibus  erectis  vel  angustissime  recurvis,  integerrimis, 
nervo  crasso,  rufescente,  continuo  vel  brevissime  excedente, 
cellulis  ovali-  vel  oblongo-hexagonis,  teneribus,  alaribus  abbrevi- 
atis,  maiginalibus  angustioribus,  limbnm  indistinctum,  unieeri- 
atum  efformantibus.     Cfetera  ignota. 

N.S.  W.:  Richmond  River,  Skinner's  Head,  sea-cliff  (Watts, 
n.4127). 

Species  Br.  pachypotnatulo  Broth  ,  atfinis,  sed  caule  dense 
folioso,  foliis  brevioribus,  nervo  crassu  digiioscenda. 

217.  Bryum  {Alpiniformia)  subcurvicollum  Broth.,  n.sp. 

Dioicum:  robustiusculum,  csespitosum,  cpespitibus  compactis, 
riaidis,  fuscescenti-viridibus,  vix  nitidiusculis;  caulis  erectus 
cum  innovationibus  usque  ad  2  cm.  longus,  fusco-tomentosus, 
dense  foliosus,  innovationibus  erectis,  vix  ultra  5  mm.  longis, 
strictis;  folia  erecto-patentia,  sicca  imbricata,  carinato  concava, 
cauliiia  anguste  oblongo-lanceolata,  breviter  acuminata,  aristata, 
marginibus  anguste  revolutis,  integris,  limbata,  nervo  crassius- 
culo,  fuscescente,  in  aristam  brevem,  rigidam,  Isevem  producto, 
cellulis  rhomboideohexagonis,  marginalibus  elongatis,  angustis, 
limbum  angustissimum,  lutescentem  efformantibus,  basilaribus 
laxioribus,  oblongo-hexagonis,  innovationum  eisdem  caulinis 
similia,   Integra  vel   apice   indistincte    serrulata;  seta   usque  ad 


fiY    V.    F.    BROTHERUS.  591 

Scni.alta,  tenuis,  sicca  flexuosula,  inferne  rubra,  supenie  lute- 
scentirubra;  theca  nutans,  paulum  asynimetrica,  coUo  sporangio 
oblongo-ovali  subtequante,  cum  colloc.  4-5mm.  longa  et  c.  1 -20301. 
crassa,  pallide  fusca,  pachydermis,  sicca  deoperculata  sub  ore 
baud  constricta;  annulus  c.  0-12  mm.  latus;  peristomium  infra 
orificium  oriundum;  exostomii  denies  lineari-lanceolati,  subulato- 
acuminati,  c.  0-55  mm.  longi  et  c.  O'lO  mm.  lati,  lutei,  apice 
hyalini,  inferne  minutissime,  apice  distinctius  papillosi,  estriolati, 
dense  lamellati;  endoslomium  sordide  tiavidum,  minute  papillo- 
sum; membrana  basilaris  ad  medium  dentium  producta;  pro- 
cessus dentium  longitudinis,  late  lanceolati,  carinati,  fenestrati; 
cilia  terna,  bene  evoluta,  nodulosa,  parce  appendiculata;  spori 
001o-0'OI8  mm.,  lutei,  l?eves;  G])erculnin  convexum,  acute  apicu- 
latum. 

N.S.W.  :  Apsley  Falls  (Forsytb,  n.749). 

Species  Br.  curvicoUo  Mitt.,  affinis,  sed  statura  multo  robusti- 
ore  foliisque  nervo  tenuiore  jam  dignoscenda. 

218.  BryUiM  (Alpini/ormia)  Cheelii  Broth  ,  n.sp. 

Dioicum  :  robustiusculum,  csespitosum,  csespitibus  densis,  in. 
feme  pallidis,  dein  viridibus,  apice  purpureis,  nitidiusculis ; 
caulis  paulum  ultra  Icm.longus,  inferne  fusco-radiculosus,  dense 
et  sequaliter  foliosus,  simplex;  Julia  sicca  imbricata,  humida 
erecto-patentia,  carinato-concava,  oblongo-lanceolata,  acuta, 
mucronata,  marginibus  recurvis,  apice  minutissime  serrulatis, 
nervo  crasso,  superne  sensim  angustiore,  brevissime  excedente, 
cellulis  laxe  hexagono-rhombeis,  marginibus  multo  angustioribus, 
basilaribus  breviter  rectangularibus;  seta  c.  2  cm.  alta,  fusees, 
centi-rubra;  theca  pendula  cum  collo  sporangio  aequante  pyri- 
formis,  c.  4  mm.  longa,  pachydermis,  fusca;  annulus  latus,  revo- 
lubilis;  pei-istomiuni  duplex,  ad  orificium  oriundum;  exostomii 
denies  linear!  lanceolati,  subulato-acuminati,  lutei,  apice  hyalini, 
papillosi,  anguste  limbati,  dense  lamellati;  endosttmnim  flaves- 
cens,  papillosum,  membrana  basilaris  ultra  medium  dentium  pro- 
ducta,  processus  lanceolati,  fenestrati,  cilia  terna,  bene  evoluta, 
longe  appendiculata;  siJori  0-012  mm.,  lutescenti-virides,  sub- 
laeves;  operculum  alte  convexum,  mammillatum,  nitidum. 

N.S.W.  :  Shellharbour  (Cheel,  n.407). 


592       AUSTRALIAN,    TASMANIAN,    ANt)    NEW    ZEALANt*    MOSSES, 

Species   Br.  alpino  Huds.,  habitu  simillima,   sed  foliis   nervo 
ciassiore,  cellulis  laxioribus  jam  dignoscenda. 

219.  Bkyum  {Alpiniformia)  KiAM^E  Broth.,  n.sp. 

Dioicum :  gracilescens,  cjespitosum,  csespitibus  densiusculis, 
viridibus,  opacis;  caulis  vix  ultra  3  mm.  longus,  basi  radiculosus, 
dense  foliosus,  innovationibus  paucis,  brevibus  vel  simplex;  yb^ia 
subsequalia,  sicca  imbricata,  humida  erecto-patentia,  carinato- 
concava,  oblonga,  acutiuscula,  marginibus  erectis,  superne  min- 
utissime  serrulatis,  nervo  crassiusculo,  continuo  vel  subcontinuo, 
cellulis  laxe  rhomboideo-hexagonis,  marginem  versus  angustiori- 
bus,  loasilaribus  rectangularibus:  seta  vix  ultra  1  cm.  alta,  tenuis, 
rubra;  theca  pendula,  cum  collo  sporangio  sequante  pyriformis,  c. 
3  mm.  longa,  pachydermis,  fusca ;  annulus  latus,  revolubilis  ; 
jyp.ristoinium  duplex,  paulum  infra  orificium  oriundnm;  exostornii 
denies  lineari-lanceolati,  subulato-acuminati,  lutei,  apice  hyalini, 
papillosi,  dense  lamellati;  endostomiuni  sordide  luteum,  papillo- 
sum membrana  basilaris  vix  ultra  medium  dentium  producta, 
processus  lanceolati,  anguste  perforati,  cilia  1  ;  spori  0018-0'020 
mm.,  virides,  sublteves;  operculum  alte  convex  urn,  muticum. 

N.S.W.  :   Kiama  (Forsyth,  n. 381). 

Species  Br.  Sullivani  C.  Miill.,  valde  affinis,  sed  thecjB  forma 
dignoscenda. 

220.  Bryum  {Rostdata)  Forsythii  Hroth.,  n.sp. 

Dioicum :  robustiusculum,  caespitosum,  cfespitibus  densis, 
sordide  viridibus,  opacis;  caulis  usque  ad  2  cm.  longus,  fusco- 
radiculosus,  dense  et  comoso  foliosus;  yb^ia  comatia  sicca  erecta 
humida  patentia,  carinato-concava,  e  basi  breviter  spathulata, 
breviter  oblonga  vel  ovalia,  obtusiuscula,  brevissime  aristata,  c. 
3  mm.  longa  et  usque  ad  1"3  mm.  lata,  marginibus  fere  ad  apicem 
revolutis,  superne  minute  et  ajqualiter  serratis,  limbata,  nervo 
crassiusculo,  brevissime  excedente,  cellulis  ovali-  vel  rhombeo- 
hexagonis,  marginalibus  angustioribus  et  longioribus,  limbum 
pauciseriatum,  infra  apicem  folii  desinentem  efformantibus;  seta 
c.  2  cm.  alta,  rubra;  theca  nutans,  minuta,  cum  collo  sporangio 
longiore  obconica,  fuscidula;  oj)erculnm  alte  convexum,  mam- 
millatum. 


6Y    V.    F.    BKOTHERUS.  593 

N.sSv.  :  Kiania  (Forsyth,  n.384). 

Species  Br.  leptothccio  Tayl.,  affinis,  sed  folii  forma,  limbo 
angusto,  infra  apicem  folii  evanido  dignoscenda. 

221.  Papillakia  { Enpapillaria)  nitidiuscula  Broth  ,  n.sp. 

Dioica  :  mollis,  gracilescens,  Ipete  viridis,  nitidiuscula;  caulis 
elongatus,  per  totam  longitudinem  cortici  arborum  affixus,  laxi- 
uscule  foliosus,  dense  et  regulariter  ramosus,  ramis  baud  com- 
planatis,  plerumque  brevibuSj  dense  foliosis,  curvatulis,  simplici- 
bus,  attenuati.s,  rarius  elongatis,  pendulis,  multo  tenuioribus, 
pinnatim  ramulosis:  fulia  ccmlhia  patentia,  ebasi  breviter  decur- 
rente  late  cordata,  lanceolato-subulata,  piliformiter  attenuata, 
alis  iutlexis,  marginibus  erectis,  minutissime  crenulatis,  nervo 
tenui,  ad  medium  folii  evanido,  cellulis  elongatis,  anguste  lineari- 
rhomboideis,  minutissime  papillosis,  basilaribus  laxioribus,  alari- 
bus  subquadratis,  byalinis,  Isevibus;  fo/ia  ramea  angustiora, 
lanceolato-acuminata.     Cjetera  ignota. 

N.S.W.  :  Richmond  River,  Alstonville  Road  (Watts,  n.4032, 
4043,  4062),  E.  Ballina  (Watts,  n.207,  3401,  4003,  4110,  4351), 
Tintenbar  (Watts,  n.43G3),  Pimlico  (Watts,  n.4882),  Uralba 
Road  (Watts,  n.3711,  3715),  Pearce's  Creek  (Watts,  n.441), 
Brooklet  (Watts,  n.4793),  Teven  Creek  (Watts,  n.4093,  4396, 
4418),  North  Creek  (Watts,  n.4755);  Brunswick  River,  Myocum 
(Watts,  n.4337). 

Species  a  congeneribus  australiensibus  foliis  nitidiusculis, 
mollibus  jam  dignoscenda. 

222.  Anacamptodon  Wattsii  Broth.,  n.sp. 

Autoicus :  gracilis,  ctespitosus,  cpespitibus  densiuscuiis,  la?te 
viridibus;  caulis  elongatus,  repens,  laxiuscule  foliosus,  dense 
ramosus,  ramis  brevibus,  adscendentibus,  simplicibus;  folia 
patula,  concava,  e  basi  ovata  vel  ovali  sensira  longe  lanceolato- 
subulata,  marginibus  erectis,  integris,  nervo  crassiusculo,  con- 
tinuo,  cellulis  rhomboideo  hexagonis,  basin  versus  laxioribus, 
alaril>us  numerosis  quadratis;  bractese  perichsetii  intern}*  erecta?, 
sensim  lanceolato-acuminatae,  intcgrpe;  sela  c.  1  cm.  alta,  stricti- 
uscula,    lutea,   inferne   rubra,   aitate  omnino   rubra,    Isevissima ; 


594       AUSTRALIAN,    TASMANIAN,    AND    NEW    ZEALAND    MOSSES, 

theca  erecta,  ovalis,  crassicollis,  pachydermis,  pallida,  setate 
rubra:  peristoniivm  duplex,  infra  orificium  oriunduni;  exosfomii 
dentes  incurvi,  siccitate  reflexi,  late  lanceolati,  c.  037  mm.  longi 
et  c.  0085  mm.  lati,  fusciduli,  papillosi;  ]>rocessns  filiformes, 
medium  dentium  attingentes,  fusci,  IseA'es;  sjoo?-t  0-008-0-OlOmm., 
ochracei,  Iseves;  operculum  e  basi  conica  breviter  et  oblique 
rostratum. 

N.S.W.:  Richmond  River,  Cooper's  Creek  (or  Wilson's  Creek), 
on  burnt  wood  (Watts,  n.5189). 

Species  foliis  longe  subulatis,  nervo  continuo  dignoscenda. 

223.  Amblystegium  austro-hygrophilum  Broth.,  n.sp. 

Autoicum:  gracile,  cjespitosum,  csespitibus  densiusculis,  pallide 
viridibus;  caulin  elongatus,  repens,  hie  illic  fusco-radiculosus, 
laxe  foliosus,  irregulariter  et  remote  subpinnatim  ramosus,  ramis 
patulis,  usque  ad  To  cm.  longis,  laxe  foliosis,  simplicibus; /o^ia 
squarroso-patula,  concaviuscula,  e  basi  longe  decurrente,  ovata 
sensim  longe  lanceolato-subulata,  marginibus  erectis,  subula 
excepta  minutissime  denticulatis,  nervo  tenui,  in  subula  evanido, 
cellulis  elongate  hexagunis,  basin  versus  brevioribus,  alaribus 
numerosis,  laxis,  oblongis;  bracte<e  perichcetii  internee  erectse,  e 
basi  pallida,  lata  laneeolato-subulatae,  marginibus  subulie  minute 
serrulatae;  se^a  2-3  cm.,  tenuis,  flexuosula,  rubra,  superne  lutes- 
cens;  theca  horizontalis,  cylindracea,  sicca  curvata  et  sub  ore 
contracta,  fusco-lutea;  operculum  ignotum. 

N.S.W  :  Mt.  Duval,  near  Armidale,  wet  places  among  ^rass 
in  gully  (Watts,  n.7386). 

224.  PLAGIOTHKCIUiM   NoViE  SEELANDIiE  Brotll.,  n.Sp. 

Dioicum :  rubustum,  ciespitosum,  cjespitibus  densis,  mollibus, 
turgescentibus,  viridissimis,  nitidis;  caidis  elongatus,  procum 
bens,  parce  radiculosus,  dense  foliosus,  subpinnatim  ramosus, 
ramis  patentibus,  plus  minusve  complanatis,  brevioribus,  obtusis 
vel  longioribus,  arcuatis,  siepe  plus  minusve  attenuatis,  simplici- 
bus;  /o^ia  concava,  longe  decurrentia,  late  ovalia,  obtusa,  integi-a, 
lateralia  asymmetrica,  nervo  furcato,  brevi  vel  usque  ad  medium 
folii  producto,  cellulis  elongate   sed   laxe  rhomboideis,  alaribus 


BY    V.    F.    BROTHERUfe.  595 

brevioribus  et  laxioribus;  bractece  perichcetii  late  vaginantesj 
breviter  acumiuatji',  integiw;  seta  c  2*5  cm.  alta,  flexuosa,  rubra; 
theca  erecta  vel  suberecta,  e  collo  brevi  oblongo-cylindrica, 
pallide  fusca,  l^vis;  operculum  conicum,  acutuui. 

New  Zealand  :  Kelly's  Range,  Kelly's  Creek,  on  dripping 
rocks,  and  at  top  of  Otira  Gorge,  2830  ft.,  damp  rocks  in  scrub 
(T.  W.  Naylor  Beckett). 

Species  inflorescentia  dioica,  statura  robusta  foliorumque 
forma  faciliter  dignoscenda. 

225  Plagiothkcium  Nov^  Valesi^  Brotb.,  n.sp. 

Autoicum :  robustiusculum,  cfespitosum,  ctespitibus  densis, 
turgescentibus,  lutescenti-viridibus,  nitidis;  caulis  elongatus, 
repens,  per  totam  longitudinem  plus  minusve  fusco-radiculosus, 
densiuscule  foliosus,  subpinnatim  ramosus,  ramis  patulis,  vix 
ultra  1  cm.  longis,  complanatulis,  simplicibus,  obtusis ;  folia 
concava,  vix  decurrentia,  dorsalia  et  ventralia  symmetrica, 
ovato-lanceolata,  lateralia  asymmetrica,  ovata,  breviter  sed 
anguste  acuminatis,  margin] bus  erectis,  apice  minutissime  serru- 
latis  vel  subintegris,  nervis  binis,  brevissimis,  cellulis  laxe 
elongate  rhomboideis,  alaribus  brevioribus  et  laxioribus;  bractece. 
perichcetii  vaginantes,  subulato-acuminatse,  integral;  seta  1-5  cm. 
alta,  pallide  rubra.     Ca'tera  ignota. 

N.S.W.:  Richmond  River,  Skinner's  Creek,  on  rock  (Watts, 
n.5619)  and  log  in  Byron  Creek  (Watts,  n  5839). 

Species  PI.  lamprostachydi  (Hamp.)  Jaeg.,  affinis,  sed  foliis 
vix  decurrentibus,  lateralibus  anguste  acuminatis,  apice  minu- 
tissime serrulatis,  laxiiis  areolatis  optime  diversa. 

226.  Vesicui.akia  kivalis  Broth.,  n.sp. 

Autoica  :  gracilis,  caispitosa,  ciiispitibus  laxiusculis,  depressis, 
saturate  viridibus,  opacis;  caulis  elongatus,  repens,  { er  totam 
longitudinem  fasciculatim  fusco  radiculosus,  laxiuscule  foliosus, 
pinnatim  ramosus,  ramis  patulis,  complanatis,  vix  ultra  1  cm. 
longis,  cum  foliis  c.  2  mm.  latis,  simplicibus,  obtusis;  yo^ia  ramea 
jateralia  patula,  concava,  plus  minusve  asymmetrica,  ovalia, 
raptim  plus  minusve  longe  cuspidata,  marginibus  erectis,  inte- 


596       AUSTRALIAN,    TASMANIAN,    AND    NEW    ZEALAND    MOSSES. 

gei'riinis,  enervia,  cellulis  laxe  ovali-  vel  oblongo-liexagonis 
(superioribus  3:1  vel  4:1),  basin  versus  longioribus,  ventralia  et 
dorsalia  raulto  minora,  symmetrica,  ovato-lanceolata;  seta  l'5cm., 
pallida  rubra;  theca  nutans,  ovalis,  c.  1  mm.  longa,  sicca  deoper- 
culata  sub  ore  constricta,  fusca;  ojyerculnvi  e  basi  convexa  acute 
apiculatum. 

N.S.W.  :  Richmond  River,  rock  in  Whian  Creek  (Watts, 
n.5666). 

Species  V.  piiindtnUe  (C  Miill.)  valde  affinis,  sed  foliis  lati- 
oribus,  cellulis  laxioribus,  firmioribus  dignoscenda. 


597 


NEW  AUSTRALIAN  SPECIE8  OF  CARABID.E  BELONG- 
ING TO  THE  TRIBE  SCARITIXI. 

[coleoptera.] 

By  Thomas  G.  Sloane. 

It  had  been  my  intention  to  have  reviewed  the  tribe  Scaritini 
as  I'cpresented  in  Australia,  as  a  whole,  and  to  have  dealt  with 
the  classification  of  the  genera,  and  the  arrangement  and  syno- 
nymy of  the  species;  but  the  realisation  of  tliis  idea  has  had  to  be 
postponed,  so  that  only  the  new  species  (including  the  interest- 
ing species  found  by  Mr.  H.  W.  Brown  in  the  Murchison  District 
of  Western  Australia,  at  Cue  and  Anketell)  which  have  accu- 
mulated in  my  hands;  and  for  which,  in  some  cases,  my  corres- 
pondents are  waiting  for  published  names,  are  dealt  with  herein. 

Rhysocara,  n.gen 

Allied  to  Clivina.  Head  irregularly  and  strongly  longitudin- 
ally furrowed,  the  median  furrow  deep;  front  with  a  strong 
transverse  I'idge  behind  median  part  of  clypeus;  supra-antennal 
plates  wide,  obliquel}'  tumid  in  front  of  eyes,  external  margin 
bordered;  clypeus  strongly  angularly-emarginate,  lateral  parts* 
rounded;  eyes  large,  globose.  Anlennce  short,  incrassate;  two 
basal  joints  glabrous,  third  cylindrical,  hardly  shorter  than 
second,  sparsely  setulose;  joints  5-11  short,  wide,  pubescent. 
Mentum  with   prominent  median   tooth;  a   setigerous  puncture 


*  It  is  now  proposed  to  use  the  term  lateral  parts  for  the  side-pieces  of 
the  clypeiis  situated  between  the  median  part  of  the  clypeus  and  the  supra- 
antennal  plates  of  the  head.  Hitherto,  I  have  followed  Putzeys  in  calling 
the.se  side-pieces  the  "wings"  of  tlie  clypeus,  Init  there  are  decided  olijee- 
tions  to  the  use  of  the  militarj'  term  irimj  for  the  lateral  part  of  a  bodj-- 
segment;  therefore,  it  is  better  to  discontinue  its  use, 


598  NEW    AUSTRALIAN    SPECIES    OF    CAKABID^, 

beside  each  basal  angle.  Prothorax  short,  transverse,  convex, 
widest  at  posterior  angles,  strongly  narrowed  to  apex;  basal  curve 
short,  inner  angles  hardly  marked;  apex  truncate;  anterior  angles 
rounded;  lateral  furrow  wide,  closed  behind  by  a  transverse  ridge 
connecting  border  with  pronotum  at  posterior  angles;  two  lateral 
setigerous  punctures  as  in  Clivina-.  anterior  transverse  sulcus 
deep.  Elytra  stout,  convex,  strongly  striate-punctate;  stride  free 
at  base;  interstices  convex,  most  strongly  so  on  apical  declivity, 
extremities  of  2-6  distant  from  apex,  seventh  convex  on  apical 
declivity.  Ventral  segments  transversely  sulcate.  Prosternum 
convex,  wide  between  coxa»;  intercoxal  declivity  transversely 
sulcate;  peduncle  with  a  concavity  on  each  side;  metasternum 
not  long.  Legs  stout;  anterior  femora  short,  wide;  anterior 
tibiae  large,  3  dentate,  teeth  strong,  upper  one  opposite  insertion 
of  upper  inner  spine,  middle  one  before  insertion  of  inner  apical 
spine,  apical  one  long,  stout,  curved  outwards,  obtuse  at  apex; 
middle  tibise  incrassate,  with  a  strong  apical  spur  and  an  obtuse 
prominence  on  outer  side  above  apical  spur  ;  posterior  cox^e 
contiguous. 

A  new  genus  has  seemed  necessary  for  the  reception  of  this 
remarkable  species,  which,  in  facies,  resembles  the  species  of  the 
American  species  Aspidoglossa,  though  it  is  not  allied  to  that 
genus.  I  know  of  no  species  nearly  allied  to  it;  probably  its 
position  is  between  Dyschirius  and  Clivina.  Attention  may  be 
drawn  to  the  lateral  furrow  of  the  elyti-a,  in  which,  towards  the 
base,  the  punctures  of  the  normal  eighth  stria  of  the  Carabida- 
may  be  seen,  as  well  as  those  of  the  seventh  stria;  between  these 
rows  of  punctures,  the  umbilicate  punctures  of  the  normal  ninth 
interstice  occur;  the  ninth  interstice  itself  is  lost  in  the  lateral 
furrow,  as  is  always  the  case  in  Clivina,  though  not  in  Dyschirius. 

Rhysocara  crassa,  n.sp. 

Q.  Robust,  convex,  winged.  Head  rugose,  eyes  prominent, 
clypeus  with  median  part  deeply  emarginate,  not  divided  from 
lateral  parts;  prothorax  short,  subtrapezoid;  elytra  truncate  at 
base,  strongly  punctate-striate,  strife  entire,  fi\e  inner  ones  free 
at  base,  submarginal  humeral  carina  obsolete;  prosternum  with 


BY    T.    G.    SLOANE.  599 

intercoxal  part  cordiform,  narrow  and  longitudinally  sulcate 
anteriorly;  pro-episterna  smooth;  lateral  cavities  of  peduncle 
smooth;  metasternum  longer  between  median  and  posterior  coxal 
cavities  than  the  length  of  the  posterior  coxge;  legs  stout  : 
anterior  tibiae  strongly  3-dentate;  intermediate  tibia?  thick,  wide 
at  apex,  a  strong  obtuse  external  spur  at  apex:  posterior  tibia- 
short,  incrassate.     Black. 

Head  not  large  (1-6  mm.  across  eyes);  front  strongly  rugose; 
clypeus  with  median  part  deeply  emarginate,  lateral  parts 
rounded  externally,  not  divided  from  median  part  on  anterior  mar- 
gin, concave,  the  inner  margin  of  this  concavity  sharply  defining 
the  median  part;  supra-antennal  plates  large,  rounded  externallv 
divided  from  lateral  parts  of  clypeus  by  a  sinuositj-;  eyes  globose, 
prominent.  Labrum  7-setose.  Palpi  stout.  Antenna'  shoit, 
moniliform,  incrassate,  second  joint  longer  than  third.  Pro- 
thorax  smooth,  convex,  broader  than  long  (2-1  x  2*75  mm.), 
widest  just  before  posterior  marginal  puncture,  strongly  and 
roundly  narrowed  anteriorly  (ant.  width  1-7  mm.);  basal  curve 
short;  anterior  margin  truncate;  anterior  line  deeply  impressed: 
lateral  channel  wide;  border  strongly  developed,  particularly  on 
each  .side  of  basal  curve,  not  sinuate  on  each  side  of  base,  inner 
basal  angles  not  marked.  Elytra  truncate-oval  (5x2-9  mm.), 
convex,  abruptly  declivous  at  base,  strongly  declivous  to  apex; 
strise  deep,  strongly  punctate  the  punctures  reaching  apical 
extremity — seventh  entire;  interstices  convex,  sixth  and  seventh 
uniting  at  base  to  enclose  sixth  stria,  eighth  narrow  on  apical 
curve.  Intercoxal  declivity  of  prosternum  narrowed  and  strongh' 
transversely  sulcate  in  middle.  Anterior  femora  short,  thick, 
compressed;  anterior  tibiae  stout,  strongly  3-dentate,  apex  stout 
and  curving  outwards;  posterior  trochanters  shortly  subreniform, 
obtusely  pointed  at  apex.     Length,  8-6,  breadth  29  mm. 

Hah. — Northern  Territory.  Type  in  Coll.  Sloane  (unique); 
given  to  me  by  Mr.  C.  French. 

A  ver}'  remarkable  and  isolated  species,  representing  a  new 
genus  among  the  Australian  Clivinides.  The  head  difl'ers  from 
that  of  all  Australian  species  of  CJivina  by  the  strong  rugosity 
of  the  front;  the  clypeus,  too,  is  more  triangularly  emarginate 


600  NEW    AUSTRALIAN    SPECIES    OF    CAKABIDiE 


than  in  any  of  our  species  of  Clivina.  The  short,  subtrapezoid 
prothorax,  with  the  border  thick  behind  the  posterior  angles, 
and  not  curved  downwards  to  meet  the  median  basal  part  of  the 
border;  the  truncate,  strongly  punctate-striate  elytra,  with  the 
five  inner  strise  free  at  the  base,  and  the  third,  fifth,  and  seventh 
interstices  strongly  developed  on  the  apical  declivity;  together 
with  the  four  posterior  tibife  stout  and  wide,  are  characteristic, 
unusual  features  of  this  species.  I  have  been  unable  to  see  any 
trace  of  the  usual  four  setigerous  punctures  of  the  third  elyti'al 
interstice.  ■  In  a  general  way,  it  has  the  appearance  of  a  stoutly 
built  species  of  the  genus  Asjndotjlossa. 

Clivina  bkunnicolor,  n.sp. 

Allied  to  C.  r'iverinct  SI.:  parallel,  depressed.  Head  similar 
to  that  of  (7.  ohliquata  Putz.,  and  resembling  that  of  C.  riverince 
SI.;  prothorax  subquadrate;  elytra  subdepressed,  strongly  punc- 
tate-striate, fifth,  sixth,  and  seventh  stria?  entire,  fifth  joining 
sixth  at  base,  a  humeral  carina  at  base  of  seventh  and  eightli 
interstices;  prosternum  with  intercoxal  part  very  narrow  ante- 
riorly, episterna  minutely  shagreened  under  a  lens,  and  with 
lightly  impressed  wavy  striolie;  anterior  tibia-  3-dentate.  Hrowii- 
ish,  head  and  prothorax  piceous-brown,  legs  fuscous-red. 

Head  large;  vertex  wide  between  facial  carinfe,  punctate: 
facial  carina.^  elongate,  well  developed;  facial  sulci  recurved 
(recurved  part  longer  and  less  oblique  than  in  C.  obliqiiata). 
Prothorax  depressed,  wide  (1'9  x  2-1  mm.).  Elytra  lightly  and 
widely  subconvex,  hardl}-  wider  than  prothorax  (4  x2-15mm  ); 
strife  punctate,  extending  on  to  apical  declivity,  seventh  well- 
marked,  entire,  finely  punctulate  before  apical  cuive.  Anterior 
femora  wide,  lower  side  arcuate;  anterior  tibia?  wide,  strongly 
3-dentate,  with  a  small  prominence  above  upper  tootli;  inter- 
mediate tibia?  with  ante-apical  spur  well  developed  Length  TT, 
breadth  215  mm. 

//a6.  -  North-West  Australia:  King's  Sound  (Froggatt  and 
W.  D.  Dodd).     Type  in  South  Australian  Museum. 

This  is  the  species  I  have  referred  to  in  these  Proceedings 
(1896,  p.276)  as  a   variety  of   C.  riverince.     An  examination   of 


BY    T.    G.    SLOANE.  601 

three  specimens  from  the  South  Australian  Museum,  ticketed 
"Derby,  W.  D.  Dodd,"  indicates  that  it  is  a  distinct,  though 
closely  allied  species.  From  C.  rirerivcp,  it  differs  by  its  brown- 
ish colour,  less  depressed  form  (especially  of  elj'tra);  elytia  more 
strongly  striate,  the  lateral  striai  strongly  impressed. 

Clivina  dampieri,  n.sp.  v 

Narrow,  cylindrical.  Front  depressed,  punctate;  prothorax 
longer  than  broad;  elytra  strongly  punctate-striate,  fourth  and 
'fifth  strife  confluent  at  base,  seventh  entire,  eighth  interstice 
carinate  at  base;  prosternum  with  intercoxal  pai"t  attenuate 
anteriorly,  epistei"na  feebly  shagreened,  overhanging  anteriorly; 
anterior  femora  wide,  posterior  margin  of  lower  side  rounded, 
anterior  tibise  4-dentate.     Ferruginous. 

Head  ordinary:  front  punctate;  vertex  without  punctures  in 
middle,  a  few  punctures  on  each  side  of  extremities  of  facial 
carina?,  these  short;  clypeus  not  divided  from  front,  clypeal 
elevation  lightly  raised,  arcuate,  median  part  emarginate-trun- 
cate,  bordered,  angles  slightly  more  prominent  than  lateral 
parts,  divided  from  them  by  an  angular  notch,  lateral  parts 
small;  supra-antennal  plates  raised,  declivous  to  facial  carinse; 
eyes  convex,  not  much  more  prominent  than  supra  antennal 
plates,  standing  out  sharply  from  head  at  base.  Prothorax 
longer  than  broad  (135  x  1"2  mm  ),  hardly  narrowed  anteriorly, 
declivous  to  base,  smooth  (a  few  striolse  near  sides);  lateral  basal 
impressions  obsolete;  border  narrow,  not  curving  downwards  at 
junction  with  basal  border,  inner  basal  angles  marked.  El^-tra 
a  little  wider  than  prothorax  (26  x  1  "35  mm),  parallel,  strongly 
declivous  to  apex;  base  lightly  emarginate;  shoulders  rounded 
but  marked;  striae  strongly  impressed,  entire;  interstices  convex, 
depressed  on  apical  declivity.  Length,  5-5-5;  breadth,  1  -35-1  -Smm. 

Hah. — North-West  Australia:  Carnot  Bay.  Type  in  Coll. 
Sloane. 

Three  specimens  are  before  me,  one  received  from  Mr.  C. 
French  as  from  Carnot  Bay,  and  two  belonging  to  the  South 
Australian  Museum,  from  the  Blackburn  Coll.,  ticketed 
"N.W.A." 

47 


602  NEW    AUSTRALIAN    SPECIES    OF    CARABIDiE, 

Allied  to  C.  hovillce  Blkb.,  but  much  smaller,  more  cylindrical, 
more  parallel;  pi'othorax  longer,  less  narrowed  to  apex.  Com- 
pared with  a  species  from  Fortescue  River  (South  Australian 
Museum  Coll.),  and  Cue  (Coll.  Sloane)  which  is  hardly  larger 
(length  5-6  mm.),  and  which  seems  to  me  a  dwarfed  form  of  C. 
bovillre,  it  differs  by  prothorax  longer  than  broad,  less  narrowed 
to  apex;  eyes  less  roundh'  prominent;  vertex  depressed;  facial 
carinte  shorter.  I  am  unable  to  compare  it  with  C.  australica 
SI,  from  the  description  of  which  it  differs  by  size  larger;  clypeus 
with  median  part  more  strongly  separated  from  lateral  parts; 
facial  sulci  not  "recurved";  elytra  more  strongly  striate. 

Clivina  exilis,  n.sp. 

Parallel-elongate.  Head  small,  eyes  not  protuberant,  clypeus 
with  median  part  angulate  on  each  side;  prothorax  longer  than 
broad,  punctate;  elytra  long,  parallel,  punctate-striate,  fourth 
stria  free  at  base,  seventh  interstice  narrowly  carinate  near  base, 
eighth  carinate  near  apex:  prosternum  with  intercoxal  part 
attenuate  anterioi'h^,  posterior  declivity  not  transversely  sulcate; 
anterior  femora  with  posterior  margin  of  lower  side  roundly  pro- 
tuberant in  middle;  anterior  tibia^  4-dentate.  Ferruginous- 
testaceous. 

Head  wide  and  convex  between  eyes,  finely  punctate;  clypeus 
with  median  part  advanced,  decidedly  angulate  on  each  side 
(these  intermediate  angles  sharply  marked),  lateral  parts  rect- 
angularly angulate,  a  triangular  notch  dividing  lateral  parts 
from  supra-antennal  plates.  Prothorax  depressed,  long  (1  x  0-7 
ram.),  parallel  on  sides;  anterior  margin  truncate;  anterior 
angles  obtuse;  lateral  border  narrow,  lightly  sinuate  near  apex, 
inner  angles  of  base  obtuse.  Elytra  long,  narrow  (2  x  0-75 mm.), 
parallel  on  sides;  striae  entire,  not  deep,  seventh  strongly  im- 
pressed for  the  whole  length.  Prosternal  episterna  strongly 
transversely  striolate  near  outer  margin.  Length,  3-8;  breadth, 
0-75  mm. 

Hah. — Port  Darwin  (Dodd).     Type  in  Coll.  Sloane  (unique). 

A  very  distinct  species,  which  may  be  placed  near  C.  cribrifrons 
SI.,  but  also  shows  some  affinity  to  C.  coronata  Putz.     It  is  the 


BY    T.    G.    SLOANE.  603 

most  elongate,  and  most  depressed  of  the  small  Australian  species 
of  Clivina.  Such  species  as  C.  inconspicua  SI.,  C.  cribri/rons 
SI.,  and  C.  nana  SI.,  seem  of  quite  robust  form  beside  it.  Its 
small  size,  slender  form,  head  with  non-prominent  eyes,  clypeus 
decidedly  quadri-angulate,  prothorax  long  with  upper  surface 
punctate,  and  elytra  with  fourth  stria  free  at  base,  are  features, 
which,  taken  together,  help  to  distinguish  it  readily  from  all 
other  Au.stralian  species. 

Clivina  femora  lis,  n.sp. 

Elongate,  parallel.  Head  suhdepressed,  punctate,  clypeus 
emarginate  (as  in  C.  sel/ata,  etc.);  prothorax  longer  than  broad, 
subdepressed;  elytra  punctate-striate,  fourth  and  fifth  striae 
uniting  at  base,  basal  striole  of  tirst  interstice  obsolete  (faintly 
perceptible  only  on  basal  declivity),  eighth  interstice  carinate  at 
base;  anterior  femora  strongly  lobate  on  lower  side;  anterior 
tibiae  4-dentate.     Ferruginous. 

Head  rather  depressed;  front  and  vertex  punctate;  clypeus 
not  di\ided  from  front,  clypeal  elevation  slightly  raised,  roundly 
truncate,  anterior  margin  of  clypeus  lightly  emarginate,  median 
part  not  divided  from  lateral  parts;  supra  antennal  plates  de- 
cidedly divided  from  lateral  parts  of  clypeus,  declivous  to  frontal 
impressions;  facial  sulci  shallow;  eyes  not  large,  deepl}'  set  in 
orbits,  convex,  but  not  greatly  more  prominent  than  supra- 
antennal  plates.  Prothorax  smooth,  longer  than  broad  (1  -5  x  1*3 
mm.),  very  lightly  narrowed  anteriorly;  disc  rather  depressed 
along  median  line;  basal  declivities  very  short;  lateral  basal 
impressions  linear,  distinct.  Elytra  parallel,  a  little  wider  than 
prothorax  (3x1  "45  mm.),  subcylindrical;  strise  strong,  entire, 
seventh  strongly  marked  in  all  its  course;  interstices  convex. 
Prosternum  with  intercoxal  part  attenuate  anteriorly,  trans- 
versely sulcate  on  base;  episterna  lightly  overhanging  anteriorly, 
finely  shagreened,  a  few  fine  transverse  striolfe  near  sides. 
Anterior  coxai  prominent  at  apex  beneath  femora ;  anterior 
femora  with  posterior  margin  of  lower  side  strongly  raised  into 
a  wide  obtuse  prominence  at  middle;  intermediate  tibife  with 
ante-apical  spur  well  developed.     Length,  5-5;  breadth,  1-45 mm. 


604  NEW    AUSTRALIAN    SPECIES    OF    CARABID^E, 

//rt6.— North- West  Australia  :  Fortescue  River,  Hanimersley 
Range  (W.  D.  Dodd).  Unique  in  South  Australian  Museum 
Coll. 

This  species  is  such  an  important  one,  connecting  C.  pnnc- 
taticeps  Putz.,  with  C.  ferriiginea  Putz.,  etc.,  that  I  have  ven- 
tured to  describe  it  on  a  single  specimen.  It  can  be  readil}' 
separated  from  all  other  Australian  species  of  the  genus  (Jlivina 
by  the  presence  of  the  following  two  characters  which  occur 
together  in  no  other  Australian  species,  viz.,  (fl)clypeus  emargin- 
ate  as  in  C.  sellata  Putz.;  (5)  femora  with  posterior  margin  of 
lower  side  strongly  lobate;  the  lobe  is  about  half-way  between 
the  point  of  the  coxa  and  the  apex  of  the  femur,  and  is  more 
suddenly  raised,  and  more  prominent  than  in  C.  pnncfaticeps 
Putz.,  or  C.  tumidipes  SI. 

Clivina  darwini,  n.sp. 

Robust,  convex.  Head  wide,  clypeus  deeply  truncate-emar- 
ginate;  prothorax  as  broad  as  long  (2  x  2  mm.),  anterior  angles 
marked;  elytra  oval,  fourth  and  fifth  stria;  uniting  at  base, 
seventh  and  eighth  interstices  uniting  at  base  to  form  a  short 
carina,  eighth  interstice  not  indicated  by  a  carina  near  apex; 
prosternum  with  intercoxal  part  wide  anteriorly,  basal  declivity 
non-sulcate,  episterna  shagreened,  finely  transversely  striolate; 
metasternum  between  intermediate  and  posterior  coxfe  shorter 
than  posterior  coxse,  episterna  small  and  short;  anterior  tibiae 
3-dentate.  Piceous-black,  undersurface  and  legs  reddish-piceous, 
antennte  and  palpi  ferruginous. 

Head  large,  convex;  eyes  prominent,  clypeus  deeply  and  widely 
truncate-eniarginate  (as  in  C.  frogyatti  SI.);  lateral  parts  of 
clypeus  not  divided  from  median  part,  lightly  and  roundly 
advanced;  supra-antennal  plates  rounded  externally,  divided 
from  lateral  parts  of  clypeus  by  a  light  sinuosity.  Prothorax 
convex  (2x2  mm.),  lightly  narrowed  anteriorly;  anterior  margin 
truncate;  anterior  angles  well  marked,  subrectangular;  basal 
curve  short.  Elytra  oval  (3-7  x  2-1  mm.),  convex;  shoulders 
rounded;  striae   deep,   finely   crenulate;    interstices  convex  near 


BY    T.    G.    SLOANE.  605 

base,  depressed  on  apical  declivity;  submarginal  humeral  carina 
short,  feebly  developed.     Length,  5-5-7;  breadth,  1-65-2  mm. 

Hab.— Fori  Darwin  (Dodd,  several  specimens).  Type  in  Coll. 
Sloane. 

Closely  allied  to  C  froggaUi  SI.,  with  which  it  agrees  in  shape 
of  head  and  elytra,  but  differs  by  smaller  size;  prothorax  with 
anterior  angles  prominent  (not  rounded  off);  elytra  with  eighth 
interstice  not  showing  as  a  carina  on  apical  curve;  metasternum 
shorter,  the  metepisterna  much  smaller  and  shorter. 

Clivina  kershawi,  n.sp. 

Allied  to  C.  elegans  Putz.  :  elongate,  lightly  convex.  Clypeus 
emarginate-truncate,  lateral  parts  advanced;  prothorax  longer 
than  broad,  narrowed  to  apex;  elytra  subdepressed,  strongly 
punctate-striate,  fourth  stria  joining  fifth  at  base,  interstices 
convex,  eighth  obsolete  on  apical  curve;  prosternum  with  inter- 
coxal  part  wide;  peduncle  smooth,  concavities  impunctate;  meta- 
sternum and  metepisterna  short;  anterior  tibite  3-dentate;  inter- 
mediate tibiaj  with  external  spur  above  apex.  Black;  antennae, 
tarsi,  and  palpi  piceous-red. 

Head  smooth;  facial  carina?  narrow,  a  slight  impression  divid- 
ing them  from  supra-antennal  plates;  clypeus  with  lateral  parts 
prominent,  rounded,  median  part  truncate;  eyes  prominent. 
Prothorax  smooth,  a  little  broader  than  long  (3-4  x  3-6  mm.), 
narrowed  to  apex  (2  6  mm.),  subdepressed;  basal  declivity  short; 
border  narrow,  hardly  interrupted  at  basal  angles,  not  wide  at 
anterior  angles.  Elytra  subdepressed,  oval  (7-6  x  3-75  mm.); 
stria?  well  marked  to  apex,  strongly  impressed  and  decidedly 
crenulate;  seventh  interstice  lightly  carinate  at  base;  posterior 
setigerous  puncture  of  third  interstice  near  extremity  of  fourth 
stria?.     Length,  12-13-7:  breadth,  31-3-75  ram. 

Hab. — Tropical  Queensland  :  Claudie  River  (J.  A.  Kershaw). 
Tvpe  in  the  National  Museum,  Melbourne. 

In  facies,  resembling  C.  deyans  Putz.,  but  differing  by  antenna^ 
longer  and  less  moniliform  (joints  4-1  1  not  so  short,  wide,  and 
bead-like);  facial  carina?  more  or  less  divided  from  supra-antennal 
plates;  orbits  projecting   less  strongly  from  head    behind  eyes; 


606  NEW    AUSTRALIAN    SPECIES    Of    CAUABIDi*;, 

peduncle  smooth;  elytra  more  deeply  crenulate-striate,  interstices 
more  convex,  eighth  obsolete  on  apical  curve;  metasternum 
longer  between  middle  and  posterior  coxse.  From  C.  ubbreviata 
Putz.,  it  can  be  differentiated  readilv  by  the  less  moniliform 
antennte,  and  smooth  peduncle  From  C.  obliquicoUisH].,  it  may 
be  separated  by  its  more  depressed  form;  metasternum  much 
shorter  between  coxal  cavities,  etc.  And  from  C.  hrevisterna  SI., 
by  its  more  depressed  shape  ;  longer  prothorax  ;  elytra  more 
strongly  striate,  posterior  setigerous  puncture  of  third  interstice 
placed  near  apex,  etc. 

Clivina  bkevistekna,  n  sp. 

Allied  to  C.  iiyctosyloides  Putz.:  robust,  elongate-oval.  Head 
as  in  C  tiyctosyloidns,  clypeus  widely  and  deeply  truncate- 
emarginate;  prothorax  hardly  broader  than  long,  strongly  nar- 
rowed anteriorly;  elytra  oval,  convex,  punctate-striate,  fourth 
stria  joining  fifth  at  base,  interstices  convex  on  disc,  eighth 
obsolete  on  apical  declivity,  submarginal  humeral  carina  feebly 
developed;  prosternum  with  intercoxal  part  wide  anteriorly,  pro- 
episterna  smooth,  with  some  minute  wavy  transverse  scratches; 
lateral  cavities  of  peduncle  smooth;  metasternum  shorter  between 
intermediate  and  posterior  coxal  cavities  than  the  length  of  the 
posterior  coxte,  metepisterna  longer  than  broad;  anterior  tibiie 
3-dentate;  intermediate  tibia?  with  external  spur  near  apex. 
Black;  tibiae  piceous;  tarsi  and  antenna?  reddish-piceous. 

Head  large  (2*  15  mm.  across  eyes);  sides  sloping  forward  ob. 
Hquely  from  a  little  before  eyes  (a  vei-y  slight  sinuosity  indicat- 
ing the  division  between  the  supra-antennal  plates  and  the 
lateral  parts  of  the  clypeus);  clypeus  with  median  part  truncate, 
lateral  parts  shortly  advanced,  oblique  on  inner  side.  Labrum 
7-setose.  Prothorax  of  almost  equal  length  and  breadth  (3-2  x  3'3 
mm.),  widest  a  little  before  posterior  angles,  strongly  narrowed 
anteriorly  (ant.  width  2-25  mm.),  deeply  declivous  to  base; 
anterior  angles  obtuse,  widely  bordered;  basal  curve  short. 
Elytra  oval  (6-7  x  3-7  mm.),  convex;  shoulders  rounded,  stria?  all 
strongly  impressed  towards  base,  fifth  and  seventh  obsolete,  or' 
nearly  so,  towards  apex.     Length,  11-5-15;  breadth,  3-5-4  mm. 


BY    T.    G.    SLOANE.  607 

//a6.— Northern  Territory  :  Pine  Creek  District.  Type  in 
Coll.  Sloane.  I  am  indebted  to  Mr.  C.  French  for  several 
specimens. 

Closely  allied  to  C.  nyctosyloides,  but  differing  by  metasternum 
shorter  between  intermediate  and  posterior  coxal  cavities  than 
the  length  of  the  posterior  coxte;  prothorax  longer  (and,  there- 
fore, appearing  less  strongly  narrowed  to  apex);  elytra  with  the 
shoulders  more  rounded  off  (i.e.,  less  strongly  ampliate  from 
peduncle).  The  elytral  interstices  have  a  tendency  to  present 
four  irregular  raised  ridges  on  the  apical  declivity  formed  by 
the  first,  third,  fifth,  and  seventh  interstices;  a  similar  tendency 
is  noticeable  in  C.  nyctosyloides;  but,  owing  to  the  greater  con- 
vexity of  the  even  interstices  towards  the  apex  in  that  species, 
the  odd  interstices  are  not  so  conspicuous  as  in  C.  hrevisterna, 
in  which  the  even  interstices  are  depressed. 

Laccoscaphus  doddi,  n.sp. 

Elliptical-oval,  robust,  convex.  Head  with  two  supraorbital 
punctures  on  each  side;  each  elytron  with  four  rows  of  deep 
fovese,  and  a  row  of  small  lateral  ocellate  punctures  not  placed 
in  foveaj;  anterior  tibite  3-dentate. 

Head  large  (3-3mm.  across  eyes),  convex;  frontal  sulci  lightly 
divergent  backwards,  out-turned  to  define  the  posterior  margin 
of  the  lateral  frontal  spaces,  connected  by  a  rounded  impression 
defining  posterior  margin  of  median  frontal  space;  eyes  lightly 
convex,  not  prominent.  Prothorax  convex,  transverse  (2-6  x  3-9 
ram.);  anterior  margin  truncate;  anterior  angles  small,  hardly 
advanced;  sides  subparallel  in  middle,  lightly  and  roundly 
narrowed  to  anterior  angles,  rounded  at  posterior  angles,  lightly 
sinuate  on  each  side  of  basal  lobe;  border  narrow,  lightly  re- 
flexfd,  forming  a  thick  strongly  raised  ridge  on  basal  lobe;  two 
marginal  setigerous  punctures  on  each  side.  Elytra  convex, 
oval  (5-3  X  3-7  mm.);  base  widely  and  lightly  emarginate;  four 
rows  of  fovea?  on  each  elytron,  first  (sutural)  row  with  two  small 
fovese  on  disc  and  two  on  apical  declivity,  second  and  third  rows 
with  five  or  six  fovete,  fourth  row  with  four  fove^e;  border  nar- 
row, strongly  upturned  at  humeral  angles;  apical  curve  with  a 


608  NEW    AUSTRALIAN    SPECIES    OF   CARABIDiE, 

narrow  margin  on  each  side;  three  setigerous  punctures  on  eacli 
side  of  base.  Intercoxal  part  of  presternum  with  a  setigerous 
puncture  on  each  side  near  coxal  cavity.*  Posterior  trochanters 
with  a  setigerous  puncture.     Length,  11;  breadth,  3-7  mm. 

Hah. — Port  Darwin  (Dodd).     Type  in  Coll.  Sloane  (unique). 

This  small  species  is  allied  to  L.  darwiiiiensis  ]\Iacl  ,  from 
which  it  differs  by  its  black  colour,  smaller  size,  etc.  It  differs 
from  L.  macleayi  SI.,  by  its  shorter  and  more  convex  form;  eyes 
less  prominent;  border  of  elytra  and  prothorax  narrower;  elytral 
foveje  smaller,  lateral  ocellate  punctures  not  placed  in  depres- 
sions, etc. 

Cakenum  LEPlDtiM,  n.sp. 

Elliptical,  convex.  Head  depressed,  frontal  sulci  short,  lightly 
divergent;  prothorax  transverse,  convex,  margins  wide,  posterior 
angles  rounded  off;  elytra  convex,  widely  subemarginate  at  base, 
impunctaie,  border  dentate  at  humeral  angles;  anterior  tibite 
3-dentate.  Head  and  undersurface  black  ;  prothorax  black, 
becoming  violaceous  towards  sides,  border  viridescent;  elvtra 
purple,  bluish-green  near  sides. 

Head  transverse  (6  mm.  across  eyes) ;  front  subdepressed  ; 
frontal  sulci  arcuate-sinuate,  lightly  divergent  backwards;  eyes 
subprominent;  intermediate  angles  of  clypeus  stout,  triangular, 
obtuse  at  apex;  preocular  process  small,  lounded  externally. 
Antenn:e  submoniliform,  setaceous.  Prothorax  convex,  trans- 
verse (5'3  X  8-4  mm.);  sides  rounded,  anterior  angles  wide,  obtuse, 
decidedly  advanced;  posterior  angles  rounded,  not  marked;  basal 
curve  arcuate  on  each  side  behind  posterior  angles,  lightly  sinu- 
ate on  each  side  of  base;  border  retlexed,  hardly  wider  at  pos- 
terior angles;  marginal  channel  wide;  base  shortly  lobate;  median 
line  strongly  impressed;  two  marginal  setigerous  punctures  on 
each  side.  Elytra  oval,  wider  than  prothorax  (13x9  mm.),  wide 
at  base;  border  folded  over  and  upturned  at  humeral  angles; 
lateral   channel   wide;  four  or   five   punctures   on   base   of  each 

*  A  similar  puncture  is  found  in  L.  darimniensis  Macl. ,  L.  cyanens  Fabr. , 
and  L.  humeraHs  SI.,  but  not,  that  I  have  been  able  to  detect,  in  L.  locn- 
losnii  Newni.,  L.  ^ipenceri  Westw.,  and  L.  machayi  SI. 


BY    T.    G.    SLOANE.  609 

elytron;  a  row  of  closely  placed  punctures  along  lateral  margin: 
suture  strongly  impressed.  Anterior  tibia^  3-dentate;  inferior 
ridge  raised,  strongly  serrate;  apical  plate  dentate  at  apex  below 
tarsus.      Length,  24;  breadth,  9  mm. 

JIab.~W.A.:  Anketell,  Cue  District  (Brown).  Type  in  Coll. 
iSluane  (unique). 

A  distinct  species.  From  C.  transversicolle  Chaud.,  and  C. 
hrevicolle  SI.,  it  is  readily  distinguished  by  the  shape  of  tlie  pro- 
thorax,  which  is  less  subquadrate  and  transverse,  and  has  the 
posterior  angles  rounded  ofi',  not  widely  margined  and  prominent. 
From  C.  leai  SI.,  it  is  separated  by  size  larger;  form  less  convex; 
prothorax  more  rounded  on  sides,  more  widely  margined;  elytra 
far  less  convex,  wider  across  base,  lateral  border  much  wider. 
From  C.  madeayi  Blkb.,  it  difi'ers  by  head  with  preocular  pro- 
cesses (anterior  anglesj  not  prominent;  protliorax  less  convex, 
margins  wider;  elytra  with  lateral  channel  wider. 

Cakenum  leai,  n.sp. 

lilliptical-oval,  very  convex.  Head  with  frontal  sulci  short, 
one  supraorbital  puncture  on  each  side;  prothorax  transverse, 
loliate,  anterior  angles  prominent,  posterior  angles  rounded; 
elytra  very  convex,  Wvigate,  impunctate;  anterior  tibiae  3-dentate. 
Head  and  undersurface  black  ;  prothorax  black,  with  wide 
bluish-green  margins;  elytra  nitid,  rich  purple  on  disc,  chaly- 
beous  towards  sides. 

Head  transverse  (5'2  mm.  across  eyes);  front  subdepressed; 
preocular  process  small,  rounded,  not  prominent;  frontal  sulci 
short,  deep,  hardly  divergent  backwaids;  eyes  convex,  not  very 
prominent.  Prothorax  transverse  (4-5  x  66  mm.),  convex, 
strongly  declivous  to  base;  a  light  impression  on  each  side  of 
base;  sides  subparallel;  anterior  angles  narrow,  prominent;  basal 
angles  I'ounded;  basal  curve  short,  sinuate  on  each  side  of  base; 
basal  lobe  distinct,  narrowly  margined;  border  narrow,  hardly 
more  prominent  at  posterior  angles;  marginal  channel  narrow, 
slightly  wider  at  posterior  angles;  median  line  lightly  impressed. 
Elytra  oval(10  x  68  mm.),  evenly  rounded  on  sides;  suture  deep: 
base  not  wide,   very  strongl}'  declivous  to  peduncle;  border  on 


6lO  NEW    AUSTRALIAN    SPECIES    OF    CARABIDA, 

sides  hardly  divergent  to  humeral  angles:  lateral  border  narrow, 
strongly  folded  over  and  raised  at  humeral  angles;  marginal 
channel  narrow;  three  or  four  punctures  in  a  single  row  at  base 
of  each  elytron;  a  row  of  punctures  along  lateral  margins. 
Length,  19;  breadth,  68  mm. 

//a6.  — Queensland  :  Cunnamulla  (Hardcastle).  Type  in  Coll. 
81oane. 

I  owe  my  single  specimen  of  this  brightly  coloured  species  to 
the  generosity  of  Mr.  A.  M.  Lea.  It  most  resembles  C.  dispar 
Mad,  but  differs  by  elytra  without  discal  punctures:  marginal 
border  and  channel  of  prothorax  and  elytra  narrower;  elytra 
more  convex,  side-border  of  base  less  divergent  to  tlie  humeral 
angles;  elytra  of  a  beautiful  shining  blue.  Fiom  C.  macleayi 
Blkb.,  it  differs  by  head  with  anterior  angles  (preocular  pro- 
cesses) rounded,  not  prominent;  prothorax  much  less  narrowed 
anteriorly;  elytra  narrower,  more  convex,  base  narrower,  more 
abrupt,  side-borders  far  less  divergent  to  humeral  angles. 

Note. — There  is  no  trace  of  the  usual  setigerous  punctures  in 
the  lateral  channels  of  the  prothorax  in  the  specimen  before  me. 

Carenum  blackburni,  n.sp. 

Oblong-oval,  convex,  Isevigate.  Head  with  one  supraorbital 
puncture  on  each  side;  prothorax  transverse,  anterior  angles 
strongly  porrect,  posterior  angles  widely  reflexed,  obtuse,  but 
marked,  base  lobate;  elytra  bipunctate  towards  apex,  humeral 
angles  prominent,  anterior  tibipe  3-dentate.  Black,  polished; 
marginal  channel  of  prothorax  and  elytra  obscurely  violaceous. 

Head  large  (5-2  mm.  across  eyes),  convex  on  occiput;  frontal 
sulci  deep,  parallel;  median  frontal  space  convex;  lateral  frontal 
spaces  abruptly  declivous  externally;  clypeus  with  median  part 
truncate,  intermediate  angles  widely  and  obtusely  triangular; 
preocular  sulcus  distinct,  short;  preocular  process  small;  eyes  a 
little  convex,  not  prominent.  Prothorax  convex,  transverse 
(415  X  7  mm.),  about  equally  wide  at  posterior  and  anterior 
angles;  sides  subparallel,  a  little  narrowed  anteriorly;  anterioi- 
angles  prominent,  but  obtuse;  posterior  angles  rounded,  but 
marked;   base  decidedly  lobate;  border  narrow  in  middle  of  sides. 


bY    T     G.    SLOAkE.  61  1 

a  little  wider  anteriorly,  wide  at  posterior  angles:  median   line 
strongly  impressed;  one   marginal   setigerous  puncture  on  each 
side  at  posterior  angle.     Elytra  not  wider  than  prothorax(9-3  x 
6-9  mm.),  convex,  lightly  rounded  on  sides;  base  widely  truncate- 
emarginate,  strongly  declivous,    a   few  punctures   on  each  side; 
border  reflexed,  erect  at  humeral  angles:  margin  wide,  especially 
on  apical  curve;  a  catenulate   row^  of  evenly  and   rather  closely 
placed  punctiares  along  sides.     Prosternum  with  intercoxal  part 
wide,  lightly  concave,  two  or  three  punctures  on  each  side.     Legs 
rather   light;  anterior  tibia?   3-dentate;    intermediate  tibiae  not 
dentate  at  apex  on  outer  side.     Length,  18-5;  breadth,  7  mm. 
}lab. — South  Australia  :  Nullabor  Plain.     Type  in  Coll.  Sloane. 
Two   specimens   were  given   to  me  by   Mr.  C.  French.     The 
position  of  this  species   is   in  the  C  sm.aragdnh(m-<;rovp  beside 
C.  interiore  SI.;  it  can  be  readily  distinguished  from  the  latter 
by  size  smaller:  prothorax  less  quadrangularly  transverse,  pos- 
terior angles  more  obtuse,   far  less   marked,   base  much    more 
strongly  lobate;  elytra  with   humeral  angles  far   more  strongly 
marked    and    erect.       The    position    of    the  posterior    marginal 
setigerous  puncture  at  the  posterior  angle  will  in  itself  differ- 
entiate it  from  C.  emarginatnm  SI.,  in  which  this  puncture  is 
considerably  before  the  posterior  angle. 

Carenum  virescens  si.,   var.  viridiventkis,  n.var. 

Robust,  convex.  Head  with  one  supraorbital  puncture  on 
each  side.  Prothorax  transverse  (3-8  x  6*6  mm.),  rounded  at 
posterior  angles,  lobate;  two  marginal  punctures  on  eachsid*. 
Elytra  oval,  bipunctate.  Anterior  tibiae  3-dentate.  Green,  nitid; 
legs,  middle  of  prosternum,  metasternum,  and  abdomen,  also 
anterior  parts  of  head,  mandibles,  and  apical  ventral  segment 
black;  disc  of  prothorax  more  or  less  atrous.  Length,  17-8-20; 
breadth,  6  8-7 '7  mm. 

Hab. — W.A. :  Cue,  Kalgoorlie,  Lake  Darlot.  Type  in  Coll. 
Sloane. 

This  form  differs  from  the  typical  C  virescens  by  elytra  wholly 
green;  ventral  segments,  excepting  apical,  viridescent. 


6i2  NEW    AUSTRALIAN   SPECIES    OP    CAkABlcJ;, 

Note. — There  seems  a  likelihood  that  C.  virescens  may  itself 
be  only  a  variety  of  C.  sviaraydnluni  Westw.;  but,  at  present, 
C.  sDKiragduhun  is  unknown  to  me  in  nature  Its  habitat  seems 
to  be  the  Swan  River  district. 

Cakenum  browni,  n.sp. 

Elliptical-oval,  subdepressed,  Isevigate.  Head  large,  frontal 
sulci  strongly  divergent;  prothorax  transverse,  sides  rounded, 
anterior  angles  porrect,  posterior  airgles  rounded,  base  bisinuate 
and  widely  sublobate,  border  reflexed,  widest  at  posterior  angles, 
lateral  channel  wide,  3-punctate;  elytra  truncate-oval,  bipunc- 
tate  above  apical  declivity,  border  wide,  thickened  at  humeral 
angles,  obsolete  on  base;  anterior  tibiae  3-dentate.     Black. 

Head  transverse  (7  mm.  across  eyes),  lightly  narrowed  behind 
eyes,  depressed;  frontal  sulci  rather  short,  strongly  divergent 
posteriorly;  clypeus  sloping  gently  to  anterior  margin,  median 
part  wide,  truncate,  intermediate  angles  prominent,  triangular; 
preocular  sulcus  well  marked;  eyes  convex,  pi'ominent.  Pro- 
thorax  transverse  (6-3  x  93  ram.);  margins  wide;  sides  rounded; 
anterior  angles  wide,  rounded,  strongly  advanced  ;  posterior 
angles  rounded,  subprominent  near  basal  sinuosities;  basal  curve 
short,  bisinuate,  median  part  wide,  lightly  rounded  between 
sinuosities;  border  reflexed  on  sides,  wide  at  posterioi-  angles, 
narrow  on  middle  of  base;  marginal  channel  wide;  median  line 
lightly  impressed;  three  marginal  punctures  on  each  side,  the 
posterior  puncture  a  little  before  posteiior  angle.  Elytra  o\al, 
hardly  wider  than  prothorax  (14'5  x  9  o  mm  ),  lightly  rounded 
on  sides:  base  wide,  lightly  emarginate;  apical  curve  wide,  even; 
humeral  angles  thick,  raised,  not  bordered  on  inner  side;  lateral 
border  retiexed,  thickened  at  humeral  angles,  closing  lateial 
channel  by  uniting  with  body  of  elytra;  lateral  channel  wide:  a 
transverse  row  of  four  fine  punctures  on  each  side  of  base;  a  row 
of  closely  placed  ocellate  punctures  along  sides.  Prosternum 
wide  between  coxse,  two  or  three  setigerous  punctures  on  each 
side;  basal  declivity'  wide,  abrupt,  its  outer  angles  projecting 
strongly  near  peduncle.     Length,  28;  breadth,  9-5  mm. 

Ilab.  —  W.A.  :  Anketell  (Brown).     Type  in  Coll.  Sloans. 


BY    T.    G.    SLOANE.  613 

I  received  this  fine  species  from  Mr.  H.  W.  Brown,  vlio  dis- 
covered it,  with  other  new  species,  at  Anketell,  70  miles  south- 
west of  Cue. 

It  can  be  compared  only  with  C.  emargiiiafum  SI.,  var.  feqtcalis 
SI.,  with  whicl)  it  forms  a  separate  group  in  the  genus  Careitum, 
distinguished  by  liaving  the  posterior  marginal  seta  situated 
considerably  before  the  posterior  angle.  I  cannot  compare  it 
with  C .  emarffinahim  SI.,  but  from  its  v ar .  reqiiali s  SI.,  also  found 
by  Mr.  Brown  at  Anketell,  it  differs  by  head  more  narrowed 
behind  eyes,  frontal  sulci  strongly-  divergent,  eyes  more  pro- 
minent; prothorax  less  convex,  less  declivous  to  sides,  more 
widely  margined,  three  marginal  sette  on  each  side:  elvtra  with 
sides  of  base  not  bordered,  etc. 

Carenum  emarginatum  si.,  var.  ^equalis,  n.var. 

Elliptical-oval,  subparallel,  Isevigate.  Head  with  frontal  sulci 
short,  subparallel,  one  supraorbital  seta  on  each  side.  Black, 
prothorax  and  elytra  with  a  faint  purple  tinge  in  lateral  channels. 

Prothorax  transverse  (54  x  8"6  mm.),  lobate,  of  equal  width 
(6'8  mm.)  at  base  and  apex;  anterior  angles  lightly  prominent; 
posterior  angles  rounded;  border  widely  reilexed,  especially  at 
posterior  angles;  lateral  channel  wide,  bipunctate,  the  posterior 
puncture  considerably  before  basal  angle.  Elytra  truncate-oval 
(14  X  875  mm.),  bipunctate  above  apical  declivity:  humeral  angles 
prominent,  obtuse;  border  retlexed,  stiongly  upturned  and  folded 
back  at  humeral  angles,  continued  along  sides  of  base.  Anterior 
tibiae  3-dentate;  posterior  coxse  and  trochanters  bearing  a  seti- 
gerous  puncture.     Length,  22-28;  breadth,  7-8-10  mm. 

Hab.  —  W.A.  :  Anketell  (Brown).     Types  in  Coll.  Sloane. 

Closely  allied  to  C.  emarginatum  SI.,  the  tj'pe  of  which  is  in 
Coll.  French,  at  the  National  Museum,  Melbourne,  and  with 
which  I  am  not  now  able  to  compare  it.  Judging  from  the  de- 
scription of  C.  etnarginattiin,  the  form  found  by  Mr.  Brown  at 
Anketell  offers  the  following  evident  differences  :- form  more 
elongate;  elytra  not  more  emarginate  than  usual  in  the  genus: 
I  believe,  too,  that  the  posterior  angles  of  the  prothorax  are  less 


614  NEW    AUSTRALIAN    SPKCIES    OF    CARABID^, 

marked.*  The  unusual  length  of  the  elytra,  in  proportion  to 
the  length  of  the  prothorax,  is  a  striking  character  of  C.  eniar- 
ginatum  var.  cequalis. 

Note. — At  first,  I  considered  var.  (eqnalis  a  distinct  species, 
but  having  been  given  a  specimen  by  Mr.  H.  M.  Gile.s,  taken  b}' 
him  on  the  Strelly  River,  wliich  has  the  prothorax  with  the 
posterior  angles  more  prominent  than  in  var.  (eqvalis,  and  which 
is  evidently  intermediate  between  the  typical  form  of  C.  emar- 
ginatiim  and  var.  (eqnalis;  I  have  thought  that  the  form  from 
Anketell  may  not  be  truly  distinct  from  C.  emaryinatiim;  it  is, 
at  least,  a  variety  of  C.  emaryinaluiu,  which  seems  to  require  a 
name,  and  being  from  an  exact  locality,  can  always  be  known, 
if  specimens  from  Anketell  are  before  one.  Tlie  specimen  from 
Strelly  River  is  22  mm.  in  length. 

Carenum  nitidipes,  n.sp. 

Narrow,  cylindrical,  la?vigate.  Head  large,  convex,  with  long 
strongly  divergent  frontal  sulci,  suborbital  antenna!  sciobes 
divided  longitudinally  in  middle  by  a  short  oblique  ridge,  two 
supraorbital  punctures  on  each  side;  prothoiax  a  little  broader 
than  long,  widely  lobate  at  base,  two  marginal  setigerous  punc- 
tures on  each  side;  elytra  oval,  4-punctate,  inflexed  margin  nar- 
row behind  first  ventral  segment;  anterior  tibia*  2-dentate. 
Head  atrous,  viridescent  on  lateral  frontal  spaces  and  occiput, 
"ulse,  basal  part  of  mentum  on  each  side  of  median  tooth  brightly 
viridescent;  prothorax  atrous,  with  viridescent  tints  on  disc  and 
wide  brassy-green  basal  and  lateral  margins ;  undersurface 
brightly  viridescent  with  atrous  tints,  especially  on  middle  and 
near  sides;  elytra  brassy-green,  inflexed  margins  dark  purple, 
brightly  viridescent  in  middle  of  wide  anterior  part;  abdomen 
viridescent;  purplish-black  in  middle  (between  ambulatorial 
setse);  mesosternum  and  metasternum  black  with  side-pieces 
viridescent  (metasternum  viridescent  laterally  between  inter- 
mediate and  posterior  coxae);    legs,  antennae,  and  palpi   black; 

*A  mistake  occurs  in  the  description  of  C.  emarginahim  where  it  is 
written  "posterior  angles  rounded  not  marked";  this  should  read  "pos- 
terior angles  rounded  but  marked,"  from  my  MS.  notes. 


BY    T     G.    SLOANE.  615 

posterior  coxse  laterally,  and  bottom  of  channel  of  lower  sides 
of  femora  iridescent. 

Head  convex  (3*5  mm.  across  eyes),  transversely  impressed 
behind  frontal  spaces;  frontal  sulci  lonf(,  divergent  backwards, 
out-turned  anterior  part  lightly  impressed;  lateral  frontal  spaces 
lightly  depressed  near  frontal  sulci;  clypeus  with  median  part 
declivous,  truncate,  intermediate  angles  narrow,  prominent,  a 
punctiform  fovea  at  base  of  each  intermediate  angle,  the  usual 
clypeal  setigerous  puncture  placed  obliquely  outward  and  back- 
ward from  this  fovea;  preocular  prominences  small,  prominent, 
divided  from  laferal  frontal  space  Ity  a  sharply  defined  preocular 
sulcus;  eyes  depressed,  deeply  set  in  orbits,  these  sloping  gently 
to  sides  of  head,  not  thick  or  prominent.  Labrum  short.  Pro- 
thorax  a  little  wider  than  head  (3  5  x  3  7  mm.),  convex,  shortly 
and  rather  strongly  declivous  to  base,  subparallel  (hardly  rounded) 
on  sides;  basal  curve  short,  rounded  on  each  side,  strongly 
sinuate  on  each  side  of  basal  lobe  ;  apex  truncate  between 
anterior  angles;  border  narrow,  reflexed,  wider  and  prominent 
at  anterior  angles  (these  obtuse).  Elytra  oval  (6-8  x  38  mm.), 
convex  ;  base  truncate,  lightly  subemarginate  at  suture,  deeply 
declivous  to  peduncle;  apex  stronglj-  declivous,  rounded;  suture 
strongly  impressed;  border  narrow,  folded  back  and  prominent 
at  humeral  angles;  four  punctures  on  each  side  of  base  (three 
near  humeral  angle  on  a  depressed  space,  the  fourth  larger, 
placed  half-way  between  the  suture  and  the  three  humeral  punc- 
tures); a  row  of  rather  closely  placed  punctures  along  lateral 
margins.  Intercoxal  part  of  prosternum  narrow  posteriorly, 
with  a  setigerous  puncture  on  each  side  of  base  near  middle. 
Ventral  segments  3-5  with  a  punctuie  on  eacli  side  of  middle, 
apical  segment  with  upturned  edge  foveate  on  each  side. 
Anterior  femora  wide,  compressed,  lower  side  sinuate  before 
apex;  intermediate  tibiae  stout,  incrassate,  with  an  apical  spur 
externally;  posterior  coxse  and  trochanters  each  with  a  setigerous 
puncture.     Length,  13-6;  breadth,  38  mm. 

Hab. — Port  Darwin  (Dodd).     Type  in  Coll.  Sloane. 

This  species  belongs  to  the  C.  quadi'ipwuctaHim-gvouTp,  its 
affinity   being   towards   C.   digglesi   Macl.,    which    it    resembles 


616  NEW    AUSTRALIAN    SPECIES    OF    CARABIDiE 


generally  in  size  and  appearance;  but  from  M'liich  it  differs 
notably  by  its  brighter  colouring  (C.  diyglesi  liaA'ing  the  uppei- 
surface  of  the  head  merely  showing  some  obscure  purple  reflec- 
tions, mentum  wholly  black,  guise  purple;  under-parts  of  pro- 
thorax,  inflexed  part  of  elytra,  and  ventral  segments  obscurelj' 
purple;  mesosternum  and  metasternum  wholly  black):  head 
larger,  with  preocular  sulcus  far  more  strongly  marked,  eyes 
more  depressed,  labial  palpi  far  less  securiform,  median  tooth  of 
mentum  longer,  narrower,  and  more  strongly  kee^;  prothorax 
shorter  (in  C.  digglesi,  3*8  x3  8  mm.),  anterior  angles  advanced 
(in  C.  digglesi,  not  the  least  advanced);  elytra  with  inflexed 
margins  wider  anteriorly;  anterior  femora  narrower,  much  less 
strongly  sinuate  before  apex  on  lower  side,  etc.  Compared  witli 
C.  qnadripunctatum  Macl.,  the  palpi  are  similar,  but  have  the 
apical  joint  of  the  labial  less  securiform;  antennae  shorter,  basal 
joint  shortei",  joints  6-11  shorter,  more  moniliform,  less  pubescent. 
This  is  the  only  Carenum  known  to  me,  which  shows  any  bright 
colouring  on  the  legs. 

Carenum  montanum,  n.sp. 

Narrow,  subcylindrical.  Head  with  frontal  sulci  long,  sub- 
parallel,  two  supraorbital  punctures  on  eacli  side;  prothorax  with 
anterior  angles  obtuse,  not  the  least  advanced,  two  marginal 
setigerous  punctures  on  each  side;  elytra  subdepressed  on  disc, 
4-punctate,  a  punctate  fovea  on  base  near  each  humeral  angle; 
anterior  tibife  2-dentate.  Head  black,  violaceous  beneath  and 
behind  eyes;  prothorax  black,  with  metallic  tinge  towards  sides, 
particularly  near  posterior  angles;  elytra  nitid,  greenish-metallic, 
with  chalybeous  reflections;  prosternum  and  abdomen  violaceous. 

Head  large  (3"65  mm.  across  eyes),  convex,  transversely  im- 
pressed behind  vertex;  frontal  sulci  long,  hardly  divergent  back- 
wards, united  at  posterior  extremities  by  a  light  curved  impres- 
sion; clypeus  trisinuate  behind  labrum,  intermediate  angles  pro- 
minent ;  preocular  sulcus  obsolete ;  eyes  convex,  prominent, 
strongly  enclosed  behind,  moie  piominent  than  postocular  part 
of  orbits,  these  rather  prominent.  Prothorax  hardly  as  long  as 
broad  (3-8  x  4  mm.),   lightly  convex;    sides   subparallel,  a   little 


BY    T.    G.    SLOANE.  617 

rounded  to  apex,  rounded  at  posterior  angles;  basal  curve  short, 
subsinuate  on  each  side;  basal  lobe  short,  wide,  rounded,  defined 
by  a  strong  transverse  impression  on  each  side;  border  narrow, 
equal;  marginal  channel  narrow,  shortly  but  distinctly  recurved 
at  anterior  angles;  an  impression  on  each  side  before  basal  lobe. 
Elytra  subcylindrical,  widely  depressed  on  disc,  parallel-oval 
(7"3  X  4  ram  );  a  strongly  impressed  discal  puncture  on  basal 
fourth  and  apical  third  of  each  elytron;  border  thick,  narrow,  a 
little  upturned  and  folded  over  at  humeral  angles;  lateral  channel 
well  developed,  seriate-punctate,  the  punctuies  wide  apart, 
except  towards  base  and  apex  ;  intra-humeral  fovea  of  base 
4-punctate.  Anterior  tibiae  bidentate;  intermediate  tibiae  wide 
at  apex,  external  apical  spur  hardly  developed;  posterior  tro- 
chanters impunctate.     Length,  14-3;  breadth,  4  mm. 

Hab. — N.S.W.:  Ben  Lomond.  Type  in  Coll.  Sloane.  A  single 
specimen  occurred  to  me  under  a  log,  near  the  Ben  Lomond 
railway-station  (4500  feet),  in  December. 

Allied  to  C.  tinctillatum  Newm  ,  but  differing  by  colour,  elytra 
4-punctate,  etc.;  in  these  respects  it  resembles  C.  diggleai  Macl., 
but  I  cannot  regard  it  as  conspecific  with  that  species.  Com- 
paring it  with  a  small  specimen  of  C.  digylesi  from  Brisbane,  I 
note  the  following  differences  :  frontal  sulci  less  strongly  diver- 
gent, tooth  of  mentum  narrower  and  more  pointed;  prothorax 
less  convex,  strongly  impressed  on  each  side  of  base;  elyti-a  much 
less  convex,  lateral  channel  well  developed,  and  with  its  punc- 
tures more  distant  from  one  another,  basal  punctures  placed  in 
a  well  marked  fovea  beside  each  humeral  angle;  posterior  tro- 
chanters impunctate;  intermediate  tibiae  wider  at  apex;  external 
apical  tooth  feeble,  far  less  developed. 

Carenum  longulum,  n.sp. 

Elongate,  parallel.  Head  with  frontal  impressions  long, 
lightly  divergent,  suborbital  scrobes  to  receive  antennse  short, 
single,  two  supraorbital  set*  on  each  side;  prothorax  parallel  on 
sides,  widely  lobate  at  base,  anterior  angles  prominent,  two 
marginal  punctures  on  each  side;  elytra  hardly  wider  than  pro- 
thorax, depressed  on  disc,   4-punctate,  humeral  angles  obtusely 

48 


618  NEW    AUSTRALIAN    SPECIKS    OF    CAKABIDiE, 

dentate,  inflexed  margins  of  elytra  narrow  ;  anterior  tibise 
2-deutate.  Head  atro-viridescent:  pronotum  bright  green  with 
slightly  cupreous  tints  towards  sides,  atrous  in  middle  near 
anterior  margin;  elytra  golden-green,  disc  purple-black  neai 
suture;  pro-episterna  with  viridescent  tints:  body  black,  nitid, 
with  faint  viridescent  tints  on  sides  of  ventral  segments:  legs 
piceous-black. 

Head  large  (4  mm.  across  eyes),  convex,  declivous  to  anterior 
margin,  transversely  impressed  across  occiput;  frontal  sulci  long, 
deep,  divergent^  frontal  spaces  convex,  middle  space  filling  all 
the  interval  between  posterior  extremities  of  frontal  sulci  ; 
clypeus  with  median  part  obsoletely  3-sinuate :  intermediate 
angles  short,  obtuse;  eyes  deeply  enclosed  in  orbits,  not  pro- 
minent; suborbital  channel  short,  wide,  concave,  not  divided  by 
a  longitudinal  ridge;  submentum  strongly  raised  from  gula*: 
foveate  on  each  side  behind  genje.  Prothorax  a  little  wider 
than  head  (4'1  x  4'5  mm.),  convex,  strongly  declivous  to  posteiior 
angles;  basal  area  defined  by  a  transverse  impression  ;  sides 
parallel,  rounded  at  posterior  angles,  sinuate  on  each  side  of 
base;  anterior  margin  truncate:  anterior  angles  slightly  pro- 
minent; border  narrow,  thickened  across  basal  lobe.  Elvtia  of 
about  same  width  as  prothorax  (8-7  x  4-6  mm.),  subparallel  on 
sides;  base  truncate,  vertical  above  peduncle,  punctate;  disc 
depressed;  sides  strongly  and  roundly  declivous:  1. order  narrow, 
thickened  towards  apex,  upturned  in  a  short  subdentiform  pro- 
minence at  humeral  angles;  a  closely  placed  row  of  punctures 
along  sides.  Ventral  segments  3-5  bipunctate:  reflexed  border 
of  apical  ventral  segment  not  foveolate  on  each  side.  I-egs  long; 
anterior  femora  compressed;  anterior  tibia-  strongly  2-dentate, 
apical  plate  witliout  a  dentiform  process  below  tarsus;  inter- 
mediate tibiae  with  a  short  triangular  external  spur  at  apex: 
posterior  legs  long,  light;  posterior  trochanters  narrowed  to 
apex,  bearing  a  setigerous  puncture.  Length,  16o;  breadtlj, 
4:"6  mm. 

Uah. — Northern  Territory :  Darwin  (Spencer).  Type  in 
National  Museum,  Melbourne. 

Besembles  (J.  diyylesi  Macl.,  in  facies,  but  differs,  apart  from 


BY    T.    G.    SLOANE.  619 

colour,  by  orbits  more  developed  behind  eyes,  suborbital  scrobes 
not  divided  by  an  oblique  ridge,  palpi  more  securiform,  especially 
maxillary;  prothorax  more  declivous  to  posterior  angles,  antei  ior 
angles  more  prominent:  el3'tra  with  disc  depressed  on  each  side 
of  suture,  punctures  along  sides  more  closely  placed. 

Var.  ATROViRiDis,  n.var.  Colour  not  so  bright  as  typical  form; 
prothorax  and  elytra  widely  margined  with  green,  having  no 
golden  tint;  anterior  angles  of  head  less  prominent:  elytra  not 
depressed  along  suture. 

Ilab.  —  Queensland  :  Chillagoe  District  (Dodd).  Type  in  Coll. 
Sloane. 

Specimens  taken  by  Mr.  F.  P.  Dodd  differ  considerably  from 
the  type  of  C.  longiihini  as  noted  above,  but  do  not  seem  more 
than  a  variety  of  that  species. 

Xoie. — There  is  a  species  of  Carenum  in  my  collection  from 
North  Queensland  (my  specimens  are  from  Normanton,  Ather- 
ton,  and  Herberton)  which  I  have  ticketed  as  "C  diyylesi  Mac\., 
var.  tropicum^' ;  it  resembles  C.  lonyulum  var.  atroviridis  so 
closely  in  shape  and  colour,  that  it  is  hard  to  separate  them,  but 
differs  by  having  the  subocular  scrobes  divided  by  an  oblique 
longitudinal  ridge;  the  lateral  channel  of  prothorax  shortly  but 
decidedly  recurved  at  anterior  angles;  legs  shorter  (especially 
posterior  tarsi);  palps  less  widely  securiform.  It  is  possible 
this  may  prove  to  be  conspecific  with  C.  angvstifenne  Macl.,  but 
this  could  be  determined  only  by  comparison  with  the  type  of 
that  species,  to  which  I  have  not  access  at  present. 

Carenum  eximium,  n.sp. 

Narrow,  cylindrical.  Head  with  frontal  sulci  long,  divergent, 
labrum  eraarginate;  prothorax  as  long  as  broad,  parallel  on  sides, 
posterior  angles  rounded,  sinuate  on  each  side  of  wide  basal 
lobe;  elytra  convex,  irapunctate,  border  folded  over  and  raised 
at  humeral  angles ;  anterior  tibiie  '2-dentate.  Black  ;  elytra 
coppery-green,  centre  of  disc  atrous 

Head  large,  convex  (3-2  mm.  across  eyes),  feebly  transversely 
impressed  behind  vertex;  frontal  suki  long,  divergent,  extending 


620  NEW    AUSTKALIAN    SPECIES    OF    CAHABID^, 

backwards  to  opposite  postocular  part  of  orbits;  clypeus  narrow, 
intermediate  angles  short,  obtuse,  median  part  emaiginate:  pre- 
ocular  sulcus  obsolete;  eyes  convex,  rather  prominent;  postocular 
part  of  orbits  small  but  sharply  protuberant;  two  supraorbital 
punctures  on  each  side;  suborbital    scrobe  narrow  and  close  to 
gena,  an   oblique   ridge  forming  its  external  margin.     Labrum 
short,    emarginate,   six  equally  placed  setre  along   its   anterior 
margin.     Prothorax  convex  (3-4  x  3-4  mm.),  not  declivous  to  base 
in  middle;  sides  subparallel,  rounded  to  apex,  rounded  at  pos- 
terior  angles,   strongly   but    Avidely   sinuate   before  base;    apex 
truncate;  anterior  angles  obtuse,  not  marked;  basal  lobe  wide, 
defined  by  a  strong  transverse  impression  on  each  side;  border 
narrow,  equal;  marginal  channel  shortly  but  distinctly  recurved 
at  apex;  median  line  strongly  impressed,  a  marginal  setigerous 
puncture  on  each  side  of  posterior  angle.*     Elytra  ova) (6-5  x  3-5 
mm.);  suture   lightly  impressed;    border  thick,   narrow;  lateral 
channel   narrow,   not  altogether  closed  and  divided   from  basal 
punctate  impression   by   humeral  angle  of   border;  base  with  a 
light  oblique  transverse  impression   on  each  side,  these  impres- 
sions with  a  double  row  of  punctures  (four  punctures  in  lower 
row);  a  row  of  punctures  along  lateral  channel,  these  punctures 
wide  apart  in  middle.     Ventral  segments  convex,  3-6  bipunctate, 
sixth  with  a  fovea   on  each   side  of  apex  on   upturned  margin 
above  inner  apical  seta.      Posterior   trochanters   oval,  obtuse, 
iinpunctate.     Anterior  tibise  2-dentate;  intermediate  tibia^  wide 
at  apex,    a   very  small  external  spur  at  apex.       Length,   13-5; 
breadth,  3-5  mm. 

//«6.— Australia.  Type  in  Coll.  Sloane.  I  obtained  this 
species  among  the  duplicates  of  the  Van  de  Poll  collection,  where 
it  was  ticketed  as  from  the  Richmond  River,  N.S.W. 

Very  distinct  in  the  genus  Carenum,  and  a  puzzling  species  to 
place  in  its  true  position;  the  emarginate  labrum  and  clypeus 
show  an  affinity  to  Carenidium  frenchi  SI.,  but  no  species  has 
yet  been  admitted   into  the  genus   Carenidium  which  has  the 


*  The  usual  anterior  marginal  setigerous  puncture  is  not  present  in  my 
unique  specimen. 


BY    T.    G.    siiOANK.  621 

shoulders  of  the  elytra  angulate.  The  small,  upturned  protuber- 
ance at  the  humeral  angle  of  the  elytra  in  C.  eximium  is  wholly 
a  process  of  the  border,  and  is  not  attached  to  the  elytra  to  close 
the  lateral  channel,  as  is  usually  the  case  in  Careniityi.  In 
facies,  C.  eximium  resembles  C.  tinctiHatiom  Newm.,  but,  from 
that  and  other  allied  species,  it  differs  by  labrum  emarginate, 
clypeus  not  with  two  small  tubercles  behind  labrum;  prothorax 
more  gently  narrowed  to  base,  Imsal  curve  not  so  short;  elytra 
impunctate;  from  C.  sjyJendidum  Macl.,  it  differs  in  many  ways, 
e.g.,  labrum  emarginate;  elytra  more  convex,  pluripunctate  on 
base,  etc. 

Nkocarenum  dingo,  n.sp. 

Elongate,  cylindrical.  Antennae  short,  moniliform;  prothorax 
subparallel,  base  wide,  arcuate,  an  antebasal  sinuosity  on  each 
side,  two  marginal  setigerous  punctures  on  each  side;  elytra 
emarginate  at  base,  humeral  angles  prominent,  each  elytron 
4-punctate  on  apical  third*;  anterior  tibite  2-dentate.  Piceous- 
black. 

Head  moderate(4'5mm.  acro.ss  eyes),  convex,  lightly  impressed 
across  occiput;  frontal  sulci  divergent  backwards,  curved  ante- 
riorly; preocular  sulcus  well  marked,  acute;  preocular  process 
subprominent,  clypeus  declivous,  truncate  behind  labrum,  in- 
termediate angles  prominent,  a  fovea  on  each  side  on  inner  side 
of  base  of  intermediate  angles;  eyes  not  prominent;  orbits  small, 
two  supraorbital  punctures  (close  together)  on  each  side.  Pro- 
thorax hardly  longer  than  broad  (5*2  x  5*1  mm.),  not  declivous 
behind;  sides  lightly  rounded  at  basal  angles ;  apex  truncate ; 
basal  curve  lightly  sinuate  on  each  side;  border  very  narrow, 
median  line  fine.  Elytra  convex,  hardly  wider  than  prothorax 
(12x5-2  mm.),  slightly  narrowed  to  base;  disc  not  depressed; 
base  emarginate,  strongly  declivous,  two  punctures  on  each  side; 
border    narrow;    marginal    channel    distinct,    seriate-punctate. 


*  My  unique  .specimen  has,  besides  the  four  punctures  towards  the  apex 
of  the  elytra,  one  on  the  disc  of  the  right  elytron  towards  the  base;  pro- 
bably it  will  be  found  that  there  is  normally  a  puncture  near  the  base  on 
each  elytron. 


622  NEW    AUSTRALIAN    SPKCIES    OP    CAHABlb^, 

Anterior  femora  wide,  lower  side  protuberant,  and  with  an  ante- 
apical  emargination;  anterior  tibiae  with  two  long  teeth  and  a 
small  tubercle  externally;  intermediate  tibia;  slender,  with  a 
sharp  external  apical  spur;  posterior  coxae  and  trochanters  im- 
punctate.     Length,  22;  breadth,  5*2  ram. 

Allied  to  N.  i-ugulos7ini  Macl.,  with  the  type  of  which  I  have 
compared  it,  but  differing  by  the  clypeus  declivous,  and  with  a 
lateral  fovea  on  each  side;  prothorax  less  transverse,  less  rounded 
on  sides,  especially  behind  anterior  angles  ;  elytra  similarly 
emarginate  at  base,  but  with  shoulders  more  sharply  marked, 
each  elytron  2-punctate  towards  apex;  anterior  tibia?  with  a 
small  denticle  above  two  large  teeth.  It  somewhat  resembles 
i\^.  elongatum  Macl.,  but  is  very  distinct  by  small  size,  lighter 
form;  eyes  much  less  prominent;  prothorax  longer,  more  strongly 
sinuate  on  each  side  of  base;  elytra  more  deeply  emarginate  at 
base,  humeral  angles  less  strongly  dentate,  etc.  From  N.  angus- 
tatum  SI,,  it  differs  by  small  size,  more  cylindrical  form;  clypeus 
not  trisinuate,  etc. 

Carenidium  atrum,  n.sp. 

Robust,  elongate,  convex.  Labrum  lightly  emarginate;  pro- 
thorax cordate,  convex,  shortly  lobate;  elytra  narrow,  convex, 
impunctate,  bimucronate  at  apex  ;  anterior  tibiae  2-dentate. 
Black. 

Head  large  (6-7  mm.  across  eyes),  smooth,  convex  ;  frontal 
sulci  long,  deep,  divergent;  clypeus  with  median  part  strongly 
declivous,  very  lightly  emarginate,  intermediate  angles  sub- 
prominent,  obtuse;  eyes  prominent,  deeply  enclosed  in  orbits 
posteriorly;  two  supraorbital  punctures  on  each  side.  Prothorax 
broader  than  long  (65  x  7-7  mm.),  declivous  to  base;  sides 
roundly  curved,  decidedly  narrowed  to  apex,  shortly  ajid  lightly 
sinuate  on  each  side  of  base;  apex  emarginate;  anterior  angles 
subprominent,  obtuse;  base  rounded;  border  narrow,  thick,  sub- 
equal,  hardly  reflexed,  obsolescent  on  basal  lobe;  basal  area  well 
defined,  lateral  channel  very  narrow,  impunctate.  Elytra  a 
little  narrower  than  prothorax  (15  x  7*3  mm.),  convex,  widest 
about  middle,  rounded  on  sides;  base  emarginate,  deeply  decli- 


BY    T.    G.    SLOANE.  623 

vous;  apical  mucro  of  each  elytron  thick,  conical,  a  little  up- 
turned, points  distant  from  apical  margin  ;  border  narrow, 
thickened  posteriorly;  four  punctures  in  a  single  row  on  base  of 
each  elytron.  Posterior  coxae  and  trochanters,  and  ventral  seg- 
ments impunctate.     Length,  29;  breadth,  7'3mm. 

Uab. —  W.A.  :  Anketell  (Brown).     Type  in  Coll.  Sloane. 

A  thoroughly  distinct  species,  characterised  by  its  elongate, 
but  robust,  convex  form,  black  colour,  and  mucronate  elytra.  The 
short,  thick,  pointed  mucrones,  distant  from  the  apical  margin, 
seem  to  indicate  that  the  type-specimen  is  the  (J;  I  should  expect 
the  9  to  have  narrower  and  more  pointed  mucrones  placed  near 
the  apical  margin,  as  is  the  case  with  C.  leai  SI. 

Carenidium  bifurcum,  n.sp. 

Elongate,  depressed,  Isevigate.  Head  with  two  supraorbital 
punctures  on  each  side,  labrura  deeply  emarginate;  prothorax 
strongly  lobed,  two  marginal  punctures  on  each  side;  elytra 
narrow,  impunctate,  two  elongate  sharp  horns  at  apex,  disc 
flattened,  slightly  concave  towards  base,  border  not  dentate  at 
humeral  angles;  anterior  tibijie  2-dentate.  Black;  prothoi'ax  and 
elytra  widely  margined  with  green,  inHexed  margins  of  elytra 
green  inwai'dly. 

Head  smooth,  large  (6'4mm.  across  eyes),  sub-depressed; 
mandibles  with  upper  surface  flattened  towai'ds  base;  frontal 
sulci  long,  deep,  diverging  backwards;  clypeus  with  median  part 
widely  arcuate  emarginate,  intermediate  angles  prominent;  pre- 
ocular  process  narrow;  preocular  sulcus  well  marked;  eyes  pro- 
minent, convex,  enclosed  behind,  postocular  parts  of  orbits  not 
as  prominent  as  eyes,  strongly  and  obliquely  narrowed  behind. 
Prothorax  broader  than  long  (5-7  x  7-3  mm.),  widest  just  before 
posterior  marginal  seta,  sub-depressed,  hardly  declivous  to  basal 
area  in  middle,  strongly  rounded  at  posterior  angles,  strongly 
sinuate  on  each  side  of  basal  lobe  (this  more  developed  than 
usual);  anterior  margin  truncate;  anterior  angles  lightly  ad- 
vanced, widely  obtuse;  border  wide  (particularly  behind  anterior 
and  posterior  angles);  median  line  strongly  impressed;  basal  area 
defined   by  a  strong  transverse  impression.       Elytra   narrower 


624  NEW    AUSTHALtAN    SfECltS    OF    CARABit)*, 

than  prothorax  (12-7  x  6-6niin.),  widest  about  basal  fourth;  disc 
lightly  concave  between  fifth  interstice  of  each  elytron,  edge  of 
this  depressed  area  sharply  defined  (almost  subcarinate  towards 
base)  ;  sides  strongly  and  subobliquely  declivous  from  edge  of 
discal  area;  lateral  channel  wide  (particularly  near  beginning  of 
apical  curve);  border  narrow;  a  row  of  small,  separate  punctures 
along  sides;  two  or  three  punctures  on  basal  declivity  of  each 
elytron;  inflexed  margins  wide  anteriorly,  gradually  narrowed 
backwards;  apical  mucroiies  long  (l"5mm.),  sharply  pointed, 
distant  from  one  another.  Intercoxal  part  of  prosternum  with 
a  setigerous  puncture  on  each  side;  basal  declivity  abrupt.  Legs 
light;  four  posterior  coxae  impunctate ;  posterior  trochanters 
irapunctate,  narrowed,  but  obtuse,  at  apex;  posterior  femur  with 
a  setigerous  puncture  a  short  distance  from  apex  of  trochanter. 
Length,  25-5;  breadth,  6'6mm. 

Hab. — Western  Australia.  Type  in  Coll.  Sloane.  I  do  not 
know  the  exact  locality  of  the  type-specimen,  which  I  received 
from  Mr.  French;  but  two  specimens  were  given  to  me  by  Mr. 
H.M.Giles,  ticketed  "  Mundaring,  Giles,"  which,  though  not 
so  brightly  coloured,  are  evidently  conspecific. 

It  belongs  to  the  C .  mucronatum-gro\iY>,  and  is  closely  allied 
to  C.  leai  SI.  It  differs  from  C.  mucronahim  Macl.,  (also  from 
the  other  two  species  of  the  group)  by  eyts  more  prominent; 
prothorax  with  basal  sinuosities  stronger,  basal  lobe  more  de- 
veloped; elytra  with  apical  mucrones  developed  into  elongate 
horns.  It  also  differs  decidedly  from  C.  mucronatuni  by  the 
depressed  and  slightly  concave,  discal  area  of  the  elytra,  which 
is  sharply  defined  by  the  fifth  interstice  becoming  subcarinate. 
It  differs  from  C.  leai  [from  comparison  with  a  specimen  {^)  in 
my  possession  from  Onslow,  W.A  ]  by  prothorax  with  border 
wider,  particularly  near  anterior  angle,  a  flat  depression  near 
each  anterior  angle;  elytra  with  flattened  discal  area  quite  black, 
apex  with  two  long  single  sharp  horn-like  mucrones  (not  with 
short  mucrones,  above  each  of  which  is  a  strong  obtuse  tubercle). 
From  the  description  of  C  longipenne  SI.,  it  differs  by  its  wider 
and  less  elongate  form;  prothorax  more  transverse,  with  border 
wider,  posterior  angles  evidently  less  rounded   off;  elytra  more 


fey    T.    G.   SLOAiJE.  625 

depressed,    the    depressed    area    more    sharply    defined,    apical 
mucrones  more  strongly  developed. 

Carenidium  pektenue,  n.sp. 

Very  long,  parallel,  cylindrical,  disc  of  elytra  depressed.  Elytra 
impunctate,  indexed  margins  very  narrow.  Head  and  under- 
surface  black;  prothorax  black,  with  bluish-green  margins;  elytra 
violaceous,  with  viridescent  reflections  along  sides. 

Head  large,  as  long  as  broad  (4"2  x  4*2  mm.),  convex,  lightly 
narrowed  behind  eyes;  frontal  sulci  long,  narrow,  deep,  diverging 
lightly  backwards;  mandibles  stout,  right  with  upper  margin 
arcuate;  labrum  emarginate;  intermediate  angles  of  clypeus 
short,  prominent,  triangular;  preocular  sulcus  wide,  shallow; 
eyes  deeply  set  in  orbits,  depressed;  jostocular  part  of  orbits  as 
long  as  eye,  not  prominent,  gently  raised  from  neck;  two  supra- 
orbital punctures  on  each  side.  Prothorax  not  wider  than  head, 
longer  than  broad  (4-6  x  4-15  mm.),  not  declivous  to  base;  a  wide 
lightly  depressed  marginal  channel  across  base;  sides  parallel, 
widely  rounded  at  posterior  angles,  shortly  sinuate  before  base, 
apex  truncate;  border  very  narro.w,  slightly  advanced  at  anterior 
angles,  thick  on  base;  median  line  finely  marked.  Elytra  more 
than  twice  as  long  as  broad  (11  x  4'3  mm.),  parallel  on  sides, 
declivous  to  peduncle;  apex  obtusely  pointed;  border  very  nar- 
row, not  dentate  at  shoulders;  a  few  punctures  on  each  side  of 
base.     Anterior  tibiae  2-dentate.     Length,  21;  breadth,  4-3mm. 

Hab.—W.A.  :  Cue  (Brown).     Type  in  Coll.  Sloane. 

This  is  proportionally  the  most  slender  Carenum  known,  being 
narrower  in  proportion  to  its  length  than  any  of  the  species  of 
Teratidium.  It  is  allitd  to  C.  frenchi  SI.,  from  which  it  differs, 
apart  from  colour,  by  head  longer,  with  eyes  and  orbits  less  pro- 
minent; prothorax  longer,  more  parallel;  elytra  longer,  more 
depressed  on  disc. 

Carenidium  frenchi,  n.sp. 

(J.Long,  narrovv,  cylindrical.  Htad  very  large,  mandibles 
very  stout,  right  mandible  with  upper  edge  strongly  raised  into 
an  obtuse  prominence  near  base,  labrum  and  clypeus  (in  middle) 


626  NEW    AUSTRALIAN    SPECIES    OP    CARABIDiE, 

liglitly  eraarginate,  narrowed  to  base;  elytra  elongate-oval,  disc 
impunctate,*  liumei'al  angles  not  dentate,  inflexed  margins  nar- 
row behind  first  ventral  segment  ;  anterior  tibiae  2-dentate. 
Head  black,  becoming  green  above,  behind  and  below  eyes  and 
in  posterior  part  of  frontal  sulci;  prothorax  black,  pronotuni 
widely  margined  with  green,  the  green  margins  confluent  behind, 
but  the  basal  margin  of  the  lobe  black;  elytra  (including  inflexed 
margins)  green,  blackish  in  middle  of  disc;  body,  abdomen,  legs, 
and  antennae  black. 

Head  as  wide  as  prothorax  (4"3o  mm.  across  eyes),  convex, 
roundly  declivous  to  anterior  margin  and  above  eyes,  gentlv 
narrowed  behind  eyes;  frontal  sulci  long,  narrow,  deep,  diverg- 
ing lightly  backwards;  out-turned  anterior  part  of  their  course 
obsolete;  clypeus  strongly  declivous  in  iniddle,  median  part 
lightly  emarginate,  intermediate  angles  stiongly  developed,  pio- 
minent,  triangular;  preocular  sulcus  wide,  shallow:  eyes  deeply 
set  in  orbits,  not  prominent;  postocular  part  of  orbits  large, 
rising  roundly  and  obliquely  from  head;  thr^e  supraorbital  seta? 
on  each  side.  Prothorax  hardly  broader  than  long  (4'25  x  4-35 
mm.),  not  declivous  to  base  in  middle;  sides  parallel,  widely 
rounded  at  posterior  angles,  feebly  sinuate  on  each  side  of  base; 
anterior  margin  truncate;  border  narrow,  prominent,  but  hardly 
advanced  on  anterior  angles,  thick  on  base,  median  line  finely 
marked;  a  lightly  marked  wide  depression  on  each  side  of  base. 
Elytra  narrow  (9 '6  x  4-35  mm.),  subparallel  on  sides,  strongly 
declivous  to  peduncle,  shortly  and  strongly  declivous  at  apex, 
depi'essed  on  disc  along  suture;  apical  curve  short;  border  nar- 
row, a  little  raised  in  a  wide  curve  (but  without  any  dentiform 
prominence)  at  shoulders;  fouv  or  five  punctures  in  a  slight  wide 
depression  near  each  humeral  angle;  a  marginal  row  of  punctures 
on  each  elytron.  A'entral  segments  3-5  with  two  ambulatorial 
setie;  apical  segment  with  four  setigerous  punctures,  and  with  a 

*  This  refers  to  the  discal,  setigerous  punctures  so  frequently  found  on 
the  elytra  among  the  Carenides  (e.g.,  Carenidium  rirerinre  Mad.).  The 
specimen  before  me  shows  rows  of  distinct  punctures  on  the  elytra,  and 
their  surface  is  covered  witii  minute  punctures;  Imt  the  presence  of  all 
these  punctures  I  consider  a  post  mortem  eti'ect  caused  1)3'  long  immersion 
in  alcohol. 


BY    T.    G.    SLOANE.  627 

punctiform  fovea  on  upturned  edge  of  segment,  just  above  each 
posterior  setigerous  puncture.  Anterior  femora  without  a  sub- 
apical  seta  on  posterior  face;  posterior  coxa  with  a  setigerous 
puncture;  posterior  trochanters  inipunctate.  Length,  19-5; 
breadth,  435  nmi. 

Hab. — Northern  Territory:  Katherine  River.  Coll.  French 
(unique).  The  type  is  now  in  the  National  Museum,  Melbourne. 
Mr.  F.  P.  Dodd  afterwards  sent  me  a  specimen  (9)  from  Port 
Darwin. 

In  facies,  this  remarkable  species  resembles  a  species  of  Tera- 
tidium,  but  is  at  once  distinguished  from  that  genus  by  having 
the  anterior  tibise  bidentate.  It  is  allied  to  C.  aberrans  SI., 
from  which  it  differs  by  ^  with  head  larger,  less  strongly  nar- 
rowed l^ehind  eyes,  posterior  parts  of  orbits  and  eyes  less  pro- 
minent, paragense  much  more  developed,  right  mandible  with 
upper  side  near  base  I'aised  into  a  strong  wide  prominence,  labrum 
and  median  part  of  clypeus  emarginate;  prothorax  shorter,  border 
narrower,  less  advanced  at  anterior  angles,  lateral  marginal 
channel  not  forming  a  sulciform  gutter  and  without  any  marginal 
setfe;  elytra  more  widely  rounded  at  apex,  etc. 

TeuATIDIUM    ROBUSTUiM,   n.Sp. 

Elongate,  convex,  laivigate.  Head  as  wide  as  prothorax,  eyes 
protuberant,  frontal  sulci  long,  deep;  prothorax  as  broad  as  long, 
widest  before  middle,  rounded  on  sides;  elytra  elongate-oval, 
impunctate;  anterior  tibise  unidentate  at  apex.      Black,  nitid. 

Head  large  (5  ram.  across  e3"es),  convex,  roundly  declivous  to 
anterior  margin,  strongly  declivous  to  eyes;  clypeus  trisinuate 
behind  labrum,  intermediate  angles  short,  obtus-e;  three  setiger- 
ous supraorbital  punctures  on  each  side  placed  very  close  together 
near  posterior  margin  of  eye;  eyes  deeply  set  in  orbits,  convex, 
prominent  ;  orbits  narrow  behind  eyes,  rising  sharply  but 
roundly  from  neck;  submentum  plurisetose  on  each  side.  Pro- 
thorax of  same  width  as  head  with  eyes  (5  x  5  mm.),  strongly 
angustate  to  base;  disc  subdepressed;  sides  lightly  rounded; 
posterior  angles  not  marked;  basal  curve  strongly  sinuate  on 
each  side;  base  forming  a  wide  rounded  lobe;  anterior  margin 


628  NEW    AUSTKAr.IA>f    SPECIES    OF    CARABIDiE, 

truncate;  anterior  angles  distant  from  neck,  marked,  obtuse; 
border  narrow  (narrowed  at  basal  sinuosities),  thickened  at 
anterior  angles;  marginal  channel  narrow,  5-punctate;  median 
line  fine;  basal  area  defined  by  a  light  transverse  impression;  a 
shallow  wide  impression  on  each  side  near  basal  sinuosities. 
Elytra  a  little  wider  than  prothorax  (11x5-3  mm.),  convex, 
widest  about  middle,  strongly  declivous  to  sides  and  apex  ; 
suture  deeply  impressed;  base  lightly  emarginate,  abruptly  de- 
clivous, pluripunctate  (9  punctures)  on  ench  side  in  an  irregular 
depression;  border  thick,  rounded  at  humeral  angles  (not  folded 
back  or  dentate).  Ventral  segments  impunctate,  except  at  apex. 
Anterior  femora  wide  at  union  with  coxse;  intermediate  coxae, 
posterior  coxse,  and  ti'ochanters  without  setigerous  punctures. 
Length,  21;  breadth,  53  ram. 

Hab. — Queensland  ;  Kuranda  (Dodd).  Type  in  Coll.  Sloane 
(unique). 

This  is  the  species  referred  to  as  7'.  graiidiceps  Chaud.,  in  the 
table  of  species  I  have  given  in  these  Proceedings,  1905,  p. 131; 
but  having  recently  obtained  a  species  ticketed  "Queensland," 
which  agrees  closely  with  Chaudoir's  description  of  his  Mono- 
centrum  (jrandiceps,  I  can  see  that  my  former  identification  was 
erroneous,  and  that  the  Kuranda  species  is  undescribed. 

Note.—T.  (jrandiceps  Chaud.,  as  now  identified  b}'  me,  differs 
from  T.  robuslum  by  its  narrow,  parallel  form;  less  ampliate 
head,  eyes  mucli  less  prominent,  the  spaces  on  each  side  between 
the  frontal  sulci  and  eyes  wider  posteriorly  and  more  abruptly 
declivous  to  eyes;  prothorax  narrower,  longer,  more  cylindrical, 
parallel  on  sides,  lateral  border  narrower,  anterior  angles  less 
wide  and  prominent,  two  marginal  setigerous  punctures  on  each 
side;  elytra  narrower,  not  wider  than  prothorax,  more  parallel. 
Length,  205;  head,  4-5  across  eyes;  prothorax,  5-3  x  45;  elytra, 
10  X  4'4  mm. 

Teratidium  procekum,  n.sp. 

Narrow,  elongate,  subcylindrical.  Head  as  in  T.  laticeps  SI., 
but  clypeus  decidedly  trisinuate,  intermediate  angles  more  pro- 
minent, orbits   less   prominent,  less  strongly  raised  from  head; 


BY    T.    G.    SLOANE.  629 

prothorax  subdepressed  on  disc,  liglitl\'  angustate  to  the  wide 
base;  elytra  long,  depressed  on  disc,  impunctate;  anterior  tibia? 
unidentate.  Head,  antennse,  legs,  and  undersurface  black; 
prothorax  black,  with  a  purplish  tinge  towards  sides,  viridescent 
in  marginal  channel;  elytra  viridescent,  with  violaceous  reflec 
tions. 

Head  large,  convex  (5  mm.  across  eyes),  Isevigate;  anterior 
angles  rounded,  almost  as  prominent  as  eyes ;  frontal  sulci 
obsolescent,  only  indicated  and  linear  on  each  side  of  clypeus; 
clypeus  quadridentate,  outer  teeth  (at  each  side  of  labrum)  pro- 
minent, sharply  triangular,  inner  teeth  similar,  but  less  developed; 
orbits  rather  small,  rising  in  a  gentle  curve  from  head  and 
enclosing  eyes  at  base;  eyes  deeply  set  in  orbits,  subprominent, 
not  more  prominent  than  orbits;  two  supraorbital  punctures 
close  together  on  each  side.  Prothorax  as  wide  as  head,  longer 
than  broad  (6x5  mm.);  disc  a  little  depressed,  not  declivous  to 
base  in  middle;  apex  truncate;  anterior  angles  not  prominent; 
sides  parallel,  gently  narrowed  to  base;  posterior  angles  obsolete; 
basal  angles  obtuse;  border  narrow,  thicker  at  basal  angles, 
lightly  sinuate  opposite  transverse  basal  impression,  this  impres- 
sion well  marked;  marginal  channel  narrow,  bearing  two  setiger- 
ous  punctures  as  usual  in  the  Carenides  (posterior  at  place  of 
posterior  angle);  median  line  lightly  impressed;  basal  area  well 
defined  by  a  transverse  impression.  Elytra  elongate  (1 2-5  x  5-2 
mm.),  widest  about  middle,  strongly  declivous  on  sides  and  apex; 
disc  a  little  depressed  along  suture;  base  rather  strongly  emar- 
ginate;  a  raised,  rounded,  oblique,  basal  ridge  extending  inwards 
from  humeral  angle  for  three-fourth  the  width  of  each  elytron; 
a  deep  punctate  furrow  behind  this  basal  ridge;  apical  curve 
of  elytra  wide,  apex  itself  projecting  beyond  lateral  border 
in  a  short  triangular  obtuse  prominence;  lateral  border  narrow 
towards  base,  very  thick  on  apical  third,  strongly  and  widely 
upturned  at  shoulder.  Ventral  segments,  posterior  coxse,  and 
posterior  trochanters  impunctate.  Anterior  femora  narrow,  ante- 
rior tibiae  wide,  unidentate  at  apex.     Length,  23;  breadth,  5-2mm. 

jy^ji. —Western  Australia  :  Anketell  (Brown).  Type  in  Coll. 
Sloane, 


630  NEW    AUSTHALIAN    SPECIES    OF    CARABIDiE. 

One  of  the  most  remarkable  species  found  by  Mr.  H.  W.  Brown 
at  Anketell,  about  80  miles  S.W.  from  Cue,  and  one  of  the 
richest  localities  known  for  Carenides.  In  the  genus  l^eratidium, 
it  is  thoroughly  distinct;  taking  the  table  of  the  genus  which  I 
have  given  in  these  Proceedings  (1905,  p.  131),  its  position  would 
be  beside  7'.  laticeps  SI.,  (found  by  Mr.  Brown  at  Cue)  from 
which  it  differs  decidedl}'  (apart  from  colour)  by  size  larger; 
clypeus  quadridentate,  orbits  smaller  in  comparison  with  eyes 
and  projecting  much  less  sharply  from  head;  prothorax  more 
elongate,  wider  at  base,  far  less  strongly  angustate  to  base;  elytra 
with  border  more  strongly  upturned  at  humeral  angles,  basal 
ridges  much  more  developed,  basal  furrows  deeper,  longer,  etc. 


631 


ORDINARY  MONTHLY  MEETING. 

October  25th,  1910. 

Mr.  A.  G.  Hamilton,  President,  in  tlie  Chair. 

The  President  announced  that  the  Council  was  prepared  to 
receive  applications  for  four  Linnean  Macleay  Fellowships, 
tenable  for  one  year  from  April  1st,  U)17,  from  qualified  Candi- 
dates. Applications  should  be  lodged  with  the  Secretary,  who. 
would  afford  all  necessary  information  to  intending  Candidates, 
not  later  than  30th  November,  1916. 

The  President  expressed  the  regret  of  Membei's  on  hearing  of 
the  accident  to  Major  David  while  serving  with  the  troops  in 
France. 

A  letter  from  Mr.  G.  H.  Aurousseau,  of  Cremorne,  was  read, 
by  request  furnishing  information  about  Lieutenant  Marcel 
Aurousseau,  a  Member  of  the  Society,  who  had  been  wounded  in 
France,  and  who  had  been  awarded  the  Military  Cross. 

The  President  offered  the  cordial  congratulations  of  Members 
to  Mr.  C.  Hedley,  F.L.S.,  on  the  award  of  the  Syme  Prize  for 
1916,  by  the  University  of  Melbourne. 

The  President,  with  regret,  formally  announced  the  decease  of 
Mr.  Edgar  A.  Smith,  I.S.O.,  the  Society's  senior  Corresponding 
Member,  on  July  22nd,  1916. 

The  Donations  and  Exchanges  received  since  the  previous 
Monthly  Meeting  (27th  September,  1916),  amounting  to  2  Vols., 
69  Parts  or  Nos.,  5  Bulletins,  one  Report,  and  7  Pamphlets, 
received  from  42  Societies,  etc.,  and  two  private  donors,  wex^e 
laid  upon  the  table, 


632  NOTES    AND    EXHIBITS. 

NOTES    AND    EXHIBITS. 

Mr.  A.  H.  S.  Lucas  showed  evidence  of  Japanese  botanical 
activity  in  the  Caroline  Islands. 

Mr.  Turner  said  that  he  had  recently  seen  three  abnormal 
heads  of  flowers  of  the  Waratah  {TeJoj)ea  speciosisshna  R.Br.)  on 
a  plant  growing  in  a  garden  at  Chatswood,  in  which  the  involu- 
cral  bracts  and  flowers  were  normal,  but  there  was  present  an 
intermediate  whorl  of  green  leaf -like  structures.  He  remarked 
also  that  he  had  collected  T.  oreades  F.v.M.,  at  Fitzroy  Falls, 
and  asked  if  this  species  was  known  from  any  locality  still  further 
to  the  north. 

Mr.  A.  S.  Le  Souef  exhibited  a  broken  tusk  of  a  male  elephant, 
fourteen  years  old,  now  in  the  Taronga  Park  Zoological  Gardens. 
The  tusks  of  this  animal  were  abnormally  long  for  their  girth. 
The  exhibit  weighed  14  lbs. 


'f5' 


Mr.  Tillyard  showed  specimens  representing  five  new  species 
of  Perlid(f,  reared  from  larvte  recently  collected  by  him  at 
Orange,  N.S.W.,  and  two  from  Stanwell  Park.  Also  the  larva 
of  a  Buffalo-gnat  {Simulium,  n.sp.)  from  the  former  locality. 

Mr.  Cheel  exhibited  specimens  of  three  species  of  "  Evening 
Primrose".  (1)  Oenothera  odorafaJa,e(\.,  a  native  of  Chile,  figured 
in  Bot.  Mag.  tab.  2403,  is  very  common  throughout  the  State, 
but  has  evidently  been  mistaken  for  GJ.  biennis  L.,  hence  the 
record  in  Moore  and  Betche's  Handbook  of  the  Flora  of  N.  S. 
Wales,  p.523.  Specimens  of  (E.  odorata  have  been  collected  by 
the  exhibitor  from  Hill  Top,  Southern  Line,  and  from  Woy  Woy, 
Northern  Line.  In  the  National  Herbarium,  there  are  also 
specimens  from  the  Hawkesbury  Agricultural  College,  Richmond; 
Emu  Plains,  Bega,  Blackheath,  Jenolan  Caves,  Orange,  Wagga, 
Wallenbeen,  Cootamundra,  Bathurst,  and  Barber's  Creek.  Also 
from  Claremont,  W.A.;  and  Murray  Bridge,  S.A.  It  is  inter- 
esting to  note  that  it  is  listed  in  Mr.  J.  M.  Black's  Naturalised 
Flora  of  S.A.  (1909),  63,  but  has   not  previously  been  recorded 

[Printed  off' 5th  December,  1916.] 


P.L.S.N.S.W.    1916. 


a. 


\: 


1^' 


<y~i^ 


-CC^ 


Nl,F/oe\rc?t)    <r<cf. 


1.    At  ii  iiriu  in    kiiniilij   sp.ii. 


'1.    Fissi'h-tis    jlKllllllS,    .Sjt.  11. 


P.L.S.N.S.W,   19Ift. 


Tracliiirliiiliis  sjiji. 


P.L.S.N.S.W.  10'B 


Trachycliidus  spij. 


P.L.S.N.S.W.    1916. 


8 


'i'rO('/ii;c^i(li(s  spp. 


P.L.S.N.S.W.  1918 


If® 


.<«KJ 


■'  •  ■WW'-   "-'-' 


.*  ^i/ . 


Traclnirldiiiia  joi'iiiiisim,  n.t<it. 


P.L.S.N.S.W.    1916. 


/■ 


1.  Trachycladus  retejwrosus,  ii.sp. 


2.  T.  c/awd/i's,  iLsji. 


2'raehyc'Mdiis  sjH'. 


P.L.S.N.S.W.    19ia 


*4 


•  »     « 


*»•* 


Tc(u/i;yt/(ii(i(s  spp. ;  showiu^  the  ditterent  urraugrement  of  the  dermal  jiores  (x40). 


P.L.S.N.S.W.   191*. 


PL.    XXVIII. 


TmcliijduiUis  Slip. 


P.L.S.N.S.W.  1913. 


assat i 


P.L.S.N.S.W.  1919. 


Hieiiina   i^Allmitoiihoi-dJ  si.>li. 


P.L.S.N.S.W.   IBIS. 


hlcmna   tAHaiiti.iiihora)  cirtitriaiKi,  ii.sii. 


(•.L.S.N.S.W     1019 


BifiniM  (Alluatoiihomj   victoriaiia,  ilsji. 


P.L.S.N.S.W.  1918. 


.Si|/imM  um/Zh  ;  Sii/iiiU.i  ill,   ii.sj.  ;    /i'/ii(j//iim  i/u,    ii.,^-. 


P.L.S.H.S.W.   191Q 


1.  SKjnia.i  iinl  in   tmst  t-aUaim    Deinl^v 


P.L.S.N.S.W.   19ie. 


6i'jiiuuiui'll(i  LimiiKtl is,  11. sp. 


P.L.S.N.S.W.    lOlQ. 


PL.    XXXVl. 


],  SiijmaxiiifUa  rn/ti'/ta/i.s,  ii.si*. 


.S(</(/MM  iff  jlnf.rlhthi   (<  "arter). 


P.L.S.N.S.W.   19ir.. 


D,-<tyniaxi<t   nirial'iUs  (Wlntelegg-e). 


P.L.S.N.S.W.    1919. 


i\ 


8 


^^^     ■  '^Wr*  


i.  •  • 


i^ 


1-4.    Allniitoiiliiii'd  lu  11(1  fa. 


,').   Vemiiiniiit  liiii(it<i.  <i-7.    Hiiiijiiinia  coidllniiha  vnr.    niintnalis. 

S  '.1.    HIki iiliiii  lid  tiiiiii-d. 


A.L.S.N.S.W.   191(5 


PL.   XXXIX. 


la.   HiU'jnisKi. 


4-5.   Rhaiihaxijii. 


6-1.   Tmi:liiii-I(iilii!<. 


NOTES    AND    EXHIBITS. 


633 


for  any  other  State,  although  it  is  the  most  common  species. — 
(2)  <K.  hnujijiora  Jacq.  This  species  has  been  recorded  from 
South  Austraha,  by  Mr.  Black  {I.e.),  and  fi'om  Queensland  by 
the  late  Mr.  F.  M.  Bailey  (Weeds  and  Suspected  Poisonous 
Plants  Plants  of  Queensland,  p. 56,  1906).  It  is  fairly  plentiful 
at  Tweed  Heads  and  Woy  Woy.  There  are  also  specimens  in 
the  National  Herbarium  labelled  (IJ.  biennis,  which  belong  to 
this  species,  from  Conjola,  Bingarra,  Bega,  Cobargo,  and  Norfolk 
Island. — (3)  (IJ.  Lamarkiana  Ser.  in  DC,  regarded  by  some  botan- 
ists as  a  variety  of  (H.  biennis  Linn.  It  is  figured  in  Eng.  Bot., 
tab.  1534.  The  specimens  exhibited  were  grown  at  Ashfield  in 
December,  1915,  from  seed  obtained  from  specimens  collected 
at  Inverell  by  Mr.  F.  Lewin  in  March,  1912.  The  only  other 
specimens  of  this  species  seen  are  from  plants  cultivated  in  the 
Botanic  Gardens. — Mr.  Cheel  showed  also  specimens  of  (a)  Rosa 
Ueviyata  Michx.,  {R.  sinica  Ait.)  collected  at  Murwillumbah, 
probably  an  escape  from  cultivation. — {}>)  The  "Frankfurt  Rose" 
{R.  turhinata  Ait.),  from  Cook's  River  (A.  A.  Hamilton;  Decem- 
ber, 1912),  and  Armidale  (J.  H.  Maiden:  May,  1916),  two  addi- 
tional localities  to  that  recorded  for  this  species  in  these  Pro- 
ceedings for  1912,  p.  137. —(f)  Emilia  sonchi/olia  DC,  [Com- 
posite] a  native  of  Asia  and  Tropical  Africa  now  naturalised  in 
the  neighbourhood  of  Tweed  Heads. 


Mr.    E.    I.    Bickford,    F.L.S.,    communicated    a   Note  on  the 
economic  resources  of  West  Australia. 


49 


634 


A  REVISION  OF  THE  GENERA  WITH  MICR0SCLERE8 
INCLUDED,  OR  PROVISIONALLY  INCLUDED,  IN 
THE  FAMILY  AXINELLID.E ;  WITH  DESCRIP- 
TIONS  OF  SOME  AUSTRALIAN  SPECIES.    Part  iii. 

[porifera.] 

By  E.  F.  Hallmann,  B.Sc,  Linnean  Macleay  Fellow  of 
THE  Society  in  Zoology. 

(Plates  xxix.,  figs.3,  5,  6;   xxxiii.,  fig.6;  xxxviii.,  figs.5-9;  xxxix., 
figs.1-5;  xL,  figs.1-4,   xli.-xliv.:  and  Text-figs.  17-20.) 

Genus  Thrinacophora  Ridley. 

Definition. — Axinellidjv  typically  of  ramose  habit,  perhaps  also 
sometimes  encrusting  or  massive,  with  even  or  conulose  surface, 
and  a  skeleton  consisting  (in  the  ramose  forms)  of  a  dense  central 
axis  from  which  paucispicular  fibres  (in  some  species  reduced 
to  single  spicules)  radiate  to  the  surface.  Megascleres  of  at  least 
three  kinds:  (i.)  comparatively  short  oxea,  typically  occurring 
chieriy  or  only  in  the  central  axis;  (ii.)long,  setaceous  styli, 
composing  the  radial  fibres;  and  (iii.)  monactinal,  sometimes 
apically  pronged,  dermal  megascleres  forming  surface-tufts  or 
lying  in  the  dermal  membrane  tangentially,  but  not  necessarily 
confined  to  the  ectosomal  layer  exclusively.  In  addition,  oxeote 
or  strongylote  modifications  of  one  or  both  kinds  of  the  mon- 
actinal megascleres  are  commonly  present.  Microscleres :  tricho- 
dragmata,  accompanied  or  not  by  singly  scattered  trichites. 

Type-species,  T.  funi/ormis  Ridley  ct  Dendy. 

Originally  founded  by  Ridley(32)  to  designate  the  peculiar 
T.  funi/ormis,  and  conceived  as  being  essentially  characterised  by 
the  possession  of  dermal  megascleres  in  the  form  of  "  clado- 
strongyla,"  the  genus  Thrinacopho7-a  was  next  modified  by  Ridley 


BY    E.    F.    HALLMAXN.  635 

and  Dendy(33)  to  receive  also  the  species  named  by  them  T. 
cervicornis,  and  was  defined  by  them  tlius:  "Sponge  ramose,  with 
a  dense  central  axis  of  spiculo-fibre;  megasclera  styH  and  (or) 
oxea,  and  (in  some  species)  cladostrong3'la.  Microscleres  present 
in  the  form  of  trichodragmata."  More  recently  Dendy(8)  has 
amplified  the  definition  so  as  to  embrace  in  the  genus  all  Axi- 
nellidie  in  which  the  microscleres  are  trichodragmata  and  the 
skeleton  is  more  or  less  plumose.  A  similar  disposition  to  employ 
the  genus  in  a  wider  sense  than  that  in  which  it  had  been  under- 
stood by  Ridley  and  Dendy,  had  previously  been  shown  by 
Topsent(46),  when  he  assigned  to  it  provisionally,  under  the  name 
ThrinciCophoraiV)  spissa,  a  species  of  massive  habit  and  halichon- 
droid  skeletal  structure,  with  oxea  alone  as  megascleres.  This 
species  was  also  admitted  in  the  genus  by  Dendy;  but  as  the 
result  of  a  second  investigation  of  it  Topsent(53)  has  found  that 
the  microscleres  include  toxa  (in  addition  to  trichodragmata), 
thereby  definitely  establishing  the  correct  position  of  the  species 
to  be  in  the  genus  Gellius  as  defined  by  Lundbeck(30).  The 
known  species  that  propei4y  admit  of  inclusion  in  Thrinacojihora 
as  defined  by  Dendy,  are  ten  in  number*, — comprising,  in  addi- 
tion to  those  already  assigned  to  the  genus,  Axindla  padina 
Topsent(47),  Easpailia  [Syringella)  rhaphidophora  Hentschel(15), 
and  the  species  originally  described  by  Whitelegge  as  Spongo- 
sorites  variabilis.  The  great  diversity  of  spiculation  and  skeletal 
structure  exhibited  by  these  species  renders  it  obvious  that  they 
do  not  constitute  a  natural  genus;  and  the  only  justification  for 
their  association  together  in  a  single  genus  would  be  the  impos- 
sibility of  separating  them  into  simpler  and  apparently  more 
homogeneous  groups  susceptible  of  precise  and  adequate  defini- 
tion. It  is  easy,  however,  to  subdivide  them  into  at  least  four 
such  groups,  distinguished  by  differences  sufficiently  great  to  be 
regarded  as  generic.  I  px'oj^ose,  therefore,  to  restrict  the  name 
I'hrinacopJiora  to  the  species  with  special  dermal  megascleres, 

*  Since  this  was  written,  I  have  discovered  the  existence  of  trichodrag- 
mata in  Whitelegge's  Ciocalypta  incnf<tans(56),  which,  therefore,  consti- 
tutes an  eleventh  species  of  this  kind. 


636  REVISION    OF    THE    AXINELLIDiE,  iii., 

and  to  distribute  the  remaining  species  among  three  new  genera, 
— Dragma.via,  Dragmacidon,  and  Axidragma.  Forms  capable 
of  being  referred  to  Thrinacophora  in  the  preAaously  understood 
sense  would  result  from  any  of  the  genera  Biemna  (sens,  ampl.), 
Sigmaxinella  and  Sigmaxia  by  the  loss  of  sigmata,  but  with  the 
possible  exception  of  those  I  ascribe  to  Dragmacidon  (which,  if 
provided  with  sigmata,  would  perhaps  require  to  be  included  in 
Biemna),  none  of  the  known  species  appear  to  have  been  thus 
derived. 

Thrinacophora  as  here  defined  comprises,  at  present,  five 
species,  viz.,  T .  fiiniformis  Ridley  tfc  Dendy,  T.  spinosa  Wilson,! 
2\  incrustans  Kieschnick(23),  T.  cervicornis  Ridley  &  Dendy,  and 
7\  rhaphidophora  Hentschel.  Kieschnick's  species — if  its  ex- 
tremely meagre  description  is  to  be  relied  upon, — has  essentially 
the  same  spiculation  as  that  of  the  type-species,  and,  if  such  be 
the  case,  must  of  necessity  be  included  in  the  genus,  notwith- 
standing its  being  of  encrusting  habit;  in  the  face  of  what  has 
been  disclosed  by  Thiele(41,  p. 935),  however,  it  is  questionable 
whether  this  species  has  any  real  existence.  The  remaining  four 
species,  in  spite  of  their  many  points  of  agreement,  ai'e  extremely 
well  distinguished,  and,  indeed,  might  almost  be  regarded  each 
as  the  type  of  a  separate  genus;  since,  however,  their  resem- 
blances appear  to  be  due  to  genetic  relationship,  their  retention 
in  a  single  genus  has  most  to  recommend  it. 

It  is  exceedingly  doubtful  if  the  species  referable  to  Thi-ina- 
cophora,  in  the  restricted  sense,  belong  properly  to  the  Axinellidtie 
at  all.  In  spiculation  they  pi'esent  many  striking  points  of 
analogy  with  the  genera  Raspailia,  Syringdla,  A.rechinaiiS), 
Axiai7ion(i3),  and  Trikentrion, — the  significance  of  which  is  greatl}^ 
heightened,  in  the  case  of  the  last-mentioned  two  genera,  by  the 
fact  that,  in  Trikentrion,  microscleres  are  sometimes  present  in 
the  form  of  trichodragmata  and  the  peculiar  acanthostylote  mega- 
scleres  characteristic  of  the  genus  are  sometimes  very  scarce,  and 
by  the  fact  that,  in  Axiamon,  the  dermal  megascleres  are  spined 

t  H.  V.  Wilson,   Jiulletin  of  the  United  States  Fish  Commission,  Vol. 
XX.,  Pt..2,  1900,  p. 400, 


BY    E.    F.    HALLMAXN.  637 

at  the  apex,  and  thus  exhibit  a  feature  which  might  be  looked 
upon  as  differing  essentiahy  only  in  degree  of  development  from 
the  furcation  of  the  cladostrongyla  of  T.  faniformis.  Hence  I 
am  strongly  inclined  to  think  that  Thrinacophora  is  of  "Ectyo- 
nine"  origin,  and  that  its  correct  position  is  in  the  Desmacidonidse. 

Genus  Dragmatyle  Topsent. 

Definitiov . — Axinellidfe(?)  of  encrusting  liabit,  with  a  main 
skeleton  consisting  of  long  smooth  tylostyli  disposed  vertically, 
with  their  heads  based  on  the  substratum,  and  a  dermal  skeleton 
formed  of  smooth  diactinal  raegascleres  disposed  tangentially. 
Microscleres  trichodragmata. 

Type-species,  D.  lictor  Topsent(53). 

The  systematic  position  of  Draymafyle,  like  that  of  Thrina- 
cophora, is  uncertain.  The  character  of  the  skeleton  (in  the 
single  known  species)  affords  ground  for  the  view  that  the  genus 
is  of  "Ectyonine"  derivation;  and  this  view  is  further  supported 
by  the  existence  of  two  species  of  thinly  encrusting  habit — the 
so-called  Hymeraphia  viridis  Topsent(46),  and  Microciona  fasci- 
spiculi/era  Carter(3), — in  which  the  spiculation  consists  of  verti- 
cally directed  long  smooth  tylostyli,  trichodragmata  and,  in 
addition,  acanthostyli.  But  this  evidence  is  by  no  means  con- 
clusiAe,  since  the  type  of  skeleton  possessed  by  Dragmatyle  is 
common  to  quite  a  number  of  encrusting  genera  of  very  diverse 
origin, — including,  for  example,  (in  addition  to  several  genera 
provided  with  acanthostyli),  Timea  and  Halicnemia  (s.str.)  in 
the  Spirastrellida?,  and  Buharis  in  the  Axinellida?.  On  the  whole, 
there  is  perhaps  more  to  be  said  in  favour  of  tlie  inclusion  of 
Dragmatyle  in  the  Axinellidie  than  can  be  advanced  in  the  case 
of  Thrinacojihora. 

Genus  Axidragma,  gen.nov. 

Dejiiiitiou. — Axinellida?  typically  of  thin  lamellar  habit,  stijai- 
tate,  with  even  sui'face.  Skeleton  composed  of  primary  lines  of 
stylote  megascleres,  traversing  the  sponge  in  the  direction  of  its 
growth,  and    of   secondary  lines  (connecting  fibres  ?)   formed    of 


638  REVISION    OP    THE    AXlNELLID^E,  iii., 

oxea;  there  is  no  special  dermal  skeleton.  The  niegascleres  are 
of  the  two  forms  mentioned,  which  are  quite  distinct  in  kind. 
The  microsclei'es  are  trichodragmata  accompanied  ur  not  by 
single  trichites. 

Type-species,  A.  padiiia  Topsent(47). 

This  genus  is  proposed  for  the  reception  of  Topsent's  Axinella 
jxidiiia,  described  from  the  Gulf  of  Lyons.  At  first  I  was 
inclined  to  include  the  species  in  the  genus  Drmjniaxia,  with  the 
single  species  of  which  it  presents  some  striking  points  of  super- 
ficial similarity ;  but  consideration  of  the  decided  differences 
between  it  and  the  latter  in  the  matter  of  skeletal  structure  has 
confirmed  me  in  the  view  that  their  generic  separation  is  ad- 
visable. As  regards  the  precise  structure  of  the  skeleton  in 
Axhiella  2xidina,  however,  Topsent's  description  is  not  very 
explicit,  and  a  quite  exact  definition  of  the  genus  caimot  there- 
fore be  framed.  In  speaking  of  the  outward  features  of  the 
sponge,  he  mentions  that  the  single  specimen,  in  consequence  of 
its  having  been  somewhat  damaged  by  the  trawl,  "se  trouve  en 
plusieurs  endroits  use  et  perce  a  jour:  de  la  sorte  se  trouve  mise 
a  nu  par  place  I'espece  de  nervation  qui  monte  en  eventail  du 
pedicelle  jusqu'au  bord  des  lobes,  en  lignes  spiculeuses,  epaisses, 
nombreuses  et,  par  suite,  a  peine  divergentes."  And  further  on, 
in  describing  the  spiculation  (which  consists  of  slightly  curved 
styli,  650  to  900/x  in  length  by  8  to  10//  in  diameter  at  the  base, 
and  of  curved,  sharp-pointed  oxea  with  a  maximal  size  t)f  275  by 
6/1.),  he  merely  adds  that  the  styli  "forment  les  nervures  et 
determinent  I'hispidation  de  la  surface",  and  that  the  oxea  "con- 
stituent les  lignes  secondaireti  ordinairement  unispiculees  de  la 
.charpente".  It  is  not  clear  whether  the  "nervures"  are  of  the 
nature  of  funes,  or  whether  they  are  formed  Ijy  single  fibres;  nor 
is  any  mention  made  as  to  whether  or  not  the  fibres  are  plumose, 
nor  regarding  the  extent  to  which  spongin  is  developed  in  con- 
nection therewith.  It  is  presumable,  however,  that  the  "lignes 
secondaires"  are  of  the  nature  of  connecting  fibres,  and  that  the 
styli  producing  the  hispidation  of  the  surface  are  the  terminal 
spicules  of  fibres  running  outwards  to  the  surface. 


BY    E.    P.    KALLMANN.  639 

Genus  Dragmacidon,  gen.nov. 

Definition. — Axinellidpe  of  more  or  less  massive '  habit,  some- 
times provided  with  incipient  eonuli,  but  without  surface-processes 
of  other  kind.  The  skeleton  consists  of  irregular  plumose  columns 
loosely  composed  of  mingled  oxeote  and  stylote  megascleres  or  of 
oxea  alone,  and  of  (sometimes  relatively  scarce)  connecting  fibres 
formed  of  the  same  spicules;  typically,  spongin  is  developed  in 
connection  with  the  fibres  rather  sparinglj^,  and  there  is  no 
dermal  skeleton.  In  addition  to  the  oxea  and  styli  composing 
the  skeletal  columns, — which  typically  are  of  similar  or  nearly 
similar  dimensions, — longer  megascleres  of  a  single  kind  (likewise 
either  oxeote  or  stylote)  may  occur  interstitially.  The  micro- 
scleresare  trichodragmata,  accompanied  or  not  by  single  trichites. 

Type-species,  D.  agaricifcn'inis  Dendj'iS). 

Besides  the  type-species,  the  genus  will  include  Dendy's  Thrina- 
cophora  dvrissima  (which  likewise  comes  from  Ceylon),  and  the 
species  originally  described  by  Lendenfeld,  from  Port  Jackson, 
as  Halichondria  clathriformis.*  The  last-mentioned, — a  rede- 
scription  of  the  skeletal  characters  of  which,  based  on  a  small 
piece  of  the  type-specimen  received  from  the  British  Museum, 
has  recently  been  given  by  me(l3), — is  distinguished  by  the  fact 
that  its  megascleres  are  almost  exclusively  oxea;  and  on  that 
account  the  propriety  of  its  association   in  a  single   genus  with 

"Subsequently  I  have  found  that  Whitelegge's  Giocalypta  incrnstan»{58), 
from  Funafuti,  constitutes  a  fourth  species  of  this  genus.  In  this,  as  in 
D.  diiri.s-sima,  special  interstitial  megascleres  are  wanting  and  the  spicula- 
tion  consists  of  styli  and  oxea  in  about  equal  number  occurring  in  the 
skeleton  promiscuouslj^  intermingled;  but  the  styli  are  here  larger  than 
the  oxea,  ranging  in  length  from  less  than  200  to  upwards  of  550/x  and 
occasionallj'  attaining  to  13/;,  in  stoutness,  while  the  latter  rarely  if  ever 
exceed  a  size  of  400  by  10/;..  The  oxea  are  exactlj^  similar  in  shape  to 
those  of  the  three  species  of  AHantophora  described  above,  and  (as  in  the 
same  species)  are  not  connected  with  the  styli  by  intermediate  forms.  The 
stiucture  of  the  skeleton  closely  resembles  that  lioth  of  D.  ayarlclformis 
and  D.  dathriformis.  The  trichodragmata,  which  are  ver3'  scarce,  have 
the  form  of  stout  compact  bundles  12  to  14/x  in  length.  Singly  scattered 
ti'icliites  do  not  occur. 


640  REVISION    OF    THE    AXlNELLID^,  ill., 

the  otlier  species  might  seem  debatable.  Owing  to  the  kindness 
of  Prof.  Dendy,  I  have  had  the  opportunity,  however,  of  examin- 
ing a  section  of  his  Thrhtacophora  nydricifurmis;  and  the  close 
resemblance  in  skeletal  pattern,  which  I  find  to  exist  between  it 
and  the  species  in  question,  leaves  no  doubt  in  my  mind  as  to 
their  veiy  near  relationship.  In  these  two  species,  interstitial 
megascleres  occur  which  are  different  from  those  composing  the 
fibres;  but  whereas  in  D.  dathriformu  tliey  ai'e  very  scarce,  and 
are  connected  with  the  fibre-forming  megasclei'es  by  intermediate 
forms,  such  is  not  the  case  in  the  type-species.  In  D.  durissima, 
apparently,  special  interstitial  megascleres  either  have  never  been 
developed,  or  have  become  lost. 

Dragmatella,  gen.nov. 

Dpfinition. — Axinellida3  of  massive  habit,  provided  witli  digiti- 
form  tapering  processes.  Internal  structure  cavernous.  Main 
skeleton  consisting  of  well-developed,  non-plumose(l),  multispicular 
fibres  ari'anged  more  or  less  dendritically.  A  dermal  skeleton  is 
typically  present,  formed  of  tangentially-disposed  megascleres 
crossing  in  every  direction.  The  megascleres  are  styli  of  a  single 
kind.  The  microscleres  are  trichodragmata  alone,  or  accompanied 
by  trichites  singly  scattered. 

Type-species,  D.  abcrrans  Topsent(46). 

To  define  the  genus  Biemna  in  such  a  way  as  to  secure  the 
inclusion  in  it  of  Topsent's  Desmticella  aberrans,  and  at  the  same 
time  to  exclude  therefrom  certain  other  species  likewise  possess- 
ing trichodragmata  alone  as  microscleres, — such,  for  example,  as 
those  belonging  to  the  genera  Draymacidvn  and  Rhaphoxya, — is 
extremely  difficult,  if  not  impossible;  and,  on  that  account,  the 
erection  of  a  new  genus  for  this  species  seems  necessary.  Even 
apart  from  any  consideration  of  expediency,  however,  it  is  doubt- 
ful if  the  species  could  have  been  allowed  to  remain  in  Biemna, 
— since,  in  addition  to  being  without  sigmata,  it  differs  from  all 
strictly  acceptable  species  of  that  genus  in  at  least  one  other 
noteworthy  respect,  namely,  the  possession  of  a  dermal  skeleton 
composed  of  megascleres  directed  horizontally. 


BY 


F.    KALLMANN.  641 


Rhaphoxya,  gen.nov. 

Defi7bilio)i. — Axinellida?(?)  of  massive  habit,  without  surface- 
processes  other  than  in  the  form  of  small,  typically  papilliform 
conuli;  with  a  rather  meagre  main  skeleton  consisting  of  an 
irregular  reticulation  of  slender,  non-plumose,  longitudinal  and 
connecting  fibres,  somewhat  scantily  provided  with  spongin;  and 
without  a  dermal  skeleton.  The  megascleres  are  more  or  less 
curved  to  flexuous,  slender  cylindrical  styli,  oxea  and  strongyla, 
differing  from  one  another  only  in  the  character  of  their  extremi- 
ties. The  microscleres  are  trichites,  in  dragmata  and  scattered 
singly. 

Type-species,  R.  typica,  sp.n. 

The  two  species  which  I  ascribe  to  this  genus,  while  scarcely 
distinguishable  from  one  another  in  their  skeletal  structure  and 
spiculation,  nevertheless  differ  so  markedly  in  some  other  respects 
as  to  render  it  questionable  whether  their  resemblances  may  not 
merely  be  due  to  convergence.  In  one  of  them,  for  example, — 
described  originally  by  Dendy  as  Rhaphisia  pallida, — the  main 
efferent  canals  are  surrounded  by  a  broad  zone  of  gelatinous- 
looking  collenchymatous  tissue,  precisely  similar  in  appearance 
to  that  occurring  in  the  same  situation  in  most  of  the  species  of 
Tedaniinc'B  I  have  examined;  whereas,  in  the  other,  the  extra- 
choanosomal  layer  of  tissue  bordering  the  canal  is,  as  usual,  com- 
paratively narrow,  and  appears  to  be  histologically  different  in 
constitution.  The  arrangement  of  the  dermal  pores  also  is  very 
dissimilar  in  the  two  species;  and,  furthermore,  oscula  are  ap- 
parently absent  in  the  one,  while  present  in  the  other.  I  am 
strongly  inclined  to  think  that  the  feature  in  which  R.  pallida 
resembles  the  Tedaniinjt^  is  evidence  of  its  very  close  relationship 
to  that  group;  but  its  microscleres,  it  must  be  confessed,  afford 
no  confirmation  of  this  view,  for  they  are  perfectly  smooth  and 
quite  symmetrically  diactinal,  whereas  in  all  the  species  belong- 
ing indubitably  to  the  Tedaniinoe  that  have  so  far  been  described, 
the  rhaphides  (onychetpp)  are  not  only  without  exception  more  or 
less  spinulous,  but  they  are  usually  (perhaps  invariably)  also 
anisoactinal,  and   are    very  frequently  provided  with  a  bulbous 


^i-  REVISION    OF    THE    AXINELLID^,  iii., 

dilation  near  one  extremity.  R.  typica  appears  to  me,  on  the 
other  hand,  not  to  depart  in  any  important  respect,  except  in 
the  absence  of  spined  microxea,  fi-om  Desmoxya  (formerly 
Higginsia)  lunata  Carter. 

I  hesitate,  however,  to  refer  the  two  species  to  separate  genera, 
inasmuch  as  their  only  differences  are  such  as  are  not  yet  recog- 
nised as  possessing  generic  value. 

With  reference  to  the  possible  Tedaniine  affinities  of  R.  pallida, 
it  is  interesting  to  note  that  the  only  other  two  Australian  species 
which  have  been  ascribed  to  the  genus  Rhaphisia,  actually  do 
belong  to  the  Tedaniinaj.  This  fact  I  have  already  made  known 
regarding  one  of  them — Rhaphisia  anonyma  Carter, — in  a  pre- 
vious communication(13);  and  fur  the  reception  of  the  species  I 
proposed  a  new  genus,  Hemitedania.  The  other,  Rhaphisia 
ramosa  Whitelegge(59),  I  now  find  to  possess  a  somewhat  similar 
spiculation, — ccjnsisting  of  oxea  (of  a  single  kind)  and  spinulous 
onychetje  (of  three  kinds);  but  in  skeletal  structure  it  differs  from 
//.  anonyma  very  considerably.*  The  species  appears  to  me  one 
which  will  necessitate  the  erection  of  a  new  genus  for  its  accom- 
modation, but  provisionally  it  may  be  referred  to  Hemitedania. 

Furthermore,  of  the  seven  specimens  recorded  by  Dendy  as 
examples  of  R.  jiaUida,  two  are  not  correctly  identified  as  such, 
Ijut  again  are  representatives  of  a  Tedaniine  species.  In  this 
latter,  the  microscleres  are  of  three  kinds, — nearly  similar  in 
form  to  those  of  Remitedauia(l)  anonyma  (excepting  that  the 
styliform  ones  are  very  much  slenderer  and  somewhat  differently 
shaped  at  their  basal  extremity);  but  the  megascleres  are  cylin- 

*  The  species  is  sorely  in  need  of  re-descripti(jn,  especially  with  respect 
to  its  skeletal  structure;  and  the  inforniati(jn  regarding  the  spicular  char- 
acters is  also  misleading.  The  oxea  vary  from  220  to  .570//,  in  length  and 
up  to  14/x  in  stoutness;  the  onycheta?  of  two  kinds  are  similar  in  form  to 
those  of  //.  a)ionyina{iZ.  Text-fig. 20),  exhibiting  a  conspicuous  bead-like 
dilatation  close  to  the  blunter  extremity,  and  measuring  respectively  loO  to 
185  by  r.l/x  and  4-")  to  75  by  (.»"75/a  in  size;  and  tlie  onychet;B  of  the  third 
kind  have  the  form  of  subfusiform  styli  with  an  abruptly  truncated  basal 
extremity  provided  with  a  central  nuicro  and  a  circumferential  whorl  of 
minute  spines,  and  measure  95  to  125/x  in  length  by  3'5/x  in  maximum 
stoutness. 


BY    E.    P.    KALLMANN.  643 

drical  styli  of  a  single  kind  (measuring  320  to  420//.  in  length  by 
6/x  in  stoutness),  occasionally  transforming  into  strongyla.  Tliis 
species  also  appeal's  to  me  to  constitute  a  new  generic  type. 

Under  the  name  Choiidropsis  carteri,  Dendy(6)  has  described, 
from  Port  Phillip,  a  species  in  which  the  microscleres  are  "hair- 
like rhaphides,"  the  megascleres  are  slender  strongyla  (and  of  a 
single  kind),  and  the  skeleton  consists  partly  of  "numerous  stout 
sandy  tracts  or  fibres  running  more  or  less  parallel  to  one  another 
towards  the  surface,"  and  partly  of  spiculo-spongin  fibres.  From 
its  description,  therefore,  the  species  is  one  which  might  appear 
as  possibly  admitting  of  inclusion  in  a  single  genus  along  with 
Rhaphoxya  typica  and  R.  pallida.  On  examination  of  its  type- 
specimen,  I  find,  however,  that  Chundrvpsis  cai'teri  also  belongs 
to  the  Tedaniinte;  its  rhaphides  are  spinulous,  and  of  two  kinds, 
measuring  respectively  100/x  and  55/x  in  length,  the  shorter  ones 
styliform  in  shape,  up  to  1*5/a  in  stoutness,  and  relatively  scarce, 
the  longer  (and  slenderer)  usually  sharp-pointed  at  both  extremi- 
ties, and  occasionally  exhibiting  a  slight  dilatation  near  one 
extremity.  Since,  in  the  case  of  this  species,  a  new  genus  is 
unquestionably  required,  I  propose,  in  designation  thereof,  the' 
name  Strongylamma. 

Rhaphoxya  typica,  sp.nov. 

(PL  xxix.,  fig.3;  PI.  xxxviii.,  figs. 8,  9;  PI.  xxxix.,  fig.5; 

PL  xliL,  figs.l,  2.) 

Diagnosis. — Sponge  massive,  sessile,  irregular.  Surface  rugose, 
but  generally  subglabrous:  provided  with  scattered,  small,  papilli- 
form  elevations.  Oscula  situated  chiefly  on  the  uppermost  parts. 
Dermal  membrane  easily  separable;  minutely  reticulate  to  the 
naked  eye,  with  many  dermal  pores  in  each  mesh  of  the  reticula- 
tion. Skeleton  lax  and  rather  scanty ;  consisting  chiefly  of 
ascending,  slender,  multispicular  main  fibres;  connecting  fibres 
more  frequent  towards  the  interior.  Megascleres  slendei-,  cylin- 
drical; comprising  oxea,  strongyla,  and  fewer  styli;  up  to  700  by 
9/x.  in  size.  Trichites  55  to  400/x  long,  occurring  singly  scattered 
and  in  dragmata,  and  also  forming  short  fibres. 

Zoc-.— Port  Phillip. 


644  REVISION    OF    THE    AXINELLID^,  iii., 

External  characters. — The  single  specimen  (PI.  xxix.,  fig. 3)  is 
irregularly  cake-shaped,  with  the  upper  surface  deeply  incised  by 
several  narrow,  valley-like  or  sulciform  grooves,  and  measures 
65  mm.  in  length,  45  mm.  in  breadth,  and  35  mm.  in  height  in 
its  most  elevated,  central  portion;  the  grooves  appear  to  be  due 
merely  to  the  more  rapid  upgrowth  of  the  intervening  portions 
of  the  sponge,  and  thus  to  be  of  accidental  origin.  The  surface 
is  further  rendered  uneven  by  many  irregular  shallow  furrows 
and  slight  undulations,  and  by  moderately  numerous,  ii'regularly 
scattered,  small  papilliform  conuli;  the  latter  are  usually  more  or 
less  appi'essed  to  the  surface,  and  seldom  exceed  1  mm.  or  so  in 
height.  The  dermal  membrane  is  distinct  and  easily  separable 
(owing  to  the  presence  of  subdermal  spaces),  and  over  most  por- 
tions of  the  surface  presents,  to  the  naked  eye,  a  minutely  reticu- 
late pattern  (PI.  xxxviii.,  fig. 8),  due  to  the  mode  of  arrangement  of 
the  dermal  pores.  Interiorly,  the  sponge  is  travei'sed  more  or  less 
vertically  by  numerous,  fairly  wide,  main  efferent  canals  (up  to 
4  mm.  in  diameter),  which  terminate  in  relatively  rather  small 
oscula  situated,  for  the  most  part,  on  the  more  elevated  portions 
of  the  surface.  For  some  distance  before  arriving  at  the  oscula, 
many  of  the  canals  run  close  beneath  the  surface,  separated  from 
the  exterior  by  scarcely  more  than  the  dermal  membrane. 

The  consistency  in  alcohol  is  rather  soft  and  compressible, 
imperfectly  resilient,  somewhat  lacking  in  toughness,  but  not 
brittle;  and  the  colour  is  Ijrownish-grey  on  the  surface,  slightly 
paler  in  the  interior. 

The  dermal  reticulation  (PI.  xliv.,  figs.  1,  2)  is  made  up  of  more 
or  less  polygonal  meshes,  varying  in  actual  shape,  in  different 
portions  of  the  surface,  fi'om  nearly  circular  (with  a  diameter  of 
from  rarely  less  than  120  to  occasionally  250/;i)  to  almost  oblong 
(measuring  up  to  350/a  in  length  and  often  less  than  half  as  broad 
as  long),  and  separated  by  usually  relatively  narrow  boundaries 
varying  from  25  to  rarely  more  than  90//.  in  width.  The  largest 
meshes  occur  on  those  portions  of  the  surface  where  the  main 
effei'ent  canals  run  immediately  below  the  surface.  Within  the 
interstices  of  the  meshes,  the  dermal  mejiibrane  is  perforated  by 


BY    E.    F.    KALLMANN. 


645 


numerous  pores,  the  largest  of  which  measure  60  or  70/.i  in 
diameter:  each  mesh  is  accordingly  of  tlie  nature  of  a  pore-sieve. 
The  boundaries  or  sides  of  the  meshes  contain  numerous,  densely 
staining,  coarsely  granular  pigment- 
cells,  usually  of  more  or  less  elongate 
shape  and  occasionally  exceeding  20/i. 
in  length,  and  mostly  with  their  long- 
axes  directed  parallel  to  the  sides  of  the 
meslies.  No  spicules  are  present  in  the 
dermal  layer  except  a  few  scattered 
triehites. 

Skeleton. — Partly  owing  to  the  ten- 
uity of  the  skeletal  fibres,  and  partly 
to  discontinuities  due  to  the  consider- 
able innnber  and  size  of  the  main  effer- 
ent canals,  the  skeleton  forms  but  a  verv 
inconsiderable  portion  of  the  total  mass 
of  the  sponge.  It  consists  throughout 
(PI.  xxxix.,  fig.5;  PL  xlii.,  figs.l,  2) 
chiefly  of  ascending  multispicular  main 
fibres,  running  upwards  (often  more 
or  less  sinuousl}')  through  the  sponge 
in  fairly  close  ap2:)Osition  with  one  an- 
other, increasing  in  number  by  bifur- 
cation as  they  go.  Excepting  in  the 
more  peripheral  region  of  the  skeleton, 
however,  fairly  numerous,  paucispicular 
connecting  fibres  also  occur,  which 
form  among  themselves  and  with  the 
main  fibres  an  extremely  irregular  re- 
ticulation. The  fibres  are  composed  of 
longitudinally  directed,  usually  fairly 
closely  packed  spicules,  united  (and,  in 


Text-fig.  17.' 


the  case  of  the  connecting  fibres,  also  usually  ensheathed)  by  a 

*  Rhaphoxya  typica.     Megasclere.s.     ShoM'ing  also  the  extremities  of  the 
same  more  higlily  niaguified. 


646  REVISION    OF    THE    AXINELLID^,  Hi., 

small  amount  of  hyaline  spongin,  which  is  scarcely  perceptible 
except  when  stained.  The  main  fibres  range  from  occasionally 
less  than  30  to  rarely  above  80//  in  stoutness:  the  connecting 
fibres  are  much  slenderer.  Scattered  megascleres  uncemented  by 
spongin  are  few  or  absent.  Trichites  are  plentiful  through  all 
parts  of  the  interior,  occurring  chiefly  in  dragmata,  but  also 
scattered  singly;  in  addition,  the  longest  ones  frequently  form 
short  fibres  running  parallel  to  the  main  skeletal  fibres. 

Mast  ichor  ions. — The  flagellated  chambers  measure  up  to  45/x 
in  diameter,  and  are  ari'anged  so  closely  together  that  the  choano- 
some  is  generally  reduced  to  a  mere  reticulum  (PI.  xxxviii.,  fig.9). 

Spicules. — (i.)The  megascleres  are  variously  (but  seldom  very 
much)  curved,  frequently  more  or  less  fl:exuous,  slender  cylindrical 
oxea,  strongyla,  and  styli,  differing  from  one  another  only  in  the 
character  of  their  extremities,  and  varying  in  stoutness  from 
about  2  to  9/x,  and  in  length  from  rarely  less  than  100  up  to 
700/x;  individuals  less  than  350,a  long,  however,  are  few.  The 
majority  are  more  or  less  sharply  (and  usually  irregularly)  pointed 
at  both  extremities  (oxeote  or  tornote);  but  strongyla  also  are 
common,  while  stylote  forms  are  somewhat  less  frequent. 

(ii.)  The  trichites  or  rhaphides  are  mostly  straight  or  nearly  so, 
less  than  1/x  in  stoutness,  and  apparently  of  all  lengths  from  55 
to  400/-1;  individuals  between  220  and  320/^  in  length,  however, 
are  exceedingly  rare,  and  those  between  about  100  and  150/x  are 
scarce. 

Rhaphoxya(?)  pallida  Dendy. 
(PL  xxxiii.,  fig.6;  PI.  xhii.,  figs.  1,2.) 

1896.  Rhaphisia  pallida  (purtim);  Dendy(7),  p. 257. 

Diagnosis. — Sponge  massive,  sessile,  irregular.  Surface  rugose, 
but  subglabrous;  irregularly  beset  with  small  papilliform  eleva- 
tions. Oscula  absent.  Dermal  membrane  closely  adherent. 
Dermal  pores  singly  scattered.  Skeleton  lax  and  rather  scanty; 
consisting  of  slender,  multispicular  main  fibres  united  in  a  very 
iri-egular  fashion  by  a  plexus  of  paucispicular  connecting  fibres. 
Spiculation  almost  identically  similar  to  that  of  H.  tt/pica. 

loc.^Fovt  Phillip. 


BY    E.    F.    KALLMANN.  647 

Introductory. — The  following  description  is  based  upon  four 
of  the  original  examples  of  the  species  (viz.,  those  bearing  the 
register-numbers  314,  621,  737,  and  879),  and  an  excellently 
preserved  spirit-specimen  which  is  in  the  collection  of  the  Aus- 
tralian Museum;  the  type-examples  also  are  in  alcohol,  but  with 
one  exception  are  imperfectly  preserved.  As  already  mentioned 
above,  two  of  the  original  specimens,  which  Dendy  somewhat 
doubtfully  referred  to  this  species,  prove  to  belong  to  a  genus 
closely  I'elated  to  Tedania. 

External  characters. — The  sponge  (PI.  xxxiii.,  fig. 6)  is  irregu- 
larly cake-shaped,  somewhat  higher  than  broad,  attaining  in  the 
case  of  the  largest  specimen  a  height  of  65  mm.  The  surface  is 
slightly  uneven,  more  or  less  rugose;  and  is  provided,  especially 
in  the  upper  parts,  with  irregularly  scattered,  mostly  very  small, 
somewhat  conule-like  elevations,  rather  variable,  in  size  and  shape, 
but  usually  more  or  less  papilliform.  The  undamaged  surface  is 
subglabrous.  The  dermal  membrane  is  moderately  thin  and 
fairly  tough,  without  pores  visible  to  the  naked  eye  ^t:  even  with 
the  aid  of  a  lens,  and  is  everywhere  closely  adherent  to  the 
underlying  tissues.  The  sponge  is  traversed  in  a  generally 
upward  direction  by  many  main  efferent  canals,  of  inconsiderable 
size  so  far  as  regards  the  size  of  their  lumina,  but  each  surrounded 
(and  thus  rendered  conspicuous)  by  a  broad  layer  of  somewhat 
gelatinous-looking  collenchymatous  tissue.  These  canals  terminate 
in  proximity  to  the  surface;  and  there  are  no  oscula. 

In  alcohol,  the  colour  is  pale  greyish-yellow  to  dull  white,  and 
the  consistency  is  compressible  and  resilient,  fairly  tough  and 
compact,  but  moderately  soft.  The  colour  in  life,  according  to 
the  original  description,  is  greyish,  ranging  from  "very  light 
grey-buff""  to  "smoke-grey." 

The  dermal  membrane  contains  numerous  finely  and  densely 
granular,  deeply  staining  cells,  generally  more  or  less  ovoidal  in 
shape,  averaging  about  14/x  in  length  by  9/x  in  breadth.  Actual 
dermal  pores  were  not  observed;  but  (in  the  case  of  the  one 
sufficiently  well-preserved  specimen)  thin  tangential  stained  sec- 
tions of  the  dermal  layer  showed  fairly  numerous  subcircular  to 


648 


REVISION    OP    THE    AXINELLID^,  iil, 


oval  areas, — up  to  200/y.  in  diameter  and  .situated  at  an  average 
distance  apart  of  about  150/x, — distinguished  from  the  intervening 
portions  of  the  membrane  by  their  relative  transjDarency  due  to 

the  fewness  of  the  deeply-staining  gran- 
ular cells  occurring  within  their  limits 
(PI.  xliv.,  fig. 3).  In  life,  presumably, 
each  such  area  is  the  site  of  a  single 
pore  (or  possibly  of  several  pores). 

Skeleton. — In  most  respects  the  skele- 
ton closely  resembles  that  of  R.  typica, — 
and,  indeed,  as  seen  in  section,  is  scarcely 
distinguishable  therefrom;  the  character 
of  the  skeletal  fibres  is  exactly  the  same 
in  both.  The  chief  difference  consists 
in  the  somewhat  fewer  main  fibres  in  the 
present  species,  and  the  far  greater  num- 
ber of  the  connecting  fibres  (except  in 
the  peripheral  parts  of  the  skeleton), — 
in  consequence  of  which  the  pattern  is 
moi'e  generally  reticulate,  and,  except 
towards  the  surface,  much  more  irregular 
(PI.  xliii.,  figs.l,  2).  The  difference  in 
skeletal  pattern  of  the  two  species  is 
much  more  clearly  marked  in  very  thick 
sections  of  their  skeleton,  as  will  be  seen 
from  a  comparison  of  figs.  3  and  5  in 
PI.  xxxix.;  and  from  these  figures  it 
will  be  obsei'ved  also  that,  in  the  present 
species,  the  skeleton  is  on  the  whole  more 
scanty,  and  characterised  by  more  ex- 
tensive discontinuities  due  to  the  passage 
of  main  excurrent  canals.  As  in  R. 
typica,  the  trichites  occur  both  in  dragmata  and  scattered  singh^, 
and  the  longer  ones  (in  part)  give   rise  to  fibres;  the  scattered 


*  R}iaphoxya(t)  pallida.     Megascleres. 
the  same  more  highly  magnified. 


Showing  also  the  extremities  of 


BY    E.    F.    KALLMANN.  649 

trichites  are  mainly  confined  to  the  collencliyma,  and  tlie  tricliite- 
fibres,  which  are  often  of  very  considerable  lengtli,  occur  chiefly 
along  and  immediately  witliin  the  boundaries  of  the  same  tissue, 
where  it  adjoins  the  choanosome. 

Mastichorions. — The  flagellated  chambers  are  nearly  spherical 
and  of  small  size,  rarely  more  than  20/^.  in  diametex',  and  situated 
at  an  average  distance  of  about  10/a  apart. 

Spicules. — Both  megascleres  and  microscleres  are  precisely 
similar  in  form  to  those  of  Ji.  typica.  The  former  vary  in  maxi- 
mum size,  in  different  specimens,  from  650  by  7/x  to  720  by  9/>(, 
and  their  minimum  length  in  any  specimen  is  less  than  200//.; 
individuals  below  300/x  long,  howev^er,  are  scarce.  The  trichites 
are  divisible  into  two  groups,  the  shorter  ones  varying  in  length 
from  about  50  to  220/.1,  the  longer  from  about  320  to  450/<. 

Genus  Desmoxya,  gen.nov. 

Definition. — AxinellidteC?)  of  massive  form,  typically  more  or 
less  dome-shajDed,  and  provided  with  well-developed,  papilliform 
processes.  8keleton  consisting  of  an  irregular,  halichondroid 
reticulation  traversed  by  ascending  multispicular,  non-plumose 
fibres.  Spongin  almost  or  quite  absent.  Megascleres  of  a  single 
order, — oxea,  strongyla  and  styli,  differing  only  in  the  character 
of  their  extremities.  Microscleres  terminally-spined,  arcuate  or 
slightly  sigmoidal  microxea,  and  trichodragmata. 

Type-species,  D.  lunata  Carter. 

The  single  species,  for  which  this  genus  is  proposed,  has  hitherto 
been  referred  to  Hiyginsia.  The  number  and  importance  of  the 
chai'acters  distinguishing  it  from  the  remaining  species  of  the 
latter  genus,  however,  render  obvious  the  necessity  of  its  removal 
therefrom.  The  structure  of  the  skeleton  is  essentially  the  same 
as  in  Bhaphoxya,  only  the  main  fibres  are  far  fewer,  the  connect- 
ing fibres  are  reduced  to  a  sparse  reticulation  of  spicules,  and 
spongin  is  almost  completely  wanting. 

In  the  several  specimens  of  B.  lunata  examined  by  me,  the 
microxea  are,  without  exception,  simply  bow-shaped,  i.e.,  curved 
in  one  plane.     In  the  Austx'alian  Museum,  however,  there  is  a 

50 


650 

mounted  slide  of  the  spicules  of  a  Port  Pliillip  sponge  in  which 
(while  otherwise  closely  agreeing  in  spiculation  with  D.  lunata) 
the  microxea  for  the  most  part  are  more  or  less  curved  in  a  dis- 
tinctly sigmoidal  manner.*  There  is  evidence  for  supposing, 
therefoi'e,  that  the  microxea  of  Desmoxya  are  derivatives  of 
sigmata. 

Desmoxya  lunata  Carter. 
(PI.  xxix.,  fig.5;  PL  xxxviii.,  fig.5;  PL  xliv.,  fig.4.) 

1885.  Hiyginsia  lunata  Carter(5),  p. 358. 

1897.  Hiyginda  hmafa  Dendy(7),  p.244. 

Diagnosis. — Sponge  massive,  sessile,  moi-e  or  less  dome-shaped, 
rising  above  into  short  digitiform  processes,  and  provided  also 
with  irregularly  scattered  small  conuli.  Dermal  membrane 
minutely  reticulate;  with  many  dermal  pores  in  each  mesh  of 
the  reticulation.  Skeleton  feebly  developed,  consisting  of  irregu- 
larly ascending,  slender,  multispicular  main  fibres,  between  which 
thei'e  extends  a  very  sparse  and  irregular  reticulation  composed 
chiefly  of  single  spicules.  Megascleres  slightly  curved,  cylindrical 
or  nearly  so;  comprising  oxea  and  styli  in  approximately  equal 
numbers,  and  relatively  few  strongyla;  maximum  size  about  800 
by  12  to  15/x.  Microxea  crescent-shaped,  minutely  spinulous 
except  in  their  central  moiety,  30  to  45/x  long  and  up  to  3'5/x  in 
stoutness.  Tricliites  separable  into  two  groups  as  I'egards  size, 
the  shorter  varying  from  60  to  220/i.  in  length,  the  longer  from 
560  to  620//.;  occurring  in  dragmata  and  scattered  singly,  the 
larger  ones  also  forming  short  fibres. 

Xoc— Port  Phillip. 

External  features. — The  sponge  (which  is  known  now  from 
seven  examples)  appears  always  to  be  more  or  less  dome-shaped 
(PL  xxix.,  fig.5), — usually  not  far  from  (roughly)  hemispherical, 
sometimes  nearly  as  high  as  broad,  occasionally,  however,  much 
depressed,  almost  flattened, — and  is  provided  with  moderately 
numerous  mammiform,  or  short  digitiform,  processes;  in  addition, 

*  In  this  presumable  second  species  of  Desmoxya,  the  microxea  (if  they 
may  correctly  so  be  termed)  are  very  small,  rarely  attaining  to  more  tlian 
25u  in  length. 


BY    E.    F.    KALLMANN.  651 

the  surface,  including  tliat  of  the  processes,  is  covered  witli  small, 
usually  blunt  conuli.  The  largest  specimen  measures  95  mm.  in 
length,  80  nun.  in  breadth,  and  70  mm.  in  height;  and  the  pro- 
cesses, which  are  generally  slightly  flattened  and  somewhat  ap- 
pressed  to  the  surface,  avei-age  about  4  mm.  in  diameter  at  the 
base,  and  vary  in  length  up  to  about  10  mm.  The  dermal  mem- 
brane is  strongly  developed  and  fairly  easily  separable,  and 
usually  presents  to  the  naked  eye  a  minutely  reticulate  pattern 
due  to  the  mode  of  arrangement  of  the  dermal  pores  (PI.  xxxviii., 
fig.  5).  Internally,  the  sponge  is  traversed  vertically  by  rather 
numerous  main  efferent  canals,  measuring  up  to  3  mm.  in  diameter, 
which  open  into  small,  usually  inconspicuous  oscula  situated  on 
the  upper  parts  of  the  surface.  The  oscula  occur  on  and  between 
the  digitiform  processes  indifferently.  The  consistency  in  alcohol 
is  soft  and  compressible,  and  lacking  in  toughness;  the  texture, 
however,  is  compact.  The  colour  in  life  is  some  shade  of  brown, 
— usually  a  darkish  or  slaty-brown,  sometimes  with  a  greenish 
tinge;  in  alcohol,  it  is  brownish-grey  on  the  surface  and  pale 
grey  within. 

The  dermal  reticulation  (PL  xxxviii.,  fig. 5)  is  formed  of  more 
ar  less  polygonal  meshes  of  various  size  up  to  about  300  by  200/x, 
usually  longer  than  broad,  but  varying  in  actual  shape,  in  different 
parts  of  the  surface,  from  subcircular  to  nearly  oblong,  and 
separated  by  usually  narrow  boundaries  from  35  to  (rarel}') 
150/A  in  width.  Within  each  of  the  meshes,  the  dermal  mem- 
brane is  perforated  by  numerous  pores.  In  consequence,  no 
doubt,  of  their  having  become  closed  through  conti'action,  the 
pores  sometimes  are  apparently  absent;  and  in  one  of  the  speci- 
mens examined,  presumably  owing  to  excessive  contraction,  even 
the  dermal  reticulation  was  indistinguishable.  No  megascleres 
are  present  in  the  dermal  membi'ane,  and  only  veiy  few  scattered 
trichites;  but  in  the  boundaries  of  the  meshes  of  the  reticulation, 
spined  microxea  occur  more  numerously  than  elsewhere  in  the 
sponge. 

Skeleton. — When  a  piece  of  the  sponge  is  treated  with  caustic 
potash,    it  usually  decomposes   entirely,  yielding   nothing   but  a 


652 


REVISION    OF    THE    AXINELLIDiE,  111., 


flocculation  (consisting  mainly  of  separate  spicules);  occasionally, 
however,  b}^  the  exercise  of  especial  care,  one  succeeds  in  obtain- 
ing, as  pai't  of  the  residue,  small  masses  of  coherent  skeleton. 
From  examination  of  these,  the  skeleton,  which  is  extremely 
scanty,  is  seen  to  consist  partly  of  slender,  multispicular  (main) 
fibres  running  irregularly  through  the  sponge,  branching  and 
occasionally  anastomosing  as  they  go,  and  partly  of  a  very  sparse 
and  irregular  reticulation  of  single  spicules  and  short  pauci- 
spicular  fibres  extending  between  the  main  fibres  and  partly 
serving  to  connect  them  (PI.  xliv.,  fig. 4);  the  structure  is  much 
less  dense  than  would  appear  from  the  figure,  inasmuch  as  in  the 
mounted  preparation,  from  which  the  photograph  was  taken,  the 
skeleton  has  been  compressed  under  the  cover-glass  to  less  than 
half  its  original  thickness.  The  main  fibres  are  rarely  as  much 
as  40//  in  stoutness,  and  are  composed  of  fairl^T^  closely-packed 
spicules,  directed  longitudinally,  and  barely  held  together  by  an 
evanescently  small  amount  of  hyaline  spongin,  which  becomes 
discernible  only  when  stained.  Outside  the  main  fibres,  spongin 
is  generally  wanting;  but  here  and  there,  where  several  spicules 
cross  one  another  at  a  point,  a  faint  investment  of  cementing 
substance  is  sometimes  detectable. 

In  ordinary  sections  of  the  sponge  (i.e.,  with  the  fieshy  tissues 
intact)  the  precise  pattern  of  the  skeleton  is  usually  not  manifest: 
for,  in  thick  sections,  it  is  generally  more  or  less  obscured  in 
consequence  of  an  opacity  due  to  great  numbers  of  pigmented 
granules  scattered  everywhere  through  the  tissues ;  while,  in 
thinner  sections,  owing  to  the  sparseness  and  irregularity  of  the 
skeleton,  the  main  fibres  are  usually  more  than  once  cut  across, 
and  thus  appear  not  to  be  continuous,  and  the  intermediate 
skeleton  appears  to  consist  merely  of  a  few  scattered  spicules. 
Trichodragmata  occur  rather  abundantly  through  all  parts  of  the 
interior,  but  are  not  very  noticeable  owing  to  the  obscuring 
effect  of  the  pigment-granules  and  the  extreme  slenderness  of 
the  individual  trichites.  Singly  scattered  trichites  are  scarce. 
The  spined  microxea  likewise  occur  in  all  parts  of  the  .sponge, 
but  are  nowhere  abundant ;  they  are  most  numerous  in  the 
dermal  membrane. 


BY    E.    F.    KALLMANN. 


653 


Spicules. — (i.)  The  megascleres 
are  slightly  curved  cylindrical 
oxea,  styli,  strongyla  and  inter- 
mediate forms,  differing  from 
one  another  only  in  the  charac- 
ter of  their  extremities,  and  the 
same  in  all  parts  of  the  sponge; 
the  oxea  and  styli  are  present  in 
about  equal  numbers,  while  the 
strongyla  are  notably  fewer. 
They  are  of  approximately  the 
same  dimensions  in  all  the  speci- 
mens examined,  ranging  in  length 
from  about  520/x  to  slightly 
above  SOO/x,  rarely  to  850/ji,  and 
varying  in  maximum  stoutness 
(in  different  specimens)  from  12 
to  15/x. 

(ii.)  The  trichites  are  straight 
or  nearly  so,  almost  immeasur 
ably  fine,  and  of  all  lengths  be- 
tween 560  and  620//,  and  be- 
tween 60  and  220/;^;  the  shorter 
ones  are  again  nearly  separable 
into  two  groups,  individuals  be- 
tween 100  and  150/x  in  length 
being  very  scarce. 

(iii.)  The  acanthoxea  are  arcu- 
ately  curved,  crescentiform,  often 
very  slightly  inflated  centrally, 
30  to  45/x  in  length  by  2  to  4/x 
in  stoutness,  and  densely  covered 
with  minute  spinules  for  a  dis- 
tance of  from  10  to  15/x  from 
their  extremities,  the  remaining 
portion  of  theii-  length  being  smooth 


Text-fig. 
The  curv! 


■*  Desmoxya  hiiiata.     a,  megascleres;  b,  extremities  of  the  .same,    more 
highly  magnified;  c,  spined  microxea. 


654  REVISIOK    of    TttE    AX1NELLID.E,  iii., 

metrical,  and  rather  variable  in  degree;  when  most  considerable, 
it  slightly  exceeds  that  of  two-fifths  of  the  circumference  of  a 
circle. 

Genus  Holoxea  Topsent. 

Definition. — Axinellid{e(?)  of  massive  or  encrusting  habit;  with 
a  more  or  less  irregular,  halichondroid,  main  skeleton,  and  with 
or  without  a  dermal  skeleton  of  horizontally-disposed  megascleres. 
The  megascleres  are  oxea  of  one  or  two  kinds,  and  the  charac- 
teristic microscleres  are  minute  microxea,  somewhat  resembling 
sanidasters;  in  addition,  trichodragmata  ai-e  typically  present. 

Type-species,  H.  furtiva  Topsent(45). 

The  considerable  agreement  which  exists  between  this  genus 
and  Desmoxya  in  the  matter  of  spiculation  appears  to  me  to 
justify  the  supposition  of  a  relationship  between  them.  It  is 
true  that,  in  H.  furtiva,  the  type-species,  so  Topsent  informs  us  in 
his  second  description  thereof(51), — the  ectosome  is  charged  with 
more  or  less  horizontally-disposed  oxeote  megascleres  (differing 
from  those  of  the  main  skeleton  only  in  size),  and  is  differentiated 
to  form  a  cortex  "peu  epaisse,  mais  assez  resistante";  but  the 
importance  to  be  attached  to  this  feature  is  minimised  by  the 
fact  that  the  other  two  species  which  have  been  ascribed  to  the 
genus, — ^iz.,  //.  collectrix  and  H.  valida  Thiele(39), — a  specially 
characterised  cortex  is,  apparently,  wanting;  moreover,  it  is  to 
be  noted  that,  in  Desmoxya  lunata,  the  dermal  layer  is  particu- 
larly well-developed,  and  if  provided  with  a  megascleric  skeleton 
would  probably  constitute  what  might  be  termed  a  cortex.  Tlie 
information  at  our  disposal  regarding  the  structure  of  the  main 
skeleton  in  the  several  species  of  Holoxea  is  extremely  scanty: 
Topsent  merely  mentions,  in  the  case  of  J/,  furtiva,  that  when 
the  sponge  is  confined  to  narrow  crevices  the  megascleres  are 
constrained,  owing  to  their  great  length,  "s'orienter  dans  un 
sens  determinee,  par  faisceaux  sur  des  longueurs  variables",  and 
that  "il  en  resulte  souvent  un  faux-semblant  de  charj^ente 
fibreuse";  while  Thiele  goes  no  farther  than  to  state  that  the 
megascleres   (of  //.  collectrix)   "lassen    keine   bestimmte   Anord- 


BY    E.    F.    HALLMANN.  655 

nung  erkennen."  So  far  as  one  can  judge,  it  seems  probable 
that  the  skeleton,  on  the  whole,  is  arranged  irregularly,  in  a 
moi-e  or  less  halichondroid  fashion ;  and  this  is  the  type  of 
skeleton-pattern  which  would  result  if,  in  Desmoxya  hinata,  the 
reticulum  of  interstitial  and  connecting  spicules  merely  increased 
in  degree  of  development  and  complexity  at  the  expense  of  the 
connecting  fibres.  The  spined  microscleres  of  Holoxea  furtiva 
are  looked  upon  by  Topsent  as  sanidasters,  and  he  has  accord- 
ingly referred  the  genus  to  his  proposed  family  Streptasteridse; 
l)ut  these  microscleres,  it  seems  to  me,  might  with  ecpial  pro- 
priety be  regarded  as  microxea, — and,  indeed,  in  Topsent's  original 
description  of  the  species  were  so  designated:  furthermore,  in 
//.  furtiva  and  H.  coUectrix,  as  in  Desmoxya,  the  spined  micro- 
scleres are  accompanied  by  trichodragmata,  which  latter  are 
unknown  to  occur  in  association  with  definitely  astrose  micro- 
scleres elsewhere  in  the  Monaxonida.  Whether  certain  genera 
with  spined  microxea,  like  Desmoxya  and  Higginsia,  properly 
admit  of  inclusion  in  the  family  Axinellidai  is  open  to  question; 
but  Holoxea  certainly  appears  to  resemble  Desmoxya  much  more 
closely  than  it  does  any  other  genus,  and  on  that  account,  per- 
haps, ought  to  be  placed  in  proximity  thereto. 

Genus  Higginsia  Higgin. 

Definition. — Axinellidte(l)  of  various  external  form;  typically 
erect-lamellar,  with  entire  or  lobate  margin,  or  sometimes  tending 
to  become  palmo-digitate  or  f  rondose;  seldom  ramose;  occasionally 
massive,  with  or  without  digitate  processes.  Skeleton  usually 
more  or  less  condensed  axially;  typically  consisting  (extra-axially) 
partly  of  more  or  less  plumose  main  fibres  or  spicule-colunins 
running  to  the  surface,  and  partly  of  an  irregular  reticulation  of 
spicules  connecting  the  main  fibres;  either  of  these  components, 
however,  may  be  much  reduced  or  absent.  Or  the  extra-axial 
skeleton  may  consist  (either  throughout  or  only  in  its  outer 
region)  of  bundles  or  bands  of  long  styli  radiating  to  the  surface, 
and  of  sheaves  of  smaller  and  slenderer  spicules  surrounding 
these.     Spongin  present  in  small  to  moderate  quantity.     Mega- 


656  REVISION    OF    THE    AXINELLIDiE,  iii., 

scleres:  styli  and  (or)  oxea,  usually  of  two  or  three  kinds. 
Megascleres  of  a  single  kind,  in  the  form  of  centrangulate  spined 
microxea. 

Type-species,  H.  coralloides  Higgin. 

The  genus  Iliyfjinsia  is  here  defined  so  as  to  include  also 
Ridley  and  Dendy's  Deudropsis,  with  its  two  species  D.  bidenti 
/era  and  D.  mixta, — the  latter  recently  added  to  the  genus  by 
Hentscliel(15).  The  I'eason  for  this  is  not  that  the  differences 
between  liigyinsia  coralloides  and  Dendropsis  hidentifera,  the 
respective  type-species,  are  insufficient  to  warrant  their  generic 
separation,  but  that  intermediate  species  exist  between  them, 
forming  with  them  (in  so  far  as  skeletal  characters  are  concerned) 
a  gradational  series  incapable  of  subdivision  into  two  groups 
except  in  an  arbitrary  way.  This  fact  will  be  clear  from  the 
following  synopsis  of  the  chief  distinguishing  characters  of  the 
several  species. 

Dendroj)sis  bidentifera  Ridley  &  Dendy(33).  Uichotomously 
ramose,  with  slightly  compressed  branches  disposed  in  one  plane. 
Skeleton  consisting  (i.)of  a  dense  axial  core  of  interlacing,  com- 
paratively short  styli;  (ii.)  of  bundles  of  much  longer  styli  (up  to 
1100  by  44/x  in  size)  radiating  from  the  axis  to  the  surface, 
beyond  which  the  apices  of  many  of  them  project;  (iii.)  of  sheaves 
of  slender  oxeote  spicules  surrounding  (ii.),  which  are  peculiar  in 
being  double-pointed  at  one  extremity,  and  also  often  project 
beyond  the  surface;  and  (iv.)  of  long  slender  styli  (up  to  1750  by 
20/i.  in  size),  occasionally  passing  into  strongyla. 

Dendropsis  mixta  Hentschel(15).  Thick,  encrusting ;  with 
short  digitiform  processes.  Skeleton  consisting  (i.)  interiorly  of 
irregularly  arranged  stout  oxea  (up  to  750  by  31/x  in  size);  (ii.)  of 
long  slender  styli  (up  to  2240  by  SI/a  in  size)  projecting  beyond 
the  surface;  (iii.)  of  bundles  of  slender  oxea  (up  to  1175  by  5/x  in 
size),  forming  dermal  tufts  around  (ii.)  as  in  the  genus  Jiasjjailia, 
and  also  passing  inwards  towards  the  interior. 

Higginsia  papillosa  Thiele(42).  Massive,  ovoidal;  with  papil- 
lose surface.  Skeleton  consisting  (i.)  of  stout  fibres,  formed  of 
styli,  radiating  to  the  surface  and  ending  in  the  surface-papillie, 


BY    E.    F.    IIALLMANN.  657 

— their  terminal  spicules  (up  to  1500  by  15/a  in  size)  projecting 
beyond;  (ii.)  of  shorter  and  relatively  stouter  styli,  partly 
scattered  irregularlj'  between  the  main  fibres,  and  partly  forming 
lesser  fibres  running  irregularly  in  various  directions;  and  (iii.)  of 
slender  oxea  (up  to  about  1000  by  6//.  in  size),  which  "pflegen  in 
grosserer  oder  geringerer  Anzahl  die  Style  zu  begleiten." 

Higginsia  natalensis  Carter(5).  Flabelliform,  stipitatc;  with 
thin  ridges  on  both  surfaces,  radiating  from  stalk  to  circumfer- 
ence. Skeleton-structure  undescribed :  megascleres  of  two  kinds, 
viz.,  (i.)  styli  (up  to  about  1000  by  -IS/x  in  size),  presumably 
arranged  in  fibres;  and  (ii.)  slender  oxea  (up  to  700  by  7/v.  in 
size)  surrounding  (i.)  "in  great  numbers". 

Higginsia  coralloidcs  Higgin(17),  et  varr.  More  or  less  lamellar, 
varying  from  submassive  {i.e.,  sessile  and  only  slightly  com- 
pressed) to  stipitate-flabelliform,  and  then  either  entire  or  palm- 
ately  subdivided;  with  longitudinal  or  radiating  ridges  on  both 
sui'faces.  Skeleton  consisting  of  more  or  less  plumose  main 
fibres  or  columns  with  an  irregular  reticulation  of  spicules 
between.  Megascleres  almost  exclusively  oxea,  or  oxea  alone; 
usually  of  two  kinds. 

Higginsia  thielei  Topsent(53).  Massive,  with  irregular  surface. 
Skeleton  consisting  of  "un  reseau  irregulier,  tres  solide,  de  styles 
robustes  disposes  par  paquets  epais  et  relies  aux  entrecroise- 
ments  par  un  lien  tres  faible  de  spongine  incolore."  Megascleres 
styli,  of  a  single  kind. 

In  all  the  species,  the  microscleres  are  of  the  same  character- 
istic form,  and  occur  irregularly  scattered  through  the  choano- 
some  and  usually  also  in  the  dermal  layer:  they  are  symmetri- 
cally and  rather  sharply  bent  {i.e.,  centrangulate  or  geniculate) 
acanthoxea  with  small  spines  scattered  irregularly  over  their 
whole  length,  and  are  frequently  provided  with  a  bulbous  dilata- 
tion situated  slightly  excentrally. 

The  exact  similarity  which  exists  between  the  microscleres  of 
the  present  genus  and  those  of  Halicnemia  patera  has  already 
been  pointed  out  by  Topsent(49),  who  accordingly  refers  IlaJio- 
nem^a,  along  with  Higginsia,  to  the  Axinellidte.     It  seems  to  me 


65S  REVISION    OF    THE    AXINELLID^,  iii., 

extremely  probable,  however,  that  the  acanthoxea  of  these  genei'a, 
like  those  undoubtedly  of  the  recently  described  genus  Acanthoxa 
Hentschel(l6),  are  homologous  with  the  acanthoscleres  of  the 
Myxillina?,  and  that  the  correct  place  of  Hiyyiiisia  and  Halic- 
iieniia  is,  therefore,  in  the  family  Desmacidonidse. 

The  genus  is  represented  on  the  Australian  coast  by  two 
varieties  of  H.  coraUoides, — viz.,  maxsa/is  Carter  and  scnbra 
Whitelegge, — re-descriptions  of  which  are  given  below.  The 
other  named  varieties  of  this  species  (the  typical  form  of  which 
comes  from  the  West  Indies)  are  Higgin's(17)  var.  hberiensis 
from  Cape  Palmas  and  var.  arcunta  from  Ireland;  while  the  form 
recorded  by  Topsent(48)  from  Amboina  as  //.  coraUoides  var. 
massalis  probably  constitutes  a  fifth  variety.  Carter's  H.  coraU- 
oides var.  natalens's,  although  possessing  the  external  habit  char- 
acteristic of  //.  coraUoides,  is  distinguished  by  having  the 
skeletal  fibi'cs  composed  of  stylote  instead  of  oxeote  megascleres, 
and  may,  therefore,  conveniently  be  regarded  as  specifically 
distinct. 

To  supplement  the  brief  diagnosis  of  //.  coraUoides  given 
above,  and  at  the  same  time  to  indicate  the  main  points  of  difi'er- 
ence  distinguishing  the  varieties  massalis  and  scnbra  from  the 
remaining  forms  of  the  species,  the  chief  characters  of  the  latter 
(excepting  Topsent's  var.  massalix,  the  description  of  which  I  have 
not  seen),  may  be  summarised  as  follows: — 

//.  mass(dis  (typical  form).  .Stipitate,  fiabelliform;  "consisting 
of  lobate  compressed  branches  of  irregular  and  luxuriant  growth, 
united  clathrously  ur  continuously;  surface  deeply  furrowed  in  a 
vertical  direction,  the  ridges  between  the  furrows  being  narrow 
and,  in  the  young  growths,  serrated  witli  tooth-like  projections, 
passing  in  the  older  portions  into  rounded  or  tubercled  pro- 
minences." The  skeleton  is  "a  spiculiferous  network  of  lozenge- 
shaped  reticulation,"  consisting  (in  part)  of  plumose  fibres,  the 
spicules  of  which  are  not  enclosed  in  spongin,  but  merely 
cemented  together  by  it  where  they  touch  or  cross  each  other. 
The  megascleres  (oxea)  appear  to  be  of  two  kinds, — those  of  the 
fibres  more  or  less  curved  and  attaining  a  maximum  size  of  635 


BY    E.    P.    KALLMANN.  659 

by  25/1,  the  others  straight,  \ery  iiuicli  slenderer  (only  6/a  in 
diameter),  and  relatively  few  in  number.  The  spined  microxea 
attain  a  size  of  200  by  6/x. 

//.  coralloides  ^'ar.  liberiensis  Higgin.  Similar  in  outward 
form  to  the  preceding.  Structure  of  the  skeleton  undescribed. 
Megascleres  of  two  kinds:  stout  curved  oxea  up  to  660  by  32/a 
in  size,  and  longer,  straight,  "hair-like"  oxea.  Spined  microxea 
measviring  75  by  6//.. 

//.  coralloides  var.  arcnaUi  Higgin.  Only  slightly  compressed, 
submassive.  Surface-features  undesci'ibed.  Skeleton  consisting 
of  main  lines  of  spicules  extending  vertically  from  the  base,  and 
of  secondary  lines  connecting  these  at  various  angles,  both  being 
"echinated"  wiih  spicules  (i.e.,  more  or  less  plumose).  The 
megascleres  (oxea)  are  not  stated  to  be  of  two  sizes;  they  are 
comparatively  small,  measuring  only  300  by  6/x.  The  spined 
microxea  measure  75  by  3*6/i. 

HiGGiNSiA  CORALLOIDES  Higgin,  var.  MASSALis  Carter. 

(PL  xxix.,  fig. 6;  PI.  xxxviii.,  figs. 6,  7;  PL  xxxix.,  figs.l,  2; 

PL  xL,  figs.  1-4.) 

1885.  Hlgglnsia  coralloides  Carter(5),  p.357. 

1885.  llvjijinsia  coralloides  var.  ynassalis  Carter(5),  p.357. 

1896.  Hiijijinsia  coralloides  var.  massalis  Dendy(7),  p. 243. 

Diagnosis. — Sponge  more  or  less  compressed;  varying  in  form 
from  thickly  flabellate  and  stipitate  to  submassive  and  sessile; 
the  margin  entire.  Surface  longitudinally  ridged  and  furrowed; 
the  ridges  generally  more  or  less  discontinuous,  appearing  as  a 
succession  of  crenations  or  knobs;  distance  apart  of  the  ridges, 
2  to  3mm.  Oscula  small,  marginal.  Dermal  membrane  distinct, 
finely  porous.  The  "skeleton-sponge"  consists  of  a  series  of 
transverse,  thin  lamelUe,  each  only  about  a  millimetre  in  thick- 
ness, which  are  nearly  quite  separate  from  each  other  in  their 
uppermost  portions,  but  become  more  and  more  intimately  united 
in  the  median  plane  of  the  sponge  proceeding  towards  its  base. 
The  skeleton  of  each  lamella  is  a  dense  and  intricate  reticulation 
of  paucispicular  main  and  connecting  fibres  and  single  spicules. 


(ifiO  REVISION    OF    THE    AXINELLID.E,  iii., 

Spongin  is  present  in  relatively  small  quantity.  The  megascleres 
are  imperfectly  differentiated  into  three  kinds:  (i.)  curved  oxea 
forming  the  skeleton-reticulation,  attaining  a  maximum  size  of 
from  560x14  to  700  x  18/x;  (ii.)  longer  and  slenderer,  scarce 
styli,  strongyla,  and  (very  rare)  oxea,  occurring  interstitially, 
ranging  in  length  to  upwards  of  900/a;  and  (iii.)  smaller  inter- 
stitial and  dermal  oxea,  connuonly  between  250  and  350/a  in 
length  and  4  or  5/i.  in  diameter,  but  frequently  slenderer,  and 
connected  by  spicules  of  intermediate  size  apparently  both  with 
(i.)  and  (ii.).  The  acanthoxea  are  from  40  to  130/ji  in  length  and 
up  to  4  or  5ji.  in  diameter  exclusive  of  the  spines,  and  rather 
seldom  exhibit  a  bulbous  dilatation. 

ioc— Port  Phillip. 

External  characters. — The  general  shape  and  habit  of  growth 
of  the  sponge  are  sufficiently  indicated  in  the  diagnosis;  and  the 
characteristic  rugose  surface-af)pearance  produced  by  crenated 
longitudinal  ridges  and  intervening  furrows  is  well  shown  by  the 
figure  (PI.  xxix.,  fig. 6), — which  also  illustrates  the  most  frequent 
form  of  the  sponge,  viz.,  one  intermediate  between  flabellate  and 
submassive.  Apparently  it  is  only  in  its  younger  stages  that 
the  sponge  is  massive,  subsequent  growth  taking  place  chiefly  in 
height  and  bi'eadth,  with  only  slight  increase  in  thickness; 
occasionally  the  plate  thus  formed,  instead  of  remaining  simply 
flabellate,  becomes  somewhat  irregular  through  formation  of 
perpendicular  lateral  outgrowths  similar  to  itself.  The  largest 
specimen  at  my  disposal  measures  about  75mm.  in  height,  1 10mm. 
in  breadth,  and  25  mm.  in  maximum  thickness  of  the  plate.  The 
surface-ridges  (and  furrows)  pass  without  discontinuity  across  the 
margin  of  the  S23onge  fi'om  one  side  of  it  to  the  other,  and,  as 
necessarily  follows,  are  oppositely  situated  on  the  two  surfaces. 
The  oscula  are  situated  marginally,  and  are  numerous  and  of 
small  size,  the  largest  seldom  exceeding  1  nun.  in  diameter.  The 
dermal  membrane,  which  is  well-developed,  is  most  distinct 
within  the  surface-grooves,  whei'e  it  is  underlain  by  extensive 
subdermal  s^oaces;  it  is  closely  perforated  with  minute  pores, 
which   in  some  places  are  sufficiently  lai'ge  to  be  discerned  with 


BY    E.    F.    KALLMANN.  GCA 

the  naked  e3'e  (PI.  xxxviii.,  figs. 6,  7).  Well-preserved  spirit- 
specimens  are  of  firm,  compressible,  and  resilient  consistency,  and 
of  compact  texture,  and  vary  in  colour  frt»m  jtale  greyish-yellow 
to  light  brown,  occasionally  with  a  faintly  pinkish  tinge.  The 
colour  in  life,  according  to  previous  descriptions,  varies  from 
"hair-brown"  to  dull  shades  of  purple. 

The  dermal  pores  (PI.  xl.,  figs. 3,  4)  are  distributed  singly  in 
very  close  order,  are  circular  or  oval  in  shape,  and  vary  from 
about  100  to  occasionally  upwards  of  300/i.  in  diameter.  In  the 
dermal  membrane,  spined  microxea  occur  scattei'ed  in  great 
abundance. 

The  "skeleton-sponge", — meaning  by  that  the  entire  coherent 
skeleton  which  i-emains  after  complete  removal  of  all  the  fleshy 
substance  of  a  specimen  by  maceration  with  caustic  potash, — is 
of  very  characteristic  gross  structure.  Its  general  superficial 
contour  is  nearly  similar  to  that  of  the  original  entire  sponge; 
but  the  shallow  sui'face-furrows  of  the  latter  are  replaced  by  deep 
vertical  fissures  (PL  xxxix.,  fig. 2)  penetrating  it  (except  its  older 
portions)  almost  or  quite  to  the  mid-plane,  and  thus  reducing  it 
(since  the  furrows  on  the  one  side  are  situated  exactly  oppositely 
to  those  on  the  other)  to  a  series  of  nearly  separate,  transverse 
lamellae.  A  single  such  lamella,  photographed  by  transmitted 
light,  is  shown  in  PI.  xxxix.,  fig.  1.  The  lamellse  are  each  about 
1  mm.  in  thickness,  and  their  distance  apart,  at  their  periphery, 
varies  from  about  2  to  3  mm. ;  their  edges,  which  correspond  to 
the  discontinuous,  crenated  surface-ridges  of  the  internal  sponge, 
are  irregularly  lobed  or  toothed.  Distally  (i.e.,  in  the  upper 
parts  of  the  skeleton-sponge)  the  lamellte  are  either  quite  separate 
from  one  another  or  are  barely  united  together  by- a  thin  septi- 
form  connection  in  the  mid-plane  of  the  sponge;  but  proceeding 
towards  the  base  of  the  sponge,  this  connection  gradually  in- 
creases in  breadth,  and  in  addition  an  increasing  number  of 
independent,  synapticula-like  connections  arise  between  them,  so 
that  in  places  a  honeycombed  appearance  sometimes  results. 

The  skeleton-sponge  is  fine-textured,  and  (being  composed  to  a 
greater  extent  of  spicules  than  of  spongin)  is,  when  dry,  whitisli 


662  REVISIOX    OF    THE    AXINELLID^,  iii., 

in  colour  and  somewhat  hai'sh  to  the  feel,  and  remains  slightly 
crushed  when  much  compressed  by  squeezing. 

Shpleton. — In  each  constituent  lamella  tlie  skeleton  consists  of 
numerous,  closely  arranged,  pauciserial  main  lines  of  spicules 
running  in  the  plane  of  the  lamella  upwards  and  outwards  to  its 
periphery,  and  of  numei^ous  short  secondary  lines  and  single 
spicules  connecting  the^e  in  irregular  manner,  the  whole  forming 
an  exceedingly  dense  and  intricate  reticulation  (PL  xl.,  figs.  1,  2). 
The  spicules  of  the  fibres  are  arranged  in  a  somewhat  loose, 
irregular,  and  slightly  plumose  fashion,  and  are  held  together 
and  more  or  less  ensheathed  by  a  rather  small  amount  of  spongin, 
which,  being  of  a  pale  colour,  is  inconspicuous  unless  stained; 
the  interfibral  spicules,  for  the  most  part,  are  invested  with 
spongin  only  at  their  extremities  or  lie  quite  free.  The  skeleton- 
reticulation  is  so  dense,  especially  towards  the  central  region  of 
the  lamella  {i.e.,  towards  the  mid-plane  of  the  sponge),  that,  in 
sections  of  the  oi'dinary  thickness  for  studying  the  skeleton- 
pattern,  it  appears  as  if  consisting  of  a  confused  mass  of  spicules 
without  definite  arrangement.  In  the  interlamellar  regions  of 
the  sponge,  except  where  junctions  between  the  lamellae  occui', 
the  skeleton  consists  solely  of  spined  microxea  scattered  in  great 
profusion,  and  of  very  scarce  scattered  megascleres.  The  inter- 
lamellar regions  are  traversed  by  numerous  main  canals,  the 
largest  of  which  are  about  1  mm.  in  diameter. 

The  previous  description  of  the  skeleton,  given  by  Dendy, 
which  differs  rather  considerably  from  the  above,  was  evidently 
based  upon  an  insufficiently  thin  (and  "undesarcodised")  section 
cut  across  the  thickness  of  the  sponge  obliquely  to  the  mid-plane 
(and,  therefore,  intersecting  several  lamellje).  The  description  is 
as  follows:  "The  skeleton  is  very  confused  and  ii'regular,  without 
any  definite  fibre,  composed  of  densely  intermingled  oxeote 
spicules,  especially  aggregated  in  wide  tracts  which  trend  towards 
the  surface  and  end  in  the  conuli.  The  presence  of  these  ill- 
defined  ti'acts  of  .spicules,  with  intervening  spaces  almost  free 
from  megascleres,  gives  a  somewhat  columnar  chai'acter  to  the 
vertical  sections.     Internally,  all  the  tx'acts  unite  into  one  dense, 


BY    E.    F.    KALLMANN. 


663 


irregular  agglomeration  of  spicules."  It  is  obvious  that  the 
"tracts  of  spicules"  cori-espond  to  vertical  transections  of  the 
lamellse. 

Where  the  main  skeleton 
abuts  on  the  surface  of  the 
sponge  (i.e.,  along  the  sur- 
face-ridges), the  terminal 
spicules  of  the  skeletal 
fibres  project  slightly  be- 
yond the  dermal  membrane, 
and  along  with  these  pro- 
jecting fibral  spicules  are 
occasional  small  clusters  of 
much  shorter  and  slenderer 
diactinal  spicules  which  are 
perhaps  to  be  regarded  as 
special  dermal  megascleres. 
Elsewhere  (i.^.,  within  the 
surface-grooves)  the  dei'mal 
membrane  overlies  exten- 
sive subdei'mal  spaces,  and 
is  generally  free  from  mega- 
scleres. 

Afegascleres.  —  (i.)  The 
spicules  of  the  skeleton- 
reticulation  are  somewhat 
angulately  curved  oxea(and 
occasional  styli),  which  in 
some  specimens  are  of 
nearly  uniform  diameter 
to  within  a  comparatively 
short  distance  of  their  ex- 
ti'emities  and  generally  are  more  or  less  irregularly  pointed  (often 
somewhat  blunt-pointed,  and  occasionally  approximating  in  form 
to  strongyla),  while  in  other  specimens  they  taper  very  gradually 
to  the  extremities  {i.e.,  are  more  or  less  fusiform)  and  with  rare 


Text-fig.  20. — Higgin-na  coralloides  var. 
mctJiAalis.  a,  megascleres  of  the  fibres; 
1),  interstitial  megascleres  ;  c,  dermal 
megascleres;  d,  spinecl  mieroxea;  e,  im- 
mature microxea. 


664  REVISION    OF    THE    AXIXELLID^E,  iii. 


exception  are  regularly  sharp-pointed.  The  full-grown  ones 
(comprising  all  those  ensheathed  in  spongin  as  well  as  the  vast 
majority  of  the  remainder)  vary  in  maximum  size  in  different 
specimens  from  560  x  14/^  to  700  x  18/a,  and  rarely  fall  helow 
350/i  in  length  or  below  S/i  in  diameter;  interstitially-occurring 
immature  individuals  of  all  sizes  down  to  about  250  x  2/x,  how- 
ever, are  to  be  met  with. 

(ii.)  Also  occurring  interstitially,  but  very  scarce  (in  some 
specimens  exceedingly  i-are),  are  longer  and  generally  less  curved, 
mostly  stylote  spicules,  very  frequently  more  or  less  blunted  or 
rounded  off  at  the  apex  and  not  seldom  passing  into  strongyla, 
and  attaining  a  maximum  size  of  about  900  x  9/x.  Between  these 
and  the  slenderer  forms  of  the  preceding,  however,  there  appears 
to  be  a  complete  series  of  spicules  of  intermediate  forms  and 
sizes. 

(iii.)  The  short  slender  megascleres  occurring  in  loose  bundles 
and  also  scattered  singly  in  the  dermal  layer, — which  appear  to 
be  special  dermal  spicules, — are  slightly  curved  oxea,  frequently 
blunt-pointed  and  more  or  less  resembling  strongyla,  and  usually 
4  or  5//.  in  diameter  and  between  250  and  350/x  (but  ranging 
from  about  200  to  upwards  of  400/x)  in  length.  They  are  not 
distinguishable  either  in  form  or  size  fi'om  many  of  the  inter- 
stitially occurring  spicules  which  appear  to  be  immature  forms  of 
(i.)  and  (ii.). 

Microscleres. — With  the  exception  of  a  few,  which  are  straight, 
the  acanthoxea  are  invariably  sharply  bent  at  the  centre, — the 
maximum  angle  of  inclination  of  the  actines  (which  are  gradually 
tapered  and  sharp-pointed)  being  about  30°.  About  5%  of  the 
spicules  exhibit  a  peculiarity  in  the  form  of  a  small  bulbous 
dilatation  situated  at  a  short  distance  (10/x  or  less)  from  their 
mid-point.  They  range  fi'om  about  40  to  130/x  in  length  and  up 
to  4  or  (rarely)  5/x  in  diameter  exclusive  of  the  spines.  The 
spines  are  perpendicularly-directed,  conical,  sharp-pointed,  usually 
very  numerous,  and  scattered  irregularly  over  the  whole  length 
of  the  spicule,  gradually  decreasing  in  size  towards  its  extremities; 
the  largest  of  them  are   2  5/x   in  length.     The  spicules  in  their 


BY    E.    F.    KALLMANN.  665 

earliest  stage  of  development  are  quite  smooth.  As  an  occasional 
abnormality,  one  actine  is  prolonged  beyond  its  point  of  union 
with  the  other,  as  shown  in  the  text-figure;  and  very  rarely  both 
aetines  are  thus  prolonged. 

HiGGiNSiA  coRALLOiDES  Carter,  vai\  scabra  Whitelegge. 
(PL  xxxix.,  fig.3;  PI.  xH.,  figs.1-3.)  ' 

1907.  Hiyijinsia  scabra  Whitelegge(60),  p.511,  PL  xlvi.,  fig.44. 

Diagnosis. —  Sponge  erect,  lamellar,  perhaps  sometimes  simply 
flabelliform,  but  more  usually  subdivided  into  lobes  or  separate 
fronds.  Surface  closely  covered  with  small  conuli  arranged 
somewhat  indistinctly  in  longitudinal  parallel  series  about  1mm. 
apart.  Oscula  small,  marginal.  Dermal  membrane  very  dis- 
tinct. Internal  structure  and  skeleton-pattern  not  essentially 
different  from  that  of  the  preceding  variety  Megascleres:  (i.) 
curved  oxea  in  the  main  skeleton,  770  x  35//  in  maximum  size; 
(ii.)  exceedingly  rare  styli  occurring  interstitially,  up  to  1100  x 
25/x  in  size.  Special  dermal  megascleres  apparently  absent. 
Acanthoxea  60  to  130/a  in  length  and  up  to  5/^  in  diameter 
exclusive  of  the  spines;  very  frequently  exhibiting  a  bulbous 
dilatation. 

Loc.     Off  Port  Jackson,  N.S.W. 

This  variety  is  so  far  known  only  from  the  two  original  speci- 
mens-obtained from  the  same  locality  —  one  of  which  (figured 
by  Whitelegge)  is  in  a  dried  condition,  while  the  other  (smaller 
and  incomplete)  is  imperfecth^  preserved  in  alcohol. 

External  characters. — Both  specimens  are  erect,  substipitate, 
lamellar,  —  the  smaller  one  apparently  flabellate,  divided  above 
into  several  lobes,  the  other  consisting  of  much  more  completely 
separated  (though  in  part  secondarily  coalescent)  lobes  or  frond- 
like branches,  from  some  of  which,  also,  secondary  sessile  lobes 
or  fronds  arise  laterally;  in  both,  the  thickness  of  the  lamina  is 
about  the  same,  viz  ,  from  6  to  10  mm.  The  larger  specimen 
measures  110  mm.  in  height.  In  the  dried  condition  of  the 
sponge,  with  the  dermal  membrane  shrunken  closely  in  upon 
the  underlying  skeleton,  the  surface  is  densely  and  conspicuously 
conulose,— the  conuli  attaining  in  places  a  height  of  as  much  as 

51 


666  REVISION    OF    THK    AXINE|:iLIDiE,  iii., 

2'5  mm.,  and  exhibiting  an  indistinct  arrangement  in  longi- 
tudinal rows;  but  in  the  case  of  the  spirit-specimen,  except 
where  the  dermal  membrane  has  been  destroyed,  it  is  scarcely 
more  then  minutely  pustulose.  On  complete  removal  of  the 
sarcode  by  maceration,  the  skeleton-sponge  is  found  to  be  com- 
posed, just  as  in  the  case  of  var.  massalis,  of  conjoined,  parallel, 
thin  lamellse  perpendicular  in  direction  to  the  plane  of  tlie 
sponge;  and  it  is  to  a  serration  of  the  edges  of  these  lamellse 
that  the  surface-prominences  are  due.  The  only  oscula  observed 
svere  marginally  situated  and  of  very  small  size,  the  largest  not 
exceeding  05  mm.  in  diameter.  The  dermal  membrane  is  well- 
developed  and  very  distinct,  and  is  underlain  (between  the 
surface-prominences)  by  extensive  subdermal  spaces;  owing  to 
its  imperfect  preservation  in  the  present  specimens,  dermal 
pores  were  not  observable.  The  unmacerated  dried  sponge  is 
somewhat  hard  and  with  difficulty  compressible,  brittle  rather 
than  elastic,  and  pale  greyish  or  almost  whitish  in  colour.  In 
alcohol,  the  consistency  is  dense  and  firm,  moderately  flexible, 
compressible  and  resilient;  and  the  colour  is  yellowish  pale  grey. 

The  structure  of  tlie  "skeleton-sponge"  is  essentially  the  same 
as  in  the  case  of  var.  massalis;  but  the  lamellse  are  much  thinner 
(only  about  05  mm.  in  thickness),  more  closely  approximated 
(at  most  1*75  mm.  apart),  and,  in  proportion  to  their  width  (i.e., 
in  proportion  to  the  thickness  of  the  sponge-lamina),  more  com- 
pletely united  with  one  another.  In  the  present  variety,  ac- 
cordingly, the  structure  is  notably  denser,  and  the  texture  also 
is  much  more  coarse. 

Skeleton.—  In  each  lamella  the  skeleton  consists,  again  as  in 
the  case  of  var.  massalis,  of  a  dense  and  intricate  reticulation  of 
paucispicular  main  and  connecting  fibres,  and  numerous  con- 
necting spicules;  but  the  fibres  are  here  less  clearly  defined,  the 
skeleton-pattern  accordingly  is  somewhat  more  irregular,  the 
megascleres  are  larger,  and  there  is  a  relatively  great  scarcity  of 
slenderer  megascleres  occurring  interstitially  and  dermally.  In 
other  respects,  apart  from  diiferences  depending  upon  the  greater 
thinness  of  the  lamella?  and  the  much  lesser  width  of  the  inter- 
lamellar  in  the  present  case,  the  skeletal  characters  of  the  two 


BY    E.    F.    KALLMANN.  667 

varieties  are  practically  the  same.  As  seen  in  a  vertical  median 
section  of  the  sponge,  cut  in  a  direction  perpendicular  to  the 
lamellae,  the  skeleton  appears  as  if  consisting  of  parallell}'- 
arranged,  stout  plumose  columns  of  spicules,  which  in  the 
marginal  region  of  the  sponge  aie  nearly  or  quite  separate  from 
one  another(Pl.  xli.,  figs.  1,2);  these  columns  represent,  of  course, 
transverse  sections  of  the  lamellse.  The  appearance  of  the 
skeleton  (of  a  lamella)  in  a  direction  at  right  angles  to  the  pre- 
ceding is  shown  in  PI.  xli.,  fig. 3. 

Mf^yascleres.—  (i.)  The  oxea  of  the  skeleton-reticulation  are 
curved,  fusiform,  regularly  sharp-pointed  spicules,  langing  from 
550  to  770/x  in  length  and  up  to  35//,  in  stoutness;  individuals 
less  than  8/x  in  diameter  are  very  rare,  and  those  forming  the 
fibres  very  seldom  are  much  less  than  20/ji.  Occasional  spicules 
are  styli  or  substrongyla. 

(ii.)  Long  interstitial  megascleres  are  exceedingly  rare,  and 
appear  to  be  invariably  styli.  The  few  observed  measured  from 
950  to  1100/x  in  length  and  from  15  to  25/ji  in  stoutness. 

(iii.)  Megascleres  corresponding  to  the  slender  deinial  spicules 
of  tlie  preceding  variety  are  apparently  wanting. 

Microscleres. — The  acanthoxea  are  exactly  similar  in  form  and 
size  to  those  of  the  preceding  variety,  excepting  that  their 
minimal  length  is  somewhat  greater  (about  GO/x)  and  a  consider- 
able proportion  of  them  (amounting  to  al>out  50%)  exhibit  a 
bulbous  dilatation. 

For  Postscript,  see  p. 67 3. 


REFERENCE  LIST  OF  LITERATURE. 

1.  BowERBANK,  J.  S. — "A  Monograph  of  the  Briti.sh  Spongiada?. "     Vols. 

1-3;  Vol.  4,  edited,  with  additions,  by  the  Rev.   A.   M.   Norman. 
Ray  Society,  London,  1864,  1866,  1874,  1882. 

2.  Carter,  H.  J. — "Contributions  to  our  Knowledge  of  the  Spongida." 

Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  (.">),  iii.,  1879,  pp.284-.S(J4,  343-360. 
3. "Report  on  Specimens  dredged  up  from  the  (4ulf  of 

Manaar.     Part  viii.  Spongida."     Op.  cit.,  (5),  vi.,   1889,   pp.3r)-61, 

129-156. 
4. "Contributions  to  our  Knowledge  of  the  Spongida." 


Op.  cit.,  (5),  xii.,  pp.308-.329. 


668  REVISION    OF    THE    AXINELLIDiE,  iii., 

5.  Carter,  H.  J. — "Descriptions  of  Sponges  from  the  Neighhouvhood  of 

Port  Phillip  Heads,  South  Australia."     Op.  at.,  (.5),  xvi.,  pp. 277- 
294,  347-368. 

6.  Dendy,  a. — "Catalogue  of  the  Non -Calcareous  Sponges  collected  by 

J.  Braceljridge,  Esq.,  M.A.,  in  the  Neighljourhood  of  Port  Phillip 

Heads."     Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  Victoria,  (n.s.),  vii.,  1895,  pp.232-259. 

7. Ditto.     Part  iii.     Op.  cit.,  1897,  pp.230-259. 

8. "Report  on  the  Sponges  collected  by  Prof .  Herdman  at 

Ceylon  in  1902."     Reports  on  the  Pearl  Oyster  Fisheries  in  the  Gulf 

of  Manaar.  Vol.  iii.,  1905,  pp. 59-246.     Royal  Society,  London. 
9.  Fristedt,  K. — "Bidrag  till  Kannedomen  om  de  vid  Sveriges  vestra 

kust  lefvande  Spongite."      Kgl.    Sv.   Vet.   Akad.   Handl.,   xxi.,  6, 

1885,  pp.  1-56. 
10. ■ — "Sponges  fi'om  the  Atlantic  and  Arctic  Oceans  and  the 

Behring  Sea.""      Vega   P^xped.    vetensk.    lakttagelser,    Stockholm, 

1887,  Vol.  iv.,  pp.  403-471. 

11.  Gray,  J.  E. — "Notes  on  the  Arrangement  of  Sponges,  with  the  De- 

scriptions of  some  new  Genera."     Proc.   Roj'.  Soc.  London,  1867, 
pp.  492-538. 

12.  Hallmann,  E.  F. — "Report  on  the  Sponges  obtained  by  the  F.I.S. 

'Endeavour'  on  the  Coasts  of  New  South  Wales,  Victoria,  South 

Australia,  Queensland,  and  Tasmania."    Part  i.    Zoological  Results 

of  the  Fishing  Experiments  carried  out  by  the  F.I.S.  'Endeavour,' 

1909-1910.     Sydney,  1912. 
13. "A  Revision  of  the  Monaxouid  Species  described 

as  new  in  Lendenfeld's  'Catalogue  of  the  Sponges  in  the  Australian 

Museum,    Sydney'."     Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.  S.   Wales,    1914,    xxix., 

pp.263-315,  317-376,  398-446. 
14.  Hentschel,  E.  — "  Tetraxonida. — Teil  ii."'     Die  Fauna  Siidwest-Aus- 

traliens,  Bd.  iii..  Lief.  10,  1911,  pp.279-393.     Jena. 
15. "Kiesel-    und    Horn.schwamme   der   Aru-    und    Kei- 

Inseln."     Abh.  Senckenb.  Naturf.  Gesell.,  xxxiv.,  1912,  pp.295-448. 
16. "Monaxone  Kieselschwiimme  der  Deutsche  Siidpolar- 

p:xpedition."     Deutsche  Siidpolar-Expedition   1901-1903,    Bd.    xv., 

Zool.  vii.,  1914,  pp.37-141. 

17.  HifiGix,  T. — "Description  of  some  Sponges  obtained  during  a  Cruise 

of    the    Steam- Yacht    'Argo'    in   the  Caribbean  and  neighbouring 
Seas."     Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  (4),  xix.,  1877,  pp.291-299. 

18.  Keller,  C.  —  "Die  Spongienfaunades  Rothen  Meeres."    Parti.     Zeit. 

f.  wiss.  Zool.,  xlviii.,  1889,  pp.31 1-405. 

19. "Die  Spongienfauna  des  Rothen  Meeres."    Part  ii.     Op. 

cit.,  Iii.,  1891,  pp. 294-368, 


BY    B.    F.    ttALLMANJJ.  669 

20.  KiRKPATRiCK,  R. — " Descriptions  of  South  African  Sponges."  Marine 
Investigations  in  South  Africa,  Vol.  ii.,  1902-03.     Cape  Town. 

21. "On  the   Sponj^es  of   Christmas   Island."      Proc. 

Zool.  See.  London,  11»(I0,  pp.  127-140. 

22. "The  Tetraxonida  of  the  National  Antarctic  Ex- 
pedition." National  Antarctic  Expedition,  Natural  History,  Vol. 
iv.,  1908,  pp.l-o6. 

23.  KiESCHXiCK,  0. — "Silieispongia?  von  Ternate  nach  den  Sammlungen 
von  Herrn  Prof..  Dr.  W.  Kukenthal."  Zool.  Anz.,  xix.,  1896, 
pp.  526-534. 

24. "Kieselschwamnie  von  Amboina."     Semon's  Zoolo- 

gische  Forschungsreisen  in  Australien  und  dem  Malayischen  Archi- 
pel.,  Ed.  v.,  Lief,  v.,   Denk.  (4es.  Jena,  Bd.  viii.,  1900,  pp. 545-582. 

25.  Lebwohl,  F. — "Japanese  Tetraxonida."    Journ.  Coll.  Science,  Tokj^o, 

XXXV.,  Art.  2,  1914,  pp.  1-1 16. 

26.  Lkndenfej>1),  K.  von.  —  "Die  C'halineen  des  australischen  (iebietes." 

Zool.  Jahrb.,  Bd.  ii.,  1887,  pp. 723-827. 

27. "Descriptive  Catalogue  of  the  Sponges  in  the 

Australian  Museum,  Sydney."     London,  1888. 

28.  Levixskn,  (t.   M.   R. — "Kara-Havets  Svampe."      Dijmphna  Togtets 

zool.-bot.  Udbyttet,  1886,  pp.339-372. 

29.  LoiSEL,  (I.  —  "Contribution  a  I'histo-physiologie  des  Eponges — 1.  Les 

fibres  des  Reniera."     Journ.  Anat.  Physiol.,  xxxiv.,  1898,  pp.  1-43. 

30.  LrxDBEGK,  W. — "Porifera,  Pt.  i. — Homorrhaphidce  and  Heterorrha- 

phida?."  The  Danish  Ingolf-Expedition,  1902,  Vol.  vi.,  pp.  1-108. 
Copenhagen. 

31.  Maas,  0.  —  "Ueber    Entstehung  und   Wachstum  der  Kieselbilde  bei 

Spongien."     SB.  Ak.  Miinchen,  xxx.,  3,  1901,  pp. 553-569. 

32.  Ridley,  S.  0. — In  Narr.  Chall.  Exp.,  Vol.  i.,  Pt.  ii.,  p.572. 

33.  Ridley,  S.  0.,  and  A.  Dendy. — "The  Monaxonida."     Reports  on  the 

Scientific  Results  of  the  Voyage  of  H.M.S.  "Challenger,"  Zool. 
XX.,  1887. 

34.  Row,  R.  W.  H. — "Report   on    the    Sponges  collected  by   Mr..  Cyril 

Crossland  in  1904-5. — Part  ii.  Non-Calcarea."  Journ.  Linn.  Soc. 
Lond.,  xxxi.,  1911,  pp.287-400. 

35.  Schmidt,    0. — "(4rundzuge   einer   Spongien-Fauna   des    Atlantischen 

Gebietes."     Leipzic,  1874. 
36. "Spongien."     Jahresb.  der  Commission  zur  wissensch. 

Untersuchung  der  deutschen  Meere,  v.,  1875,  pp  115-120. 
37.  Sollas,   W.   J. — "The  Tetractinellida."      Reports   on  the    Scientific 

Results  of  the  Voyageof  H.M.S.  "Challenger,"  Zoology,  Vol.  xxv., 

1888. 


670  RfiVISIOl^    OP    TtlE    AilNELLIDiE,  iii., 

38.  Thiele,  J.  — "  Studien  iiber  pazifische  Spongien."    Zoologica,  Heft  24, 

1898. 
39. "  Kieselschwannne    von    Ternate — i."      Ahh.     Senckenb. 

Natuif.  (^efiell.,  xxv.,  19(;mJ,  pp.l9-8U. 
40. "Beschreibung  einiger  uiizureiehend  bekannten Monaxonen 

Spongien."     Arch.  f.  Naturg.,  1903,  pp.  37.5-398. 
41. "Kieselschwanime    von    Teinate — ii."'      Abh.     (Senckenb. 

Natuif.  GeselL,  xxv.,  Heft  iv.,  1903,  pp.933-9«8. 
42. "Die  Kiesel-  und  Hornschwamme  der  Samnilung  Plate." 

Zool.  Jahrb.  Suppl.,  vi.,  190.5,  pp.  407-496. 
43.  TopSENT,  E. — "Quelques  Spongiaires  du  banc  de  Campeche  et  de  la 

Pointe-a-Pitre."     MiMn.  .Soc.  Zool.  de  Fiance,  ii.,  1889,  pp.30-.52. 
44. "Notice  preliniinaiie  siirles  Spongiaires  reciiillis  durant 

les   Canipagnes   de    IHirondelle." — ler  Article.       Bull.    Soc.    Zool. 

France,  ii.,  1890,  pp.2<i-32. 
45. "Diagnoses  d'Kponges  nouvelles  de  la  Mediteranee  et 

plus  particulieienient  de  Banyuls."     Arch.  Zool.  Exp.  et  (ien.  (2), 

X.,  1892,  Notes  et  Revue,  pp.  xvii.-xxviii. 
46. "  Contributions  a  I'Etude  des8p(jngiaires  de  I'Atlantique 

Nord."     Resultats  des  Canipagnes  Scient.  du   Prince  de   Monaco. 

Fasc.  ii.,  1892,  pp.  1-138. 
47. — "Materiaux  pour  servir  a  TEtude  de  la  Faune  des  (Spon- 
giaires de  France."     Mem.  iSoc.  Zool.  France,  ix.,  1896,  pp.  113-133. 
48. "Spongiaires  de  la  Bale  dAniboine."    Rev.  .Suisse  Zool., 

iv.,  1897,  pp. 42 1-487. 
49. "Sur  la  genre  Halkiiemia  Bowerbank."      Mem.   Soc. 

Zool.  Fiance,  x.,  1897,  pp.23.5-2.51. 
50. "Introduction  a  I'Etude  Monographicjue  des  Monax(jn- 

ides  de  France."     Arch.   Zool.   Exp.  et  Gen.,  (3),  vi.,  1898,  pp.91- 

113. 
51. "Etude  Monographique  des  Spongiaires  de  France — iii. 

Monaxonida  (Hadromerina)."     Arch.  Zool.  Exp.  et  Gen.,  (3),  viii., 

1900,  pp.  1-331. 
52.  — "Considerations  sur  la  Faune  des  Spongiaires  des  Cotes 

d'Algerie, — Eponges  de  la  Calle."      Arch.  Zool.  Exp.  et  (4en.,  (3), 

ix.,  1901,  pp.327-369. 
53. "Spongiaires  des  A9ores."    Resultats  des  Camp.  Scient. 

du  Pr.  de  Monaco,  Fasc.  xxv.,  1904,  pp.  1-280. 
54. "Spongiaires  provenant  des  Campagnes  Scientiliques  de 

la    'Princesse- Alice'  dans  les  Mers  du  Nord   (1898-99—1906-07)." 
Op.  cit.,  Fasc.  xlv.,  191.3,  pp.  1-67. 
55.  Vehril,  a.  E. — "Characteristic  Life  of  the  Bermuda  Coral  Reefs. — 

Porifera."     Trans.  Conn.  Acad.,  xii.,  1907,  pp. 330-344. 


BV    fe.    P.    riALLMANN.  07 1 

56.  VoSMAEK,  G.  C.  J.  —  "The   Sponges  of   the    Willem   Baieiit's-Kxpedi- 

tion,    1880-81."     Bijiaden  tot  de  Dierk.  Nat.  Art.  Mag.,  xii.,  1885. 

Amsterdam. 
57. "On  the  Distinction  between  the  genera  Axinella, 

Phakellia,    Acanthella,    a.o."      Zool.     Jahrb.     Suppl.     xv.,     1912, 

pp.3(»7-320. 
58.  Whitklegge,  T.— "The  Sponges  of  Funafuti."     Mem.  Austr.  Mus., 

iii.,  Parts,  1897,  pp. 323-332. 
59. "Scientific  Results  of  the  Trawling  Expedition  of 

H.M.C.S.  'Thetis'  oft'  the  Coast  of  New  South  Wales,  1898."    Part 

i.     Op.  cU.,  iv.,  Part  9,  1906,  pp.  4.13-484. 

60. Ditto.   Partii.   Ojy.  f(V.,iv.,  Part  10, 1907,  pp.487-olo. 

61.  Wilson,  H.  V.  —  "Reports  on  an  Exploration  oft'  tlie  \Vest  Coasts  of 

Mexico,  etc..  No.   xxx. — The  Sponges."     Mem.   Mus.  Comp.  Zool. 

Harvard,  xxx.,  1904,  pp.  1-164. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATES. 

Plate  xxix. 

Fig.3.  —  Rltaphoxya  typka,  sp.nov. ;  (  x  g). 

Fig.o. — Denmoxya  luitata  Carter;  (  x  %). 

J'ijr.tj. — Hi<i<iiii»ia  coniUokle»  var.  moMsalis  Carter;  (  x  /^). 

Plate  xxxiii. 

Fig. 6. — Rhaphoxyni'i)  pallida  Dendy;  (  x  g). 

Plate  xxxviii. 

Fig.o. — Desmo.vya  Iniiata  Carter;  photograph  of  portion  of  the  surface  to 
show  the  dermal  pores. 

Figs. 6,  7. — Hi(jijinsia  corallokles  var.  massalis  Carter;  photograph  of  dif- 
ferent portions  of  the  surface,  showing  the  dermal  pores. 
Rhapho.cya  typica,  sp.nov. 

jTia.j^. — Photograph  of  portion  of  the  surface,  showing  the  dermal  pores. 

Ficr.9. — Photograph  of  part  of  a  section  through  the  choanosome,  showing 
canals  and  flagellated  cliambers.  (Tlie  outlines  of  the  canals  and 
chambers  have  been  retraced  with  pen  and  ink  to  render  them  more 
distinct). 

Plate  xxxix. 

Higginsia  corallokles  var.  massalis  Cai'ter. 

Fig.  1. — An  entire  lamellar  component  of  the  skeleton;  (nat.  size). 

Fig.2. — Portion  of  a  desarcodised  specimen,  showing  the  crenated  surface- 
ridges  and  the  intervening  deep  grooves,  the  latter  partially  ob- 
literated (in  the  lower  portion  of  the  figure)  by  synaptieula-like 
connections  between  the  former;  (nat.  size). 


672  REVISION    OP    THfe    AXINELLID^,  ill., 

Fig.3. — Higyivsia  coralloideH  var.  scahra  Whitelegge ;  extremity  of  a 
frond-like  lobe  of  the  sponge,  desarcodised,  showing  the  discon- 
tinuous surface -ridges  and  the  deep  intervening  grooves,  the  latter 
almost  obliterated  (in  the  lower  portion  of  the  figure)  by  synapticula- 
like  connections  between  the  former;  (nat.  size). 

Fig. 4. — Rhaphoxyai't)  jjaU ida  Dendy;  skeleton  remaining  after  desarcodi- 
satioii  of  a  (3  mm.  thick)  vertical  slice  of  an  entire  specimen  by 
means  of  caustic  potash;  (nat.  size). 

Fig.o. — Rhaphoxya  fypica,  sp.nov. ;  the  skeleton  remaining  after  desarco- 
disation  of  a  (3  mm.  thick)  vertical  slice  of  an  entire  specimen;  (nat. 
size). 

Plate  xl. 

Hi(j<jitma  coral/oides  var.  massalis  Carter. 

Fig.l. — .Showing  pattern  of  the  skeleton  as  seen  in  a  thin  section  in  the 

mid-plane  of  one  of  the  component  lamelliv  near  its  upper  margin; 

(  X  15). 
Fig.2.- — Showing  pattern  of  the  skeleton  as  seen  in  a  thin  section  parallel 

to,  but  at  some  distance  from,  the  mid-plane  of  a  component  lamella 

near  its  upper  margin;  (  x  1.5).     (This  figure  and  the  preceding  one 

are  from  sections  of  two  different  specimens). 
Figs. 3-4. — iSurface-sections,  showing  the  arrangement  of  the  dermal  pores; 

(x40). 

Plate  xli. 

Hi[i{ii)iiiia  coraHoides  var.  scaln-a  Whitelegge. 
Fig.l. — Sectitjn  of  the  skeleton  (at  the  extremity  of  a  frond-like  lobe),  cut 

in  a  direction  perpendicular  to  the  planes  of  the  component  lamellse; 

(  X  3|). 
Fig.'2. — Portion  of  tlie  preceding  figure  enlarged;  (  x  12). 
Fig.3. — Portion  of  a  single  lamellar  component  of  the  skeleton;  (  x  4). 

Plate  xlii. 

Rhaphoxya  typica,  sp.nov. 

Fig.l. — Longitudinal  section  of  the  skeleton  in  proximity  to  the  surface; 

(  X  12). 
Fig.2. — Longitudinal  section  of  the  skeleton  remote  from  the  surface  of 
the  sponge;  (  x  12). 

Plate  xliii. 

Rhaphoxyai't)  paf/ida  Dendy. 

Fig.l.- — Longitudinal  section  of  the  skeleton  in  proximity  to  the  surface; 

(  X  12). 
Fig.2  — Longitudinal  section  of  the  skeleton  remote  from  the  surface  of 
the  sponge;  (  x  12). 


BY    E     F.    HALLMANK^.  OVS 

Plate  xliv. 

Figs.  1,2. — Bhaphoxya  typica,  sp.nov. ;  surface-sections,  showiiij,'  tlie  re- 
ticulate pattern  of  the  surface  and  the  arrangement  of  the  dermal 
pores;  (  x  S.5). 

Fig.3.  —  RhaphoxyaC'.)  pallida  Dendy  ;  surface-section,  showing  dermal 
pores;  (  x  85). 

Fig. 4. — Dtsmoxya  Janata  Carter;  longitudinal  section  of  the  skeleton  ; 
(  X  12). 


Postscript  (added  15th  December,  1916 ). 

In  Part  ii.  (anlea,  p. 500),  in  my  remarks  on  the  distinction 
between  the  genera  Biemna  and  Tylodesma,  I  expressed  the 
opinion  that,  if  DesmaceUa  fragilis  Kieschnick,  is  corrtctly  de- 
scribed as  possessing  a  spiculation  consisting  of  styli,  sigmata, 
trichodragmata,  and  toxa,  it  would  be  advisable  to  estabbsh  a 
new  genus  for  its  accommodation  (rather  than  adopt  the  only 
seemingly  possible  alternative,  namely,  that  of  merging  the  two 
genera  Bif.mna  and  Tylodesma  in  one).  Since  then  I/have 
received  a  copy  of  Prof.  Dendy 's  recent  "  Report  on  tlie  Non- 
Calcareous  Sponges  collected  by  Mr.  James  Hornell  at  Okha- 
mandal,"*  in  wliich  is  contained  the  information  that  toxa,  in 
addition  to  st3di,  sigmata,  and  trichodragmata,  likewise  occur  in 
Desmacella  tubtdata.  For  the  reception  of  these  two  species, 
therefore,  and  for  such  others  as  may  be  found  to  possess  toxa 
together  with  trichodragmata,  irrespective  of  whether  the  mega- 
scleres  be  styli  or  tylostyli,  or  of  the  presence  or  absence  of 
sigmata,  I  propose  the  new  genus  Toxemiia,  with  D.  tiibiUata  as 
the  type-species. 

The  family  Axinellidse,  as  at  present  constituted,  admits  of 
subdivision  into  four  groups,  which  I  think  might  conveniently 
be  raised  to  the  rank  of  subfamilies,  with  the  designations  Axi- 
nellinse,  Desmoxyinte,  Trachycladinse,  and  Desmacellinas.  The  first 
would  comprise  all  the  genera  without  mici'oscleres;  the  second, 
Desmoxyaig.ii.),  Higginsia,  Ilalicnemia,  Holoxea,  and  {1)Lao- 
ncenia(g.n.);  the  third,  Trachycladiis  alone;  and  the  fourth,  the 
remaining  genera   with    microscleres,  viz.,  Tylodesma,   Toxem,na 

*  Dendy,  A. ,  in  "  Report  to  the  Government  of  Baroda  on  tlie  Marine 
Zoology  of  Okhamandal  in  Kattiawar,"  Part  ii.      London,  ISJIG. 


674  REVISION    OF    THE    AXINELLID^E,  ill., 

(g.n.),  ^iem?t«  (including  AUantophora),  Sigmaxiiie/la,  Sigmaxia 
(g.n.),  CeratopsU,  D)a(jm<ixia( g.n.),  DrogniacidonI g.n.),  Axidrag- 
77ia(g.n.),  Dragmalelli I,  {g.n.),  Thrinacophora,  Dragmatyle,  and 
Rhaphoxya  (g.n.). 

Tlie  occurrence  of  trichodragmata  in  Rhizaxmella  pyrifera, — 
which,  according  to  Topsent(51),  is  identical  with  R.  clavigera 
Keller,  the  type-species  of  Rhizaxinella,  —  and  in  Spinularia 
spimdaria  (^  Nhaphidoi  us  setosus  Topsent*),  renders  it  possible 
that  these  species  are  more  nearly  related  to  the  Desniacellinai 
than  to  the  Suberitidte  and  Polyinastiidje  respectively. 

The  two  species  described  by  Ro\v(34)  under  the  names  Ophli- 
taspo7igia(l)  arhuscula  and  0.(1)  horrida,  which  certainly  do  not 
belong  to  Ophlitaspongia,  are  perhaps  representative  of  a  new 
genus  related  to  Tylodesma.  Another  species  which  it  may  be 
necessary  to  include  in  the  Desmacellinpe,  under  a  new  genus,  is 
that  described  by  Kirkpatrick(22)  as  Ophlitaspongia  nidijicuta. 

The  genus  Siymaxinyssa  Kirkpatrick(22)  I  regard  as  belonging 
to  the  Gelliinaj. 

The  genera  Trachygellitis  Siud  Spirasigma,  established  respect- 
ively by  Topsentt  and  myself  (12,  p.l31,  footnote)  for  Trachya 
glohosa  Carter,  and  for  Gellius  aculeatns  Whitelegge,  are  ob- 
viously related  to  the  Tetillidas,  and  must,  I  now  think,  in  spite 
of  their  apparent  non-possession  of  tetracts,  be  included  in  that 
family.  The  chief  distinction  between  the  two  genera  is  the 
presence  of  small,  spinulous  oxea  in  the  latter  (cf .  Tetilla  uus- 
traliensis)  and  their  absence  in  the  former.  In  both  genera,  the 
sigmata  (sigmaspires)  are  very  finely  spinulous.  The  genus 
Spirasigma  is  identical  with  that  indicated  by  Lendenfeldj  by 
the  name  Suberamata. 

At  the  last  moment,  after  having  corrected  the  proof-sheets 
of  Part  iii.,  I  find  that  two  species,  which  apparently  must  be 
added  to  the  Desmoxyinse,  have  been  described  by  Kel]er(18,  19) 
under  the  names  Axinella  pumila  and  Tracliytedania  arhorea. 
The  former  of  these  may  be  referred,  provisionally  at  least,  to 

*  Vide  Stephens,  "Fisheries,  Ireland,  Sci.  Invest.,  1914,  iv.(1915),"  p.30. 

t  Topsent,  E.,  M(^m.  Soc.  Zool.  France,  vii.,  1894,  p.8. 

J  Lendenfeld,  R.,  Zool.  Jahrb.,  ii.,  1887,  p.564. 


BY   E.   F.   Hallman^.  675 

the  genus  Hi(iginsia\  but  tlie  latter,  in  wliich  the  niicroscleres 
are  spined  microstroiigyla,  evidently  requires  a  new  genus  for 
its  reception,  and  for  this  I  pi'opose  the  name  AUantella. 

The  new  genera  proposed  in  this  Paper,  in  addition  to  those 
already  indicated  in  this  Postscript,  are  J^habdosignia{Y>.b20), 
Echiitaxia{p.Di3},  Stronyylamma{p.^i?>),  and  Parati'mea{p.%l b). 

Genus  Halicneimia  Bowerbank. 

Dejinition.  —  Axinellid{e(?)  typically  of  encrusting  habit,  some- 
times disc-shaped,  with  a  main  skeleton  consisting  of  smooth 
skeletal  tylostyli  disposed  (in  part,  at  least)  vertically,  with  their 
heads  based  upon  tlie  substratum,  and  with  dermal  megascleres 
in  the  form  of  smooth,  typically  centrotylote  tornota.  The 
microscleres  are  centrangulate,  spined  microxea  similar  to  those 
of  the  genus  I/igginsia. 

Type-species,  //.  pate' a  Bowerbank(l). 

Topsent(49)  would  include  in  this  genus,  in  addition  to  //. 
patera,  Bowerbank's  Hymeraphia  verticilhita,  and  the  species 
originally  described  by  him  as  Buharis  constellata,—  hoth  of 
which  agree  with  //.  patera  in  the  possession  of  skeletal  tylostyli 
and  centrotylote,  diactinal  dermal  megascleres.  The  very  de- 
cided differences  between  these  three  species  in  certain  other 
respects,  however,  appear  to  me  to  render  necessary  the  alloca- 
tion of  each  to  a  separate  genus. 

In  Hymeraphia  verticillafa,  the  acanthoxea  are  of  slightly 
curved  form  and  verticillately  spined,  and  the  smooth,  diactinal 
megascleres  are  tritid  at  both  extremities;  and,  furthermoie,  the 
species  is  sometimes  of  massive  habit.  To  replace  the  (pre 
occupied)  generic  names  Laothoe  and  Ncsnia  ah'eady  proposed  by 
Gray(ll)  for  this  species,  I  propose  the  name  Laonteiiia. 

The  third  species  referred  to  has  euasters  for  microscleres, 
and,  but  for  its  possession  of  special  dermal  megascleres,  would 
probably  require  to  be  referred  to  the  genus  7'iniea.  For  its  re- 
ception, I  propose  the  new  genus  I'araiimea,  which  I  would 
include  in  the  family  Spirastrellidae. 


676 


AN  EFFLORESCENCE  ON  SOME  NEW  ZEALAND 

KELPS. 

By  a.  H.  S.  Lucas,  M.A.,  B.Sc. 

In  December,  1910,  I  received  a  parcel  of  Algse  from  Welling- 
ton, N.Z.  After  washing  with  fresh  water  and  drying  in  the 
open  air,  I  deposited  specimens  of  some  of  the  larger  kelps, 
Lessonia  vrwiegata  J.  Ag.,  Marginai-ia  Boryana  (Rich.)  Mont., 
and  M.  Urvilleana  Rich  ,  in  a  large  cardboard  box,  and  thus  pre- 
served them  in  a  dry  room.  On  looking  over  these  specimens  in 
June,  1915,  I  found  them  covered  with  a  beautiful  efflorescence 
of  delicate  needle-shaped  cr3'stals,  some  of  them  nearly  a  centi- 
metre in  length.  They  were  singly  colourless  and  flexible.  The 
crystals  had  formed  in  such  quantities  that,  by  sliaking  the  alg?e, 
I  was  able  to  collect  several  grams  of  them.  They  were  entirely 
soluble  in  water. 

I  made  a  large  number  of  preliminary  tests  with  them  in  the 
laboratory  of  the  Sydney  Grammar  School.  The  flame  was  as  pure 
a  potassium  flame  as  I  could  obtain  from  crystals  of  potassium 
chloride  taken  from  the  laboratory  stock.  I  could  not  obtain 
any  evidence  of  the  presence  of  any  other  metal.  The  abundant 
precipitate  with  silver  nitrate  indicated  that  the  potassium  was 
mainly  present  as  chloride.  I  could  find  no  trace  of  sulphates 
or  any  other  inorganic  salts.  There  were  no  signs  at  all  of 
iodine  or  bromine.  That  organic  substances  were  present  was 
soon  discovered;  and,  notably,  the  reduction  of  copper  sulphate 
in  the  presence  of  sugars  showed  the  presence  of  OH  radicals. 
The  solution  behaved  just  as  would  a  solution  of  a  tartrate  or  a 
citrate,  while  Fehling's  solution  gave  no  evidence  of  sugars.  I 
could  not  obtain,  however,  independent  evidence  of  the  presence 
of  tartrates  or  citrates. 


BY    A.    H.    S.    H^CAS.  677 

I  then  made  an  exact  determination  of  the  amount  of  KCl. 
The  samples  selected  were  free  from  sand.  Jn  one  sample,  the 
percentage  of  KCl  was  6055,  and  in  a  second  it  was  61  '24. 

Speaking  of  the  analysis  to  my  friend,  Mr.  T.  Steel,  who  has 
great  laboratory  experience  in  organic  analyses,  he  evinced  great 
interest  in  the  matter,  and  offered  to  make  a  complete  and  ex- 
haustive analysis  of  the  efflorescence. 

Mr.  Steel's  analysis  gave:  - 

KCl 58-20 


CaSO^ 
Mannitol 
Sand 
Water 


trace 
36-70 
4-90 
0-30 

100-10 


He  estimated  the  potassium  and  the  chlorine  separately,  and 
thus  definitely  proved  the  complete  absence  of  sodium. 

If  we  deduct  the  sand,  the  percentage  of  KCl  in  the  efflor- 
escence is  61  -3  and  that  of  the  matinitol  38-6.  These  percentages 
agree  well  with  the  foi-mula  of  an  exact  chemical  compound, 
CfiHjj(OH)i;,  4  KCl,  as  was  pointed  out  by  my  colleague,  Mr. 
Carpenter. 

I  then  tried  if  this  compound  could  be  formed  artificially  in 
the  laboratory.  The  chloride  and  mannitol  were  dissolved  in 
the  above  proportions  in  a  small  quantity  of  water  and  evaporated 
down  (1)  rather  quickly,  and  (2)  very  slowly  in  a  desiccator.  In 
the  former  case,  the  two  substances  crystallised  out  separately 
in  their  characteristically  different  crystalline  forms.  In  the 
second  case,  crystals  of  one  form  only  were  obtained,  needles 
ai-ranged  in  beautiful  feathery  gi-oups,  crystals  appai-ently 
identical  with  the  crystals  of  the  efflorescence. 

I  tried  mixtures  of  alkaline  chlorides  with  mannitol  corres- 
ponding to  the  formula  CeHgfOH),,,  2KC1;  C,;Hs(OH)fl,  4NaCl; 
C,;H„(()H)ii,  2NaCl.  In  all  cases,  the  substances  crystallised 
out  independently.     Ko  compound  was  formed. 

The  compound  CRHg(OH)„,  4KC1  is  unstable  in  the  presence 
of  water,  which  dissolves  more  of  the  mannitol,  and  of  alcohol, 


678 


EFFLORESCENCE  ON  NEW  ZEALAND  KELPS 


whicli  dissolves  more  of  the  chloride.     On  boiling  with  absolute 
alcohol,  all  the  mannitol  is  precipitated. 

Similar  compounds  of  the  alkaline  chlorides  with  some  of  the 
sugars  are  already  known. 

It  is,  of  course,  well  known  that  many  of  the  kelps,  or  larger 
FucoideiH,  contain  abundance  of  KCl  in  their  ash.  Efflorescence 
of  salts  on  the  dry  weed  is  a  common  phenomenon  in  hut,  dry 
climates.  Whilst  most  publislied  accounts  of  such  efflorescences 
mention  large  quantities  of  KCl,  they  do  not  in  geneial  give 
anything  else  except  NaCl.  On  the  other  hand,  so  long  ago  as 
July  31,  1894,  in  the  Journ.  Soc.  (hem.  Industry,  Vol.34,  p.608, 
0.  Stanford  writes,  "Mannite  is  often  seen  on  the  frond  of  the 
Laminaria  as  an  efflorescence,  and  is  probably  the  result  of  fer- 
mentation.'"    He  does  not  mention  the  KCl. 

A  great  deal  of  attention  has  been  paid  in  the  last  few  yeais 
to  the  constituents  of  kelps  by  American  woikers,  and  it  is  of 
interest  to  compare  the  results  in  the  case  of  American  kelps 
with  those  obtained  from  the  New  Zealand  forms  mentioned. 

Mr.  Frank  K.  Cameron,  in  Report  No.  100,  United  States  De- 
partment of  Agriculture,  Washington,  1915,  writes,  p.'Jl,  "The 
salts  contained  in  kelp  are  mainly  potassium  and  sodium  chlorides. 
To  a  small  extent,  calcium  and  magnesium  salts  and  iodides  are 
present,    and    probably    unimportant   amounts   of    other    salts. 
While  the  ratio  of  potassium  chloride  to  sodium  chloride  varies 
more  or  less,  for  general  argument  it  may  be  assumed  as  approx- 
imately 3  to  2."      And   on  p. 27,    "When   kelp  is   dried  slowly, 
there  appears  on  the  surface  an  efflorescence  which  can  more  or 
less   readily  be   shaken  off.     This   efflorescence   is   a  mixture  of 
potassium    and    sodium    chlorides,    the   former    predominating, 
togetlier  with  smaller  and  generally  negligible  quantities  of  other 
salts."     It   will   be   noticed  that  there  is  no  mention   of  a  pre- 
liminary washing  in  fresh  water,  and  the  question  arises—  Is  the 
sodium  chloride  actually   derived  from  the  kelp  itself,  or  is  it 
simply  due  to  the  evaporation  of  the  adherent  sea-water  ?     No 
mention  is  made  of  the  presence  of  mannitol  in  the  efflorescence. 
Mr.  D.  R.  Hongland,  writing  in  the  Journal  of  \Agricultural 
Research,  U.S.A.,  Vol.  iv.,  p.52,  April,  1915,  says,  "The  selective 


BY    A.    H.    S.    LUCAS.  679 

action  for  potash  is  of  course  almost  equally  striking  "  [as  that 
for  iodine]  "but  the  difference  is  of  interest:  much  of  the 
potassium  chloride  effloresces  out  as  the  plant  dries,  while  no 
iodine  is  demonstrated  in  the  effloresced  salt." 

In  view  of  the  above,  Mr.  Steel's  complete  analysis  of  an 
efflorescence  undoubtedly  derived  solelv  from  thealfja?  themselves, 
is  of  great  value. 

Mr.  Hongland  does  not  speak  of  mannitol,  or  of  any  other 
organic  substance  in  the  efflorescence,  but,  I.e.,  p. -1 7,  speaking  of 
tlie  non-nitrogenous  organic  substances  present  in  the  kelp,  he 
says,  'Ver\' little  information  isobtainable  for  these  groups,  and 
there  are  no  satisfactory  chemical  methods  available  for  their 
study.  In  general,  complex  mucilaginous  polysaccharines  aie 
characteristic  of  marine  algjp,  replacing  the  starch,  cellulose,  and 
simple  sugars  of  most  land-plants."  I  do  not  know  whether 
mannitol  has  been  found  in  the  dried  weed.  Stanford  regarded 
it  as  an  after-product  produced  by  fermentation!*  In  the  case  of 
the  New  Zealand  plants,  the  efflorescence  is  still  forming  (May, 
1916),  quite  a  large  fresh  crop  of  crystals  having  appeared  in  tlie 
interval  from  June,  I  9  '  5.  It  seems  improbable  that  a  fermenta- 
tion could  continue  for  five  years  and  a  lialf  under  dry  condi- 
tions. I  imagijie  that  the  efflorescence  is  a  purely  physico- 
chemical  phenomenon. 

It  would  be  premature  to  discuss  the  bearing  of  the  result  of 
the  analysis  of  this  efflorescence  upon  the  subject  of  the  meta- 
bolism of  kelps. 


680 


STUDIES   ON   AUSTRALIAN   MOLLUSCA.      Part  XIII. 

By  C.  Hedley,   F.L.S. 

(Plates  xlvi.-lii.) 
(Continued  from    Vol.  xxxix.,  p.765.) 

Akca  adamsiana  Dunker. 

Area  adamsiana  Dunker,  Novit.  Conch.  1866,  p. 88,  PI.  xxix., 
figs.4-6.  Area  siynata  Dunker,  op.  ait.,  1868,  p. 112,  PI.  xxxviii., 
figs. 3-5:  Id.,  Laniy,  Journ.  de  Conch  ,  Iv.,  1907,  p. 78,  Pl.i.,  figs. 
1,2. 

This  species  has  not  hitherto  been  recorded  for  Australia  I 
dredged  several  specimens  in  ten  fathoms  in  Port  Curtis,  Queens- 
land. Submitting  these  to  Dr.  Lamy,  lie  approved  of  my  iden- 
tification of  them  as  A.  adamsiana,  and  added  that  they  con- 
firmed him  in  considering  that  species  identical  with  A.  signata. 
For  while  the  larger  of  my  series  corresponded  well  to  A.  signota, 

the  smaller  agreed  exactly  with  A.  adamsiana. 

» 

Akca  botanica,  sp.nov. 
(PI.  li.,  figs.33,  34,  35.) 

Barbatia  pusilla  Angas,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc,  1867,  p. 931,  not 
Byssoarca  ]>usilla  Sowerby. 

Shell  small,  very  solid,  pointed-oblong,  inflated,  flattened  on 
the  anterior-superior  face,  angled  where  this  face  meets  the  disk, 
constricted  slightly  abreast  of  the  byssal  gape,  truncate  pos- 
teriorly and  attenuate  anteriorly.  Colour  dull  white  or  uniform 
clay-colour.  Umbo  at  three-flfths  of  total  length,  enrolled, 
closely  approaching.  Area  narrow-lanceolate,  sunk  under  the 
high  arched  beaks.  Sculpture:  small,  conical  scales  set  in  im- 
bricating flounces,  the  scales  in  about  forty-four  radials,  the  con- 
centric lines  about  forty.     The  radials  on  the  anterior  face  of 


BY    C.    HEDLEY.  681 

each  valve  are  twelve.  The  scales  are  suppressed  near  the  byssus- 
exit.  Teeth  eighteen,  of  which  seven  are  posterior,  increasing 
in  size  and  inclination  as  they  recede  from  the  centre.  Length, 
15;  height,  7;  breadth  of  conjoined  valves,  7  mm. 

This  species  is  common  under  stones  at  low  tide-level  in  the 
Hormosira-zone,  all  along  the  coast  of  New  South  Wales.  It  has 
hitherto  lacked  a  name  through  misidentification  with  a  Peruvian 
species.  A  member  of  the  subgenus  Acar,  it  nearest  approaches 
the  tropical  A.  plicafa  Dillwyn  (founded  on  Chemnitz,  Conch. 
Cab.,  xi.,  PI.  204,  fig.2008).  From  that,  it  is  distinguishable  by 
finer  sculpture,  especially  by  the  smaller  and  more  numerous 
radials  of  the  antero-superior  face,  by  shorter  broader  form,  and 
by  far  smaller  size.  Compared  with  the  Adelaidean  Area  lami- 
nata  Angas,*  it  is  smaller,  more  compac*',  and  delicately  sculp- 
tured. 

Arca  metella,  sp.nov. 
(Plate  li.,  figs.36,  37.) 

Shell  small,  rather  thin,  inflated,  oblique,  medially  constricted, 
especially  in  the  young,  and  in  the  left  valve.  Colour  dull 
white.  Anterior  margin  obliquely  truncate,  projecting  past  the 
hinge-line.  Ventral  margin  insinuate,  ascending  posteriorly  till 
it  meets  the  hinge-line  at  a  right  angle.  Umbo  at  one-third  of 
the  total  length  from  the  posterior  end,  low  and  slightly  project- 
ing over  the  area.  Fine,  close,  radial  threads,  about  seventy  in 
number,  are  crossed  by  similar  threads  about  thirty  in  number, 
and  develop  a  bead  at  the  point  of  intersection.  Ligamental 
area  narrow-lanceolate,  from  the  umbo  a  few  oblique  furrows 
cross  the  area  anteriorly.  The  hinge  has  seven  posterior  and 
ten  anterior  teeth;  those  I'emote  from  the  centre  are  inclined. 
Length,  10;  height,  5-5;  depth  of  single  valve,  3  mm. 

Numerous  separate  valves,  associated  with  Arca  strabo,  were 
dredged  by  myself  in  100  fathoms  off  Wollongong,  and  in  80 
fathoms  off  Narrabeen,  N.  S.  Wales. 

*  Barhatia  laminata  Angas,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc,  1865,  p. 655.  t^Arca 
irudina  Lamarck,  An.  s.  vert.,  vi.,  1819,  p.41;  Lamy,  Journ.  de  Conch., 
Iv.,  p.  80. 

52 


682  STUDIES    ON    AUSTRALIAN    MOLLUSCA,  xiii., 

As  Dr.  Lamy  kindly  points  out  to  me,  this  shell  has  a  general 
resemblance  to  Area  nodidosa  Miiller,  from  the  North  Atlantic. 
The  Australian  shell  is,  however,  sharply  cancellated,  while  the 
radial  lines  of  A.  nodidosa  aie  broken  before  reaching  the  con- 
centric. Our  shells  are  also  much  smaller  and  rather  more 
inflated. 

Chama  FIBULA  Reeve. 

Chama  fibula  Reeve,  Conch.  Icon.,  iv.,  1846,  PI.  v.,  fig.27;  Id., 
Melvill  t  Standen,  Journ.  Linn.  Soc.  Zool.,  xxvii.,  1899,  p.l93. 
Chama  jukesii  Reeve,  Proc.  Zool.  8oc.,  1846  (1847),  p.l20;  Id., 
Conch.  Icon.,  iv.,  1847,  Pi.  vii.,  fig.39;  Id.,  Schmeltz,  Cat.  Mus. 
Godeff.,  v.,  1874,  p.l72;  Id.,  Smith,  Chall.  Rep.  Zool.,  xiii.,  1885, 
p.  172.  Chama  pellis-phocoi  Reeve,  Proc.  Zool.  8oc.,  1846  (1847), 
p.ll8;  Id.,  Reeve,  Conch.  Icon.,  iv.,  1847,  PI.  ix.,  fig. 54  ;  Id., 
Melvill  &  Standen,  op.  cit.,  p.  193.  C.  bellisphoccB  Clessin,  Conch. 
Cab.,  1889,  p,37,  PI. 17,  tig.  1.  Chama  spinosa  Angas,  Proc.  Zool. 
Soc,  1867,  p. 925  (not  Broderip).  Chama  reflexa  Angas,  Proc. 
Zool.  Soc,  1871,  p.lOO  (not  Reeve). 

A  small  Cliatna  is  not  uncommon  on  stones  between  tide- 
marks  in  the  sheltered  parts  of  Sydney  Harbour.  It  is  firmly 
attached  by  the  greater  part  of  the  left  valve,  the  opercular  valve 
usually  pitched  at  a  high  inclination  to  the  base;  it  is  orbicular, 
with  a  sculpture  of  small,  crowded,  erect,  subtubular  scales,  and 
attains  a  diameter  of  45  mm.  I  have  di'edged  this  species  also 
in  Port  Curtis  and  off  Cape  York,  Queensland.  No  other  species 
of  this  genus  comes  as  far  south  as  Sydney. 

The  first  mention  of  Chama  from  this  State  is  Lamarck's  note 
that  the  variety  (b)  of  C.  ruderalis  comes  from  Port  Jackson. 
Both  Delessert  and  Chenu*  illustrate  C.  ruderalis  as  attached 
by  the  apex  of  the  right  valve.  In  size  and  general  appearance, 
it  is  conformable  to  the  Sydney  shell.  In  South  and  West  Aus- 
tralia, there  is  a  species  which  is  usually  sinistral,  and  exception- 
ally dextral,  and  may,  therefore,  be  Lamarck's  species.  If 
Chenu's  tigs. 2b,  2c  represent  Lamarck's  var.  (b),  then  the  locality 
ascribed  to  it  is  erroneous. 

*  Delessert,  Recueil,  1841,  PI.  xiii.,  figs.5,  a,  b.  Chenu,  Illustr.  Conch., 
1846,  Pi.  5,  figs.  2,  2a,  2b,  2c. 


BY    C.    HEDLEY.  683 

The  next  records  of  Chama  were  by  Angas,  who,  in  his  cata- 
logue of  Port  Jackson  shells,  included  C.  spinosa  Broderip,  in 
1867,  and  C.  reflexa  Reeve,  in  1871.  C.  spinosa  was  described 
from  Lord  Hood's  Island,  or  Marutea,  in  the  Paumotus,  and  its 
appearance  here  is  improbable.  It  seems  to  be  based  on  a  shell 
too  young  to  display  specific  characters.  C.  reflexa  is  from 
Darnley  Island  or  Erub,  Torres  Strait.  The  figure  of  it  does  not 
well  agree  with  the  Sydney  shell.  From  Cape  York,  Smith 
identified  C.  jukesii  as  taken  by  the  "  Challenger,"  and  unites  to 
these,  as  synonyms,  C.  fibula  Reeve,  and  C.  pellis-phoccB  Reeve. 
The  two  latter  are  again  recorded  from  this  area  by  Melvill  &, 
Standen. 

Of  these  three,  C.  fibula  was  published  in  December,  1846, 
and  must,  therefoi^e,  take  precedence  over  C.  jitkesii  and  C. 
pellis-yhoccE.  "Preliminary"  descriptions  of  the  two  latter  were 
issued  27th  January,  1847,  in  the  Proceedings  of  the  Zoological 
Society,  but  perhaps  subsequent  to  their  appearance  in  the 
Iconica  in  January,  1847. 

In  the  case  of  another  Queensland  species,  Chama  pulcheJla, 
Reeve  seems  to  have  intruded  not  only  on  the  prior  C.  lohata 
Broderip,  and  the  Lamarckian  C .  damcecornis,  but  on  the  original 
Linnean  Chama  lazarus. 

There  is  yet  another  species  described  by  Reeve  as  C .  nivalis, 
which  Jukes  procured  in  Queensland,  and  which  seems  to  me 
likely  to  be  preoccupied  by  Lamarck's  Chama  limhula.* 

Such  items  as  these  support  Cooke's  contention  that,  in  Chama, 
"  Reeve  has  made  fifty-five  species  out  of  material  probably 
better  represented  by  ten."t 

LUCINIDA    HILAIIU,  Sp.nOV. 

(Plate  li.,  figs.38,  39.) 
Shell   rather    thin,   inflated,    truncate-circular.       Colour   dull 
white.     The  lunule-side  is  straight,  cutting  off  a  segment  from 
the  circle  which  the  margin  of  the  valve  otherwise  describes. 


*  Lamarck,  An.  s.  vert.,  vi.,  1819,  p. 9-5;  Chenu,    Illustr.  Conch.,  1846, 
PI.  7,  figs.  5,  oa.  5b. 

t  Cooke,  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  (5),  xviii.,  188G,  p.90. 


684  STUDIES    ON    AUSTRALIAN    MOLLUSCA,  xiii., 

Umbo  small,  incurved.  Lunule  rather  broad,  margined  by  a 
shallow  groove,  beyond  which  is  a  low  broad  fold.  Sculpture  : 
irregular,  weak,  concentric  growth-lines,  across  which  runs  a 
series  of  delicate  and  superficial  radial  scratches.  Edge  of  valve 
smooth  and  thin.  Height,  18;  length,  19;  depth  of  single  valve, 
6  mm. 

Hab.—  Off  Montagu  Island,  7-10  fathoms,  February,  1916, 
(type),  self.  Also  separate  valves  from  the  ocean-beaches  round 
Sydney. 

In  general  appearance,  L.  hilaira  is  like  Lucina  perohUqiia 
Tate,  but  that  is  larger,  more  solid,  more  inflated,  with  more 
regular,  concentric  sculpture. 

SOLECARDIA    CRYPTOZOICA,  n.Sp. 

(Plate  xlvi.,  fig.l;  PI.  li.,  fig.40.) 

Scintilla  anomala  Angas,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc,  1867  (1868),  p. 928; 
not  S.  anomala  Deshayes,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc,  1855(1856),  p. 181; 
nor  S.  anomala  Deshayes,  Explan.  PI.  xlix.,  figs. 13-15,  Anim.  s. 
vert.  Bassin  de  Paris,  i.,  1860. 

Shell  thin,  translucent,  of  a  milky  colour,  subequilateral, 
oblong  in  outline  when  young  but  becoming  ovate  when  aged. 
When  in  contact  ventrally,  the  valves  are  slightly  apart  dorsally. 
Ventral  margins  slightly  curved,  anterior  end  rounded,  posterior 
produced.  In  the  centre,  the  valve  is  tumid,  but,  dorsally,  the 
margins  are  compressed  and  elevated  in  an  arched  crest  on  either 
side  of  the  umbo,  which  projects  prominently.  Surface  glossy, 
under  the  lens  a  few  faint  concentric  threads  appear,  and  the 
dorsal  margins  are  slight!}^  vermiculate.  Length,  11;  height, 
8  mm. 

The  animal  is  of  a  milky  translucency,  in  pale  examples  tipped 
with  lemon,  in  darker  specimens  the  mantle-margin  and  the 
longer  tentacles  are  orange,  sometimes  the  most  prominent 
tentacles  are  tipped  with  scarlet.  The  foot  is  long  and  narrow, 
and  is  thrust  far  out,  thus  enabling  the  animal  to  progress  rapidly. 
A  thin  transparent  membrane,  an  outgrowth  of  the  mantle,  is 
spread  over  most,  if  not  all,  of  the  shell.  On  it  are  numerous 
papilla?  which,  round  the  margin,  develop  into  tentacles.    At  each 


BY    C.    HEDLEY.  685 

dorsal  angle  is  a  particularly  long,  slender  horn.  Similar  pro- 
cesses on  the  mantle  are  shown  in  a  sketch  of  Scintilla  chilkaensis 
Preston.*  Posteriorly,  the  mantle  develops  into  two  voluminous 
flaps.  This  gregarious  species  shelters  under  stones  at  low  water 
in  the  mud-zone  in  Middle  Harbour,  Sydney,  in  companies  of  a 
dozen  or  so. 

Following  the  identification  of  G.  F.  Angas,  this  species  has 
locally  been  received  as  Scintilla  anomala.  But  it  does  not  agree 
with  the  figure  of  that  species  in  the  Thesaurus;  and  Mr.  H.  B. 
Preston,  who  compared  the  type  in  the  British  Museum  with 
Sydney  specimens,  assures  me  that  they  are  distinct. 

Cardium  rackettii  Donovan. 

Cardium  rackettii  Donovan,  Naturalist's  Repository,  iv.,  1826, 
PL  124.  Cardium  radiatum  Reeve,  and  Cardium  pallidiim 
Reeve,  Conch.  Icon.,  ii.,  1845,  PI.  xviii.,  figs.89,  92.  Cardium 
tenuicostatum  of  authors,  but  not  of  Lamarck  and  Delessert. 

No  mention  is  made  of  Cardiiim  rackettii  in  any  of  the  mono- 
graphs or  catalogues  dealing  with  the  genus  Cardium.  Yet  it 
was  excellently  figured,  described,  and  localised,  as  being  the 
size  of  the  ordinary  European  Cardium  echinatum,  having  47 
ribs,  and  obtained  by  Humphrey  in  New  South  Wales.  It  is 
obviously  a  species  common  round  Sydney,  a  particularly  fine 
example  of  which  befoi-e  me,  from  the  Harbour,  is  48  mm.  in 
height  and  in  breadth,  and  has  49  ribs.  By  Forbes,  it  was 
reported  from  Sydney  as  C.  radiatum,  and,  by  both  Angas  and 
Smith,  as  C.  tenuicustatum.J 

But  Cardium  tenuicostatum  was  described  by  Lamarck  from 
Timor  and  New  Holland  as  a  shell  56  mm.  in  diameter,  with  48 
ribs.  The  figure  which  Delessert  gave  (PI.  xi.,  fig.6)  from  a 
Lamarckian  specimen  exhibits  a  shell  of  a  quite  different  contour 
from  C.  rackettii,  and  disagrees  with  the  figures  which  Sowerby, 
Hanley,  Ueeve,  and  Roemer  have  produced  as  of  C.  tenuicostatum. 
It  is  now  suggested  that  the  real  C.  temiicostatum  has  been  lost 

*  Anuandale  and  Kemp,  Mem.  Indian  Museum,  v.,  lUlU,  p.3.51. 
t Forbes,  Voy.   Rattlesnake,  ii.,  1852,  p. 366.     Angas,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc, 
1867,  p.925.     Smith,  Chall.  Rep.  Zuol.,  xii.,  1885,  p.l59. 


686  STUDIES    ON    AUSTRALIAN    MOLLUSCA,  xiii., 

to  view,  and  that  the  later  Australian  references  to  it  should  be 
transferred  to  C.  rackettii  Donovan. 

Cardium  cygnorum  Deshayes. 
(Plate  lii.,  fig.41.) 

Cardium  cygnorum  Deshayes,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc,  1854  (May, 
1855),  p.331;  Id.,  Angas,  op.  cit.,  1865,  p. 651;  Id.,  Tryon,  Am. 
Journ.  Conch.,  vii.,  1872,  iSuppl.,  p. 261;  Id.,  Tenison-Woods, 
Proc.  Roy  Soc.  Tasm.,  1877,  p.53;  Id.,  Tate,  Trans.  Roy.  t:>oc. 
S.A.,  ix.,  1887,  p.95;  Id.,  Tate  &,  May,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.  S. 
Wales,  xxvi.,  1901,  p.430;  Id.,  Pritchard  *t  Gatliff,  Proc.  Boy. 
Soc.  Vict.,  xvi.,  1903,  p.l35. 

Though  this  species  has  been  frequently  cited  in  literature,  it 
has  not  yet  been  figured.  A  specimen  50  mm.  high  and  42  mm. 
long,  from  St.  Vincent's  Gulf,  S.  Australia,  identified  by  Mr.  E. 
A.  Smith,  is,  therefore,  here  illustrated.  The  range  of  this 
species  is  now  announced  to  extend  into  New  South  Wales.  I 
have  dredged  a  living  specimen,  26  x  28  mm.,  in  7-10  fathoms, 
on  sandy  ground,  under  Montagu  Island. 

Tridacna  gigantea  Perry. 

Chama  gigas  Linne  (in  part  only)  Syst.  Nat.,  x.,  1758,  p. 691 
Cfide  Hanley,  Ips.  Linn.  Conch.,  1855,  p. 85);  Id.,  P»orn,  Test. 
Mus.  Cfes.,  1780,  p.80;  Id.,  Chemnitz,  Conch.  Cab.,  vii.,  1784, 
p. Ill,  PI. 49, 'figs. 492-4.  "Zrti^at^'itVe,"Cubieres,  Histoire  Abrege 
des  Coquillages  de  Mer,  1798,  p.l48.  Chania  gigantea  Perry, 
Concholog}'^,  1811,  p.2.  Chama  gigas  Flinders,  Voy.  Terr.  Austr., 
ii.,  1814,  p. 114.  Tridacna  gigas  Lamarck,  An.  s.  vert.,  vi.,  1819, 
p. 105;  Id.,  Ten. -Woods,  these  Proceedings,  v.,  1880,  p. 125;  Id., 
Kobelt,  Nachr.  deut.  Malak.  Gesell.,  xv.,  1883,  p. 189;  Id.,  Kent, 
Great  Barrier  Heef,  1893,  p. 44,  PL  xxix.;  Id.,  Smith,  Proc.  Malac. 
Soc.  iii.,  1898,  p.ll2;  Id.,  Hedley,  Nautilus,  xv.,  1902,  p.98;  Id., 
Banfield,  "Confessions  of  a  Beachcomber,"  1908,  p.  138.  Tridacna 
lamarcki  Hidalgo,  Mem.  Real  Acad.  Cienc.  Madrid,  xxi.,  1903, 
p.385. 

Under  the  name  of  Chania  gigas,  the  Father  of  Natural  His- 
tory seems    to  have  embraced   the  whole  of  the  modern  genus 


BY  c.  Medley.  687 

Triiiacna.  For  the  name  gi'jas,  as  restricted  to  a  single  species, 
the  candidates  are  the  shell  subsequently  named  squamosa  by 
Lamarck,  and  a  huge  species  whose  valves,  in  the  Ulrica 
Museum,  together  weighed  498  lbs. 

After  careful  examination,  Hanley  decided  that  the  furbe- 
lowed  clam,  such  as  Reeve  has  figured  (Conch  Icon.,  xiv.,  1862, 
Tridacna,  Pi.  iii.)  for  T.  squamosa,  ought  rightly  to  bear  the  name 
oigigas.  He  based  his  verdict  on  the  ground  that  the  actual 
shell  owned  by  Linne  as  representing  gigas,  is  the  Lamarckian 
squamosa,  and  that  to  this  apply  most  of  the  literary  references. 
Linnean  contemporaries,  such  as  Born,  Regenfuss,  and  Chemnitz, 
while  making  casual  reference  to  the  giant,  all  agree  in  figuring 
and  describing  squamosa  as  the  Linnean  gigas. 

Discriminating  in  1819  between  the  species  his  predecessors 
had  confused,  Lamarck  unlawfully  used  tlie  name  gigas  for  the 
largest  form,  while  for  the  Linnean  giyas  he  proposed  squamosa. 
Attentive  to  the  remarks  of  Hanley,  Hidalgo,  in  190.'^,  renamed 
the  biggest  species  T.  lamarcki.  \^\xt  in  1811,  Perry  had  already 
used  the  name  Chama  gigantea  for  "  The  largest  shell  at  present 

known a  Bivalve  about  three  feet  in  length,  one  foot  and 

a  half  in  breadth,  the  shell  itself  being  four  or  five  inches  thick." 

As  the  young  of  the  giant  has  not  yet  been  traced  to  the 
adult,  it  is  still  possible  that  squamosa  is  a  juvenile  deeper-water 
form  of  the  large  intertidal  and  abraded  gigantea. 

The  size  to  which  this  species  ultimately  attains  is,  as  Kent 
and  Banfield  remark,  a  favourite  subject  for  romance  among 
travellers.  After  some  inquiries.  Smith  concluded  that  the 
largest  authentic  record  was  that  by  Dillwynof  a  Sumatran  pair 
which  weighed  507  lbs.,  and  of  which  the  largest  valve  was  four 
feet  six  inches  long,  two  feet  five  and  a  half  inches  high,  and 
one  foot  deep.  The  heaviest  known  are  a  pair  weighing  ooOlbs., 
which,  Cubieres  and  Lamarck  relate,  were  presented  by  the 
Venetian  Republic  to  Francis  I.  These  still  exist,  their  edges 
bound  with  brass,  as  holy-water  basins  in  the  cathedral  of  St. 
Sulpice,  in  Paris. 

The  photographs  of  Saville  Kent  show  the  giant  clams  in  their 
natural  position  on  the  Great  Barrier  Reef,  where  they  occur 


688 


STUDIES    ON    AUSTRALIAN    MOLLUSCA,  Xlii., 


free  and  exposed  at  low  tide,  standing  on  their  umbones,  and 
showing  their  brightly  coloured  mantle  and  so-called  eyes*  as 
they  gape.  They  were  reported  by  Capt.  Cook  as  "  cockles  of 
so  enormous  a  size  that  one  of  them  was  more  than  two  men 
could  eat."t 

Kobelt  has  noticed  that  Javan  specimens  were  infested  by 
Pinnotheres,  a  commensal  crustacean. 

Flinders  described  how  the  valves  of  this  giant  cockle  were 
used  as  tanks  on  Half-way  Island  or  Parima,  a  waterless  cay  in 
Torres  Strait.  To  each  shell,  the  rain-water  was  led  from  Pan- 
danus  trees  by  guttei's,  long  slips  of  bark,  so  that  a  shower  would 
pour  two  or  three  pints  into  each  for  the  use  of  native  canoe- 
voyagers. 

DosiNiA  CROCKA  Deshayes. 

Dosinia  crocea  Deshayes,  Brit.  Mus.  Cat.,  1853,  p.8  ;  Id., 
Roemer,  Monogr.,  1862,p.7l,Pl.  xiii.,  fig.4:  Id.,  Tate,  Trans.  Roy. 
Soc.  S.A.,  ix.,  1887,  p.94;  Id.,  Pritchard  &  Gatliff,  Proc.  Roy. 
Soc.  Vict.,  xvi.,  1903,  p.  133;  Id.,  May,  Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  Tasni., 
1915,  p.80. 

This  species  is  now  added  to  the  fauna  of  New  South  Wales 
on  the  strength  of  specimens  I  dredged  in  7-10  fathoms  under 
Montagu  Island. 

Gafrarium  quoyi  Hanley. 

Cytherea  scripta  var.  quoyi  Hanley,  Recent  Shells,  1844, 
p.  11  bis,  PI.  XV.,  fig. 25.  Circe  quoyi  Sowerby,  Thes.  Conch.,  ii., 
1853,  p. 758.  Circe  lenticularis  Deshayes,  Cat.  Conchif.  Brit. 
Mus.,  June,  1853,  p.85;  Id.,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc,  1853  (June  27, 
1854),  p.7;  Id.,  Reeve,  Conch.  Icon.,  xiv.,  1863,  PI.  ii.,  fig.7;  Id., 
Roemer,  Monog.  Venus,  1869,  p.200,  PI.  Iv.,  fig.l;  Id.,  von 
Martens,  Zool.  Forsch.  Semon,  1894,  p. 94.  Circe  trigona  Reeve, 
Conch.  Icon.,  xiv.,  1863,  Pi.  iii.,  fig.  12.  Circe  riv2i/aris  Sowerhy, 
Thes.  Conch.,  ii.,   1853,  p.652,  PI. 139,  figs.46-48;  Id.,  Hanley, 

*  Brock,  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  (6),  i.,  1888,  p. 430. 
t Cook's  First  Voyage,  iii.,  1783,  p.o66. 


BY    C.    HEDLEV.  689 

Recent  Shells,  1856,  p. 355;  Id.,  Reeve,  Conch.  Icon.,  xiv.,  1864, 
PI.  i.,  fig. 3  (not  Venus  rivularia  Born,  Index  Mus.  Ctes.  Vind., 
1778,  p.59.  and  Test,  ect.,  1780,  p.72,  PL  v.,  fig.7).  Circe 
tmdalina  Angas,  Pi'oc.  Zool.  Soc,  1867,  p. 922  (?  Venus  U7idalina 
Lamarck,  An.  s.  vert.,  v.,  1818,  p.575;  1  Reeve,  Conch.  Icon., 
xiv.,  1864,  PL  L,  fig.lc).  Circe  pe7-sonata  Reeve,  Conch.  Icon., 
xiv.,  1864,  PL2,  fig.6;  Id.,  Roemer,  Monog.  Venus,  1869,  PL  liv., 
tigs. la,  lb,  not  Ic;  Id.,  Schmeltz,  Cat.  Godeff.  Mus.,  v.,  1875,  p. 169 
(not  C.  per  sonata  Desh.,  Cat.  Conch.  Brit.  Mus.,  1853,  p.8  4). 
Circe  sugillata  Jieeve,  Conch.  Icon.,  xiv.,  1864,  PL  iii.,  fig.  11. 
Circe  scripta  Ohenu,  Illustr.  Conch.,  184  7,  PL  xi.,  figs. 8,  8a,  8b 
only;  /c?.,  Smith,  Chall.  Exped.  ZooL,  xiii.,  1885,  p. 140;  Id., 
Roth,  N.  Qld.  Ethn.  Bull.,  iii.,  1901,  p  18;  Id,  Hedley,  these 
Proceedings,  xxxL,  1906,  p. 466  (not  Venus  scripta  Linne,  Syst. 
Nat.,  x.,  1758,  p.680). 

The  "Challenger"  Expedition  reported  Circe  scripta  Linn., 
as  taken  in  4-18  fathoms  in  Port  Jackson.  It  is  difficult  to 
decide  what  shell  ought  to  bear  this  name.  For  none  of  the 
figures  cited  by  Linne  in  the  original  account  of  1758  harmonise 
with  any  shell  known  in  modern  times  as  Circe  sc7'ipta.  He 
quoted  first  the  Chama  litterata  rotunda  of  Rumphius,*  which 
is  a  rounder,  smoother  shell  than  a  Circe,  and  might  pass  as  well 
for  Lioconcha  fastigiata.  Hanley  statedf  that  a  specimen  in  the 
Linnean  cabinet  corresponds  to  Sowerby's  illustration  of  C. 
scripta,  Thes.  Conch., ii.,  1844, PL  139, fig.38.  This  iovm{  =  alhida 
Deshayes)  occurs,  I  believe,  in  Queensland;  it  difiers  from  the 
Sydney  shell  in  shape  and  colour. 

Thus,  whether  C.  scripta  is  to  be  identified  from  the  figures  to 
which  Linne  referred,  or  whether  the  shell  owned  by  Linne,  and 
noted  by  Hanley,  is  to  be  taken  for  the  foundation  of  the  species, 
we  must  equally  exclude  C .  scripta  from  the  local  fauna.  Having 
arrived  at  the  conclusion  that  "this  shell  (usually  termed  the 
Scripta  of  Australia)  is  completely  distinct  from  the  true  scripta 
of   Linnaeus,"   Hanley  suggested  for   it   "the  name  of  Quoyi,  in 

*  Runiphius,  Ambom.  Rariteitkamer,  1741,  p.  139. 
t  Hanley,  Ips.  Linn.  Coiioh.,  1855,  p.  78. 


690  STUDIES    ON    AUSTRALIAN    MOLLUSCA,  xiii., 

honour  of  the  naturalist  wlio  has  so  successfully  investigated 
the  invertebrata  of  that  portion  of  the  globe."  But  he  again 
described  this  species  on  p. 355  under  the  name  of  Cylherea 
rivularis  Born.  The  Sydney  shell,  which  has  a  smooth  ventral 
margin,  and  so  belongs  to  the  section  Circe,  as  restricted  by 
Jukes  Brovi'ne,*  appears  to  have  been  figured  by  Sowerby  and 
Reeve  as  Circe  rivularis  Born.  But  Brauerf  has  determined 
Born's  type  of  rivularis  to  be  Circe  crocea  Gray,  as  figured  by 
Roemer,  PI.  Ivi.,  fig  ^c.  This  is  different  from  C.  quoyi,  being 
more  inflated,  with  coarser,  umbonal,  oblique  folds. 

Schmeltz  has  identified  the  >Sydney  shell  as  C.  personata 
Deshayes,  1853,  but  that  was  founded  on  a  Nicobar  species 
figured  by  Chemnitz  (Vol.  vii.,  figs. 420-426),  and  was  already 
named  Circe  violacea  by  Schumacher  in  1817.  This,  and  not 
scriptd  Linn.,  was  the  type  of  the  genus  Circe.  Perhaps  the 
figures  of  personata  supplied  by  later  authors  were  derived  from 
Australian  shells.  Angas  referred  the  Sydney  shell  to  Cytherea 
undatina  Lamk.  This  may  be  correct,  and,  if  so,  would  take 
precedence  over  quoyi  or  other  names.  But  the  literary  history 
of  this  is  too  meagre  and  contradictory  for  adoption.  For 
Roemer's  figure  of  it  agrees  neither  with  Lamarck's  description 
of  the  colour-pattern,  nor  with  Deshaj'es'  determination  of  it  as 
scripta.  Possibly  Lamarck's  species  might  be  the  neglected 
Venus  Wauaria  Gmelin,  1791. 

Adams  has  figured  J  C.  quoyi  as  the  host  of  Myochama 
stulchburyi. 

As  the  best  expression  of  typical  New  South  Wales  G.  quoyi, 
Roemer's  fig.l,  Plate  liv.,  may  be  selected.  A  variety  from  N. 
W.  Australia  is  shown  by  Reeve's  PI.  i.,  fig. 3a.  A  well  marked 
related  form  is  C.  triyona  Reeve,  1863,  not  yet  reported  as  Aus- 
tralian, but  here  noted  as  from  Stradbroke  and  Facing  Islands, 
Queensland.  It  is  shown  by  Roemer's  PI. 53,  fig. 2,  as  Circe 
plicatina. 

*  Jukes  Browne,  Proc.  Mai.  See,  xi.,  1914,  p. 66. 

tBrauer,  S.  B.  Akad.  Wien,  Ixxvii.,  1878,  p.  132. 

t  Adams,  Proc.  Zool,  Hoc,  1852,  PI.  xv.,  fig. 4. 


BY    C.    HEDLEY.  fi91 

Marcia  nitida  Quoy  &  Gaimard. 
(Plate  xlvi.,  figs.2,  3  ) 

Chione  nitida  Hedley,  these  Proceedings,  xxix.,  1904,  p.  1  94. 

This  species  attains  a  larger  size  than  is  usually  recognised. 
One  specimen  T  gathered  is  56  mm.  long,  and  37  high,  the  con- 
joined valves  being  27  mm.  deep.  It  occurs  alive  at  low  tide  in 
sand  on  the  margin  of  a  Zostera-flat  by  the  Middle  Harbour 
Sand-Spit.  The  animal  has  a  long,  tongue-shaped,  orange-coloured 
foot.  The  siphons  are  buff  streaked  and  spotted  with  black; 
they  are  of  equal  length  and  deeply  divided,  their  apertures 
fringed  with  digitate  papillae.  The  exhalant  has,  besides,  a  lobe 
which  acts  as  a  lid.  The  mantle-margin  is  finely  fringed  with 
papillje.  In  his  review  of  the  family,  this  species  was,  under  the 
synonym  oi  ficniigata,  included  in  Marcia  by  Jukes  Browne.* 

Tellina  astula,  sp.nov. 
(Plate  lii.,  figs. 42,  43.) 

Tellina  nitida  Perry,  Conchology,  1811,  Pl.lv.,  fig.  1.  Not 
Tellina  nitida  Poli,  1791.  Tellina  perna  Brazier,(not  Spengler), 
these  Proceedings,  ii.,  1877  (1878),  p.l42;  Id.,  Whitelegge,  Proc. 
Roy.  Soc,  N.  S.  Wales,  xxiii.,  1889,  p.238. 

Shell  oblong  acuminate,  polished,  convex,  rose-pink,  with  broad 
radiating  bands  of  cream,  smooth  except  on  the  rostrum.  Dorsal 
margin  straight,  anterior  end  semicircular,  ventral  margin 
arcuate.  Rostrum  tongue-shaped,  concave  above,  protuberant 
posteriorly,  end  truncate,  lower  margin  straight,  horizontal, 
sharply  bent  to  continue  the  ventral  margin.  The  valves  differ 
by  the  rostrum  being  bent  to  the  right  and  having,  in  the  right 
valve,  a  fold  at  its  base,  absent  in  the  left.  From  the  umbo  to 
the  extremity  runs  a  shallow  furrow.  Spaced  and  sharply 
engraved  concentric  grooves  extend  in  the  right  valve  over  the 
whole  rostral  area  past  the  fold  and  notch,  but,  on  the  left,  only 
from  the  radial  furrow  to  the  edge.  The  anterior  side  is  rather 
longer  than  the  posterior.  Length,  155;  height,  25;  depth, 
11  mm. 

Hab. — Sow  and  Pigs  lleef,  Sydney  (Brazier),  Broken  Bay 
(Hargraves),  and  Trial  Bay  (C.  Laseron),  N.S.VN'. 

*  J.  Browne,  Proc.  Malac.  Soc,  viii.,  1909,  p.233;  and  xi.,  1914,  p.87. 


692  STUDIES    ON    AUSTRALIAN    MOLLUSCA,  xiii., 

This  has  a  general  likeness  to  T.  penia,  for  which  it  has  been 
mistaken,  but  T.  astula  has  a  much  narrower  rostrum,  and  an 
abrupt  notch  where  the  rostrum  leaves  the  body.  T.  pharaonis 
has  the  rostrum  grooved,  but  both  the  rostrum  and  the  rest  of 
the  valve  are  longer  and  narrower  than  in  2\  astula.  T.  con- 
saiiguinea  Sowerby,*  is  more  compressed,  and  the  rostrum  has  a 
more  upward  direction. 

Spisula  trigonella  Lamarck. 

Mactra  trigonella  Lamarck,  An.  s.  vert.,  v.,  1818,  p. 479;  Id., 
Lamy,  Bull  Mus.  Hist.  Nat.,  1914,  p. 245.  Gnathodon  parvum 
Petit,  Journ.  de  Conch.,  iv.,  1853,  p. 358,  PI.  xiii.,  figs.  9,  10. 
Spisula  parva  Dall,  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  xvii.,  1894,  p.  106  ; 
Id.,  Hedley,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc,  N.  S.  Wales,  xxvi.,  1902,  p  707, 
PI.  xxxiv.,  figs. 2,  3  (hinge);  Id.,  Smith,  Proc.  Malac.  Soc,  xi., 
1914,  p.l46. 

Mactra  trigonella  was  gathered  by  Peron  at  Shark's  Bay,  W.A., 
and  was  named  by  Lamarck.  For  nearly  a  century,  his  unfigured 
type  has  lain  unobserved  in  the  Paris  Museum.  Dr.  Lamy  has 
lately  disinterred  it,  and  declares  it  identical  with  Spisula  parva, 
which  younger  name  must  now  be  superseded. 

Amphidesma  angusta  Reeve. 
(Plate  xlvi.,  fig.4.) 
Mesodesma  angiista  Pteeve,  Conch.  Icon.,  viii.,  July  1854,  PI.  i., 
fig.S;  Id.,  Deshayes,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc,  1854  (May,  1855),  p.338; 
Id.,  Tate,  Trans.  Hoy.  Soc.  S.A.,  xxi.,  1897,  p. 46;  Id.,  Lamy, 
Journ.  de  Conch.,  Ixii.,  1914,  pp.37,  38,  fig.2.  Mesodesma 
elongata  Reeve,  Conch.  Icon.,  viii.,  1854,  PI.  i.,  tig. 5;  Id.,  Des- 
hayes, Proc.  Zool.  Soc,  1854  (1855),  p. 337;  Id.,  Tate,  Trans. 
Roy.  Soc.  S.A.,  ix.,  1887,  p. 85;  Id.,  Tate  k  May,  these  Proceed- 
ings, xxvi.,  1901,  p.424;  Id.,  Pritchard  &  Gatliff,  Proc.  Roy.  Soc. 
Vict.,  xvi.,  1903,  p.  110.  Donacilla  elongata  Angas,  Proc.  Zool. 
Soc,  1865,  p.647,  and  1867,  p. 220;  Id.,  Tryon,  Am.  Journ. 
Conch.,  iv.,  Suppl.,  1868,  p.l26;  Id.,  Ten.-Woods,  Proc  Roy. 
Soc.  Tasm.,  1877,  p.50. 

Sowerby,  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  (7),  xii.,  1903,  p.500. 


BY    C.    HEDLEY.  G93 

It  has  already  been  reported  by  Prof.  Tate  that  M.  angusta 
and  M.  elongata  are  synonyms,  an  observation  which,  from  ex- 
amination of  their  respective  types,  [  can  confirm.  As  the 
notices  in  the  Conchologica  Iconica  were  published  a  year  before 
those  in  the  Zoological  Proceedings,  it  follows  that  avgusta  must 
be  ci'edited  to  Reeve,  and  must  also  take  precedence  over 
elongata.  To  the  list  of  Tasmanian  species  wrongly  credited  to 
Raine  Island  {antea,  xxxviii.,  p. 268),  A.  elongata  can  now  be 
added. 

This  species  is  common  round  Sydne}'.  Its  habit  is  to  lie  in 
the  sand  in  the  wash  of  the  sea.  When  the  drag  of  the  waves 
uncovers  it,  there  is  a  sparkle  of  yellow,  a  scramble,  two  or  three 
quick  stabs  of  the  foot,  and  the  bivalve  is  again  buried.  The 
foot  protrudes  to  a  length  equal  to  that  of  the  shell;  it  is  flat, 
cordate-acuminate,  buff  with  a  pink  tinge.  The  exhalant  siphon 
seems  to  be  always  exserted  further  than  its  fellow;  the  orifice 
is  beset  with  a  few,  small,  digitate  papillse.  The  inhalant  siphon 
issues  at  the  angle  of  the  shell;  as  far  as  I  could  observe  it  in 
captivity,  it  extends  only  a  third  of  the  length  of  the  other 
siphon,  and  has  the  expanded  orifice  fringed  with  fine,  pinnatifid 
processes. 

Mr.  T.  Dick  sends  me  a  specimen  of  A.  angusta  from  Port 
Macquarie,  which  he  found  in  process  of  being  bored  by  Polinices 
incei. 

Amphidesma  cuneata  Lamarck. 

Crassatella  cuneata  Lamarck,  An.  s.  vert.,  v.,  1818,  p. 483;  Id., 
Lamy,  Bull.  Mus.  Hist.  Nat.,  1912,  p.248,  text-fig.  (not  of 
Sowerby,  Reeve,  Hanley,  or  Tate).  Amphides7na  glabrella 
Lamarck,  op.  cit.,  p. 493;  Id.,  Lamy,  op.  cit ,  p. 253;  Id.,  Lamy, 
Journ.  de  Conch.,  Ixi.,  1913,  p.322;  Id.,  Blainville,  Man.  de 
Malac,  1827,  PI. 78,  fig.6;  Id.,  Tate,  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  S.A.,  xxi., 
1897,  p. 46.  Mesodesma  gaijmardi  T)esha.yes,  Encycl.  Meth.,  vers, 
ii.,  1835,  p.4:i4:(Jide  Lamy).  Mesodesma  prcecisa  Reeve,  Conch. 
Icon.,  vii.,  1854,  P1.4,  fig. 31;  Id.,  Deshayes,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc,  1854 
(May,  1855),  p. 338.  Mesodesma  obtusa  Crosse  &  Fischer,  Journ. 
de  Conch.,  xii.,  1864,  p.350,  and  xiii.,  1865,  p.428,  PI.  xi.,  fig.4; 
Id.,  Angas,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc  ,  1867,  p.920. 


694  STUDIES    ON    AUSTRALIAN    MOLLUSCA,  xiii., 

This  is  another  case  in  which  Australian  conchologists  have 
benefited  by  the  examination  of  Lamarck's  types  by  Dr.  Ed. 
Lani}',  of  Paris.  This  southern  species  is  dwarfed,  and  scarce  in 
this  latitude,  which  makes  it  improbable  that  Melvill  &,  Standen 
were  correct  in  identifying  J/,  prcecisa  from  Albany  Pass.  The 
first  record  of  this  from  our  State  was  a  note  by  Angas  that  he 
had  found  Donacilla  ohtnsa  at  The  Spit,  Middle  Harbour.  Tate 
ascertained  that  this  name  was  a  synonym  of  M.  prchcisa  and 
M.  glabrella.  The  unfigured  C.  cnneata  had  been  generally 
ascribed,  as  in  Reeve's  Iconica,  to  AnapeUn  cydadea{  =  Spistda 
adelaidce  Angas),  but  the  figure  of  the  type,  lately  published  by 
Dr.  Lamy,  has  corrected  this  error.  This  species  varies  a  good 
deal  in  outline. 

LiNGULA    ROSTRUM  Shaw. 

Mytilus  rostrum  Shaw,  Nat.  Miscell.,  ix.,  1797,  P1.315,  two 
upper  figures.  Pharetra  monoculoides  Bolten,  Mus.  Bolt.,  (2), 
1798,  p. 159,  for  Chemn.  Conch.  Cab.,  x.,  1788,  p  360,  PI.  172, 
figs.  1675-77.     Lig^da  unguis  Cuvier,  Tab.  Elem.,  1798,  p. 435. 

Lingida  analina  Lamarck,  Syst.  An.  s.  vert.,  1801,  p. 141,  for 
Lingula  sp.  Bruguiere,  Encycl.  Meth.  vers,  1797,  PI. 250,  fig.  1, a, 
b,  c;  Id.,  Davidson,  Trans.  Linn.  Soc.  Zool  ,  iv.,  1888,  p. 206,  PI. 
xxix.,  figs. 1-8;  Id.,  von  Martens,  Forsch.  Gazelle,  iii.,  1889,  p. 263. 
Lingida  hians  Angas,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc,  1867,  p. 935;  Id.,  White- 
legge,  Proc   Roy.  Soc.  N.  S.  Wales,  xxiii.,  1889,  p.294. 

The  type  of  the  brachiopod  genus  Lingula  is  usually  known 
by  Lamarck's  name  of  anatina.  There  are,'liowever,  other  names 
whose  claims  deserve  consideration.  Linne  included,  under 
^'■Patella  unguis,"  references  both  to  a  Scutus  and  to  a  Lingula. 
According  to  Hanley,*  it  is  the  former,  based  on  a  figure  of 
Rumphius,  which  should  carry  the  Linnean  name. 

From  the  Museum  Gerversianum,  there  is  cited  by  Dillwyn 
for  this  species  Anatijera  luzona  of  Meuschen. 

A  Philippine  form  was  well  figured  and  legitimately  named 
Mytilus  rostrum  by  Shaw  in  1797,  a  name  which,  though  left  for 

*  Hanley,  Ips.  Linn.  Conch.,  1854,  p. 425. 


BY    C.    HEDLEY.  695 

a  century  in  obscurity,  appears  the  rightful  heir  to  the  title.  In 
the  following  year,  Bolten  proposed  a  binomial  for  some  excellent 
figures  published  polynoraially  by  Chemnitz.  The  generally 
accepted  name  by  Lamarck  was  not  advanced  till  1801. 

The  genus-name  Lingida  appeared  rather  irregularly  as  a 
heading  for  a  single  species  on  a  plate  in  the  Encyclopedic 
Methodique.  If  this  is  ruled  out,  then  we  shall  have  to  fall 
back  on  Bolten's  Pharetra. 

The  species  have  been  discriminated  usually  from  dry  and 
probably  distorted  material.  Little  attention  has  been  given  to 
change  in  appearance  in  dilferent  stages  of  growth.  It  may  be, 
therefore,  still  a  matter  for  investigation  whether  the  names 
assigned  to  Australian  forms,  L.  tumidula  Reeve,  L  murphiana 
Reeve,  L.  exusta  Reeve,  and  L.  hirundo  Reeve,  represent  distinct 
species,  geographical  races,  or  growth-forms  of  a  single  species. 

L.  anatina  was  recognised  from  Moreton  Bay  by  Dr.  E.  von 
Martens.  Some  fifty  years  ago,  Angas  gathered,  in  Middle 
Harbour,  a  species  of  Lingida  which  he  determined  as  L  hians. 
Brazier  has  noted,  in  Whitelegge's  List,  additional  localities  for 
this. 

A  Revision  of  Australasian  Tugalia. 

Of  Tugalia,  there  are  two  species  in  New  Zealand,  and  two 
others  in  Australia.  Confusion  has  enveloped  this  small  group; 
for  under  the  name  of  T.  parmophoidea,  or  its  various  renderings, 
each  of  the  other  species  has  in  turn  been  included.  'J'he 
identity  of  the  genotype  has  thus  been  obscured.  Monographs 
in  the  Thesaurus  and  Conchologica  Iconica,  by  transfer  of  names 
to  wrong  genera,  species,  and  localities,  by  omission,  and  dis- 
union, constructed  a  labyrinth  of  error  which  has  entangled 
conchologists  for  half  a  century.  1  hus,  in  1867,  Emargimda 
ossea  Gould,  from  Fiji,  was  substituted  for  the  totally  different 
T.  parmophoidea  from  Sydney  by  Angas.  In  1883,  Brazier 
re-distributed  the  names  of  three  species  incorrectly.  As  late 
as  1903,  Pritchard  &  Gatliff  reflected  current  opinion  by  pre- 
senting, under  the  head  of  T.  parmophoidea,  a  tangled,  hetero- 
genous mass  of  intermedia,  elegans,  tasmnnica,  and  australi$. 


696  STUDIES    ON    AUSTRALIAN    MOLLUSCA,  xiii., 

It  is  hoped  that  the  figures  of  the  four  species  concerned,  now 
placed  side  by  side  for  comparison,  will  relieve  the  misunder- 
standing that  has  hitherto  prevailed. 

TUGALIA    INTERMEDIA  Reeve. 

(Plate  lii.,  fig.44.) 

Parmophorus  infermedius  Reeve,  Conch.  Syst.,  ii.  1842,  p. 22, 
PL  cxxxix.,  figs. 5,  6;  Id.,  Reeve,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc,  1842,  p. 50;  Id., 
Hutton,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.  S.  Wales,  ix.,  1884,  p.371.  Sub- 
emargiynila  intermedia  Suter,  Man.  N.Z.  Moll.,  1913,  p. 102,  PI. 8, 
fig. 6.  Tngalia  cinerea  Sowerby,  Thes.  Conch.,  iii.,  1863,  p. 221, 
PI. 249,  fig. 15.  Tugalia  pannophoridea  Sowerby,  Thes.  Conch., 
iii.,  1863,  p. 221,  PI. 249,  fig. 16;  Id.,  Sowerby,  Conch.  Icon.,  xvii., 
1870,Pl.i.,fig.4a,not4b;  M, Hutton, Man.N.Z.  Moll.,  1880, p.l06. 
Subemarginula  parmophoidea  Harris,  Cat.  Pert.  Moll.  Brit.  Mus., 
i.,  1897,  p. 290.  Tttgali  elegans  Gray,  in  Diefienbaoh,  Travels  in 
N.Z.,  ii.,  1843,  p.240;  Id.,  Revue  Zool.,  1844,  p.355;  M,  von 
Martens,  Crit.  List  N.Z.  Mollusca,  1873,  p. 35.  N ot  Parmophorus 
elegansGra,j,  Annals  of  Philos.,  ix.,  1825,  p.l40(  =  Scutus  unguis 
Linn.). 

Hitherto,  this  species  has  not  been  clearly  differentiated  from 
T.  par7nophoidea.  1"he  New  Zealand  foi'm  is  readily  distinguish- 
able by  having  the  apex  considerably  nearer  to  the  margin  than 
has  the  Australian  shell.  In  T.  intermedia,  the  sculpture  is 
finer,  the  shell  is  not  so  tall,  and  has  a  more  marked  sinus  at 
the  anterior  margin.  Otherwise  the  two  are  much  alike  in  size, 
shape,  and  general  appearance.  The  pair  represent  one  another 
on  each  side  of  the  Tasman  Sea,  which  neither  crosses. 

In  T.  elegans,  the  concentric  sculpture  is  described  as  forming 
arched  ribs  across  the  radial  striae,  a  point  which,  supported  by 
an  exact  locality.  Great  Barrier  Island,  fixes  the  identity  of  the 
species.  On  the  Banner  Island  shell,  Gray  founded  a  new  genus, 
which  he  spelt  Tugali,  apparently  a  misprint  later  corrected  by 
himself  to  Ihigalia.* 

*  Gray,  Guide  to  the  Systematic  Distribution  of  Mollusca  in  the  British 
Museum,  Part  i.,  1857,  p.  163. 


BY    C.    HEDLEY.  G97 

By  A.  Adams,*  T.  elegans  was  wrongly  referred  to  North 
Africa,  and  subsequent  authors  have  mostly  lost  sight  of  the 
name. 

The  specimen  figured  is  29  mm,  long,  and  was  collected  by 
Mr.  H.  Hill,  at  Wellington,  New  Zealand. 

TuGALiA  PARMOPHOiDEA  Quoy  &  Caimard. 
(Plate  lii.,  fig.45.) 

Emargimila  parmophoidea  Q.  &  G.,  Zool.  Astrolabe,  iii.,  1835, 
p. 325,  P1.68,figs.l5, 16.  Clypidina  parmophoroidea  Chenu,  Man. 
Conch.,  i.,  1859,  p. 373,  figs. 2798-99.  Tugalia  pai-mophoridea 
Sowerby,  Conch.  Icon.,  xvii.,  1871,  PI.  i.,  fig.4b,  not  4a.  Emar- 
g inula  p)armophoidea  Watson,  Cliall.  Rep.  Zool.,  xv.,  1886,  p. 35. 
Tugalia  parmophoidea  (in  part)  Pritchard  &  Gatliff,  Proc.  Roy. 
Soc.  Vict.,  XV.,  1903,  p.  190.  Stibemarg inula  parmophoroides 
Shirley,  Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  Q'land,  xxiii.,  1911,  p. 96.  Ihigalia 
ossea  Sowerby,  Thes.  Conch.,  iii.,  1863,  p.221,  P1.249,  fig.18;  Id., 
Angas,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc,  1867,  p. 2 19.  T'ugalia  australis  Ten.- 
Woods,  Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  Tasm.,  1876  (1877),  p.44;  Id.,  Hardy, 
Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  Tasm.,  1915,  p. 63.  Tugalia  intermedia  Brazier, 
Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.  S.  Whales,  viii.,  1883,  p.227. 

This  shell  was,  by  Quoy  &  Gaimard,  reported  from  New 
Holland.  Their  account  suits  a  species  from  New  South  Wales, 
with  which  their  name  has  been  generally  associated.  But  the 
name  has  also  been  applied  to  other  members  of  the  genus. 

Angas  misidentified  the  Sydney  Tugalia  as  T.  ossea  Gould,  a 
species  of  another  genus.  Detecting  this  error,  and  probably 
associating  ?'.  parTUophoidea  with  the  New  Zealand  form,  Tenison- 
Woods  proceeded  to  rename  the  Sydney  shell  as  T.  australis. 

T.  parmophoidea  inhabits  the  coast  of  South  Queensland  and 
New  South  Wales,  but  fails,  so  Mr.  W.  L.  May  tells  me,  to  reach 
Tasmania.  A  statement  by  Angas,  that  it  occurs  in  South  Aus- 
tralia, seems  to  need  confirmation.  The  specimen  figured  is 
27  mm.  long,  and  was  collected  by  myself  at  Cape  Byron,  N.  S. 
Wales. 


A.  Adams,  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  (.3),  vi.,  1860,  p.11'2. 


53 


698 

TuGALiA  ciCATRicosA  A.  Adams. 
(Plate  Hi.,  fig.46.) 

Tugali  cicatricosa  A.  Adams,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc,  1851  (1852)p.89; 
Id.,  Angas,  op.  cit.,  1865,  p.  185.  7'ugalia  cicatrosa  Sowerby, 
Thes.  Conch.,  iii.,  1863,  p.222,  P1.249,  fig.l4;  Id.,  Conch.  Icon., 
xvii.,  1870,  PI  i.,  fig. 7.  Tugalia  tasmanica  Ten. -Woods,  Proc. 
Roy.  Soc.  Tasm.,  1876  (1877),  p.l56. 

Like  T.  intermedia,  this  species  was  first  erroneously  ascribed 
to  the  Philippine  Islands.  Angas  recognised  it  from  Port 
Lincoln.  I  have  seen  it  from  Ulverstone,  Tasmania;  ISeptune 
Islands,  South  Australia;  and  Geographe  Bay,  West  Australia. 
This  distribution  suggests  that  it  will  prove  to  be  the  Adelaidean 
representative  of  the  Peronian  T.  parmophoidea.  Compared 
with  that,  T.  cicatricosa  is  more  depressed,  with  the  sides  more 
parallel;  the  apex  nearer  to  the  margin,  is  more  notched  ante- 
riorly, and  has  a  much  coarser  sculpture.  A  scar  on  the  summit, 
which  suggested  the  name,  was  an  individual  and  accidental 
feature  of  the  type-shell.  It  is  by  chance  x'epeated  in  a  specimen 
before  me,  and  was  probably  caused  by  adherence  of  a  Caprdus 
or  some  such  associate.  The  specimen  figured  is  18  mm*.  long, 
and  was  collected  in  North  Tasmania,  by  Miss  M.  Lodder. 

Tugalia  bascauda,  sp.tiov. 
(Plate  Hi.,  fig.47.) 

Shell  small,  solid,  oblong.  Colour  milk-white.  Surface  glossy. 
Sculpture  :  about  50  radial  cords  are  crossed  by  25  similar  con- 
centric cords,  beaded  at  the  points  of  intersection,  and  enclosing 
deep,  square  pits  as  meshes.  From  the  apex,  a  radial  of  double 
breadth  and  height  runs  anteriorly  along  the  median  line.  The 
edge  of  the  aperture  is  crenulated  by  the  radials.  Length,  12 
breadth,  8;  height,  3  mm. 

The  specimen  drawn  (type)  was  collected  by  the  late  Mr,  R. 
Helms,  under  stones,  near  Wellington,  New  Zealand.  I  have 
also  seen  specimens  from  the  Chatham  Islands,  labelled  Tugalia 
elegans  by  Capt.  F.  W.  Hutton.  It  is  apparently  the  species 
cited  by  Mr.  Suter  in  the  Manual  of  New  Zealand  Mollusca  as 


BY    C.    HEDLEY. 


699 


Subemarginufa  parmophoidea,  now  shown  to  be  a  different  Aus- 
tralian species. 

Hemitoma  aspera  Gould. 
(Plate  xlvi.,  fig.6.) 

In  the  last  Part  of  these  Studies  {aiitea,  xxxix,  p.707),  it  was 
stated  that,  though  in  ordinary  use,  Subemarg inula  was  unten- 
able Relying  on  a  defective  entry  in  Scudder,  Montfortia  was 
selected  to  replace  it.  Messrs.  W.  C.  Clapp  and  T.  Iredale  have 
kindly  written  to  say  that  the  name  Rafinesque  proposed  was 
not  Hemitoma,  as  Scudder  quotes,  but  Hemiloma.  Therefore 
the  Hemitoma  of  Swainson,  not  Montfortia  of  Recluz,  must  take 
the  place  of  Suhemarginula.  For  the  group  of  H.  rvgosa,  Mr. 
Iredale  has  introduced  Montfortula* 

H.  aspera  inhabits  the  crevices  among  the  compacted  tubes  of 
Galeolaria,-\  where  it  is  common  near  Sydney.  When  warned, 
it  can  clino^  tenaciously  to  its  foothold.  Its  movements  are  de- 
liberate; both  head  and  tail  can  be  protruded  beyond  the  shell. 
Such  parts  as  are  exposed,  the  back  of  the  head,  tentacles, 
siphonal  pipe,  and  upper  surface  of  hind  foot,  are  black;  the  rest 
is  buff,  which,  on  the  mouth  and  muzzle,  brightens  to  lemon- 
yellow.  The  muzzle  is  rather  long,  with  broadly  expanding  lip, 
notched  beneath.  The  tentacles  are  long  and  tapering;  they 
search  actively  in  various  directions;  at  the  outer  base  of  each 
is  a  short,  digitate,  ocular  tentacle  with  a  large,  black  eye.  On 
the  right  side  of  this,  there  is,  in  the  male,  a  curved,  cephalic 
appendage.  Along  the  epipodial  line,  but  interrupted  between 
the  tentacles,  runs  a  series  of  small,  short  filaments.  When  the 
animal  leans  forward,  the  ctenidia  are  exposed;  these  are  worn 
folded,  the  edges  doubled  together  on  the  inside  and  the  stem 
outside.  Beyond  the  gill-tips,  the  mantle  is  slit,  its  edges 
coalescing  in  a  short  tube  external  to  the  shell.  The  thickened 
fringe  of  the  mantle-margin  is  -produced  into  an  inner  and  an 
outer  series  of  tufts  of  compound  papillae,  the  outer  ones  lying 
in  the  crenulations  of  the  shell-rim.  

»  Iredale,  Trans.  N.Z,  Inst.,  xlvii.,  1915,  p.433. 
t  Hedley,  Journ.  Roy.  Soc.  N.  S.  Wales,  xlix.,  1915,  p.66,  P1.5. 


700  STUDIES    ON    AUSTRALIAN    MOLLUSCA,  xiii., 

Clanculus  aloysii  Tenison-Woods. 

Clancuhis  aloysii  Ten. -Woods,  Proc.  Ro}'.  Soc.  Tasm.,  1875 
(1876),  p.  155;  Id.,  Hardy,  op.  cit.,  1915,  p.62;  Id,  Pilsbiy,  Man. 
Conch.,  xi.,  1889,  p.59,  PI.  xiv.,  figs.20-23;  Id.,  Tate  6l  May, 
these  Proceedings,  xxvi.,  1901,  p.400;  Id.,  Pi"itchard  &  Gatliflf", 
Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  Vict.,  xiv.,  1902,  p.  121;  Id.,  Chapman  &  Gabriel, 
Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  Vict.,  xxvi.,  1914,  p. 316. 

This  'I'asmanian  species  is  now  found  to  extend  north  into 
New  South  Wales.  I  dredged  specimens  in  7-10  fathoms  near 
Montagu  Island.  Also  unrecorded  for  the  State  is  Clanculus 
plebeiiis  Philippi,  which  I  have  collected  in  Twofold  Bay. 

MoNODONTA  OBTUSA  Dillwyn. 
(Plate  xlvii.,  fig.  12.) 

Trochus  ohtusus  Dillwyn,  Descrip.  Cat.,  ii.,  1817,  p. 809,  for 
Chemnitz,  Conch.  Cab.,  xi.,  1795,  p.l67,  P1.196,  figs.1894,  1895. 
Monodonta  zebra  Menke,  Verch.  Conch.  Malsb.,  1829,  p.  17;  Id, 
Morch,  Malak.  Blatt.,  xviii.,  1871,  p. 125;  Id.,  Maplestone,  Month. 
Micros.  Journ.,  viii.,  1872,  p.50,  PI.  xxvi.,  fig. 2;  /(/.,  Troschel, 
Gebiss  Schnecken,  ii.,  1879,  p,232,  PI.  xxiii.,  fig.7;  Id.,  Smith, 
Zool.  Coll.  Alert,  1884,  p.74;  Id.,  Pilsbry,  Man.  Conch.,  xi.,  1889, 
p.91,P].20,fig.20;  Id.,  Shirley,  Proc.  Roy.  Soc. Q'land,  xxiii.,  1911, 
p. 96.  Trochus  tceniatus  Quoy  &  Gaimard,  Zool.  Astrolabe,  iii., 
1834,  p.249,  P1.63,  figs.15-17;  Id.,  Angas,  Proc.  Zool  Soc,  1867, 
p.216;  Id.,  Ten.-Woods,  Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  Tasm.,  1877,  p.43;  Id., 
Ten.-Woods,  Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  ^\  S.  Wales,  1888,  p.ll9.  Trocho- 
cochlea  multicarinata  Chenu,  Man.  Conch.,  i.,  1859,  p.360,  fig. 
2676;  Id.,  Angas,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc,  1867,  p.216.  Labia  porcatus 
A.  Adams,  Proc  Zool.  Soc,  1851  (1853),  p.  177;  Id.,  A.  Adams, 
Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.>(2),  xii.,  1853,  p.207:  Id.,  Angas,  Proc 
Zool.  Soc,  1867,  p.216.  Troclms  extenuatus  Fischer,  Coq.  Viv., 
1878,  p.330,  P1.103,  fig.l. 

The  above  summary  of  literature  shows  how  superfluous  names 
may  accumulate  round  a  well  known  species.  As  one  of  the  most 
common  and  conspicuous  shells  on  the  Sydney  beach,  this  was 
naturally  among  the  first  to  be  sent  to  Europe,  and  described. 
Yet,  for  more   than   a   century,  the   coloured   figures  given  by 


bV  c.  hedley.  701 

Chemnitz  remained  unrecognised.  Lamarck  seems  not  to  have 
distinguished  between  this  and  its  Tasmanian  representative, 
which  he  called  Monodonta  constricta.  Under  his  influence, 
Quoy  &,  Gaimard  figured  for  constricta  in  the  zoology  of  the 
Astrolabe,  both  the  Sydney  "zebra"  (Plate  63,  figs.23-24),  and 
the  Hobart  "trochlea"  (figs.26, 27).  This  error  had  a  long 
existence,  for  these  two  were  still  united  in  1902  by  Pritchard 
&  Gatliff.  But  Quoy  &  Gaimai-d,  in  partial  recognition  of  their 
mistake,  submitted  Trochus  treniatus  as  a  name  for  the  Port 
Jackson  species.  This  name  is  not  to  be  confused  with  Turbo 
tceniatus  Sowerby  (Tankerv.  Cat.,  1825,  Append.,  p.xiii.).  Chenu 
twenty-five  years  afterwards,  added  another  name,  Trochocochlea 
multicarinata.  Morch  then  pointed  out  that  the  names  of  these 
Parisian  conchologists  were  anticipated  by  Monodonta  zebra  of 
Menke:  a  name  not  to  be  confused  with  Trochus  zebra  Wood 
(Index  Test.,  1828,  Suppl.,  PI.  v.,  fig.l8).  For  this  already  over- 
burdened species,  Arthur  Adams  proposed  Labio  porcatus,  and 
Fischer,  to  avoid  clashing  with  Trochus  porcatus  Philippi,  (Zeit  f . 
Malak.,  1849,  p.  187)  gave  the  final  name  of  Trochus  extenuatus. 

Guided  by  a  suggestion  in  Pilsbry's  Monograph,  I  forwarded 
a  series  from  this  coast,  and  requested  Dr.  H.  Lynge  to  compare 
them  with  the  type  of  T.  obtusits  still  preserved  in  the  Zoological 
Museum  of  Copenhagen.  That  conchologist  kindly  replied 
(30/4/16)  that  the  worn  and  injured  shell,  which  Chemnitz  figured 
in  1795,  is  absolutely  identical  with  the  specimens  I  sent  from 
Montagu  Island. 

The  species  has  a  great  range  in  colour,  development  of  spiral 
keels,  form  and  size.  Typical  M.  obtusa  is  a  rather  depressed 
form,  with  30-40  close,  narrow  lines;  this  intergrades  with  a 
more  abundant,  broadly-banded  form,  ce6rrt,  with  about  ten 
stripes,  and  with  a  dwarfed  variety  from  the  border  of  the 
mangrove-swamps  which  can  be  called  porcata.  The  species 
ranges  from  Moreton  Bay  to  Twofold  Bay;  its  southern  limit  is 
not  known  to  me. 

Another  Monodonta  occurring  in  this  State  is  M.  concamerata 
Wood,  1828(  =  Trochus  striolatus  Quoy  <fe  Gaimai"d,1834,  —  Labio 
fuliginea  A.  Adams,    1853).      I  have  not  myself  gathei^ed  this 


702  STUDIES    ON    AUSTRALIAN    MOLLUSCA,  xiii., 

species,  but  it  was  found  at  Clontarf  Bay,  N.S.W.,  by  Mr.  R. 
Helms,  and  was  dredged  by  the  "Challenger"  Expedition.  To 
complete  the  genus  as  developed  in  this  State,  it  is  now  proposed 
to  insert  Gibbula  picturata  Adams  k  Angas.  Neither  that  nor 
any  other  Australian  species  seems  congeneric  with  magus,  the 
type  of  Gibbula. 

Those  who  consider  that  Moiwdonta  Lamarck,  1799,  is  pre- 
occupied by  Monodon  Linne,  1758,  will  employ  Labio  Oken, 
1815,  as  the  generic  name. 

The  animal  of  M.  obtuna  is  splendidly  arrayed  in  black  and 
gold.  The  edge  of  the  muzzle  is  buff,  followed  by,  first,  a  band 
of  black  and  then  one  of  orange,  the  forehead-flaps  are  edged 
with  orange,  the  ocular  tentacles  are  orange  below  and  black 
above,  and  the  cervical  epipodium  is  orange,  the  rest  of  the 
upper  surface  being  black.  The  epipodium  is  differentiated  into 
an  anterior,  median,  and  posterior  portions.  'I'he  latter  begins 
just  above  the  tail  and  continues  a  little  past  the  operculum;  it 
has  a  simple  expanded  margin,  from  beneath  which  spring  four 
pairs  of  lash-tentacles,  three  of  which  are  beside  the  operculum, 
and  the  fourth  is  planted  where  the  cervical  meets  the  posterior 
epipodium.  At  the  base  of  each  lash  is  set  a  stump-tentacle, 
forming  an  uneven  pair  like  the  ocular  and  cephalic  tentacles; 
the  three  hinder  tentacles  are  each  adnate  to  their  associate 
stumps,  but  the  anterior  lash  is  parted  from  its  stump,  while  a 
stump  without  a  lash  stands  in  the  median  line  behind  the  oper- 
culum. Another  lonely  stump  is  the  cervical  papilla,  which 
occurs  on  both  left  and  right  sides.  The  medium  epipodium  or 
cervical  lobe  extends  from  the  ocular  tentacle  to  the  anterior 
lash.  On  the  right,  it  has  a  plain  edge  and  during  locomotion 
is  curled  into  a  makesliift  siphon  and  extruded  beyond  the  lip  of 
the  shell.  On  the  left,  the  edge  is  cut  up  into  about  twenty 
filaments.  The  ocular  tentacles  are  compressed  from  above  to 
below  and  keeled  laterally,  thus  indicating  that  they  are  over- 
run by  the  epipodium,  which  finds  its  anterior  expression  in  a 
pair  of  forehead-flaps  on  the  snout.  Even  when  the  animal  has 
withdrawn  into  the  shell,  the  epipodial  lashes  steal  out  from 
behind  the  operculum  and  softly  search. 


BY    C.    HEDLEV.  703 

A  similar  arrangement  of  the  epipodium,  entire  on  the  right, 
slashed  in  tatters  on  the  left,  is  shown  by  Trochus  pica*  and 
T.  lineatus.j 

Gena  strigosa  a.  Adams. 
(Plate  xlvii.  fig.ll.) 

Gena  strigosa  A.  Adams,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc,  1850,  p.37  ;  Id., 
Sowerby,  Thes.  Conch.,  ii.,  1854,  p.830,  P1.173,  figs.ll,  12  ;  Id., 
Angas,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc,  1867,  p.218.  Gena  nigra  Brazier,  Journ. 
of  Conch.,  vi.,  1889,  p. 72  (not  of  Quoy  &  Gaimard). 

Mr.  T.  Iredale  was  kind  enough  to  compare  critically  a  series 
of  specimens  from  Sydney  with  the  unlocalised  types,  three 
specimens,  of  G.  strigosa  in  the  South  Kensington  Museum.  He 
reports  that  my  set  agreed  with  types  in  size,  shape,  and  general 
colouration;  and  concludes  that  Gena  strigosa  is  the  correct  name 
for  the  Sydney  species.  He  also  considers  that  it  does  not,  as 
has  been  indicated,  extend  to  the  tropical  Indian  Ocean. 

Tlie  favourite  haunt  of  this  animal  is  under  rather  large 
boulders  in  the  Hormosira-zone.  It  crawls  rapidly,  seeking 
always  to  escape  from  the  light.  Behind  the  shell,  the  large 
muscular  foot  extends  for  more  than  half  the  total  length  of  the 
animal.  It  is  liable  to  break  off  by  self-mutilation  just  behind 
the  shell,  if  the  animal  is  annoyed.  It  is  covered  with  small, 
large,  and  sometimes  compound  tubercles.  The  shell  is  wholly, 
or  partly,  overspread  by  the  large  mantle,  also  bearing  small  and 
branched  processes.  Thin,  smooth  lobes  of  the  mantle  protrude 
on  the  right  and  on  the  left  as  a  scoop  or  pipe,  acting  as  siphons. 
Posterior  to  these  are  epipodial  lobes,  three  on  each  side,  re- 
tracted and  exserted  from  pockets.  Beside  each  lash  arises  a 
conspicuous  branched  process,  apparently  the  homologue  of  the 
stump  of  Monodonta.  As  is  usual  when  tlie  foot  is  so  tubercular, 
the  epipodial  line  is  indistinct.  In  addition  to  the  three  lateral 
filaments,  the  epipodium  is  displayed  above  the  muzzle  as  a 
slashed  fringe,  sometimes  separate,  sometimes  united.  Cephalic 
tentacles  long  and  slender,  each  with  an  external  ocular  stump. 
A]  uzzle  broad  and  produced,  fringed  towards  the  neck. 

*  Fischer,  Coq.  Viv.,  1880,  PI.  i. 
t  Randies,  Quart.  Journ.  Micro.  Sci.,  xlviii.,  1904,  PI.  iv.,  fig.  7. 


704  STUDIES    ON    AUSTRALIAN    MOLLUSCA,  xiil., 

I  suppose  that  in  forming  Plocamotis,  Fischer  was  misled  by 
a  defective  sketch  of  Arthur  Adams,  and  that  it  is  an  absolute 
synonym  of  Gena. 

ScuTus  ASTROLABEUS,  nom.mut. 

Parmophorus  australis  Quoy  &  Gaimard,  Zool.  Astrolabe,  iii., 
1834,  p.321,  PI. 69,  figs.1-4;  Id.,  Menke,  Moll.  Nov.  HolL,  1834, 
p. 33  (not  F.  aust7-alis  Lamarck,  An.  s.  vert.,  vi.,  (2),  1822,  p.5; 
nor  P.  australis  Riippell,  Reis.  N.  Afrika  Moll.,  1828,  p.37). 
Scutus  elongatus  Sowerby,  Thes.  Conch.,  iii.,  1863,  p. 226,  PI. 249, 
fig.  10.  8.  anatinus  var.  "b"  Smith,  Journ.  of  Conch.,  ii.,  1879, 
p.237. 

From  King  George's  Sound,  West  Australia,  the  zoologists  of 
the  Astrolabe  Expedition  described  a  large  species  of  Scuttis, 
the  shell  of  which  is  broader  and  flatter  than  the  others.  The 
name  they  used  had  previously  been  employed  by  Lamarck  for  a 
compound  of  the  East  Australian  "antipodes"  and  the  New 
Zealand  "breviculus."  This  was  reduced  to  the  rank  of  a 
variety  by  Smith  in  1879,  and  by  Pilsbry  in  1890.  Now 
estimated  as  the  Adelaidean  representative  of  the  Peronian 
antipodes,  and  restored  to  specific  rank,  it  needs  this  fresh  name. 

ScUTUS  ANTIPODES  Montfort. 
(Plate  xlvii.,  figs.7,  8,  9.) 

Scutus  antipodes  Montfort,  Conch.  Syst.,  ii ,  1810,  p. 59,  PI.  xv. 
Patella  ambigua  Dillwyn,  Cat.  Recent  Shells,  ii.,  1817,  p.  1053 
(not  P.  ambigua  Gmelin,  Syst.  Nat.,  xiii.,  1791,  p. 3255).  Scutus 
anatinus  Smith,  Journ.  of  Conch.,  ii.,  1879,  p. 258;  Id.,  Tate, 
Journ.  Roy.  Soc.  N.S.W.,  xxvii.,  1893,  p. 185;  Id.,  Shirley,  Proc. 
Roy.  Soc.  Q'land,  xxiii.,  1911,  p. 96.  Parmophorus  elongatus 
Blainville,  Bull.  Soc.  Philom.,  1817,  p. 25,  and  Malacol.,  1827, 
P1.48,  fig.2;  Id.,  Angas,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc,  1867,  p.219;  Id.,  Ten.- 
Woods,  Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  Tasm.,  1877,  p. 44  (not  P.  elongatus 
Lamarck,  1801).  Parmophorus  co7ivexus  Quoy  &.  Gaim.,  Zool. 
Astrolabe,  iii.,  1834,  p. 322,  P1.69,  figs.5-16;  Id.,  Forbes,  Voy. 
Rattlesnake,  ii.,  1852,  p. 362.  Parmophorus  tumidus  A.  Adams 
Proc.   Zool.   Soc,    1851  (1853),   p. 222.      Parmophorus   australis 


BY    C.    HEDLEY.  705 

Hogg,   Trans.    Roy.  Micr.  Soc,   xvi.,   PL  xii.,  fig. 67  ;    Id.,   von 
Martens,  Forsch.  Gazelle,  iii.,  1889,  p. 263. 

As  Patella  ambigua  was  already  occupied  by  Gmelin  in  1791, 
it  is  of  no  consequence  whether  the  Patella  ambiyua  of  Chemnitz 
or  of  Dillwyn  meant  a  species  of  Scutus  from  New  Zealand  or 
another  Australian  form.  But  the  sketch  of  Montfort,  inartistic 
though  it  be,  exactly  represents  that  Scutiis  with  a  narrow 
shell,  inhabiting  Tasmania  and  New  South  Wales,  as  distin- 
guished from  ;6'.  hreviculus  of  New  Zealand,  or  S.  astj'olabens 
from  West  Australia.  Therefore,  aS'.  antipodes  of  Montfort  must 
replace  the  younger  name  of  anatinus  now  in  ordinary  use. 

The  animal  of  this  species  lives  beneath  large  stones  in  rock- 
pools  in  clear  water.  Quoy  &  Gaimard  mention  that  it  was  eaten 
by  the  aboriginals  of  Jervis  Bay.  The  attitude  of  an  allied 
species,  so  frequently  copied  in  textbooks  from  the  Zoology  of 
the  Astrolabe,  is  that  of  a  moribund  or  preserved  individual. 
An  endeavour  is  here  made  to  offer  more  life-like  fisrures. 

Except  the  sole  of  the  foot,  Avhich  is  buff,  the  animal  is 
entirely  coal-black.  The  mantle  is  very  voluminous;  two  lateral 
lobes,  like  those  of  Cyprsea,  meet  over  the  shell  and  quite  conceal 
it.  Only  when  handled  or  sick,  do  the  lobes  part  and  disclose 
the  shell.  The  mantle  also  extends  on  each  side  behind  the 
shell  for  a  space  the  breadth  of  the  foot.  In  front,  over  the 
head  or  each  tentacle,  an  insinuation  may  temporarily  appear. 
At  rest  (Fig.8)  the  animal  assumes  the  shape  of  an  inverted 
saucer,  only  the  tips  of  the  tentacles  protruding  beyond  the  cover 
of  the  mantle.  The  head  is  elongate,  with  a  long  and  cylindrical 
muzzle  usually  expanded  at  the  distal  extremity.  The  tactile 
tentacles  are  long  and  stout,  with  a  very  short  ocular  tentacle 
at  the  outer  base  of  each.  From  the  base  of  each  tentacle,  alonsr 
the  epipodial  line,  runs  a  series  of  small,  close-set,  short  lappets. 
The  young  differ  considerably  from  the  adult.  'i'hey  have  a 
comparatively  narrower  shell  with  the  apex  more  excentric;  of 
a  white  colour,  the  mantle-lobes,  instead  of  folding  across  the 
shell,  merely  curl  over  its  edge.  In  a  specimen  half  an  inch 
long  (Fig.9),  the  mantle  was  deeply  notched  above  the  head, 
and  its  lobes  failed  to  meet  across  the  shell.     It  was  uniform 


706  STUDIES    ON    AUSTRALIAN    MOLLUSCA,  xiii., 

buff  except  the  black  eyes,  which  showed  through  the  transparent 
mantle. 

LucAPiNELLA  NiGRiTA  Sowerby. 
(Plate  xlvii.,  fig.lO.) 
Lucapinella  nigrita  Hedley,   Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  Vict.,  xi.,  1894, 
p.24. 

'I'he  above  sketch  was  taken  from  a  living  specimen  at 
Narooma,  N.S.W.  The  animal  has  already  been  described  in 
the  reference  above  cited. 

Nerita  melanotragus  Smith. 
(Plate  xlviii.,  tigs. 13,  14.) 

The  nomenclature  of  this  species  has  already  been  discussed 
in  these  Studies  [antea,  xxv.,  p. 500). 

The  animal  has  narrow  black  stripes  on  a  buif  ground,  along 
the  muzzle  and  upper  surface  of  the  foot,  the  rest  being  buff. 
The  muzzle  is  produced  into  a  long  and  broad  lip,  fimbriated  at 
the  margin.  When  crawling,  which  is  done  with  deliberation,  the 
muzzle,  expanded  to  the  breadth  of  the  foot,  brushes  along  the 
ground  in  front.  The  ocular  tentacle  is  a  flat,  triangular  lobe 
grooved  on  the  inner  side  for  the  reception  of  the  long,  slender, 
tactile  tentacle.  It  is  produced  into  a  spur  on  the  outer  base, 
and  is  connected  by  an  epipodial  fringe  with  the  opercular  lobe. 
The  mantle  has  two  lobes,  one  above  the  operculum,  the  other 
spread  below  the  base  of  the  columella.  The  margin  of  it  is 
plain,  though  in  other  species  it  is  said  to  be  festooned.  In  a 
considerable  number  of  individuals  examined,  no  intromittent 
organ  was  observed.  The  foot  is  rather  small,  I'ounded  in  front 
and  behind.  Sometimes,  as  in  the  figure,  the  gill-plume  is  pro- 
truded from  the  dorsal  cavity  till  its  tip  reaches  the  aperture  of 
the  shell.  The  eggs  are  separate,  white,  oblong  capsules  with  a 
continuous,  tough  membrane.  Frequently,  these  are  deposited 
on  the  shells  of  other  individuals  of  the  same  species.  The 
operculum  (Fig.  14)  has  a  smooth,  median,  falcate  area,  on  each 
side  of  which  are  small,  crowded  pustules;  the  convex  margin 
has  a  membranous  edge. 


BY    C.    HEDLEY.  707 

The  radula  has  been  illustrated  by  Maplestone,*  from  a 
Williamstown  specimen. 

Phenacolepas  cinnamomea  Could. 
(Plate  xlviii.,  figs.  17,  18,  19.) 

Patella  cinnamomea  Gould,  Proc.  Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  ii., 
1646,  p.l51.  Scutellina  cinnamomea  Brazier,  these  Proceedings, 
iv.,  1879  ( 1880),  p. 389.  Phenacolepas  cinnamomea  Thiele,  Conch. 
Cab.  Abth.  xi.a,  1909,  p. 35,  PI. 6,  fig. 5.  iScutellina  ferruginea  A. 
Adams,  Gen.  Rec.  Moll  f  1854,  PI. 52,  figs.6,  6a. 

This  species  was  described  originally  as  a  Patella,  and  was 
transferred  by  Adams  to  Scutellina.  Remarking  that  this  name 
of  Gray  was  preoccupied,  Pilsbryf  substituted  Phenacolepas  for 
it.  I  have  a  grave  suspicion  that  Plesiothyreus,  Cossmann|  pro- 
posed for  a  French  Tertiary  fossil  and  applied  by  Sowerby^  to  a 
recent  Hong  Kong  shell,  should  be  employed  in  its  place. 

Important  remarks  by  Dr.  Dall,||  referring  this  group  to  the 
vicinity  of  Nirita,  seem  to  have  been  overlooked  by  subsequent 
writers. 

Dr.  Thielell  has  published  some  notes  on  the  anatomy  of  this 
species. 

P.  cinna.momea  is  rather  rare;  it  occurs  in  Sydney  Harbour 
under  large  stones  in  the  mud-zone,  in  communities  of  a  dozen 
or  so  under  the  same  rock.  The  animal  is  uniform  crimson. 
The  shell  is  carried  with  the  apex  turned  to  the  posterior  end. 
A  large,  open  chamber  is  exposed  behind  the  head,  whence  the 
broad,  bipectinate  ctenidium  may  be  stretched  beyond  the  shell 
margin  or  be  withdrawn  out  of  sight.  The  neck  is  long  and 
flexible;  the  muzzle  terminates  in  a  bilobed  upper  lip,  projecting 
as  an  immense  hood  over  and   beyond   the  small  mouth.     The 


*  Maplestone,  INIonth.  Micros.  Journ.,  viii.,  1872,  p.  14,  PI.  xxvi..  No.  14. 
tPilsbry,  The  Nautilus,  v.,  1891,  p.89. 
IJrCossmann,  Ann.  Soc.  Malac.  Belg.,  xxiii.,  1889,  p.  191,  PI.  vii.,  iif^s.  13-15. 
§Sowerby,  Proc.  Malac.  Soc,  i.,  1894,  p.  191. 
IIDall,  Bull.  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.,  xviii.,  1889,  p.  342. 
U  Thiele,  Zeits.  wiss.   Zool.,  Ixxii.,   1902,  p.349,  PI.  xxvi.,  figs.  133-134, 
text-fig.  11. 


708  STUDIES    ON    AUSTRALIAN    MOLLUSCA,  xiii., 

tentacles  are  long  and  slender,  having  an  ocular  bulb  at  their 
outer  base.  From  the  eye,  a  crest  of  muscle  runs  backward  to 
the  shell.  In  the  female(Fig.l9),  there  is  a  small  lobe  and  sinus 
on  the  right  side  of  this  crest.  But  the  male  has  a  large,  intro- 
mittent  organ  rooted  on  the  median  side  of  the  right  tentacle, 
and  carried  round  below  the  eye  to  the  back  of  the  neck(Fig.l8). 
There  is  no  epipodium.  Outside  the  mantle-margin  there  is  a 
peripheral  row  of  longer  and  shorter  papill?e,  corresponding  to 
the  radials  of  the  shell;  on  further  magnification,  these  papillae 
are  seen  to  be  beaded. 

Since  writing  the  above,  I  have  gathei-ed  P.  cinnamomea 
under  stones  at  the  mouth  of  the  Annam  River,  near  Cooktown, 
Queensland. 

The  other  Australian  members  of  this  genus  are: — P.  senta 
Hedley,  1899,  Ma.Ych  {  =  P.  lingua-viverrce  Melvill  k  8tanden, 
1899,  July);  P.  reticulata  Thiele,  1909;  P.  mirabilis  Sowerby, 
1910;  P.  calva  Verco,  1906;  P.  alboradiata  Verco,  1906;  P. 
crenulata  Broderip,  1834;  and  P.galathea  Lamk.,  1819. 

Patelloida  nigrosulcata  Reeve. 

Patella  nigrosulcata  Reeve,  Conch.  Icon.,  viii,,  1855,  PI.  xxx., 
fig.84.  Accrued  patellavecta  Verco,  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  S.A.,  xxxvi., 
1912,  p.l95,  PI.  XV.,  figs.5-7;  PI.  xvi.,  fig.5. 

At  the  conclusion  of  an  excellent  description  of  this  species. 
Dr.  Verco  noted  that  the  West  Australian  material  dealt  with, 
resembled  P.  nigrosulcata,  and  might  eventually  prove  to  be  that 
species.  Mr.  T.  Iredale,  under  date  13/9/15,  writes,  "Specimens 
of  Verco's  shell  have  been  received  at  the  British  Museum,  and 
I  compared  them,  with  Mr.  Edgar  A.  Smith's  assistance;  we 
agree  that  the  identity  is  absolute." 

Cerithium  mysterium,  nom.mut. 

Gerithium  tomlini  Hedley,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.Wales,  xxxix  , 
1914,  p. 717,  PI.  Ixxxv.,  fig.89;  not  Cerithium  tomlini  Preston, 
Journ   of  Malacology,  xii.,  1905,  p. 3,  PI.  i.,  figs. 11,  11a. 

Mr.  J.  R.  le  B.  Tomlin,  to  whom  this  species  was  dedicated, 
has  reminded  me  that,  in  this  compliment,  I  have  been  antici- 


BY    C.    HEDLEY.  709 

pated  by  Mr.  H.  B.  Preston.  A  new  name,  therefore,  becomes 
necessary,  and  is  here  bestowed.  I  have  lately  found  the  species 
to  be  plentiful  as  dead  shells  on  the  beach  of  Lizard  Island, 
North  Queensland. 

Ancilla  EDiTHiE  Pritchard  &  GatlifF. 

Ancilla  edithce  Pritchard  it  Gatliff,  Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  Vict.,  xi., 
1899,  p.l81,  P1.29,  fig.5. 

This  is  a  new  i-ecord  for  this  State.  On  2nd  February,  191  G, 
I  dredged  several  specimens  in  7-19  fathoms,  off  the  north  end 
of  Montagu  Island,  on  sandy  ground. 

Marginella  mustelina  Angas. 
(Plate  1.,  fig.31.) 

Marginella  fasciata  Sowerby,  Thes.  Conch.,  i.,  1846,  p. 389, 
PI. 76,  fig.142;  Id.,  Chenu,  Man.  i.,  1859,  p.l97,  fig.104];  Id., 
Tomlin,  The  Nautilus,  xxix.,  1916,  p.  138  (not  Persicula  fasciata 
Schumacher,  Essai  nouv.,  1817,  p.235).  Hyalina  mustelina 
Angas,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc,  1871,  p.90,  PI.  i.,  fig.5:  Id.,  Oliver, 
Trans  N.  Z.  Inst.,  xlvii.,  1915,  p. 537.  Voharina  ruhrifasciata 
Jousseaurae,  Rev.  et  Mag.  Zool.,  (3),  iii.,  1875,  p.221. 

This  species  lives  under  rocks  on  the  ocean-heach.  The  animal 
is  very  active,  coloured  orange  variegated  with  buff.  There  is 
no  operculum.  A  papillate  mantle  closes  over  the  shell.  Foot 
in  front  notched,  sometimes  produced  into  lobes,  behind  pointed 
and  projecting  past  the  shell.  Tentacles  wide-spread,  rather 
short  and  blunt,  eyes  sessile  at  the  outer  bases  of  the  tentacles. 
Rostrum  exserted  more  than  half  the  length  of  the  tentacles. 
The  specimens  drawn  were  obtained  at  Narooma,  N.S.  W.,  whence 
I  have  traced  it  north  to  Mast  Head  Island. 

CoNus  couoNATUs  Gmelin. 
Conus  coronatus  Gmelin,  Syst.  Nat.,  xiii,  1791,  p.3389;  Id., 
Dillwyn.,  Descrip.  Cat,  i.,  1817,  p.403;  Id.,  HedJey,  these  Pro- 
ceedings, xxxii.,  1907,  p.484.  Comis  minimus  Hwass,  Encycl. 
Meth.,  vers  (2),  1792,  p.618;  Id.,  Reeve,  Conch.  Icon.,  i.,  1843, 
PI.  xxvi.,  fig.  143;  Id.,  Sowerby,  Thes.  Conch.,  iii.,  1853,  p.9,  PI. 
189,  figs-54,  55,  P1.191,  figs.99,  111;  Id.,  Angas,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc, 


710  STUDIES    ON    AUSTRALIAN    MOLLUSCA,  xiii., 

1877,  p.  184;  Id.,  Brazier,  Journ.  of  Conch.,  ii.,  1879,  p.  190;  Id., 
Smith,  Proc.Zool.  Soc,  ]891,p.402;  Id.,  Melvill  &  Standen,  Journ. 
Linn.  Soc.  Zool.,  xxvii.,  1899,  p.  1  56  (not  Conus  minimus  Linne, 
Syst.  Nat.,  x.,  1758,  p.714 — sole  citation,  Argenville  t.l5,  f.A  = 
Conus  figulinus  JJvnni,— fide  Hanley,  Linn.  Ips.  Conch.,  1855, 
p. 169).  Conus  tceniatns  Hwass,  op.  cit.,  p. 628,  PI. 319,  fig.5. 
Conus  miliaris  Hwass,  op.  cit.,  p. 629,  PI. 319,  fig. 6.  Conus 
barbadensis  Hwass,  op.  cit.,  p  632,  PI. 322, fig. 8  (not  C.  barbadensis 
of  Reeve  or  of  Sowerby,  fide  Kiener).  Conus  bandatus  Perry, 
Conchology,  1811,  PI.  xxv.,  fig.4.  Conus  tiaratus  Broderip, 
Proc.  Zool.  Soc,  1833,  p.52.  Conns  abbreviatus  Reeve,  Conch. 
Icon.,  i.,  1843,  PI.  xvi.,  fig.86.  Conus  aristophanes  Sowerby 
Thes.  Conch.,  iii.,  1853,  p.9,  PI.  190,  figs.8],  82. 

Hanley  pointed  out  that  the  original  Conus  mmimus  was 
clearly  based  on  that  shell  which  modern  authors  know  as  C. 
figulinus.  From  the  figures  of  Valentyn  and  Gualtier,  a  shell 
hitherto  unnamed  was  correctly  introduced  by  Gmelin  as  Conus 
coronatus.  He  also  included  other  species,  such  as  C.  nobilis 
Linne.  This  synonymy  was  purified  by  Dillwyn.  Appreciating 
the  error  of  Hwass,  Smith  referred  to  the  species,  in  1891,  as  C. 
minimus  Auctorum.  The  natural  inference  that  minimus  meant 
"least,"  whereas  it  was  a  latinised  form  of  "  La  Minime,"  mean- 
ing the  monkish,  perhaps  countenanced  the  error  of  Hwass, 
mostly  adopted  by  modern  authors.  It  follows  that  C.  figidinus, 
reported  from  Torres  Strait  by  Melvill  &  Standen  (and  recently 
taken  by  myself  at  Lucinda  Point,  Queensland)  must  now 
assume  the  name  of  mininius. 

This  tropical  species  descends  into  New  South  Wales.  It  was 
recorded  from  the  Bellenger  and  Redbank  Rivers  by  Angas  and 
Brazier,  and  was  recently  taken  at  Woolgoolga  by  Mr.  C. 
Laseron.  Melvill,  Standen,  and  Shirley  have  reported  it  from 
Murray  Island,  Smith  from  Port  Essington,  Brazier  from 
Fitzroy  Island,  and  the  writer  from  Mast  Head  Island.  It  is 
one  of  the  commonest  and  most  widely  dispersed  shells  in  the 
tropical  Pacific.  It  grows  to  a  length  of  45  mm.,  and  may  com- 
bine the  broken,  dark  spirals  of  aristophanes  y/\th  the  dot-pattern 
of  miliaris.  with  the  smooth  crown  of  tceniatus  or  the  tubercular 


BY    C.    HEDLEY.  711 

summit  of  the  type.  The  ground-colour  may  be  in  bands  or 
clouds,  the  articulated  dark  and  white  spirals  may  be  developed 
as  broken  lines  or  reduced  to  dots. 

MiTKA  RHODIA  Reeve. 
(Plate  xlviii.,  figs.  15,  16.) 

Notes  on  the  nomenclature  of  this  species  have  already  ap- 
peared in  these  Studies  (aji^ea,  Vol.  xxxviii.,  p. 313).  It  inhabits 
the  sand  and  broken  shells  that  litter  the  floor  of  the  rock-pools. 
The  long  proboscis  is  probably  used  for  .sounding  in  the  sand  for 
its  prey.  Its  movements  are  slow.  Tliere  is  no  operculum. 
The  colour  of  the  animal  is  uniform  cream,  against  which  the 
small,  black  eyes  are  conspicuous.  Foot  long  and  narrow, 
pointed  behind,  squarely  truncate  in  front.  Head  rhomboidal, 
broader  anteriorly;  tentacles  rather  short,  apparently  only  partly 
contractile,  widely  spaced.  When  the  proboscis  is  completely 
retracted,  as  in  the  specimen  drawn,  the  head  has  somewhat  the 
aspect  from  above  of  a  cow's  head  and  horns.  The  siphon  is 
rather  long.  In  the  radula,  the  rachidian  has  four  cusps,  the 
outer  smaller  and  divergent.  The  lateral  has  a  long,  oblong- 
base  slightly  sinuate  posteriorly,  with  about  fifteen  cusps,  the 
inner  directed  towards  the  rachidian,  the  .second  and  third 
largest,  the  rest  gradually  diminishing  to  minute  exterior 
denticles. 

Maculotriton  australis  Pease. 
(Plate  I,  figs.28,  29,  30.) 

The  local  members  of  this  genus  were  discussed  antea,  Vol 
xxxix,  p. 733.  M.  australis  haunts  the  shaded  sides  of  boulders 
at  low-water  level  on  the  ocean-beach.  The  animals  creep  about 
with  moderate  activity;  they  are  marbled  with  black  and  bufi' 
The  head  is  narrow,  forking  into  divergent  tentacles  which 
support  eyes  at  half  their  length,  above  which  point  the  tenta- 
cles contract  to  half  their  former  thickness.  Siphon  rather 
short,  only  protruded  for  a  length  equal  to  three  or  four  diameters. 
Foot  long  and  slender.  Operculum  (Fig. 29)  with  the  nucleus 
apical,  situated   about  its  own  length  from  the  tip  of  the  tail. 


712  STUDIES    ON    AUSTRALIAN    MOLLUSCA,  xiii., 

The  radula  (Fig. 30)  has  a  rachidian  with  arched  base,  three 
median  pointed  cusps  and  a  small  external  one;  laterals  bicuspid, 
the  inner  cusp  half  the  size  of  its  fellow,  with  two  small  denticles 
on  its  inner  blade,  the  outer  cusp  slender  and  falcate. 

Arcularia  particeps  Hedley. 
(Plate  xlix.,  fig.20.) 
This  species  was  named,  antea,  Vol.  xxxix.,  p.738.  The  animal 
lives  sunk  beneath  the  surface  of  the  sand.  Into  a  pool  where 
no  Arcularia  were  visible,  a  few  crushed  shellfish  were  thrown; 
a  few  minutes  afterwards  a  number  of  individuals,  including  the 
subject  of  my  sketch,  appeared  in  various  directions,  all  steadily 
crawling  towards  the  bait.  The  animal  of  A.  particeps  is  par- 
ticularly bold  and  active.  When  lifted  out  of  the  water  by  the 
shell,  the  animal  twists  and  kicks  about  with  much  vigour.  The 
colour  of  it  is  cream  irregularly  splashed  with  black. 

Xymene  hanleyi  Angas. 
(Plate  xlix.,  figs.21,  22,  23,  24.) 

Trophon  hanleyi  Angas,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc,  1867,  p.  110,  PL  xiii., 
fig.l. 

In  previous  papers,  I  have  figured  the  young  shell  of  this, 
under  the  title  of  Trophon  paivce  (a7itea,Y(A.  xxxiii.,  p. 456),  and 
later  noted  that  Tryon  made  a  mistake  in  subordinating  T. 
hanleyi  to  T.  paivce  (antea,  Vol.  xxxviii.,  p. 329).  For  this 
group,  Hutton  introduced  the  genus  Kalydon,  but  Iredale,  on  the 
ground  that  Kalydon  was  preoccupied,  has  substituted  Xymene* 

The  animal  (Fig. 21)  is  very  common  under  stones  in  the  mud- 
zone  in  Sydney  Harbour,  where  it  is  notorious  as  an  oyster-pest,  t 
The  eggs  (Figs. 2 3,  24)  are  laid  in  separate  packets,  each  packet 
round,  about  5  mm.  in  diameter,  rather  flatter  than  hemispherical, 
with  a  central  circular  oiifice  about  l'5mm.  across.  The  ova 
are  visible  both  through  the  orifice  and  through  the  semitrans- 
parent  membrane.  These  eggs  are  deposited  on  the  under 
surface  of  shells  and  stones.     So  crowded  are  they,  that  Mr.  T. 

*  Iredale,  Trans.  N.Z.  Inst.,  xlvii,  1915,  p.471. 
t  Saville  Kent,  Parliamentary  Report  on  Oysters  and  Oyster-Fisheries 
of  Queensland,  1891,  p.  lU,  PI.  i.,  tigs.l,  lU,  11, 


BY    C.    HEDLEY.  713 

Dick,  who  kindly  furnished  me  with  the  material  drawn,  writes, 
under  date  13th  July,  1915,  that,  in  an  infested  area  in  Port 
Macquarie,  the  stones  were  then  almost  white  with  the  ova  of 
this  borer. 

Planispira  stuangulata  Hombron  &.  Jacquinot. 

Helix  sl7-angiilata  Hombron  &  Jacquinot,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.,  (2). 
xvi.,  1841,  p. 64.  Planispira  cyclostomata  Hedley,  Rec.  Austr. 
Mus.,  viii.,  1912,  p.l55,  PI   xlv.,  figs.51-54. 

A  preliminary  paper  by  Hombron  ii  Jacquinot,  describing  the 
new  shells  obtained  by  the  Astrolabe  and  Zelee  Expedition,  was 
lately  discovered  by  that  active  bibliophile,  Mr.  Tom  Iredale. 
In  the  official  account  of  that  expedition  by  Rousseau,  and  in 
unofficial  work  by  Le  Guillou,  a  member  of  it,  this  memoir  is 
ignored.  It  has  also  been  overlooked  by  Pfeiffer,  Reeve,  Tryon, 
von  Martens,  Smith,  and  every  writer  on  the  subject. 

Examining  the  nomenclature  of  this  species,  in  1912,  I  con- 
cluded that  the  name  to  be  adopted  for  this  shell  from  Warrior 
Tsland  was  Helix  cyclostomata,  published  by  Le  Guillou  in  1842. 
It  now  appears  that  the  name  of  stranynlata  was  published  a 
year  earlier,  instead  of  many  years  later,  than  cyclostomata. 

Another  consequence  of  the  establishment  of  U.  stranynlata 
as  dating  from  1841,  is  that  H.  stranynlata,  proposed  by  C.  B. 
Adams  in  1849,  becomes  invalid. 

Planispira  torresiana  Hombron  &,  Jacquinot. 

Helix  torresiana  Hombron  &  Jacquinot,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.,  (2), 
xvi.,  1841,  p. 63.  Helix  delessertiana  Le  Guillou,  Rev.  Zool.,  v., 
1842,  p.l38;  Id.,  Pilsbry,  Man.  Conch.,  2nd  ser.,  ix.,  1894,  p.ll4. 

Here  it  again  becomes  necessary  to  restore  the  older  but 
forgotten  name.  In  his  independent  publication  of  the  new 
species  obtained  by  the  expedition.  Dr.  Le  Guillou  seems  to  have 
been  either  careless  or  disloyal. 

Xanthomelon  durvillii  Hombron  «k  Jacquinot. 

Helix  Durvillii  Hombron  &  Jacquinot,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.,  (2), 
xvi.,  1841,  p. 62.      Helix  pomuvi   Pfeiffer,   Symbolte  hist.   Heli- 

54 


714  STUDIES    ON    AUSTRALIAN    MOLLUSCA,  xiii., 

ceorum,  ii.,  1842,  p.37.;  Id.,  Pilsbry,   Man.  Conch.,  2nd  ser.,  vi., 
1890,  p.l78,  PI. 38,  figs.73,  74. 

Here  again,  the  name  first  proposed  by  the  circumnavigators 
precedes  that  in  current  use.  It  is  a  pleasure  to  reinstate  in 
Australian  zoological  nomenclature  the  name  of  this  unfortunate 
and  gallant  explorer. 

Marseniopsis  wilsoni  Smith. 

Lamellaria  loilsoni  Smith,  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist ,  (5),  xviii , 
1886,  p.270,  text-fig.;  Id.,  Wilson,  Vict.  Nat.,  iv.,  1887,  p. 117; 
Id.,  Pritchard  k  GatlifF,  Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  Vict.,  xii.,  1900,  p.l96. 
iMarseniopsis  z<n7so?a  Vayssiere,  Exped.  Antarct.  Franc.  Charcot, 
1907,  Moll.,  p.35. 

Typically  southern  is  the  genus  Marsetiiopds,  first  introduced 
by  Bergh  for  two  subantarctic  species  taken  by  the  Challenger 
Expedition,  M.  pacijica,  from  Kerguelen,  and  Af.  mtirrayi,  from 
Marion  Island.  A  pair  of  Antarctic  forms,  M.  conica  and  M. 
mollis,  were  discovered  near  Cape  Adare,  Adelie  Land,  while  a 
fifth,  M.  antarctica,  was  dredged  by  Dr.  Charcot  off  Wandel 
Island. 

Discussing  the  distribution  of  the  group  in  relation  to  the 
latter  species,  Prof.  Vayssiere  points  out  that  the  Australian 
Lamellaria  wilsorii  should  be  here  included.  In  the  British 
Museum,  there  is  a  single  specimen  of  L.  wilsoni,  presented  by 
Mr.  J.  B.  Wilson,  and  marked  "type.' 

I  now  suggest  that  a  second  Austi-alian  member  is  Caledoniella 
contusi/ormis  Basedow.* 

Phytia  ornata  Ferussac. 
(Plate  1.,  tigs.26,  27.) 
The  nomenclature  of  this  species  was  discussed (an^ea,  xxxviii., 
p. 334)  under  the  heading  of  Ophicaidehis  ornaiiis. 

Its  habits  are  to  associate  with  Bhodostoma,  Salinator,  and 
Assemania  in  the  Salicornia-zone,  that  is,  just  below  high-water 
level  in  sheltered  estuarine  swamps,  either  in  the  open  or  under 
the  shade  of  the  Avicennia-mangrove.      At  low  tide,  the  Phytia 

*  Basedow,  Trans,  Roy.  Soc.  S.A.,  xxix.,  1905,  p.  183,  Pis.  xxvii.,  xxix. 


BY    C.    MEDLEY.  '  715 

crawls  over  the  mud  at  a  fair  pace;  if  placed  in  a  vessel  of  sea- 
water,  it  soon  creeps  out,  and  always  moves  steadily  away  from 
the  light. 

The  foot  is  small  and  narrow  for  the  size  of  the  shell:  there 
is  no  operculum.  The  facial  area  is  darker  in  colour,  and  covered 
with  finer  tubercles  than  tlie  rest  of  the  animal;  it  is  marked  off 
from  the  foot  bv  a  groove  on  each  side.  When  the  animal  is 
extended,  the  tentacles  are  planted  well  apart,  but  seem  to  spring 
from  contiguous  bases  when  it  is  contracted.  They  are  sub- 
cylindrical,  slightly  tapering,  blunt  at  the  tips,  contractile,  not 
evaginate.  The  eyes  are  sunk  within  tlie  substance  of  the 
tentacle.  Near  the  tip  of  the  muzzle  are  two,  white,  oblong 
marks  that  may  represent  the  smaller  tentacles  of  the  Helicidse. 

The  muzzle  is  unusually  broad,  being  as  wide  as  the  foot. 
Sometimes  it  is  emarginate  in  front,  and  usually  recurved  at  the 
margins.  The  mouth  is  in  the  centre  of  a  large,  labial  disc. 
Between  this  disc  and  the  fore-part  of  the  foot  is  a  shallow  pouch. 

SiPHONARiA  SCABKA  Reeve. 
(Plate  1.,  tig.32.) 

Siphonaria  scabra  Reeve,  Conch.  Icon.,  ix.,  1856,  Pl.i.,  fig. 2. 

This  species  occurs  on  sheltered  rocks  at  low  water.  It  does 
not  cling  as  firmly  to  the  rock  as  a  limpet  does,  and,  when  upset 
on  its  back,  finds  more  difficulty  in  turning  over.  On  the  right 
is  a  free  lobe  of  the  mantle,  sometimes  rolled  in  a  funnel  or  spread 
in  a  flap,  and  reaching  to  the  edge  of  the  shell.  The  head  is 
devoid  of  any  trace  of  tentacles;  the  eyes  are  small,  and  sunk 
under  the  surface.  The  muzzle  is  spotted  with  black;  it  projects 
a  little  past  tiie  foot,  and  terminates  in  a  broad,  mobile,  upper 
lip,  which  may  assume  a  notch  in  front  and  recurved  corners  at 
the  side.  Beneath  it  is  thn  mouth.  The  foot  is  spotted  on  the 
side  and  is  of  the  ordinary  limpet-shape. 

Hhizorus. 

Ehizorus  Montfort,  Conch.  Syst.,  ii.,  1810,  p.3.39,  PI.  Ixxxv., 
for  R.  addaidis  M.ontiort,r^ Bulla  acrtminato  Bruguiere,  1792. 
Volvula  A.  Adams,  in  Sowerby,  Thes.  Conch.,  ii ,  1850,  pp.558, 


716  STtfDlES    ON    AUSTRALIAN    MOLLOSCA,  xili., 

596,  for  B.  acuminata,  etc.  Volvulella  Newton,  Syst.  List.  Brit. 
Oligocene,  Eocene  Moll.,  1891,  pp.  xii.,  268,  for  Volvula  Adams, 
not  Oken,  1815. 

Some  discussion  has  occurred  over  the  validity  of  tlie  name 
Volvula.  On  the  ground  that  Volvuhis  Oken,  1815,  preoccupied 
Volvula  Adams,  1850,  Mr.  R.  Bullen  Newton  replaced  it,  in  1891, 
with  a  new  name,  Volvulella.  But,  as  Dr.  H.  A.  Pilsbry  con- 
sidered that  it  was  not  thus  invalidated,  he  employed  Volvula 
in  his  monograph  of  the  genus  in  the  Manual  of  Conchology,  in 
1893. 

Neither  of  these  authorities  seems  to  have  seriously  considered 
the  claim  of  Rhizorus.  As  early  as  1810.  Rhizorus  adelaidis 
was  legitimately  proposed  by  Montfort,  for  a  shell  the  size  of  a 
grain  of  millet,  found  on  a  sandy  beach  at  Porto  Feirajo,  in  the 
island  of  Elba,  Italy.  From  a  rough,  reversed,  but  recognisable 
woodcut,  it  seems  clear  that  Ji.  adelaidis  is  Bulla  acumlvntn. 
liruguiere,  1792,*  because  that  is  the  only  Mediterranean  shell 
which  corresponds  in  size  and  contour.  This  is  itself  the  type, 
both  of  Volvula  and  of  Volvulella  so,  as  was  indicated  sixty 
years  ago  by  Menke,t  Rhizorus  must  be  given  precedence.  'I  he 
Australian  species  concerned  in  this  change  of  nomenclature  are 
Volvula  rostrata  A.  Adams,  V.  sulcata  Watson,  and  V.  traqula 
Hedley. 

Odostomia  pascoei  Angas. 
(Plate  xlvi.,  fig.5.) 

Odostomia  pascoei  Angas,   Proc    Zool.  Soc,    1867,  p.  112,   PI. 
xii.,  6g.l2. 

In  the  Natural  Histor}'  Museum  at  South  Kensington,  I  ex- 
amined a  single  specimen,  marked  as  the  type  of  0.  pascoei,  and 
seven  specimens  marked  as  types  of  0.  kreffti  Angas.  These 
two  agree  in  all  particulars,  except  that  0.  pnscoei  has  an  addi 
tional  whorl,  and  a  corresponding  increase  in  length  and  breadth. 
Since  it  is  the  adult  which  0.  pasc<iei  represents,  and  since  that 


*. Jeffreys,  Brit.  Conch.,  iv.,  1867,  p.412. 
tMenke,  Malak.  Blatt.,  i.,  1854,  p.  46. 


6Y    C.    HEDLEY.  717 

name  also  happens  to  have  page-precedence,  it  is  recommended 
that  0.  kreffti  be  reduced  to  synonymy. 

The  species  haunts  creviceson  the  under  surface  of  loose  rocks 
between  tide-marl<s.  When  kept  in  an  aquarium,  it  endeavours 
to  creep  from  the  light  to  the  darkest  corner  available.  The 
colour  is  uniform  cream,  the  foot  truncate  or  emarginate.  The 
rhinophores  are  folded,  narrow,  pointed  and  divaricate;  beneath 
and  between  these  are  two  falcate  processes.  The  eyes  are 
black,  close  together  in  the  median  line,  just  behind  the  junction 
of  the  rhinophores.  The  external  appearance  suggests  that  a 
natural  classification  would  group  the  family  Pyramideilidfe  in 
Opisthobranchiata  near  the  Activonidse. 

DOLABRIFERA    BRAZIERI  CJOWerby. 

(Plate  xlix.,  Hg.25.) 

Dolnhrifera  brazieri  Sowerby,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc,  1870,  p. 250; 
Id.,  Angas,oj9.  ci<.,  1871,  p.98.  Dohihi'ifera  jacksoniensis  Pilsbry, 
Man   of  Conch.,  1896,  p.l20,  PI. 44,  figs.38,  39,  40,  41. 

The  haunt  of  this  species  is  the  coralline  zone  of  the  ocean- 
rocks,  where  form  and  colour  tend  to  conceal  it  against  its  native 
background.  In  extension,  the  animal  is  about  four  inches 
long,  and  one  and  a  half  broad.  The  colour  is  olive-brown, 
variegated  with  buff,  and  tinged,  at  the  margin  and  on  the 
tentacles  and  rhinophores,  with  green.  Upon  the  back  are 
about  a  score  of  warty  protuberances,  which  rise  or  subside  at 
the  will  of  the  animal,  and  from  the  summit  of  which  a  white 
filament  may  project  for  two  or  three  millimeters,  or  be  with- 
drawn. 

The  tentacles  are  comparatively  short  and   broad,  hell-shaped, 
split  nearly  to  the  base,  with  ragged  margin.      The  rhinophores 
are  narrow,   more  cylindrical,   less  deeply  notched,  set  farther 
back  on  the  neck.     Just  in  front  of  these  are  the  sessile,  incon 
spicuous,  black  eyes. 

The  posterior  orifice  is  set  far  back,  is  ovate,  about  6  mm. 
long,  with  erect  margins  and  an  inner  lobe  rising  at  the  anterior 
end.  Ill  front  of  this,  the  right  side  of  the  mantle  overlaps  the 
left.     The  gill  is  never  exserted. 


o 


718  STUDIES    ON    AUSTRALIAN    MOLLUSCA,  Xlii., 

Only  one  species  of  bliis  genus  is  known  l^callv.  Mr.  Brazier, 
who  collected  the  type-specimens,  agrees  with  me  that  D. 
jacksoniensis  probably  represents  the  young  of  the  unfigured  D. 
brazier i.  The  specimen  drawn,  I  gathered  at  Long  Reef.  I 
have  also  seen  the  species  at  Maroubra. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATES  XLVI.-LIL 
Plate  xlvi. 
Fig.  1. — Solecardia  cryptozoica  Hedley;  animal  expanded. 
Fig. 2. — Marcia  nitida  Quoy  &  Gaimard. 
Fig.  3. — Orifice  of  inhalant  .siphon  of  same. 
Fig. 4. — Ainphidesma  anyaxta  Reeve. 
Fig.  .5. — Ododomia  pascoei  Angas. 
Fig.  6. — Hemitoma  aspera  Gould. 

Plate  xlvii. 

Fig,7. — Scutus  antipodes  Montfort,  crawling. 

Fig.  8. — The  same  at  rest. 

Fig.  9. — Young  stage  of  same. 

Fig.  10. — Lucapinella  nigrita  Sowerhy. 

Fig.  11. — Gena  strigosa  A.  Adams. 

Fig.  12. — Monodonta  o}>tiisa  Dillwyn. 

Plate  xlviii. 
Fig.  13. — Xerita  meJanotragns  Smith. 
Fig.  14. — Operculum  of  same. 
Fig.  15. — Mitra  rhodia  Reeve. 
Fig.  16. — Radula  of  same. 
Fjtr.  17.  —  Phenacolepas  cinnamomea  Gould. 
pji,_18. — Intromittent  organ  of  same  individual. 

Fig.  19. — Head  of  female    P.   cinnamomea,    the   lip    expanded    above  the 
pedal  mucous  gland. 

Plate  xlix. 

Pig. 20. — Arcularia  partkeps  Hedley. 

Fig.  21. — Xymeiie  hanleyi  Angas. 

Fig. 22. — Operculum  of  young  A'.  Iinnkyi,  the  muscle-scars  visible  through 

its  substance. 
Fig. 23. — Cluster  of  ova  of  A',  hanhyi. 
Fig. 24. — A  single  egg-capsule  further  enlarged. 
Fig. 25. — Dolahrifera  hrazieri  Sowerby,  also  detail  sketch  of  tubercle  and 

exserted  filament. 


BY    C.    HEDLEY.  719 

Plate  1. 


Fig. 26. — Phytia  ornata  Ft^russac. 

Fig.  27. — The  same  from  below. 

Fig.  28. — Macnlotriton  austral  is  Pease. 

Fig.  29. — Operculum  of  same. 

Fig.  30. — Radula  of  same. 

Fig.  31. — MargineUa  mustelina  Angas. 

Fig. 32. — Siphonaria  scahra  Reeve. 

Plate  li. 

Figs. 33,  34,  35. — Area  hotanica  HedleJ^ 
Figs. 36,  37. — Area  metella  Hedley. 
Figs. 38,  39. — Lucimla  hilalra  Hedley. 
Fig.  40. — Sohcardia  cri/pfozoica  Hedley. 

Plate  lii. 

Fig.41. — Cardium  cyijiiornin  Deshayes. 

Figs. 42,  A'i.  —  Tellina  astida  Hedley. 

Fig.  44.  —  Tuyalia  intermedia  Reeve. 

Fig.4o.  —  Tiiyafia  parmophoidea  Quo}^  &  txaimard. 

Fig.  46.  —  TiKja/ia  cicatricosa  A.  Adams. 

Fig. 47.  —  Tuyalia  bascanda  Hedley. 


720 


DESCRIPTIONS   OF   NEW  SPECIES   OF  AUSTRALIAN 
COLEOPTERA.     Part  xii. 

By  Arthur  M.  Lea,  F.E.S. 

Family  CURCULIONID^. 
Rhinoscapha*  darnleyensis,  n.sp. 

^.  Black.  Clothed  with  scales  mostly  more  or  less  bluish; 
the  elytra  with  conspicuous  markings. 

Head  with  minute  punctures;  interocular  fovea  rather  deep 
and  marking  the  end  of  the  median  groove  of  rostrum  Rostrum 
about  as  long  as  prothorax;  with  rather  large,  irregularly  dis- 
tributed punctures.  Antenna?  rather  thin ;  second  joint  of 
funicle  slightly  longer  than  first,  the  others  all  distinctly  longer 
than  wide.  Prothorax  apparently  slightly  longer  than  wide,  but 
(by  measurement)  really  slightly  transverse;  with  rather  small 
scattered  punctures,  the  sides  with  numerous  small  irregular 
elevations,  a  small  medio-apical  impression.  Elytra  not  much 
wider  than  prothorax  at  base,  sides  slightly  dilated  to  beyond 
the  middle,  with  regular  rows  of  large,  sharply  defined  punctures, 
becoming  smaller  posteriorly.  Xe^s  long  and  thin.  Length(^9), 
15-19  mm. 

5.  Differs  in  being  larger,  prothorax  somewhat  shorter,  elytra 
conspicuously  wider,  abdomen  more  convex,  and  legs  shorter. 

Hah. — Darnley  Island  (H.  Elgner). 

The  discovery  of  a  species  on  Darnley  Island  brings  this  fine 
genus  into  the  Australian  region,  although  it  has  yet  to  be 
recorded  from  the  mainland;!  it  is  structurally  close  to  R. 
biundulata,  R.  tricolor,  R.  egregria,  and  R.  consueta,  but  readily 
distinguished  by  the  blue  scales;  these  are  rather  sparse  on  the 

*  Montr.,  Ann.  Soc.  Agr.  Lyon,  1857,  vii.,  p.47. 
1 1  have  had  for  many  years  a  specimen  (probably  of  an  undescribed 
species)  supposed  to  be  from  Queensland,  but  have  been  unable  to  get  the 
locality  confirmed. 


BY    A.    M.    LHA.  721 

head  and  mixed  with  setse;  on  the  prothorax,  they  form  four 
wide  but  feeble  longitudinal  vittse;  on  the  legs,  tliey  are  dense- 
on  paits  of  the  undersurface  they  are  dense,  but  vary  to  green 
and  to  a  bluisli-white.  The  elytra,  to  the  naked  eye,  appear  to 
have  most  of  the  derm  glabrous,  but  really  have  very  fine  setae; 
the  markings  on  each  consist  of  an  irregular  patch  near  the 
scutellum  of  more  or  less  rusty-red  scales,  becoming  whitish  or 
bluish  at  the  edges,  and  connected  with  a  smaller  patch  on  the 
side;  an  irregular,  postmedian  fascia,  with  a  short  extension  (on 
the  fourth  interstice)  from  same  to  near  the  basal  patch,  the 
scales  whitish-green  and  purple,  with  a  few  rusty  ones;  and  a 
small  pale  spot  on  the  fifth  interstice  midway  between  the  post- 
median  fascia  and  the  apex;  the  suture  on  the  apical  slope  and 
the  side  (except  near  base)  are  rather  densely  clothed  with  bluish 
or  greenish  scales. 

Catasarcus  spinipennis  Fhs.C?),  var.  insignis,  n.var. 

C  spinipeiuiis  is  such  a  variable  species,  that  it  does  not 
appear  to  be  desirable  to  describe,  as  more  than  a  variety  of  it, 
two  specimens  (from  Shark's  Bay)  that  differ  from  the  ordinary 
forms  in  being  much  larger  (12-15  mm.),  spines  at  summit  of 
apical  slope  much  longer  than  usual  (about  as  long  as  the  pro- 
thorax  is  wide),  and  with  very  diff"erent  clothing.  The  prothorax 
has,  within  a  narrow  median  groove,  a  conspicuous  stripe  of  pale 
metallic-green,  opalescent  scales,  continued  to  apex  of  elytra 
along  suture;  on  each  elytron  there  are  also  several  conspicuous 
patches  of  similar  scales;  a  small  one  immediately  in  front  of 
each  of  the  discal  tubercles,  a  conspicuous  oblique  patch  behind 
the  two,  and  another  oblique  patch  between  the  median  tubercle 
and  base;  at  the  corner  of  each  puncture  in  the  first  six  rows, 
from  base  to  tubercles,  there  are  four  conspicuous  granules  (ex- 
cept at  the  green  patches,  where  the  punctures  are  smaller  and 
granules  absent);  on  the  pronotum  there  are  numerous  small 
tubercles,  and  the  eyes  are  more  conspicuous  than  usual;  the 
inner  side  of  the  hind  femora  are  armed  with  numerous  minute 
conical  granules  (but  these  are  present  also  on  the  typical  form, 
and  on  several  other  species). 

55 


722  NEW    SPECIES    OF    AUSTRALIAN    COLKOPTERA,  xii., 

A  specimen  (without  locality-label)  in  the  British  Museum, 
differs  in  having  the  conspicuous  patches  and  stripe  of  scales 
more  of  a  golden-green,  and  the  large  tubercles  somewhat 
smaller. 

Leptops  fumatus,  n.sp. 

Black.  Very  densely  clothed  with  scales  varying  from  almost 
snowy-white  to  smoky-brown;  in  addition  with  numerous  long 
setfe. 

nostrum  moderately  long;  median  carina  distinct  but  densely 
clothed  throughout;  sublateral  sulci  rather  narrow  and  closed  at 
both  ends;  scrobes  not  very  deep,  slightly  directed  upwards  pos- 
teriorly. Antennae  not  very  long  but  rather  thin;  none  of  the 
joints  of  funicle  transverse.  Prothorax  rather  strongly  trans- 
verse, with  rough  vermiculate  elevations,  leaving  a  rather  wide 
irregular  median  excavation;  near  apex  with  a  conspicuous,  im- 
pressed, irregular  line,  not  quite  meeting  on  upper  surface,  but 
meeting  on  lower  surface.  Sciitellum  round  and  distinct.  Elytra 
not  much  longer  than  wide,  strongly  convex,  sides  strongly 
rounded  and  at  widest  fully  twice  the  width  of  prothorax;  with 
numerous  tubercles,  mostly  acutely  conical  and  of  moderate  size; 
sutui'e  with  seven  pairs  of  tubercles,  the  largest  acutel}'  conical 
and  near  summit  of  apical  slope,  the  others  mostly  rounded; 
third,  fifth,  and  seventh  interstices  with  acute  tubercles;  ninth 
with  a  Catasarcus-\ike  posthumeral  tubercle.  Prostei^num.  un- 
armed. Legs  rather  long;  tibiae  very  feebly  denticulate.  Length, 
Hi  mm. 

//a6.-New  South  Wales:   Broken  Hill  (Dr.  Pulleine). 

In  the  1906  table  of  the  genus,  would  be  placed  in  C, /;  it  is 
about  the  size  of  L.  niveus ,  but  the  spines  are  much  more  acute, 
the  clothing  is  very  different,  prothoracic  excavation  larger  and 
of  different  shape,  rostrum  stouter  and  very  differently  sculp- 
tured; the  other  species  of  C,j  are  all  very  different;  L.  spiniger 
is  more  acutely  spined,  and  has  the  rostrum  longer  and  otherwise 
different.  The  scales  are  small  and  round,  and  so  dense  as  to 
almost  everywhere  conceal  the  derm;  on  the  rostrum,  antennae, 
and  legs  they  are  nearly  all  white,  but  on  the  prothorax   and 


BY    A.    M.    r,EA.  723 

elytra  the}'  have  a  cui'ious  rusty-brown  appearance  as  of  having 
been  irregularly  smoked,  the  colour  being  nioi-e  intense  about 
the  base  of  elvtra  than  elsewhere,  but  on  the  scutellum  the  scales 
are  almost  white.  The  sette  are  denser  on  the  tibiae,  tarsi, 
muzzle,  and  apex  of  abdomen  than  elsewhere,  but  they  ai-e 
nowhere  sparse;  those  on  the  upper  surface  are  more  or  less 
golden.  The  only  sign  of  tlie  interocular  fovea  is  a  slight  de- 
pression in  the  scales  at  its  position.  Seen  directly  from  in 
front,  the  base  of  the  elytra  appears  to  be  conspicuously  margined 
by  six  strong  tubercles;  these  are  almost  the  largest,  but  the 
most  acute  ones  are  those  on  and  about  the  summit  of  the  apical 
slope. 

Leptops  mucidus,  n.sp. 

Black.  Densely  clothed  with  small,  soft  scales,  varying  from 
ashen-white  to  pale  muddy-brown;  in  addition  with  numerous 
stiif  setse,  becoming  denser  and  thinner  on  tibia^,  tarsi,  and 
abdomen. 

Head  flat  between  eyes,  interocular  fovea  scarcely  traceable. 
Rostrum  moderately  long;  median  carina  distinct  in  middle,  but 
not  traceable  to  interocular  fovea  or  apical  plate;  sublateral  sulci 
long,  narrow,  and  deep,  but  almost  open  posteriorly;  scrobes 
very  shallow  posteriorly.  Antennae  not  very  stout;  two  basal 
joints  of  funicle  comparatively  long,  none  of  the  others  trans- 
verse. Prolhorax  almost  as  long  as  wide,  sides  rather  strongly 
rounded;  with  numerous  small  tubercles  or  large  granules;  with 
a  small  medio-apical  impression.  Elytra  elliptic-ovate,  at  widest 
fully  twice  the  width  of  prothorax,  with  numerous  small  tubercles 
or  nodes,  mostly  rounded,  but  a  few  subconical;  with  fairly 
regular  punctures  about  sides,  but  the  derm  elsewhere  mostly 
vermiculate-rugose.  Frostermhm,  unarmed.  Leys  rather  long; 
tibite  feebly  denticulate.     Length,  17-1  8  mm. 

Hah. — Western  Australia  :  Killerberrin  (H.  J.  Carter),  Swan 
River  (British  Museum). 

The  two  specimens  before  me  are  probably  feujales;  in  the 
1906  table  of  the  genus,  they  would  be  referred  to  C,  j,  but  their 
general  appearance  is  very  different  from  those  of  any  species 
of  that  group,  and  at  a  glance  they  seem  near  L.  cucozelus,  fi'om 


724  NEW    SPECIES    OF    AUSTRALIAN    COLEOPTERA,  XU., 

which,  however,  they  differ  in  many  details.  The  scales  are  of 
almost  even  density  throughout;  on  the  elytra,  the  sette  are 
more  numerous  on  the  tubercles  and  the  apical  slope  than  else- 
where; on  the  pronotum,  many  of  the  granules  are  supplied 
with  two  or  more  setae;  the  granules  themselves  are  seldom  con- 
joined, so  that  the  surface  does  not  appear  to  be  vermiculate;  on 
the  elytra,  the  suture  has  two  irn^gular  rows  of  small  tubercles, 
of  which  the  largest  (but  still  small)  are  a  conjoined  pair  near 
summit  of  apical  slope;  there  are  fairly  numerous  tubercles  on 
the  third,  fifth,  and  seventh  interstices,  but  the  intervening  ones 
are  also  supplied  with  a  few,  and  there  is  an  obtuse  Catasarcus- 
like  posthumeral  tubercle  on  the  ninth;  altogether  there  are 
about  thirty  tubercles  on  each  elytron. 

Leptops  graniventris,  n.sp. 

Black.  Densely  clothed  with  small,  round,  muddy-brown  or 
chocolate-brown  scales;  in  addition,  with  numerous  short,  dark 
setse. 

Head  with  interocular  fovea  distinct.  Rostrum  not  very 
long,  sides  rather  strongly  incurved  to  middle.  Antennse  com- 
paratively short  and  stout,  but  no  joint  of  funicle  transverse. 
Frothorax  strongly  transverse,  sides  irregularly  rounded,  base 
gently  incurved  at  middle;  sui'face  vermiculate.  Scute! him  small 
and  subtriangular.  Elytra  subovate,  much  wider  than  prothorax; 
with  rows  of  large  punctures;  each  elytron  with  three  con- 
spicuously elevated  lines,  of  which  one  commences  on  the 
shoulder  as  a  distinct  tubercle.  Abdomen  with  numerous  small, 
shining,  setiferous  granules  on  all  segments;  a  few  also  on  meta- 
sternum.  Legs  not  very  long,  tibia?  not  visibly  denticulate. 
Length,  8^-ll|mm. 

Hab. — Queensland:  Cunnamulla  (H.  Hardca.stle). 

On  account  of  the  humeral  tubercles,  the  elytra  cannot  be 
regarded  as  non-tuberculate;  consequently,  in  the  1906  table, 
the  species  would  be  associated  with  those  referred  to  L,  from 
all  of  which  it  is  very  different  On  the  elytra,  the  setae  are 
rather  dense  on  the  suture  and  on  the  elevated  interstices,  but 
sparse  in  between;  on  the  tibiae,  they  are  considerably  denser 


BY    A.    M.    LEA.  725 

than  elsewhere,  but  not  particularly  long.  The  clothing  is  so 
dense  on  the  rostrum  as  to  partially  conceal  its  sculpture;  the 
median  carina  is  distinct  in  the  middle,  but  does  not  appear  to 
extend  to  theinterocular  fovea  or  the  apical  plate;  the  sublateral 
sulci  appear  to  be  short  and  rather  shallow;  the  scrobes  are 
dilated  and  shallowed  posteriorly,  and  appear  to  touch  the  lower 
half  of  the  eyes.  The  head,  on  each  side  near  the  eye,  appears 
to  have  a  feeble,  oblique  ridge,  but  this  is  perhaps  due  more  to 
a  line  of  stiff  setae  than  to  any  actual  elevation  of  the  derm; 
there  are  certainly  no  distinct  tubercles  present  as  on  L.  bai/eyi 
and  some  other  species,  although  the  species  is  obviously  allied 
to  L.  frontalis.  There  is  a  shallow  medio-apical  impression  on 
the  prothorax.  The  elytral  punctures  are  large,  but  not  in 
geminate  rows,  and  a  few  are  transversely  confluent;  about 
the  base  and  apex  the  rows  are  constricted  and  irregular,  but 
across  the  middle  there  are.  on  the  female,  between  the  suture 
and  the  first  elevated  line,  three  rows;  between  the  first  and 
second,  four  or  five  rows;  between  the  second  and  third,  four  or 
five  rows;  and  between  the  third  and  margin,  five  or  six  rows;  on 
the  male,  the  rows  are  three,  three,  three,  and  five  in  number. 
The  female  differs  from  the  male  also  in  Ijeing  larger  and  wider, 
elytra  fully  twice  the  width  of  prothorax  (as  against  about  once 
and  one-half  in  the  male),  and  the  legs  are  somewhat  shorter. 

Leptops   intricatus,  n.sp. 

Black.  Densely  clothed  with  muddy-brown  scales;  with  stout 
setfe,  rather  numerous  but  somewhat  iri'egularly  distributed  on 
upper  surface,  but  becoming  denser  and  longer  on  muzzle,  abdo- 
men, and  legs. 

Eostrnm  moderately  long,  sculpture  partially  concealed. 
Antennfe  moderately  long  and  thin;  second  joint  of  funicle 
longer  than  first.  Prothorax  moderately  transverse,  sides  irregu- 
larly rounded;  coarsely  vermiculate,  with  an  irregular  medio- 
frontal  depression.  Elytra  suddenly  wider  than  prothorax,  not 
much  wider  at  middle  than  across  shoulders;  surface  very 
irregular.  Legs  moderately  long;  tibise  not  visibly  denticulate. 
Length,  11-13^  mm. 


726  NEW    SPECIES    OF    AUSTRALIAN    COLEOPTERA,  xii., 

Hab.  —  Queensland  :  CunnamuUa  (H.  Hardcastle). 

Tn  the  1906  table  of  the  genus,  would  be  referred  to  KK,  from 
all  the  species  of  which  its  elytral  sculpture  will  readily  dis- 
tinguish it.  At  first  glance,  it  appears  close  to  L.  glohicollis, 
but  the  scape  is  considerably  longer  than  in  that  syiecies,  and 
the  prothorax  and  elytra  are  really  very  differently  sculptured. 
In  some  respects,  it  is  close  to  the  preceding  species,  but  the 
rostrum  is  longer  and  differently  sculptured,  the  antennte  thinner, 
elytra  differently  sculptured,  and  abdomen  without  granules. 
The  median  carina  of  the  rostrum  is  hardly  more  than  traceable 
on  the  smallest  specimen,  but  on  the  others  it  appears  to  start 
from  a  small  interocular  fovea,  and  to  terminate  before  the  apical 
plate;  the  sublateral  sulci  are  narrow  and  apparently  open  pos- 
teriorly; the  scrobes  become  so  shallow  posteriorly  as  to  practi- 
cally vanish.  The  sculpture  of  the  elytra  is  very  peculiar,  and 
appears  to  consist  of  irregularly  elevated  interstices  connected 
with  others  by  short  nodes,  giving  the  general  surface  a  some- 
what roughly  vermiculate  appearance;  thus,  although  the  suture 
has  no  distinct  ly  elevated  tubercles,  it  appears  to  be  connected 
with  the  second  interstice  by  about  eight  small  nodes,  each 
being  placed  at  the  distance  of  about  three  punctures:  the  third 
and  fifth  interstices  have  many  such  transverse  nodes,  the 
seventh  has  a  few,  but  a  few  distinctly  elevated  tubercles  as 
well;  in  consequence,  there  appear  to  be  numerous  narrow, 
suboblong  depressions  of  undulating  depths,  between  irregular 
transverse  and  longitudinal  elevations,  the  punctures  themselves 
are  large  but  mostly  shallow,  but  they  become  deep  and  regular 
on  the  sides  and  on  part  of  the  apical  slope. 

Leptops  murinus,  n.sp. 

Black.  Densely  covered  with  smoky  or  mouse-coloured  scales, 
in  places  lightl}'  mixed  with  white;  in  addition,  with  numerous 
stout,  more  or  less  decumbent,  whitish  setse. 

Head  somewhat  flattened  between  eyes;  interocular  fovea  con- 
cealed. Rostrum  stout,  sides  dilated  from  base  to  near  apex, 
median  carina  distinct.  Scape  short,  rather  strongly  increasing 
in  width  to  apex;  second  joint  of  funicle  longer  than  first,  some 


ftY    A     M.    t.EA.  I2l 

of  the  following  ones  liglitly  transverse.  Prothorax  lightly 
transverse,  sides  rather  strongly  and  evenly  rounded,  median 
line  narrow  and  distinct,  towards  sides  somewhat  vermiculate. 
Sculelhim  very  small.  Elytra  not  very  much  wider  tlian  pro- 
thorax,  sides  almost  parallel  from  behind  slioulders  (which  are 
oblique)  to  beyond  the  middle;  with  geminate  rows  of  large,  but 
not  closely  adjacent,  punctures;  third,  fifth,  and  seventh  inter- 
stices lightly  elevated,  and  in  places  obtusely  tuberculate.  Legs 
rather  stout;  front  tibiae  rather  strongly  curved  and  moderately 
denticulate.     Length,  10  mm. 

7/«6.— Queensland :  Dalby  (Mrs.  F.  H.  Hobler). 

The  type  being  unique  and  in  perfect  condition,  it  has  not 
been  abraded.  In  the  1906  table  of  the  genus,  it  would  be 
referred  to  L.  From  L.  globicollis,  it  differs  in  the  elytra  not 
much  wider  than  the  prothorax  at  its  widest,  alternate  inter- 
stices much  less  conspicuously  elevated,  prothorax  smaller,  with 
sides  less  strongly  rounded,  and  rostrum  shorter  and  differently 
sculptured;  L.  corrugaliis  and  L.  aryiUaceus  have  very  different 
elytra.  The  setae  are  mostly  depressed,  but  on  account  of  their 
colour  being  paler  than  the  scales,  they  are  rather  conspicuous; 
on  the  tibiae,  they  are  denser  than  elsewhere,  not  very  long  on 
the  upper  surface  of  same,  but  decidedly  longer  on  their  under- 
surface,  where  they  are  almost  as  long  as  on  the  muzzle.  The 
sublateral  sulci  and  the  scrobes  are  greatly  obscured  by  the 
clothing,  but  the  former  appear  to  be  subtriangular,  and  to  be 
open  posteriorly;  the  latter  appear  to  be  very  shallow  posteriorly 
and  to  be  directed  below  the  lower  edge  of  the  eyes.  There  is  a 
fairly  distinct,  but  obtuse,  tubercle  on  each  shoulder,  and  another 
on  the  fifth  interstice  near  summit  of  apical  slope,  but  the  elytra 
miyht  almost  fairlv  be  regarded  as  non-tuberculate. 

Leptops  scaber,  n.sp. 

Black.  Densely  clothed  with  dark  brown  scales;  with  short, 
stout  setae,  not  vei'y  dense  on  prothorax  and  elytra,  but  becoming 
denser  on  rostrum  and  femora,  and  much  denser  and  longer  on 
tibiae. 

Head  with   a   fairly  large  interocular  fovea.      Rostrum  long, 


728  NEW    SPECIES    OP    AUSTRALIAN    COLEOPTERA,  xii., 

parallel-sided  to  near  apex,  and  then  rather  strongly  inflated; 
median  carina  distinct,  except  near  base  and  apex;  sublateral 
sulci  narrow,  at  base  suddenly  directed  inwards  so  as  almost  to 
touch  the  interocular  fovea;  scrobes  deep,  directed  on  to  lower 
surface,  where  they  almost  meet.  Antennae  modeiately  stout; 
scape  not  quite  touching  the  eye;  two  basal  joints  of  funicle  of 
equal  length,  but  second  apparently  the  longer  (from  above), 
some  of  the  following  ones  feebly  transverse.  Prcthorax  not 
much  wider  than  long,  sides  irregularly  rounded,  with  an  irregu- 
lar medio-frontal  excavation;  with  numerous  rounded  tubercles 
or  large  granules,  a  few  of  which  are  irregularly  conjoined. 
Elytra  subelliptic,  at  base  scarcely  wider  than  prothorax,  but 
much  wider  across  middle;  with  irregular  rows  of  large  punc- 
tures, becoming  regular  on  sides;  third,  fifth,  and  seventh  inter- 
stices tuberculate.  Legs  rather  stout;  tibiae  not  visibly  denticu- 
late.    Length,  15mm. 

Hab. —  Queensland:  Coen  (J.  A.  Anderson);  unique. 

In  the  1906  table  of  the  genus,  would  be  associated  with  L. 
superciliaris,  whieh  is  a  much  smaller  and  otherwise  very  different 
species.  The  combination,  in  fact,  of  sublateral  sulci  almost 
meeting  on  the  upper  surface,  and  scrobes  almost  meeting  on  the 
undersurface,  is  without  parallel  in  the  genus.  It  is  a  rough- 
looking  species,  at  first  glance  like  some  females  of  L.  multi- 
nodosus  and  L.  cicatricosus.  A  few  of  the  scales  have  a  faint 
golden  lustre;  each  of  the  femora  has  an  obscure  dark  ring. 
The  elvtral  tubercles  are  mostly  obtuse,  although  a  few  are  sub- 
conical;  the  largest  is  on  the  third  interstice  at  summit  of  apical 
slope,  the  next  largest  is  on  the  fifth;  on  the  seventh,  they  are 
few  in  number  and  small. 

Leptops  concinnus,  n.sp. 

Black.  Very  densely  clothed  with  glistening  white  scales, 
with  a  silvery  or  rosy  gloss;  setae  mostly  confined  to  rostrum, 
legs,  and  undersurface. 

/lead  somewhat  flattened  between  eyes;  interocular  fovea  not 
traceable.  Rostrum  moderately  long;  median  carina  apparently 
absent,  intermediate  ones  obtuse;  sublateral  sulci  rather  deep. 


BY    A.    M.    LEA.  729 

subcrescentic  in  shape,  and  closed  at  both  ends;  scrobes  deep, 
directed  below  lower  edge  of  eyes.  Antennse  comparatively 
long  and  thin;  second  joint  of  fiinicle  distinctly  longer  than  first. 
Prothurax  moderately  transverse,  sides  irregularly  rounded  and 
widest  slightly  in  advance  of  the  middle;  surface  vermiculate- 
tuberculate,  with  a  rather  small  medio-frontal  impression. 
Elytra  separately  rounded  at  base  and  increasing  in  width  to 
beyond  the  middle;  with  rows  of  fairly  large,  conspicuously 
black  punctures;  third  interstice  with  a  large  tubercle  at  summit 
of  apical  slope,  and  numerous  shining  black  nodes  between  same 
and  base,  fifth  with  a  somewhat  smaller  tubercle  and  less 
numerous  nodes,  se^enth  with  somewhat  larger  nodes  and  an 
obtuse  humeral  tubercle.  Legs  rather  long;  tibiae  not  visibly 
denticulate.     Length,  17  mm. 

Hab. —  Queensland  :  Coen  (J.  A.  Anderson;;  unique. 

AVith  the  general  shape  of  L.  iliarus,  L.  nodicollis,  and  L. 
maleficus,  but  with  very  peculiar  clothing;  the  curious  satiny 
lustre  of  the  scales  is  almost  the  same  (although  varying  in 
shades)  throughout,  but  on  the  rostrum  and  legs  the  lustre  is 
interrupted  by  the  setae.  The  setag  on  the  elytra  are  almost 
confined  to  the  suture  and  apical  slope,  elsewhei'e  being  either 
absent  or  traceable  with  difhculty;  from  the  prothorax  at  first 
they  appear  to  be  entirely  absent,  but  a  few  small  ones  may  be 
traced  by  their  slightly  darker  colour  than  the  scales;  between 
the  ej'es,  on  the  rostrum  and  legs,  they  are  dense,  stiff,  and 
brownish;  on  the  undersurface  of  the  tibiae,  and  on  the  abdomen, 
they  are  pale.  The  deep,  black  punctures  and  the  conspicuously 
shining  black  nodes  give  the  elytra  a  rather  curious  appearance. 
The  rostrum  appears  to  be  non-carinate  along  the  middle,  but 
the  type  was  not  abraded  to  make  certain  of  this. 

Leptops  minor,  n.sp 

Black,  some  parts  obscurely  diluted  with  red.  Densely  clothed 
with  fawn-coloured  scales,  mixed  with  stout  sette. 

Head  with  interocular  fovea  narrow.  Eyes  rather  convex, 
scarcely  once  and  one-half  as  deep  as  wide.  Rostrum  rather 
long;    median  and  intermediate    carinas   very   distinct    through 


730  NEW    SPECIES    OP    AUSTRALIAN    COLEOPTERA,  xii., 

clothing;  suhlateral  sulci  narrow;  scrolies  deep  only  in  front, 
directed  towards  middle  of  eyes.  Antennae  comparatively  long 
and  thin.  Prothorax  almost  as  Ion"  as  wide,  sides  evenly 
rounded;  with  numerous  small  tubercular  elevations,  and  with 
a  small  medio-frontal  impression.  tScutelhim  absent.  Elytra 
strongly  convex,  elliptic-ovate,  across  base  no  wider  than  pro- 
thorax,  l)ut  almost  twice  as  wide  across  middle,  with  rows  of 
large,  partially  concealed  punctures;  third  interstice  with  an 
obtuse  tubercle  at  summit  of  apical  slope,  and  a  still  more  obtuse 
one  near  base,  fifth  with  two  obtuse  ones  slightly  closer  together 
than  those  on  third.  Legs  moderately  long  but  rather  stout- 
tibiae  feebly  denticulate.     Length,  7-8  mm. 

Hab.  —Queensland  :   Brisbane  (H.  W.  Cox). 

The  absence  of  a  scutellum  associates  this  species  with  L. 
tetrajjhysodes,  but  the  tubercles  are  differently  placed;  on  that 
species,  the  four  nearer  the  suture  are  placed,  as  it  were,  at  the 
corners  of  a  square;  on  the  present  species,  the  two  iieai*er  the 
base  are  fully  twice  as  distant  as  those  from  summit  of  the 
apical  slope,  as  the  two  on  the  third  interstice  on  the  left  elytron 
are  to  their  fellows  on  the  right;  the  punctures  and  clothing  are 
also  different  On  the  elytra,  the  sette  are  fairly  dense  on  the 
suture  and  elevated  parts,  but  rather  sparse  elsewhere;  on  the 
prothorax,  they  are  fairly  numerous,  and,  on  the  front  margin, 
are  condensed  into  two  feeble  fascicles. 

Onesokus  hoplocnemus,  n.sp. 

Black,  appendages  in  parts  obscurely  diluted  with  red. 
Moderately  densely  clothed  with  greyish-white  scales. 

Head  wide  and  gently  convex  between  eyes,  these  vei-y  pro- 
minent, llostrum  short,  wide,  and  rather  flat,  median  carina 
very  feeble;  sublateral  sulci  apparently  absent.  Scape  about  as 
long  as  four  following  joints  combined;  first  joint  of  funicle 
slightly  shorter  than  second,  the  four  apical  ones  subglobular. 
Prothorax  almost  twice  as  wide  as  the  median  length;  with 
large,  irregular  punctures,  and  subreticulate  elevations.  Scu- 
tellum small.  Elytra  rather  briefly  ovate,  sides  strongly  rounded; 
with  rows  of  large,  deep  punctures,  close  together,  but  partially 


BY    A.    M.    LEA.  731 

concealed  by  scales;  no  interstices  conspicuously  elevated.  H  ind 
tibia'-  with  a  few  conspicuous  teeth;  claw-joint  elongate,  the 
claws  separated  throughout.     Length,  6|  mm. 

Hab.  —  N.W.  Australia:   Wyndham  (Inspector  Stephens). 

In  some  respects  close  to  0.  ocularis  but  smaller,  eyes  not 
suban^ulate,  and  no  elvtral  interstices  elevated.  There  aie  a 
few  granules  on  the  two  basal  segments  of  abdomen.  The 
clothing  is  of  an  almost  uniform  dingy-white  throughout,  and 
nowhere  condensed  into  markings,  but  the  type  appears  to  be 
somewhat  abraded. 

Amisallus  tubercumfkons,  n.sp. 

Black,  antenna;  and  tarsi  feebly  diluted  with  red.  Densely 
clothed  with  muddy-brown  scales,  interspersed  with  setse. 

Head  with  two  large,  obtuse  tubercles  between  eyes;  these 
very  narrow.  Rostrum  moderately  long,  dilated  towards  apex, 
median  carina  traceable  through  clothing;  apical  triangle  con- 
spicuously elevated  and  shining.  Scape  rather  lightly  curved, 
rather  rapidly  increasing  in  width  to  apex;  two  basal  joints  of 
funicle  moderately  long,  second  slightly  longer  than  first,  all  the 
others  transverse.  Prothorax  moderately  transverse,  rather 
widely  depressed  along  middle,  each  side  of  depression  con- 
spicuously bituberculate  towards  apex,  with  numerous  small 
tubercles  or  nodes  elsewhere.  Elytra  briefly  subovate,  strongly 
convex,  much  wider  than  prothorax;  with  rows  of  very  large 
punctures,  regular  only  on  sides;  with  numerous  round,  con- 
spicuous tubercles.     Length,  7-8  mm. 

Hab.  —  N.S.W.:  Sydney  (A.  J.  Coates),  Kurrajong  (Macleay 
Museum) 

In  general  appearance  like  A.  nodosus,  but  elytra  without 
small  tubercles  on  suture  at  summit  of  apical  slope,  and  median 
channel  of  prothorax  deeper,  with  the  tubercles  at  its  sides  con- 
siderably larger;  seen  directly  from  in  front,  the  apex  of  the 
prothorax  is  very  conspicuously  bituberculate.  There  are  a  few- 
inconspicuous  tubercles  at  the  extreme  base  of  elytra,  but  the 
larger  ones  are  in  two  rows  on  each  elytron,  and  so  placed  that 
the  end  ones,  whilst  distinctly  belonging  to  the  inner  row,  might 


732  TfEW    SPECIES    OP    AUSTRALIAN    COLEOPTERA,  XU., 

also  be  regarded  as  the  end  ones  of  the  outer  row;  the  inner  row 
consists  of  a  large  one,  then  two  smaller  ones,  then  a  large  one 
at  summit  of  apical  slope,  and  then  some  smaller  ones  on  the 
slope  itself;  the  outer  row  commences  with  the  largest  tubercle 
on  the  elytron,  and  is  followed  by  three  others  gradually  de- 
creasing in  size;  there  are  also  a  few  granules  on  the  V)asal  half 
of  the  suture 

Amisallus  basipennis,  n  sp. 

Black,  appendages  in  places  diluted  with  red.  Densely 
clothed  with  muddy-brown,  slightly  variegated  scales,  inter- 
spersed with  setae. 

Head  with  two  fairly  large  but  very  obtuse  tubercles  between 
eyes.  Rostrum  moderately  long,  somewhat  dilated  towards 
apex.  >cape  with  basal  half  thin,  then  suddenly  and  strongly 
dilated  to  apex;  funicle  thin,  two  basal  joints  elongate,  the  others 
subglobular.  Prothorax  strongly  transverse,  widely  excavated 
along  middle,  strongly  impressed  each  side  in  front,  the  sides 
somewhat  rough.  Elytra  much  wider  than  prothorax;  with 
rows  of  large,  partially  concealed  punctures,  regular  only  on 
sides;  each  with  two  rows  of  conspicuous  tubercles,  and  a  few 
small  ones  on  suture  and  towards  sides.  Claw-joint  unusually 
long.     Length,  4-4^  mm. 

Ilab.      Victoria:   Mallee  (C.  French). 

The  inner  row  of  tubercles  on  each  elytron  is  composed  of  six 
or  seven,  and  the  outer  of  tive  or  six;  the  basal  tubercle  of  each 
row  is  large,  elongate,  oblique,  and  rapidly  slopes  downwards, 
with  its  base  slightly  overhanging  the  base  of  the  prothorax. 
It  is  the  smallest  of  the  genus,  and  readily  distinguished  from 
all  others  by  the  four,  large,  basal  tubercles  of  elytra;  the  groove 
on  the  prothorax  is  deeper  than  usual,  and  the  walls  by  which  it 
is  bounded  are  roughly  elevated  rather  than  tuberculate:  the 
rostrum  is  so  densely  clothed  that  the  median  carina,  if  present, 
is  entirely  concealed. 

I  am  acquainted  with  two  other  small  species  of  Amisallus^ 
one  of  which  has  a  remarkably  stout  scape;  but  the  specimens 
are  so  heavily  encrusted  with  mud  (that  could  not  be  removed 


BV    A.    M.     LEA.  733 

without  much  of  the  clothing  as  well)  that  it  is  inadvisable  to 
describe  them. 

POLYPHRADES    APICALIS,  n.Sp. 

Black,  tarsi  reddish,  other  parts  of  appendages  very  obscurely 
diluted  witli  red.  Densely  clothed  with  light  brown  scales,  with 
a  few  spots  of  darker  scales,  but  becoming  ashen  on  undersurface 
and  legs;  with  rather  dense,  more  or  less  depressed  setae. 

Rostrum  short  and  wide,  on  an  almost  even  plane  with  head, 
with  a  narrow  median  line  continued  on  to  head;  inter-antennary 
space  wide;  apical  plate  triangular  and  densely  punctate.  Scape 
curved,  stout  at  apex;  first  joint  of  funicle  as  long  as  second  and 
third  combined,  fourth  to  seventh  lightly  transverse.  Prothorax 
(at  widest)  almost  twice  as  wide  as  long,  sides  rather  strongly 
and  evenly  rounded  ;  with  dense,  round  granules,  traceable 
before  abrasion.  Elytra  subovate,  sides  i-ather  strongly  rounded, 
base  no  wider  than  base  of  prothorax;  with  regular  rows  of  large 
punctures,  appearing  much  smaller  before  abrasion.  Claws 
almost  equal  and  distinctly  separated  only  at  tip.     Length,  6  mm. 

^«6.— Queensland  (Henry  Hacker's  No. 952). 

The  second  and  third  strife  (from  the  suture)  near  the  apex 
are  deflected,  at  right  angles,  to  become  the  first  and  second 
lateral  ones,  without  interruption  of  any  sort;  on  most  species  of 
the  genus,  there  is  a  costate  elevation  there  (as  on  P.  longipentds) 
or  at  least  the  continuation  of  an  interstice  interposed,  as  it 
were,  between  the  sutural  and  lateral  striie,  and  by  this  character 
alone  (although  there  are  others)  it  may  be  distinguished  from 
all  the  other  species  from  Queensland.  The  head  and  rostrum, 
from  behind,  appear  to  be  on  an  even  plane,  but,  from  the  side, 
there  is  seen  to  be  a  slight  depression  at  their  junction;  the 
rostrum  is  scarcely  longer  than  in  P.  brevirostris  (a  species  it  has 
little  in  common  with),  but  the  inter-antennary  space  is  less 
conspicuously  dilated  posteriorly.  Although  not  a  strikingly 
distinct  species,  I  know  of  no  really  closely  allied  one.  The 
darker  markings  on  the  prothorax  are  mostly  basal;  on  the  elytra, 
they  are  mostly  feeble  spots  starting  from  punctures  in  the 
strije. 


734  NEW    SPECIKS    OF    AUSTKALIAN    COLEOPTERA,  xii., 

POLYPHRADES    CORDATUS,   ll.sp. 

Black,  appendages  more  or  less  reddish.  Densely  clothed 
with  muddy-brown  mottled  with  ashen  scales,  becoming  almost 
entirely  ashen  on  undersurface;  elytra  with  sparse  setae,  distinct 
only  on  sides  and  on  apical  slope. 

Rostrum  not  very  long,  sides  almost  parallel,  transversely  im- 
pressed on  each  side  of  base;  inter-aiitennarv  space  almost 
parallel,  not  conspicuously  tricarinate:  apical  triangle  distinct. 
Antennte  not  vei-y  stout;  first  joint  of  funicle  as  long  as  second 
and  third  combined,  second  as  long  as  third  and  fourth  combined, 
third  to  seventh  transverse.  Prothorax  strongly  transverse, 
sides  rather  strongly  rounded,  derm  concealed.  Elytra  con- 
spicuously cordate,  each  separately  rounded  at  base,  sides  strongly 
rounded;  with  regular  rows  of  large  punctures,  appearing  much 
smaller  and  in  narrow  strise  before  abrasion.  Claws  short  and 
feebly  cleft.     Length,  3  mm. 

/fa6.— N.S.W.:  Forest  Reefs  (A.  M.  Lea). 

A  very  small  species,  with  the  elytra  more  perfectly  heart- 
shaped  than  in  any  other  species  (even  including  P.  cordipennis) 
before  me.  Prom  the  many  small  species  of  the  genus,  readily 
distinguished  by  the  combination  of  heart-shaped  and  incon- 
spicuously setose  elytra,  short  rostrum  (notched  on  each  side  of 
base),  and  short  scape.  In  general  appearance,  it  comes  fairly 
close  to  P.  marmoratus  before  abrasion,  but  the  elytra  are  some- 
what  different  at  the  base,  the  prothorax  and  rostrum  are  nar- 
rower, and  the  colour  of  the  derm  is  different;  P.  inconspicuus 
has  distinctly  longer  elytra,  rostrum,  and  antennae.  In  some 
lights,  a  row  of  setse  may  be  traced  on  each  elytral  interstice. 
No  granules  are  traceable  on  the  prothorax  before  abrasion;  and 
where  the  disc  has  been  partly  aljraded,  a  few  fairly  large  punc- 
tures are  in  evidence,  but  no  granules.  The  type  appears  to  be 
a  female. 

POLYPHRADES  SUBTERRANEUS,  n.Sp. 

(J.  Blackish,  some  parts  obscurely  diluted  with  red,  append- 
ages usually  entirely  reddish.  Densely  clothed  with  somewhat 
variegated  scales;  mixed  with  numerous  stout,  more  or  less  erect 
seta^;. 


BY    A.    M.    LEA.  735 

Eyes  not  very  large,  and  almost  circular.  Rostrum  rather 
short,  apparently  non-carinate ;  apical  plate  subtriangular. 
Scape  moderatelv  long  and  lightly  curved,  thickened  toM'ards 
apex;  first  joint  of  funicle  rather  stout,  as  long  as  second  and 
third  combined,  the  following  ones  transverse.  Prothorax  rather 
strongly  transverse,  sides  strongU'  rounded  :  with  numerous, 
small,  round  granules,  and  fairly  large  punctures,  but  all  more 
or  less  concealed  before  abrasion.  Elytra  briefly  elliptic-ovate, 
each  separately  rounded  at  base,  sides  rather  strongly  and  evenly 
rounded;  with  regular  rows  of  rather  large  punctures,  appearing 
very  small  through  clothing.      Length,  2-2^  mm. 

5.  Differs  in  having  somewhat  larger  elytra,  basal  segments 
of  abdomen  more  convex,  and  legs  somewhat  shorter. 

Hab. — Tasmania:  Hobart;  abundant  at  roots  of  beach-growing 
plants  in  July  (A.  M.  Lea). 

A  small  M midalotus-\\\LQ  form,  but  without  free  claws;  these 
at  first  appear  to  be  single,  but  on  very  elo.se  examination  are 
seen  to  be  cleft  at  the  tip;  consequently  the  species  is  referable 
to  Polyphr tides.  The  clothing  is  very  variable,  but  is  mostly  of 
a  muddy-brown,  more  or  less  conspicuously  variegated  with 
ashen  (sometimes  almost  white);  and,  in  certain  lights,  many 
of  the  paler  scales  frequently  have  a  golden  gloss;  each  side  of 
the  prothorax  is  usually  clothed  with  a  conspicuous  pale  patch; 
on  the  elytra,  the  pale  spots  and  patches  vary  from  scarcely 
traceable  and  of  but  slight  extent,  to  very  conspicuous  and 
occupying  fully  one-third  of  the  surface;  the  sculpture  of  the 
upper  surface  of  the  rostrum  is  entirely  concealed  by  the  scales. 
The  derm  itself  is  often  reddish  in  parts,  especially  on  the  elytra 
and  undersurface;  the  legs  are  usually  conspicuously  reddish,  but 
the  femora  and  tibiae  are  sometimes  deeply  infuscated. 

Manda LOTUS  MiCROSCOPicus,  n.sp. 

Of  a  dingy  reddish-brown,  antennae  and  tarsi  paler.  Densely 
clothed  with  muddy-brown,  feebly  variegated  scales,  interspersed 
with  stout  setae. 

Rostrum  rather  short,  sculpture  of  upper  surface  entirely  con. 
cealed.     Scape  not  very  long,  somewhat  dilated  to  apex;    first 


736  NEW    SPECIES    OP    AUSTRALIAN    COLEOP'I'ERA,  xii., 

joint  of  funicle  stouter  and  longer  than  second,  the  others  all 
transverse.  Prothorax  almost  as  long  as  wide,  sides  rather 
strongly  rounded.  Elytra  elongate-subovate,  at  widest  about 
middle.  Two  basal  segments  of  abdomen  flat  in  middle.  Legs 
rather  short  and  stout;  front  coxfe  lightly  but  distinctly  separated. 
Length,  '2  mm. 

/^„6.— N.S.W. :  Muswellbrook  (Dr.  K.  W.  Ferguson). 

A  minute  and  rather  narrow  species,  of  which  two  specimens, 
probably  males,  are  before  me;  its  size  alone  will  readily  dis- 
tinguish the  species  from  all  those  referred  to  K,  in  the  1914 
table  of  the  genus.  One  specimen  has  the  derm  considerably 
paler  than  the  other,  its  undersurface  being  no  darker  than  the 
legs.  The  setse  on  the  upper  surface  are  of  two  colours,  stra- 
mineous and  dark  brown,  the  paler  ones  being  stouter  and  more 
conspicuous  than  the  others.  On  abrasion,  the  pronotum  is 
seen  to  be  without  granules,  but  with  rather  dense  punctures; 
on  the  elytra,  the  punctures,  although  fairly  large,  are  entirely 
concealed,  their  places  being  marked  by  light  striation  of  the 
clothing. 

Mandalotus  magnicollis,  n.sp. 

(J.  Blackish,  some  parts  obscurely  diluted  with  red;  antennje 
castaneous.  Densely  clothed  with  ashen-grey  scales,  on  the 
elytra  mottled  with  brown;  with  numerous  sette. 

Rostrum  moderately  long,  median  carina  narrow  and  distinct 
throughout.  Antennae  rather  long  and  thin;  second  joint,  of 
funicle  distinctly  longer  than  first.  Prothorax  almost  as  long  as 
wide;  sides  evenly  rounded,  with  a  narrowly  impressed  median 
line,  and  a  deeper  transverse  one  at  base;  with  numerous  rounded 
granules,  readily  traceable  through  clothing.  Elytra  slightly 
narrower  than  prothorax,  and  not  twice  as  long,  base  truncate, 
sides  parallel  to  beyond  the  middle;  with  regular  rows  of  large, 
partially  concealed  punctures  ;  alternate  interstices  feebly  ele- 
vated, with  a  few  indistinct  scattered  granules,  but  some  fairly 
distinct  ones  on  suture.  Metasternuvi  and  abdomen  with  a  large 
excavation  common  to  both;  basal  segment  of  the  latter  with  a 
feeble  carina  in  middle  of  apex,  second  segment  with  a  rather 


BY    A.    M.    LEA.  l6i 

conspicuous  curved  carina  near  apex.  Front  cox(f-  rather  widely 
separated;  femora  stout:  tibise  granulate,  the  front  pair  rather 
strongly  denticulate  on  lower  surface.      Length,  5h  nun. 

Z^ai.— N.S.W.  :  Taralga  (Dr.  E.  W.  Ferguson). 

In  the  latest  talkie  of  the  genus,*  would  be  associated  with 
M.  granulatus  and  M.faligiiieus,  but  readily  distinguished  from 
these  by  the  abdomen.  In  general  appearance,  it  is  something 
Mke  JJ.  piliventris,  M.  caviventris,  and  some  specimens  of  M. 
ventralis,  but  with  the  abdomen  carinate:  the  only  other  de- 
scribed species  having  the  abdomen  ti-ansversely  bicarinate  is 
il/.  bicarinatus,  but,  on  that  species,  the  carina  on  the  first  .seg- 
ment is  much  more  distinct  than  on  the  second,  the  front  coxje 
are  much  closer  together,  and  the  size  is  very  much  less.  The 
excavation  on  the  undersurface  is  very  conspicuous,  but  less  so 
than  on  M.  fovedtus.  On  the  prothorax,  there  is  a  depressed 
seta  on  each  granule;  on  the  elytra,  the  sette  are  in  single  rows 
on  the  interstices,  but  the  four  lateral  ones,  except  at  the  tip, 
are  non-setose.  A  few  inconspicuous  gi-anules  are  present  on 
the  elytra. 

Family  CERAMBYCTD^. 

UrACANTHUS    GLABRILINEATUS,  n.Sp. 

(J.  Dark  piceous-brown,  becoming  black  in  places;  elytra  with 
apical  two-thirds  light  castaneous.  Densely  but  somewhat 
irregularly  clothed  with  stramineous  pubescence,  very  dense 
along  undersurface  of  middle  femora. 

Head  with  median  line  deep  and  narrow,  base  rather  densely 
punctate.  Antennte  almost  extending  to  tip  of  elytra,  fourth 
to  tenth  joints  dilated  on  one  side  of  apex,  eleventh  about  one- 
third  longer  than  tenth,  slightly  notched  on  lower  side  near 
apex.  I'rothorax  much  longer  than  wide,  base  about  one-fourth 
wider  than  apex,  sides  bisinuate:  transversely  corrugate  through- 
out, and  with  two  small  nodes  in  middle.  Elytra  moderately 
narrowed  from  shoulders  to  basal  third,  thence  parallel-sided 
almost  to  apex,  each  strongly  emarginate  and  acutely  bispinose 


*  Trans.  R03'.  Soe.  S.  Au.st.,  1914,  p.299. 
56 


738 


NEW    SPKCIES    OF    AUSTRALIAN    COLKOPTERA,  xii., 


at  apex,  the  sutural  spine  longer  and  more  acute  than  the  other; 
basal  third  with  dense  punctures  of  moderate  size,  the  inter- 
spaces witli  small,  dense  ones,  elsewhere  with  very  small  punc- 
tures.    Length,  25  mm. 

Hab.— Western  Australia  :  Mullewa  (Miss  J.  F.  May). 

In  some  respects  close  to  i/.  simulans,  but  tips  of  elytra 
bidentate,  subhumeral  markings  partially  clothed,  and  each 
elytron  with  five  glabrous  lines.  Each  elytron,  to  the  naked 
eye,  has  a  large  dark  sulihumeral  patch,  on  which  the  clothing 
is  sparse  in  places,  but  the  space  between  the  patches  is  quite  as 
dark  as  the  patches  themselves;  although,  being  densely  clothed, 
its  colour  is  normally  concealed;  from  each  of  the  subglabrous 
patches,  three  glabrous  lines  extend  almost  to  the  apex;  the 
suture  and  the  mai^gin  are  also  narrowly  glabrous.  On  the  pro- 
thorax,  the  clothing  has  a  somewhat  loose  appearance,  but  is 
condensed  into  two  fairly  conspicuous  oblique  lines. 

Uracanthus  inkrmis,  n.sp. 

$.  Reddish-castaneous.  Densely  but  irregularly  clothed  with 
pale  pubescence,  four  hind  femora  conspicuously  clothed  along 
middle  of  undersurface. 

Head  with  median  line  narrow  and  abruptly  terminated  before 
base,  the  latter  densely  granulate-punctate ;  clypeus  densely 
punctate,  suture  deep  and  semicircular.  Antennae  terminated  a 
short  distance  before  apex  of  elytra,  most  of  the  joints  very 
feebly  produced  on  one  side  at  apex,  eleventh  about  one-third 
longer  than  tenth.  Prothorax  distinctly  longer  than  wide,  base 
very  little  wider  than  apex,  sides  feebly  dilated  at  middle; 
strongly  transversely  corrugated,  but  the  corrugations  more  or 
less  interrupted  before  middle,  each  side  of  middle  with  a  small, 
round  nodule.  Elytia  very  little  (except  near  base  not  at  all) 
wider  than  prothorax,  sides  feebly  diminishing  in  width  to  basal 
fourth,  thence  parallel-sided  to  apex,  where  each  is  evenly 
rounded;  with  several  scarcely  visible  longitudinal  elevations; 
punctures  very  minute.     Length  ((J2),  22-26  mm. 

9  Differs  in  having  somewhat  shorter  antennae,  wider  abdo- 
men, and  femora  not  densely  clothed  along  undersurface. 


BY    A.    M.    LteA.  739 

//a6.  — Queensland  :  Cairns  (E.  Allen),  Endeavour  River  (C. 
French). 

In  general  appearance,  strikingly  close  to  U.  bivittatiis,  Vjut 
with  tips  of  elytra  (juite  strongly  rounded,  without  the  least 
traces  of  notches  or  spines.  The  prothorax  has  four  conspicuous 
lines  of  subochreous  pubescence,  with  the  intervening  spaces 
highly  polished  and  almost  glabrous;  but  just  outside  of  the  sub- 
median  line,  there  are  two  small  spots  of  clothing;  the  median 
subglabrous  space  is  unusually  wide.  On  each  elytron,  a  fairly 
wide  glabrous  line  commences  on  each  shoulder,  and  is  traceable 
almost  to  apex;  but,  from  about  the  middle,  it  is  distinctly 
narrowed  and  lightly  clothed.  The  false  suture  of  the  eleventh 
joint  of  antennfe  is  quite  distinct  on  two  of  the  specimens  before 
me,  and  traceable  on  the  other.  The  corrugations  of  the  pro- 
thorax  are  strong,  but,  along  the  middle,  the  surface  (except  at 
base  and  apex)  is  smooth  and  shining. 

Uracanthus  maleficus,  n.sp. 

(J.  Piceo-castaneous,  elytra  and  parts  of  appendages  somewhat 
paler.  Densely  clothed  with  short  stramineous  pubescence, 
becoming  almost  golden  on  head  and  prothorax,  on  the  latter 
condensed  into  conspicuous  vittse,  leaving  three  polished  and 
almost  glabrous  spaces;  sterna  with  almost  golden  pubescence, 
somewhat  longer  and  darker  than  on  abdomen. 

Head  with  median  line  very  narrow;  clypeus  with  moderately 
dense,  partially  concealed  punctures,  suture  deep  and  .semicircular. 
Antennae  long  and  thin,  fully  two  joints  passing  elytra,  most  of 
the  joints  rather  acutely  produced  on  one  side  at  apex,  eleventh 
about  one  fourth  longer  than  tenth.  Prothorax  about  twice  as 
long  as  the  apical  width,  but  this  much  less  than  that  of  the  base, 
sides  somewhat  dilated  in  middle,  surface  gently  undulating  and 
smooth.  Elytra  considerably  wider  than  prothorax,  each  at  ape.x 
semicircularly  emargina.te  and  strongly  bispinose,  each  with  two 
feeble  elevations  and  remnants  of  a  third;  basal  third  with  dense 
and  fairly  coarse  punctures,  becoming  much  smaller  to  middle, 
thence  with  very  small  ones  only.     Length  {$^),  25-32  mm. 


740 


NEW    SPECIES    OF    AUSTRALIAN    COLEOPTERA,  xii. 


9.  Differs  in  having  antennae  terminated  before  apex  of  elytra, 
with  their  serrations  less  pronounced,  elytra  longer  and  wider, 
with  smaller  punctures  about  base,  abdomen  larger,  and  legs 
somewhat  shorter,  with  thinner  tarsi. 

llah. —  Tasmania:  Sprent  (A.  M.  Lea). 


Uracauthus  mafejicus,  n.sp. 
The  widely  glabrous,  median  portion  of  pronotum,  without 
transverse  or  irregular  corrugations,  and  wide,  immaculate  elytra, 
each  conspicuously  bispinose  at  apex,  readily  distinguish  this 
from  all  previously  described  species.  The  elytra  are  uniformly 
clothed  throughout,  except  that,  on  each  side  of  the  scutellum, 
the  pubescence  is  slightly  longer  and  more  brightly  coloured  than 
elsewhere;  the  glabrous  median  space  on  the  pronotum  is  about 
twice  the  width  of  the  lateral  ones;  there  is  a  cluster  of  coarse 
punctures  on  each  side  of  the  clypeus,  but  they  are  normally 
almost  concealed.  The  clothing  of  the  undersurface  of  the  four 
hind  femora  of  the  male  is  rather  denser  than  on  the  female,  but 
is  not  conspicuously  different  as  on  so  many  species  of  the  genus. 


BY    A.    M.    LEA.  741 

A  hazelnut-hedge  at  Sprent  was  practically  destroyed  by  larvae 
of  this  species,  and  the  specimens  described  were  reared  from 
sections  of  the  attected  trees. 

UrACANTHUS    VENTRALIS,   n.sp. 

(J.  Reddish-castaneous.  Rather  densely  clothed  with  whitish 
pubescence;  four  hind  femora  along  middle  of  undersurface  with 
dense  subochreous  clothing;  three  basal  segments  of  abdomen 
each  with  a  conspicuous  round  medio-apical  spot,  on  which  the 
clothing  is  somewhat  darker  and  longer  than  on  the  adjacent 
parts. 

Head  with  median  line  deep  and  narrow;  clypeus  with  dense 
irregular  punctures,  suture  partially  concealed.  Antenna:^  dis- 
tinctly passing  elytra,  third  joint  lightly,  fourth  to  tenth  trian- 
gularly produced  on  one  side  at  apex,  eleventh  about  one-fourth 
longer  than  tenth.  Frothorax  much  longer  than  wide,  base  not 
much  wider  than  apex,  sides  strongly  and  almost  evenly  rounded 
in  middle,  strongly  transversely  corrugated,  but  across  middle 
irregular.  Elytra  distinctly  wider  than  prothorax,  tips  evenly 
rounded  but  suture  strongly  spinose ;  each  with  two  feebly 
elevated  lines  and  renniants  of  two  others;  basal  third  with 
dense  and  coarse  punctures,  rapidly  becoming  smaller  to  middle, 
and  dense  and  small  posteriorly.     Length,  17  mm. 

Hab. — Western  Australia:  Mullewa  (Miss  J.  F.  May). 

In  general  appearance,  fairly  close  to  U.  striijusus  and  U. 
albatufi,  and  with  somewhat  similar  abdominal  clothing  to  the 
males  of  those  species,  but  each  elytron  unispinose  instead  of 
bispinose,  prothorax  with  more  uniform  clothing,  the  lateral  node 
more  obtuse  and  more  distant  from  the  base,  antenna?  consider- 
ably longer,  etc.  It  is  allied  to  U.  snturalis,  but  is  paler,  pro- 
thorax with  sides  more  evenly  rounded,  each  with  four  lines  of 
pale  clothing,  with  the  interspaces  sparsely  clothed  (on  U. 
(iiUuralis  the  lines  of  clothing  are  more  lunnerous,  and  the  inter- 
spaces are  glabrous),  but  in  particular  by  the  curious  abdominal 
clothing. 


742  NEW    SPEClKS    OF    AUSTRALIAN    COLEOPTKHA,  xii.. 

Uracanthus  corrugicollis,  n.sp. 

^.  Piceous-bruwn,  elytra  and  parts  of  appendages  paler.  Moder- 
ately densely  clothed  with  ashen  pubescence,  somewhat  shorter 
and  sparser  on  elyti-a  than  elsewhere;  middle  femora  densely 
clothed  along  middle  of  undersurface. 

Head  with  median  line  deep  and  nai'r(jw;  clypeus  with  dense, 
irregular  punctures,  suture  deep  and  triangular.  Antenna?  ex- 
tending to  tip  of  elytra,  fifth  to  tenth  joints  ti'iangularly  pro- 
duced on  one  side  at  aj^ex,  eleventh  about  one-fourth  longer  than 
tenth.  Frotho7-ax  moderately  long,  base  distinctly  wider  than 
apex,  sides  subangular  about  middle;  strongly  transversely  corru- 
gated, but  irregular  and  with  a  few  small  nodes  across  middle. 
Elytra  distinctly  wider  than  prothorax,  moderately  decreasing 
in  width  to  basal  fourth,  each  moderately  notched  at  apex,  with 
the  suture  spinose;  densely  and  minutely  punctate.  Length, 
26  mm. 

ffab. — Western  Australia :  Mullewa  (Miss  J.  F.  May). 

A  rather  dark  species  of  moderate  size,  with  elytra  lightly  but 
uniformly  clothed,  and  without  distinctly  elevated  lines;  each  is 
vinispinose  only,  as  the  outer  portion  of  the  apical  notch  is  quite 
evenly  rounded;  the  prothoracic  corrugations  are  unusually  strong. 

Uracanthus  atkr,  n.sp. 

(J.  Deep  black,  part  of  elytra  very  obscurely  diluted  with  red. 
Moderately  clothed  with  ashen  pubescence,  four  hind  femora 
along  middle  of  undersurface  with  dense,  conspicuous  clothing. 

f/ead  with  median  line  very  narrow;  clypeus  with  a  few  large 
punctures,  its  suture  semicircular.  Antennje  slightly  passing- 
elytra,  fifth  to  tenth  joints  triangularly  produced  on  one  side  at 
apex,  eleventh  one-third  longer  than  tenth.  Fruthorax  not  much 
longer  than  basal  width,  which  is  somewhat  greatei-  than  that  of 
apex,  sides  angulate  in  middle;  strongly  and  irregularly  corru- 
gated, with  some  small  nodes  across  middle.  Elytra  not  much 
wider  than  prothora.x,  parallel-sided  from  about  basal  third,  each 
rounded  at  apex,    but   slightly    notched   near  suture,    with    the 


BY    A.    M.    LEA.  743 

suture  briefly  spinose;  densely  and  rather  finely  punctate,  and 
with  very  feeble  elevated  lines.     Length,  21  mm. 

Hah. — Central  Australia  (H.  Hacker). 

Structurally  close  to  the  preceding  species,  but  much  darker, 
elytra  witli  rather  coarser  (although  not  large)  punctures,  pro- 
thoracic  corrugations  more  iri'egular,  and  hind  femora,  as  well  as 
the  middle  pair,  \\  ith  dense,  masculine  clothing.  The  pubescence 
on  the  head  is  dense,  on  ^he  prothorax  it  is  longer  and  sparser, 
on  the  elytra  it  is  rather  short  and  sparse  (the  type  evidently  has 
the  base  of  the  eh'tra  somewhat  abraded),  on  the  stei'na  it  is 
very  dense. 

Earinus  bimaculatus,  n.sp. 

^.  Head,  antenni\?,  and  legs  black,  with  a  more  or  less  brassy- 
green  gloss;  eh'tra,  mesosternum,  metasternum,  basal  and  apical 
segments  of  abdomen,  and  tips  of  the  others  metallic  bluish-green; 
prothorax  (two  large  spots  excepted)  and  most  of  the  three 
median  segments  of  abdomen  flavous.  Clothed  with  long, 
straggling,  black  and  ashen  hairs,  third  and  fourth  segments  of 
abdomen  each  with  a  rounded,  medio-apical  space  with  very  dense, 
sooty  pubescence. 

Head  with  very  dense  and  rather  coarse  punctures,  but  becom- 
ing sparse  in  front.  Four  basal  joints  of  antenna?  shining  and 
with  distinct  punctures,  third  as  long  as  first  and  much  longer 
than  fourth,  eleventh  slightly  longer  than  tenth.  Prothorax 
very  little  wider  at  base  than  at  apex,  from  about  middle  sti'ongly 
dilated  towards  base,  but  abruptly  narrowed  before  same;  with 
sparsely  and  irregularly  distributed  punctures,  mostly  of  moderate 
size.  Elytra  very  little  wider  than  widest  part  of  prothorax, 
rather  strongly  narrowed  to  beyond  the  middle,  each  somewhat 
acute  at  apex  :  with  dense  and  rather  coarse  punctures,  but 
shoulders  and  extreme  base  with  sparse  and  small  ones.  Leys 
moderately  long  and  thin,  and  with  distinct  punctures.  Length, 
14  mm. 

Bab. — Tasuiania  :  Huon  River  (A.  M.  Lea),  unique. 


744  NEW    SPECIES    OF    AUSTRALIAN    COLEOPTERA,  xii., 

The  genus  is  now  first  recoi^ded  from  Tasmania;  the  species  is 
alHed  to  E.  mimulus,  but  the  elytra  are  non-fasciate  and  pro- 
thorax  himaculate.  The  spots  on  the  prothorax  are  large, 
blackish-brown,  slightly  nearer  the  base  than  apex,  and  slightl}- 
nearer  the  sides  than  middle^  the  long  hairs  on  the  antenna^  do 
not  extend  beyond  the  sixth  joint,  on  the  elytra  the  clothing  is 
sparser  and  paler  than  on  the  prothorax.  The  elytral  punctures 
are  not  in  regular  series;  although  with  an  irregular  lineate 
arrangement  in  i^laces,  they  are  coarsest  at  about  one-fifth  from 
the  base;  at  about  one-fifth  from  tlie  apex,  there  is  a  feebly 
elevated  (somewhat  purplish)  irregular  transverse  elevation,  im 
mediately  beyond  which  the  punctures  deci'ease  in  size. 

Earinus  humeralis,  n.sp. 

Flavous;  head  between  eyes,  clypeus,  a  large  spot  on  each  side 
of  middle  of  prothorax,  scutellum,  shoulders,  apex  and  a  post- 
median  fascia  on  elytra,  mesosternum,  most  of  metasternum,  legs 
(base  of  femora  and  parts  of  coxje  excepted)  and  antennte  (base 
of  third,  fourth,  and  fifth  joints  excepted)  black  or  blackish. 
Clothed  with  long,  straggling,  blackish  and  ashen  hairs;  elytra, 
in  addition,  with  short,  pale,  aiid  rather  sparse  pubescence. 

Head  with  verj'  dense  and  rather  coarse  punctures,  but  becom- 
ing sparser  and  smaller  on  clypeus;  median  line  narrow  and  deep. 
Antennae  moderately  thin,  four  basal  joints  shining  and  with 
distinct  punctures,  third  joint  slightly  longer  than  first  and  much 
longer  than  fourth,  fifth  distinctly  longer  than  fourth  and  sixth, 
eleventh  longer  than  tenth.  Prothorax  with  basal  and  apical 
fourths  comparatively  narrow  and  parallel-sided,  the  intervening 
space  strongly  dilated  towards  base,  but  abruptly  narrowed 
before  same;  with  punctures  varying  from  sparse  and  small  to 
moderately  dense  and  coarse.  Elytra  very  little  wider  than 
widest  part  of  prothorax,  moderately  narrowed  to  basal  third; 
with  dense  and  rather  coarse  punctures,  becoming  smaller  pos- 
teriorly, and  much  sparser  on  shoulders  and  about  extreme  base. 
Legs  moderately  long,  and  with  distinct  punctures.  Length, 
10  mm. 


BY    A.    M.    LRA.  745 

//o7>.— Queensland:  Townsville  (H.  H.  D.  Griffith). 

Allied  to  E.  pictiis,  but  prothorax  with  two  disconnected  spots 
(rounded  in  front  and  angular  behind),  each  shoulder  with  a 
black,  isolated  patch,  and  basal  half  of  third,  fourth,  and  fifth 
joints  of  antenna?  pale.  The  postmedian  fascia  on  the  elytra  is 
slightly  longer  than  the  fiavous  portion  between  it  and  the  apex. 
The  long  hairs  on  the  antennae  do  not  extend  beyond  the  fifth 
joint.     The  abdomen  is  missing  from  the  type. 

Two  specimens  of  this  species  in  Mr.  Griffith's  collection  ai'e 
in  perfect  condition;  on  each  of  them  the  abdomen  is  of  a  bright 
red  with  a  large  black  spot  on  the  side  of  each  segment,  except 
of  the  posterior  one,  which  is  black  throughout,  except  for  a 
narrow  medio-basal  portion;  the  four  basal  segments  have  each  a 
conspicuous  patch  of  golden  hairs  on  each  side  posterior  to  the 
black  spots.      They  are  probably  males. 


Ol 


746 


AUSTRALIAN  TABANID.E[Divtv.rx].     No.  ii.* 
.  By  Frank  H.  Taylor,  F.E.S. 
(From  the  Australian  Institute  of  Tropical  Medicine,  ToivnsviUe.) 

The  present  paper  contains  the  descriptions  of  a  new  genus 
and  twelve  new  species,  a  change  in  the  names  of  two  species, 
with  notes  and  additional  localities  for  previously  known  forms. 
The  egg  mass  of  Silvius  australis  Ricardo,  is  also  described. 

The  new  species  are  distributed  in  the  following  genera : — 
Diatominenra  (one),  Corizoneura  [one),  Elaphrom'yia{g.  et  sp.n.), 
Silvius  (two),  and  Taba^ius  (seven). 

The  type-specimens  have  been  deposited  in  the  Institute 
collection. 

Subfamily  Pangonin.e. 
Erephopsis  guttata  Donovan. 

Genei\  Illustr.  Ent.,  i.,  Hym.  et  Dipt.  (1805);  Ricardo,  Ann. 
Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  (8),  xvi.,  p.26  (1915). 

I/ab. — Eidsvold,  Queensland  (Dr.  Bancroft). 
For  synonymy,  see  Ricardo. 

Erephopsis  bancrofti  Austen. 

Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  (8),  ix.,  p.2  (1912). 
Ilab. — Eidsvold,  Queensland  (Dr.  Bancroft). 

Erephopsis  aureohirta  Ricardo. 

Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  (7),  v.,  p.ll6,  PI.  i.,  fig.lO  (1900);  op. 
cit.,  (8),  xvi.,  p.23(1915). 

Hab. — Kuranda,  Queensland  (F.  P.  Dodd). 

*  Continued  from  Vol.  xl.,  p.806,  1915(1916). 


v^ 


BY  FRANK  H.  TAYLOR.  747 

DiATOMINEURA  CROCEA,  sp.ll. 

Length,  ^,  8-9;  9,  8-8-5  :  width  of  head,  ^,  3-3-5;  9,  3:  leno-th 
of  wmg,  (J,  7-8;  9,8:  width  of  front  at  vertex,  0-5;  length  of 
proboscis,  2-5  mm. 

(J.  Head  orange-butt',  beard  similar;  first  two  segments  of 
antennae  dull  golden;  the  first  swollen,  about  twice  the  length  of 
second,  and  clothed  with  fairly  long,  orange-buff"  hairs;  second 
about  two-thirds  the  width  of  the  first,  and  clothed  with  fairly 
long,  black  haii's;  third  orange,  annuli  black;  palpi  pale  orange, 
slendei',  tapering  to  a  point,  clothed  with  fairly  long,  orange  hairs, 
with  a  few  black  ones  at  the  apex,  about  one-third  the  length  of 
the  proboscis,  tlie  latter  black;  eyes  black,  pubescence  black. 

Thorax  densely  clothed  with  fairly  long,  orange-buff"  and  black 
hairs;  scutellum  and  pleuroe  densely  covered  with  orange-buff" 
hairs. 

Abdomen  darker  than  thorax,  clothed  with  short,  orange-buff" 
and  black  hairs,  with  a  median,  fairly  br(.)ad,  orange-coloured 
stripe  extending  the  full  length  of  the  abdomen,  apex  blackish, 
with  a  few  black  hairs;  venter  bright  orange-butt". 

Winys  with  the  inner  two-thirds  almost  hyaline,  rest  smoky: 
veins  brown,  costa  black;  stigma  dark  brown,  elongate,  conspi- 
cuous, squamae  clear.      Halteres  with  pale  stems  and  dark  knobs. 

Legs :  fore-  and  mid-femora,  and  tibia?  orange-buff";  first  tarsals 
brownish,  with  black  aj^ices;  rest  black,  with  narrow,  pale,  basal 
rings;  hind  tibia?  and  basal  half  of  the  first  tarsals  brown,  femora 
clothed  with  orange-coloured  hairs,  apical  half  of  the  first  tarsals 
and  tarsi  two  to  five  black;  spurs  on  mid-  and  hind-tibiae  black, 
prominent. 

9.  Similar  to  ^,  but  not  so  brightly  coloured.  Front  orange- 
buff,  with  numerous,  erect,  black  hairs;  no  frontal  callus;  ocellar 
triangle  darker  than  front,  ocelli  prominent;  abdomen  chocolate- 
brown,  clothed  with  black  hairs,  with  a  dull,  median,  orange-buff" 
stripe  the  full  length  of  the  abdomen;  venter  paler  than  in  the  J". 

Nab. — Queensland  :  Kuranda  (F.  P.  Dodd),  Cairns  (F.  H. 
Taylor). 

57 


748  AUSTRALIAN    TABANID^,  ii., 

A  very  handsome  and  distinct  little  species,  unlike  any  other 
with  which  I  am  acquainted. 

DiATOMINEURA    BREVIROSTRIS    Macquart. 

Dipt.  Exot.,  Suppl.  iv.,  p.326  (1842)  [Pan(/omrt]  ;  Ricardo, 
Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  (8),  xvi.,  p.28(1915). 

Hah. — Queensland:  Montville  (Dr.  Turner),  Kuranda  (F.  P. 
Dodd  and  F.  H.  Taylor). 

I  am  indebted  to  Mr.  Austen  for  the  identification  of  this 
species,  which  is  apparently  a  common  one  at  Kuranda. 

DiATOMINEURA    VIOLACEA  Macquart. 

Dipt.  Exot.,  Suppl.  iv.,  p.326,  PI.  xi.,  %.3  {\U^)[Pangonia\; 
Ricardo,  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  (8),  xvi.,  p.30(1915). 

Ilah. — Q. :  Mount  Tambourine  (W.  W.  Froggatt),  Barron  Falls 
(F.  H.  Taylor). 

The  specimens  from  Mount  Tambourine  agree  perfectly  with 
those  from  Kuranda,  a  district  where  it  is  a  fairly  common 
species. 

CORIZONEURA    KURANDiE,   sp.n. 

9.  Length,  13-15;  width  of  head,  4-5;  width  of  front  at  vertex, 
0"4-0-6;  length  of  wing,  11-5-13  mm. 

Head:  face,  cheeks,  and  front  grey,  face  and  cheeks  with  short, 
white  hairs,  beard  white  ;  frontal  callus  black,  spear-shaped, 
gradually  tapering  to  a  fine  point,  reaching  the  ocellar  triangle; 
the  latter  dark,  with  a  golden  tinge,  ocelli  prominent;  subcallus 
grey;  antennjy  and  palpi  black,  first  and  second  segments  ot  the 
former  densely  clothed  with  black  hairs,  third  with  the  base  tri- 
angular, palpi  about  two-thirds  the  length  of  the  proboscis,  the 
latter  short,  black;  eyes  black,  inner  margins  parallel. 

Thorax  grey,  with  three,  well-defined,  black  stripes,  clothed 
with  semi-erect,  grey  hairs;  scutellum  dusky-brown,  with  a  narrow, 
posterior,  grey  margin,  clothed  with  grey  hairs,  posterior  fringe 
grey,  fairly  long;  pleurtB  black,  with  grey  tomentum,  and  fairly 
long,  grey  hair. 


BY    FRANK    H.    TAYLOR.  749 

Abdomen  mahogany  red,  becoming  darker  toward  the  apex, 
clotlied  with  black  hairs;  first  segment  dark,  first  six  segments 
with  median,  triangular,  white,  apical  flecks:  second  segment 
with  a  border  of  black  round  the  white  fleck;  all  the  segments 
with  lateral,  gr-eyish- white  spots,  those  on  the  first  and  second 
largest;  in  addition,  there  are  narrow,  apical,  grey  bands  to  all 
the  segments;  venter  black,  first  three  segments  pale,  tinged 
with  black,  second  to  the  apex  all  with  grey-white,  apical  banding. 

Wings  smoke-coloured,  except  the  discoidal  and  inferior  basal 
cells,  which  are  clear;  veins  dark  brown;  stigma  brown,  elongate, 
inconspicuous;  squamte  clear.  Halteres  dark  brown;  no  appendix 
to  upper  branch  of  third  long  vein. 

Lfi(js  black,  femora  densely  covered  with  short,  grey  hairs; 
tibise  similarly  covered  with  black  ones;  spurs  on  mid-  and  hind- 
tibia;  black,  conspicuous. 

Hab.—Q. :   Kuranda  (F.  P.  Dodd),  Cairns  (F.  H.  Taylor). 

A  striking  species  owing  to  the  general  resemblance  to  species 
of  the  genus  Tabamis,  being  not  unlike  some  of  the  northern 
forms  of  that  genus. 

Elaphromyia,  gen.nov. 

Ocelli,  and  spurs  on  hind-tibifi*  present.  Antenna;  with  six 
divisions  to  the  third  joint,  with  the  last  two  divisions  indistinct, 
which  is  broad  and  Tabanus-Mka  at  the  base,  the  first  segment 
almost  bell-shaped,  about  half  as  wide  again,  laterally,  at  the 
apex,  second  segment  about  one-third  the  length  of  the  first. 
Palpi  very  small,  cylindrical,  about  one-fourth  the  length  of  the 
proboscis,  the  latter  comparatively  long.  Wings  with  all  pos- 
terior cells  open;  no  appendix. 

Tyi)e,  E.  carterl  Taylor.      9  unknown. 

Elaphromyia  oarteri,  sp.n. 

^.  Length,  21;  width  of  head,  5;  length  of  wiiig,  IG;  length  of 
abdomen,  14;  greatest  width  of  thorax,  4*5  mm. 

Head:  subcallus  yellow,  clothed  with  yellow  tomentum  and 
scattered  golden  hairs;  face   and  cheeks  orange,  the  former  pro- 


750  AUSTRALIAN    TABANID^,  ii., 

duced  into  a  laige,  blunt  tubercle  between  the  antennas  and  palpi, 
cheeks  and  undersurface  of  head  densely  clothed  with  fairly  long, 
orange-coloured  hairs;  antennae  testaceous,  first  and  second  seg- 
ments densely  clothed  with  fairly  long,  mixed,  black  and  orange 
hairs;  base  of  third  segment  broadly  triangular,  with  scattered, 
short,  black  and  golden  hairs ;  j^alpi  very  short,  two-jointed, 
cylindrical,  densely  clothed  with  long,  black  hairs;  apical  segment 
testaceous;  eyes  black,  shining,  facets  small,  nude;  proboscis  dark 
brown,  apex  and  upper  basal  two-thirds  testaceous. 

Thonu;  with  three,  fairly  bi'oad,  black  stripes,  yellowish  on 
each  side  of  the  median  one,  and  orange  laterally,  clothed  with 
golden  hairs;  pleurtt  black,  clothed  with  golden  tomentum,  and 
scattered,  golden  hairs;  scutellum  similar  to  thorax. 

Abdomeri  as  wide  as  thorax,  becoming  narrower  toward  the 
apex;  first  five  segments  pale,  the  first  and  second  with  fairly 
large,  median,  black  spots  as  broad  as  the  segments,  and  black, 
lateral  patches  also;  third  to  fifth  segments  with  broad,  black, 
basal  banding,  expanding  lateiully,  and  clothed  with  short,  golden 
hairs;  venter  with  first  segment  pale,  second  with  two,  basal  and 
apical,  pale  spots;  third  to  fifth  black,  with  pale,  apical  ones; 
sixth  with  a  narrow,  black  band,  rest  of  segment  and  remaining 
ones  testaceous;  all  segments  with  a  lateral  fringe  of  orange- 
coloured  hairs. 

//'';/.s  testaceous,  spurs  on  the  mid-tibite  stout,  black,  those  on 
hind-tibiai  testaceous  and  slenderer  ;  the  claws  black,  sickle- 
shaped,  fairly  large. 

Wiiuja  orange-yellow;  veins  bi'own,  except  the  subcostal,  which 
is  reddish;  the  apex  and  inner  margin  to  the  base  of  the  marginal 
cells  dusky,  pale  on  the  axillary  cell;  a  pale  spot  in  the  middle 
of  the  cubital  cell,  the  discoidal  and  inferior  basal  pale,  also  the 
basal  half  of  the  anal  cell.      Halteres  orange. 

Hah.—Q.:  Kuranda  (F.  P.  Dodd). 

Described  from  a  single  specimen.  A  second  specimen  was 
submitted  to  Mr.  Austen,  who  informed  me  that  it  belonged  to 
a  new  genus  and  species  allied  to  Osca  (subgenus  Corioiieura). 
It  is  an  easily  recognised   species  on  account  of   its  abdominal 


BY   FRANK    H.    TAYLOR.  751 

markings,  and  extreme  length  in  proportion  to  the  width  of  the 
thorax. 

It  affords  me  great  pleasure  to  associate  the  name  of  ray 
friend,  Mr.  H.  J.  Carter,  with  this  striking  species. 

SiLVIUS    ATER,   sp.n. 

9.  Length,  13-1-1-;  width  of  head,  4;  width  of  front  at  vertex, 
0'5;  length  of  wing,  12-1.3  mm. 

Head:  front  ashen-grey;  frontal  callus  spear-shaped,  dull  black, 
tumid,  with  a  fairly  deep,  median  groove  on  its  apical  half,  about 
two-thirds  the  width  of  front  at  its  base;  ocellar  triangle  dark 
brown,  prominent,  ocelli  black;  face  ashen-grey;  antennae  pitch 
black;  first  two  segments  clothed  with  black  hairs,  base  of  the 
third  broadly  triangular,  forming  an  obtuse  angle  on  its  upper 
edge;  palpi  black,  nearly  as  long  as  proboscis,  the  latter  black; 
eyes  black,  nude,  their  inner  margins  parallel. 

Thurax  black,  denuded,  with  traces  of  black  and  yellowish 
liairs  on  the  sides:  scutellutn  denuded;  pleune  black. 

Abdomen  black,  clothed  with  short,  black  hairs;  first  segment 
broadly  marked  with  grey  at  the  apex  and  on  the  sides,  second 
segment  with  the  grey  not  so  prominent  on  the  sides,  remaining 
segments  with  narrow,  more  or  less  distinct,  apical  bands;  venter 
black,  segments  two  to  four  with  narrow,  white,  apical  bands, 
five  to  apex  with  pale,  narrow,  apical  bands. 

Wings  black,  a  semitransparent  streak  in  the  cubital  cell  along 
part  of  the  third  long  vein,  the  apical,  first  to  fourth  posterior, 
the  discal  and  inferior  basal  cells  with  semitransparent  spots;  no 
appendix  to  upper  branch  of  the  third  long  vein. 

Legs  black,  spurs  on  mid-  and  hind-tibiie  conspicuous. 

Hah. — Northern  Territory:   Brock's  Creek  and  Mary  River  (G. 

r.  Hill). 

An  easily  recognised  species,  and  very  different  ivom  other 
Australian  forms  on  account  of  its  general  black  colour,  and 
abdominal  markings. 

Co-type  in  Coll.  Hill. 


752  AUSTRALIAN    TABANIDiE,  ii., 

SiLVIUS    SUBLURIDUS,   sp.n. 

9.  Length,  12;  width  of  head,  5;  width  of  front  at  vertex,  0-75, 
length  of  wing,  10  mm. 

Head:  front  brown,  black  when  denuded;  frontal  callus  a  small 
plug,  black,  shining,  tumid,  about  three-fourths  as  wide  as  the 
front,  base  a  short  distance  from  the  subcallus,  apex  ending  in  a 
blunt  point  ;  subcallus  shining  black,  protuberant  ;  first  and 
second  segments  of  antennie  yellowish,  clothed  witli  numerous 
black  hairs,  markedly  so  on  their  doi-sal  apices,  first  cui)-shaped, 
second  very  small,  third  reddish,  its  ])ase  fairly  large  and  broad; 
}>alpi  pale  reddish,  nearly  the  length  of  the  proboscis,  the  latter 
black;  eyes  bare,  inner  margins  slightly  converging  toward  their 
bases. 

Thorax  slate  coloured,  denuded,  with  traces  of  short,  golden 
hairs;  scutellum  similar;  pleunc  slate-coloured,  with  scattered, 
grey  hairs. 

Abdomeii  yellowish-brown,  the  two  apical  segments  darker; 
basal  segments  of  venter  paler  than  dorsum,  penultimate  and 
apical  segments  blackish. 

Leyn:  basal  half  of  femora  slate-coloured,  the  remainder  and 
tibi;e  reddish,  the  former  clothed  with  grey  hairs,  the  latter  w  ith 
short,  black  ones;  fore-tarsi  black;  mid  and  hind  dusky;  spurs  on 
mid-tibite  black,  conspicuous;  hind  ones  pale,  inconspicuous. 

Winys  clear,  veins  dark  except  the  subcostal,  which  is  yellowish; 
stigma  yellowish;  all  posterior  cells  widely  open;  no  appendix. 

//«6.— Northern  Ten-itory:   Darwin  (G.  F.  Hill). 

A  specimen  closely  resembling  S.  Inridus  Walker,  from  Port 
Stephens,  N.S.W.,  but  differing  in  the  antemue,  legs,  etc.  De- 
scribed from  a  single  specimen,  sent  by  Mr.  Hill,  labelled  "taken 
on  horse,  eyes  brown." 

SiLvius  DODDi  Ricardo. 

Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  (8),  xvi.,  p.261  (1915). 
Hab.—Q. :  Kuranda  (F.  P.  Dodd). 


BY    PRANK    H.    TAYLOR.  753 

SiLvius  FRONTALIS  Ricai'do. 
Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  (8),  xxl,  p.262(1915). 
Hah.—lSi.  Territory:  Darwin  and  :34-Mile  Siding  (G.  F.  Hill). 
This  appears  to  be  rather  a  cunnnon  species. 

SiLVius  INDISTINCTUS  Ricardo. 

Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  (8),  xvi.,  p.26-2  (1915). 

Ilab.-^Q.:  Ching  Du  (F.  H.  Taylor),  Bowen. 

This  would  appear  to  be  a  widely  distributed  species,  as  it  was 
described  from  the  Adelaide  River,  and  Palnierston,  Northern 
Territory. 

SiLVius  AUSTRALis  Ricardo. 

Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  (8),  xvi.,  p.263(1915). 

The  eggmass  of  this  species  is  very  long  and  narrow,  measuring 
29  mm.,  by  an  average  of  1  "5  mm.,  and  contains  a  very  large 
number  of  eggs,  which  are  a  light  amber-brown,  cylindrical,  and 
pointed  like  a  cigar  at  the  apex,  and  measure  1"3  x  0'2mm.(vix). 

They  were  found  on  a  blade  of  grass  overhanging  a  small, 
sandy  creek  in  Townsville,  just  as  the  Hy  had  finished  laying 
them.     It  is  a  common  species  at  Ching  Do  and  Kuranda. 

JJab.—Q. :  Eidsvold  (Dr.  Bancroft),  Townsville,  Ching  Do  (F. 
H.  Taylor),  Kuranda  (F.  P.  Dodd). 

Subfamily  T  A  B  A  N  i  N  .E. 
Group  iv.   Forehead  with  no  callus. 

Tabanus  griseohirtus,  sp.n. 

$.  Length,  11-5-13-75;  width  of  head,  4-4-5;  width  of  front  at 
vertex,  0"5-0'75;  length  of  wing,  9"5-ll  mm. 

Head:  face  and  cheeks  grey,  beard  white;  front  creamy,  with 
numerous  black  hairs  ;  frcjntal  callus  absent  ;  subcallus  grey  ; 
antennBC  reddish-yellow,  first  two  segments  paler,  clothed  with 
pale  hairs  and  a  few  black  ones  on  their  dorsal  apices,  third 
broad  at  the  base  with  an  obtuse  angle;  palpi  pale  creamy,  with 
white  hairs,  about  one-half  the  length  of  the  proboscis,  the  latter 
brown;  eyes  bare,  inner  margins  converging  toward  the  apex. 


754  AUSTRALIAN'    TABANID.E,  ii., 

Thorax  grey,  clothed  with  mixed  black  and  golden,  appressed 
hairs,  the  latter  predominating:  scutellum  similar  to  thoi'ax; 
pleurae  grey,  with  scattered  white  hairs. 

Abdomen  black,  entirely  covered  with  gi'ey  tomentmn,  clothed 
with  mixed,  pale  yellowish  and  black  hairs,  the  black  ones  fairly 
long  on  the  posterior  margin  of  the  apical  segment;  all  segments 
\\  itli  narrow,  apical,  yellowish  banding;  venter  similar  to  thorax, 
clothed  with  short,  whitish  hairs. 

Leys:  femora  and  tibia?  yellowish,  the  former  clothed  with 
black  pubescence. 

Winys  clear,  veins  yellowish-brown  ;  stigma  pale ;  anterior 
branch  of  the  third  long  vein  with  an  appendix. 

/y«6. —Northern  Territory:  Melville  Island (G.F.  Hill,  No.75). 

Allied  to  T.  nemopunctatus  Ricardo,  but  differing  in  not  having 
the  inner  margins  of  the  eyes  parallel,  and  the  general  colour 
being  grey,  besides  other  points  of  difference.  The  appendix  on 
the  anterior  branch  of  the  third  long  vein  (jf  the  wing  is  variable 
in  length,  being  longer  in  some  than  in  others. 

Co-type  in  Coll.  Hill. 

Tabanus  NEMOPUNCTATUS  Ricardo. 

Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  (8),  xiv.,  p.;^88  (1911). 

This  species,  originally  described  from  Dunk  Island,  Queens- 
land, has  been  forwarded  frcjm  the  Northern  Territory  by  Mr. 
Hill. 

These  specimens  show  slight  variation  in  the  size  of  the  tooth 
on  the  base  of  the  third  joint  of  the  antenna?,  and  also  have  the 
ti})  black  instead  of  ferruginous,  but,  in  all  other  resjDects,  they 
are  typical. 

Hah. — N.  Tei'ritoiy:   L)ar\vin,  tStajjleton,  and  Batchelor. 

Group  \ii.  Abdomen  with  one  or  more  stripes,  usually  continuous. 

Tabanus  mastersi,  nom.nov. 
Tahatius  yreyarius  Taylor,  nee  Erichson. 
Rep.  Aust.  Inst.  Trop.  Med.,  1911,  p.63(1913);  Austen,  Ann. 
Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  (8),  xiii.,  p.265(19U). 


BY    FEAXK    H.    TAyLOR.  755 

(J.  Length,  13-15-5;  width  of  head,  5-5-7;  length  of  wing,  11- 
12-75  mm. 

Similar  to  9,  hut  the  dorsum  of  thorax  and  abdomen  darker. 
Eyes  with  the  large  facets  copper-coloured,  and  occupying  about 
two-thirds  of  the  surface,  reaching  about  the  middle  of  the  fr(jntal 
triangle,  leaving  a  narrow  border  of  small,  bkie-black  facets,  which 
extend  to  the  vertex. 

This  species  appears  to  be  ^•ery  %ariable  in  size,  judging  from 
the  specimens  before  me — a  $  measuring  17-5nnn.  in  length, 
whilst  the  smallest  specimen,  a  ^,  measures  only  13  mm. 

I  have  much  pleasure  in  dedicating  this  handsome  species  to 
the  memory  of  the  late  Mr.  George  Masters,  for  many  years  the 
Curator  of  the  Macleay  Museum,  Sydney. 

Hab. — N.  Territory:  Darwin  (G.F.Hill). — Queensland:  Bowen, 
]\Iackay,  Cardington,  and  Townsville  (F.  H.  Taylor). 

It  is  closely  related  to  7\  Sfratiymani  Ricardo,  but  differs  in 
the  antenn;f  and  legs.  The  extension  on  the  frontal  callus  also 
differs  in  being  extended  to  the  ocellar  triangle. 


'» 


Tabanus  duplonotatus  Ricardo. 

Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  (8),  xiv.,  p.3DG  (1914). 

Specimens  received  from  the  Northern  Territ(jry  differ  fiom 
the  description  of  the  specimens  from  S.  Queensland  only  in 
having  the  venter  dark,  femora  reddish,  and  the  veins  of  the 
wing  brown. 

Hab.—^.  Territory:  Darwin  (G.  F.  Hill,  No. 65). 


Grou}j  ix.  Species  with  paler  bands,  and  sometimes  spots  on  the 

abdomen. 

Tabanus  trypherus,  sp.n. 

9.  Length,  7"25-8;  width  of  head,  2-75-3;  width  of  front  at 
vertex,  0-25;  length  of  wing,  6-75-7  mm. 

Head:  face  grey,  with  scanty  grey  hairs;  beard  white,  scanty; 
front  black,  covered  with  dull  golden  tomentum,  about  one-third 
narrower  posteriorly;  frontal  callus  black,  almost  square,  with  a 
short,  thick  extension,   tumid,  shining,  nearly  the  width  of  the 


756  AUSTRALIAN    TABANID^,  ii., 

front  at  base,  and  about  one-half  the  length  of  front,  no  lineal 
extension;  subcallus  chestnut,  with  pale  yellowish  tomentuni; 
palpi  pale  creamy-white,  about  two-thirds  the  length  of  the  pro- 
boscis, pubescence  black,  with  some  fairly  long,  white  hairs 
basally,  first  two  segments  of  antennae  creamy-yellow,  with  black 
pubescence,  third  with  the  base  reddish-yellow,  forming  an  obtuse 
angle;  tooth  small,  with  some  black  pubescence,  annuli  dark. 

Thorax  denuded,  ash-coloured,  with  lateral  and  i)osterior 
margins  paler;  scutellum  paler;  pleurpe  grey,  pubescence  grey. 

Abduynen  chocolate-brown,  with  fairly  broad,  grey  bands  ; 
pubescence  black;  venter  black,  witli  grey  tomentum. 

Wimjs  clear,  veins  brown;  stigma  yellow-brown,  elongate,  con- 
spicuous; anterior  branch  of  third  long  vein  with  a  long  appendix. 

Le<js:  fore  and  hind  femora  blackish;  mid  with  apical  half 
yellowish,  tibia)  yellowish,  apical  half  of  fore-tibiie  blackish,  tarsi 
black,  hind  ones  with  pale  bases,  pubescence  on  femora  and  tibi;e 
mixed  pale  and  black,  black  on  tarsi. 

Hah. — N.  Territory:  Fannie  Bay,  near  Darwin  (G.  F.  Hill, 
No.l04). 

A  species  readily  distinguished  from  the  other  Australian 
members  of  Group  ix.,  by  its  small  size,  colour,  and  the  front 
converging  toward  the  apex. 

Co-type  in  Coll.  Hill. 

Tabanus  griseoannulatus,  sp.n. 

9.  Length,  10;  width  of  head,  4;  width  of  front  at  vertex,  0-5; 
leiigth  of  wing,  10-75  mm. 

Head:  front  grey  at  base  and  vertex,  blackish  elsewhere  ; 
frontal  callus  black,  tumid,  nearly  square,  about  two-thirds  the 
width  of  the  front  at  the  base,  with  a  lineal  extension  reaching 
the  middle  of  the  front;  subcallus  dark  ashen,  face  and  cheeks 
grey,  pubescence  grey,  beard  white;  palpi  black,  about  two-thirds 
the  length  of  the  proboscis,  with  grey  tomentum  and  black  hairs, 
with  a  few  fairly  long,  grey  ones  at  the  Imse  ;  first  joint  of 
antenna'  black,  with  black  hairs;  second  joint  light  reddish- 
yellow,  with  black  hairs,  about  one-third  the  length  of  the  first; 


BY    FRANK    H.    TAYLOR.  757 

third  reddish-brow  11,  with  minute,  grey  pubescence,  base  broad 
and  liat,  no  tooth  present,  w  ith  a  very  shallow  angle,  annuli 
darker;  inner  margins  of  eyes  parallel. 

Thorax  black,  denuded,  with  tiuces  of  grey  pubescence,  scu- 
telluni  similar  to  thorax;  pleune  covered  with  grey  tomentum 
and  white  hairs. 

Abdomen  black,  covered  with  black  hairs,  all  the  segments 
with  fairly  broad,  greyish-white,  apical  bands,  and  fairly  broad, 
grey,  lateral  patches;  venter  covered  with  grey  tomentum,  with 
mixed  grey  and  black  hairs. 

Leys  black,  pubescence  black,  with  a  yellow  knee-spot  on  the 
mid-legs. 

Winys  grey,  costa  black,  veins  dark  brown,  stigma  black, 
elongate,  conspicuous;  anterior  branch  of  the  third  long  vein 
with  a  short  appendix. 

//rti._N.  Territory:  Brock's  Creek  (G.  F.  Hill). 

A  medium-sized,  compact  species,  not  closely  related  to  any 
other  species  of  Ricardo's  Group  ix.  The  tricoloured  antenna?, 
and  the  yellow  knee-joint  on  the  mid-legs  are  very  distincti^•e. 
Type  unique. 

Tabanus  australis,  n.sp. 

5.  Lengtli,  10;  wudth  of  head,  3-75;  width  of  front  at  vertex, 
0"5;  length  of  wing,  9-5  mm. 

Head:  front  creamy-yellow,  subcallus  similar;  rest  of  head 
covered  with  grey  tomentum,  beard  white;  frontal  callus  chest- 
nut, darker  toward  apex,  oblong,  with  a  lineal  extension  tapering 
to  a  fine  point;  antenna?  reddish-yellow,  first  two  segments  paler, 
with  black  pubescence;  third  segment  with  the  base  broad,  and 
forming  an  obtuse  angle  on  the  dorsal  surface,  with  black  pubes- 
cence on  the  apex  of  the  angle,  annuli  black;  palpi  creamy,  with 
pale  hairs  on  the  base,  black  elsewhere,  about  one-half  the  length 
of  the  proboscis;  eyes  black,  nude,  inner  margins  parallel. 

Thorax  ash  coloured,  with  scattered,  short,  black,  appressed 
hairs,  lateral  black  and  grey  hairs  fairly  long,  scutellum  similar 
to  thorax;  pleura-  grey,  with  scattered,  grey  hairs. 


758  AUSTRALIAN    TABANID^,  ii.. 

Ahdomon:  first  thi'ee  segments  reddish-brown,  the  remainder 
dark  brown,  with  scattered,  yellow,  short,  appressed  hairs,  all 
the  segments  with  narrow,  grey,  apical  bands,  venter  similar. 

Leyii:  fore-legs  dusky,  except  basal  half  of  tibipe,  which  is 
yellowish;  mid-  and  hind-femora  dusky,  mid-  and  hind-tibife  also; 
first  hind  tarsal  yellowish,  remaining  tarsi  of  both  legs  dusky, 
all  femora  with  pale  pubescence,  tibiae  and  tarsi  with  black 
pubescence. 

Wiiu/x  clear,  veins  brown;  no  appendix. 

//ft/>._N.  Territory:  Stapleton  (G.  F.  Hill). 

A  specimen  of  the  above  was  submitterl  to  Mr.  Austen,  who 
informed  me  that  it  was  close  to  K.  uu/rimanus  Walker,  from 
which  it  may  be  distinguished,  infn-  alia,  by  the  colour  of  the 
antennae  and  legs. 


Tabanus  doddi,  nom.nov. 


Tahanus  abstersus  Taylor,  7iec  Walker,  Rept.  Aust.  Tnst.  Trop. 
Med.,  1911,  p.60(1913);  Austen,  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  (8),  xiii., 
p.264(1914). 

A  change  of  name  becomes  necessary  for  this  species,  due  to  a 
misidentification  of  Walker's  s-pecies,  as  pointed  out  by  Austen; 
and  also  because,  as  far  as  I  am  able  to  judge  from  all  the  de- 
scriptions of  Australian  Tabani,  it  remains  unnamed. 

It  is  a  very  distinct  and  easily  recognised  species,  owing  to 
the  white-haired  fieck  on  the  hind  margin  of  each  of  the  first  five 
segments,  the  black  ground-colour  of  the  dorsum  of  the  abdomen, 
and  the  angle  on  the  expanded  portion  of  the  third  joint  of  the 
antenna;,  which  is  produced  into  a  long,  thumb-like  process.  All 
the  specimens  before  me  (19)  show  the  annuli  of  the  third  joint 
of  the  antennfe  with  a  marked,  upward  curve. 

JIah.—H.  Queensland  (H.  Tryon).— Q.:  Kuranda  (F.  P.  Dodd), 
Mourilyan  (F.  H.  Taylor). 

Group  X.   Species  with   the  abdomen  unicolorous,  or  almost  so, 
sometimes  darker  at  apex. 
Tabanus  darwinensis,  sp.n. 
9.  Length,  10-5;  width  of  head,  3-8;  width  of  front  at  vertex, 
0-5;  length  of  wing,  9-5  mm. 


BY    FRANK    H.    TAYLOR.  759 

Head:  front  dull  golden,  covered  with  numerous,  black,  erect 
hairs;  frontal  callus  black,  pear-shaped,  tiiniid;  subcallus  dull 
golden,  light  chestnut  when  denuded,  rest  of  head  grey,  beard 
grey-white;  first  two  segments  of  antennfe  golden-yellow,  clothed 
with  numerous,  fairly  long,  black  hairs  ;  base  of  third  joint 
reddish-brown,  covered  with  minute,  pale  hairs,  an  obtuse  angle 
on  the  upper  margin,  annuli  black;  palpi  ci-eamy,  clothed  with 
fairly  long,  black  and  short,  pale  hairs,  about  one-half  the  length 
of  proboscis;  eyes  black,  the  inner  margins  converging  toward  the 
vertex. 

Thorax  grey-black,  clothed  with  mixed,  pale  and  black  haii's; 
scutellum  similar  t«)  thorax;  pleune  slate-coloured,  clothed  with 
grey  hairs. 

Abdomen  grey-black,  clothed  with  numerous,  mixed,  black  and 
pale  bail's,  venter  similar,  posterior  margins  of  segments  w  ith  a 
narrow  band. 

Wuigs  clear,  veins  black;  stigma  yellowish-brown,  elongate; 
anterior  branch  of  the  third  long  vein  with  an  appendix. 

Lfic/s:  basal  third  of  the  fore-  and  mid-femora  slate-cok)ured, 
the  rest  reddish-bi'own,  hind  slate-coloured,  apical  third  reddish- 
brown,  tibiae  reddish-brown,  fore-tibia^  darker  on  the  apical  third, 
tarsi  black,  femora  clothed  with  mixed,  black  and  pale  hairs, 
tibipe  and  tarsi  clothed  with  black  ones. 

//«&.— N.  Territory:  Darwin  (G.  F.  Hill,  No.  107). 

Described  from  two  specimens.  It  is  related  to  7\  finiphris 
Macq.,  but  difters,  hiter  alia,  in  having  the  wings  clear.  T. 
funebris  is  described  as  being  entirely  black,  and  having  the 
veins  shaded  brown. 

Co-type  in  Coll.  Hill. 

Gi'oiip  xi.   Species  with  pubescence  on  the  eyes  (^Thpvioplecfps). 
Tabanus  antecedkns  Walker. 

List  Dipt.,  i.,  p.l78(1848);  Ricardo,  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist., 
(8),  xvi.,  p.279(1915). 

Melbourne  specimens  differ  from  Ricardo's  description  in 
having   the    anteiime   black,  the   first    segment    with   fairly  long, 


760  AUSTRALIAN    TABANID^,  ii., 

mixed,  black  and  golden  hairs;  and  the  bi'oad,  basal  portion  of 
the  third  segment  lacking  a  distinct  angle,  the  tooth  being  very 
small. 

In  other  respects,  they  conform  to  a  specimen  determined  as 
T.  nntpcpclpus  Walker,  by  Mr.  Austen,  for  the  writer. 

Hab. — Victoria  :  Melbourne  (Dr.  Cumpston). 

Tabanus  milsoni,  sp.n. 

9.  Length,  10:  width  of  head,  4;  width  of  front  at  vertex,  0-75; 
length  of  wing   9  mm. 

Head:  face  ashen-grey,  pubescence  grey;  beard  gre}-;  front 
almost  parallel,  grey  with  traces  of  dark  yellow,  pubescence  pale; 
ocellar  triangle  brown;  frontal  callus  square,  resting  on  the  sub- 
callus,  black,  tumid,  shining,  as  wide  as  front,  with  a  short,  stout 
extension;  subcallus  chestnut,  with  gi^ey  tomentum;  first  two 
segments  of  antennae  black,  with  grey  tomentum,  and  long,  black 
pubescence;  third  joint  reddish-yellow,  annuli  black,  basal  portion 
broad,  with  an  obtuse  angle,  tooth  small,  with  a  few  black  hairs; 
palpi  dull  red-brown,  about  two-thirds  the  length  of  proboscis, 
tomentum  grey,  pubescence  mixed  pale  and  black;  eyes  with 
very  scanty,  pale  pubescence. 

T'horax  chocolate-brown,  tomentum  grey,  with  three,  well- 
defined,  dark  stripes,  pubescence  grey  and  black,  long  on  the 
lateral  margins;  scutellum  chocolate-brown,  pubescence  similar  to 
thorax,  pleurae  grey,  pubescence  grey. 

Abdomen  dark  chocolate-brown,  all  segments  from  the  second 
with  grey  bands  expanding  laterally,  the  second  with  an  addi- 
tional one,  which  does  not  meet  in  the  middle;  segments  two  to 
five  with  median,  grey,  triangular  spots,  pubescence  black,  long 
on  the  apical  segments,  grey  on  the  bands  and  spots,  long  on  the 
lateral,  grey  expansions;  venter  chocolate-brown,  gi'ey  banding 
prominent,  pubescence  dense,  mixed  grey  and  black. 

Wings  clear,  veins  dark  brown;  stigma  yellowish-brown;  ante- 
rior branch  of  the  third  long  vein  with  a  small  appendix. 

Leys  black,  coxae  and  trochanters  with  long,  grey  pubescence, 
basal  half  of  the  fore-tibiae  yellowish-brown,  mid-  and  hind-tibiae 


BY    FRANK    H.    TAYLOR.  761 

yellowish,  femoral  pubescence  grey,  tibial  and  tarsal  pubescence 
1)1  ack,  veiy  dense. 

//«/>.— N.S.W.:  Milson  Island,  Hawkesbury  River(Dr.  Cleland). 

Closely  resembling  T.  impprfectiLs  Walker,  but  differs  in  ha\ing 
the  base  of  the  third  joint  of  tlie  antennsi?  reddish-yellow,  tlie 
frontal  callus  shorter,  with  a  lineal  extension;  and  the  thorax 
with  three,  well-defined,  dark  stripes.  There  are  also  well- 
defined,  grey,  median  spots  on  the  second  to  fifth  segments; 
whilst,  in  T.  iraperfectus  Walker,  these  are  present  only  on  the 
second  to  fourth  segments. 

Tabanus  spadix,  sp.n. 

9.  Length,  9;  width  of  head  4;  width  of  front  at  vertex,  0-5; 
length  of  wing,  8*5  mm. 

Head:  face  pale  creamy;  beard  pale  creamy;  front  golden,  dis- 
tinctly narrower  at  vertex;  pubescence  black;  frontal  callus 
pear-shaped,  tumid,  shining,  dark  chestnut-brown,  about  one-half 
the  width  of  the  front;  subcallus  chestnut,  tonientum  golden; 
first  two  joints  of  antennjB  yellow,  pubescence  black,  third  joint 
reddish-yellow,  annuli  darker,  tootl> small;  palpi  yellowish,  stout, 
apical  third  thin,  tapering  to  a  fine  point;  pubescence  on  eyes 
pale,  scanty. 

Thorax  ashen-grey,  with  five,  dark  chocolate-brown  stripes,  the 
median  one  very  narrow,  the  two  submedian  ones  short,  extend- 
ing to  the  middle  of  the  thorax,  pubescence  mixed  pale  and  black, 
latei-al  hairs  long;  scutellum  black,  tomentum  grey,  pubescence 
long,  pale;  pleurae  grey,  pubescence  long,  grey. 

Abdomen:  first  three  segments  light  brown,  fourth  to  the  apex 
dark  brown,  segments  two  to  the  apex  with  pale  bands,  expand- 
ing laterally,  the  second  segment  basally  pale  also,  the  second  to 
sixth  segments  also  with  indistinct,  median,  pale,  triangular 
spots,  pubescence  black,  pale  on  the  segmentations;  venter  creamy, 
pubescence  pale,  penultimate  and  apical  segments  dark. 

Legs:  coxse  and  trochanters  with  long,  grey  pubescence,  fore- 
legs black,  basal  two-thirds  of  tibiae  yellowish,  apical  two-thirds 
of  mid-femora  and  tibiae  yellowish,  apex  of  hind  femora  and  the 

58 


762  AUSTRALIAN    TABANIDiE,  11. 

tibiiv  yellowish,  rest  of  mid-and  hind-legs  blackish,  pubescence 
black. 

Witiys  clear,  veins  dark  brown;  stigma  dark  yellowish-brown; 
anterior  branch  of  the  third  long  vein  with  a  short  appendix. 

Hab.—^.S.W.:  Sydney  (Dr.  Cleland). 

Both  this  and  7'.  milsoni  mihi,  known  from  single  specimens 
only,  are  close I3'  related.  T.  spadi.r  may  be  distinguished,  inffr 
alia,  by  its  broader  front,  differently  shaped,  frontal  callus,  the 
thf)rax  having  five  stripes;  and  the  paler  abdomen. 

Tabanus  vetustus  Walker. 

List  Dipt.,  i.,  p.l79(1848);  Ricardo,  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist., 
(8),  xvi.,  p.277(1915);  White,  Pap.  and  Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  Tas., 
1915,  p.l5. 

Hab. — Tasmania:  Launceston  (Simson,  Coll.  W.  W.  Froggatt). 

This  specimen  has  the  third  joint  of  the  antennae  black,  and, 
in  addition,  the  abdomen  is  entirely  clothed  with  thick,  grey 
pul)escence,  except  for  two,  small,  median  patches  of  yellowish 
pul)escence  on  the  first  and  second  segments. 


763 


SOME  N0TE8  ON  THE  BIONOMICS  OF  THE  BUFFALO- 
FLY  {LYFEROSIA   EXIGUA  de  Meijere). 

By  Gerald  F.   Hill,   F.E.S.,  Government  Entomologist, 
Northern  Territory  of  Australia. 

(Plate  liii.) 

The  Buffalo-fly,  under  which  name  it  is  best  known  to  stock- 
owners  in  the  Northern  Territory,  is  well-known  as  an  important 
pest,  owing  to  the  annoyance  and  suffering  it  causes  to  cattle  and 
horses,  and  to  the  loss  in  condition  so  (jften  observed  in  stock 
grazing  upon  fly-infested  country. 

The  greater  number  of  individuals  of  this  species  and  the 
longer  period  of  their  seasonal  occurrence  make  Lyperosia  a 
more  formidable  pest  than  the  largei-  and  more  voracious  blood- 
sucking flies  of  the  genera  Tabanus  and  Silvius,  both  of  which 
are  well  represented  in  this  country. 

During  the  early  part  of  the  wet  season  (November  and  De- 
cember) certain  species  of  Tabanus,  notably  T.  n'ujritarsis  Taylor, 
are  responsible  for  perhaps  more  annoyance  to  horses  than  is 
caused  by  Buflalo-flies  during  these  months.  The  actual  loss  of 
blood  due  to  these  larger  Tabanids  is,  no  doubt,  considerable, 
and  this,  combined  with  the  fact  that  horses,  in  particular,  are 
kept  in  a  constant  state  of  motion  from  before  sunrise  until  ofter 
nightfall,  accounts  in  a  large  measure  for  the  poverty  of  stock  in 
certain  localities  at  a  season  when  pasturage  is  most  abundant. 
But  Tabanidaj  do  not  attack  abraded  surfaces,  sores,  or  the  sites 
of  recent  bites,  as  Lyperosia  does;  hence,  after  a  momentary 
flinch  or  a  kick  as  the  skin  is  pierced,  little  notice  is  generally 
taken  of  the  fly  by  the  host.  The  species  which  dash  at  their 
victim  with  most  noise  are  more  dreaded  than  the  more  sluggish 
species. 


764  BIONOMICS    OF    THE    BUFFALO-FLY, 

Tlie  wduiuls  caused  by  even  the  largest  Tabanida^  heal  without 
fshowiiig  signs  of  intlanimation,  but  the  bluod,  which  frequently 
runs  fi\)ni  the  puncture  after  the  withdrawal  of  the  proboscis, 
attracts  Stomoxys,  Lyperosia,  Musca,  and  other  flies  to  the 
wound,  which  may  thus  develop  into  a  characteristic  "fly-sore." 
On  the  other  hand,  Lyperosias  chister  in  great  numbers  on  a 
small  area  of  skin,  and,  by  repeated  bites,  produce  what  must  be 
l)ractically  a  constant  state  of  irritation.  This  irritation  causes 
the  host  to  rub  the  part  against  some  convenient  object — a  fence- 
post,  stump,  or  branch — until  a  i-aw  surface  is  exposed  to  further 
attacks  by  Lyperosia  exiyua,  Stomuxys  calcitraus,  Musca,  Pycno- 
soma,  and  other  Diptera.  The  size  and  duration  of  the  resulting 
sores  are  largely  determined  by  the  species  and  temperament  of 
the  host,  its  ability  to  find  protection  in  mud,  water,  or  under- 
growth, by  the  prevalence  of  flies,  and  by  the  use  or  neglect  (in 
the  case  of  stabled  or  yarded  domes; ic  animals)  of  medicaments 
and  re})ellant  preparations.  As  may  be  supposed,  horses  sufi'er 
more  in  this  respect  than  do  cattle,  and  it  is  no  uncommon  oc- 
currence to  find,  on  the  brisket,  a  luw  surface  of  from  3-5  iiaches 
in  diameter. 

( )ld,  pooi'-conditioned,  and  sickly  stock  (horses  and  cattle)  are 
noticeal)ly  suljject  to  annoyance.  The  colour  of  the  hair  makes 
no  appreciable  difference,  although  individuals  maybe  seen  which 
are  practically  unmolested;  while  others,  in  the  same  mob,  are 
habitually  infested.  Goats  are  rarely  molested,  while  dogs,  pigs, 
sheep,  and  kangaroos  appear  to  enjoy  immunity  from  attack. 
Horses  are  generally  attacked  (jn  the  belly,  brisket,  underparts 
of  the  neck,  flanks,  about  the  eyes  and  withers,  the  characteristic 
lesions  generally  showing  on  the  first  three  positions.  Cattle  are 
generally  attacked  on  the  belly,  brisket,  lower  surface  of  the 
neck,  the  inner  corners  of  the  eyes,  and  on  the  flanks.  The 
lesions  are  usually  noticed  on  the  neck,  and  in  the  corners  of  the 
eyes  (Plate  liii.),  those  in  the  latter  position  often  presenting  a 
veiy  painful  and  inflamed  appearance,  due  to  the  part  being 
rubbed  against  the  knees  or  scraped  with  the  hind-hoofs. 

Buffaloes,  both  domestic  and  those  roaming  wild  in  the  country 


BY    GERALD    F.    HILL.  765 

to  the  East  and  South-East  of  Darwin,  are  habitually  infested, 
and  show  the  characteristic  sores  as  found  on  domestic  cattle  and 
wild  Brahmin  cattle,  but  to  a  lesser  degree,  owing,  no  doubt,  to 
the  thickness  of  the  skin,  and  the  protection  afforded  by  the 
submersion  of  the  body  and  neck  in  mud  or  water  for  long 
periods  throughout  the  day,  and  often  to  a  protective  coat  of 
adhesive  mud. 

The  habit  of  attacking  man  is  exceptional  in  this  species, 
although  one  is  occasionally  bitten  while  riding  Hy-infested 
horses.  As  has  been  stated  above,  wild  buffaloes  are  habitually 
infested.  While  hunting  these  animals,  it  has  been  noticed  that 
Lyperosias  do  not  feed  or  rest  upon  a  freshly  skinned  beast,  but 
transfer  themselves  to  the  hunters'  horses.  In  these  circum- 
stances, those  engaged  in  skinning  are  not  infrequently  bitten, 
especially  if  the  })art  is  blood-stained  or  moist  with  sweat. 
Several  species  of  Tabanidse,  not  usually  prone  to  bite  man,  will 
do  so  under  similar  circumstances. 

Intruduction  info  Australia  and  Local  Distrihutioti. 

It  is  reasonable  to  suppose  that  the  first  importations  of 
Lyperosia  were  made  with  some  of  the  early  shipments  of  stock 
(buffaloes,  cattle,  and  ponies)  fi-um  the  East  Indies,  since  1824. 
That  these  flies  can  be  transported  by  sea,  a  short  distance  at 
any  rate,  has  been  proved  by  the  writer,  who  recently  travelled 
from  Port  Darwin  to  the  Daly  River  (90  miles  by  sea)  in  a  small 
vessel,  which  carried  two  young  bulls  for  the  settlement  situated 
about  60  miles  up  the  river.  A  score  or  more  flies  were  carried 
on  these  beasts  for  three  days,  and  were  dislodged  only  when 
their  hosts  were  lowered  into  the  river  to  swim  ashore. 

The  distribution  of  the  Buffalo-fly  appears  to  coincide  fairly 
well  with  the  spread  of  the  introduced  buffaloes,  which  now  roam 
wild  over  a  large  area  of  country  roughly  bounded  by  the  Daly 
River  on  the  south-west,  the  Roper  River  on  the  south,  the 
Liverpool  or  perhaps  the  Goyder  River  on  the  west,  and  the 
littoral  on  the  north.  Although  stray  buffaloes  have  been  found 
beyond  these  natural  boundaries,  the  fly  does  not  appear  to  have 


766  BIONOMICS    OF    THE    BUFFALO-FLY, 

made  much  headway  south  of  the  Roper  River,  or  west  of  the 
Daly  River.  Melville  Island,  on  which  Iniffaloes  have  run  since 
1824,  is  said  to  be  badly  infested;  while  the  adjacent  Bathurst 
Island,  which  is  stocked  with  goats  only,  is  free. 

Description  of  Early  Stages,  Life-History,  and  Habits. 

The  eggs,  which  are  pale  reddish-brown  in  colour,  1  mm.  in 
length,  curved  on  one  side  and  flattened  on  the  other,  aie  laid 
singly  on  their  sides  on  the  wet  surface  of  fresh  dung,  occasion- 
ally in  crevices  in  dung  or  in  fouled  mud  an  inch  or  more  away 
from  it,  and  occasionally  in  fouled  mud  around  buffalo-wallows. 
Oviposition  takes  from  2-4  minutes,  during  which  time  from  12- 
20  eggs  are  laid.  The  young  larva?  descend  into  the  dung,  where 
they  attain  a  length  of  7*25  mm.,  and  change  in  colour  from 
nearly  white  to  dirty-white.  Under  natural  conditions,  pupation 
sometimes  takes  place  in  the  soil  under  the  dung,  but  usually  in 
the  dung  itself.  In  breeding-jars,  pupation  invariably  tt)ok  place 
in  the  latter  situation,  whether  the  dung  rested  on  clean  sand  or 
on  loamy  soil.  On  two  occasions,  these  flies  have  been  observed 
depositing  eggs  on  the  hair  of  sweating  horses,  but  it  is  most 
improbable  that  the  i-esulting  larvfe  would  i-each  maturity. 

In  the  full-grown  larvae,  the  posterior  stigmatic  plates,  which 
are  situate  on  the  hind  margin  of  the  anal  segment,  are  large, 
blackish,  rounded  on  the  outer  sides  and  nearly  straight  on  the 
adjacent  inner  margins,  with  three,  irregular,  paler  spots,  and  a 
central  opening  in  each.  On  the  ventral  surface  of  the  anal  seg- 
ment, there  ai-e  several  paired  tubercles  of  varying  size,  surrounded 
by  coarsely  granulated  skin.  The  puparium  is  of  the  usual 
Muscid  type,  3  mm.  in  length  by  l'30mm.  in  width,  barrel- 
shaped,  and  reddish-brown  in  colour. 

Three  reared  under  laboratory-conditions,  in  March,  gave  an 
average  of  169  hours  for  the  completion  of  the  life-cycle  (192, 
195,  120  hours).  The  weather  during  the  shortest  period  was 
warm  and  sultr\',  while  a  good  deal  of  cool  weather  and  rain 
were  experienced  during  the  longer  periods.  A  later  rearing 
(in  June),  when  the  weather  was  often  chilly,  took  208  hours  to 


BY    GERALD    F.    HILL.  767 

complete  the  cycle.  The  periods  occupied  by  the  different  stages 
were  not  accurately  noted  in  any  of  the  above  rearings,  but, 
from  other  observations  under  varying  conditions,  it  was  found 
to  be  as  follows — egg-stage,  18-20  hours  ;  larval  stage,  from 
liatching  of  egg  to  the  formation  of  the  puparium,  72-96  hours^ 
pupal  stage,  72-120  hours. 

Courting  takes  place  on  the  host,  but  the  process  of  mating 
has  not  been  observed,  either  upon  the  host  or  elsewhere.  The 
position  of  the  Hy  while  resting  or  feeding  upon  the  host  is 
usually  that  with  the  body  vertical  and  the  head  downward. 
During  courtship,  this  position  is  maintained  by  one  sex,  the 
othei-  occupying  a  vertical  position  with  the  head  directed 
upwards.  The  wings  of  both  are  kept  in  constant  vibration  until 
the  pair  leave  the  host,  presumably  to  couple. 

During  the  heat  of  the  day  and  at  night,  the  majority  of  the 
Hies  rest  upon  the  flanks  and  withers  of  horses,  and  about  the 
horns  of  cattle. 

Xahiral  Enemips. — Few  indigenous  birds  gather  their  food  in 
dung;  it  is  improbable,  therefore,  that  dung-breeding  flies  and 
other  insects  ai-e  preyed  upon  in  their  earlier  stages  by  these 
agents.  The  imagines  of  Lyperosia,  like  those  of  other  flies,  are 
preyed  upon  to  some  extent  by  Fantails  [Bhipidura  bicolor), 
which  follow  and  rest  upon  the  backs  of  stock. 

In.sect-predators  play  a  more  important  part  in  the  control  of 
of  this  pest,  but  it  is  not  believed  to  be  considerable.  The 
recently  deposited  eggs  are  gathered  by  certain  species  of  ants 
for  food,  amongst  which  the  following  species  may  be  mentioned 
— Solenopsis  germinata  F.,  var.  rufa  Snd.,  Iridomyrmex  detectiis 
Smith,  and  Odontomachus  ruficeps  Sm.,  var.  acufidens  Forel.  A 
more  important  enemy  is  a  small  Hymenopteron  (Sericophoriis 
rducens  Sm.)  which  captures  the  flies  while  feeding  or  at  rest. 

Methods  of  Control. — The  flies  are  naturally  bush-insects, 
breeding,  for  the  most  part,  in  the  fresh  droppings  of  cattle  and 
buffaloes.  Accumulations  of  stable-manure  and  litter  do  not 
attract   them,  noi'  do   they  breed   up  in   numbers  if   fly-infested 


768  BIONOMICS    OF    THE    BUFFALO-FLY. 

horses  are  brought  in  from  the  bush,  and  kept  in  the  stable  or 
stable-yards.  Tt  has  been  observed  frequently  that,  under  such 
circumstances,  the  flies  decrease  and  finally  disappear.  On  the 
other  hand,  milking-pens  and  cow-yards  in  regular  use  do  serve 
as  breeding-places  and  sources  of  infestation.  The  frequent 
removal  of  manure  from  such  places  would  do  much  to  reduce 
the  number  of  Lyperosia,  as  well  as  Stomoxys  and  non-blood- 
sucking Muscids  in  the  vicinity,  but  to  control  their  numbers  on* 
the  immense  and  thinly-populated  grazing-areas  would  be 
obviously  impracticable. 

Lyperosia  exiyna  and  disease. — None  of  the  pathological  con- 
ditions of  stock  in  the  Northern  Territor}?^  are  known  to  be  trans- 
mitted by  these  flies,  nor  have  the  results  of  numerous  micro- 
scopical examinations  suggested  their  probable  connection  with 
the  spread  of  disease. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  LIII. 
Head  of  calf,  showing  earlj'  stage  of  lesion  caused  by  Lyptrosla  exigua. 


769 


ORDII^ARY   MONTHLY  MEETING. 

November  29th,   1916. 

Mr.  C.  Hedley,  Vice-President,  in  the  Chair. 

A  letter  from  Mrs.  T.  W.  E.  David,  returning  thanks  for  sym- 
pathy, was  communicated  by  the  Chairman. 

Candidates  for  Fellowships,  1917-18,  were  reminded  that  the 
30th  inst.  was  the  last  day  for  the  receipt  of  applications. 

The  Donations  and  Exchanges  received  since  the  previous 
Monthly  Meeting  (25th  October,  1916),  amounting  to  14  Vols., 
82  Parts  or  Nos.,  10  Bulletins,  4  Reports,  and  7  Pamphlets, 
I'eceived  from  58  Societies,  etc.,  were  laid  upon  the  table. 

EXHIBIT. 

Mr.  Fred  Turner  exhibited  a  specimen  of  Dampiera  erioce])hala 
De  Vriese,  var.  alba  Turner,  which  was  collected  by  Mrs.  A.  E. 
Stephens,  Jindarra,  West  Australia,  who  forwarded  it  to  the 
exhibitor  for  botanical  determination.  During  Mrs.  Stephens' 
long  residence  in,  and  extensive  travels  over,  the  western  State, 
she  has  found  only  two  specimens  of  this  very  rai'e  and  interest- 
ing plant. 


59 


770 


DESCRTPTTON  OF  APHANTOPHRYNE,  A  NEW 

BATRACHIAN  GENUS  FROM  NEW  GUINEA; 

With  Comparative  Notes  on  the  Pectoral  Musculature. 

By  Dene  B.  Fry,  Australian  Museum,  Sydney. 

(Plates  liv.-lv.) 

The  material  on  which  the  present  paper  is  based  consists  of  a 
collection  of  six  small  frogs  belonging  to  a  single  species.  They 
were  collected  in  1896  by  the  late  A.  Giulianetti,  at  an  altitude 
of  12,200  feet  on  Mount  Scratchley,  in  the  Owen  Stanley'  Range, 
British  New  Guinea.  While  they  undoubtedly  belong  to  the 
family  Brevicipitidte*  (Engystomatidse  auct.),  I  cannot  find  a 
definition  of  any  genus  with  which  they  agree  even  approximately. 
Therefore,  a  new  genus  has  been  characterised,  for  which  the 
name  Aphmitophryne  is  proposed. 

The  most  interesting  feature  about  this  new  form  is  the 
apparent  absence  of  a  sternal  plate.  At  first,  thinking  that  my 
dissection  of  a  small,  pooi^ly  preserved  specimen  was  at  fault,  I 
regarded  the  absence  of  this  important  element  with  reserve. 
However,  after  a  careful  examination  of  three  specimens,  I  have 
failed  to  find  it,  and,  as  will  be  seen  later,  the  modification  of 
the  pectoral  musculature  certainly  points  to  its  total  reduction. 

There  are  twenty-six  genera  of  Brevicipitidse  recognised  from 
India,  Malay,  East  Indies,  Papuasia,  and  Australia,  sixteen  of 
which  have  a  highly  specialised  sternal  apparatus,  modified  by 
the  loss  of  the  procoracoid  cartilage  and  clavicles.  As  Aphan- 
topkryne  also  lacks  these  elements,  its  affinities  must  be  sought 
amongst  this  group  of  genera. 

*I  have  followed  Stejneger  (Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Wash.,  xxiii.,  1910,  p.  165), 
who  shows  that,  as  the  name  of  the  type-genus  of  the  family  Engystoma- 
tida?,  namely  En<iyMoma,  is  untenable,  Cope's  name  Brevicipitidse  must 
replace  it. 


BY   DENE   B.   FRY. 


771 


I  am  unable,  however,  to  place  it  definitely.  The  absence  of  a 
sternal  plate  separates  it  from  all  members  of  the  Brevicipitidii", 
witli  the  exception  of  the  African  Hemisus,  in  which  genus,  the 
clavicles  and  omosternum  are  well  developed.  If  we  put  aside 
consideration  of  the  remarkable  sternal  apparatus,  and  turn  our 
attention  to  other  characters  used  to  differentiate  genera,  its 
affinities  appear  to  be  equally  divided  between  Hylophorhua 
Macleay,*  {Manto])hryne  Blgr.  et  auct.),  and  Metopostira  Mehely. 
Its  relationships  are  best  shown  by  the  following  table. 
Table  showing  the  chief  generic  characters  of  the  Indo-Malayan, 
East  Indian,  and  Papuasian  genera  of  Brevicipitidse,  in  which 
the  clavicles  and  procoracoid  cartilages  are  absent. 


Aphanlophryne  Fry   .. 
Hylophorhiis  Macleaj'. 
(,'nat/iojihri/ne   Mehely 
Xeiiorltiiia  Peters 
MetopoMira  Mehely    .. 
Cophila  Meliely 
CopiiilaCt)  Wandolleckt 
Phrynixa/ux  Biittger  .. 
Pomatop'^  Barbour 
C'oph  i.val II f<  Bottger    .. 
Phrynella  Boulenger  . . 
GaMrophryneFiiTAngev^ 
Microhyla  Tschudi 
Kaloii/a  Gray 
CaJiiilop.^  Boulenger    . . 
Phrynomanti-^  Peters.. 
Xeno}>atrachns  P.  &  D 


»0 

c 

T3 

X 

bo 

— 

■o 

!^ 

£ 

•a 

0/ 

O 
O 

Is 
a 

1 

'-5 

c 

c 

a. 

^  it 

It 

1  ^ 

d 

a 

cj 

>1 

cc 

o 

s 

o 

O   o 

<U  JZ 

(1, 

a. 

CL 

H 

8 

H 

0. 

H 

faS 

h3 

Ha 

. 

X 

2 

X 

_ 

X 

T 

, 

X 

, 

2 

X 

- 

X 

X 

X 

T 

, 

X 

X 

2 

X 

— 

X 

X 

X 

T 

X 

X 

, 

1 

X 

— 

X 

, 

X 

T 

. 

X 

. 

2 

X 

- 

X 

X 

X 

T 

. 

X 

X 

1 

X 

- 

X 

X 

X 

T 

, 

X 

, 

1 

X 

- 

X 

X 

X 

T 

■ 

X 

X 

1 

X 

- 

X 

X 

X 

T 

. 

X 

, 

X 

2 

X 

0 

X 

X 

X 

T 

1 

X 

X 

X 

1 

X 

- 

. 

X 

X 

T 

, 

X 

, 

X 

•> 

X 

— 

X 

X 

T 

. 

X 

X 

X 

I 

X 

X 

X 

X 

1 

j 

i     ' 

X 

X 

X 

1 

X 

, 

X 

X 

1 

1 

X 

X 

X 

2 

X 

•• 

X 

X 

l&T 

ix 

, 

X 

1 

X 

X 

X 

X 

1 

i 

X 

X 

X 

0 

. 

X 

X 

X 

T 

X 

• 

• 

<> 

• 

V 

X 

X 

X 

9 

4/   r. 

X 


*  See  Fry,  Mem.  Q'land  Mus.,  ii.,  1913,  p. 48. 

tWandoUeck,  Abh.  v.  Ber.  d.  k.  Zool.  u.  Anthr.-Eth.  Mus.  zu  Dres- 
den, xiii.,  1910,  p.  11. 

J  Stejneger,  Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Wash.,  xxiii.,  1910,  p.  16.5.  It  is  here 
shown  that  rTa.<!<rop/irj^ne  Fitzinger,  1843,  must  replace  Engystoma  Fit7An- 
ger,  1828,  as  the  latter  genus  is  based  on  Rana  oralis  Sehn.,  which  was 
also  the  type  of  Merrem's  genus  Brevictps,  of  1820, 


I  I  2  DESCRIPTIOX    OF    APHANTOPHRYNE, 

Aphantophryne,*  gen.nov. 

Pupil  horizontal,  oval.  Tongue  oval,  entire,  free  behind  and 
slightly  on  the  sides.  Palate  toothless,  not  ridged.  Two  trans- 
verse folds  in  front  of  the  oesophagus;  the  anterior  small  and 
sometimes  not  papillose,  the  posterior  situated  between  the 
eustachian  tubes,  and  strongly  papillose.  Choan*  moderately 
large,  oval.  Tympanum  slightly  visible.  Skin  smooth.  Fingers 
and  toes  free;  they  are  flattened,  but  not  enlarged  or  disked  at 
the  tips.  Outer  metatarsals  separated  by  a  groove.  Terminal 
phalanges  T-shaped. 

Clavicles,  procoracoid  cartilage,  omosternum,  and  sternum 
absent.  A  thin  ligament  extends  from  the  scapula  to  the 
symphysis,  where  it  is  produced  a  little.  Coracoids  very  strong 
and  expanded  at  the  symphysis.  The  cartilage  (epicoracoid)  is 
produced  slightly  and  rounded  posteriorly,  and  may  represent  a 
degenerate  sternal  plate,  but  no  such  plate  is  present  as  a  separate 
element. 

Type,  A.  pansa  Fry. 

Relationships  doubtful,  but  showing  affinity  to  Metopostira 
Mehely,  and  Hylophorhus  Macleay. 

Aphantophyrne  pansa,  t  sp.nov. 
(Plates  liv.;lv.,  fig.  2.) 
Habit  I'obust.  Head  very  broad,  triangular;  its  length  two- 
thirds  (§)  its  width  at  the  level  of  the  tympana.  Snout  rounded, 
slightly  prominent,  as  long  as  or  slightly  shorter  than  the 
diameter  of  the  orbit.  Nostril  much  nearer  the  tip  of  the  snout 
than  the  eye.  Canthus  rostralis  feebly  marked,  rounded;  loreal 
region  shelving,  slightly  concave.  Interorbital  space  broader 
than  the  upper  eyelid.  Tympanum  slightly  visible,  covered  by 
skin,  about  one-half  the  diameter  of  the  eye.  Lower  jaw  trilobed, 
and  but  veiy  slightly  truncate.  Tongue  large,  oval,  entire,  and 
free  for  about  one-half  its  length  postex'iorly,  and  a  little  on  the 

*  Meaning  "obscure  toad."  This  name  may  be  taken  as  having  refer- 
ence to  both  its  affinities  and  habitat. 

t  "Broad-footed." 


bY  DENE   B.   FRY.  773 

sides.  Choaupe  jalaced  well  forward,  with  a  groove  entering 
anteriorly  from  the  side.  Palatine  ridges  not  present.*  Two 
dermal  ridges  in  front  of  the  (esophagus;  the  anterior  is  some- 
times not  papillose,  being  represented  by  a  median  dermal  lobe, 
the  posterior  long  and  always  papillose.  Arms  rather  weak. 
Fingers  subcylindi-ical  or  depressed,  not  fringed  or  disked,  the 
first  a  little  shorter  than  the  second.  Hind  limb  stout.  Foot 
broad.  Toes  moderate  or  rather  short,  subcylindrical  or  de- 
pressed, not  fringed  or  disked.  A  weak  indication  of  an  inner 
metatarsal  tubercle,  otherwise  the  palmar  and  plantar  surfaces 
are  smooth.  The  length  of  the  outstretched  hindlimb,  from  the 
anus  to  the  tibio-tarsal  articulation,  equals  the  distance  from  the 
anus  to  the  axilla.      Skin  perfectly  smooth. 

Colour  (in  spirits)  uniform  dark  brown  above.  Lower 
surfaces  also  uniform  dark  brown,  or  creamy-white,  variously 
clouded  and  speckled  with  dark  brown  (PL  liv.,  fig. 2).  Anterior 
part  of  forearm  sometimes  yellowisli.      Lower  eyelid  white. 

Total  length  of  type  from  snout  to  vent,  27  mm. 

i/oc— Six  specimens,  from  Mount  Scratchley,  on  the  Owen 
Stanley  Range,  British  New  Guinea,  at  an  altitude  of  12,200  ft. 
Collected  by  the  late  A.  Giulianetti  in  September  and  October, 
1896.  The  largest  specimen,  figured  on  Plate  liv.,  fig.  1,  has  been 
chosen  as  the  type. 

Type  in  the  Australian  Museum,  Sydney. 

The  ligament  mentioned  in  the  above  diagnosis  of  the  genus 
Aphantophryne  is  made  clear  by  reference  to  the  Plates.  The 
question  must  necessarily  arise  as  to  whether  this  ligament  repre- 
sents a  stage  in  the  process  of  the  degeneration  of  the  procoracoid 
cartilage.  If  we  trace  the  reduction  of  clavicles  and  procoracoids 
through  the  many  phases  exhibited  by  the  recent  genera,  several 
facts  in  turn  become  evident. 

i.  As  the  clavicle  weakens  (as,  say,  in  Chaperina)  the  proco- 

*  The  palatine  bones  are  seen,  through  the  transparency  of  the  integu- 
ment of  the  palate,  to  meet  in  the  middle  line,  and  form  a  slight  expan- 
sion. This  is  shown  in  fig.  1'*  on  Plate  liv.,  and  is  also  the  case  in  Meto- 
postira  and  Hylophorhus. 


774  DESCRIPTION    OF    APHANTOPHRYVE 


racoid  appears  to  strengthen,  being,  no  doubt,  influenced  by  the 
tendency  to  counterbalance,  Hable  to  occur  in  any  evolutionary 
process. 

ii.  A  further  reduction  of  the  clavicle  marks  the  cessation  oi 
the  increase  in  the  procoracoid. 

iii.  As  the  clavicle  becomes  almost  totally  reduced  (as  ex- 
hibited by  the  genus  Sphenophri/ne),  and  the  bone  can  no  longer 
be  said  adecjuately  to  perform  its  original  function  in  the  girdle, 
the  procoracoid,  which  cannot  replace  it  in  supplying  the  neces- 
sary support  and  muscle-attachment,  also  weakens.  At  this 
stage  we  can  notice — (a)  a,  reduction  in  the  size  and  arrangement 
of  the  pectoral  muscles;  (b)  a  correlated  reduction  in  the  size  and 
strength  of  the  arms;  (c)  a  marked  strengthening  and  expansion 
of  the  coracoids  at  the  symphysis;  and  sometimes  (d)  an  increase 
in  the  size  and  strength  of  the  sternal  plate. 

(iv.)  A  further  stage  is  shown  by  the  genus  Jlicrobatrachun 
Roux,  in  which  the  clavicles  appear  to  be  quite  absent,  and  the 
procoracoid  a  weak,  tape-like  cartilage  extending  from  the 
scapula  to  the  symphysis. 

V.  Finally,  we  have  the  complete  reduction  of  the  clavicular 
and  procoracoidal  elements  shown  in  Ka/ou/a,  Ilylophorbus,  etc. 

It  will  be  seen,  then,  that  the  ligament  of  Aphavfuphr-i/ue 
occupies  an  analogous  position  to  the  procoracoid  uf  Micro- 
batrachu><,  but,  for  the  following  reasons,  we  cannot  regard  them 
as  homologous.  There  is  no  reason  to  doubt  that  the  tape-like 
band  of  the  latter  is  a  true  cartilaginous  procoracoid  of  a  degen- 
erate nature,  but,  in  Aphaufophi-yue,  it  is  a  tough,  translucent, 
fascia-like  band,  which,  from  a  macroscopical  examination,  I 
have  no  hesitation  in  pronouncing  a  true  ligament.  Then,  too, 
in  some  species  of  Sphfuophrytw,  the  reduced  procoracoid  has 
lost  its  connection  with  the  scapula,  but  its  free  distal  end  is 
joined  to  the  shoulder  by  a  true,  ligamentous  band.  This  would 
appear  to  be  the  homologue  of  the  ligament  in  question.  In 
fact,  if  we  imagine  the  final  reduction  of  the  procoracoid  to  take 
place  along  this  line,  we  should  then  have  a  decreasing  cartilage, 
with  an  increasing   band  of  ligament,  which,  in  the  end,  would 


BY  DENE  B.   PRY.  "775 

connect  with  the  symphysis.  Such  a  band  would  have  an 
analagous  position  to  the  hgament  anterior  to  the  coracoid  in 
Aphanfophri/ue,  and  it  is  reasonable  to  presume  that  it  was  along 
such  lines  that  the  remarkable  ligament  of  this  new  genus 
evolved. 

Notes  on  the  Pectoral  Myology  of  Aphantophryne  pansa 

COiMPARED    with    THAT    OF    LiMNODYNASTES    DORSALIS    AND 
Kaloula   PULCHRA. 

The  interesting  nature  of  the  pectoral  muscles  of  Aphantophryne 
pansa,  revealed  by  the  dissection  to  examine  the  sternal  apparatus 
of  the  type-specimen,  has  led  me  to  prepare  the  following  notes. 

It  wuuld  have  been  more  satisfactory'  to  have  reserved  any 
anatomical  investigation  till  more  suitably  preserved  material 
came  to  hand,  but  the  variation  of  the  breast-muscles  is  of  such 
an  unusual  nature,  and  is  so  directly  related  to  the  most  interest- 
ing taxonomic  feature  of  this  new  form,  namely,  the  absence  of  a 
sternal  plate,  that  any  notice,  however  superficial,  will,  I  think, 
be  of  present  interest.  It  is  hoped  that  the  poor  condition  of 
my  material  has  led  to  but  few  serious  errors. 

The  pectoral  musculature  of  several  members  of  the  family 
Brevicipitida?  (Engystomatidye  auct.)  has  been  dealt  with  by  Dr. 
F.  E.  Beddard,  in  a  series  of  papers  published  in  the  Proceedings 
of  the  Zoological  Society  of  London.  T  must  acknowledge  the 
great  assistance  I  have  received  from  these  fine  papers,  and  have 
gleaned  from  them  the  main  points  of  accord  and  discord,  and 
intercalated  them  briefly  below. 

For  comparative  purposes,  two  hitherto  unfigured  frogs  are 
illustrated,  and  briefly  described.  One,  Limnodynastes  dorsalis 
var.  dunierilii  Peters,*  belonging  to  the  family  Cystignathidae, 
has  a  complete  arciferous  pectoral  girdle.  The  other,  Kaloula 
p^dchra  Gray,t  belonging  to  the  same  family  as  Aphantophryup, 
and  systematically  not  far  removed  from  it,  has  a  firraisternal 
girdle  with   no  clavicles  or   omosternum,  but   difl:ers  from  it  in 

*Fry,  Rec.  Austr.  Mus.,  x.,  1913,  p.26,  PI.  iii.,  fig.2. 
tBoulenger,  Cat.  Batr.  Brit.  Mus.,  1882,  p.  167,  figs. 


776  DESCRIPTION    OF    APHANTOPHRYNE, 

possessing  a  large,  sternal  plate.  Although  the  first  of  these 
two  frogs  is  much  more  widely  separated  from  Ajihantophryne 
than  are  a  number  of  Brevicipitid  frogs  available  for  dissection, 
it  is  of  interest,  comparatively,  since  it  shows  more  clearly  the 
modification  of  the  muscles  correlated  with  the  reduction  of  the 
pectoral  girdle.     This  is  the  primary  object  of  these  notes. 

In  addition  to  the  muscular  variations  due  to  the  widely 
different  sterna  of  the  three  species  under  discussion,  a  consider- 
able divergence  is  noticed  between  them  as  regards  the  compara- 
tive development,  and  respective  size  of  the  muscles.  This  is 
mainly  due  to  the  greater  or  lesser  development  of  the  fore-limbs 
which  are  largest  in  L.  dorsalis. 

One  of  the  most  striking  differences  between  L.  dorsalis  and 
A.  pansa,  indeed,  between  the  latter  and  any  other  Batrachian 
that  I  know  of,  lies  in  the  condition  of  the  rectus  abdomiiialis 
muscle.  In  Limnodynastes  dorsalis  (Plate  Iv.,  fig.  3,  r«.),  it  is 
essentially  the  same  as  in  Rana  escidenta*  but  differs  somewhat 
from  that  of  Kaloula  pulchra  (Plate  Iv.,  fig.l,  o-a.)  owing  to  the 
absence  of  a  linea  alba  in  the  latter.  On  removing  the  ventral 
skin  of  these  frogs,  it  is  plainly  visible  covering  the  large  space 
between  the  inner  edges  of  the  pectorales  abdominis.  In  A. 
pansa,  however,  the  rectus  abdominalis  is  not  visible  without  the 
aid  of  further  dissection. 

When  the  abdominal  portion  of  the  pectoral  and  the  two 
obliques  (to  be  described  later)  have  been  removed,  the  remark- 
able, paired  condition  of  the  rectus  is  revealed  (Plate  Iv.,  fig.2,ra.)- 
Posteriorly,  they  are  fairly  broad,  and  in  contact  in  the  middle 
line;  but,  anteriorly,  they  are  naiTOw  and  quite  separate  medially. 
There  is,  of  course,  no  trace  of  a  linea  alba,  and,  as  far  as  I  can 
be  sure,  there  is  only  one,  very  obscure  inscriptio  tendinea,  situ- 
ated at  about  the  point  where  the  pectorales  abdominis  meet 
medially.  Beneath  the  coracoids  (as  viewed  from  the  ventral 
side)  they  unite  with  the  muscle  which  I  take  to  be  the  sterno- 
hyoideus  of  each  side.       Towards  the  hinder  part  of  the  body, 

*  Hoffmann,  Bronn's  Klass.  Thier-Reichs,  Bd.  vi.,  Abth.,  2,  1873-78, 
Taf.  xvii.,  pt. 


BY  DENE  B.   PRY.  777 

they  lie  immediately  beneath  the  obliquus  muscles;  but,  anteriorly, 
they  are  more  deeply  situated  Tn  Rana  temporaria,*  there  are 
five  poststernal  inscriptiones  tendinem;  while  in  L.dorsalis{V\aiie 
Iv.,  fig.3,  it.)  and  Rhinoderma  danvini,j  there  are  only  four; 
Megalophrys  nasuta,\  Xenophrys  monticola,%  and  Kaloula 
pidchra  have  three;  and  Hemisus  (juttatum\\  but  two;  while,  in 
Breviceps,^  there  is,  as  I  suppose  in  Aphantophryne,  only  one. 

The  whole,  superficial,  abdominal  surface  of  ^.  ^a?isa  is  covered 
by  two  muscles.  As  before  mentioned,  the  rectus  abdominalis 
is  completely  hidden  by  these.  By  far  the  greater  extent  is 
overlain  by  the  two,  large  pectorales  abdominis,  but  a  V-shaped 
area  remains  between  the  anterior  borders  and  the  posterior 
edges  of  the  pectorales  sternales.  This  is  covered  by  an  ex- 
tremely fine,  transparent  muscle,  whose  fibres  run  almost  parallel 
to  those  of  the  pectorales  sternales,  at  an  angle  of  about  70°  to 
the  longitudinal  axis.  This  muscle,  which  is  obvious  on  the 
sides  of  the  body  as  well,  is  no  doubt  a  true  obliqtms  externus. 
In  the  median  venti'al  line,  the  muscles  of  each  side  are  separated, 
although  the  tough  fascia  appears  to  bridge  the  gap,  through 
which  may  distinctly  be  seen  the  heart  and  conus  (Plate  Iv., 
fig. 2,  c.  and  v.).  Bordering  this  median  gap,  the  obliquus  ex- 
ternus is  replaced  by  a  band  of  longitudinal  fibres  (Plate  Iv., 
fig. 2,  oel.)  which  I  had  at  first  thought  to  be  a  distinct  muscle, 
but  which  I  have  been  quite  unable  to  separate  from  it.  These 
fibres  seem  to  be  wrapped  in  the  same  fascia  as  the  obliquus, 
and  to  connect  anteriorly  with  the  expanded,  symphysial  portion 
of  the  coracoids.  The  different  angle  of  the  fibres  is  (.-ertainly 
conducive  to  regarding  them  as  a  distinct  muscle,  but,  till  better 
preserved  material  is  available,  this  point  cannot  be  settled. 

Beneath  the  external  oblique  muscle  is  a  layer  of  even  more 
obscure  fibres,  which  are  so  delicate  and  transparent  that  they 

•Beddard,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc,  1907,  p.338. 
tBeddard,  he.  ciL,  1908,  p.683. 
JBeddard.  loc.  cit..,  1907,  p.338. 
§Beddard,  loc.  cit.,  1907,  p. 882. 
llBeddard,  loc.  cit.,  1908,  p.903. 
HBeddard,  loc.  cit.,  1908,  p. 083. 


778  DESCRIPTION    OF    APHANTOPHRYNE, 

can  only  be  seen  by  carefully  angled  lighting.  These  fibres, 
representing  the  obliquus  wiferwws  (Plate  1  v.,  fig. 2,  oi.),  run  almost 
at  right  angles  to  those  of  the  more  superficial  muscle;  that  is, 
they  run  outwards  and  backwards  from  the  middle  line  of  the 
ventral  surface.  They  are  so  extremely  thin  that  I  cannot  trace 
their  boundaries  or  attachments,  but  they  appear  to  underlie 
those  of  the  more  superficial  muscle  in  toto. 

The  pectortdes  abdominis  of  A.  pansa  (Plate  Iv.,  fig.2,  pa.)  are 
very  large,  and  in  other  respects  unusual.  From  their  origin  at 
the  posterior  extremity  of  the  body,  they  run  forward,  covering 
superficially  almost  the  whole  abdominal  surface.  For  the  greater 
part  of  their  length,  they  are  in  contact  medially,  but,  a  short 
distance  behind  the  symphysis  of  the  coracoids,  they  diverge, 
and,  narrowing  rapidly,  enter  their  insertion  beneath  the  deltoid 
muscle.  In  L.  dorsalia  (Plate  Iv.,  fig.3,  pa.)  and  K.  pulchra 
(Plate  Iv.,  fig.  I,  pa.)  their  insertion  is  alsooverlain  by  the  deltoid; 
while,  in  Hemisus  guttatum*  and  Xenophrys  mo7iticola,j  they 
disappear  beneath  the  pars  sternalis  of  the  pectoral.  The  fibres 
of  the  pectoralis  abdominis  run  obliquely  in  the  anterior  portion 
of  the  muscle,  but  posteriorly  are  almost  longitudinal.  The 
muscle  is  characteristically  thin,  and  separates  readily  from  the 
underlying  obliquus  externus. 

In  L.  dorsalis  and  in  A',  pulchra,  the  pectoralis  abdominalis 
presents  some  peculiarities  worthy  of  notice.  In  both  these 
species,  a  remarkable  modification  of  much  the  same  nature 
occurs,  which,  as  well  as  being  exceptional  in  itself,  is  all  the 
more  noteworthy  because  of  its  presence  in  two  such  widely 
separated  frogs.  Thus,  we  find  the  muscle  in  each  case  divided 
into  two  distinct  portions,  which  I  have  here  called  the  portio 
internus  (Plate  Iv.,  figs.  1  and  3,  pai.)  and  the  portio  externus 
ipae.)  relative  to  their  respective  positions. 

The  portio  internus  of  the  pectoralis  abdotninis  (Plate  Iv.,  fig.3, 
pai.)  in  L.  dorsalis  is  fan-shaped,  the  fibres  radiating  from  the 
narrow  insertion  to  the  line  of  origin  on  the  first  two  poststernal 
segments  of  the  rectus  abdominalis.     The  line  of  origin  is  oblique 

*Beddard,  Proc.  Zool.  See,  1908,  p. 899,  fig.  176. 
tBeddard,  loc.  ciL,  1907,  p.882,  fig.231. 


BY  DENE  6.   FRY.  779 

and  nearly  straight.  Starting  from  the  posterior  margin  of  the 
sternal  plate  some  little  distance  from  the  linea  alba,  it  runs  out- 
wards and  backwards  at  an  angle  of  about  45',  crossing  the  first 
and  anterior  two-thirds  of  the  second  segment  of  the  rectus.  The 
portio  externus  (pae.)  of  the  muscle  is  long  and  strap-like,  and 
lies  just  external  to,  and  touching  the  edge  of  the  portio  internus 
along  its  whole  length.  It  extends  along  the  length  of  the 
abdomen,  is  of  equal  width  throughout,  and  enters  its  inseition 
beneath  the  deltoid  together  with  the  inner  portion.  It  appears 
to  V)e  bound  in  the  same  fascia  as  the  portio  internus,  from 
which,  however,  it  is  easily  separated. 

In  K.  pulchra,  the  portio  interitus  (Plate  Iv.,  fig.  1,  j^ai.)  is  also 
fan-shaped,  but  with  this,  the  similarity  between  the  pectorales 
of  the  two  forms  ends  Two  peculiarities  of  the  inner  portion 
are  of  a  most  unusual  nature.  Firstly,  the  most  anterior  fibres, 
i.e.,  those  nearest  tlie  pars  sternalis,  overlap  that  muscle,  and  to 
a  great  extent  hide  it  from  view,  finding  attachment  on  the 
median  line  of  the  sternal  plate,  inside  the  origin  of  the  fibres  of 
the  pars  sternalis,  -which  do  not  meet  those  of  the  muscle  of  the 
opposite  side.  Secondly,  the  portion  of  the  pectoralis  abdominis, 
which  attaches  to  the  sternum,  is  in  contact  with  its  fellow  along 
the  middle  line  of  the  breast-plate.  This  peculiar  arrangement 
is  made  clear  by  the  figure  in  Plate  Iv.,  in  which  the  greater 
part  of  the  right  pectoralis  is  shown  dissected  away.  The  abdo- 
minal line  of  origin  of  the  pectoralis  abdominis  is  curved,  and 
terminates  postero-laterally  on  the  first  inscriptio  tendinea.  The 
portio  externus  {^\site  Iv.,  fig.l,  pae.),  although  quite  distinct  from 
the  inner  portion,  is  connected  to  it  and  to  the  integument  by 
multitudinous  fibres,  which  seem  to  arise  from  the  fascia  invest- 
ing the  muscle.  It  is  triangular  in  shape,  thus  differing  from 
the  condition  in  L.  dorsalis,  and  is  somewhat  longer  than  the 
inner  portion.  The  inner  edge  of  the  portio  externus  overlaps 
the  outer  edge  of  the  inner  portion  to  a  considerable  extent,  as 
the  pins  in  the  figure  indicate  (Plate  Iv.,  fig.l).  When  seen 
from  the  ventral  aspect,  the  triangular  nature  of  the  outer  por- 
tion is  not  evident,  as  only  the  innermost  edge  is  visible,  the 
greater  portion  of  the  muscle  lying  on  the  side  of  the  body. 


780  DESCRIPTIO>f    OF    APHANTOPttRYNE, 

The  division  into  pars  stemalis  and  pars  epicoracoidalis  of  the 
pectoralis  is  very  obscure  in  A.  pansa.  Along  the  line  of  origin 
on  the  symphysis,  there  is  no  trace  whatever  of  any  differentia- 
tion of  the  fiVjres;  but,  distally,  as  they  approach  their  insertion 
beneath  the  detoid  and  pars  abdominalis,  a  slight  separation 
into  a  small  anterior  and  a  larger  posterior  moiety  is  noticeable. 
The  anterior  portion,  representing  the  pars  epico7-acoida/is  (Plate 
Iv.,  fig. 2,  pe.)  of  other  frogs,  Hnds  attachment  on  the  anterior 
portion  of  the  epicoracoid  cartilage  and  the  median  expansion  of 
the  ligament  (Plate  liv,,  fig.lg,  lig.)  which  lies  in  the  position  of 
an  omosternum.  The  posterior  moiety,  or  the  pais  stem alis [Plate 
Iv.,  fig. 2, /^s;:).)  arises  wholly  from  the  epicoracoid  and  its  weak 
posterior  extension.  It  will  be  evident  that  these  fibres,  desig- 
nated as  the  pars  sternalis,  in  all  probability  represent  the  portio 
anterior  of  that  muscle,  as  found  in  other  frogs. 

This  seems  to  exclude  whatever  room  for  doubt  there  exists  as 
to  whether  the  sternal  plate  will  be  found  in  Aphantdphryne  as 
a  separate  element.  In  those  frogs  which  possess  a  distinct 
sternum,  we  find  the  pars  sternalis  invariably  attaching  to  it. 
If  the  sternum  is  cartilaginous,  as  in  L.  dorsalis,  then  the 
muscular  attachment  is  of  a  lesser  extent  than  in  the  case  of 
such  frogs  as  Ratia  and  Megalophrys,  in  which  the  sternum  has 
a  strong,  calcified  style.  In  Aphantophryne,  however,  we  find 
the  most  posterior  fibres  of  the  pectoralis  sternalis  attaching  to 
the  weak,  posterior  extension  of  the  epicoracoid  cartilage,  making 
the  necessity  of  provision  for  further  attachment,  in  the  foim  of 
a  sternal  plate,  seem  quite  superfluous. 

In  L,  dorsalis,  in  which  there  is  a  complete  pectoral  girdle, 
with  omosternum  and  sternal  plate,  and  much  more  powerful 
limbs,  the  arrangement  is  naturally  very  different.  It  shows 
three  distinct  divisions  lying  one  in  front  of  the  other.  The 
anterior  or  pars  epicoracoidalis  (Plate  Iv.,  fig.3,  joe.)  is  very  like 
that  of  Rana  esculenta*  Its  fibres  do  not  attach  to  the  omo- 
sternum.    The  median  portion  represents  the  portio  aiitei-ior  of 

*  Hoffmann,  Bronn's  Klass.  Thier-Reichs,  Band  iv.,  1873-78,  p.  134,  Taf. 
xvii.,  pe. 


BY  DENE   B.   FRY.  781 

the  pectoralis  sternalis  (psa.),  and  arises  from  the  epicoracoidal 
arc,  but  is  separated  from  its  fellow  in  the  middle  line.  The 
portio  posterior  (psp.)  arises  on  the  anterior  half  of  the  sternum 
and  from  the  ligament  binding  the  overlapping  epicoracoids.  It 
hides  from  view  the  coraco-brachialis  brevis  interior,  and  the 
coraco-brachialis  longus,  as  the  pars  epicoracoidalis  also  hides 
the  coraco-radialis. 

Tn  K.  j)ulchra,  the  arrangement  is  much  the  same  as  in  L. 
dorsalis,  with  the  exception  of  a  few  details  of  origin,  insertion, 
and  relative  position  The  pars  epicoracoidalis  (Plate  Iv.,  fig.l, 
pfi.)  is  hardly  distinguishable  from  the  pars  sternalis.  The 
median  division,  or  po  tio  anterior  m.  pectoralis  stertialis  (Plate 
Iv.,  fig.  l,;;sa.)  is  even  less  distijict  than  in  L.  dorsalis.  The  most 
posterior  fibres  of  this  muscle  attach  to  the  sternum,  but  the 
others  arise  along  the  epicoracoid,  as  also  do  those  of  the  pars  epi- 
coracoidalis. The  portio  posterior  (psp.)  is  relatively  weak,  and  its 
fibres  originate  wholly  from  the  sternum.  As  before  mentioned, 
it  is  almost  hidden  from  view  by  the  portio  internus  m.  pecto- 
ralis abdominalis  Its  fibres  arise  a  little  to  one  side  of  the 
middle  line,  showing  those  of  the  pectoralis  abdominalis  of  each 
side  to  be  in  contact  along  their  line  of  origin. 

I  have  been  unable  to  find  a  coraco-radialis,  like  that  of  Rana 
esculetita,  in  A.  pansa.  In  L.  dorsalis,  there  is  a  muscle,  which  I 
take  to  be  the  coraco-radialis  proprins  of  Hoffmann*  (Plate  Iv., 
fig. 3,  pr.).  It  underlies  the  pars  epicoracoidalis  and  portio 
anterior  of  the  pectoralis  sternalis,  and,  by  those  muscles,  is 
hidden  completely  from  view,  as  is  mentioned  by  Dr.  Beddardf 
in  the  case  of  Megalophi'ys  nasuta.  It  arises  on  the  epicoracoid 
arc,  and  its  fibres  havt^  much  the  same  angle  as  those  of  the  more 
superficial  pectoralis.  In  K.  pulchra,  there  is  an  obscure  band 
of  muscle  (Plate  Iv.,  fig.l,  pn.)  which  is  analogous  to  the  coraco- 
radialis  of  L.  dorsalis.  As  in  that  species,  it  is  hidden  from 
view  by  the  pars  epicoracoidalis,  and  partly  also  by  the  anterior 
portion   of   the   pars  sternalis.      In  Metopostira   ocellata,   a  frog 

*  Hoffinann,  loc.  cit.,  p.  135,  Taf.  xvii.,  crp. 
tBeddard,  lot:  cit.,  1907,  p. 337. 


782  DESCRIPTION    OF    APHANTOPHRYNE, 

which  possesses  undoubted  affinities  to  A.pansa,  Professor  von 
ATehely*  has  figured  the  coraco-radialis  as  plainly  discernible  in 
front  of  the  pars  epicoracoidalis. 

The  pectoralis  cuiaveus  is  absent  in  all  three  frogs  under  dis- 
cussion. In  K.  pulchra,  as  in  Hemisus  yuttat^im,  Xenophrys 
moiiticola,  and  Megalophrys  nasuta,  the  septum  dividing  the 
thoracic  and  abdominal  lymph-spaces  is  distinct,  but  is  not 
invaded  by  muscle-fibres. 

In  L.  dorsalis,  there  is  a  well-developed  coracobrachialis 
lovyus  (Plate  Iv.,  fig.3,  cbL).  In  front  of  this  is  a  coraco-brachi- 
alis  brevis  internns  (ebb.)  which,  although  not  so  large  as  the 
Hrst-ment,ioned  muscle,  is  nevertheless  stronger  than  the  same 
muscle  in  R.  escnlenta.]  Both  these  muscles  are  hidden  by  the 
pectoralis  sternalis. 

I  am  doubtful  whether  the  muscle  horaologised  with  the 
coraco-humeralis in  A.  pansasind  K.  pulchrais  correctly  so  called. 
In  the  former,  its  fibres  border  the  distal  half  of  the  coracoid 
posteriorly,  attaching  to  that  edge  of  the  bone;  in  the  latter, 
however,  the  muscle  arises  from  the  whole  length  of  the  coracoid, 
and  a  few  fibres  seem  to  originate  on  the  sternal  plate.  This 
last  condition  is  almost  the  same  as  in  R.  esculenta,  and  althouah 
A.pansa  differs  somewhat  from  it,  K.  pulchra  seems  to  exhibit 
no  features  which  supply  grounds  for  doubting  its  identity.  In 
this  last  species  also,  a  slight  indication  of  a  separation  of  the 
fibres  into  a  more  anterior  band  is  noticeable;  these  probably 
represent  a  coraco-brachialis  brevis  internus.  However,  my 
material  is  so  poorly  preserved,  that  I  am  unable  to  come  to  anv 
definite  conclusion  at  present. 

The  deltoid  (Plate  Iv.,  fig.2,  dl.)  of  A.  pansa  is  weak  and  tape- 
like. A  pars  episternalis  is  wanting.  The  same  muscle  in  K. 
pulchra  (Plate  Iv.,  fig.l,  dl.)  is  much  stronger  and  broader,  but 
is  otherwise  identical.  In  L.  dorsalis,  there  is  a  distinct  pars 
episternalis  (Plate  Iv.,  fig.3,  die.)  the  fibres  of  which  originate  on 
the  omosternum.  The  portio  scapularis  is  overlain  by  the 
mylohyoideus. 

*  V.  Mehely,  Termt^s.  Fiizetek..  xxiv.,  1901.  vii.,  fig.6,  rr. 
t  Hortinann,  /oc,  cit.,  Taf,  xvii.,  tigs.b-S,  cbhi. 


BY  DENE   B.   FRY.  783 

The  most  important  features  of  the  pectoral  myolog)^  of  the 
three  frogs  may  be  briefly  referred  to  as  follows  : — 
Aphantophryne  pansa  Fry. 

(1).  The  pectorales  abdominis  are  very  large,  and,  meeting  in 
the  middle  line  a  short  distance  behind  the  pectoral  girdle,  they 
obscure  nearly  all  the  other  ventral  muscles  from  view.  They 
originate  at  the  posterior  extremit}'  of  the  body. 

(2).  'I'he  obliquus  externus  is  separated  on  the  median,  ventral 
line,  and  is  on  a  more  superficial  plane  than  the  rectus  abdominis. 
A  band  of  medially-placed  fibres,  which  run  parallel  to  the  longi- 
tudinal axis  of  the  body,  may  or  may  not  be  part  of  this  muscle. 

(3).  The  pectoralis  sternalis  is  much  reduced,  and  the  division 
into  pars  epicoracoidalis  and  pars  sternalis  is  obscure. 

(4).  A  coraco-radialis,  like  that  in  Eana  esculenta,  is  absent. 

(5).  A  pectoralis  cutaneus  is  absent. 

(6).  A  coracohumeralis  (coraco-brachialis  longns  1)  seems  to  be 
present,  although  some  doubt  exists  as  to  whether  this  muscle  is 
correctly  identified  (see  text). 

(7).  A  coraco-brachudis  brevis  iiiternus  is  not  present  as  a 
separate  muscle. 

(8).  'I'he  deltoid  is  weak  and  strap-like.  There  is  no  fars  epi- 
sternalis,  and  the  pars  scapularis  is  rendered  rather  prominent 
by  the  reduction  in  size  of  the  pectoralis. 

(9).  The  rectus  abdominis  is  hidden  from  view  by  the  large 
pectorales  abdominis.  On  dissection,  it  is  seen  to  be  in  two 
separate  bands,  which  are  widely  separated  in  the  middle  line 
anteriorly.  There  is  no  linea  alba,  and  only  one('?)  poststernal 
inscriptio  tendinea. 

Kaloula  pulchra  Gray. 
(1.)  The  pectoralis  abdominis  is  divided  into  two  portions. 
The  portio  internus  is  fan-shaped,  and  arises  from  the  first  post- 
sternal  segment  of  the  rectus;  its  anterior  fibres  are  in  contact 
with  those  of  the  other  side,  and  attach  to  the  sternal  plate. 
The  portio  externus  is  quite  distinct  from  the  inner  portion,  and 
is  triangular  in  shape;  its  inner  edge  overlaps  the  outer  edge  of 
the  latter.  There  ai-e  numerous  fibrous  connections  with  the 
integument. 


784  DESCRIPTION    OF    APHANTOPHRYNE, 

(1).  'I'he  obliquus  muscles,  internus  and  externus,  show  nothing 
extraordinary. 

(3).  The  pecloralis  sfernalis  is  well-developed.  The  pars  epi- 
coracoidalis  is  normal;  the  pars  sternalis  is  divisible  into  two 
portions,  an  anterior  and  a  posterior.  The  portio  posterior  does 
not  meet  its  fellow,  being  separated  in  the  median  line  by  the 
attachment  of  the  portio  internus  of  the  pectoralis  abdominis. 
Its  fibres  originate  wholly  from  the  sternum. 

(4).  A  coraco-radialis  is  present. 

(5).  A  pecloralis  cutaneus  is  absent,  but  the  septum  dividing 
the  pectoral  and  abdominal  lymph-spaces  is  well-marked,  though 
not  invaded  by  fibres. 

(6).  A  coraco-humeralis  (coraco-brachialis  lonyusV)  is  present. 

(7).  A  coraco-brachialis  brevis  internus  is  perhaps  represented, 
as  the  fibres  of  the  last-mentioned  muscle!  6)  show  an  indication 
of  a  division  into  an  anterior  bundle. 

(8).  The  deltoid  is  strong,  and  has  no  pars  episternalis. 

(9).  The  rectus  abdominis  is  well-developed,  and  resembles 
that  of  Megalophrys  nasuta  and  Xenophrys  monticola  in  having 
only  three,  poststernal  inscrip'iones  tendinece.  There  is  no  linea 
alba  present. 

LiMNODYNASTES    DORSALIS    var.  DUMEKILII   Ptrs. 

(1).  The  pectondis  abdominis  is  divided  into  two  portions,  the 
portio  internus  which  is  fan-shaped,  and  the  portio  externus 
which  is  long  and  strap-like.  The  first  arises  on  the  two, 
anterior,  poststernal  segments  of  tlie  rectus;  and  the  latter  from 
the  posterior  extremity  of  the  ventral  surface.  The  two  pec- 
torales  are  separated  in  the  median  line,  and  the  rectus  is  plainly 
visible. 

(2).  The  obliquus  externus  and  internus  are  normal. 

(3).  The  pectoralis  sternalis  is  strongly  developed.  It  is 
plainly  divisible  into  a  pars  epicoracoidalis,  and  a  para  sternalis; 
the  latter  is  in  two  divisions,  an  anterior  medially  situated,  and 
a  posterior,  whose  fibres  arise  from  both  the  sternal  plate  and 
the  ligament  binding  the  overlapping  epicoracoids. 

(4).  A  coraco-radialis  is  well  developed. 

(5),  The  pectoralis  ciUaneus  is  absent. 


BY  DENE   B.   FRY.  785 

(6).  A  coraco-hrachialis  longus  is  normally  developed. 

(7).  A  coraco-brachiaiis  brevis  internas  is  rather  strongly  de- 
veloped. 

(8).  The  deltoid  is  strong,  and  a  pars  episternalis  connects 
with  the  oinosternuni.  'I'he  portiu  ficaptdaria  is  overlain  by  tlie 
mylohyoideus. 

(9).  The  rectus  abdominis  is  normal.  A  linea  alba  is  present, 
and  there  are  four  poststernal  ijiscrijitiones  tetidinecf. 

PLXPLANATION  OF  PLATES  LIV.-LV. 

Plate  liv. 

Aphantophryne  pansa  Fry. 

Fig.  1. — Dorsal  view  of  the  tj^pe-specimen. 

Fig.  la. — Side-view  of  head. 

Fig.  1'). — View  of  palate. 

Fig. lo. — Dor.sal  view  of  terminal  phalanx  of  fourth  toe. 

Fig.  V;. — Lateral  view  of  terminal  phalanx  of  fourth  toe. 

Fig.  le. — Ventral  view  of  hand. 

Fig.]/. — Ventral  view  of  foot. 

Fig.  If/. — Sternal  apparatus  of  type-specimen;  Uy.,  ligament. 

Fig.  2. — Ventral  view  of  a  very  stout  specimen. 

(All  the  figures  enlarged. ) 

Plate  Iv. 

Fig.  1. — Ka/oii!a  pii/rhra   Gray;    ventral    view   of    breast,    the   skin    and 

pectoral  muscles  of  the  right  side  dissected  away. 

Fig. 2. — Aphantophryne  pansa  Fry;  ventral  view  of  breast,  the  skin  and 

pectoral  muscles  of  the  right  side  dissected  away. 

Fig..S. — Limnodynastes  dorsal  is  Gr&y,  var.  diimerUii  Peters;  ventral  view 

of  body,  the  skin  and  pectoral  muscles  of  the  right  side  dissected 

away. 

REFERENCES. 

c,  conus  arteriosus  of  the  heart — chh.,  coraeo-brachialis  brevis  internus 
— chl.,  coraco-brachiaiis  longus — ch.,  coraco-humeralis — cL,  clavicle — cor., 
coracoid — dL,  deltoid — die.,  pars  episternalis  deltoidei — ec,  epicoracoid 
cartilage — it.,  inscriptio  tendinea  (first  poststernal) — la.,  linea  alba — /(/., 
ligament — mh.,  mylohyoideus — oe.,  obliquus  externus — oeh,  median  longi- 
tudinal fibres  connected  with  obliquus  externus — oi.,  obliquus  internus — 
OS.,  omosternum — pa.,  pectoralis  abdominalis — pae.,  portio  externus  m. 
pectoralis  abdominalis — pai.,  portio  internus  m.  pectoralis  abdominalis — 
pe.,  pars  epicoracoidalis  m.  pectoralis — pr.,  coraco-radialis  (or  sterno- 
radialis) — psa.,  portio  anterior  m.  pectoralis  sternalis — psp.,  portio  pos- 
terior m.  pectoralis  .sternalis  (Fig. 3) — psp.,  pectoralis  sternalis  (Fig.2) — 
ra.,  rectus  abdominalis — ah.,  sternohyoideus — »t.,  sternum — v.,  ventricle 
of  heart. 

60 


786 


THE  CHANGE  OF  COMPOSTTION  OF  ALVEOLAR  AIR 

AFTER  THE  STOPPAGE  OF  NORMAL 

BREATHING. 

By  H.  S.  Halcro  Wardlaw,   D.Sc,  Linnean  Macleay 
Fellow  of  the  Society  in  Physiology. 

(With  two  Text-figs.) 

Introduction. 

The  tensic)!!  of  carbon  dioxide  in  the  alveolar  air  of  man  is 
maintained,  under  conditions  of  rest  and  normal  breathing,  at  a 
definite  value  in  each  individual,  from  which  it  deviates  only 
slightly.  The  constant  values  for  different  individuals  vary  over 
a  wider  ranf^e.  These  facts  were  first  established  bv  Haldane 
and  Priestly  (1905),  and  by  FitzGerald  and  Haldane  (1905). 
Campbell,  Douglas,  and  Hobson  (1914)  have  recently  shown  that 
an  increase  of  2  nira.Hg  in  the  alveolar  tension  of  carbon  dioxide 
is  sufficient  to  double  the  amount  of  ventilation  of  the  lungs. 
Under  ordinary  conditions  of  rest,  then,  the  amount  of  air 
breathed  in  a  given  time  is  so  adjusted  as  to  keep  the  alveolar 
tension  of  carbon  dioxide  practically  constant.  Haldane  and 
Priestly  also  showed  that  the  alveolar  tensions  of  oxygen  may 
be  varied  widely  by  breathing  atmospheres  containing  different 
percentages  of  oxygen,  without  sensibly  affecting  the  amount  of 
ventilation  of  the  lungs.  Within  wide  limits,  therefore,  the 
ventilation  of  the  lungs  is  regulated  solely  by  the  alveolar  tension 
of  carbon  dioxide,  and  is  independent  of  the  alveolar  tension  of 
oxygen. 

When,  however,  the  normal  ventilation  of  the  lungs  is  stopped 
l)y  holding  the  breath,  or  by  rebreathing  the  same  air,  thecaibon 
dioxide  given  off  by  the  blood  will  accumulate  in  the  lungs,  while 
the  oxygen  present  will  tend  to  disappear.  The  first  investiga- 
tion of  the  change  of  composition  of  the  air  in  the  lungs,  when 
the  breath  is  held,  seems  to  be  that  of  Becher  (1S55),  who  held 
the  breath  for  various  periods  ranging  up  to  100  seconds,  after 


BY    H.    S.     IIALC'HO    WAHnLAAV.  787 

taking  a  deep  inspiration.  He  found  that  the  percentage  of 
carbon  dioxide  in  the  expired  air  rose  at  a  continually  decreasing 
rate,  and,  towards  the  end  of  the  period  of  holding  the  breath, 
seemed  almost  to  have  reached  a  constant  value. 

By  shutting  off  one  lobe  of  the  lung  of  an  animal  from  the 
exchange  of  gases  with  the  inspired  air,  and  drawing  off  samples 
of  the  contents  througli  a  catheter,  Wolffberg  (1871)  attempted 
to  measure  the  final  tension  of  carbon  dioxide  in  this  portion  of 
the  lung  after  a  state  of  equilibrium  with  the  venous  blood  had 
been  reached. 

Loewy  and  von  Schrotter  (1905)  carried  out  similar  experi- 
ments upon  human  beings.  They  found  that  the  alveolar  ten- 
sions of  carbon  dioxide  and  of  oxygen  eventually  reached  con- 
stant values,  the  former  gas  sooner  than  the  latter.  These  values 
they  regarded  as  the  venous  tensions  of  the  gases. 

Hill  and  Flack  (1908)  observed  the  length  of  time  for  which 
the  breath  could  be  held,  under  normal  conditions,  after  breath- 
ing oxygen,  and  after  muscular  exercise.  They  measured  the 
tensions  of  carbon  dioxide  and  of  oxygen  in  the  alveolar  air 
when  the  breaking-point  was  reached.  They  also  measured  the 
final  alveolar  percentages  after  breathing  as  long  as  possible  from 
an  anaesthetic  bag,  tilled,  in  one  case,  with  expired  air,  in  another 
case,  with  oxygen.  In  each  case,  the  time  of  holding  the  breath 
was  longer,  and  the  final  tensions  of  carbon  dioxide  were  higher 
than  when  similar  gaseous  mixtures  were  simply  held  in  the 
luno-s.  The  final  tensions  of  carbon  dioxide  reached  were  also 
higher  when  oxygen  was  present  in  excess.  These  investigators 
made  experiments  to  determine  the  alveolar  percentages  of 
carbon  dioxide  and  of  oxygen  after  holding  the  breath  for 
various  periods,  and  found  that  the  percentage  of  oxygen  fell 
more  rapidly  than  that  of  carbon  dioxide.  They  concluded 
that  it  was  the  alveolar  percentage  of  oxygen,  and  not  that  of 
carbon  dioxide,  which  determined  the  period  for  which  the  breath 
could  be  held.  From  their  experiments  on  rebreathing  the  same 
air  from  a  bag,  they  concluded  that  holding  the  breath  obstiucted 
the  circulation  and  so  hindered  the  exchange  of  gases  between^__.^^ 
the  alveolar  air  and  the  blood,  /vN^     ^^/\ 

luIlibrary  ^ 


788  CHANGE    OF    COMPOSITION    OF    ALVROLAR    AIR, 

Leimdorfer  (1909)  determined  the  composition  of  alveolar  air 
after  inspirations  of  ordinary  air,  and  of  gaseous  mixtures  con- 
taining different  percentages  of  carbon  dioxide  and  oxygen,  had 
been  held  in  the  lungs  as  long  as  possible.  He,  too,  found  that 
excess  of  oxygen  raised  the  final  percentage  of  carbon  dioxide 
attained,  and  concluded  that  the  time  for  which  the  breath  could 
be  held  was  determined  by  the  percentage  of  oxygen  in  the 
alveolar  air. 

Du  Bois-Reymond  (1910)  connected  one  lobe  of  the  lung  of 
an  animal  with  a  space  filled  with  nitrogen,  and  observed  the 
I'ate  at  which  carbon  dioxide  was  given  off  into  this  space.  He 
found  that  the  percentage  of  carbon  dioxide  rose  at  a  logarith- 
mically decreasing  rate,  and  approached  a  certain  final  value. 

Christiansen,  Douglas,  and  Haldane  (1914)  carried  out  ex- 
periments to  determine  the  composition  of  alveolar  air  after 
holding  in  the  lungs  mixtures  of  air  containing  various  percent- 
ages of  carbon  dioxide.  The  lungs,  in  fact,  were  used  as  an 
a«rotonometer.  When  the  percentage  of  carbon  dioxide  in  the 
inspired  mixture  was  below  a  certain  value,  the  percentage  in 
the  alveolar  air  was  greater  after  holding  the  breath  than  that 
present  in  the  original  mixture.  When,  however,  the  percentage 
of  carbon  dioxide  in  the  mixture  was  greater  than  this  value, 
the  alveolar  percentage,  after  holding  the  breath,  was  less  than 
that  in  the  original  mixture;  that  is,  carbon  dioxide  had  been 
absorbed  by  the  blood.  These  investigators  concluded  that  the 
percentage  of  carbon  dioxide  in  the  inspired  air  above  which 
carbon  dioxide  was  absorbed  by  the  blood,  and  below  which 
carbon  dioxide  was  given  off  by  the  blood,  was  the  percentage 
in  the  alveolar  air  with  which  the  venous  blood  was  in  equi- 
librium in  the  lungs,  and  from  which  the  venous  tension  of 
carbon  dioxide  in  the  lungs  could  be  calculated.  These  workers 
also  measured  the  percentages  of  carbon  dioxide  in  the  alveolar 
air  after  holding  the  breath  for  various  periods.  They  found 
that  the  alveolar  percentage  of  carbon  dioxide  continued  to  rise 
during  the  whole  period  for  which  the  breath  was  held,  and  con- 
cluded that  the  venous  tension  of  carbon  dioxide  could  not  be 
determined  by  observations  of  this  kind. 


BY    H.    S.    HALCRO    WARDLAW.  789 

Recently,  Boothbv  and  Sandiford  (J  916)  have  also  used  the 
above  aerotonoraetric  method  for  the  determination  of  the  venous 
tension  of  carbon  dioxide,  and  have  obtained  results  similar  to 
those  of  Christiansen,  Douf,das,  and   Haldane  {loc.  cit.). 

In  the  present  investigation,  the  rate  at  which  the  cotnposition 
of  alveolar  air  changes,  when  the  admission  of  fresh  air  to  the 
lungs  is  discontinued,  has  been  examined  in  greater  detail.  The 
rate  of  alteration  of  the  composition  of  the  alveolar  air  has  been 
studied  under  two  different  sets  of  conditions.  In  the  first 
series  of  experiments,  the  breath  was  simply  held  for  measured 
periods  after  the  completion  of  a  normal  inspiration,  before 
taking  a  sample  of  alveolar  air.  In  the  second  series  of  experi- 
ments, after  the  completion  of  a  normal  inspiration,  breathing 
was  continued  into  and  out  of  an  empty  rubber  bag,  samples  of 
alveolar  air  being  collected  from  time  to  time.  It  was  found 
that  the  rise  in  the  alveolar  tension  of  carbon  dioxide  and  the 
fall  in  the  tension  of  oxygen  were  considerably  more  rapid  in 
the  second  series  of  experiments  than  the  first. 

Experiments  have  also  been  carried  out  to  examine  more  closely 
the  difference  between  the  two  sets  of  results.  It  was  found 
that  movement  of  the  same  air  into  and  out  of  the  lungs,  altera- 
tion of  pressure  in  the  closed  chest,  or  the  maintenance  of  nega- 
tive pressure  in  the  chest,  caused  a  marked  increase  in  the  rate 
of  increase  of  the  alveolar  tension  of  carbon  dioxide.  The  main- 
tenance of  positive  pressure  in  the  chest,  however,  slightly  de- 
creased the  rate  of  change  of  composition  of  the  alveolar  air 
after  the  cessation  of  normal  respiration. 

Methods. 

The  experiments  described  in  this  paper  were  made  upon  one 
subject  (H.S.H.W.).  Before  commencing  to  collect  samples  of 
alveolar  air,  the  subject  seated  himself  comfortably  and  rested 
for  ten  minutes  in  order  to  allow  the  respiration  to  become  as 
steady  as  possible.  The  subject  remained  seated  during  the 
whole  course  of  an  experiment.  The  only  work  done  by  him 
was  the  opening  of  taps  for  the  collection  of  samples  of  alveolar 
air,  the  starting  and  stopping  of  a  kymograph,  and  the  making 


790  CHANGE    OF    COMPOSITION    OF    ALVEOLAR    AlR, 

of  the  deep  expirations  from  wliich  the  samples  were  obtained. 
A  complete  rest  of  five  minutes  was  taken  after  the  collection 
of  each  sample.  The  experiments  in  each  series  in  the  Tables 
given  below  are  recorded  in  the  order  in  which  they  were  made. 

Two  preliminary  series  of  experiments,  in  which  about  two 
hundred  analyses  were  performed,  were  carried  out  on  two 
diflferent  subjects.  In  these  experiments,  attention  was  not 
paid  to  the  necessity  of  allowing  the  subject  to  rest  completely 
before  taking  a  sample  of  alveolar  air.  The  variations  among 
individual  experiments  were,  consequently,  too  great  to  allow 
precise  conclusions  to  be  drawn.  The  average  results  of  each 
series,  however,  showed  the  same  features  as  the  experiments 
recorded  here. 

The  samples  of  alveolar  air  were  collected  over  mercury  in 
exhausted  gas-burettes.  The  deep  expirations  from  the  last  por 
tions  of  which  the  samples  were  obtained  (Haldane  and  Priestly, 
loc.  cit.)  were  made  through  a  brass  mouth-piece,  20  cm.  long, 
into  a  rubber-lined  anajsthetic-bag.  The  mouth-piece  was  pro- 
vided with  ten  side-tubes  of  capillary  bore;  to  these  tubes,  burettes 
were  attached.  In  this  way,  a  number  of  samples  of  alveolar 
air  could  be  collected  without  other  manipulation  than  the 
opening  of  spring-clips. 

The  instant  at  which  an  expiration  was  made  was  recorded 
on  the  drum  of  a  kymograph  by  means  of  a  manometer  con- 
nected witli  one  of  the  side-tubes  of  the  mouth-piece.  The 
instant  at  which  respiration  was  stopped  and  the  holding  of  the 
breath  commenced,  was  recorded  on  the  kymograph  by  pinching 
the  tube  leading  to  the  manometer.  A  Jaquet  clock  was 
arranged  to  make  a  time-tracing,  showing  seconds,  immediately 
below  the  tracing  of  the  manometer.  The  periods  elapsing 
between  the  commencement  of  holding  the  breath  and  the 
making  of  the  expiration  from  which  the  sample  of  alveolar  air 
was  obtained,  were  determined  by  measurement  of  the  graphic 
records.  In  the  cases  in  which  the  subject  breathed  into  and 
out  of  a  closed  bag,  the  intervals  of  time  between  the  successive 
expirations  were  measured  in  the  same  way.  Time  could  be 
measured   on   the   tracings    with  an   error  of  about  0*5  second. 


BY    H.    S.    MALCRO    WARDLAW. 


791 


Periods   of   holding   tlie   breath,  or,  between  expirations   into  a 
bajr,  are  "iven  in  the  Tables  to  the  nearest  second. 

The  analyses  of  the  samples  of  alveolar  air  were  carried  out  in 
a  small  Haldane-apparatus.  About  20  cc.  of  alveolar  air  were 
collected  for  each  sample,  about  9  cc.  being  used  for  an  analysis. 
Duplicate  analyses  were  performed  only  in  those  cases  in  which 
there  was  doubt  as  to  the  reliability  of  a  result.  The  results  of 
duplicate  analyses  showed  divergences  ranging  up  to  2%.  The 
deviation  from  the  mean  is  only  half  this  figure.  The  results 
given  in  the  Tables,  therefore,  have  an  error  of  less  than  2%; 
that  is  to  say,  the  percentages  of  carbon  dioxide  and  of  oxygen 
are  correct  to  less  than  one-tenth  of  one  per  cent.  The  amounts 
of  carbon  dioxide  and  of  oxygen  in  the  alveolar  air  are  expressed 
as  percentages  by  volume  of  tlie  dry  gas.  The  partial  tensions 
of  carbon  dioxide  and  of  oxygen,  in  millimetres  of  mercury,  are 
also  given.  The  tensions  were  calculated  from  the  percentage 
composition  of  the  dry  gas,  the  barometric  pressure  at  the  time 
of  the  experiment,  and  the  tension  of  aqueous  vapour  in  the 
lungs  [43  mm. Hg,  Loewy  and  Gerhartz(1913),  Osborne  (1913)]. 
The  tensions  have  an  error  of  less  than  1  mm.Hg. 


Effect  of  holding  the  Breath. 

In  the  following  Table  are  shown  the  percentages  and  tensions 
of  carbon  dioxide  and  of  oxygen  in  alveolar  air  after  holding  the 
breath  for  various  pei'iods.  In  the  last  portion  of  the  Table,  the 
averages  of  the  values  obtained  in  the  individual  experiments 
are  given. 

Tablk  i. 
Composition  of  alreolar  air  after  lioldiiiy  breath  for  rariouK  jjeriods. 


Carbon  dioxide. 

Oxygen. 

Number. 

Time. 

Per  cent. 

Mm.Hg. 

Per  cent. 

Mm.Hg. 

1 

0 

5-26 

38-4 

2 

5 

o-7o 

42  0 

3 

10 

5-97 

43-6 

4 

16 

6-19 

45-1 

5 

20 

6 -20 

45-6 

6 

27 

6-56 

47-8 

7 

31 

6-50 

47-5 

792 


CHANGE    OF    COMPOSITION    OF    ALVEOLAR    AIR, 


Table  i. — continued. 


Time. 

Carbon  dioxide. 

Oxygen. 

Number. 

Per  cent. 

Mm.Hg. 

Per  cent. 

Mm.Hg. 

8 

0 

5-53 

40  4 

9 

5 

5-90 

43  0 

10 

11 

6  01 

43  9 

11 

16 

6-42 

46-9 

12 

20 

6-58 

48-0 

13 

27 

6-57 

48-0 

14 

30 

6-67 

487 

15 

37 

6-91 

50-5 

16 

0 

.V20 

37-6 

1600 

115-8 

17 

6 

579 

41-9 

1475              106  8 

18 

12 

6-21         , 

45-0 

13-68               99  0 

19 

16 

6-18 

44-8 

13-81              100-0 

20 

21 

(5-49 

47  0 

12-76               92-3 

21 

26 

6-33 

45-8 

12-74 

92-2 

22 

31 

6  "55 

47-4 

11-93 

86-4 

23 

36 

6-75 

48-8 

1 1  -20 

81-1 

24 

0 

511 

36-9 

16-48 

118-8 

25 

7 

5-87 

42  4 

14-98              1081 

26 

11 

fi-06 

43-8 

14-43              104-2 

27 

16 

6-37 

46-0 

13-65                98-5 

28 

20 

6-51 

47-0 

12-95                93-5 

29 

26 

6-57 

47-4 

12-39               89-4 

30 

30 

670 

48-3 

11-89                85-8 

31 

35 

6-65 

48-0 

12-10               87-4 

32 

0 

510 

36-8 

16-21              1170 

33 

6 

5-89 

42-5 

14-83              107  0 

34 

10 

6-28 

45-3 

14-04              101-4 

35 

16 

6-29 

45-4 

13-70               98-9 

36 

21 

6-49 

46-8 

12-85               92-8 

37 

25 

6-52 

47-1 

12-46 

89-9 

38 

30 

678 

49-0 

11-64 

84-1 

39 

35 

677 

48-9 

11-13 

80-4 

40 

0 

5-34 

37-9 

16-40 

116-5 

41 

5 

5-89 

41-8 

14-21 

101-0 

42 

11 

5-99 

42-5 

14-04 

99-9 

43 

17 

6-43 

451 

12-69 

901 

44 

21 

6  "57 

467 

1213 

86-2 

45 

26 

677 

48-1 

11-83 

84-1 

46 

31 

678 

481 

11-31 

80-5 

47 

36 

6-98 

49-6 

10-42 

71-1 

BY    H.    S.    HALrRO    WARHLAW. 


793 


Table  i. — 

confinuerl. 

Carbon  dioxide. 

Oxygen. 

Number. 

Time. 

Per  cent. 

Mm.Hg. 

Per  cent.       Mm.Hg. 

Average. 

0 

.•>-26 

38-0 

16-00 

118-3 

6 

o-8o 

42-6 

14-69 

106-1 

11 

6-09 

44-0 

14-05 

101-5 

16 

6-31 

45-6 

13-46 

97-3 

21 

6-45 

46-6 

12-67 

91-6 

25 

6-55 

47-4 

12-36 

89-3 

31 

6 -66 

48-1 

1 1-69 

84-4 

36 

6-82 

49-3 

1 1  -21 

8 10 

The  manner  in  which  the  composition  of  alveolar  air  changes 

when  the  breath   is   held,  as  expressed   by  the  above  figures,  is 

more  clearly  shown  by  the  accompanying  diagram  ('J'ext-fig.l). 

In  the  diagram,  times  are  plotted  as  abscissae,  the  corresponding 

tensions   of  carbon   dioxide  and  of  oxygen  as  ordinates.     The 

points  shown  in  the  diagram  represent  the  average  values  given 

in  the  Table. 

Diagram  i. 

Curve  A  in  the  diagram  represents  the  variation  of  the 
alveolar  tension  of  carbon  dioxide  with  the  period  of  holding  the 
breath.  This  curve  shows  that,  as  the  breath  is  held,  the 
alveolar  tension  of  carbon  dioxide  rises  at  a  continually  decreas- 
ing rate  for  about  30  seconds.  During  the  first  5  seconds  of 
holding  the  breath,  the  alveolar  tension  of  carbon  dioxide  rises 
from  38-0  to  41-6,  3-3  mm.Hg.  Between  the  2oth  and  30th 
seconds,  the  tension  rises  from  47*5  to  48-0,  0-5  mm.Hg,  that  is, 
at  only  about  one-seventh  of  the  initial  rate.  After  the  30th 
second,  the  rate  of  increase  of  the  alveolar  tension  of  carbon 
dioxide  ceases  to  fall,  and  begins  to  rise  again.  This  increase 
in  steepness  continues  to  the  35th  second,  beyond  which 
the  subject  was  unable  to  hold  the  breath  and  still  retain  the 
power  of  making  the  forced  expiration  necessary  to  obtain  a 
sample  of  alveolar  air.  The  increase  in  the  rate  at  which  the 
alveolar  tension  of  carbon  dioxide  rises,  after  holding  the  breath 
for  about  30  seconds,  is  due  to  the  fact  that  the  subject  then 
begins  to  make  involuntary  movements  of  the  diaphragm  and  of 
the  muscles  of  the  chest,  which  grow  in  intensity  as  the  holding 


794 


CHANGE    OF    COMPOSITION    OF    ALVEOLAR    AIR, 


of  the  breath  is  continued.  These  movements,  as  will  be  shown 
later,  markedly  hasten  the  passage  of  carbon  dioxide  into  the 
alveolar  air.  The  total  rise  of  the  tension  of  carbon  dioxide,  on 
holding  the  breath  for  35  seconds,  is  ll-5inm.Hg. 


60 

» 

so 

^v 

^ 

c 

^0 

y 

"a 

30 

y^ 

s 

\\ 

X5 

20 

\ 

o\ 

P\ 

//o 


/GO 


90 


so 


70 


Tfiye 


10 


20 


30 


^o 


Text-fig.  1. — Variation  of  alveolar  tensions  of  carbon  dioxide  and  of  oxygen 
with  period  of  holding  the  breath  (A,  B),  and  with  period  of  re- 
breathing  expired  air  (C,  D).     Times  (abscissie)  in  seconds,  tensions 
(ordinates)  in  mm.Hg. 
Curve  B,  in  the  above  diagram,  shows  how  the  alveolar  tension 

of  oxygen  changes  as  the  breath  is  held.     It  will  be  seen  that 


BY    H.    S.    HALCRO    WAHDLAW.  795 

the  rate,  at  which  the  tension  of  oxygen  falls,  is  very  much 
greater  than  the  rate  at  which  the  tension  of  carbon  dioxide 
rises.  In  35  seconds,  the  tension  of  oxygen  falls  from  116-5  to 
81  "0,  35-5  mm. Hg,  or  more  than  three  times  as  much  as  the 
tension  of  carbon  dioxide  rises.  It  will  be  noticed  also  that, 
although  the  rate  of  change  of  the  alveolar  tension  of  oxygen 
slows  down  with  time,  this  slowing  down  is  much  less  marked 
than  in  the  case  of  the  tension  of  carbon  dioxide.  During  the 
first  5  seconds  of  the  experiment,  the  tension  falls  7*5  mm  Hg; 
during  the  last  5  seconds,  3-5mm.Hg  or  at  about  one-half  the 
initial  rate.  The  tremors  of  the  respiratory  muscles,  which 
make  their  appearance  towards  the  end  of  the  experiment, 
apparently  do  not  become  of  sufficient  intensity  to  afiect  notice- 
ably the  rate  of  absorption  of  oxygen  in  the  lungs. 

When  the  breath  is  held  for  a  long  enough  period,  therefore, 
the  tension  of  carbon  dioxide  gives  indications  of  attaining  a 
certain  fixed  value  The  alveolar  tension  of  oxygen,  on  the 
other  hand,  falls  rapidly  during  the  whole  period  for  which  the 
breath  can  be  held. 

Effect  of  rebkeathinc,  the  same  Air. 

In  the  following  Table  are  given  the  alveolar  tensions  and 
percentages  of  carbon  dioxide  and  of  oxygen  after  the  air  in  the 
lungs  at  the  end  of  a  normal  inspiration,  instead  of  being 
held  there  for  a  certain  period,  is  breathed  into  and  out  of  a 
closed,  empty  bag.  Under  these  circumstances,  the  air  of  the 
lungs  does  not  remain  stagnant,  but  is  mixed  together  by  the 
movements  of  breathing.  The  contents  of  the  lungs  are  also 
mixed  with  the  air  in  the  mouth-piece,  and  in  the  bag,  which 
cannot  be  emptied  completely.  The  volume  of  this  air  is  not 
more  than  100  cc.  The  average  volume  of  the  deepest  expira- 
tion which  the  present  subject  can  make,  after  taking  a  normal 
inspiration,  is  2200  cc.  As  the  volume  of  the  residual  air  may 
be  taken  as  800-1000  cc,  the  total  volume  of  the  air  in  the  lungs, 
at  the  end  of  a  normal  inspiration,  amounts  to  approximately 
3000  cc.  The  contents  of  the  lungs  are  mixed,  therefore,  with 
about  3%  of  their  volume  of  air  by  breathing  into  and  out  of  the 


796 


CMAXGE    OF    COMPOSITION    OF    ALVEOLAR    AIR, 


bag.  If  the  rate  at  which  the  alveolar  tension  of  carbon  dioxide 
rises,  and  that  at  which  the  alveolar  tension  of  oxygen  falls,  be 
the  same,  when  the  contents  of  the  lungs  are  breathed  in  this  way 
as  when  the  breath  is  held,  the  changes  in  the  tensions  of  the  gases 
will  be  about  3%  less  in  the  former  case  than  in  the  latter. 
The  figures  given  in  the  following  Table,  however,  show  that,  on 
the  contrar\',  the  changes  in  the  tensions  of  the  gases  are  con- 
siderably greater  in  the  former  case. 

Table  ii. — Composition  of  alveolar  air  after  hreafliiii;/   into  and  out  of 
dosed  hay  for  narious  periods. 


Time. 

Carbon 

dioxide. 

Oxygen. 

Number. 

Per  cent. 

Mm.Hg. 
36-5 

Per  cent. 

Mm.Hg. 

48 

0 

5  07 

15-70 

112-8 

49 

7 

5 

91 

42 

5 

14 

•13 

101 

5 

50 

15 

6 

52 

46 

9 

12 

44 

89 

5 

51 

22 

6 

73 

48 

9 

11 

•22      80 

7 

52 

29 

7 

07 

50 

8 

10 

03      72 

2 

63 

34 

7 

03 

50 

5 

9 

35 

67 

2 

54 

41 

7 

29 

52 

4 

8 

74 

62 

8 

55 

46 

7 

30 

52 

5 

8 

23 

59 

1 

56 

0 

5 

03 

35 

7 

15 

92 

113 

2 

57 

7 

5 

77 

41 

0 

14 

93 

106 

1 

58 

16 

6 

33 

45 

0 

13 

53 

96 

2 

59 

23 

6 

74 

47 

9 

12 

•13 

86 

2 

60 

31 

6 

96 

49 

5 

11 

32 

80 

5 

61 

38 

7 

20 

51 

2 

10 

14 

72 

1 

62 

44 

7 

34 

52 

1 

9 

35 

66 

5 

63 

51 

7 

37 

52 

4 

8 

65 

61 

5 

64 

0 

5 

35 

38 

4 

15 

•84 

113 

8 

65 

8 

6 

09 

43 

3 

14 

51 

104 

>> 

66 

14 

6 

60 

47 

4 

13 

36 

95 

9 

67 

20 

6 

94 

49 

8 

11 

95 

85 

8 

68 

27 

7 

24 

49 

8 

10 

■87 

78 

0 

69 

33 

7 

47 

53 

6 

9 

91 

71 

2 

70 

38 

7 

59 

54 

5 

8 

70 

62 

4 

71 

44 

7 

77 

55 

7 

7 

97 

57 

2 

72 

0 

5 

30 

38 

6 

16 

■20 

lis 

0 

73 

7 

5 

99 

43 

6 

15 

•25 

110 

3 

74 

13 

6 

63 

47 

8 

13 

88 

100 

3 

75 

19 

7 

09 

51 

2 

12 

88 

93 

1 

76 

25 

7 

25 

52 

4 

11 

80 

85 

4 

77 

31 

7 

45 

53 

8 

11 

00 

79 

6 

78 

36 

7 

61 

55 

0 

9 

94 

71 

8 

79 

42 

7-78 

56-2 

9  08 

65-6 

BY    H.    S.    HALCRO    WARDLAW. 


797 


Table  ii. — rontiiintil. 


Time. 

Carbon 

dioxide. 

Oxygen. 

Number. 

Per  cent. 

Mm.Hg. 

38-0 

Per  cent. 
161 

Mm.Hy. 

Average 

0 

5-25 

116-4 

0 

5-70 

41  0 

15  1 

1091 

10 

6  15 

44  5 

141 

101  9 

15 

6-5 

47  0 

132 

95-5 

20 

6-8 

49-2  • 

12-3 

89  0 

25 

7  05 

51  0 

114 

82-5 

;^o 

7-25 

52-4 

10-7 

77-2 

;^5 

7  35 

531 

9-8 

70-9 

40 

7  45 

53  9 

9-2 

66-5 

1  lie  intei'vals  of  time  between  the  taking  of  each  sample  of 
alveolar  air  and  that  of  the  next  in  the  above  series  of  experi- 
ments, are  not  considered  to  be  uniform  enough  to  allow  average 
values  to  be  calculated  from  them  arithmetically.  The  average 
figures  given  in  the  last  portion  of  the  Table,  therefore,  have  been 
determined  graphically  by  plotting  the  individual  experiments 
on  squared  paper,  drawing  a  curve  through  the  points  represent- 
ing each  series  of  results,  and,  from  the  curves,  detei'mining  the 
tensions  of  carbon  dioxide  and  of  oxygen  for  corresponding  times. 
From  the  figures  got  thus,  the  average  values  have  been  calcu- 
lated in  the  ordinar}^  way.  These  values  are  represented  in  the 
diagram  by  the  points  on  the  curves  C  and  D. 

The  curve  C  represents  the  manner  in  which  the  alveolar 
tension  of  carbon  dioxide  rises  when  the  contents  of  the  lungs 
are  breathed  into  and  out  of  a  closed,  empty  bag.  It  will  be  seen 
that  the  alveolar  tension  of  carbon  dioxide  rises  at  a  continually 
decreasing  rate.  During  the  first  5  seconds  of  the  experiment, 
the  tension  of  carbon  dioxide  rises  3"5  mm.Hg,  or  by  practically 
the  same  amount  as  when  the  breath  is  held  in  the  lungs. 
Between  the  2oth  and  30th  seconds,  however,  the  rise  is  1-4  mm. 
Hg,  or  about  thrice  as  great  as  when  the  breath  is  held.  The  total 
rise  in  the  alveolar  tension  of  carbon  dioxide  in  35  seconds  is 
from  380  to  53*0,  15"0  mm.Hg,  or  nearly  40%  greater  than  the 
rise  occurring  in  the  same  period  when  the  breath  is  simply  held. 

Curve  D  shows  the  rate  at  which  the  alveolar  tension  of 
oxygen  falls  when  the  contents  of  the   lungs  are  breathed  into 


798  CHANGE    OF    COMPOSITION    OF    ALVKOLAR    AIR, 

and  out  of  a  closed   bag.     This  rate  decreases  very  slowly  with 
time.     The  fall  in  the  alveolar  tension  of  oxygen  during  the  first 

5  seconds  of  tlie  experiment  is  7-5  mm.Hg,  the  same  as  when  the 
breath  is  held.     Between  the  25th  and   30th  seconds,  the  fall  is 

6  mm.Hg,  or  nearly  twice  as  great  as  when  the  breath  is  held. 
The  total  fall  in  the  alveolar  tension  of  oxygen,  after  breathing 
into  and  out  of  the  bag  for  35  seconds,  is  from  116-4  to  70-9, 
45-5  mm.Hg,  or  nearly  30%  greater  than  when  the  breath  is 
simply  held.  Thus,  when  the  same  air  is  rebreathed,  not  only 
is  there  an  increase  of  the  rate  at  which  the  composition  of  the 
alveolar  air  changes,  but  tht^  amount  of  the  change  itself  is  also 
greater  than  when  an  equal  quantity  of  air  is  held  in  the  lungs 
for  an  equal  period.  Although  the  increase  in  the  alveolar 
tension  of  carbon  dioxide  and  thedecrea.se  in  the  alveolar  tension 
of  oxygen  are  so  much  greater,  when  the  air  in  the  lungs  is 
breathed  to  and  from  a  bag  for  a  given  time,  than  when  the 
breath  is  held  for  the  same  length  of  time,  the  period  which 
elapses  before  the  subject  begins  to  feel  acutely  the  need  of  fresh 
air  is  considerably  extended  in  the  former  case.  Tn  the  present 
subject,  the  feeling  of  distress  is  as  pronounced  after  holding 
the  breath  for  35  seconds  as  it  is  after  breathing  to  and  from  the 
bag  for  about  50  seconds. 

Discussion  of  Results. 
The  curves  in  the  above  diagram  show  the  rates  of  change  of 
the  alveolar  tensions  of  carbon  dioxide  and  oxygen  at  different 
times  after  the  stoppage  of  normal  respiration.  Tliey  depict  the 
rates  of  movement  of  these  gases  to  and  from  the  alveolar  air. 
Carbon  dioxide  and  oxygen  can  move  only  to  and  from  the 
alveolar  out  of  or  into  the  pulmonary  tissues  and  the  blood,  on 
the  one  hand,  and  the  air  of  the  dead  space,  on  the  other  hand. 
At  the  end  of  a  normal  inspiration,  the  dead  space  amounts  to 
about  5%  of  the  total  volume  of  the  lungs.  Even  when  the  dead 
space  is  increased  by  the  addition  of  the  mouthpiece  and  bag,  the 
alveolar  air  of  the  lungs  still  accounts  for  more  than  90%  of  the 
air  with  which  the  blood  can  exchange  gases.  Exchano^es  of 
gases  between  the  alveoli  and  the  dead  space,  therefore,  will 
affect  but  slightly  the  alveolar  tensions,  and  the  above  curves 


BY    H.    S.    HALCRO    WARDLAW.  799 

may  be  taken  as  exhibiting  the  exchange  of  carbon  dioxide  and 
of  oxygen  between  the  blood  and  pulmonary  tissues,  and  the 
alveolar  air  under  the  conditions  of  the  experiments. 

If  diffusion  play  a  part  in  this  exchange  of  gases  between  the 
alveolar  air  and  the  blood,  the  variations  in  the  rates  of  exchange 
are  likely  to  be  expressed  by  an  equation  of  the  form 

d(P-p);dt=  -n(P-p)  (1) 

where  P  is  the  effective,  not  necessarily  the  actual,  tension  of  the 
gas  in  the  venous  blood  entering  the  lungs,  p  the  tension  in  the 
alveolar  air  at  the  moment,  and  n  a  constant.  The  work  of  Mosso 
(1904),  of  Haldaneand  his  collaborators (/oc.cti!.,  and  Christiansen 
and  Haldane,  1914),of  Krogh  and  Krogh(  1910),  and  of  others,  has 
shown  that  the  tensions  of  the  carbon  dioxide  in  the  arterial 
blood  leaviny  the  lungs  must  be  very  close  to  the  alveolar  tension 

With  regard  to  the  tension  of  oxygen  in  tlie  arterial  blood, 
opinion  is  not  so  unanimous.  Barcroft  and  Cooke  (1913)  found 
arterial  blood  (human)  to  be  94%  saturated  with  oxygen.  Twort 
and  Hill  (1915)  showed,  however,  that,  during  rest  and  shallow 
respiration,  the  degree  of  saturation  may  be  considerably  lower. 

According  to  the  above  equation,  if  the  tensions  of  the  gases 
in  the  venous  blood  entering  the  lungs,  after  the  stoppage  of 
the  exchange  with  the  air  occurring  in  normal  respiration, 
remain  constant  for  a  period  long  enough,  the  alveolar  tensions 
will  approach  very  closely  to  the  venous,  and  the  blood  will  pass 
through  the  lungs  practically  unchanged. 

Equation  (1)  is  converted  by  integration  into  the  form 

log(P-p)  =  loga-nt  (2) 

where  a  is  another  constant 

If  the  figures  for  p  given  in  the  above  tables  vary  with  the 
times  of  stoppage  of  normal  respiration  in  the  manner  described 
by  this  equation,  then,  if  instead  of  plotting  the  tensions  against 
times,  the  logarithms  of  the  differences  of  these  tensions  from 
certain  constant  tensions,  P,  be  plotted,  the  curves  obtained 
will  be  straight  lines.  The  values  of  the  constant  tensions,  P, 
towards  which  the  tensions,  p,  approach,  may  be  calculated  by 
converting  equation  (2)  into  the  form 

P-p  =  a/10"*  (3) 


800  CHANGE    OF    COMPOSITION    OF    ALVEOLAR    AIR, 

by  eliminating  the  logarithms.  If  the  values  of  p  and  t  be 
inserted  into  the  equation  for  pairs  of  equidistant  values  of  t, 
equations  containing  only  P  and  p  may  be  obtained,  and,  from 
these,  the  values  of  P  may  be  determined  In  this  way,  it  may 
be  calculated  that,  when  the  breath  is  held,  the  alveolar  tension 
of  carbon  dioxide  (curve  A)  rises  from  the  initial  value  of  38-0 
mra.Hg  towards  a  final  value  of  50-0  mm. Hg.  When  the  air  in 
the  lungs  is  breathed  into  and  out  of  a  closed  bag,  the  alveolar 
tension  of  carbon  dioxide  (curve  C)  rises  from  the  same  initial 
value  towards  the  value  of  59-Omm.Hg.  The  value  towards  which 
the  alveolar  tension  of  oxygen  sinks  when  the  breath  is  held 
(curve  B)  is  found  by  a  similar  calculation  to  be  .05  mni.Hg,  the 
initial  value  being  1164  mm.Hg.  'J'he  curvature  of  curve  B  is 
much  less  than  that  of  the  two  preceding  curves,  and  the  accu- 
racy with  which  the  value  of  P  can  be  calculated  is  correspond- 
ingly less.  In  the  case  of  curve  D,  representing  the  variation 
of  the  alveolar  tension  of  oxygen  when  the  air  of  the  lungs  is 
breathed  into  and  out  of  a  bag,  the  curvature  is  so  small,  that 
the  value  of  the  tension  which  would  be  reached  eventually,  if 
the  tension  continued  to  fall  in  the  same  manner,  cannot  be 
determined  with  any  precision  by  the  above  calculation.  This 
is  due  to  the  fact  that,  in  the  calculation,  the  differences  of 
observed  values  appear.  These  differences  become  smaller  as 
the  curvature  decreases,  and  as  the  whole  experimental  error 
falls  on  the  differences,  the  uncertainty  of  their  values  soon 
becomes  so  great  as  to  render  them  useless  for  calculation.  The 
value  given  for  P  for  each  of  the  curves  A,  B,  and  C,  is  the  mean 
of  six  values  calculated  from  six  different  sets  of  points  on  the 

curve. 

The  values  of  these  final  tensions  can  be  determined  graphically 
with  more  precision  by  assuming  certain  values  for  P,  and 
plotting  the  graphs  of  the  corresponding  equation  (2).  It  is 
found  that  the  curve  so  obtained  is  a  straight  line,  t.e.,  is  de- 
scribed by  equation  (2),  only  when  the  value  chosen  for  P  lies 
between  certain  limits. 

In  the  following  Table  are  given  the  values  of  log  (P  -  p)  when 
the  values  assumed  for  the  final  tension,  P,  are  485  mm.Hg  for 


BY    H.    S.    HALCRO    VVARDLAW. 


801 


curve  A,  60-5  mm  Hg  for  curve  C,  550  mm.Hg  for  curve  B,  and 
00  mm.Hg  for  curve  D. 

Table  iii.  —  Lo<jaritlniis  of  differences  belireen  certain  fixed  tenMons  (P)  nud 
alreo/ar  tenaioiis  (p)  of  carbon  dio.riile  and  of  o.cygeu  after  fio/diiiy  tfie 
breath,  and  after  breatfiimj  info  and  out  of  a  bay  for  various  periods  (t). 
Series  A,  carbon  dioxide.  Series  B,  oxyyen,  after  fioJdiny  brentft. 
Series  C,  cai-boii  dioxide.  Series  I),  oxyyen,  after  breattiiny  into  and 
out  of  bay. 


Series. 

t 

P 

1 
P 

P-p. 

Log  (P  -  p). 

Mm.Hg. 

Mm.Hg. 

Mm.Hg. 

A 

0 

48-5 

38  0 

10-5 

1021 

6 

42-3 

6-2 

0-792 

11 

44 -n 

4-5 

0-653 

16 

4.j-<i 

2-9 

0-462 

21 

46-6 

1-9 

0-279 

25 

47-4, 

11 

0041 

. 

31 

48-1 

0-4 

-0-398 

36 

40-3 

-0-8 

B 

0 

55  0 

US -3 

63-3 

1-801 

6 

1 06-1 

51-1 

1  -708 

11 

101-.") 

46-5 

1-668 

16 

1(7-3 

42-3 

1  -626 

21 

m  •() 

36 -6 

1  -564 

25 

89-3 

34-3 

1  -535 

31 

84-4 

29-4 

1  -468 

36 

81(1 

26-0 

1-41.-) 

C 

0 

60-5 

38-0 

22-5 

1  -352 

5 

41-0 

19-5 

1-290 

10 

44-.-) 

16  0 

1-204 

15 

47-0 

13-5 

11 30 

^ 

49-2 

11-3 

1  053 

25 

51-0 

9-5 

0-978 

30 

52-4 

8-1 

0-908 

35 

53  1 

7-4 

0-869 

40 

53-9 

6-6 

0-8-20 

D 

0 

0-0 

116-4 

116-4 

2-066 

5 

109-1 

1091 

2-038 

10 

101-9 

101-9 

2-008 

15 

95-5 

95-5 

1-980 

20 

89-0 

89-0 

1-949 

25 

82-5 

82-5 

1-917 

30 

77-2 

77-2 

1-888 

35 

70-9 

70-9 

1-851 

4U 

66-5 

66-5 

1  -823 

In  the  following  diagram  (Text-fig.2).  tlie  values  of  log  (P  -  p) 


61 


802 


CHANGE    OF    COMPOSITION    OF    ALVEOLAR    AIR, 


are  shown  plotted   as  ordinates  against  periods  of  holding  the 
•  c 

r 


breath  or  of  breathing  into  and  out  of  a  bag  as  abscissa?. 


Text-fig.2. — Variation  of  logarithms  of  differences  between  existing  and 
final  alveolar  tensions  of  carbon  dioxide  and  of  oxygen  (ordinates), 
with  period  of  holding  the  breath  (A,  B),  and  with  period  of  re- 
breathing  expired  air  (C,  D).  Times  (abscissae)  in  seconds.  In  each 
curve,  the  logarithms  are  plotted  to  the  same  scale,  but  the  zero 
ordinates  are  adjusted  to  bring  the  curves  together. 


BY    H.    S.    HALCRO    VTARDLAW.  803 

This  diagram  shows  that,  when  the  above  values  are  assumed 
for  the  final  tensions,  P,  the  points  obtained  for  the  value  of  log 
( P  -  p)  fall  upon  straight  lines.  The  curves  through  these  depart 
visibly  from  straight  lines  wlien  the  values  chosen  foi'  P  lie 
outside  of  tlie  following  limits:  48-5J:l-0  mm.Hg  for  curve  A; 
60-5il2mm.Hg  for  curve  C;  550±5  mm.Hg  for  curve  H:  0"*:]0 
mm.Hg  for  curve  D. 

The  figures  for  the  variations  of  the  alveolar  tensions  of  carbon 
dioxide  and  of  oxygen  after  the  stoppage  of  normal  breathing, 
according  to  the  above  relations  between  them,  may  have  the 
following  interpretation. 

When  the  breath  is  held,  the  alveolar  tension  of  carbon  dioxide 
rises,  during  the  first  25  seconds,  from  its  initial  value  of  38-0 
mm.Hg  at  such  a  logarithmically  decreasing  rate  that,  if  tlie 
rise  were  to  continue  in  the  same  manner,  a  final  tension  of  48-5 
mm.Hg  would  be  approached  closely.  This  final  tension  is 
actually  passed  during  the  period  of  the  experiment  The 
effective  diflerence  of  tension  driving  carbon  dioxide  from  the 
blood  into  the  alveolar  air,  when  the  holding  of  the  breath 
begins,  is  thus  lOS  mm.Hg  in  the  present  subject.  This  final 
tension  of  carbon  dioxide  lies  within  the  range  of  values  found 
by  Christiansen,  Douglas,  and  Haldane  {he.  cit.)  for  the  tension 
of  carbon  dioxide  in  venous  blood  by  their  aerotonometric 
method.  It  is  also  within  2  mm.Hg  of  the  value  calculated  by 
Boothby  (1915)  from  the  consumption  of  oxygen,  the  fiow  of 
blood  through  the  lungs,  and  the  respiratory  quotient. 

With  regard  to  the  variation  of  the  alveolar  tension  of  oxygen 
when  the  breath  is  held,  the  results  of  the  present  investigation 
show  that  the  tension  falls  at  a  logarithmically  decreasing  rate 
such  that,  starting  from  the  initial  value  of  116-4  mm.Hg,  a  final 
value  of  55  mm.Hg  would  be  approximated  to  if  the  fall  continued 
in  the  same  way.  The  difference  of  tension  driving  oxygen  from 
the  alveolar  air  into  the  blood  is  thus  about  61  mm.Hg,  when 
the  holding  of  the  breath  begins.  At  the  end  of  the  experiment, 
the  alveolar  tension  of  oxygen  is  still  26  mm.Hg  above  this  final 
value. 

When   the  air  in  the  lungs  is  breathed  into  and   out  of  an 


804  CHANGE    OF    COMPOSITION    OF    ALVEOLAR    AIR, 

empty  bag,  instead  of  being  held  in  the  closed  chest,  the  alveolar 
tension  of  carbon  dioxide  rises  from  its  initial  value  of  38-0 mm. 
Her  at  a  lusrarithmicaliv  decreasing  rate  such  that,  if  the  rise 
continued  in  the  same  way,  a  final  tension  of  60-5  mm  Hg  would 
be  approached  closely.  During  the  period  of  the  experiment, 
tlie  alveolar  tension  of  carbon  dioxide  ri,ses  to  within  GSmm  Hg 
of  this  final  value.  The  initial  difference  of  tension  driving 
carbon  dioxide  from  the  blood  into  the  alveolar  air  is,  in  this 
case,  22  5  mm.Hg,  or  about  double  that  acting  when  the  breath 
is  held. 

The  alveolar  tension  of  oxygen,  when  the  air  in  the  lungs  is 
rebreathed,  falls  from  its  initial  value  of  116"4  mm.Hg  at  a 
logarithmically  decreasing  rate  such  that  the  final  tension  of 
oxygen  would  approach  zero,  if  the  fall  continued  in  the  same 
way.  The  initial  difi'erence  of  tension  driving  oxygen  from  the 
alveolar  air  into  the  blood  is,  in  this  case,  116-4  mm.Hg,  again 
practically  double  the  efi'ective  difi'erence  existing  when  the 
breath  is  held.  During  the  period  of  the  experiment,  the  alveo- 
lar tension  of  oxvsen  falls  to  a  value  which  is  still  about  06  mm. 
Hg  above  this  final  value. 

These  experiments  show  that  the  rate  and  extent  of  the 
exchange  of  gases  between  the  blood  and  the  alveolar  air  are 
very  much  increased  by  the  movements  of  breathing. 

In  the  experiments  of  Hill  and  Flack  (loc.  cil.),  a  similar 
effect  of  respiration  on  the  gas-eous  exchange  in  the  lungs  is  to 
be  observed.  The  experiments  of  these  authors  on  the  effect  of 
breathing  from  a  bag  are  not  strictly  comparable  with  those  of 
the  present  work.  Hill  and  Flack's  subjects  breathed  from  an 
anaesthetic  bag  "filled"  with  expired  air.  The  volume  of  air 
with  which  the  blood  could  exchange  gases  was  very  much 
greater,  therefore,  than  that  present  in  the  lungs  alone,  and  the 
period  for  which  the  experiments  could  be  continued  was  cor- 
respondingly extended  to  about  two  minutes,  or  three  times  as 
long  as  when  the  breath  was  held.  In  the  present  experiments, 
the  bag  was  empty,  and  the  volume  of  air  in  the  lungs  was 
hardly  added  to.  The  period  for  which  the  experiment  could 
be  continued  was  not  greatly  extended  beyond  that  for  which 
the  breath  could  be  held  in  the  ordinary  way. 


hy  h.  s.  halcko  wardlaw.  805 

Effect  op  Respiratory  Movements. 

Hill  and  Flack  considered,  as  was  mentioned  earlier,  that  the 
smaller  respiratory  exchange  during  the  holding  of  the  breath 
was  due  to  hindrance  of  the  circulation.  They  supposed  that 
the  normal  respiratory  movements  hastened  the  flow  of  blood. 
Dogiel  and  Kowalewsky  (1870)  showed,  however,  that  stoppage 
of  artificial  respiration  in  curarised  dogs  for  periods  of  less  than 
40  seconds  exerted  no  hindering  effect  on  the  circulation.  More 
recently,  Ebert  (191 4)  has  shown  that  the  state  of  distension 
of  the  lungs  has,  of  itself,  no  influence  on  the  circulation  through 
them,  and  that  the  actual  movements  of  inspiration  and  of  expira- 
tion respectively  hasten  and  hinder  the  circulation  to  correspond- 
ing extents. 

It  is  evident  also  in  the  present  experiments,  that  the  slower 
respiratory  exchange  during  the  holding  of  the  breath  is  not  due 
to  a  slowing  of  the  circulation  brought  about  by  the  absence  of 
the  movements  of  bi-eathing.  When  the  breath  is  held  for  30 
seconds,  the  four  or  five  respirations,  which  would  normally  be 
made  in  that  time,  do  not  occur  to  exert  their  effect  on  the  circu- 
lation. If  circulatory  disturbances  due  to  the  absence  of  respi- 
ratory movements  be  the  cause  of  the  slower  gaseous  exchange 
when  the  breath  is  held,  then,  as  each  succeeding  respiration  is 
missed,  the  exchange  will  be  retarded  more  and  more.  When 
one  respiratory  movement  is  made  during  a  period  of  20  seconds, 
instead  of  the  normal  four,  then  the  respiratory  exchange  will 
be  increased,  above  that  occurring  when  the  breath  is  held,  by 
about  one-fourth  of  the  amount  of  increased  respiratory  exchange 
occurring  during  normal  respiration.  The  rate  of  the  pulse  of 
this  subject  is  the  same,  after  holding  the  breath  for  30  seconds, 
as  immediately  before. 

The  accompanying  figures  give  the  results  of  experiments  in 
which  the  effect  of  one  respiratory  movement  in  20  seconds,  and 
of  three  respiratory  movements,  are  compared  Avith  the  effect  on 
the  gaseous  exchange  of  holding  the  breath  for  the  same  period. 
The  figures  in  column  "a"  represent  the  alveolar  percentages  of 
carbon  dioxide  after  holding  the  breath  for  20  seconds.  The 
figures  in  columns  "b"  and   "c"  are  the  corresponding  alveolar 


806 


CHANGK    OF    COMPOSITION    OF    ALVEOLAR    AIR, 


percentages  when  one  and   three  respirations,  respectively,  are 
made  in  this  period. 

Table  iv. 
Efftd  of  frequency  of  reitpiratory  mocemeufs  on  gaseou-s  exchamje. 


Expt. 

a 

b 

Expt. 

a 

c 

1 

HOO 

6-40 

5 

6-09 

6  49 

2 

.5-9(1 

6-42 

«5 

6-29 

6-.-)7 

3 

.5-99 

6-ol 

7 

6-65 

4 

613 

«-47 

8 

6  00 

6-51 

Mean 

«0l 

t)-4o 

Mean 

613 

6-56 

Increa 

se      0-44 

Increase        0'43 

The  above  experimental  results  show  that  the  alveolar  tension 
of  carbon  dioxide  is  not  raised  any  higher,  above  that  found 
after  holding  the  breath  for  20  seconds,  by  making  three  respi- 
rations than  by  making  one  respiration  in  the  same  period.  In 
creasing  the  rate  of  the  respiratory  movements  three  times, 
therefore,  causes  no  parallel  increase  in  the  alveolar  percentage 
(and  tension)  uf  carbon  dioxide,  within  these  limits. 

The  following  experiments  show  that  not  only  is  the  increase 
in  the  respiratory  exchange  in  a  given  time  independent,  within 
the  limits  of  the  work,  of  the  number  of  respiratory  movements 
in  a  "-iven  time,  but  also  of  the  extent  of  these  movements.  In 
these  experiments,  the  alveolar  tensions  of  carbon  dioxide,  after 
holding  the  breath  quietly  for  L'O  seconds,  are  compared  with 
those  reached  when  the  four  respiratory  eftbrts  are  made  in  the 
same  time  with  the  pharynx  closed,  "d". 

Table  v. 
Effect  of  rti^piratory  ejj'urts  irith  closed  chest  on  yaseous  exclianije. 


Expt. 


9 

10 

Mean 


6  36 
6-26 
631 

Increase 


676 
6-71 
674 

0-43 


The  increase  in  the  respiratory  exchange  in  this  case  is  as 


BY    H.    S.    HALCRO    WARDLAW.  807 

great  as  in  experiments  "b"  and  "c",  although  the  movements 
of  the  chest  were  very  much  smaller  than  in  those  experiments. 
It  is  evident,  then,  that  neither  the  extent,  nor  the  frequency  of 
the  respiratory  movements  in  a  given  time,  has  any  effect  on  the 
respiratory  exchange  under  the  conditions  of  these  experiments, 
in  which  the  renewal  of  the  air  in  the  lungs  was  prevented. 
There  still  remain  to  be  considered,  however,  the  variations  of 
pressure  of  the  air  in  the  lungs,  which  accompany  the  respiratory 
movements. 

Effect  of  Variations  of  Pressure. 

To  enable  the  pressure  in  the  lungs  to  be  measured,  the  mouth- 
piece, through  which  the  expirations  were  made,  was  provided 
with  a  small,  lateral  opening  near  its  end.  This  opening  lies 
inside  the  mouth  of  the  subject  when  the  mouthpiece  is  in  posi- 
tion. Another  small  hole  was  drilled  through  the  wall  of  the 
mouthpiece  at  a  position  lying  outside  of  the  mouth  of  the  sub- 
ject. These  two  small  holes  were  connected  together  by  a  very 
narrow  brass  tube  lying  inside  the  bore  of  the  mouthpiece,  and 
soldered  in  place.  The  end  of  the  narrow  tube,  which  is  to  lie 
inside  of  the  mouth  of  the  subject,  terminates  flush  with  the 
wall  of  the  mouthpiece.  The  end  of  the  tube  lying  outside  of 
the  mouth  of  the  subject  projects  through  the  wall  of  the  mouth- 
piece and  is  connected  with  a  mercury-manometer.  When  in 
position  during  an  experiment,  the  mouthpiece  is  held  firmly 
between  the  lips,  the  end  being  tightly  closed  by  the  tongue. 
The  nose  of  the  subject  is  held  at  the  same  time.  Pressures 
existing  in  the  mouth  are  then  registered  by  the  manometer. 
When  the  pharynx  is  kept  open,  the  pressure  in  the  mouth  will 
be  practically  equal  to  that  in  the  lungs,  if  no  sudden  variations 
of  pressure  occur.  The  maximal  differences  of  pressure  between 
the  air  in  the  lungs  and  the  atmosphere,  which  the  present  sub- 
ject is  able  to  maintain  for  about  20  seconds,  are  approximately 
plus  and  minus  30  mni.Hg.  When  these  diflferences  are  greater 
than  about  lOmm.Hg,  it  is  found  impossible  to  keep  them  abso- 
lutely steady.  These  variations,  which  cannot  be  avoided,  lie 
within  a  range  of  about  2  mm.Hg  from  the  average  pressure. 


808  CMA>fGE    OP    COMPOSITION'    OF    ALVEOLAR    AIR, 

Positive  pressures. — In  the  following  Table  are  given  the  per- 
centages of  carbon  dioxide  found  in  the  alveolar  air  after  holding 
the  breath  under  various  pressures  in  excess  of  that  of  the 
atmosphere.  The  corresponding  percentages  of  carbon  dioxide 
reached,  when  the  breath  is  held  under  normal  pressure,  are 
given  for  comparison. 

When  the  breath  is  held  under  pressures  differing  from  that 
of  the  atmosphere,  it  is  found  to  be  rather  difficult  to  note  the 
time  to  within  a  second.  The  subject  is  obliged  to  watch  the 
manometer  as  well  as  to  observe  the  time.  The  figures  in  the 
accompanying  Tables  show  that  variations  of  several  seconds 
occur  in  the  periods  of  holding  the  breath,  as  determined  from 
the  graphic  records.  The  percentages  of  alveolar  carbon  dioxide 
found,  therefore,  cannot  be  compared  directly  with  one  another, 
and  it  has  been  necessary  to  reduce  the  results  to  a  common 
period.  In  the  last  column  of  the  Tables,  the  alveolar  percent- 
ages of  carbon  dioxide  are  given,  reduced  to  a  period  of  holding 
the  breath  of  20  seconds.  In  the  case  of  Table  vi.,  this  reduc- 
tion has  been  made  from  the  data  given  in  the  average  figures 
in  Table  i.  From  these  figures  it  will  be  seen  that,  between  the 
21st  and  26th  seconds  of  holding  the  breath,  the  alveolar  carbon 
dioxide  rises  at  the  rate  of  0-025%  per  second.  During  a  period 
of  this  length,  the  rise  is  very  nearly  uniform,  as  is  shown  by 
curve  A  (Text-fig.l).  For  each  second  for  which  the  breath  was 
held  longer  than  20  seconds,  0025  has  been  subtracted,  therefore, 
from  the  percentage  of  carbon  dioxide  found. 


BY    H.    S.    HALrRO    WARDLAW. 


80^ 


Table  vi. 

Effect  of  uiereofted  pressure  on.  a/reofar  perceiifaye  of  carbon  dioxide 
after  holding  tht  breath  for  JO  neconds. 


Expt. 

Piessure. 

Period. 

CO  J  found. 

CO,  at  20  sec. 

11 

Omm.Hg 

20  sec. 

6-24% 

6-24% 

10 

23 

6-09 

6-01 

20 

25 

6-29 

6-16 

30 

26 

6-34 

6-19 

12 

0 

20 

6-18 

6-18 

10 

22 

5-98      ' 

5 -93 

20 

21 

6-06 

6  03 

30 

23 

5-94 

5-86 

Mean 

0 

20 

6-21 

Positive 

20 

Increase 

6  03 
...    -0-18 

These  figures  show,  that  holding  the  breath  under  increased 
pressure  certainly  does  not  increase  the  gaseous  exchange  in  the 
lungs.  Indeed,  the  average  alveolar  percentage  of  carbon 
dioxide  reached  in  20  seconds,  when  the  pressure  in  the  lungs  is 
greater  than  atmospheric  pressure,  is  lower  than  that  reached 
when  the  breath  is  held  under  normal  conditions. 

The  average  deviation  of  the  above  results  from  the  mean, 
calculated  as  described  by  Krogh  (1916),  is  iO'lo.  This 
numl)er  is  not  much  smaller  than  the  amount  bv  which  the 
alveolar  percentage  of  carbon  dioxide,  after  holding  the  breath 
under  normal  pressure,  exceeds  that  found  after  holding  the 
breath  for  the  same  period  under  positive  pressure.  The  results, 
therefore,  only  show  definitely  that  holding  the  breath  under 
increased  pressure  does  not  accelerate  the  gaseous  exchange. 
The  differences  observed  are  too  small  to  allow  any  more  precise 
conclusions  to  be  drawn  from  them. 

Negative  pressures. — In  Table  vii.,  are  given  the  alveolar  per- 
centages of  carbon  dioxide  found  after  holding  the  breath  for 
definite  periods,  under  pressures  lower  than  that  of  the  atmos- 
phere. The  control-determinations  for  normal  pressure  are 
given  also.     In   the  last  column   of   the   Table,  the  figures  are 


810 


CHANGE    OF    COMPOSITION    OF    ALVEOLAR    AIR, 


reduced  to  a  common  period  of  holding  tlie  breath  of  20  seconds, 
in  the  manner  explained  above. 

Tablk  vii. 

Effect  of  decreu.sed  pres.wre  on  afreofar  perreiifayef  of  carlton  dioxide 
after  holding  (he  breath  for  JU  »tcond». 


Expt. 

Pressure. 

Period. 

CO  5  found. 

C0„  at  20  sec. 

13 

0  mni.Hg 

20  sees. 

6-34% 

6-34% 

-2 

22 

6  41 

6-31 

-6 

22 

6  63 

6  53 

-10 

23 

6-95 

6-80 

-14 

23 

7-22 

7-07 

-18 

23 

7 -OS 

6  93 

-22 

25 

7-19 

6-94 

-26 

24 

7-28 

7-08 

14 

0 

20 

6  47 

6  47 

-2 

21 

6-58 

6  53 

-6 

23 

6-72 

6  57 

-10 

25 

6-80 

6-55 

-14 

27 

7-22 

6-87 

-18 

23 

6-94 

6-79 

-22 

26 

711 

6-81 

-26 

25 

7-21 

6-96 

15 

0 

21 

6  35 

6 -30 

-2 

22 

6-40 

6-30 

-6 

24 

6-83 

6  63 

-10 

27 

7-23 

K-88 

-14 

25 

7-05 

6-80 

-18 

26 

7-19 

6-89 

-22 

27 

7-29 

6  94 

-26 

25 

7-29 

7  04 

Mean 

0 

20 

6  37 

-2-6 

20 

6-48 

-  10-30 

20 

Increase    . . . 

6-88 
...  051 

These  figures  show  at  once  that  holding  the  breath  under 
pressures  less  than  that  of  the  atmospliere  increases  the  gaseous 
exchange  in  the  lungs.  As  the  percentage  of  carbon  dioxide  is 
rising,  in  this  case  at,  a  rate  about  equal  to  that  at  which  it  rises 
when  the  contents  of  the  lungs  are  breathed  to  and  from  a  bag, 
the  data  given  in  Table  ii.  have  been  used  for  the  calculation  of 
the  percentages  of  carbon  dioxide  after  holding  the  breath  for  20 


BY    H.    S.    HALCRO    WARDLAW.  81 1 

seconds.  The  figures  in  Table  ii.  show  that,  between  the  20th 
and  25th  seconds  of  breathing  into  the  bag,  the  alveolar  carbon 
dioxide  is  rising  at  the  rate  of  005%  per  second.  Curve  C,  in 
Fig.l,  shows  that,  during  tliis  period,  the  rise  is  practically  uni- 
form. From  the  percentages  of  carbon  dioxide  found,  therefore, 
005  has  been  subtracted  for  each  second  for  which  the  bi'eath 
was  held  longer  than  20  seconds. 

The  above  results  may  be  divided  into  two  groups,  (1)  those 
obtained  when  the  breath  is  held  under  pressures  numerically 
less  than  -  10  mm.Hg,  (2)  those  obtained  under  pressures  numer- 
ically greater  than  -10  mm.Hg.  The  alveolar  percentages  of 
carbon  dioxide  shown  in  the  first  group  of  results  vary  with  the 
pressure  under  which  the  breath  is  held  The  lower  the  negative 
pressure  is,  the  higher  the  percentage  of  carbon  dioxide  is.  In 
the  second  group  of  results,  however,  the  percentages  of  carbon 
dioxide  found  are,  with  one  exception,  practically  constant  and 
independent  of  variations  of  the  pressure  under  which  the  breath 
is  held.  The  mean  alveolar  percentage  of  carbon  dioxide  reached, 
when  the  breath  is  held  for  20  seconds  under  negative  pressures 
numerically  greater  than  -  10  mm.Hg,  is  051  higher  than  that 
readied  in  an  equal  period  under  normal  pressure.  The  average 
deviation  of  these  results  from  the  mean  is  j:0-12.  Practically 
the  same  increase  of  the  rate  of  gaseous  exchange  is  produced, 
therefore,  by  holding  the  breath  under  pressures  more  than 
10  mm.Hg  below  that  of  the  atmosphere,  as  by  performing 
the  movements  of  breathing  into  a  closed  bag.  This  fact  is 
additional  evidence  that  the  increased  respiratory  exchange, 
caused  by  the  movements  of  breathing,  is  not  brought  about  by 
a  quickening  of  the  circulation.  The  respiratory  exchange  is 
increased  during  breathing  owing  to  the  existence  of  negative 
pressure  in  the  chest  during  the  act  of  inspiration.  The  figures 
indicate  that  the  pressure  in  the  lungs,  during  inspiration,  must 
fall  at  least  as  low  as   -  10  mm.Hg. 

In  these  experiments,  the  alveolar  percentages  of  oxygen  have 
not  been  estimated,  as  a  knowledge  of  the  variations  in  the  per- 
centages of  carbon  dioxide  alone  is  sufficient  to  lead  to  the  recosr 
nition   of    differences   in   the  rates   of  gaseous  exchange.     The 


812 


CHANOE    OF    (OMPOSITiON    OF    ALVEOLAR    AIR, 


accompanying  figures,  however,  give  the  results  of  experiments 
in  whicli  the  alveolar  percentages  of  oxygen,  as  well  as  of  carbon 
dioxide,  were  determined  aftei-  holding  the  breath  for  about  20 
seconds  under  various  pressures  below  that  of  the  atmosphere. 

Table  viii. 
Efftct  of  negative  pressure  on  respiriilc  y  exchange  in  hmgs. 


Expt. 

Pressure. 

CO, 

0, 

16 

Onim.Hg 

6-32% 

13-60% 

-10 

7  01 

11-48 

-20 

7  09 

11-90 

-30 

7-06 

1 1  -62 

17 

0 

6-58 

12-70 

-^5 

6-87 

11-60 

-10 

(J-83 

11-62 

-15 

6-81 

1 1  -62 

These  figures  show  that  higher  percentages  of  carbon  dioxide 
are  accompanied  by  lower  percentages  of  oxygen  in  the  same 
way,  when  the  breath  is  held  under  negative  pressures,  as  when 
the  air  of  the  lungs  is  rebreathed  from  a  bag. 

The  results  of  these  experiments  indicate  that  the  move- 
ments of  In-eathing,  or  the  negative  variations  of  the  intra- 
pulmonary  pressure  which  accompany  them,  accelerate,  under 
certain  conditions,  the  respiratory  exchange  of  gases  in  the 
lungs.  This  acceleration  is  brought  about  not  only  by  increase 
of  the  rates  at  which  the  alveolar  tensions  of  carbon  dioxide  and 
of  oxygen  tend  toward  certain  final  (venous)  tensions,  but  by  a 
seeming  alteration  of  these  final  tensions  themselves.  Negative 
intrapulmonary  pressures  increase  the  eff"ective  gradient  of  ten- 
sion between  the  gases  of  the  alveolar  air  and  those  of  the  venous 
blood  entering  the  lungs.  It  is  unlikely  that  the  movements  of 
breathing,  or  negative  pressures  in  the  chest,  have  any  actual 
effect  on  the  tensions  of  the  gases  of  the  venous  blood.  'J'hese 
factors  also  can  have  unly  a  very  slight  effect  on  the  partial 
tensions  of  the  gases  of  the  alveolar  air.  It  seems,  therefore, 
that,  in  the  lungs,  some   mechanism  must  exist  by  which  the 


BY    H.    S.    HALCRO    WARDLAW.  813 

effective  difference  of  tension  between  the  gases  of  the  alveolar 
air  and  the  gases  of  the  venous  blood  may  be  altered. 

Summary. 

1.  When  the  normal  ventilation  of  the  lungs  is  discontinued 
bv  holding  the  breath,  the  alveolar  tensions  of  carbon  dioxide 
and  oxygen  may  be  expressed  as  exponential  functions  of  the 
period  for  which  the  breath  is  held. 

2.  When  the  normal  ventilation  of  the  lungs  is  discontinued 
by  breathing  into  and  out  of  an  empty  bag,  the  alveolar  tensions 
of  carbon  dioxide  and  oxygen  may  l)e  expressed  as  exponential 
functions  of  the  period  for  which  the  contents  of  the  lungs  are 
lebreathed. 

3.  The  rate  of  the  gaseous  exchange  in  the  alveolar  air  is 
about  twice  as  great  when  the  movements  of  breathing  are  per- 
formed, as  when  the  breath  is  held  under  normal  pressure. 

4.  The  rate  of  gaseous  exchange  in  the  lungs  is  also  increased 
to  the  same  extent  when  the  breath  is  held  under  pressures  less 
than  that  of  the  atmosphere  by  a  certain  amount. 

5.  Holding  the  breath  under  pressures  greater  than  that  of  the 
atmosphere  slightly  decreases  the  rate  of  respiratory  exchange. 

6.  The  rate  of  the  gaseous  exchange,  when  the  renewal  of  the 
air  in  the  lungs  is  prevented,  is  not  afiected  by  the  depth  or 
frequency  of  the  respiratory  movements  during  the  period  of 
these  experiments. 

In  conclusion,  I  wish  to  express  my  thanks  to  Professor  Sir 
Thomas  Anderson  Stuart,  in  whose  laboratory  this  work  was 
done,  to  Dr.  H.  G.  Chapman,  whose  advice  and  criticism  were 
of  the  greatest  value,  and  to  Miss  K.  C.  Pinkerton,  B.Sc,  who 
assisted  in  the  preliminary  experiments. 


REFERENCES. 

Becher,  Die  Kohlensaurespannung  ini  Blute.  Zurich,  1855.  From 
Henle  and  Meissner's  Ber.  iiber  d.  Fortschr.  d.  Anat.  u.  Physiol, 
im  Jahre  1856,  249,  1857. 

du  Bois-Revmond,  Arch.  f.  Anat.  u.  Physiol.,  physiol.  Abt.,  257,  1910. 


814  CHANGE    OF    COMPOSITION    OF    ALVEOLAR    AIR. 

BooTHBY,  Amer.  Journ.  of  Physiol.,  .37,  383,  1915. 

and  Sandiford,  ibid.,  40,  o47,  1916. 

Campbell,  DoiTfjLAS,  and  Hobson,  Journ.  of  Physiol.,  48,  .S03,  1914. 

Christiansen,  Douolas,  and  Haldane.  ibid.,  48,  244,  1914. 

and  Hai.dane,  ibid.,  48,  272,  1914. 

Cooke  and  B.^rcroft,  Journ.  of  Physiol.,  Proc,  47,  xxxv.,  1913. 

DoGiEi.  and  Kowalewskv,  Arch.  f.  d.  ges.  Physiol.,  3,  489,  1870. 

Ebert,  Arch  f.  exp.  Path.  u.  Pharm.,  7o,  391,  1914. 

FitzGerai.d  and  Haldane,  Journ.  of  Physiol.,  32,  486,  190/5. 

Haldane  and  Priestly,  ibid.,  32,  225,  1905. 

Hii.i,  and  Flack,  ibid.,  37,  77,  1908. 

Krooh,  a.,  The  Respiratory  Exchange  of  Animals  and  Man.  London, 
1916. 

Krogh.  a.,  and  M.  Krogh,  skand.  Arch.  f.  Phj'.siol.,  23,  179,  1910. 

Leimdoerfer,  biochem.  Zeitschr.,  22,  45,  1909. 

LoEWY  and  Gerhartz,  Arch.  f.  d.  ges.  Physiol.,  155,  231,  1913. 

and  von  Schroetter,   Untersuehungen  iiber  die  Blutzirkulation 

beim  Menschen.  Berlin,  1905.  Cited  by  Loewy  in  Oppenheinier's 
Handb.  der  Biochem.,  4(1),  118  and  122,  Jena.  1911. 

Mosso,  Arch.  ital.  de  Biol.,  41,  418,  1904. 

Osborne,  Journ.  of  Physiol.,  Proc,  47,  xii.,  1913. 

T\vort  and  Hill,  Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  B,  88,  548,  1915. 

WoLFFBERO,  Arch.  f.  d.  ges.  Physiol.,  4,  465,  187K 


815 


THE  CHEMICAL  INVESTIGATION  OF  SOME  POISON- 
OUS PLANTS  IN  THE  N.O.  SOLANACE^. 

Part  iii.  The  Occurrence  of  Nor-Hvoscyamine  in 
solaydra  longiplora. 

By  James  M.  Petrie,  D.Sc,  F.I.C,  Linnean  Macleay  Fellow 
OF  THE  Society  in  Biochemistry. 

(From  the  Physiological  Laboratory  of  the  Univerfiity  of  Sydripy.) 

In  1907,  an  investigation  of  the  constituents  of  Solaiidra 
Iceins  Hook.,  (syn.  S.  longiflora  Tussac),  a  plant  belonging  to  the 
N.O.  Solanaceie,  was  carried  out  by  the  author,*  when  a  new 
member  of  the  group  of  midriatic  alkaloids  was  discovered  and 
isolated.  The  properties  of  this  alkaloid  were  examined,  and 
shown  to  differ  from  those  of  the  solanaceous  alkaloids  previously 
known.     It  was  accordingly  named,  from  its  source,  "  solandrine." 

In  1912,  Carr  and  Reynolds!  published  an  account  of  their 
investigations  of  the  alkaloids  of  another  plant  of  the  Order 
Solanaceaj,  Scopolia  japonica:  and  although  it  has  been  well 
known  for  the  last  thirty  years,  that  this  plant  contained  hyo- 
scyamine,  atropine,  and  scopolamine,  these  authors  discovered  a 
fourth  alkaloid,  which  they  isolated  by  means  of  a  long  and 
tedious  process  of  fractional  crystallisation.  Carr  and  Reynolds 
named  this  new  alkaloid  nor-hyoscyamine,  after  determining  its 
constitution  and  its  relation  to  the  other  alkaloids.  In  addition, 
they  proved  the  identity  of  their  nor-hyoscyamine  with  the 
pseudo-hyoscyamine,  which  Merck  in  1892  found  in  Duhoisia 
myoporoides,  which  Hesse  in  1901  found  in  Mandragora  offici- 
narum,  but  which  neither  of  these  eminent  authorities  was 
able  to  obtain  in  a  pure  state. 

*"  Solandrine,  a  new  Midriatic  Alkaloid."  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.  S. 
Wales,  1907,  xxxii.,  789. 

t  Journ.  Chem.  Soc,  ei.,  1912,  946. 


816  SOME    POISONOUS    PLANTS    IN    N.O.    SOLANACE.K,  iii., 

In  the  description  of  this  norhyoscyamine  base  and  its  com- 
pounds, the  autlior  recognised  a  close  resemblance  to  the  pro- 
perties of  his  "Solandrine,"  which  he  discovered  five  years 
earlier. 

With  interest  thus  renewed,  a  larger  supply  of  material  was 
obtained,  and  its  alkaloids  subjected  to  a  more  complete  chemical 
investigation,  the  results  of  which  have  proved  the  identity  of 
solandrine  with  Carr  and  Reynolds'  norhyoscyamine. 

Norhyoscyamine  is  the  next  lower  homologue  of  hyoscyamine. 
In  constitution  it  is  a  secondary  base,  and  on  the  nitrogen  bridge 
across  the  tropine  radicle  it  contains  the  group  :NH  in  place  of 
the  tertiary  group  iN-CHg  in  hyoscyamine.  Only  the  hfvo- 
rotatory  forms  of  these  occur  in  nature,  and  just  as  hyoscj'amine 
may  readily  be  racemised  to  inactive  atropine,  so  the  new- 
alkaloid  is  converted  into  nor-atropine,  the  two  pairs  of  isomers 
differing  from  one  another  in  constitution  only  by  a  methyl 
group.  It  is  this  small  difference,  however,  which  constitutes 
the  point  of  remarkable  interest  in  this  compound,  since  nearly 
all  the  known  alkaloids  are  tertiary  bases  of  the  type  \<  .^  ;  IS 

Among  the  numerous  chemical  reactions  in  the  metabolism  of 
plants,  one  of  the  commonest,  according  to  Pictet,  is  the  methyl- 
ation  of  amino  groups  by  formaldehyde, 

R:lm    +   CH,0   =    RiNCHa    +    O 

These  amino  groups  are  numerous  in  the  plant.      Not  only  are 
they  the  products  of  katabolic  processes,  including  the  break 
down  of  protein  and  chlorophyll,  but  they  are  also  products  of 
chemo-synthesis.       Formaldehyde  is  formed  by  photo-synthesis 
in  the  leaves. 

Further,  it  is  well  established  that  these  methylated  com- 
pounds can  be  made  to  undergo  intramolecular  change,  whereby 
the  methyl  group  is  taken  into  the  ring  as  an  internal  link  in 
their  chains  of  carbon  atoms,  and  in  this  way  such  rings  are 
enlarged,  for  example:— 

pyrrole  methyl  pyrrole  pyridine 

Pictet*  has  isolated  some  of  these  simple  substances  from   the 
'  *Ber.  derdeut.  chem.  Ges.,  40,  1907,  3771. 


BY    J.    M.    PETRIE. 


817 


leaves  of  a  number  of  different  plants,  and  he  terms  them  proto- 
alkaloids.  He  believes  the  latter  may  form  nearly  all  the 
complex  alkaloids  by  methylation,  condensation,  and  ring 
enlargement,  as  explained  above. 

The  norhyoscyamine  molecule  contains  a  reduced  pyrrole  and 
a  pyridine  ring  united  togetlier;  but  the  methylation  of  its 
nitrogen  atom,  which  is  found  to  have  taken  place  in  almost  all 
the  alkaloids,  seems  here  to  have  been  prevented.  Only  one 
other  such  case  is  known—  the  alkaloids  of  the  hemlock,  coniine 
and  methylconiine—  where  there  exist  together,  in  the  same 
plant,  two  alkaloids  differing  from  one  another  only  as  secondary 
and  tertiary  bases,  i.e.,  with  the  amino  group  and  its  methyl 
derivative.  Since,  however,  norhyoscyamine  is  always  accom- 
panied in  plants  by  hyoscyamine,  tlie  methylation  has  been 
arrested  only  partially,— to  a  small  extent  in  the  case  of  nor- 
hyoscyamine, and  to  a  very  much  larger  amount  in  coniine. 

OCCUKKENCE    OF    NORHYOSCYAMINE. 

Norhyoscyamine  has  been  disco\ered  in  five  distinct  members 
of  the  Solanacese.  Carr  and  Reynolds,  by  working  on  very  large 
quantities  of  material  (over  100  kilos.),  have  isolated  this  new 
base  from  the  first  four  plants  tabulated  below.  The  D^tboisia 
myoporoides  was  collected  in  the  Philippine  Islands,  which  is 
probably  the  northern  limit  of  this  Eastern- Australian  tree. 
The  Mandragora  was  investigated  by  Hesse.* 


Scopolia 

Datura 

Datura 

Dnhoisia 

Mandragora 

japonica. 

mete/. 

meteloides. 

myoporoidea. 

officinaniin. 

Nor-hyoscyamine 

0-03% 

o-oi% 

0-02% 

0-15% 

0-01% 

L-hyoscyamine... 

015 

0  04 

rio 

■      0-36 

Atropine 

0-03 

Scopolamine 

o-io 

0-10 

0-04 

Meteloidine 

. . . 

0-o.j 

Mandragorine  ... 

... 

air-dried_ 

rhizome. 

root,  stem,  leaf. 

stem  and 
leaf. 

small  amt. 
root. 

*  Hesse,  Journ.  f.  prakt.  Ohem.,  64,  1901,  274. 


62 


818  SOME    POISONOUS    PLANTS    IN    N.O.    SOLANACEiE,  iii., 

Solandra  longiflora. 

This  plant  was  first  described  by  Tussac  in  the  Flora  Antill- 
arum,  1818  (ii.,  49,  t.l  2).  The  name  is  synonymous  with  S.  Icfrns 
of  Hooker,  which  is  described  and  figured  in  the  Bot.  Mas  1848 
(t.4345).  Although  the  material  for  the  first  investigation  was 
collected  under  the  name  of  S.  Icevis  Hook.,  the  latter  is  now 
replaced  by  longiffora,  since  this  has  priority  by  thirty  years. 

S.  longiflora  is  a  beautiful  evergreen  shrub,  grown  in  many 
gardens  for  its  magnificent  trumpet-flowers.  It  was  originally 
introduced  from  the  West  Indies. 

The  material  for  this  investigation  consisted  of  the  autumn 
prunings  from  a  number  of  shrubs  cultivated  in  the  Botanic 
Gardens  of  Sydney;  and  the  author  takes  this  opportunity  to 
express  his  appreciation  of  the  kindness  of  the  Director,  Mr.  J. 
H.  Maiden,  F.R.S.,  in  providing  the  material  in  the  quantity 
required,  and  in  confirming  the  species. 

Experimental. 

Extraction  of  the  alkaloid.  —  The  air-dried  leaves  were  o-round 
to  a  fine  powder,  and  exhausted  with  70%  alcohol  by  successive 
extractions  during  four  weeks  The  sixth  extract  contained  a 
trace  only  of  alkaloid  These  alcoholic  solutions,  measurino' 
about  40  litres,  were  distilled  under  diminished  pressure,  at  a 
temperature  not  exceeding  40°C.,  till  the  residue  was  of  the 
consistency  of  a  thick  syrup,  and  was  free  from  alcohol.  This 
dark  brown  mass  was  dissolved  in  hot  water  slightly  acidulated, 
and  filtered. 

The  fluid  thus  obtained  was  still  dark  brown  in  colour,  quite 
opaque,  and  contained  chlorophyll  and  fatty  oils.  All  attempts 
to  remove  these  by  shaking  out  with  petroleum  spirit  or  ether 
were  in  vain,  on  account  of  the  formation  of  emulsions.  The 
aqueous  extract  was  decolourised  by  agitation  with  a  solution  of 
gelatin,  which  was  then  removed  by  precipitation  with  alcohol. 
This  yielded  a  clear  yellow  fluid  from  which  the  colour  could  not 
be  removed  with  ether.  The  solution  was  next  treated  with 
basic  lead  acetate,  and  after  filtering  from  the  precipitate  which 
formed,  and  taking  out  the  lead,  the  alkaloids  were  separated  by 


BY    J.    M.    PETRI E.  819 

precipitation  with  Wagner's  solution.  From  this  precipitate 
the  alkaloids  were  recovered  in  a  clear  water-white  solution. 
This  solution  was  extracted  with  ether  until  the  latter  ceased  to 
dissolve  any  more  impurities.  By  making  the  solution  alkaline 
with  ammonia,  the  alkaloids  appeared  as  a  white  precipitate,  and 
were  dissolved  out  with  chloroform.  The  chloroform  solution 
was  carefully  dried  with  anhydrous  sodium  sulphate,  and  dis- 
tilled under  diminished  pressure.  A  pale  yellow  viscous  residue 
of  alkaloids  remained.  This  residue  possessed  a  peculiar  odour 
like  pyridine,  a  characteristic  which  was  also  noted  by  Dunstan 
and  others  at  the  same  stage  in  the  isolation  of  their  solanaceous 
alkaloids. 

Fommtion  of  the  Atirichlorides  — The  viscous  residue  was  now 
dissolved  in  dilute  hydrochloric  acid,  the  solution  filtered,  and 
pure  gold  chloride  added  to  it.  The  yellow  precipitate,  which 
first  formed,  was  redissolved  by  addition  of  sufficient  water,  and 
by  warming,  then  set  aside  to  slowly  crystallise.  The  sponta- 
neous evaporation  of  the  solution  was  continued  so  long  as  the 
bright  yellow  crystals  formed,  but  towards  the  end,  there 
separated  viscous  particles  of  a  yellowish-brown  colour,  which 
readily  melted  on  warming  the  liquid,  and  were  completely 
soluble  in  alcohol.  This  uncrystallisable  portion  was  decomposed 
and  the  gold  removed,  shaken  out  from  alkaline  solution  with 
chloroform,  and  again  treated  with  hydrochloric  acid  and  gold 
chloride.  In  this  way  another  small  quantity  of  crystals  was 
obtained,  but  the  greater  part  still  separated  as  viscous  particles. 
By  repeated  attempts  this  could  not  be  induced  to  crystallise 
further. 

Fractional  Crystallisation  of  the  Aurichlorides. — The  whole  of 
the  yellow  crystals  was  brought  into  solution  in  one  per  cent, 
hydi-ochloric  acid,  and  set  aside  to  recrystallise  slowly.  The 
superfluid  was  decanted  each  day  from  its  small  crop  of  crystals. 
The  melting-point  of  each  crop  was  determined,  and  those  por- 
tions having  the  same  melting-points  were  combined.  Each 
fraction  was  dissolved  and  crystallised  many  times,  and  by 
gradually  bringing  together  similar  fractions,  each  of  these 
finall}^  possessed  a  constant  melting-point. 


820  SOME    POISONOUS    PLANTS    IN    N.O.    SOLANACE/E,  iii., 

Hesults.  ^'Extva.ct  (a)  from  4  kgins.  of  dried  leaves  examined 
in  1911,  yielded  2-63gnis.  of  aurichloride  crystals,  which  were 
separated  into  the  following  fractions  : — 

(1)  l-32gms.  with  melting-point  176°C.-178°C. 

(2)  0'72gm.  with  melting-point  \C)b°C. 

(3)  0-59  gm.  with  melting-point  1  ST'C-IST'C, 
Extract  (b)  from    H  l<gnis.    of  dried   leaves  examined  in  1915, 

yielded  0-47  gm.  of  aurichloride  salt,  and  tijis  was  separated  into 
the  following  fractions  : — 

( 1 )  0-24  gm.  with  melting-point  176°C. 

(2)0-15gm    with  melting-point  165°(;.-166°C. 

(3)  003  gm.  with  melting-point  1  37°C.-157'C. 
The  total  weight  of  alkaloid,  obtained  as  combined  gold  salts, 
thus  falls  short  of  the  amount  represented  by  the  assay  value  of 
the  leaves.  The  relative  weights  of  the  gold  salts,  on  this 
account,  do  not  indicate  the  relative  amounts  of  each  alkaloid  in 
the  plant,  but  only  the  amounts  yielded  in  this  case  by  tlie 
lengthy  and  elaborate  process  described. 

Properties  of  thk  Aurichloride  Fractions. 
First  Fraction. 
Nor-hyoscyamine  aurichloride . —The  first  fraction  possessed 
the  melting-point  of  Carr  and  Reynolds'  norhyoscyamine  salt, 
and  the  pseudo-hyoscyamine  salt  of  Merck  and  Hesse;  it  was 
recrystallised  a  number  of  times,  and  the  melting-point  remained 
constant  at  HS^C.  The  crystals  separated  from  dilute  hydro- 
chloric acid  in  brilliant  golden-yellow  scales.  They  contained 
no  water  of  crystallisation. 

In  a  weighed  portion  of  this  salt  the  amount  of  metallic  gold 
was  determined. 

Au     31-94%  found. 

('32'0%  required  for  norhyoscyamine. 

l31'3%  required  for  hyoscyamine. 

Nor-hyoscyamine  picrate. — The  aurichloride  was  converted  into 

picrate,  by  decomposition  of  the  salt  with  sulphurous  acid,  and 

precipitation  of  the  alkaloid  with  picric  acid.      The  precipitate 

was  redissolved  in  water,  and   crystallised  several  times,  when  a 


BY    J.    M.    PETRIE.  821 

mass  of  pale  yellow  neeHle-shaped  crystals  was  obtained,  possess- 
ing the  constant  melting-point  of  220°C,  at  which  temperature 
the  crystals  decomposed.  The  melting-point  of  the  picrate  of 
Carr  and  Reynolds'  nor-hyoscyamine,  and  also  that  of  Mei'ck's 
pseudo-hvoscvamine,  was  220°C. 

Nor-hyoscijamiiie  oxalate. — This  salt  was  prepared  from  the 
aurichloride.  It  crystallised  from  water  and  acetone  in  long, 
colourless,  prismatic  needles,  which  melted  at  243-244°C.  The 
melting-point  of  Carr  and  Reynolds'  oxalate  was  245°C. 

Second  Fraction. 

Hyoscyaniine.  —  The  second  fraction  consisted  of  aurichloride 
crystals  with  melting-point  165°C.  They  were  brilliant  golden- 
yellow  prisms,  and  were  anhydrous. 

A  portion  was  converted  into  the  picrate  as  before,  and  after 
two  crystallisations,  consisted  of  long,  pale  yellow  needles,  which 
melted  at  163°C  with  decomposition. 

Hyoscyamine  aurichloride  and  picrate  were  prepared  as  con- 
trols from  pure  hyoscj-amine,  specially  obtained  from  Messrs. 
Burroughs  Wellcome's  laboratories  in  London,  through  the 
kindness  of  the  Sydney  manager,  Mr.  Hector,  and  the  author's 
best  thanks  are  due  to  them.  The  melting-point  of  this  pure 
hyosc3'amine  aurichloride  was  IGS^C,  and  the  picrate  163°C. 

This  second  fraction,  therefore,  consists  entirely  of  hyo- 
scyamine. 

Third  Fraction. 

Nor-atropine  and  atropine. — This  fraction  of  the  gold  salts 
consisted  of  flaky  yellow  ci-ystals,  which  were  much  paler  in 
colour  than  the  two  previous  fractions,  and,  unlike  the  latter, 
were  not  shining  and  glistening  in  appearance,  but  dull,  opaque, 
and  lustreless.  From  this,  a  small  quantity  of  crystals  was 
separated,  which  melted  at  156-157°C.  The  nor  atropine  of  Carr 
and  l^eynolds  is  stated  to  have  a  melting-point  of  157°C. 

Another  small  fraction  was  obtained  with  a  melting-point  of 
137°C.  Tlie  melting-point  of  atropine  gold  salt  is  ]37°C.  This 
was  checked  by  preparing  the  aurichloride  from  a  sample  of 
Messrs.  Burroughs  Wellcfjine's  pure,  optically  inactive  alkaloid. 


822  SOME    POISONOUS    PLANTS    IN    N.O.    SOLANACEiE,  iii. 

The  remainder  of  this  third  fraction  was  found  to  melt 
between  137°  and  loT'C,  and  was  apparently  a  mixture  of 
atropine  and  nor-atropine. 

Many  careful  trials  were  made  to  isolate  fractions  melting 
above  178°C.,from  the  mother-liquors  of  these  aurichlorides;  none, 
however,  could  be  obtained,  and  it  must  therefore  be  concluded 
that  the  laevo  and  inactive  scopolamines  were  absent. 

Estimation  of  the  total   Alkaloids. 

The  modified  method  devised  hy  Dunstan  and  Brown  (Trans. 
Chem.  Soc  Lond  ,  75,  1899,  72)  for  the  assay  af  alkaloids  of  the 
Solanaceous  plants,  was  employed  for  the  estimation  of  the  total 
amount  of  alkaloids  in  the  leaves. 

The  finely  powdered  material  was  extracted  with  alcohol,  and 
the  solution  of  the  bases  finally  titrated  with  centinormal  acid 
and  iodeosin  indicator. 

Results. 

(a)  1911  leaves  —  016%  total  alkaloids  on  plant  dried  at  lOCC. 

(b)  1916  leaves— 0-17%  total  alkalaids  on  plant  dried  at  lOO'C. 
Equivalent  to  0"154%  total  alkaloids  on  air-dried  leaves. 
Equivalent  to  0033%  total  alkaloids  on  fresh  leaves. 
Alkaloids   were   detected   also   in   extracts  from   the  flowers, 

wood,  and  bark. 

Summary 

The  leaves  of  Solandra  lonyiflora  are  found  to  contain  nor- 
hyoscyamine as  the  chief  alkaloid.  This  was  previously  isolated 
and  described  by  the  author  as  a  new  alkaloid  in  1907,  under 
the  name  of  "solandrine";  and  is  now  identified  with  the  alka- 
loid which  Carr  and  Reynolds  isolated  in  1912,  from  other 
solanaceous  plants.  Solandra  also  contains  hyoscyamine  in 
lesser  amount,  and  scopolamines  are  absent.  The  total  amount 
of  alkaloid  obtained  was  017%  in  the  leaves  (dried  at  100°C). 

In  conclusion,  the  author  desires  to  express  his  indebtedness 
to  Professor  Sir  Thomas  Anderson  Stuart,  for  laboratory  facili- 
ties afi'orded  in  carrying  out  this  investigation. 


823 


AUSTRALIAN  FRESHWATER  PHYTOPLANKTON. 

[Protococcoide^. 

By  G.  I.  Plaitair,  Science  Research  Scholar  of  the 
University  of  Sydney. 

(Plates  Ivi.-lix.) 

The  bulk  of  tlie  material,  on  which  the  following  notes  are 
based,  has  been  gathered  at  intervals  during  the  past  ten  years, 
from  the  suburbs  of  Sydney,  and  from  the  neighbourhood  of 
Lismore  on  the  Richmond  River.  A  few  records  are  included, 
howevei',  from  still  earlier  up-countr}'  gatherings  at  Collector,  and 
from  certain  samples  which  have  been  received  from  places  out- 
side the  State  of  New  South  Wales.  The  opportunity  has  been 
taken,  also,  of  revising  the  nomenclature  of  some  of  the  plankton- 
forms  noted  in  "Plankton  of  the  Sydney  Water-Supply"  (these 
Proceedings,  1913). 

Habitats. — The  term  "plankton"  has  been  taken  in  a  wide 
sense  to  include  material  found  floating  in  the  water  of  river, 
lake,  lagoon,  and  pond,  or  shaken  out  of  weeds  in  some  depth  of 
water.  The  following  list  shows  the  chai'acter  of  the  habitat  of 
all  the  gatherings  referred  to  in  the  notes.  River:  26,  44,  63, 
74,  80,  81,  90,  100,  115,  180,  182,  187,  188,  189,  191,  193,  195, 
196,  269,  274,  276,  281.  Lagoon:  17,  37,  50,  51,  71,  91,  92,  95, 
97,  99,  108,  133,  136,  144,  145,  152,  155,  258,  259,  260,  263, 
285,  286,  290,  298.  Pond:  *3,  23,  45,  70,  77,  88,  124,  125,* 
138,  150,*  156,*  158,*  172.     Creek-pool:   112,  129,  130. 

New  forms. — One  new  genus  is  proposed,  and  descriptions  are 
given  of  61  forms  of  Frotococcoidece,  which  appear  to  be  new,  18 
being  classed  as  species,  37  as  variations,  and  6  as  forms. 

*  Gardeners'  tank,  in  tlie  Botanic  Gardens,  fed  from  the  Sydnej'  Water- 
Supply. 


824  AUSTRALIAN    FRESHWATER    PLANKTON, 

VOLVOCACE^. 

Genus  C  A  r  t  e  r  i  a  Diesing. 
Carteria  multifilis  (Fresen.)  Dill,  forma. 

Cellular  globosa?  (formfe  immaturfe  subglobospe,  oblongse,  vel 
ovales)  apicibus  plerumque  leviter  deplaiiatis  (interduni  niediana 
papilla  iiistructis)  vel  indentatis;  meinbrana  teiiiii,  hyalina,  vel 
dilute  rufescente. 

Cell,  (sphaji'ic.)  diam.  22-26;  (oval.,  oblong.,  vel  subglob.)  long. 
24-25,  lat.  22-23/x. 

Parramatta  Park  (97).      (PI.  Ivi.,  figs.  1-4). 

Cf.  France,  Der  Algengatt.  Carteria^  Tei'iiieszetrajzi  Fiisetek, 
xix.,  liS96,  T.  iii.,  t'.l-5,  etc.  Obtained  in  quantity  from  rain- 
water-pools in  Parramatta  Park,  where  it  showed  as  a  pale  yellow 
cloud  in  the  water.  France  found  it  in  a  somewhat  similar 
habitat  ("aus  dem  Wasser  einer  grossen  Strassenlache").  I 
have  hesitated,  for  long,  to  identify  our  specimens  with  the 
European  type,  as  they  do  not  seem  to  agree  very  well  in  general 
appearance  with  France's  excellent,  coloured  figures.  Apart 
from  the  finely  developed  chloroplasts  and  red  spot  of  the  Hun- 
garian specimens,  ours  difi'er  chiefly  in  the  shape  of  the  cell,  and 
the  indented  or  flattened  apex,  the  latter  usually  furnished  with 
a  minute  papilla  (alt.  ca.  1/a).  When  full-grown,  the  cell  is 
spherical,  but  more  or  less  irregular  subglobose;  oblong  or  oval 
forms  are  common.  The  membrane,  at  first  hyaline  (or  very 
slightly  coloured)  and  very  thin,  later  becomes  somewhat  stouter, 
and  pale  brown  in  colour,  without  markings.  France  gives 
dimensions,  long.  19-25,  lat.  12-15/x. 

Carteria  scrobiculata,  n.sp.     (PL  Ivi.,  f.5-7). 

Cellulse,  fronte  vispe,  circulatse,  subcirculatas,  vel  oblongaj, 
ubique  rotundatse,  apicibus  levissime  indentatis;  a  latere  com- 
pressie,  membrana  crassa,  rufescente,  dense  scrobiculata. 

Cell.  long.  18-22,  lat.  18-20/x. 

Guildford  (45);  Lismore  (263,  290). 

This  form  diff'ers  from  all  the  other  species  of  Carteria,  of 
which   I   have  any  knowledge,  in  having  a  closely  scrobiculate 


BY    G.    I.    PLAYPAIR.  825 

membrane.  The  cells,  in  front  view,  are  very  similar  to  the 
form  of  C.  mulfijilis  described  above,  but  slightly  smaller.  In 
side-view,  however,  they  are  seen  to  be  not  globular  but  com- 
pressed from  front  to  back.  The  membrane  is  always  pale  brown, 
and,  under  pressure,  splits  with  a  vitreous  fracture,  like  the 
lorica  of  Trachplomonas.  The  lorica  in  this  species,  though  in  a 
solid  piece,  often  breaks  into  two  halves  by  an  almost  straight 
line  down  the  sides,  simulating  the  two  adherent  valves  of 
Phacotns.  PL  lix.,  f.l8,  shows  the  compressed  shape  of  the  cell, 
and  the  overlap  of  the  sides  at  the  apex. 
Var.  ovALis,  n.var.      (PL  Ivi.,  f.lS). 

Forma  ovalis,  circa  dimidio  major.     Cell.  long.  30,  lat.  24/x. 

Lismore  (263). 

Carteria  australis,  n.sp.     (PL  Ivi.,  f.9). 

Cellulse  oblongje,  fronte  modice  cuneatj>^,  postice  late-rotundat*; 
lateribus  leviter  arcuatis.  Membrana  crassa.  Cytoplasma  dilute 
viride,  minute  granulatum,  chloroplastidibus  nuUis  distinctis  nee 
pyrenoidibus.  Nucleus  in  media  cellula  globo  cavo  chloi-ophyll- 
aceo  circumcinctus.     Flagella  4. 

Cell.  long.  30,  lat.  17;  glob,  chlorophyll,  diam.  8/x. 

Lismore  (263). 

The  nearest  published  species  to  this  form  would  seem  to  be 
C.  ohtusa  Dill,  which  is  described  by  Chodat  (Alg.  vertes,  p.  13S) 

as  "Cellules  ellipsoides chromatophore  en  cloche  allongee 

dimensions  25-30/x."     I  have  not  seen  Dill's  type-figure, 

but  France  (Algengatt.  Cm-teria  T.  iii.,  f.  16-18)  gives  figures  of 
typical  specimens,  which  do  not  at  all  agree  with  our  form,  either 
in  outline  or  in  the  arrangement  of  the  cell-contents.  The  cyto- 
plasm is  finely  granular,  without  any  distinct  arrangement,  pyre- 
noid  absent.  The  nucleus  occupies  the  centre  of  the  cell,  sur- 
rounded by  a  hollow  sphere  of  darker-coloured  chlorophyll. 
From  all  sides,  the  appearance  is  the  same. 
Yar.  ovata,  n.var.     (PL  Ivi.,  f.  10). 

Cellulse  ovatse,  fronte  obtusse,  postice  late-rotundatse;  ceteris  ut 
in  f.  typica.     Cell.  long.  24,  lat.  ISyu.  Lismore  (263). 

Compare  Carteria  Fritschii  Takeda,  Ann.  Bot.  xxx.,  1916,  p. 370. 

63 


826  AUSTRALIAN    FRESHWATER    PLANKTON, 

Genus  C  h  l  a  m  y  d  o  m  o  n  a  s  Ehr. 

ChLAMYDOMONAS    GLfEOCYSTIFORMIS  Dill. 

Cell.  long.  20-21,  lat.  17-21;  corp.  long-.  13-16,  lat.  8-10/x. 

Botanic  Gardens  (125).  (PI.  Ivi.,  f.ll). 

Cell.  long.  14-18,  lat.  12-15;  corp.  long.  8-10,  lat.  7-8/x. 

Lismore(263).  (PL  Ivi.,  f.  12). 

Cf.  Dill,  Gatt.  Chlamyd.,  p.  18,  T.  v.,  f.37,  .38;  Wille,  Gatt. 
Chlaniyd.,  Alg.  Not.  xi.,  p.  143,  T.  iv.,  f.l7;  Bernard,  Protococc. 
et  Desm.,  p.  163,  f.307,  308.  The  last-named  gives,  membrane, 
20-25  X  17-20;  inner  cell,  16-17  x  12-13/x.  Our  Lismore  speci- 
mens are  considerably  smaller. 

Chl.   pisiformis  var.  cylindracea  Playf. 
Cell.  long.  21-26,  lat.  12-15/x. 
Rookwood. 

Var.  attenuata,  n.var.      (PI.  Ivi.,  f.l3). 
Cellulse  a  tergo  attenuatse;  long.  20,  lat.  1 2/i. 
Rookwood.      Cum  priori. 

Vai\  glceocystiformis,  n.var.      (PI.  Ivi.,  f.l4). 

Cellula?  cylindraceae,  angustpe  ;  apicibus  rotundatis  ;  bina?  in 
coenobio  mucoso  involutse. 

Cflenob.  (2  cell.)  diam.  50;  cell.  long.  20,  lat.  8/i,. 

Botany. 

A  family  of  4  ccenobia,  in  a  vegetative  Gloeocystis-condition, 
npted.  The  mucus  was  somewhat  laminated.  There  were  two 
cells  in  each  coenobium,  the  chloroplasts  showing  the  chai-ac- 
teristic  arrangement  of  Chlamydomonas.  The  cells  were  placed 
head  to  tail,  and  were  narrower  and  more  strictly  cylindrical 
than  usual.  This  form  is  another  point  in  favour  of  my  con- 
tention that  Gheocystis  and  Sphcerocystis  are  vegetative  states 
of  Chlamydomonas. 

Chlamyd.  globulosa  var.  pertusa,  n.var. 
Cellulie  sphjerica?,  fronte  levissime  deplanata?.     Chloroplastis 
angusto  linear!  furamine  supra  pyrenoidem  instructa. 
Cell.  long.  18,  lat.  20;  foramin.  long.  6/*. 


BY    G.    I.    PLAYFAIR.  827 

Lismore  (263).     (PI.  Ivi.,  f.l5). 

Plentiful  in  gathering  No  263.  The  cell  is  slightly  but  dis- 
tinctly flattened  in  front,  the  membrane  incrassate;  and  there  is 
a  narrow,  linear  aperture  in  the  chloroplast  just  above  the 
pyrenoid. 

Chlamyd.  monadina  var.  ovalis,  n.var. 

Cellulaj  exacte  ovales.  Long.  22-24,  lat.  17-20;  pyren.  long.  10, 
lat.  2/x. 

Lismore  (263).      (PI.  Ivi.,  f.l6). 

Instead  of  the  spherical  shape  of  the  type,  this  form  is  a 
perfect  oval.  The  pyrenoid,  as  usual,  is  strap-shaped,  and  10  x  2/x 
in  dimensions. 

Chlamydomonas  globosa  Snow.     (PI.  Ivi.,  f.  17). 

Cell.  diam.  8-12/ji.      Auburn;  Lismore  (263). 

Cf.  Julia  W.  Snow,  Plankt.  of  L.  Erie,  Bull.  U.  S.  Fish. 
Comm.,  1902.  The  specimens  from  Lake  Erie  were  5-8/x  in 
diameter.  In  ours,  the  chloroplasts  were  not  fully  formed,  being 
gathered  towards  the  hinder  part  of  the  cell.      Stigma  distinct. 

Chlamydomonas  Lismorensis,  n.sp.     (PI.  Ivi.,  f.  18). 

Cellulse  minutae,  oblonga?;  lateribus  levissime  arcuatis  piene 
pai'allelis;  apicibus  rotundatis;  stigmate  bacilliformi. 

Cell.  long.  8-lOi,  lat.  3-5/x. 

Auburn;  Lismore  (263,  299). 

In  the  warm  waters  of  tropical  and  subtropical  countries,  there 
is  a  tendency  for  flagellates  to  become  motile  at  a  very  early 
stage  of  their  development.  This  is  a  very  small  form,  oblong, 
almost  cylindrical  with  rounded  ends  ;  the  usual  bell-shaped 
chloroplast  very  shallow  behind,  no  pyrenoid,  as  a  rule. 

Var.  OVATA,  n.var.     (PL  Ivi.,  f.l9,  20). 
Cellulai  elongata?,  ovataj,  postice  late-rotundatte,  fronte  attenu- 
ate; apicibus  acuminatis.     Cell.  long.  10,  lat.  3-5/i,. 
Lismore  (298). 
Elongate   elliptical-ovate    in   shape,   broadly  rounded    behind, 


828  AUSTRALIAN    PRKSHWATER    PLANKTON, 

gradually  attenuate  towards  the  apex,  which  is  more  or  less 
acuminate.  Both  this  foi-m  and  the  type  are  very  active. 
Distinct  central  nucleus,  very  rarely  a  pyrenoid,  stigma  wick- 
shaped,  orange  or  red,  in  the  anterior  third  of  the  cell.  It  is 
possible  that  this  form  is  identical  with  Cld.  mucicola  Schm.,* 
Alg.  d.  Schwarzw.  u.  d.  Oberrli.,  p.  17,  T.  ii.,  f.4-S,  which  it  very 
much  resembles.  The  latter,  however,  has  a  central  pyrenoid, 
and  the  n'}icle,ns  jiosferior  to  it  in  the  end  of  the  cell  ("In  der 
Korperinitte  ist  ein  .  .  .  pyrenoid  und  hinter  demselben  der  sehr 
kleine  Zellkern")  and  no  stigma. 

Genus  Phacotus  Perty. 
Phacotus  bullatus,  n.sp.     (PI.  Ivi.,  f.21,  22). 

Celluhe,  a  fronte  visa?,  circulatje  vel  subcirculatif,  margine 
inajquali;  a  latere  subhexagon^,  infra  apices  constrictaj,  apicibus 
rotundatis,  lateribus  planis  vel  pauUulo  retusis;  a  vertice  cru- 
ciatjie,  late-lineares  bullis  magnis  singulis  utrinque  in  medio  in- 
structis;  membrana  aspera  dilutissime  rufescente. 

Cell.  long.  13-14,  lat.  13,  crass.  9/x. 

Lismore  (263). 

Found  in  quantity  in  company  with  Pteromonas  cruciat.a,  infra. 
The  cells,  in  front  view,  are  generally  subcircular;  a  broad  ridge 
runs  down  front  and  back,  beginning  and  ending  a  little  within 
the  apices.  In  lateral  view,  these  show  as  produced  ridges  on 
either  side.  End-view  cruciform,  the  ridges  appearing  as  large, 
central,  capitate  bosses.  Membrane  very  minutely  rough,  and 
very  faintly  coloured. 

Var.  coNicus,  n.var.      (PI.  Ivi.,  f.23). 
Cellulse  conic*,  fronte  truncata?,  a  tergo  acuminatse;  lateribus 
arcuatis. 

Cell.  long.  16,  lat.  13/i. 
Lismore  (263). 


*  Ghl.  mnsdcola  Schiii.,  in  Wille,  Alg.  Notizen  ix.-xiv.,  p.  1.S6,  by  a  slip 
of  the  pen,  for  Sclimidle  saj's,  p.  18,  "Sie  lebt  in  der  Gallerte  des  Frosch- 
laiches"  (frogspawn). 


BY    G.    1.    PLAYPAIR.  829 

Genus  P  t  e  R  o  m  o  n  a  s  Seligo. 

Pteromonas  cruciata,  n.sp      (PI.  Ivi.,  f.24,  25). 

Cellulfe  ovales  alis  geiiiinatis  binis  cruciatim  dispositis  in- 
structte;  a  froiite  visjv  (alis  inclusis)  ovat;i?,  postice  acuminat;t», 
inai'gine  inaequali  aspero;  a  latere  insequalitei'  quadratse  (alis 
inclusis)  anterioi-e  angustatse  fronte  truncatse,  lateribus  planis, 
postice  levissime  arcuatae,  apice  in  bulla  conica  projiciente;  a 
vertice  cruciformes,  corpora  I'homboideo,  angulis  prodlictis. 
Meinbrana  hyalina. 

Cell.  long.  s.  alis  16-20,  lat.  10-12;  c.  alis  long.  24,  lat.  18//. 

Lismore  (263). 

The  body  is  oval,  with  contents  as  in  (Jhl(irnydonii)itafi,  save 
that  the  red  spot  is  placed  towards  the  hinder  end.  The  cell  is 
furnished  with  two  pairs  of  wings  lying  in  planes  which  intersect 
at  right  angles,  making  the  end-view  cruciform. 

Var.  PULCHRA,  n.var.      (PI.  Ivi.,  f.26). 

Cellulte  a  latere  angulis  alarum  inferioribus  truncatis  et  pro- 
tractis,  lateribus  paullo  retusis;  ceteris  ut  in  f.  typica. 

Cell.  c.  alis  long.  24,  lat.  fronte  12,  postice  18/x.     Alse  long.  20/x. 

Lismore  (263). 

The  lower  angles  of  one  pair  uf  wings  are  truncate  and  pro- 
duced, the  sides  somewhat  retuse.  A  pyrenoid  present,  as  a  rule, 
in  both  type  and  variation. 

Genus  VoLVULiNA  Playf . 
VoLV.  .Steinii  var.  lenticularis  Playf.,  forma. 

Coenob.  diam.  32-50;  cell.  diam.  10,  inter  se  dist.  1/x,  alt.  in  sect. 
optical.  5-1 2/x.  Lismore  (263,  293). 

A  new  locality  for  Vohndiua.  Tlie  coenobium  gives  the  im- 
pression that  the  cells  are  the  result  of  fragmentation  of  a 
parietal  chloroplast.  From  above,  the  cells  are  generally  quadrate 
or  polyhedral,  fitting  into  one  another,  the  edges  not  more  than 
1/x  apart;  sometimes,  however,  they  are  circular.  The  cells  are 
certainly  lenticular  in  optical  section.  There  are  16  in  tlie 
ccenobium,  arranged  more  or  less  in  three  layers,  4  -t-  1,  6,  4  -f-  1. 


830  AUSTRALIAN    FRESHWATER   PLANKTON, 

HYDRODICTYACE^. 

Genus  P  E  D  I  A  s  T  R  u  M  Meyen. 

Pedi.   tetras  var.  fluviatile,  n.var.      (PI.  Ivii.,  f.  1). 

Cellulae  sinu  rectangulo,  in  bievem  angustam  fenestiaiii  iiitror- 
sum  producto,  miiiime  incisje;  angulis  exterioribus  apiculo  minuto 
instructis. 

Coenob.  (4  cell.)  long.  18,  lat.  18//.. 

Lisiiiore(188). 

Instead  of  being  deeply  incised,  the  cells  merely  have  the 
outer  angle  excised  by  a  more  or  less  rectangular  sinus,  the  point 
of  which  is  produced  inwardly  into  a  short  loop.  The  free  angles 
are  minutely  apiculate.  The  markings  in  the  cells  are  not 
pyrenoids,  but  vacuoles  in  the  cytoplasm;  under  a  low  magnifica- 
tion, they  appear  so  plainly  as  to  be  easily  mistaken  for  a  part 
of  the  sinus.  Cf.  P.  rotnla  Kiltz.,  in  Nageli,  Gatt.  einz.  Alg., 
T.vB,  fig.  3c. 

Var.  apicul\tum,  n.var.      (PI.  Ivii.,  f.2). 

Cellulte  extrorsum  sinu  amplo  leviter  exciste,  vel  alte  emargin- 
atae;  angulis  rotundatis,  minuto  hyalino  apiculo  instructis. 

Camob.  (8  cell.)  diam.  1^2;  cell.  diam.  7/i. 

Botanic  Gardens  (125). 

Syn.,  P.  tHras  var.  intcf/ram  (Nag.)  Playf.,  Biol.  Richm.  R., 
p.  110,  PI.  iii.,  f.26.  P.  intf<jrtini  Nag.,  has  the  outer  edge  of 
the  cell  quite  Hat.  In  this  form,  the  cells  are  slightly  excised  by 
a  wide,  shallow  sinus,  or  else  deeply  emarginate;  the  angles  are 
rounded,  and  furnished  with  a  minute,  hyaline  apiculus. 

PROTOCOCCACE^. 

Genus  Crucioenia  Morren. 
The  species  of  Crnciijenia  are,  to  my  thinking,  merely  in- 
fantile forms  of  Pediastrum,  developed  from  the  resting-cell  or 
zygospore,  which  is  the  outcome  of  the  union  of  gametes.  This 
resting-cell,  or  something  very  near  to  it,  I  have  described  and 
ficured  under  the  name  of  Pedi.  tetras  var.  unicellulare  in 
"Plankton  Sydney  Water-Supply,"  p.517,  P1.56,  f.I.       In  spite 


BY    G.    I.    PI-AYJi-AlR.  831 

of  their  probable  connection  with  Pediaatrnvi,  it  is  convenient 
to  arrange  these  forms  under  a  separate  genus,  even  if  it  is  only 
a  conventional  one.  Those  mentioned,  I.e.,  these  Proceedings, 
1913,  may  be  summarised  thus: — 

Ckucigenia  austicalis  mihi. 
8yn.,  Pedi.  tetras  var.  australe  Playf.,  I.e.,  p. 516,  PI. 56,  f.2. 

Ckucigknia  tetkapedia  (Kirch.)  W.  »fc  G.  8.  West. 

Ccjenob.  (4  cell.)  long.  7-8,  lat.  7-8/x. 

Fairfield  (130). 

8yn.,  Pedi.  tetras  var.  tetrapedia  (Kircli.)  Playf.,  I.e.,  p. 517, 
P1.56,  f.3;  also  Pedi.  tetras  var.  qnadratrmi  Playf.,  ibid.,  P1.56, 
f.3a,  which  differs  hardly  at  all  from  (J.  tetrapedia. 

Var.  OKNATA,  n.var.     (PI.  Ivii.,  f.3). 

Coenobium  (4  cell.)  parvo  cytoplasmatis  granulo  ad  angulos 
ornatum. 

Ccenob.  long.  =  lat.  =  7-8/x.      Fairfield  (130). 

The  coenobium  of  C.  tetrapedia  is  formed  from  a  single  cell  by 
the  gradual  division  of  the  contents  into  four,  from  tlie  centre 
outwards.  The  last  sign  of  this  division  is  a  slight  band  of 
cytoplasm  coiniecting  the  outer  angles  of  the  cells.  Cf.  Chodat, 
Alg.  vertes,  p.222,  f.  148a,  No.2  (sub  noni.  Lnnniermamiia  etnar- 
(j'luata)  and  my  figure  in  Plankton  Sydney  Water-Supply,  PI. 56, 
f.3  {Pedi.  tetras  var.  tetrapedia).  The  small,  chlorophyllaceous 
granule  found  in  var.  ornata  seems  to  be  brought  about  by  the 
segregation  of  this  band. 

Ckucigenia  floralis,  nom.nov. 

Cu?nobium  in  medio  foramine  parvo  rectangulari  instructum; 
cellulis  binis  rotundato-ovatis,  alteris  oblongis,  cruciatim  dis- 
positis. 

Ccenob.  long.  8,  lat.  7/x.     Potts  Hill  (138). 

Syn.  Pedi.  tetras  var.  triangidaris  (Chod.)  Playf.,  forma.  I.e., 
p.517,  PI. 56,  f.5.  This  form  is  not  strikingly  like  Craciyeuia 
triangulai'is  Chodat,  although  the  upper  and  lower  cells  are 
somewhat  o\ate. 


832  AUSTRALIAN    f"RESHWATER    PLANKTON, 

Crucigenia  cordata,  nom.nov. 

C'(LMi()b.  in  medio  furaniine  parvo  rectangulari  instructum ; 
cellulis  plus  minusve  cordiforniibus,  uti;iiique  ad  apices  apiculo 
mimito  interdum  ornatis. 

Ccenob.  (4  cell.)  long.  25,  lat.  23/z, 

Botanic  Gardens  (158). 

.Syn.,  Pedi.  tetr-as  \a,r.  inteyrum  (Nag.)  Playf.,  forma.  I.e.,  p.518, 
P1.56,  f.7.  The  cells  are  more  or  less  heart-shaped,  and  are  often 
tipped  with  a  minute,  indistinct  apiculus.  The  species  should 
be  compared  with  Fedi.  tetras  var.  ajnctdatnm,  supra. 

Crucigenia  triangularis  Chodat.     (PI.  Ivii.,  f.4). 

Coenob.  diani.  10-16;  cell.  diam.  ca;  5-7/x. 

Collector;  Guildford  (88);  Lismore  (188). 

C/.  Chodat,  Alg.  vertes,  p. 223,  f.  14-1 9.  The  ccenobium  con- 
sists nearly  always  of  4,  minute,  pale  green,  ovate  cells,  occa- 
sionally with  pyrenoids. 

Crucigenia  quadrata  var.  secta,  n.var.     (PI.  Ivii.,  f.5). 

Cellulfe  circulatJB  in  partes  subtriangulares  4  per  crucem 
divisse. 

Crenob.  (4  cell.)  long.  6,  lat.  6;  cell.  diam.  ca.  2//.. 

Lismore  (188).      Cum.  C.  rectamjnlari. 

The  original  ccenobium,  before  division,  must  have  been  con- 
stituted of  4  circular  cells  arranged  in  a  square;  hence,  I  have 
placed  this  form  under  C.  quadrnta  Morren,  cf.  G.  S.  West,  Brit. 
Frw.  Alg.,  p. 2 16,  f.90D,  e.     Pale  green  in  coloui-. 

Genus  T  e  t  r  a  s  t  k  u  M  Chodat. 
Tetrastrum  elegans,  n.sp.     (PI.  Ivii.,  f.6). 
Ccenobium  (4  cell.)  quadratum;  cellulis  subcirculatis  distinctis, 
extrorsum  spinis  longis  tenuissimis  singulis  ornatis. 
Ccenob.  diam.  c.  sp.  28,  cell.  diam.  4/x. 
Parramatta  (136). 

This  species  might  be  described  as  a  spinous  form  of  C. 
quadrata  Morren,  just  as  T.  stauroyenio'forme  of   C.  triangularis 


BY    G.    I.    PLAYFAIR.  833 

Chodat.  The  cells  are  subcircular,  arranged  in  a  square,  and 
each  furnished  with  a  long,  thin,  delicate  spine.  Cytoplasm 
pale  green. 

Var.  DENTATUM,  u.var.      (PI.  Ivii.,  f.7,). 

Coenobium  (4:  cell.)  (juadratum  vel  rhomboideum;  lacuna  dis- 
Jbincta  rectangulari;  cellulis  plus  minusve  ovatis  adpi'essis,  lateribus 
angulatis,  ad  apices  spinis  longis  tenuissimis  singulis  instructis  et 
altero  latere  dentibus  vel  spinis  brevibus  singulis. 

Coenob.  (4  cell.)  c.  sj).  diani.  30-38;  cell,  diani.  3-i/i. 

Pa  r  ram  atta  ( 1 3  6 ) . 

In  this  form,  the  cells  are  more  or  less  ovate,  with  angular 
sides,  adpressed,  the  apices  outwards,  and  furnished  with  a  long, 
thin  spine.  A  little  lower  down,  on  one  side,  is  a  second,  much 
smaller  spine  or  tooth.      The  lacuna  is  sharply  rectangular. 

Genus  C  CE  L  A  s  T  R  u  M  Nag 

C'a7.  niicrupuruDi  Nag.,  is  by  far  the  most  connnon  form  in 
this  country,  and,  next  to  it,  Cml.  creuatiuu  Arch.  C.  sphteri- 
cnni  Nag.,  very  rare. 

CtELASTRUM  CRENATUM  Archer. 

Ccenob.  diam.  32-83;  cell.  diam.  6-32/x. 
Collector,  Rose's  Lagoon;  Botany  (91);  Guildford  (124). 
Cy:  G.   8.  West,   Brit.   Frw.    Alg.,    p. 2 13,   f.87A.     Syn.,    Ccel. 
pufchrum  8chm.,  Algentl.  d.  Schwarzw.  u.  d.  Rheineb.,  T.  ii.,  f.  10. 

Var.  CUBICUM,  n.var.     (Pi.  Ivii.,  f.8). 

Ciienobium  plus  minusve  uubicum  angulis  truncatis;  cellulis 
quattuor  circa  unum  ordinatis;  foraminibus  amplis  octagonis. 

Caniob.  diam.  33-55;  cell.  diam.  c.  10/x. 

Guildford  (77). 

Generally  the  cells  are  arranged  5  or  (i  round  (ine,  in  this  form 
4,  which  gives  the  ccenobium  a  cubical  or  octagonal  shape;  the 
foramina,  also,  are  wide  and  octagonal  in  outline.  Very  like 
C.  cjihicuni,  but  that  species  has  three  projections  to  each  cell, 
two  visible  at  the  margin. 


834  AUSTi:\LIAN    PUKSHWATER    PLANKTON, 

CcELASTHUM  OBTUSUM  (Eichler)  mihi.     (PI.  Ivii.,  f.9). 

Celluhe  conicrti  e  basi  ipsa  protractts;  apicibus  rotundatis  nee 
truncatis;  foramiiiibus  amplis. 

Cceiiob.  (8  cell.)  diani.  24/u.  Collector. 

Syii.,  C.  ciibicuiu  var.  obtustim  Eichler,  Flory  wodor  ok. 
Miedzyr.,  1894,  i)A'l'2,  T.  ii.,  f.  1,  where  he  gives  "diam.  coenob. 
l7-2()/x."  The  cells  are  conical,  drawn  out  right  from  the  base, 
with  rounded  apices.  Compare  C.  ^AsY??t(Zo-fM6 ic?<n?.  Schrod.,  Ploner 
Berichte,  v.,  1897,  T.  iii.,  especially  fig. la.  His  figures  show 
conclusively  that  C.  probuscidenm  Bohlin,  C.  cubiciim  Nag.,  and 
this  form  of  Eichler's  are,  biologically,  one  species.  The  last 
differs  too  nuich  from  ('.  riibicinn,  however,  to  be  placed  under 
that  species,  and  it  has  priority  over  C.  proboiicideui7i  Bohlin, 
1897. 

Genus  S  E  L  E  N  A  s  T  R  u  M   Reinsch. 

Selenastrum  gracile  Rein. 

Cell.  long.  18-25,  alt.  c.  18,  crass.  3-8/x. 

Botanic  Gardens  (125)  ;  Clyde,  Duck  Creek  (26)  ;  Sydney 
Water  (63);  Lismore  (182,  260). 

Reinsch,  Algenfi.  v.  Frank.,  p.65,  T.  iv.,  f.3a,  b.  This  species 
is  often  found  in  the  forui  of  two  cells  back  to  back.  There  are 
generally  only  a  few  cells  in  the  ca-nobium.  A  family  of  8 
coenobia,  of  8  cells  each,  was  noted.  Solitaiy  cells  are  not 
uncommon. 

Var.  MiNUTiJM,  n.var.      (PI.  Ivii.,  f.lO). 
Cellulse  dimensionibus  dimidio  minores  quam  in  f.  typica. 
Cell.  long.  9-18,  alt.  7-8,  crass.  l|-2/x. 
Botanic  Gardens  (125);  Lismore  (298). 

Genus  S  c  e  N  e  d  e  s  M  u  s  Meyen. 

Sc.  QUADRICAUDA  var.  INCURVUS,  n.var.      (PI.  Ivii.,  f.ll). 
Forma  spinis  apicalibus  incurvis.    Ccenob.  (4  cell.)  s.sp.  30  x  22/x., 
Centennial  Park. 

Cf.  Ralfs,  Brit.  Desm.,  T.31,  f.l2a,  b.  The  terminal  spines 
are  generally  divergent,  but  in  this  form  they  are  incurved. 


BY    G.    1.    PLAYPAIR.  836 

Var.  iNERMis,  n.var       (PI    Ivii.,  f.l2,  13). 

Forma  sine  spinis.     Ccenob.  (4  cell.)  15-20  x  11-12/a. 

Botany  (145);  Lismoie  (260);  Enogf];era. 

1^ ot  y  ecornis  Ralfs,  Brit.  Desm.,  T.31,  f.l2h  [  =  <S'f.  hijngus 
(Turp.)].  In  the  latter,  all  the  cells  are  of  the  same  size,  and 
are  regularly  or  irregularly  oval.  In  var.  iuermis,  the  outer  cells 
are  slightly  smaller  than  the  inner,  the  latter  also  being  strictly 
cylindrical,  with  parallel  sides  and  rounded  ends. 

Sc.  DENTICULATUS  var.  GRACILIS,  n.var.     (PI.  Ivii.,  f.  14). 

Cellulie  gracillimse,  lineares,  elongatai,  lateribus  parallelis. 

Crenob.  (4  cell.)  long.  12-21,  lat.  12-20;  cell.  diam.  3-5/x. 

Botany  (17,  50,  95,  145,  155);  Guildford  (70);  Centennial  Park 
(133);  Lismore(187). 

Much  more  common  here  than  any  other  form  of  >Sc.  denticu- 
latus.  The  cells  ai-e  linear  and  very  slender,  with  parallel  sides, 
ccenobia  generally  4-celled. 

Var.  oPOLiENSis  (Richter)  mihi. 

Ccenob.  (2  cell.)  s.sp.  long.  8-12,  lat.  12-15;  sp.long.  6-10/t. 

Botany  (50,  108);  Parramatta  (136);  Enoggera. 

Syn.,  Sc.  oj)oliensis  Richter,  Phycotheca  universalis,  No.686; 
Sc.  ({iiadricnudo,  var.  opolieiisii<  (Richter)  W.  &  G.  8.  West,  Frw. 
Alg.  Ceylon,  p.  197,  PL  17,  f.l6,  17.  The  apical  denticulations 
stamp  this  form  as  a  variation  of  Sc.  denticulatus.  Tlie  presence 
of  the  long,  terminal  spines  in  <Vc-.  hi/i^trix  var.  annatus  Chodat 
(also  found  here)  shows  that  they  are  not  necessarily  indicative 
of  Sc.  qiiadricauda. 

Var.  AUSTRALis,  n.var.      (PI.  Ivii.,  f.  15). 

Cellula;  dentibus  singulis  ad  apices  instruct*;  long.  s.  dent.  16, 
lat.  6/7,.  Collector. 

Forms  of  Sc.  denticulatus  generally  have  two  or  three  denticu- 
lations at  the  apices;  in  this  form,  there  is  one  only.  C'/".  G.  S. 
West,  Br.  Frw.  Alg.,  p.220,  fig.92.r. 

SCENKDESMUS    SECURIFOKMIS,  n.sp.       (Pi.   Ivii.,  f.l6,  17). 

Celluhe  exteriores  (interdum  etiam  mediante)  modice  securi- 
formes,  spinis  luillis. 


836  AUSTRALIAN    FRESHWATER    PLANKTON, 

Coenob.  (2  cell.)  8-9  x  6-8;  (4  cell.)  12-18  x  8-14/x. 

Casino  (189)  and  Lismore  (187),  Richmond  River. 

The  outer  cells  are  almost  rectangular,  sind  somewhat  securi- 
form; the  central  cells  are  sometimes  the  same  shape,  sometimes 
cylindrical  with  rounded  ends. 

Genus  Ankistkodesmus  Corda. 
8yn.,  Rhaphidiuin  Kiltz.,  Schi'dderia  Lemm. 

Ank.  falcatus  var.  mikabims  W.  ife  G.  S.  West.     (PI.  Ivii.,  f.l8). 

Cell  long.  36-90,  lat.  1-3/i. 

Botany  (37,  155);  Clyde,  Duck  Creek  (26,  44);  Canley  Vale 
( 1 29) ;  Guildford  (172);  Sydney  Water  (63) ;  Enoggera ;  Perth 
Water. 

8yn.,  Rhaph.  polymorphum  var.  mirahUe  W.  k.  G.  S.  West, 
Frw.  Alg.  S.  of  Eng.,  p.501,  P1.7,  f.9-13.  The  contents  are 
generally  homogeneous,  and  of  a  pale  blue  tint. 

Var.  CONTORTUS  (Thuret)  mihi.      (PL  Ivii.,  f.  19). 

Cell.  long.  16-60,  lat.  2-3yu. 

Clyde,  Duck  Creek  (26);  Canley  Vale  (129);  Botanic  Gardens 
(156);  Lismore  (258). 

In  Brebisson,  Liste,  p.  158,  Pl.l,  f.31.  I  have  found  this  form 
{n  quantity  on  several  occasions.  There  is  a  tendency  for  the 
apices  to  be  setaceous,  but  not  to  the  extent  of  var.  setigerus 
(Schr.  setige7-a). 

Ankistkodesmus  dulcis,  n.sp.     (PI.  Ivii.,  f.20). 

Cellulfe  solitarite,  valde  jequaliter  arcuatfe,  gracillimse,  apicibus 
acutissimis  baud  autem  setiformibus;  chloroplastidibus  homoge- 
neis,  ab  apicibus  retractis,  medio  interdum  iiiterruptis;  elneoplas- 
tidibus  singulis  nonnunquam  in  extremis,  interdum  etiam  in 
locello  mediano,  instructis;  pyrenoidibus  nuUis. 

Cell.  long,  (chorda)  30-70,  crass.  2-4,  alt.  20-40/x. 

Botany(155);  Parramatta  Park (136);  Sydney  Water (6 3,  100); 
Lismore  (258). 


BY    G.    I.    PLAYFAIR.  837 

Var.  ciNGULUM,  n.var.      (PI.  Ivii.,  f.21). 

Cellulsi?  magis  aifuatae,  ti'es quadrantes  circuli  etRcientes,  apici- 
l>us  niodice  ineurvis.     Cell.  long,  (chorda)  26,  ci-ass.  2,  alt.  20ju. 

Botany  (92). 

A  very  pretty  species,  both  from  its  graceful  cinvatiu'e  and 
from  the  disposition  of  the  cell-contents.  The  cell  has  the 
regularl)'  arched  form  of  a  C/ostfrlnm,  very  slender  and  gradu- 
ally narrowing  to  the  ver\^  acute  tips.  The  latter  are  not  di'awn 
out  into  seta?,  and  are  not  incurved.  The  homogeneous  chloro- 
plast  is  generally  confined  to  the  body  of  the  cell,  leaving  the 
tips  clear;  it  is  also  often  interrupted  in  the  centre,  or  there  is  a 
locellus  at  the  centre,  placed  to  one  side.  Very  often,  an  elajo- 
plast  is  situated  at  each  end  of  the  chloroplast,  sometimes  also 
one  in  the  middle.  In  var.  cingulum,  the  curvature  extends 
over  three  parts  of  a  circle,  the  ends  being  somewhat  incurved. 

Ankistrodesmus  Braunii  (Nag.),  forma.     (PI.  Ivii.,  f.22). 

Cell.  long.  40,  lat.  3//.      Lismore  (196). 

The  figure  shows  four  cells,  produced  by  longitudinal  division, 
and  still  connected  by  the  membrane  of  the  mother-cell,  which 
has  become  twisted  into  a  stipes. 

Var.  MINUTUS,  n.var.      (PI.  Ivii.,  f. 23-25). 

Cellulfe  parvse,  longitudine  usque  ad  formae  t3'pic8e  dimidium. 

Cell.  long.  10-20,  lat.  2-3  (rarius  5)  /x. 

Lismore  (182,  191,  196). 

Cells  only  half  as  long  as  those  of  the  type  (or  less),  and  gen- 
erally a  little  more  lunate,  sessile  on  })ieces  of  flocculent  matter, 
water-plants,  etc. 

Genus  A  c  T  I  N  A  s  T  R  u  M  Lagerh. 
AcTiNASTRUM   Hantzschii  Lag.     (PI.  Ivii.,  f.26,  27). 

Coenob.  (2  cell.)  diam.  54,  cell.  25  x  4;  (4  cell.)  diam.  28-50, 
cell.  16-25  X  2-4;  (8  cell.)  diam.  40-50,  cell.  20-30  x  2-3/x. 

Parramatta(136);  Botany(50);  Lismore  (258);  Grafton,  Nym- 
boidia  River(269). 


838  AUSTRALIAN    FHESHWATKR    PLANKTON, 

Lagerheim,  Pedi.  Protococc.  o.  Palm.,  p.70,  T.  iii.,  f.25,  26. 
Cells  somewhat  fusiform,  outer  ends  acute,  inner  ends  blunt.  In 
all  forms  of  Act.  Ilanfzschii,  the  cell-contents  are  indifferently 
hyaline,  pale  blue  or  pale  green.  Tlie  chk)roplast,  when  distinct, 
is  generally  somewhat  retracted  from  the  apex,  and  an  elieoplast 
is  often  present. 

ACTINASTRUM    BACILLARE,   n.sp.       (PI.   Ivii.,   f.28,  29). 

CelluliB  bacilliformes,  gracillimse.  Ccenob.  (8  cell.)diam.  16.35, 
cell.  8-20  X  1 1-2/x. 

Parramatta  Pai^k  (136);  Lismore  (274). 

The  cells,  instead  of  being  fusiform,  are  narrow  and  linear, 
Bometimes  very  short. 

ACTINASTRUM    ACICULARE,   n.Sp.       (PI.   Ivii.,   f.30). 

Cellulse  subulata;,  modice  arcuatse,  basi  intlatte,  apice  acuta;. 

Ctenob.  (8  cell.)  diam.  35,  cell.  22  x  3/x. 

Lismore  (274). 

The  cells  are  somewhat  awl-shaped,  slightly  curved,  inllated  at 
the  base,  and  acute  at  the  tip.  Contents  pale  blue,  an  elieoplast 
present. 

ACTINASTRUM    GUTTULA,   n.Sp.       (PI.   Ivii.,   f.31). 

Cellulje  in  modo  guttuUe  conformatte,  introrsum  acutissimse. 
Ccenob.  (2  cell.)  diam.  40,  cell.  20  x  4/x. 
Parramatta  Park  (136). 

A  2-celled  coinobium  noted  with  drop-shaped  cells,  the  acute 
end  inwards. 

Genus  Kirchneriella  Schm. 

KiRCHNERIELLA    ELEGANS,   n.Sp.       (PI.  Ivii.,   f.32). 

Cellulse  graciles;  lateribus  parallelis;  apicibus  obtusis  in  modo 
solese  equi  circumflectic.     Cell.  diam.  6,  crass.  2fi. 

Sydney  Water  (63). 

The  cells  in  this  form  are  very  slender,  with  parallel  sides  and 
blunt  ends,  bent  round  into  the  shape  of  a  horseshoe.  A  four- 
celled  coenobium  noted  with  cells  disposed  as  figured. 


BY    G.    I.     PLAVFAIR.  839 

KiRCHN.  LUNARis  var.  ACUTA,  n.var.      (PI.  Ivii.,  £.33). 

Cellular  lunatie;  apicibus  protractis  acutissimis,  longo  intervallo 
inter  se  distantibus.     Cell.  diam.  S,  alt.  7,  crass.  3/x. 

Botanic  Gardens  (150). 

The  apices  of  the  cell,  \\'liieli  are  wide  apart,  are  drawn  out  to 
a  very  acute  point. 

Genus  O  o  c  Y  s  T  I  s  Nag. 
O.  CRASSA  var.  Ostenpeldii  Playf.,  forma.     (PI.  Iviii.,  f.l). 

C'hloroplastides  S,  pyrenoidibns  instructse.  Cell.  long.  20, 
lat.  13  fi. 

Lismore  (285). 

Cf.  ''Oocystis  and  Fremosphcera,"  p.l24,  P1.7,  f.l8,  19.  This 
variation  generally  has  2-4:  chloroplasts;  here  we  have  it  with 
eight. 

Var.  ELONGATA,  n.var.      (PI.  Iviii.,  f.2,  3). 

Cellulje  longe-ovales;  apicibus  acute-rotundatis;  chloroplastidi- 
bus  8.     Cell.  long.  25-27,  lat.  15/x. 

Lismore  (285,  286). 

The  cells  are  more  elliptic  than  in  either  the  type  or  var. 
Ostenfeldii;  the  apices  more  or  less  pointed,  not  incrassate  or 
apiculate.  There  is  a  parietal  chloroplast,  obviously  fi-agmented 
into  eight  parts,  with  pyrenoids. 

Var.  GRANULOSA,  n.var.      (PI.  Iviii.,  f.4). 

Cellulifi  late  elliptico-lanceolatje,  lateribus  tequaliter  arcuatis, 
apicibus  acuminatis.  Membrana  ad  apices  introrsum  incrassata. 
Chloroplastides  nullaj  distinctaj,  chlorophyllo  difi'uso,  cytoplasmate 
granuloso. 

Cell.  long.  27,  lat.  1  ^fx. 

Lismore  (298). 

The  nearest  to  the  type  that  I  have  noticed,  the  shape  broadly 
elliptic-lanceolate,  with  pointed,  inwardly  incrassate  apices. 
Thei-e  are,  however,  no  distinct  chloroplasts,  nor  yet  a  parietaj 
lamina;  but  the  contents  are  granular,  and  the  chlorophyll  ap- 
parently diffused.     The  nucleus  was  visible  in  the  centre. 


840  AUSTRALIAN    PRESHWATKR    PLANKTON, 

O.  APICULATA  var.  MAJOR  Playf.*     (PI.  Iviii.,  f.5). 

Cellulse  ellipticje,  duplo  inajores  qiiam  in  f.  typica,  apicibus 
minute  apiculatis. 

Cell.  long.  38,  lat.  20//. 

Lismore  (286). 

There  are  two  forms  of  the  type,  an  oblong  and  an  elliptic. 
This  is  a  larger  form  of  the  latter,  as  var.  ><plendida  is  of  the 
former.  Cf.  these  Proceedings,  PI.  viii.,  f.2;  the  figure  there  is 
not  sufficiently  elliptic,  too  oblong.  This  form  is  liable  to  be 
mistaken  for  0.  salitai-ia;  there  is  no  anterior,  apical  incrassa- 
tion,  however,  and  an  apiculus  is  present,  though  very  small  and 
inconspicuous. 

Yar.  SPLENDIDA  Playf. 

Cell.  long.  33-41,  lat.  21-26/x.     Lismore  (285,  286). 

"Ooc.  and  Ui-emo.",  p.l31,  PI.  viii.,  f.23.  These  figures  extend 
the  dimensions  considerably.  Var.  splendida  is  a  larger  (about 
twice  the  size)  and  somewhat  more  elongate  form  of  var.  ohesa. 
The  two  forms  run  into  one  another  however. 

Genus  Nephrocytium  Nag. 
N.  Agardhianum  var.  ma.tus  Nag.     (PI.  Iviii.,  f.6). 

Ccenob.  long.  75-78,  lat.  50-55;  cell.  long.  37,  lat.  21/x. 

Guildford  (23). 

Syn.,  N.  Ndyelli  Grun.;  N.  obesnm  West,  New  Brit.  Frw.  Alg., 
p.  13,  PL  ii.,  f.39,  40.  Cf.  Nageli,  Gatt.  einz.  Alg.,  T.  iii.c,  fig. 
i,  k,  p.  Nageli's  fig.p  works  out  at  34  x  15/x  for  the  cells;  West, 
I.e.,  gives  "long.  cell.  34-42,  lat.  cell.  24-28/x"  for  JV.  obestim. 
Except  in  the  slightly  greater  breadth  of  the  cells,  West's  figures 
agree  exactly  with  those  of  Nageli. 

Var.  PLANKTONICUM,  n.var.      (PI.  Iviii.,  f.7,  8). 
Ccenobium    splijericum   inucosum.       Cellulse    lunata?    4-8   (ple- 
rumque  4)  cunctse,    per  extremitates  (ut  videtur)  conjunct*  ^■el 
radiantes,  ad  apices  angustatse,  apicibus  obtusis. 

*  This  form  was  mentioned  in  ''''Oocystis  and  Eremosphera,"  p.  110,  but 
the  description  and  notes  were  inadvertently  omitted. 


BY    G.    I      PLAYFAIR.  841 

Coenob.  diam.  96-112;  cell.  long.  20-27,  lat.  4-8/x. 

Botany. 

The  coenobium  consists  of  a  mucous  sphere,  as  in  Sphfcrocystis 
or  Gl(jeocyi<tis,  with  lunate  cells,  generally  in  groups  of  4,  which 
appear  to  be  either  joined  loosely  by  the  extremities,  or  radiate 
from  a  common  centre. 

Genus  Tetrallantos  Telling. 
Tetrallantos  Lagerheimii  Telling.     (PI.  Iviii.,  f.9,  10). 
Ccenob.  (4  cell.)  long.  38-40,  lat.  20-24;  (8  cell.)  54  x  20;  cell, 
long.  12-16,  alt.  6-12,  crass.  3-6/x. 

Botany  (37,  152);  Botanic  Gardens  (125);  Lismore  (258,  260). 
Cf.  Einar  Teiling,  Schwedische  Planktonalgen,  ii.,  Tetrallantos, 
eine  neue  Gattung  der  Protococcoideen,  p.63,  f.  1-7,  1916. 

Genus  Tetraedron  Kiitz. 
Tetraedron  minimum  (A.Br.)  Hansg.      (PI.  Iviii.,  f.ll). 

Cell.  long.  =  lat.  =  Q-^fx. 

Parramatta  Park  (136);  Guildford  (88);  Lismore  (260,  276). 

PoJyedrium  minhnum  A.  Braun,  Alg.  unicell.,  p.  94,  footnote;- 
G.  S.  West,  Brit.  Frw.  Alg.,  p.231,  fig.  101a.  The  type  has 
rather  acute,  radiating  angles,  and  emarginate  sides,  alternate 
sides  more  deeply  emarginate  ("lateribus  alternis  projundius 
emarginatis" — A.  Braun,  I.e.)  than  the  others.  There  are  several 
well-marked  forms  of  the  species. 

Var.  australe,  n.var.     (PI.  Iviii.,  f.  12,  13). 

Cellulte  lateribus  alteris  planis  levissime  convexis,  alteris 
altissime  emarginatis. 

Cell.  diam.  5-8/x.      Botany  (95);  Lismore  (180,  276). 

Cell.  diam.  10-12/x.     Botanic  Gardens  (3);  Casino  (189). 

The  most  common  form  of  the  species  here.  The  ends  are  flat 
or  nearly  so,  slightly  turned  down  at  the  angles,  while  the  sides 
are  very  deeply  emarginate  and  arched.  In  shape,  it  resembles 
Tpfr.  platyisthmium  (Arch.)  G.  8.  West,  "Some  ci'itical  green 
Algte,"  p.286,  P1.21,  f.36-39,  but  is  very  much  smaller,  and  cei-- 

64 


842  AUSTRALIAN    FRESHWATER    PLANKTON, 

tainly  a  form  of  Tetr.  minhmim,  being  commonly  found  in  com- 
pany with  other  forms  of  the  species. 

Var.  PINACIDIUM  (Reinsch)  mihi.      (PI.  Iviii.,  f.l4,  15). 

Cell.  long.  6-13,  lat.  5-1 1/x. 

Botanic  Gardens  (3);  Clyde,  Duck  Creek  (26);  Botany  (108). 

Polyedrium  pinacidium  Reinsch,  Spec,  generibusque,  T.2a, 
f.  iii.;  Lagex'heim,  Pedi.  Protococc.  o.  Palm.,  p.69,  T.  i.,  f.27.  Syn., 
P.  Tninimum  f.  tetralohula  Reinsch,  Polyedr.  Monog.,  T.  iv.,  fig. 2d 
(forma  tetralohulata  in  text,  p.499);  P.  tPtrayonum  Reinsch  (non 
Nag.),  I.e.,  T.  iv.,  f.  10.  The  cell  is  plane,  with  rounded  angles, 
all  four  sides  equally  retuse.  Reinsch  and  Lagerheim  figure  the 
cell  as  quadrate;  our  specimens  were  somewhat  oblong. 

Var.  RECTILINEARE,  n.var.      (PI.  Iviii.,  f.  16,  17). 

Cellulae  plus  minusve  quadratae,  lateribus  rectilinearibus, 
angulis  obtusis  plus  minusve  rectis. 

Cell.  long.  =  lat.  =  10-1 3/x.     Guildford. 

Cells  more  or  less  regularly  square,  with  flat  sides  and  bluntly 
rounded  angles.     Cf.  Bernard,  Protococc.  et  Desm.,  f.467. 

Var.  MORSUM  (W.  &  G.  S.  West)  mihi.     (PL  Iviii.,  f.l8). 

Cell.  long.  =  lat.  =  9/i,,  constr.  8/x. 

Botanic  Gardens  (3). 

I'etrapedia  morsa  W.  &  G.  S.  West,  Frw.  Alg.  Madag.,  p.85, 
PI.  v.,  f.3.  The  sides  of  the  angles  are  flattened,  and  run  back 
at  right  angles  from  the  apex,  for  about  one-third  the  length  of 
the  side  of  the  cell.  The  other  third  is  occupied  by  a  sudden, 
rounded  excavation.  Cell  plane,  contents  green;  found  in  com- 
pany with  var.  pinacidmyn  and  the  type,  very  rare. 

Tetraedron  regulare  Kiitz.,  forma.      (PI.  Iviii.,  f.l9). 

Cell.  diam.  c.  sp.  34,  s.  sp.  24)u.     Parramatta  (136). 

Kiitzing,  Phycolog.  germ.,  p.  129.  Syn.,  Polyedrium  teira- 
edricum  Nag.,  pro  parte,  Gatt.  einz.  Alg.,  T.  iv.B,  fig.3c,  d.  P. 
trigonuni  Nag.,  2}.p.,  loc.  cit.,  T.iv.B,  fig.lc,  d.  I  am  in  great 
doubt  as  to  the  characteristics  of  this  type.  Both  Chodat,  Alg. 
vertes,  p.220,  f.146,  and  G.  S.  West,  Brit.  Frw.  Alg., p. 231,  f.lOlc, 


BY    G.    I.    PLAYFAIR.  843 

identify  Kiitzing's  plant  with  P.  tetraedricum  Nag.,  but  their 
figures  do  not  agree  with  one  another  nor  even  exactly  with 
Nageli's  figures.  Also  Nageli  gives  the  same  two  types  to  P. 
trigomim  and  P.  tetraedricum,  relying  for  a  specific  characteristic 
on  the  plane  or  tetraedral  form  of  the  cell.  There  is  no  biological 
difterence,  however,  between  plane  and  tetraedral  cells,  the  latter 
being  developed  often  from  the  foxnner;  and  as  the  classification 
is  on  the  basis  of  outward  configuration,  it  is  extremely  incon- 
venient to  have  types  of  a  mixed  character.  The  occurrence  of 
biradiate  and  tinradiate  fox^ms  in  the  same  type  is  well  known  in 
the  Desmid  genus  Staurastrum,  and  these  are  strictly  analagous 
to  the  plane  and  tetraedral  forms  of  Tetraedron.  I  consider, 
therefore,  that  NageH's  T.  iv.B,  fig.  la,  and  T.  iv.B,  fig.3a,b,  should 
be  arranged  under  Tetr.  trigonum,  while  T.  iv.B,  fig.lc,  d,  and  T. 
iv.B,  fig. 3c,  d,  should  be  classed  as  2'etr.  regtilare  (tetraedricum). 

Var.  INERME,  n.var.      (PI.  lix.,  f.  17). 

Cellula?  plana?;  lateribus  leviter  concavis;  angulis  levissime 
inflatis;  spinis  nullis.     Cell.  diam.  14,  crass.  6/i. 

Collector. 

The  cells  are  plane,  and  have  the  concave  sides  and  slightly 
inflated  angles  of  the  type,  but  are  without  spines. 

Var.  PAPILLIFERUM  (Schrod.)  mihi,  forma.      (PI.  Iviii.,  f,20). 

Forma  maxima  tetraedrica;  cellulse  obesje;  lateribus  paullo 
concavis;  angulis  latis,  inflatis,  papillis  singulis  prseditis. 

Cell.  diam.  64/a.     Collector,  Rose's  Lagoon. 

Cf.  Polyedrium  trigonum  var.  papilliferum  Schroder,  Ploner 
Berichte,  v.,  1897,  T.  ii.,  f.6.  In  optical  section,  our  form  is  the 
exact  same  shape  as  Schroder's,  from  which  it  difi'ers  in  its  tetra- 
edral form,  and  very  much  larger  size  (diam.  12-15/i, — Schroder). 
Both  forms,  with  their  hollow  sides  and  inflated  angles,  naturally 
fall  under  Tetr.  regulars,  though  somewhat  more  plump  than 
figured  by  Nageli  (P.  tetraedricum).  Cf.  G.  S.  West's  form.  I.e., 
sup7-a.  The  occurrence  of  a  plane  and  tetraedral  variety,  in  such 
a  distinct  form  as  this,  goes  far  to  bear  out  my  contention,  that 
there  is  no  biological  difference  between  them,  but  that  both 
may  be  found  in  the  same  species, 


844  AUSTRALIAN    FItESHWATER    PLANKTON, 

Tetr.  spinulosum  Schm.,  forma.      (PI.  Iviii.,  f.21). 

Forma  pentaedrica;  lateribus  subplanis;  angulis  obtusis;  spinis 
tenuibus  setis  simillimis.     Cell.  corp.  diam.  18/j.. 

Lismore  (290). 

Cf.  Chodat,  Alg.  vertes,  p.221,  f.U7B.  This  form  has  the 
sides  ahiiost  ilat,  the  angles  obtuse,  and  very  delicate  spines  like 
setfe. 

Var.  EXCAVATUM,  n.var.      (PI.  Iviii.,  f.22). 

Forma  pentaedrica,  valde  excavata;  angulis  radiantibus,  coni- 
cis,  baud  intlatis,  lateribus  planis,  apicibus  modice  acutis,  spinis 
tenuissimis  instructis.     Cell.  corp.  diam.  ca.  20/x. 

Lismore  (290). 

In  this  form,  the  body  is  much  more  excavated  on  all  sides; 
the  cell  consists  of  little  moi-e  thaii  5,  conical,  radiating  angles, 
not  inflated,  but  with  nearly  Hat  sides,  and  rather  acute  at  the 
apices.     Spines  very  delicate. 

Tetraedron  hortensk,  n.sp.     (PI.  Iviii.,  f.23). 

Cellula;  maxima^,  wqualiter  teti-aedricse  ;  lateribus  levissime 
concavis;  angulis  late-rotundatis.  Membrana  minute  punctulata, 
ad  extremos  angulos  interdum  levissime  granulata,  punctis  in 
seriebus  duabus  decussatim  ordinatis.     Cell.  diam.  46-72/^. 

Botanic  Gai-dens  (3,  150);  Prospect  Reservoir. 

Compare,  with  this  species,  Tetr.  c/it/as  Wittr.,  Gotl.  o.  Oelands 
Sottvattensalg.,  p. 33,  T.4,  f.4,  and  Tetr.  tumidtdiim  Reinsch, 
Polyedr.  Monog.,  p.506,  T.  vi.,  f.3.  The  cells  are  very  large, 
tetraedral,  generally  with  broadly  rounded  angles,  and  very 
slightly  concave  sides;  the  angles,  however,  sometimes  tend  to 
be  pointed.  The  membrane  is  minutely  punctate  all  over,  the 
puncta  arranged  in  decussating  lines. 

Tetraedron  acutum,  n.sp.     (PI.  Iviii.,  f.24,  25). 
Cellulse  tetraedricse;  lateribus  plus  minus  (ssepe  valde)  concavis, 
anguhs  protractis;  angvilis  spinis  singulis  instructis. 
Cell.  diam.  c.  sp.  20-34;  sp.  long.  6-10/x. 
Parramatta(136);  Lismore  (258,  259,  263);  Enoggera. 
The  cells  ai-e  tetraedrical;  in  optical  section,  triangular,  with 


fey  a.  I.  PLAYFAIR.  845 

more  or  less  concave  sides,  angles  very  acute  and  produced.  The 
angles  are  furnished  with  fine  spines;  it  is  sometimes  difficult  to 
say  where  the  angle  ends  and  the  spine  begins. 

Var.  RECTILINEARE,  n.var.      (PI.  Iviii.,  f.26). 

Cellula;  tetraedricfe;  lateribus  planis  nee  retusis;  angulis  acutis 
haud  protractis,  spinis  singulis  prieditis.     Cell.  diam.  c.  sp.  25//.. 

Enoggera. 

The  cell  is  tetrahedral;  in  optical  section,  triangular,  with  sides 
quite  flat,  angles  acute,  not  produced,  furnished  with  short  spines. 
Nageli's  figure,  Gatt.  einz.  Alg.,  T.  iv,B,  fig. lb,  is  a  plane  form  of 
this  variation. 

Tetk.  hastatum  var.  eleoans,  n.var.      (PI.  Iviii.,  f.27). 

Cellulfe  tetraedricje;  lateribus  concavis;  angulis  in  processus 
hyalinos  bifidos  singulos  protractis.     Cell.  diam.  c.  proc.  32/t. 

Parramatta  Park  (136). 

Cf.  7W)'.  {Polyedrium)  hastalitm  Reinsch,   Algenfl.  v.   Frank., 
p. 77,  T.  v.,  f.3,  also  Chodat,   I.e.,  p.  172,  f.95.      The  sides  of  the 
cell  are  very  concave,  and  the  single  process  at  each  angle  more 
regular;  the  processes  are  hyaline,  and  bifid,  with  recurved  ends, 
sometimes  doubly  dichotomous. 

Tetr.  trigonum  var.  mammillatum,  n.var.      (PL  Iviii.,  f. 28). 

Cellulte  planfe  triangulares;  lateribus  convexis;  angulis  obtusis 
in  papillas  singulas  productis;  a  latere  viste  lenticulares. 

Cell.  diam.  12/x.  Lismore  (258). 

Cf.  Tetr.  (^Polyedrium)  triyouum  var.  crassum  Nag.,  in  Eichler, 
Flor.  wodor.  ok.  Miedzyrzeca,  1892,  T.  ix.,  f.  17.  This  form  has 
each  angle  produced  into  a  short,  mammillate  projection. 

Tetraedron  cruciporme,  n.sp.     (PL  Iviii.,  f.29). 

Cellulse  planae,  angulis  radiantibus  4  exstructse,  medio  valde 
constrictse,  inferne  et  superne  retusa:;;  angulis  acutis  vix  inflatis, 
spinis  minutis  singulis  instructis,     Chloroplastides  dilute  virides. 

Cell.  long.  c.  sp.  18,  centr.  10;  lat.  c.  sp.  20,  constr.  6/x. 

Botany. 

A  plane  form,  deeply  constricted  in  the  middle  after  the  style 


846  AUStRALiAiJ    ftlEStlWATER    PLANKTON, 

of  an  Arthrodesimis,  and  somewhat  retuse  above  and  below,  the 
angles  acute,  hardly  inflated  and  furnished  with  a  minute  spine. 

Tetraedron  striatum,  n.sp.     (PI.  Iviii.,  f.30). 

Cellulae  tetraedricee;  lateribus  valde  concavis;  angulis  baud 
inflatis  in  processus  angustos  breves  protractis,  extremis  trun- 
catis,  transverse  striatis.     Cell,  diam  ■26/x. 

Enoggera. 

The  cell  is  tetraedral,  with  very  concave  sides,  angles  not  in- 
flated but  produced  in  short  processes,  like  certain  forms  of 
Staurastrtmi;  processes  narrow,  transversely  striate  (?  rows  of 
puncta),  ends  truncate. 

Tetraedron  Wasteneysii,  n.sp.     (PL  Iviii.,  f.31). 

Cellulfe  tetraedricse;  lateribus  convexis;  angulis  obtusis  in 
processus  breves  hyalinos  claviformes  singulos  productis. 

Cell.  diam.  c.  proc.  20,  corp.  8|-/;i.  Enoggera. 

Named  in  honour  of  my  erstwhile  correspondent,  Mr.  Hardolph 
Wasteneys,  who  sent  me  the  Enoggera-samples.  The  cell  is 
tetraedral,  the  body  with  convex  sides;  the  obtuse  angles  are 
produced  into  short,  hyaline,  club-shaped  processes,  with  smooth, 
rounded  ends. 

PHYTHELIE^. 

Genus  Richteriella  Lemm. 

Richteriella  botryoides  (Schm.)  Lemm.     (PI.  lix.,  f.l,  2). 

Cell.  diam.  3-8;  setae  long.  20-30//.. 
Parramatta  Park  (136). 

Genus  Lagerheimia  Chodat. 

Including  Chodatella  Lemmermann.  In  "Plankton  of  the 
Sydney  Water-8upply,"  these  Proceedings,  1912,  in  consideration 
of  their  evident  connection,  one  with  another,  I  felt  bound  to 
arrange  the  various  forms  of  Lagerheimia  as  variations  of  one 
species.  While  just  as  much  as  ever  convinced  of  the  biological 
connection,  I  find  this  method  of  nomenclature  cumbrous,  and  of 


bT    G.    I.    PLAYFAIR.  847 

very  doubtful  utility,  and  have  abandoned   it.      The  following 
list  gives  the  I'evised  nomenclature: — 

L.  genevensis  Chad.,  p.p.    =L   ciliata  v.  genevensis,  Ic,  p. 522, 

PI.  53,  f.7. 
,,      var.  gracilis  Playf.  =  L.  ciliafa  v.  gracilis,  p. 523,  f. 10-12. 
L.  acuminata  Playf.  =      ,,     v   acuminata,  p.523,  f.13-19. 

L.  globosa  Playf.  =      „      v.  ylobosa,  p. 524,  f.20. 

L.  cristata  Playf.  =      ,,      v.  cristata,  p. 525,  f.21. 

L.  comosa  Playf.  =      „      v.  comosa,  p. 525,  f.26. 

L.  subsalsa  (Lemm.)  mihi=      ,,     v.  subsalsa,  p.524,  f.32,33. 
L.  coronata  Playf.  =      ,,      v.  coronata,  p.522,  f.3. 

,,      var.  injiata  Playf.     =      ,,      v.  infiata,  p.522,  f.4,  5. 
,,     var.  s^rto/a^a  Playf.  =      ,,     \.  striolata,  ^.b2b,  i.21,'2b. 

Genus  Bernardia,*  gen.nov. 

Cellulfe  sphsericfe  vel  oblongje,  spinis  (neque  setis)  longis, 
rigidis  4  (polaribus  2,  equatorialibus  2)  armatae,  basibus  spinarum 
expansis.  In  cellulis  maturioribus  processus  gracillimi,  basibus 
valde  expansis,  apicibus  obtusis  vel  minute  cuspidatis,  in  vicem 
spinarum  inveniuntur. 

Bernardia  Chodati  (Bernard)  mihi.     (PI.  lix.,  f.3,  4). 

Cellulse  splijericse,  spinis  rigidis  4  (polaribus  2,  equatorialibus 
2)  instructse;  spinis  e  papillis  orientibus. 

Cell.  diam.  7,  spin.  long.  16/j!.. 

Dunedin,  N.Z.;  Enoggera,  Q. 

Syn.,  Lagerheimia  Chodati  Bernard,  Protococc.  et  Desm.,  p.  170, 
f.349,  350.  In  its  younger  stages,  this  plant  resembles  a  Lager- 
heimia,   but,   instead  of  hair-like  or   bristle-like  setse,  the  cells 

are  furnished  with  four  rigid  spines  {^^ forte  barbe  roide a 

Vextremite  tres  Jim  et  Ires  at^we"  — Bernard);  and  these  are  not 
subapical,  but  exactly  polar  and  equatorial.  More  mature  cells, 
gathered  from  the  lake  in  Parramatta  Park,  have  convinced  me, 
however,  that  the  platit  is  organised  on  quite  different  lines  to 
Lagerheimia.  The  stiff  spines  have  become  very  slender  pro- 
cesses,   with    blunt    or   minutely    cuspidate    apices,    and    very 


In  honour  of  M.  Chas.  Bernard,  Dr.  es  Sciences,  of  Buitenzorg,  Java. 


848  AUSTRALIAN    FRESfiWATER    fLANKTON, 

strongly  expanded  bases,  so  broad,  indeed,  as  sometimes  to 
enclose  tlie  whole  cell.  The  processes  are  akin  to  those  of  Stanr- 
astrum  or  the  horns  of  Pediastrum.  Indeed,  the  fully  developed 
plant  resembles  nothing  so  much  as  a  four-celled  Pedi.  simplex. 
Bernard  gives,  cells  5-10/a,  spines  l3-20/x,  for  Javanese  specimens. 

Var.  CRUCiATA,  n.var.     (PI.  lix.,  f.5,  6). 

Cellulai  in  vicem  spinulorum  processubus  longis  gracillimis  4 
(p(jlaril)us  2,  equatoiialibus  2)  basi  valde  expansis,  instructse; 
inembrana  snepe  dilute  rufescente. 

Cell.  diam.  6-12,  process,  long.  18-27/i. 

Parramatta  Park  (136). 

In  this,  apparently  the  mature,  form,  the  spines  are  replaced 
by  long,  slender  processes,  greatly  expanded  at  the  base;  see 
notes  on  the  type,  siipra. 

Bernardia  Wratislavensis  (Schrod.)  mihi.     (PI.  lix.,  f.7). 

Cell.  long.  8,  lat.  3;  spin.  long.  16/ji, 

Lismore(258). 

Syn.,  Lagerheimia  Wratislavensis  Schroder,  Ber.  d.  deutsch. 
bot.  Gesellsch.,  xv.,  T.17,  f.7:  Chodat,  Alg.  vertes,  p.  188,  f.l03. 
This  form  has  spines  arranged  as  in  Bei  n.  Chodati,  and  should 
accompany  that  species.  The  spines  and  processes,  also,  in  this 
genus  are  more  or  less  rufescent,  which  I  have  never  noted  in 
the  setas  of  Lagerheimia. 

DICTYOSPHtERIEtE. 

Genus  Tetracoccus  West. 

Tetracoccus  botryoides  West.     (PL  Hx.,  f.8,  9). 
Cell,  diara.  3-8/x.     Lismore  (285). 

PALMELLACE^. 

Genus  SPHiEROCYSTis  Chod. 

SPHiEROCYSTIS  ScHROETERI  Chod.       (PL  lix.,  f.lO). 

Coenob.  diam.  28-300;  cell.  diam.  3-1 2/x. 

Botany  ;  Sydney  Water  (80,  81);  Lismore  (260,  281,  286)  ; 
Grafton,  Nymboidia  River  (268). 


BY    G.    I.    PLAYfAIft.  849 

Cf.  Chodat,  Bull,  de  I'Herbier  Boissier,  1897,  p.292,  T.  ix.; 
Alg.  vertes,  p.11'1,  f..o3.  I  have  never  been  able  to  see  any 
difference  between  Gloeocystis  and  Sphcerocystis,  except  that 
coenobia  of  the  latter  run  to  greater  dimensions.  In  regard  to 
the  size  of  the  cells,  Sph  Sch^'iHeri  occupies  exactly  an  inter- 
mediate position  between  Glveocystis  vesiculosa  and  G.  gi(jai<;  and 
when  its  large  cells  divide  into  groups  of  8,  they  form  coenobia 
which  are  Gl.  vesiculosa  pure  and  simple,  as  figured  by  Nageli, 
Gatt.  einz  Alg.,  T.  iv  f,  fig.l,  the  normal  form  of  the  species, 
and,  indeed,  the  only  one  I  have  ever  noted. 

Var   TETKAKDuiCA,  n.var.      (PI.  lix  ,  f.ll ). 

CellulBS  intra  coenobium  tetraedrice  ordinatae. 
Ccenob.  diani.  44-45;  cell.  diam.  9-12//.. 
Sydney  Water  (80,  81);  Coogee;  Botany. 

This  form  is  not  uncommon;  the  cells  are  close  together,  and 
and  obviously  arranged  tetraedrically. 

Genus  Glceocystis  Nageli. 
Gl(Eocystis  vesiculosa  Nag.     (PI.  lix.,  f.l2). 
Ccenob.  diam    14-60;  cell.  diam.  3-6/v,. 
Auburn;  Collector;  Sydney  Water  (63). 

Cf.  Nageli,  Gatt.  einz.  Alg.,  T.  iv  f,  fig.l.  He  gives  tlie  cells 
as  spherical  or  ellipsoid;  in  those  specimens  I  have  met  with,  the 
cells  were  always  spherical. 

Glcecystis  gigas  (Kutz.)  Lag.     (PI.  lix,  f.  13,  14). 
Ccenob.  diam.  30-60;  cell,  diam,  10-20/x. 
Auburn;  Collector,  Murray's  Lagoon;   Botany  (71). 
Syn.,  ProtocoGcus  giyas   Kutz.,  Glosocapsa  ampla  Kiitz.,  Glceo- 
cystis ampla  Rabh.,  Chlorococcum  gigas  (Kiitz.)  Grun. 

Glceocystis  australis,  n.sp.     (PI.  lix.,  f.l5). 

Coenobium  globosum  vel  subglobosum,  cellulas  ovales  4,  8,  16 
includens. 

Coenob.  spheer.  diam.  42-60,  subglob.  long.  20-34,  lat.  15-20; 
cell.  long.  12-18,  lat.  8-1 2/x. 

Auburn;  Guildford  (23). 


850  AUSTRALIAN    FRESHWATER    PLANKTON, 

This  species  has  oval  cells  instead  of  the  usual  spherical  ones. 
A  family  of  eight  coenobia,  of  eight  cells  each,  was  noted. 

Var.  AMPLA,  n  var.     (PI.  lix.,  f.  16). 
Coenobiura  maximum,  cellulas  permultas  includens. 
Ccenob.  diam.  145;  cell.  long.  10-12,  lat.  6-8/x. 
Auburn.      Cum  priori. 

A  form  with  coenobium  much  larger  than  usual,  and  enclosing 
a  very  large  number  of  cells. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATES  LVI.-LIX. 
Plate  Ivi. 
Figs.  1-4. — Carteria  muUiJflis  (Fresen.)  Dill,  forma;  (  x  6b0). 
Figs.  5-7. — C.  scrohicidat.a,  n.sp. ;  (  x  660). 
Fig.8. — C.  scrohiculata  var.  ovalis,  n.var. ;  (  x  660). 
Fig.9. — C.  australis,  n.sp.;  (  x  1000). 
Fig.  10. — C.  australis  var.  orata,  n.var.;  (  x  1000). 
Figs.  11,  12. — Ghlamydomonas    gloeocystiformis    Dill,    formae;   (11)  x  1000, 

(12) X  1330. 
Fig.  13. — CM.  pisiformis  var.  attenuata,  n.var.;  (  x  1000). 
Fig.  14. — CM.  pisiformis  var.  glaocystiformis,  n.var.;  (  x  500). 
Fig.  15. — CM.  (jlohulosa  var.  pertusa,  n.var.;  (  x  l(X)O). 
Fig.  16. — CM.  monadina  var.  ovalis,  n.var.;  (  x  1000). 
Yig.n.—CM.  globom  Snow;  (  x  1330). 
Fig.  18. — CM.  Lismoreiisis,  n.sp.;  (  x  2000). 
Figs.  19,  20. — CM.  Lis7nore7i.ns  var.  omta,  u.var. ;  (  x  2700). 
Figs.21,  22.— P/i.aco<t6s    bidlatus,    n.sp.,    (6)    side,    (c)    end;    (21)  x  1000, 

(22) X 1330. 
Fig.23. — P.  bidlatus  var.  conicus,  n.var.;  (  x  1000). 
Yigs.'Zi,  25.— Ptero77i07ias  cruciata,   n.sp.,    (24)   front,    (25)   side,   (a)   end; 

(  X  1000). 
Fig.26.— P<.    cruciata    var.  ptdchra,    n.var.,    (a)  front,    (b)  side,    (c)  end; 

(  X  1000). 

Plate  Ivii. 
Fig.l. — Ptdiastrum  tetras  var.  Jluriatde,  u.  var.;  (  x  660). 
Fig.2. — P.  tetras  var.  apiculatum,  n.var.;  (  x  660). 
Fig.3. — Crucigenia  tefrapedia  var.  ornata,  n.var.;  (  x  1330). 
Fig.  4. — C.  triangularis  Chodat;  (  x  660). 
Fig.5. — C.  quadrata  var.  secta,  n.var.;  (  x  1000). 
Fig.6. — Tetrastrum  elegans,  n.sp.;  (  x  1000). 
Fig.7.  —  T.  elegam  var.  dentatum,  n.var.;  (  x  1000). 
Pig. 8. — Gcelastrum  a-enatum  var.  cubicu7n,  n.var.;  (  x660). 


6Y    G.    I.    PLAYFAIR.  851 

Yig.9. — C.  ohtnsinn  (Eichler)  mihi,  cnnwhium  cubicum;  (  x  1000). 

Fig.  10. — Selenastrum  gracl/e  var.  minutum,  n.vai'. ;  (  x  1000). 

Fig.  11. — Sceiiedesmus  qHadrlcanda  va,v.  incurrns,  n.  var.;  (  x  6tJ0). 

Figs.  12,  13. — »S'.  quadricanda  var.  inei-mis,  n.var. ;  (  x  1000). 

Fig.  14. — S.  denticidatm  var.  (ji-acilis,  n.var.;  (  x  1330). 

Fig.  15. — S.  denticidatiis  var.  amtralin,  n.var.;  (  x  060). 

Figs.  Ui,  17. — ^^'.  securi/onnis,  n.sp. ;  (  x  1000). 

Yig.lS. —Aiikistrodesmu.'i  fa/catus  var.  mirahiliii  W.  &G.  S.  West;  {  x  660). 

Fig.l9.— -l./a/cft/M.s  var.  contortus  (Thuret)  mihi;  (  x  (j60). 

Fig.20.— .4.  dtdcis,  n.sp.;  (a)  x  1000,  [h)  x  660. 

Fig. 21. — ^-1.  didcis  vav.  cinyidam,  n.var. ;(  x  1000). 

Fig.22.— .4.  Braimii  (Nag.),  forma;  (  x  660). 

Figs.23-25. — A.  Braunii  var.  minutuy,  n.var.  ;(23)  x  1330,  the  others  x  660. 

Figs.26,  27. — Actinasfrum  Hantzschii  Lagerh. ;  (  x  1000). 

Figs.28,  29. — A.  hacillart,  n.sp.;  (  x  1000). 

Fig. 30. — A.  acictdare,  n.sp.,  (  x  500);  {a)  single  cell  x  1000. 

Fig.31.— J.  guttula,  n.sp.;  (  x  1000). 

Fig. 32. — KuxJineriella  elegans,  n.sp.;  (  x  660). 

Fig. 33. — A'.  Innaris  var.  acuta,  n.var.;  (  x  1330). 

Plate  Iviii. 
Fig.  l.~Ooci/.s^^.s  cra».m  var.  Ostev/eldii  I'layf. ,  forma;  (x  1000). 
Fi<'S.2,  3. — 0.  crassd  var.  elonyala,  n.var.;  (  x  1000). 
Fig. 4  — 0.  crassa  var.  i/ranidoga,  ii.  var. ;(  x  740). 
Fig. 5. — 0-  apiculala  var.  major  Playf. ;  (  x  660). 
Fig.6.     jVephrocytinm  Agardhianum  var.  mujvi  Niig.;  (  x  400). 
Figs. 7,  8.— ^V.  Agardhianum  var.  planktonicum,  u.var. ;  (  x  250). 
Figs. 9,  10.  —Tetrallanlos  Lagerheimii  Teiling;  (  x  1000). 
Fig.ll.  —  Tttraedron  minimum  (A.Br.)  Hansg;  (  x  1330). 
Figs. 12,  13. — Tf.tr.  minimum  var.  amtrale,  n.var.;  (  x  1000). 
Figs. 14,  15.  —  Tetr.   minimum  vav.  pinuridium  (Reinsch)  mihi;  (14)  x  1000, 
(15) X  1330. 
.  Figs.  16,  n.  —  Tttr.  minimum  var.  rectitintare,  n.var.;  (  x  1000). 
Fig.  18.  — 7^7-.  minimum  var.  morsum  (W.  &  G.  S.  West)  mihi;  (  x  1000). 
Fig. 19.  —  'I'etr.  reguture  Kiitz.,  forma;  (  x  660). 

Fig. 20.  —  Tetr.  regulare  var.  papilliferum  C^ahr^ileY)  mihi,  forma;  (  x  330). 
Fig.21.  — y'eCr.  spinulosum  Schniidle,  forma;  (  x  1000). 
Fig.22.  —  Tetr.  spinuloaxim  var.  excavatum,  n.var.;  (x  1000). 
Fig.23.  — 7'e<r.  horlens-e,  n.sp.;  (  x  660). 
Figs. 24,  25.  -   'Tetr.  acutum,  n.sp.;  (24)  x  1000,  (25)  x  1500. 
¥\g.1Q.  —  Tttr.  acutum  var.  rectilineare,  n.var.;  (  x  1000). 
Fig. 27.  —  Tetr.  hastatum  var.  elegans,  u.var.;  (  x  660). 
Fig. 28.  —  Tetr.  trigouum  var.  mammilla/um,  n.var.;  (x  1330). 
b'ig.29. —Tetr.  cruciforme,  n.sp  ;  (  x  1330). 


852  AUSTRALIAN    FRESHWATER    t-LANKTON. 

Fig.SO.  —Tetr.  striatum,  ii.sp. ;  {  x  660). 
Fig. 31.  —  Tet7:   Wasteneysii,  i^.sp.;  (  x  1000). 

Plate  lix. 
Figs.  1,  2.—Jiirhteriel(a  hotri/oidcs  (Scliniidle)  Lemm.;  (1)  x  1000,  (2)  x  660. 
Figs  3,  i.—  Bernardia  Chodati  (Bernard)  mihi:  (3)  x  660,  (4)  x  1000. 
Figs. 5,  6.  —5.  Chodati  var.  cruciata,  n.  var. ;  (  x  660). 
Fig, 7. — B.    Wratidavtnsis  (Scliroder)  mihi;  (  x  1000). 
Fig. 8.  —  Tetracoccunhotryoides  West;  (  x  500). 
Fig. 9.  —  T.  hotryoides,  tetrads  of  cells   radiating   from   a  common  centre; 

(  x  200). 
Fig.  10.  — SphiProcystis  Schroteri  Chodat;  {  x  500). 
Fig.  11. — S.  Schroteri  var.  telracdrica,  n.var. ;  (  x  500). 
Fig.  12.  —  Glmocystis  vesicidosa  Nag.;  (  x  660). 
Figs.l3,  14.— G.  gigas  (Kutz.)  Lagerh.;  (  x  250). 
Fig.l5. — G.  au'itrtdi.s,  n.sp. ;  (  x  500). 
Fig.  16. — G.  australin  var.  ampla,  n.var.;  (  x  250). 
Fig.  17.  —  Tetraedron  regidart  var.  in&rm^.,  n.var.;  (  x  1330). 
Fig.  18.  —  Carttria  scrobirulata,  n.sp.,  end-view;  (  x  660). 


853 


RECORDS  OF  AUSTRALIAN  FUNGI.     No.  i. 

Bv  J.  Burton  Cleland,  M.D.,  and  Edwin  Cheel,  Botanical 
Assistant,  Botanic  Gardens,  Sydney. 

We  propose  to  record,  from  time  to  time,  under  the  above 
heading,  various  fungi,  more  especially  Basidiomycetes,  that  have 
passed  through  our  hands.  NearJy  all  the  specimens  referred  to 
belong  either  to  our  private  collections,  or  to  that  in  the  National 
Herbarium,  Sydney.  In  recording  specimens,  we  propose  to  do 
so  in  such  a  way,  that  the  actual  plants  may  be  identified  from 
our  reference,  and  from  a  note  attached  to  them  citing  the  refer- 
ence. In  searching  the  literature  on  Australian  fungi,  Ave  have 
found  records  of  many  species,  but  rarely  any  means  by  which 
the  identification  can  be  checked,  as,  for  instance,  by  examina- 
tion of  the  actual  plants  identified.  In  consequence,  some,  pro- 
bablv  many,  mistakes  have  been  made,  which  now  cannot  be 
rectified.  We  propose  to  give  our  successors  every  assistance 
in  criticising  our  decision.s.  In  such  a  difficult  subject,  at  pre- 
sent in  an  almost  chaotic  state,  mistakes  are  bound  to  be  made 
bv  us,  but  we  want  them  to  be  retrie\able  in  the  lioht  of  further 
and  fuller  knowledge. 

COPRINUS. 

CoPRiNUS  coMATUS  Fries.  —  Recorded  bv  Cooke  for  Victoria 
and  for  this  State  by  one  of  us  (E.G.)  in  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.  S. 
Wales,  1907,  xxxii.,  475.  We  have  met  with  this  esculent  species 
on  several  occasions  during  winter  and  early  spring,  on  Milson 
Island,  Hawkesbury  River  (July),  and  in  Sydney.  It  is  quite 
common  in  the  Botanic  Gardens  and  Domain  during  the  month 
of  June.  (Specimens  in  the  National  Herbarium  under  No. 56). 
During  1914,  it  was  very  abundant,  growing  near  the  I'oadside 
at  Kensington,  Sydney,  in  large  tufts  (spores  14-15-0  x  8-5-9/x). 
Young  specimens  were  cooked  and  eaten,  after  scraping  ofi'  the 


854  RECORDS  OF  AUSTRALIAN"  PUNGT,  i., 

scales,  and  proved  very  palatable.      In  the  Milson  Island  speci- 
mens, the  spores  measured  IT'S  x  10-11/x. 

CoPRiNUS  ATRAMENTARius  Fries. —  Our  specimens  were  col- 
lected in  June  and  July,  1907,  in  a  plantation  in  the  Botanic 
Gardens,  and  are  preserved  in  the  National  Herbarium  under 
Nos.55  and  64.     Spores  5-8  x  4-6//. 

CoPRiNus  EXTiNCTOHius  Bull.-  Specimens  of  this  species  were 
collected  on  a  manure-heap  in  the  Botanic  Gai'dens,  in  April, 
1908,  and  recorded  by  one  of  us  (E.G.),  I.e.     Spores  10-13  x  6-7/ia. 

CoPRiNUS  FiMETARius  Fries. —  We  have  collected  this  species 
on  dung  at  Milson  Island,  in  Ma,ich  (spores  1 1-12  x  7-7'5ju). 
Some  large  specimens,  with  yellowish-brown,  crusty  scales  on 
the  top  of  the  pileus,  and  with  stems  5  inches  long,  and  nearly 
4  lines  thick,  growing  on  manure  at  Sydney,  had  spores  10-10  8 
x7-7  2/xin  size.  The  spores  of  specimens  growing  on  dung  at 
Adelaide,  in  July,  were  13'8x8/j..  Nari'abeen,  January  (spores 
10-4-13-8x7-8-5/x). 

CoPRiNUS  MiCACEUS  Fries.  —  Recorded  by  Cooke,  for  Victoria 
and  South  Australia.  The  species  is  common  in  New  South 
Wales,  being  found  densely  fasciculate  at  tl)e  base  of  old  stumps, 
posts,  telegraph-poles,  etc.  It  is  common  in  the  Botanic  Gardens 
during  the  month  of  June.  The  spores  are  obliquely  oval,  dark 
brown  to  blackish,  8-5  x  5'2-7/x.  Milson  Island,  Hawkesbury 
River,  and  Sydney. 

CoPRiNUS  DELiQUESCENS  Fries.  —  A  species  growing  on  a  rotten 
stick  at  Neutral  Bay,  Sydney,  in  March,  agrees  with  the  descrip- 
tion and  Cooke's  plate  of  this  species.  Spores  dark  brown, 
7-8-9  x  5-2-7/x. 

CoPRiNUS  coNGREGATUS  Bull.  Specimens,  resembling  the 
figures  of  this  species,  were  obtained,  growing  amongst  decaying 
straw,  at  Milson  Island,  in  July.     Spores  12-13  x  7/x. 

COPRINUS  SCLEROTTANUS,  n.sp. — Several  irregular-shaped  scle- 
rotia,  about  the  size  of  mung-beans  (1^-2^  lines  diam.)  were 
found  at  Colo,  Southern  Line,  under  cow-dung,  in  March,  1914. 


BY  J.  B.   CLELAND  AND  E.   CHEEL.  855 

Three  of  these  were  placed  in  cow-dung  covered  with  watch- 
glasses,  and  kept  moist.  After  16  days,  each  sclerotium  pro- 
duced a  white,  mealy  projection,  which  at  first  developed  very 
slowly,  but  after  several  days  showed  more  rapid  growth,  and  a 
distinct  differentiation  into  pileus  and  stipes  was  noticeable. 
Two  weeks  later,  the  sporophore  was  fully  grown,  and,  in  24 
hours,  the  pileus  opened  out  into  9  rays,  and  the  plant  elongated 
very  rapidly. 

The  outer  coating  of  the  sclerotium  is  thin,  and  dark  or 
nearly  black  in  colour,  and  the  inner  substance  is  whitish,  evi- 
dently composed  of  closely  woven  hyphse.  Pileus  cylindrical  at 
first,  pallid  or  pale  grey,  very  mealy,  about  2|-4  lines  long,  and 
1^-2  lines  in  diameter,  splitting  at  length  into  rays,  which  are 
striate,  and  become  a  darker  grey  at  maturity.  Gills  few,  at 
first  white  but  soon  dissolving  into  a  black,  inky  fluid.  Stem, 
under  natural  conditions,  very  slender  and  comparatively  smooth; 
but,  under  artificial  culture,  about  i  line  thick,  and  more  or  less 
covered  with  a  mealy  substance,  which  somewhat  resembles  silky 
down.  When  fully  matured,  it  elongates  very  rapidly,  reaching 
a  length  of  about  2^  inches,  and  is  quite  smooth  and  glabrous 
in  the  upper  part,  but  still  retains  the  silky  down  in  the  lower 
part.     Spores  elliptical,  8-10  x  4-5/x. 

We  have  collected  this  species,  which  resembles  somewhat  the 
figures  of  C.  tomentosus  and  C.  iiiveus,  on  three  other  occasions, 
but  have,  in  only  one  of  these  cases,  found  the  attached  sclero- 
tium. One  of  these  was  collected  on  rich  soil  at  Neutral  Bay, 
in  June,  1913.  The  cap  was  conical  greyish  from  fine  particles, 
and  striate.  Stem  white,  1|  inches  long,  spores  8  5-10  x  5-2/jt. 
The  second  was  on  a  dunged  garden  at  Neutral  Bay,  in  April, 
1915.  The  cap  appeared  as  if  covered  with  a  fine,  grey  felt. 
There  was  a  long,  black  root.  Spores  104  x  5-5/a.  'J'he  third 
specimen  was  collected  in  the  same  garden  in  December,  1915, 
attached  to  a  black  sclerotium,  the  size  of  a  pea;  which,  on  sec- 
tion, was  whitish.  The  pileus  was  bluntly  conical,  |  inch 
high  and  |  inch  broad,  covered  with  a  grey  tomentum,  and  finely 
striate.  Stem  1|  inches  high,  white,  finely  fibrous.  Gills  very 
crowded,  blackish,  ascending,  adnexed,  covered,  before  expan- 


856  RECORDS  OP  AUSTRALIAN   FUNOT,  i., 

sion,  with  a  fine  grey  tomentum.  On  expanding,  the  pileus 
become  very  thin,  and  revolute.  Spores  dark  purple,  nearly 
black,  in  tlie  mass,  8-5-1 0-5  x  5-2/i,  oval.  'J'he  sclerotium  was 
kept  moist  in  a  saucer,  and  at  once  showed  several,  small,  fluffv 
projections.  One  of  these  gradually  elongated,  being  covered 
with  a  whitish  tomentum.  Eventually,  this  rapidly  eh  ngated, 
and  bore  a  smaller  and  whiter  pileus  than  the  one  found  develop- 
ing naturally. 

CoPRiNi'S  RADiATUS  Fries. --A  small,  ephemeral  species,  found 
growing  on  dung,  at  Sydney,  in  March,  may  lie  referable  to  this 
species.  It  was  at  first  conical,  white,  and  covered  with  snowy 
particles,  later  becoming  convex.  The  spores  were  nearly 
spherical,  with  the  ends  a  little  pointed,  7/x  in  diameter  or  7  x  bfx. 
Other  specimens  collected  on  dung  at  Mosman,  Sydney,  in  July, 
are  certainly  this  species.  Their  description  is  as  follows  : 
about  Y^  inch  in  diameter,  at  first  cylindrical,  with  a  greyish 
bloom,  finally  plane  and  gi'eyish,  except  for  the  pale  fawn,  de- 
pressed centre,  showing  pale  fawn-coloured,  scurfy  granules, 
ribbed.  Gills  about  23,  moderately  distant.  Stem  about  1  inch 
high,  white,  base  thickened,  a  little  downy.  Spores  subspherical 
to  triangular,  5  5-7/i.  Specimens  also  from  Hill  Top,  growing 
on  cow-dung,  spores  8  x  5/x;  and  Terrigal,  on  dung,  June,  spores 
7  X  4-3/x,  l/x,  irregular. 

CoPKiNus  STEitcoRARius  Fries. — We  have  collected  specimens 
on  dung  at  Ryde,  in  May  (spores  10-5-15o  x  7-10/x).  Specimens 
obtained  at  Manly,  in  July,  showed  a  conical  cap,  ^  inch  high 
and  ^  inch  broad,  covered  with  a  white,  micaceous  meal,  with  a 
slight  grey  tinge.  Gills  dark  grey,  ascending,  adnate.  Stem 
2  inches  high,  white,  somewhat  floccose,  hollow,  base  a  little 
swollen.  Spores  12-13-8  x  8'5-10-5/x,  often  obese.  Hill  Top, 
January,  1913,  spores  14  x  5-10/x.  Hyde  Park,  on  manuied  soil, 
January,  spores  10-13  x  7-9fx. 

CoPRiNUS  EPHEMKKUS  Fries. —  Recorded  by  Cooke  for  Queens- 
land. We  have  found  it  in  Sydney,  on  horse-dung,  in  March 
(pileus  minutely  furfuraceous  when  young,  sporesl5-5-17  x  10-4/x); 
also  at  Penshurst,  in  February,  1911;  spores  10-16  x  S-lO/x. 


By  J.  B.   CLELAND  AND  E.   CHEEU  857 

CoPRiNus  PMCATILOIDES  Buller.- — Buller  (Researches  on  Fungi, 
1909,  p. 69)  describes  a  (frequently)  minute  Coprinus,  resembling 
C.  [ilicatilis,  under  this  name.  He  states  that  it  grows  on  horse- 
dung,  and  is  often  amongst  the  most  tiny  of  the  Agarics,  being 
sometimes  only  1  cm.  long,  and  2  mm.  wide.  The  average  length 
i.s  3  cm.  (a  little  over  an  inch),  with  a  cap  5  to  6  mm.  wide.  The 
fruit-bodies  are  very  delicate.  He  adds,  that  he  considers  it 
undescribed,  and  that,  though  having  a  depressed  disc  at 
maturity,  like  C.  plicatilis,  this  is  narrow  and  not  broad,  whilst 
the  gills  are  not  attached  to  a  collar,  and  the  spores  are  oval. 

We  have,  on  sevei-al  occasions,  collected  a  species  which,  from 
the  above  description  and  Buller's  figures,  we  believe  to  be  this. 
C.  pphemerus,  in  Cooke's  Illustrations,  resembles  our  species,  but 
is  larger,  and  has  an  elevated  disc.  Specimens  collected  on 
horse-dung,  at  Sydney,  in  March,  may  be  described  as  follows:  — 
Small.  When  young,  conical,  with  fine,  brownish  granules,  then 
convex,  \  inch  in  diameter,  grey,  centre  depressed,  coarsely 
ribbed,  covered  with  a  few,  tine,  brown  flakes.  Gills  12  to  20  or 
30  in  number,  narrow,  distant,  alternate  ones  short,  fading 
away  as  the  stem  is  reached.  Stem  1  inch  or  more  high.  Spores 
black,  13"8-16  xB'J-O/i.  Specimens  collected  in  numbers,  on 
horse-dung,  at  Dubbo,  in  October,  are  very  similar.  The  pileus 
is  at  first  uniformly  covered  with  fine,  brown  scales;  later,  these 
become  scattered,  revealing  the  paler  brown,  striate  pileus.  The 
stem  is  white,  and  more  or  less  fiufiy,  or  even  radiately  strigose 
at  the  base.     Spores  14-14-2  x  7-8-2/x. 

Coprinus  angulatus  (Lloyd,  in  "  Mycological  Notes,"  Dec, 
1900,  p.46). -^  "Pileus  when  young  hemispherical,  even,  striate, 
becoming  convex  and  plicate-sulcate  when  mature,  smooth,  when 
young  white  with  ochreous  tints,  when  partly  grown  dark  grev 
with  a  brown  (somewhat  hygrophanous)  centre,  thin,  (lills  rather 
distant,  reaching  the  stem,  when  mature  (but  before  deliques- 
cing) black  with  a  white  edge.  Stipe  pure  white,  equal,  hollow, 
striate,  when  very  young  evidently  white  scurfy,  but  appearing 
glabrous  when  grown.  Spores  very  peculiarly  angular  shape 
like  a  keystone,  I  4  x  9/x.  On  burnt  ground,  somewhat  grega- 
rious."—  Lloyd. 

65 


858  RECORDS  OP  AUSTRALIAN  FUNGI,  i., 

On  Milson  Island,  Hawkesbury  River,  in  November,  1914, 
and  again  in  February,  1916,  a  fungus  appeared  on  bare  ground 
(which  had  possibly  been  burnt— a  fire  had  been  near),  which 
resembles  markedly  the  photograph  given  by  Lloyd,  and  is  char- 
acterised by  what  was  described,  at  the  time,  as  "  irregularlj'^ 
oval"  or  "rather  triangular"  spores,  somewhat  smaller  than  the 
dimensions  given  by  this  author.  The  plant  in  question  seemed 
to  be  a  Coprinus,  though,  later,  dried  specimens  were  found, 
which  is  sometimes  the  case  with  Coprinus  micaceus  when  hot, 
dry  conditions  rapidly  supervene.  Though  these  slight  dis- 
crepancies exist,  this  Australian  species  seems  best  placed  under 
this  description,  at  least  for  the  present.  A  description  of  our 
plants  is  as  follows  :- — Pileus  up  to  1^  in.  in  diameter,  at  first 
somewhat  hemispherical  and  slightly  umbonate,  then  convex 
and  later  nearly  plane,  greyish-brown,  becoming  pale,  with  a 
pallid  brown  or  yellowish-brown  centre,  slightl)'  depressed  in 
the  middle,  and  with  a  few,  scattered,  scurfy  scales;  the  peri- 
phery densely  sulcate-striate,  the  striae  thick  and  forked  from 
half-way,  the  strise  running  up  to  the  central  f  in.,  which  is  a 
duller  brown  than  the  centre  itself.  Gills  dai-k  grey,  adnate, 
crowded,  nari'ow,  no  collar.  Stem  2i-2|  inches,  white,  fragile, 
hollow,  finely  striate;  on  drying  and  shrinking,  found  to  be 
attached  to  the  ground  by  a  swollen,  fluffy  base.  Spores  rather 
triangular  or  irregularly  oval,  occasionally  7  x  5'2/a,  usually 
10-4  X  7-8-5ix. 

Coprinus  plicatilis  Fries. — The  following  description  applies 
to  a  common  species  growing  on  the  ground  at  Sydney.  It 
seems  to  be  C.  plicatilis,  though  the  collar,  to  which  the  gills 
are  attached,  is  not  marked,  and  the  spores  are  smaller.  When 
young,  conico-cylindrical,  covered  with  chestnut,  scurfy  scales, 
sandy  brown,  striate,  closed  by  the  veil.  When  expanded,  J  to 
I  inch;  disc  pale  brown,  depressed,  ribs  double,  bifurcated  at  the 
edge,  greyish-brown  or  greyish-white,  disc  and  ribs  flecked  with 
dark  brown  scales.  Gills  whitish,  just  reaching  the  stem,  very 
thin  and  fragile,  moderately  crowded.  Stem  li  inches,  white, 
attenuated  upwards,  a  slight  mycelium  at  the  base.  Spores 
black,  oval,  one  end  more  pointed,  9-5-10'5  x  7-3-8-5/a. 


BY  J.  B.   CLELAND  AND  K.   CHEEL.  859 

CoPRiNus  HEMEROBius  Fries. — The  following  has  been  found 
on  the  ground  at  Neutral  Bay.  Cap  up  to  1^  inches,  convex, 
umbonate,  umbo  light  brown,  ribs  greyish-white,  often  bifurcate 
at  the  edge  Gills  white,  then  black.  Stem  up  to  3  inches 
high,  white,  slightly  attenuated  upwards,  hollow.  Spores  egg- 
shaped,  8  "6  X  7/x,  7  X  6/x.  It  is  also  quite  common  in  the  Domain 
during  the  month  of  June.     Spores  7-9  x  6-7/>i. 

CoPRiNUS  sp.(l). — Resembles  C.  radiafiis,  but  the  spores  are 
larger;  and  there  are  scattered  hairs  on  the  cap  and  stem.  When 
young,  it  is  the  size  of  a  large  pin's  head,  conical,  pale  brown, 
apex  darker,  slightly  striate,  later  expanded.  Stem  white, 
h  inch  long.  Stem  and  cap  with  scattered,  minute  hairs.  Spores 
10-4-12  X  7/i.  On  horse-dung,  Manly,  April  4th,  1915.  (Herb. 
J.  B.  Cleland.     Formalin-specimen,  No  90). 

CoPRiNUS  sp.(2).—  Small,  conical,  then  convex,  finall}'  more 
expanded.  Woolly-white,  then  greyish.  Slightly  ribbed,  very 
thin.  Stem  up  to  1  inch.  Spores  oval,  8-5-9  x5/jt.  On  cow- 
dung,  Adelaide,  September  22,  1913.  Covered  with  white  down. 
On  cow  dung  at  Neutral  Bay,  July  27,  1913.  Spores  black, 
8  X  3-5/x. 

Thelephorack^. 

Craterellus  cornucopioides  L. — Recorded  by  us  as  new  for 
New  South  Wales,  in  Journ.  Proc.  Hoy.  Soc.  N.  S.  Wales,  1913, 

p.  XV. 

Lachnocladium  congestdm  Berk. — Cooke  records  this  species 
(as  Thelephora  conyesta)  for  Victoria,  Queensland,  and  New  South 
Wales.  Lloyd  has  kindly  identified  specimens  for  us,  which,  he 
says,  agree  exactly  with  his  photograph  of  the  type.  He  adds  : 
"I  made  the  spores  of  the  type  'smooth,  globose,  8-10  micr., 
pale-coloured.'  These  spores  I  make  'pale-coloured,'  not 'purplish- 
brown,'  and  almost  smooth."  The  plant  is  common  in  the 
neighbourhood  of  Sydney,  on  bare,  damp  ground,  such  as  foot- 
paths. We  have  collected  it  at  Neutral  Bay,  and  at  Waterfall, 
in  April;  and  also  at  Milson  Island,  Hawkesbury  River.  The 
Neutral  Bay  plants,  which  Lloyd  has  seen,  are  gregarious,  and 


860  RECORDS  OF  AUSTRALIAN  FUNGI^,  i., 

consist  of  numerous,  separate  individuals,  each  with  a  slender 
stem,  and  several  branches;  whilst  the  Waterfall  specimens,  also 
identified  by  him,  form  plants  up  to  finch  in  diameter,  showing 
a  thick,  short,  stem-like  base,  which  expands  into  numerous 
dendritic  branches.  The  spores  of  the  former  were  8'5  x  r)-2-7/v., 
slightly  irregular  ;  of  the  latter,  pale  brown  microscopically, 
10  X  7/ji,  somewhat  irregular  and  oval.  Anothei"  collection, 
resembling  the  Neutral  Bay  specimens,  showed  shed  spores 
purplish,  oval,  knobby  and  spicular,  8-5  x  V/x  -  the  bases  of  these 
plants  were  purplish,  and  the  tips  silvery-white;  whilst,  on 
squashing  specimens,  there  was  a  seminal  smell. 

Thelephora  dkntosa  Berk.—  Specimens  of  this  species,  grow- 
ing under  native  shrubs  and  trees  {Angophora  Janceolata)  at 
Neutral  Bay,  have  been  identified  by  Lloyd,  who  states  that  the 
species  was  originally  described  from  Cuba;  and  he  points  out 
that  it  is  subincrusting,  and  sends  up  free  pilei.  which  is  peculiar 
among  the  Thelephoras.  The  spores  are  vinous,  irregular, 
8-f;  X  Ifx. 

The[.ephora  terrestris  Ehrenb.,  {T.  laciniata  Pers.).— We 
have  met  with  this  species,  of  which  Lloyd  has  examined  speci- 
mens for  us,  on  several  occasions,  and  always  iinder  or  close  to 
species  of  Pinus.  It  is  unquestionably  an  introduced  species, 
and  seems  unable  to  exist  apart  from  the  introduced  Pines. 
Lloyd  informs  us  that  T.  ladniata  is  a  synonym.  The  plant  is 
recorded,  under  both  names,  by  Cooke,  for  Victoria.  We  now 
add  New  South  Wales;  we  have  seen  specimens  under  Pinus  at 
Adelaide.  The  plants  often  occupy  an  area  of  several  inches  in 
extent  on  the  ground,  or  may  encrust  sticks  or  the  bases  of 
stumps.  Pine-needles  are  often  incorporated  in  the  growth. 
The  spores  are  very  irregular,  microscopically  brownish,  with  a 
large,  oval,  central  "  nucleus,"  8-5  x  7/a.  Richmond,  N.S.W., 
(August,  1912);  Willoughby,  Sydney  (August,  1915);  Randwick 
(W.  F.  Blakely;  January,  1911);  Cheltenham  (A.  A.  Hamilton; 
February,  1911). 

Stereum  caperatum  l^erk.  et  M. — Specimens  of  this  species 
were  recorded  for  the  Tweed  River  by  Berkeley  (Journ.  Linn. 


BY  J.  B.  CLELAND  AND  E.  CSEEL.  86 1 

Soc,  Bot.,  xviii.,  p. 385,  1880),  and  for  Daintree  Hiver  (Giwillea, 
xi ,  p. 29,  1882).  In  addition  to  the  above  localities,  Massee 
(Journ.  Linn.  Soc,  Bot.,  xxvii,  p.  1 61,  1890)  records  it  for  the 
Clarence  River.  See  also  Grant,  in  l^eports  Botanic  Gardens, 
Sydney,  (1902)  1903,  p.9;  and  Uheel,  (1909)  1910,  p.lO.  In  the 
National  Herbarium,  there  are  several  very  fine  specimens,  the 
largest  from  Mount  Cooroy,  Queensland,  measuring,  when  quite 
fresh,  17|  inches  across;  and  another  fi'oni  Gosford,  N.S.W., 
measuring  13  inches  across,  and  11  inches  high,  from  the  pad  of 
the  foot-stalk  to  the  surface  of  the  pileus.  The  foot-stalk  of  the 
various  specimens  is  variable  in  length,  some  being  almost  sessile, 
whilst  others  have  it  up  to  2^  inches  long.  The  tomentuiri  on 
the  foot-stalk,  as  well  as  on  the  upper  surface  of  the  pileus,  is 
also  very  variable,  being  sometimes  thickly  matted,  and,  in 
other  cases,  very  thin;  the  hymenium  varies  considerably  in 
being  more  or  less  plicate.  The  following  is  a  list  of  the  locali- 
ties and  collectors  : — Manning  River  (J.  L.  Boorman;  October, 
1902);  Coff's  Harbour  (Forest  Guard;  April,  1909);  Ourimbah 
(J.  Staer;  December,  1910);  Wamberal  (E.  Cheel;  April,  1911); 
Lilyvale  (A.  A  Hamilton;  June,  1910).  From  Warburton, 
Victoria,  there  are  some  deformed  specimens,  collected  in  April, 
1907;  and  the  Mount  Cooroy,  Queensland,  specimens,  mentioned 
above,  were  collected  by  J.  Staer,  in  March,  1910.  Specimens 
collected  by  one  of  us  (J. B.C.)  in  June,  1916,  at  Lisarow,  had 
fusiform,  thick-walled  cystidia,  42-50  x  12-13'8/x.  Otliers,  ob- 
tained at  Bulli  Pass  in  April,  1914,  had  shed  spores,  8'5-8'8  x 
3"0-5/x  in  size.  In  many  of  the  last  two  collections,  the  stem  is 
nearly  lateral. 

Stekeum  elegans  Fr. — In  connection  with  this  species,  Lloyd 
states  (Synopsis  of  the  Stipitate  Stereums,  p. 24,  1913)  that  it 
is  very  common  in  Australia.  The  only  specimens  we  have 
seen  in  this  State  are  from  Gladesville  (Miss  Fiockton:  April, 
1911),  and  Mount  Kenibla  and  Mount  Jellore  (E.  Cheel;  April, 
1912).  There  are  also  some  specimens  from  (;!rose  Vale  (Miss 
Campbell,  No.21;  September,  1912)  in  the  National  Herbarium, 
which  seem  to  belong  to  this  species,  but  unfortunately  they  are 
partly  destroyed  by  the  larvse  of  some  insects. 


862  RECORDS  OF  AUSTRALIAN  FUNGI,  i., 

Stereum  nitidulum  Berk. — We  have  a  collection  obtained  at 
Terrigal,  in  June,  1914,  which  Lloyd  thinks  is  this  species.  The 
pileus  was  fawn-coloured  when  fresh,  with  darker  zones  and 
pale  tips.  The  hymenium  was  paler.  Spores  pear-shaped, 
oblique,  5-2  x  3-4/x.     Growing  on  the  ground.. 

Stereum  pergamaneum  Berk. — Specimens,  identified  as  pro- 
bably this  species  by  Lloyd,  were  obtained  at  Pittwater,  in 
April,  1914,  attached  to  wood  at  the  base  of  an  old  stump.  The 
spores  were  pear-shaped,  white,  5  x  3"5yx,  with  a  large,  central 
"nucleus." 

Stereum  hirsutum  Fries. — This  species  was  recorded  for  New 
England  by  Berkeley  (in  Journ.  Linn.  Soc,  Bot.,  xiii.,  p. 168, 
1873),  and  for  Pennant  Hills,  Parramatta  {Lc,  xvi.,  p. 40,  1878). 
It  has  also  been  recorded  for  this  State  by  Lloyd  (Letter  No.  19, 
1908,  and  Letter  No. 60).  We  have  numerous  specimens  in  our 
collections,  and  have  also  examined  those  in  the  National  Her- 
barium. The  spores  measure  5"5-7  x  2*2-2'5/x.  The  following 
localities  are  represented  : — Penshurst  (E.  Cheel:  July,  1907); 
Bowral  (E.G.;  September,  1907);  Narrabeen  (E.  C;  May,  1908); 
Colo  Vale  (E.G.;  August,  1908);  East  Hills  (E.  G.;  September, 
1908);  Chatswood  (A.  A.  Hamilton;  August,  1908);  Wiseman's 
Ferry  (J.  L  Boorman;  March,  1908);  Gronulla  Beach  (A.  A. 
Hamilton;  March,  1909);  Bowral  (W.  Greenwood;  June,  1909); 
Pittwater  (A.  Maclellan;  September,  1909):  Lane  Gove  on  living 
plant  of  Casuarina  (A.  A.  Hamilton;  August,  1909;;  Upper 
George's  River  (J.  Staer;  January,  1910);  Rookwood  (Miss  A. 
Spencer;  July,  1910);  St.  Mary's  (A.  A.  Hamilton;  August,  1910); 
Springwood  and  Leura  ( A.  A.  Hamilton;  March,  1910);  Lilyvale 
(A.  A.  Hamilton;  June,  1910);  Erina  (J.  Staer;  May,  1910); 
Milson  Island  (J.  B.  Gleland;  June,  1912);  Kurrajong  Heights; 
(J.  B.  Gleland;  August,  1912);  Grose  Vale  (Miss  Campbell:  Sep- 
tember, 1912);  Galston  (E.  Cheel;  June,  1913);  Hill  Top  (E. 
Cheel;  April,  1914);  Orange  (J.  B.  Gleland;  October,  1914); 
Mosman  (J.  B.  Gleland;  April,  1915);  Blue  Mountains  (May); 
Mount  Macedon,  Victoria  (E.  Cheel;  February,  1908). 


BY  J.  B.  CLELAND  AND  E.  CHEEL.  863 

Stereum  membranaceum  Fries,  (syn.,  S.  papyrinum  Mont. 
— Lloyd).  —  In  identifying  specimens  of  this  species  for  us,  Lloyd 
says  :  — "  It  does  not  seem  to  be  in  Cooke's  compilation,  but  it 
is  a  very  common  and  wide-spread,  tropical  species.  The  hyme- 
nium  is  densely  covered  with  pale  (almost  hyaline)  setse." 

This  purple-brown,  usually  mostly  resupinate,  species  is  very 
common  in  the  Sydney  district,  on  fallen  logs  and  old  stumps. 
The  pileus,  often  ill-developed,  is  hairy,  obscurely  zoned,  and 
greyish-bi'own  ;  the  hymenium  rather  tuberculose,  and  dark 
purplish  to  light  purplish-brown.  'J'he  cystidia  are  brownish, 
acuminate  to  somewhat  clavate,  rough,  5L120  x  8"5-10'4jU.  Spores 
colourless,  7-8'5  x  3-5/x.  On  dead  shrub,  Long  Bay,  Sydney  (J. 
B.  Cleland;  September,  1913);  Sydney  (J.B.C  ;  various  collec- 
tions); Kew,  North  Coast  (J.B.C;  October,  1915);  Botanic 
Gardens,  Sydney,  on  fence-rails  (E  Cheel;  June,  1907);  Pens- 
hurst,  on  Melaleuca  linariifolia  (E.  Cheel;  June,  1907);  Leura 
(A.  A.  Hamilton;  January,  1912);  Drouin,  Gippsland  (C.  U. 
Brittlebank:  October,  1916). 

Stereum  illudens  Berk.,  (syn.,  S.  spiniyerum — Lloyd,  Letter 
No.5],  Note  155).— The  type-specimens  were  collected  by  Drum- 
mond  (No. 158),  probably  in  Western  Australia  (Hooker's  London 
Journ.  Bot.,  iv.,  p. 59,  1845).  It  has  since  been  recorded  for 
Sealer's  Cove,  Wangaratta,  Fifth  Creek,  and  Port  Darwin  (Journ. 
Linn.  Soc,  Bot.,  xiii.,  p.  168,  1873).  Specimens,  collected  in 
this  State,  have  also  been  identified  by  Lloyd  (Letter  No.60, 
Note  346),  who  states  that  <S'.  spiniyerum  is  a  synonym  based 
on  young  specimens,  and  adds  "  the  hyaline,  spiny  cystidia  (den- 
drophysen)  are  entirely  different  from  the  coloured  sette  of 
Hymenochoite."  This  is  a  common  species  in  New  South  Wales, 
with  a  zoned,  dark  brown  to  palish-Vjrown  pileus,  with  light 
chestnut  hairs  covering  the  ridges.  The  undersurface,  when 
moist,  is  smooth,  slightly  wavy,  of  a  peculiar  pui'plish  greyish- 
brown,  with  a  paler  yellowish-brown  edge,  when  dry  pale  grey. 
The  colourless  cystidia  are  subclavate,  rough  with  projections, 
17-35  X  3"5/x,  occasionally  to  6/x.  Spores  elongated,  colourless, 
7-10"4  x3-6/A.  We  have  a  fine  series  of  specimens  from  the 
following  localities  : — Peakhurst  (W.  Buckingham;  July,  1899); 


864  RECORDS  OF  AUSTRALIAN  FUNGI.  J., 

Penshurst  (E.  Cheel;  June,  1907);  Colo  Vale  (E.  Cheel;  August, 
1908);  Leura  (A.  A.  Hamilton  and  T.  Steel;  April,  1908);  Lane 
Cove  (A.  A.  Hamilton;  August,  1909);  Thirroul  (J.  B.  Cleland; 
April,  1909;  no  cystidia  seen);  Cheltenham  and  Hornsby  (A.  A. 
Hamilton;  May,  1910);  Lilyvale  (A.  A.  Hamilton;  June,  1910); 
Hawkesbury  River  (J.  B.  Cleland;  April,  1910);  Erina  (J.  Staer; 
May,  1910);  on  dead  wood,  Milson  Island  (J.  H.  Cleland  and  E. 
Cheel;  July,  191-J);  Grose  Vale  (Miss  Campbell,  No.25;  Septem- 
ber, 1912);  on  fallen  log,  Kurrajong  Heights  (J.  B.  Cleland; 
August,  191-2):  Hill  Top  (E.  Cheel  and  J.  B.  Cleland;  October, 
1913);  Wellington  (J.  B.  Cleland;  October,  1914);  Hornsby,  on 
Pullericba  flexilis  {W .  F.  Blakeley;  August,  1915);  Kew  (J.  B. 
Cleland;  October,  1915);  Willoughby  (A.  G.  Hamilton);  near 
Adelaide  (J.  B.  Cleland;  1898).  There  are  also  specimens  in 
the  National  Herbarium,  from  Tasmania,  collected  by  W.  H. 
Archer. 

Stekeum  (Hymenoch^te)  villosum  Lev.,  (syns.,  II.  pJueum, 
H.  spadiceum,  and  //.  strigosum  of  Berkeley^ Lloyd.  Lloyd 
states  (Letter  No.46)  that  this  species  is  the  analogue  in  the 
East  of  S.  tahacinum. 

Tliis  is  a  common  species  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Sydney, 
with  a  rich  dark  brown,  hairy,  somewhat  zoned  pileus,  and  a 
duller  brown  hymenium.  The  cystidia  are  dark  brown,  acumin- 
ate, 43-70  X  7-»-5//,,  up  to  13-5/*  at  the  base.  Hawkesbury  Kiver 
(J.  B.  Cleland;  May,  1915);  Tuggerah,  on  under  side  of  fallen 
log  (J. B.C.;  October,  1914);  Milson  Island,  Hawkesbury  Hiver 
(J. B.C.;  November,  1914);  Stanwell  Park  (J.  L.  Boorman;  June, 
1902);  Lane  Cove  (A    A.  Hamilton;  August,  1909). 

Peniophoka. 

Peniophoka  cinekea  Fries. — This  species  has  been  recorded 
by  Cooke  for  Victoria.  We  have  Kew  South  Wales  specimens, 
srowinjr  on  the  bark  of  small,  dead  branches,  which  Lloyd 
suggests  may  be  this  species.  Our  plants  form  effused,  pale 
greyish,  ashy  patches,  about  an  inch  in  extent.  Ihe  hymenium 
is  finely  tuberculated,  and  cracks.  There  are  rough,  somewhat 
club-shaped,   colourless  cystidia  25  x  8-5/^;    and   the  spores    are 


BY  .J.  B.   CLELAND  AND  E.   CHEEL.  865 

sausage-shaped,  slightly  curved,  7-9x3-5/x.  Alassee  states  that, 
in  P.  cinerea,  the  cystidia  are  fusoid,  30-50  x  15-20/x,  and  the 
spores  are  globose,  5-7/x.  If  these  measurements  be  correct, 
tlien  our  specimens  are  probably  a  distinct  species:  at  present, 
however,  they  are  best  left  under  P.  cinerea. 

Peniophora  crustosa  Cooke.  — Specimens  found  on  a  rotten 
log,  at  Kurrajong  Heights,  in  August,  1914,  were  referred  to 
Lloyd.  He  says  :  '■^P.  criisiosa(l)  I  judge  from  the  description 
only.  I  have  never  studied  it  in  detail.  For  me,  however,  it 
would  be  a  resupiuate  Stereum,  from  its  woody  texture,  close  to 
Stereum  annosum  Berk."  Our  specimens  form  a  thickish,  tirm, 
irregularly  nodulai-,  cracking  crust  of  a  pallid  colour,  with  a  faint 
fawn  tint.  The  cystidia  are  rough,  26-29-5  x  8-5/ji.  Spores  were 
not  seen.  Cooke  records  this  species  for  New  Zealand,  and  gives 
the  cystidia  as  50-60  x  lO-lo/x. 

TREMELLINE.E. 

HiRNEOLA  AURicuLA-JUD.E  L  —  Specimens,  collected  by  Mr. 
Darnell-Smith,  at  Mount  Kembla,  in  November,  1914,  have 
been  identified  for  us  by  C.  G.  Lloyd  as  this  species.  They  were 
almost  gelatinous,  and  very  thin,  about  2  inches  in  diameter, 
contracted  to  a  stem-like  lateral  base,  one  surface  smooth  and 
convex,  and  pale  reddish-brown,  the  other  surface  lighter  and 
obscurely  folded.  Shed  spores  sausage-shaped,  10-5-12  x  5-2-7/x. 
Cooke  gives  the  spores  of  H.  auricula-judce  as  20-25  x7-9/x. 
Lloyd,  in  his  letter  to  us,  states  that,  after  comparing  many 
specimens  under  many  names,  he  has  come  to  the  conclusion 
that  there  are  only  two  species  of  Hinieola,  perhaps  only  one. 

HiRNEOLA  POLYTitiCHA  Mont.  — This  species  has  been  dealt 
with  by  one  of  us  (E.C.)  in  "The  Australian  Naturalist  "  (ii., 
p. 225,  1913).  We  have  since  collected  additional  specimens, 
the  spores  of  which  are  sausage-shaped,  slightly  curved,  16-1 7*5 
X  6/x.  These  have  been  identified  by  Lloyd.  We  have  also 
found  it  at  Thirroul  (J.  B.  Cleland;  April,  1909),  and  growing 
on  Ficus  rubigiuosa{1)  at  Narrabeen  (March  and  July,  1916. 
Spores  15"5  x  fi/x). 


866  RECORDS  OF  AUSTRAI.IAN  FUNGI,  i., 

Tremella  mksenterica  Retz.— New  South  Wales  plants  col- 
lected by  us  have  spherical  spores,  9/*  in  diameter. 

Tremekla  fusiformis  Berk.  — Plants  of  this  species,  found  on 
a  dead  trunk,  at  Mt.  Irvine,  in  June,  1916,  have  been  identified 
by  C.  G.  Lloyd.  White,  with  irregular  flat  lobes.  Spores  ap- 
parently 7  X  3"4/y.. 

Seismosarca  hydrophora  Cooke. — Specimens  have  been 
kindly  identified  for  us  by  C.  G.  Lloyd.  Both  came  from  the 
Sydney  district,  one  from  Mosman  (July).  Spores  apparently 
granular,  elongated,  13'5-14:'5  x  7/x. 

We  are  unable,  as  yet,  to  place  several  other  species  belonging 
to  this  family.  These  include  (1)  a  pale  coral-pink,  tremelloid 
species,  with  sausage-shaped  spores  15*5-20  x  6-2-6/x,  on  trunk, 
Bulli,  May,  1914;  (2)  a  pale  yellow,  frondose,  jelly-like  species, 
■with  spores  7-8  x  4/i,  Mosman,  October,  1914. 

Family  C  L  a  v  a  r  i  e  iE. 

Cooke  records  for  Australia,  under  this  family,  one  species  of 
Sparassis  (N.S.W.),  41  species  of  Clavaria  (11  for  N.S.W.),  and 
6  species  of  Calocera  (none  for  N.S.  W.),  the  latter  genus  being,  by 
some  authors,  placed  in  the  2'remellinece.  Massee  (Brit.  Fungus- 
Flora)  records  for  Britain  one  species  of  Sparassis,  10  of  T'yphula, 
43  of  Clavaria,  6  of  PislUlaria,  and  2  of  Pterula. 

Clavaria  botrytes  Pers. — This  species,  one  of  the  commonest 
of  Australian  Clavarias,  easily  recognised  by  its  cauliflower-like 
appearance,  and  reddish-fawn  or  buflf  colour,  is  recorded  by 
Cooke  for  all  the  Australian  States  except  South  Australia,  in 
which  State,  however,  one  of  us  has  frequently  seen  it.  It 
seems  to  vary  somewhat,  both  as  to  the  degree  of  division  of  its 
ultimate  segments,  and  as  to  its  colour  (from  a  pale  fawn  to  a 
reddish  or  yellowish  fawny-buflP).  Massee,  in  his  "  British 
Fungus-Flora/'  gives  the  spores  as  8  x  5//.,  but  in  his  later  work, 
"  British  Fungi  and  Lichens,"  as  12-14  x  5-6//,  whilst  Cooke  gives 
them  as  12-15  x  6/ji.  Our  specimens  comprise  the  following  : — 
Hawkesbury  River,  N.S.W.,  (May,  1913),  plant  pale  yellowish, 
spores   pear-shaped,  llx6"5/x;    Terrigal,   N.S.W.   (June,    1914), 


BY  J.  B.  CLELAND  AND  E.  CHEEL.  867 

reddish-fawn,  spores  pear-shaped,  10  x4-5/x;  Hawkesbury  River, 
N.S.W.  (June,  1912),  spores  ll-5-12o  x  5-5/x;  Hawkesbury  River, 
N.S.VV.  (May,  1913),  very  pale  fawn  or  brown,  sometimes  with 
a  yellowish  tint,  spores  9x  5'5/x;  New  South  Wales,  buff-coloured, 
spores  8-5-10-4  x  4-4/x;  Mt.  Lofty,  S.A.  (July,  1914),  reddish-fawn, 
spores  10-4  X  5/a.  Another  Mt.  Lofty  specimen,  taken  at  the 
same  place  on  the  same  date,  was  yellowish-brown,  and  the  spores 
appeared  as  "elongated  rods,  6-10  x  2-2 -S/x."  A  reddish-fawn 
specimen  from  the  Hawkesbury  River  (May,  1913),  with  spores 
10x4-5/x,  has  the  ultimate  ends  of  the  branches  more  divided 
and  less  knobby. 

Clavaria  FORMOSA  Pers. — The  discrepancies  in  the  descrip- 
tions of  this  species,  given  by  various  authors,  are  rather  dis- 
concerting. Thus  Massee  places  it  amongst  the  Ochrosporse,  and 
gives  the  spores  as  ochraceous,  9  x  3-4/^;  whilst  the  same  author 
later  (Brit.  Fungi  and  Lichens)  states  that  the  spores  are  colour- 
less, and  1 2-1 5  X  5-6/ui.  The  coloured  figure  in  the  last-named  work 
also  differs  from  that  given  by  Cooke  (Aust.  Fungi).  Whatever 
be  the  explanation  of  these  differences,  the  plants  we  have  met 
with,  and  placed  under  C.  formosa,  are  identical  with  Cooke's 
plate.  Microscopically,  the  spores  also  show  a  faint  ochraceous 
colouration,  perhaps  explaining  why  some  authors  consider  them 
as  colourless,  and  others  as  tinted.  The  spores  of  our  specimens 
measure  7-9,  occasionally  ll.x4-5-5/x.  Hawkesbury  River  (May 
and  June);  Newington  (June).  A  pale  yellow  form  found  at 
Newington  (spores  7-8-5  x  4-2//),  close  to  pinkish-fawn  and 
reddish-ochre  plants,  may  perhaps  be  C.  aurea,  which  was  col- 
lected at  Pennant  Hills,  Parramatta,  during  the  Challenger 
Expedition.  (Journ.  Linn.  Soc,  Bot.,  xvi.,  p.38,  1877). 

Clavaria  rugosa  Bu11.(?). — The  following,  found  on  several 
occasions,  approaches  closely  to  C.  rugosa,  and  is  at  present  best 
placed  under  it.  It  differs,  apparently,  in  the  spores  not  being 
warty,  in  the  apex  often  becoming  yellow-brown,  and  in  a  slight, 
foetid  smell.  Up  to  1|  inches  high,  clubs  simple  or  with  several 
irregular  prongs,  or  occasionally  dividing  into  two  near  the  base, 
apex  blunt,  occasionally  slightly  rugose  but  usually  not  so,  solid, 


868  RECORDS  OF  AUSTRALIAN  FUNGI^  i., 

pure  white  or  creamy- white,  apex  often  yellow-brown,  somewhat 
mealy.  A  definite,  slightly  foetid  smell  (when  kept  in  a  bottle, 
a  strong,  rotten-cabbage  smell).  Spores  colourless,  subspherical, 
7/>i,  8-5  X  7/i.  North  Bridge,  Sydney  (April  and  June,  1916); 
near  shady  rock,  Hawkesbury  River  (May,  1916).  Specimens 
collected  at  Milson  Island,  in  June  and  July,  1912,  with  thick- 
walled,  colourless  spores  9-11x7-7-5//.,  appear  to  be  the  same 
species.  Previously  recorded  for  Wentworth  Falls,  by  R.  T. 
Baker  (These  Proceedings,  1906,  720;. 

Clavaria  muscoides  Linn. (1).— The  following,  beautiful  little 
species  agrees  with  the  description  of  C.  muscoides,  save  that 
the  spores  are  smaller.  Barely  1  inch  high,  furcate  three  or  four 
times,  usually  unequally,  ultimate  segments  short  and  blunt  to 
subulate  and  blunt,  orange-yellow,  spores  colourless,  spherical, 
2  8  3-5/x.  Amongst  moss,  under  Kunzea  bushes,  on  clay  soil, 
Lane  Cove  River,  June,  1916  (D.I.C.,  Watercolour,  No.68). 

Clavaria  cinerea  Bull.  — Baker  (These  Proceedings,  1906, 
719);  Cheel  [Report  But.  Gardens,  Sydney,  1910  (1911),  11]. 
At  Neutral  Bay  and  Mosman,  Sydney,  a  grey  Clavaria  has  been 
frequently  met  with.  Apart  from  the  cinereous  colour,  the  most 
constant  feature  is  the  size  of  the  spores,  which  are  spherical  to 
subspherical,  and  9x7  5//.,  8-5-10-4/x,  etc.  Some  specimens  are 
simple,  swollen,  rugose  clubs,  several  growing  close  together,  in 
appearance  rather  resembling  C.  iii(equ(dis ;  others  are  more 
slender,  with  a  few  branches  near  the  tip  like  a  stag's  horn;  still 
others,  from  a  short,  thick  trunk,  exhibit  large,  blunt,  rugose 
and  swollen  branches;  whilst  still  others  resemble  the  plate  in 
Massee's  "  P>ritish  Fungi  and  Lichens,"  though  the  colour  is 
more  dingy.  The  colour,  locality,  and  spore-measurements, 
together  with  gradations  between  specimens,  all  indicate  that 
one  species  comprises  all  our  specimens.  Massee,  in  his  work 
last  quoted,  supports  this  view  when  he  states,  that  the  species 
is  very  variable,  and  that  the  spores  are  7-9/x  in  diameter.  In 
his  "  British  Fungus  Flora,"  the  spores  are  given  as  5-6  x o/x, 
whilst  Cooke  gives  them  as  8-10  x  5-6/x.  Our  specimens  are  some- 
times hollow.     Neutral  Bay  and  Mosman  (April,  June,  Novem- 


BY  J.  B.   CLELAND  AND  E.   CHEEL.  869. 

ber);  Gladesville  (Miss  Flockton;  April,  1910);  Leura  (T.  Steel; 
November,  1911):  Rookwood  (Miss  Spencer;  July,  1910);  Cook's 
River  (A.  A.  Hamilton;   May,  1915). 

Clavaria  stricta  Pers.('?) — A  very  graceful  specimen  found 
by  Mr.  Darnell-Smith,  growing  on  wood,  near  Gosford,  in  August, 

1915,  may  be  this  species.  Pale  ochraceous  spores  were  not 
seen.  The  plant  was  orange-brownish,  and  showed  a  short  stem, 
from  which  numerous,  ascending,  slender,  subulate  branches 
arose,  which,  at  first,  bifurcately  branched  several  times,  the 
ultimate  branches  being  about  an  inch  long.  The  species  is 
recorded  by  Cooke  for  Victoria  and  New  South  Wales. 

Clavaria  crispula  Fries.-  Pale  orange  plants,  gathered  on  a 
fallen  trunk,  at  Mt.  Irvine,  in  June,  1915,  agree  with  the  de- 
scription given  by  Cooke  (Handbook  of  Aust.  Fungi,  No.  1115) 
of  this  species.     The  spores  are  colourless,  7  x  4*2/x. 

Clavaria  in^equalis  Miill. — Australian  plants,  which  we  have 
met  with  on  several  different  occasions,  though  approaching 
most  closely  to  C.  incexpialis,  also  resemble  in  some  points  C. 
fusiformis.  They  approach  the  former  in  being  gregarious,  and 
only  rarely  subcsespitose,  and  in  being  a  rich  orange;  and  the 
latter,  in  being  hollow,  and  in  having  spherical,  smooth  spores, 
Massee  laying  considerable  stress  on  the  ivarty  spores  of  C 
incequalis.  Specimens  collected  under  moist  rocks,  on  the 
Hawkesbury  Ptiver,  in  November.  1914,  and  again  in  August, 

1916,  may  be  described  as  follows  :—Clavate,  up  to  2i  inches  high, 
by  \  inch  thick,  rich  salmon-orange,  the  salmon  tint  becoming 
more  evident  in  drying;  hollow,  the  inside  pallid  salmony- whitish, 
the  outer  layer  darker;  sometimes  bursting  irregularly  at  the 
top,  with  yellowish  tips,  leaving  an  irregular,  trumpet-like  open- 
ing; spores  smooth,  spherical,  4-5-8/x  in  size;  basidia  with  four, 
occasionally  two,  sterigmata.  A  faint  apricot-smell.  Numerous, 
fine  specimens  were  collected  also  at  Narrabeen,  under  moist 
rocks,  on  January  1st,  1915.  There  are  also  specimens  in  the 
National  Herbarium,  Sydney,  collected  at  Berowra  by  Mr.  A.  H. 
S.  Lucas,  in  July,  1914,  which  were  of  a  rich  salmon  pink  colour 
at  first,  changing  to  rich  cream. 


870  RECORDS  OF  AUSTRALIAN  FUNGI,  i. 

Clavaria  rosea  Fries. — At  Mosman,  Sydney,  in  June,  1915, 
and  at  Neutral  Bay,  in  June,  1916,  we  came  upon  many  speci- 
mens of  a  salmon-pink  Clavaria.  These  agree  with  the  descrip- 
tion of  C.  rosea,  save  that  the  spores,  instead  of  being  2  or  3/x  in 
size,  are  6  x  3'6/jt.  The  following  is  the  description  of  our  speci- 
mens : —  Up  to  2\  inches  high,  slender,  somewhat  flexuous, 
attenuated  both  ways  from  the  middle,  sometimes  rather  broad- 
ened or  ribbon-like,  coral-red  or  rosy-pink,  often  pruinose  above, 
when  buried  amongst  leaves  with  a  whitish  base,  solid,  flesh 
bright  coral-red,  gregarious  amongst  leaves  under  shrubs.  There 
are  also  specimens  in  the  National  Herbarium  from  Penshurst 
(E.  Cheel;  May,  1901);  Mount  Victoria  (A.  G.  Hamilton:  March, 
1910);   Botanic  Gardens,  Sydney  (E.  Bennett;  January,  1901). 

Clavaria  aurantia  Cooke  &  Massee.— Specimens  collected 
under  rocks,  at  Neutral  Bay,  in  June,  1916,  may  be  described  as 
follows: — Clavate,  1|  inches  high,  occasionally  slightly  forked 
at  the  tip,  often  with  one  or  two  furrows  longitudinally,  usually 
a  little  twisted,  bright  clear  egg-yellow,  apricot-smell  when 
crushed  [spores  not  seen].  We  have  also  collected  it  in  the  same 
situations  and  place,  in  June,  1912,  and  June,  1913. 

Calocera  guepinioides  Berk. — This  species  seems  common 
on  rotten  wood.  We  have  specimens  from  the  Hawkesbury 
River,  and  from  Mt.  Lofty,  near  Adelaide.  Spores  8'3-12  x  3-5- 
5-5/A. 

Calocera  cornea  Fries. — Terrigal,  June,  1914.  Spores 
8-5x3  5/A. 

Calocera  stricta  Fries. — Gosford  (Darnell-Smith;  August, 
1915). 


871 


FURTHER  RESEARCHES  UPON  THE  PROBLEMS  OF 
THE  RADIAL  AND  ZYGOPTERID  SECTORS  IN 
THE  WINGS  OF  ODONATA,  AND  UPON  THE 
FORMATION  OF  BRIDGES. 

By  R.  J.  TiLLYARD,  M.A.,  B.Sc,  F.L.S.,  F.E.S.,  Linnean 
Macleay  Fellow  op  the  Society  in  Zoology. 

(Six  Text-figures.) 

My  previous  studies  upon  the  problem  of  Dragonfly  wing- 
venation  (2,  3)  have  conclusively  shown  that  the  sub-Order 
Zygoptera  diifers  from  the  Anisoptera  in  possessing  no  sector  to 
the  radial  trachea.  The  latter  is  straight  and  unbranched  in 
the  Zygoptera.  The  place  occupied  by  Rs  in  the  Anisoptera, 
viz.,  between  M„  and  M^,  is  filled  in  the  Zygoptera  by  an  addi- 
tional trachea  branching  off  from  M.  This  I  have  termed  the 
Zygopterid  sector,  Ms.  As  the  imaginal  wing-venation  has  to 
be  interpreted  by  means  of  the  precedent  tracheation  of  the 
larval  wing-sheath,  I  have  logically  applied  the  same  terms  to 
the  venation. 

Now,  in  a  former  paper  (2),  I  indicated  one  genus,  Neosticta, 
which  might  possibly  prove  an  exception  to  the  above  rule.  In 
the  wings  taken  from  a  larva  of  this  genus,  I  thought  that  I 
could  distinguish  a  true  trachea  Rs.  The  pigmentation  of  the 
wing-sheath,  however,  was  so  dense,  and  the  specimen  so  far 
advanced  towards  metamorphosis,  that  the  decision  had  to  be 
held  in  suspense,  pending  the  discovery  of  more  material.  Since 
that  time,  I  have  carefully  examined  a  large  number  of  larval 
wings  of  genera  belonging  to  all  three  Zygopterid  families 
{Calopterygidce,  Lestidce,  and  Agrionidce)  without  discovering  a 
single  exception  to  the  rule  stated  above,  viz.,  that  R  is  un- 
branched in   Zygoptera.      Thus  it   became  more  than  ever  im- 


872  RADIAL    AND    ZYGOPTERID    SECTORS,   ikc, 

portant  that  tlie  doubt  concerning  Neosticta  should   be  cleared 
up. 

Unfortunately,  Neosticta  is  a  rare  genus,  the  larvse  being  onlv 
obtainable  from  one  locality,  Heathcote,  twentv-one  miles  soutli 
of  Sydney.  These  larva;  are  rock-dwellers,  somewhat  reseml)linf 
those  of  Diphlehia,  but  much  smaller,  and  possessing  two  jointed 
caudal  gills.  They  live  in  the  deep  pools  of  clear  cold  water  in 
Heathcote  Ci'eek  and  the  Woronora  River,  and  are  only  to  lie 
got  by  hauling  rocks  out  of  these  recesses. 

Thanks  to  the  kindness  and  energy  of  Mr.  F.  W.  Carpenter 
M.A.,  Science  Master  at  Sydney  Grammar  School,  I  was  enabled 
to  obtain,  in  August  last,  five  well-grown  larvae  of  Neosticta 
canesceris  from  Heathcote.  Four  of  these  were  in  excellent  con- 
dition for  study,  having  only  recently  entered  the  last  larval 
instar.  The  fifth  was  more  advanced,  being,  in  point  of  fact,  at 
almost  exactly  the  same  stage  as  the  one  previously  examined. 

A  preliminary  examination  of  one  of  the  cut-off  wings  of  this 
last  larva  showed  that  it  closely  resembled  the  one  studied  and 
figured  in  my  previous  paper  (2,  PI.  xiii.,  fig. 4).  The  pigmenta- 
tion was  very  dense,  and  there  was  the  same  appearance  of  Rs 
descending  from  R  as  before.  However,  when  this  condition 
was  studied  under  strong  transmitted  light,  it  was  at  once  seen 
to  be  due  to  the  cuticularisation  of  tfie  wing-sheath,  already 
noticed  by  me  in  the  case  of  Diphlebia(z,  p. 227).  There  was  no 
sign  of  the  presence  of  a  trachea  Rs  at  all. 

Turning  then  to  the  less  advanced  larva?,  it  was  an  agreeable 
surprise  to  find  that  the  dissected-off  wir)gs  were  moderately 
transparent,  so  that  the  tracheation  could  be  easily  followed  out 
in  detail.  All  four  wings  of  each  of  the  four  larvae  were  care- 
fully studied.  Of  the  sixteen,  fourteen  agreed  exactly  with  the 
results  obtained  for  all  other  Agrionidxe,  viz.,  R  is  simple  and 
unbranched,  and  Ms  ari.ses  fiom  the  main  stem  of  M  between 
M2  and  M.j.  The  other  two  wings  (one  being  a  right  foi'ewing, 
the  other  a  right  hindwing)  showed  a  peculiar  aberration,  the 
origin  of  M3  having  become  shifted  on  to  Ms  near  its  base.  This 
peculiarity  at  once  struck  me  as  being  of  the  utmost  importance 
as  evidence  of  the  t.i"ue  nature  of  bridges  and  oblique  veins,  and 


BY    R.    J.    TILLYARD. 


873 


will  be  dealt  with  fully  later  on  in  this  paper.  The  normal 
tracheation  is  shown  in  Text  fig.l,  the  aberration  in  Text-fig. 4. 

Having  thus  satisfied  ourselves  that  Neosticta  is  in  line  with 
all  other  Zygoptera  in  possessing  an  unbranched  radius  and  a 
Zygopterid  sector,  Ms,  arising  from  M  or  one  of  its  branches, 
let  us  now  review  the  whole  question  at  issue.  This  is  a  very 
fundamental  one,  and  may  be  put  as  follows  : — 

Is  the  Zygopterid  sector,  Ms,  homologoics  with  the  Radial  Sector, 
h's,  of  Anisoptera,  or  merely  analogous  with  it  ? 

In  a  previous  paper  (3),  I  contended  that  the  two  were  not 
homolosous.  No  rebuttal  of  the  evidence  there  adduced  has 
appeared    in   print;    but   I   have   received   numerous  ciiticisms. 


Text-fig.  1. 
Normal  tracheation  of  larval  wing  of  Xeosficta  caiiewens  Tillyard. 

ranging  from  a  complete  acceptance  of  my  views  (Dr.  F.  Ris), 
down  to  an  absolute  unwillingness  to  agree  with  them,  in  spite 
of  the  evidence  I  have  selected  Dr.  P.  P.  Calvert's  criticism 
as  a  very  fair  statement  of  the  case  in  favour  of  the  homology 
between  Rs  and  Ms.      He  writes  as  follows: — 

"If  Ml,  M.,,  Mg,  and  M^  are  homologous  in  Zygoptera  and 
Anisoptera,  as  you  say  on  p. 224  (3),  is  there  not  something  more 
than  the  analogy  between  the  Anisopteran  Rs  and  the  Zygopteran 
Ms  which  you  recognise  on  the  same  page"?  If  Zygoptera  and 
Anisoptera  had  a  common  origin,  must  not  Ms  and  Rs  have 
come  from  one  and  the  same  primitive  trachea  1  If  this  be  the 
case,  then  the  distinction  between  Ms  and  Rs  is  really  not  such 
a  fundamental  one  after  all.  If,  on  the  other  hand,  Anisoptera 
and  Zygoptera  had  not  a  common  ancestry,  then  the  apparent 


66 


874  RADIAL    AND    ZYGOPTERID    SECTORS,   &C., 

homologies  of  the  other  trachese  are  only  the  result  of  con- 
vergence (a  position  I  can't  admit),  and  Es  and  Ms  are  really 
quite  different  things.  I  should  be  glad  to  have  your  explana- 
tion of  these  difficulties  (as  they  seem  to  me).'"' 

Now  this  is  a  very  lucid  statement  of  the  case,  and  one  with 
which  I  must  confess  great  sympathy.  Like  Dr.  Calvert,  I  could 
not  for  a  moment  admit  that  Anisoptera  and  Zvgoptera  had  no 
common  ancestry,  though  I  would  hold,  perhaps,  that  the  cleavage 
between  them  is  greater,  and  that  the  common  ancestiy  lies 
further  back  in  geological  time,  than  Dr.  Calvert  may  be  pre- 
pared to  grant.  For  this  reason,  I  felt  that  the  researches 
which  I  had  carried  out  could  not  be  left  in  their  present  state. 
Having  satisfied  myself  (hat  Neosticta  (the  only  doubtful  genus) 
falls  into  line  with  all  the  rest,  I  was  spurred  on,  by  Dr. 
Calvert's  very  reasonable  statement  of  the  case,  to  investigate 
the  whole  problem  as  fully  as  possible,  so  as  to  review  the  whole 
evidence,  and  to  come  to  some  definite  conclusion. 

In  order  to  delimit  the  problem,  let  me  state  clearly  at  the 
start  that,  as  far  as  I  can  see  it,  we  have  actually  two  cognate 
problems  to  deal  with.  The  first  of  these  concerns  the  relation- 
ship between  trachea'Rs,  and  trachea  Ms,  the  second  that  between 
vein  Rs  and  vein  Ms.  As  we  shall  see  in  the  sequel,  these  two 
problems  may  very  well  lead  to  different  results. 

Leaving  aside  altogether  the  question  of  palteontological  evi- 
dence, which  cannot  be  admitted  into  this  problem  satisfactorily, 
owing  to  the  complete  absence  of  the  tracheational  interpretation 
of  fossil  vein-formations,  I  have  classed  the  available  evidence 
under  three  main  headings  :— 

(1)  2'he  structural  evidence.  By  this  I  mean  the  evidence 
obtained  from  a  study  of  the  wing-tracheation  of  the  last  larval 
instar,  and  the  interpretation  of  the  corresponding  imaginal 
wing-venation. 

(2)  7'Ae  ontogenetic  evideiice.  This  is  the  evidence  obtained 
from  the  tracheation  of  the  wings  of  the  developing  larva,  from 
the  earliest  examinable  stage  up  to  the  last  instar. 

(3)  The  evidence  from  Bridges  and  Oblique  Veins.  The  con- 
nection of  these  structures  with  the  problem  in  hand  is  not,  per- 


BY    R.    J.    TILLYARD.  875 

haps,  at  first  evident.  Actually,  they  assume  a  position  of 
immense  importance,  and  must  be  fully  dealt  with  if  the  problem 
is  to  be  solved. 

I  propose  now  to  take  these  three  kinds  of  evidence  in  full, 
and  to  draw  definite  conclusions  from  them. 

1.  The  Structural  Evidence.     (Text-figs.  1,  3). 

We  may  best  marshall  this  by  gathering  together  all  the 
results  of  wing-tracheational  studies  by  different  students  of  the 
Order,  and  arranging  them  in  tabular  form.  I  have  before  me 
the  published  results  of  Professor  Needhani(l)  and  myself  (2,  3), 
together  with  the  beautiful  series  of  photographs  taken  by  Dr. 
Ris  from  the  larvae  of  lAhellula,  Calopteryx  (Z,  Plate  xxxiv.),  and 
Ischiiura.  No  doubt  other  students  have  examined  othergenera; 
but,  as  their  statements  have  not  been  published,  they  cannot 
be  here  included. 

The  point  to  notice  is  that  the  evidence  is,  ivifhout  a  sinyle 
exception,  in  favour  of  the  view  that  trachea  Rs  in  Anisoptera  is 
not  homoloyous  with  trachea  2/s  in  Zyyopiera.  It  follows  also 
that,  if  the  veins  Rs  and  Ms  in  the  imaginal  wing  are  laid  down 
in  their  entirety  upon  the  previously  existing  trachete  Rs  and 
Ms  respectively,  then  vei7i  Jis  in  Anisoptera  is  not  homoloyous 
with  vein  Ms  in  Zyyoptera.  This  second  conclusion  must  not, 
however,  be  accepted  without  a  fuller  examination  of  the  inter- 
play of  tracheational  and  venational  developmental  forces,  which 
are  discussed  later  on,  on  p. 879. 


876 


RADIAL    AND    ZYGOPTEKID    SECTORS,  »tc., 


The  followins:  table  exhibits  the  results  obtained  : — 
Table  of  Genera  examined  for  Wing-Tracheation. 
(N  =  Needham,  R  =  Ris,  T  =  Tillyard.) 


ZV(i01'TERA. 

Anisoptera. 

R  simple  and  unbranehed. 

R 

once  branched,  the  branch  being 

An    extra  trachea,    the   Zygopterid 

the 

;  Radial  Sector  Rs,  which  crosses 

Sector  Ms,   developed  from 

M  be- 

M 

and  M2,   so  as  to  come  to  lie 

tween  M^  and  Mg. 

between  M„  and  M3. 

Families  Calopteryoid^, 

and 

Family  .^^]schnida:. 

Ai;rionid^. 

*Gom2jhHs(K) 

Ms  aiises  from  the  main  stem  of  M. 

Lanthua  (N) 

*Diphhhia  (T) 

Austroyomphw*  (T) 

*Calopttryx  (R) 

He-miyomplius  (T) 

NeoMictu  (T) 

CordultyaMer  (N) 

Isofiticta  (T) 

Dendrocfschna  (T) 

"Aryiohstes  (T) 

*^Esc]ma  (T) 

*Ischnura  (R  and  T) 

Anax  (N  and  T) 

*CuHa<irion  (T) 

Family  Libeli,ulid.s:. 

Anstroayrion  (T) 

1/ 

*Synthem'!s  (T) 

Family  Lestid^. 

D Id  1/ mops  (N) 

Ms  arises  from  M„  near  its  base. 

Austrocordidia  (T) 

*Sijnhstes  (T) 

Cordnlephya  (T) 

Ltstes  (N) 

* Hemicordulia  (T) 

*  A  list  vol  est  es  (T) 

*LibeUala  (N  and  R) 
Orthetrum  (T) 
Diplacodes  (T) 

Total  genera  examined  : 

11. 

Total  genera  examined:  16. 

2.  The  Ontogenetic  Evidence.  (Text-fig. 2). 
In  the  table  given  above,  the  genera  marked  *  are  those  in 
which  more  than  one  larval  instar  has  been  examined.  In  the 
Zygoptera,  it  has  not  been  possible  to  examine  more  than  the 
four  last  larval  instars  (which  I  have  done  in  Austrolestes),  owing 
to  the  delicacy  of  the  tracheJB.  In  the  earliest  examinable  stage, 
R  is  simple  and  unbranehed  in  Zygoptera,  and  remains  so  up  to 
the  last  larval  instar.  Very  different  is  the  case  with  the  An- 
isoptera,  in   which    Needham  (1,  Fig.  1 )  has   shown   that,  at  the 


BY    R.    J.    TILLYARD. 


877 


earliest  examinable  stage,  R  is  strongly  and  definitely  Ijranched 
(Text-fig. 2, a).      At  a  later  stage  (the  exact  instar  is  not  noted, 


Text-fig.2. — Ontogenetic  stages  in  the  development  of  the  laival  wing- 
tracheation  in  Odonata.  a,  Gomphn'<,  very  eaily  stage,  1  mm.  wing; 
h,  G'omphu-s,  later  stage,  3  mm.  wing,  Rs  between  Mj  and  M^  ;  c, 
Gomphus,  last  larval  stage,  Rs  across  Mj  and  M„ ,  and  bridge  [Br] 
indicated;  d,  Lihel/iila,  very  early  stage,  0"8mm.  wing,  Rs  already 
across  ^Ij  and  Mo.  a-c,  after  Needham ;  d,  drawn  from  a  photo- 
micrograph taken  by  Dr.  F.  Ris. 
but  it  would  appear  to  be  the  last  but  three),  Needham  shows  Rs 
thrown  over  Mi_2  just  before  it  divides  into  Mj  and  M..^,  and  then 


8^8  RADIAL    AKD    ZYGOtTEHlb    SECTORS,  kc, 

crossing  M.^  again  so  as  to  lie  between  Mj  and  M2(Text-fig.2,6). 
At  the  latest  stage  (Text-fig. 2,c),  Rs  is  thrown  across  both  Mj 
and  M2,  so  as  to  lie  between  M^  and  M3. 

Dr.  Ris  has  photographed  (Textfig.2,rf)  the  triangular  wing- 
bud  in  a  very  early  stage  of  Lihellula  (this  would  appear  tu  be 
one  instar  earlier  than  Needham's  earliest  stage,  since  the  wing 
is  only  08  mm.  long,  and  definitely  more  triangular  in  shape 
than  Needham's  wing  of  Gomphus,  which  was  1  mm.  long)  This 
shows  Rs  already  crossing  both  Mj  and  Mg!  I  find  the  same 
result  in  the  earliest  stages  of  Hemicordulia.  But  we  must 
remember  that  the  Libelhdidfe  are  far  more  specialised  than 
Gomphus.  The  latter  (if  Needham's  observations  are  correct, 
and  I  see  no  reason  to  doubt  them)  has  preserved  the  ontogenetic 
stages  in  detail;  the  former  reaches  the  final  condition  of  Rs 
while  the  wing  is  yet  very  small. 

We  see,  then,  that  the  ontogenetic  evidence  supports  the 
structural  evidence,  but  with  greater  force.  IJoiv  can  a  trachea 
which,  ill  the  earliest  examinable  larval  stage  of  Anisoptera,  is  a 
branch  of  R  tiot  eiien  crossing  M  at  all,  and  ivhich  only  reaches  its 
fitial  position  (in  Gomphus)  by  two  successive  changes,  be  homolo- 
gous with  the  branch  of  M  ivhich  is  present  in  a  fixed  position 
(between  M^  and  M3)  in  Zygopt-  ra  fiom  the  earliest  examinable 
stage!  One  must  either  accept  the  proof  as  definitely  against  the 
homology,  or  deny  one's  belief  altogether  in  the  Biogenetic  Law. 

We  must  conclude  then,  both  on  the  structural  and  on  the 
ontogenetic  evidence,  that  trachea  lis  of  Atrisnptera  is  not  homo- 
logous ivith  trachea  Ms  of  Zygoptera. 

3.  The  Evidence  from  Bridges  and  Oblique  Veins. 
,  We  have  now  to  approach  very  cautiously  the  crux  of  the 
whole  problem,  viz.,  whether  we  have  been  correct  in  maintain- 
ing that  the  imaginal  veins  Ms  and  Rs  are  wholly  laid  down 
upon  the  preceding  tracheae  Ms  and  Rs  respectively,  or  whether 
they  may  not  have,  in  special  cases,  a  more  composite  origin. 

Thus  we  have  to  deal  with  a  question  that  is  even  more  funda- 
mental than  the  point  immediately  at  issue,  viz.,  the  interaction 
of  the  two  great  forces  whose  interplay  has  moulded  the  Odonate 
wing  from  the  very  start.     These  are,  the  force  of  tracheational 


BY    R.    .T.    Tirj.YARt).  879 

devdopmevf,  wliich  is  mainly  concerned,  tliroiighoiit  larval  life, 
with  supplying  each  cell  of  the  developing  wing  with  sufficient 
oxygen,  and  the  force  of  venational  develupmenl,  which  is  con- 
cerned only  with  the  final  production,  at  metamorphosis,  of  an 
imaginal  wing-plan  best  suited  to  withstand  the  strains  and 
stresses  of  flight.  Both  these  forces,  in  the  evolutionary  scheme, 
aim  at  perfection.  But,  as  tliey  are  at  any  rate  to  some  extent 
antagonistic  the  final  result  must  be  a  compromise.  Tliis  com- 
promise is  V)est  seen,  in  tlie  imaginal  venation,  in  the  formation 
of  bridges  and  oblique  veins — structures  which,  we  may  well 
believe,  are  not  wanted  at  all  to  ensure  perfection  of  flight,  but 
which  have  been  forced  upon  the  imaginal  pattern  owing  to  the 
trend  of  tracheational  development.  On  the  one  hand,  the 
tracheational  scheme  appears  early  in  the  developing  larval 
wing;  one  might  almost  imagine  that  the  forces  controlling  it 
must  have  had  everything  their  own  way,  and  that  the  imaginal 
pattern,  when  first  laid  down  in  the  wing  of  the  last  larval 
instar,  must  be  absolutely  dependent  upon  it  On  the  other 
hand,  in  spite  of  the  long  start  gained  by  the  traclieational 
forces,  can  we  doubt  that  it  is  the  imaginal  wing-plan  which 
must  be  aimed  at  all  along]  For,  if  this  be  not  attained  suc- 
cessfully, the  type  would  be  weak  in  flight,  and  would  soon  die 
out. 

It  is  just  here  that  we  have  to  study  intensely  the  problem 
of  bridges  and  oblique  veins.  Professor  Needham's  now  famous 
discovery  and  explanatitjn  of  the  bridge-veins  in  Odonata  is 
well-known,  but  needs  to  be  shortly  summarised.  Jn  the 
Anisoptera,  tlie  bridge  is,  according  to  him,  a  "brace  evolved 
out  of  the  boundaries  of  ordinary  cells,"  in  order  to  "correct  the 
mechanical  weakness  of  the  unilateral  fork"  (1,  p. 755),  {i.e.,  the 
fork  represented  in  tlie  imaginal  venation  by  the  point  of  de- 
partuie  of  Rs  from  Mo  at  O).  Text-flg.3  will  explain  Needhams 
view  of  the  formation  of  the  bridge. 

In  Needham's  view,  also,  the  bridge  is  a  "trunk  SHcondarily 
developed  to  connect  the  radial  sector  with  vein  Mj_.j."  (1,  p. 711). 

I  think  that  all  students  of  Odonata,  including  myself,  have, 
up  to  the  present  time,  accepted  these  statements  without  ques- 


880 


RADIAL    AND    ZY(;OPTEkID    SECTORS,  &C., 


tion.  My  views,  howevei-,  have  now  undergone  a  change,  owing 
to  the  fact  that  I  have  recently  seen  a  bridge  formed  in  the 
Odonata,  as  it  were  under  my  very  eyes,  and  the  process  does 
not  agree  with  Needham's  dictum.  I  refer  to  the  aberrant  con- 
dition which  I  discovered  in  .Veosticta,  and  which  is  figured  in 


Text-fig.3. — Foimation  of  bridge  (5r)  and  oblique  vein  (0)  in  Anisoptera 
(LihtlhiJid(f).  a,  Tracheation  of  wing  at  last  larval  instar.  h.  Cor- 
responding imaginal  venation. 

Text-fig. 4.  Here  is  the  case  of  a  genus  in  which,  apart  from  its 
extreme  reduction,  the  venational  plan  is  simple  and  primitive. 
Ordinarily,  !io  bridge  is  present.  Owing  to  the  extreme  narrow- 
ness of  the  wing,  M.^  lies  for  most  of  its  length  very  close  under 
Ms.  In  the  aberration,  Mg  becomes  hitched  on  to  Ms,  not 
gradually,  by  progression  distad  along  M  towards  Ms,  but  per 
sal  turn.  And  the  imaginal  wing-venation  keeps  its  original 
position,  in  the  form  of  the  bridge  (br),  clearly  visible  as  a  pig- 
ment band. 

Searching  through  a  long  series  of  imagines  of  JVeosticta,  I  am 
able  to  Hnd  two  wings  which  have  clearly  been  derived  from 
this  aberrant  tracheal  condition.  In  both,  the  change  in  the 
position  of  Mj  basally  is  betrayed  by  the  shortening  and  sliglit 


6y    ft.    J.    TILLVARI). 


881 


obliquity  of  the  cross-vein  usually  in  this  position.  The  cross- 
vein  has,  in  fact,  become  an  oblique  vein,  and  the  proximal  part 
of  M3  has  become  a  bridge* 

Now,  with  this  example  of  how  a  bridge  may  be  formed  for- 
tuitously before  us,  we  must  ask  ourselves  whether  Needham  was 
right  in  determining  the  bridge-vein  as  a  secondary  formation. 


Sc 


M ■.:== 


:u- 


Cu, 


Text-fig.4. — x^berrant  tracheation  of  larval  wing  of  Neosticta  canescens 
Tillyard.  M3  has  been  captured  per  sal  turn  by  Ms.  Original 
course  of  basal  pai-t  of  M3  persists  in  the  imaginal  venation  as  a 
bridge  (Br). 

Is  it  not  more  rational,  after  all,  to  see  in  the  bridge-vein  the 
07-iginal  basal  part  of  a  main  vein,  while  the  oblique  vein  is  the 
sign  that  the  tracheation  has  become  specialised,  l^et  us  examine 
the  two  well-known  cases  of  Bridge-formation  in  Odonata  in 
this  new  light : — 

(a)  The  long  bridge  of  Lestidcp,.  If  this  new  view  be  correct, 
the  Lestidce  must  be  derived  from  ancestors  in  which  Mj,  Ms, 
M.;,  and  M4  all  came  off  separately  from  M.  Owing,  however, 
to  progressive  narrowing  of  the  wing,  Ms  must  have  come  to  lie 
close  under  Mj  at  a  point  near  its  base.     Finally,  trachea  Mo 

*  It  should  be  carefully  noted  that  this  aberration  has  nothing  to  do 
witli  the  long  bridge  of  Lestid<e,  which  is  caused  by  Ms  becoming  attached 
to  M„. 


SS2  kADlAL    AND    ZyGOPTEKID    SECTOHS,  &C., 

must  have  captured  trachea  Ms  j)er  saltnm  just  in  the  same  way 
tliat  trachea  Ms  has  captured  trachea  M3  in  the  Neonticta 
aberration,  leavivy  thp  original  basal  purtion  of  vein  Ms  existinc/ 
as  the  long  bridge,  while  the  new  base  of  Ms  became  the  oblique 
vein. 

The  fact  that,  in  Synlestes,  the  oblique  vein  cannot  always  be 
determined,  is  evidence  in  favour  of  this  view.  If  a  large 
number  of  larvpe  were  to  be  examined,  may  not  some  of  them 
still  possess  the  original  tracheation  in  one  or  more  wings?  The 
imaginal  venation  from  such  a  wing  would  lack  the  oblique  vein. 

It  becomes  neces.sary,  also,  on  this  new  view,  to  examine  the 
earliest  wing-buds  of  the  Lestidic,  with  a  view  to  determining  the 
original  position  of  trachea  Ms  with  respect  to  M,  as  shown  by 
the  ontogenetic  evidence.  Such  an  examination  I  hope  to  carry 
out  later  on. 


Text-fig.o. — Formation  of  the  two  oblique  veins  (Oj ,  Oo)  in  Cordnlegaster. 
Ms?,  the  trachea  wliicli,  it  is  suggested,  was  originally  Ms,  and  has 
been  captured  per  ■•<a//iti)i  by  Rs.     Adapted  from  Needham. 

(6)  The  b)-idgf  of  Anisoplera.  In  this  case,  any  cpiestion  of 
Rs  having  become  hitched  to  Mo  per  salttim  cannot  be  enter- 
tained, owing  to  the  fact  that  the  ontogenetic  evidence  is  abso- 
lutely against  it.  We  must  either  accept  Needham's  view  of 
this  bridge  as  correct  —i.e.,  it  is  secondarily  formed  to  strengthen 
the  unilateral  fork     or  we  must  seek  for  some  other  explanation. 

It  is  well  known  that,  in  the  subfamilies  Cordulegastrinc^  and 
Pet'ihirince  (the  two  most  archaic  subfamilies  of  the  Anisoptera), 
there  are  two  oblique  veins  present  (Text-tig. 5,  Oj,  Oo).     This  is 


BY    R.    J.    TILLYARD. 


883 


I 


due  to  tlie  fact  that  trachea  Rs  in  these  forms  is  itself  branched. 
Now,  unfortunately,  we  do  not  know  the  ontogeny  of  the  larval 
wing  in  these  subfamilies.  The  suggestion  I  would  make  is 
that,  in  these  archaic   forms,  we   have   trachea   lis  and  trachea 


1 


Text-figJJ. — Su>;gested  phylojfeny  of  the  Od(jiiate  wing  in  the  region  of 
radius,  media,  and  branches,  a,  archaic  ancestor  of  Zj'goptera  and 
Anisoptera;  h^-d^,  phylogenj'  of  Zygoptera;  /(j,  reduction  of  Rs; 
t'l,  h)ss  of  T\s  —  M eyapodagrio7iine  stage;  d^,  capture  of  Ms  ^er 
■sa/tiDu  by  M„  =  Lesfid  stage  (original  course  of  A-ein  Ms  preserved  as 
the  bridge  Br  in  the  iniaginal  venation);  ''o-e„,  phj'logeny  of  An- 
isoptera; l>2,  Rs  crosses  Mj  (cf.  Text-fig. 2/;);  c„,  Rs  crosses  Mj  and 
M.J ;  d„,  Rs  captures  Ms  per  m//nm  (cf.  Text-fig. 5);  e„ ,  Ms  sup- 
pressed (the  original  course  of  vein  Ms  preserved  as  the  bridge  Br 
in  iniaginal  venation). 

Ms  both  present,  and  that,  in  the  last  larval  instar,  the  latter 
trachea  becomes  hitched  on  to  Rs,  just  as  M..  became  hitched  on 
to   Ms  in    the    Neostiota  aberi'ation.      In    that   case,   the    whole 


884 


RADIAL    AND    ZYGOPTEKID    SECTORS,  (feC, 


bridge,  from  its  origin  basal ]y  on  M  up  to  the  second  oblique 
vein  O^,,  represents,  in  the  venation,  the  original  Zygopterid 
sector  Ms,  with  the  oblique  vein  O,  standing  upon  it  to  mark 
the  point  where  trachea  Ms  has  been  captured  by  trachea  Rs. 
Tlie  vein  continuing  the  bridge  is  the  true  Rs,  of  which  also 
O2  must  be  an  essential  part. 

The  above  explanation,  as  it  seems  to  me,  offers  the  only  solu- 
tion possible  in  favour  of  a  partial  homology  between  veins  Ms 
and  Rs,  as  now  present  in  the  wings  of  Odonata.  Text-fig.  6 
would  show,  on  this  supposition,  the  two  lines  of  development 
leading  to  Zygoptera  and  Anisoptera  respectively.  For  the 
common  ancestor,  we  should  have  to  postulate  a  form  possessing 
both  a  true  lis  and  a  true  Ms  (Text-fig. 6, «).  From  this,  the 
Zygoptera  would  be  derived  by  reduction,  Rs  being  entirely 
eliminated.*  The  Anisoptera,  on  the  other  hand,  would  be 
derived  from  the  ancestral  form  via  the  Petalura-Gordulegaster 
stage,  trachea  Ms  being  first  of  all  captured  by  Rs,  as  in  these 
forms,  and  then  entirely  eliminated;  while,  in  the  imagines,  the 
short  Anisopterid  bridge  would  remain  as  the  tme  vein  Ms,  and 
therefore  homo/ogoits  with  the  long  bridge  of  Lestidff,  and  also 
with  the  basal  part  of  Ms  in  the  Calopteryyidre  and  AgrionidcB. 

This  might  be  exhibited  as  follows  :  — 


Trachea 

ZYtiOPTERA. 

Anisopteka. 

Vein. 

Calopf.erygid<v  -t- 
AgrionidoE. 

Lestidie. 

Petaliirinoi  -f- 
Gordnlegastrinue, 

Other 
subfamilies. 

Trachea  Ms 

Trachea  Rs 
Vein  Ms  ... 

Vein  Rs  ... 

present,  attached 
to  M 

absent 

present  in  full 

absent* 

present,  captured 
by  M., 

absent 

present  in  full 
(basal  portion  = 
long  bridge) 

absent* 

present,  captured 
by  Rs 

present 

present{  =  bridge) 

pi-esent,  from  O2 
to  wing-margin 

absent 

present 

present 
( =■  bridge) 

present,  from 
0  to  wing- 
margin 

The   new    view  of   Bridge-formation,   embodied   in    the  above 


^'  Unless,  indeed,  the  subnodal  vein  itself  be  the  remains  of  Rs. 


BY    R.    J.    TILLYARD.  885 

discussion  and  table,  may  be  bi-iefly  contrasted  witli  the  older 
(Needham's)  view  as  follows  : — 

{ I)  Need  ham's  vie?/;  .• —When  the  fusion  or  crossing  of  two 
main  tracheae  causes  the  formation  of  a  unilateral  fork,  pre- 
ceded by  a  weak  area  not  possessing  a  main  trachea,  this  weak 
area  and  the  fork  are  secondarily  strengthened,  in  the  imaginal 
venation  only,  by  the  backward  development  of  a  strong  vein 
called  a  bridge.  The  base  of  the  unilateral  fork  persists  as  the 
oblique  vein. 

(2)  7'he  netv  view : — When  the  fusion  or  crossing  of  two  main 
trachene  causes  the  formation  of  a  unilateral  fork,  preceded  by  a 
weak  area  not  possessing  a  main  trachea,  the  imaginal  venation 
does  not  follow  this  specialisation  in  the  tracheal  system,  but 
adheres  to  the  older  and  more  advantageous  venational  plan. 
Thus,  the  imaginal  vein  originally  present  fersists  as  a  hridye 
along  that  part  of  the  wing  now  devoid  of  a  main  trachea.  The 
point  of  attachment  of  the  shifted  trachea  is  represented  in  the 
venation  by  the  oblique  vein. 

The  principal  argument  in  favour  of  the  new  view  seems  to 
me  to  be  this:— If  we  take  any  specialised  Odonate  wing,  in 
which  an  oblique  vein  is  present,  and  replace  the  oblique  vein 
by  an  ordinary  cross-vein,  then  the  venation  will  be  seen  to 
resemble  what  is  admitted  to  be  the  most  archaic  venational 
plan  for  the  sub-order.  For  instance,  if  w^e  cut  out  the  oblique 
vein  from  Lestes  or  Synlestes,  the  arrangement  of  R,  M  and 
branches  at  once  becomes  similar  to  that  of  the  archaic  Meya- 
podagj-ioiiirue,  in  which  no  oblique  vein  or  bridge  has  ever  been 
developed.  We  may  well  ask,  how  is  it  that  there  is  a  bridge 
developed  in  this  position  in  every  form  where  tracheational 
specialisation  has  set  in  1  If  Needham's  view  be  correct,  then 
there  must  have  been  a  period  in  the  evolution  of  the  wing-vena- 
tion (before  the  bridge  became  fully  formed)  in  which  the  place 
of  the  bridge  was  taken  by  the  irregular  boundaries  of  polygonal 
cells  from  which  the  bridge  is  supposed  to  have  arisen.  Can 
anyone  maintain  that  such  a  weakened  imaginal  form  would 
have  been  able  to  hold  its  own  during  the  evolution  of  the 
bridge?     Or,  if  it  is  argued  that  the  bridge  was  formed  link  by 


886  IIADIAL    AND    ZYGOPTEHID    SKCTOHS,   ifec, 


link,  as  the  trachea  moved  distad,  then  the  answer  is  that,  in 
Neosticta,  we  see  a  bridge  formed  per  siiltun),  and  there  is  no 
evidence  that  the  trachea  did  move  distad  gradually.  The  effort 
required  to  construct  evolutionally  such  an  immensely  long 
bridge  as  that  of  the  Lestidce  in  this  fashion  is  almost  incon- 
ceivable. Moreover,  as  a  support  to  the  unilateral  fork  at  (),  it 
is  absurdly  misplaced.  One  would  have  expected  it  to  run  back 
to  M  about  half-way  between  Ms  and  Mg,  if  such  were  the  object 
of  its  development. 

Further,  it  should  be  noted  that,  in  other  Orders,  the  forma- 
tion of  an  oblique  vein  through  tracheational  specialisation  does 
not  involve  the  formation  of  a  bridge.  Thus,  in  theforewing  of 
the  Myymehontidm  {i),  the  vein  Mo  comes  off  from  Mj  by  means 
of  an  oblique  vein,  but  it  is  continued  basad  l)y  Cuj,  and  not  by 
a  bridge-vein.  In  the  Odonata,  if  the  bridge-vein  be  Ms,  and 
not  a  new  development,  the  position  is  an  analogous  one. 

Here  I  must  leave  this  fascinating  line  of  inquiry,  fur  which 
much  more  evidence  would  need  to  be  brought  forward  before 
it  could  be  regarded  as  fully  established.  As  regards  the  main 
argument,  concerning  the  supposed  homology  between  Ms  and 
Rs,  the  position  may  be  summed  up  as  follows  :  — 

1.  Trachea  Ms  is  not  the  homologue  of  trachea  Rs.  On  this 
both  the  structural  and  ontogenetic  evidence  aie  overwhelming. 

2.  If  we  interpret  the  main  veins  solely  from  their  underlying 
main  tracheae,  it  follows  that  vein  Ms  is  not  the  homologue  of 
vein  Rs. 

3.  If,  however,  we  allow  that  the  venation  may  retain  the 
archaic  plan,  while  the  corresponding  tracheation  becomes 
specialised,  then  we  must  alter  our  view  of  the  significance  of 
bridges  and  oblique  veins.  In  that  case,  the  long  bridge  of 
Lestidce  may  reasonably  be  regarded  as  the  original  vein  Ms. 
In  the  case  of  the  Anisoptera,  the  bridge  may  also  represent  Ms, 
while  the  vein  continuing  it  beyond  O  is  undoubtedly  Rs.  Thus, 
the  basal  portvmsoi  the  veins  now  called  Ms  and  Rs  respectively 
would  be  true  homologues ;  the  distal  portions  (beyond  the 
oblique  vein,  when  it  is  present)  are  never  homologous, 


BY     n.    J.    TILLYARD.  887 

Thus  we  see  that,  under  no  circunistances  cati  ive  prove  veins 
Ms  and  Bs  to  he.  complete  hoinologues.  And,  until  further  evi- 
dence can  be  brought  forward  in  support  of  statement  No.3 
above,  it  would  seem  advisable  to  retain  the  notations  Ms  for 
Zygoptera  and  Rs  for  Anisoptera  in  their  entirety. 

BIBLIOCIRAPHY. 

1.  Needham,  J.   G.,   1903.  —  "A  Genealogie    Study  of    Dragonfl3'  Wing- 

Veiiatinn."     Proc.  U.S.  Nat.  Mu.s. ,  xxvi.,  pp. 703-764,  Plates  xxxi.- 
liv.  [No.1331].     Washington,  U.S.A.,  1903. 

2.  Tii.i.VARD,  R.  J.,  1914. — "On  some  Problenis  concei-ning  the  Develop- 

ment of  the  Wing- Venation  of  C/donafa.''     Proe.  Linn.  Soc.  N.  S. 

Wales,  xxxix.,  Part  1,  1914,  pp.  163-216,  PI.  xi.xiii. 
3. —  1915.  —  "On  the  Development  of  the  Wing-Venation 

in  Zygopterous  Dragonflies,  with  special  reference  to  the  Cciloptti  y- 

>lkhtr     I.e.,  xl..  Part -2.  Utl.!,  pp.212-230,  PL  xxxii.-xxxiv. 
i. n —  1916. — "Studies  on  Australian    Xeuroptera.      No.   i. 

The   Wing- Venation    of    the    Mz/nnKhonidit."      L.c,    xl..    Part  4, 

1915,  pp.  734-750,  PI.  Iviii. 


888 


DONATIONS  AND  EXCHANGES. 

Received  during  the  period  November  25th,  1915, 
to  November  29th,  191G. 

(From  the  respective  Societies,  etc.,  unless  otherwise  mentioned. J 

Adelaide. 

Australasian  Antarctic  Expedition,  1911-14 — 

Scientific  Reports.     Series  C. :    Zoology  and   Botany.   Vol. 
iii.,  Part  1  (Fishes:  4to.,  June,  1916). 
Department  of  Chemistry  op  South  Australia  — 

Bulletin,  No.l(1916). 
Department  of  Mines:  Geological  Survey  of  S.Australia  — 
Annual  Report  of  the  Government  Geologist  for  1914(1915). 
Bulletin,  No.5(1916). 
Metallurgical  Report  No.l(1916). 
Report  No.3(l916). 

Review  of   Mining  Operations  in  the  State  of   Soutli  Aus- 
tralia during  the  Half-years  ended  December  31st,  1915, 
and  June  30th,  1916,  Nos. 23-24(1916). 
Public  Library,  Museum,  etc.,  of  South  Australia — 
Report  of  the  Board  of  Governors  for  1914-15(1915). 
Royal  Society  of  South  Australia  — 

Transactions  and  Proceedings,  and  Beport.   xxxix.(1916). 
Woods  and  Forests  Department  of  South  Australia — 
Annual  Progress  Report  upon  State  Forest  Administration 
for  the  year  1914-15(1915).    By  W.  Gill,  F.L.S.,  F.R.H.S., 
Conservator  of  Forests. 

Albany,  N.Y. 

New  York  State  Library — 

Sixty-seventh    Annual    Report    of    the    New    York    State 
Museum,  1913(1915). 


DONATIONS  AND  EXCHANGES  889 

Auckland. 

Auckland  Institute  and  Museum — 
Annual  Report  for  1915-16(1916). 

Baltimore. 

Johns  Hopkins  University — 

Hospital  Bulletin,    xxvi.,  297-298;  xxvii.,  299-308(1915-16). 
University  Circulars.    1915,6-10(1915). 

Barcelona. 

Junta  de  Ciencies  Naturals  de  Barcelona  — 

Anuari,  1916(1916). 

Basle. 

Naturfokschende  Gesellschaft  in  Basel — 

Verhandlungen.    xxvi.(1915). 

Berkeley,  Cal. 

University  of  California — 

Publications.— /?o^a7iy,  v.,  9;  vi.,  7-12;  vii.,  1-2(1915-16).— 
Entomology,  i.,  3-6(191 6).  — G'eo/o^y  :  Bulletin,  i.x.,  3-18; 
X.,  1-4,  and  7(1915-16).  Pa//io%i/,  ii.,  18-19(1916)- 
Physiology,  v.,  2(1916).  -Zoo%y,  xii.,  13-17;  xiii.,  11-12; 
XV.,  Introduction;  xvi.,  2-17;  xvii.,  1-5(1915-16). 
Four  Separates:  {a-h)  "Studies  on  American  Sporotrichosis, 
ii.-iii.,"  by  K.  F.  Meyer  [Amer.  Journ.  Trop.  Diseases,  itc, 
iii..  No. 3(1915);  Journ.  Amer.  Med.  Assocn.,  lxv.(1915)]. 
— (c)  "The  Contribution  of  Medical  Science  to  Medical 
Art  as  shown  in  the  Study  of  Typhoid  Fever,"  by  Dr.  F. 
P.  Gay  [Univ.  Calif.  Chronicle,  xviii.,  No.2(1916)].- (c?) 
"Testicular  Infusion-Agar,"  ikc,  by  J.  C.  Hall  [Journ.  of 
Bact.,  i ,  No.3(1916)]. 

Berne 

Naturfokschende  Gesellschaft  in  Bekn — 

Mitteilungen  aus  den  Jahren,  1913,  1914,  1915(1914-16). 

SociETK  Helvetique  des  Sciencks  Naturellks  — 
Actes,  97'"'Session,  1915(2  vols.:  n916;. 

Birmingham. 

Birmingham  Natural  History  and  Philosophical  Society  - 
List,  1916,  and  Annual  Report,  1915(1916). 
Proceedings,    xiv.,  1(1916). 

67 


890  DONATIONS  AND   EXCHANGES. 

Brisbane. 

Botanic  Gardkns,  Brisbane  — 

Botany  Bulletin,  No.  xviii.(1916). 
Department  of  Agriculture  and  Stock — 

Queensland  Agricultural  Journal,  N.8.  iv.,  6;  v.,  1-6;  vi.,  1-5 
(1915-16). 

Geological  Survey  of  Queensland  - 
Publication.s.    Nos.240,  252-254(1915-16). 

Queensland  Museum — 
Memoirs,  iv-v.(19 15-1 6). 

Royal  Socikty  of  Queensland  — 
Proceedings,    xxvii.,  1-2(1915). 

Brooklyn. 

Brooklyn  Institutk  of  Arts  and  Sciencks  — 

Brooklyn  Museum  Science  Bulletin,    ii.,  5;  iii.,  1(1915-16). 
Cold  Spring  Harbour  Monographs.    viii.('191  5). 

Buenos  Aires. 

MusEO  Nacional  dk  Historia  Natural — 
■  Anales.    xxvi.(1915).     Indices.  T.  i.-xx.,  1864-191 1(  1  91  4). 

Buffalo. 

Buffalo  Society  of  Natural  History — 
Bulletin,    xi.,  1-2(1914-15). 

Calcutta. 

Geological  Survey  of  India — 

Memoirs,  xxxv.,  4,  T.p.  ifec;  xxxvi,  3,  T.p.  <kc.;  xxxix.,  1 
(1911-12). — Contents  and  Index  of  Vols.  xxi. -xxxv.,  1884- 
1911(1916). 
Falaeontologia  Indica,  N.S.  v.,  Memoir  No. 3;  vi.,  Memoir 
No. 1(1915-16). — T. pp.  and  Contents  of:  Series  xv.,  Vol.i., 
Memoirs  i.-v.;  Vol.  v.,  Memoirs  i.-iii.;  Vol.  vi..  Memoirs 
i.-ii.;  Vol.  vii.,  Memoir  ii. :  New  Series,  Vol.  ii.,  Memoirs 
i.-v.:  Vol.  iv.,  Memoirs  iii. -iv. (19 15). 
Records,    xli.,  1-4;  xlii.,  1,  3-4;  xlv.,  3-4;  xlvii.,  1-2(1911-16). 

Indian  Museum — 

Annual  Report,  1914-15(1915). 


DONATIONS  AND  EXCHANGES  891 

Memoirs,    v.,  1-3;  vi.,  1(1915). 

Records,    xi.,  1-6,  T.p.  itc;  xii  ,  1-3(1  9  15- 1  fi). 

Cambridge,  England. 

Cambridgr  Philosophical  Socikty — 
Proceedings,    xviii.,  ■1-6(1916). 
Transactions,    xxii.,  8-9(1916). 

Cambridge,  Mass. 

Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology  at  Harvard  College  — 
Bulletin.    Ivii.,  4;  Ix  ,  10-12,  T.p.ifec.(1916). 

Cape  To^rn. 

Royal  Society  of  South  Africa  — 
Transactions,    v  ,  2-5(1915-16). 

South    African    Association    for    the    Advancement   of 
Science — 
South  African  Journal  of  Science,    xi.,  1-3,5-9;  xii.,  2-11 J 
xiii.,  1(1914-16). 

South  African  Museum — 
Annals,    xiv.,  2;  xv.,  3(191  6). 
Report  for  the  year  1915(1916). 

Christiania. 

Videnskapsselskapet  I  Christiania — 
Forhandlinger.    Aar  1914(1915). 
Skrifter.  i.  Mat.  Naturvid.  Klasse,  1914(1915). 

Cincinnati,  Ohio. 

Cincinnati  Sociktt  of  Natural  History — 
Journal,    xxii.,  1(1916). 

Lloyd  Library  — 

Bibliographical  Contributions,    ii.,  6-9(1915-16). 
Synopsis  of  Section  Apus  of  the  Genus  Polyporus.      By  C. 
G.  Lloyd(1915). 

Columbus,  Ohio. 

Ohio  Acad.  Sci.  and  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio  State 
University — 
Ohio  Naturalist,    xvi.,  1-8(1915-16). 


892  donations  and  exchanges. 

Ohio  .State  University    - 

University   Bulletin,    xx.,  15,  16,  20,  21,  23,  26,  27,  34,  35 
(1915  16). 

Copenhagen. 

ACADBMIK    RoYALE    DES    SCIENCES    ET    DES    Lp^TTRES    DE    DaNE- 
MARK  — 

Bulletin.    1915,  2-6;  1916,  1-2(1915-16). 

Universitei's  Zoologiske  Museum  — 
Danish  Ingolf  Expedition,    iii.,  4(1915). 
Danmark-Ekspeditionen  til  Groenlands  Noidcestkyst,  1906- 

08.    iii.,  16,  19(1916). 
Saertryk  af  Mindeskrift  for  Japetus  Steenstrup.    Nos.  xvi., 
xxvii.,  XXX  (1914). 

Darwin,  N.T. 

Department   of    Mines   of   the    Northern   Territory    of 
Australia  — 
Bulletin  of  the  xNorthern  Territory.    Nos.lO,  lOA,  11,  12,  14 
(1914-15). 

Decatur,  111. 

American  Microscopical  Society  — 

Transactions,   xxxiii.,3-4:  xxxiv.,  1,3,4;  xxxv.,  1-2(1914-16). 

Dublin. 

Royal  Dublin  Society — 

Economic  Proceedings,    ii.,  10-11(1915-16). 
Scientific  Proceedings.    N.S.   xiv.,  24-41,  T.p.ifec;  xv.,  1-14 
(1915-16). 

Royal  Irish  Academy — 
Proceedings.    Section  B.,  xxxii.,   9-12,  T.p.ctc  ;  xxxiii.,  1-3 

(1916). 

Edinburgh. 

Royal  Physical  Society  of  Edinburgh— 

Proceedings,    xix.,  9,  T.p&c;  xx.,  1(1916). 
Royal  Society  of  Edinburgh — 

Proceedings,    xxxv.,  3,  T.p.itc.(l  915). 

Transactions.    1.,  2-4(1915-16). 


Donations  and  exchanges.  8^3 

Florence. 

SociKTA  Entomologica  Italiana — 
Bulletino.    xlvi.,  1914(1915). 

Formosa 

Bureau  of  Productive  Industries — 

Icones  Plantarum  Formosarum     v. (1915). 

Garrison,  NY. 

American  Naturalist,  xlix.,  Nos. 587-588;  1., 589-599(1915-16). 

Geneva. 

Societe  de  Physique  et  d'Hisioire  Naturelle  de Geneve  - 
Memoires,  xxxviii.,  4-5(1915-16). 

Granville,  U.S.A. 

JDenison  Scientific  Association — 

Bulletin  of  the  Scientific  Laboratories  of  Denison  University. 
xviii.,j)p.l-284(1915). 

Haarlem. 

Societe  Hollandaise  des  Sciences — 

Archives  Neerlandaises.    Serie  iii.,  B.  ii.,  3(1915). 

Hague. 

In'ederlandsche  Entomologische  Vereeniging  — 
Entomologische  lierichte.    Deel  iv.,  85-90(1915-16). 
Tijdschrift  voor  Entomologie.    Iviii.,   Supplement;  lix.,    1-3 
(1915-16). 

Halifax,  N.S 

Nova  Scotian  Institute  of  Science — 

Proceedings  and    Transactions,    xiii.,  3-4;   xiv.,   1;    191l1-13 
(1915). 

Hobart. 

Department  of  Mines — 

Geological   Survey  Bulletins.    No&.21  and   Pocket  of  Maps, 

23  and  Pocket  of  Maps,  24(1915-16). 
Geological  Survey:  Mineral  Resources,  No.  i.,  Pts. 1-2(1  916). 

Royal  Society  of  Tasmania — 

Papers  and  Proceedings,  1915(1916). 


894  DONATIONS  AND  EXCHANGES. 

Honolulu,  T.H. 

Bernick  Pauahi  Bishop  Museum — 
Memoirs,    iv.,  1(1916). 
Occasional  Papers,    vi.,  3(1916). 

Indlanopolis,  Ind. 

Indiana  Academy  of  Science — 
Proceedings.    1914(1915). 

East  Lansing,  Michigan. 

Laboratory  of  Bacteriology  and  Hygiknk,  Michigan  Agri- 
cultural College — 
Report  of  the  Bacteriologist,  1915(1915). 
Two  Separates  :  "Agglutination  Test  as  a  means  of  study- 
ing the  presence  of  Bacterium  abortus  in  Milk,"  by  L.  H. 
Cooledge;  "Some  Factors  influencing  the  longevity  of 
Soil  Micro-organisms,"  «fec.,  by  W.  Giltner  and  H.  V. 
Langworthy  [Journ.  Agric.  Research,  v.,  Nos.  19-20]. 

London. 

Board  of  Agriculture  and  Fisheries — 

Journal  of  the  Board  of  Agriculture,  xxii.,  7-12;  xxiii.,  1-6 

(1915-16). 
Leaflets:  Nos.80,  100,292,  293,  302,  307(1915-16)      Special 

Leaflets,  Nos.23,  47,49-51,  57-59,61,  62,65(1915-16). 

British  Museum  (Natural  History) — 

Catalogues  :  (a)  Freshwater  Fishes  of  Africa  (G.  A.  Boulen- 
ger),  iii.(19l5);  (6)  Lepidoptera  Phalajnse  (Sir  G.  Hamp- 
■son)  Supplement  Vol.  iii.,  Text  and  Plates  (191  1);  (c) 
Ungulate  Mammals  (R.  Lydekker),  iv.(  1  915).— Guide  to 
the  Fossil  Remains  of  Man(1915).  —  Revision  of  the  Ich- 
neumonidae  (C.  Morley),  Pt.  iv.(1915). 

Entomological  Society — 

Transactions.    1915,3-5;  1916,1(1916). 

Geological  Society — 
List,  July,  1916(1916). 
Quarterly  Journal.    Ixxi  ,  2-3(1916). 


BONATIONS  AND  EXCSANGES.  895 

LiNNEAN  Society — 

Journal.  Botany .  xliii.,  289-291  ( 1915  16).  Zoology,  xxxi., 
210,  T.p.&c  ;  xxxii.,  220,  221,  T.p.tfec;  xxxiii.,  222(  I  915- 
16). 

List  of  the  Society,  1916-16(1916). 

Proceedings,  1  27th  Session,  1914-15(1915). 

Transactions.  Second  Series.  Botatiy,\u\.,%{\^\b).  Zoology. 
xi.,  13;  xvii.,  2(1916). 

Royal  Botanic  Gardens,  Kew^— 

Hulletin  of  Miscellaneous  Information.  1915(1915). 
Huoker's  Icones  Plantaruni.  Fifth  Series,  i.,  3(1916).    From 
the  Bentham  Trustees. 

Royal  Microscopical  Society — 

Journal.    1915,5-6;  1916,  1-4(1915-16). 
Royal  Society — 

Philosophical  Transactions.  Series  B.  ccvi.  334;  ccvii,  335- 
347;  ccviii.,  348-340(1915-16). 

Proceedings.    Series  B.   Ixxxix.,  61 1-616(1915-16). 

Zoological  Society — 

Abstract  of  Proceedings.    Nos.l48-159(  1915-16). 
Proceedings.    191  5,  1-4;  1916,  1-2(1915-16). 
Transactions,    xx,,  13-17,  T. p. &c.;  xxi.,  1(1916-16). 

Madrid. 

Real  Sociedad  Espanola  de  Historia  Natural — 
Boletin.    xv..  6-10;  xvi.,  1-2,  5-6(1915-16). 
Memorias.    viii  ,  8;  x.,  2,  3,  5(1915-16). 

Manchester. 

Manchester  Literary  and  Philosophical  Society — 
Memoirs  and  Proceedings,    lix.,  2:  Ix.,  1  2(1915-16). 

University  of  Manchester  :  Manchester  Museum — 
Publications  of  theManchesterMuseum.  Nos. 77-78(191 5-1  6). 

Manila,  PI. 

Bureau  of  Forestry  :  Dept.  of  the  Interior— 

Annual  Report  of  the  Director  for  the  year  1916(1916). 


896  donations  and  exchanges. 

Bureau  of  Science  of  the  Government  of  the  Philippine 
Islands. — 
Philippine  Journal  of  Science.     Section  A,  x.,  6;  xi.,  1-3 — 
Sec.  B,  X.,  5-6;  xi.,  1-3 — ^Sec.  C,  x,  6;  xi.,  1-3—  Sec.  D,  x., 
1-6;  xi.,  1-4(1915-16). 

Melbourne. 

Australasian  Journal  of   Pharmact — Vols   xxx.,  359-360^ 

xxxi.,  361-371(1915-16).      Fiom  the  Publisher. 
Commonwealth  Bureau  of  Census  and  Statistics — 

Official  Year-Book  of  the  Commonwealth  of  Australia,  1901- 
In.     No.9,  1916(1916). 
Commonwealth  of  Australia  :  Department  of  Trade  and 
Customs  — 
Fisheries  :  Zoological   Results  of  the  Fishing  Experiments 
carried  on  by  F.I.S.  "Endeavour,"  1909-14  (under  H.  C. 
Dannevig,  Commonwealth  Director  of  Fisheries)    iv.,  14 
(1916). 
Department  of  Agriculture  of  Victoria — 

Journal,    xiii ,  12;  xiv.,  1-11(  I915-]  6). 
Field  Naturalists'  Club  of  Victoria — 

Victorian  Naturalist,    xxxii  ,  8-12:  xxxiii.,  1-7(1915-]  6). 
Public  Library,  Museums,  &c.,  of  Victoria — 

Report  of  the  Trustees  for  1915(19]6). 
Royal  Australasian  Ornithologists'  Union — 

"The  Emu,"  xv.,  3-4;  xvi.,  1(1916). 
Royal  Geographical  Society  of  Australasia:  Victorian 
Branch. 
Victorian  Geographical  Journal,    xxxii.,  1(1916). 
Royal  Society  of  Victoria — 

Proceedings.    New  Series,    xxviii.,  1-2(19  1  5-16). 
Tran.sactions.    vi.(1914). 
University  of  Melbourne — 
Calendar.    1916(1915). 

Mexico 

Instituto  Geologico  de  Mexico — 

Boletin.    Num.31  (Text  and  Plates),  32(1913-14). 
Parergones.    v.,  1-9(1913-14). 


DONATIONS  AND  EXCHANGES.  897 

Modena. 

La  Nuova   NoTARisiA — From  the  Editor,  Dr.  G.B.De  Tom 
Serie  xxvi.    Aprile,  Luglio,  Ottobre,  1915;  xxvii.,  Gennaio, 
Aprile,  Luglio,  Ottobre,  1916(1915-16). 

Monaco 

Institut  Ockanographique  de  Monaco— 

Bulletin,    xii.,  .307-313,  T.p.&c;  xiii.,  314-322(1915-16). 

Montreal 

Royal  Society  of  Canada — - 

Proceedings  and  Transactions.  Third  Series,  ix.,  Sections 
i.-iv.(  1 915-16);  x.,  Part  i.  of  Sections  i.-iv.;  List,  1916 
(1916;. 

Mosco'W. 

SociETE  Imperiale  DES  N ATURALISTES— 

Hulletin.  Annee  1910,  1-3;  1911,  1-3,  et  Suppleraent(1911- 
12). 

Nevr  Haven,  Conn. 

CONNKCTICUT  ACADEMY  OF  AkTS  AND  SCIENCES — 

Memoirs  (4to.)  Vols,  ii.,  iv.,  v.1910-16). 

Transactions,  xviii.,  pp. 139-207;  xix.,  pp. 111-445,  T.p.(tc., 
XX.,  pp.1-131,  161-240,  241-399(1913-16). 

JNe"w  York. 

American  Geographical  Society — 

Bulletin,  xlvii.  10-12(1915). —  Geographical  Review,  i.,  1-6; 
ii.,  1(1916). 

American  Museum  of  Natural  History — 
Bulletin,    xxxiv  (1915). 
Memoirs.    N.S.  i.,  6(1916). 
Monograph  Series.    No.2  [Hitherto   unpublished    Plates  of 

Tei-tiary   Mammalia    and    Permian    Vertebrata  (Cope  & 

Matthew).   4to.  1915]. 

New  York  Academy  of  Sciences — 

Annals,  xxvi.,  pp.  1-394,  396-486,  T.p.&c:  xxvii.,  pp.  1-29 
(1915-16). 


898  DONATIONS  AND  EXCHANGES. 

Otta^va 

Geological  Survey  of  Canada — 

Map  Nu.l50A  [Pouhook  Lake  8heet  No.7-2]  (1916). 
Memoirs.   Nos.34,  36,  50,  55,  58,  60,  68,  72,  76,  77,  79,  81,  83 

(1913-16). 
Museum  Bulletin,  Nos.20-22(1  915-16). 
Summary  Report  for  1915(1916). 

Oxford. 

Radcliffe  Library,  Oxford  University  Museum — 
Catalogue  of  the  Books  added  during  1915(1916). 

Palo  Alto. 

Leland  Stanford  Junior  University — 

Publications  (University  Series).    Nos.l9-20(l  915). 

Paris. 

Societe  Entomologique  de  France — 

Annales.    Ixxxiv.^  2-4;  Ixxxv.,  1-2(1915-16). 
Bulletin,  1915,  15-21 ,  T.p.&c;  1916,  1-14(1915-16). 

Pavia 

Istituto  Botanico  dell'  R.  Univeksita  di  Pavia  — 
Atti.    ii.  Serie.    Vol.  xii.(191 5);  xiv.(1914). 

Perth,  W.A. 

Geological  Survey  of  West  Australia^ — 

Annual  Progress  Report  for  the  Year  1915(1916). 
Bulletin,  Nos.60,  63  Pt.  ii.,  64(1915-16). 

Government  Statistician,  West  Australia — 

Monthly  Statistical  Abstract.    1915,  185-!87:  1916,  188-196 
(1915-16). 

Petrograd. 

Societas  Entomologica  Rossica — • 

Hora?  Entomologicfe.    xli.6;  xlii.,  1(1915). 
Revue  Russe  d'Entomologie.    xv.,  3-4(1915-16). 

Philadelphia. 

Academy  of  Natural  Sciences — 

Proceedings.    Ixvii.,  2-3;  Ixviii.,  1-2(1915-16). 


donations  and  exchanges.  899 

American  Philosophical  Society— 

Proceedings,    liii.,  215;  liv.,  217-220;  Iv.,  1-5(1914-16). 

Transactions.    N.S.  xxii.,  3(  1915). 
Zoological  Society  of  Philadelphia — 

Forty-fourth   Annual  Report  of    the   Board  of   Directors, 
April,  1916(1916). 

Pietermaritzburg. 

Natal  Museum — 

Annals,    iii.,  2(1915). 

Pittsburg. 

Carnegie  Museum  [Dept.  of  the  Carnkgie  Institute] — 

Annals,    ix.,  3-4(1915). 
Memoirs(4to.).    vi.,  7(1914). 

Plymouth. 

Makink:  Biological  Association  of  the  United  Kingdom  — 
Journal.    N.S.    x.,  T.p.&c;  xi..  1(19 1  6). 

Portici. 

Labouatorio   di   Zoologia  generale   e  Agraria    della    U. 
ScuoLA  Sup.  d'Agricol. — 
Bollettino,  x.(1915-16). 

Portland,  USA. 

Portland  Society  of  Natural  History — 
Proceedings,    iii.,  1(1914). 

Pusa,  India. 

Agricultural  Research  Institute — 

Memoirs  of  the  Department  of  Agriculture  in  India.  Bac- 
terioloyical  Series,  i.,  1-6(1912-15). — Bokmical  Series,  iii., 
2-4;  iv.,  2;  vi.,  2,  T.p.&c;  vii.,  5-8;  viii.,  1  and  3(1910-16). 
—  Entomological  Series,  ii.,  10,  'I'.p.&c;  iii.(  1911-12). — 
Report  of  the  Agricultural  Research  Institute,  1914-15 
(1916).— Report  on  the  Progress  of  Agriculture  in  India 
for  1914-15(1916). 

Richmond,  N.S.W, 

Hawkesbury  Agricultural  College — 

H.  A.  C.  Journal,    xii.,  12;  xiii.,  1-11(1915-16). 


&00  DONATIONS  AND  EXCHANGE 

Rio  de  Janeiro. 

Instituto  Oswaldo  Cruz — 

Memorias.     ii.,  2:    iii.,  1-2;    v.,  3;    vi.,  1-2;    vii.,  1-2;   viii.,  1 
(1910-16;. 

MusEU  Nacional  do  Rio  du  Janeiro — 
Archives.    xviii-xix.(1916). 

San  Francisco. 

California  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences — 
Constitution  and  By-Laws,  tkc.   1915. 
Proceedings.    Fourth  Series,   v.,  3-6(1915). 

Stockholm. 

Entomologiska  Foreningen  1  Stockholm — 
Entomologisk  Tidskrift.    xxxvi.,  1-4(1916). 

Kongl.  Svenska  Vetenskaps-Akademie — 
Acta  Horti  Bergiani.    Tom.  v  (1914). 
Arkiv  f.  Botanik.    xiv.,  2(1915)— A'emi,    &c.,  vi.,  1(1916)— ♦ 

McUhematik,  ic,  x.,  4(1915) — Zoologi.  ix.,  3-4(1915). 
Arsbok,  1915(1915). 

Handlingar.    li.,  1-11,  T.p.&c;  liii.,  1-5,  T.p.<fec.(1913-15). 
Lefnadsteckningar.    v.,  1(1915). 
Personforteckningar,  K.S.  Vet.  Akad.,  1739-1915.    Utgifna 

af  E.  W.  Dalilgren(1915). 

Zootomisches  Institut  der  Univkrsitaet  zu  Stockholm — 
Arbeiten.    x.(19J5). 

Sydney. 

Australian  Museum — 

Miscellaneous  Publications.    No.x.(1916). 
Records,    xi.,  1-5(1916). 

Botanic  Gardens  and  Domains,  Sydney — 

Annual   Report  for  1914(1915),  and   bound  set  of   Annual 

Reports,  1896-7  to  1914(1898-1915). 
Census  of  New  South  Wales  Plants(1916).    By  J.H.  Maiden, 

I.S.O.,  F.R.S.,  and  the  late  Ernst  Betche. 
Critical  Revision  of  the  Genus  Eucalyptus,   iii.,  4-7(1  915-16). 

By  J.  H.  Maiden,  Government  Botanist,  Ac. 


donations  and  exchanges.  901 

Bureau  of  Statistics — 

Official  Year  Book  of  New  South  Wales,  1914,  18,  Tp.ic; 

1915,  1-13(1915-16). 
State.sman's  Year  Book  of  New  South  Wale.s,  1910(1916). 
Chikf  Skcrktary's  Depautmknt  :  Fishekies — 

Report  of  the  Fisheries  of  New  South  \A'ales  for  the  Year 
1915(1916). 
Department  of  Agriculture,  N.S.W. — 

Agricultural  Gazette  of  New  South  Wales,   xxvi.,  12,  T.p.it.; 
xxvii.,  1-11(1915-16). 
Department  of  Agriculture:  Forest  Branch,  N.S.W. — 
Annual  Report,  191 41 5(191 6). 

Forest   Flora   of   New    South    Wales.       By  J.   H.   Maiden, 
Government  Botanist,  Ac.    vi.,  6-9(1914-16). 
Department  of  Mines  — 

Annual  Report  of  tiie  Department  of  Mines  for  1915(1916). 
Memoirs(4to. ).   Ethnological  Series,  No.2(  1  916)  -  Geological 

Series,  No. 7  (Text  and  portfolio  of  Maps)  [1915-16]. 
Mineral  Resources.    Nos.20,  21,  22,  23(1915-16). 
Pamphlet  :   "Composition  and   Porosity  of  the  Intake  Beds 
of  the  Great  Australian  Artesian   Basin"  (1915).      By  E. 
F.  Pittman,  A.R.S.M.,  Government  Geologist(1915). 
Department  of  Public  Health — 

Fifth  Report  of  the  Microbiological  Laboratory  for  the  year 
1914(1916). 
Education  Department — 

Education  Gazette  of  New  South  Wales,   ix.,  12;  x.,    1-11, 
and  two  Supplenients(1915-16). 
Education  Department  :  Teachers'  College — 

Records  of  the  Education  Society.    Nos.24-26(1915-16). 
Teachers'  College  Calendar,  1916(1916). 
Education  Depautment:  Technical  Education  Branch  — 
Annual  Report,  1914(1915). 

Technical  Gazette  of  New  South  Wales,   v.  2;  vi.  1-3(1915-16). 
Institution  op  Surveyors,  N.S.W. — • 
"The  Surveyor."    xxviii.,  8-10(1915). 


902  donations  and  exchanges. 

New  South  Wales  Naturalists'   Society — 

"Australian  Naturalist."    iii.,  9-12(1916). 
Royal  Society  of  New  South  Wales — 

Journal  and  Proceedings,    xlix.,  3-4(1916). 

Scientific  Australian,    xxi.,  2-4;  xxii.,  1(1915-16).    Frovithe 

Publishers  (Bishop  Bros.). 
University  of  Sydney — 
Calendar,  1916(1916). 

Tokyo. 

College  of  Science,  Imperial  University  of  Tokyo — 
Journal,    xxxiv.,  1;  xxxv.,  3,  7,  9,  T.p.circ. ;  xxxvi.,  7,  8,  T.p. 
itc. ;  xxxvii.,  2-5;  xxxviii.,  1(1915-16). 

Tokyo  Zoological  Society — 

Annotationes  Zoological  Japonenses.    ix.,  2(1916). 

Toronto. 

Royal  Canadian  Institute — 

General  Index  to  Publications,  1852-1912(1914). 
Transactions,    x.,  T.p.&c;  xi.,  1(1915). 

Tring,  Herts 

Zoological  Museum — 

Novitates  Zoologicse.    xxi.;  xxii.;  xxiii.,  1-2(1914-16). 

Tunis. 

Institut  Pasteur  de  Tunis — 
Archives.    T.  ix.,  3(1916). 

Upsal. 

Royal  University  of  Upsala — 

Bulletin  of  the  Geological  Institution,    xiii.,  1(1914-15). 
Zoologiska  Bidrag  fran  Uppsala.    Bd.  iii. (1914). 

Urbana,  111. 

University  of  Illinois — 

Illinois  Biological  Monographs,    ii.,  4(1916). 

W^ashington,  D.C 

Bureau  of  American  Ethnology — 
Bulletin.    Nos.57,  62(1915-16). 


donations  and  exchanges.  903 

Carnegie  Institute  of  Washington —  , 

Department  of  Experimental  Evolution:  Annual  Report  of 
the  Director,  191o  [Reprint  from  the  Year  Book,  No.  xiv.] 
(1915). 

National  Academy  of  Sciences  — 

Proceedings,    i.,  11-12;  ii.,  1-10(1915-16). 

Smithsonian  Institution — 

Annual  Report  of  the  Board  of  Regents,  1912-13,  1913-14 
(1914-15). 

U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture — 

Bulletin.  No.s.lOO,  112,  113,  124,  131,  134,  15G,  IGO,  IGl, 
165,  167,  231,  245,248,  251,  252,  261-263,  273,  278,  293, 
295,  329,  333,  345,  351,  352,  358,  363,  377,  382,  422,  443 
(1914-16) . — Bureau  of  Entomolo(.iy :  Contents  and  Indexes 
of  Bulletin,  Nos.  94,  96,  99,  109,  115,  116(1915-16)— 
Pamphlet:  "The  Pink  Bollworm"(  19 14)— Technical  Series, 
No.  17,  Pt.  ii.;  Contents  and  Index  of  No.  19;  25,  Pt.  ii.; 
27,  Pt.  ii.(1914-16). 

Entomological  Sepai^ates  (26)  from  Journal  of  Agricultural 
Research,  ii.,  6;  iii.,  2,  4(2);  v.,  12,  15,  17,  20,  21,  23,  25;' 
vi.,  2,  3,  5,  7(2),  10(2),  11,  12(2),  14,  16,  21,  22,  23;  vii.,  3 
(1914-16). 

Otlice  of  the  Secretary:  Circular  No.55(1916);  Report  Nos. 
102,  108(1915). 

Yearbook,  1915(1916). 

U.  S.  Geological  Survey — 

Bulletin.  Nos.  541,  544,  561,  562,  565,  566,  568,  569,  570, 
572,  573,  576,  580  J,  M,  N,  O;  581 D,  586,  587,  588,  590, 
591,  592,  593,  595,  598,  600,  601,  602,  603,  604,  605,  606, 
607,  608,  609,  611,  612,  613,  614,  615,  616,  617,  620A-N, 
P;  621 A-D,  G-L,  N,0;  622(1915-16). 

Mineral  Resources.  1913,  i.,  lA,  12,  15,  17-26;  ii.,  29-35.— 
1914,  i.,  lA,  1-24;  ii.,  2-34.— 1915,  i.,  1A(1914-15). 

Monographs.    liii.-liv.(1915). 

Professional  Papers.    Nos.90F-H;  95B-I(1914-15). 


•904  DONATIONS   AND  EXCHANGES. 

Thirty-fifth    and    Thirty-sixth    Annual    Reports,    1913-U, 

1914-15(1914-15). 
Water-supply  and  Irrigation  Papers.   Nos. 326-330,  335,  339; 

340C,'p,  E,  K,  L;  342,  344,  345G,  347,  348,  351,  352, 

355-35^,  364,  366,   370-373,   375B-F,   376-379,  385,  388, 

397,  400A(1914-16). 

U.  S.  National  Museum — 

Annual  Report,  1913-14,  1914-15(1914-16). 

Bulletin.     No.71    Pt.  vii.,    89  (4to.),    91,    92  Vols,  i.-ii.,  94 

(1914-16). 
Contributions  from  theU.  S.  National  Herbarium,   xvi.,  14, 

T.p.Ac;  xvii.,  7-8;  xviii.,  3-4;  xix.(1915-16). 
Proceedings,    xl viii. -xlix.  ( 1 9 1 5- 1 6 ). 

Wellington,  NZ. 

Department  of  Minks:  Nkw  Zkaland  Geological  Survky — 
Bulletin.   N.S.  Nos.l4-16(1912-13). 

Sixth,  Eighth,   and  Tenth  Annual   Reports.    N.S.,  1912-15 
(1912  16). 

Dominion  Museum— 

Annual  Report  for  Year  1915-16(1916). 
Education  Dkpaktment  (Minister  of  Internal  Affairs) — 

Atlas   of  Plates  to  Suter's    "Manual  of  the  New  Zealand 
Mollusca"(4to.  1915). 

New  Zealand  Institute — 

Transactions  and  Proceedings,    xlviii.,  1915(1916). 


private  donors  (and  authors,  unless  otherwise  stated). 

Bonaparte,  Le  Prince,  Paris — "Notes  Pteridologiques."  Ease, 
i.  (Paris,  1915). 

Brewster,  Miss  A.  A.,  and  Miss  C  E.  Leplastrier,  Sydney — 
"Botany  for  Australian  Students."     (Sydney,  8vo.,  1916). 

DoDD,  Dr.  S.,  Sydney — One  reprint:  "Trefoil  Dermatitis"  [Journ. 
Comp.  Pathology  and  Therapeutics]. 


DONATIONS  AND  EXCHANGES.  t)Qr 

FKOOO.TU,  Mis.  G.   H.,  8yd„ey-"The  Wo,.l,l  „f  Little  Live," 
(Sydney,  1916). 

F„o.„..„,   W    W     F.L.S.-0„e  Pan.phlet  [Fa,™e„-  B„ileti„ 
Dept   Agnc.   N.  S.  Wale«,   No.l  10(Aug„st,   1916)]--Three 
repnnt.  !,.„„,  AgHe.  Gazette  N.  S.   M'ale.,  [Mi.cella„e„„ 
i-ubhoations,  Kos.lSSG,  1860,  1870(1919-16)1 
Jack    R.  L     LLD     RG.S.,  fc.,  .Sydney^One  ,.epri„t:    "The 
Explorafon  „f  Cape  York  Peninsula.    1606-1915"  [Journ 
Proc.  Aust.  H,st.  Soc.,  iii.,  Pt.5,  1916] 
Mevhick   E    KA.,  F.R.S.,  MaHbo,-™,*,  Eng-^^-Exotic  Mic- 

lep.doptem        Vol.  i.,  TUAO-20,  T.p.fe.(1915-I6) 
M.,obb™«,   D...   E.,    St„.kh„l„,-Eighteen    .-eprints    of   Papers 
enttled  "Results  of  D.  Mjoberg's  .Swedish,  Seientmc  Ex 
ped.  ,ons  to  Australia,  ,910-13,"  by  various  luthors  rRoya, 
S.we<lish  Acatlemy's  Arkiv  (or  Zoolo<.i    ix   v-  H„„d 
lii.(1913-16)].  °      'X  X,  Handhngar, 


~7[  '-*""   ''epi'int:   "  Uebcr  die  Tn 

sektenreste  der  .sog.    .Harnogyttja'  i™  ncirdliohen  Schwede," 
[Svenges  Geolo.g,ska  U„de,.6kning:  Arsfek,  ix.,1915)l 
-MU.OKB,   J.   F     and   T„.b,.cock,    R.    E.,    Kerang,    V,c -^One 
.•eprn,t:   "V.ctorian  Hydroida."    Part  vi.  [Geet  „.  Natu^^l 
ist,  vi.,  No.4(1916)].  [wneiong  JNatuial- 

Stbe.,  T  FX.S.,  .Sydney  (donor)^" Observations  of  a  Naturalist 
n,  he  Pacific  between  1.96 and  ,899.  Vol.  i.  VatnaL  ' 
F,,,.     By  H.  B.  Guppy,  M.B.,  F.R.,S.E."  (Tendon,  1903). 

Tavloh,    F.    H     F.E.,S.,  Townsville-One  reprint  :    "A    blood 
sucung    .^eeies    of    P.rlco,na    in    Queensland."  7bu1  e    1" 
Entoinol.  Research,  vi.,  Pt.. 3(1 91.5)1  i^^uieim 


[Printed  off4tli  April  19J7.] 


Ca;^ 


ta 


LIBRARY 


^t 


-Zt'ii^ 


AS^ 


.» 


(a) GENERAL   INDEX. 


i!'  «   Ki 


Abstract  of  Proceedings.  Monthly, 

.suspension  of.   267. 

.Vddress.  Presidential.  Marcli  29tli. 
1916.  1. 

.Vir.  alveolar,  change  of  composi- 
tion of.  786. 

Alkaloid  of  Native  Tobacco.  148— 
Of  Kolandra,  815. 

Allan.  W..  obituary  notice  of.  5. 

AniijctcridcH,  Revision  of.  l*t.  v., 
■422. 

Announcements.  101.  190.  267.  631, 
769. 


.\nt-lion^ 

ed.  194. 
Al)hiiiit<)i)hri/ii<\ 

of.  770. 
.\])ple.  abnormal 


arvii'  of  r.ire.  exhibit- 
n.g..  description 
exhibited.  494. 


Ascalnphhid,  descriptions  of  new  . 
41. 

.Vuronsseau.  M..  I'etrological  .\otes. 
No.  it.  The  delations  l»et\veen 
.s«»me  West  Australian  (ineisslc 
and  Granitic  Kocks,  261. 

— — News  of.  on  mili- 
tary service  abroad.  494,  631. 

.\ustralian  Axinellidic  453.  495, 
635 — Carabida'.  196.  597 — ^Coleop- 
tera,  720 — Culicidje,  564 — Fungi, 
853  —  Microlepidoptera,  333  — 
Mollusca,  680 — Mosses,  575 — 
Xeuroptera,  41,  221.  269— Phy- 
toplankton.  823 — Stratiomyida', 
71 — Tabani(he.  746 — Tenebrioni- 
d»,  209. 

Axinellidie,  descriptions  of  new 
species  of.  453.  495.  (i.'t4. 

.\zalea,  galls  on.  exhiiiited.  492. 

Bailey,  F.  M.,  obituary  notice  of,  7. 
Baker,  R.  T.,  svv  Exhibits. 
Balance  Sheet,  etc..  1915,  35. 
Barrington  Tops.  N.S.NY..  new  C'o- 
leoptera  from.  209, 


Batrachia.  new  genus  of,  770. 
P.ennett.  A.   L..  elected  a  Member. 

101. 
,  G.    l'\.  donor  of  portrait 

of  Sir  R.  Owen.  220. 
Benson.  W.  X.,    Linnean    Macleay 

[""ellow  in  Geology :  summai-y  of 

year's  work.  11. 
]ierof}ii(]((',     characters,     etc.,     of, 

269. 
Bickford.  E.  I.,  note  on  the  econo- 
mic    resources    of      West    Aus- 
tralia. 633. 
Biononucs  of   the    P.utTalo-Hy.    763. 
j'ii-ds  and  iKillinatiou.    16. 
P.otauic    (lardens.  Sydney:    Notes 

from      the.     417 — Some    ("ry]>to- 

gamic  Notes  from.  377. 
P.otaiiy.   taxouonnc.   in    relation   to 

leaf  moi'phobjgy,    152. 
liower-bird,  Regent,  exliibited.  493. 
ISraih  !i<-hiti>ii  i)(>i>i(]iic<>-itcerifolluH  : 

the      Ci'imson-tlowered      Kurra- 

.jong.   INO. 
j'.ridges   in   Odonate  wings,  871. 
P.i-(»therus,   \'.    F..   Descriptions    of 

some  new  Si)ecies  of  .\ustralian. 

Tasmanian.    and    New    Zealand 

Mosses,   vi..   575. 
i'.utralo-fly,  bionimiics  of  the,   763. 
P>uftalo-gnat.  exhil)ited.  632. 

CiilIi.stcniiDi.  flowers  jind  dr.-i wings 
of.  exhibited,  219. 

Cambage.  R.  11. .  re-elected  to  the 
Council,  35 — aS'cc   Exhibits. 

Camiibell.  .7.  If.,  Hon.  'i'reasiirer's 
Financial  Statement  and  Bal- 
ance Sheet,  35.  36 — Re-elected 
to  the  Council.  35 — Ke-elected 
Hon.  Treasurer,   101. 

('(iKihidfP  from  tlie  Upper  Williams 
liiver,  196 — l)escriiiri<»ns  of  new 
S))ecies  of,  597, 


11. 


INDEX. 


farter,  H.  J..  Descriptions  of  a 
new  Cienns.  and  three  new 
Species  of  Anstralian  'I'cnchrio- 
nk1a>  from  Barrington  Tops, 
N.S.W.,  209. 

Casemotli,  ixiltbed.  exhibited.  494. 

f'aterpillars.  ■'\'ei;etal)le,"  exhi- 
bited, 268. 

Chapman,  H.  G.,  re-elected  to  the 
Council,  ,'55 — Note  on  a  froix  dis- 
tended with  tluid.  106. 

Cheel.  E..  sec  Exhil)its. 

and  J.  15.  Cleland,  Ivecords 

of  Australian  Funici.  Xo.  i.,  853 
— Sec  Exhibits. 

CJi  rysop'uhc        wing-venation       of, 

221. 
Cleland,  .1.    r...   re-elected     to    the 

Council,  35. 
and   \\.  Cheel.       Kecords 

of  Australian   I'un.i,'!.  No.  i..  853 

— Sec  Exhibits. 
Coleoptera.     descriptions    of    new 

species,  720. 
Collins.     j\Iiss     M.     1..     elected     a 

Member,  387. 
('omin)sition  of  alveolar  air.   786. 
Contributions  to    a  knowled.w    of 

Australian  Culicido',  No.  iii., 
564. 

Cowrie-shell  from  the  South 
Coast,  exhiltited.  192. 

Cryptogamic     Xotes     from     the 
Botanic  Gardens,  377. 

CuJ'icidce,  Australian,  contribu- 
tions to  a  knowledge  of,  564. 

Dampicra,  white-flowered,  exhi- 
bited, 769. 

David,  T.  W.  K..  news  of.  on  mili- 
tary service  abroad,  6:51. 

Deer,  Miss  ]\1.,  elected  a  JSlember. 
101. 

Descriptions  of  new  Australian, 
etc..  Mosses,  575 — Of  new  Aus- 
tralian Coleoptera,   720. 

De  Vis,  C.  W..  obituarv  notice  of. 
6. 

Dixson,  H.,  see  Exliibits. 

,    T.    S.,     re-elected     to     the 

Council,  35. 

Donations  and  Exchanges,  40,  101, 
190,  217,  267.  387.  494.  6:;i,  769. 
888. 


Dragonfly-larvre.  emergence  of, 
from  the  egg,  388. 

Dun,  W.S..  elected  a  Vice-Presi- 
dent, 101— <Sfee  Exhibits. 

ICbor   Scrub.     X.S.W..   Lepidoptera 

of.  249. 
Eltioresccnce     on      Xew      Zealand 

Kelps,  676. 
Elephant,  abnormal     tusk    of.  ex- 
hibited. 632. 
Emergence      of      l)raLMntly-larva\ 

388. 
Eiiiirui.   a    naturalised     Composite, 

exhibited,   633. 
Eirniiisphdiii   and     Ooeysiis.    107. 
TCncalvi^t  hvbrid.  185 — Exhibit  of. 

192. 
Exchanges  and  Donations,  40,  101. 
190,  217,  267,  387,  494.  (i31,   769. 
888. 
Exhibits:  — 

liaker.  11.  T.,  sections    of    wood 

and  leaves  of  Grey  IMangrove, 

492 — Lantern      slides     of     the 

.Mangrove-association.    493. 

Cambage.   R.  11..  a   Cowrie  .shell 

from  the  South  Coast.  192. 
Cheel.  E.,  an  abnormal  fungus 
{ Pf)ljlH(ieeinn)  \  remai'ks  on  a 
white-flowered  H(tr(J<  n  her(/i<i. 
10.5 — Seeds  of  French  bean. 
192— Plants  of  Callistemon 
raised  from  European  seed, 
and  drawings,  219  —  Eresh 
flowering  specimens  of  two 
W.A.  Kenneydas  (for  Mr.  11. 
Dixson),  267  —  Rhodot'.endron 
Galls  on  Azalea,  492 — Natur- 
alised Evening  Primroses. 
Hoses,  and  a  Con i posi  te  (/•>'/// /- 
Ua),  633. 
Cheel,  E.,  and  Cleland.  .T.  15.. 
fungi  from  the  Noi-th  Coast 
district,  104. 
Cleland.  .T.  P..,  seedling  of  Hakea. 
103 — Webbing  of  gossamer- 
spiders.  191. 

and  Cheel,  E.   (supra). 

Dixson,  H.,  see  Cheel,  E.,  267. 
Dun.  W.    S.,   stalacite    and    calci- 
fied INl.vriapod.   191. 
Fletcher.   .1.   .T..   ])ortrait  of    the 
late  Sir  K.  Owen,  220. 


INDEX. 


111. 


Exhibits  :— 

Fro^jratt,  J.  L.,  an  imdescriltefl. 
parasitic,  chakid  wasp,  -194. 

,  W.  W..  various  ento- 
mological specimens,  191  — 
Specimens  illnstrating  the  life- 
history  of  the  Kiiibed  Case- 
Moth  destructive  to  Sugar- 
Gums,  494. 

TTamilton,  A.  A.,  teratological 
or  variable  plants.  193.  21 S, 
267,  492, 

,     A.     (i.,     "vegetable 

caterpillars,"  268 — Drawing  of 
an   undetermined   Orchid.   493. 

liuU.  A.  F.  ]',..  a  Fluttei-ing 
Fetrel,  103. 

Lo  Souef,  A.  S.,  abnornml  ele- 
])hant"s  tusk.  632. 

McCulloch.  A.  Ti..  lantern-slides 
of  the  Mangrove-fauna,  49.!. 

]\iaiden.  .7.  11..  Crimscm-flowered 
Kurragong,  and  bylirid  l'"u(a- 
lypt,  192. 

North.  A.  .1..  White  Xutmeg  or 
Torres  Strait  i'igcon.  1(I3 — 
Australian  Finches.  19.1 — lie- 
gent  liower-liird.  219 — Superl) 
Fruit  IHgeon.  493. 

Steel.  '!'..  reunited,  fractured 
feuuir  of  an  ox.  21  7. 

'riilyard,  IJ.  .T..  larvie  of  rare 
ant-lio]is;  hylirid  Sweet-])ea. 
194 — Xew  I'erlidie  reared  from 
larva^;  larva  of  a  new  i'.uffa- 
lo-gnat,  632. 

'I'urner,  F.,  various  plants,  101, 
190 — Grasses  from  (Queens- 
land. 217 — Fruits  of  Yellow 
(^uandimg.  492  —  Abnormal 
ajiple,  494  —  White-flowered 
variety  of  Datupiera,  769. 

Whitelegge,  T..  slides  illustrat- 
ing the  sexual  generation  of 
I'silotum,  102. 

Fellows.  Linnean  Macleay,  sum- 
maries of  year's  work,  10-12. 

Fellowshi])s :  announcements.  631 
— Appointments   to,   12. 

Ferg\ison,  E.  ^Y..  Revision  of  the 
Amycterides.  \'..  Mohicht iis  and 
CiihiiorrUijiic)! IIS,  422, 


Finches,  Australian.  exhibited. 
195. 

Fletcher.   J.   J.,   .sec   Exhibits. 

French  P>ean.  seeds  of.  (>\hibil('d. 
192. 

Froggatt.  .7.   Jj..   sec  Exhibits. 

,  W.  W..  elected    a   Vice- 

Fresideut,    101— .SV'C    Exhibits. 

Fry.  1).  y,..  Description  of  Apluin- 
tophriiiK.  a  new  Batrachian 
genus  from  New  Guinea  :  with 
comparative  notes  on  the  pec- 
toral musculature,  770. 

Fungi,  l\ecords  of  Australian,  i.. 
853— From  the  North  Coast  dis- 
trict, exhibited.   104. 

Fungus,  abnormal,  exhibited,   lO.l. 

Galls.    Ivhododendron,  on    Asalen, 

exhibited.  492. 
(iametophyte    of    Pxilotum,   .5.53 — 

I^lxliibit  of.  102. 
Gneissic  and  granitic  rocks  of  W. 

A..   261. 
Granitic  and   mieissic  rocks  of  W. 

A..  261. 
firasses.      Queensland,      exhibited. 

217. 

Uakea.   seedling,   exhibited.   191. 

llallmann.  E.  F..  Linnean  Macleay 
7'ellow  in  Zoology:  summary  of 
year's  work.  11  —  l\e-appointed. 
1916-17.  12. 

.     Revision    of    the 

Genera  with  ^licroscleres  includ- 
ed, or  iirovisionally  included,  in 
the  Family  A.riui'U'itlcr ;  with 
Descrii)tions  of  some  An.stralian 
species  [PorikkraJ.  Part  i..  45.): 
Ft.  ii..  495:  Ft.  iii..  634. 

TTamilton.  \.  A..  The  Instability 
of  Leaf-morphology  in  its  rela- 
tion to  Taxonomic    F>otany,  152 

— (S'ce  Exhibits. 

.  A.  G..  l^residential  Ad- 
dress. 1 — Re-elected  I'resident. 
3.5— .S-cc  Exhibits. 

Uiirdcnhrrgia.  remarks  on  a  white- 
flowered,   105. 

ITedley.  ('..  elected  a  Vice-Presi- 
dent. 101 — Congratulations  to. 
on  award  of  the  Syme  Prize.  6.".  1, 


IV.  INDEX. 

Iledley,  C,  Studies  on   Austrjiliaii  ^FcC'ullocli.  A.  R.,  sec  Exhibits. 

!Mollusoa.  xiii..  680.  .\l;ii(leii.  J.  H.      On    lirachyvMton 

Hf''merobii(h(  ,   cliaracters,   etc.,   of  ixipidiico-uccrifolunn    F.v.Af.,  the 

the,   269.  Crimsuu-flowered  Kurra.loug,  180. 

ITerdman,   AV.    A.,    portrait    of    re- .    On  a  P^ncal.vpt  Hybrid 

ferred  to,  i;}.  {F.  ralophi/llo     x    E.  firifnlid). 

Hill,  (i.   F.,   Some    Notes    on    the  is.")-  See  J<]xhibits. 

Bionomics    of    the     Buffalo- l"'ly,  .Man.i;rove-fauna.    lantern-illustra- 

763.  tions     i)t     sliown.  493 — Sections 

Hinder,  Miss  Iv  M.,  elected  a  Mem-  of     leaves,    wood,    anl    lantern- 

ber.  267.  illustrations        of        Mangroves 

Ilindniarsh.  :\liss  K.  M..  elected  a  shown.  492,  493. 

Member,  267.  M icrolcpidojjtcrd,    studies   in    Aus- 

Hull.    A.    F.   B.,    re-elected    to   the  tralian,  ;io3. 

Council,   35 — See  Exhibits.  M.iol)ero;,  E.,  Results  of  tlic  Swed- 

llybrhl    Encalyitt,    IS.'i,    192 — Kur-  i.sh     Scientific     Expeditions      to 

rajong.  180,  192 — Sweet  Pea,  ex-  Australia,  18. 

hibited,  194.  Mollnsca.   studies     on     Auslialian, 

xiii.,  6S0. 

Insects,   exhibited,     191,   194,    494,  Mos.ses,  new.  from  Anstr.-ilia,  Tas- 

631.  niauia.  and  Xew  Zealand.  '}7'>. 

Tnvestifitation.     Chemical,     of    poi-  -Muscul.-ilure,    Pectoral     of     P.atra- 

sonons  plants.  148,  Sb).  <-hia,  770. 

Jfli(n)i(la\  cliaracters,  etc..  of,  269.  Myri:ii)od    in   slalactlfe,   exhiliited. 

191. 

.Tarvis,   E.,   Note  on  a   Scale-insect  M i/niiclrt/nt'nhi .      d('scri])tions      ol 

affecting  Su.uar-Cane.  21(i.  new.  41. 

Kelps,  an  efflorescence  on.  676.  Xeuroptera.  .studies  in  Australian. 

Kennedyas,    \\ .    A.,  in    flower    ex-  ii.,  -ti  •  iii.    221  ;  iv.    269. 

hibited.  267.  y,,^^.'     (j'^iueji^     j^ew  '   Scale-insect 

Kurra.Kmg    (rimson-flowered    (iiy-  ^             215  —  New      Batrachian 

bvid),  180,  192.  f,^^^_   770. 

•   ^,    ,,         ,            ^            ,  .  New     Zealand.      efHorescence      on 

Laseron.  CI-.,  welcome  to.  on  his  j.^^       ^^.^^^     676— Mosses,    new. 

return      from     military     service  from    575 

abroad,  494.  \icoti(i)}(i  snaveolens,  alkaloid  of. 

Lea,   A.  M..    Descri])tions    of    new  ^^ 

Specie.s     of    Australian    Coleop-  x<,i..iivoscy.-.nilne  in  Sohtndnt.  81.1. 

tera,  xu.,   /20.  North.  A.  J.,  .-«cc  Exhibits. 

Leaf-morpholo;,'y.  instabilit.y  of.  ni  ^^^^.^^^  ^^^^^^^^^    ^^^^^„^  ^^.^^j,^    ..xhibit- 

relation     to    taxonomic    botany.  ^^    jq^ 

^  ^•^^-                ^  ^„        „       ,     _,_  Xotes  from  the    Botanic  (lardens. 

Lepidoptera  of  l-.bor  Scrub.  249.  Svdnev.    377,    417— Petrological, 

Le  Souef,  A.  S.,  .^fr  Exlnhits.  ^^o.  ii.,  261— And  Exhibits.    KH. 

Lucas,  A.  H.  S..  elected  a  \ice-rre-  ^^^^  ^^^^  ^g^    ^^^    ^9^_  ^.^^    -,,,, 

dent,  101. 

.      Notes   from   the 

Botanic  Gardens,   Sydney:   I'ar-  Odonata.   sectors    and  bridges    in 

thenogenesis  in    A(|uatic   riiane-  wings  of,  871. 

rogams,  417.  Oor//.s'//,s-  and  Eie!mosphaia,  107. 

An   Efflorescence  Orchid,  drawing  of  uudertermiued. 


on    some    New    Zealand    l\eli)s.         exhibited,  493. 

fi7fi  ().t)iiyli(l<r.  descriptions  of  new.  41. 


INDEX.  V. 


Owi'ii.  Sir   K,.  iioiirail   oi'  lUH'sont-  (.iuoeiislaml  griisscs  cxliibiLed,  -17. 

od.  220. 

Ox,  fracturiMl  fcnmi-  of.  exhiliilcd,  llaymeut.   F.  11.,   ro-ek'etcd    Audi- 

217.  t«»i"'  35. 

UtH-ords  of  Australiiiu   Fungi,  No. 
i..   800. 

I'aiK'v-sui.pl.v.  sliortaw  of.   190.  lU'si)ii-ari(>n.    in     ivlation     to     tlie 

l•artla>no,^a>llesis   in     A.iuatic    I'lia-  emergeiu-e     of     dragoiifiy-larvie, 

nerogam.s,  417.  388 

2V';7ir/a',  specimens  of  new,  exln1)it-  JU'vision  of    the    Anii/clcrUlcfi,  v., 

ed.  632.  422— Of     the     A.rinrUidcr     M-ith 

IVtrel.   Fluttering,  exhiliited.   Ki:'..  mieroscleres.     4o;5,   49G.   634 — Of 

I'etrie.    .7.    M.,     Linnean    Maeleay  the   Strativmyida'.   of    Australia, 

Fellow   in     Bioehemistry :     sum-  71. 

mary    of    year's    work.    10 — He-  JJoseI)y.   ^Sliss   ,M..   elected   a   Mem- 
appointed.   191(1-17.   12.  licr.  267. 
.   Tlie  Chemical   In-  Koses.  naturalised.  <'.\lnl)iled.  ()'■>'.'>. 

vestigation    of    some    poisonous  Kutherford,  A..  A  new  Scale-insect 

I'liints   in    the   N.O.    Sohniacra',  aifecting      hugar-cane     in     New 

l^art  ii.      Nicofidiia     suavcolena  (luinea.  215. 

and  the  Identilication  of  its  .\1- 

k;iloi(h   148 — i'art   iii.     Tlie   Oc-  Scale-iusect   aff'e<ting     sugar-cane, 

currence  of  Nor-Hyoscyamine  in  215. 

SnJididra    loiif/iflora,   815.  Scaritiiu.  new  spt'cies  of,  597. 

I'etrological   Notes.  No.  ii..  2(;i.  Hcott,    A.     ^Y.,     portrait    of.     pre- 

J'hanerogams,    partlienogenesis    in  sented,  13. 

aquatic,  417.  Sectors  of  Odonate  wings,  871. 

I'liytoplankton,    Australian    fresh-  N/.s//;/V/«',   cliaracters.   etc.,   of   the 

water.  823.  269. 

I'igeon.   ^Vhite   Nutmeg,  exhiliited.  Sloaiie,  T.  G.      < '(iidhiild-  irom  t]ie 

103— Superb      Fruit,     exhibited.  ^  I'l'^'i"  ^Villiams   River.    N.S.W.. 

493  196 — New  Australian  Spt'cies  of 

I'inkerton,   Aliss,    E.    C,   elected   a  'Vjm^^V/a  belonging  to  tlie  Tribe 

Member,  267.  ,  '^>'"-"'^'"-  -597. 

Plants    exhibited,     101.      190-I'oi-  ^''''^^''   \:^-  (/'n-esponduig   Mem- 

,,      T^T  ^.     r,  ,  ber.  notice  ot  his  decease.  ().il. 

sonous,    in    the   N.O.    Solaiiacca,  ,,    ,,,.,,    m    ^.          1.     <-     • 

148,  815— TeratoloiTh-al  or  vari- 7^:  }\  (-leig,  ^Maeleay  Hacteri- 

able  exhibited.  ]9;i.'  218.  267.  492.  ^'IV-^'^^t  to  tlie  Society:  smnmary 

I'layfair.  <;.    1..  Ooc/xtu  and  Err-  "^  year  s  work    10 

m.osph„ra    [Az.u^,    10?  ~^7^7~'     ^'!wr               '         '             '' 

,      Australian     Fresh-  ,  ^^l^i'^^^i'-    1^»"- 

water    Fhytoplankton  ( /Vo^oroc-  ■^"'''"'"•'''.' ,   <'liciiii<;,l    nivcNstigation 

•  J        -,     co-1  *'t      lioisonous      iilants      in      Ihe 


I'ollinatiou  by  birds,  J(). 

l^rimrose.     Evening,      naturiiUsed. 

exhibited.  632.  ^ .    •  ,  ,  ,  . 

I,      .  •  ,  r        i-       1        i         Spiders.      i,'ossaiiier.      wclibnig      ot 

I  rntiiciiccoKlcd'        ol         ircsluAater  ,.i.ji  w     1     mi 


X.O..  ii..  148;  iii..  S1.5. 
Kidiiiidnt.   occurrence   of     iior-hyo- 
scviimiiK?  ill.  SI  .1. 


]>laiikton.  823 
I'sUotinn,  the  gaineloph.xte  of.  553 


exhil>ited.   J91, 
Sleel,  'r..  .scr    lO.xhiliils. 


-Microsc<.pic     preparations    of,     ^"l'^'^   '"     :).!'r^™'''ll'     ■^li'-i"lnn- 
exhibited,  102.  doiiicra,     ^.i-i—Molliixni.     080— 

Xciiroptcra,  ii..  41  ;  iii.,  221  ;  iv., 

269. 
(^uandoug,  fruits    of    Yellow,    ex-     Sugar-cane,    scale-insect   affecting, 
hibited.  492.  215. 


VI. 


INDEX. 


iSweet-i'ea,  liylirid.  exhibited.   U»4. 

Tahanidce,  Australian,  No.  ii.,  746. 

'Pasinania,  IMosses  from.  575. 

Taylor,  F.  H..  C'ontril)ntious  to  a 
knowledge  of  Australian  Ciilici- 
(hv,  iii.,  564 — Tahaiiidn,  ii.,  746. 

Tcin'hrionidfv  from  Barrington 
Tops,  N.S.W..  2(19. 

'I'illey.  C.  E..  elected  a  Member. 
267. 

Tillyard,  \l.  J..  Linnean  Maeleay 
Fellow  in  Zoology :  summary  ot 
year's  work.  12 — lie-appointed. 
1916-17,  12. 

.  Studies  in  Austra- 
lian Neuruijtcra.  No.  ii..  De- 
scriptions or'  new  (ienera  and 
Si)ecies  of  the  Families  Oniiiij- 
liddi,  Myrmelconfidd',  and  .l.sro- 
lajdudcr.,  41— No.  iii.  The  ^Ving- 
venation  of  tlic  (Ihrysop^div,  221 
— No.  iv.  The  Families  Ifhnni- 
d(r,  Hem<'r<diii(hr,  Sisi/r'nld',  Br- 
rafhidcr,  and  the  new  Family. 
TrichoiiKttidd  :  with  a  Discus- 
sion of  tlieir  characters  and 
llelatiimships.  and  Descripticms 
of  new  and  little-known  (lenei-a 
and  Species,  2(i!i  l''nrther  Ob- 
servations on  the  JCmergence  of 
UragonHy-Larva'  from  the  l']gg. 
with  special  Keference  to  the 
I'roblem  of  Kespiration.  ;'.ss 
-  Further  Itesearches  upon  the 
Problems  of  the  lladial  and 
Zygoi)terid  Sectors  in  the  Winus 
of  (>d(t)t(it(i.  and  niioii  the  Kor- 
nnition  of  I'.ridges,  871 — Hcc 
lOxhibits. 


Triclmvuifidir,  characters,  etc.,  of 
the.  269. 

Turner,  A.  J.,  Third  Contribution 
to  a  Knowledge  of  the  Lepitlop- 
terous  Fauna  of  Ebor  Scrub. 
X.S.W.,  249— Studies  in  Austra- 
lian Microlcpidoptcra,  o3.";. 

,   F.,   remarks    <m     W'ara 

tahs,  632- -^'ee  Exhibits. 

Waratalis,    remarks   on.   6;!2. 

Wardlaw.  II.  S.  II..  Liiniean  Mae- 
leay Fellow  in  Physiology  :  ap 
pointed,  12. 

.     The    Change     of 

Compo.sition  of  Alveolar  .\ir 
after  the  stoppage  of  normal 
Breathing,  786. 

Wasp,  ])arasitic  Chalcid.  exhibit- 
ed, 494. 

Watts,  W.  W.,  Some  Cr.vptogamic 
Notes  from  the  Botanic  (iar- 
dens,  Sydney,  377. 

Welch,  W..  elected  a  Memlier,   101. 

West  Australia,  gneissic  nud  gra- 
nitic rocks  of.  261 — Note  on  the 
economic  resources  of.  63;!. 

White.  A..  Revision  of  the  Strutid 
nii/idcr  of  Australia,   71. 

,   C.    T.,    elected    a    Mendier. 

101. 

^Vhiteleggc.  T..  The  <iametophyte 
of  I'.silot iijii  :  rrelinunary  Notes. 
553 — Sec    iCxhibits. 

\^'illianls  River,  ITpi)er,  < 'urdhnhi 
from,    196. 

Wintii-venation  of  the  Chdi/sopiild  , 
221— Of  OdoiKito,   871. 

Woolls.  W..  portrjiit  of.  presented. 
13. 


INDEX. 


Vll. 


(b) BIOLOGICAL  INDEX. 
Xaines  in  italics  are  synonyms. 


Page. 
Ahoetlu'tu    ;»teridoiiomii    ..     ..    2~){) 

Abutiloii 17 

Acacia 31,  155 

binervatii     161 

(  ambagei 160 

cohistrifolia 30 

complaiiata      ."!34 

deeurreus 159,  334 

dift'ormis     160,  178 

discolor 160 

elongata 160 

falcata 161 

floribuuda 178 

liomalophylla 16(i 

implexa 160 

-Maideni 160 

luelauox.vlou 178 

myrtifolia 30 

peudula 160 

peimiiR'rvi.s. .    ..    KJO,  161.  334 

piibesceiis 384 

immila 159 

pycuautlia 161 

rostellifera 159 

suaveolens    . .    .  .    l'9,   L59.  KiO 

subbiuervia 159 

Acaiithacli.sis  .  .    . .   42,  47.  66.  291 

fulva 67 

fuiidatus 67.   194 

in'terseiii    . .     .  .    43.   66.   67.   71) 

subtendeus      67 

.Vcaiitliasar.mis      ..    94.  95.  97,  100 

gracilis 98,  100 

pahi.stris 96.  98,  100 

.\<-aiitliclla 456.  498,   542 

Acaiitli()b>i)lius.  422.   423,  428.  450. 

451 

iJiackburiii 423 

r.rhnius 430 

gi-anidatus 423 

( Vjiuaxiuius 423 

simplex 423 

AcaiitJiorhyncbus  sji.  ..    26.   27,  31 

Acaiitlioxa 658 

Acar 681 

Acliras  arnhcmica 101 

Acidalia  lialmtea 251 

Acidalianti^ 249,  251,  252 

Ainiiva  patellavccta 708 


Acrolricbc   ag.irrc; 

(livaricata  .  . 
Actii'oiiida'  .  .  . . 
Actiua 

costata    . .    . . 

iiicisnralis    .  . 


;ata 


Page. 
..  ..169 
..  ..  169 
..  ..  717 
. .  73,  77 
....  77 
..    77,  78 

Actiiiastriuu 8."57 

aciculaiv 838,   851 

bacillarc 838,  851 

guttiila 838,   851 

Mautzscbii    .  .    .  .    S37.  838,  861 

ActiiK.tvis    jlcliaiitbi 168 

Adcnaiitlios   cmieala 31 

.Kdeoinyia  ♦^■Jitasticla      ..    573,  574 

\  eunstipes      573,  574 

-Eschiia 876 

.FiSclinid«L\ 876 

Acscuhis    jiarviilora 20 

Agave  s[i 17 

Aghuidcs 340 

cliiouoiiia      •.    . .    . .    340 

Agonochila     208 

biuotata 198 

corticalis 208 

fciiestrata 198 

guttata 198 

uiacleayi      198 

phigiata 198.  207.  208 

rnficollis      198 

Agriouidic.  .    ..    s7\.   872,   876,   884 

AllaiitcHa 675 

Allautopboni.    495.    496,    497,    498, 

499,  501,  639,  674 

ciocalyptoides,     503,    514,   515, 

550 
r.  reducta      .  .    515.  516.  550 

luicrostrougyla      503 

plicata.  496.  497,  503,  508,  510, 

511,   513.   514.    515.   517,   550 

victoria iia.  469,   499,   503,   506, 

507,  509.   514,   515,   516,  550, 

551,  552. 

Alloforiiiicah'oii    ..     ..42,   47,    62 

austral  is 63 

byaliuus      ..   43,  62.  63,  64,  70 

waterhousei 43,  63,  70 

Allognosta 74 

-Vmaryllidea-      174 


Vlll. 


INDEX. 


PagI'. 

Aiiililyst(>t:iuiu      austro-li.vj^ru- 

])liilum ;')94 

Aiiililytelus   curtus      197 

miiuitus      197 

Ainisallus   l)asii)eniiis 732 

iiodosus 731 

spp 732 

tubei'culifroiis       7-'ll 

Ami»liidesuia  an.ij;usta.  i)92,  (i9.!.  71  s 

funeata 693 

(llaWvUa 693 

Auii)hithora 2.10 

Auiiihitberiiia' 250 

Auiycteridos +22 

Amj/ctcriin  iiioroxii.s   ..    ..   429,  430 
Aiiafamptodoii   Wattsii     ..    ..    -lOo 

Aiiacantliella 78.  So 

spleiideiis so.   99 

Aiutl>cUil    ciiclddiU 694 

Anatifcra  liizoiia 694 

Anax S76 

liaijueu.^is.  3SS.  3S9.  391.  ;!92. 
395,  39S,  40;:,  406.  407.  110. 
412. 

AiK-illa  editha' 709 

Aiidropo.uon    criaiitlioidcs       ..    217 

interuiedius      217 

sericeus 217 

Augopliora  cordifolia      ..    166.  21  s 

intermedia ISS 

laueeolata S60 

melaiioxyloii ]fW 

subvelutina      ]i)6 

Auigozantlios  hmnilis 31 

Maiif^lesii 3.1 

Anisoptera.  S71.  873.  S74.  ST.l.  S76, 
878,  879,  880,  882.  883,.  8S4.  SS6. 
887. 

Aiikistrodesmu.s      836 

Braunii s;^7,  sril 

/•.  minutus 837.  S51 

dulcls 836,   851 

V.  cini^ulnui    . .    . .    837,   851 

falcatns  r.  coiilortns.  836.  S5 1 

/■.  miraliilis      .  .    .  .    836,  S51 

r.   setiiierus 83(1 

Aiitlustiria  ciliata 217 

.\ulliOfercis   Eadesii 194 

Antlioriiis  melaiiura 22 

Antissa 78.81 

cuprea 81 

Autissella 78.  81 

parvideutata 81,  99 


Page. 

AntissiiKi'    ..    ..    72.   78.   81.  97,  99 

Aphaiitopliryne,  770,  771,  772,  773, 

774.  775.   776,   777,  780,   781,   782 

pausa,  772,  775,  776,  777.  778, 

780,    783,    785 

Aphide.< 24S 

Apioiiiorplia    Hetcheri 191 

Apoclirysidse..    222,   242,   243,   244. 

272 
Araucaria   Cuuniushamii.  .    ..    305 

Area    adamsiana 6so 

hotanica 680,   719 

irudina 681 

lamina  ta fiSl 

metella 681,   719 

nodnlusa (i82 

plicata 681 

xifjudta 6SI) 

strabo 681 

Antiadic 249 

Arcularia   particcps   ..    ..    712,  7ls 

Art,da 41  1 

Ar,i;i(>lestes 876 

Artannis    leuc(>i>.\.iria  lis       ..     ..    is 

l)ers<>natus      is 

sniKTciliosus 18 

Arlbrodesnins 846 

Ascalapbida-..    41,  42,  43,  67,   269, 

272    278 

Ascalapliides      '282 

Aspbabis 210 

Asjiidiea' ;i77.  378,  379 

Asr)idinm 377,  379 

acniniuatnin 382,383 

Slieplienli 383 

Aspidojilossa 598,  600 

Assemania 714 

Astrolonia  di^'aricata 31 

Atalaya    benii.i,'lanca 158 

Atbyriuin  Imniilc 380.  386 

Atriliasta 348 

fulvifusa 348 

Aidacaspi.s 216 

ma.ior 215,  216 

ltenta,i,^>na 216 

rosea 216 

Aiisfroagrion      876 

Austroct)rdulia 876 

Anstrogomphus 876 

Anstrolestes 876 

leda 389,  410,  411 

Antanepsia 252 

Autosporaceae 110 


INDEX.  IX. 

Page.  Page. 

Avicciiiiin    olliciiialis 4:9ii      r.jitliildii    (•l;ii-t's<T'iis     I'.i.") 

AxocliiiKi 6.'.()  nihriciiudii       lit.j 

Axi.inidii 636      ISeaufortia  si»;iisa oj 

Axidra.trma 636.  637,  674     Bedellia  soiumileuta     259 

padiiia 63S  Berime..    ..    72,   7().   78,   SI,   97.   9 

.Vxiiu'lla 456,  498     Beris  /Uipulpi.s 77,  98 

fhihcllata 535  fusciventris      97.   lOU 

frondiila 542  incisiinilix 77 

piidiiKi 635,638  nitidithorax 97.   JU(i 

imniUa 674    ,         pnrridnitatn 81 

.\.\iiiellid;r,    11.   453,  495.   r^ir).   541.  nuiiKiuecella 97.   100 

634.  635,  636.  637.  639.  640,  641,  Servilkn 78.   99 

649.  ()54.  ar^r^.  657.  673.  Beniardia 847 

Axiiioliiiiii.' 675  Chodati 847,848,852 

Azalea   sp 492  v.   orueiata      ..    ..    848,   852 

Wfati^laveiisis    ..     ..    848,  852 

I'.a-ckea 165      I'.erotha 284.  315,  316 

bivvilulia 165  I!erotliid;i',  269,  270.  272,  274,  289. 

deiislfolia lf)6  3ir, 

diosiiiifolia 16<)     r.erotliiiKc 284 

(iiiniiiaiia 166      lief  a    vnl.i^aiis 19:; 

IJanksia 32,  3.3     Biciniiid 518 

jeimila 173  Uieiniia . .    495.   497.   498.   499,    500, 

arteiiuata 31  501.502,518,519,520,636.640, 

(•i-icif()li;i 27.   29.   17:'.  673.   674. 

iuar;,'inata 173  unioi^i:^      501 

ISren/.iesii 31  (•a])illifera 501.  502 

serrata 173.  cavenmla 502 

sp 28,  29  vhcrrciiri .US 

spiiisiilosa 173  cliilensis 496,  503 

r.aiik.siiiella     liiu'atopemiis     ..    571  corriKjata 518 

liiirhatiii    Idiiiinatd      681  diiiitzcnbvrnl 518 

piixilhi 680  tistnlos.-i 199.  502 

r.;Mliiila    LrlaiKiilii 581  lV)rfis ."iOH 

r.;irea 259.  .".40  ,i;i-(i'iilandica ,102 

aiicrasta 344  liainilera 502 

arhitra .341  hnmilix 497.  4!i9,  r.ls 

af  inoiihora 345  iiici'iistaiis 502 

l>asi.L;raii)iiia 341  iiioriHitd 518 

lifvochi-oa 342  koreiiii      50  1.   502 

chioi-eis 341  iiKK-roj-haiiliis 50l> 

consiKiiatella 340  iiiej,'alosi.t,'uia 496,  503 

eiicapuodes 340,   34.3  rar.   li|iusplia-i-a      ..     ..    .503 

eusciasta 344  iincriixIroiimiJii..     ..    499,    503 

h.vlodroiua 343  iiii(  ruxa 197,  499,  503 

leiicocepliala 341  peadii.    195.   I9S.    l!i!i.  .lo],  ,502 

Jiyuiitliica 259,  34:;  pltcnfd 503 

paiiarcha 341  sp .102,  503 

l)asl('odt>s 259  stellifera      502 

psolotcraimiia 345  trirhaplii.>< 502 

l).vr()ra 341  triincatd 500,   518 

.subviridella 341,  343  tubulata 502 


X. 


INDEX. 


Page. 

Jlieiiuia   \iiri;intiii uUli 

victoria  iia 503 

nilyurix 41(9,  518 

lU^'uoiiia    radicaiis      17 

veuusta 17 

J  >i.iru()iiia('eii> 171 

Blaiifoa   canescens ;il 

l'>(iarniiau;e :i5(),    ^-li' 

IJoriomyia 2(S() 

Borkenhau.sia    gypsupleuia    . .    38 s 

hemileuca 336 

nuuTo])tera      33S 

iiephelella 33(i 

jiauropliyUa      337 

sphievoides 3.'!(i 

tetraplia-a '..   3.; 7 

tliolopa 3;!(i 

Duronia  aiiemmiifolia 157 

florilmiida  x    .sei-nilata    . .    158 

ledifolia 15.S 

polyualifolia    r.    robusta..    157 

I5ossi;ea   lieterdpliylla 162 

Brac-hyc-hitoii 180,  183 

acerifoliiis,  180.  181,  182.  183. 

184 

tircrifoHutn      181 

diversifolius Is;; 

poimliico-aeerifolius.    180.   181. 
182.  183.    1!»2 

liotJtilnvttni       181 

poimluous.    180.    181.    182.   183. 

184 
r.racliycouu'    divorsifolia.  .     ..    1(>>^ 

sti-icta 16.S 

r.raconidfe 13,  88 

liranchioiroiiui  .sjjtuKjilhi  ^     ••    313 

l!rpvice]ts 771.   777 

Breviciintidii'    .  .     .  .    770.    771,   775 

Brynm  aii>iniiiii      5i)2 

austro-atiiiu' 587 

ca^spiticuim      58!» 

calodictyou      58!) 

Cheelii 591 

•  •liryseiim 5S!» 

(lirysoiKMirone      590 

•  'urvicolhini      591 

tilariuui 590 

l'^)rsytliii 592 

Kiama^ 592 

laxirctc 588 

lei)to1heciiiin 593 

luteolimbatuiu 589 


I'Alih. 

Biyuiu   iiachyiiuiualuluin.  .    ..  590 

subcurvicolhim      590 

.siibveutric-osum 586 

SuUivaiii 592 

Biibarls 637 

couistellata 675 

Bulla  acuminata 715,   716 

Bjiiisoui-cd  iJiisiUa 680 

Caledouiella    routusiforniis    ..  714 

Callagrion 876 

Callisteuion    cocciiiciix      ..     ..  219 

lanceolatus 219 

r.   lilacina 219 

ru^ulosus 219 

C'allitbauma 365 

basilica 365 

i^lycera 365 

leptodoma 366 

pyrites 365,  367 

C'allulops 771 

Calfx-era 86() 

cornea 870 

guepinoides 870 

stricta 870 

Calopterygida".  .   871.  876.  884,  8.S7 

Calojiteryx 875,  87() 

maculata 411 

(alotlianuius    sanguiucus        ..  '6i 

C"ampyl(ii»us    deuticuspes       ..  '575 

r.   lutescens 575 

Kirkii 576 

Cantliarellus    folidliuii       ..     ..  105 

Capua   cryp.'-ierytlua 254 

eiizona 254 

hedynia 250 

paraloxa 250 

sp 254 

tliiopasta 250 

(  apulus  s|> 698 

('ai-abi(l;r 196.    5!»7.  598 

C'ardiotliorax   a-ripennis    ..    ..  212 

asperatus 213 

ogerius 214 

liaagi 213 

iiitcrstitialis 21  1,  212 

niiuuis 214 

undulalus 214 

Cardiuni 685 

cygnoruni 6S6.  719 

echinatuni 685 

pallidum      685 

racket tii 685,  686 


INDEX. 


XI. 


Page.    , 

(  anlinm   r;Mli;iI<iiu 685 

leinucostatuui ('>>"i 

Careuides 02(5.  Q'M) 

(  iirenidium 620 

aberraus 627 

atnim 622 

hifurcum      623 

frenchi      62U.  62", 

leai 623,  624 

loiiicipeiine 624 

mnt-ronatum 624 

Iterteune      625 

i-iveriiiiP 626 

(  arcmuu   ..   613,  616,  619.  620,  621 

aii.iiiistiitemie 610 

blackburui 610 

brevicoUe 609 

browni 612 

dii^^lesi      ..   615,  616.  617.  61.S 

itir.   tropiciim 619 

dispar 610 

emar^iiiatum    ..    611,  613.  614 

/•.  :v(jiialis 613.  614 

t>xiiuium 619.  621 

interiore 611 

leai 609 

lepidum 60s 

loiiijculuin 617,   619 

/  .  at  i'(i\  iridis      619 

niacleayi 609,  610 

uioutaiiuia 61  (i 

nitidljH's 614 

(|iiadriiiiiiHtatinu     ..    (!15.    61(i 
sinai'ii^idiiluiii       .  .     .  .    Oil.    612 

sph'iididuni 621 

liiictillatuin 617,  621 

traiisversicdllc       609 

viresceus 611.  612 

/•.  viridivt'iitris 611 

C'arobiiis.  .    274.  2S7.  290.  29;;.  311. 

330 
ausu.stus  ..  ..  311.  ;!12.  330 
imlchellns.    274.   293.    ;;12.   330. 

.332 
subfasrialiis    ..    274.    ;!12.    332 

Carteria 824 

australis 825.   850 

r.  ovata      825.  S50 

I'^ritschii 825 

nuiltitilis      .  .    . .    824.  825,   850 

t)btusa 825 

scrobifiilata     .  .    824.   850.   852 
r.  ovalis     825,  850 


Page. 

Cassia    ert'iuopbylla 16i 

Cassiiiia    a<uleata 168 

loiigifolia 168 

Casuarina    glauca 174 

sp 862 

Casuarinea' 174 

t'atasarciis    spiiiipeiiiiis    . .     . .    721 

/■.   insigiiis 721 

Cekeueplies   parallelus      . .     . .    198 

('eiitrosi)b;pra 112 

Cerambycidit'      737 

Ceraochaliiia    reteplax      ..     ..   468 

t'eratoferonia   re.i^alis 197 

C'eratopetaliuii   gmmnifenim .  .    162 
Ceratopsis.   541.  542,  543,  544,  674 

elavata 542 

erecta 542 

expaiisa 541,  542 

microxepbora 542 

rauiosa 542 

(  ciitliium  luysteriinii 708 

toiuliiii 708 

tomliiii 708 

(  balcis  sp 191 

(lialiiKxUMidroii    »'.\i;,nuini       ..    468 

niiiiiimuii     468 

(  lialinoi-bapliis  dij;itata    ..    ..   468 

Cbaiua 682,  683 

lirll  is/iluica        682 

daiHM'Cdniis      683 

fihiild 682,  683 

(/if/(int<it 686,  687 

!/i(/(ix 68(),  687 

jiih-csii G82,  6S3 

la/.anis 683 

liinlmla .    . .    683 

litfei-ata   rotunda 689 

lobata      6S3 

nivalis ,  _    683 

j>r!lis-iihi,nt         ..     ..    682",    683 

piilcbella      .  .  • 683 

refle.ra .    682,   683 

nideralis 682 

■'<l>iii<).'<(t 682,  683 

(ballerina    . 773 

Cbaraf'iuu) 120 

Cbionaspis 216 

cJiioHc   iiitiflii 691 

Cbirouiyza 73 

Cblam.vdomonas 826,  829 

globosji 827,  850 

globiilosa    r.   pertusa,  826,  850 
gloeocystiformis . .    ..    826,  850 


Xll. 

Clilauiydoinom's 
r.  ovata  . 


INDEX. 


i'AGE. 

l>isin<)rousis.   S-i. 

850 

. .   827,  850 

ovalis..    827.  850 


uumaaina   r.  ovaiis..    o-,.  o.- 
mncifola      

niiixcicold ^' 

( .    atteimata 


l»isifornu^^ 


828 

826. 

850 

r    e'vlimlnvfea.  .     ■•     •  •    -  f " 
r.  gicvocystifonuis.   820.   ^^^^ 

(  hloris  (livaricata -1 

ChlonM-occinii    (lUl(i>^ J -J,. 

C'lilovopliyot^it' ^^.,^ 

Cli.Mlatella ^''-   ^     "   141 

ciliata 

Kchidna 

(  homlropsis 

Villi  cri 


Page. 

. .   700 
. .    700 

. .    8«0 
..    87lt 
..    8()7 
. .    8(56 
.  .    868 
86!l 
.    '.'.    867 
..    860 
868,  ^^'-^ 
.    . .    868 


(  hryso.-lilova      ..    ••    '  '  ^^  ^^    ^ 


141 
520 
64:^ 

S4 


100 


...  47 
.."94,  95,  100 
..  94,  95,  ItH) 
229.  241.   242. 


Ou-jixoihroiiKi 

(hrysoleuu    •  •    •  •    • 

(lirysouotomyia    .  • 

Chrvsonotus    ..     •• 

(•hrysoi.a.   221.   22^^^    _^^^    _^^^_  ^^^^ 

226.  240 
z-.y.  225,  226 
224. 
2:'.0, 


ClaiK-ulus  aloysu 
jiU'lH'iiis.  .    .. 

Clavai-ia 

aurautia 
a urea    - .    .  . 
botrytes  . .    • 
(•iiu'i-i'a  .  .    •  • 
crisimla  .  .    •  • 
formosa.  .    •  • 
fvisiformis    . 
iiiaMlualis   .  . 

luuscditU's 

rosea 

rusosa •  • 

stricta 

(  lavarieie      •     ■•     ■■ 

Chiytouia  australasica      .- 
(leiuatis  aristata    .  .    ■  •    ■  • 

clvciuoi<les 

(  Un-oileiulrou    t.miciitosuiu 

Clianthns    Danipieri ^^-^ 

l>"iii'-^'^'^ -..j-.,-^   .-,-'1 

72.  S2..S4.   SO.  90,  99 


.87(1 
867 
,  869 
,  866 
.  157 
.  15(i 
;.  156 
.      17 


243.  244. 

223.  225. 


A 

r. 

siiziiata    .  . 

228.   229 

24  L  248 

(  Urvs()i»ula>    .. 

231  232.  239.  242 
oVi;".  24S.  272.  278 
•J87.  288.   289.  317 

Chrysoimles •    •• 

Cinatlusiiia  cyaiieoleuca 

Ciiinyrida'     

Cinrilhiptd    ill<-ni.-<l<lli>^ 
L'irc-e 


248 

228 

225.   226.   227. 


231.   232. 


:4i). 


221.  222 


'?22. 
243,. 

2S4. 
521. 


223. 
244, 
285, 

:;24. 


«ll'i'l=i ••  ,;•    ■•    ,.,„ 


crocea 

Itrrxoii'itii 
plicatnia      . 
(luojii  •  ■    .  . 
riridori>^    ■  ■ 
scriitta  .  .    • 
siKjiUdlil 


iS9. 


(•)SS. 


230, 
245, 

286, 

282 

103 

18 

.   639 

.    690 

689 

) 

68S 
69(1 
69(1 
69(1 
600 


(Umacia 

Clitellariua'.    .  - 

(  livina.  597.  598.  .599.  (JOO.  603,  604 

abliri'viata    .  • 

anstralica    .. 

1)() villa-    .  .    •  • 

brevistcrua    . 

l)rnmn<<'l<'r.  . 

coi-oiiata 

cribrifrinis 


(;s<.), 

(iSS, 

689.  690 

.  .    689 

688,  690 

689 


(lamineri      •  • 
(birwini   .  .    .  • 
(>l(':j;aiis   .  .    .  • 

oxilis 

femora  lis    .  • 
ferniL^inea    .  . 
frou'iiiatti    ••    • 
iiiconspii-ua  .  . 
korsliawi 

nana 

iiyctosyloides 

()i)li(iuata    .. 
(ibliiinirollis 
lanH-tatireps 
riveriuu-   . . 

var 

sella ta..    •■ 
tnuiidipes    .  . 


606 
..    602 
.  .    602 
(iiiii.   607 
.  .    600 
.    ..    602 
(i(»2.   603 
.     . .    60 1 
.    ..    604 
.    . .    605 
...    602 
.  .    603 
.    .  .    6(14 
(idl.  605 
. .    . .    603 
. .    . .    605 
.  .    (>03. 
6(17 

6(H) 

()06 

(iOl 

(iOl 

600 

604 

604 

599 


(■.()(., 
(i(l(l, 


(i(i(i. 


(;(_i3. 


(Uvinides '^^^ 

697 


uudatina ^^^^     C'losterinm 

violacea gg^^     clypidinii    iKiniKnihoroUUa 

Cladoumiou   yalleiis 


INDEX. 


XUl. 


Page. 

Cnephasia  tlii()!)asta 25(i 

Coeeidse 191 

(•(lelastruui    . .    . 883 

creuatuui S3:! 

r.  cubicuiii S33.  Sol) 

cnbicnm 833,  834 

V.    olit iisinn 831 

nu*-r(i|i()iiiiii    .  .     833 

nlitnsinii    .  .    ....    . .    834,  851 

Itrubu.si'idcimi 8.34 

psendo-cubicum 834 

lndvhriiiN 83.") 

s|jla:i'riiiiiii    .  .    _  _ 83."! 

(opribitla' IS 

Ccesyra  l)ii.><)li(a 2.")8 

bathropbu'a      2o0 

synei-lics      ,  _ 2.")0 

'oln.s  lilriidiiiosiis 10.") 

'()miieiinis(tji;i 87 

Omixisita' U58.   169 

'<tmi)i«tirof)}i<i  iKtslcodcK   .  .    . .    2-39 

Ouiferu'. .    . 174 

'(>iii()I»ter.v,ii'id;t'     272,  288 

oaioptprytiidos 282 

'<)ii(is]Kn-unim  ciicifolimu.  17.'!,  174 

taxifolium      173,   174 

('(iiins  ahhrcriiit lis 710 

<iri.-ito]ih<ni<  s    .  _     710 

baiidatiis 710 

barbadeiisis      710 

Jxirhddcu.six      ..    ..    ..    ..    710 

coi-diiatn.s.  , 7(19.   71(i 

pt/iilhiiix 710 

m  maris 7  Id 

iiiijiinais .    710 

Diiiiiniiis 709 

iifdiilis 710 

faiiiatus     . 710 

tinnitus 7  in 

ronvolvulacea' 17n 

(ophixaliis 771 

Copiula 771 

Copi-inus 8.").3 

aiiiiulatus s'u 

atrauieiitariiis      8.14 

(•((Hiatus      . .     .  .    .  .    . .    . .    &')'.) 

coiijrregatns      854 

deli(piesceiis 854 

t'pliemerus      856,  857 

extinctorins      854 

fimetarius 854 

hemerobius      859 

luicaceiis    . .     .  .    105,    854,   858 


Page. 

Coprimi.s  niveu.'^      855 

plicatilis 857,  858 

jilicatiloidos      857 

radiatus 856,  8-59 

sclemtiamis      ..    .,    ..    ..  854 

spp 859 

slcrcoraiMus 856 

toint'iitosiis      855 

Copriodcs 339 

aiia.ssa 339 

aristocratica 339 

Idphoiitera  . 339 

Coi-dule.i^'iistcr   '. '.     ..    876.   882.  884 
Corduleuasti-iiia-   ..    ..    ..    882,884 

Cordulepli.va 876 

Cordyceps  (iniiiiii 268 

("oriduenra 750 

('(trizoiuMini . 746 

kurandM' " 748 

('(>sni(>i)tt'i-y,iriii;r      255 

Cotyh^don   .sp 17 

Crainbe .    ..    ..  496 

Cni.s.salilld   i-iiiiriitii .  .    ..    693.  694 

CraferiMlus   (•onm(()|)i(>des      ..  859 

(i-eajiri.s 47 

('rnss()[)honi    miiiuh-Ua    ..     ..  336 

(rotalaria    ('uiiiiiiii.:bauiii       ..  31 

Cnicifcra' 157 

Cnicitxeuia 830 

australis      831 

cordala.  .    . 832 

llor.-ilis 831 

(piadrara 832 

V.  secta 832,  850 

i-cctaumdaris   .  .    .  .    . .    . .  832 

tctraitedia *.    ..    ..  831 

/•.  oniata     831.  850 

Iriaii^'idaris      ..    831.  832,  850 

CryplolKM-ls 72.   73,  98 

lu'bcsccns 73.   74.  98 

(ryi>t()dus 209 

('riiitioJcihiii    iiJuilii  iicUn.    373,  374 

!l<H(lrJhi 340 

Cnbicon-liyiu-luis  .  .    422.    423,  427. 

428.    429.    431.    449.    450.  451 

(inf/iiJdris 430.  43:! 

aurconiaculatu.s,  431,  432,  446 

auricnlatu.s     . .     432,  433,  448. 

449,  450 

ann.L^ena   ..   430.  432.  451.  452 

iiolu'iiiaui.   429.   430.   431,  433. 

435,  436,  437 

calcaratns.    430.   432.   436,  437 


XIV. 


INDEX. 


Page. 

Ciiliicorrhynchus   richlodcs    .  .   4.']0 
crenicollis  .  .    . .    429.  4;:;3.  44.'5 

curvipes 4.31.  43?..  44(5 

MlaUrcpH 4.30 

Dohrni      ..    429.  4:'.l.  484,  43;") 

(■.Hiniiix       430 

iilobicollis    ....    4;;i.  432.  443 

JUid^ei 432.  443 

iiiafubitus.   430.  431,  432.  433. 

437,  438,  440,  44.^, 

/•.   l.revii)es      ..    ..    438.  439 

niaciilicollis.  431.  432.  433.  440 

iiKirninifi      ..     ..    422,  423.  430 

minor 433.  444 

niodestiis   . .    430.  433.  434.  43(i 

moroxiix '   . .    429.  439 

Miissoiii.  4;;o.  433.  448.  449.  4r)0 
o<-cnlliis  .  .  430,  431.  434.  430 
liicoosetosus  ..  4;!0.  432.  440 
(liKKlraticolIi.^   ..   431.  442.  443 

rcclipps 431.   433.   44(i 

SI  iiidioiflcs .  .     ..    430.   436.  437 

sen-ill Lpes 432.  440 

setosus 432.   447.   4.")! 

sonlidus 432.  441 

S11 430 

s|iiirs)is      433.  440 

s|.iiii<-()llis.  429.  430.  432.  44.1. 
448.  4.50.  4.')1.  4r)2 
sterilis.  430.  431.  432.  442.  443 
sfri.uici.llis  ..  ..  431.  432.  443 
substri.i^osus    ..    431.    432.   443 

taurus 430.  432.  43S 

tortipr>i 430.   433 

Villous   ....  430.  431.  434.  436 

Cuh'x   saihnii 570 

sagax      •"570 

sitieiis n70.  .'571 

somer.seti •")71 

r'lilicada  lnipcnuarycnsis  .  .    .  .    .")(!8 

deniansis -"569 

h.vbrida r,64,  568 

tasmauiensis 568.  569 

Cnlicelsa  alxloiiiinalis 570 

Cnlicidiv 564 

Cui-culionida'      720 

Cvlindrocvstis 136.  137 

ovalis  ..    ..   117.  136.  137.  142 

C'.vperacefp 175 

r'vi)riea 705 

vitellus.. 192 

r.vstisnathida' 775 

("vtliciva   ririihiri'i 690 


Cytheiva   scriptii   v. 
nndatina      . .    . 


IfllDI/l 


Page. 

..    688 
.  .    690 


Dampiera   eriocepliala    /•.  alba  769 

Danielsia   minuta      .  .    . .    564.  567 

Darwinia    fasciculjiris      ..     ..  31 

taxifolia l(i(i,  493 

Dasycerca    apoci-yplia 250 

Datura  metel      817 

meteloides 817 

Davallia  ])yxidata     ..    ..    102,  .553 

Davifsia   acicularis      161 

cor.vmbosa 161 

geni.stifolia 161 

latifolia 161 

.    nliciiia 161 

Dcndi'ojescbiia 876 

1  )('iidroliiiiiii   SI) 493 

striohitum 1 74 

teretifoliuiu      174 

teti'airoimiii      49."! 

DendroU'oii 47.  49,  52 

duiiii,L;aiii 43,   53.   70 

lambda 43.  52,  70 

lou.iiipeniiis 54 

DeiidiolcdiitliKi'.  42.  45.  46.  47,  48. 

291 

Dendroleoiitini.  43.  47.  4s.  50,  194 

Deiidropsis 656 

bidentifei-a 656 

mixta 656 

l><l)rcs.s(iri(i    DKxIcnitrllii .  .     ..  369 

Depressariadcs 333 

Desmacella    ..    497.    500.   501.  518 

ahei-rans 500.  (540 

areuifibrosa 519 

cavermila 500 

fra<jilifi 497.   500.  67:1 

piniiUio 500.  5  is 

sp 502 

til  I)  It  lot  a 673 

nuiahiiiKJii      500.  518 

Desmacellimp 673.  674 

Desmacidoiiidie       . .    4.54.   520.  637 

Desmidiacea' 110 

Desmoxya.   (549.   (550.   (554.   Q'^'i.  67."! 

lunata.  642.  649.  650.  *c>rv.\.  654, 

655,  671,  67.'! 

sp 650 

Desmoxyina* 675 

Diaplioromt'rus   edwardsi       .  .  206 

r.  virescens     . .    . .   198,  206 

Diatoiniiieiii-a 746 


INDEX. 


XV. 


Page. 

Dintdniiiieuni    hi-cvirostris       .  .  74.S 

crocea 747 

violacoa 748 

nic-jFidfe IS 

nift.vosi)lii(M-l(>;r .S4.S 

])i(lyiii()])s .S7(') 

Dilaridii-.    i'71.    '27(i.    27s.    2S4.    2S,S. 

289 

Dilariiia 28:1 

T)ilai-iiKc 2.S4 

itilh'ulafeii' l.Ki 

Dillw.vnia   fM-icifolin      161 

Dii.hlel)ia 872.  87(i 

Diplacodes 87() 

I)iltl(ictena  pantrpa 24i) 

Distoleon 4S.  49.  (il.  ()4 

iiisrosignafiis   .  .   4.'{.  40.  (i4.  7n 
Distoleoiitini      .  .    .  .    4:1.  47.  48.  .17 

Dirottii/ia 573 

licf/dim n7."i 

Dodonu'a  triquetra ir)9 

Dolabrifera   bra/.icii      ..    717.    71s 
jackfionicnsi.s      ..     ..    717.    71S 

Ddiiiicilld    clniH/iitd       ()92 

ohtiisa (i94 

Dosinia  crocea 688 

Dra.iimacidon.    49s.    ."iOO.    H.Ui.    639. 

(i40.  674 

a.sjaricifoniiis 639 

clatlirifdniiis 639 

(lurisslina 6.39.  640 

Draiimatella .loO,  640.  (i74 

aberraiis      640 

Dragmatyle 637.   674 

lictor 637 

Draiiuiaxia.  .    ..   .i43,  636.  638.  674 

variabilis..    o43,  544,  549,  552 

Dropanacra,  273.  290.  291,  292.  293. 

294,  295,  296,  297,  299.  301,  303, 

306,  308. 

binocnla  . .  273,  293,  298,  301 
froKSatti  . .  273,  298,  302,  331 
hardyl,  273,  298,  301,  302,  331 
linmilis,  273.  292.  293.  294.  296. 
297,  298.  300,  331. 
V.  longitndiualis     . .    . .   300 

V.   tasmauice      300 

instabilis.    273,   293,   298,   300, 
302,  3:{0.  331 

r.  ]>allida      301 

V.  rnbrinervis ;',oi 


Page. 
Dreiianoittpryx.   273,  277.  285,  286, 
2SS.  290.  291.  292,  293,  294,  295, 
297,   330. 

hhiociild      330 

hum  ilia      273.  330 


pliala'iioidcs  .  .    273,    292. 
296.   297. 

T)i'c|iaiiidida' li 

Dit'paiiis  ]»a(iticji 

DreiKUioiniiia.    273.    290.    291, 


292.  303. 


293. 
331 

,  21 
22 

292. 
302 
33 1 
162 


giblxtsa      .  .    273. 
Droser.-i    aiiriiT]l:ita 

peltata 162 

Droseracea- 154.  162 

Dryaiidra 30,  32 

larduacca 31 

tloribuiida 3! 

Dryoptt'ridcir 377,  379 

Dryopteris 377,   378,  379 

aeuminata  .  .     .  .    380.   382.  383 

/■.  crisf.-tt.-i     383 

albovillosa 380 

P.aileyaiia 380 

decoiuposita      .  .    ;>S0.   ;!82,  38.'! 

dissecta 380 

glabella ;;80.  38;; 

lanciloba      380 

teiiera 380 

velutina 380 

Duboisi.-i    iny(i]t(>r()i(lps    ..    815,  817 

nyscliirius 59s 

Dystricliotlioi-ax  sloanei    ..    ..  197 

vitti])ennis 197 


54.' 


ICariims    biiiiaciilalus. 

hnmeralis 

mimuhis 

pictns    

Echeveria 

Echiiiaxia 

Efluiioclathria 

Klieonoma   aci-opha-a 

lathnea 

Elai)hr()iuyia 746, 

carteri   

I'^lateridie 

ElatiiiacetF 

I'^latine 41S,  419.  420, 

americaiia      420, 

r.  anstralis 

gratioloides      

minima 


743 
744 
744 
745 
17 
675 
496 
349 
349 
749 
749 
191 
417 
421 
421 
420 
420 
420 


XVI. 


INDEX. 


Page. 
Elatine  triandra  .  .  417,  420.  421 
Elissoma 82.  86.  99 

lauta 87.  99 

Emarffiiiiihi   o.s-.srY/ (595 

Ijarjuofthoidra (i97 

Emilia  soiuhifolia H3;^ 

Eiifhoptila  ididpis 250 

K))iifiKt<>ina 770.  771 

E)iffi/st()»i<iti(1(ic 770,   775 

ICois  haliuifa 251 

lUnniji^tiii  astcroiHi ."U" 

irixclritii       .">4() 

Eiiacridefe 169 

[^pjii-ris   crassil'olia      169 

obtusifolia 170 

recliiiata 1 70 

Eiilnpiiium S;! 

(lll)it(USi!< S'.\ 

Ei)illi.vmema ;!50 

disparile      .")50 

EreuaosiihtHi-a.  .    107.   los.   109.  111. 

112.  ]^•^.  114.  115.  116.  1. ■'.().  \:\{]. 

1.S8,   140.    148,    144,    146. 

viridls.  108.  Ill,   112.   ll.*..   114. 
115.    116.   117.   i;!0.    i;!4.   i;!5. 
i;!6,   143.    144.    147. 
r.  aciiniliiata.    1I.">,    144.   145. 

147 

r.  CUodati 146 

r.  doliformis,  l;'>4,  145,  147 
r.  nodosa  ..  115.  14().  147 
V.  ovalis,  108,   ]]■.',.  145,   146. 

147 
Erej)liopsis  aiireohirta      . .    . .    746 

han«rt)fti 746 

.guttata 746 

Eriochloa    i)Uiictata      217 

Ei'idsteuioii    hisi>i(lnhis     ..     ..    15S 

salicifolius 158 

l''.r.vthrina   lifrbacoa     20 

iiidica 26 

sp 18.  27 

l^^torleptoniyia 573 

oleijans 573 

Eiii-alvptn.^..    2(;.   ;M.   33.   155.    163. 

164.   165.   177 

hicolor 191 

calophvlla.    31.    185.    18().    187. 

188.  189 

r.  alba     196 

r.  rosea      187.   188 

calophvlla  x  fioifoUa.  185.  188. 

192 


Page. 

Eiu'alyptu.s  c'merea      164 

eoriacea..    163.   164.    197.   207. 

208 

(•oryiiocal.vx      494 

dcxtropiiiea      165 

dumosa 165 

flcifolia.  185.  186.  187.  188.  189 
V.  (iuilfoylei    ..    .  .    187.   188 

hi'vopinea 165 

ma(rofari)a      31 

melaiiopliloi;i 164 

obllcpia 165 

oleosa 165 

imlveruleiita 164 

reduiica 31 

Kisdoiil 164 

sp 300 

stricta 165 

lereliconiis      26 

viridls 165 

I'lidiaiiiiopsls   iiiiiiiuia      ..     ..   46S 

l':udryopleris 378,  379 

I'hiueuia 167.  177 

IOiilaclm;i    .\aiitliospila       ..     ..    257 

F.iihiJid 90,   99 

i;iile(  liria 372 

apliauospila     35.'! 

iirhitra 341 

atmospila 360 

axiei'asta 357 

baryjitera. 350 

batbro^M-auinia       359 

liathroplKP.M      .351 

camelaca      374 

f-andida 351 

catharistis 3(!1 

eh  ry  seres 351 

cirrliopepla 354 

concolor 351,35;> 

convietella 36;i 

corsota 361 

curvilinea 350 

decolor 352,  353 

delosi)ila        363 

diai)liaiies 351 

diploclethra      358 

einboloKrauinia      258 

eiiclilora 350 

eucr.vpta      363 

enry.i^rainma     359 

eutheta 357 

exaiiiiiiis 361,  362 

exisxna 259 


INDEX. 


XVll. 


Page. 

Eulechria   galactina 362 

homochroa 361 

leptoehorda      3.54 

leufostephaiia 356 

melaiiosramma      364 

mosoehra 364 

modica 352 

iiililioi^ramma 354 

jiacifera .')5(i 

])allidella 361 

l)la,i;Iosticha      355 

l»sai'(ii)liaiies      352 

l).vc'iu)grar)ha 355 

pi/rora 341 

semantu'a 358 

sieoella 363 

silvicola 351 

stij^matdphora 350 

strameiitiiria 258 

synohroa 3o.; 

tephrocliroa 362 

tt'traploa 350 

thetica 362 

threnodes 360 

variegata 356 

vicina 356 

xil)lieres 351 

ICulo-hriadt's      '.>'.'>'.'> 

I'lul.vpe    k'uc()plira.iima      .  .     . .  249 

Kuuephrodium 379 

Enpl>eij;opteris 379 

Ihipliorbia   jiepliis 10 

Euporisraus 42,  43 

alhatrox      42,  44,   70 

Knryl.vcliuus   cylindric-ns,   197,  199 

dysc'liirioides 197 

regxilaris      199 

Entonia  eurygramma 250 

Exaireta 78 

Exobasidiniu     rhododendri    ..  492 

SI) 492 

Fjxnclioatomn 90.  99 

Fagiis  Moorei  ..   196,  197,  209,  211 

Ficoideif 167 

Fifus  ruhiginosa 865 

Fissideus   aristatus     578 

liryoides 579 

bryoidioides 576 

T)ietriehi:e 577 

l'\)rsytliii 57(! 

luunills 384.  3S6 

ineurvus 579 


Page. 
1-^issidens  integerriiiuis     . .    . .    385 

h/jtorJadiis      57s 

peraiigustus      577 

pva'mollis 57S 

rigidin  senilis 577 

rar.   leptocladus     ..     ..   57s 

sordidevirens o7'.i 

Flindersia 15S 

Formicaleou 42,  47.  62 

I'ormlcidrt' 13 

Erogattisi-a 47,  61 

Fuchsia 22 

C'olensoi 23 

excortieata 2.'i 

procumbens      2'.', 

Fufoldeie 67  S 

Funaria   bullata      584 

gracilis 584 

jierpusilla 583 

Fnsanus   acuminatus    /-.   chry- 
sofarpns 492 

(Jafrai-iuni  (pioyi 688,  690 

(ialeolaria   sp (391) 

rjastrophryne 771 

(IchchUi   hif/crcJJd .334 

nil)i<-iniiJ(  11(1 ;;:;;; 

Cielliin;e (J74 

Cieliius  ariilcatiis 674 

sp 502 

spissns (51^5 

Ciena 704 

ni{/ra 70;; 

.strigosa 703,  718 

deometridie      249.  251 

Geometriuie 250 

(lvomryni< 94,  95,  100 

Geranopns  . .    . .    82.  84,  85,  87,  99 
pnri»nratns,   84.   85,   86,   88,   99 

CUbbnla  magus 702 

pietnrata 702 

Gladiolns 17,  22 

(ilancocystis  oingnlata     . .    . .    140 

Gleichenia ,'!S3 

microphi/Ua      .383 

phifi/zotna 383 

Glenoleon   ..   42.  46.  47.  49,  55,  61. 

annnlicornis 57 

aurora 43.   '^6,  57,  70 

l)erthoudi 43,  55,  70 

pulchellus 194 

roseipeiniis 43,  57 

iiJii  111(1  psfi   ii'iii})l(i 84!) 


XVlll. 


INDEX. 


p   4  p  p 

Gloeooystis,   112.   IT. 3.  826,  841.   849 

ampin 849 

anstralis 849,  852 

r.  ampla 850,   852 

gigas 849,  852 

vesiculosa      849.   852 

GloRsostigina    Drnmmondii    . .   419 

elatiuoides 419 

spathulatum 418.419 

Glyciphila  spp ."^^l 

(inapbaliimi  .jaiioiilcnm    ..    ..   169 
Cnatliaphanus    nii'Iaiiarius    ..   198 

pulf'her . .   198 

Clnntliodo))   pnrriim      692 

finatliophr.viic 771 

(iomplius 876,  877,  878 

(iouiopterls ,'579 

Daiiesiaiia .380 

PTillii      .T80 

])oeci]oplilpI)ia .SSO 

pro]  if  era      ,'?8() 

urophylla ."^SO 

Goodenia  dimorplia      154 

hederacea 1 69 

heterophylla 169 

ovata 1 69 

Goodeniaeeop 154,  1 69 

Grevillea   aeanthifolia      ..     ..172 

fhrysodeiidroii      27 

diflPusa 1 93 

Gandichandii 172 

lanrifolia 172 

linearis 172 

oleoides 172 

phylicoides 1 72 

robiTSta IS.  29 

sericea 172.  193,  194 

r.  difFusa      193 

sp 28,  30 

sphacelata 172 

Tlielemanniana 30 

Gymnoenemia 47.  57,  59 

maculata 43,57,70 

nngeniotcrmes 245 

Hakea  dact.vloides    . .    . .    172.  194 

leueoptera 103,  104 

mierocarpa 1 72 

nodosa 30 

pugioniformis     . .    . .   1 72.  1 73 

sp 28.  30,  32,  1 04 

Halichondria  clathriformis   . .  639 


Page. 
Halic-nemia    . .    637,   657,   658,   670, 

673,  675 

patera 657,  675 

Halorageai 163 

Haloragis  ceratophylla     ..    ..163 

heterophylla     163 

Hamacautha      .718 

Hampeella  Kurzii 386 

pallens 385,  386 

Haploselerida> 520 

Hardenbergia    monophylla    r. 

all>a 105 

Heliclirysum  apiculatum..    ..   169 
rosmarinifolinm    r.    thyr- 

soideimi 1 68 

semipaitposiim 168 

Helicidfe 715 

Helipternm  ineannin 169 

Helix  ei/rlnstowata     713 

flclcsscrtidiia 712 

Durvillii     713 

pomum 713 

strangnlata 713 

sti-ini(/iil(it(i 713 

iorrcaimui 713 

ITemerohiidiP..  269,  270,  271,  272, 
273,  276,  277,  278,  282.  283,  284, 
285,  287,  288.  289,  290,  291,  292, 
294,  308,  312.  313,  321,  329. 

liemerobiides 282,  283 

Hemerobiiiia 283 

Hemerol»iiiiiP 284,  330 

llemeroltiiis    .  .    270,  285,  286.  290. 

292,   330 

australis     307 

hnmuli 285 

tasmcniKv 330 

Hemieordulia 876,  878 

Hemigomplnis 876 

Hemiloma 699 

Hemisns 771 

guttatum    . .    . .    777,  778,  782 

Hemite<lania 642 

anonyma     642 

Hemitonia      699 

aspera 699,  718 

rugosa 699 

Hepialidu' 268 

Hermetia 83 

Heta>rina 411 

Heterorba]thid;T» 520 

Hililiertia    linearis 156 

ol)tusifolla 156 


INDEX. 


XIX. 


Page. 

Hihiscus  spp 17 

incropola      367 

jiiriindclJa 367 

Hi^Siiisia.   542,   64i),   6.")5,  656.  657, 

658,  673,  675 
foralloides.   656,   657.   65S,   659 

r.  arcuata 658,  659 

r.  lilierieiisis   . .    . .   658.  659 

r.  massalis.  .    658.   659.   (W?<, 

666,  671,  672 

r.  natalensis      658 

r.  sea  lira   ....  658.  663,  672 

JiiiKifd 642,  650 

massalis 658 

nataleusis 657 

papillo.sa 656 

Hnthra 665 

tliielei 657 

Hinit'ola  aiiricula-.juda'  . .  .  .  865 
polytricha 865 

TToloxea 654,   655,   673 

(■(•Uectrix 654,   655 

furtiva 654,  655 

valida 654 

Haplitica 367.   373 

(ifrii)ii}icttit(llii       370 

(■(illuDithca 365 

(■oJoniaii 374 

co.rantha     370 

Iniccryihra      369 

uiiltopsard 370 

porphjiraHiyia 374 

ppritcs 365 

pprrhclla     367 

riiffmaciilrUa 369 

Hoplomorplia     373 

abalienella 374 

camela^a      374 

faminodes 375 

epicosma      374 

porphyraspis 374 

Hoi)l()phanes    (?)    lithoeoUeta  255. 

256 

Hnleonpteoniyia 564 

inilsoni 566 

Hj/dlhiii  iinistcJiua 709 

Hyalotheca  hians 140 

II i/hurrfniiichiis  (iiiri</c)ia.  430,  452 

Ilydroc.vtinm      120 

acnmiiiatnm     142 

))uicrosp(>ntm . .    117,   119,    120. 

142 

Hydrodiet.vacejR      830 


Page. 

Ilyla  aurea 106 

llyl()l)h()rlnis. .    771.    772.    773,  774 

Il.vmeiiochiete 8()3 

viUoxa 864 

Ilymenophyllum  peltatum,  381,  382 

ranim 382 

1unbri(l,i,'eiise 381,  382 

uiiilattM-ale     381,  382 

Wilsoiil 381,  382 

Hymerapliia  verticillata   . .    . .  675 

viridis 637 

II iipcrcitUUi    ifinifcrclhi     ..     ..  346 

]|yiiliai-pax    aiistralis 198 

Icer.va 191 

Ichneumonida^ 13 

luipatleiis   fnlva 20 

loiiiduim  filiforiiwi? 157 

IpoiUH'a   IVs-Capne      170 

Iride;e 174 

li-idoniyrnx'x   detectiis      ..     ..    767 

Ischmira 875,   876 

Isocliorista   helota 253 

Isopo.^'ou    aiieuioiiifoliiis    ..     ..    172 

aiiethifoliiis      173 

Isosceliiitcron .  .    315.  ;il(i.  317.   330 

Isosticta 876 

Ithouo    ..    270.   273.   275.   276,   2<8, 

281.  282,  284,  287,  289 

fnlva    ....    273.  279.  280,  331 

fusca,   273,   278,   279,   280,   330, 

331 

rthmudiH,   269.   270.    271,   272,   273, 

274.   276,   278,  284.   286.   288,   289 

Jasmine.'p 268 

JuiifacejT' 175 

Kah.nla 771,  774 

liuli-hra..    775,    776,    777,  778, 

779.   781,   782,   783,  785 

Kah/don 712 

Keiinedya   iiisrifans 267 

Stirliii^'ii 267 

Kirclmeriella 838 

ele.wiis      838,  851 

lunaris   r.  acuta      . .    839,  851 

Kni.iihtia   excelsa 25 

Kni.iihtophylUim      32 

Kuii/.ea  capltata      194 

liarviHoi-a 194 

sp 868 


XX. 


INDEX. 


Page. 

Labiatre 171 

Lahio 7(12 

fiiUffincd 701 

porratiis 700,  701 

Laccoscaithiis  cyaneus      . .    . .  608 

(lai'winii'iisis 60S 

(lodfli 607 

huineralis 608 

lofulosns      608 

macleayi     608 

spencori 60S 

Lafhnocladium    roujiestum    . .  859 

Lacdi-dairia   amjustata      ..    ..  205 

l>lackl>uriii 206 

cychroides      198.  20(i 

Laserheimia.  117.  141.  846.  847,  848 

acuminata 847 

choddti 847 

ciliata 141 

V.  ac'iimiiKita 847 

i\  amphitriclia       ..     ..  141 

V.  com  0^(1      847 

V.  rnroiKttd 847 

V.  cristtitd 847 

V.  gencrruKiH 847 

V.  glohom 847 

V.  firdfiliH 847 

V.  infl(it<i      847 

V.  striolata 847 

V.  8uhs<il>ia 847 

comosa 847 

coronata      847 

r.  iuflata      847 

r.  striolata 847 

cristata 847 

Echidna 141 

genevensis 847 

V.  gracilis     847 

globosa 847 

snbsalsa      847 

Wratislarcnuis     847 

Lamlwrtia  formosa      218 

Lamcllaria   uiUoni      714 

Laminaria  sp 678 

Lanthus 876 

Laoiuviiia 67.'5,  675 

LaotJioc 675 

Larentiana^ 249 

Lastrma 378,  379,  382 

(iciiminata 383 

Lecaiiinni   l)accatiiiu 29 

LecaiKmioms   maior 198 

Lccogastor 78,  79.  99 


Page. 

Lecogaster  cprulea..    ..  79.  80,  99 

cyanea 79.  80.  99 

Leguminosjp      151.  174 

Lcmincriiiaiinia  emarginata  ..  831 

Lcpi"l'>i)tcra ..46.  273 

Lcpidospilum  australe     ..    ..  385 

r.epldozancla .'575 

zatreplies ;176 

Lepiota  cristata      105 

dolidiaula 104 

folina 105 

licmopliora      105 

si)p ]  05 

snhcly])e()laria 105 

L<l)t<>!ir<ninn(t .179 

l^ei)tops  argillacens     727 

baileyi 725 

cacozeliis 72;! 

cicatricosus      728 

coiicinnus 728 

cornigatns 727 

frontalis     725 

fnmatus 722 

glol)icollis 726.  727 

graniventris 724 

iliacus 729 

intricatus 725 

maleticns 729 

minor 729 

mucidus 723 

multiuodosus 728 

nnirinus      726 

nivcus 722 

nodicollis 729 

scaber 727 

spiniger 722 

superciliaris 728 

totraphysodes 730 

Leptositermnm   scoparinm     ..  190 

Lcptostcmnmi   erectnm      . .     .  .  385 

fh-vipilc 385 

inclinans     385 

macrocarpum 385 

Lessonia   variegata      676 

Lestes 876,  885 

Lestida'.  871,  876,  881.  882,  884,  886 

Leucobrynm   ballinense    ..    ..  580 

bracliyi)hyllum      580 

Wattsii 579 

ijoucomyia 564 

ajnuilata 570 

plegipennis      570 

vif'ina 569 


INDEX. 


XXJ. 


Page. 

LeiicuiK »,!,'< m l!-!.   Kill 

Leueosperinum   idunr.-iriius    ..      52 

nutans 22 

Libelluhi    . .     .  .    Sir,.   S76.   S77.   878 

Libellulidie 87G.  878.  880 

LiijiiJii   iiiHjitis 694 

Limnodvna.stes  dorsalis.  77.").  776. 
7*77,  778,  779.  780.  781.  782 
r.  (himerilii   .  .   77.'3.  784,  785 

Lingnla 694.  695 

anatiiut 694.   (J95 

exusta 695 

hiaiiis 694,  695 

hirundo 695 

miirpliiana 695 

rostrum 694 

sp 694 

tumidula 695 

Liiioxtichd    ixjUocJudd       ..     ..    •>47 

Liucunclia   fasti.i;iata 6S!i 

Lissapteru.s  pelorides 21  i 

Lobelia  cardinalis 2ti 

Lobeliacene 21 

Louiatia  lons^ifolia 174 

silaifolia 173 

Loufhepister 96,  97,   100 

armata 97,  100 

LoplMKi'ratomyia 564 

aiiiiulata 571 

fraudatrix 07;! 

ta-niata 573 

Lopliopepla 346 

astiu'opa      347 

iiinifert'lla 346 

triselena      346 

LoranthaeeiH 102 

Jjoranthus   celastroidcs    .  .     .  .    102 

colensoi 24 

lino]ih.vlius 31 

loufriflorus 102 

IKMidulus 102 

SI. 22 

Lut-aiiiiK'lla  i)i;,'i'lta    ..    ..    i<Hj,  718 

Luciua   ii('rolili(|ua 684 

J.ucinda  bilaira..    ..   683.  684.  719 

l.yt'lliana 252 

idia'ochlora 263 

l.yinaiitriada'      251 

LyonetiauiL' 259 

Lyperosia  exigua  .  .    703.  764.  765. 

767,  768 


Page. 

.Macadaiiiia  sji 28 

Machiniia 307.    .■J73,  376 

ana-niit-a 372 

atripunctatclla      370 

eoxaiitha      370 

mesoi^a'a      371 

iuicro])tora 372 

miltopsara 370 

mitosema 37.'> 

iii(Ml(>i-atc"lla      3()9 

oclirophaues 371 

pliirnopis      3vl 

zelota      .  . 370 

Mafrobatlira    allocrana    ..     ..  336 

bi.;;ei'ella      334 

callispila      334 

cltloru-soniii 333 

cJirii.soltaijJic.s 3.');i 

elirysospila 333 

criimnlva      334 

exteta      335 

honoratella 333 

niyriophtlialnia      334 

puncticulata 333 

rhytbmodes      335 

rosea      333 

rublcundella 333 

xutbocoma 334 

Macroncniurus 47,  59 

diirii'iiii 59 

Madid   frii/onclla G92 

.Maculotriton  australis   ..    711.  719 

Mandalotus  liicarinatus    ..    ..  737 

cavivontris 7J7 

fovratus      7;J7 

fuli.iiineus 7.'!7 

i^ranulatus 737 

niai^nicollis      7;;o 

niicr()scoi)i<'us 735 

]iiliv(Mit  ris 737 

\(Mit  rails      737 

Mandrat^'ora    olticinarum.   S15,  817 

Mantispida- 272,  278 

^Iaiifis])ides 282 

Mdiitophri/iic      771 

Marcia .  (;{)] 

fiimhjutu      .            091 

nitida o9l 

.Mar,ij;iiiaria  Boryana 676 

Urvilleana 676 

Marj^inella  fasciata 709 

mustelina 709,  719 

^larseniopsis 714 


xxu. 


INDEX. 


Page. 
Marseuiopsis  uutan-tica    ..    ..    714 

couicji      714 

mollis      714 

murrayi 714 

pacifit-i 714 

wilsoiii     .    .      714 

Mecoytera 46 

Mecyclothorax    aiulii.mms       ..    UI7 

:Megalomiua    .  .    273.  2S.3,  2«6,  290, 

293.   303.   304,   30.5,   306,  329 

acuminata.   273.  293,  304,  307. 

330 

:Me,iial(imns 277.  286,  290 

]\Iej;alo])lirys 780 

iiasuta  ....   777.  781.  782,  784 

Me.i;aiie\ini 276 

j\lfj,'ai)o(lagri((niii;»-'      88-5 

Melaleuca 167.  368 

linai'iifulia 863 

Meliaceaj 158 

Melii)lia,i,'i(l:i- 18.21.29,33 

Meneristes   yroximus 214 

tibialLs 214 

]\lenistium 379 

tripliylluui 380 

Meoiiis 201 

amplicollis 201 

angusticoUis 2U().  201 

ater 201 

convexus 201 

miuor      197.  200.  201 

uiger 201 

semistriatus    ..    197,   199,   200, 

201 
Mesembryanthemum      jequila- 

laterale 1.54.  167 

edule 154,  167 

]\leso(.'hi-ysupa    . .    . .    245,  247.  248 

zitteli 245,  246 

MesoelirysopiiUe 245,   272 

Mvnodesma  angusta 692 

donga  to 692 

(jaymunJi 693 

(jlahrvUn      694 

obtusa 693 

prcecisa 693.   694 

Metoponia    .  .    .  .    72.  73.   74,  75,  98 

australLs 75,  98 

rubriceps 75,  98 

Metopostira 771,   772,  773 

ocellata 781 

]\[etrosicleros    hypericifolia    . .     24 
lucida 24 


Page. 

Micrubatraclius      774 

.MicnK-ioua  fa.seispiculifera    . .    637 

intexta 520 

Alicrocolona  ceUeuospila   . .    . .   255 

Microhyla 771 

Micromu.s,  273,  286.   290,  293.  307, 

330 

australis     308 

australis 307,  330 

froggatti 308,  329 

tasmanite    .  .    . .    273.  283,  307 
variegatus   ....   273,  293,  307 

viuaceus 307,  308 

.Micromyrtus 165 

JMicropterygicUi:' 272 

Mielichhoferia  For.sytliii  ..    ..   584 

turgens 585 

Mimeteomyia 565,  566 

hilli 566 

ornata 56~).  566 

(juasioniata      566 

Mitra    rhudia 711.   718 

Moloehtus 422.   423,   428 

gagates     ..   422.  423.  424,  425 

herc'Ules 424,  426.  427 

rotundicollis 424,  426 

tibialis 424.   425 

Mouoceutrum   grandiceps       . .    628 

M<moctenian;e 252 

Moiiodon 702 

Munodonta 702,  703 

foucamerata 701 

eoustrieta 701 

obtusa  ....   700.  701,  702.  718 

r.  porcata      701 

V.  zebra 70 1 

Cfftrrt 700.  701 

INIontfortia 699 

.Montfortuhi 699 

Musca  sp 764 

^lycaliiue 520 

.Myiodactylus      284 

Myocliama   stutchburyi     . .    .  .    690 

Myoporinea^ 171 

Myrica      177 

Myriopbyllnm  sp 389 

Myristieivora    spilorrlioa       . .    103 

Myrmeleou 47.   65 

loweri     43.  65,  70 

uniseriatus 63 

Myrmeleoutidie.  41.  42,  45,  221,  222, 
224,233.  244.  269,  272,  278,  291, 
886,   887. 


INDEX. 


XXlll. 


Page. 

Myniieleoiitidfs      2S2 

Myrmeleontiua",   4.1.    Ki.   47.  4S.   (55 

]\I.vrsiuace>e ]7U 

^lyrsiiie  variabilis 170 

-Myrtaceu' Uio.  105.  177 

Myrtus 167 

MystroiKtmus    sulx-ostaus       ..    197 

Mi/tilii.s   rostnini 694 

Myxilliiiif 520.  543 

ywnia 675 

Narycia  iiemorivaga 260 

polystoua 251 

Xectarinia   chalybea 22 

»W -^ 

Negritomyia 82,  S3.  99 

albitar.si.s     82.  83.  99 

Xemoleon 60 

Xomoiiterida-      272 

Nemoiitt'rides      282 

Xeot-areiuim    aiignstatuin      .  .    622 

dingo 621 

eloiigatum 622 

nigiiloisuiu 622 

Neoexaireta 73.  75.  78,  99 

scrrillcl      99 

spiiiigera 76.   78.   99 

Aeustifta,   871.    872.   873,   874,   876. 
880.  882.  883.  886 
caiiesceiis     ....   S72.  S73.  881 
A(.'lilir<K-vtium       Ai^'ardliiamim 

(.-.  majus 120,  840,  851 

r.  iilankloiiicuiii   ..   840.  851 

\av!/(lii 120,   840 

ohvsum 120,   840 

Neplirodium 379 

decorum 380 

t;(>iiiiyl(»k's 380 

parasiticiim      380 

pteroides      380 

truiK-atum 380 

Kiiituin '  380 

Xeplirolepis  bisei'rata 382 

Nerita 707 

melauotra.mis      .  .    .  .    706,   718 

A'esopterosticlius 202 

guf  riiii 202 

Nt'stor  lueridioualis 24 

Xeiu-optera    ..   41.  46.  221.  269,  887 
Xicotiaiia  suaveoleiis      . .    148,  151 

>»'otelcea  li.iiustrina 170 

linearis 170 

longifoliu 170 


Page. 

.Nolrhra    luicrocariia 170 

ovata      170.  268 

lauictata 170 

Xotlioclirysa   sp 223,  224 

Xotiolilella.  273.  287.  290.  293.  309, 

310,  330 

extrema 309,  330 

Hiultifiu-cata      .  .    273.  310,  332 

obliqua 309.   310,   330 

pretiosa 309,   330 

stigmatica 309,   330 

milta,    273.    293.    309.   310,    330 

viridis 273,  332 

Notououjus  amabilis 198 

augustibasis      197 

australis 198,  205 

(.'Olossus 205 

rxcisiiieniiis      203 

fergiisoni 204 

froiitevireus 198,   204 

hedleyi      197,  203 

johnstoni 197,  203 

margiuatus      204 

r.  sydueyensis 204 

tniucatiis 197,  203 

>.\)touoi)lies 430 

cidilodes      430 

^'uytsia 30 

Xymithida' 272,  284,  288 

Nymithina 283 

Ocystola    oxytdun 257 

synibleta 250 

Odouiita  ..    41.   S71.   877.   879,   880, 
881.   884.  886.   887 

()(l()nt(»nia(luis       rutit-eps        c. 
acutidens 767 

Odontoniyia.  89.  90.  91.  92,  93.  99. 

loo 

iunyi'is 90.  91.  92.  99 

aniuilipes 90,  92,  100 

rariiKita 90.  91.  99 

cariiiifaries    .  .    .  .    91.   94,   100 

llavipalpis 89,  90 

liiiiiU  ri 90.  91.  92.  99 

idlcniiis 90.  91.  92,   99 

lateremaculata    .  .    91,  94,   100 

inargiiu'lla 91.  93,  99 

..pertaiiea 91,  93,  99 

pii-ca 90,  loo 

regis-georgii 90,  100 

nififacivs 90,   91,  99 

seutellata 91.   99 


XXIV. 


INDEX. 


Page. 
Odoutomyiii  stricla      .  .    . .    90,  lOli 

titjihiid 90,  91,  99 

subdeiitata.  .    .  .   90,  91,  92,  99 
Odostomia   krcffti      ..    ..    716,   717 

pascoei 716,  718 

Uccophora   hemilcuva       . .     . .   336 

honoratclla     333 

sphrrroulcs      336 

Oeroyliorides 333 

Oecophorimc . .    249,  250,  257,  333, 

365 

Oedosmylus 44 

tEnocliroa   .i-'iiopliodes 348 

ochn)si>i]ia 348 

G'Jnothera    l>unaiis     ....   632,  633 

Lamart-kiana 633 

kiu^'itltn'a 633 

odorata 632 

simiata 20 

Oleacea^ 170 

Olearia  floriluuida 168 

lepidopliylla      168 

myrsiiioidos      168 

ramiilosa 168 

Oliarces 290 

Oligoclirysa 244 

.iirucilis 243 

Oiiesorus  ocularis 731 

hoplooiiemus 7."!0 

Oocystclla 117 

natans      . .    J 1  7,  125,  126,  143 

up 117 

Oocystis.  107.  los.  lii'.i.  Ill,  113, 
114.  115,  117,  119.  130,  133,  134, 
136,   138.  140.  839. 

apiculata.    108,    109,   110.    IMO, 

132.  133.  134.  143.  147 

r.  asymetrica..    ..    131.  142 

r.  major..    ..    ]]().  840, "Sol 

V.  obesa,   110,   131,  132,  147, 

840 

V.  slmplifior.     109,   132,  147 

r.  splpiidida.     131,    147,    840 

usjimvtrica.  .    ..    ]32,   133,   142 

australieiisLs..    108,    110,   114, 

130,  132,  135,  147 

brumiea      ..    ..    117,  139,  140 

Chodati    ..    108,   114.  120.  130, 

134.  135,  147 

ciliata 117,  141 

V.  radkiHs 141 

t-rassa,  108,  109.  110,  124,  125. 
127,  132,  142,  143 


Page. 
Ooc-ystis    crassa    /■.    eloiiyata.    839, 

851 

f.  .liraiiulusa    .  .    . .    839,  851 

V.  O.stenfeldii,  124,  125,  146, 

839,  851 

Echidna 117,    141 

clliptica  ..    110,  114,  118,  119. 

121,   142 
V.  Africana   ..   120,  122,  143 

f/cininata 117,  138 

gigas   ....   118,  119,  138,  143 

V.  Borgei      142 

V.  incrassata 139 

(lice  (j/sri  form  is     •  ■    . .    131,  14;! 

hexagoua 110 

lacustris..    108.  109,  Jlu,  j  It), 

126,  127,  185,  147 

V.  nataus      ..    126,   143.  147 

r.  pahidens   ..   126,  137,  147 

JticKstri.'i      125 

mamuiillata 117.  140 

Marssonii 124,  142 

mi)wr     ]38 

Xaegelii.  108.   110.   112.  114.  117. 
118,   119.  120.    121.   122.   123, 
127.   133,   134,   141.   142,   143, 
146. 
V.  Afrit-ana,      120,   123,   143 

V.  Borgei 1 42 

r.  curta      121,  146 

V.  macrosponi      ..    120.   J42 
V.  iiiinutisnima     . .    122,  143 

r.  olH'sa      121.    14(1 

uodulosa..    108,  109,   127,   139. 

143 

i:.  australis     . .    . .    127,  147 

Nord.stedtiana.     los.   i;{;!.    i;;4, 

141,  143.  147 

V.  rotunda 134.  141 

Nova:'  Semlite. .    108.   110.    12ii. 

121,  122,  129,  143.  146 

V.  australiea,   122,   123,  124. 

125.  146 

V.  maxima    ..    122,  123,  i24 

oralis.  108.  110.  114.  115,  116. 

126,  136,  142,  147 

i\  cylindracea      . .    137.   147 

r.  subtruiicata.  137.  142.  147 

panduriformis,     108,   134,   135, 

136,  147 

f.   paehyderma 136 

parva,  108.  110.   126,  127,  139. 

146 
pelagica 118,  119,  143 


INDEX. 


XXV. 


Page. 

Ocicvstis   inisilla      13!' 

'rotula    ....    lUS.  lU.   IMO.   147 

n.tuiKlM      133.  141 

nipestris    ..     ..    118.    120,   141 

.set if/cm 117.   i41 

st)cialis 141 

solitaria..    U)S.    110.   118.   127. 

12S.  131.  134.  147.  840 

/•.  maxima      .  .     .  .    110,   128 

r.  uotabile    ..    110.   128,   129 

.solitaria 134 

SI) 143 

spiurrira 120,   142 

sul>hexa,i;(ma  ..  J 08.  \:V2.  147 
sulumirimi.  108,  110.  129.  147 
.•oth.spluerica         ■■    108,   130,   147 

Ophicanleln.s  oniatus 714 

()l.lU(.(U"sma 82.  88.  90.  99 

ilavii>ali)is 88.  89.  99 

OplilitasiKm.iciH 496,    674 

arbuscula 674 

hori-ida 674 

iiiditicata 674 

(ipxcot/i/iiniii.s 90,  99 

Orcliu'U'a' 174 

OiMlictnim 876 

Os.a 750 

Osmvliihr.  41,  42,  43,  243,  269,  272, 
277,  278,  284,  287,  288,  289,  312, 
313,  321. 

Osmyliiiu 283 

Osmvlina- 284.  330 

Owhit'lla.    273.    288,    290,    293,    305 
l.ridwolli   .  .  -273,  293,  305,  331 

rachvijastt'i- 86,  96.  100 

s)) 97.  100 

I'ach.v.uastrimr 72.  96.   100 

ralivococcus  SI) 191 

i'aket)(h'U<ln)ii 32 

ralimmcMcs 338 

ith.vsticha 339 

I'almi'lia 112 

ralmellacoa- 848 

I'amlionis   altcrnaus 1!>7 

pradieri J  97,   21  I 

I'aiia-ohis  ovaliis 105 

I'aiH/oiiia 748 

Paiiuoiiina' 746 

rauii'um  decompositniu    ..    ..    217 

divai-icatissimum 217 

iiavidum 217 

leufoi)luinim      217 

trafhyrliachis 217 


Page. 

i'aiioriilda- 282 

ra])ili()iia(o;i'      .  .    . 31 

ra]>il'Mi"iii   iiitidiusrula     ..    ..   593 
Pappophorum  nigricans   ..    ..217 

raratimea      675 

l'ai-m()i)liorus  australis  ..   704,  705 

(iH'^fraUs      7u4 

vonvexus     704 

elcfjans 696 

elongatiis      704 

clonnutiis      704 

iiitcniicditis      696 

tidniduH      704 

I'assiflora  iucaniata 20 

Patella  ambi^L^iia 704.  705 

aiiihi(/ii(t 704,  705 

cinuamomca 707 

iiif/ro!iiiIcata      70S 

unguis 694 

Palclloida    nlt,'n)sulcala    ..     ..    708 

IVdias'trum 830,  848 

integrum      830 

rotula 830 

simplex 848 

tetras  r.  apiculatum.  830,  8:!2. 

850 

V.  australc 831 

/•.  fluviatile    .  .     . .    830,    850 
V.  integrum    . .    . .    830,   832 

V.  quadratiiin 831 

V.   trtraprdia      8;;i 

V.   triaiigidarc 831 

r.  unicellulare 830 

Peniopliora 864 

einerea 864.  865 

crustosa 865 

Pentstenion  sp 17 

Pi'riclystus 47.50 

aureolatus 43,  50,  70 

circuiter 52 

laceratus      52 

JVrlidH' 632 

IVrotis  rara 217 

Persicula   fasciata 7(i9 

I'ersoouia   cornifolia 173 

media      173 

pinifolia 173 

salicina 173 

J'etalnra 884 

Petalurliue 882,  884 

I'etrolobus  fortnuuii     191 

I'eti-ophila    i)eduuculata    ..    ..    173 

pulcliella      173 

sessilis 1 73 

Pliacotus 825,  828 


XXVI. 


INDEX. 


Page. 

I'hucutus   biilUitus      . .    . .    8:iS,  S.jU 

r.  (■ouicus 828,  850 

I'liJikellia 45G,  498,  542 

mit-roxepliora 542 

ramosii . .  52U 

J'liaietra 695 

inoiiofiiloides 694 

I'liaseolus  vnlj^aris 192 

riu'balium    s(iuamul<)sum       ..  158 

I'lu'^ioplerideie 378 

i'heyoi»teris      . .    .  .    . .    .  .   d78.  379 

oruata 380 

ininctata      .■>80 

(lueenslaiidifa 380 

nifesfeiis     38o 

soti«era 380 

wurunurau 380 

I'heiiaiolcpas 707 

alburadiata 708 

calva 708 

ciiuianKiiuca      .  .    707.  7(r8,  718 

civimlata     708 

galathea 708 

lingua -vivernu 708 

reticulata 708 

seuta 708 

I'liilohota  al.vpa 250 

anarnnta 258 

isoiuura 258 

uioiiolitlia 351 

■riithcrca 351 

l'liil()l)()tidt>s 333 

I'liilolochnia    cchi'iiocliroa       ..  250 

I'liilopldd'us    lucuk'utus    ..     ..  198 

olitusus 198 

I'hiirnpnhl      ^59,  340 

Ik  I  xti/ rain  ma      341 

chlorris 341 

(■iiciipiKnlcn 340 

ciiprcix.s      340 

hiic()C('iifi(!l(t 341 

iiKiaiio-spild      340 

IHtnurcha 341 

puri/iniotii 340 

xiihiindcllii       341 

I  riim/d 340 

J'liolidia  gibltifolia 171 

liomoplastica 171 

l'lii>ri()SiK)iifj;ia 520 

I'lioiniium   teuax 24 

mirynella 771 

Phrynixahis 771 

riu-yuoniantis 771 

Pliylloptianes 349 


Page. 

rhyll()i)lianes  dy.scurehi    ..    ..  349 

J'liytlu'lieie 84(J 

riiytia  (»ruata 714,  719 

I'liytolacca   octaudra 190 

rilopreiK's    aristocratica . .     ..  339 

.Wlidella 340 

.iLilaucaspis 340 

h)l)h()i)tcnt 339 

Liivaan 340 

Pilostibes 256 

trachi/iJtcra      256 

I'imelea  glauca 174 

linifolia 174 

I'iiuiothere.s  sp 688 

I'inus  sp 860 

Pistil  laria 866 

Placosma  phaeiua 348 

P]a.i,'i(»l)ryiini   A\)va>   Seelaiidiaj  586 

Zierii 586 

Pla.ijiotliecium    lamprostacliys  595 

Xovie  Seelaudia" 594 

Xova^  ValesicP 595 

Plauisiiira    (i/clostomata. .     ,.  713 

stianj^ulata 713 

torresiaua 713 

Plauolocha  autoptis     250 

Platycerium    alcicoriie      ..     ..  553 

Platyldbiuni    formosum    ..     ..  162 

I'latyzoma      383 

microphylUmi 383 

PU'siotliyivus 707 

l'U)f(uni)tis 704 

Podocarpus  si)inul(>sa 174 

Poepliila  arniitiaiia      195 

j^ouldia- 195 

mi  ra  bills      195 

Poliuices  incei 693 

Pdlyedriuni  hastatum 845 

uiiiiiiuum 841,  842 

piuacidlum 842 

tctracdricuui 842,  843 

tt'trayouuiii 842 

trijjfonum 842,  843 

/■.  crassum 845 

/•.  papillitVi-iun       .  .     .  .  843 
P()ly.i,M>nuni     orientals    /■.    pilo- 

sum 102,  190 

piloHUtn 102,  190 

Polymastia 501 

aru(Misis 501 

Polymastiida' 501,  674 

Pulyplirades 735 

apicalis 733 

brevirostris      733 


INDEX. 


XXVll. 


Page. 

i'olyitlirades    ((irdtitus. .         ■•    7.'i-l 

(•(irdiiK'iiiiis 7o4 

iucoiispk-iuis 734 

loiigii  tenuis      733 

mariuoratiis      734 

suliterraueiis 734 

r()lyi)o(Uace;p 377,  378 

rolypoilieu' 377 

J'olypudium  aspidioides    .  .    .  .   380 

r.  troiiiea 380 

rolysaccum      insoearpium      v. 

crassipes 106 

I'cdystoechotes 284 

rolysttjeeliotidif 284 

I'diiiatops 771 

J'orismus 43,44 

strigatus      4o 

I'oi-tliesia  eutliysaiia 251 

roi-tuhu-ca- 157 

I'ottia    iihyscouilt roidt's    ..     ..    582 

subiihyscouutrdides    ..     ..    582 

rrasinocyiua    lychuopasta      . .   250 

rrolienun-obiidie 272.  277 

rroniernits  cafer     22 

ri-()S(i|i(),iniuis    chalyplH'iiHMiiiis  198 
rrustaiitlRMa    diMitk-nlata       ..    171 

iiicisa      171 

Siel)evi 171 

viulacea      171 

i'rotascjilaphiiia' 43,  07 

I'rotea  cordata 22 

iiranditlora 22 

iiicoiupta 22 

l('l»i«l«'(ariia 22 

loii.irifolia     22 

moUifera 22 

scolymus 22 

I'rottmcea-,  28.  31.  171.  172.  17:;.  174 

I'rott'oides      32 

I'rotocixTactnf 8.30 

J'l-otococcoidea:' 82.") 

I'rotooovciis  yi(j(i>< 84ii 

I'l-otomacha   leiu-dphara    ..    ..    250 

rrotoiilct'triid 52.  46.   48 

i'rotoiilectrou 47,  48.  4!) 

t'l-emia- 42.  49.  50.  7(i 

loiigitudiuale   ..   42.  48,  65,   7ii 

vemistum 50 

I'rolotypa 2.51 

dryiiia 252 

J'salidura 428 

I'salliotii  rampestris 10.) 

i(  )d<  )formis 105 

sp 105 


Paue. 

/'.■icUUIotii.s 90,   99 

I'stMidofornncak'ou 47 

r.s(inI()hoii'uriliiiii    lincalifi  571 

Pseudostigmatiiia' 414 

I'silotum,    102.    103.    .553.    .5.54,  558, 

559,  560,  561 

tri(iuetrmii.  .    ..    103,  553,  563 

Psyrhobiella . .    273.   290,   293,  306, 

309,  330 

fusca    ..    .  .   273,  306.  307.  331 

sordida ....   273,  293,  306.  330 

I'syehopsula' . .    271,   272,   277,  287, 

288,.  289 

l'sycln)psiuie 284 

r.syehopsis   ..    ..44.  243.  271.  284 

illidgei 297 

I'sylla  eiu-alypti 300 

Pteromouas 829 

fruciata 828,  829,  850 

r.   pulchra 829.  850 

I'tero.stk-hini 202 

I'teniUi 866 

Ptilopus   supm-bns 493 

Ptilotis  aurk-omis 29 

sp 26 

PulteiKi'a    Hexilis 864 

I'ycuosoma  sp ^ 764 

Pyralida- 250 

Pyramidellkla- 717 

llaiia ._ 780 

t'.sc-uk'iita . .    776.  780.  781.  782, 

783 

<)r<ili,s      771 

ti'iupoi'aria 777 

liaimuculacea- 156 

KaiuiiiciiUis  liirtus 156 

plebeius 156 

IJapisuia 290 

i;asi>ailia 636,  656 

folium      543 

hirsuta 543 

rh(ip]ihli>i)]ntrit       635 

tenuis .532 

Uesliacea' 175 

b'hahdoerenna 520 

IMiabdosignia 520,  675 

IJliabdotlnuunus    Solandri       ..  24 

h'hiil>]ii(liiiin 836 

Ijolilinorphiiiii    v.    inirabile  836 

Phaphidurus  setttsus 674 

Phaphisia 642 

nnonijma      642 

pallida 641,  642,  646 


XXVlll. 


INDEX. 


Page. 

J>'litii>hi.si(i   raniotiii (iiii 

i;ii:ii)li(».\ya.  5UU,  640.  641.  649.  674 

(  Vjpallida.  641.  642.  643.  646.  648, 

671.    672,  673 

typk-a.  641.  642.  643.  645.  646. 

648.  649.  671.  672.  673 

lUiiuoderiua  darwini 777 

liliiiioscaplia  binndulata    .  .    .  .  72(i 

eoiisueta  .  .    .  .    , 720 

dariileyeiisLs     720 

egregria  . .    .  .' 720 

tru-olor ^ 720 

iUiipidura   bifolor 767 

Kliizaxinella 674 

elavigera      674 

l)i/rifcni 674 

Khizoi'us 715,  716 

adelaidis 71.5,  716 

Klutdostoina 714 

Kliixlostrophia 252 

Khysoi-ara      597 

cras.sa      598 

Kichteriella 846 

botryoides 846,  852 

Kosa  kevigata 633 

sillied      633 

tiu-biiiata 633 

Jliilms  molucfaims 492 

Iviitaeeiv 157 

Saliuator 714 

Salvia    siileutlt'iis 20 

Sapiiidacwi- 158,  173 

Sargiiiic    ..     ..    72.   S2.   84.  94,  100 

Hai-gus 94,  95,  100 

iueridi(»iialis 95,  100 

Sarotlirocrcpis   (((rticalis,   20(i.  207 

r.  iiif\isi-ata      .  .    . .    19s,  206 

si'tulosa 207 

suavis      i9.^ 

Saxifragoii- 162 

Scievola   luicnx  ariJa .  .     ..    169.  175 

suaveolens Hj[),  175 

Scaritiui 597 

Scenodi'smus      834 

bi.jugiis 835 

deuticulatus 8o.j 

r.  auslralis      ..    ..    835.  851 

r.  gracilis 835,  851 

r.  opolieiisis      835 

ec-ornis 835 

bystrix    r.   armatus    ..    ..  83.5 

opolicHsis 835 


Page. 

Scc'iR'dt'suius  (luadric-auda      ..   835 

V.  incurvus 834.  851 

V.  inermis 835,  851 

V.   ojjolirnsis       835 

securiformis 835,  851 

Scliedoiionis    littoralis      ..     ..    175 
Schiz<»pliy]lum  commuiR'  .  .    . .    105 

Schroderia 836 

sctigcra 836 

Scintilla  anoiiialu 684 

anomalu 684,  685 

chilkaeusis 685 

Scleroriims 428 

morosus 429 

Scopolia  japoiiica      ..    ..    815,  817 

Scrophulariacete     418 

fScutcllina   ciimamoiiKU    ..    ..   707 

ferrugiiua 707 

Scutus 694.  704,  705 

(tuatiitiiff 704.  705 

antipodes     .  .    .  .    704.  705,  718 

astrolabeus 704,  705 

brevicnln.s 704,  705 

unguis (i96 

Seisniosarca  hydropbora   . .    . .    866 

Selenastrum 834 

gracile 8*34 

r.  minutnm    . .     . .    834,   851 

Senecio   lautus 152 

Scricopliorus    rebiceiis      . .     . .    767 

Serifulus  meliniis 219 

Solaria  glaiica 217 

Siagoii.vx    anii)lipeniiis      ..     ..    206 

aiKjimtata 205 

blackburni   ..    ..    198,  205,  206 

Sialidu' 275.   282,  330 

Sideroxyloii    anibeniicuni       ..    101 

Siebfra   llillardieri 167 

Stejibeiisoni 219 

Sigmaxia,   498,  520.   535.   542.   636, 

674 
flabellata,   498,    535.    540,    551, 

552 
Sigmaxiuella.  .    49<.  498,  520,  521, 

636,  674 

arboro« 521 

austra liana,  498,  520.  521.  526, 

551 
viocul!ii)l<)id(  )i.  .    496,  497,  510, 

514,  520 
dendroides,  521,  o2i.  530,  533, 

551 

flahrUatd 498.   520,   534 

incnistuitu      501,  520 


INDEX. 


XXIX. 


Page. 

Sismaxinella     indnimillata    .  .   520 

ramosa 521 

viniiualis   ..   52V,  531.  534,  551 

Siiciiiaxinyssa      674 

Sil])li()iuor;>lia    discoidalis      .,    198 

ova  lis      IflS 

Silvius 746,  76;; 

ater 751 

aiistralis 746,  75.''> 

<l(i(l(li 752 

frontalis 753 

iiidistiiiclns 753 

luridiis 752 

sulihiridns 752 

SiuHiiiuiii  s]) 632 

Sil)h<inaria    scuhra    ..    ..    715.    719 
Sisyra..    ..   270.  274.  2S4,  31;'..  314 

liruniiea 314,  315,  329 

fiiscata 274,  314 

IMiiictata    .  .     ..    314,   315,   ;i2n 
nifistiijnia.  .    274,  31;'.,  314.  332 

tunicri 274,  314,  332 

RisyridiP,    269.    27l».    272,    274,    284, 

286.   289,   312 

Sloanea 209 

costala 210 

Solaiiarwr 148,  815,  817 

Solandra   Urvls,     K'.   >^15,   818,  822 

loii.uaflora.! 815,  818 

Solaiiuiii  aviculare 171 

stellij^emm 171 

vescnm 171 

Solecardia  cryptozoica,  684,  718,719 
Sdlcnopsis   ,i;enniiiata    r.    nifa   767 

SoplK.i-a   tetra]>tt'ra 23,  24 

Ki)arassis 866 

SiMM-iii()i)h()roHa.  270,  274.  286,  315, 

316,  317,  321,  32;! 

dlssciiiliiata    . '.    274,   316,   318, 

320,  323,  332 

niaculatlssima  .  .   274,  316,  318. 

322,  332 

SplKPi-ocystis    ..    826,  841.  848.  849 

Schroeteri    ....    848,  849,   852 

r.  tetraedrica   . .    .  .   849.  852 

Sphonophryne   774 

Spiimlaria   si>innlaria 674 

8pirasigma 674 

Spirastrella  (  V )   dilatata    ..    ..   454 

spiiiispirulifera 454 

SpirastrellidiF    . .    . .    454.   637,  675 
t^piriti>h(ira    hadcruitn    .  .    453,  486 

difjitatn 453,  466,  467 

^pirophonlht    ilii/itatd..    453.   466, 

467 


Page. 

Spisnla   adolaida^ 694 

parni 692 

trigonella 692 

S])<»ngos()rites      544 

rariabilix 544.  635 

Sixn'ohoiiis    virgiiiicus    ..     154.    175 

Sin-t'ugt'lia  incaniata  ..  169,  492 
ixmeeletia 169 

Sfaganoi)leura  gntfat.-i  .,  ,.  195 
xauth()i>y.i;ia 195 

StanrastnuH 843,846,848 

Sl((/n<)(/i(uinii(i 379 

Stegdinyia    dalieiisis 565 

hilli ')tM) 

ornutd ~)(\7) 

ijiKisionKtitt      566 

tasinauieiisis 564 

Stenobiella.  .    ..   274.  325,  326,  327 

Sallardi 274.  328,  329 

hirstitissiiiia  . ,  274,  ;!25,  327. 
328,  329,  332 

Slciioleoii 43,  47,  60 

fieldi 4;'..  60,  70 

Rt('l>liaiu<l;c l;; 

vStcrculia   discolor l,s;; 

lurida 183 

Stcrcum  aiiiiosinn 8(i5 

i-aporatnin 860 

elegans 8(il 

hirsntnm      862 

illudens 863 

inenibranaceum 86;; 

nitiduluui 862 

papj/riniitn 863 

perga  ma  Ileum a62 

J>h(runi     864 

xpadicciim 864 

■spinipcriitn 8(i;! 

xtrkiotanu ,S64 

tahaciuum 864 

Stilltopteryx      67 

••••stalls 69,  70 

dromedaria      . .   43,  67,  69,  7U 

Stomoxys  cak-itraiis 704 

sp 764,  7(i» 

Stratiomyidtp    ..    ,.    71,   72,  77.  98 

Slrariomyiiia\  72.  S2.  87,  89,  90,  94, 

99 

Stratittmys  hadins 90,  100 

Srroiigylauima 64;!,    675 

Stylotrichopliora 519,  620 

rubra 519 

Styi)li(>lia 25 

i<iih(ni(ir</iiiii1ii 699 


XXX. 


INDEX. 


Page. 

{^iihrmarfiinitla  intermedia     . .  696 

parmopJioidea    . .    . .    696,  699 

parmophoroidex 697 

^iilx'ramaia 674 

SuheritidfF 674 

Synipherolmis 2S6.  290 

Symiiliyoneiua   moiitamnn      ..  17o 

palndosum 173 

Svncarpia    leptopetala      . .    . .  167 

sVnlestes S76.    ,SS2,  885 

Syiitbemis S76 

Ryrinsella    .  . fi-"^!^ 

rhdphidoplxn'O      ^'^'^ 

Tabanidte 746,763,765 

TaliauiiiiP 'i^^ 

'I'ahamis    ..     ..    746.   749.   76.3.   764 

alistevsns     758 

ahsfcrMiii^      758 

antiHt'dens 759 

australis 757 

darwiiHMisis      758 

doddi 758 

duiiloiiotatns 755 

fnneld'is 7.59 

Srenarius 754 

(p-t(/(irii(!< 7.)4 

Liriscoaninilatns 756 

ixriseohirtns      753 

imi>ei"fectns 761 

mastei-si 754 

iiiilsoui 760.  762 

iieni()l)Uiiftatns 754 

iiiiirimanns 758 

niurifarsis 763 

s].. 763 

spadix 761.  762 

Straiiginanni 755 

tryi»henis 755 

vetustus 762 

Tachys   enrticollis 198 

Talanvinus 428 

^rarsipes ^29 

Tayloria  Maidenii 583 

Toronia  australis 171 

(•a])ensis 17 

'I'cdauia 647 

'redaniiiiic 641.   642.   643 

Tellina  astula    ....   691.  692,  719 

eonsaiiirninea 692 

)iifid(i 691 

prnxi 691.  692 

pliaraonis 692 

Tolopea  oreades      •_•   632 

spefinsisinia    . .    . .   26.  27.  1 74 


Page. 

Templetonia  retusa      31 

Tenebi-iouidte 209,210 

Teratidium 625,  630 

grandioeps 628 

laticeps 628.  630 

procernm 628 

1-obn.stum 627.  628 

Tetilla  australiensis 674 

TetillidtTP 674 

Tetracoccus 848 

botrvoides 848,  852 

'IVtraedron 841,  843 

iicutum 844,  851 

r.  i-ectillneare      . .    845,   851 

(Tuciforme 845,851 

-igas 844 

liastatum 845 

r.  elegans 845,  851 

horteusc 844,  851 

niiniuuim    ..    ..    841.   842,   851 
r.  anstrale      ..     ..    841,   851 

■V.  morsuin 842.  851 

V.  pinacidiuin. .    ..   842.  851 
r.  rectllinean'      .  .    842,   851 

platvisthiniinn      841 

regiilare 842,  843,  851 

r.  iiKM'ine 843.    852 

r.  papillifeniin    ..    843.    .S51 

spinnlosiuu     844,  851 

r.  excavatnm..    ..    844.   851 

striatum 84(i.  852 

trigonum     843 

V.  crassum 845 

V.  mammillatum  . .  845,  851 

tumiduluni 844 

Wasteney.sii 846,   852 

Tetrallantds 841 

Lagerbeimii. 841.  851 

Tetrantbella 496 

Tctrapcdid    niorsn 842 

'leti-astrum 832 

elegans 832.  850 

T.  dentatum     ....   833,  850 
staurogeniieforme      . .     . .   8;>2 

'niallarcba   (M-otis 249 

Tbelepliorac-ea' 859 

Thclepliora  cnngcsta 859 

dentosa 860 

laciniata      860 

terrestris 860 

Tlierioplet-tes 759 

Tliriuacoithora  .  .    ..    498,  544,   634. 

635,  636,  637,  674 

agnriciformifi 640 


INDEX. 


XXXI. 


Page. 

Tl)rinacoi>hora    cervicornis . .    63-"). 

(liirifttiima 639 

funiformis   ....   634.  636.  637 

incrustans 636 

rhaphidophora 636 

spinosa 6;'.() 

xpixt^a      (^'.\^) 

Thymelea^      174 

'rh.vi'i<l()pter.vx    hericliii    . .     . .   494 

Timea..    . .  ", 637,  675 

Tineidtp   . . 250 

Tineinfe 2.")!.  2()() 

Tisobarica 365,  367 

eranna 367.  3()9 

liedanopa      369 

.iucnndella 367 

lai'otypa ..    ..   3()S 

l\vrrhella . .   367 

Tmesiiiteris  sp..   103.  .559,  560.  5()I 

Tortella  Kui.uhtii 5S1 

NoviP  ValesiiP 5S0 

Tortricida- 249.   250.   253 

Tortricinre     253 

Tortnla   evanesoens      5S2 

Toxeiuiia 67.3 

Trachelomonas 825 

Trachiid  f/lohosa     674 

Trafliycladiiiiv^ 673 

Trachycladus 453,4.54,673 

baeterium,  453.  454,  455,   456, 

457 

diacitatus..   453,  455.  458,  459. 

462.  464.  466.  471.  479,  480. 

484.  489,  490,  491. 

/•.  clavatus. .    466.   474.   476. 

478,  489,  491 

r.  gracilis   . .    472,  473.  489. 

490.   491 

r.  strongylatus    . .    465.  46(). 

477,  478.  480.  484,  488,  489, 

490,  491. 

fastigatus.  459.   462,   465,  480. 

482.  489 
lrpvis])inilifer. .    453.   458,  474, 

482 
pnstnlosus,  453,  454.  455,  456. 

457.  459.  462.  466.  472,  4S6. 
488,  489,  490,  491. 

reteporosiis,  453,  454,  455.  45(5. 

458,  459,  477.  479,  480,  482. 
487,  489,  490.  491. 

scal>rosns. .   455.  457,  459,  461, 

473,  489,  491 

Traebysellins     674 


Page. 

Traehypepla 346 

atrispersa 347 

hieiualea 347 

poliochroa 347 

Trachi/tedania    arhorra    ..     ..   674 

Trajrosia 498 

'Ircnu'lla   fiisiformis 866 

niesenterioa      866 

Tremellinete 865,  86(i 

'ri'ibnhis  teiTestrls      267 

Trichoma 274,  325.  328 

gracilipenne. .  ..  274,325,332 
'rrU'honunu'H  pcltatiim  ..  ..  382 
'PrichomatidiP..   269.  270,  272,  274, 

324 

Trichoi)tera 46 

'I'ricbostermis 202 

anstralicns.   197.    198,  201,  202 

cyaneus 197 

f/iuriiii 202 

vig(»rsi 197 

'rricliostoiiiuiu   aristatnhim    ..   581 

brachydontiiim      581 

Tridacna 687 

gigaiitea 686,  6S7 

(/iffas 686,  687 

Jainarclci      686 

s<iuamosa 687 

'I'riirlochin   procera      175 

'rrigoiKithops   jiacitica 198 

Trikpiitriou 636 

'I'rirapbis  mollis     217 

Trocliilidie 18 

'I'rocJiocochhii    III  lilt  icdHnata,    700, 

701 
Trochus  crtriiiKitiix.  .    ..    700,   701 

liiieatus 703 

(ihiiiHiiH 700,  701 

Iiica 703 

poi-cat\is      701 

striohitim 701 

tieniatufi 700.  701 

zebra 701 

'I'mphoii  hdnlci/i 712 

IJfiii-(r       712 

Tii(/(iU 696 

cicdtricoHd 698 

rlegans 696 

Tugalia 695,  696 

dimtrdUa 695,  697 

bascauda 698,   719 

cicatricosa      698,  719 

cicatnixd     ' 698 


XXXll. 


INDEX. 


Page, 

Tugalia  cinerea 696 

eleirans    . .    695,   696.    697,   69S 
intermedia,  695,  696.  697,  698. 

719 

intermedia 697 

OHHca 697 

liarmoi)h()idea .  .    695.  696.  697. 

698,  719 
parmophorldca    . .    . .    696.  697 

t(i>it)i(inic(i 695,  69S 

Tuvbo  tiPiiiatus 701 

Tvlodesuia,  496,  497.  499,  500,  501, 
517,  518,  519,  673,  674 

alba 519 

anuexa 518 

c-orrugata 518 

srimaldii      519 

ininiilis 499.  518,  519 

iiifdnnis 519 

iiifundiltulilorniis 519 

inoriiata 517,  518 

.iania 519 

inicnistroin/i/la.    496.  499,   518 

micro.rd 499,   518 

inimilio 519 

rosea 518,  519 

trniicata 499.  518,  519 

vjiijahunda 519 

vestiludaris 519 

vul-aris 499.  518.  519 

'ryi)hnla 866 


Umbelliferte 

Uracautluis  alliatus 

ater 

hivittatns    . ,    . . 

corrngicollis 

.i;la1>rilineatus 

iiiermis 

maleticns  . .    . . 

siniulans 

strigosns    . .    . . 

snturalis 

ventralis 


739. 


167 

741 
742 
739 

742 
737 
738 
740 
V38 
741 
741 
741 


Venns  rivularis 689 

scripta 689 

undatuia 689 

Wanaria 690 

Vesi<-nlari:i   i»innat\ila 596 

rivalis 595 


Page. 

ViolariefP 157 

Viseum  articnlatum     102 

Vitex  luceiis 24 

^'oJ|■ari)la  nihrifftHcuila    ..    ..  709 

Volvocacea" 824 

^■|)lrllhl 715.  716 

rofitrdtd 716 

xiilcdtd 716 

trdfuild 716 

VohiiJelld 716 

Volvulina 829 

Steiiiii   r.   lenticnlaris      . .  829 

Vitlviilus 716 

WMtelcgged 385 

dK.Hrdlia      385 


Xiiiitholieris 73.  75 

silacea 75,  76 

Xantlioleoi) 4."..  47 

helinsi 43.  61.  70, 

Xaiitlionielon   dui-villii      .  .     .  . 
X.-iiitlioplui'a   ferniiriiiea    ..    .. 

.Liraiidis 

Xanthorrhcpa 

hastilis 

I'reissii 

Xaiithosia   i)il()sa     

Xeiiobatradms 

Xenoniorphd   dii-stnilis-.    73.   74 
Xenoplirvs   m(ii>ti<(ila    ..    777. 

782, 

Xenorhina 

Xyloiuelum   pyrifonne      .,     .. 
Xylomimetes 

scliolastis 

ti'achyptera      

Xyloryctinte 

Xymene 

hanleyi     712, 

Xyris  complaiiata 

gracilis 

Xj/Htnatodond  poliixfond    . .    . . 

/ieria    involucrata    ..    ..    157, 
Smithii   /■.  iuacr(»]tliylbi 

Zosterops  Gouldi 

sp 29,   30 

Zoysia  piuigens 154. 

Zvgophvlleie 

Zvgoptera.  871.  873,  874,  875, 
878,  883,  884. 


,  98 

,  98 

.  61 

319 

713 

198 

198 

33 

30 

30 

168 

771 

,    75 

778. 

784 

771 

174 

256 

256 

257 

256 

712 

718 

174 

174 

251 

175 

157 

31 

,   31 

175 

267 
876. 

SS7 


[Printed  off,  April  .Srd,  1917.] 


P.L.S.N.S.W.   1910. 


1-4.  Ui'Hiiiinki, 


5-<J.  AlhMitiiiil((ini. 


P.L.S.N.S.W.    191ft. 


1-3.   Higy'nisia  coniUo'ulca  vax*.  scabya. 


P.L.S.N.S.W.    191G. 


1-2.  Khaphoxxia  typica,  ii.  sp. 


P.L.S.N.S.W.  19ia. 


i -J.  Ji'/i(iji/io.tya  a)  pallithi  Deudj". 


P.L.S.N.S.W.   19te. 


l-'Z.  Rhaphoxya  tiipica,  n.s|>.  :s.  R.  {/)  yaUtihi  Deiidy.  4,  DfSmoxya  lunata  Carl. 


P.L.S.N.S.W.    1918 


(j.iiiii'ti.iiil] vtcs   (uiale,  leiiiiile)  A:c    of  PiiUotiiiii   (iii/iu'diii/i 


P.L.S.N.S.W.    1913. 


Austialiau  Mollusca. 


P.L.S    N.S.W.    1913. 


PL.     XLVII. 


.^a^ 


C  rf^2^^  ^ 


Australiau  Mollusou. 


P.L.S.N.S.W.    1916. 


15 


I  ^  \,lmmm/mmm/m 


C  ^edceu.  ^t/. 


Australian  Mollusca. 


P.L.S.N.S.W.    1916. 


C,   ^/"^Co^i^    CP(^. 


Australian  MoUusca. 


P.L.S.N.S.W.    191S. 


^.'^f^^V  ^^^ 


Austnilian  Mollusca. 


P.L.S.N.S.W.    19ia 


38 


\ 


40 


>*/■?■■---■  - " 


39 


37 


-^f^M^     Y    6/a..a2. 


■*^'^ 


36 


■--•ri'. 


33  -^'a«v^^^,i#^- 


V 


Australian  Mollusca. 


P.L.S.N.S.W.    1916. 


•^--^  ^*0*Mi^ 


..^•::- 


■w 


•w 


■■■'■^w 


"ySA^.ii;    f^  (St^'^^ 


^' 


42 


43 


A  ustraliau  MoUusca. 


P.L.S.N.S.W.   19l9. 


PL.    LIV. 


D.B.F.  del. 


AphuntophniDe  paiisa,  g.et  sp.ii. 


P.L.S  N.S.W.   1918. 


P.B.F.  del. 


1.  Kaloula  pidchra.  2.  Aphantophrijne  pansa,  u.sp. 

3.  Liiiitwdijnastes  dorsalis  v.  dmnerilii. 


P.L.S.N.S.W.    1918. 


Australian  Freshwater  Phytoplankton  (Protovoccoidea') 


P.L.S.N.S.W.    1916. 


Australian  Freshwater  Phytoplaiiltton   [Protococcoidex) 


P.L.S.N.S.W.    I9lft. 


7  'mT^'^'  i 

Australian  Freshwater  I'bytoplauktini  (Piotuooccoiid-a:) 


P.L.S.N-S-W.    1916. 


Australiau  Freshwater  Pbyioplanktou  {ProtococcniiU-.i-} 


Issued  nth  June,   1916. 


Vol  XLI. 


^^^ 
^!^ 


Wi\ 


Part  1. 


No.  161 


THE 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF    THE 


LinriEnri  Society 


OF 


New    South    Wales 


FOR    THE    YEAR 


1916 


PART  I.  (pp.  1-192) 

Containing    Papers  read    in 

MARCH- APRIL, 

WITH    NINE    PLATES 

(Plates  i.  -ix. ) 

SYDNE^-Y: 
PRINTED    AND    PUBLISHED    FOR    THE    SOCIETY 

BY 

VV.    A.    PRPPERDAY    i'    CO.,    119a    PITT    STREET 

AND 

SOLD    BV    THE   SOCIETY 
PRICE     -     10/- 


AOENT  IN  EUROPE: 

Messis.   Dui.au  &  Co.,  .^7  Solio  Square,   London,   VV. 


■^ 


NOTICE. 


With  the  exception  of  Volumes  I. -VI.  of  the  Proceedings — of 
which  the  Society's  .stock  was  totally  destroyed  in  the  Garden 
Palace  Fire — the  Publications  of  the  Linnean  Society  of  N.S.  W. 
may  be  obtained  at  the  Society's  Hall,  Ithaca  Boad,  Elizabeth 
Bay,  Sydney,  or  from  Dulau  &  Co.,  3-7  Soho  Square,  London,  W., 
at  the  following  prices  :  — 

First   Series. 

Proceedings  for  1882,  Vol.  VII.— Part  1,  7s.  Od. ;  Part  2,  10s.; 
Part  3,  5s. ;  Part  4,  10s. 

Proceedings   for   1883,    Vol.    VIII.— Part  1,  .10s. ;    Part  2,   os. ; 
Part  3,  7s.  J  Part  4,  8s. 

Proceedings  for  1884,  Vol.  IX.— Part  1,  8s. ;  Part  2,  12s. ;  Part 
3,  £1  OS. ;  Part  4,  £1  5s. 

Proceedings  for  1885,   Vol.   X.— Part  1,   12s. ;   Part  2,   7s.   6d. ; 
Part  3,  15s. ;  Part  4,  '17s.  6d. 

Second    Series. 

Proceedings  for  1886,   Vol.   I.— Part  1,   10s.  6d. ;  Part  2,   12s. ; 
Part  3,  13s. ;  Part  4,  12s.  6d. 

Proceedings  for  1887,   Vol.   II.— Part  1,   7s.;  Part  2,  8s.;  Part 
3,  12s. ;  Part  4,  £1  7s. 

Proceedings  for  1888,  Vol.   III.— Part-1,  15s.;  Part  2,  £1  4s.; 
Part  3,   £1;  Part  4,  18s. 

Proceedings  for  1889,  Vol.  IV.— Part  1,  lis. ;  Part  2,  16s. ;  Part 
3,  19s. ;  Part  4,  lis. 

Proceedings  for  1890,  Vol.  V.— Part  1,   lis.;  Part  2,  9s.;  Part 
3,  9s. ;  Part  4,  93 

Proceedings  for  1891,  Vol.   VI.— Part  1,  10s.;  Part  2,  9s.  6d. ; 
Part  3,  17s. ;  Part  4,  7s.  6d. 

Proceedings  for  1892,  Vol.  VII.— Part  1,  6s.  6d. ;  Part  2,  4s.  6d. ; 
Part  3,  8s. ;  Part  4,  8s. 

Proceedings   for   1893,    Vol.    VIII.— Part   1,   5s.;  Part  2,    lis.; 
Part  3,  6s. ;  Part  4,  9s. 

Proceedings  for  1894.— Vol.  IX.— Part  1,  12s. ;  Part  2,  12s. ;  Part 
3,  13s. ;  Part  4,  8s. 

Proceedings  for   1895,    Vol.  V.— Part  1,    15s.;  Part  2,   8s.  6d. ; 
Part  3,  10s.,  Supplement,  Is.  6d. ;  Part  4,  12s. 


Proceedings  for  1896. — Part  1,  9s.,  Supplement,  2s.  6d. ;  Part  2, 
6s.  6d. ;  Part  3,  7s.  6d. ;  Part  4,   £1  7s.  6d. 

Proceedings  for  1897.— Part  1,  10s. ;  Part  2,  8s.  6d. ;  Part  3,  9s. ; 
art  4,  12s.  6d. 


Proceedings  for  1898.— Part  1,  3s. ;  Part  2,  6s. ;  Part  3,    Us. ; 
Part  4,   Us. 

Proceedings  for  1899.— Part  1,  12s.  6d. ;  Part  2,  12s. ;    Part  3, 
10s.;   Part  4,   10s.  6d. 

Proceedings  for   1900.— Part  1,   8s.;   Part  2,  10s.  6d.;    Part   3, 
10s.  6d. ;  Part  4,  17s.  6d. 

Proceedings  for  1901.— Part  1,  10s.;   Part  2,  9s.;    Part  3,  5s. ; 
Part  4;   17s.  6d. 

Proceedings  for  1902.— Part  1,  7s. ;  Part  2,  7s.  6d. ;  Part  3,  78. 
6d.,  Supplement,  3s. ;  Part  4,  15s. 

Proceedings  for  1903.— Part  1,   9s.;  Part  2,   12s.   6d. ;   Part  3, 
14s. ;  Part  4,  15s. 

Proceedings  for  1904.- Part  1,  10s. ;  Part  2,  7s.  6d. ;  Part  3,  9s. ; 
Part  4,  10s. 

Proceedings  for   1905.— Part  1,  with  Supplement,   7s.;   Part  2, 
10s. ;  Part  3,  12s.  6d. ;  Part  4,  with  Supplement,  10s.  6d. 

Proceedings  for  1906.— Part  1,  12s.  6d. ;  Part  2,  12s.  6d. ;  Part 
3,  12s.  6d. ;  Part  4,  15?. 

Proceedings  for  1907.— Part  1,  8s. ;  Part  2,  8s.  6d. ;  Part  3,  15s. 
Part   4,   18s. 

Proceedings  for   1908.— Part  1,  7s. ;  Part  2,  98. ;  Part  3,   14s. 
Part  4,  12s.  6d. 

Proceedings  for  1909.— Part  1,  12s. ;  Part  2,  17s. ;  Part  3,  148. 
Part  4,   16s.   6d. 

Proceedings  for  1910.— Part  1,  lis. ;  Part  2,   lis. ;  Part  3,  7s. 
Part  4,   12s.   6d. 

Proceedings  for  1911— Part  1,  9s.  6d. ;  Part  2.  9s.  6d. ;  Part  3, 
9s.  6d.;   Part  4,   10s. 

Proceedings  for  1912--Part i,  8s.  6d.;  Part  2,  25s.  Od.;  Part  3, 
12s.  6d.;  Part  4,  15s. 

Proceedings  for  1913  -Part  1,  14s.;  Part  2,  7s.  6d.;  Part  3,  6s.; 
Part  4,  13s. 

Proceedings  for  1914— Part  1,  13s.; "Part  2,  17s.;  Part  3,  25s.; 
Part  4,  19s. 

Proceedings  for  1915— Part  1,17s.;  Part  2,  12s.6d.;  Part  3,  10s.; 
Part  4,  lls^ 

Proceedings  for  1916— Part  1,  10s. 

Tlie  Macleay  Memorial  Volume  [issued  October  13th,  1893]. 
Royal  4to.,  li.  and  308  pages,  with  Portrait,  and  forty-two  plates. 
Price  £3  3. 

Descriptive  Catalogue  op  Australian  Fishes.  By  William 
Macleay,  F.L.S.  [1881],     A  few  copies  only.     Price  £1,  net. 

The  Transactions  of  the  Entomological  Society  of  New 
South  Wales,  2  vols.,  8vo  [Vol.  i.  five  Parts,  1863-66;  Vol.  11. 
five  Parts,  1869-73;  all  published],  price  £2,  net,  are  also  obtain- 
able, but  neither  the  Parts  nor  the  Volumes  are  sold  separately. 


PROCEEDINGS,   1916,  PART  1. 


CONTENTS. 


PAGES 


Presidential  Adiliess  delivered  at  the  Forfey^flrstAninial  Meeting. 

March  21)th,  19_1«.  1).v  Aj.ex.  (i^.  Hamilton      l-3o 

Studies  in  Australian  XiMvopttra.  N(j.  ii.  Descriptions  of  new 
Geneici  and  .Species  "of  the  Families  Osmylidoi,  .Myt'^mdeon- 
tkhi ,  and  Af<calaphtdit..  By  R.  J.  Tillvard,"  M. A. pB- ^c. . 
F.L.S.,  F.  E.S.,  Linaean  Macleay  Fellow  of  the  Society  in 
Zoology.      (Plates  i.-vi.,  and  three  Text-figures)  ...  ...        41-70 

A   Revision   of    the   IStratiomyidit  [Diptkka]   of  Australia.       By 

Artjuk  White      71-1(10 

Oocydi-s  and  Ertmo-spfucfd  [Alg.-3';].  By  (i.  I.  Playfaik,  Science 
Research  Scholar  of  the  University  of  Sydnej'.  (Plates  vii.- 
ix.,  and  twenty-eight  Text-figures)         ...  ...  ...  ...     107-147 

The  Chemical  Investigation  of  S(jme  Poisonous  Plants  in  the  N.O. 
So/nnact"'.  Part  ii.  NluofiaiKi  xiatreo/en-s;  and  the  Identifica- 
tion of  its  Alkaloid.  By  J.vaies  M.  Petkie,  D.Sc,  F.I.C. 
Linnean  Macleay  Fellow  of  the  Societ.y  in  Biochemistry       ...     148-151 

The  Instability  of  Leaf- Morphology  in  its  relation  to  Taxonomic 

Botany.     By  A.  A.  Hamil,tox ' 102-119 

OrT Brachydiiton  popidmo-acp:ijhliU'<  F.v.M.  :  the  Crimson-flower- 
ed Kunajong.     By  J.  H.  Maiden,  F.R.S.,  F.L.S.    .^,         ...    180-184 

On  a   Kucalypt    llyhrid  (E.   ra/ophyl}axK  ficifolin).     By  J.  H. 

M.MDEN,  F.R.S.,  F.L.S 185-189 

Hon.  Treasurer's  Financial  Statement,' Balance  Sheet,  etc.      ...        34-o9 

Elections  and  Aiaiouncements         .  .  ..  ...  ...  ..  101.  19(t 

Notes  and  Exhibits 101-106,190-192 


Issued  ISth  September,    WIS. 


WJ  Vol  XLI. 

Part  2.  No.  162       ^ 

THE 

PROCEEDINGS 

\ 

OF   THE 

LiNNEnri  Society 


OF 


New    South    Wales 


FOR    THE   YEAR 


1916 


PART  II.  (pp.  193-J/.1 


Containing    Papers  read  ^fl^,  ^A  *^' ^v>. 
MA  Y-A  UG  UST  (  in  part). 


WITH    TEN    PLATES 

[Plates  x.-xix. ,  and  one  Transparency  (x./)/*).] 
(Plate  XX.  will  be  issued  with  Part  iii.) 


SYDNEY: 
J'RINTED    AND    PUBLISHED    FOR    THE    SOCIETY 

BV 

W.    A.    PEPPERDAY    k    CO.,    119a    PITT    STREET 

AND 

SOLD    HV    THE    SOCIETY 
PRICE     -     12/- 


NOTICE. 


With  the  exception  of  Volumes  I.-VI.  of  the  Procebdings — 6f 
whicli  the  Society's  stock  was  totally  destroyed  in  the  Garden 
Palace  Fire — the  Publications  of  the  Linnean  Society  of  N.S.W. 
may  be  obtained  at  the  Society's  Hall,  Ithaca  Road,  Elizabetli 
Bay,  Sydney,  or  from  Dulau  &  Co.,  37  Soho  Square,  London,  W., 
at  the  following  prices  : — 

First   Series. 

Proceedings  for  1882,  Vol.  VII.— Part  1,  7s.  6d. ;  Part  2,  10s. ; 
Part  3,  58. ;  Part  4,  10s. 

Proceedings  for   1883,    Vol.    VIII.— Part  1,    10s.:    Part  2,   os. ; 
Part  3,  7s. ;  Part  4,  8s. 

Proceedings  for  1884,  Vol.  IX.— Part  1,  8s. :  Part  2,  12s. ;  Part 
3,  £1  5s.;  Part  4,  £1  5s. 

Proceedings  for  1885,   Vol.   X.— Part  1,   12s. ;   Part  2,   7s.   6d. ; 
Part  3,  15s. ;  Part  4,  17s.  6d. 

Seco>jd    Series. 

Proceedings  for  1886,   Vol.   I.— Part  1,   10s.  6d. ;  Part  2,   12s.; 
Part  3,  13s. ;  Part  4,  12s.  6d. 

Proceedings  for  1887,  Vol.   II.— Part  1,   7s.;  Part  2,  8s.;  Part 
3,  12s. ;  Part  4,  £1  7s. 

Proceedings  for  1888,   Vol.   III.— Part  1,  15s. ;  Part  2,  £1  4s. ; 
Par^.  3,  £1 ;  Part  4,   18s. 

Proceedings  for  1889,  Vol.  IV.— Part  1,  lis.;  Part  2,  16s.;  Part 
3,  19s. ;  Part  4,  lis. 

Proceedings  for  1890,   Vol.  V.— Part  1,  lis.;  Part  2,  9s.;  Part 
3,  9s.  ;  Part  4,  9s. 

Proceedings  for  1891,  Vol.   VI.— Part  1,  10s. ;  Part  2,  9s.  6d. 
Part  3,  17s. ;  Part  4,  7s.  6d. 

Proceedings  for  1892,  Vol.  VII.— Part  1,  6s.  6d. ;  Part  2,  4s.  6d. 
Part  3,  8s. ;  Part  4,  8s. 

Proceedings   for   1893,    Vol.    VIII.— Part   1,   5s.;  Part  2,    lis. 
Part  3,  6s. ;  Part  4,  Qs. 

Proceedings  for  1894.— Vol.  IX.— Part  1,  12s. ;  Part  2,  12s. ;  Part 
3,  13s. ;  Part  4,  8s. 

Proceedings  for  1895,    Vol.  V.— Part  1,    15s.;  Part  2,   8s.  6d. ; 
Part  3,  10s.,  Supplement,  Is.  6d. ;  Part  4,  12s. 


Proceedings  for  1896. — Part  1,  9s.,  Supplement,  2s.  6d. ;  Part  2, 
6s.  6d. ;  Part  3,  7s.  6d.  ;  Part  4,   £1  7s.  6d. 

Proceedings  for  1897.— Part  1,  10s.  ;  Part  2,  8s.  6d.  ;  Part  3,  Qs.  ; 
Part  4,   12s.   6d. 


Proceedings  for  1898.— Part  1,  Ss. ;  Part  2,  Bs. ;  Part  3,   128.  j 
Part  4,   Us. 

Proceedings  for  1899.— Part  1,  12s.  6d. ;  Part  2,12s.;    Part  3, 
lOs.;  Part  4,   10s.  6d. 

Proceedings  for   1900.— Part  1,  8s.;   Part  2,  10s. 6d.;    Part   3, 
10s.  6d. ;  Part  4,  17s.  6d. 

Proceedings  for  1901.— Part  1,  10s.;   Part  2,  9s.;  Part  3,  5s.; 
Part  4,  17s.  6d. 

Proceedings  for  1902.— Part  1,  7s.  ;  Part  2,  7b.  6d.  ;  Part  3,  78. 
6d.,  Supplement,  3s. ;  Part  4,  158. 

Proceedings  for  1903.— Part  1,   9s.;  Part  2,   128.   6d.  ;   Part  3, 
14s.  ;  Part  4,  15s. 

Proceedings  for  1904.— Part  1,  10s. ;  Part  2,  7s.  6d. ;  Part  3,  9s. ; 
Part  4,  10s. 

Proceedings  for  1905. — Part  1,  with  Supplement,   7s.;   Part  2, 
10s. ;  Part  3,  12s.  6d.  ;  Part  4,  with  Supplement,  10s.  6d. 

Proceedings  for  1906.--Part  1,  12s.  6d. ;  Part  2,  12s.  6d. ;  Part 
3,  12s.  6d. ;  Part  4,  15p. 

Proceedings  for  1907.— Part  1,  8s. ;  Part  2,  8s.  6d. ;  Part  3,  158. 
Part  4,   18s. 

Proceedings  for  1908.— Part  1,  78. ;  Part  2,  98. ;  Part  3,   148. 
Part  4,  12s.  6d. 

Proceedings  for  1909.— Part  1,  12s. ;  Part  2,  17s. ;  Part  3,  148. 
Part  4,    16s.   6d. 

Proceedings  for  1910.— Part  1,  lis.;  Part  2,  lis.;  Part  3,  7s. 
Part  4,    12s.   6d. 

Proceedings  for  1911— Part  1,  9s.  6d. ;  Part  2.  9s.  6d. ;  Part  3, 
9s.  6d.;    Part   4,   10s. 

Proceedings  for  1912-  Part  1,  8s.  6d.;  Part  2,  25s.  Od.;  Part  3, 
12s.  6d.;  Part  4,  15s. 

Proceedings  for  1913  -Part  1,  14s.;  Part  2,  7s.  6d.;  Part' 3,  6s  , 
Part  4,  13s. 

Proceedings  for  1914— Part  1,  13s.;  Part  2,  17s.;  Part  3,  25s.; 
Part  4,  19s. 

Proceedings  for  191 5 -Part  1, 17s.:  Part  2,  12s.6d.;  Part  3,  10s.; 
Part  4,  lis. 

Proceediitgs  for  1916— Part  1,  lO.s.;  Part  2,  12s- 

The  Maclkay  iVlEMOKiAf.  Volume  [issued  October  13th,  1893]. 
Uoyal  4to,,  Ll.  and  308  pages,  with  Portrait,  and  forty-two  plates. 
Price  £3  3. 

Descriptivk  Catalogue  op  Austkalian  Fishes.  By  William 
Macleay,  F.L.S.  [1881].     A  few  copies  only.     Price  £1,  net. 

The  Transactions  of  thk  Entomological  Society  of  New 
South  Wales,  2  vols.,  Bvo  [Vol.  i.  live  Parts,  1863-66;  Vol.  ii. 
five  Parts,  1869-73;  all  publisiied],  price  £2,  net,  are  also  obtain- 
able, but  neither  the  Parts  nor  the  Volumes  are  sold  separately. 


PROCEEDINGS,  1916,  PART  2. 


CONTENTS. 


PAGES 


C-'am/>irff>' [Colboptkha]  from  the  Upper  Williams  River,  N.S.W. 

By  Thomas  (i.  Sloane 196-208 

Descriptions  of  a  new  Genus,  and  thi'ee  new  Species  of  Australian 
Temhrionida-  [ColRoptera]  from  Barrington  Tops,  N.S.W. 
By  H.  J.  C.VRTER,  B.A.,  F.E.S.     (With  three  Text-ligs. )      ..    -ioy-iU 

A  new  Scale-Insect  [Coccju.??]  att'ecting  Suj<ar-Cane  in  New 
Guinea.     By  the  late  Dr.  A.  Rutherford  :  with  a  Note  by 

E.  Jarvis ...    215-216 

Studies  in  Australiaii  Ntiiroptera.  No.  iiu  The  Wing- Venation 
of  the  eiiryxaiji(l(L'.    By  R.  J.  Tili.y.vkd,  M.  A.,  B.Sc,  F.L.S., 

F.  p].S.,  Linnean  Maeleay  Fellow  of  the  Society  in  Zoology. 

( Plates  X. ,  X. /</.s,  xi. ;  and  eight  Text-figs. )       22 1  -248 

A  Thiid  Contribution  to  a  Knowledge  of  the  Lepidopterous  Fauna 
of  Ebor  Scrub,  N.S.W.  By  A.  Jefferis  Turner,  M.D., 
F.E.S.  249-260 

Petrological  Notes.  No.  ii.  The  Relations  between  some  Western 
Australian  Gneissic  and  Granitic  Rocks.  By  M.  Aurousseau, 
B.Sc. 261-266 

Studies  in  Australian  Neuroptera.  No.  iv.  The  Families  Ithonidf, 
He)ntroliiid<i',  Sifiyrid<v,  Btrotliid<i\  and  the  new  Faniilj'  Tri- 
chomatidtf :  with  a  Discussion  of  their  Characters  and  Re- 
lationships, and  Descriptions  of  hew  and  little-known  Genera 
and  Species.  By  R.  J.  Tillyaku,  M.A.,  B.Sc,  F.L.S., 
F.E.S.,  Linnean  Maeleay  Fellow  of  the  Society  in  Zoology. 
(Plates  xii.-xix.,  and  ten  Text-figs. )       ...  ...  ...  ...    269-332 

Studies  in  Australian  Microhpidoptera.     By  A.  Jefferis  Turner, 

M.D.,  F.E.S 333-376 

Some  Cryptogamic   Notes,  from   the  Botanic  (irardens,  Sydney. 

By  the  Rev.  W.  Walter  W.VTTS.     (Plate  xx.")  ...    377-386 

Fuither  Observations  on  the  Emergence  of  Dragonfly-Larvie  from 
the  Egg,  with  special  Reference  to  the  Problem  of  Respira- 
tion. By  R.  J.  TiLLYARD.  M.A.,  B.Sc,  F.L.S.,  F.E.S.. 
Linnean  Maeleay  Fellow  of  the  Society  in  Zoology.  (Five 
Text-figs.) 388-416 

Elections  and  Announcements         ...  ...  ...  ...      217,267,387 

Notes  and  Exhibits    : 193-19,"),  217-220,' 267-268 


Correction  in  Dr.  Turner's  Paper  (p.254). 
Omil  name  and  description  of  Capua  crypsvryt.hra,  n.sp.,  and  substitute 

Capua  leucostaota. 
CapiM  kiicostaeta  Meyr.,  Proe.  Linn.  Soc.  N.  S.  Wales,  1910,  p.202. 
One  9  example.     Also  from  N.S.W. :  Lawson.— Vic. :  Beaconsfield. 
Page  249,  line  8 — for  six,  rf.ad  seven. — line  9,  for  12,  read  11. — line  22, 
for  7,  read  6. 


*  Plate  XX.  will  be  issued  with  Part  iii. 


Issued  9th   December,   1916. 


Vol  XLI. 

Part  3. 


No.  163 


THE 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF    THE 


LinriEnri  Society 


OF 


New    South    Wales 


FOR    THE    YEAR 

1916 


FART  III.  (pp.  4J-7-G32) 

Containing    Papers  read    in 

AUGUST  (ill  part)-SEPTEMBEE, 

WITH   TWENTY-ONE   PLATES 

[Plates  xx.-xxxix.,  and  xlv.] 


SYDNEY: 
PRINTED    AND    PUBLISHED    FOR    THE    SOCIETY       . 

BY 

W.    A.    PEPPERDAY    k    CO.,    119a    PITT    STREET 

AND 

SOLD    BY    THE    SOCIETY 


PRICE 


15/- 


AGBNT  IN  EUROPE: 

Messrs    Dui.au  &  Co.,  37  Soho  Square,   London,   VV. 


NOTICE. 


With  the  exception  of  Volumes  I.-VJ.  of  the  Proceedings — of 
which  the  Society's  stock  was  totally  destroyed  in  the  Garden 
Palace  Fire — the  Publications  of  the  Linnean  Society  of  N.S.W. 
may  be  obtained  at  the  Society's  Hall,  Ithaca  Road,  Elizabeth 
Bay,  Sydney,  or  from  Dulau  &,  Co.,  37  Soho  Square,  London,  W., 
at  the  following  prices  :^ 

First    Sp.ries. 

Proceedings  for  1882,  Vol.  VII.— Part  1,  7s.  6d. ;  Part  2,  10s.; 
Part  3,  5s. ;  Part  4,  10s. 

Proceedings  for    1883,    Vol.    VIII.— Part  1,    10s.;    Part  2,    5s.; 
Part  3,  7s. ;  Part  4,  8s. 

Proceedings  for  1884,  Vol.  IX.— Part  1,  8s.;  Part  2,  12s. ;, Part 
3,  £1  5s. ;  Part  4,  £1  5s. 

Proceedings  for  1885,  Vol.   X.— Part  1,   12s.;   Part  2,   7s.   6d. ; 
Part  3,  15s. ;  Part  4,  17s.  6d. 

SECOisrr)    Seriks. 

Proceedings  for  1886,   Vol.   I.— Part  1,   10s.  6d. ;   Part  2,   12s. ; 
Part  3,  13s. ;  Part  4,  12s.  6d. 

Proceedings  for  1887,  Vol.   II.— Part  1,  7s.;  Part  2,  8s.;  Part 
3,  12s. ;  Part  4,  £1  7s. 

Proceedings  for  1888,  Vol.   III.— Part  1,  15s. ;  Part  2,  £1  4s. ; 
Part  3,   £1 ;  Part  4,  18s. 

Proceedings  for  1889,  Vol.  IV.— Part  1,  lis. ;  Part  2,  16s. ;  Part 
3,  19s. ;  Part  4,  lis. 

Proceedings  for  1890,  Vol.  V.— Part  1,  lis.;  Part  2,  9s.;  Part 
3,  9s. ;  Part  4,  9s 

Proceedings  for  1891,  Vol.  VI.— Part  1,  10s.;  Part  2,  9s.  6d. ; 
Part  3,  17s. ;  Part  4,  7s.  6d. 

Proceedings  for  1892,  Vol.  VII.— Part  1,  6s.  6d. ;  Part  2,  4s.  6d. ; 
Part  3,  8s. ;  Part  4,  8s. 

Proceedings   for   1893,    Vol.    VIII.— Part   1,   5s.;  Part  2,    lis.; 
Part  3,  6s. ;  Part  4,  9s. 

Proceedings  for  1894.— Vol.  IX.— Part  1,  12s. ;  Part  2,  12s. ;  Part 
3,  13s.;  Part  4,  8s. 

Proceedings  for  1895,    Vol.  V.— Part  1,    15s.;  Part  2,   8s.  6d. ; 
Part  3,  IDs.,  Supplement,  Is.  6d. ;  Part  4,  12s. 


Proceedings  for  1896. — Part  1,  9s.,  Supplement,  2s.  6d. ;  Part  2, 
6s.  6d. ;  Part  3,  7s.  6d. ;  Part  4,   £1  7s.  6d. 

Proceedings  for  1897.— Part  1,  10s. ;  Part  2,  8s.  6d. ;  Part  3,  9b.  ; 
Part  4,   12s.   6d. 


Proceedings  for  1898.— Part  1,  38.;  Part  2,  63.;  Part  3,   12s.; 
Part  4,  14s. 

Proceedings  for  1899.— Part  1,  12s.  6d. ;  Part  2,  12s. ;    Part  3, 
10s.;   Part  4,   10s.  6d. 

Proceedings  for   1900.— Part  1,   8s.;   Part  2,  10s.6d.;    Part   3, 
10s.  6d. ;  Part  4,  17s.  6d. 

Proceedings  for   1901.— Part  1,  10s.;   Part  2,  9s.;  Part  3,  5s.; 
Part  4,   17s.  6d. 

Proceedings  for  1902.— Part  1,  7s. ;  Part  2,  7s.  6d. ;  Part  3,  7s. 
6d.,  Supplement,  3s.;  Part  4,  15s. 

Proceedings  for  1903.— Part  1,  9s. ;  Part  2,  .12s.  6d. ;  Part  3, 
I4s.  ;  Part  4,   15s. 

Proceedings  for  1904.- Part  1,  10s. ;  Part  2,  7s.  6d. ;  Part  3,  9s. ; 
Part  4,  10s. 

Proceedings  for  1905. — Part  1,  with  Supplement,  7s. ;  Part  2, 
10s. ;  Part  3,  12s.  6d. ;  Part  4,  with  Supplement,  10s.  6d. 

Proceedings  for  1906.— Part  1,  12s.  6d. ;  Part  2,  12s.  6d. ;  Part 
3,  12s.  6d. ;  Part  4,  15p. 

Proceedings  for  1907.— Part  1,  8s. ;  Part  2,  8s.  6d. ;  Part  3,  15s. 
Part  4,  18s. 

Proceedings  for   1908.— Part  1,  78. ;  Part  2,  9s. ;  Part  3,   148. 
Part  4,  12s.  6d. 

Proceedings  for  1909.— Part  1,  12s. ;  Part  2,  17s. ;  Part  3,  14s. 
Part  4,    16s.   6d. 

Proceedings  for  1910.— Part  1,  lis.;  Part  2,   lis.;  Part  3,  7s. 
Part  4,   12s.   6d. 

Proceedings  for  1911— Part  1,  9s.  6d. ;  Part  2,  9s.  6d. ;  Part  3, 
9s.  6d.;   Part  4,   lOs. 

Proceedings  for  1912-  Part  1,  8s.  6d.;  Part  2,  25s.  Od.;  Part  3, 
12s.  6d.;  Part  4,  los. 

Proceedings  for  191.3  -  Part  1,  14s.;  Part  2,  7s.  6d.;  Part  3,  6s  , 
Part  4,  13s. 

Proceedings  for  1914 -Part  1,  13s.;  Part  2,  17s.;  Part  3,  25s., 
Part  4,  19s. 

Proceedingsforl915— Part  1,17s.:  Part  2,  12s.6d.;  Part  3,  10s.; 

Part  4,  lis. 

Proceedings  for  1916-Part  1,  10s.;  Pa'rt  2,  12s.;    Part  3,  15s. 

The  Maci.eay  Memorial  Volume  [issued  October  13th,  1893]. 
Royal  4to.,  li.  and  308  pages,  with  Portrait,  and  forty-two  plates. 
Price  £3  3. 

Descriptive  Catalogue  of  Australian  Fishes.  By  William 
Macleay,  F.L.S.  [1881].     A  few  copies  only.     Price  £1,  net. 

The  Transactions  of  the  Entomological  Society  of  New 
South  Wales,  2  vols.,  8vo  [Vol.  i.  five  Parts,  1863-66;  Vol.  11. 
live  Parts,.  1869-73;  all  published],  price  £2,  net,  are  also  obtain- 
ab'e,  but  neither  the  Parts  nor  the  Volumes  are  sold  separately. 


PROCEEDINGS,   1916,  PARTS. 


CONTENTS. 

PAGES 

Notes  from  the  Botanic  Gardens,    Sj^dney:    Parthenogenesis  in 

Aquatic  Phanerogams.     By  A.  H.  S.  Lucas,  M.A.,  B.Sc.    ...    417-421 

Revision  of  the  Amycterides.     Part  v.  Moloclitns&nd  Cttbicorrhyn- 

chus.     By  Eustace  W.  Ferguson,  M.B.,  Ch.M 422-452 

A  Revision  of  the  Genera  with  Microscleres  inchxded,  or  pro- 
visionally included,  in  the  Family  Axine/lidie;  with  Descrip- 
tions of  some  Australian  Species  [Porifera].  Part  i.  By 
E,  F.  Hallmanx,  B.yc,  Linnean  Macleay  Fellow  of  the,- 
Society  in  Zoology.  (Plates  xxi.-xxx.,  figs.  1-2;  also  xxxix., 
figs.6-7;  and  Text-figs.  1-9)  ...    453-491 

A  Revision  of  the  Genera  with  Microscleres  included,  or  pro- 
visionally included,  in  the  Family  A^inellidce;  with  Descrip- 
tions of  some  Australian  Species  [Porifera].  Part  ii.  Bj^ 
E.  F.  Kallmann,  B.Sc,  Linnean  Macleay  Fellow  of  the 
Society  in  Zoology.  (Plates  xxix.,  fig.4;  xxx.-xxxii. ;  xxxiii., 
figs.1-5;  xxxiv.-xxxvii.;  xxxviii.,  figs.1-4;  and  Text-figs.  10-16)    495-552 

The  Gametophyte  of  Psilotum  :  Preliminary  Notes.  By  Thomas 
Whitelegge,  Medallist  of  the  Royal  Society  of  New  South 
Wales,  1899.     ^Plate  xlv.)  ... 553-563 

Contributions  to  a  Knowledge  of  Australian  Culicidce  [Diptera]. 

No.  iii.     By  Frank  H.  Taylor,  F.E.S.  ...         564-574 

Descriptions  of  some  new  Species  of  Australian,  Tasmanian,  and 

New  Zealand  Mosses,  vi.     By  Dr.  V.  H.  Brotherus  ...    575-596 

New   Australian    Species   of    Carabklix   belonging   to   the   Tribe 

*«/-(>/«(■  [Coleoptera].     By  Thomas  G.  Sloane       597-630 

Elections  and  Announcements         ...  ...  ...  ...  ...494,631 

Notes  and  Exhibits 492-493,494,632 


Issued  4(h  April,    1017. 


No.  164       ^ 


THE 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF    THE 


LirinEAN  Society 


OF 


New    South    Wales 


FOR    THE    YEAR 


1916 


PART  TV.  (pp.  633-905,  i.-xxxU.) 
Containing    Papers  read    in 

0  CTO  BEB-J^  0  VEMBER, 

WITH    NINETEEN    PLATES 

[Plates  xl.-xliv.,  xlvi. -lix.] 


SYDNEY : 
PRINTED    AND    PUBLISHED    FOR    THE    SOCTETV 

BV 

W.    A.    PEPPERDx'W    k    CO.,    119a    PITT    STREET 

AND 

SOLD    BY    THE   SOCIETY 

1916--I7. 

PRICE    -     19/- 


'15.'^ 


AQENT  IN  EUROPE: 

Messrs.    Dulau  &  Co.,  37  Solio  Square,   London,    VV 


m 


NOTICE 


With  the  exception  «f  Volumes  I. -VI.  of  the  Proceedings — of 
which  the  Society's  stock  was  totally  destroyed  in  the  Garden 
Palace  Fire— the  Publications  of  the  Linnean  Society  of  N.S.W. 
may  be  .obtained  at  the  Society's  Hall,  Ithaca  Road,  Elizabeth 
Bay,  Sydney,  or  from  Dulau  &  Co.,  37  Soho  Square,  London,  W., 
at  the  following  prices  : — 

First    Series. 

Proceedings  for  1882,  Vol.  VII.— Part  1,  7s.  Gd. ;  Part  2,  10s. ; 
Part  3,  5s. ;  Part  4,  10s. 

Proceedings   for   1883,    Vol.    VIII.— Part  1,    10s. ;    Part  2,    5s.  ; 
Part  3,  7s. ;  Part  4,  8s. 

Proceedings  for  1884,  Vol.  IX.— Part  1,  8s. ;  Part  2,  12s. ;  Part 
3,  £1  5s.  ;  Part  4,  £1  5s. 

Proceedings  for   1885,   Vol.   X.— Part  1,   12s.;   Part  2,   7s.   6d. ; 
Part  3,  15s. ;  Part  4,  17s.  6d. 

5SECo:srr)    Series. 

Proceedings  for  1886,   Vol.   I.— Part  1,   10s.  6d. ;  Part  2,    12s.  ; 
Part  3,  13s.;  Part  4,  12s.  6d. 

Proceedings  for  1887,  Vol.   II.— Part  1,  7s.;  Part  2,  8s.;  Part 
3,  12s. ;  Part  4,  £1  7s. 

Proceedings  for  1888,  Vol.   III.— Part  1,  15s. ;  Part  2,  £1  4s. ; 
Part  3,   £1 ;  Part  4,   18s. 

Proceedings  for  1889,  Vol.  IV.— Part  1,  lis.;  Part  2,  16s.;  Part 
3,  19s. ;  Part  4,  lis. 

Proceedings  for  1890,  Vol.  V.— Part  1,  lis.;  Part  2,  9s.;  Part 
3,  9s. ;  Part  4,  9s 

Proceedings  for  1891,  Vol.  VI.— Part  1,  10s. ;  Part  2,  9s.  6d. ; 
Part  3,  17s. ;  Part  4,  7s.  6d. 

Proceedings  for  1892,  Vol.  VII.— Part  1,  6s.  6d. ;  Part  2,  4s.  6d. ; 
Part  3,  8s. ;  Part  4,  8s. 

Proceedings  for   1893,    Vol.    VIII.— Part   1,   5s.;  Part  2,    lis.; 
Part  3,  6s. ;  Part  4,  9s. 

Proceedings  for  1894.— Vol.  IX.— Part  1,  12s. ;  Part  2,  12s. ;  Part 
3,  13s. ;  Part  4,  8s. 

Proceedings  for   1895,    Vol.  V.— Part  1,    15s.;  Part  2,   8s.  6d. ; 
r>art  3,  10s.,  Supplement,  Is.  6d. ;  Part  4,  12s. 


Proceedings  for  1896.— Part  1,  9s.,  Supplement,  2s.  6d. ;  Part  2, 
6s.  6d. ;  Part  3,  7s.  6d.  ;  Part  4,   £1  7s.  6d. 

Proceedings  for  1897.— Part  1,  10s. ;  Part  2,  8s.  6d. ;  Part  3,  9s.  ; 
Part  4,   12s.  6d. 


Proceedings  for  1898.— Part  1,  3s.;  Part  2,  Gs. ;   Part  3,    12s.; 
Part  4,  148. 

Proceedings  for  1899.— Part  1,   12s.  6d. ;  Part  2,  12s. ;    Part  3, 
10s.;  Part  4,   lOs.  6d. 

Proceedings  for   1900.— Part  1,   8s.;   Part  2,   10s.6d.;    Part   3, 
lOs.  6d. ;  Part  4,  17s.  6d. 

Proceedings  for  1901.— Part  1,  10s.;   Part  2,  9s.;  Part  3,  5s.; 
Part  4,   17s.  6d. 

Proceedings  for  1902,— Part  1,  7s.;  Part  2,  7s.  6d. ,  Part  3,  7s. 
6d.,  Supplement,  3s.;  Part  4,  15s. 

Proceedings  for  1903.— Part  1,   9s. ;  Part  2,    12s.   6d.  ;   Part  3, 
14s.  ;  Part  4,   15s. 

Proceedings  for  1904. —Part  1,  10s. ;  Part  2,  7s.  6d. ;  Part  3,  98. , 
Part  4,  10s. 

Proceedings  for   1905. — Part  1,  witii  Supplement,   7s.;   Part  2. 
10s. ;  Part  3,  12s.  6d.  ;  Part  4,  with  Supplement,  10s.  6d. 

Proceedings  for  1906.— Part  1,  12s.  6d.  ;  Part  2,  12s.  6d.  ;  Part 
3,  12s.  6d.;  Part  4,  15p, 

Proceedings  for  1907.— Part  1,  8s.  ;  Part  2,  8s.  6d. ;  Part  3,  15s. ; 
Part  4,   18s. 

Proceedings  for  1908.— Part  1,  7s.  ;  Part  2,  9s.  ;  Part  3,  14s. ; 
Part  4,  12s.  6d. 

Proceedings  for  1909.— Part  1,  12s.;  Part  2,  17s.;  Part  3,  14s.; 
Part  4,   16s.   6d. 

Proceedings  for  1910.— Part  1,  lis.;  Part  2,  lis.;  Part  3,  7s.; 
Part  4,   12s.   6d. 

Proceedings  for  1911— Part  1,  9s.  6d. ;  Part  2.  9s.  6d. ;  Part  3, 
9s.  6d.;   Part  4,   10s. 

Proceedings  for  1912— Part  1,  8s.  6d.;  Part  2,  25s.  Od.;  Part  3, 
12s.  6d.;  Part  4,  15s. 

Proceedings  for  1913  -Part  1,  14s.;  Part  2,  7s.  6d.;  Part  3,  6s  ,. 
Part  4,  13s. 

Proceedings  for  1914— Part  1,  13s.;  Part  2,  17s.;  Part  3,  25s.; 
Part  4,  19s. 

Proceedings  for  191 5— Part  1,1 7s.;  Part  2,  12s.6d.;  Part  3,  IDs,; 
Part  4,  lis. 

Proceedings  for  1916— Parti,  10s.;  Part  2,  12s.;  Part  3,  15s.; 
Part  4,  19s. 

The  Macleay  Memorial  Volume  [issued  October  13th,  1893]. 
Royal  4to.,  LI.  and  308  pages,  witli  Portrait,  and  forty-two  plates. 
Price  £3  3. 

Descriptive  Catalogue  op  Austhai.ian  Fishes.  By  William 
Macleay,  F,L.S.  [1881].     A  few  copies  only.     Price  £1,  net. 

The  Transactions  op  the  Entomological  Society  of  New 
South  Walks,  2  vols.,  Svo  [Vol  i.  five  Parts,  1863-66;  Vol.  ii. 
five  Parts,  1869-73;  all  published],  price  £2,  net,  are  also  obtain- 
able, but  neither  the  Parts  nor  the  Volumes  are  sold  separately. 


PROCEEDINGS,   1916,  PART  4. 

CONTENTS. 

A  Revision  of  the  Geue.a  ^v•lth  Mioroscleies  u.cluded,  or  pro-  '''''''' 
visionally  included  ,n  the  Family  Axinellid.o;  with  Desorip- 
v"""!-  x/""""  ^"''*'''^*''^"  Species  [Pokifeka].  Part  iii  Bv 
t^-  .^:  Hallmann,  B.Sc,  Linnean  Macleay  Fellow  of  the 
Society  n.  Zoology.  (Plates  xxix.,  figs.3,  S.'b^-.xxxiii.  fi^  6; 
^x^klf!^'  ™.,ligs.l...l.,fi,,.,.4;  .H.,1-,  tnd 

An  Eftlorescence  on  some  New  Zealand  Kelps.      Ev  A    H    S 
Lucas,  M.A.,  B.Sc.  y  a.   n.  .5. 

.Studies  on  Australian   Mollusca.       Part  xiii.      By  C.   Hedley, 
.         t.L.h.     (Plates  .xlvi. -In.),.. 

DescnptK>ns  of  new  8p<«,ies  of  Australian  Coleoptera.     Part  xii. 

oy  A.  m.  l^EA,  a.tj.h.      ...  720-745 

Australian  Tahanida:  [DwrKnAl    No.  ii.    By  Fka.nk  H.  Tayi^ok,' 


034-675 
676-07!) 
080-719 


746-762 


Some  Notes  on  the  Biononucs  of  the  Buffalo-Fly  [Lyperosia  exiyua 
de  Meijere].  %  Gerald  F.  Hill,  F.E.S.,  Government 
Entomologist,  Northeni  territory  of- Australia.     (Plate  liii.)    703-70,S 

Description  of  Ajjhantophnjne,  a  new  Batrachian  Genus  from  Ne^v 

,  Guinea:  with  Comparative  Notes  on  tlie  Pectoral  Muscula- 
ture.    By  Dene  B.  Fry.     (Plates  llv.-lv.)      ...         ...         .      770-7.S5 

Tlie  Change  of  Composition  of  Alveolar  Air  after  the  Stoppage  of 
Normal  Breathing  By  H.  «.  Halcro  Wardlaw  D  Sc, 
Linnean  Macleay  I  ellow  of  tlie  Society  in  Physiology.  [With 
two  lext-hgures] '  -^/       ...780-814 

:ilie  Clieinical  Investigation  of  some  Poisonous  Piants  in  the  N  O 
.Sokmacete,     Pj^rt  iii.    The  Occurrence  of  I^or-Hyoscyamin; 
m  tiolaudra  loiujijiom.     By  James  M.  Petrie,  D  Sc    F  I  C 
Linnean  Macleay  Fellow  of  the  yociety  in  Biochemistry    '7..    815-822 

Australian  Freshwater  Phytoplankton  \_ProiococcoidcfH\     By  G   I     ^ 
Playfair,    Science   Research   Scholar  of  the   University  of 
Sydney...    (Plates  Ivi.-lix.)  ...         ^         823-85''' 

Records_  of  Australian  Fungi.  No.  i.  By  J.  Burton  Cleland, 
M.D  and  Edwin  Ciieel,  Botanical  Assistant,  Botanic 
(wardens,  Sydney ^-3^^^ 

Further  Researches  upon  the  ProJ>lems  of  the  Radial  and  Zygop-  ^ 
tend  Sectors  in  the  Wings  of  Odonata,  and  upon  the  Fomia- 
T^"  °^  Bridges.      By  R.  J.  Tillyard,  M.A.,  B.Sc,  F.L.S 
Mi^^ir'  .^'aV'^*"  ^lacleay  Fellow  of  the  Society  in  Zoology 
(With  six  Text-figures) _  ^^     871-887 

Announcements  ...  „,.,. 

/Ol) 

Donations  and  Exchanges,  1915-10  888-905 

Notes  and  Exhibits   ... 


Title-page 
Contents 

Corrigenda      

List  of  new  Generic  Names. 

List  of  Plates 

Index    ... 


033,  709 

i. 

iii. 

vii. 

viii. 

viii. 

i.-xxxii. 


%millS^'.,  '-'BRAKV 


WH    lADn    ^